Full text of "[Course catalog]"

See other formats

For Reference

Not to be taken from this room

Northeastern University
Basic College Bulletin
1985-1986

College of Arts and Sciences

Boston-Bouve College of Human Development

Professions
College of Business Administration
College of Computer Science
College of Criminal Justice
College of Engineering
School of Engineering Technology

(formerly Lincoln College)
College of Nursing
College of Pharmacy and

Allied Health Professions
University College

(Alternative Freshman-Year Program)

The New England Association of Schools and Colleges accredits schools and
colleges in the six New England states. Membership in one of the six regional
accrediting associations in the United States indicates that the school or college
has been carefully evaluated and found to meet standards agreed upon by
qualified educators. Colleges support the efforts of public school and commu-
nity officials to have their secondary schools meet the standards of membership.

Northeastern University supports the efforts of secondary school officials and
governing bodies to have their schools achieve regional accredited status to
provide reliable assurance of the quality of the educational preparation of its
applicants for admission.

The Northeastern University Bulletin (USPS 989-040) is published by Northeast-
ern University at 360 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 021 15, six
times a year; once in January, twice in August, once in September, and twice in
October. Second-Class Postage Paid at Boston, Massachusetts, and at addi-
tional mailing offices. Volume XIII, Number 3, August 30, 1985.

POSTMASTER: send address changes to Northeastern University, 360 Hunting-
ton Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 021 15.

Delivery of Services

The University assumes no liability, and hereby expressly negates the same, for
failure to provide or delay in providing educational or related services or facili-
ties or for any other failure or delay in performance arising out of or due to
causes beyond the reasonable control of the University, which causes include,
without limitation, power failure, fire, stnkes by University employees or others,
damage by the elements and acts of public authorities. The University will, how-
ever, exert reasonable efforts, when in its judgment it is appropriate to do so, to
provide comparable or substantially equivalent services, facilities or perfor-
mance, but its inability or failure to do so shall not subject it to liability.

The Northeastern University Bulletin contains current information regarding the
University calendar, admissions, degree requirements, fees, and regulations,
and such information is not intended to be and should not be relied upon as a
statement of the University's contractual undertakings.

Northeastern University will do its best to make available to you the finest
education, the most stimulating atmosphere and the most congenial conditions it
can provide. But the quality and the rate of progress of your academic career is
in large measure dependent upon your own abilities, commitment, and effort.
This is equally true with respect to professional advancement upon completion
of the degree or program in which you are enrolled. The University cannot guar-
antee that you will obtain or succeed at any particular job; that will depend upon
your own skills, achievement, presentation, and other factors such as market
conditions at that time. Similarly, in many professions and occupations there are
increasing requirements imposed by federal and state statutes and regulatory
agencies for certification or entry into a particular field. These may change dur-
ing the period of time when you are at Northeastern and they may vary from
state to state and from country to country. While the University stands ready to
help you find out about these requirements and changes, it is your responsibility
to initiate the inquiry because the University has no other way of knowing what
your expectations and understandings are.

In brief, the University is there to offer you educational opportunities and
choices and to assist you in finding the direction in which you want to steer your
educational experience. But you are a partner in this venture with an obligation
and responsibility to yourself.

Northeastern
University Publications
11.9.4a

Tuition and Regulations

Tuition rates, all fees, rules and regulations, courses, and course content
are subject to revision by the President and the Board of Trustees at any
time.

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of equal opportunity for all stu-
dents, employees, and applicants for employment without regard to race, color,
religion, sex, sexual preference, age, national origin, or handicap or veteran
status. The University prohibits discrimination in all matters involving admission,
registration, and all official relationships with students, including evaluation of
academic performance.

Northeastern also prohibits discrimination against any employee regarding up-
grading, demotion or transfer, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of
compensation, and selection for training. In addition. Northeastern adheres to
Affirmative Action guidelines in all recruitment endeavors.

Further, Northeastern will not condone any form -of sexual harassment, which is
defined as the use of unwelcome sexual advances, requests for favors, and
other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature, as an explicit or implicit
condition of employment, as the basis for employment decisions, or to interfere
with an individual's work performance by creating an intimidating, hostile, or
offensive work environment.

Inquiries concerning our equal opportunity policies may be referred to the Uni-
versity Title IX Coordinator/Compliance Officer for Section 504 of The Rehabilita-
tion Act of 1973, Affirmative Action Office, 175 Richards Hall, 437-2133.

Northeastern's efforts to comply with the Title IX Education Amendments of 1972
and Section 504 of The Rehabilitation Act of 1973 are coordinated by the Dean
and Director of Affirmative Action.

Department of Undergraduate Admissions
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 02115
Telephone: 617-437-2200

Contents

A Message from the President ix

Cooperative Education

The Department of Cooperative Education 2

The Urban University

Campus Highlights 8

Boston, the "Extended Campus" 11

Visitor Information Center 13

Academic Programs

Undergraduate Programs 17

College of Arts and Sciences 21

Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions 97

College of Business Administration _ 125

College of Computer Science 145

College of CriminalJustice 151

College of Engineering 1 55

School of Engineering Technology (formerly Lincoln College) 1 81

College of Nursing 191

College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions 195

Basic College Compensatory Programs 21 5

University College Alternative Freshman-Year Program 21 7

Other Schools and Colleges of the University 221

Academic Research 229

Undergraduate Admissions

Department of Undergraduate Admissions

234

General Requirements for Entrance 235

Applying for Admission and Plans of Admission 238

Admission of Transfer Students 243

Required Deposits from Freshmen and Transfer Students 246

General and Special Health Requirements 246

College Expenses

Tuition and Fees 250

Expenses for the Freshman Year 250

Expenses for Upperclassmen 251

Required Fees for All Students 251
Other Fees
Refunds

252
253

Housing 255

Financial Assistance

Financial Aid 260

State Assistance Programs 262

Federal Programs 262

University Scholarships 264

Other Scholarships 284

288

Honor Societies and Awards

student Support Services and Resources

University Libraries

Freshman Orientation Programs

Office of Freshman Affairs

Academic Assistance Center

Preprofessional Advising

Department of Education Services

The Counseling and Testing Center

Academic Computer Services

The Center for Instructional Technology

Office of Minority Student Affairs

Office of Multicultural Student Affairs

The International Student Office

International Student Information

English Language Center

University Health Services

Office of Services for the Handicapped

Department of Career Development and Placement

Office of Parents' Services

HELP Legal Service

Student Activities

Student Organizations

Fraternities

Sororities

Sports

Professional Societies

Men's Athletics

Women's Athletics

Religious Life

General Information

Brief History

Academic Policy

Policy on International Programs and Services

Alumni Association

Gifts and Bequests

ROTC

Center for Cooperative Education

Academic Calendar

Governing Boards and Officers

University Map

Boston Access Map

A Message from the President

We find ourselves in the midst of a cultural revolution with effects as
profound as those of the industrial revolution. At an ever-increasing
pace, we are being propelled into an information age that is shaping
our world. The challenge facing colleges and universities is to adapt
their value systems to the sweeping impact of information technology.
We must find a way to move forward while holding fast to the wisdom
of the past.

Northeastern University is a model for the modern university. We are
constantly evolving to reflect the changes in our society. We recognize
education as the preparation for life and the intelligent appreciation of
life. The common theme of our programs is the combination of the
quest for knowledge with the forging of a productive career path. The
Cooperative Plan of Education, the cornerstone of Northeastern's na-
tional and international reputation for the last seventy-five years, is our
way of effectively coupling these objectives. By integrating learning
with the demands of living, cooperative education enables students to
understand the importance of continued learning throughout their lives.

At Northeastern, a practical approach to higher education does not
diminish our emphasis on academic life. We offer a broad spectrum of
programs spanning professional fields and the liberal arts. Our distin-
guished faculty have traditionally emphasized excellence in teaching
as a professional goal. They are dedicated to pursuing innovative
scholarship and generating new knowledge through research in areas
as diverse as cancer detection, artificial intelligence, laser technology,
and language and cognition.

As an urban university located in the heart of Boston, one of Ameri-
ca's richest cultural environments, Northeastern University is a dynamic
and exciting place at which to study. The entire city is part of our "ex-
tended campus." By taking advantage of the University's many and
diverse programs, the Cooperative Education Plan, and the resources
of our surroundings, Northeastern students have a unique opportunity
to achieve well-rounded intellectual, cultural and social development.

Kenneth G. Ryder
President

Cooperative Education

Cooperative Education: An
Education that Works

Cooperative Education is based on the principle that what students learn
in the workplace is just as valuable as what they learn in the classroom.
By combining work and study, students gain greater insight into each.

At Northeastern University, cooperative education is given such a high
priority that it is considered a degree requirement for most programs.
The University makes every effort to plan and carefully structure student
work assignments. It also attempts whenever possible to integrate stu-
dents' work experiences into their academic work. But the University
cannot do it alone. A student's interest and enthusiasm play a crucial
role in determining the quality of co-op experiences. The success of co-
op, then, depends upon the cooperation of educators, students, and
outside agencies to produce an integrated and relevant program.

Studies have shown that the reinforcement of classroom learning by,'
job responsibilities increases a student's motivation and self-confidence
as well. Greater interest in academic work develops when students see
the relation between co-op work and the principles they study in the
classroom. Not only are co-op students able to evaluate career deci
sions early in their college years, they gain meaningful work experience:
before graduation and establish professional contacts and references.

Finally, the salaries students earn on co-op assignments help defray
tuition, room and board, books, and other expenses.

The Department of Cooperative Education

Paul M. Pratt, M.Ed., Dean

Richard E. Sprague, M.B.A., M.Ed., C.A.G.S., Assistant Dean

Kathy Sharkey-Jordan, M.Ed., Assistant to ttie Dean

Professors

Nancy J. Caruso, M.Ed.
Charles F. Field, M.Ed.
George K. Howe, M.Ed.
Robert W. Miller, M.Ed.

Associate Professors

Boreslaw P. Berestecky, M.Ed.
Betsey W. Blackmer, R.P.T.,

M.Ed.
Richard L. Canale, M.Ed.,

C.A.G.S.
Elizabeth A. Chilvers, M.Ed.
Mark I. Conley, Jr., Ed.D.

Robert D. Deterge, R.Ph., D.Ph.
Philip W. Dunphy, M.Ed.
Mary R. Flynn, R.N., M.Ed.
Kenneth R. Hancock, Jr., B.S.
Stephen M. Kane, Ed.D.
Gerard J. Lavoie, M.P.A.
Homer C. Littlefield, B.S.
Judith A. Moll, M.S.
Anthony R. Rotondi, M.Ed. ;
WillieSmith, Jr., M.Ed. i

Roderic W. Sommers, M.Ed
Hugh J. Talbot, M.P.A.
Leonard Zion, M.A.

Assistant Professors

Michael A. Ablove, M.Ed.
Mary M. Doolan, B.A.
Donald L. Eastridge, M.Div,
Jean F. Egan, M.Ed.
Kathleen L. Finn, R.N., M.Ed.
Theresa A. Harrigan, M.Ed.
JohnC. Mulhall, M.S.
Ann C. Noonan, R.P.T., M.Ed.
Veronica Leona Porter, M.Ed.
Melvin W. Simms, Ed.D.
William A. Sloane, M.B.A.
Robert R. Tillman, M.Ed.

instructors

Joyce K. Fletcher, M.Ed.
Louis v. Gaglini, B.A.
Peter J. Mollo, M.Ed.

4 / Cooperative Education

The Department of Cooperative Education administers the cooperative
education programs for all undergraduate education' programs in the
Basic Colleges and the graduate programs in Engineering.

Participation in the Cooperative Plan of Education is required of all
students in the Basic Colleges except those in the College of Arts and
Sciences. Although most Arts and Sciences students choose to take
advantage of co-op, the college offers a full-time program in which eight
quarters of upperclass study may be completed in three years.

Cooperative Education curricula leading to the baccalaureate degree
require five years at Northeastern University. Programs consist of a
freshman year of three consecutive quarters of full-time study followed
by four upperclass years in which students alternate periods of class-
room attendance with Cooperative Education assignments.

Students are assigned a faculty coordinator-counselor team which is
responsible for all phases of their cooperative program and which as-
sists them in deriving greater value from their education at Northeastern.
Personal interviews provide the basis for referral to specific opportunities
that help students realize career objectives. The Department of Coop-
erative Education keeps abreast of activities in specific areas in order to
provide counseling on opportunities and trends. In general, co-op as-
signments become increasingly professional as the students' education
and abilities grow.

Students may wish to participate in an activity other than paid employ-
ment during a cooperative period. They may wish to travel abroad, to
volunteer their services, or to take specialized courses at another insti-
tution. Students may arrange time for these special activities with their
coordinators.

"^ k

Cooperative Education / 5

Further details on the cooperative program are available in a booklet
entitled Co-opportunities, which the Department of Undergraduate Ad-
missions will be happy to send you on request.

Life/Career Planning Program

Joseph E. Barbeau, Ed.D., Director

The fundamental mission of the Life/Career Planning Program is to offer
students a variety of career-related services. Those who may be unde-
cided about their academic major or career direction or who want to
explore career options and formulate postgraduation plans may elect
any of several courses which are open to all undergraduate majors.
Students needing assistance with resumes, interviewing, cover letters or
job survival techniques may attend regularly scheduled workshops or
may use the drop-in resume critique service of the Career Resource
Center, Also available in the Center is an "open-shelf collection of print
materials and a computer terminal for obtaining information on jobs and
careers, financial aid, and graduate and professional schools.

International Cooperative
Education

Robert E. Vozzella, M.A., C.A.G.S., Director

The International Cooperative Education Office offers a wide variety of
services to domestic as well as international students. Through the Inter-
national Exchange Program, qualified undergraduates are afforded the
opportunity to be placed abroad for their cooperative work experience.
Placements are currently available in the United Kingdom, Ireland,
France, Germany, Sweden, Canada, and Israel for students whose ac-
ademic, linguistic, and professional experience makes them appropriate
candidates for positions abroad.

International students may receive assistance on matters relating to
their co-op employment, such as social security and tax information, as
well as issues involving the verification of their immigration and co-op
status.

The course "Working in the United States" which has been expressly
created to meet the needs of underclass international students is taught
by the staff of the International Cooperative Education Office. It is de-
signed to assist such students to compete more effectively for domestic
cooperative education positions and to facilitate their adjustment into the
American work force.

New co-op programs currently are being developed in the home
countries of international students where the economic and social con-
ditions render such undertakings possible. Limited opportunities with
various American Multinational Corporations are available for students
majoring in engineering, computer science and business administration.

?i;ii

:4 'i/*,

The Urban University

Campus Highlights

Located on Huntington Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston, the
main campus of Northeastern University occupies fifty-five acres, includ-
ing the same land on which the Boston Americans and the Pittsburgh
Nationals played the first World Series baseball game in 1903. Today,
the University still provides ready access to baseball games; it is located
close to the Fenway section and Fenway Park, as well as to cultural
landmarks such as Symphony Hall, the Museum of Fine Arts, and the
Boston Public Library, among others.

The "front door" to the campus is the Yard, or Quadrangle, facing
Huntington Avenue, which is accessible to public transportation. The
remaining sides of the Quadrangle are formed by Richards Hall, the Ell
Student Center, and the Dodge Library. These three buildings were
erected following an architectural design contest held in the early 1930s.
Their white brick facades and clean lines form the nucleus of an archi-
tectural unit that is maintained throughout much of the campus.

The campus also reflects the fact that Northeastern is an urban uni-
versity. Many University buildings bear the architectural design that
characterizes the buildings surrounding the Quadrangle; other buildings
have been acquired over the years and refurbished or recycled for the
University's use. Many of these buildings were constructed before
Northeastern selected its traditional architectural theme and reflect the
more traditional warmth of old Boston.

The campus itself has been planned to provide freedom of movement
within the central academic area of classroom and laboratory buildings.
During the ten-minute break between classes, students and faculty are
able to reach their next classrooms along the walkways and secondary
streets that provide ready access to all centrally located buildings. In
addition, a network of underground corridors connects many of the
buildings on campus, providing routes that are especially convenient
during periods of inclement weather.

Dunng the early 1960s, large dormitory facilities were added diago-
nally across Huntington Avenue from the Quadrangle. In fact, Huntington
Avenue currently forms an approximate divider between the education ■
buildings on the south and the dormitories to the north.

Two blocks and a right turn away from the main quadrangle on cam-
pus is the oldest indoor ice-hockey arena in the United States and one
of the focal points for amateur athletics in the Boston area. Today, the
Matthews Arena is primarily devoted to hockey and collegiate sports,
but has expanded its university athletic focus to include all men's bas-
ketball contests and many women's varsity contests. With more than
million and a half dollars already invested in the Matthews Arena, the
building is an architectural jewel and a credit to the community. As long
as Northeastern owns the Matthews Arena, it will continue to meet the
needs of the surrounding community as a superior recreational facility.

As the University continues to expand, parking and recreational areas
are periodically relocated on the edge of campus as new buildings are

Campus Highlights/ 9

added to the central academic area. At present, the University is plan-
ning construction around a second and new "front door" on the south-
west border of the campus. In that area, a transit line will be relocated
on the site of an old railroad line, and the station at Ruggles Street will

10 /Campus Highlights

also coordinate local bus routes and a suburban commuter rail line. This
area is also the location of the newest housing facility on campus, West
Hall, a ten-story apartment-dormitory.

Plans for the future of the University include the construction of
some new buildings as well as upgrading of the old. Among the high-
lights of the campus is its newest structure, the Snell Engineering Center.
This five-story building accommodates the departments of Industrial En-
gineering and Information Systems, Civil Engineering, Chemical Engi-
neering, and Mechanical Engineering and the School of Engineering
Technology (formerly Lincoln College). The Snell Center adjoins the
Dana Research Center, home of the departments of Physics and Electri-
cal and Computer Engineering, creating an impressive academic com-
plex. Cullinane Hall, which houses the College of Computer Science, is
a fine example of renovation. The structure was the University's oldest
and has been totally refurbished to meet the ever increasing needs of
Northeastern's newest college. The Snell Center and a planned new
library will not only provide more classrooms and research and study
facilities, but will also physically form a quadrangle, the key design
element of spatial organization at the University. The quadrangle will be
an integral part of the new "front door" to the campus.

A building constructed recently is the architecturally dramatic addition
to the Law School. This one-story structure is half below grade, opening
into a sunken garden, and has a landscaped plaza on its roof. Over a
block long, this plaza is a focal point and gathering spot for the west
campus area. Adjacent to this site, a semicircular classroom building
has also been recently constructed.

An ongoing renovation program is also providing more accessibility
for the handicapped. Existing facilities throughout the University are
being updated constantly to provide more efficient classroom, research,
and office facilities while still retaining their traditional charm.

Boston, the "Extended Campus"

It IS no accident that one out of every five Massachusetts students
chooses Northeastern University for his or her college education. In
addition to its innovative system of Cooperative Education, Northeast-
ern's "extended campus" of Boston attracts students who want to take
advantage of the many opportunities this world-class city offers.

Located throughout metropolitan Boston, many of America's leading
corporations and institutions provide Northeastern students with mean-
ingful co-op assignments. Their offices and laboratories become class-
rooms for students who want to participate in the world of work first-
hand. Co-op employers help them gain the knowledge and judgment for
a head start in launching their careers and the foundation on which to
build them.

For those who want to see the eclectic blend of historic and contem-
porary Boston, there are the exciting shops and restaurants of Boston's
nationally famous Quincy Market and the new Copley Place. Alongside
the bustle of Haymarket in the North End, the ancient tradition of China-
town, and the grace of the Public Garden is the strikingly bold architec-
ture of Government Center, Copley Plaza, the State House, and the
Christian Science Center. The John Hancock Observatory and the Pru-
dential Skywalk offer excellent views of Boston, old and new.

Among the hundreds of cultural attractions in Boston are the Museum
of Fine Arts and Symphony Hall, both adjacent to the Northeastern cam-
pus. The former provides free admission to its permanent collections
and special international exhibitions for more than 16,000 Northeastern
undergraduates. Also neighbors of Northeastern are the Isabella Stewart
Gardner Museum, the Institute of Contemporary Art, the New England
Conservatory of Music, the Christian Science Center, and the Boston
Public Library. A short ride on mass transit brings students to the Mu-
seum of Science, Hayden Planetarium, and the Theatre District.

The home of more than sixty colleges and universities, greater Boston
offers an ever-changing kaleidoscope of academic enrichment. Within
walking distance of Northeastern are Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology. Boston University, Simmons College, Emmanuel College, Mas-
sachusetts College of Art, and Harvard Medical School. Also close by
are Boston's world-renowned hospitals and their affiliated research fa-
cilities.

Best known as the birthplace of the American Revolution, Boston at-
tracts thousands to the historical landmarks of its Freedom Trail every
year. Among them are Paul Revere's House, the U.S.S. Constitution
("Old Ironsides"), Faneuil Hall, Beacon Hill, and the Boston Common. In
recent years, a Harborwalk has introduced thousands more to the excit-
ing sights on the Boston Waterfront, including the Boston Tea Party Ship
and Museum.

Boston revels in the competition of its professional sports teams— the
Red Sox, Celtics, Bruins, and Patriots— and Northeastern students join
in the excitement at Fenway Park, Boston Garden, and Sullivan Stadium.
Each spring, runners from all over the world come to Boston to partici-
pate in the Boston Marathon— the granddaddy of them all. In addition,
the Charles River and the slopes of northern New England tempt North-
eastern students with some of the best crewing and skiing in the country.

12 /Campus Highlights

The list of professional, historical, cultural, educational and recrea-
tional opportunities in Boston goes on and on. Although many of them
are within walking distance of Northeastern, many others are easily ac-
cessible by mass transit, which stops directly in front of the University.
Northeastern, in partnership with many of the city's most prestigious
institutions, encourages students to explore these opportunities to the
fullest.

Visitor Information Center

Christopher Mackey, B.A., Director

The Visitor Information Center, located in 115 Richards Hall, provides
information to visitors to the University Campus. The University map, A
Guide to Northeastern University; All Roads Lead To Northeastern Uni-
versity; The Northeastern Alunnni Magazine; The Northeastern Edition;
and other Northeastern catalogs, pamphlets, and brochures are all
available at this convenient, central location. Staff members are ready to
personally answer questions, give directions, and provide friendly and
accurate advice about the University and its programs to visitors, stu-
dents, staff, and faculty. Visitors may request a University Visitor Pass
which will entitle them to a number of special services and premiums,
including a special information kit, discounts at the University Bookstore
and University events, complimentary posters, and free passes to the
Museum of Fine Arts. With a 24-hour notice, visitors or their sponsors
may request parking reservations by writing or calling the Visitor Infor-
mation Center's main telephone number, 61 7-437-2736. The Center also
produces The Northeastern University Events Line, an up-to-the-minute
recorded listing of University activities and happenings of interest to the
general public and the University community. To find out today's events,
call 61 7-437-3281.

Academic Programs

Quarter-Hour Credits

Northeastern University operates on a quarter-system calendar. All
courses are evaluated in terms of quarter-hour credit. A quarter-hour
credit is equal to three-fourths of a semester-hour credit.

Classes at Northeastern are scheduled In different modules.

In assessing quarter-hour weights for courses, the following
statement applies:

One quarter hour of credit Is equal to fifty minutes of Instruction
per week, plus two hours of preparation.

Undergraduate Programs / 1 7

Undergraduate Programs

College of Arts and Sciences

Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science

African-American Studies

Art, including a concentration in Architecture

Biology

Chemistry

Economics

English

Geology

History
* Human Services

Journalism

Linguistics

Mathematics

Modern Languages (French, German, Italian, Russian, Spanish)

Music

Philosophy

Physics

Applied Physics
** Political Science (including a concentration in Public Administration)

Psychology

Sociology/Anthropology

Speech Communication

Theatre and Dance

Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

Bachelor of Science in Education
Early Childhood Education

Elementary Education with a minor in Special Education,
or one of these emphases:

Humanities

Reading-Language

Science and Mathematics

Social Sciences
English as a Second Language
Human Services
Physical Education with emphases in:

Athletic Training

Cardiovascular Health and Exercise

Dance Education

Elementary School

Secondary School
School and Community Health Education
Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy
Bachelor of Science in Recreation and Leisure Studies
with concentrations in:

Outdoor Recreation

Recreation Management

Therapeutic Recreation

* Bachelor of Arts only
** Bachelor of Science only

18 / Undergraduate Programs

College of Business Administration

Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
Accounting

Entrepreneurship and New Venture Management
Finance and Insurance
Human Resources Management
International Business
Management
Marketing
Transportation and Physical Distribution Management

College of Computer Science

Bachelor of Science in Computer Science
Emphasis tracks in:
Artificial Intelligence
Data Base Management
Data Structures and Computer Architecture
Discrete/Continuous Mathematical Foundations
Microcomputer and Time-Sharing Computer Use
Programming Languages
Software Design

College of Criminal Justice

Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice
Emphasis tracks in:
Corrections
Law Enforcement
Legal Studies
Security and Crime Prevention

College of Engineering

Bachelor of Science
Chemical Engineering

* Civil Engineering (Environmental option available)

* Electrical Engineering (Computer Engineering and Power Systems
options available)

Industrial Engineering

* Mechanical Engineering
Unspecified-general Engineering Program

Bachelor of Science/Master of Science
Five-year Cooperative Program
Degrees in:

Electrical Engineering

Industrial Engineering

Mechanical Engineering

School of Engineeering Technology (formerly Lincoln College)
Bachelor of Engineering Technology
Five-Year Day Cooperative Programs
Computer Technology i

Electncal Engineering Technology

Mechanical Engineering Technology ;

Transfer, Day Cooperative Program !

Aerospace Maintenance Engineering Technology !

Also offered as part-time evening program*

Undergraduate Programs/ 19

College of Nursing

Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Five-year Day Cooperative Education Program
Transfer Program (for registered nurses who want to earn their
Bachelor of Science in Nursing)

College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Bachelor of Science

Health Record Administration

Medical Laboratory Science (Medical Technology)

Pharmacy

Respiratory Therapy

Toxicology
Associate in Science

Medical Laboratory Science

Respiratory Therapy
Open-Option: freshman-year program for undeclared health majors

University College

Alternative Freshman-Year Program

Degree requirements: 1 72-222 quarter hours (requirements vary by pro-
gram).

mtf(^

College of Arts and Sciences

Richard Astro, Ph.D., Dean

J. Edward Neighbor, Ph.D., Associate Dean and Director of Graduate

School
Timothy P. Perkins, M.A., Assistant Dean and Director of tlie Division of

Special Programs
Ruthann T. Stiles, M.A., Assistant Dean (Financial Affairs)
Deborah H. Stein, M.Ed., Assistant Dean (Graduate and

Undergraduate Student Affairs)
Gail F. Leclerc, M.Ed., Assistant to the Dean (Undergraduate Student

Affairs)
Suzanne E. Marchand, M.A., Assistant to tfie Dean (Graduate Student

Affairs)
Mary Mello, M.A., Special Assistant to the Dean (Administrative and

Curriculum Affairs)
Suzanne L. Robblee, M.A., Assistant to the Dean (Special Programs)
Paula L. Sossen, M.Ed., Assistant to the Dean (Undergraduate Student

Affairs)

Program Alms

Studies in a broad distribution of disciplines in Arts and Sciences are
universally regarded as the core of higher education. For this reason,
nearly all students in the University— no matter what disciplines they
choose for their career training— devote a substantial portion of their
studies to the arts and sciences.

The College of Arts and Sciences comprises a wide variety of pro-
grams spanning an enormous range of human knowledge and activity.
These programs are grouped informally into divisions as follows: (1 ) Fine
Arts, (2) Humanities, (3) Natural Sciences, including Mathematics, and
(4) Social Sciences. The College as a whole emphasizes the general
education of students; within each division, the disciplines tend to offer
a common preprofessional orientation and emphasis.

In addition, the College offers a large number of interdisciplinary pro-
grams as well as extradisciplinary opportunities for the ennchment of
learning. These are grouped into a division of Special Programs. The
division includes exchange programs with other institutions, both nation-
ally and internationally, for employment and/or study; programs for ex-
tended studies in field settings at sea and abroad; and cultural programs
involving affiliations with professional performing arts organizations — to
name a few. At present the division comprises over thirty different spe-
cial programs of various types. These programs are described at the
end of the Arts and Sciences section of this Bulletin.

Graduates of the College find they are prepared for a multitude of
employment opportunities in all walks of life. Many choose to accept
employment directly, following receipt of the bachelor's degree. Others
choose to continue their training by going on to graduate-level studies,
for example, in business, law, or medicine. Others decide to pursue
advanced study in an area closely related to their undergraduate field.

Four- and Five-Year Programs in all programs, students of the Col-
lege have the option of choosing a four-year, full-time track or the five-
year Cooperative Plan. The five-year plan offers opportunities for regular
"real world" employment and income in an area often related to the

22 / College of Arts and Sciences

chosen area of academic work. Students are normally eligible to partic-
ipate in [he Cooperative Plan when they achieve sophomore status.

Major Programs

Entering students are invited to express a "major preference" for one of
the major programs, and this, together with the core requirements of the
College, determines the course of studies in the first and second years.
There is considerable flexibility, however, and students often change
their preferences during this period. Formal certification of the major
choice, accomplished by submission and approval of a petition, nor-
mally takes place at the beginning of the third year, when the transition
to the "upper division" of the College occurs.

Students entering the lower division of the College may wish to petition
later for transfer to the upper division of the College of Business or the
College of Computer Science. Arts and Sciences freshmen with this
intention should indicate "Business" or "Computer Science" as the initial
major preference on the application.

Students in the College may earn a Bachelor of Arts degree in all
major programs or a Bachelor of Science degree in most major pro-
grams.

Honors Program

The Honors Program of the College exists to meet the needs of highly
motivated and especially successful students. It is an optional program
providing an assortment of special courses and activities for students
who are invited to participate.

The Honors Program sponsors, through the efforts of an advisory
council of students in the program and a faculty honors committee, a
number of cultural, recreational, and social events, as well as a speaker
series. Some of these events are made available by the program for the
benefit of the entire University community. Others afford honors students
alone the opportunity to associate with peers in circumstances less for-
mal than the classroom, where they can get better acquainted and par-
ticipate in the casual discussions that make up such an important part
of a university education.

The Honors Curriculum consists of (1) some of the courses required
for all, or elected by many, students; (2) interdisciplinary and survey
seminars as honors alternatives for elective courses; (3) one-credit-hour
"mini-courses" on a wide variety of subjects; and (4) the opportunity for
students to undertake a special Honors Project under the supervision of
a faculty adviser in the junior and senior years.

The Honors Program is designed to be consistent with participation in
the other programs of the College, including a major in any of the de-
partments. The Honors Program makes some extra demands, but be-
cause the courses are limited in size, aim for greater than usual breadth
and depth of inquiry, and promote close interaction between faculty and
students, the program offers especially stimulating educational oppor-
tunities.

A student's participation in any honors course is noted clearly on his
or her transcript— something that may be useful when students apply for
employment or admission to graduate school.

Students who participate in the Honors Program may be eligible for
Honors Program Distinction at graduation. The requirement for this no-
tation on the student's transcnpt is that a student completes at least

College of Arts and Sciences / 23

twenty-four quarter hours of course work in tfie program, including at
least one survey seminar and not more tfian eighit quarter hours of credit
for a junior/senior honors project.

Since the fall of 1983, eligible students from other colleges in the
University have been invited to participate in the Honors Program
courses and activities.

Advising and Placement

Upon acceptance to the College, students are placed into freshmen and
sophomore courses designed to suit their abilities, needs, and prospec-
tive major affiliations. The placement process involves close consultation
between students and faculty advisers from the major programs.

The particular studies advised for freshmen fall into several placement
categories, as follows: (1) honors, (2) regular, (3) regular with modifica-
tion, and (4) special. The latter two categories may require that students
undertake studies in skill development to improve their chances of suc-
cess in college. These placements are determined by faculty, subject to
review by consultation during Orientation Week, before classes start in
the fall quarter. Continued monitoring and mentoring by faculty and/or
staff advisers aids students in appropriately preparing to enter their
major fields of study.

As in the freshman year, faculty guidance is available to upper-class
students for maintaining satisfactory academic standing and gaining
entry by petition to a major field of specialization. After the major choice
is certified, students are formally affiliated with their department, its fac-
ulty, and other students in the same major field.

The Arts and Sciences Dean's Office, located in 403 Meserve Hall, is
the central administrative office for all students majoring in Arts and
Sciences programs. In addition to the academic counselors located in
the various departments, the Dean's Office staff is available to all stu-
dents for academic assistance. The counselors in the Dean's Office work
closely with departmental advisers to help the student work out a pro-
gram of study and take care of any problems that may ahse relating to
administrative procedures. The Dean's Office is open from 8:30 to 4:30,
Monday through Friday, during the fall, winter, and spring quarters, and
from 8:00 to 5:30, Monday through Thursday, during the summer. Stu-
dents are encouraged to make appointments with counselors at any of
these times. The phone number is 437-3980.

Student Services

Cahners Hall Math/Writing Center All mathematics and English re-
medial courses are taught in classrooms in Cahners Hall, the Math/
Writing Center. The facility includes a Writing Center and a Math Work-
shop, where students may receive individual tutoring. In addition, Cah-
ners Hall has five computer terminals and a printer which are used to
teach problem-solving strategies in the remedial math courses.

Preprofessional Advising The Pre-Health Professions Advisory Com-
mittee, a University-wide group, offers preprofessional counseling for
students interested in a career in medicine, dentistry, or related profes-
sional medical fields. The Committee members are available to discuss
the various medical fields, minimum admissions requirements, and ap-
plication processes.

For students preparing for a career in law, there are also a number of
faculty members who can serve as advisers and resource personnel on
related curricular and admissions questions.

24 / College of Arts and Sciences

In addition, the Department of Career Development and Placement
provides information and advice on procedures for admission, prepara-
tion of applications, and the scheduling of appropriate admissions tests.
For further information regarding the above, students should contact a
counselor in the Arts and Sciences Dean's Office.

Program Descriptions and
Regulations

The following pages briefly describe each major in the College of Arts
and Sciences. Within each division of the College, the majors are listed
in alphabetical order. Summaries of the divisions can be found on the
following pages: Fine Arts, page 25; Humanities, page 32; Natural Sci-
ences and Mathematics, page 43; Social Sciences, page 58.

A summary of the Special Programs in the College can be found on
page 80. Following this is a brief description of each of these programs,
listed in alphabetical order.

Finally, a summary of general College conduct can be found on page
94. A more complete account of the regulations can be obtained from
the Dean's Office of Arts and Sciences.

A complete listing of individual courses offered by the College, includ-
ing a short description of contents for each course, is given in the Basic
Day Colleges Course Descriptions and Curriculum Guide, obtainable
from the Registrar's Office.

Fine Arts

To try to define the boundaries of an academic discipline is to invite
controversy. This is nowhere more true than in the field of the arts.
However, one can say that the term "arts," used without qualification (as
in "Arts and Sciences"), refers to such disciplines as languages, litera-
ture, and philosophy that are presumed to develop general intellectual
ability and judgment and provide information of general cultural con-
cern.

Education in the arts is thus distinguishable from education in the
sciences — which emphasizes knowledge of objective facts and laws —
and especially from narrowly practical training, as for a particular profes-
sion such as law or medicine.

The term "Fine Arts" refers specifically to those disciplines concerned
primarily with works produced or intended for beauty rather than mere
utility. Thus, the term includes (but is not limited to) activities such as
sculpture, painting and drawing, and, often, architecture, drama, music,
and the dance.

in the College of Arts and Sciences, the major disciplines comprising
the Fine Arts division are as follows:

Art and Architecture page 26

Music page 28

Theatre and Dance page 30

Art and Architecture

Peter Serenyi, Ph.D., Professor and Chairman

Professor

Robert L. Wells, M.A., M.F.A.
Associate Professors

Samuel S. Bishop, M.A., M.F.A.
Wheaton A. Holden, Ph.D.
Assistant Professor

T. Neal Rantoul, M.F.A.

Professional Preparation

Aims The visual arts, our oldest form of artistic expression, offer a
deeper understanding of humanity and the cultural forces that have
affected us historically. Moreover, as visual communication becomes
more widespread in the contemporary world, the use and understanding
of visual language must be seen as a necessary part of the educational
process.

In view of this, the aim of the Department is threefold: (1) to introduce
art and architecture both as history and as creative activity in the context
of a broad liberal arts education; (2) to offer a more focused study of the
visual arts through a critical examination of both the language and con-
tent of art and architecture in the context of a particular historical period,
or through the hands-on experience of a studio setting; and (3) to pro-
vide an opportunity for a solid academic foundation to those who wish
to pursue a career in art and architecture, or related fields.

One of the main resources of the Department is Boston itself, whose
architecture spans three hundred years, whose museums are world fa-
mous, whose galleries and cinemas offer the latest in their respective
areas, and whose public library is one of the best of its kind. Learning to
use these resources systematically is an all-embracing aim of the De-
partment.

Description of the Major The Department offers three concentrations
within the major; (1) history of art and architecture, (2) studio art, and (3)
architecture. Courses in the history of art and architecture cover the
major periods of the Western World from Ancient to Modern, with a focus
on nineteenth- and twentieth-century Europe and America.

The studio concentration includes painting, drawing, printmaking, ar-
chitecture, film, and photography. Studio courses are complemented by
courses offered in the theory and criticism of these art forms. The best
work created in the studio courses is exhibited in the annual student
show at the University Art Gallery.

The architecture concentration consists of courses in the history and
theory of architecture and architectural design. Except for Introduction
to Architectural Design, all design courses are to be taken at the Boston
Architectural Center at 320 Newbury Street, Boston.

A View of the Major The Department offers both a Bachelor of Arts
degree and a Bachelor of Science degree program. In both programs
the requirements for the major are the two-part survey course in art
history, twelve electives in art and/or architecture, plus one elective each,
in music and philosophy and two in history. With prior approval, art

Art and Architecture / 27

courses not offered by the Department may be taken in one of the
neighboring art schools or universities.

Majors may pursue either a four-year full-time program or a five-year
cooperative plan of study, Transfer from one to the other is possible, and
registration in either can be reversed. Cooperative work assignments
include positions in museums, libranes, histoncal collections, archives,
and the Northeastern University Art Gallery.

A View of the Minor The Department offers a minor program for stu-
dents majoring in other fields of study. The program consists of a general
minor and the following four concentrations: history of painting, architec-
ture, film and photography, and studio art. The number of courses re-
quired for the minor does not exceed seven. Students interested in the
minor program should consult the Department.

Special Programs

See Center for Asian Studies, Boston Architectural Center Affiliation,
Division of Fine Arts, Humanities Center, Independent Major, Insh Stud-
ies, Media Studies Minor, Urban Studies Minor, International Co-op, and
New England Conservatory affiliation, in the Special Programs section,
page 80.

Music

Joshua R. Jacobson, D.M.A., Associate Professor and Chairman

Professor

Roland L. Nadeau, M.M

Lecturers

Barbara Barry, Ph.D.
Associate Professors Robert Ceely, M.A.

Reginald Hache, A.D. Douglas Durant, M.F.A.

Robin Hendrich, Ed.D. Anne C. Ewers, M.M.

David Sonnenschein, D.M.A. George F. Litterst, M.M.

Charles Mokotoff, M.M.
Assistant Professors Edmond J. Moussally, MM.

Kenneth P. Ayoob, D.M.A. j^g^en L Pokross, Ed.M.

Ernest D. Brown, Ph.D.
Julia A. Griffin, Ph.D.
Dennis H. Miller, D.M.A.

Professional Preparation

Alms Music speaks directly to the soul. The experience of the nnaster-
works of the musical art is one of the cornerstones of a humanistic
education.

The primary aim of the Department of Music is to foster the aesthetic
appreciation of music by giving students the opportunity to gain the
knowledge and skills necessary to understand and intelligently evaluate
a musical composition.

Courses are offered in the areas of general appreciation, music theory,
the history of music (both Western and non-Western), applied music
lessons, and aspects of the music industry. Performing ensembles di-
rected by full-time music faculty provide the opportunity for students to
experience first-hand the music which they have studied in the class-
room. Furthermore, an extensive concert series offers a varied program
of performances on campus by faculty, students, and guest artists.

Description of the Major The Music Department offers a variety of
options for the prospective musician. While the core of the program is
the study of music, students can concentrate in a vahety of sub-special-
ties such as World Music, African-American Music, Music and Technol-
ogy, the Music Industry, Music Therapy, and Performance.

The Music major is divided into two areas. In the first area, the histori-
cal development of the great music literature of Western civilization is
traced. The second area is comprised of a series of theory courses
encompassing ear-training, keyboard skills, and analytic techniques.
Students have use of Northeastern's modern facilities, which include a
piano laboratory and a fully-equipped listening center.

A View of the Major For the B.A. degree program in music, students
must complete four courses in music theory, five courses in music his-
tory, one course in keyboard proficiency, and two courses in musical
analysis. Students must take a minimum of three electives in music, as
well as three courses in Western Civilization, Art, and Drama. The re-
mainder of the student's course work is selected from a broad base of
electives in the College Core Curriculum.

Music/ 29

A View of the Minor The Department offers a minor in Music for stu-
dents majoring in other fields of study. The program consists of three
courses in music theory, two courses in music history, one course in
keyboard proficiency, and one elective in music.

Special Programs

See New England Conservatory, Boston Lyric Opera, Division of Fine
Arts, Humanities Center, Independent Major, League of Composers —
International Society for Contemporary Music, and International Co-op
in the Special Programs section, page 80.

Theatre and Dance

Mort S. Kaplan, M.A., Chairman

Professor

Eugene J. Blackman, M.A.
Associate Professors

Janet L. Bobcean, M.F.A.
Jerrold A. Phillips, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors

James J. Moran, M.F.A.
Ingrid H. Sonnichsen, M.A.

Professional Preparation

Aims Theatre, one of the most ancient of all art forms, is still a moving
force in our society because it uniquely involves both the performer and
the spectator to a degree unmatched by most creative and communi-
cative arts.

At Northeastern, students in the Theatre and Dance Department have
the opportunity to enroll in a program of study that provides a balance
betv\/een theory/history/literature courses and studio rehearsal and per-
formance vuork. The curricula provide the student with the opportunity to
obtain the background for advanced study on a graduate level or for a
career in the professional theatre.

Description of the IVIajor The undergraduate theatre major will be
introduced to the total theatre experience. A diverse core program, con-
sisting of twelve courses, is designed to develop understanding of the
essentials necessary as a foundation upon which to elect one of the
following seven concentrations: Acting, Sce'^.ic Design, Costume De-
sign, Lighting Design, Literature/Cnticism, Dance, or Generalist Concen-
tration.

The classroom and stages are viewed as laboratories where theory is
tested in rehearsal and performance. To enrich the means of perfor-
mance, the facilities and faculty of other art departments — Music and
Art and Architecture — are drawn upon. Theatre majors are encouraged
to express individual creative and interpretative impulses, and with the
support of a faculty adviser are often able to perform a variety of projects
of their own initiation in areas of acting, directing, playwriting, design, or
performance art.

A View of the IVIajor The difference between the B.A. degree and the
B.S. degree is one of flexibility and concentration. The B.S. degree al-
lows the substitution of specialized field courses for certain of the Col-
lege's general and language requirements.

Besides completing the required courses offered by the College of
Arts and Sciences toward a degree program, and before focusing on
further course work within any particular concentration, all majors in all
concentrations except Dance must complete forty-eight quarter hours of
the departmental core, which includes such courses as Introduction to
Acting, Concepts of Directing, Stagecraft, Introduction to Theatre De-
sign, and Introduction to Art, Drama, and Music. Theatre majors with a
Dance Concentration, before focusing on further course work within this
Concentration, must complete a core of forty-seven quarter hours. In
addition to various technique classes in Ballet, Jazz Dance, Modern

Theatre and Dance/ 31

Dance, and Choreography, the following are just some of the courses in
the core of the Dance Concentration: Dance in the Twentieth Century,
Anatomy/Physiology, Kinesiology, and Dance in Cultural Perspective.

The theatre represents the major public laboratory to the major, a
place where theory is put into practice. All majors are expected to work
in production each quarter in residence and fulfill a variety of crew
assignments in construction, painting, sound, lighting, costuming, and
box office work, as well as crew assignments for the running of a show.
Whenever possible, majors are expected to serve as stage managers
and assistant stage managers. Appearing in a production is not a sub-
stitute for crew work and, when reasonably possible, all those concen-
trating in a performance aspect should also participate in crew activities.

It is also recommended that Theatre majors take a Physical Education
skill course during each of the quarters in residence. The following
courses, when available, are recommended: Modern Dance, Ballet,
Jazz Dance, Tumbling, Gymnastics, Fencing, and Physical Condition-
ing.

Description of the Minor Students majoring in other departments may
choose a minor in Theatre to complement their academic majors or to
assist them in developing career goals by taking eight courses (thirty-
two quarter hours). Closely supervised by a departmental faculty ad-
viser, students may follow programs of study that offer a generalized or
a specialized program. Specialized areas are in Acting, Scenic Design,
Costume Design, Lighting Design, and Literature and Criticism.

Accreditation Basic course work offered by this department adheres
to the suggested minimum requirements for a Theatre degree as put
forth by the American Theatre Association and enables the diligent stu-
dent to prepare for the Graduate Placement Examination in Theatre.

Special Programs

See The Division of Fine Arts, Humanities Center, Sports and Leisure
Studies, Film Studies, Irish Studies, Asian Studies, American Sign Lan-
guage, and International Co-op in the Special Programs section, page
80.

Humanities

The Humanities are those disciplines concerned with human beings and
their cultures — especially subjective aspects of cultures, which invest
life with meaning and value. Examples are the disciplines of languages
and literature, and philosophy and religion.

The Humanities are distinguished from the Social Sciences, which
tend to focus on objective aspects of societies and on individual rela-
tionships in, and to, society. This distinction, however, is helpful only if
used with reservations. Most humanistic disciplines do not neatly con-
form to one simple description or the other.

In the broadest terms, of course, the Humanities can be viewed as
encompassing the Fine Arts. This is because a sense of aesthetics is
among the most basic of human values. As a result, all cultures are
centrally concerned with issues of form and beauty.

In the College of Arts and Sciences, the major disciplines comprising
the Humanities division are as follows:

English page 33
Journalism page 35
Modern Languages page 37
Philosophy and Religion page 39
Speech Communication page 41

English

Kinley E. Roby, Ph.D., Professor and Chairman

Professors

Samuel J. Bernstein, Ph.D.
Robert J. Blanch, Ph.D.
Francis C. Blessington, Ph.D.
Irene Fairley, Ph.D.
Gary Goshgarian, Ph.D.
Earl N. Harbert, Ph.D.
Victor E. Howes, Ph.D.
M. X. Lesser, Ph.D.
James E. Nagel, Ph.D.
Jane A. Nelson, Ph.D.
Guy Rotella, Ph.D.
Herbert L. Sussman, Ph.D.
Arthur J. Weitzman, Ph.D.
Paul C. Wermuth, Ph.D.
Joseph E. Westlund, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Timothy R. Donovan, Ph.D.
Gerald R. Griffin, Ph.D.
Ann Harleman-Stewart, Ph.D.
Stuarts. Peterfreund, Ph.D.
Lloyd A. Skiffington, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Richard Bullock, Ph.D.
Michael Goodman, Ph.D.
Janet Randall, Ph.D.
Michael Ryan, Ph.D.
Kristin Woolever, Ph.D.

Lecturers

Joseph deRoche, M.F.A.
David lutein, M.A.

Continuing Lecturers

Beth I. Bennett, M.A.

Vicki Casana, M.A.

Faye F. Firnhaber-Cudmore,

M.A.
Paul Gallagher, M.Ed.
Susan Goldwitz, M.A.
Joseph L. lacovella, M.A.
Constance Leigh, M.A.
Ronald MacKay, M.A.
RobinMcCormack, M.A.
Eileen P. Nam, M.A.
Virginia C. Parsons, M.A.
James E. Poulos, M.A.
Carolyn Sirois-Zuch, M.A.

Instructor

Mary Blitzer-Field, M.A.

Assistant to the Coordinator
of Introductory Writing
Programs and Clinical
Instructor of English

Jennifer G. Hicks, M.A.

Director of the Writing Center
and Clinical Instructor of
English

Maureen Daly, M.A.

Coordinator of English
Studies and Clinical
Instructor of English

Jean S. Mullen-Smith, M.A.

Professional Preparation

Aims The English Department curriculum is diverse in its aims and
flexible in its design. For the general University community, the curricu-
lum offers possibilities in creative, expository, and technical writing; lin-
guistics; and American, British, and foreign literature. For the
preprofessional student — in law, medicine, business, engineering, or
computer science — it offers a broad intellectual and cultural frame for
specialist concerns. For the minor in English, it offers the possibility of
concentration in literature, writing, or technical writing to supplement the
major concerns of other disciplines. For the major in English, it offers the
opportunity to prepare for careers in teaching and research, advertising
and publishing, radio and television — indeed, any field in which com-
munication and judgment go hand in hand.

At a time when the price of imprecision in language is more than
simple misunderstanding, and the cost of changing values more than

34 / College of Arts and Sciences

personal uncertainty, the study of literature provides "a monnentary stay
against confusion." It deals with the hard edge of being, an insight into
the ways of men and women, at once clear and complex. In fact, the
very structure of literature gives shape and meaning to the often formless
experiences of life. And it does so with grace and force. Put another
way, literature "tells it like it is," not statistically, not abstractly, but with
the details of fully realized people in accessible worlds, in "imaginary
gardens with real toads in them."

Description of the Major There is flexibility enough in the curriculum
requirements and its details to accommodate the pace and interest of a
wide range of students. Members of the Department are available
throughout the year to help and advise students, but the critical choices
rest essentially with the student. The American literature requirement, for
example, may be met by successfully completing courses from among
such recent offerings as Major American Novels, The New England Re-
naissance, American Realism, and American Romanticism. To this area,
as to others, the Department regularly adds new courses and, hence,
even more options.

A View of the IWajor The curriculum for the major in English allows the
student to take a wide vanety of courses while maintaining a strong
background in the history of British and American literature. After com-
pleting the freshman requirement, the English major takes survey
courses, area courses (in language or writing, British literature, Ameri-
can literature, major figure, genre), other electives, and, finally, a Junior-
Senior Seminar as the culmination of study. A student has the opportu-
nity to study science fiction, Kurt Vonnegut, topics in film, or children's
literature, as well as Shakespeare, early American literature. Romantic
poetry, and topics in literary criticism. In an effort to be responsive to the
individual interests and academic needs of a particular student, inde-
pendent study also may be arranged with an English instructor.

A View of the IVIinor Students who would like to minor in English may
choose the minor in literature or in writing, either expository or creative.
There is also a minor in technical communication which is described in
the Special Programs section of this publication. Within each minor, the i
student may select an individual course of study with the help of an
English Department adviser.

Special Programs

See American Sign Language, Exchange Program-American College in
Greece, Humanities Center, Independent Major, Irish Studies, Linguis-
tics Minor, Media Studies Minor, Romanticism Past and Present, Studies
in Amehcan Fiction, Technical Communication Minor, and International
Co-op in the Special Programs section, page 80.

Journalism

LaRue W. Gilleland, M.A.J. , Professor and Chairman

Associate Professors

Patricia Hastings, Ph.D.
William Kirtz, M.S.

Assistant Professors

Jane Bick, M.A.
Louis Conrad, M.S.
William James Willis, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Alms The Department of Journalism offers students the opportunity to
prepare themselves for productive careers in print and broadcast news
media, advertising, and public relations. It emphasizes professional
skills in information gathering, writing, editing, photography, and design
and graphics that may be applied to numerous fields.

The Department also seeks to contribute to the existing body of knowl-
edge in journalism/mass communications, especially knowledge which
will help news media practitioners and educators perform their jobs with
increasing effectiveness.

Career Opportunities Journalism offers many exciting, rewarding ca-
reer opportunities. Northeastern University journalism graduates work
for daily and weekly newspapers, news departments of radio and tele-
vision stations, wire services, general and specialized magazines, pub-
lic relations departments, and advertising agencies.

A View of the l\/lajor A journalist should have a broad background of
liberal arts courses on the undergraduate level, a need that most univer-
sity journalism programs have long recognized. The student should have
professional courses but not to the point of overspecialization.

The generally accepted formula for the bachelor's degree in journal-
ism is a combination of 75 percent arts and sciences courses and 25
percent professional courses. The ideal schedule is one or two journal-
ism courses each quarter, with additional work in the humanities, social
sciences, physical sciences, and economics.

Because journalism skills can be better expanded and understood
with the aid of a laboratory, upperclass journalism majors are encour-
aged to participate in the Cooperative Plan of Education. Co-op assign-
ments with newspapers, radio and television stations, news bureaus,
advertising agencies, and public relations offices provide a practical
laboratory experience important in helping students prepare themselves
for careers in mass communications. In addition, such experience offers
the student an advantage if he or she decides to seek admission to a
graduate program.

All majors in this department complete a journalism core program that
includes History of Journalism, Journalism Ethics, Newswriting, Editing,
Law of the Press, and Photojournalism. In addition, each major takes
courses in one of four concentrations — Newspaper/Print Media, Radio-
Television News, Advertising, or Public Relations — according to his or
her career objective.

36 / College of Arts and Sciences

Special Programs

See Center for Asian Studies, American Sign Language, Exchange Pro-
gram-American College in Greece, London Journalism/Mass Communi-
cations Internship, Independent Major, Media Studies Minor, Russian
Studies, The Center for the Study of Sport in Society, Technical Com-
munication Minor, Urban Studies Minor, Women's Studies Minor, and
International Co-op in the Special Programs section, page 80.

Modern Languages

Holbrook C. Robinson, Ph.D., Associate Professor and Chairman
Robert B. Modee, M.A., Assistant Professor and Executive Officer

Professors Assistant Professors

Samuel Jaramillo, Ph.D. Ross D. Hall, Ph.D.

Constance H. Rose, Ph.D. Inez Hedges, Ph.D.

. ■ . r. X Neil A. Larsen, Ph.D.

Associate Professors ., c.^- , . - .

I , A /M . r^i. r^ John Spiegel, M. A.
Israel A. Aluf, Ph.D. ^ ^

Lillian Bulwa, Ph.D. Instructors

Benedetto Fabrizi, D.M.L. Daniel C. Barker, M.A.

Walter M. Gershuny, Ph.D. Rita Soracco, M.A.

Juliette M. Gilnnan, Ph.D.
Bonnie S. McSorley, Ph.D.
Stephen A. Sadow, Ph.D.
Philip H. Stephan, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Alms The study of Modern Languages can be of value to all students,
regardless of their major fields of interest. In the complex and rapid pace
of modern life, there is a need for increased communication between
varied and often divergent cultures, even those within the narrow con-
fines of one's own community. To better understand and appreciate
these cultures, it is very important to know the ways in which the mem-
bers of the culture think.

As the principal means of communication, language frequently offers
the key to understanding. Thus, language may serve to help one achieve
a more cosmopolitan, open-minded, and sensitive view of the world.

The Department offers opportunities for background preparation for
students interested in elementary, secondary school, or college teach-
ing; international business relations; high-tech; government service;
journalism; library science; world affairs; travel; and community service
(especially in Spanish-speaking areas). Those who wish to teach in col-
lege must plan on graduate study.

Description of the Major Available in French, German, Italian, Rus-
sian, or Spanish, the major in Modern Languages normally requires
advanced courses in two languages. The freshman year usually is con-
sidered a year to establish the basic foundation upon which the major
will be formed. It should be utilized to fulfill as many general require-
ments as possible so that during the upperclass years more time can be
devoted to the major discipline.

Normally the study of a second (minor) language begins in the second
year. However, in exceptional cases, this pattern may be altered to per-
mit students to begin their second language in the freshman year or,
perhaps, postpone it to a later year. The Modern Language major should
plan to take at least two language electives per quarter from the begin-
ning of the second year. Again, of course, this pattern may be varied to
fit the needs of the individual student.

It should be noted that the requirements indicated here for the major
and minor languages are mininnum requirements. When at all possible,
a student is strongly encouraged to go beyond them, and even, per-
haps, to pursue a third language.

38 / College of Arts and Sciences

The Department is currently designing a one-language major. Stu-
dents are urged to consult their departmental advisers for further infor-
mation concerning this program and other possible curriculum changes.

A View of the Major The Department offers a choice of either a Bach-
elor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science degree. For either degree, the
student must select a major as well as a minor language from French,
German, Italian, Russian, or Spanish. Both degrees require Freshman
English.

The B.A. is, of course, the traditional degree of this discipline. Candi-
dates for the B.A. must satisfy the College requirements for graduation
and, in addition, must meet the departmental requirements in their major.
These requirements are sixteen quarter hours in history (any history
courses relevant to the major are acceptable), eight quarter hours of
Survey of English Literature, a minimum of thirty-two quarter hours of
advanced work in the major language, and eight quarter hours of ad-
vanced work in the minor language. Advanced work may be defined as
any course beyond the intermediate level of the language.

The Bachelor of Science degree in Modern Languages differs from
the B.A. primarily in its emphasis. Whereas the B.A. requires that the
student satisfy the full general requirements of the College of Arts and
Sciences, the B.S. waives certain of these requirements in favor of a
more concentrated program in the major area.

In addition, the candidate for the B.S. degree must complete eight
quarter hours of composition and conversation in the major language
and eight quarter hours of composition and conversation in the minor
language. Candidates then must complete forty additional quarter hours
of advanced work in the major language and sixteen additional quarter
credits of advanced work in the minor.

Description of the Minor For students interested in acquiring profi-
ciency in one foreign language as an adjunct to their major, the Depart-
ment offers a minor in f\/!odern Languages, open to students of all
colleges. The details of the requirements for a minor vary slightly from
language to language, but, in all cases, the student is required to take a
total of six courses. Generally, two composition and conversation
courses, a civilization course, and an introductory course in literature
are required. The remaining courses are free electives drawn from ad-
vanced courses offered by the Department.

Students are urged to consult the Department adviser for further infor-
mation about the minor.

Additional Information In the basic language courses, attendance in
the language laboratory is required for two half-hour sessions per week.
The facilities of the language laboratory are also available on an optional
basis for advanced work. The Department lounge is available to Modern
Language students. See page 81 for information on courses in Amencan
Sign Language.

Special Programs

See Center for Asian Studies, American Sign Language, Exchange Pro-
gram-American College in Greece, French for Business and Economics,
Business German, Humanities Center, Independent Major, International
Co-op, Irish Studies, Russian Studies, and Elementary Spanish for Crim-
inal Justice and Human Services in the Special Programs section, page
80.

Philosophy and Religion

Michael R. Lipton, Ph.D., Associate Professor and Chairman

Professors

Walter L. Fogg, Ph.D.
Pavel Kovaly, Ph.D., C.Sc.

Associate Professors

William J. DeAngelis, Ph.D.
Bart K. Gruzalski, Ph.D.
Edward A. Hacker, Ph.D.
Stephen L. Nathanson, Ph.D.
Gordon E. Pruett, Ph.D.
Susan M. Setta, Ph.D.
Joseph H. Wellbank, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims Philosophy deals with a wide range of questions and issues
generated by various aspects of human experience, by the beliefs and
theories people hold, and by the practical problems human beings con-
front. Philosophy includes both questions and theories related to art,
religion, morality, society, and natural and social sciences. Because of
the breadth of its concerns, the study of philosophy provides a unique
opportunity for students to examine their beliefs in many areas through
critical reflection.

Through readings, discussion, and writing, philosophy students can
encounter and examine questions concerning the nature and validity of
religious beliefs, moral judgments, and scientific theories, as well as
questions of values and social policy in such areas as law, medicine,
and technology. In all these areas, analysis of issues and evaluation of
arguments provide an opportunity to understand diverse claims to
knowledge and areas of controversy.

The program includes courses that may help strengthen the student's
work in other areas and provide an understanding of the methods and
traditions of philosophical and religious thought. A major in Philosophy
may also help a student to acquire a broad background in the humani-
ties and to sharpen his or her critical abilities in preparation for graduate
or professional study in many areas. Indeed, former Philosophy majors
can be found in the most diverse of professional careers. For students
majoring in another discipline, the Department offers a minor program,
which can be a valuable supplement to most fields.

The program in Religion offers students the opportunity to acquire an
understanding of religious experience, both as an individual response
and within its social, historical, literary, and political context. Specific
religions (Christian, Jewish, Hindu, etc.) are studied as well as the myth-
ical and mystical dimensions of religious experience in general. The
program strives to clarify the relation between the religious experience
and other facets of human life that are the concern of both the liberal
arts and the professions. Although a major is not offered in Religion, the
program attempts to provide a basic introduction to religious studies.
Both introductory and intermediate-level courses are offered.

40 / College of Arts and Sciences

Description of the Major Northeastern's program for a Philosophy
major is designed to offer students a balanced understanding of the
nature of philosophy and particular philosophical problems that arise in
the various arts and sciences. A maximum number of electives has been
provided so that students may choose in accordance with their own
backgrounds and interests. Students may pursue either a five-year co-
operative or a four-year full-time course of study.

All degree candidates in Philosophy must take at least eight quarter
hours in English and fifty-two quarter hours in the Department and must
meet the following specific requirements;

1 . Classical Greek Philosophy and Modern Philosophy

2. Introduction to Logic or Symbolic Logic (The Department emphat-
ically recommends that students contemplating graduate studies
in Philosophy take Symbolic Logic.)

3. Theory of Knowledge or Metaphysics or Moral Philosophy and

4. At least one seminar

5. Thirty-two quarter hours of Philosophy electives, to be selected
after consultation with the student's departmental adviser.

Description of the Minor To attempt to meet the needs of students
who are majoring in other areas but have a special interest in Philosophy,
the Department offers a minor in Philosophy. The program contains an
essential core of courses, as well as a great range of electives to accom-
modate individual interests.

Specific requirements:

1 . An introduction to philosophy course;

2. Either Classical Greek Philosophy or Modern Philosophy;

3. Either Introductory Logic or Symbolic Logic;

4. Either Moral Philosophy or Theory of Knowledge or Metaphysics
or Philosophy of Mind;

5. Three electives in Philosophy to bring the total number of quarter
hours in Philosophy to twenty-eight.

Special Programs

See Center for Asian Studies, Exchange Program-American College in
Greece, Humanities Center, Independent Major, Women's Studies Minor,'
and International Co-op in the Special Programs section, page 80.

Speech Communication

Carl W. Eastman, M.A., Associate Professor and Chairman

Associate Professors Lecturers

Michael L. Woodnick, M.S. Wesley Horner, B.M.

Alan J. Zaremba, Ph.D. Kimberley H. Tetrev, M.A.

Assistant Professors

Joan F. Drexelius, Ph.D.
Roberta L. Kosberg, Ph.D.

Joseph D. Warren, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims The Department of Speech Communication seeks to help stim-
ulate the personal and professional growth of the student through a
study of the pnnciples and methods of communication.

Courses are designed to aid students in understanding the commu-
nication process and the roles of communication in society. The Speech
Communication program also helps students to increase their self-
awareness and heighten personal development by offering theoretical
and experiential learning opportunities.

More than twenty-five courses in such areas as persuasion, group
discussion and conference techniques, interpersonal communication,
mass media, broadcasting, communication theory, and public address
are designed to meet the needs of students, whether majoring or minor-
ing in Speech Communication or selecting courses for personal devel-
opment to supplement professional training in other fields.

Description of the IVIajor The objectives of the Speech Communica-
tion major are threefold:

1 . To stimulate the student's personal growth and development in
perception and self-expression through the study of historical,
contemporary, and artistic aspects of speech and communication,
and to provide organized knowledge and critical insight;

2. To help prepare the student for professions that require both a
theoretical and a technical knowledge of communication, such as
broadcasting, the law, government service, public relations, ad-
vertising, social service, industrial communication, and similar
fields;

3. To help prepare the student for advanced graduate study in com-
munication and other professional fields.

A View of the IVIajor Students may receive either a B.A. or B.S. degree
through concentrations related to mass communication, interpersonal
communication, organizational communication, communication re-
search, communication theory, advocacy, and public address. Through
selection of the appropriate concentration within the Department and
complementary elective courses in other departments, students are af-
forded considerable flexibility in tailoring their programs to satisfy their
personal and professional needs.

To further provide for the unique needs of students with specialized
interests or professional goals, the Department offers directed-study and
internship programs. Virtually every Speech Communication major com-
pletes one or more projects in each of these programs.

42 / College of Arts and Sciences

In directed study, the student works closely with a chosen faculty
adviser while connpleting a student-selected research or performance
project. Generally commensurate with the workload of a one-quarter
course, directed-study projects deal with such areas as surveying and
interpreting communicative behavior, studies of the rhetoric of political
campaigns, or the effects of the media on society.

The internship program offers students the opportunity for profes-
sional development through field experiences designed to complement
or implement their classroom training. Distinct from the Co-op Plan, the
internship program provides academic credit for unpaid, part-time, on-
site activities, during the student's academic quarters. Internships, care-
fully selected by the student and faculty advisers with an understanding
based on the student's goals, often result in the student's placement in
active roles in commercial broadcasting studios, advertising firms, and
governmental agencies.

Description of the l\/linor Students majoring in such fields as Political
Science, Business, and Human or Social Services or Education may
develop a minor that complements their academic major by selecting
appropriate courses with the aid of a Speech Communication faculty
adviser.

Basic theoretical competence and personal skills in the areas of intra-
personal, interpersonal, group, organizational, and public communica-
tion may be acquired by taking the following four core courses required
of all minors: Introduction to Communication Theory, Business and
Professional Speaking, Interpersonal Communication I, and Group Dis-
cussion.

Individual needs and specific goals may be satisfied by selecting
three additional electives with the approval of the Speech Communica-
tion faculty. Recommended elective groupings have been developed for
students concentrating in Management, Marketing, Elementary or Sec-
ondary Education, Human or Social Services, Political Science, Sociol-
ogy, Psychology, and Journalism.

Special Programs

See American Sign Language, Center for Asian Studies, Exchange Pro-
gram-American College in Greece, Humanities Center, London Journal-
ism/Mass Communication Internship, Technical Communication Minor,
Independent Major, and International Co-op in the Special Programs
section, page 80.

Natural Sciences and Mathematics

The natural sciences are disciplines based chiefly on objective, quanti-
tative hypotheses that can be confirmed or refuted by experimentation
involving numerical measurements. These disciplines are sometimes
referred to as the "exact sciences." However, that may be somewhat
misleading, since controlled approximations are more characteristic of
them than exactness.

The older term used for the natural sciences (in the seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries) was "natural philosophy." This embraced the
physical and life sciences as well as mathematics. The great treatise of
Isaac Newton, which altered completely the understanding of the phys-
ical universe, was titled Philosophiae naturalis prlncipia mathematica
(Latin for Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy).

Although mathematics is not confined to the study of nature as such —
having more basic roots in subjective thought than in objective reality —
it is nearly always grouped with the natural sciences. Indeed, mathe-
matics is sometimes referred to as the "queen and servant of the sci-
ences."

In the College of Arts and Sciences, the major disciplines comprising
the Natural Sciences and Mathematics Division are as follows:

Biology page 44
Chemistry page 47
Earth Sciences page 50
Mathematics page 52
Physics page 54

Biology

David C. Wharton, Ph.D., Professor and Chairman

Professors

Francis D. Crisley, Ph.D.
JanisZ. Gabliks, Ph.D.
Charles A. M. Meszoely, Ph.D.
M. Patricia Morse, Ph.D.
Nathan W. Riser, Ph.D.
Fred A. Rosenberg, Ph.D.
Ernest Ruber, Ph.D.
Phyllis R. Strauss, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Joseph L. Ayers, Ph.D.
Kostia Bergman, Ph.D.
Charles H. Ellis, Jr., Ph.D.
Gwilym S. Jones, Ph.D.
Helen H. Lambert, Ph.D.
Joseph V. Pearincott, Ph.D.
Daniel C. Scheirer, Ph.D.
Henry 0. Werntz, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Donald P. Cheney, Ph.D.
Richard L. Marsh, Ph.D.
Jacqueline M. Piret, Ph.D.
Susan Powers-Lee, Ph.D.
Cristina Reyero, Ph.D.

Adjunct Professor

Bruce B. Collette, Ph.D.

Adjunct Assistant Professor

Barbara Thorne, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Alms The Biology major offers students the opportunity to develop a
basic understanding of the organization and the processes of life, from
the level of molecules and cells through the level of organs and organ
systems to the level of populations, species, ecosystems, and evolution.
The major also offers the mathematical, chemical, and physical back-
ground necessary to understand biology and to help train students in
practical scientific skills associated with each of these areas of study.
Finally, it allows students to begin to specialize in a subdiscipline of
biology.

Description of the Major The major consists of ten biology courses in
addition to those required in chemistry, physics, and mathematics. Six
of the biology courses constitute the required "Biocore": Principles of
Biology I, II, and III; Environmental and Population Biology; Genetics and
Developmental Biology; and Cell Physiology and Biochemistry. The
other four biology courses for the major may be chosen from a variety of
upperclass biology electives which require some or all of the "Biocore"
as prerequisites. It is usually possible to follow the prescribed sequence
if a student has decided on the major in the freshman or sophomore
year. For students who may enter the major in the middler year, it is often
possible to complete the major in the normal time by taking some of the
electives concurrently with the latter, "Biocore" courses.

To graduate with a major in Biology, a student must have a cumulative
Quality Point Average (QPA) of 2.0 for all science and mathematics
courses required for the major. There are two programs within the Biol-
ogy major, one leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree and the other to
the Bachelor of Science degree. Both the B.A. and the B.S. degrees
require a modern language. The B.S. program is more rigorous and

Biology / 45

extensive in its mathematics and science requirements and thus may
offer better preparation for some areas of postgraduate study. The dif-
ference is mainly one of emphasis, however.

After completing the "Biocore," students interested in independent
research may arrange with individual faculty to undertake Directed
Study; if eligible, they may be invited to undertake a more extensive
Honors Program involving up to four quarters of research.

The Department publishes a booklet, The Biology Undergraduate Ad-
visory Book, which explains the required and recommended courses
and the QPA standards in science for Biology majors. The Advisory Book
is available in the Biology Office, Room 403, Richards Hall. Students
intending to major in Biology should obtain a copy as early as possible
after their enrollment at Northeastern. Biology majors wishing to pursue
a minor in another field should see their biology adviser as early in their
program as possible, for coordination of major and minor requirements.

A View of the Major The Biology major provides an opportunity for
excellent preparation in a wide variety of careers or professions in the
life sciences, including medical, dental, and other health-related profes-
sions. Graduate study leading to a master's or doctoral degree can open
careers in upper-level teaching and/or research in one of the specialized
areas of biology, such as zoology, botany, microbiology, physiology,
ecology, marine biology, cell biology, or biochemistry. Biology majors
may also pursue postgraduate training in such health-related areas as
nutrition, public health, or medical technology.

Biology majors not wishing to enter professional or graduate schools
may find employment on technical levels in federal, state, industrial,
hospital, or university laboratories doing research, survey, or quality con-
trol in a biological area. After graduation they may also be able to enter
directly into positions in industries involved in the manufacture and dis-
tribution of pharmaceuticals, biological products, food, or scientific
equipment. Many biologists are employed at all levels in fisheries, for-
estry services, county agencies, museums, aquariums, research ves-
sels, and marine stations.

Preprofessional students (for example, premedical or predental) are
urged to consult with the preprofessional advisory committee early in
their careers at Northeastern. Students are cautioned that the successful
completion of the required preprofessional courses by no means en-
sures admission to a professional school since other factors are also
Involved.

Description of the Minor A minor in Biology consists of any six biology
courses for which the student has the prerequisites, plus two more
courses which may be biology courses or courses from other depart-
ments that serve as prerequisites for Biology courses. At least five of the
total eight courses must include laboratory, and a student may not count
toward the Biology minor more than one course, or course sequence,
that covers substantially the same material.

To accommodate the needs of students majoring in many different
fields, the Biology minor requirements have been phrased in a very
general and flexible way. To ensure that course selection is sound and
appropriate to the student's background, each student's Biology minor

46 /College of Arts and Sciences ■

program must receive the signed approval of the Biology minors' ad-
viser. The student should obtain this required approval of his/her pro-
gram before the start or, at the latest, by the end of the first biology
course. Failure to do so may result in courses' not being counted for a
minor, if the adviser finds them to have been inappropriate selections.

The academic standards for a minor in Biology are the same as those
for a Biology major; namely, a QPA of 2.0 must be achieved for those
courses used to satisfy the minor requirements. Courses taken on a
pass/fail basis are not acceptable for minor credit.

Suggested course groupings for a Biology minor have been devel-
oped for students with different backgrounds in college mathematics
and science. The "core" minor for students with considerable course
work in mathematics, chemistry, or physics provides the basic founda-
tion on which a Biology major is built, without advanced specialization.
For students with less or no college mathematics/science background,
three other minor options provide the opportunity for first-level exposure
to the basic pnnciples of Biology, plus an opportunity to achieve some
advanced specialization in plant and/or animal studies or to explore
human biology, molecular biology, biochemistry, and the problems of
the environment. For further information, consult with the Biology minors'
adviser.

Laboratories

The Biology Department has specially equipped teaching laboratories
for general biology, botany, anatomy, microbiology, microscopy, physi-
ology, zoology, and cell biology. Equipment for field work, museum
specimens, models, charts, and closed-circuit television are employed
in laboratory instruction. Additional facilities include aquarium and ani-
mal rooms, stockrooms, preparation rooms, research areas, a vertebrate
museum, and a large suburban greenhouse and woodlot. The Depart-
ment has close association with the University's Marine Science and
Maritime Studies Center in Nahant and with the University's Electron
Microscopy Center.

Special Programs

See School for Field Studies, Independent Major, Instrumentation for
Science Minor (see Physics Section), International Co-op, Marine Stud-
ies Minor, Combined Program with Preprofessional Schools and East/
West Marine Biology Program in the Special Programs section, page 80.

Chemistry

Philip W. Le Quesne, Ph.D., D.Sci., Professor and Chairman

Professors

Geoffrey Davies, Ph.D.
Bill C. Giessen, Dr.Sc.Nat.
Arthur M. Halpern, Ph.D.
Barry L. Karger, Ph.D.
William M. Reiff, Ph.D.
John L. Roebber, Ph.D.
Robert A. Shepard. Ph.D.
Alfred Viola, Ph.D.
PaulVouros, Ph.D.

Professors Jointly Appointed

John L. Neumeyer, Ph.D.
Robert F. Raffauf, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

David A. Forsyth, Ph.D.
Thomas R. Gilbert, Ph.D.
David M. Howell, Ph.D.
Conrad M. Jankowski, Ph.D.
Elmer E. Jones, Ph.D.
Kay D. Onan, Ph.D.
Robert N. Wiener, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Lee A. Flippin, Ph.D.
Michael E. Kellman, Ph.D.
Mary J. Ondrechen, Ph.D.
John Wronka, Ph.D.
Lawrence D. Ziegler, Ph.D.

instructors

James F. Hall, Jr., M.S.
Bernard J. Lemire, B.S.,
Supervisor of Laboratories

Professional Preparation

Alms The educational objectives of the Chemistry Department are to
give students the opportunity to (1) experience the intellectual stimula-
tion of studying a physical science; (2) grasp the basic pnnciples and
techniques that are central to a variety of chemistry-related careers; and
(3) prepare for graduate study in chemistry or related fields. These ob-
jectives are implemented by the Department's highly research-oriented
faculty, including leaders in various fields of the science.

Description of the Major Chemistry is concerned with the structure
and properties of substances and with the transformations they undergo.
The undergraduate program leads to either a B.A. or a B.S. degree in
Chemistry. It is relatively small, having a combined total of about sixty
undergraduates throughout all levels. Class sizes, too, are not large. For
example, the typical size of the freshman Chemistry course given to
chemistry and other science majors is about forty students. The upper-
class chemistry major courses are generally smaller. All of the courses
are taught by full-time chemistry faculty members, and there is consid-
erable opportunity for direct interaction between faculty and students.
Both the chemistry curriculum and the departmental facilities are ap-
proved by the American Chemical Society (A.C.S.); thus, the B.S. de-
gree which we award is A.C.S. certified and therefore carnes national
recognition for quality.

Modern chemistry is the cornerstone for a large number of professions
and industries. Challenging career opportunities exist in almost all tech-
nical fields in which functions such as research, development, produc-
tion, sales, market analysis, quality control, and management are
involved. Tfie Chemistry major programs offer the students an excellent
opportunity for preparation In the study of medicine, dentistry, and for
advanced study in many fields of science. For students who choose to

48 / College of Arts and Sciences

participate in the Cooperative Plan of Education there can be additional
professional benefits. The practical experience gained on a job can
place chemistry in a more realistic perspective than academic training
alone and may help students to prepare themselves for better employ-
ment prospects upon graduation.

The Department publishes an informational booklet, Chemistry at
Northeastern, which describes the Chemistry major curriculum and re-
quirements in detail. Interested students may obtain a copy of this book-
let in the main office of the Chemistry Department, Room 1 02, Hurtig Hall
or from the Department of Admissions, 150 Richards Hall.

A View of the Major The Department offers two major programs that
lead to the B.S. or B.A. degree. Both are based normally on the five-year
cooperative-study plan, but academically equivalent four-year study op-
tions are available. The two degree curricula differ mainly in their arts
and sciences content and advanced science course requirements. De-
partmental advisers are ready to provide assistance and counseling to
all Chemistry majors in relation to course selections and other profes-
sional matters.

The Chemistry major programs at Northeastern are based on a career-
oriented concept. The basic core of courses in chemistry, mathematics,
and physics may be supplemented with selected courses in other areas.
Thus, the program offers the student an opportunity to prepare for any
one of a wide variety of careers. Alumni have pursued careers in many
areas, such as:

— The health professions (medicine, dentistry)

— Professional and technical employment in industry

— Chemical sales and management

— Teaching and research via graduate study

— Clinical chemistry, medicinal chemistry, and pharmaceutical
chemistry

— Geochemistry, mineralogy, and environmental chemistry

— Forensic chemistry

Departmental advisers suggest various course options for students
interested in preparing for any of the above careers. The vanety of
careers open to persons with strong backgrounds in chemistry is exten-
sive, and other options can be constructed from the large number of
courses offered at the University.

A large part of the curriculum is common to all options. It consists of
courses in English, calculus, physics, and basic chemistry, which are
taken in the freshman year. Students may be exempted from the General
Chemistry courses by passing equivalency tests; in this case other
courses are substituted. In the upperclass years, students take courses
in organic, inorganic, physical, and analytical chemistry. For the B.S.
degree, some additional advanced mathematics and science courses
are required. German or Russian is strongly recommended for students
who plan to pursue graduate study in the sciences.

Qualified students are encouraged to undertake a research project
under the supervision of a faculty member. An honors program is open
to especially able students.

Description of the Minor A minor program in Chemistry is available
for students majoring in other fields. It consists of courses in general,
analytical, organic, and physical chemistry. Further information may be
obtained from the Chemistry Department Office, Room 102, Hurtig Hall.

Chemistry / 49

Accreditation

The Chemistry programs at Northeastern are approved by the Americari
Chemical Society. The B.S. degree meets the Society's requirements for
certification, which means that a certified graduate is eligible for full
membership in the A.C.S. after two years of experience.

Facilities and Research

The mam facilities of the Chemistry Department are housed in Hurtig
Hall, a modern, air-conditioned, five-story building that contains equip-
ment for up-to-date teaching and research. Faculty offices are located
there, as is the James Flack Norris Room, which serves as a lounge for
undergraduate Chemistry majors. Additional research facilities are lo-
cated in the Forsyth Building and in the Institute of Chemical Analysis,
Applications, and Forensic Science. The Department's major research
equipment includes electron microscopes, mass spectrometers, lasers.
X-ray diffractometers, nuclear magnetic-resonance and electron spin-
resonance spectrometers, Gouy and Faraday magnetic balances,
Mossbauer spectrometers, and a variety of ultraviolet and infrared spec-
trometers. Undergraduate students taking advanced courses or working
on research projects may utilize certain of these instruments.

Active research programs are under way in synthetic and mechanistic
organic chemistry, natural products chemistry, inorganic chemistry,
chemical oceanography, photochemistry, and spectroscopy, theoretical
chemistry, analytical chemistry, separation science, and solid-state
chemistry.

Special Programs

See Combined Program with Pre-professional Schools, School of Field
Studies, Independent Major, International Co-op, Instrumentation for Sci-
ence Minor (see Physics Section), Marine Studies Minor, and East/West
Marine Biology Program in the Special Programs section, page 80.

Earth Sciences

Richard H. Bailey, Ph.D., Associate Professor and Chairman

Associate Professors Assistant Professor

Bernard L. Gordon, M.S. Malcolm D. Hill, Ph.D.

Richards. Naylor, Ph.D.

William A. Newman, Ph.D.

Peter S. Rosen, Ph.D.

Martin E. Ross, Ph.D.

David L. Wilmarth, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims The Department of Earth Sciences offers a degree program in
geology as an in-depth study of a major area of the earth sciences, as
well as courses in geology, oceanography, and astronomy, which are
available to all students.

Description of the Geology Major Geology is a broad-based science
that deals with the study of the physical features, composition, history,
and processes of the earth. The study of geology, however, also de-
mands an understanding of the application of scientific knowledge to
current problems and concerns. For example, the manufacture of an
enormous number of products composed of metals and petroleum de-
rivatives is a primary basis of the economy of our society. Understanding
the origins of these natural resources and the ways in which to ensure
their continued supply is, therefore, one of the major roles of today's
geologists. Only a small portion of the earth has been studied in detail,
leaving many unexplored frontiers for each new graduate in the field.

A View of the Major Since the study of geology utilizes principles of
other physical sciences, students should complete basic courses in
chemistry, physics, and mathematics along with Physical and Historical
Geology during their first two years. After completing the introductory
geology courses and one year of chemistry, every Geology major takes
a three-course sequence — Descriptive Mineralogy, Optical Crystallog-
raphy, and Optical Mineralogy — since a knowledge of minerals is fun-
damental to geological understanding. In addition to the required
introductory and mineralogy courses, the student chooses a minimum
of six (for the B.A. degree) or eight (for the B.S. degree) additional
geology courses. There are also electives required in the areas of the
humanities and social sciences.

Each student is assigned to an adviser in the Department. The adviser
assists students in making appropriate course selections as their knowl-
edge increases and special interests develop. Though not required,
courses in petrology, structural geology, and paleontology are usually
among the electives chosen by undergraduates.

During the junior and senior years, students may select undergradu-
ate research as one of their elective courses. Under the supervision of a
faculty member, a problem is selected, defined, and researched. These
projects offer undergraduates the opportunity to go much more deeply
into some aspect of geology that holds particular interest for them. Stu-
dents who meet the college requirements for the honors program may
also be invited to carry out an undergraduate research project.

In addition to its major curriculum the Earth Sciences Department also
offers a minor program in Geology.

Earth Sciences / 51

Special Information

Field Trips Though much geology can be learned from textbooks and
in the laboratory, a sound geological education must also include first-
hand experience in the field and direct observation of geological phe-
nomena. Whenever it is appropriate, field work on an individual or group
basis will be part of courses.

Special Programs

See School for Field Studies, Independent Major, International Co-op,
Instrumentation for Science Minor (see Physics Section), Marine Studies
Minor, and EastA/Vest Marine Biology Program in the Special Programs
section, page 80.

Mathematics

Maurice E. Gilmore, Ph.D., Professor and Chairman

Professors

SamuelJ. Blank, Ph.D.
Bohumil CenkI, Sc.D.
David I. Epstein, Ph.D.
Holland C. Filgo, Ph.D.
Alberto R. Galmarino, Ph.D.
Arshag B. Hajian, Ph.D.
Evelyn F. Keller. Ph.D.
Nancy Kopell, Ph.D.
JayantShah, Ph.D.
Gabriel Stolzenberg, Ph.D.
JackWarga, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Shirley A. Blackett, M.Ed.
MarkBndger. Ph.D.
Gail Carpenter, Ph.D.
Bruce Claflin, M.S.
Margaret B. Cozzens, Ph.D.
Ron Donagi, Ph.D.
John Frampton, Ph.D.
Terence Gaffney, Ph.D.
R. MarkGoresky, Ph.D.
Eugene Gover, Ph.D.
Samuel Gutmann, Ph.D.
Anthony larrobino, Ph.D.
Solonnon M. Jekel, Ph.D.
Nishan Krikorian, Ph.D.
Roberto. McOwen, Ph.D.
Richard Porter, Ph.D.
Mark Ramras, Ph.D.
Thomas 0. Sherman, Ph.D.
Chuu-Lian Terng, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Margaret Bayer, Ph.D.
David Bernstein, Ph.D.
Robert W. Case, Ph.D.
Mo-sukChow, Ph.D.
Stanley J. Eigen, Ph.D.
Leonore Feigenbaum, Ph.D.
Laurences. Gillick, Ph.D.
Donald R. King, Ph.D.
Marc Levine, Ph.D.
ZakharG. Maymin, Ph.D.
CarlaB. Oblas, M.S.
M. Inez Platzeck, Ph.D.
Prabhakar A. Rao, Ph.D.
Catherine M. Roche, Ph.D.
Martin Schv^/arz, Ph.D.
Nevin P. Scrimshaw, Ph.D.
Joel A. Stein, Ph.D.
Barbara Tabak, Ph.D.
Gordana G. Todorov, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims The Department offers interested students the opportunity to de-
velop and expand their abilities in this exact science, one of the oldest
and most basic of all the sciences.

Description of the Major The Department offers two programs of
study in mathematics. One of the programs in mathematics leads to a
Bachelor of Arts degree and requires a minimum of thirteen mathematics
courses. Students in the Bachelor of Arts program also must complete a
foreign language requirement. Because mathematics-related material is
more often written in French, German, Italian, or Russian, one of these
languages is recommended. The Department also offers a Bachelor of
Science degree program, which requires a minimum of sixteen mathe-
matics courses but does not require the study of a foreign language.

A View of the Major All students must take a basic sequence of math-
ematics courses, which, as a rule, should be completed by the end of
the sophomore year. The sequence offers students the opportunity to

Mathe.Tiatics / 53

acquire a working knowledge of the calculus of one and several varia-
bles, differential equations, some linear algebra, and numerical meth-
ods. With respect to the latter, although a computer programming course
is not required, students will be encouraged and eventually expected to
learn the basic programming skills necessary for numerical solutions of
complex problems.

A transition from the basic sequence to more advanced parts of the
curriculum is provided by Analysis l-ll and Advanced Linear Algebra I.
These courses are prerequisites for many advanced courses in applied
analysis, complex analysis, topology, and foundations.

As a rule, students planning to take a substantial number of mathe-
matics courses (e.g.. two per quarter) should take Analysis l-ll and Ad-
vanced Linear Algebra I in the middler year. Students may wish to take
a prerequisite for more advanced courses in algebra and/or one that
includes linear, nonlinear, and dynamic programming. Courses in prob-
ability, statistics, and numerical analysis may also be taken directly after
the basic sequence.

Double Majors It is possible for mathematics majors to follow pro-
grams leading to a double major in mathematics and another discipline
from the College of Arts and Sciences or the College of Computer Sci-
ence.

Special Programs

See Independent Major, International Co-op, Instrumentation for Science
Minor (see Physics Section).

Physics

Robert P. Lowndes, Ph.D., Professor and Chairman

Professors

Ronald Aaron, Ph.D.
Petros N. Argyres, Ph.D.
Richard L. Arnowitt, Ph.D.
Alan H. Cromer, Ph.D.
Williann L. Faissler, Ph.D.
Marvin H. Friednnan, Ph.D.
David A. Garelick, Ph.D.
Marvin W. Gettner, Ph.D.
Michael J. Glaubman, Ph.D.
Hyman Goldberg, Ph.D.
Walter Hauser, Ph.D.
Giovanni Lanza, Ph.D.
Bertram J. Malenka, Ph.D.
Pran Nath, Ph.D.
Olive H. Perry, Ph.D.
Stephen Reucroft, Ph.D.
Eugene J. Saletan, Ph.D.
Carl A. Shiftman, Ph.D.
Jeffrey B. Sokoloff, Ph.D.
Yogendra N. Srivastava, Ph.D.
Michael T. Vaughn, Ph.D.
Eberhard von Goeler, Ph.D.
Allan Widom, Ph.D.
FaYuehWu, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Arun Bansil, Ph.D.
Paul M. Champion, Ph.D.
Jorge v. Jose, Ph.D.
Marie E. Machacek, Ph.D.
Robert S. Markiewicz, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

George 0. Alverson, Ph. D.
Narenda Jaggi, Ph.D.
Jacqueline Krim, Ph.D.
Mark Novotny, Ph.D.
Robert Polvado, Ph.D.
Lou Reinisch, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims Physics is concerned with the fundamental principles that gov-
ern natural phenomena, ranging in scale from collisions of subatomic
particles, through the behavior of solids and liquids, to exploding stars
and colliding galaxies.

Understanding these principles can help us unravel, explore, and
predict the basic phenomena and processes of not only physics, but
also of biology, chemistry, and the earth and space sciences. Such an
understanding will also help with the creation, development, and oper-
ation of a broad spectrum of micro and macro devices ranging from the
silicon chip electronic systems and lasers of today's high technology to
the more conventional mechanical and electrical instruments and ma-
chinery currently used in research and industrial organizations.

The educational objectives of the Physics undergraduate programs
are to provide students with the opportunity to

1 . experience the intellectual stimulation of studying science and,
specifically, physics and astrophysics;

2. experience, by association, the excitement of the front-line
research programs ongoing in the Department;

3. achieve an understanding of the basic principles and techniques
that are central to the broad array of physics-related careers;

4. prepare for graduate study in physics or related fields.

Physics / 55

To this end the Physics Department offers undergraduate courses at
four levels:

1 . descriptive courses intended primarily for nonscience majors with
limited mathematical backgrounds;

2. general survey courses intended for students in scientific and en-
gineering fields;

3. advanced courses focusing on particular areas of physics and
intended mainly, but not exclusively, for Physics majors; and

4. highly advanced courses intended mainly, but not exclusively, for
prospective graduate students in Physics.

Description of the Major Students who major in Physics are offered
the opportunity to prepare for a wide variety of careers. In addition to
work in industrial, government, and high-technology laboratories in
areas of applied physics, students who have mastered the fundamental
principles emphasized in a physics education may find opportunities in
allied fields, such as biophysics, computer sciences, geophysics, med-
ical and radiation physics, and various branches of engineering. Addi-
tionally, many students majoring in Physics go on to pursue advanced
degrees in physics and related fields.

A student majoring in Physics may follow either a four-year full-time
program or a five-year co-op program. The latter program allows stu-
dents to alternate between the classroom and off-campus work experi-
ences in research and professional organizations located not only in the
important high-technology centers in and around Boston, but elsewhere
in the United States. The co-op program enhances and complements
the educational process, and helps provide financial assistance and the
development of valuable career contacts with employers. In a number
of cases, students in the Physics major work on co-op with a high-
technology company, and then return to school and work with a related
aspect of one of the research programs of the Department either for
credit or as work-study.

A View of the IVIajor Physics majors may obtain one of three degrees,
the Bachelor of Arts in Physics, the Bachelor of Science in Physics, or
the Bachelor of Science in Applied Physics.

The first-year program for all Physics majors includes a three-quarter
physics sequence common to all science and mathematics majors, and
a three-quarter calculus sequence. The remaining courses in each quar-
ter of the freshman year can be chosen from a wide range of electives,
but generally students are advised to meet some of the core curnculum
requirements and perhaps to learn to use the computer.

Beyond the basic first year survey courses in physics and mathemat-
ics, B.A. students are required to pass the two second-year intermediate
physics courses, three upper-division lecture courses, three upper-
division laboratory courses, as well as one upper-division mathematics
elective. In addition, the College requirements must also be satisfied.
This program is extremely flexible and allows the B.A. Physics major to
pursue other interests in depth.

Candidates for either of the B.S. Physics degrees must complete the
two intermediate physics courses, the second year of the calculus se-
quence, and a year of differential equations. In addition, the B.S. candi-
dates must satisfy the appropriate college requirements.

56 / College of Arts and Sciences

Candidates for the B.S. in Physics must also complete seven upper-
division physics lecture courses, three upper-division physics laboratory
courses, and five additional technical electives (courses from the sci-
ences, mathematics, or engineering departments). The B.S. in Physics
program is most appropriate for those students who wish to pursue
graduate study in physics.

In addition to the common intermediate level courses described
above, candidates for the B.S. in Applied Physics degree must complete
three upper-division physics lecture courses, five upper-division physics
laboratory courses, three computer science courses, and four additional
technical electives. The B.S. in Applied Physics program is most appro-
priate for those students who expect to proceed directly to work after
the B.S. degree, or for those who expect to go to graduate school in
related fields.

The upper-division lecture courses offered by the Department include
Mechanics, Wave Motion and Optics, Thermodynamics, Electromag-
netic Theory, Quantum Mechanics, Mathematical Physics, Nuclear
Physics, Solid State Physics, Plasma Physics, and Astrophysics. The
upper-division laboratories include Wave Motion, two quarters of Elec-
tronics, a laboratory devoted to microcomputer programming and inter-
facing, and a special project laboratory in which the student designs
and carries out a complete project involving either some aspect of in-
strumentation or some aspect of computational physics. The courses
are all taught by active researchers in physics who have a strong com-
mitment to teaching. The upper-division courses are generally small (ten
to fifteen students).

There are regular lectures and colloquia in the Department, many of
which may be of interest to undergraduate students. In addition, there
are reading courses on special topics in physics.

Students interested in majoring in Physics should consult with one of
the Department advisers as early as possible in their college careers to
plan their programs.

Description of the Minors The Physics Department offers two minor
programs for students majoring in other fields: the Physics Minor and
the Instrumentation for Science Minor.

The Physics Minor program is designed to accommodate a wide va-
riety of interests while still providing a study of the fundamentals. To fulfill
the requirements of this minor, a student must take five intermediate
and/or advanced courses after completing introductory physics.

The Instrumentation for Science Minor is designed to provide a stu-
dent with experience in the use of common laboratory instruments, the
taking and the analysis of data, and elementary skills in electronics. A
major goal of the minor is to prepare the student to design and construct
relatively small scale special purpose measurement instrumentation. To
fulfill the requirements of the minor a student must take four intermediate
and/or advanced laboratory courses after completing introductory
physics.

Further information on the Minor Programs may be obtained from the
Physics Department Office, Room 112, Dana Research Center.

Physics / 57

Honors Program and
Undergraduate Research

Students invited into the Honors Program may take graduate courses,
reading courses, and special topics courses, by petition, in the various
research fields of the Department. Such work occasionally leads to pre-
sentation of papers at professional meetings and to publication in
professional journals.

Facilities and Research

The Physics Department is housed in the Dana Research Center, a
modern, air-conditioned building which includes its own library, research
laboratories. Department and student machine shops, electronics shop,
conference and seminar rooms, and faculty and graduate and under-
graduate student offices. The Department has its own computer facility,
housing a VAX 11/750 computer, as well as.PDP 11/24 and LSI 11/23
computers dedicated to physics research programs. In addition, a De-
partmental terminal cluster providing access to three VAX 11/780 units
of the University Computer Center is located in the Dana Center.

In addition to the research facilities on campus, faculty and graduate
students currently pursue their research at a variety of off-campus na-
tional and international facilities: astrophysics experiments at the NASA
Infrared Telescope Facility, Mauna Kea, Hawaii, at Kitt Peak National
Observatory, Tucson, Arizona, and at NRAO Very Large Array, Socorro,
New Mexico; high-energy physics experiments at the Stanford Linear
Accelerator Center (SLAC), Palo Alto, California, at CERN, Geneva, Swit-
zerland, and at the Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory (Fermilab),
Batavia, Illinois; high-magnetic field experiments at the National Magnet
Laboratory, Cambridge, Massachusetts; inelastic neutron scattering ex-
periments at the Brookhaven National Laboratory, New York, at the Oak
Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee and at the Laue-
Langevin Institute, Grenoble, France.

The Department's full-time faculty are involved in a broad spectrum of
front-line experimental and theoretical programs in astrophysics, atomic,
and molecular physics, biophysics, elementary particle physics, and
solid state and low temperature physics. A full deschption of these pro-
grams may be obtained upon request to the Chairman of the Depart-
ment.

Special Programs

See Independent Major and International Co-op, Marine Studies Minor
in the Special Programs section, page 80.

Social Sciences

The Social Sciences are disciplines involving the study of society as
such, as well as the social behavior of individuals and groups. In con-
trast to the approach used in the Humanities, the Social Sciences tend
to focus on objective aspects of societies. Measurement and testing,
and the statistical treatment of data, play a larger role in the Social
Sciences.

On the other hand, as mentioned before, this distinction is helpful only
if used with caution. In the final analysis, human beings and human
institutions cannot be studied without due attention to both subjective
and objective factors. For this reason, the dividing line between Human-
ities and Social Sciences cannot be drawn sharply.

In the College of Arts and Sciences, the major disciplines comprising
the Social Sciences are as follows:

African-American Studies page 59
Economics page 61
History page 63
Human Services* page 65
Linguistics page 67
Political Science page 70
Psychology page 72
Sociology/Anthropology page 75

* The Human Services major is offered jointly by the College of Arts and Sciences
and the Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions.

African-American Studies

Ozzie L. Edwards, Ph.D., Coordinator

Associate Professor

Holly M. Carter, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Ernest D. Brown, Ph.D.
Jordan Gebre-Medhin, Ph.D.
Patrick Manning, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims African-American Studies at Northeastern University offers an
interdisciplinary study of the black experience with two central pur-
poses: (1) to provide academically rigorous and exciting courses for all
students interested in the field; and (2) to contribute to the students'
ability to develop analytical skills and to apply this learning, whatever
their disciplines or career objectives.

By presenting fresh perspectives while remaining firmly grounded in
traditional academic standards, the courses in African-American Studies
may aid the student to develop the skill of critical thinking, provide the
opportunity to gain a meaningful, liberal arts education, and help to form
a strong basis for professional or graduate work.

Students from other disciplines should find that the courses in African-
Amencan Studies are designed to complement and enrich their chosen
concentrations or majors.

Description of the Major A major in African-American studies offers
students the opportunity to prepare themselves for a wide range of
professions calling for an understanding of intergroup relations and the
minority experience. Students may go on to graduate study in such
areas as social work, sociology, education, law, business, history, or the
humanities.

A View of the l\/lajor Students majoring in African-American Studies
may earn either the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) or Bachelor of Science (B.S.)
degree. All majors are required to take the following set of courses:

— Economic Issues in Minority Communities

— Directed Study for Senior Thesis

— Africa Today

— African-American Literature I

— Contemporary Issues in Black Society

— Black Psychological Identity

— African-American History I

— Research Seminar

— Survey of Black Political Movements

— Race Relations in America

Faculty advisers work with students to help them select electives within
their chosen areas of concentration to fulfill their distnbution and lan-
guage requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, or career pack-
age programs for the degree of Bachelor of Science.

60 / College of Arts and Sciences

Description of the IVIinor A minor in African-American Studies is de-
signed to meet the needs of students who major in other areas but have
a special interest in African-American Studies. To qualify for a minor in
African-American Studies, a student must earn twenty-eight quarter
hours in the field, twelve of which are from the set of courses required of
majors. The remaining courses will be a "concentration cluster" that is
arranged in consultation with the student's faculty adviser.

Concentration Clusters A concentration cluster is comprised of a set
of four courses which focus on a given aspect of African-American Stud-
ies. A cluster might focus on sociology-psychology, history, humanities,
human services, research, or other areas related to the student's edu-
cational or career needs. Concentration clusters are arranged in con-
sultation between the student and a faculty adviser.

Special Programs

See Center for Asian Studies, Exchange Program-American College in
Greece, Independent Major, International Co-op, Urban Studies Minor,
and Women's Studies Minor in the Special Programs section, page 80.

Economics

Morns A. Horowitz, Ph.D., Professor and Chairman

Professors

Conrad P. Caligahs, Ph.D.
Harold M. Goldstein, Ph.D.
Daryl A. Hellman, Ph.D.
Irwin L. Herrnstadt, Ph.D.
Sungwoo Kim, Ph.D.
Gustav Schachter, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

NeilO. Alper, Ph.D.
Bruce Bolnick, Ph.D.
Steven A. Mornson, Ph.D.
Pawan K. Sawhney, Ph.D.
Andrew M. Sum, M.A.
Gregory Wassail, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Anthony Becker, M.A.
Oscar Brookins, Ph.D.
Kamran N. Dadkhah, Ph.D.
Alan Dyer, Ph.D.
Barbara M. Fraumeni, Ph.D.
Jeanne K. Henn, Ph.D.
Gary B. Stone, M.A.

Lecturers

Mana N. DaCosta, M.A.
Meenakshi N. Dalai, M.A.
Herbert Eskot, M.A.
Paul Harrington, M.A.
Rajen Mookerjee, M.A.
Manijeh Sabi, M.A.
Frank Tortora, M.A.

Professional Preparation

Aims The Economics program offers students the opportunity to ob-
tain a better understanding of how our economy and other economies
function, to prepare themselves for graduate study in economics, and to
develop specialties that may qualify them to work as economists.

Description of the Major Economics is the study of ways in which
scarce resources, including human resources, are deployed to satisfy
the material wants of individuals and society. Economists analyze the
factors that determine the success or failure of this process.

Macroeconomics, concerned with the overall economy, deals with
such problems as inflation, unemployment, growth and instability, and
government monetary, fiscal, and regulatory policies. Microeconomics
is concerned with the economic behavior of individuals, households,
firms, and industries. It assesses the economic effects of racism, sexism,
pollution, and environmental damage and analyzes the economic as-
pects of natural resources, poverty, health, income distribution, trade
unions, and collective bargaining.

Graduates may be employed by businesses in such activities as in-
dustrial relations, planning and forecasting, determining plant locations,
and making financial studies. They may become expert in analyzing
consumer demand and developing and marketing new products. They
may conduct research, teach, or provide specialized consulting ser-
vices. In addition, federal, state, local governments, and trade unions
are important sources of jobs for economists.

62 / College of Arts and Sciences

A baccalaureate economics degree, or graduation with a number of
advanced economics courses, offers students an excellent opportunity
to prepare themselves for graduate programs in economics as well as
for entry into schools of law and business.

A View of the Major There is considerable flexibility in the Economics
program to enable students to concentrate in areas of personal interest.
A student expecting to major in the field should take the problem-
oriented Principles of Economics in the freshman or sophomore year to
discover the range of insights economics can offer in analyzing and
solving a variety of problems. Upper-division courses apply theory to an
in-depth study of a specific area of the field.

Other courses for the major include two quarters each of fundamentals
of mathematics, economic statistics, and economic theory. In addition,
the Department offers electives in all areas of economics, honors
courses, reading courses, and a senior seminar.

The courses listed above are required for either the Bachelor of Arts
or Bachelor of Science degree. However, the B.A. follows the liberal arts
tradition in its distribution and language requirements — the Department
of Economics requires other social science courses as well, plus six
economics electives. The B.S. is a professional degree. In addition to
social science electives, it requires ten economics electives and one
course in quantitative methods.

The Department courses offer training in economic theory, money and
banking, public finance, international trade, growth and development,
industrial organization, comparative economic systems, economic his-
tory, environmental economics, economics of crime, urban problems,
labor markets, collective bargaining, human resources, poverty and dis-
crimination, and medical economics. In addition, tool courses, such as
statistics, mathematical economics, econometrics, and quantitative
methods are available. Other electives and reading courses permit stu-
dents to study an area in-depth.

Description of the Minor The Department also offers a minor consist-
ing of four required courses and four electives, which are selected in
consultation with a faculty adviser. Any course taken outside the Depart-
ment of Economics to satisfy these minor elective requirements must be
approved by a faculty adviser in the Department.

Special Programs

See London Political Internship Programme, Economic Planning and
Policy M.S., Exchange Program-American College in Greece, French for
Business and Economics, Business German, Independent Major, Inter-
national Co-op, Irish Studies, London Business/Economics Internship
Programme, Oxford Study Semester, Russian Studies, Trent Polytechnic
Institute, Urban Studies, and Washington Internship Program, in the Spe-
cial Programs section, page 80.

History

Raymond H. Robinson, Ph.D., Professor and Chairman

Professors Assistant Professors

Philip N. Backstrom, Ph.D. Laura L. Frader, Ph.D.

Ballard C. Campbell, Ph.D. Ruth-Ann M. Harns, Ph.D.

William M. Fowler, Jr., Ph.D. Gerald H. Herman, M.A.

Donald M. Jacobs, Ph.D. Patnck Manning, Ph.D.

John D. Post, Ph.D. Martin R. Ring, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Charmane J. Blaisdell, Ph.D.
NorbertL. Fullington, Ph.D.
LaVerne J. Kuhnke, Ph.D.
Clay McShane, Ph.D.
Stanley R. Stembridge, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims History's concern with the diverse and complex past of humanity
provides an excellent opportunity for the development of greater under-
standing and appreciation of today's culture and civilization. Tradition-
ally, history has been a major of great appeal to men and women
desiring a broad base before they embark on careers in business, law,
journalism, and government.

Other majors know that they want to work more directly in history.
Some want to teach in public schools. They may elect education courses
that may lead to state certification. (Those desiring jobs in private sec-
ondary schools need not be certified by state authorities.) Teaching
positions in colleges and universities require master's, and increasingly
doctor's, degrees. An undergraduate major in History facilitates en-
trance to graduate programs in the field. Ordinarily, college and univer-
sity history teachers spend part of their time in research and writing.

Not all professional historians teach and write. Many find pleasure and
profit working in public archives, private historical societies, museums,
and restoration projects. The careers serve not only other professional
historians but a larger public as well.

Description of the Major For majors of such diverse interests and
ambitions, curricula must combine sensible structure with flexibility. Ma-
jors in History at Northeastern may qualify for either a Bachelor of Arts
or a Bachelor of Science degree. Since the B.A. requires a foreign
language, it appeals to prospective candidates for graduate school
where reading knowledge of foreign languages is often necessary; the
B.S. is designed for students desiring greater specialization in history
and a social science orientation.

Candidates for both degrees are required to take the surveys in West-
ern Civilization and American History, and The Historian's Craft, which
focuses on methods, problems, and philosophies of historians. A later
course. Approaches to History, requires students to undertake a major
historical project. Elective courses cover the political, economic, social,
and cultural history of man in diverse times and places.

64 / College of Arts and Sciences

A View of the Major To ensure a broad program of study, the College
of Arts and Sciences requires that students choose courses offered by
departments outside the area of the major.

The history requirements are broken into groups: Group A (Ancient,
Medieval, and Early Modern Europe); Group B (Modern Europe); Group
C (British North American Colonies and the United States); and Group D
(Other Areas or Regions). A minimum of two courses (eight quarter
hours) must be elected from each group.

Majors are also urged to avoid overspecialization at the undergradu-
ate level. Though there are no maximum limits on the amount of history
that may be taken, the Department advises broad course selection as
the best policy for its majors. All majors are assigned to departmental
advisers v^ho offer counsel about the program. Students are urged to
seek advice about history electives, about other electives, and about the
honors program.

All qualified History majors are urged to consider the honors program
in History. Those accepted write honors theses under the direction of
members of the Department. Students ordinarily register the honors
courses in their last three quarters of enrollment, except for the summer
quarter when honors courses are not usually offered.

Description of the Minor Students interested in a minor in history
should consult the History Department for information.

Special Programs

See Center for Asian Studies, Exchange Program-American College in
Greece, London Political Internship Programme, Independent Major, In-
ternational Co-op, Irish Studies, New England Quarterly, Oxford Study
Semester, Russian Studies, Center for the Study of Sport in Society, Trent
Polytechnic Institute, Urban Studies, Washington Internship Program,
and Women's Studies in the Special Programs section, page 80.

Human Services

An interdisciplinary major involving the College of Arts and Sciences
and the Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

Wilfred E. Holton, Ph.D., Sociology/Anthropology, Director and Associate
Professor

Advisory Committee

Eva Havas, Ph.D., Sociology/ Anthropology
John D. Herzog, Ph.D., Department of Education
Ronald J. McAllister, Ph.D., Sociology/ Anthropology
Barbara Schram, Ed.D., Department of Education
Harold S. Zamansky, Ph.D., Psychology

Fieldworl( Supervisor

Natalie H. Riffin, M.Ed., O.T.R.

Professional Preparation

Aims This major offers students the opportunity to prepare themselves
for possible careers in one of the areas broadly defined as "human
services." The program is interdisciplinary. The Human Services curric-
ulum allows students the opportunity to obtain fundamental attitudes,
knowledge, and skills that may lead to meaningful careers in the helping
professions as well as to graduate education in a variety of fields.

Students who major in Human Services through the College of Arts
and Sciences may prepare themselves to perform a variety of functions
in public and private agencies. Through course work, two quarters of
fieldwork experience, and possible co-op jobs, students have the op-
portunity to explore such areas as casework services in social service
and welfare agencies; therapeutic treatment programs in mental health
settings; supportive counseling in community health centers; rehabilita-
tion counseling services; sheltered workshops; parole counseling; court
liaison in programs for delinquent youth; staff work in halfway houses,
penal institutions, and drug treatment centers; supportive counseling for
the mentally retarded; community organizing; services for the aging;
administration in human services agencies; and social program re-
search and evaluation.

Description of the IVIajor The Human Services program offers a con-
tinuing advisory system to help students make the best use of their early
course selections and to guide them to appropriate upper-level courses.
College Requirements. Degree requirements differ for each partici-
pating college. Refer to pages 94 to 95 for requirements in the College
of Arts and Sciences and to page 98 for requirements in the Boston-
Bouve College of Human Development Professions. Students in Arts and
Sciences may take a five-year Cooperative Education Program or a four-
year full-time program.
There are five basic aspects to the program as follows:

1 . Prerequisite Courses. Prescribed courses in sociology, psychol-
ogy, government, economics, and human services are required,
for a total of six courses.

2. Core Courses. Nine courses in such areas as statistics, research
methods, group process, organizations, personality, intervention
strategies, and a senior seminar are required.

66 / College of Arts and Sciences

3. Specified Electives. Three courses in the areas of African-
American Studies, special education, and/or poverty must be se-
lected from a list of recommended options.

4. Specialization. Each student must take a five-course specializa-
tion developed in conjunction with an adviser. Typically, these
specializations are in one of three areas: administrative, commu-
nity, and clinical. Specific course choices are designed to com-
plement the individual's interests and goals. "Deaf Studies" and
other structured specializations are being developed.

5. Fieldwork. Human Services students are required to fulfill two
fieldwork placements during the last two years of their program.
Each placement consists of 150 hours on site. The type of place-
ment varies according to the student's interest. In the past, stu-
dents have found placements in community programs, nursing
homes, vocational workshops, state and federal agencies, and
recreational facilities. These experiences are supervised by Uni-
versity staff to maximize the student's learning opportunity.

A View of the Major The Human Services major offers students the
opportunity to obtain useful values and basic knowledge relating to var-
ious human services fields. Courses introducing some basic skills can
help them to understand and work with a variety of helping services.

Human Services students at Northeastern have been very active in
their major and helpful to each other. The Human Services Student Or-
ganization combines social and career-related activities, which in the
past have included open houses, day-long conferences, and weekend
retreats. A quarterly Human Services Newsletter is published by stu-
dents and faculty.

For specific details on degree requirements, students should consult
their Human Services advisers or the Program Coordinator in 125
Holmes Hall, 437-2624.

Special Programs

See American Sign Language, Exchange Program-American College in
Greece, London Political Internship Programme, Independent Major, In-
ternational Co-op, Personality and Social Psychology Concentration, El-
ementary Spanish for Criminal Justice and Human Services, Trent
Polytechnic Institute, Urban Studies Minor, and Women's Studies Minor
in the Special Programs section, page 80.

Linguistics

An interdepartmental major

Frangois Grosjean, Ph.D. and Doctoral d'Etat, Professor and
Coordinator, Psychology

Professors

Harlan Lane, Ph.D. and Doctoral d'Etat, Psychology
Joanne Miller, Ph.D., Psychology

Associate Professors

Irene Fairley, Ph.D., English

Michael Lipton, Ph.D., Philosophy and Religion

Assistant Professors

John Carroll, Ph.D., Psychology
Ross Hall, Ph.D., Modern Languages
Janet Randall, Ph.D., English
Judy Shepard-Kegl, M.A., Psychology

Professional Preparation

Aims Linguistics is the science of language and is concerned with
such issues as how children learn to speak, how we understand and
produce language, how language barriers keep people apart and how
language ties bring them together, how language is structured and how
it is represented in the brain, why some people are better at acquiring a
second language than others, and how sign languages are different
from spoken languages. Combined with other appropriate courses, a
major in linguistics may be a useful first step in becoming, for instance,
a linguist, an expert on child language, a teacher of a foreign language
or of English as a second language, an interpreter, or even an expert in
artificial intelligence. But above all, specializing in linguistics allows the
student an opportunity to have an insight into language itself — a highly
complex aspect of our everyday life that we take for granted far too
readily.

Description of the IVIajor The major in linguistics is an interdepart-
mental enterprise. Five departments (English, Modern Languages,
Philosophy and Religion, Psychology, and Sociology/Anthropology) col-
laborate to offer a comprehensive program that makes use of the vast
resources and talent that exist at Northeastern University in the field of
linguistics. The major reflects the current research of such diverse peo-
ple as linguists, sociologists, psychologists, language educators, and
teachers of second languages. It is administered by a coordinator who
is a member of the Psychology Department.

The major offers students a systematic introduction to modern linguis-
tics and is broad enough to meet the needs of students interested in:

— general linguistics (phonetics and phonology, semantics, syntax, bi-
lingualism, historical linguistics, philosophy of language, language
and culture, Amencan Sign Language);

68 / College of Arts and Sciences

— experimental linguistics (language and cognition, child language,
neurolinguistics, psycholinguistics); and

— linguistics applied to language-related work (language teaching, lan-
guage testing, language teaching materials, interpreting, literary
analysis).

A View of the Major Students enrolled in the major can obtain either a
Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science degree. These two degrees
are in every way identical except that the second language requirement
can be met with American Sign Language in the B.S. degree but not in
the B.A. degree.

Besides the general college requirements, the requirements of the
major include six basic courses from the main areas of linguistics; gen-
eral linguistics, psycholinguistics, sociolinguistics, and symbolic logic.
Students also take five additional courses in the area of their choice.
These courses include, among others, Bilingualism, Child Language,
Philosophy of Language, Linguistics of American Sign Language, Neu-
rolinguistics, Transformational Grammar, Body Language, Animal Com-
munication, Introduction to Semantics, and Applied Linguistics.

All students also take a laboratory course in which they are introduced
to language research in a laboratory environment. Two advanced semi-
nars are required, as is a practicum that can take the form of fieldwork,
interpreting, language teaching, or a directed study. The practicum is
supervised by a faculty member who advises the student and monitors
his/her progress. Advanced knowledge of a second language — spoken
or sign — is required, by either taking appropriate courses or demonstrat-
ing proficiency in that language.

Combined with other appropnate courses, the program is suitable for
those students interested in teaching American Sign Language. They
may wish to concentrate on the applied linguistics of sign language
while working on their bachelor's degree. This concentration enables
students to acquire the background and the skills necessary to become
professional teachers of sign language, and helps them prepare for the
sign language instructor certification.

Throughout the course of study, students meet regularly with an ad-
viser who helps them plan their course work and advises them on all
aspects of the major.

Research The students enrolled in a directed-study course and in the
laboratory course will take advantage of the Psychology Department's
four language laboratories, which contain audio and video recording
facilities and computers for stimulus preparation, data gathering, and
statistical analysis. They will work with graduate students, research as-
sistants, and faculty on ongoing projects related to the perception and
production of spoken and sign languages.

A brochure describing the linguistics major, as well as additional in-
formation, can be obtained from Professor F. Grosjean, Department of
Psychology, 282 Nightingale Hall.

Description of the Minor In addition to the major, the linguistics pro-
gram offers students specializing in other disciplines a minor in linguis-
tics. This minor is designed to give students the opportunity to broaden
their field of study and to enhance their career opportunities. The minor

Linguistics / 69

consists of six courses, two required courses with the remainder se-
lected from a large set of courses offered by the program. Students
minoring in linguistics are assigned a faculty adviser to help them select
the courses that best suit their needs.

A brochure describing the linguistics minor, as well as additional in-
formation, can be obtained from Professor F. Grosjean, Department of
Psychology, 282 Nightingale Hall.

Special Programs

See American Sign Language, English Minor, Exchange Program-Amer-
ican College in Greece, Oxford Study Semester, Psychology Minor, In-
ternational Co-op, and Washington Internship Program in the Special
Programs section, page 80.

Political Science

Robert E. Gilbert, Ph.D., Professor and Chairman

Professors Duane L. Grimes, M.A.

Robert L. Cord, Ph.D. Margaret E. Leahy, Ph.D.

David E. Schmitt, Ph.D. William F. S. Miles, Ph.D.

Stewart Reiser, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

David A. Rochefort, Ph.D.

L. Gerald Bursey, Ph.D. ^arry Wessell, Ph.D.

Minton F. Goldman, Ph.D.

Eileen L. McDonagh, Ph.D. Instructor

Suzanne Ogden, Ph.D. Bradley J. Miller, M.P.A.

Assistant Professors

Christopher J. Bosso, Ph.D.
Stephen F. Coleman, Ph.D.
^ Malcolm Cross, Ph.D.

David A. Dickson, Ph.D.
Phyllis S. Click, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims Political science is concerned with the study of political institu-
tions, the social and economic forces that shape them, the cultural con-
text within which they operate, and human behavior in political matters.
The Department of Political Science at Northeastern University has
three objectives; (1) to offer students the opportunity to obtain an edu-
cation within the framework of the best liberal arts tradition; (2) to help
heighten students' awareness of political forces in the environment and
to sharpen their perception of their role as citizens in a democratic
society; and (3) to provide the opportunity for acquiring a solid academic
foundation to those who elect political science, law, or public administra-
tion as a professional career or who choose a career for which a political
science background is relevant or helpful.

Description of the Major The study of political science can be the
gateway to a liberal education with its benefits of broadened interests,
sharpened sensibilities, and a quickened sense of civic responsibility. If
you have a special interest in public affairs, studies in this field can help
you prepare for government service, the study of law, the teaching of
government and related subjects, or a career in politics or public man-
agement.

For the student who wishes to pursue professional studies at the grad-
uate level, concentration in Political Science and/or Public Administra-
tion may help lead to many attractive opportunities. As in many fields,
competition for positions is keen, so the student's success will depend
upon such factors as academic record, experience, and personal initia-
tive. There are some career opportunities in public management at the
federal, state, and local levels of government, while positions in research
are often available in government and university research bureaus.
Teaching offers further career possibilities, as do specialized agencies
in international bodies like the United Nations, which call for the skills of
the political scientist. Individuals with specialized training in political
science can compete for positions in less obvious areas; in the public-
service programming of educational and commercial television, in jour-
nalism, in legislative and lobbying work, in public relations activities with
private associations, and in profit and non-profit corporations.

Political Science/ 71

A View of the Major Students may select either the Bachelor of Arts
or the Bachelor of Science degree program. Students in the B.A. pro-
gram have to meet foreign language and other requirements of the
College. 'Both degree programs (B.A. and B.S.) require four quarter
hours in each of the following: Introduction to Political Science, Introduc-
tion to American Government, Introduction to Foreign Governments, In-
troduction to International Relations, Public Administration, and Political
Theory, as well as twenty-four to twenty-eight quarter hours of electives
in political science and six electives (twenty-four quarter hours) in the
social sciences, with at least one course in at least three of the following:
African-American studies, anthropology, economics, history, psychol-
ogy, or sociology. The B.S. student is required to take eight hours of
research methods. Courses in basic math, and FORTRAN and FORGO
are also recommended for B.S. students.

Public Administration

The Bachelor of Science program with a concentration in Public Admin-
istration provides a third option for the student. This program requires
the completion of forty hours of such courses as Introductory Political
Science, American Government, Public Adminstration, Policy Analysis,
Public Personnel Administration, Public Budgeting, Organizational The-
ory, and other courses relevant to the field. Students must also complete
at least sixteen quarter hours of Public Administration electives. In ad-
dition, they must complete twenty-four hours of electives in the social
sciences, at least eight of which should be in economics. Interested
students may undertake a directed-study project based on an internship
experience in a government agency, for academic credit.

Description of the l\/linors A minor in Political Science is also available
to interested students. It entails successfully completing seven political
science courses, at least two of which must be from the following: Intro-
duction to Politics, Introduction to American Government, Introduction to
International Relations, Introduction to Foreign Governments, or Public
Administration.

A minor in International Politics is also available. It requires successful
completion of seven courses in International and/or Comparative Politics
including "Introduction to International Relations" and "Introduction to
Foreign Governments and Societies."

Special Programs

See Exchange Program-American College in Greece, London Political
Internship Programme, Center for Asian Studies, Independent Major,
International Co-op, Irish Studies, Russian Studies, Trent Polytechnic
Institute, Urban Studies Minor, and Women's Studies Minor in the Special
Programs section, page 80.

Psychology

Alexander A. Skavenski, Ph.D., Professor and Acting Chairman

Professors Assistant Professors

John C. Armington, Ph.D. John Carroll, M.A.

Frangois Grosjean, Ph.D., Doc. Adam Reeves, Ph.D.

es Lettres Judy Shepard-Kegl, M.A.
Harlan L. Lane, PhD., Doc.

es Lettres Clinical Associate Professor

Helen S. Mahut, Ph.D. ^^^^^^ Gould, Ph.D.

Joanne Miller, Ph D Adjunct Associate Professor

Bertram Scharf, Ph.D. Lawrence Stoddard, Ph.D.
Harold S. Zamansky, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Edward A. Arees, Ph.D.
Martin L. Block, Ph.D.
Roger Brightbill, Ph.D.
Perrin S. Cohen, Ph.D.
Stephen Harkins, Ph.D.
Charles Karis, Ph.D.
Harry Mackay. Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Alms Modern psychology may be broadly defined as a science that
examines what people and other organisms do as well as how and why
they behave as they do. Psychology is also an interdisciplinary science
that depends heavily on the methods and much of the knowledge de-
rived from the other sciences. With these considerations in mind, the
undergraduate curriculum offers students the opportunity to develop a
sound foundation in the scientific underpinnings of modern psychology
to prepare them for a diversity of careers in teaching, research, public
service, and professional practice.

Description of the Major Our courses offer students the opportunity
for preparation to enter a variety of work settings in which in-service
specialty training is ordinarily offered (e.g., community mental health
centers, vocational rehabilitation offices, and correctional programs) or
to enter advanced training in such graduate programs as psychology,
life science, or any of the health professions and medical specialties.

The Psychology curriculum explores many topics, such as the function
of the brain in determining behavior; how we see, hear, and learn; what
behavioral science can offer in the problem areas of mental retardation,
personality problems, infancy, and old age; and how we might suggest
social changes based on laboratory data to increase men's and wom-
en's accomplishments and satisfactions in the modern world. In addition
the curriculum offers opportunities for laboratory practice and experi-
mentation, field experiences in behavior technology, and small-group
seminars to encourage critical and creative evaluation of psychology's
accomplishments and its future.

A View of the Major The Department offers both a Bachelor of Arts
and a Bachelor of Science degree. The B.S. degree is usually recom-
mended for students with a strong scientific or professional interest who
ultimately may consider applying to graduate schools in psychology or

Psychology / 73

environmental science. In addition, the Departnnent offers a special B.S.
program for Psychology majors who wish to prepare for application to
health professions schools. Since modern psychology is multidiscipli-
nary, the B.A. and B.S. programs both include distribution requirements
in allied sciences to fulfill the need for wide exposure to varying tech-
niques of scientific practice and interpretation.

With the science courses and elementary psychology courses as
foundations, students in the B.A. and B.S. programs may pursue a gen-
eral course of study that explores four major areas of psychology; Lan-
guage and Cognition, Learning Motivation and Behavioral Analysis,
Personality and Social Psychology, or Sensory and Neuropsychology.
Alternately, students may choose to concentrate in only one of these
areas. The curricula for the areas of concentration have been structured
so that the student often takes courses not only in psychology, but also
in related disciplines. For example, a student concentrating in Person-
ality and Social Psychology takes courses in sociology, anthropology,
and speech/drama. The student's final choice of concentration should
be made only after personal consultation with his or her Psychology
Department adviser.

Within each of the four concentrations, the student is expected to
progress through a sequence of specialty courses, laboratory courses,
and a seminar. The student is thus afforded the opportunity to explore a
given area of psychology in depth, as well as to acquire an overview of
the broader issues in psychology. Furthermore, all B.S. students and
qualified B.A. students participate in the Department's Directed Studies
Program, in which, under the direction of a faculty member, they engage
in research projects in various laboratories in the Department. In this
way, classroom learning is complemented by laboratory research, where
the student may learn by doing.

Description of the l\/linor Each student is required to take ten psy-
chology courses, including the introductory psychology sequence, in-
termediate specialty courses, and at least one laboratory course. The
minor program itself is quite flexible, designed for students with a broad
range of interests and career goals. Students may choose either to
distribute the ten psychology courses over a broad range of areas or to
focus on one of the four areas corresponding to the major concentra-
tions: Language and Cognition, Learning Motivation and Behaviorial
Analysis, Personality and Social Psychology, and Sensory and Neuro-
psychology. Students are assigned faculty advisers in the Department
to help them select the minor program that best suits their needs.

Topics in Psychology
Series (TIPS)

As well as offering courses designed primarily for psychology majors,
the Department also offers a variety of courses without prerequisites that
are addressed to specific topics of broad current interest. Examples
include Psychological Testing, Marriage and the Family, Body Lan-
guage, Sexual Behavior, Psychology and the Law, Animal Communica-
tion, Man in Isolation, and Memory and Remembering.

74 / College of Arts and Sciences

Research Laboratories

The student who enrolls in laboratory courses and directed-study
courses will take advantage of the Department's resources for research,
which include: (a) in the field of learning, behavior laboratories for re-
search with humans, rats, and pigeons; and, in collaboration with the
Walter E. Fernald State School, an instructional setting for research and
training in behavior modification with retarded children and adults; (b) in
neuropsychology and ethology, primate and rodent surgeries in neu-
roanatomical and histological laboratories, with apparatus for stimulating
and recording activities of the brain; (c) in the psychology of vision and
hearing, specialized enclosures and equipment for presenting visual
and auditory stimuli and for measuring responses of the eye and the ear,
including on-line computers; (d) in language and cognition, audio and
video recording facilities and a computer for control of stimulus and
response variables; and (e) in the field of personality, darkrooms, tach-
istoscopes, and an eye-movement camera.

Special Programs

See American Sign Language, Exchange Program-American College in
Greece, Independent Major, International Co-op, Linguistics Minor, Per-
sonality and Social Psychology Concentration, Combined Program with
Professional Schools, The Center for the Study of Sport in Society, and
Women's Studies Minor in the Special Programs section, page 80.

For additional information regarding degree requirements, laboratory
research opportunities, special academic programs and career oppor-
tunities for psychology majors, go to room 282 Nightingale or call 437-
3076.

Sociology/Anthropology

Carol A. Owen, Ph.D., Associate Professor and Chair

Professors Assistant Professors

Morns Freilich, Ph.D. Winifred Breines, Ph.D.

Elliott A. Krause, Ph.D. Paul C. Creelan, Ph.D.

Jack Levin, Ph.D. Christine Gailey, Ph.D.

Morton Rubin, Ph.D. (Emeritus) Herman S. Gray, Ph.D.

Earl Rubington, Ph.D. Eva C. Havas, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Arnold Arluke, Ph.D.
Richard Bourne, Ph.D.
M. Patricia Golden, Ph.D.
Wilfred E. Holton, Ph.D.
Debra R. Kaufman, Ph.D.
Thomas H. Koenig, Ph.D.
Ronald J. McAllister, Ph.D.
Thomas M. Shapiro, Ph.D.

Maureen Kelleher, Ph.D.
AlanM. Klein, Ph.D.
Bruce K. MacMurray, Ph.D.
Judith Perrolle, Ph.D.
Michael Rustad, Ph.D.
Carmen J. Sirianni, Ph.D.
Karen Watson-Gegeo, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims The disciplines of sociology and anthropology apply a critical
perspective to the study of social arrangements in which human beings
live and die. Systematic research methods and theory are brought to
bear on how societies function and change, and on how individuals,
groups, and institutions interact. Applications are made to such areas
as social policy, criminology, medical and mental health issues, and
business issues.

Description of the Major A major in this Department offers back-
ground preparation and preprofessional training for a wide spectrum of
careers in public or private service and research. Students may wish to
pursue graduate study in sociology, anthropology, or social psychology.
For those pursuing graduate, professional training (e.g. law, social work,
and public administration), sociology and anthropology also provide a
good background.

Students may concentrate in sociology or anthropology or both. Stu-
dents who wish to study both must design their own programs, with the
help of an adviser. Those enrolled in premedical, prelegal, paramedical,
or a variety of other preprofessional programs should find that sociology
and anthropology courses can offer a useful background.

A View of the IVIajor Majors may follow either a four-year full-time
program or a five-year cooperative course of study. Cooperative work
assignments vary from placement in mental hospitals and social agen-
cies to placement in university, government, and other research and
policy-making settings. Transfer between the five-year co-op program
and the four-year full-time program is possible, and registration in either
is not an irreversible decision.

The Department offers both a Bachelor of Arts and a Bachelor of
Science degree. The requirements for each degree, both in sociology
and in anthropology, are outlined below. A student with specific goals
may, of course, take more departmental electives than are required. B.A.
students may wish to look at the concentration requirements for B.S.
students and consult their advisers for assistance in planning programs
with specialized goals.

76 / College of Arts and Sciences

The Department offers a B.S. witfi concentrations in anthropology or
sociology. Students selecting this option must fulfill all the major require-
ments set by the Department for the B.A. degree and must take a co-
herent program involving additional course work as outlined below.
Specializations are interdisciplinary and involve more intensive study
within a concentration.

Description of the Minor in Sociology In addition to the major pro-
gram, the Department also offers students majoring in other disciplines
the opportunity to take a minor in Sociology. The minor program consists
of the following:

A. SOC 1 1 00 Introduction to Sociology

B. Two courses from among
SOC 1321 Research Methods I
SOC 1322 Research Methods II
SOC 1300 Classical Social Thought
SOC 1301 Current Social Thought

C. Any three-course specialization in sociology arranged between
the student and the adviser.

Description of the l\/linor in Anthropology In addition to its major
program, the Department also offers students majoring in other disci-
plines the opportunity to take a minor in Anthropology. The minor pro-
gram consists of the following:

A. SOA 1 1 00 Introduction to Social Anthropology

B. SOA 1135 Language and Culture
SOA 1 155 Individual and Culture
SOA 1 160 Sex, Sex Roles, and Family

C. Any two-course specialization in Anthropology arranged between
the student and adviser.

For other minors see Special Programs, page 80.

Anthropology

B.A. students in Anthropology must take at least forty-eight quarter hours
in departmental courses, including forty in anthropology and eight in
sociology. The exact distribution can be arranged. Minimum require-
ments are as follows:

A. Preparatory — Introduction to Anthropology and Introduction to
Sociology. (Prospective majors with equivalent background may
be exempted. Students should consult a departmental adviser.)

B. Core Requirements — at least three of the following, as available:
Language and Culture; Individual and Culture; Human Origins;
Anthropology of Religion; Sex, Sex Roles, and Family; and Ar-
chaeology.

C. Electives — Students must take at least six additional electives in
anthropology and at least one additional elective in sociology.
Qualified students are encouraged to take relevant graduate
courses with the consent of the instructor. Majors should freely
consult their advisers since courses elsewhere in the University
may round out a special interest or focus.

D. Nondepartmental Requirements— Six courses from the following
social sciences: African-American studies, economics, history,
political science, and psychology.

Sociology/Anthropology / 11

B.S. students in Anthropology take the same basic core of courses
and, in addition, an individually designed specialization in an area of
interest consisting of at least five courses. Students must confer with an
adviser who will help develop such a program, place it on record, and
supervise it. Interdepartmental and interdisciplinary specializations can
be arranged in such areas as linguistics, Native American studies, bio-
logical anthropology, psychological anthropology, or area studies focus-
ing on Latin America, Africa, Asia, or the Middle East.

Sociology

B.A. students in Sociology must take at least fifty-two quarter hours in
departmental courses, including forty-four in sociology and eight in an-
thropology, and must meet the following minimum requirements:

A. Preparatory— Introduction to Anthropology and Introduction to
Sociology. (Prospective majors with equivalent background may
be exempted. Students must check with the Department.)

B. Core Requirements— Statistical Analysis; Research Methods I;
Research Methods II; Classical Social Thought; Current Social
Thought; Class, Power, and Social Change.

C. Electives — The following are minimum requirements: two interme-
diate courses, (at 200 level, excluding "Introduction to Sociol-
ogy"); two advanced courses, (courses at 300 level or above);
and one intermediate or advanced anthropology course. With the
adviser's consent, qualified students are encouraged to take cer-
tain graduate and directed-study courses and/or the Senior Ma-
jors Seminar.

D. Nondepartmental Requirements— Six courses from the following
social sciences: African-Amencan studies, economics, history,
political science, and psychology.

B.S. students in sociology take the same basic core of courses and,
in addition, an individually designed specialization in an area of interest
consisting of at least six courses, some from within and some from
offerings outside the Department. Students must confer with an adviser
who will help develop such a program, place it on record, and supervise
it. It is possible to arrange specializations focusing on social welfare,
health services, political studies, urban studies, education and society,
ethnic studies, and organizational studies. There are, of course, many
other areas of specialization and possible combinations of courses. The
following offer a few examples (courses in the Department of
Sociology/Anthropology are indicated by an asterisk):

Social Welfare

'Sociology of Poverty
'Social Policy and Social Intervention
'Sociology of Human Service Organization
'Private and Public Assistance

The Welfare System in America

Income Inequalities and Discrimination

Politics of Poverty

* Departmental Course

78 / College of Arts and Sciences 1

Health Services

*Medical Sociology
*Death and Dying
*Health Care as a Social Issue
*Culture and Mental Illness
*Aging and Society
*Sociology of Mental Health

Medicine, Religion, and the Healer's Art

Medical Economics

Community Medicine and Health-Care Delivery

Human Services Administration

Urban Studies (Contact the College of Arts and Sciences for informa-
tion on the Urban Studies interdisciplinary minor.)
*Cities and Society
Community Analysis
*Suburb and Metropolis
*Seminar in Urban Studies

Urban Politics

Urban Economics

The Economics of Urban Poverty

American Urban History

Architecture and the City

Law and Society

*Law, Crime, and Social Justice
*Sociological Theories of Crime
*Social Policy and Social Intervention

Civil Liberties

Law and Society

The Economics of Crime

The Politics of the Criminal Justice System

Occupations and Professions

*Occupations and Professions
*Sociology of Work
*Social Roles in the Business World
*Medical Sociology

Labor Market Economics

History of the Professions

Sex Roles and Family

*Sex, Sex Roles, and Family

*Sociology of the Family

*Kinship and Society

*Sex-Gender Roles in a Changing Society

*\/iolence in the Family

Sex Roles in American Politics

Women in Modern Europe

The Black Family

'Departmental Course

College of Arts and Sciences / 79

Organizational Studies

*Sociology of Business and Industry
*Sociology of Work

*Administration and Formal Organization
*Social Policy and Social Intervention
*Social Roles in the Business World
*Human Services Organization

Organization Theory

People in Organizations

Deviance

*Social Deviance
*Drugs and Society
*Sociology of Alcoholism
*Juvenile Delinquency
*Sociological Theories of Crime

The Disordered Mind

Abnormal Psychology I, 11

The Female Offender

Social Psychology

'Social Psychology (Sociology, Psychology Departments)
'Anthropology of Aggression
'Group Behavior I, II
'Seminar Soc. Psych.

Personality

Psychology Lab. Soc. Psych.

Psychology Lab. Personality

Popular Culture and Mass Communication

'Mass Communication and Public Opinion
'Collective Behavior
'Leisure, Sport, and Society
'The Sociology of Everyday Life

History of Media in America

The Automobile in America

Survey of African-American Music

Popular Culture

'Departmental Course

These are samples of approaches to particular areas; there are many
other possible combinations of courses as well as many other areas of
specialization.

Special Programs

See Center for Asian Studies, Exchange Program-American College in
Greece, International Co-op Experience, Personality and Social Psy-
chology, Russian Studies, Trent Polytechnic Exchange Program, Urban
Studies Minor, Women's Studies in the Special Programs section, page
80.

Special Programs in the
College of Arts and Sciences

Reflecting the awareness that ideas, fields of study, and interests do not
always fall into traditional, neatly compartmentalized units, the College
of Arts and Sciences makes a wide variety of special programs available
to its students. Field-study programs, international work/study opportu-
nities, interdisciplinary majors and minors, involvement with profession-
als— all are among the options available to students who meet the
program eligibility requirements. Students who participate in these pro-
grams should find their educational experience at Northeastern greatly
enhanced. Detailed information about these programs is available from
involved departments and the Dean's Office.

Availability of all special programs is contingent upon minimum enroll-
ment requirements and, when an outside institution is involved, contin-
ued affiliation of that institution with the University.

Minors

The College of Arts and Sciences offers to all upperclass students in the
College of Arts and Sciences, as well as in other colleges in the Univer-
sity several choices of minors. Below is a list of all those minors. Descrip-
tions of those that are offered through one department are found in the
section of this publication for that department; descriptions of interdis-
ciplinary minors, those indicated with an asterisk, are found in this Spe-
cial Programs section.

African-American Studies

Asian Studies

Anthropology

Art

Biology

Business*

Chemistry

Economics

English (with options in Literature, Expository and Creative

Writing, and Technical Communication)
Geology
History

Instrumentation for Science
Linguistics*
Marine Studies*
Media Studies*
Modern Language (with options in French, Spanish, German, Russian,

and Italian)
Music
Philosophy
Physics

Political Science (and International Politics)
Psychology (with options in General, Language and Cognition,

Learning and Behavior Modification, Personality and Social,

Sensory and Neuropsychology)

Special Programs / 81

Russian Studies*

Sociology

Speech Communication

Technical Communication*

Theatre

Urban Studies*

Women's Studies*

American Sign Language

American Sign Language (ASL) is the primary language used by the
Deaf community in the United States and parts of Canada. A language
expressed through gesture and perceived visually, ASL is not patterned
after, nor denved from, English or any other spoken language — it is
entirely different. Having its own means of expression, wit, poetry, and
rich folklore, ASL reflects the thoughts, cultural values, and experiences
of Deaf people. A knowledge of ASL is one prerequisite for acceptance
into the Deaf community; it is essential for those who have a personal or
professional interest in interacting with Deaf individuals.

The Northeastern University Sign Language Programs, affiliated with
the Department of Modern Languages, offers both day and evening
courses in ASL conversation and interpretation. Courses in the structure
of ASL, Deaf culture, Deaf history, and sign language teaching are aiso
among the programs offered. The content of the conversation courses
is designed to include features typically found in second-language cur-
ncula: vocabulary, grammatical structure, and the culture of the target
language group. A segment of each course provides an opportunity for
students to interact directly with Deaf people, observe ASL in use, and
practice their signing skills. The program also makes use of instructional
media for individualized practice on receptive skills and vocabulary
review.

Through the interpreting courses and programs offered, students may
prepare themselves for certification through the National Registry of In-
terpreters for the Deaf.

Interpreter Training During the summer. Sign Language Programs
offers intensive training opportunities for beginning sign language inter-
preters. The Summer Program for the Training of Sign Language Inter-
preters is a rigorous introduction to the field of inter-cultural com-
munication between Deaf and hearing people. Among the theoretical
and practical content areas addressed in the course are consecutive
and simultaneous interpretation, ethics and interpreter role, public
speaking, and interpretation for special populations and in special set-
tings. Applicants must provide evidence of proficiency in English and
ASL, as well as extensive experience in the Deaf community.

Sign Language Teacher Training As the New England regional train-
ing program under the National Association of the Deaf National Con-
sortium of Programs for the Training of Sign Language Instructors,
Northeastern University offers programs to train teachers of ASL. The
Summer Program for the Training of Sign Language Instructors offers
an intensive introduction to the professional teaching of ASL as a second
language. It is designed for current and prospective teachers who are
already fluent in ASL.

82 / College of Arts and Sciences

Visiting Students Program Northeastern also offers programs at both
the undergraduate and graduate levels for students who wish to visit
the University and become involved in an intensive exposure to ASL
linguistics. These students have the opportunity to take courses in lin-
guistics and ASL, as well as participate in directed studies through
which they may take part in ongoing ASL research projects in the
Language and Cognition Laboratory of the Psychology Department.

Boston Architectural Center
Affiliation

Northeastern University students wishing to take courses at the Boston
Architectural Center (BAG) may do so through the affiliation between
the BAC and the University's Department of Art and Architecture.

The BAC is one of the country's oldest and most respected architec-
tural schools. It is a nationally recognized leader in providing full-time
concurrent work-study opportunities for those interested in careers as
practicing architects. Besides being an independent fully accredited
degree-granting institution, it is the home of the Boston Society of Ar-
chitects. As such, it serves as a principal focus for a variety of profes-
sional activities in the New England area.

The BAC is conveniently located within a short walking distance of
the University's Huntington Avenue campus. The NU/BAC affiliation pro-
vides choices of courses at either location, with day classroom courses
mainly at the University and evening classroom and studio courses at
the Center. For studio courses, the Art and Architecture Department's
course 27.205, Introduction to Architectural Design (or equivalent) is a
prerequisite.

Interested individuals should contact the program coordinator in the
Department of Art and Architecture, Professor Peter Serenyi, 401 Bug-
gies Hall.

Boston Lyric Opera

The Boston Lyric Opera is a professional opera company dedicated to
providing performance opportunities for New England singers, directors,
and designers. The company performs an annual season of fully staged
opera productions. The Boston Lyric Opera presents all its perfor-
mances at the University's Alumni Auditorium. The Company's director
brings his knowledge and experience in the opera world as an adjunct
lecturer in the Fine Arts Division.

Business German

This course taught in English is designed for students of business and
economics seeking to develop competence in the reading and under-
standing of texts produced by the German business community and
trade media. Course goals include

1. a working knowledge of grammatical structures and terminolo-
gies used in business writings;

2. development of effective comprehension procedures used by
professionals for efficient reading;

3. introduction to the Federal Republic of Germany, its industrial
geography, trade relations with the United States, and its role as
a major partner in international commerce.

Special Programs / 83

Readings from English-language trade publications assure a steady
influx of outside information and serve as tfie basis for weekly summary
assignments designed to upgrade student's writing skills.

Students may use this course as a pre-stage to the conversation-
based German offerings if speaking competence is needed for a busi-
ness-oriented co-op in Germany (see International Cooperative Edu-
cation) as part of Northeastern's exchange program. Additional
information may be obtained from Ross Hall in the Modern Languages
Department.

Business Minor

The College of Business Administration, in collaboration with the College
of Arts and Sciences, offers a minor in Business for all students outside
the College of Business Administration. This minor may be valuable to
students seeking jobs both before and after graduation, in either the
public or the private sector.

The courses in the minor cover substantially the areas of business
required by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business
as part of the relevant "common body of knowledge."

The business courses included (with one exception, Accounting) are
the same as those taken by all students in the College of Business
Administration. Thus, the minor should encourage a cross-fertilization of
ideas that will be beneficial to both CBA and non-CBA students.

For details, including full requirements and program admission stan-
dards, interested persons should consult the Dean's Office of the Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences or the Undergraduate Programs Office of the
College of Business Administration.

The Center for Asian Studies

The Center for Asian Studies was established to encourage, develop,
and promote teaching and research on Asian life, and educational and
cultural exchange of students and scholars. Tho Center develops and
supports multidisciplinary academic programs, courses, and research
that focus on individual Asian countries, the region as a whole, or
specific issues applicable to Asian life, such as Asian political processes
or family life in Japan. The Center's goal is to foster a deeper under-
standing of Asian societies and cultures through (1 ) support for scholarly
research, faculty, and visiting scholars; (2) the development and teach-
ing of graduate and undergraduate courses to develop academic and
professional interest; and (3) the acquisition, publication, and dissemi-
nation of research findings on topics selected to advance scholarship
and knowledge about Asia.

The Center also encourages and sponsors seminars, symposia, and
conferences on related issues. The Asian Studies Minor will draw to-
gether studies in the departments of Art, History, Modern Languages,
Philosophy/Religion, Political Science, and Sociology/Anthropology.
Course offerings include history, language, philosophy and religion,
political science, sociology, and anthropology.

Center for Humanities

The Center for the Humanities at Northeastern University supports
teaching and research activities in cross-disciplinary areas that connect
the traditional humanities with science and mathematics, and with such
professional curricula as engineering, business, criminal justice, and
allied health. Though it offers no courses, the Center promotes the
application of human-values perspectives and problem-solving tech-
niques to the professions in various conferences, workshops, and pres-
entations. The Center is located in 443 Meserve Hall.

84 / College of Arts and Sciences

The Center for the Study of
Sport in Society

The Center for the Study of Sport in Society, the first of its kind in the
nation, was established to address the abuses of athletes' education
and rights. Still in its formative stages, the Center has already estab-
lished a University Degree Connpletion Progrann for current or former
professional athletes and has formal agreements with the players as-
sociation in the NBA, NFL, USFL, NHL, and the two soccer leagues.
The Center will be the hub of a national consortium of universities for
the UDCP. The Center has also established a North American Faculty
Affiliates network of eighty of the nation's top sports scholars who ad-
dress and research the various academic areas of sport studies. The
Center sponsors seminars; it sponsors a broad-based curriculum in
sport and social issues; it gives annual awards for excellence in sports
journalism, both in print and audiovisual media; and it promotes cam-
pus-wide lectures, forums, and news conferences. Two journals are also
published through the Center: The Journal of Sport and Social Issues
and the ARENA Review.

The director of the program is Dr. Richard Lapchick, author, scholar,
and civil rights activist. Thomas "Satch" Sanders, former Boston Celtics
player and coach of Harvard's basketball team, is the associate director.
Robert Lipsyte, a veteran sports reporter and columnist now with CBS
television news, is the senior fellow.

Combined Program with
Professional Schools

Students who have completed at least three-fourths of the course work
required for a baccalaureate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences
and are accepted into an approved professional school of dentistry,
law, medicine, optometry, osteopathy, or veterinary medicine will be
eligible for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree at the
end of their second year in professional school. At least two-thirds of
work for the baccalaureate degree must be earned in residence at
Northeastern, and all other College of Arts and Sciences requirements
must be fulfilled, the residence requirement having been completed
prior to entrance into the professional school. Under this program, a
preprofessional student may reduce by one year the time normally
required for obtaining both the undergraduate and professional de-
grees.

Division of Fine Arts

The Division of Fine Arts coordinates the University's academic and
performing arts activities. Comprising the departments of Art and Archi-
tecture, Theatre and Dance, and Music, the Division was established in
1981 to enrich and expand the role of the arts at Northeastern. The
Division develops arts curricula through the support of existing pro-
grams, creates interdisciplinary courses to provide a forum for intellec-
tual stimulation and professional development, and generates
programming in both traditional and experimental art forms.

As the producer of professional arts events at Northeastern, the Divi-
sion offers a broad range of programs in film, music, dance, literary arts,
visual arts, theatre, and performance art. A year-round schedule of
events for both University and Boston audiences includes gallery shows,
dance performances, artistic residencies, concert series, and theatrical
presentations.

Special Programs / 85

To fulfill Its role as an arts service organization, the Division adrDinis-
ters an on-campus professional box office, a corridor art gallery, and an
arts publications program. Tfie Central Box Office in 105 Ell Building
provides tickets to all University-sponsored arts events as well as passes
and discount tickets to area museums, theatres, and arts organizations.
The Division's publications include the NuArts Calendar, a quarterly pre-
view of events; NEW MUSIC-BOSTON, a contemporary music listing for
the Boston area; and numerous programs, brochures, and catalogs. A
new arts magazine will begin publication in 1985 with features on the
activities and accomplishments of the Division and its constituent
departments.

Affiliations with local and national arts groups enable the Division to
expand and strengthen the scope of arts activities at Northeastern. The
Boston Lyric Opera, the Boston Theater of the Deaf, and the Boston
chapter of the League of Composers-International Society For Contem-
porary Music work through the Division's auspices to produce full sea-
sons of performances.

To ensure that the arts remain an important and vital part of the Uni-
versity and its community, the Northeastern University Division of Fine
Arts encourages both academic excellence and professional achieve-
ment. By sponsoring new works commissioning programs, by present-
ing important emerging artists, and by incorporating contemporary
notions of the role of the artist in society, the Division of Fine Arts main-
tains an important position in the cultural and educational life of this
modern urban university.

East/West Marine
Biology Program

The East/West Marine Biology Program is a joint project of Northeastern
University and the University of Oregon, which allows students of biology
to spend an exciting year of field study in three very different marine
environments: coastal Oregon, Jamaica, and New England.

The program begins in the fall on the coast of Oregon, well noted for
its large algae, stunning marine invertebrates, and numerous fish, birds,
and marine mammals. While living at the Oregon Institute of Manne
Biology, students study basic marine botany and invertebrate and ver-
tebrate zoology. These courses offer students the opportunity to build a
foundation for a better understanding of the comparative courses in
tropical and east coast marine biology that follow.

In January, students move to Jamaica to study tropical biology at a
small marine laboratory on the north coast of the island, near the town of
Ochos Rios. The lab is located on the beach within walking and swim-
ming distance of rich coral reefs and sandy bays interspersed with beds
of turtle grass. Courses focus on the tropical environment while building
on the comparative aspects of field biology by reminding students of
their work in Oregon. Visits to the interior of the island and lectures on its
terrestrial aspects are an important part of the program.

Students who have lived and worked together in Oregon and Jamaica
travel for a third and final phase of the program to Northeastern Univer-
sity. Students live in University housing but spend most of their time at
the Marine Science and Maritime Studies Center at East Point, Nahant,
just north of Boston. The laboratory is located on several acres of open
space at the end of a rocky point extending into the Atlantic Ocean.
Courses here focus on the marine plants and animals of New England
while emphasizing advanced and comparative aspects of biology.

86 / College of Arts and Sciences

Economic Planning and Policy in
Italy, M.S.

The Department of Economics and the College of Arts and Sciences at
Northeastern have joined the Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche (CNR),
the national research council in Italy, to offer graduate courses in eco-
nomics in Italy.

Of particular interest to undergraduates is the summer-abroad portion
of this program (taught in English) that is run in Northern Italy and is
open to juniors and seniors majoring in Business or Economics. Students
take up to five applied economics courses in intensive two-week work-
shops.

The departments of Economics and Graduate Business Administra-
tion and the College of Arts and Sciences also collaborate with the
National Research Council of France to offer economics and business
courses in Paris during summer term. Graduate and undergraduate sec-
tions are conducted in English by European and American professors.
Students take courses in intensive two-week modules and may combine
their European course work by enrolling in both programs.

Elementary Spanish for Criminal

Justice and Human Service

Majors

This course is intended for students majoring in Criminal Justice or Hu-
man Services who will need to use Spanish in police work and in social
service settings. The grammar taught is the same as in other elementary
Spanish courses. The vocabulary is adapted in particular needs and
interests of the students. Role-play is used extensively and students
practice "intake interviews" in the course.

Exchange Program
American College in Greece

Northeastern enjoys a sister school relationship with Deree College, the
American College in Greece, which allows students of both institutions
to take advantage of a formal exchange agreement. Students at North-
eastern may study at Deree for a term of a year while maintaining aca-
demic status at Northeastern. In addition, a program is currently being
developed which will offer students graduate and undergraduate eco-
nomics and business courses in Athens during summer term.

French for Business and
Economics Students

Elementary French for Business and Economics students is designed
for students who wish to study French with the intent of enhancing their
career opportunities. The program is particularly aimed for students in-
terested in international business. It offers, along with a thorough study
of grammar and insights into the French way of life, some specialized
vocabulary related to the business world and an immediate introduction
to French business texts. The course serves as a preliminary step for
the student wishing to gain co-op placement in France. Additional infor-
mation may be obtained from Juliette Gilman in 362 Holmes Hall.

Independent Major

After their second quarter, students may petition the Dean of the College
that they meet the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree as
independent rather than departmental majors. The independent major
must center on a discipline or combination of disciplines in the arts and/
or sciences.

Special Programs / 87

A faculty member acting as the student's academic adviser initially
reviews the program, which must meet all College requirements. The
program is then submitted to the appropriate committee for final ap-
proval. Requirements and procedures for the major should be discussed
in advance with an academic adviser in the dean's office.

International Cooperative
Experience

Northeastern extends its unique program of Cooperative Education to
the international scene by offering qualified upperclass students the
opportunity for suitable international placement. This program operates
on an exchange basis in cooperation with overseas institutions and
sponsoring agencies. Students whose academic, linguistic, and profes-
sional expenence make them attractive candidates for overseas posi-
tions may work in Great Britain, Sweden, Ireland, Canada and the French
and German-speaking countries of Europe. By creating a mutually ben-
eficial situation for students and employers, the program helps to meet
an increasing need for qualified professionals who possess international
expertise and language proficiency necessary to assist companies in
expanding their overseas markets. Students may obtain detailed infor-
mation about the program from the Department of Modern Languages
or the International Cooperative Education Office, 502 Stearns Center.

Irish Studies

The Irish Studies Program promotes Irish Studies at Northeastern Uni-
versity through expansion of the curriculum, cultural programs on Ireland
and Irish-Americans, and co-operative exchanges of Irish and American
students for work and study. The Distinguished Speakers Series pre-
sents opportunities for University faculty and staff to develop mutually
beneficial relationships with Irish counterparts in all disciplines. The
committee encourages cooperation with all departments of the Univer-
sity.

Through International Co-op, students are placed in various busi-
nesses and agencies in the Republic of Ireland and in Northern Ireland.
The Working Papers in Irish Studies Series provides an opportunity to
disseminate manuscripts of current interest. Cultural efforts include a
film series, development of a library collection, and art exhibitions, as
well as student activities in the Ihsh Student Club. Plans to develop an
Interdisciplinary Minor are underway. Dr. Ruth-Ann Harris, Department
of History, is the Director of Irish Studies.

League of Composers-
International Society for
Contemporary Music

Northeastern University is the home of the Boston chapter of the League
of Composers-International Society for Contemporary Music, one of the
oldest and most prestigious international organizations dedicated to the
promulgation of new music. With chapters in more than forty countries
and with a membership that has included Schdnberg, Stravinsky, Bartok,
and Ravel, the League-ISCM has introduced to the public, works of
some of the most important composers of the twentieth century. Under
the direction of Professor Dennis Miller of the Northeastern Music De-
partment and through the auspices of the Division of Fine Arts, the
League's activities at Northeastern include the presentation of an annual
concert series featuring the finest interpreters of the contemporary id-
iom, sponsorship of a new-works commissioning program, production

88 / College of Arts and Sciences B

of NEW MUSIC-BOSTON, a calendar listing of Boston new music activ-
ities, and publication of a series of nnonographs by noted contemporary
composers and scholars of new music.

Linguistics Minor

In collaboration with four other departments— English, Modern Lan-
guages, Philosophy and Religion, and Sociology/Anthropology— the
Psychology Department offers the Linguistics Minor, which reflects the
current research of such diverse people as linguists, sociologists, psy-
chologists, language educators, speech pathologists, neurologists, and
teachers of second languages. The minor in Linguistics complements
the study of any other language-related area such as computer science,
anthropology, brain physiology, or language teaching. Specialized con-
centrations within linguistics include psycholinguistics, stylistics, lan-
guage and culture, second language teaching and applied linguistics,
theoretical linguistics, and American Sign Language linguistics. Many
research opportunities exist through directed work study.

London Business/Economics
Internship Programme

The Department of Economics and the College of Business Administra-
tion have joined with the London Internship Consort to offer a new pro-
gram of Business/Economics Study and Internship in London. The
Programme combines upper-level coursework in European Economic
Development, a case-based Seminar in International Business Studies,
and a working Internship for a total of 16 quarter hours credit. The
internship will be in the Marketing, Communications, or Finance depart-
ments of major international corporations, or in Marketing Consultancies
and Advertising Agencies. Application and eligibility information is avail-
able through the Division of Special Programs, College of Arts and Sci-
ences.

London

Journalism/Mass

Communications

Internship Programme

This program offers students the opportunity to work for British newspa-
pers, magazines, television and radio stations, and for advertising and
public relations firms on a ten-week internship. Students also take a
cluster of upper-level courses including: British Media, Culture, and So-
ciety; Advertising and Public Relations Practices in Britain; and The
Foreign Correspondent: Covering London. Students live in centrally-lo-
cated Kensington in shared apartments and take their classes on-site.

London Political Internship
Programme

The Political Science Department and the London Internship Consort
have joined together to offer American university students the opportu-
nity to learn and gain working experience at the very heart of British
politics as part of their Study Abroad program.

The London Political Internship Programme combines two lecture
courses in British Government, a special Seminar in International Rela-
tions, and an Internship for a total of 1 6 quarter hours. The Internship will
be with a Member of Parliament, a parliamentary candidate, or with a
campaign manager, known in England as a Constituency Agent. Intern-
ship assignments vary from term to term, but have included assignments

Special Programs / 89

with major party leaders and current and former Prime Ministers. One
half-price scholarship is available to a Northeastern University student
each year. Application and eligibility information is available from the
Division of Special Programs, College of Arts and Sciences.

Marine Studies l\/linor

The Marine Studies minor reflects the educational resources and mari-
time heritage of New England and offers the undergraduate student the
opportunity for an unusual focus in a liberal arts education. Study of the
oceans, like approaches to other intellectual frontiers, demands an in-
tegrated interdisciplinary approach. The Marine Studies minor is struc-
tured to allow a primary, although not exclusive, emphasis on either the
scientific or the social science/humanistic study of the oceans. Some
physical interaction with the sea is required through demonstrated
achievement in a specific marine-related skill such as scuba diving,
sailing, or piloting/navigation. The minor is notthe principal preparation
for employment in marine related positions but rather an opportunity to
enrich a liberal education. Full information is available from the Director
of the Center for Marine Science and Maritime Studies.

Massachusetts Bay
Marine Studies Consortium

Northeastern University is a member of the Massachusetts Bay Marine
Studies Consortium. The Consortium serves the students and faculty of
22 Boston-area colleges and universities. The courses are interdiscipli-
nary and seek to bridge the gap between academic disciplines and to
address current concerns in the marine world. The Consortium catalog
includes a fall course, A History of Seafaring, a look at cultures and
societies of the past as reflected in their maritime activities; and three
winter courses— Water, Water, an interdisciplinary survey of water-re-
lated problems in their cultural, political, economic, technological, and
scientific complexity: Into the Ocean World, an interdisciplinary introduc-
tion to marine studies; and Marine Mammals, taught at the New England
Aquarium.

For further information contact the University's Consortium represen-
tative.

Media Studies

We live in a media-oriented society in which political outcomes and
social values are affected, if not determined, by the mass media. Stu-
dents who pursue the Media Studies Minor examine the media from a
number of perspectives. Media Studies courses are selected from the
departments of Political Science, Music, Speech Communication, Jour-
nalism, Art, Drama, History, and English. Each student satisfies require-
ments in the background and theory of Mass Media and then completes
the program by selecting courses in the areas of Media Production and
Media Application. The program is considered a strong complement to
majors in a variety of fields given the impact of mass mediated mes-
sages on contemporary organizations and society in general.

New England Conservatory
Affiliation

According to a reciprocal agreement between Northeastern and the
New England Conservatory, a limited number of qualified Arts and Sci-
ences students may take courses at the New England Conservatory as
part of the regular course load and tuition fee at Northeastern. This

90 / College of Arts and Sciences

arrangement provides for Northeastern students who qualify the oppor-
tunity to enhance their cultural life by taking part in the richness of music
education that is the hallmark of the Conservatory. Northeastern students
who participate in this program, as well as any student who declares
music as his or her major, are also given full library privileges to the
Conservatory.

Students interested in this program should contact Professor Joshua
Jacobson, Chairman of the Music Department at Northeastern, 437-
2440, to make the appropriate arrangements.

Oxford Study Semester

Students from Northeastern University will join students from throughout
the U.S. to study under Oxford University professors. The major empha-
sis of the program will be international relations, with lecture courses in
British History and British Government supplemented by tutorial semi-
nars in such subjects as International Economic Policy, and Develop-
ment of the European Economic Community.

Personality and Social
Psychology

The Departments of Psychology and Sociology/Anthropology have com-
bined their resources to offer students a new interdisciplinary speciali-
zation that can be pursued for a degree in either of these academic
departments.

The specialization in Personality and Social Psychology offers stu
dents the opportunity to acquire a systematic understanding of various
life processes, such as childrearing, aggression, anxiety, prejudice, at-
titude formation and change, moral development, and psychopathology
It includes studies of attraction and love, conformity, formation of identity,
helping behavior, morality, and other related topics.

Students pursuing an interdisciplinary specialization take courses in
both the Psychology and Sociology/Anthropology Departments. How-
ever, the student may select the department in which the specialization
will be pursued.

In making this selection, the student should consider how each de
partment differs in methods and level of analysis. These differences as
well as various course offerings are outlined in a brochure titled A New
Specialization: Personality and Social Psychology, which can be ob-
tained by writing to the Department of Psychology (234 Nightingale Hall)
or the Department of Sociology/Anthropology (500 Holmes Hall). Also,
prospective students should discuss their potential department affilia-
tions with Professors Golden or Levin (Sociology/Anthropology) and Pro-
fessors Harkins or Zamansky (Psychology). (This is an interdisciplinary
program that is separate from the Social Psychology specialization-out-
lined on page 80.)

Russian Studies Minor

The Russian Studies Minor is an interdisciplinary program which pro-
vides students with an opportunity to develop a broad understanding of
an important area by studying its language, society, history, economy
culture, and behavior. The program attempts to help students become
knowledgeable about an important culture that generally receives quite
limited treatment in secondary schools. The minor may help to prepare
students for further graduate study in specialized areas such as govern-

Special Programs / 91

ment, teaching, journalism, and business, and may provide the begin-
nings of such specialized knowledge that will enhance students' career
opportunities in the absence of graduate study in the aforementioned
employment fields.

School for Field Studies

The College of Arts and Sciences is affiliated with the School for Field
Studies (SFS), a nonprofit educational organization that offers one- and
two-month field study expeditions throughout the world. Semester pro-
grams on Wildlife Management, Athi Plains, Kenya, and on Coral Reef
Ecology, St. John, U.S. Virgin Islands are offered yearly. Programs com-
bine applied academics with training in field research methods and
teamwork— an exciting hands-on approach to science. Credit is granted
for the coursework. Students of all levels and disciplines are eligible, but
participation of Northeastern University students is limited proportionate
to the total number of outside participants in the SFS program. Additional
information may be obtained in the Arts and Sciences Dean's Office.

Technical Communication Minor

Technical Communication combines written, oral, and graphics skills
with a background in science or technology. The minor in Technical
Communication helps students prepare for careers as technical writers,
or for careers in which technical communication is a significant part of
their jobs. Students in English or other liberal arts studies may elect the
minor, as may students from a variety of technological or scientific fields.

Trent Polytechnic Exchange
Program

The Trent program presents an opportunity for upperclass Northeastern
students to study theory and practice of social and human services in
the United Kingdom. Students participate in an academic term at Trent
Polytechnic in Nottingham, England, and an additional six-month coop-
erative experience in appropriate institutions and organizations.

Students study the development of contemporary British social struc-
ture, its institutions and strategies to deal with modern social problems.
Their assignment to a specific institution offers a chance for firsthand
observations of a particular social or human service.

Trent is the largest practitioner of cooperative education in the United
Kingdom. Community Service Volunteers (CSV), an organization com-
parable to our VISTA, places students for the cooperative period. CSV is
an educational charity which involves young people in full-time commu-
nity service work throughout Great Bntain (for example, diagnostic cen-
ters, schools for emotionally disturbed children, or social service
departments in local communities).

These two organizations provide a unique and challenging program
for Northeastern students who qualify academically. The program can
accommodate twenty to thirty students. Interested students should con-
tact the Department of Sociology and Anthropology or the International
Cooperative Education Office.

Urban Studies Minor

The Urban Studies minor offers courses with an urban orientation in four
main areas: (1) urban problems and policies; (2) urban form and design;
(3) African-American studies; and (4) urban humanities. The minor may
be useful for the student who majors in one of the social sciences (his-
tory, economics, political science) as well as the student with a career

92 / College of Arts and Sciences

orientation towards political science or business administration in urban
areas. The minor presents the opportunity to study. the approach of
different disciplines to solve the same set of urban problems. Studying
the viewpoint of artists, minorities, economists, and others, the student
is given the chance to develop a broader perspective on the identity of
urban areas. Like an art appreciation course, the minor provides back-
ground information and criteria for appreciation of the urban environ-
ment. Students may contact any one of the participating departments or
the Dean's Office for additional information.

Washington internship Program

Students study U.S. Foreign Policy and International Relations, do spe-
cialized research in a field such as Central America, Arms Control, or
U.S. -European Relations, and serve an internship in Congress or a gov-
ernment agency or department. Frequent guest lectures by influential
government experts will supplement the academic program.

Women's Studies iVIinor

Women's Studies offers students the opportunity to broaden their knowl-
edge and understanding of human experience by approaching various
disciplines from a non-traditional perspective — that of women. In the
courses offered as part of Northeastern University's interdisciplinary
Women's Studies minor, students will examine traditional stereotypes
and roles, learn about women's contribution to our history and culture,
and consider the changing situation of women in the 1980s. Dr. Debra
Kaufman, Department of Sociology and Anthropology, may be con-
tacted for further information.

Journais

New England Quarterly The New England Quarterly, published with-
out interruption since 1928, is America's leading historical review of New
England life and letters. Each book-length issue presents major articles
in the fields of literature, history, and culture; a special feature of brief
memoranda and recently discovered documents; and a substantial
book review section.

Romanticism Past and Present Romanticism Past and Present pub-
lishes articles and reviews of books dealing with a Romantic sense of
the past. After changing its title from Milton and the Romantics in 1981,
the journal shifted direction to make it responsive to a broadening con-
ception of Romanticism and Romantic studies. Presently, Romanticism
Past and Present publishes articles, notes, and reviews. Seeking to de-
velop a comparatist and interdisciplinary orientation, the journal brings
interdisciplinary and international concerns to bear on the study of En-
glish Romantic literature.

The Scriblerian The Scriblerian, founded in 1969, is published in the
autumn and spring at the Departments of English, Temple University,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Northeastern University, Boston, Massachu-
setts; and Goldsmith's College, University of London, Great Britain. Its
Northeastern editor is Dr. Arthur T. Weitzman.

Journal of Sport and Social Issues and ARENA Review The Journal
of Sport and Social Issues and the ARENA Review, both published
through the Center for the Study of Sport in Society, are two scholarly
publications dedicated to the study of sport and society. The Journal of
Sport and Social Issues carries scholarly articles and book reviews on a
wide range of topics. The ARENA Review is thematic, each issue focus-
ing on a specific topic in sports.

Special Programs / 93

Studies in American Fiction Studies in American Fiction publishes
articles, notes, and reviews on all aspects of prose fiction of the United
States. Readership and contributors represent an international commu-
nity of scholars of American literature. The journal's broad professional
purpose is to publish new discoveries, new documents, and new inter-
pretations of important works of American fiction. The publication of
Volume 13 in 1985 marked thirteen years of Northeastern's sponsorship
of Studies in American Fiction, the first scholarly journal to be published
at the University.

General Regulations for the College of
Arts and Sciences

Graduation Requirements

Quantitative Candidates for either the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of
Science degree who entered in or after the fall quarter of 1984 must
successfully complete 176 quarter hours of credit, of which thirty-two
quarter hours may be taken outside the College of Arts and Sciences. In
addition, only four quarter hours of Physical Education credits and no
ROTC credits may be used to meet degree requirements.

Residency Candidates must complete either 75 percent of the degree
credit at Northeastern or the last three full quarters (a minimum of twelve
full courses) at Northeastern.

Qualitative Candidates must achieve a minimum cumulative average
of 2.0 (grade of C).

Freshman English All degree candidates must complete one quarter
of Freshman Composition and one quarter of Introduction to Literature.
Normally, this will be done by completing courses ENG 1110 and ENG
1111 at Northeastern.

Major Candidates must complete successfully the courses specified
as major requirements. A complete listing of these required courses is
published in the Basic Day College Course Descriptions and Curriculum
Guide.

Core Curriculum Students entering the college as freshmen in the fall
of 1984 and all new students entering in the fall of 1985 or thereafter
must complete several "core requirements" for graduation; these re-
place the previous college "distribution requirements." The Core Curric-
ulum requires that courses be taken in the following areas: basic skills,
both communicative and quantitative; methods of inquiry; alternative
cultures and societies; Western cultural heritage; theoretical perspec-
tives and changes; and current issues in perspective. Full details are
provided to students at entry, and are also available from academic
advisers in the Dean's Office.

For all students who entered prior to the fall of 1984, and for upper-
class students who entered in the fall of 1984, the previous "distribution
requirements" must be satisfied, as described in earlier editions of this
Bulletin. Again, full details are available from academic advisers in the
Dean's Office.

Foreign Language All candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree
must attain a level of proficiency in a modern foreign language indicated
by passing grades in intermediate-level college courses or by meeting
a comparable criterion that has been approved by the Modern Lan-
guages Department.

General Regulations / 95

A conditional exemption fronn this requirement may be granted in
the following situations:

1) students who earned an average grade of C or better in a full, four-
year language sequence in secondary school

2) students who earned an average grade of A in a three-year language
sequence in secondary school.

A conditional exemption must be confirmed by taking a proficiency
examination during the first quarter at the University. A sufficiently high
score will verify the exemption; otherwise the student will be advised of
the appropriate language course to take in the following quarter.
An absolute exemption will be granted to students:

1) for whom English is a foreign language

2) who receive a score of 550 or better in the Language Achievement
Examinations.

For students who have not met the foreign language requirement at
the time of entrance, the entry level into foreign language study depends
upon the scope and level of prior study. The normal sequence for stu-
dents with no prior preparation is two quarters of elementary-level lan-
guage and two quarters of intermediate-level language. The Modern
Languages Department will determine an appropriate entry point at
which students who have partial language preparation may begin com-
pleting the requirement.

Graduation with Honors

Candidates who have achieved superior grades in their academic work
will be graduated cum laude. Upon special vote of the faculty, a limited
number of this group may be graduated magna cum laude or summa
cum laude. Students must have been in attendance at the University for
at least six academic quarters before they become eligible for honors at
graduation.

Commencement Exercises

The College of Arts and Sciences holds commencement exercises each
June and September.

Accreditation

All programs in the College of Arts and Sciences are fully accredited by
the New England Association of College and Secondary Schools.

Boston-Bouve College of Human
Development Professions

Paul M. Lepley, Ed.D., Dean

Humberto F. Goncalves, B.S., Associate Dean oi Administration and

Planning
Arlene T. Greenstein, Ph.D., Associate Dean for Academic Affairs
Janice Walker, A.B., Assistant Dean and Director of tine Graduate

School

Program Aims

Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions offers under-
graduate majors in tfiree departments: Education; Healthi, Sport, and
Leisure Studies; and Physical Therapy. An undergraduate program in
Human Services is also available. The College has graduate programs
in Counseling Psychology, Curriculum and Instruction, Educational Ad-
ministration, Foundations of Education, Rehabilitation Administration,
Special Education, Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology, Physi-
cal Education, Physical Therapy, and Recreation and Leisure Studies,
with the Master of Education, Master of Science, CAGS, and Doctor of
Education degrees conferred.

The primary goal of the College is to provide the finest education for
every student. To meet demands for fully qualified personnel, the Col-
lege strives to develop the independent, self-reliant individual.

A View of the Five- Year Program Professional preparation is based
in the liberal arts and sciences, with orientation to each profession be-
ginning in the freshman year. There is a concentration on specific com-
petencies spaced throughout the programs and on professional theory
and practice in the last two years. In the junior or senior year, all students
have the opportunity to synthesize knowledge and skills through super-
vised experiences in clinical practice, student teaching, field experi-
ence, or internships. Each curriculum is enriched by cooperative
education experiences that, for the most part, are related to a student's
area of specialization. At times, these experiences are professionally
unrelated, but are always concerned with people, thus providing an
opportunity of inestimable value in any career.

Facilities

The facilities of the College are quite diversified. Dockser Hall houses
administrative and faculty offices, classrooms, a gymnasium, dance stu-
dio, computer laboratories, physiology of exercise laboratory, and locker
and shower facilities, as well as seminar rooms, and a motor-learning
laboratory. The swimming pool, weight room, handball/racquetball
courts, offices, and shower and dressing facilities are located in the
Barletta Natatonum complex. The Cabot Building, attached to Barletta,
contains one very large gymnasium and another well equipped for gym-
nastics, as well as wrestling, exercise, and weight training rooms, an
athletic training laboratory, an indoor track and activity area, offices, and
extensive locker room space.

The Department of Education administratively houses three resources
for Boston-Bouve College: The Reading Clinic, The F. Andre Favat
Learning and Resources Center and Library of Children's Literature, and
the Russell J. Call Children's Center. The Reading Clinic, in 1 Holmes

98 / Boston-Bouve College

Hall, provides corrective instruction for area school children while stu-
dents enrolled in the Departnnent's reading courses receive clinical ex-
perience. The F. Andre Favat Center, in 1 Nightingale Hall, contains a
collection of children's literature and related learning resources includ-
ing books, tests, professional journals and manipulative materials. The
Russell J. Call Children's Center, located in the Forsyth Building, pro-
vides day care for children ranging in age from two years and nine
months to five years whose parents are faculty, staff, or students of
Northeastern University. Forsyth Building is the location for a Speech-
Language-Hearing Clinic and Laboratory, where students may observe,
through one-way glass or television monitors, the actual delivery of clin-
ical services. The Human Services Program office is in room 127, Mes-
erve Hall.

The Physical Therapy Department is located in Mary Gass Robinson
Hall. On the third and fourth floors are the physical therapy faculty of-
fices, the Lupean Professional Library, classrooms, and three laborato-
ries. The laboratories are designed and equipped specifically for the
practice of clinical procedures and research. The library's reading room
supplements the University library, maintaining an up-to-date collection
of physical therapy and medical books for use by students and faculty
in the program and the College.

The Warren Center serves as a practical laboratory for the College. Its
athletic fields and tennis courts, ropes course, cross-country ski trails,
natural setting of lake, woods, fields, streams, winterized cottages, and
Hayden Lodge provide year-round opportunities for outdoor learning
twenty-five miles from the Boston campus. Courses, conferences, sem-
inars, and workshops are conducted at the Center throughout the year
and thus serve University and community needs.

Admission

See page 234 for information concerning admission. In the third year,
prior to the first supervised clinical education expehence. Physical Ther-
apy students must be examined either by physicians in the University
Health Services, at a moderate fee, or by a personal physician. Students
majoring in programs offered by the Department of Education and the
Department of Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies must submit evidence
that they are free of tuberculosis before engaging in student teaching.

Graduation Requirements

Degrees Students graduating in Early Childhood Education, Elemen-
tary Education, English as a Second Language, Human Services, School
and Community Health Education, and Physical Education, earn the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Education; those completing the Rec-
reation and Leisure Studies program are awarded the Bachelor of Sci-
ence in Recreation and Leisure Studies degree; and students
graduating in Physical Therapy receive the degree of Bachelor of Sci-
ence in Physical Therapy. These degrees are awarded to qualified can-
didates who have completed the prescribed curricula. Student teaching,
field experience, or clinical practice is an integral part of the curriculum
and is required for graduation. All programs require demonstration of
computer literacy prior to graduation.

Boston-Bouve College / 99

Qualifications

Quantitative The quarter hours required in each curriculum differ.

Q.H.

Early Childhood Education 181

Elementary Education 181

English as a Second Language 181

School and Community Health Education 1 78

Human Services 176

Physical Education

Athletic Training 180

Athletic Training Teacher Certification 184

Cardiovascular Health and Exercise 177

Dance Teacher Certification 180

Physical Education Teacher Certification 180

Physical Therapy • 170

Recreation and Leisure Studies 1 72

Students must satisfy the requirements of the Department of Cooper-
ative Education to become eligible for their degrees.

Senior-year course work and required experiences must be com-
pleted in full-time residence at Northeastern University or in an educa-
tional setting approved by the College.

Qualitative The overall cumulative quality-point averages required to
enter each class level are explicitly stated in the Student Handbook.
Throughout the professional sequence, students must maintain required
averages and must demonstrate a high level of personal and profes-
sional maturity to continue field practice and be approved for gradua-
tion. Because of accreditation recommendations and differences in
curricula, variations in qualitative requirements may occur.

Transfer students in any curriculum may be accepted into the College
at upperclass levels except in physical therapy, if there are available
spaces. Each transcript is individually assessed for qualification, place-
ment, and program design.

Graduation with Honor

Candidates who have attained superior grades in their academic work
will be graduated cum laude. Upon special vote of the faculty, a number
of this group may be graduated magna cum laude or summa cum laude.
Students must have been in attendance at the University for at least six
quarters before they become eligible for honors at graduation.

Program Accreditation

The curriculum in Physical Therapy is accredited by the American Phys-
ical Therapy Association. Programs in Early Childhood, Elementary Ed-
ucation, School Health Education, and Physical Education are state-
approved under the Interstate Certification Compact (I.CC).

Licensure/Registration

All fifty states have laws governing the practice of physical therapy. In
order to be eligible for employment to practice physical therapy, gradu-
ates must meet the specific legal requirements of the state in which they
wish to work. In most states the requirements include graduation from
an accredited school of physical therapy and a satisfactory grade on a
written examination. Graduates are responsible for finding out what the
specific legal requirements are to practice in the state in which they
seek employment.

100 / Boston-Bouve College

Certification

Upon successful completion of the progranns in Early Childhood, Ele-
mentary Education, School Health Education, and Physical Education,
students are eligible to apply for certification by the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts. Certification is required for public school teaching, but
does not guarantee a position. Reciprocal certification is available in
many states of the United States, for those who complete I.C.C. ap-
proved programs. Graduates are responsible for determining the re-
quirements of the states in which they are interested.

Focus on the Student

There is a uniqueness about this College. Perhaps it is the personal
touch, a keen interest in every man and woman, expressed in individ-
ualized advice and counsel. The College has its own professional clubs
and Dance Theatre. Its social clubs and assemblies contrast with study
rooms, seminars, and places for research. There is skiing in winter,
camping in summer, and year-round sports.

Community service is stressed in every department — service to those
with special needs: the physically handicapped, inner-city youth, and
the aging.

101

Department of Education

Paul H. Tedesco, Ph.D., Professor and Chairman

Professors Assistant Professors

E. Vaughn Guloyan, Ed.D. Thomas H. Clark, M.A.

John D. Herzog, Ph.D. Carlton B. Lehmkuhl, Ph.D.

Melvin Howards, Ph.D. John F. Maguire, M.Ed.
Mervin D. Lynch, Ph.D.
Sandra M. Parker, Ed.D.

Associate Professors

Ronald E. Baptiste, Ed.D.
Nicholas J. Buffone, Ph.D.
Leslie A. Burg, Ed.D.
Eugene DuBois, Ed.D.
Charles F. Haley, M.Ed.
Thomas F. Henstock, Ed.D.
Mary J. Lee, M.Ed.
Joseph Meier, Ed.D.
Harold A. Miner, Ed.D.
Irene A. Nichols, Ed.D.
G. Stanley Patey, Ed.D.
Barbara A. Schram, Ed.D.

The Department of Education offers basic and advanced courses in the
humanities and behavioral sciences for students in education, human
services, and other human development professions. The aims of these
courses are to promote understanding of the processes of intentional
socialization and deliberate intervention in people's lives and to familiar-
ize students with the body of knowledge dealing with the principles of
human development and well-being.

The courses are open to students across the University provided they
can meet the prerequisites listed in the Basic Day Colleges Course
Descriptions and Curriculum Guide.

Education and Social Science

Human Development and Learning I

Human Development and Learning II

Creative Expression in Children

Educational Applications of Social Psychology

Mental Health in Teaching

Cross-Cultural Studies of Child Rearing and Education

Language and Cognition: Educational Implications

Seminar in Adolescent Psychology

Seminar in Human Learning and Motivation

Seminar in Early Childhood Development

Measurement and Evaluation

Introduction to Educational Statistics

Comparative Education

Philosophy of Education

Current Issues in American Education

Seminar in Group Process

Day-Care and Nursery Schools: Social and Cultural Origins

102 / Boston-Bouve College

Schools as Social Systems

Class and Ethnic Relations in Education

Beginning Computer Use

The Human Services Professions

Educational and Psychosocial Development

Directed Study

The Department of Education also provides teacher preparation pro-
grams in a variety of fields and levels. To assist students enrolled in
these programs, the Department utilizes three support units; the Read-
ing Clinic, the F. Andre Favat Learning Resources Center, and the Rus-
sell J. Call Children's Center.

The aim of the Department is to make it possible for students to gain
certification in a teaching major and/or level and to acquire the compe-
tencies necessary for success in teaching.

Teacher Preparation

Early Childhood Education (K-3)* Students in the Early Childhood
Education program pursue studies in the College of Arts and Sciences
and in other basic colleges of the University, as well as in the Boston-
Bouve College. This broad academic background, combined with ex-
periences in the Cooperative Education Program, permits the develop-
ment of a cohesive professional base. The Russell J. Call Children's
Center provides experiences in fieldwork for students in the Early Child-
hood Education program. Pre-student teaching experiences in appro-
priate field settings are an integral part of several required courses.

Elementary Education (Grades 1-6)* Elementary Education majors
acquire a broad academic base by enrolling in courses chosen from
various colleges of the University. Acquiring the necessary teaching
competencies is the result of the course experiences, the work experi-
ences in the Cooperative Education Program, and the pre-student
teaching field activities. In addition to courses required of all Elementary
Education majors, students choose an area of emphasis from the follow-
ing: Humanities, Language-Reading, Science-Mathematics, or Social
Science.

Emphases usually consist of 40 quarter hours. Each emphasis has
been designed to help focus the studies, but does not lead to certifica-
tion in that specific area. It may, however, serve as a catalyst for further
study in a graduate program.

Special Education Minor Students majoring in elementary education
may complete a minor in special education which will permit them to
apply for certification to teach children with moderate special needs in
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Secondary Education (Grades 9-12) Programs of preparation to
teach Biology, Chemistry, Earth Science, English, French, History, Math-
ematics, Physics, or Spanish in the schools of Massachusetts are pro-
vided for students in the College of Arts and Sciences who are majoring
in those respective fields. Additionally, students majoring in Economics,

*These programs are designed to meet the requirements for certification in ttie
Commonwealtti of t[/lassactiusetts and in certain other states. Details may be
obtained from the department chairman.

Department of Education / 1 03

Philosophy, Political Science, or Sociology may pursue state certification
in the teaching of Social Studies. Specified competencies established
for certification in Massachusetts may be acquired through cooperative
education experiences, designated courses, and a quarter of full-time
student teaching, arranged by the University's Department of Education.

English As A Second Language The English as a Second Language
Program provides preparation for teaching at the elementary, secon-
dary, and adult levels in the United States and abroad. The program
includes courses in foreign language, English, cultural and cross cultural
studies, methods and materials for teaching English, and international
aspects of teaching and learning. This broad academic background
combined with practical experiences in cooperative education, offers a
strong professional foundation for those interested in this teaching spe-
cialization.

Student Teaching Student teaching is a full-time experience for a
complete academic quarter during the senior year. It follows planned
experiences that are designed to help the student toward a rewarding
quarter of student teaching. A University professor and a cooperating
classroom teacher have shared responsibility in the supervision of each
student teacher.

Teacher Certification

Inasmuch as public education is a state responsibility, each state pre-
scribes the conditions under which persons may be licensed to teach in
its public schools. The requirements for obtaining a certificate for teach-
ing, therefore, vary among the different states.

104

Department of Health, Sport, and Leisure
Studies

Carl S. Christensen, Ph.D., Professor and Chairman

Professors Marilyn A. Cairns, Sc.D.

Peter J. Graham, Ed.D. Patncia M. Fetter, Ph.D.

Richard C. Zobel, Ed.D. John W. Shank, Ed.D.

Sara A. Umberger, M.A.

Associate Professors Ly^n m. Waishwell, Ph.D.

Robert S. Curtin, Ed.D. ynda B. Zaichowsky, Ph.D.
Elaine G. Eliopoulos, Ed.D.

William J. Gillespie, Ed.D. Instructors

Dorett M. Hope, Ed.D. Michael G. Gaudiano, M.S.

Kerkor Kassabian, M.Ed. Janet E. Guilfoyle, M.S.

Richard B. Morrison, Ed.D. George B. Ransom, Ed.D.

Lecturers

Cornelia B. McCaskill, M.A.
Judith G. Wolcott, Ph.D.

Mary P. Nicholson, M.S.
Judith A. Noblitt, M.Ed.
Frank M. Robinson, M.Ed.,
C.A.G.S.

Assistant Professors

George R. Atkinson, Ed.D.
Glenn A. Boden, M.Ed.

Aims The department provides programs and services, conducts re-
search, and disseminates knowledge concerned with improving the
quality of life with respect to health, sport, and leisure. Faculty are com-
mitted to pre- and in-service preparation of practitioners to serve people
of all ages and also to the scholarly investigation related to the eight
programs represented within the department.

Programs Professional preparation is provided in three programs:
Physical Education, School and Community Health Education, and Rec-
reation and Leisure Studies. Physical Education students may select a
concentration in Athletic Training, Athletic Training Teacher Certification,
Cardiovascular Health and Exercise, Dance Teacher Certification, or
Physical Education Teacher Certification. Recreation and Leisure stu-
dents may choose to concentrate in Outdoor Recreation, Recreation
Management, or Therapeutic Recreation.

With appropriate use of electives, students may combine concentra-
tions, for example: Health/Athletic Training, Athletic Training/Cardiovas-
cular Health and Exercise, Physical Education/Athletic Training, or
Health/Cardiovascular Health and Exercise. In some cases, these com-
bined programs may extend the date of graduation.

Admissions Requirements Students desiring admission to degree
programs must meet the entrance requirements of the University. In
addition to transcripts showing successful completion of a secondary
school college preparatory program, applicants must submit scores
from the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) and three College Board
Achievement Tests, preferably in areas related to their intended fields of
study. Although not required, a personal interview with an admissions
counselor is recommended.

105

Physical Education/Athletic Training

Aims The athletic trainer plays an important role not just in professional
sports, but also in the organized and recreational activities of sportsmen
and women from all walks of life.

A necessary link between the athlete, the coach, and the physician,
the athletic trainer provides important services in preventing, treating,
and rehabilitating sports injuries. The trainer's duties include advising on
proper conditioning techniques to help reduce injury, assessing the se-
verity of injuries that do occur and administering basic first aid, and
supervising post-injury rehabilitation programs.

In general, athletic trainers work in organized sports — either for sec-
ondary school or college athletic teams or for professional teams en-
in a variety of sports.

Description of the Program The Health,. Sport, and Leisure Studies
Department at Northeastern University's Boston-Bouve College of Hu-
man Development Professions offers a bachelor of science program
designed specifically for students interested in careers as athletic train-
ers. The program can be integrated with the Health and Physical Edu-
cation Teacher Certification programs. These combinations of study can
be especially valuable since, for example, many schools hire a single
individual to be both physical education or health education teacher and
athletic trainer.

Students interested in the Athletic Training program must be accepted
into Northeastern's undergraduate program in Physical Education,
Health Education, or Cardiovascular Health and Exercise. At the com-
pletion of their first year of study, they may petition for acceptance into
the Athletic Training program. To be accepted into the program, stu-
dents must have earned at least a 1.85 quality-point average during
their first year. They must continue to meet specified requirements to
remain in the program.

Certification Those who have completed the Athletic Training area of
emphasis with the Physical Education Teacher Certification curriculum
are eligible to apply to the National Athletic Trainers Association to take
the certification examination and are eligible to apply for certification as
teachers of physical education under I.C.C. approval. Certification in
Physical Education and/or Athletic Training does not guarantee a posi-
tion.

Accreditation The professional program in Athletic Training is accred-
ited by the National Athletic Trainers Association.

106 / Boston-Bouve College

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements for Freshnnen (Year One)

Course Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

English 1 & II

Issues in Health

Biology 1

Group Dynamics

Chemistry 1

Life/Career Planning

Math

History/Philosophy of

Social Science 1

Physical Education

Human Movement

Swimming

Human Development

Physical Conditioning

Basketball

Gymnastics 1 & II

Track and Field

First Aid

II. Upperclass Requirements

Course Q

Anatomy/Physiology I & II
Computer Use
Motor Development
Human Development II
Physics

Basic Athletic Training
Basic Athletic Training Lab
Critical Teaching Skills
Clinical Athletic Training
Measurement and

Evaluation
2 Teaching, Analysis, and

Coaching Courses
Exercise Physiology
Advanced Athletic

Training
Physical Conditioning

Programming
4 Electives
Senior Seminar
Physical Education Skill

Elective

Course

Q.H,

Secondary School

Activities

Therapeutic Modalities

Tennis

Weight Training

Kinesiology

Statistics

Badminton

Foundations of

Psychology

Therapeutic

Reconditioning

Motor Learning

Curriculum Development

Theory of Coaching

Nutrition

Volleyball

Psychology of Sport

Overview of Disabilities

Supervised Student

Teaching

Athletic Training Internsh

P 6

Graduation Requirement— 184 Quarter Hours Athletic Training/Teaclier Certifi-
cation
Graduation Requirement— 180 Quarter Hours Athletic Training Specialization

107

Physical Education/Cardiovascular Health and
Exercise

Description of the Program Students interested in careers as preven-
tive/rehabilitative exercise technologists and specialists or health and
fitness counselors in private and public agencies, comnnercial health
and fitness centers, hospitals and out-patient clinics, or business and
corporations may obtain a Bachelor of Science degree in the program
of Cardiovascular Health and Exercise. The program of study is focused
on the health and exercise sciences as they relate to physical fitness,
health promotion, and primary and secondary prevention of cardiovas-
cular disease. In addition to the applied science base, students also
take courses designed to help them acquire the knowledge and skills
necessary for physical and health assessment, exercise prescription,
and program development and supervision for adults in preventive and
rehabilitative health and exercise programs.'

Certification This degree prepares the student to apply for certifica-
tion as a Preventive/Rehabilitative Exercise Technologist or Specialist
granted by the American College of Sports Medicine.

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements for Freshmen (Year One)

Course Q.H.

Biology 1 & II

Mathematics

English 1 & II

Current Health Issues

Human Development 1 & II

First Aid 1

Social Science

Guided Skills Electives

Human Movement

Swimming

Life Career Planning

Physical Conditioning

II. Upperclass Requirements

Course Q.H.

Anatomy/Physiology 1 & II

Introduction to Counseling

Motor Development

Measurement & Evaluation

Chemistry 1 & II

Exercise Physiology

Basic Athletic Training

Commercial Recreation

Basic Athletic Training Lab

Mgt.

Computer Use

Budget Analysis

Psychology 1

Exercise Testing

Communicable/

Prescription

Degenerative Diseases

Resistive Exercise Training

Health Counseling

Electrocardiography

Electives

Physical Conditioning

Community Health

Programming

Special Problems

Nutntion

Kinesiology

Supervised Field

Statistics

Experience

Minimum Graduation Requirement— 177 Quarter Hours

108 / Boston-Bouve College

Physical Education/Dance Teacher Certification

Description of the Program The Department of Health, Sport, and
Leisure Studies offers the Bachelor of Science degree in education with
a concentration in dance education. Students in this concentration com-
plete 180 quarter hours of course work of which 61 are in dance. The
dance offerings at Northeastern University are supplemented and en-
riched by a continuing program of professional dance residencies con-
ducted on campus. Activities range from dance workshops, lecture-
demonstrations, and master classes to fully-staged professional perfor-
mances.

Graduates of the dance education concentration often find employ-
ment not only in public and private schools, but also in dance studios,
community recreation agencies, and in some cases with dance compa-
nies. Students wishing to pursue advanced academic study may apply
for admission to dance related graduate programs.

Certification Students who successfully complete the dance program
are eligible for Massachusetts Certification as a teacher of dance.

Physical Education/ 109

1. General Requirements for Freshmen (Year One)

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

English 1 & II

Human Development

Social Science

Life/Career Planning

Introduction to Theatre

Mathematics

Arts

First Aid

Aspects of Dance

Modern Dance 1 & II

Group Dynamics

Jazz Dance 1

Electives

Movement Fundamentals

Ballet 1

Improvisation

II. Upperclass Requirements (Years

Two-Fiye)

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Anatomy/Physiology 1

Motor Development

Creative Dance for

Dance in Culture

Elementary or

Human Development II

Secondary School*

Dance Composition II

Dance Composition 1

Directed Teaching 1*

Rhythmic Analysis

Modern Dance III

Ballet II

Ballet III

Jazz Dance II

Modern Dance IV

Kinesiology

Folk and Square Dance

Foundations of

Motor Learning

Psychology

Measurement and

Critical Teaching Skills*

Evaluation

Laban Movement Analys

s 2

Jazz Dance III

Rehearsal and

Curriculum Development

Performance

Teaching Folk, Square,

Adapted Physical

and Ballroom Dance*

Education

Special Problems

Basic Athletic Training

Electives

Dance in 20th Century

Student Teaching

Directed Teaching 11*

Ballroom Dance

Dance Technique

Electives

Computer Use

Minimum Graduation Requirement— 180 Quarter IHours
*lndicates a pre-practicum course witli field experience.

Note: Ttie above program is designed to assist tlie student to prepare for either
secondary (5-12) or elementary (K-9) school dance teacher certification.

110

Physical Education Teacher Certification

Description of the Program The Teacher Certification program in
Physical Education is designed to offer students the opportunity to pre-
pare themselves as professionals capable of developing the materials
and methods appropriate to teaching physical education in public and
private schools at all levels — elementary, secondary, and college. Its
graduates may qualify as athletic coaches, as trainers, supervisors of
physical education, or leaders in YMCAs, YWCAs, health clubs, other
youth organizations, or as exercise specialists in industry and business.
In addition to a strong background in general education, applied sci-
ence, and pedagogy, each student is expected to demonstrate a com-
petent level of knowledge and proficiency in physical skills courses such
as swimming, gymnastics, track, badminton, tennis, volleyball, and bas-
ketball. Skill may be demonstrated through competency testing or by
taking the appropriate courses. Major students are assigned supervised
student teaching or field experiences in schools or agencies throughout
the Greater Boston area as appropriate to their areas of concentration.
In addition, students have the opportunity to increase their experience
with children or adults through cooperative work assignments and in
pre-practicum courses. Physical Education majors are expected to
maintain a specific grade average at each class level (see the current
Student Handbook). Fees may be assessed in courses requihng highly
specialized equipment, supplies, or off-campus facilities.

Accreditation The professional program in Physical Education is ap-
proved under the Interstate Certification Compact (I.C.C).

Certification Upon successful completion of the Physical Education
requirements for graduation, students are eligible to apply for Certifica-
tion to teach in Massachusetts public schools. Certification in Physical
Education does not guarantee a position.

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements

for Freshmen (Year One)

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Biology 1

Biology II, Chemistry 1 or

English 1 & II

Physics

Human Movement

Social Science

Physical Conditioning

Swimming

Gymnastics 1 & II

Life/Career Planning

Human Development 1

Basketball

Health Issues

Mathematics

First Aid

Group Dynamics

Track and Field

History & Philosophy of

Physical Education

Physical Education / 111

II. Upperclass Requirements (Years Two-Five)

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Anatomy/Physiology

Computer Use

Motor Development

Human Development II

Elementary School

Tennis

Activities* or

Kinesiology

Secondary School

4 Teaching, Analysis, and

Activities*

Coaching Courses

Statistics

Curriculum Development

Critical Teaching Skills*

Theory of Coaching/Play

Exercise Physiology

Volleyball

Overview of Disabilities*

Supervised Student

Basic Athletic Training

Teaching

Administration of Physical

Electives (General

Education

"studies)

4 Activity Skill Electives

Badminton

Measurement and

Foundations of

Evaluation

Psychology

Motor Learning

Minimum Graduation Requirement— 180 Quarter l-iours

"Indicates a pre-practicum course with field experience.

Note: The physical education program is designed to assist the student in pre-
paring for either secondary of elementary school physical education teacher
certification. The curriculum may be altered because of changes in state certifi-
cation regulations. Combining the teaching certification program with other con-
centrations may result in an extended graduation date.

112

Recreation and Leisure Studies/Outdoor
Recreation

Description of the Program The Outdoor Recreation option is de-
signed to help students understand the relationship between natural
physical environments and social environments, and the interaction be-
tween the two that creates the recreation place.

This concentration is structured in accordance with three basic goals:
(1) to provide students with an opportunity to acquire an understanding
of elements of biology, geology, ecology, facilities planning, and admin-
istration as they relate to leisure in an outdoor setting; (2) to help stu-
dents develop a variety of skills and methodologies to coordinate the
relationships among social, ecological, and economic elements of out-
door recreation areas: and (3) to introduce students to the political real-
ities of the environment and outdoor recreation issues.

A variety of experiential education opportunities supplementing regu-
lar course offerings are available at the Warren Center of Northeastern
University, a unique teaching-learning laboratory within easy commuting
distance of Boston, and through the summer wilderness program. Stu-
dents are scheduled for their one-week resident camp experience at the
close of the freshman year at the Warren Center in Ashland, approxi-
mately twenty-five miles west of the Boston Campus. The lab fee for this
experience is approximately $165 per student.

The flexibility of their program enables graduates of the Outdoor Rec-
reation option to qualify for positions of leadership in a variety of recre-
ation areas. For example, graduates may become conservationists,
working in state or federal agencies. They may also work as camp coun-
selors and administrators, as activity coordinators or program planners
at parks and resorts, or in a variety of social-science centers.

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements for Freshmen (Year One)

Course Q.H.

Biology 1 & II

Speech Fundamentals 3

English 1 & II

Foundations of Leadership

Social Science

and Leisure Services 4

Life/Career Planning

Computer Use 4

Health Issues

Education Elective 4

Leisure Awareness

Professional Skills 4

II. Upperclass Requirements (Years Two-Five)

Course Q.H.

Human Development 1 & II

Research Methods 4

Anatomy/Physiology 1 & II

Elements of Outdoor

Introduction to Recreation

Recreation Planning 4

and Leisure Services

Rec. Man. Elective 3

Earth Science Electives

Research Applications 4

Group Dynamics

Program Planning 4

Internship Seminar

Interpretation of Ecological

Internship in Outdoor Rec.

and Social History 4

Environmental Education

Senior Seminar 4

Seminar in Environmental

Program Electives 13

Issues and Legislation

Guided Electives 32

Minimum Graduation Requirement— 172^ Quarter IHours

113

Recreation and Leisure Studies/Recreation
Management

Description of the Program Students in recreation management have
academic and work experiences which combine to give them an oppor-
tunity to develop strong general education and marketable job skills.

The academic work emphasizes the behavioral sciences as they ap-
ply in leisure and managerial settings. At the end of the freshman year,
students take an intensive, in-residence program in leadership and hu-
man relations at the University's Warren Center, 25 miles west of Boston.

Equally heavy emphasis is placed on developing a working knowl-
edge of marketing, budgeting, planning, evaluation, and computer ap-
plications as they apply to the leisure industry. The case method of
teaching is widely used to help students identify and solve practical
problems facing recreation organizations in the commercial and non-
profit sectors.

The cooperative education plan provides opportunities for profes-
sional work experiences in health clubs, racquet clubs, resorts, tourism
agencies, government, and nonprofit agencies. Further, a three month
internship exposes the student to professional experience which is not
usually possible in cooperative education jobs.

The academic and work experiences in recreation management are
designed to help the student to develop those skills most necessary to
obtain entry level management positions in commercial, government,
and nonprofit recreation. Students wishing to continue their education
appropriately seek admission to Master's of Business Administration
(M.B.A.) or Master's of Public Administration (M.P.A.) degree programs.

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements for Freshmen (Year One)

Course Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Biology 1 & II

Speech Fundamentals

English l&ll

Foundations of Leadershi

Social Science

and Leisure Services

Life/Career Planning

Computer Use

Health Issues

Education Elective

Leisure Awareness

Professional Skills

II. Upperclass Requirements (Years Two-Five)

Course Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Human Development 1 & II

Research Methods

Anatomy/Physiology l&ll

Leisure Counseling

Earth Science Electives

Research Applications

introduction to Recreation

Program Planning

and Leisure Services

Group Dynamics

Internship Seminar

Overview of Physical

Internship

Disabilities

Senior Seminar

Social and Psychological

Guided Electives

Impacts of Disabilities

Foundations of Psychiatric

Program Electives

Services

Minimum Graduation Requirement — 172 Quarter Hours

114

Recreation and Leisure Studies/Therapeutic
Recreation

Description of the Program The unique problems of special needs
groups in our society have recently become the focus of intense study.
As our understanding of their needs increases, so too does our appre-
ciation of the therapeutic values associated with participation in recrea-
tion activities. Such advances in knowledge have helped establish
further career opportunities for students interested in Recreation and
Leisure Studies.

Therapeutic Recreation specialists may be members of health care
teams in clinical and residential treatment centers, or they may serve as
advocates for disabled persons who live in the community and wish to
pursue leisure activities independently. Therapeutic Recreation students
take courses in behavioral and social sciences, counseling techniques,
and program planning for various special needs populations. The Ther-
apeutic Recreation concentration is designed to help equip students
with the professional job skills that are essential to work with disabled
people in institutions and community-based settings, including hospi-
tals, rehabilitation facilities, nursing homes, schools, and residential cen-
ters as well as day-care vocational/avocational centers in therapy
collaboratives. A variety of experiential education opportunities supple-
menting regular course offerings are available through ECHO, Inc., (a
private camp affiliated with Northeastern University serving disabled
children and their nondisabled peers).

Basic Course Requirements

I. General Requirements for Freshmen (Year One)

Course

Q.H.

Biology I& II

English 1 & II

Social Science

Life/Career Planning

Health Issues

Leisure Awareness

Course Q.H.

Speech Fundamentals 3
Foundations of Leadership

and Leisure Services 4

Computer Use 4

Education Elective 4

Professional Skills 4

Upperclass Requirements (Years Two-Five)

Course Q.H.

Human Development I & II 8

Anatomy/Physiology I & II 8

Earth Science Electives 8
Introduction to Recreation

and Leisure Services 3

Internship Seminar 1

Internship 12

Senior Seminar 4

Guided Electives 32
Foundations of Psychiatric

Services 4

Course
Research Methods
Leisure Counseling
Research Applications
Program Planning
Group Dynamics
Overview of Physical

Disabilities
Social and Psychological

Impacts of Disabilities
Program Electives

Q.H.
4
4
4
4

Minimum Graduation Requirement— 172 Quarter IHours

Note: Students are scheduled for a one-week resident camp experience at the
close of the freshman year at the Warren Center in Ashland, approximately
twenty-five miles west of the Boston Campus. Lab fee: $165.

115

School and Community Health Education

Description of the Program Health Education is a relatively new
profession concerned with the improved status of individual and com-
munity health through educational activities. While working in a variety
of settings such as volunteer health agencies, public health clinics, ele-
mentary and secondary schools, or health-planning organizations, the
health educator facilitates health-promoting behavior changes as a
means to enriching the quality of life. The health educator uses tech-
niques and information from both medical and educational fields in order
to assist individuals and communities dealing with emotional, physical,
or social aspects of health.

Since health has psychological, physical, and social components, the
program of study is organized to help students develop an understand-
ing of each of these, as well as their interaction. Courses during the first
part of the program emphasize the foundations of health education in
the social and life sciences. Practical experience in health education is
included throughout the program to provide the student with an oppor-
tunity to apply theory and techniques with Boston area groups. Major
courses on contemporary health issues help prepare the student to
understand the details and complexities of several important health top-
ics. Educational issues and approaches are included in courses to help
students understand the role of education in improving health.

Overall, the program of study is intended to produce graduates with
the competence to assess the health education needs of groups and to
develop, organize, and evaluate effective educational activities.
Throughout the program of study, the concepts of prevention, health
promotion, wellness, and holistic health serve as common threads in
professional preparation. The development of specific competencies for
health education roles is an objective of the program.

Certification Upon successful completion of the requirements for
graduation in School Health Education, students are eligible to apply for
Certification to teach in the public schools of Massachusetts. Certifica-
tion is also readily obtained in other states having certification reciprocity
agreements with the Massachusetts Department of Education. There are
no certification criteria for students in Community Health Education.
However, all students must satisfy departmental requirements before
being approved for graduation in School and/or Community Health Ed-
ucation.

Accreditation The professional program in School Health Education is
accredited by the Interstate Certification Compact.

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements for Freshmen (Year One)

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Chemistry 1 & II

First Aid

Biology 1 & II

Social Science II

English 1 & II

Foundations of Health

Social Science 1

Introduction to Safety

Health Issues

Instructional Resources

Mathematics

Computer Use

1 Activity Physical

Education Skill

116/ Boston-Bouve College

II. Upperclass Requirements (Years Two-Five)

Course Q.H.

Psychology 1 & II

Nutrition

Human Development 1 & II

Microbiology

Anatomy/Physiology 1 & II

Analysis of Instruction*

Health Concerns of Youth*

Mental Health

Measurement and

Introduction to Special

Evaluation

Educ.

Drug Use/Abuse

Teaching Procedures/

Communicable/

Curriculum in School/

Degenerative Disease

Community Health*

Longevity and Aging

Human Sexuality

Community Health

Organization/

Seminar 1 & II

Administration of Health

Education Electives

Education

General Studies Electives

Health Counseling

Practicum

Physical Education Activity

Electives

Minimum Graduation Requirement — 1 78 Quarter IHours

*A pre-practicum course witli field experience.

Note: Students selecting an emphasis in School Health Education must meet
state certification requirements for field experiences in pre-practica and the prac-
ticum in a secondary school setting (grades 5-12). Those selecting Community
Health receive field experiences with community agencies, hospitals, and local
or state health departments.

117

Department Services

All-University Electives in Health
Education

The program in School and Connmunity Health Education is interested in
the health status of the University comnnunity. In an attempt to meet the
health needs of students, several elective courses are offered regularly
on selected health issues of potential personal and professional interest
to any University student. Courses on topics such as stress and health,
nutrition, sexuality, mental health, consumer health, drug use/abuse, and
aging are designed to provide current information and concepts related
to wellness and health promotion. Instruction is organized into lectures,
discussion groups, and demonstrations to provide students with the
opportunity to understand the significance and application of recent
health-related research findings in their own lives.

All-University Elective Courses in
Physical Education

A broad selection of electives in dance, sports, games, aquatics, and
gymnastics is offered for all University students. All classes are open to
men or to women with instructional modifications where appropriate.

The elective program places focus on the lifetime use of sports,
dance, and aquatics for recreational satisfaction and participation.
Classes are subject to cancellation if enrollments are too low.

Dance Theatre

The Northeastern University Dance Theatre offers students interested in
dance as a performing art the opportunity to choreograph and/or per-
form in concert. In addition to an annual University concert production,
this group presents several lecture-demonstrations and/or community
concerts each year. Admission to the dance group is by audition.

Intramural and Extramural Sports

Students are provided the opportunity to participate in a comprehensive
program of intramural and extramural sports through clubs, leagues,
and individual participation. Separate leagues are organized for com-
muting, dormitory, and fraternity students. Intramural sports are orga-
nized separately for men and women and, for certain activities, on a
coeducational basis. Throughout the year, intramural and sports club
participation may be possible in badminton, fencing, football, golf, gym-
nastics, aerobic dance, swimming, volleyball, water polo, and other
sports. A "drop-in" program for individual leisure physical activity is also
provided.

Fenway Project

Since 1973, students in Recreation and Leisure Studies have been com-
mitted to the Fenway Project, providing meaningful recreation services
and activities to youth and adults living in the Fenway area, including
disabled adult residents at Symphony Towers. Students participate as
activity planners and leaders, conducting programs in arts and crafts,
coordinating outings and social events, as well as Big Brother/Big Sister
programs and the annual spring festival. Northeastern students are en-
couraged to participate in all Fenway Project activities.

118/ Boston-Bouve College
Recreation Club

Organized by Recreation and Leisure Studies nnajors, the Recreation
Club participates in projects of student interest which relate to depart-
mental and professional concerns or issues. A newsletter, issued to
students several times a year, informs them of upcoming events in the
department and in professional organizations. The club also plans for
guest speakers, student workshops, information exchange, orientation
programs for new students, and a volunteer service for local programs.

119

Physical Therapy Department

Jane L. Toot, Ph.D., Associate Professor and Chairperson

Professor Clinical Supervisors/

Elizabeth J. Fellows, M.A. Clinical Assistant Professors

Associate Professor

Ruth P. Hall, B.S.

Meredith E. Drench, M.Ed.
Dolores A. Price, M.Ed.

Clinical Supervisor/
Assistant Professors clinical Instructor

Nancy C. Gilberti, M.S.

Catherine M. Certo, M.S
Janet L. Costa, M.S
David A. Lake, Ph.D. Lecturers

Ruth Rose-Jacobs, M.S. Mollis H. Herman, M.S.

Rose-Marie Rine, M.S.

Professional Preparation

Alms The Department of Physical Therapy is dedicated to the prepa-
ration of therapists who can provide services of the highest quality in a
time of changing concepts, new trends, and new challenges. Students
will have the opportunities to acquire the skill to help patients gain func-
tional independence and to learn to recognize and assist with emotional
and socioeconomic problems that affect recovery.

Description of the Major Physical Therapy is one of the health profes-
sions contributing to the delivery of comprehensive health care. The
physical therapist is highly skilled in evaluation procedures and in the
planning and execution of treatment programs appropriate to a patient's
condition or disabilities. Additional responsibilities may include health-
care planning and community service.

Physical therapists are employed in institutions such as general hos-
pitals, children's hospitals, university hospitals, rehabilitation centers,
schools or centers for crippled children, nursing homes, extended-care
facilities, and community, state, and federal agencies. Private practice
is another option chosen by physical therapists. In addition, there are
increasing opportunities in teaching and research in physical therapy.

A View of the Five- Year Major The five-year program in Physical Ther-
apy, based on the cooperative plan, is unique in physical therapy edu-
cation.

The program of study integrates liberal arts and sciences and profes-
sional courses, with major emphasis on liberal arts in the first two years
of the program and on professional preparation in the last three years.
The professional courses include such subjects as anatomy, kinesiology,
pathology, clinical medicine, neurology, orthopedics, physiology, physi-
cal therapy procedures, and administration, as well as clinical experi-
ence in various hospitals and clinics.

Lecturers from Tufts University School of Medicine and the New Eng-
land Medical Center Hospitals, as well as from medical and social agen-
cies in the Boston area, augment the professional staff in the Physical
Therapy program.

Supervised clinical education is a strong component of the curriculum
and a requirement for graduation. Clinical experience provides the stu-
dent with opportunities to practice various phases of physical therapy
under supervision in preparation for qualifying as a physical therapist.

120 / Boston-Bouve College

Assignments in clinical education are not confined to the Boston area.
They may include physical therapy departments throughout the country,
particularly in many states along the eastern seaboard.

Students admitted to the Department of Physical Therapy must main-
tain acceptable standards of scholarship and performance in the pre-
scribed program. They must also demonstrate good health, verbal
fluency, essential motor skills, and emotional maturity; they must com-
plete all required courses and have favorable evaluations from clinical
education and co-op experience. To continue in the program, students
are required to maintain a grade of C or better in all professional
courses, and in all Basic Science prerequisite courses listed in the Ac-
ademic Policy Statement of the Department of Physical Therapy.

All students interested in majoring in physical therapy should contact
the Department of Physical Therapy for information regarding depart-
mental academic policies and procedures.

Clinical Education Students on clinical education assignments should
plan on additional expenses, including travel.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies In Physical Therapy

First Quarter

Foundations of Psychology I
Fundamentals of Mathematics
Basic Animal Biology
Health Education
First Aid

Third Quarter

General Chemistry
Basic Animal Biology
English

Second Quarter

Fundamentals of Mathematics I

General Chemistry i

English k

Introduction to Physical Therapy "

In addition to ttie above courses, students may elect to take Basic

ROTC. -

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Fundamentals of

Basic Physicst

Mathematics*

Human Physiologyt

Basic Animal Biology*

Human Anatomyt

English*

Foundations of

General Chemistry*

Psychology 1*

Current Issues in Health*

4 General Electives

First Aid

Foundations of

Psychology llf

*These courses are usually taken in the freshman year.
-fThese courses are usually taken in the sophomore year.

Note: Computer Literacy must be demonstrated prior to graduation.

Physical Therapy/ 121

II. Professional Requirements

Course
Introduction to

Physical Therapy*
Introduction to

Physical Therapyt
Perceptual and Motor

Learningt
Clinical Gross Anatomy
Physiology for Physical

Therapists
Massage

Clinical Medicine I, II, III
Clinical Psychiatry
Clinical Kinesiology
Basic Therapeutic

Exercise
Evaluation Procedures
Prosthetics/Orthotics and

Functional Activities
Management of

Medical/Surgical

Respiratory Disorders

Q.H.

3
6

4
2

10
2
4

4
3

Course
Advanced Therapeutic

Exercise
Neuroanatomy
Integration of

Therapeutic Exercise
Electrical Testing and

Treatment Procedures
Research Design
Psychosocial Aspects of

Illness
Physical Therapy in the

Health-Care System
Supervised Clinical

Education
Clinical Seminar
Administration
Investigative Studies
Graduation Requirement

Q.H.

4
4

5
2
3

6
170

* These courses are usually taken In the freshman year,
f These courses are usually taken in the sophomore year

122

Human Services

An interdisciplinary major involving the Boston-Bouve College of
Human Development Professions and thie College of Arts and Sciences

Wilfred E. Holton, Ph.D., Sociology/ Anthropology, Director and
Associate Professor

Advisory Committee

Eva Havas, Ph.D., Sociology/ Anthropology
John D. Herzog, Ph.D., Department of Education
Ronald J. McAllister, Ph.D., Sociology/Anthropology
Barbara Schram, Ed.D., Department of Education
Harold S. Zamansky, Ph.D., Psychology

Fieldwork Supervisor

Natalie H. Riffin, M.Ed., O.T.R.

Professional Preparation

Aims This major offers students the opportunity to prepare themselves
for possible careers in one of the areas broadly defined as "human
services." The program is interdisciplinary. The Human Services curric-
ulum allows students to obtain the fundamental attitudes, knowledge,
and skills that can lead to a meaningful career in the helping professions
as well as to a graduate education in a variety of fields.

Students who major in Human Services prepare themselves to per-
form a variety of functions in public and private agencies. Through
course work, two quarters of fieldwork experience, and possible co-op
jobs, students have the opportunity to explore such areas as casework
services in social service and welfare agencies; therapeutic treatment
programs in mental health settings; supportive counseling in community
health centers; rehabilitation counseling services; sheltered workshops;
parole counseling; court liaison in programs for delinquent youth; staff
work in halfway houses, penal institutions, and drug treatment centers;
supportive counseling for the mentally retarded; community organizing;
services for the aging; administration in human services agencies; and
social program research and evaluation.

Description of the l\/lajor The five basic aspects of this program be-
yond the college requirements are:

I. Prerequisite Courses — Courses in the areas of sociology, psychology,
economics, government, and human services.

II. Core Courses — Courses in the areas of statistics, research methods,
personality, abnormal psychology, personality and social structure,
group process, human services organizations, intervention strategies,
and a senior seminar.

III. Specified Electives — Three courses in poverty, minority affairs, and/
or special needs.

IV. Specializations — Five courses that focus on a student's area of inter-
est, selected in consultation with an adviser. "Deaf Studies" and other
structured specializations are being developed.

V. Supervised Field Experience — During the junior and senior years, stu-
dents spend 300 hours in supervised placement in public or private
agencies, usually in separate experiences of 150 hours each.

Note: Computer Literacy must be demonstrated prior to graduation.

Human Services / 123

A View of the Five- Year l\1ajor The Human Services major offers stu-
dents the opportunity to obtain useful values and basic knowledge relat-
ing to various human services fields. Courses introducing some basic
skills can help them to understand and work with a variety of helping
services.

125

College of Business
Administration

Philip R. McDonald, D.B.A.. Dean
Roger M. Atherton, Jr., Ph.D. Associate Dean
Thomas E. Moore, Ph.D., Associate Dean
Jay A. Halfond. Ph.D.. Assistant Dean

Maryann G. Billington. M.B.A., Associate Dean (Graduate School)
Dennis Ramsier, M.B.A., Assistant Dean (Undergraduate Program)
Christine A. Chevoor, A.B.. Director of External Relations
Kitty J. Meijer, B.A., External Relations Assistant
Young In Arnowitt, M.S.. Coordinator, Academic and Administrative
Services

Accounting Group

Professors

Ronald M. Copeland. Ph.D.,

Lillian L. and Harry A. Cowan

Research Professor of

Accounting
Joseph R. Curran. Ph.D.
Paul A. Janeli. Ph.D.,

Joseph M. Golemme Professor

of Accounting
Russell W. Olive, D.B.A.

Associate Professors

Richard Lindhe °n.D.
Sharon M. McKinnon. Ph.D.
H. David Shernnan. D.B.A.

Assistant Professors

Hassanali Espahbodi. Ph.D.
Thomas W. Oliver. Ph.D.
Roberto. Ruland. Ph.D.
James F. Volkert. Ph.D.

Lecturers

Alvin M. Black. M.B.A.. C.P.A.
Michael D. Cottnll. M.S.. C.P.A.
Hugh Crossland, L.L.M.
Ralph M. Grieco. M.B.A.
James F. McDermott. M.B.A..

C.P.A.
Peggy L OKelly. M.B.A., C.P.A.

Finance and Insurance Group

Professors

Elliott L. Atamian. D.B.A.
Wesley W Ma^o'e D.B.A.

Associate Professors

Joseph W. Meador. Ph.D.
Jonathan B. Welch. Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Swaminatnan Baarmatn. Ph.D.
Duncan Kretovich. M.B.A.
David N. Leggett. Ph.D.
Donald G. Margotta, Ph.D.
Susan E. Moeller, Ph.D.
Ramaswami Murali, Ph.D.
Coleen C. Pantalone. Ph.D.
Harlan D. Piatt, Ph.D.
Edward M. Saunders. Ph.D.

Lecturers

Paul J. Bolster. M.B.A.
Peggy L. Fletcher. M.B.A.
Venkatesan Srinivasan. M.B.A.

126 / College of Business Administration

General Management Group

Professors

Geoffrey P. E. Clarkson, Ph.D.
Robert C. Lieb, D.B.A.
Daniel J. McCarthy, D.B.A.

Associate Professors

Stanley R. Berkowitz, J.D.
Jonathan L. S. Byrnes, D.B.A.
Sangit Chatterjee, Ph.D.
Laic. Chugh, Ph.D.
John Diffenbach, D.B.A.
Angelo J. Fiumara, J.D.
Robert H. Ketchum, Ph.D.
Raymond M. Kinnunen, D.B.A.
James F. Molloy, Jr., Ph.D.
Heidi Vernon-Wortzel, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Deborah J. Bickford, Ph.D.
William F. Crittenden, Ph.D.
All R. Malekzadeh, Ph.D.
Ravi Ramamurti, Ph.D.
Ravi Sarathy, Ph.D.
William TigaTita, Ph.D.
Sandra Waddock, D.B.A.

Lecturers

Joseph W. Chevarley, Jr.,

M.P.A.
Mary E. Costello, J.D.

Human Resources Group

Professors

Richard B. Higgins, Ph.D.
Ralph Katz, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Thomas M. Begley, Ph.D.
David P. Boyd, Ph.D.
Christine L. Hobart, D.B.A.
Edward F. McDonough, III, Ph.D.
Andre P. Priem, M.A.
Francis C. Spital, Ph.D.
Edward G. Wertheim, Ph.D.

Management Science Group

Professor

Michael J. Maggard, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

R. Balachandra, Ph.D.
Victor B. Godin, D.B.A.
Robert A. Millen, Ph.D.
Carl W. Nelson, Ph.D.
Robert A. Parsons, M.B.A.
Mustafa R. Yilmaz, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Peter J. Billington, Ph.D.
Edward G. Cale, Jr., D.B.A.
Kathleen Foley Curley, D.B.A.
Nancy Jo Klein Delaney, Ph.D.
Allen G. Greenwood, Ph.D.
Katherine Taylor Halvorsen,

D.Sc.
Stephen K. Kwan, Ph.D.
Allen S. Lee, Ph.D.
Fanny L. O'Bnen, Ph.D.
Marjone Piatt, Ph.D.
Marius M. Solomon, Ph.D.
Eriand V. Sorensen, Ph.D.

Lecturer

MarkM. Davis, M.B.A.

Assistant Professors

Rae Andre, Ph.D.
Brendan D. Bannister, Ph.D.
Mark P. Kriger, D.B.A.
PauletteA. McCarty, Ph.D.
Afsaneh Nahavandi, Ph.D.
William C. Ronco, Ph.D.
Bert A. Specter, Ph.D.

College of Business Administration / 1 27

Marketing Group Lecturers

Linda Jamieson, M.S.

Keith B. Murray, M.B.A.
John A. Sims, Jr., M.B.A.

Professors

Gerrit DeVos, Ph.D.

Robert J. Minichiello, D.B.A.

Frederick Wiseman, Ph.D. /^ » . ..

Center for Management

Associate Professors Development

Dan T. Dunn, D.B.A. Richard J. Santos, M.S.,

Edward T. Popper, D.B.A. Associate Dean and Director

Samuel Rabino, Ph.D. John J. Leary, Jr., M.B.A.,

Robert F. Young, D.B.A. Associate Director

Barbara Couturier, B.A.
Assistant Professors Program Manager

Deirdre M. Bird, Ph.D.
Kristina Cannon-Bonventre,

Ph.D.
Jerry Kirkpatrick, M.B.A.
Nancy E. Lambert, Ph.D.
Anil M. Pandya, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

The College of Business Administration offers concentrations in the prin-
cipal fields of business: Accounting, Entrepreneurship and New Venture
Management (Small Business Management), Finance and Insurance,
Human Resources Management, International Business, Management,
Marketing, and Transportation and Physical Distribution Management.
There is also a provision for those students who wish to design their own
concentrations.

These programs are designed for men and women seeking to prepare
themselves for managerial responsibility in business, government, and
other organizations with the goal of developing the ability to recognize
and solve problems and to understand the role of the business firm in
the community, the nation, and the world.

In developing these skills, the students have the opportunity to gain
not only a broad understanding of business and organizational problems
through specialized courses, but also firsthand knowledge of effective
solutions. Forty to sixty percent of the course work in the College of
Business Administration concentrations is centered outside business to
ensure a liberal education.

All concentrations are offered only on the five-year Cooperative Plan,
providing most students with substantial practical experience, usually in
the fields for which they are preparing.

Aims In keeping with the current trends in collegiate education, the
College has adopted the following educational aims:

1 . To develop attitudes and ideals that are ethically sound and so-
cially desirable;

2. To cultivate an awareness of the social, political, and economic
developments to which the business firm must adapt;

3. To develop the habits of accurate thinking that are essential to
sound judgment and the habits of accurate expression that are
essential to effective communication;

4. To provide an opportunity for students to develop a specialization
in business in accordance with their interests and talents.

128 / College of Business Administration

A View of the Five- Year Program The College of Business Adminis-
tration offers a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree
and has concentrations of courses in several areas. The College com-
bines its business curriculum with courses from the sciences, humani-
ties, and social sciences. Students must take courses in these areas to
ensure the well-rounded background that is so valuable in the business
world.

All students in the College are required to complete, in addition to
their academic courses, the program of cooperative education. This
program gives the student the opportunity to challenge and reinforce in
the work place the theories and techniques learned in the classroom. In
a similar way, the "well, that's the way they do it in my co-op company"
attitudes can be and are questioned in the classroom. This double-
faceted approach enhances the whole education process and generally
produces graduates with a more realistic understanding of the work
place. Cooperative work assignments generally are paid, full-time,
professional positions with organizations both in the profit and not-for-
profit private sector and in government. Work assignments are for six
months of each year above the freshman level.

After the foundation-laying and tools-oriented course work (combined
with a large number of nonbusiness courses) of the first two years, the
final three years emphasize the various functional areas of business and
require students to concentrate their studies in specific areas. (Detailed
descriptions of these areas follow this section.) In most of these upper-
division courses the traditional lecture-and-recitation format is supple-
mented by problem-solving and case-study methods. Using these, stu-
dents analyze actual businesses and business problems and present
recommendations for possible solutions. Students are encouraged to
develop the ability to think independently, to support ideas with fact and
logic, and to analyze and challenge propositions. The added experience
of co-op work assignments, when combined with course work, offers
each student practical exposure to the responsibilities of various admin-
istrative positions as well as help in determining the kind of organization
in which he or she would like to work. Special classrooms have been
designed for the College to facilitate the case method of instruction.

During the 1980s, the outlook for exciting careers in Business Admin-
istration is optimistic. The challenges that business faces from the ef-
fects of foreign policy, high technology, affirmative-action regulations,
and new economic policies tend to create a demand for highly trained
individuals equipped to analyze the complex problems of our modern-
day economy.

Upon completion of the Bachelor of Science in Business Administra-
tion degree, the graduate may choose to enter the work force (many
former students have assumed full-time positions with former co-op em-
ployers) or go on to pursue higher degrees.

In general, students find that graduate schools view a B.S. degree in
Business as solid preparation for graduate work, not only in business
but also in public administration, health-care administration, and edu-
cation administration. Law schools look favorably on the prelegal back-
ground obtained in business school. Although the Association of
American Law Schools does not recommend particular courses or cur-
ricula for prelegal students, it does advise undergraduates to develop

College of Business Administration / 1 29

critical understanding of the institutions and values witti which the law
deals. Many careers in law are directly involved in the business world,
either in large corporations or in private practice.

The College's curriculum offers students the opportunity to develop a
broad understanding of the business environment, as well as to acquire
the specific skills necessary to manage organizations in today's complex
social and legal environment.

Honors Program

A place in the Honors Program of the College is extended to juniors and
seniors who, at the end of the first quarter of their middler year, rank in
the top ten percent of the class. These students are given preference in
obtaining entrance to any of the College's honors seminars. They may
also participate in a Senior Honors Thesis Project, an independent re-
search project under the careful supervision and direction of a faculty
member.
The Honors Program was incorporated to:

— provide opportunities to bring together the best students and faculty
in stimulating courses and other academic activities;

— increase the knowledge and professional skills of outstanding stu-
dents;

— enhance the employment or further educational objectives of gifted
students;

— develop increased respect in academic and professional communi-
ties for the College's students and programs; and

— facilitate course and curriculum experimentation into new and un-
charted areas.

Any Honors Program student who completes twelve quarter hours of
honors-level work at a B average or higher will receive special recogni-
tion of this achievement on the transcript.

Business Administration as a
Minor Course of Study

The College of Business Administration faculty, realizing that many stu-
dents may have an interest in business yet major in other disciplines,
offers a Minor in Business Administration. The College of Arts and Sci-
ences, which teaches some of the courses, collaborated in the design
of the minor.

The program has been designed so that students who complete the
minor will gain a background in disciplines that serve as foundation
courses for the study of business and as an exposure to its various
functional areas. In addition there is an exploration of the relationship
between business and society and the obligations of each to the other.

Students of the Basic Colleges other than Business Administration
may find the minor particularly attractive if they are considering a career
in business and/or are contemplating enrolling in an MBA program, but
are not sure what is involved in the study of business. Qualified students
who have completed the five background and methodology courses
apply for formal admission to the minor after they have accumulated
eighty or more quarter hours of credit.

130 / College of Business Administration
Program Components

Background and Methodology: completed prior to formal entry into thie

Course

Q.H.

College Algebra

Macroeconomics

Microeconomics

Descriptive Statistics

Inferential Statistics

Business Functions

Course Q.H.

Introduction to Business 4
Introduction to Accounting 4
Organizational Behavior 4
Introduction to Finance 4

Introduction to Marketing 4

Operations Management 4

Business and Its Environment

Course Q.H.

One course from the
approved list 4

After a student has completed all program components, the College of
Business Administration will so notify the student's Basic College so that
appropriate recognition can be made.

Graduation Requirements

Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree must complete all of the
prescribed work of the curriculum in which they seek to qualify. This
presently totals 176 quarter hours of credit. The degree conferred not
only represents the formal completion of selected courses of study, but
also indicates professional study in the designated area of concentra-
tion. An overall average grade of C and a C average in required courses
are necessary for graduation.

Students must be enrolled in a full program of studies in the College
of Business Administration during the final three quarters immediately
preceding graduation.

Graduation with [Honors Candidates who have achieved superior
grades in their academic work will be graduated cum laude. Upon spe-
cial vote of the faculty, a limited number of this group may be graduated
magna cum laude or summa cum laude. Students must have been in
full-time attendance in the Basic Colleges of the University at least six
quarters before they can become eligible for honors at graduation.

Colleoe of Business Administration / 131

Accreditation

Curriculum

Tlie undergraduate program of the College of Business Administration
is fully accredited by thie American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of
Business, indicating that the program meets the accrediting agency's
standards for faculty and student quality, curriculum design, and overall
University support.

The following sample freshman-year program and the basic course re-
quirements for the College of Business Administration are the same for
all concentration areas.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in the
College of Business Administration

First Quarter

Introduction to Business
Fundamentals of Math
Non-Business Elective
Economics (Macro)

Second Quarter

Accounting I

English Composition

Two Non-Business Electives

Third Quarter

Accounting II
English Literature
Non-Business Elective
Economics (Micro)

Students who will complete the Reserve Officers' Training Corps pro-
gram are permitted to drop one elective each quarter of their senior
year. Individual ROTC courses carry no credit toward graduation.

The College of Business Administration has no physical education re-
quirement. Students wishing to take courses in physical education may
take a maximum of eight quarter hours as elective credits.

Basic Course Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Fundamentals of Math

Statistics 1 & II

Quantitative Models in

Introduction to Data

Business

Processing

English*

Organizational Behavior

Introduction to Business

Complex Organizations

Accounting 1 & II

Operations Management

Economics (Macro)

Business and Society

Economics (Micro)

Business Policy

Introduction to Finance

Non-Business Electives**

Introduction to Marketing

Open Electives

*ln addition, all students must complete the upper division writing requirement.
"For International Business majors. 8 Q.H. of this total must be from the interna-
tional list. For all other students, 4 Q.H. must be from the international list.

132

Accounting Concentration

Professional Preparation

Alms If you are anticipating a career in accounting, your interests
probably lie within one of its two nnajor areas: industrial accounting or
public accounting. To enable you to obtain sonne of the professional
background necessary to enter these fields, the College of Business
Administration offers a variety of financial accounting and nnanagerial
accounting courses.

Preparation for a career in accounting encompasses a broad range
of activities. These include all phases of record keeping, internal and
external reporting, financial planning, cost control, the design and in-
stallation of systems and procedures, the application of electronic and
other modern business methods to these activites, and managerial de-
cision making.

Accounting is a fast-growing and cntical area of business. It is an
exacting field that requires men and women who enjoy dealing with facts
and figures as well as with people. It requires accuracy and an ability to
reason and to interpret business data.

A View of the Five-Year Concentration During your first two years,
you will have the opportunity to develop communicative and analytical
abilities, to gain an understanding of the nature of accounting, and to
survey business as a dynamic institution in an economic setting. Another
important activity will be consultation with your coordinator from the
Department of Cooperative Education about future work assignments.

Subjects in your third year will include courses in the various functional
areas of business (marketing, finance, operations, personnel), statistical
analyses, and economic activity.

Whether your choice of employment is in the industrial accounting or
public accounting area, you will have the opportunity to prepare through
specialized courses in your third and subsequent years. Subjects will
include cost accounting, accounting theory, planning and control, audit-
ing, and taxes.

In addition to the sample freshman-year program and basic course
requirements listed on page 131, students who concentrate in account-
ing are required to take the following courses:

II. Professional Requirements

Course Q.H.

Intermediate Accounting I,

II, & III 12

Cost Accounting I & II 8

Accounting Theory and
Practice or Accounting
Planning and Control 4

133

Entrepreneurship and New Venture
Management Concentration

Professional Preparation

Aims The concentration in Entrepreneurship and New Venture Man-
agement (Small Business Management) offers students who plan to op-
erate their own businesses an opportunity to develop skills necessary
for the effective management of small enterprises.

Description of the Concentration Have you ever thought about start-
ing, acquiring, and operating your own business? Will you be faced with
an opportunity to join a family business upon graduation? Have your
views of or experience with large corporations made you think about life
in a smaller organization? Or do you think you would get a real kick out
of working for a small company and wish to learn more about opportu-
nities with smaller firms?

Are you considering a career in sales management, banking, public
accounting, management consulting, or other areas that may involve
you directly with owners and managers of new and small companies?
For example, a bank loan officer, sales manager, or CPA would often
have many entrepreneurs and small-company officers as clients.

If your answer to any of these questions is yes, then you are probably
a member of a unique and growing portion of Northeastern students and
young people everywhere whose career definition of "doing your own
thing" encompasses self-employment or work in a small company or
other organization.

A concentration in this field offers you a thorough "start-to-finish" per-
spective. The concentration provides courses that deal with each of
these key questions:

1 . What are the characteristics of people who start their own compa-
nies, and what does it take to start and build a new business?

2. What are some key sources of business opportunities, and how
does one assess the feasibility of a particular venture?

3. What sources exist for raising seed capital, and how does one
acquire it?

4. What are the critical problems and opportunities in successfully
managing a smaller company, and what are the appropriate man-
agerial methods?

5. What are the key issues in financing and managing an ongoing,
growing venture, and how can these be applied to small ven-
tures?

A View of the Five- Year Concentration Courses in this concentration
benefit students in several ways. They offer the opportunity to develop
an ability to assess personal aptitude and potential for small business,
to find and evaluate business opportunities, to secure adequate funding,
and to organize and manage the various facets of the small business-
marketing, finance, control, and personnel.

Entrepreneurship and New Venture Management presents students
with the opportunity to prepare for a career in which they can be involved
in the management of a business while maintaining a significant degree
of autonomy and independence. Some students will enter this career at
graduation or sometimes even before. However, many find that thev
obtain their first experience through cooperative work and postgraduate
employment prior to establishing their own enterprises.

1 34 / College of Business Administration I

The freshman-year program of studies and the basic course require-
ments for the College of Business Administration are the same for all the
concentration areas. See page 131 .

II. Professional Requirements

Course Q.H. Course Q.H.

New Venture Creation 4 Management of Smaller

Opportunity Analysis & Enterprises 4

Venture Capital 4 Small Business Institute

Small Business Finance 4 Field Project 8

Finance and Insurance Concentration

Professional Preparation

Aims The objective of the Finance and Insurance concentration is to
train students for the financial management of businesses, nonprofit
organizations, and governmental units. Preparation is twofold: students
are offered information about current practices, theories, and concepts
of financial management and have the opportunity to gain experience in
analyzing situations that require financial decisions.

Description of the Concentration Almost every phase of economic
activity involves aspects of financial management — of cash or other
funds and of economic resources available to the individual, the busi-
ness, or other economic unit.

Perhaps you can visualize your future career in one of the many areas
of funds management: security analysis, estate planning, corporate fi-
nance and control, financial planning, security or insurance brokerage,
underwriting, credit management, and banking. If so, you should con-
sider the Finance and Insurance Concentration.

There are also career possibilities in specific financial institutions that
perform indispensable services for present-day business and industry.
Among these are banks, insurance companies, investment houses,
credit concerns, financial service institutions, mortgage companies, and
national and local real estate brokerage firms and appraisers.

Career openings can be sought in all areas of business, industry, and
government, where financial planning and operation are vital.

A View of the Five-Year Concentration As a middler, you will take i
Introduction to Finance and beginning courses in other business fields.
Following the introductory course, your required courses are Managerial
Finance, Investment Management, and Money and Business Activity.
Besides these required courses, many electives are available, including
Securities Markets, Small Business Finance, Management of Financial
Institutions, and Insurance. In addition, an independent study often may
be an appropriate elective.

Specialization occurs in your upperclass years as you take advanced '
courses in insurance, investments, security markets, and basic business
finance. To provide you with a well-rounded education, other courses
are available, particularly in the broad area of economics.

All courses offered by the Department of Finance and Insurance are ,
open to students in any concentration provided they have taken the |l|
prerequisite subjects. Instructors may waive prerequisite courses in 'i
special circumstances.

Finance and Insurance / 135

Subfields

Managerial Finance The two objectives of the finance function in the
contemporary corporation or business entity include:

1 , Providing needed funds on terms that are the most favorable in
view of current planning;

2. Regulating the flow of funds to maximize the realization of objec-
tives.

The key concerns of financial management are the capital structure
of the business and the optimal manner in which its assets should be
held. With only minor differences, these same broad objectives apply to
the finance function of nonprofit organizations, including those in the
public sector (units of government).

Management of Financial Institutions This area of specialization is
broadly based within the subject area and is applicable to a variety of
financial institutions and positions within them.

The three major topics of consideration in this area of specialization
are:

1 . The institutional structure of the financial system and the relation
between it and the surplus and deficit units of the whole economy;

2. Asset, liability, and capital management problems of financial in-
termediaries;

3. Investment analysis and portfolio management policies appropri-
ate to different financial intermediaries.

Investment and Management Analysis Two benefits result from
studying this concentration. First, students can gain a general under-
standing, which may help them manage their own affairs. Second, those
seeking professional careers in organizations where the investment
function is paramount (industrial and utility corporations, real estate de-
velopments, financial institutions, and many governmental agencies are
a few examples) will find this subfield of great assistance.

The concentration offers preparation in the specialized skills and prin-
ciples that can benefit students who are interested in careers as invest-
ment managers or security analysts in the following organizations;

1. Stock exchanges, investment advisory firms, brokers-dealers, un-
derwriters, mutual funds, and other investment companies that are
a part of the securities markets;

2. Insurance companies, commercial banks, savings and loan asso-
ciations, trust companies, mutual savings associations, and orga-
nizations involved in the activities of the securities markets; or

3. Federal and state governmental agencies such as the SEC, FDIC,
Treasury Department, IRS, and others having regulatory responsi-
bilities regarding the securities markets and their participants.

Insurance and Risk Management Risk management is the process
of identifying, measuring, evaluating, and treating important risks. It is a
relatively new, but growing, part of the management function in business
as well as in government and other nonprofit organizations. Insurance is
an important method of risk financing in all organizations, including the
family unit. Some individuals may study one or a few courses in insur-
ance and risk management to broaden their understanding of this area

136 / College of Business Administration

in order to better manage their personal affairs or to familiarize them-
selves with this area as part of their general management preparation.
Others may wish to specialize in this area and seek careers in the risk
management function in business as managers of corporate employee
benefits programs; or as managers, adjusters, or underwriters in life
insurance companies, property and liability insurance companies, insur-
ance brokerage firms, insurance agencies, independent adjusting firms;
or in a number of other careers in this vast field.

The freshman-year program of studies and the basic course require-
ments for the College of Business Administration are the same for all the
concentration areas. See page 131.

II. Professional Requirements

Course Q.H. Course Q.H.

Managerial Finance 4 Investment Management 4

Money and Business Finance Electives 12

Activity 4

Human Resources Management
Concentration

Professional Preparation

Alms Human resources management, which focuses on the effective
utilization of people at work, is an extension of personnel and labor
relations but includes more than the traditional areas of recruitment,
selection, compensation, and training. A human resources manager also
must be knowledgeable about manpower planning, equal employment
opportunity laws and affirmative action procedures, organizational de-
velopment, career planning, job design and motivation, leadership, and
communications. The ultimate goal of human resources managers is to
provide an organization with the people who will be most effective in
their jobs.

Description of the Concentration In recent years there has been a
growing interest in the quality of the employee's work life and its relation
to the efficient production of goods and services. Companies such as
Proctor and Gamble, AT&T, General Motors, and Burlington Mills, as well
as a growing number of organizations in the public sector, are paying
more and more attention to the quality of human performance at work
and the level of human contributions to output. At a time when financial
resources and investment capital are becoming scarcer, many organi-
zations are beginning to take a closer look at the management of their
people, their most precious resource. In recognition of this growing in-
terest. Northeastern University's College of Business Administration offers
an undergraduate concentration in Human Resources Management.
The effective management of human resources calls for a joint part-
nership among such organizational specialists as personnel administra-
tors, labor relations negotiators, wage and salary analysts, and
operating line managers in the various functional areas (marketing, fi-
nance, production) of the company. As the traditional role of personnel
administration is expanded to include affirmative action programs, job

International Business / 137

enrichnnent, and organizational development activities, career opportu-
nities in the fields of labor relations and personnel administration are
likely to expand in both the public and private sectors.

For the student whose career aspirations lie in fields other than per-
sonnel and labor relations, one important point should be made; human
resources management is not a specialized activity confined to the per-
sonnel department. Whether you start your career as a work-flow analyst
in manufacturing, a customer service assistant in marketing, a field au-
ditor in the accounting department, or a hospital unit manager, you will
be required to demonstrate skills in working with individuals and groups
to achieve desired results.

A View of the Five-Year Concentration Human resources manage-
ment IS practiced not only by specialists in the area of personnel and
labor relations, but also by line managers and specialists in many other
business areas. The Human Resources Management concentration is
structured to expose students to all major functions of personnel admin-
istration and labor relations.

II. Professional Requirements

Course Q.H.

Introduction to Human

Reward Systems 4

Resources Management 4

Human Resources

Selection and Assessment 4

Management Electives 8

Contemporary Labor

Issues 4

International Business Concentration

Professional Preparation

Aims In recent years, several factors have contributed to a rapidly
increasing need for qualified people in the field of international business.
The growth of multinational firms, international trade, and regional inter-
national trading blocs has created a shortage of skilled managers who
are equipped to analyze the complexities of international business prob-
lems.

The International Business concentration offers students the opportu-
nity to prepare themselves to meet these management needs. It offers
the opportunity to develop an understanding of problems involved in
operating business enterprises across national boundaries and to de-
velop the ability to analyze the operations of businesses in multinational
environments.

The curriculum consists of a broad education provided by course
requirements in arts and sciences, a basic business education provided
by business administration core requirements, and a specialized edu-
cation in International Business.

Description of the Concentration The International Business concen-
tration consists of six courses. Two of them are required: Introduction to
International Business and Seminar in International Business. There are
also four electives: two from the International Business curriculum and
two Business Electives. In addition, two of the Non-Business Electives
must be chosen from the International List (see page 139).

138 / College of Business Administration

When you enroll in the International Business concentration, you will
find that its structure is flexible, permitting you to have a dual concentra-
tion. For example, you may concentrate in International Business and
use open electives to fulfill the requirement of a second concentration.
The dual concentration has advantages for those seeking employment
opportunities in traditional functional areas (e.g., production, marketing,
finance), which also take place in an international setting. All College of
Business Administration courses that are offered as part of the Interna-
tional Business Administration concentration are available to students in
other concentrations during their middler, junior, and senior years.

A View of the Five- Year Concentration Careers in international busi-
ness are best pursued in companies that carry on trade or manufactur-
ing operations in foreign countries. An increasing number of
multinational firms require that candidates for their top management
positions have prior experience in international operations. In addition,
large banks and insurance companies want their managers to under-
stand international business. Other types of organizations — government,
trade associations, large unions — require international business knowl-
edge. The opportunity for foreign travel in any of these capacities is
frequently available.

Students who choose this concentration have the opportunity to gain
an understanding of the economic, political, and social constraints on
international business and to develop skills in analyzing the financial,
marketing, and operational strategies of the multinational firm.

Arts and Sciences electives such as modern languages, political sci-
ence, international economics, geography, and cultural anthropology —
all appropriate to the understanding of international relations — are highly
recommended to complement this concentration.

The freshman-year program of studies and the basic course require-
ments for the College of Business Administration are the same for all the
concentration areas. See page 131 .

II. Professional Requirements

Course Q.H. Course Q.H.

Introduction to Business Administration

International Business 4 Electives (International

Seminar in International List) 8

Business 4 Business Electives 8

International Electives

Business List*

Introduction to International Business

Seminar in International Business

International Marketing

International Finance

Comparative International Management

Environmental Pressures and Corporations

International Transportation

'These courses are not offered every year. Students are advised to consult pre-
reglstration matenai

Management / 139

Non-Business List

(Note: This is a representative listing; other Liberal Arts courses may be
taken upon approval of the Area Coordinator for the International Busi-
ness concentration.)

Africa Today

Economics of World Energy

European Economic Development

Economic History of Less Developed Countries

Development Economics

International Economics

Modern Western Economic History

Social Change and Economic Development

Peoples and Culture of China

Contemporary Japanese Society and Culture

Introduction to International Relations •

Introduction to Foreign Governments

European Political Parties

Arab-Israeli Conflict

World Politics

Euro-Communism

American Foreign Policy

Soviet Government

Soviet Foreign Policy

Communism in Eastern Europe

International Organization

International Law

Government and Politics of China

China's Foreign Relations

The Politics-Policies of Developing Nations

Government and Politics of Latin America

Government and Politics of Japan

Government and Politics in the Middle East

Business German I

Business German II

Business French

Business Spanish

Management Concentration

Professional Preparation

Aims Do your career interests lie in the broad area of administration
rather than in specialized fields? The Management concentration offers
you the opportunity to prepare yourself for a wide variety of administra-
tive careers in business, government, and nonprofit institutions.

Description of the Concentration As a Management student you
must have a basic understanding of all organization functions: account-
ing, marketing, finance, and operations. Your courses in these areas
offer you an overview of these areas, including their interrelation and the
ways they can be used as management tools. For example, your study
of accounting can be used as a helpful tool in the decision-making
process, rather than as a specialty in itself. A similar approach is used
in courses in other areas.

140 / College of Business Administration

Since management is the process of getting things done through
people, your professors pay significant attention to "people problems"
to stress the importance of developing an effective work force.

The courses in the Management concentration vary considerably in
content and method of instruction because they vary in their objectives.
In most, students are heavily involved in the conducting of classes and
are required to work on group assignments. The purpose of this partici-
patory approach is to help prepare you for the demands of management
in the business community.

A View of the Five- Year Concentration The curriculum and teaching
methods center around the development of basic skills and knowledge
appropriate to administration, rather than upon specialized functional
techniques. Although the case method of study is used extensively, a
variety of teaching methods consistent with particular course objectives
are employed. The basic objectives of the concentration are to confront
the student with appropriate learning expenences, to help increase stu-
dents' skills and knowledge in basic disciplines underlying administra-
tive practice, and to help students develop judgment and skills in
organizational problem analysis and decision making.

The freshman-year program of studies and the basic course require-
ments for the College of Business Administration are the same for all the
concentration areas. See page 180.

II. Professional Requirements

Course Q.H. Course Q.H.

Cost Accounting for Legal Aspects of Business 4

Management 4 Business Electives 12

Introduction to Human

Resources Management 4

Marketing Concentration

Professional Preparation

Aims A business organization not only designs and manufactures
products, but also markets and sells them to manufacturers, whole-
salers, retailers, and consumers. This is what a concentration in market-
ing is all about.

Description of the Concentration All the business activities that di-
rect the flow of goods and services from producer to consumer are
classified as marketing concerns. The marketing process begins by
determining the needs and wants of customers. Once these wants and
needs are established, the organization's first objective is to produce
goods or services to satisfy a particular consumer. Essential in all types
of business are such activities as product design, research, pricing,
packaging, transportation, advertising, selling, and servicing. The over-
all responsibility for these functions rests with the marketing manager.

Marketing / 141

The Marketing Concentration offers a wide variety of courses, taught
by lecture and class discussion. Included are such courses as Market-
ing Management, Advertising, Sales Management, Consumer Behavior,
and Competitive Strategy.

A View of the Five-Year Concentration Outside the classroom, stu
dents may attend weekly meetings of the American Marketing Associa-
tion Student Chapter, through which they may further their interests by
discussing issues with leaders in the field.

Without successful marketing and advertising, industhal products re-
main unsold. More and more companies are finding that today's tempo
of progress and high levels of production require up-to-date marketing
techniques to generate a higher sales volume.

As members of the management policy group, marketing executives
take a broad view of all aspects of business management and policy.
They also serve effectively as trained specialists in their own areas.

Success in the market is vital to every company, whatever its size.
Therefore, the need for adaptable and informed marketing management
exists in all types of business and industry.

The freshman-year program of studies and the basic course require-
ments for the College of Business Administration are the same for all the
concentration areas. See page 131 .

II. Professional Requirements

Course Q.H. Course Q.H.

Marketing Management 4 Competitive Strategy 4

Marketing Research 4 Marketing Electives 12

Transportation and Physical Distribution
Management Concentration

Professional Preparation

Aims Transportation is an integral part of national and international
distribution systems. It is a determining factor in the availability and
prices of goods and services in our economy.

In corporate distribution, transportation specialists operate within a
complex organizational framework in which goods are stored and
moved. Effective management of this distnbution process involves un-
derstanding inventory control, warehousing, transportation options, and
the interaction of these activities with other functional operations.

Growing concern with the economic and service conditions of the
transportation industry has also created career positions with govern-
ment agencies engaged in transportation policy development and ad-
ministration. Other career possibilities are to be sought with carriers
such as airlines, railroads, and trucking companies, which actively seek
people who are familiar with the operational and regulatory aspects of
their business.

142 / College of Business Administration

The Transportation and Physical Distribution Management concentra-
tion offers students opportunities to prepare for these diverse career
opportunities.

Description of the Concentration The concentration offers the stu-
dent a balanced background in Transportation and Physical Distribution
Management. Courses consider not only the viewpoint of the corporate
shipper and carriers, but also those of public officials, in addition to
consumer interests. Courses have a strong contemporary orientation
and promote frequent interaction with practitioners from business and
government.

A View of the Five- Year Concentration Course offerings in Transpor-
tation and Physical Distribution Management are sequential so that stu-
dents who desire only an introductory exposure may take one or several
courses as part of a broader business background. An undergraduate
concentration in the area consists of six courses. Four are required
courses, with the balance of the concentration composed of eiectives.

The freshman-year program of studies and the basic course require-
ments for the College of Business Administration are the same for all the
concentration areas. See page 131.

Professional Requirements

Course
Principles of

Transportation
Physical Distribution

Management
Current Issues in

Transportation Policy

Q.H. Course Q.H.

Seminar in Transportation 4

4 Transportation Eiectives 8

143

Non-Concentration (Self-Designed)

Professional Preparation

Aims Because innovation and relevance are key words in the College
of Business Administration, the Non-Concentration curriculum is adapt-
able to each student's needs. Meeting with an academic adviser, you
tailor your academic program to meet your own career goals.

Description of the Concentration Students will be required to select
a total of at least six business electives beyond the basic course require-
ments.

The freshman-year program of studies and the basic course require-
ments for the College of Business Administration are the same for all the
concentration areas. See page 131 .

145

College of Computer Science

Paul M, Kalaghan, Ph.D., Dean

Mitchell Wand, Ph.D., Associate Dean and Director of Graduate Studies

Helen B. Howard, B.S., Assistant to the Dean

Professors Assistant Professors

Harriet J. Fell, Ph.D. Frank R. Campagnoni, Ph.D.

Richard A. Rasala, Ph.D. Harpal S. Dhama, M.A.

Raoul N. Smith, Ph.D. Andrew M. Klapper. Ph.D.

Mitchell Wand, Ph.D. Deborah J. Mayhew. Ph.D.

Pathck S. P. Wang, Ph.D. W. David Shambroom, Ph.D.

Associate Professors Lecturers

Kenneth P. Baclawski, Ph.D. Philip F. Carrigan, M.A.

Cynthia A. Brown, Ph.D. Pedro J. de Rezende. M.Sc.

John Casey, B.A. Terry M. Smith, M.S.

Agnes H. Chan, Ph.D.

Larry A. Finkelstein, Ph.D.

Robert P. Futrelle, Ph.D.

Stephen I. Gallant, Ph.D.

Carole D. Hafner, Ph.D.

Vijaya K. Konangi, Ph.D.

VieraK. Proulx, Ph.D.

Betty J. Salzberg, Ph.D.

Joint Associate Professor
(Matliematics)

R. MarkGoresky, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

The College of Computer Science offers students the opportunity to
concentrate in the broad field of computer science. The program is
designed for men and women who are seeking to prepare themselves
for productive careers in industry, government, or other organizations
that design, develop, market, or utilize computing systems. A fundamen-
tal goal of the College is to help students develop the ability to recognize
and solve problems arising in the use of modern digital computers in
business and engineering as well as in educational and research envi-
ronments.

In developing the skills necessary to achieve this goal, the student
has the opportunity to assimilate ideas and concepts from theoretical
studies; in-depth, hands-on programming of both large time-sharing
systems and single-user microcomputers; and practical insight gained
from the cooperative education experience.

The concentration in Computer Science is offered primarily on the five-
year Cooperative Plan because of the inherent value of experience
gained in an actual computer-oriented working environment.

Aims Recognizing that the advance of technological innovation casts
the computer in ever-widening roles and brings the concept of the "in-
formation society" closer to reality, the College has adopted the following
aims:

146 / College of Computer Science

1 . To understand the scientific principles that serve as the founda-
tion of computer science;

2. To develop the habits of accurate thinking that are essential to the
description and efficient analysis of computer-related problems;

3. To cultivate an awareness of the common features and mathemat-
ical bases of a wide variety of computational issues arising in ap-
parently unrelated information-processing applications;

4. To communicate ideas and approaches in a clear and concise
manner in a style appropriate to the audience;

5. To maintain an adequate awareness of the pace of information
technology in order to lead innovation rather than follow it.

A View of the Five- Year Program Although students of computer sci-
ence concern themselves, on the surface, with the languages used in
writing computer programs, their involvement in the study of software
design goes much deeper. Students have the opportunity to study the
application of computers to many fields and to consider various ap-
proaches to storing maximal amounts of information in a system's stor-
age devices while minimizing the time it takes to retrieve that information.
How to select the best computer system for a particular application is of
concern. Since errors can accumulate in computer calculations, com-
puter science students are also expected to study ways in which such
errors can be detected and minimized. A newly emerging topic is the
methodology of program structure and design — a concern directed at
determining the best approach to organizing large problems so that the
chance for error, the difficulty of detecting an error, and the cost of
correcting an error are minimized.

The Computer Science Program is designed in accordance with the
recommendations of two large, national professional societies — the As-
sociation for Computing Machinery and the Mathematics Association of
America. It offers a well-rounded and flexible program in which students
are expected to fulfill certain minimum course requirements but are pro-
vided an unusually wide selection of electives from which to choose. In
this way, students have the chance to plan a program of study according
to the particular fields of computer applications most interesting to them.

On balance, the program offers a strong foundation in mathematics
and a variety of program design and analysis courses. The requirement
for seven quarters of social science/humanities electives provides op-
portunity for students to broaden their horizons and to obtain a cultural
context in which to imbed the technical concepts of computer science.

College of Computer Science / 147

Specimen Program for Bachelor of Science in Computer Science

Applicable to students graduating on or before June 1987.

First Year

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Calculus 1

Calculus II

'Physics 1

'Physics II

Comp. Sci. 1 (Pascal)

Comp. Sci. II (Pascal)

English 1

English II

Quarter 3

Calculus III

*Physics III

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec.

Appl. Prog. (COBOL)

Prog. Lang. Lab. 1

(FORTRAN)

Second Year

Quarter 4

Quarter 5

Calculus IV

Discrete Math.

Assembly Lang. 1

Assembly Lang. II

Data Structures

Comp. Org. & Des. 1

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec.

Prog. Lang. Lab. II (LISP)

Prog. Lang. Lab. Ill (DCL)

Third Year

Quarter 6

Quarter 7

Linear Algebra

"Probability

File Processing

Operating Systems

Comp. Org. & Des. II

Coordinated Study

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec.

Fourth Year

Quarter 8

Quarter 9

'^Statistics 1

Compiler Design 1

Analysis of Prog. Lang.

Analysis of Algorithms

Automata & Formal Lang.

Coordinated Study

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec.

Fifth Year

Quarter 10

Quarter 1 1

tComp. Sci. Elective

Coordinated Study

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec.

Comp, Sci. Project

Comp. Sci. Seminar

'Students with a very strong interest in life science nnay be allowed to substitute
General Chennistry I, General Chemistry II, and The Chennical Elements or Gen-
eral Biology, Animal Biology and Plant Biology if schedule permits fulfillment of
the prerequisites for Introduction to Digital Computers I: Design and Organization.
•'Students interested in the theoretical aspects of computer science should substi-
tute Probability I and Mathematical Statistics.

tArtificial Intelligence. Computer Graphics, Data Base Management, or Interactive
Systems Design.

148 / College of Computer Science

Specimen Program for Bachelor of Science in Computer Science

Applicable to students graduating on or after June 1988.

First Year

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Comp, Science 1

Comp. Sci. II

Calculus 1

Calculus II

Fresh. Writing

Discrete Math 1

Western Civilization 1

Western Civ. II

COBOL Lab

Quarter 3

Data Structures

Calculus III

Physics 1

Intro. Literature

FORTRAN Lab

Second Year

Quarter 4

Quarter 5

Physics II

Physics III

Assembly Lang. 1

Assembly Lang. II

LISP

Discrete Math II

Calculus IV

Software Design

DCL Lab or

CLab

149

Third Year

Quarter 6

Quarter 7

Comp. Org. & Des. 1
Linear Algebra
Comp. Sci. Elective (1)
Elective/Subarea (1)

4
4
4
4

Comp. Org. & Des. II

Probability

Comp. Sci. Elective (2)

Tech. Writing

4
4
4
4

Fourth Year

Quarter 8

Quarter 9

Comp. Sci. Elective (3)
Comp. Sci. Elective (4)
Elective/Subarea (2)
Elective/Subarea (3)

4
4
4
4

Comp. Sci. Elective (5)
Comp. Sci. Elective (6)
Elective/Subarea (4)
Computers & Soc.

4
4
4
4

Fifth Year

Quarter 10

Quartern

Comp. Sci. Elective (7)
Elective/Subarea (5)
Elective/Subarea (6)
Elective/Subarea (7)

4
4
4
4

Comp. Sci. Elective (8)
Comp. Sci. Seminar
Elective/Subarea (8)
Elective/Subarea (9)
Elective/Subarea (10)

4
1
4
4
4

Note: Three of the Computer Science Electives must form a complete track.
Database Track: File Structures, Database Mgmt. 1, Database Mgmt. 2
Systems Track: Systems Prog., Operating Syst. 1, Operating Syst. 2
Language Track: Automata, Compiler Des. 1, Compiler Des. 2

Awarding of Degree

The Bachelor of Science in Computer Science degree is conferred by
the College of Computer Science.

151

College of Criminal Justice

Norman Rosenblatt, Ph.D., Dean

Robert D. Croatti, A.B., Associate Dean

Robert E. Fuller, M.A., Assistant Dean

Lester W. McCullough, Jr., B.A., Assistant Dean

Kathleen M. Higgins, M.S., Coordinator of Educational Services in

Forensic Science
Laurie A. Mulcahy, M.S., Assistant to the Dean for Graduate Programs

Professors Associate Professors

Rominer Deming, Ph.D. James A. Fox, Ph.D.

Edith E. Flynn, Ph.D. Nicole F. Rafter, Ph.D.

George L. Kelling, Ph.D. John H. Laub, Ph.D.

Robert Sheehan, M.A., D.Jur.
(Honorary)

Assistant Professors

Norman D. Bates, D.Jur.
Frank A. Schubert, D.Jur.
Wallace W. Sherwood, LL.M,
Paul E. Tracy, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims Established in 1966 under a grant from the Ford Foundation, the
College of Criminal Justice offers its students the opportunity to prepare
for professional careers in the fields of criminal justice and private se-
curity; through its prelegal studies concentration, many students also
prepare for entry to law school. The curriculum has been designed to
offer students a broad academic foundation upon which to base a
professional concentration of courses that introduce students to specific
career areas. Legal studies, law enforcement, private security, correc-
tions, probation and parole, and forensic science are some of the areas
of interest pursued by students. It is also expected that a number of
graduates will choose advanced study in academic fields such as crim-
inology, forensic science, social work, public administration, private se-
curity, and law, as well as in the entire area of criminal justice.

The College was founded to help prepare students to enter profes-
sions that deal with some of the most important social issues of our
times. To deal with these issues and to help prepare graduates for
careers that are rewarding and beneficial, innovative methods and
ideas, as well as the most advanced thinking, are utilized by the College
of Criminal Justice. As a reflection of its significant role in higher educa-
tion, the College has received substantial grants from the Department of
Justice and was designated both as a training center in criminal justice
and as a center of education and innovation in the field of criminal justice
and forensic science.

A View of the Five-Year Program The College of Criminal Justice
offers a five-year academic program on the Cooperative Plan of Educa-
tion, which allows a candidate for the baccalaureate degree to under-
take a specialized program of study. It is anticipated that co-op
assignments may include work in Parole or Probation Offices, law firms,
police departments, private security agencies, public or private institu-
tions, social agencies, prisons, planning and evaluation units, or other
areas related to the criminal justice program.

152 / College of Criminal Justice

Students are offered a broad educational background for future roles
in criminal justice, private security, or law. Because students are prepar-
ing for careers involving the social problems of people from all walks of
life, course work in the social sciences, behavioral sciences, and the
humanities is integrated with professional courses. The liberal content of
the curriculum is highly desirable not only for its value as a foundation
upon which general intellectual development may be based, but also as
an indispensable educational requirement for professional develop-
ment.

Graduates must be prepared to judge objectively the many socioeco-
nomic problems inherent in the administration of justice in contemporary
American society. The College of Criminal Justice helps to prepare stu-
dents for careers that will be not only personally productive and reward-
ing, but intellectually stimulating as well.

Graduation Requirements

Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree must complete ail the
prescribed work of the curriculum, a total of 1 72 quarter hours of credit.

Students who undertake the Cooperative Education Program must
meet the requirements of the Department of Cooperative Education be-
fore they become eligible for their degrees.

No student transferring from another college or university is eligible to
receive a degree until at least one year of academic work immediately
preceding graduation has been completed at Northeastern.

Graduation with Honors

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in the College of
Criminal Justice

First Quarter Third Quarter

English Economics

Economics Foundations of Psychology

Introduction to Sociology Introduction to American

Introduction to Law and the Government

Legal Process Administration of Criminal

_ Justice

Second Quarter

English

Foundations of Psychology

Introduction to Politics

Criticial Issues in Criminal

Justice and Criminology

In addition to the above courses, students may elect to take Basic
ROTC.

College of Criminal Justice / 153
Basic Course Requirements

I. General Requirements

Course Q.H.

Principles and Problems of

Economics* 8

Introduction to Politics* 4

Introduction to American

Government* 4

Foundations of

Psychology I & II* 8

Course Q.H.

Introduction to Sociology* 4

Freshman English I* 4

Freshman English H* 4
State and Local

Government! 4

Western Civilization 8

Science or Mathf 8

Non-CJEIectives(13) 52

II. Professional Requirements

Course Q.H.

Administration of Criminal

Justice* 4

Critical Issues in Criminal

Justice and

Criminology* 4

Introduction to Law and

the Legal Process* 4

Criminologyt 4

Introduction to Cnminal

Lawt 4

Course Q.H.

Criminal Due Process 4

Criminal Justice Research 4

Criminal Justice Electives

(9) 36

'Courses are usually taken in the freshman year.
tCourses are usually taken in the sophomore year

155

College of Engineering

Elisabeth M. Drake, Sc.D,, Acting Dean

Richard J. Murphy, Ph.D., Associate Dean

David R. Freeman, Ph.D., Associate Dean and Director of the Graduate

School
Arlene F. Becella, M.B.A., Assistant Dean
David C. Blackman, M.S., Assistant Dean and Director of Minority

Affairs
Paula G. Leventman, Ph.D., Assistant Dean and Director, Women in

Engineering
Ralph S. Blanchard, M.S., Director Part-Time B.S. Program

Professional Preparation

The College of Engineering prepares students to participate construc-
tively in a technologically changing world, thus contributing as profes-
sional engineers to the accumulation and application of new knowledge.
Fundamentals are emphasized, thus offering students the opportunity to
obtain the basic technical knowledge necessary to practice in a variety
of positions. At the same time, study of the social sciences and human-
ities provides an awareness of the social, economic, political, aesthetic,
and philosophical influences that are part of the context in which stu-
dents will practice their professions.

Aims The concept of education as a continuing, lifelong process nec-
essary for effective work in an environment of constantly new facts,
ideas, and scientific principles underlies the structure of the engineering
curriculum.
Engineering education is directed toward assisting students to:

1 . Understand the scientific principles and knowledge of the particu-
lar branch of engineering selected;

2. Comprehend and develop competence in the engineering
method and its application;

3. Communicate effectively and succinctly the important results of
any technical study both verbally and graphically;

4. Acquire the motivation for continuing professional growth.

A View of the Five- Year Program

The College of Engineering offers five-year cooperative programs in
Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Industrial, and Mechanical Engineering lead-
ing to the degree of Bachelor of Science with specification according to
the engineering department in which the student qualifies. The College
also offers a General Engineering Program, which leads to the awarding
of an unspecified Bachelor of Science degree, through which students
have the opportunity to design a curriculum suited to their objectives.
The various curricula offer students the opportunity to prepare effectively
for employment in industry or postgraduate study.

The undergraduate program begins with three quarters of full-time
study. Course work during the first year helps to build students' under-
standing of mathematics and the physical sciences and to improve their
ability to communicate ideas both verbally and graphically.

The freshman courses act as a foundation for upperclass studies.
They assist students in developing a basic understanding of concepts
in the engineering sciences and introduce them to the engineering
method and its application. About four-fifths of the upperclass program

156 / College of Engineering

is devoted to scientific and technological study, and about one-fifth to
humanistic-social courses, with the aim of balancing the students' grow-
ing technical proficency with an appreciation of the nontechnical as-
pects of society and culture.

Cooperative work in the chosen branch of engineering begins upon
completion of the freshman year and continues throughout the remaining
upperclass years. The work assignments during this time may be most
valuable in helping to integrate the important elements of both an engi-
neering and a liberal arts education. They can also be instrumental in
teaching the value of teamwork and, at the same time, helping the stu-
dent to acquire insight into the problems of actual engineering practice.

Five- Year B.S.-M.S. Programs

Several departments (Electrical and Computer, Industrial Engineering
and Information Systems, and Mechanical) offer programs leading to
both the Bachelor's and Master's degrees in five years. Students with
outstanding academic records (3.0 or better) may carry extra courses
and in the senior year, forego one cooperative work quarter to complete
the course requirements for both degrees.

Part-Time Program Offered
During Evening Hours

The College of Engineering also offers a six-year, part-time curriculum
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Civil, Electrical, or Me-
chanical Engineering . Classes are held in the evening. Admission and
course requirements are the same as for the five-year cooperative de-
gree programs. For further information, consult the evening bulletin of
the College of Engineering, or call the College's Office of Student Ser-
vices at 437-2154.

Computer Facilities

The College provides students with ample computer facilities to support
coursework and research activities. These facilities include a Digital VAX
11/785 system with 32 student terminals; a Data General MV/8000 with
30 student terminals; a Computervision Computer-Aided Design and
Manufacturing (CAD/CAM) system with eight advanced workstations;
and 33 IBM XTs in a local area network to support computer graphics
and design courses. In addition, the university computer center provides
60 terminals for two VAX 1 1 /780s and 40 networked IBM PCs for student
use.

The departments provide a variety of mini- and micro-computer facili-
ties to support special coursework and research.

Graduation Requirements

Degrees The College awards the Bachelor of Science degree in
Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Industrial, and Mechanical Engineering, as
well as the Bachelor of Science degree without specification.

Qualification for Degrees Candidates for the Bachelor of Science
degree must complete all of the prescribed work of the curriculum in
which they seek to qualify with no academic deficiencies. Students who
undertake cooperative work assignments must complete a minimum of
four quarters of cooperative work experience approved by the Depart-
ment of Cooperative Education.

Students transferring from another college or university are not eligible
to receive the Bachelor of Science degree until they have completed at
least one academic year at Northeastern immediately preceding their
graduation. ^

College of Engineering / 157

Graduation with Honors

Candidates who have attained superior grades in their academic work
will be graduated cum laude. Upon special vote of the faculty, a limited
number of this group may be graduated magna cum laude or summa
cum laude. Students must have been in attendance at the University at
least six quarters before they may become eligible for honors at gradu-
ation.

Accreditation

All undergraduate day programs with specification, offered solely by the
College of Engineering, as well as the part-time evening programs in
Civil, Electncal, and Mechanical Engineering are accredited by the En-
gineering Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for En-
gineering and Technology (ABET) (formerly the Engineer's Council for
Professional Development).

Women in Engineering

More women are entering the field of engineering each year as career
opportunities expand. Industry and government, now aware of the
largely untapped pool of qualified women are eager to provide positions
for competent women engineers. Any woman with scientific or technical
interests should consider the many possibilities offered in engineering.

Approximately 500 undergraduate women are currently enrolled in the
college. The Women in Engineering Program Office maintains an inter-
active data base for academic support and networking. An active chap-
ter of the Society of Women Engineers offers a full schedule of technical
and professional programs.

Minorities in Engineering

Through the Northeastern University Progress in Minorities in Engineer-
ing (NUPRIME) program, the College seeks to expand educational op-
portunities for qualified blacks, Puerto Ricans, Mexican-Amencans, and
Native Americans. It provides scholarships based on merit or need.
Every effort is made to provide enough aid so that outside work is not
necessary during the freshman year. Advising and tutorial services are
among the support services provided by the program.

For more details, contact David C. Blackman, Assistant Dean, and
Director of NUPRIME; Rm. 225SN, Northeastern University, Boston, Mas-
sachusetts 02115.

Sample Freshman-Year Program
of Studies in Engineering

The freshman-year program of studies in the College of Engineering is
the same for all designated majors in the College.

First Quarter Third Quarter

FORTRAN Programming Calculus

Calculus Physics

Physics General Chemistry

English English

Second Quarter

Graphics and Design

Calculus

Physics

General Chemistry

The first-year pattern of two-term courses may vary according to as-
signed section. In addition to tlie above courses, students may elect to
take Basic ROTC.

158 ^

Chemical Engineering

John A. Williams, Ph.D., Professor and Acting Chairman

Associate Professors Assistant Professors

Ralph A. Buonopane, Ph.D. Francis C. Brown, Ph.D.

Bernard M. Goodwin, Sc.D. Ronald J. Willey, Ph.D.
Richard R. Stewart, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims Chemical engineering involves the design, construction, opera-
tion, and management of processes in which materials essential to so-
ciety are produced. The goal of the chemical engineer is to develop
processes which use resources most efficiently, economically, and
safely in an environmentally sound manner.

Since the field of chemical engineering is so varied, the program of
study has been designed to offer students broad training in which fun-
damental principles are stressed, providing them with the strong back-
ground needed to acclimate themselves readily to graduate school or to
an industry of their choice. The basic scientific and engineering knowl-
edge in the program provides the graduate with the skills needed to
respond to rapidly changing technologies in the future.

Description of Chemical Engineering The chemical engineer has
been defined as a "professional experienced in the design, construction,
and operation of plants in which materials undergo chemical and phys-
ical change." It is the task of the chemical engineer to reduce the costs,
increase the production, improve the quality of existing products, and
develop new products. Chemical engineering has grown out of discov-
eries in chemical laboratories which have served as a foundation for a
great many new industries whose production processes involve chemi-
cal as well as physical changes.

The petrochemical, biomedical, pharmaceutical, agricultural chemi-
cals, food processing, plastics and synthetic fibers, energy and syn-
thetic fuels, and waste management areas require men and women
trained in chemistry as well as in engineering. Many older industries
such as pulp and paper, metals and glass production, paints and coat-
ings, textiles and electroplating are also employing chemical engineers.
Computerized process controls are being designed to improve the effi-
ciency of older plants and computer-aided design of new plants is be-
coming increasingly common.

A View of the Five-Year Program The essential background for
chemical engineers is derived from the fundamental courses in chemis-
try, mathematics, and physics, required of all engineering students. Stu-
dents then go on to advanced courses which apply these fundamentals
to the solution of engineering problems. These upperclass courses skill-
fully blend the latest mathematical and theoretical analyses with the
practical aspects of the profession.

Chemical engineering is a rapidly broadening field. Tremendous
growth in research and development is occurring in a wide variety of
areas. Students are provided the opportunity to pursue specialized ca-
reer interests through minors, such as a minor in biology, and through
technical electives.

Chemical Engineering / 159

Laboratories

Selected courses in the curriculum contain laboratory sessions that sup-
plement the presentation of material in lectures. These sessions are
devoted to practice in problem formulation and solution including the
use of computers and standard software packages. The senior course
in process design is largely taught in laboratory sessions, with major
emphasis on computer-aided design and simulation

The research laboratories are designed to acquaint the student with
the experimental approach to the solution of engineering problems and
to develop research interests. Graduate research may be conducted in
such areas as energy, pollution control, catalysis, polymers, process
control, mathematical modeling, and computer applications.

Students are first exposed to the basic measurements in engineering
in experimental methods laboratories, with emphasis on temperature,
pressure, and flow rate. Following this, they are given problems involving
such areas as transport properties, kinetics', thermodynamics, and pro-
cess dynamics, which they must solve experimentally. They are required
to design and conduct the experiment, reduce the data using comput-
ers, and write a final report. Students use pilot-scale chemical engineer-
ing equipment in the experiment, when applicable.

Basic Course Requirements**

1. General Requirements

Course

Q.H,

Course Q.H.

English*

Physicsf 4

General Chemistry*

Physics Labt 2

Physics*

Calculust 8

Calculus*

Mathematical Analysis 8

Engineering Graphics*

Economics 8

Computers for

Social Science/Humanities

Engineering*

Electives(4) 16

11. Professional Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Organic Chemistryt

Physical Chemistry

Chemical Engineering

Calculationst

Polymer Science and

Engineeringt

Transport Phenomena

Chemical Engineering

Course Q.H.

Experimental Methods 8

Chemical Engineering

Thermodynamics 4

Chemical Engineering

Kinetics 4

Process Design or

Research Project 12

Chemical Engineering
Electives (4) 16

"'These courses are usually taken in the freshman year.
fThese courses are usually taken in the sophomore year.

""A curriculum revision is being made as this catalog goes to press. Changes in
course sequence and some rearrangement of material may be implemented
soon.

The freshman-year program of studies in the College of Engineering
is the same for all majors in the College. Chemical engineering majors
also are required to take a general chemistry lab course along with the
required general chemistry course. See page 157.

160

Civil Engineering

Mishac K. Yegian, Ph.D., Associate Professor and Chairman

Professors Assistant Professors

Reginald L. Amory, Ph.D. Peter G. Furth, Ph.D.

Frederic C. Blanc, Ph.D. Fadi A. Karaa, Ph.D.

John J. Cochrane, Ph.D. Eugene A. Marciano, Ph.D.

Constantine J. Gregory, Ph.D. Due T. Nguyen, Ph.D.

Kenneth M. Leet, Sc.D. Spiro N. Poilalis, Ph.D.

Stanley W. Zagajeski, Ph.D.
Associate Professors

Leroy M Cahoon, MS Clinical Assistant Professor

Menashi D. Cohen, Ph.D. George H. Brattin, M.S.

Walter E. Jaworski, Ph.D.

Michael Kupferman, Ph.D.

Robert L. Meserve, M.S.

Saul Namyet, B.S.

James C. O'Shaughnessy, Ph.D.

Hormoz Pazwash, Ph.D.

John G. Schoon, Ph.D.

Richard J. Scranton, M.S.

Irvine W. Wei, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims A major aim of the Civil Engineering Department is to provide
students with the opportunity to acquire a fundamental, flexible, yet rig-
orous engineering education so that, in view of inevitable change within
the field, graduates will be in a position to build continuously on their
basic knowledge. A wide range of electives in the humanities, social
sciences, and basic sciences encourages students to investigate areas
outside their specific technical focus and to extend their personal inter-
ests and involvements.

Description of Civil Engineering Civil Engineering is the profession
in which a knowledge of the mathematical and physical sciences gained
by study, experience, and practice is applied with judgment to develop
ways to utilize, economically, the materials and forces of nature for the
progressive well-being of mankind. Civil engineers improve and protect
the environment; provide facilities for community living, industry, and
transportation; and provide structures for the use of mankind. The build-
ings people live and work in, transportation systems, city and town ser-
vices, water supply — all reflect creative planning and application of
engineering principles on the part of civil engineers.

Civil engineers measure and map the earth's surface and utilize these
maps to locate their projects. They design and supervise the construc-
tion of bridges, tunnels, buildings, dams, and aqueducts. They build
supporting foundations for these and other structures. Civil engineers
plan, design, construct, and maintain highways, railroads, canals, and \
airports. They regulate rivers and control floods; build docks, pipelines,
sea walls; develop harbors; design and build plants and systems to
bring pure water to homes and factories; design and build systems for
sewage and refuse disposal; drain swamps and irrigate arid areas

Civil Engineering/ 161

A View of the Five-Year Program The five-year study curriculum is
divided into eleven quarters of school and eight quarters of cooperative
work assignments. The work phase is designed to allow the student to
gain insight into all types of activity normally confronted by the civil
engineer. Thus, the well-motivated student can determine from these
work experiences what further course work preparation will be required
to become successful as a practicing civil engineer. The work expen-
ence also may be valuable in stimulating a certain amount of self-sup-
port and independence.

The first years of the curriculum are, for the most part, devoted to the
fundamentals of math, basic sciences, and engineering that comprise
the foundation for later professional studies. The final years are devoted
to a range of professional subjects, both required and elective. Guid-
ance from a faculty adviser is available throughout the academic pro-
gram.

The curriculum is thus intended to offer a'firm educational background
for students preparing for a career in the planning, design, and con-
struction of structures, transportation systems, and environmental sys-
tems as civil engineers.

Upon completion of the requirements for the Bachelor of Science in
Civil Engineering degree, the graduate may choose to enter the engi-
neering profession or to go on to graduate school for advanced training.
The beginning civil engineer will probably find that graduate course work
is a prerequisite for advancement.

During the first period of employment as a graduate, the civil engineer
may expect to spend some time in the field or the office in work involving
design computations, layout work and supervision of construction, or
obtaining and analyzing information for studies and reports. With in-
creased experience, the graduate will be better prepared to take on
greater challenges and more responsibilities.

Graduates normally seek employment in municipal, state, and federal
agencies as well as in private consulting practice, general construction,
and industry.

Environmental Option This option is designed for engineering stu-
dents intending to work in the field of environmental protection and
improvement. Topics included at the undergraduate level are water sup-
ply, treatment and wastewater disposal, solid waste disposal, and air
pollution. The cooperative program, leading to a bachelor's degree in
civil engineering in five years, offers students the opportunity to imme-
diately enter a professional practice in government agencies, industry,
or private consulting firms, depending on the job market as well as their
own industry and abilities.

Part-Time Program

The Civil Engineering Program is also available on a part-time basis. The
classes are scheduled during the evening hours, usually two evenings
per week. The curriculum can be completed in a minimum of six years.

Student Professional Society

Our Student Chapter of the American Society of Civil Engineers is a very
active and professional organization and participation in its activities has
proven to be a unique complement to Northeastern's traditional class-
room and co-op experience. In addition to traditional activities, which
include sponsoring a weekly professional lecture series and occasional

162 / College of Engineering

field trips to civil engineering construction sites and constructed facili-
ties, mennbers have successfully completed several significant commu-
nity-service projects valued at approximately a quarter of a million
dollars.

The students have developed and designed innovative and educa-
tional outdoor play exhibits illustrating both natural and man-made phe-
nomena for the Children's Museum of Boston. They have worked with
staff members of the Joseph P. Kennedy, Jr., Memorial Hospital for Chil-
dren in the planning, design, financing, and construction of a special
playground for handicapped children. They have designed and con-
structed an outdoor amphitheater for the Salvation Army's Camp Won-
derland, and performed an investigation of fire evacuation procedures
and building modifications for the Cotting School for the Handicapped.
The students have designed and constructed a play-therapy center for
Boston Children's Services Association and a unique play area for the
Language and Cognitive Development Center. They financed, de-
signed, and constructed a children's group therapy facility with indoor
and outdoor components for the Brookline Mental Health Clinic. Last
year. Student Chapter members financed, designed, and constructed a
new wing for Waltham Hospital's Early Intervention Program facility. Each
year, at least one such community-service project is undertaken.

In recognition of these unusual efforts, our Student Chapter has been
designated as the "single most outstanding" chapter in the nation and
consequently has received the Robert Ridgway Award of the American
Society of Civil Engineers for an unprecedented seven out of eight years

Computer Facilities

The Civil Engineering Department uses a vanety of computer facilities to
complement course work and research. The department has two mini-
computers (a Hewlett-Packard System 45 with interactive graphics and
a Digital LSI-11) for laboratory data acquisition. In addition, Civil Engi-
neering also has a microcomputer facility consisting of IBM personal
computers, Apple lis and MAC 8s. All systems are supported with so-
phisticated software packages with applications to all disciplines of civil
engineering.

Laboratories

The Civil Engineering Department is located in a new, modern building
providing expanded and enhanced laboratory facilities.

Soil Mechanics Laboratory The soils laboratory is equipped to per-
form the full spectrum of soil tests, as well as to conduct model studies.

A wide variety of laboratory equipment permits students to perform
tests ranging from those related to soil classification to sophisticated
triaxial tests to evaluate the stress-strain properties of a soil specimen.
The triaxial tests can be of strain-controlled loading, stress-controlled
loading, or a combination thereof. Pore-pressure measurements are
made either electronically with pressure transducers or manually with
null-pressure indicators.

Consolidation-test equipment of various load ranges and types is
available. Consolidation tests applying loads up to 50 tsf on the sample
are possible. The laboratory is equipped with a wide range of electronic
devices, including pressure transducers, load cells, and accelerometers
to expedite data collection.

Civil Engineering / 163

Research with the aid of models can be conducted to study the prob-
lems associated with the design and construction of earth dams, open-
braced cuts, and other similar structures. In addition, model studies on
the behavior of footings or piles are possible for both static and cyclical
loading conditions.

Materials Laboratory The materials laboratory provides for both re-
search and teaching needs. Capabilities are in the experimental deter-
mination of the physico-chemical properties of materials. These include
destructive and nondestructive strength determinations as well as
microstructural and chemical analyses.

Water-Quality Laboratory Capabilities include analyses of both water
and wastewater samples in physical, chemical, and biological regimes.
Laboratory and supporting equipment enable complete studies in the
following areas: water analysis, wastewater analysis, trace-metal and
organic analysis, stream and estuary studies, waste-treatability studies,
unit operations, bioassay techniques, pilot plant studies, tracer studies,
and complete instrument analysis.

Instrument analysis capabilities include atomic absorption, total car-
bon, organic carbon, specific ions, gas chromatography, spectrophoto-
metric, and gravimetric analyses.

Special areas are available for unit operation studies in water and
wastewater treatment. A well-equipped machine shop has been estab-
lished so that special equipment can be designed and built for model-
prototype studies.

Air Pollution Laboratory Equipment is available to sample ambient
air and gaseous and particulate pollutants and to evaluate the physical,
chemical, and biological characteristics of atmospheric pollutants. Con-
tinuous air samples may be established in any area in Metropolitan
Boston and the samples analyzed by ultraviolet-visible, fluorescence,
and atomic spectrophotometry, as well as gas chromatography and
infrared techniques. A portable carbon-monoxide analyzer with pnntout
equipment is available for measurement studies and research work.

Recent equipment additions also make it possible to conduct studies
in noise pollution.

Basic Course Requirements

The following curriculum has been adopted by the Civil Engineering
Department and affects students with expected graduation dates of
1987 and later.

1. General Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course QH.

English

Economics 4

Calculus

Math 4

Basic Engineering

Communication Skills 4

Physics

Social Science/Humanities

Chemistry

Electives(3) 12

Physics Lab

General Elective 4

164 / College of Engineering

II. Professional Requirements

Course Q.H.

Course Q.H,

Computer Applications

Electrical Engineering

in Civil Engineering

Applied Probability Theory

Structural Mechanics

Steel Design 1

Fluid Mechanics

Dynamics

Engineering Economy

Materials (w/ lab)

Structural Analysis (w/ lab)

Concrete Design 1

Environmental Engineering

Engineering

Measurements (w/ lab)

Soil Mechanics (w/ lab)

Professional Electives— 7 required

Thermodynamics

Legal Aspects of

Hydraulic Engineering

Civil Engineering

Structural Mechanics III

C.E. Systems

Structural Analysis II & III

Transportation Analysis

Concrete Design II

Construction Engineering

Geotechnology

Steel Design II

Environmental Engineering

Foundation Engineering

Environmental Design

Environmental &

Air Pollution

Hydraulics Lab

Highway Engineering

The freshman-year program for the College of Engineering is the same
for all majors in the College. See page 157.

165

Electrical and Computer Engineering

John G. Proakis, Ph.D., Professor and Chairman, William Lincoln Smith
Chair

Professors

Arunabha Bagchi, Ph.D.
Ladislav Dolansky, Ph.D.
James M. Feldman, Ph.D.
Kenneth I. Golden, Ph.D.,

George A. Snell Professor
Robert A. Gonsalves, Ph.D.
Arvin Grabel, Sc.D.
Richard E. Grojean, M.S.
Martin E. Kaliski, Ph.D.
SarmaS. Mulukutla, Ph.D.
Harold R. Raemer, Ph.D.
Wilfred Remillard, Ph.D.
J. Spencer Rochefort, M.S.
Sheldon S. Sandler, Ph.D.
Martin E. Schetzen, Sc.D.
Walter C. Schwab, Ph.D.
Philip E. Seraphim, Sc.D.
Michael B. Silevitch, Ph.D.
Robert D. Stuart, Ph.D.
Carmine Vittona, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Marcello J. Carrabes, M.S.
John R. Deller, Jr., Ph.D.
J. Duncan Glover, Ph.D.
Wayne G. Kellner, Sc.D.
Walter H. Lob, M.S.
Robert N. Martin, M.S.

Louis Nardone, M.S.
Sheila Prasad, Ph.D.
Charles T. Retter, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Elizabeth E. Ames, Ph.D.
Chung Chan, Ph.D.
AmirFarhat, Ph.D.
Vinaykumar Ingle, Ph.D.
Francis Kai, Ph.D.
John W. Ketchum, Ph.D.
Dimitris Manolakis, Ph.D.
Kaveh Pahlavan, Ph.D.
Ramachandran Raghavan,

Ph.D.
Bahram Shafai, Sc.D.
Chai-Chi Tsui, Ph.D.
Mahmoud Wagdy, Ph.D.

Lecturers

Robert Angus, M.S.
Chi-Kin Chow, M.S.
Bell Cogbill, Ph.D.
Prawat Nagvajara, M.S.
Fred Nohmer, M.S.
Kevin Paul, M.S.
TaSiu, M.S.

Professional Preparation

Aims Among their many achievements, electrical engineers have
been primarily responsible for the development of the computer, inte-
grated circuits, the pacemaker, satellite communication, space naviga-
tion, microprocessors, television, and the means of providing the energy
needed to run our cities and our industries. At present, electrical engi-
neers are working to help find solutions to the problems of information
transfer and management, industrial productivity, energy conservation
and alternative energy sources, transportation, and health care.

This is just a small sample of the growing wealth of evidence that
indicates that electrical engineering has impact on all facets of our cul-
ture. As with all branches of technology, the societal functions and aims
of electrical engineering are to maintain and improve the quality of life.

Description of Electrical Engineering Despite the diversity of its ap-
plication, electrical engineering may be conveniently divided into two
broad, general areas of information sciences and energy resources. The
area of information sciences is concerned primarily with systems whose
function is computation, communication, or control. Included in this area

166 / College of Engineering

are the circuits and devices that comprise the systems and the appli-
cation of the systems and engineering techniques to other disciplines.
Energy resources deal with problems related to the sources, generation,
and distribution of large quantities of electrical energy. It should be
noted, however, that no rigid boundary exists between the two areas,
and many of the technical specialties within electrical engineering are
applicable to both areas.

Many electrical engineers are involved with the more traditional activ-
ities of system design and development, such as the information sci-
ences or energy resources areas. Other electrical engineers apply the
knowledge gained in their professional education to such disciplines as
ocean exploration, meteorology, experimental psychology, electronic
music, health-care systems, bioelectronics, and educational devices for
the disadvantaged.

The optimistic outlook for electrical engineering is based on the
breadth of the technical activity described above. We are constantly
reminded that among the pressing problems in our society are improve-
ment of industrial productivity, the energy crisis, data communication
and management, urban transportation, health care, and the plight of
the socially and physically disadvantaged.

No one has yet been able to forecast how these problems will be
solved without the use of technological resources. Readily available
electrical energy, data processing, electronic instrumentation and con-
trol, and communication are among the crucial resources needed.

A View of the Five-Year Program The purpose of the curriculum is to
offer the student an education that has the breadth and depth necessary
for professional practice. Breadth is needed to give the student an
awareness of all that electrical engineering encompasses and to provide
the necessary background for independent study, a major criterion for
professional success. Individual career objectives and initial profes-
sional achievement can result, in part, from learning a subject area in
some depth. To achieve the balance between depth and breadth, the
curriculum is divided into the core program and elective courses.

The core program includes those courses with content applicable to
all specialties in electrical engineering and offers students a basic back-
ground for future learning. Subject areas covered in the core program
include:

1. Circuits and systems

2. Electronic devices and circuits

3. Digital computer design

4. Electromagnetic theory

5. Electromechanical dynamics (energy conversion)

6. Electrical measurements (laboratories)

The elective courses are designed to permit students to develop their
own interests. Many students use this part of the program to learn a
particular subject in depth and to better prepare for graduate studies. A
broad range of courses is offered, including Digital Computer Architec-
ture, Software Engineering, Robotics, Communication Systems, Control
Systems, Advanced Electronics, Solid-state Devices, Power Systems,
Wave Propagation and Distributed Circuits, Network Theory, and Math-
ematical Techniques.

In addition, students who wish to conduct individual projects or learn
about a subject area not offered in an elective course may enroll in the

Electrical and Computer Engineering / 167

senior project course and work with an interested faculty adviser on a
one-to-one basis.

Electrical engineering graduates of Northeastern who have attended
graduate schools have done well. Those who have entered industry find
they compare favorably with graduates of other institutions and many
have risen to positions of leadership in their professions.

B.S.-M.S. Program

Honor students may elect the five-year B.S.-M.S. program. By taking
some course overloads and forgoing one senior co-op term, a student
may complete requirements for both the B.S.E.E. and M.S.E.E. degrees
in five years.

Option in Power Systems
Engineering

The Power Systems Engineering Program in Electrical Engineering is a
special option for those who wish to specialize in energy resources. This
program is conducted in cooperation with the electric power companies
in New England and other eastern states. The Master's degree can be
obtained in six years of cooperative education or through the five-year
B.S.-M.S. program described above. For further information about this
program, students are advised to contact Prof. Sarma Mulukutla, Elec-
trical Engineering, 306 Dana.

Option in Computer Engineering

The option in Computer Engineering is provided for those who wish to
specialize in the design of digital computers and their integration within
larger systems for communications, resource management, and auto-
matic control.

In the design of a digital processing system, hardware and software
must be considered as an integrated entity — software cannot be sepa-
rated from hardware considerations. Thus, the computer engineer must
be both a capable programmer and a capable hardware designer. The
collective demands of computer engineering plus traditional electrical
engineering encompass more knowledge than can be included in a
single, highly structured degree program. The solution at Northeastern,
as at many other schools, was to adopt a new undergraduate option
within Electrical Engineering. The objective of this option is to provide
the student with a basic and comprehensive knowledge of the principles
that underlie the organization, design, and applications of digital pro-
cessing systems. It encompasses both the hardware and software de-
sign aspects of the system and offers students the opportunity to acquire
an understanding of the important relationships and "trade-offs" be-
tween the hardware and software components of a digital system. This
understanding is necessary in order to create computer systems that
satisfy the users' needs at prices they can afford.

The Computer Engineering option follows curriculum recommenda-
tions in the report "An Undergraduate Computer Engineering Option for
Electrical Engineering" by the Cosine Committee of the Commission on
Education, National Academy of Engineering, Washington, D.C. 20418
(January 1970). An important feature of this option is that it leads to a
Bachelor of Science degree with specification— a degree in Electrical
Engineering accredited nationally by the Engineering Accreditation
Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology
(ABET).

168 / College of Engineering

Part-Time Program

The Electrical Engineering Program is available on a part-time basis.
The classes are scheduled during the evening hours, usually two eve-
nings per week. The curriculum can be completed in a minimum of six
years.

Laboratories

The seven laboratory courses included in the program are an integral
part of the educational process. Their purpose is both to supplement
concepts developed in core courses and to introduce the student to
design and experimental techniques.

To provide this facet of the educational experience, the Department
has laboratory equipment in excess of $1.5 million. In addition to stan-
dard professional laboratory equipment, several specialized laboratory
facilities are maintained. These include several small digital computers
(such as a PDP-11 or LSI-11), personal computers, a number of CRT
terminals, and a variety of microprocessors. Programming courses and
research programs also use the large computer system of the College
of Engineering and the University.

The freshman-year program of studies in the College of Engineering
is the same for all majors in the College. See page 157.

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements

Course
Calculus
Physics

General Chemistry
English
Basic Engineering

Q.H.

Course Q.H.
Calculus and Math

Analyses 8
Physics 4
Physics Lab 2
Social Science/Humanities

Electives 24

II. Professional Requirements

Course

(

D.H.

Course

Q.H.

Circuits and Systems

,11,

Electronics 1 & II

III, & IV

Electronic Design 1 & II

Discrete and Continuous

Field Theory 1 & II

Systems

Communication Systems

Thermodynamics or

Technical Electives (4)

Material Science

Computer Engineering

Mechanics

Electrical Engineering

Lab

The Electrical and Computer Engineering Department offers a wide va-
riety of technical electives. These enable students to coordinate elective
choices to satisfy their personal objectives of breadth or depth. To aid
in selection, the elective courses are grouped by discipline.

Electrical and Computer Engineering / 169

Technical Electives

Electronic Circuits and
Systems

Theory & Tech, of Semicond.

Devices I
Theory & Tech. of Semicond.

Devices II
Senior Project Labs
Control Systems
Communication Theory
Numerical Methods & Computer

Applications
Digital Techniques

Electromagnetic Theory

Wave Transmission & Reception
Advanced Topics in E & M
Numerical Methods & Computer

Applications
Theory & Tech. of Semicond.

Devices I & II
Senior Project Labs

Computer Engineering

Numerical Methods & Computer

Applications
Digital Techniques
Introduction to Digital

Computers I & II
Communication Theory
Control Systems
Applied Discrete Analysis
Machine & Assembly Language

Programming
Programming Systems
Microcomputer-based Design
Sen-ior Project Labs

Systems Theory

Control Systems
Communication Theory
Numerical Methods & Computer

Applications
Digital Techniques
Power Systems I & II
Wave Transmission & Reception
Senior Project Labs

1 70 / College of Engineering

Power Systems Option Leading
to B.S. Degree— 5 years

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements

Course
Calculus
Physics

General Chemistry
English
Physics
Basic Engineering

Q.H.
12
12
8
8
4
8

Course Q.H.
Calculus and Math

Analyses 8
Physics Lab 2
Social Science/Humanities
Electives (6) 24

II. Professional Requirements

Course Q.H.

Course

Circuits and

E.E. Power Lab.

Systems 1 & II

Electronic Design

Circuits and

Computer Engineering

Systems III & IV

Discrete and Continuous

Thermodynamics

Systems

Electrical Engineering Lab

Electronics 1 & II

Field Theory 1 & II

Transients in Power

Systems

Mechanics

Electric Machines

Electric Power Systems

Q.H.

Computer Engineering Option
Leading to B.S. Degree— 5 Years

Basic Course Requirements

I. General Requirements

Same as general E.E.

II. Professional Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Circuits & Systems

E.E. Lab

1, II, III, &IV

Computer Eng. I-VI

Discrete &

Field Theory 1 & II

Continuous Systems

Communication Systems

Electronics 1 & II

Physical Electronics

Electronic Design 1 & II

Thermodynamics or

Material Science

Mechanics

171

Industrial Engineering and
Information Systems

Robert S. Lang, M.S., Associate Professor and Acting Chairman

Professors Assistant Professors

David R. Freeman, Ph.D. Martin Gardiner, Ph.D.

Lewis H. Geyer, Ph.D. David S. Goldman, M.S.

Ronald R. Mourant, Ph.D. Henry H. K. Kung, Ph.D.

Wilfred P. Rule, M.S. Yang B. Park, M.S.

David Rumpf, Ph.D.

Gerald Voland, M.S.

Associate Professors

Franklyn K. Brown, M.S.
Thomas P. Cullinane, Ph.D.
Surendra M. Gupta, Ph.D.
Carolyn D. Heising, Ph.D.
Stewart V. Hoover, Ph.D.
Thomas E. Hulbert, M.S.
Mieczyslaw M. Kokar, Ph.D.
Emanuel S. Melachrinoudis,

Ph.D.
Ronald F. Perry, Ph.D.
Kenneth S. Woodard, M.S.

Professional Preparation

Aims Industrial engineers are problem solvers. They formulate strate-
gies and make decisions that involve the utilization of individuals, mate-
nals, equipment, and energy to achieve the goals of an organization.
Management needs factual information that defines the consequences
of alternative decisions. The industrial engineer collects this information
and evaluates alternatives to make the decision that best achieves a
particular organizational goal. The scope of decisions may involve the
entire organization or some portion of it associated with a given product
or service.

Traditionally, industrial engineers have been most widely employed in
manufacturing organizations, but increasingly they are finding employ-
ment in service industries, such as airlines, banks, hospitals, and local
and federal government agencies. Courses in the curriculum reflect the
industrial engineer's interest in society's changing attitudes about com-
puters, population growth, pollution, and the quality of life.

Another responsibility of the Department of Industrial Engineering and
Information Systems is to provide a comprehensive view of engineering.
Students are confronted with several problems similar to those they may
encounter in professional careers. Methods of problem solving and
graphic representation of solutions are emphasized so that students
have the opportunity to learn some of the ways engineers communicate
through drawings and sketches. The role of an engineer as a creative
designer is described by relatively large case studies that show the
step-by-step solution to specially chosen problems cutting across sev-
eral engineering disciplines.

Description of Industrial Engineering In performing problem analy
ses, the industrial engineer is concerned with complex, integrated man-
machine systems. To treat the machine elements of the system, the

172 /College of Engineering

industrial engineer requires knowledge of engineering fundamentals.
Also necessary is some background in the behavioral sciences to un-
derstand how the human elements of the system operate and how they
relate to each other and the machines.

A View of the Five- Year Program The program is designed to include
extensive course work in mathematics, physics, science, and the engi-
neering sciences. The first two years provide the student with the oppor-
tunity to build a strong foundation for use in later course offerings.

The required program affords students an opportunity to develop a
strong base in probability, statistics, operations research, and computer
systems. Courses in work design, personnel and organizational behav-
ior, and engineering economy provide an exposure to the problems
frequently encountered in industrial engineering. Elective offerings in the
last few years provide an opportunity for students to familiarize them-
selves with other areas of industrial engineering, such as plant layout,
quality control, simulation, management information systems, production
and inventory control, and material-handling systems design.

The Computer The computer is of particular importance to the indus-
trial engineer since many complicated problems, such as assembly-line
balancing, mathematical modeling, and industrial simulations, require a
computer solution.

B.S.-M.S. Program

An accelerated program is available for honor students, allowing com-
pletion of the requirements for both B.S. and M.S. degrees in five years
through course overloads and the elimination of the senior co-op term.

Laboratories

Integrated Laboratory The new Industrial Engineering Laboratory is
an integrated lab used for a variety of different courses. Directly associ-
ated with the lab classroom are the computer console room, utilized in a
variety of courses; the copying equipment for use in the plant layout
courses; and the machine-tool lab for use in work design. Students work
as individuals or in groups, depending upon the scope and complexity
of the project. Extensive laboratory project work is also conducted on
real problems in outside industrial plants and service organizations. Stu-
dents can view actual operations on occasional plant visits.

Human Factors Laboratory Equipped primarily for experimentation in
perception, the facility is used for demonstration and student projects.

Computer Laboratory Numerous microcomputers and minicompu-
ters provide an opportunity for students to gain experience in operating
computers and utilizing them for application to actual engineering prob-
lems. The department has a large collection of industrial engineering
software.

l\/licroprocessor and Manufacturing Systems Laboratory A labora-
tory with microprocessors is available for hands-on programming expe-
rience in the use of microprocessors in engineering applications.
Students may also develop small experimental situations in the use of
microprocessors and minicomputers in a manufacturing environment.
Robotics experience and study are offered.

Industrial Engineering and Infornnation Systems/ 173

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements

Course Q.H.

Calculus*

Physics Labt 2

Physics*

Economics 1 & lit 8

General Chemistry*

Math Analysis^: 4

English*

Effective Speaking 3

Calculust

Social Science/Humanities

Eng. Graph, and Design*

Electives 8

Computers for Engineers*

Behavioral Science

Physicst

Electives 8
Open Elective 4

II. Professional Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course Q.H.

Work Designf

People and Organizations 4

Mechanics 1

Principles of Computation

Electrical Engineering 1

and Programming 1 4

Probabilistic Analysist

Engineering Economy and

Statistics 1 & II

Statistical Decision

Production and Inventory

Theory 4

Control

Engineering Science

Operations Research

Electives** 8

Systems Analysis

Technical Electives (4)*** 16

Simulation

Design Project 4

The freshman-year program of studies in the College is the same for all
majors in the College. See page 157.

''Usually taken in the freshman year.

t Usually taken in the sophomore year.

tDifferential equations

"Engineering science electives may be selected from:

Mechanics II or 111

Materials Science

Themnodynamics

Fluid Dynamics

Electrical Engineering II
"Four technical electives are required. At least two must be selected from:

Reliability and Quality Control

Microcomputer Programming

Microprocessor Applications

Human Considerations in Engineering Design

Human Factors

At least one must be selected from:

Management Information Systems

Facilities Design

Matenal Handling System Design

Mechanical Engineering

Charles A. Berg, Sc.D., Professor and Chairman

Professors Assistant Professors

John W. Cipolla. Jr., Ph.D. Hamid Nayeb Hashemi, Ph.D.

John F. Dunn, Sc.D. Robert L. Sullivan, Jr., M.S.

Arthur R. Foster, M.Engr. Mohammad E. Taslim, Ph.D.

Alexander M. Gorlov, Ph.D. Wego Wang, Sc.D.
Richard J. Murphy, Ph.D.

Welville B. Nowak, Ph.D., Lecturers

D. Smith Professor of Jonathan Maher, M.S.

Engineering Luis Paz. M.S.

John N. Rossettos, Ph.D. Seyyed Seyyedi, M.S.

Mohammad Shishesaz, M.S.
Mansour Zenouzi, M.S.

John Zotos, Met. Engr.

Associate Professors

George G. Adams, Ph.D.
Ralphs. Blanchard, M.S.
Gregory J. Kowalski, Ph.D.
Bertram S. Long, M.Engr,
Mohamad Metghalchi, Ph.D.
Ernest E. Mills, M.S.
Uichiro Narusawa, Ph.D.
Yaman Yener, Ph.D.
Alvin J. Yorra, M.S.
Ibrahim Zeid, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims Mechanical Engineering is the branch of science broadly con-
cerned with energy, including its transformation from one form to an-
other, its transmission, and its utilization. Mechanical engineers
conceive, plan, design, and direct the manufacture, distribution, and
operation of a wide variety of devices, machines, and systems — includ-
ing complex man-machine systems — for energy conversion, environ-
mental control, materials processing, transportation, materials handling,
and other purposes.

Mechanical engineers are engaged in all the engineering functions,
including creative design, applied research, development, production,
and management. The field of mechanical engineering is broad, provid-
ing an excellent professional base for career choice and interdisciplinary
activities.

Description of Mechanical Engineering Mechanical engineers are
concerned with the development, design, manufacture, and operation
of a wide variety of devices, machines, and systems used in energy
conversion, environmental control, materials processing, transportation,
prosthetics, manufacturing, and the field of consumer products.

The rapid technological advances of the past four decades have con-
siderably expanded the mechanical engineer's sphere of inquiry and
influence. These new areas of inquiry have placed the mechanical en-
gineer in contact with such diverse disciplines as nuclear and solid-state
physics, quantum mechanics, plasma physics, chemical kinetics, mag-
neto-hydrodynamics, and rarefied gas dynamics, to name a few

Mechanical Engineering / 175

A View of the Five-Year Program In the first three years, students
have the opportunity to learn the basic sciences (mathematics, physics,
and chemistry), the engineering sciences (mechanics, thermodynamics,
fluid mechanics, and material science), and the humanities. As upper-
classmen, they may choose to concentrate their studies in the areas of
thermofluid engineering, mechanics and design, or materials science
and engineering.

Thermofluid engineering is concerned with the properties and char-
acteristics of the working fluid of machines. For example, the ability of
an aircraft to fly depends upon the manner in which air flows over its
lifting surfaces. The energy to run a turbine is extracted from the steam
or combustion gases that pass through it. The engineer must understand
and have a knowledge of the concepts of thermodynamics. The effi-
ciency of a cooling tower depends upon the mechanisms by which fluids
transfer heat to surfaces, so the engineer must have a firm grasp of the
principles of heat transfer.

IVlechanics and design are based upon the fundamental scientific and
mathematical tools utilized in the analysis of mechanical configurations
as they evolve in the design of machines and power-producing devices.
For example, the engineer in the area of mechanics and design may
analyze and design structural components for power plants and deep-
sea oceanographic vessels or develop new methods for evaluating fila-
mentary composite structures. In the modern machine-tool industry,
engineers may be concerned with computer control of machine tools; in
the engine industry, they may analyze stresses in components such as
turbine blades. To prepare for such challenges, upperclass students
have the opportunity to expand their basic knowledge by selecting
courses such as Intermediate Strength of Materials, Vibrations, Systems
Analysis and Control, Engineering Analysis, Design Fundamentals, and
Computer-Aided Design.

Materials science and engineering is concerned with relationships
among the structure, composition, properties, and functions of materials
and with control of the structure and composition to achieve desired
properties. Only recently have engineers come to realize that an under-
standing of the principles of materials science enables them to design
more creatively and with greater freedom than the traditional reference
to handbooks. Examples of areas in which mechanical engineers find
materials properties a part of the basic design function include: manu-
facturing techniques, structures (vehicles, buildings), energy conver-
sion, electronic devices (including computers), packaging, and
prosthetic devices. Advanced courses are available for those mechani-
cal engineers who desire further knowledge in the materials field.

B.S.-M.S. Program

Honor students may elect an accelerated program allowing completion
of the requirements for both B.S. and M.S. degrees in five years through
course overloads and the elimination of the senior co-op term.

Part-Time Program

The Mechanical Engineering Program is available on a part-time basis.
The classes are scheduled during the evening hours, usually two eve-
nings per week. The curriculum can be completed in a minimum of six
years.

1 76 / College of Engineering

Laboratories

Mechanical Engineering Laboratories The laboratories in Mechani-
cal Engineering contain equipment ranging from an electron microscope
and ultrasonic measuring devices to pumps and weirs. Students working
on thermofluids projects may use a turbine, various types of engines,
thermoelectric coolers and generators, and a supersonic wind tunnel, to
name a few. A material science laboratory provides research micro-
scopes, various furnaces, a fluid-to-fluid extrusion press. X-ray diffrac-
tion equipment, electron microscope, and other related equipment. For
the mechanics and design areas, vibrations, experimental stress analy-
sis, and materials testing facilities are provided. A continuous effort is
made by the Department to update and replace laboratory equipment.

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course Q.H.

English*

Physicst 4

General Chemistry*

Physics Labt 2

Basic Engineering*

Math. Analysis 8

Calculus*

Social Science/Humanities

Physics*

Elective 4

Calculusf

Economicst 4

II. Professional Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course Q.H.

Mechanics 1 & lit

Measurement & Analysis 4

Thermodynamics It

Fluid Mechanics 4

Thermodynamics II

Materials Science 9

Mechanics III & IV

Design 12

Heat Transfer

Electrical Engineering 4

Dynamics

Research Report 1

Heat Design

'Usually taken in the freshman year.
fUsually taken in the sophomore year.

The freshman-year program of studies in the College of Engineering is
the same for all majors in the College. See page 157.

Junior and Senior Years

Six additional technical courses are taken by juniors and seniors plus
four social science/humanities electives. Elective offerings are subject
to some departmental restrictions. Students should obtain the latest de-
partmental booklet describing these restrictions and current course of-
ferings.

177

Biomedical Engineering

Samuel Fine, S.M., M.D., Professor and Chairman

Associate Professor

H. Frederick Bowman, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims Biomedical engineering is concerned with the scientific princi-
ples underlying the physical and biological sciences and their applica-
tion to problems of biological and medical significance.

Biomedical engineers are engaged in both theoretical and experimen-
tal studies either as independent investigators or as members of a re-
search or development group. They may characterize and determine
the mechanism of action of natural and synthetic macromolecules, ana-
lyze the properties of blood, and/or investigate the structure and function
of such organ systems as the nervous system, the respiratory system,
the cardiovascular system, or the endocrine system. They may design,
develop, market and apply transducers, cardiac pacemakers and de-
fibrillators, heart-assist systems, artificial kidneys and limbs, or diagnos-
tic and therapeutic X-ray equipment. They are important members of the
hospital health team.

Description of Biomedical Engineering There is no special curricu-
lum in Biomedical Engineering. Several of the engineering disciplines
discussed in this catalog help provide the engineer with a background
in the physical sciences. The purpose of the Biomedical Engineering
Department is to assist the engineering student, from the freshman year
through the senior year, to choose courses in the biological sciences
that will complement those in the physical sciences and humanities
taken in the standard engineering curriculum.

Courses may be chosen without prejudicing the students' obtaining
degrees in their field of engineering specialization. In some cases,
courses in the biological sciences can be taken as additional work dur-
ing the student's career at the University. In other cases, courses in the
biological sciences can be taken as electives in the standard engineer-
ing curriculum. The opportunity to take these courses is dependent on
the student's interests, capabilities, and academic record. It is, of
course, limited by possible schedule conflicts.

Students who wish to take an engineering program that includes bio-
logical sciences must contact the Biomedical Engineering Department
on their arrival as freshmen at the University. This is important since
biology is substituted for graphics in the first year.

Education in a program involving the physical and biological sciences
offers a sound foundation for future work toward a doctorate in medicine
or dentistry, a career in biomedical engineering, or a career as an engi-
neer in a hospital or a government agency such as the Department of
Health and Human Services, depending upon such factors as the state
of the economy and the student's own industry and overall ability. Indus-
trial organizations, particularly those in the health-care industry, may be
seeking individuals with a strong background in engineenng supple-
mented by a biological science education. Other career opportunities
may include public health, the psychological sciences, and the marine
sciences.

178

General Engineering Program

Advisory Committee for 1985-1986

Richard J. Murphy, Ph.D., Associate Dean, Chairman

Arvin Grabel, Sc.D., Electrical Engineering

Saul Namyet, B.S., Civil Engineering

Richard R. Stewart, Ph.D., Chemical Engineering

Alvin Yorra, M.S., Mechanical Engineering

Ronald F. Perry, Ph.D., Industrial Engineering

Professional Preparation

Aims Engineering and technology influence virtually all areas of en-
deavor and have a profound effect on the lifestyle and institutions of
society. The impact is both cultural and scientific and is manifested by
the awareness that solutions to society's problems are, in part, techno-
logical. The major purpose of the General Engineering program is to
provide flexible, interdisciplinary educational opportunities based on
fundamental engineering concepts. The interdisciplinary nature of the
program allows the student to develop other areas of interest in which
an engineering background is professionally useful.

Description of General Engineering The program is designed for
students whose interests are in engineering-related professions rather
than in the traditional profession of engineering. It is expected that the
work performed by graduates of this program will encompass the entire
spectrum of professional activity, including such typical areas as com-
puters, urban technology, social systems, and health care.

The General Engineenng program is highly elective and gives stu-
dents the opportunity to develop, in conjunction with their adviser, a
program designed to meet their own career objectives. To achieve this
goal, the student is exposed to the fundamental engineering areas
through courses in electric circuits, systems, mechanics, thermodynam-
ics, and materials. These courses are based on principles developed in
early courses in mathematics and physics. In addition, because the
computer is a basic tool in any technological environment, each student
is required to learn the elements of computer programming. Students
completing the adviser-approved program receive an unspecified B.S.
degree from the College of Engineering.

Graduate education and continuing education are increasingly impor-
tant in professional life. By appropriately planning their programs, stu-
dents will be able to satisfy the course requirements necessary for
admission to various graduate and professional schools, including law,
medicine, public health, and social sciences, as well as engineering.

A View of the Five-Year Program Each student in the program is
required to satisfy the following minimum requirements beyond the
freshman year:

8 quarter hours in mathematics
6 quarter hours in physics (including laboratory)
4 quarter hours in circuit theory
4 quarter hours in materials
4 quarter hours in systems
4 quarter hours in thermodynamics

16 quarter hours in social sciences (consisting of at least two se-
quences of two courses each from the areas of sociology, eco-
nomics, political science, and psychology)

General Engineering / 179

8 quarter hours in the humanities, consisting of at least two courses
fronn the areas of art, history, language and literature (not includ-
ing grammar), music, philosophy, and drama (not including pub-
lic speaking)
The remaining portion of the program is completely elective but must
be designed to fit the student's career objectives. At least 24 quarter
hours of course work must be taken in the professional departments of
the College of Engineering (Chemical, Civil, Electrical and Computer,
Industrial and Information Systems, and Mechanical Engineering).

Beyond the freshman year, students, in conjunction with a faculty
adviser, plan their programs. Basically, the elective program permits
each student to plan a distinctive and highly individual curriculum.

Although each student is enrolled in a "different program," the goals
of each are the same: the breadth of an engineering-based liberal edu-
cation in combination with the development of professional skills.

fi^#!.v

f i-mm

181

School of Engineering Technology
(formerly Lincoln College)

Thomas E. Hulbert, M.S., P.E., Director, Associate Dean of Engineering

Jane E. DeVoe, M.A., Assistant Director

Rasma Galins, Assistant Director

Richard D. Mansfield, B.S., Assistant Director

Professors Assistant Professors

Israel Katz, M.S., Engineering Enc W. Hansberry, M.S., Design

Teclinology Grapliics

Ronald E. Scott, ScD., Visiting Nonna K. Lehmkuhl, M.S.,

Professor Computer Teclinology

Leszek Reiss, M.S., Computer
Technology

Associate Professors

Ernest E. Mills, M.S., P.E.,

Mechanical Engineering

Technology
Louis J. Nardone, M.S., P.E.,

Electrical Engineering

Technology
Thomas E. Phalen, M.S., P.E.,

Mechanical Engineering

Technology

Professional Preparation

Aims The School of Engineering Technology (formerly Lincoln Col-
lege) offers programs in engineering technology. Although these pro-
grams are concerned with the same general fields of engineering
specialization, they concentrate on the applications of technology rather
than its development.

Emphasis is placed on the rational processes involved in converting
theories and ideas into practical techniques, procedures, and products.
The engineering technologist works with the professional engineer, sci-
entist, medical doctor, supervisor, and craftsman in converting scientific
knowledge and craftsmanship into products and techniques. Funda-
mentals are related to current practice, providing a supportive "why" for
the practical "how." At the same time, study of the humanities and social
sciences gives students an opportunity to develop an awareness of the
social, economic, and political influences that are part of the real world.

The structure of the Engineering Technology curriculum is based upon
the dual need for relevant technical skills and a foundation for future
growth. Engineering technology education can assist students to:

1 . Understand the scientific principles that govern the current tech-
nology of the particular branch of engineering that they select;

2. Develop competence in the application of technology to problem
solving;

3. Communicate effectively the important implications of technologi-
cal advancements;

4. Acquire the motivation for continued development of technical
skills.

A View of the Five- Year Program The School offers five-year coop-
erative programs in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering Technology,

182 / School of Engineering Technology

and Computer Technology leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engi-
neering Technology.

Since the first year of study is similar for electrical and mechanical
engineering technology students, a firm choice of major may be delayed
until the spring. At this time, the choice of cooperative work assignments
makes a decision mandatory. Due to the unique program designed for
computer technology, students must decide on this major during the first
quarter of their freshman year. Freshman courses act as a foundation for
upperclass studies. About four-fifths of the upperclass program is de-
voted to scientific and technological study and about one-fifth to human-
istic-social courses, with the aim of balancing technical proficiency with
an appreciation for the nontechnical aspects of society and culture.
Cooperative work assignments during the upperclass years are most
valuable in helping students to integrate the important elements of both
a technical and a liberal education.

Transfer Aerospace Co-op Program The School is offering, for trans-
fer students, a three-year Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree
program with a major in Aerospace Maintenance Engineering Technol-
ogy. This BET program, in cooperation with East Coast Aero Technical
School, is designed for students who have successfully completed an
Aircraft and Power Plant Mechanics or similar technician programs. Dur-
ing their three years of study at Northeastern University these students
will participate in the Cooperative Education system thereby enhancing
the technical classroom education received.

Part-Time Program Offered During Evening Hours The School also
offers six- and seven-year, part-time curncula leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Engineering Technology in the following areas;

Civil Engineenng Technology

Mechanical Engineering Technology

Mechanical-Structural Engineering Technology

Electrical Engineering Technology

Computer Technology

Aerospace Maintenance Engineering Technology (transfer)

Classes are held in the evenings and generally meet two times per
week. For further information on admission to these programs, contact
the School of Engineering Technology (formerly Lincoln College) office
at 120 Snell Engineering Center.

Graduation Requirements

Candidates for the Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree must
complete all of the prescribed work of the curriculum in which they seek
to qualify. A total of approximately 180 quarter hours is required for the
degree. Students who undertake the cooperative education program
must meet the requirements of the Department of Cooperative Education
before they become eligible for their degrees.

Students transferring from another college or university are not eligible
to receive the degree until they have completed at least one academic
year at Northeastern immediately preceding their graduation.

Graduation with Honors

Baccalaureate candidates who have attained superior grades in their
academic work will be graduated cum laude. Upon special vote of th
faculty, a limited number of this group may be graduated magna cum
laude or summa cum laude. Students must have been in attendance at
the University at least six academic quarters and have earned a mini-

School of Engineering Technology / 1 83

mum of 72 quarter hours of credit before they may become eligible for
honors at graduation.

Accreditation

Both the Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Technology baccalau-
reate day programs, as well as the evening part-time baccalaureate
programs in Mechanical, Mechanical-Structural, Civil, and Electncal En-
gineering Technology, are accredited by the Technology Accreditation
Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology
(ABET), formerly the Engineer's Council for Professional Development.

Facilities

Electrical The electrical engineering technology laboratories are de-
signed to familiarize the student with the experimental approach to solv-
ing engineering problems. Boasting a wide variety of modern testing
and measuring equipment, the laboratories are an excellent adjunct to
the classroom. Here the students may perform experiments, simulate or
fabricate systems that have been studied in their lecture courses.

From light machinery and power equipment to microwave precision
systems, students plan and pursue their experiments and projects in the
laboratory. LSI-11 Digital Equipment computers are available for direct
programming or use in other laboratory experimentation. VAX terminals
are available in the laboratory for direct access to the University's Digital
Equipment VAX mainframe computer. The College of Engineering has
recently acquired new Data General and VAX 785 mainframe computers
for use in general programming courses. In addition, a number of per-
sonal computers are available for student use.

Mechanical The mechanical engineering technology laboratories con-
tain equipment ranging from an electron microscope and ultrasonic
measuring devices to pumps and weirs. Students working on thermo-
fluids projects may use a turbine and various types of engines. A mate-
rial science laboratory provides research microscopes, various
furnaces, a fluid-to-fluid extrusion press. X-ray diffraction equipment,
electron microscope, and other related equipment. For the mechanics
and design areas, vibrations, experimental stress analysis, and materi-
als testing facilities are provided.

Computer facilities available to the mechanical engineering technol-
ogy student include various microcomputers for in-laboratory analysis.
For general programming purposes, students have direct access to the
new College of Engineering Data General and Digital Equipment 1 1/785
computers as well as the University-wide Digital Equipment VAX com-
puters. A Computervision CAD/CAM system and the IBM Fastdraft com-
puter-aided drafting system have been installed to allow students
hands-on experience in this rapidly emerging technology. A new state-
of-the-art Computervision CDS 4001 CAD/CAM system supporting five
work stations was recently acquired.

Academic Computer Services

Academic Computer Services is the support arm for the many computer-
oriented curricula of the various departments throughout the University.
Equipment has been updated with the installation of a third powerful
Digital Equipment VAX series system with time-sharing capability. Re-
cently acquired computation equipment include a Data General MV/
8000 mainframe computer supporting forty terminals, a Computervision
Designer V computer-aided design system with three work stations and
the IBM Fastdraft computer-aided drafting system supporting two work
stations and an IBM PC. In addition to this equipment the Engineering

184 / School of Engineering Technology

Center has acquired a new Computervision CDS 4001 CAD/CAM sys-
tem, supporting three high resolution color work stations and two mono-
chronne work stations. A new Digital Equipment Corporation VAX 1 1/785
supporting 32 terminals has been installed in the Engineering Center to
further enhance the computing capabilities of the College of Engineering
faculty and students. These systems, along with continued development
of microcomputer clusters, are designed for both student and faculty
use. As the prime computation center necessary to meet curriculum
requirements, Academic Computer Services is used by the students in
the Electrical Engineering Technology, the Mechanical Engineering
Technology, the Aerospace Maintenance Engineering Technology, and
the Computer Technology programs.

Women in Engineering
Technology

Many women enter the technology field each year. Both government and
industry provide positions of responsibility for women technologists. Any
woman with technical or scientific interests should consider engineering
technology as a career.

Freshman-Year Program

The freshman-year program of studies in School of Engineering Tech-
nology (formerly Lincoln College) is similar for all majors in the School.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Engineering
Technology

First Quarter Third Quarter

Algebra and Trigonometry I Calculus I

Physics I Physics III

English/Writing English/Tech. Writing

Engineering Design Graphics I Physics Lab II

Engineering Design Graphics II*

Second Quarter

Algebra and Trigonometry II
Physics II
English/Literature
Computer Programming for
Engineering Technology*
Physics Lab I

'Computer Technology students take Introduction to Programming, Basic Com-
puter Organization

In addition to the above courses, students may elect to take Basic
ROTC.

185

Computer Technology

Nonna K. Lehmkuhl, M.S., Coordinator for Computer Technology.

Professional Preparation

Aims The Computer Technology program is designed to supply a por-
tion of the manpower needs for the complex computer industry. Gradu-
ates of this program may become an integral part of the engineering
support team which develops techniques to implement the engineering
design project. In this capacity, they become a research and production
team which maintains a close cooperation and communication with the
engineers.

The program is designed to provide students with both academic and
technical learning experience using a basic core curriculum which pro-
vides courses in theoretical and technical areas. Students also choose
technical electives in their area of interest. Theory courses are offered at
the higher levels of the technology spectrum. These higher level theory
courses provide the means for students to continue their educational
and professional development beyond the baccalaureate level. Some
students may be prepared to pursue the Master of Technology degree
or, through supplemental course work, the more theoretical Bachelor of
Science degree.

Description of the Major Computer technology deals with the design
and application of equipment and systems related to the hardware and
software aspects of computers. Its major functions include:

1 . Interfacing the computer with process plants or machinery;

2. Programming the computer for engineering, scientific, and busi-
ness applications;

3. Designing, engineering, and testing computers;

4. Interfacing computers to various types of equipment for automatic
drafting, data collection, design, and display.

A View of the Five- Year Major The present-day high-speed comput-
ers have been realized through the application of technology developed
in the electrical and the electronic fields. Because of this interdepend-
ence, the program of study for Computer Technology begins, as in Elec-
trical Engineering Technology, with the basic courses in mathematics
and physics.

An introduction to computer programming and the study of basic
computer organization provide an early contact with the major field of
study. In addition, the freshman year includes literature and engineering
graphics to aid students in developing the skills to express themselves.

In the upperclass years the balance of hardware and software
courses, combined with hands-on laboratory experience, provides the
student with the opportunity to develop skills for interfacing the computer
with various systems or to design computers and the related systems of
programs. Current practice is stressed.

The senior year technical electives are offered to ensure that students
acquire both depth and specialization.

186 / School of Engineering Technology

The freshman-year program of studies in the School of Engineering
Technology (formerly Lincoln College)'s Computer Technology major is
similar to that of the Electrical or Mechanical Engineering Technology,
with the exception of courses CT 1105 Introduction to Programming and
CT 1341 Basic Computer Organization. These courses are taken in
place of courses GET 1100 Computer Programming for Engineering
Technology and GET 1 1 71 Engineering Design Graphics II.

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements

Course Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Algebra and

Physics Lab. 1 & 11*

Trigonometry 1 & IT 8

Engineering Design

Calculus r 4

Graphics 1*

Calculus A &Bt 8

Introduction to

English* 12

Programming*

Principles of Economicst 4

Basic Computer

Physics 1, II, III* 12

Organization*

Social Science/Humanit

Electives

II. Professional Requirements

Course Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Circuit Analysis I& II 8

Advanced Computer

FORTRAN 4

Organization

Semiconductor Logic 4

CPU Hardware

Electronics 1 4

Architecture

Modern Programming

Non-Numerical Algorithms 4 |

Techniques 4

Micro-Peripheral

Computer Logic 4

Hardware

COBOL 4

Numerical Algorithms

Assembly Language 4

Data Communications

Introduction to CPU

Methods

Hardware 4

Industrial Software

Technical Electives 16

Industrial Hardware
Computer Peripheral

Hardware

'Usually taken in the freshman year.
-[Usually taken in the sophomore year.

187

Electrical Engineering Technology

Louis J. Nardone, M.S., Coordinator for Electrical Engineering
Technology

Professional Preparation

Aims The Electrical Engineering Technology progrann is directed to-
ward supplying some of the manpower needs of the industrial complex
and high technology industries. Because of the nature of high technol-
ogy industries, close communication and cooperation is required be-
tween the technologist and the engineer in forming a viable working
team. Students through their cooperative work assignments in industry
bear evidence of this need.

In an effort to implement these objectives, the program is designed to
provide the student with a broad education through the use of a basic
core curriculum. Courses are offered at a high level of theory at the
upper end of the technology spectrum. Technical electives are offered
to accommodate the student's area of interest.

The higher theoretical level provided in the program also prepares
students to continue their education beyond the Bachelor of Technology
degree. These continued studies could be toward a Master of Technol-
ogy degree or, through supplemental course work, could prepare them
for more theoretical engineering science subject areas.

Description of the Major Electrical engineering technology deals with
the design and operation of equipment and systems related to power,
communications, data processing, and electrical control. Its major func-
tions include:

1. The generation, transmission, and distribution of electrical energy
for light and power purposes;

2. The development and production of equipment for telephone, ra-
dio, television, radar, and communication;

3. The design and construction of data-processing systems and an-
alog or digital computers;

4. The application of electrical and electronic devices in the control
of processes and manufacture.

A View of the Five- Year IVIajor Since electrical engineering technol-
ogy derives many of its fundamentals from developments in the pure
sciences, the program of study begins with basic courses in mathemat-
ics and physics. In addition, the freshman year includes literature and
engineering graphics to aid students in developing the skills with which
to express themselves.

In the upperclass years, courses are divided into four related se-
quences: circuits and systems, including feedback control; microwave
devices; energy conversion, emphasizing electromagnetic devices; and
laboratory work associated with all of the aforementioned. Current prac-
tice is stressed.

In the senior year, electives are offered to ensure that students acquire
both depth and specialization.

The freshman-year program of studies in the School of Engineering
Technology (formerly Lincoln College) is similar for Electrical and Me-
chanical Engineering Technology. See page 184.

188 / School of Engineering Technology

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Algebra and

Computer Programming

Trigonometry 1 & II*

for Engineering

Calculus r

Technology*

Calculus A &Bt

Physics 1, II, III*

English*

Physics Lab 1 & II*

Principles of Economics

Social Science/Humaniti

Engineering Design

Electives

Graphics 1 & II*

II. Professional Requirements

Course

Q.H,

Course

Q.H.

Circuit Analysis 1 & lit

Digital Computers 1 & II

Circuit Analysis III & IV

Distnbuted Systems

Electronics 1, II, III

Circuits Lab It

Control Engineering 1 & II

Circuits Lab II

Engineering Analysis 1

Electronics Lab

Energy Conversions

Advanced Electronics

Electrical Measurements

Labi, II, III

Mechanics

Pulse and Digital 1

Technical Electives

*Courses are taken in the frestiman year.
tCourses are taken in the sophomore year.

Mechanical Engineering Technology

Ernest E. Mills, M.S., Coordinator for Mechanical Engineering
Technology

Professional Preparation

Aims The objectives of the program are to prepare the graduate for
technical support activities as a technologist in the broad field of Me-
chanical Engineering Technology.

The student who has learned the principles of science and mathemat-
ics as applied to his or her field will be able to convert theories into
practical techniques and processes.

The student will be shown how to effectively communicate this tech-
nical information so that he or she may become an integral component
of the engineer-technologist-technician design and operations team.

Description of the IVlajor Mechanical engineering technology deals
with the use of machinery to harness power resources and perform
useful work. In contrast to civil engineering, which deals primarily with
static forces and structures, mechanical engineering technology is more
concerned with the motion and kinetics of devices activated by hy-
draulic, electrical, mechanical, or thermodynamic forces. Major func-
tions of the mechanical engineering technologist include:

Mechanical Engineering Technology / 189

1 . Design and installation of all kinds of machinery, from pocket
watches to the largest steel boring mills;

2. Development and production of engines and transport equipment,
as in automobiles, aircraft, ships, or railway cars;

3. Construction and operation of furnaces and boilers, as well as
heating and air-conditioning equipment, for the control of atmos-
pheric and environmental conditions.

A View of the Five- Year Major Since machinery is the predominant
concern of the mechanical engineering technologist, the program of
study is designed to offer considerable training in the principles under-
lying the design and operation of engines, power transmission devices,
machine tools, and other machinery. This, of course, implies a thorough
study of the physical laws concerning motion and transfer of energy.
Applied mechanics, thermodynamics, and study of materials will occupy
prominent places in the program.

These studies help provide the student with a broad foundation in
those fundamental subjects essential to the understanding of current
practice. In the senior year, students have elective choice and opportu-
nity for specialization.

The freshman-year program of studies in the School of Engineering
Technology (formerly Lincoln College) is similar for Electrical and Me-
chanical Engineering Technology. See page 184.

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course Q.H.

Algebra and

Physics Lab 1 & 11* 4

Trigonometry 1 & 11*

Engineering Design

Calculus r

Graphics 1 & II 8

Calculus A &Bt

Computer Programming

English*

for Engineenng

Phnciples of Economics

Technology 4

Physics 1, II, III*

Social Science/Humanities

Engineering Economy

Electives 20

II. Professional Requirements

Course
Mechanics A & Bf
Mechanics C
Stress Analysis Af
Stress Analysis B
Matenals A
Engineering Design
Electricity and
Electronics I
Measurement and
Analysis Lab A

Q.H.
8
4
4
4
4
4

Course Q.H.

Mechanical Design A & B 8
Thermodynamics A & B 8

Fluid Mechanics A& B 8

Technical Labs A, B, C, D,
E 10

4
4

Refrigeration and Air

Conditioning
Heat Transfer
Machine Shop
Technical Electives

""Usually taken In the freshman year,
-f Usually taken in the sophomore year.

191

College of Nursing

Juanita 0, Long, R.N., M.S.N., Ed.D., Dean

Joan Grindley, R.N., M.S.N., Ed.D., Associate Dean

Diane W. Porter, R.N., M.S.N. , Assistant Dean

Angelo J. Logiudice, M.Ed., C.A.G.S., Assistant to the Dean

Associate Professors

Jane Aroian, R.N., M.S.N.
Olivia M. Breton, R.N., M.Ed.
Elaine Capozzoli, R.N., M.A.
Janet Carroll, R.N.. M.S.
Teresa Chopoorian, R.N., Ed.D.
Ellen T. Daly, R.N., M.S.N.
Flora M. DeScenza, R.N., M.S.
Margaret S. Edmands, R.N.,

Ed.D.
M. Paula Fellows, R.N., M.S.
Jean P. Gilbert, R.N., M.S.
Lee Ann Hoff, R.N., Ph.D.
MaryC. Keaney, R.N., M.S.N.,

C.A.G.S.
M. Marcia Lynch, R.N., M.S.
Susan C. Marchessault, R.N.,

M.S.
Geraldine A. Medici, R.N., M.S.
Manlyn M. Smith, R.N., M.S.,

M.B.A.
Joyce E. Tingle, R.N., M.S.
Nancy Walden, R.N., M.S.N.
Mary E. Wilcox, R.N., M.S.
M. Delaine Williamson, R.D.,

M.S.

Assistant Professors

Nancy N. Carr, R.N,, M.S.
Lael T. Cutler, R.D., M.P.H.
D. Jeanne Otto, R.N., M.S.,

M.Ed.
Janice B. Meisenhelder, R.N.,

D.N. Sc.
Mary Ann L. Ringquist, R.N.,

Ed.D.

Instructors

Charlotte Carneiro, R.N., M.S.
Katherine F. Ciganovic, R.N.,

M.S.N.
Cathenne Deering, R.N., M.S.N.
Maureen A. McMullen, R.N.,

M.S.
Knsten K. Schmidt, R.N., M.S.N.

Professional Preparation

Aims The College of Nursing is committed to preparing professional
nurses capable of practicing in a variety of settings. To accomplish this
aim, students are provided with a broadly based educational experience
which is supportive of both personal and professional growth and pro-
vides a foundation for graduate study in nursing. The College of Nursing
also provides opportunities for individuals from diversified backgrounds
and/or with changing career goals to pursue professional nursing edu-
cation.

Opportunities for Registered Nurses The College of Nursing ac-
cepts Registered Nurses who wish to complete requirements for the
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing. The length of the program varies
depending upon the individual's previous educational experience and
ability to achieve advance placement through selected testing methods.

A View of the Nursing Program The College of Nursing was estab-
lished at Northeastern University in 1964. In keeping with its commitment
to professional nursing education, the College offers a course of study
which emphasizes nursing theory and nursing research, the humanities,

192 /College of Nursing

and the biological, physical, and social sciences. The study of nursing
begins in the freshman year. Clinical experience in health care settings
is introduced in the second year of the program. Approximately thirty
outstanding hospitals and health-related agencies provide facilities for
clinical laboratories.

The College of Nursing was the first in the nation to operate on a
cooperative education plan. Beginning in the sophomore year, students
alternate periods of academic study with cooperative work experiences.

During periods of employment, students have the opportunity to gain
experience in nursing settings. The salary earned during the cooperative
work placement accrues totally to the student. Placements are arranged
by a nursing coordinator in accordance with agreements made by the
University with health care agencies. Cooperative work experiences are
available not only in the Greater Boston area but also in selected sites
across the country.

Students are admitted in September and January. A summer program
is provided for transfer students.

Graduation Requirements

Degrees An overall minimum scholastic average of C in both nursing
and general studies is required for graduation.

The program is five years in length and leads to the degree of Bach-
elor of Science in Nursing.

Accreditation

The program of the College of Nursing is fully accredited by the National
League for Nursing and approved by the Board of Registration in Nurs-
ing of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Licensure

The program is designed to prepare graduates to qualify to take the
professional examination for practice as a registered nurse.

Transfer Credit

Students may be allowed to transfer credits earned in courses at other
institutions if a grade of C or better has been obtained and if the courses
are comparable to courses required at Northeastern University. It is
unusual for specific nursing courses to be transferable.

Special Requirements

Health Clearance Every student must have a complete physical ex-
amination, including a tuberculin test, prior to registering for first quarter
classes. Similarly, proof of immunization against German measles is
required unless a satisfactory antibody titre against German measles is
demonstrated.

All students must carry malpractice insurance. Arrangements for this
insurance are made by the University. Students in the College of Nursing
are required to wear the school uniform in clinical laboratory areas dur-
ing academic quarters. A modification of the uniform is worn during
cooperative work periods.

College of Nursing/ 193

Sample Freshman- Year Program of Studies
in the Nursing Program

First Quarter

Biology

Western Civilization

English

Nursing

Second Quarter

General Chemistry
Biology
English
Nursing

Third Quarter

General Chennistry
Anatomy

Western Civilization
Human Nutrition

NOTE: Current requirements are now being revised. Information concerning new
requirements may be obtained from the Office of ttie College of Nursing, 102
Robinson Hall.

Basic Course Requirements: Baccalaureate Degree

1. General Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Biology

Fundamentals of

Western Civilization

Psychology 1 & II

English

Social Anthropology

General Chemistry

Principles of Sociology

Anatomy

Social Psychology

Microbiology

Electives (6)

Physiology

(includes 8 Q.H, of

Growth and Development

Humanities)

&II

Pharmacology

II. Professional Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Nursing

Maternal-Child Nursing

Human Nutrition

Psychiatric-Mental Health

Nursing

Community Health Nursing 9

Medical-Surgical Nursing

Issues in Contemporary

Nursing

Introduction to Nursing

Research

195

College of Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions

Gerald E. Schumacher, Pharm. D., Ph.D., Dean and Director, Graduate

School of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions
Judith T. Barr, M.Ed., Associate Dean

Joseph F. Palumbo, M.S., Assistant to the Dean for Student Affairs
Anne M. Ahem, M.Ed., Director, Academic Support Services
Kathleen T. Foley, A.S., Assistant to the Dean

Professional Preparation

Aims Northeastern University recognizes the increased demand for
well-educated pharmacists and allied health professionals. The College
of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions has pledged to meet this
need through a unique combination: the Cooperative Plan of Education
and a highly innovative academic program designed to offer students
the opportunity to prepare themselves to become effective professional
practitioners, to enter graduate schools, and to obtain employment in
the many areas responsible for the delivery of health care.

A View of the Five-Year Program Fundamental to the College's ap-
proach to health-care education are:

1 . A curriculum of highly relevant and closely integrated courses in
the physical, biological, behavioral, and administrative sciences
comprising the basis of modern professional practice;

2. A meaningful involvement in the clinical aspects of patient care
via affiliations with teaching hospitals and related institutions;

3. A cooperative work program, including an externship-internship
period, and a clinical component offenng students the opportunity
to acquire the skills and actual experience integral to the total
program;

4. A commitment to the search for and advancement of new and
progressive concepts, ideas, and philosophies of education and
professional practice.

Facilities

The College occupies the Mugar Life Sciences Building on the main
campus of the University. Completed in 1963, this multimillion-dollar
facility offers proximity to all the academic and extracurricular activities
of the University.

The building and the Amelia Peabody Health Professions Center ad-
dition, with its well-equipped laboratories and classrooms for both un-
dergraduate and graduate programs, are designed to anticipate the
physical needs of a growing and progressive College. In addition to
faculty and administrative offices, a Drug Information and Resource
Center, a data-processing area, and the graduate school, there are
laboratories for radioisotopes, clinical chemistry, medicinal chemistry,
drug analysis, prescription pharmacy, hematology, immunology, phar-
macology, respiratory therapy, medical record science, and clinical mi-
crobiology. Animal rooms and audiovisual capabilities for all programs

196 / College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

are also featured in this five-story structure. Research facilities are
available for upperclass students who participate in original research
projects.

Transfers with Advanced
Standing

The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions may accept
qualified transfer students who have successfully completed one or
more years of preprofessional course work in an accredited college or
university.

Degrees Granted

The degrees of Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy,
Bachelor of Science in Respiratory Therapy, Bachelor of Science in Tox-
icology, Bachelor of Dental Hygiene, Associate in Science, and Associ-
ate in Science in Dental Hygiene are awarded to qualified candidates.

Accreditation

Each of the programs offered by the College is accredited by the appro-
priate professional group. The College holds memberships in both the
American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy and the American Soci-
ety of Allied Health Professions.

Health-Care Curriculum
Open Option

Students interested in pursuing a career in the health-care professions
who are undecided as to which profession is right for them should ex-
plore the Open Option offered by Northeastern's College of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions.

Aims The Open Option program offers freshmen a core of courses
designed to provide the basic scientific background required for each
of the professional programs in the College of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions. Students are also introduced to the basic principles
of health-care delivery, health-care agencies and services, and atti-
tudes, behavioral aspects, and policies that may influence health-care
systems.

The Open Option is especially valuable to students who need assis-
tance in determining an area of interest within the health-care field. By
examining various professions, and thus gaining an overview of the
discipline, students can refine their health-care career goals. They may
also familiarize themselves with what is expected of them in vahous
health-care professions. Subsequent selection of a professional pro-
gram may proceed more smoothly, an advantage that may help students
gain more confidence and certainty in pursuing a degree. Even though
in the Open Option students consider various health professions, they
still complete some prerequisite courses required of all the professional
programs and so do not lose valuable time prior to selecting a major.

A View of the Plan In the Open Option Plan, students may complete
the core courses in the first-year curriculum without selecting a profes-
sion in which to major and without loss of valuable time. Upon satisfac-
tory completion of the first year of courses, students select a professional

Dental Hygiene/ 197

area in which to major. Professions in the college include pharmacy,
health record administration, medical laboratory science, respiratory
therapy, and toxicology.
The courses offered in the first-year Open Option include:

— Functions and Basic Calculus

— General Chemistry I and II

— General Biology

— Animal Biology

— Freshman Writing

— Introduction to Literature

— Professional Dynamics in the Health-Care Delivery System

Satisfactory completion of the eight courses in the Open Option core
curriculum, as well as other courses completed during the freshman
year, is necessary for admission to one of the professional programs of
the college.

The Open Option Plan does not apply to the Dental Hygiene program.

Dental Hygiene

Associate in Science Degree
Professional Preparation

Aims The Forsyth School of Dental Hygienists conducts a program of
dental hygiene education in cooperation with Northeastern University.
Students in this two-year program attend classes at both the Forsyth
Dental Center and Northeastern. The dental hygienist is licensed to ren-
der preventive services to a patient under the supervision of a dentist,
including administering dental prophylactic treatment, preparing dental
radiographs, and teaching prescribed methods of maintaining dental
health.

A View of the Program The first year includes courses in anatomy
and physiology, chemistry, microbiology, histology, nutrition, dental ma-
lenals, radiology, periodontology, dental hygiene, and clinical dental
hygiene instruction. In the second year, students take general courses,
such as English, sociology, and psychology, and professional courses
in pathology, public health, pharmacology, dental hygiene, and head
and neck anatomy; they also continue to receive clinical dental hygiene
instruction.

Degree Students satisfactorily completing the program will receive the
Certificate in Dental Hygiene from Forsyth and may elect to receive the
Associate in Science degree in Dental Hygiene from Northeastern Uni-
versity. Graduates are required to fulfill the Dental Hygiene licensure
requirements in the state in which they intend to practice.

Accreditation

This program is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation
of the American Dental Association.

Admissions

Students are admitted directly to the Forsyth School for Dental Hygien-
ists and should contact Forsyth for catalogs and applications by writing
to 140 The Fenway, Boston, f\/lassachusetts 021 15.

198 / College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Sample Freshman- Year Program of Studies in Dental Hygiene for
the Associate Degree

First Quarter

Third Quarter

Human Anatomy and Physiology

Microbiology

Chemistry

Dental Materials

Dental Anatomy

Periodontology II

Radiology

Nutrition

Dental Hygiene

Clinical Dental Hygiene

Second Quarter

Human Anatomy and Physiology

Chemistry

Histology

Periodontology 1

Dental Hygiene

Clinical Dental Hygiene

Basic Course Requirements for the Associate Degree

1. General Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

English Composition and

Foundations of

English Literaturef

Psychology If

Chemistry*

Sociologyt

Microbiology*

Human Anatomy and

Physiology*

II. Professional Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Dental Anatomy*

Pathologyt

Radiology*

Periodontology*

Dental Hygiene**

Public Healtht

Clinical Dental Hygiene**

Pharmacologyt

Nutrition*

Head and Neck Anatomyt 2

Histology*

Dental Matenals*

Independent Studyf

* These courses are usually taken in the first year.

■[These courses are usually taken in the second year.

**These courses are usually taken in both the first and second years.

Bachelor of Dental Hygiene

Degree Program

Professional Preparation

Aims This program is a two year post-certificate or post Associate
degree course of study which is designed to prepare leaders for the
challenging world of dental health. Options for majoring in dental re-
search or education are offered to prepare hygienists for advanced
positions in administration, community service and industry, as well as
research and education.

Dental Hygiene/ 199

A View of the Program The curriculum provides liberal arts, science
and technical courses, as well as supervised practical experience in
each area of specialization. This program consists of six quarters of
study over two academic years with both Forsyth and Northeastern Uni-
versity offering the following core courses common to the concentration
in either research or education.

Core Courses for the Bachelor of Dental Hygiene Degree

Advances in Oral Microbiology

Advanced Periodontology I and II

Advances in Dental Pharmacotherapeutics

Advances in Cariology

Oral Immunology

Dental Public Health

Dental Seminars

Periodontology Clinic

Expanded Functions Clinic

Fundamentals of Mathematics

Human Development and Learning

Caring for Patients: Psychosocial Aspects of Illness

Introduction to Data Processing for Health Professionals

Applied Health Statistics

Professional Dynamics in the Health Care Delivery System

The concentration in research will require work on a research problem,
while students concentrating on education will study curriculum devel-
opment, teaching procedures, measurement and evaluation. Students
in both specializations will have an opportunity for electives.

Degree Students satisfactorily completing the program will receive a
Certificate in Advanced Dental Hygiene from Forsyth and the Bachelor
of Dental Hygiene degree from Northeastern University.

Admissions Admission is limited to applicants who have graduated
from an accredited dental hygiene program and earned a Certificate or
an Associate degree. Students may apply for admission dunng the sec-
ond year of a two-year dental hygiene program provided they complete
the course prior to starting the bachelor's degree program.

Applicants for admission to this post-certificate program are evaluated
on past academic record, leadership potential, related dental hygiene
work experience, and letters of recommendation. An applicant must
have successfully completed the National Board Dental Hygiene Exam-
ination and be licensed as a dental hygienist in the United States at the
time of matriculation.

Bachelor of Science Degree

Programs in Health Science or

Education

Graduates of the Associate in Science degree program for dental hy-
gienists may apply to University College of Northeastern University,
which offers part-time day and evening courses leading to a Bachelor of
Science degree in Health Science.

Graduates interested in health education may apply to transfer into
the third year of the Bachelor of Science degree program in Education
offered by Northeastern University's Boston-Bouve College of Human
Development Professions.

200

Health Record Administration

Judith Weilerstein, M.P.H., Associate Professor and Director

Assistant Professor

Leslie A. Blide, M.A.

Professional Preparation

Aims A health record administrator organizes, operates, and manages
medical record services. Northeastern's program offers students the
opportunity to develop the capability to design manual and automated
health information and retrieval systems; to plan, organize, and direct
medical record services; to develop, analyze, and evaluate medical
records and indexes; to work with medical and administrative staffs in
developing methods for evaluation of patient care; and to participate in
research projects utilizing health-care information.

A View of the Five-Year ly/lajor In the first two years, the student will
concentrate on liberal arts and sciences, including the required human
anatomy and physiology courses and an overview of microbiology.
Courses in health-care science are offered to help the student prepare
for a role in health administration and health-care delivery.

The program offers the opportunity for preparation in administration,
in departmental and hospital management and organization, and in
electronic data processing. The professional courses in medical record
science, medical terminology, and hospital law are complemented by
directed applied study in medical record science at an affiliated health
facility.

Degree The Health Record Administration program is offered on the
cooperative plan. Successful completion of the prescribed curriculum,
including directed study at an affiliated health center, will permit the
award of a Bachelor of Science degree. Usually, graduates are eligible
to take the registration examination given by the American Medical Rec-
ord Association.

Certificate Program The one-year Health Record Administration Cer-
tificate program is designed for candidates holding a baccalaureate or
master's degree who desire to enter a new career. The four-quarter
curriculum is designed to offer students who have demonstrated lead-
ership potential and self-direction the opportunity to participate in an
accelerated program that includes an integrated clinical practice expe-
rience. This clinical practice begins in the second quarter and totals
more than 300 hours, including a four-week management experience at
the conclusion of the last quarter.

Accreditation

The Health Record Administration Program is accredited by the Com-
mittee on Allied Health Education and Accreditation (CAHEA) of the
American Medical Association in cooperation with the Council on Edu-
cation of the American Medical Record Association (COE-AMRA).

Special Information

Students interested in this profession should arrange for an interview
with the program director.

Health Record Administration / 201

Sample Freshman- Year Program of Studies in Health Record
Administration

First Quarter

English Connposition

Biology

Math

Psychology

Orientation to Health Records I

Second Quarter

Biology
Math
Liberal Arts

Elective
Professional Dynamics in the

Health-Care Delivery System

Third Quarter

Psychology
Liberal Arts

Elective
Microbiology
English Literature

In addition to the above courses, students may choose to take ROTC.

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course Q.H.

English Composition and

Organizational Behavior

English Literature*

Introduction to Computer

Mathematics*

Science

Communications

Psychology*

Biology (General

Sociology or

and Animal)*

Anthropologyt

Microbiology*

Liberal Arts Electives

II. Professional Requirements

Course

O.H.

Course <

Q.H.

Orientation to Health

Health Science Education

Records

Directed Practice

Health Records

Application of Medical

Science l-IV

Computers

Medical Terminology

Quality Assurance

Foundations of

Independent Study

Medical Science

Special Topics**

Hospital Law

Health Record

Management of Health

Professional

Record Services

Professional Dynamics

Applied Health

in the Health-Care

Statistics

Delivery System*

Clinical Seminar

Anatomy and Physiologyt

Seminar in Medical

Systems Analysis

Records

Statistics

'These courses are usually taken In the freshman year
tThese courses are usually taken in the sophomore year
"Assigned per Program Director.

202

Medical Laboratory Science
(IVIedical Technology)

Gerald L. Davis, Ph.D., Associate Professor and Director

Professor Assistant Professors

James J. Gozzo, Ph.D. Robert F. Martin, Ph.D.

Elizabeth G. Szymczak, M.S.
Associate Professors

Judith T. Barr, M.Ed.

Britta L. Karlsson, M.S.

Professional Preparation

Aims Medical technology involves the application of principles of nat-
ural, physical, and biological sciences to the performance of laboratory
determinations used in the diagnosis and treatment of disease and the
maintenance of health. It is projected that the demand for properly edu-
cated and certified medical technologists and medical laboratory tech-
nicians will increase as a result of greater emphasis on the quantity,
quality, and efficiency of health-care delivery. With educational oppor-
tunities available in hematology, immunohematology, clinical chemistry,
and clinical microbiology, students have the opportunity to prepare
themselves for positions not only in a hospital laboratory but also in
research, industrial, and governmental institutions. Related co-op work
experience in hospitals, clinics, research, and industry helps prepare
the graduates for a variety of positions in the working world. Since 1976,
opportunities for six months of co-op work experiences in foreign coun-
tries have been available to interested students. These have been an
enriching experience for the participants.

For qualified graduates, additional opportunities may be found in lab-
oratory administration, education, and graduate programs.

A View of the Five- Year Major Students enter the College in the Med-
ical Laboratory Science program (medical technology). The College of-
fers a five-year modified cooperative course of study leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Science. Upon satisfactory completion of the
baccalaureate degree, the student should be eligible to take national
certification examinations in medical technology and clinical laboratory
science. Some states may require additional licensure examinations.

During the junior and senior years, qualified students are assigned to
the hospital components of the medical technology program. To qualify
for entrance into the hospital component of the program, students must
have an acceptable grade point average; have successfully completed
all University course requirements, including those in biology, chemistry,
mathematics, and medical laboratory science; and have met other cri-
teria established by the Clinical Studies Admission Committee. The
professional courses in hematology, pathogenic microbiology, serology,
mycology, parasitology, clinical chemistry, instrumentation, and blood
banking are included in both the University and the hospital components
of the program.

Students in the five-year major who decide not to complete their
course of study may transfer into the three-year Associate degree pro-
gram. In addition, through the Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions, programs leading to the Master of Science and Doc-
tor of Philosophy degrees are offered.

Accreditation

Medical Laboratory Science (Medical Technology) / 203

Degree The degree granted is the Bachelor of Science.

A View of the Three- Year IVIajor Students enter the College of Phar-
macy and Allied Health Professions as Medical Laboratory Science
(Medical Laboratory Technician) majors. This three-year modified co-op
program leads to an Associate degree.

The first two years of academic study parallel the baccalaureate pro-
gram. During the third year students alternate related co-op work expe-
rience with clinical applied studies at affiliated hospitals.

During the middler (third) year, qualified students are assigned to the
hospital components of the Medical Laboratory Technician program. To
qualify for entrance into the hospital component of the program, students
must have an acceptable grade point average; have successfully com-
pleted all other requirements of the program; and have met the criteria
as defined by the program.

Upon completion of the professional component of the program, stu-
dents are eligible to write national certification examinations for medical
and clinical laboratory technician.

Degree The degree granted is the Associate of Science degree.

The Associate in Science and the Bachelor of Science degree programs
are accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and Ac-
creditation of the American Medical Association.

Sample Freshman- Year Program in Medical Laboratory Science

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Math or Calculus

General Chemistry

General Biology

Animal Biology

English Composition

Professional Dynamics in

Medical Laboratory Science

the Health-Care

Orientation 1

Delivery System
Medical Laboratory Science
Orientation II

Third Quarter

Electives

English Literature

Basic MLS Urinalysis

Analytical Chemistry

Basic Course Requirements for the Baccalaureate Degree

1. General Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course '

Q.H.

English and English

Genetics and

Literature*

Developmental Biology

Biology— General

Physics

and Animal*

Microbiology

Math or Calculus*

Humanities Electives

General Chemistry*

Social Science Electives

Organic Chemistryt

General Electives

Analytical Chemistry*

Computer Science or

Physiologyt

Statistics Elective

Cell Biology

204 /College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

II. Professional Requirements

Course Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Medical Laboratory

Clinical Chemistry II, III, IV

Science Orientation 1 &

Clinical Microbiology II,

II*

III, IV

Basic M.L.S. Urinalysis

Applied Study

Basic M.L.S.

(at hospital)

Hematology It

Laboratory Management

Basic M.L.S.

Health Science Education

Hematology lit

Parasitology

Basic M.L.S.

Mycology

Immunology,

Senior Seminar

Immunohematology,

Special Topics

and Serologyt

Professional Dynamics

Basic M.L.S. Chemistry

in the Health-Care

and Instrumentationt

Delivery System*

Basic M.L.S. Clinical

Microbiologyt

Hematology III

Immunohematology 11

Hematology IV

Basic Course Requirements for the Associate Degree

1. General Requirements

Course Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

English and English

Analytical Chemistry*

Literature*

Physiologyt

Biology — General and

Humanities Elective

Animal*

Computer Science or

Math or Calculus*

Statistics

General Chemistry*

II. Professional Requirements

Course Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Medical Laboratory

Basic M.L.S. Clinical

Science Onentation

Microbiologyt

i&ir

Basic M.L.S.

M.L.S. Urinalysis

Immunohematology and

Basic M.L.S. Hematology

Serologyt

Basic M.L.S. Clinical

Basic M.L.S. Hematology

Chemistry and

lit

Instrumentationt

Professional Dynamics in

Applied Study (at

the Health Care Delivery

hospital)

System

* These courses are usually taken in the freshman year,
t These courses are usually taken in the sophomore year.

205

Pharmacy

Richard C. Deth, Ph.D., Associate Professor and Director

Medicinal Chemistry Section

Robert N. Hanson, Ph.D.,
Associate Professor and
Section Leader

Professors

Roger W. Giese, Ph.D.
John L. Neumeyer, Ph.D.
Robert F. Raffauf, Ph.D.

Pharmaceutics Section

Mehdi Boroujerdi, Ph.D.
Assistant Professor and
Section Leader

Assistant Professor

Harry Suryakusuma, Ph.D.

Pharmacology Section

Norman R. Boisse, Ph.D.,
Associate Professor and
Section Leader

Professors

O. James Inashima, Ph.D.
Elliot Spector, Ph.D.

Assistant Professor

Barbara L. Waszczak, Ph.D.

Pharmacy Practice Section

Larry N. Swanson, Pharm.D.,
Associate Professor and
Section Leader

Professors

Arnold S. Goldstein, L.L.M.
Gerald E. Schumacher,
Pharm.D., Ph.D.

Associate Professor

Samuel J. Matthews, Pharm. D.

Assistant Professors

Barbara Ameer, Pharm.D.
Barry A. Bleidt, Ph.D.
Robert J. Cersosimo, Pharm.D.
Michael Montagne, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims The need for well-qualified pharmacists is likely to continue in
direct response to the greater emphasis on health care and, in particular,
to the newer and more diversified utilization of those now in practice in
this country. The majority of pharmacists are associated with community
practice, and some of these are self-employed. Hospital pharmacy and
institutional practice have attracted a large number of practitioners and
represent the fastest-growing areas of the profession. The increased use
of the pharmacist as a drug consultant to the medical and nursing staffs
of these institutions has broadened the scope of professional opportu-
nity and given practitioners even greater involvement as part of the
health team.

Pharmacy also offers careers in research, manufacturing, govern-
ment, law enforcement, and education. A considerable number of our
graduates have entered leading graduate and professional schools. An-
other significant trend is found in the increasing number of women en-
tering the profession. Approximately 60 percent of the entering class is
now composed of women.

A View of the Five- Year Major The College offers a five-year curricu-
lum that leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy. The
curriculum offers instruction in each of three natural divisions; (1) arts
and sciences courses in general education (the humanities and social

206 / College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

sciences); (2) mathennatics and the basic physical and biological sci-
ences; and (3) courses in the areas of professional instruction — medici-
nal chemistry, pharmacology, pharmaceutics, pharmacy administration,
pharmacy practice, and clinical pharmacy.

The curriculum offers a well-balanced blend of academic classroom
and cooperative education work experiences. Students completing the
five-year baccalaureate pharmacy degree at Northeastern complete up
to 3,000 hours of combined co-op and clinical clerkship experiences.
We believe these experiences enable our students to easily make the
transition into pharmacy practice upon graduation. The classroom ex-
perience is well-structured and allows for the integration of the students'
cooperative learning experiences. As is the case with other pharmacy
programs across the country, the curriculum is five years in length, but
with a much greater practical experience base. The pharmacy program
maintains close affiliations with many of the leading hospitals in the
surrounding Boston area.

In addition, through the Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions, programs leading to the Master of Science and Mas-
ter of Health Professions degrees are offered as well as the Doctor of
Philosophy degree in Biomedical Science. The Doctor of Pharmacy
(Pharm.D.) degree is also available for a limited number of qualified
baccalaureate graduates.

Graduation Requirements

Degree Candidates for the Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy degree
must complete all prescribed work of the curriculum and meet the re-
quirements of the Department of Cooperative Education before they
become eligible for their degrees.

No student transferring from another college or university is eligible to
receive a degree until the last three years of academic work immediately
preceding graduation have been completed at Northeastern. Excep-
tions to this requirement may be made for students transferhng from
another college of pharmacy.

Graduation with Honors

Candidates who have attained superior grades in their academic work
will be graduated cum laude. Upon special vote of the faculty, a limited
number of this group may be graduated magna cum laude or summa
cum laude. Students must have been in attendance at the University for
at least six quarters before they become eligible for honors at gradua-
tion.

Accreditation

The undergraduate pharmacy program offered by the College of Phar-
macy and Allied Health Professions subscribes to the standards estab-
lished by the American Council on Pharmaceutical Education and the
American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy, of which it is a member.

Licensure — Pliarmacy

Pharmacists must meet certain requirements to obtain a license from the
state in which they wish to practice. These requirements ordinarily in-
clude graduating from an accredited college of pharmacy, passing an
examination given by a State Board of Pharmacy, and completing an
"internship," or apprenticeship.

Pharmacy/ 207

The internship is a period of supervised practical experience in a
preceptor pharnnacy. This is generally satisfied during the cooperative
work periods connmencing at the end of the student's second academic
year. The salary earned during these periods of full-time employment
may be used to help defray educational expenses. Students may apply
up to 400 hours of the required academic clinical clerkship experience
to their internship requirements. In addition, a college-directed extern-
ship adds to the total practice-oriented portion of the curriculum.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Pharmacy

First Quarter Third Quarter

Basic Calculus* Biology

General Chemistry English

Arts and Sciences Electives General Chemistry

Arts-and Sciences Elective
Second Quarter

Calculus

Professional Dynamics in the

Health-Care Delivery System

Biology

English

^Students who are not adequately prepared may need to take other math courses.

In addition to the above courses, students may choose to take Basic
ROTC.

208 / College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements

Course
Basic Calculus*
Calculus*

General Chemistry*
English*
Biology*
Physicst

Q.H.
4
4

10
8
8
8

Course
Organic Chemistryf
Anatomy-Physiology
Biochemistry
Arts and Sciences
Electives (7)

Q.H.

II. Professional Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course Q.H

Basic Pharmacyt

Professional Electives (2) £

Pharmaceutics 1 & II,

Professional Practice

including Laboratories

Lab 1

Medicinal Chemistry/

Clinical Pharmaco-

Pharmacology 1,11.111

therapeutics ^

Pharmaceutical Analysis

Pharmacokinetic

and Quality Control

Principles in Drug

Drug Information &

Therapy A

Evaluation

Pharmacy Management A

Pathology

Anti-lnfectives t

Toxicology

Parapharmaceuticals 2

Biopharmaceutics/

Non-Prescription

Pharmacokinetics

Medication A

Pharmacology Lab

Interpersonal Skills for

Jurisprudence

Health Professionals A

Pharmacy Administration

Pharmacy Externship A

Clinical Pharmacy

Social Pharmacology A

Clerkship

Computer Applications in

Professional Dynamics

Pharmacy Z

in the Health-Care

Delivery System*

*These courses are usually taken in the freshman year.
tThese courses are usually taken in the sophomore year.

209

Respiratory Therapy

Thomas A. Barnes, Ed.D., Associate Professor and Director

Associate Professors Instructor

Patrick F. Plunkett, Ed.D. Margaret A. Stewart, B.S.

Mary E. Watson, Ed.D.
Professional Preparation

Aims Respiratory therapy is an allied-health specialty, instrumental in
the diagnosis, treatment, management, and preventive care of patients
with cardiopulmonary problems. These patients may be found in new-
born nurseries, surgical and medical wards, emergency rooms, out-
patient departments, and intensive care units of hospitals. They may be
suffering from a variety of acute and chronic conditions that are either
life threatening or disabling.

Patients suffering a multiplicity of disorders may require supportive
mechanical ventilation. With the assistance of sophisticated ventilatory
and monitoring equipment designed specifically for artificial ventilation,
respiratory therapists become an essential part of the critical-care team.
Through proper respiratory care and management, many patients who
would not have survived are now being returned to an active life. In
essence, the respiratory therapist is a life-support specialist.

In the hospital, "Code Blue, Code 99, Dr. Heart, Dr. Pacemaker" are
all calls that may signify a life-and-death situation of cardiac and/or
pulmonary arrest. The calls alert respiratory therapists to respond as
members of an emergency cardiopulmonary arrest team, working along-
side physicians and nurses. Respiratory therapists become responsible
for life support of the patient through airway management, artificial ven-
tilation, external cardiac massage, and many other sophisticated emer-
gency support measures.

While intensive respiratory care is essential, routine patient care is
equally important. Working under physician's orders, respiratory thera-
pists carry out specific therapeutic measures to assist respiratory-dis-
tressed patients. Respiratory therapists must be experts in providing
and recommending specialized and selective therapeutic respiratory
care. They must be competent in such areas as medical gas administra-
tion, including oxygen; humidification, aerosols, and intermittent positive
pressure breathing (IPPB); chest physiotherapy, cardiopulmonary re-
suscitation, mechanical ventilation, airway management, and pulmonary
function studies; blood gas analysis; and physiologic monitoring. Be-
cause respiratory therapy procedures may alter the patient's physiologic
status, astute patient care and observation by educated respiratory ther-
apists are essential.

Respiratory therapists are involved in the treatment of cardiac and
pulmonary ailments such as cardiac failure, asthma, pulmonary edema,
emphysema, cerebral thrombosis, drowning, hemorrhage, and shock.

Medications are delivered as aerosols through mechanical devices.
These medications are then administered through the airways so that
they may act on local areas within the lungs, as well as be diffused into
the body's circulatory system.

Respiratory therapists make use of a variety of testing techniques to
assist in medical research and diagnosis of disorders. One example is
the use of radioactive gases or aerosols which are safely administered
to the patient through the respiratory system. Various portions of the lung

210 / College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

may be screened and evaluated for obstructions, restrictions, and other
abnormalities. The most common diagnostic examinations are the mea-
surement of lung volumes and capacities, and flow patterns and pres-
sures.

Today, the field of respiratory technology is expanding rapidly to keep
pace with the demand for new techniques to cope with environmentally
related problems such as smoking and air pollution. New techniques
also have been developed for use in the treatment of respiratory failure
following open heart and other types of major surgery.

A View of the Major Students enter the College as majors in the Res-
piratory Therapy program. Mathematics, chemistry, and the physical,
biological, medical, and health sciences offer the bases for professional
instruction in Respiratory Therapy. English, psychology, and elective
courses in the humanities and social sciences offer a liberal arts back-
ground. Clinical study at the affiliated hospitals provides the opportunity
for direct patient care and the immediate application of highly special-
ized techniques.

Degree The curriculum leads to the Bachelor of Science degree in
Respiratory Therapy and includes academic quarters at the University,
a structured clinical program, and assigned co-op quarters. Successful
completion of the first three years of the program makes students eligible
for the first part of the examinations administered by the National Board
for Respiratory Care.

Two accelerated programs in Respiratory Therapy and Cardiovascu-
lar Perfusion Technology are available for professionals with a baccalau-
reate or master's degree who are interested in a new career. Students
who meet the admissions requirements will have the science back-
ground needed to master professional courses in the curriculum. The
curriculum allows students to integrate didactic, laboratory, and clinical
practice courses over a twelve- to fifteen-month period of time. Gradu-
ates of the Certificate Programs are eligible to take the National Board
Examination for Registered Respiratory Therapists or Certified Cardio-
vascular Perfusionists.

Accreditation

Both the degree and accelerated programs are accredited by the Com-
mittee on Allied Health Education and Accreditation sponsored by the
American Medical Association.

Sample Freshman- Year Program of Studies in Respiratory Therapy

First Quarter Third Quarter

Freshman Writing Microbiology

General Chemistry General Chemistry

Basic Animal Biology Respiratory Therapy Seminar III

Respiratory Therapy Seminar I Elective

Mathematics Introduction to Literature

Second Quarter

Mathematics

Respiratory Therapy Seminar II

Basic Animal Biology

Physics

Professional Dynamics

in the Health-Care j

Delivery System

Respiratory Therapy / 21 1

Basic Course Requirements

1. General Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Biology

Pharmacology

Anatomy and Physiology

English Composition and

Microbiology

Literature

General Chemistry

Arts and Sciences

Organic Chemistry*

electives

Physics

Arts and Sciences

Mathematics

electives*

II. Professional Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Respiratory Therapy

Respiratory Care for the

Seminars

Critical Patient

Clinical Seminars

Introduction to Pediatric

Advanced Clinical

Respiratory Care

Seminars, 1, II, 111, IV*

Cardiopulmonary Lab

Professional Practice

Technology

Labs 1, II, III, IV

Cardiopulmonary Lab

Cardiopulmonary

Practice

Physiology

Clinical Practice 1

Advanced Clinical

Clinical Practice II

Physiology*

Advanced Life Support

Pathology

Systems 1*

Introduction to

Advanced Medical

Patient Care

Monitoring*

Introduction to

Respiratory Care for the

Respiratory Care

Neonatal Patient*

Respiratory Care for the

Practicum in Critical

Med-Surgical Patient

Care 1 & II*

Moral Problems in

Directed Study 1 & II*

Medicine

Professional Dynamics
in the Health-Care

Delivery System

Professional Elective*

Additional requirements for i

ftie Baclielor

of Science degree in Respiratory

Tlierapy.

212

Toxicology

David R. Brown, Sc.D., Associate Professor and Director

Associate Professor

Robert A. Schatz, Ph.D.

Professional Preparation

Aims Toxicology can be defined as the branch of science dealing with
poisons, but toxicology is not restricted to this narrow definition. Toxicol-
ogists do much more than simply work with poisons. In its broadest
sense, toxicology involves all aspects of adverse effects of chemicals
on biologic systems. This includes their mechanisms of harmful effects
and the conditions under which these harmful effects occur as well as
socioeconomic considerations and legal ramifications.

The activities and contributions of toxicologists are many and varied.
The profession's subdivisions of materials, radiation, and veterinary tox-
icology illustrate the diversity of investigations in which toxicologists may
participate. The toxicologist working in the biomedical area is concerned
with intoxications by drugs and other chemicals as well as the demon-
stration of drug safety or danger prior to release on the market.

Clinical toxicologists may be involved with:

1 . antidotal treatment of poisoning

2. drug abuse, addiction, and detoxification

3. drug monitoring and drug interactions

4. teratogenesis (drug-induced birth defects) and other toxicity-
screening procedures

Industrial or environmental toxicologists are concerned with the rec-
ognition, identification, and quantitation of relative hazard from occupa-
tional or public exposure to toxicants. This concern is closely related to
private and government responsibilities to ensure the safety of workers
and the general public in contact with industrial and commercial prod-
ucts.

Industrial or environmental toxicologists may be involved with;

1. chemical carcinogens

2. pesticides or other "economic poisons"

3. air, soil, and water pollution

4. food additives

Forensic toxicology is a hybrid of analytical chemistry and fundamen-
tal toxicological principles, and is concerned with the medicolegal as-
pects of the harmful effects of chemicals.

Forensic toxicologists may be concerned with:

1 . the cause of death in postmortem investigations

2. isolation and detection of toxicants in biologic material

3. drug-abuse monitoring programs

4. medicolegal aspects of poisoning

The faculty of Northeastern University's College of Pharmacy and Al-
lied Health Professions feels that increased concern over the safety of
drugs, chemicals, and cosmetics in the human population and in the,
environment, as well as new legislation regarding toxic substances, ere-'
ates a high demand for toxicologists at the Bachelor of Science level.

Toxicology / 213

One of the College's principal goals is to help train qualified profession-
als who will stnve to meet the health-care needs of society. The concept
of an undergraduate degree in toxicology is brought about by the de-
mands of an increasingly complex chemical environment. Currently, few
institutions offer B.S. degrees in toxicology, although more schools are
planning such programs. Yet there is an estimated need for 5,000-
10,000 people with bachelor's degrees to act as technical support staff
for Ph.D. -level toxicologists.

Northeastern University has created an innovative program in which
its diverse academic resources offer training to this new breed of toxi-
cologist. The core curhculum is enhanced by contributions from the
University's Institute of Chemical Analysis, Applications, and Forensic
Sciences, the Northeastern University Marine Science Institute in Na-
hant, and the Environmental Engineering faculty.

Recent manpower studies sponsored by private and federal agencies
predict a great demand for toxicologists. Although a need for toxicolo-
gists existed prior to 1970, the introduction of numerous federal and
local laws aimed at protecting the environment, safeguarding employ-
ees in their workplace, and protecting consumers against hazardous
household products has created a critical shortage of toxicologists. Em-
ployment opportunities are being created in industry (chemical, cos-
metic, and pharmaceutical firms) and government (for example,
Environmental Protection Agency, Food and Drug Administration, Na-
tional Institute of Occupational Safety and Health) as well as in police
departments and various clinical settings. Students may also consider
entering graduate programs in toxicology.

A View of the Five- Year Major The Toxicology program leads to the
Bachelor of Science degree in five years under the cooperative plan.
The curriculum is a combination of liberal arts, science, and professional
courses that offer students the opportunity to prepare themselves to
practice toxicology in a variety of settings. Required and elective profes-
sional courses may be selected from Medical Laboratory Science,
Chemistry, Biology, Sociology, Criminal Justice, Computer Program-
ming, Mathematics, and Earth Sciences.

Toxicology students begin their cooperative experience in the sopho-
more year.

Degree The degree granted will be the Bachelor of Science in Toxicol-
ogy.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Toxicology

First Quarter Elective

Mathematics Professional Dynamics in the

Elective Health-Care Delivery System

&'°sh Third Quarter

^ Calculus

Second Quarter English

Calculus Arts and Sciences Elective

General Chemistry General Chemistry
Biology

In addition to the above courses, students may choose to take Basic
ROTC.

214 / College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Basic Course Requirements

1, General Requirements

Course

Q.H,

Course

Q.H.

Math*

Anatomy-Physiologyt

Calculus*

General Biochemistry

General Chemistry*

Microbiology

English*

Biostatistics and

Biology*

Computerst

Physicst

Identification of Organic

Organic Chemistryf

Compounds

Environmental Problemsi

Instrumental Analysis

Electives

II, Professional Requirements

Course

Q.H.

Course

Q.H.

Drug Analysis

Drug Interactions

Medicinal Chemistry/

Public Health

Pharmacology 1, II, III

Epidemiology

Pathology

Medical Laboratory

Toxicology 1, II, III, IV

Science

Pharmacology

Professional Dynamics in

Laboratory 1 & II

the Health-Care

Toxicology Laboratory

Delivery System*

"These courses are usually taken in the freshman year.
-fThese courses are usually taken in the sophomore year.

215

Basic College Compensatory
Programs

The Basic College Compensatory Education Program continues gener-
ally to encompass five courses, each bearing four quarter hours of
credit, which are to be offered in the sequences indicated below. Certain
freshmen may be assigned to any one of these course sequences as
applicable on the basis of evaluations conducted before and during
Orientation Week,

Fall* Winter*

C MTH 1 000 Mathematical C MTH 101 0 Mathematical

Preliminaries I Preliminanes II

C ENG 1 01 3 Fundamentals of E ENG 1 01 4 Fundamentals of

English I " English II

E ED 1003 Reading/Study Skills

Specifically, C MTH 1000 and C MTH 1010 are to precede both the
C MTH 1106, C MTH 1107, and C MTH 1108 (nonbusiness math) se-
quence and the C MTH 1113, and C MTH 1114 (business math) se-
quence; C ENG 1013 and C ENG 1014 collectively replace C ENG
1110 (standard Freshman English I) and are to precede
C ENG 1111 (standard Freshman English II), the C ENG 1111-
C ENG 1113 sequence for Engineers, and, in the case of the School of
Engineering Technology (formerly Lincoln College), the C ENG 1110-
C ENG 1 1 1 1-C ENG 1114 sequence.

*The same sequence is offered Winter/Spring for freshmen wfio enter in January.

216 / Basic College Compensatory Programs

Schedule for Continuation of Compensatory Programming in the
Basic Colleges

These courses are approved/disapproved for credit, except where
noted, by the faculties of the individual colleges and are, therefore,
subject to change.

CENG1013*
English I

CENG1014
English II

CMTH1000*
Math Prelim. I

CMTH 1010*
Math Prelim. II

E ED 1003
Read.
Study Skills

Arts and Sciences

accepted

Bouve Physical Therapy

accepted

not accepted

Bouve Physical Education

accepted

Bouve Rec. and Leis. Stud.

accepted

not accepted

Bouve Health Education

accepted

Bouve Teacher Prep.

accepted

Business Adnninistration

accepted

not accepted

Computer Sciencef

accepted

not applicable

Criminal Justice

accepted

accepted"

accepted

Engineeringt

not applicable

School of Engineering
Technology

accepted

not applicable

not accepted

Nursing

accepted

not accepted

Pharmacy and

Allied Health Professions

accepted*"
w/o credit

accepted

not accepted

*Graded pass-fail and therefore not included in the student's quality-point aver-
age.

**Freshmen in the College of Criminal Justice are not required to take a nnathemat-
ics course in the freshman year. However, if need for compensatory mathematics
is substantiated by a diagnostic examination, students can elect to take
C MTH 1000 or C MTH 1010 to prepare themselves for C MTH 1106 Fundamen-
tals of Mathematics as upperclassmen.

** Although the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions does allow
C ENG 1013 to appear on the permanent record, it will only allow C ENG 1014 for
credit. Students completing the C ENG 1013-C ENG 1014 sequence will have to
make up the four-credit elective that was displaced by C ENG 1013.

iAIthough the Colleges of Engineering and Computer Science do not allow
CMTH 1000 or CMTH 1010 to be taken for academic credit, they do offer a
special course sequence in college calculus with algebra and trigonometry
(C MTH 1120 and C MTH 1121) for engineering freshmen judged to have defi-
ciencies in mathematics. The courses involve students in extra hours of work in
algebra and trigonometry, but cover the same material as do the regular freshman
calculus sequences in the Colleges of Engineering and Computer Science.

217

University College
Alternative Freshman-Year
Program

Program Goals

Students in the Alternative Freshman-Year Program are considered reg-
ular students and are degree candidates with an undeclared major. The
Alternative Freshman-Year Program is specifically designed to
help students strengthen their basic academic skills in writing as well as
mathematics. While helping them gain confidence in their ability to do
college-level work, the program also offers them an opportunity to con-
sider several different areas of study before committing themselves to a
specific major. Through the combination of a carefully prescribed curric-
ulum and the attention of professional counselors, each student is
helped to establish a program suited to his or her individual needs.
These same counselors are normally available on a continuing basis
throughout the student's entire freshman year.

Developed in collaboration with University College, a division of North-
eastern University serving students who seek a flexible college program,
the Alternative Freshman-Year Program has a proven record of success
in assisting students to develop their full potential.

Program Structure

Students in the Alternative Freshman-Year Program begin with 10-15
quarter hours of credit in their first academic quarter. In their second
and third quarters, students accelerate their schedules of course work
to take, respectively, 1 4-1 6 and 1 6-1 7 quarter hours of credit. Students
in the health sciences track complete the Alternative Freshman-Year
Program with a fourth quarter of 12 quarter hours of credit.

After completing the prescribed Alternative Freshman-Year Program,
and achieving both a cumulative quality-point average of 1 .400 or better
and specific program requirements as noted, students may generally
continue their degree programs within University College, or transfer,
with sophomore status, to the College of Business Administration, the
College of Cnminal Justice, the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions, selected programs of the Boston-Bouve College of Human
Development Professions or the College of Arts and Sciences. In addi-
tion to the cumulative quality-point average of 1.400 or better, the Col-
lege of Business Administration requires a 1.800 average in five key
courses, namely, MTH 4113, ENG 4009, ENG 4010, ECN 4601 , and MGT
4105. Additional program requirements for students desiring to be ad-
mitted to sophomore status in the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions are listed in the Student Handbook for Basic Colleges.

Faculty and Resources

The University has carefully selected for the Alternative Freshman-Year
Program faculty members who are aware of individual student goals as
well as the needs of students working to adjust to a college program.
Faculty and students meet in small classes, usually of not more than
twenty-five students.

218 / University College Alternative Freshman-Year Program

As members of the program, students are considered regular North-
eastern University day students even though they have unique sched-
ules and a distinctively tailored curriculum. Therefore, they generally
have access to all counseling services, physical education facilities,
dormitory arrangements, and extracurricular programs at the Univer-
sity's main campus in Boston.

Alternative Freshman-Year students are encouraged to make exten-
sive use of the up-to-date programmed learning resources available for
self-instruction through Northeastern's Learning Resources Center on
the Boston campus. For additional assistance. Alternative Freshmen are
also frequently referred to the Academic Assistance Center and/or the
Math/Writing Center on the Boston campus. A third and very important
resource, the Counseling and Testing Center, is also available to stu-
dents on both the Boston and Burlington campuses for personal and
academic counseling, as well as for vocational testing and counseling.

University College

Alternative

Freshman-Year Program

Sample One- Year Program: Business Track

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

No.

Course Q.H.

No.

Course Q.H.

MTH 1000

Math, r 4

MTH 1010

Math. II* 4

ENG4013

Fund, of English 1 4

ENG 4014

Fund, of English II 4

CI 4001

Int. Language

CI 4002

Int. Language

Skills Dev. 1 2

SkillsDev.il 2

Directed Elective** 4

HST 4110

Hist. Civ. A or
Directed Elective** 4

Total Quarter Hours 1 0-1 4

Total Quarter Hours 14

Quarter 3

No.

Course Q.H.

MTH 1113
HST 4111
MGT4110
ECN 4601

Math, for Bus.
Hist, of Civ. B
Survey of Bus.
Economics I or
Directed Elective

Total Quarter Hours

'Mathematics courses will vary depending on placement tests.

* Eligible students may take HST 4110 (Q1) followed by ECN 4601 (Q2).

University College Alternative Freshman-Year Program /219

Sample One- Year Program: Criminal Justice, Education, or Arts
and Sciences Track

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

No.

Course Q.H.

No.

Course Q.H.

MTH 1000

Math, r 4

SOC4010

Sociology 1 4

ENG4013

Fund, of English 1 4

ENG 4014

Fund, of English II 4

CI 4001

Int. Language

CI 4002

Int. Language

Skills Dev. 1 2

Skills Dev. II 2

Directed Elective** 4

HST 4110

Hist. Civ. A or
Directed Elective** 4

Total Quarter Hours 1 0-1 4

Total Quarter Hours 14

Quarter 3

No.

Course Q.H.

SOC4011 Sociology II 4

HST 4111 Hist, of Civ. B. 4

PQL 4106 Intro, to Politics 4

Elective 4

Total Quarter Hours

'Mathematics courses will vary depending on placement tests.
'Eligible students may take HST 4110 (Q1) followed by an elective (Q2).

Sample One- Year Program: Health Sciences Track

Quarter 1 Quarter 2

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

MTH 1010
ENG 4013
CHM1110
CI 4001

Math. II 4
Fund, of English 1 4
Pre-Chemistry 5
Int. Language
Skills Dev. 1 2

MTH 1106
CHM1111
CI 4002

ENG 4014

Fund, of Math.
Gen. Chem. 1
Int. Language
Skills Dev. II
Fund, of English II

4
5

Total Quarter Hours

220 / University College Alternative Freshman-Year Program

Quarter 3

Quarter 4

No.

Course

Q.H. No.

Course

Q.H.

BIO 1140 Basic Animal BIO 1141 Basic Animal

Bio. I 4 Bio. II 4

CHM1112 GeneralChem.il 5 MTH1107 Functions and

Directed Elective 4 Calculus 4

Directed Elective 4 Directed Elective 4

Total Quarter Hours

Tuition and Fees

Application Procedures

All students in the Alternative Freshman-Year Program pay the standard
Basic Colleges freshman tuition rate (see page 250 for details). Alterna-
tive Freshman-Year students following the curriculum tracks specified
for arts and sciences, business, criminal justice, or education pay the
standard tuition for each of their first three academic quarters of resi-
dence. Students in these tracks who complete the forty programmed
credits required are entitled to an eight-quarter-hour tuition adjustment
at the regular freshman rate.

Students taking the curriculum specified for the health sciences pay
the standard tuition for each of their first three quarters of residence,
even though the academic work required in this curriculum is distributed
over four consecutive quarters. Alternative Freshman-Year students in
the health sciences curriculum are not charged additional tuition for their
fourth quarter in residence and do not receive a tuition adjustment.

For further information on the Alternative Freshman-Year Program, or to
request an application, please write or call:

Department of Undergraduate Admissions
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 021 15
Telephone; 617-437-2200

221

Other Schools and Colleges of the
University

University College

Part-Time Evening Programs

University College is committed to the education of mature adult stu-
dents who wish to live effectively in today's complex society. Programs
are specifically designed to satisfy their changing professional, cultural,
and social needs and interests.

Degree programs have been developed in 34 major fields of study in
business administration, health professions and sciences, law enforce-
ment, and liberal arts. Flexible curricula are offered on a part-time basis
Monday through Saturday during day and evening hours convenient to
adult students. Students may select single courses, pursue a certificate
program, or enroll in degree programs leading to the Associate in Sci-
ence or the Bachelor's degree. Classes are scheduled in locations ac-
cessible to the urban and suburban communities. Students may attend
classes at the Huntington Avenue Campus in Boston or the Suburban
Campuses in Burlington and Dedham, Massachusetts, as well as at
twelve other locations north, south, and west of Boston.

Academic advisers are available by appointment day and evening in
the University College Office of Academic and Student Affairs. They offer
students assistance in planning a program suitable to their general ed-
ucational and career objectives and answer questions related to degree
requirements, course sequence, and proper scheduling of courses. Ap-
pointments may be arranged by calling the University College Office,
617-437-2400, or by coming in person to 102 Churchill Hall. There is no
charge for this service. Academic advisers are also available during
registration at ail registration sites. No appointment is necessary.

University College also offers a variety of career and other support
services to its students, including a career-development course, job-
search seminars, and counseling, testing, and placement services.

For a copy of the current University College Bulletin, please write or
call: University College, Northeastern University, 360 Huntington Ave-
nue, Boston, Massachusetts 02115, telephone 617-437-2400.

Full-Time Day Programs

In addition to offering a variety of part-time undergraduate programs,
University College also offers two full-time day programs in allied
health— the Radiologic (X-ray) Technology Program and the Dental As-
sistant Program. The admission procedures for these programs differ
from those of other programs in University College. Therefore, individu-
als interested in these programs are advised to call or write for further
information to the program offices listed on pages 222 and 224.

222

Radiologic (X-ray) Technology Program

Professional Preparation

Aims The radiologic technologist is an important member of any health
care team. Combining a technical background with extensive training
and skills, the radiologic technologist is trained to use X-rays to produce
a clear picture or radiograph of a patient's tissue, bone, or organ struc-
ture for evaluation and interpretation by a physician. Northeastern Uni-
versity's Radiologic (X-ray) Technology Program is designed to offer
students the opportunity to prepare for entry-level employment oppor-
tunities as radiologic technologists.

A View of the Program The Radiologic (X-ray) Technology Program
at Northeastern offers a combination of academic preparation and clini-
cal experience. Enrolling a new class of students in September of each
year, the program consists of lecture and laboratory sessions held at
Northeastern and periods of clinical training at selected radiology de-
partments in Massachusetts hospitals. The program requires twenty-
nine months of continuous study. A two-week orientation period is held
prior to the beginning of classes each September.

Degree Upon satisfactory completion of the program, students are
eligible for an Associate in Science degree and to sit for the National
Registry Examination for certification as radiologic technologists.

Certified graduates may, if they wish, seek career opportunities in the
diagnostic and therapeutic environments of clinics and hospitals. How-
ever, they may also explore opportunities for employment in production,
quality control, and facilities inspection at industrial firms. Certified grad-
uates may also decide to consider a program in radiation therapy,
nuclear medicine, or ultrasound technology, or may choose to continue
their education by applying for acceptance to a bachelor's degree pro-
gram in health science or health management.

Accreditation

This program is accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education
and Accreditation of the American Medical Association and by the
American Registry of Radiologic Technologists.

Application

For further information regarding the Radiologic (X-ray) Technology Pro-
gram, or to request an application for admission, please contact:

Radiologic (X-ray) Technology Program
Northeastern University
244 Forsyth Building
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 0211 5
Telephone: 617-437-2818

Dental Assistant Program

Professional Preparation

Aims New knowledge, techniques, equipment and materials in the
health sciences require an ever-increasing number of trained techni-
cians and assistants to support the professional health practitioner. This

Dental Assistant Program / 223

is especially true in the field of dentistry, as many dentists find tfiey can
increase their effectiveness by employing a certified dental assistant to
work with them.

Under the supervision of the dentist, dental assistants help provide
direct patient care. Such work offers a number of rewards. The dental
assistant has an opportunity to participate in a variety of interesting
activities in a stimulating work environment and is often responsible for
diverse tasks, including development of the interpersonal skills required
in relating to patients and in caring for their special needs during office
visits.

Employment opportunities for dental assistants are highly varied. Be-
cause dentistry is a multiservice profession, the dental assistant may
decide to work in general dentistry or in a specialty such as oral surgery,
a field requiring the assistant to work with a surgeon in a manner similar
to that of a nurse in a hospital. Other individuals may prefer to work with
an orthodontist, whose diagnostic treatment and laboratory procedures
are directed toward the prevention and correction of irregularly aligned
teeth and related facial structures. Further career opportunities may be
available in the fields of pedodontics, i.e., dentistry for children; endo-
dontics, which involves treating the inner structure of teeth; and perio-
dontics, which is concerned with the tissues surrounding and supporting
the teeth. General dentistry and dental specialties may be available in
private and group practices, public health and hospital dentistry, dental
school clinics. Veterans Administration and armed forces hospitals, and
federal, state, and community clinics. Other opportunities for employ-
ment include dental supply companies, insurance companies, and, for
individuals with experience and further education, dental assistant edu-
cation programs.

A View of the Program Northeastern University offers the Dental As-
sistant Program in collaboration with Tufts University School of Dental
Medicine and other local clinical facilities. The program consists of thirty-
seven weeks of full-time day instruction including lectures and laboratory
sessions offered through University College, one of the ten colleges
which together comprise Northeastern University. The clinical segment
of the program is based at Tufts University School of Dental Medicine
and at other teaching clinical facilities in the Boston area.

Credit The Dental Assistant Program includes the following noncredit
professional courses: Dental Anatomy, Biology, Clinical Assisting, Ra-
diology Theory and Practicum, Nutrition, Dental Specialties, Medical
Emergency, Dental Laboratory, Microbiology, Histopathology, Pharma-
cology, Prevention and Plaque Control, and Practice Management. Ad-
ditional courses, which do carry college credit, are required in English
and Clinical Behavior. An elective course in Word Processing also car-
ries college credit.

Students who successfully complete the Dental Assistant Program
and pass the certification examination may petition to receive up to
twenty-four elective credits to be applied toward the Bachelor of Science
degree program in Health Science offered by University College. Stu-
dents who successfully complete the program and pass the certification
examination may also petition to receive up to thirty-three credits toward
a Bachelor of Science in Education degree in the School and Community
Health Education Program offered by the Boston-Bouve College of Hu-
man Development Professions at Northeastern.

224 / Other Schools and Colleges

Accreditation

The Dental Assistant Program is accredited by the Commission on Den-
tal Accreditation of the American Dental Association. The program is
designed to offer students the opportunity to prepare for the certification
examination conducted by the Dental Assisting National Board, Inc.
Massachusetts now requires that dental assistants be certified in order
to perform certain intra-oral procedures.

Application

For further information regarding the Dental Assistant Program, or to
request an application for admission, please contact:

Dental Assistant Program
Northeastern University
244 Forsyth Building
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 0211 5
Telephone: 617-437-2829

School of Engineering Technology
(formerly Lincoln College)

In addition to full-time curricula described earlier in this bulletin, the
School of Engineering Technology (formerly Lincoln College) offers in-
terdisciplinary programs providing technological and professional de-
velopment opportunities to meet special needs of the part-time student.
These programs provide educational opportunities for students who
must pursue full-time employment but who desire to initiate or continue
their academic work.

The part-time evening program includes pretechnology preparatory
courses and degree programs leading to the Associate in Engineering
(A.E.), the Associate in Science (A.S.), and the Bachelor of Engineering
Technology (B.E.T.). The A.E. degree may be earned in Computer Tech-
nology and Architectural, Environmental, Structural, Surveying and
Highway, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering Technology. The A.S.
degree may be earned in Telecommunications and Energy Systems.
Those students seeking further education may earn the B.E.T. degree in
Computer Technology and Mechanical, Electrical, Mechanical-Struc-
tural, and Civil Engineering Technology.

Graduate and Professional Schools

The following graduate and professional schools of the University offer
day and evening degree programs.

Arts and Sciences

The Master of Arts degree may be earned in Economics, English, His-
tory, Journalism, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology, and Social
Anthropology. The Master of Science degree is available in Biology,
Chemistry, Economic Policy and Planning, Mathematics, and Physics.
The Master of Science in Health Science, the Master of Journalism in

Graduate and Professional Schools /225

News Media Management, the Master of Public Adnninistration, and the
Master of Technical and Professional Writing degrees are also offered.
In addition students may earn the Certificate of Advanced Graduate
Study in the Program of Advanced Literary Study. The Doctor of Philos-
ophy degree is available in Biology, Chemistry, Economics, Mathemat-
ics, Physics, Psychology, and Sociology. Several degree options are
offered in the interdisciplinary areas of law, policy, and society and clin-
ical chemistry. Two non-degree options are also available: Certificate in
Economics of Manpower and Development Planning; and Certificate for
Technical Writing Internship Training program. Most programs may be
completed through either full- or part-time study.

Boston-Bouve College of

Human Development

Professions

The Master of Science degree may be -earned, with specialization in
Counseling Psychology, Physical Education, Physical Therapy, Speech-
Language Pathology and Audiology, or Recreation Management. Pro-
grams may be completed through full- and part-time study.

The Master of Education degree may be earned with specialization in
Curriculum and Instruction, Educational Administration, Educational Re-
search, Human Development, Industrial and Career Counseling, Reha-
bilitation, Special Education, and School and College Student Personnel
Counseling. The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study is offered in
Counseling, Educational Administration, Language Acquisition and Lan-
guage Disorders, and Rehabilitation. The Doctor of Education degree
may be earned in Leadership: Administration and Supervision with spe-
cialization in the Practice of Counseling Psychology, Counselor Educa-
tion, Educational Administration, or Rehabilitation.

Business Administration

A Master of Business Administration degree may be earned. The Grad-
uate School of Business Administration offers a variety of programs to
meet the needs and schedules of graduate business students. Two full-
time program alternatives are offered: a twenty-one-month Cooperative
Education M.B.A. Program, which includes a six-month, paid profes-
sional work assignment; or a two-year traditional full-time program,
which may include administrative or teaching assistantship opportuni-
ties. Individuals who wish to continue their full-time job responsibilities
while earning an M.B.A. degree may consider the evening part-time
program of study, the eighteen-month Executive M.B.A. Program for
upper-level managers, or the accelerated part-time High Technology
M.B.A. for qualified technical specialists.

The Master of Science degree in professional accounting is an inten-
sive, full-time program specifically designed for liberal arts and other
nonaccounting majors.

In addition, there is a nondegree program for advanced study in busi-
ness administration leading to the Certificate of Advanced Study in Busi-
ness Administration.

Also within the College of Business Administration, the Center for Man-
agement Development offers several intensive, graduate-level programs
designed to provide professional growth and to improve the overall per-
formance of expenenced managers. Based on a modification of the

226 / Other Schools and Colleges

Northeastern University cooperative education format, these programs
permit company-sponsored participants to maintain their job responsi-
bilities during periods of classroom instruction.

The Center's program offerings include: the Management Develop-
ment Program, The Management Workshops, and the Smaller-Business
Management Development Program. (See the Center for Management
Development for program details, p. 227.)

Computer Science

The College of Computer Science offers both full- and part-time pro-
grams leading to a master of science degree in computer science.
Students may specialize in theory systems, software, data bases, artifi-
cial intelligence, communications and networks, or interactive systems
design.

Criminal Justice

The College of Criminal Justice offers both full- and part-time programs
leading to a Master of Science degree in Criminal Justice. Students
enrolled in the Master of Science program in Criminal Justice may
choose from among several areas of specialization: administration and
planning; criminology and research; security administration; and a multi-
disciplinary concentration developed with a faculty member to suit the
individual's needs.

Engineering

The Master of Science degree may be earned, with specification in the
field of Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering,
Industrial Engineering, Engineering Management, Information Systems,
or Mechanical Engineering. A six-year program in Power Systems Engi-
neering leading to both bachelor's and master's degrees in Electrical
Engineering is offered and a special five-year honors program in Me-
chanical, Industrial, or Electrical Engineering leading to both bachelor's
and master's degrees; the Professional Engineer degree in Mechanical,
Industrial, or Electrical Engineering; the Doctor of Engineering degree in
Chemical Engineering; and the Ph.D. degree in Chemical, Civil, Electri-
cal, Industrial, or Mechanical Engineering. A special interdisciplinary
program leading to the Master of Science in Transportation is also of-
fered.

Law

The School of Law offers a full-time program of professional instruction,
leading to the degree of Juris Doctor ( J.D.). It is fully accredited by the
American Bar Association and is a member of the Association of Ameri-
can Law Schools. There are no courses for part-time or evening stu-
dents.

Unique among American law schools, Northeastern's School of Law
features cooperative legal education. Under this plan, each student
works full-time at law for participating employers for four calendar quar-
ters during his or her second and third years, alternating with equal
periods of full-time course work. This blending of academic study and
practical legal work experience, after a traditional first year of intensive
academic study, is designed to offer the best possible preparation for
the actual practice of law. Cooperating employers include large and
small private firms, government agencies, legal assistance and public
defender organizations, judges, unions, corporate law departments and
virtually every type of legal practitioner. Employers are located nation-
wide.

Graduate and Professional Schools / 227

Because the school operates twelve months a year, students com-
plete the program on the same schedule as more traditional schools.

Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions

The Master of Science degree is offered on a part-time and full-time
basis in Biomedical Science, Clinical Chemistry, Hospital Pharmacy,
Medical Laboratory Science, Medicinal Chemistry, Pharmacology, and
Radiopharmaceutical Science. The Master of Health Professions is also
offered with the following options: General, Health Policy, Physician As-
sistant, and Regulatory Toxicology. The Ph.D. degree is offered in
Biomedical Science with specialization in Medical Laboratory Science,
Medicinal Chemistry, Pharmaceutical Science, Pharmacology, and Tox-
icology. An interdisciplinary doctoral degree is available in Forensic Tox-
icology. The clinically onented Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) degree is
offered as a full-time program to graduates of accredited colleges of
pharmacy.

Professional Accounting

The Master of Science degree in Professional Accounting is a full-time,
highly concentrated 15-month program, designed for arts and sciences
and other nonaccounting majors who are interested in careers in profes-
sional accounting. The five-quarter course includes a three-month in-
ternship with a leading CPA firm in the middle or winter quarter, thus
providing both practical experience and financial support. New classes
start in mid-June of every year. Some of these programs are offered on
the cooperative plan; others provide teaching and research fellowships
for able candidates.

The Center for Management Development

Sponsored by the College of Business Administration, the Center for
Management Development offers programs designed to provide oppor-
tunities for professional growth for middle and senior managers. The
programs scheduled throughout the academic year, include the Man-
agement Development Program, the Management Workshops, and the
Smaller-Business Management Development Program. Participants are
sponsored by their employers.

The Management Development Program is a graduate-level course in
business for managers who have had responsibility for a major task,
function, department, division, or independent enterprise. Six weeks of
in-residence instruction are extended over a period of several months
(October to February, January to May, or March to June). All sessions
are scheduled at Phillips Academy in Andover, Massachusetts.

The Management Workshops offer middle-level managers compre-
hensive study in major areas of business through three different pro-
grams of graduate-level content. Scheduled at Northeastern's executive
education facility in Dedham, Massachusetts, The Management Work-
shop I, The Management Workshop II, and The Management Workshop-
High Tech are each held one day per week (Fridays or Mondays) for
either ten or twelve consecutive weeks during the September-to-June
period.

The Smaller-Business Management Development Program focuses on
particular areas of interest to senior executives of the smaller firm. Held
at Phillips Academy in Andover, MA, the Program is scheduled once
each year for two in-residence sessions, one month apart.

228 / Other Schools and Colleges

The Center also designs and conducts special programs for a wide
range of business organizations, either for in-house implementation or
at a Northeastern executive education facility. The Center for Manage-
ment Development can be reached at 61 7-437-3272.

The Center for Continuing Education

Northeastern University's Center for Continuing Education, located in
Dedham, Massachusetts, serves the educational needs of the commu-
nity through workshops, conferences, special programs, and public of-
ferings.

Programs include Building Technology, Supervisory Management,
Emergency Medical Technician, Paramedic, Nursing, Insurance,
Graphic Arts, Paralegal, Auto Damage Appraisal, and Urban Mass
Transportation Management Seminars.

The Center awards nationally recognized Continuing Education Units
(CEUs) to students who satisfactorily complete the programs. For further
information, call 617-329-8000.

Insurance and Financial Service Institute

The Insurance and Financial Service Institute was established to foster
excellence in the insurance, employee benefit, and financial service
industries in the Boston area. It offers a number of noncredit courses in
preparation for the Chartered Life Underwriter and Chartered Property-
Casualty Underwriter designations, as well as for the General Insurance,
Insurance Adjuster, and Risk Management Certificates. Telephone: 617-
329-8000.

State- of- the- Art Engineering (SOA)

The State-of-the-Art Engineering Program provides continuing education
and professional development programs to practicing engineers, sci-
entists, managers, and others employed in the high technology industry.
Established in 1963, the program is now one of the nation's most com-
prehensive centers for technology transfer. With regional facilities lo-
cated both along Route 128 serving the New England area and in
California's Silicon Valley, the program offers over 150 courses and sem-
inars in computer engineering, telecommunications, microelectronics,
and technical management. In addition, many State-of-the-Art courses
are broadcast live over Network Northeastern or conducted on-site at
industrial locations.

Network Northeastern (NNU)

Network Northeastern (NNU) represents the University's entry into the
age of education by telecommunications. The Network utilizes the micro-
wave-based Instructional Television Fixed Service (ITFS) system,
whereby services are delivered directly to company sites within a forty-
mile radius of the Boston campus. Live classroom instruction is telecast
in color to remote sites, where it is viewed in reception rooms equipped
with TV monitors and a talkback system. A courier service is also pro-
vided. Network Northeastern offers courses in graduate engineering,
undergraduate engineering technology, and selected arts and sciences
topics.

229

Academic Research

Research, whether performed in the laboratory, library, or in the field, is
vital to a college education. It stimulates all participants and ensures a
thnving academic atmosphere. Through research, faculty members as
well as students stay abreast of the most recent developments in their
particular fields. Faculty who disseminate this knowledge, through pub-
lishing, speaking, and teaching, help assure a university education of
the first order.

At Northeastern, research and scholarly endeavors are taken very
seriously and are actively encouraged. Each year, the faculty receive
funding for an ever-increasing number of research projects. Sponsor-
ship comes from a variety of sources. Federal agencies, private industry
and foundations, and the University itself all contribute to Northeastern's
growing research emphasis.

While much of this research is carried out by the faculty members,
their graduate students, and post-doctoral research associates, ample
opportunities also exist for undergraduate students. Research partici-
pation can be included as part of regular academic programs, as spe-
cially designed independent studies, or through cooperative work
assignments. Research activities are encouraged, and are limited only
by the student's own motivation and curiosity.

Northeastern University has numerous distinguished faculty members,
many of whom have received prestigious awards, including Sloan Schol-
arships, Guggenheim Fellowships, and National Institutes of Health Re-
search Career Awards. Faculty members lecture the world over — from
just across the Charles River in Cambridge, Massachusetts, to across
the Pacific Ocean in Sydney, Australia.

Additionally, many faculty serve as United States government consul-
tants and participate on a variety of national and international commit-
tees. But, because Northeastern considers education its primary
mission, students will always find an enthusiastic and accessible faculty
to answer questions, solve problems, and stimulate enquiring minds.

Current research spans almost every academic and professional field
and is not limited to laboratory investigations or the "hard" sciences.
Every department of every college at Northeastern carries out some
basic or applied research projects.

A brief summary of some of the topics presently under investigation
by the faculty and students follows. Perhaps something here will spark
hidden interests that students never realized they had. Students desinng
to explore the opportunities for research participation should inquire at
the appropriate departmental offices.

Arts and Sciences

In the College of Arts and Sciences research projects reflect the diversity
of its eighteen departments. Research in the humanities and the natural
and social sciences includes studies in 19th-century Boston architec-
ture, the Off Off Broadway theatre, biochemistry, quantum field theory,
and infrared spectroscopy. As part of the College's interdisciplinary in-
terest in marine sciences, the Marine Science and Maritime Studies
Center has been established. At its Nahant field station and laboratory,
faculty and graduate students carry on research in marine chemistry,
biology, and botany.

230 / Other Schools and Colleges

Engineering

Research in the College of Engineering enconnpasses some of today's
most important technological subjects. Robotics, telecommunications,
signal processing, and the theoretical aspects of computer engineering
graphics are some of the major fields of interest within the College. But
not all studies are high technology oriented. Indeed, some faculty pur-
sue projects dealing with the electrical properties of human blood ves-
sels, while others investigate the mechanical characteristics of cement.
These seemingly diverse research areas do have one thing in common,
however: they deal with the improvement of our quality of life.

Computer Science

Northeastern University's new College of Computer Science represents
one of today's most active technological fields. The research interests of
the computer science faculty span network control algorithms, numerical
applications interactive graphics development, design of data base sys-
tems, artificial intelligence, and the software aspects of VLSI design
systems.

Criminal Justice

The College of Criminal Justice is one of the few institutions of its kind in
the United States to study crime and law in an interdisciplinary fashion.
Lawyers, social and forensic scientists, and system specialists collabo-
rate with Criminal Justice faculty in research activities focusing on both
crime detection and prevention. Some research directions currently pur-
sued by faculty include industrial espionage, private security systems,
and contemporary terrorism.

Law

The School of Law's research activities concentrate on the legal system
from perspectives encompassing the past, present, and future. Topics
include a historical and contemporary view of dispute resolution mech-
anisms, and the ramifications of a landmark court case on the mental
health profession. Law school curricula also come under investigative
scrutiny.

Boston-Bouve

The nature of research in Boston-Bouve College of Human Development
Professions is broad in range and diverse in approach. Changes in
human development and the roles of the teacher and clinician in facili-
tating such changes are topics of lively interest. Some of the current
research interests of the College include the communication abilities of
normal and hearing-impaired individuals, the role of exercise in cardio-
vascular health and disease, the relationship between age change and
the development of motor and cognitive skills in children, the evaluation
of clinical practice in physical therapy and educational practices in the
schools, and the examination of barriers to the employment of the dis-
abled in leisure services.

Nursing

Research interests in the College of Nursing are being directed toward
both its student population and the community at large. A longitudinal
study is now under way to examine predictors of success in the nursing
program. Other areas of interest include the learning experiences in
cooperative education, issues affecting women, and development of
leadership skills in nurses who are employed in middle management
positions.

Research / 231

Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions

Research objectives in the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions have important ramifications for the nation's health. Studies
include new ways to analyze antidepressant and anticonvulsant drugs,
improving methods to diagnose bladder cancer, and clinical applica-
tions in respiratory therapy. The National Institutes of Health, the Office
of Naval Research, and the Union Carbide Company are among the
sponsors of the College's work.

Business Administration

Research in the College of Business Administration is partitioned be-
tween the theoretical and practical aspects of management, human re-
sources, and marketing. New approaches in corporate practice and
academic theory are being realized through conclusions reached by a
faculty examining such topics as high technology management, small
business entrepreneurship, and foreign investment in developing coun-
tries. Other studies concentrate on transportation problems in the United
States, government regulation in industry, and technological forecasting
in the high technology industry. Significant work is also being done by
the marketing faculty in the area of survey research.

Research Centers and Institutes

The Cooperative Education Research Center was established to ad-
dress the need for research in cooperative education and to respond to
the information needs of the co-op community across the country. To
fulfill these objectives, the Research Center conducts and reports a
variety of research studies and maintains a large data base of current
information about co-op programs and a clearinghouse of articles and
reports on co-op.

The Research Center has been a department of Northeastern Univer-
sity's Division of Cooperative Education since 1972. Its creation was a
direct outgrowth of the University establishing, in 1968, an endowed
chair in cooperative education, and the strong national interest in coop-
erative education that emerged during the late 1960s. It is currently
staffed by two full-time researchers and a department assistant.

Northeastern also has several interdisciplinary centers and institutes
which do not grant degrees, but they perform a variety of interesting and
relevant research. The Barnett Institute of Chemical Analysis and Mate-
rials Science has as its goal basic research in the fields of analytical
chemistry and material science and its application to problems of social
relevance. The Institute has developed an international reputation in the
fields of chromatography, mass spectrometry, amorphous metals, and
solar-energy storage devices. The Center for Electron f\/licroscopy is a
self-contained research unit that utilizes the latest scientific equipment
for training and research in cellular and subcellular structures. The Cen-
ter for Applied Social Research is a University-wide institute that deals
with issues of public policy and social research. Projects are presently
under way in the fields of criminal justice, public safety, mental health,
social welfare, and education.

Support services for research are provided by the University's Office
of Sponsored Programs, the Academic Computer Services, and the Di-
vision of Laboratory Animal Medicine.

Undergraduate
Admissions

Undergraduate Admissions

234

Department of Undergraduate
Admissions

139 Richards Hall
Tel: 617-437-2200

Philip R. McCabe, M.Ed., Dean

Mary A. Zammitti, M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director

Assistant Directors Admissions Counselors

Steven B. Bissell, B.S, Jennifer G. Kilson, B.A.

Michael F. Clifford, B.S. Michael C. Perry, M.Ed.
Robert D. Hunter, B.S.

Eleanor W. Lannbert, M.B.A. Admissions Fellow

Cornelius B. O'Leary, B.A W. Peter Schuiz, B.A.

To find a college or university that will suit personal needs and inter-
ests— a place where a student can learn to feel at home and make sound
preparation for a future career — is a goal of all students who plan to
continue their education beyond secondary school. The goal can be
achieved in a number of ways: by talking with enrolled students, faculty,
and alumni; by reading catalogs; and by visiting college campuses. In
fact, a college campus visit should be high on a prospective student's
list of priorities. Northeastern's Committee on Admissions extends a cor-
dial welcome to all prospective freshman and transfer students and has
planned a series of on-campus experiences to make a visit as worth-
while as possible.

The Admissions Conference

Students have many questions about Northeastern — its programs of
study, its services to students, and the Cooperative Plan of Education.
For this reason, the Committee on Admissions sponsors a series of
Orientation Conferences for students. Offered at 10:00 a.m. and 2:00
p.m. on Mondays and Fridays from October 1 through May 1 (except for
legal holidays), these conferences have been most successful in helping
students become better acquainted with the University. They include
comments by an admissions counselor, an informal question-and-an-
swer penod, and a multimedia presentation.

Special sessions are also held in the summer between July 1 and
September 1 . Further information about these summer conferences may
be obtained from the Admissions Department.

Guided Tours

Student-guided tours of the campus are usually held daily, Monday
through Friday, at 1 1 :00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. The admissions conference
and the tour should both be scheduled in advance by writing or calling
the Undergraduate Admissions Office (617-437-2211). The opportunity
to visit the University's facilities and to observe student life on campus is
one important way to learn about Northeastern. Commuting students
who wish to visit the University's Suburban Campus in Burlington are
encouraged to do so. This will appeal especially to those whose home
communities are located north or northwest of Boston.

Undergraduate Admissions / 235

The Interview

Although it is not required, a personal interview is generally regarded as
an appropriate opportunity for students with special questions to meet
with an admissions counselor. In studying the secondary school record,
the counselor may discover some factor that ments further explanation.
In this event, the applicant may be asked to arrange a visit to the Admis-
sions Office. The interview may be held at the request of the student or
the counselor. Contacts with Admissions personnel will be more benefi-
cial if the Northeastern University Bulletin has been carefully read before
the personal interview.

Special Note

Northeastern does not hold Saturday classes for students in the Basic
Colleges; for that reason, guided tours cannot be provided at that time.
A weekday visit to the University is recommended. However, special
Saturday appointments may be arranged on a limited basis.

General Requirements for Entrance

An applicant for admission to Northeastern University has, ideally, com-
pleted a challenging secondary school program— a program that in-
cludes courses in English, foreign language, mathematics, laboratory
science, and history. Proficiency in a foreign language is especially
important for students entering the College of Arts and Sciences. But the
overall school record has importance in itself, both as an indication of
achievement in subjects critical to university study and as a reflection of
a wise choice of electives. The high school transcript should provide
clear evidence of sound study habits so vital to success in higher edu-
cation. Candidates are also encouraged to broaden their reading out-
side of class. The student who can communicate ideas, understand the
meaning of words, and write effectively is at a distinct advantage.

Today's high school students have had the advantage of many inno-
vations that have greatly enriched their experience — independent study,
small group seminars, research projects, and off-campus experiences
related to community service or future vocations. Northeastern is under-
standably interested in the growth of the work/study concept in many
secondary schools, and the Committee on Admissions looks favorably
upon the variety of these worthwhile experiences.

Preparation for Study in Engineering, Computer Science, Science
and Mathematics, and Allied Health Professions

It IS only natural that evidence of special aptitude and the highest pos-
sible level of preparation in the sciences and mathematics should be
required for entrance to certain programs of study offered by the Uni-
versity. Such programs include:

236 / Undergraduate Admissions

College of Arts and Sciences* College of Engineering

Biology, Chemistry, Geology, All programs

Mathematics, Physics,
Applied Physics

School of Engineering
Technology (formerly
Boston-Bouve College of Lincoln College)

Human Development Bachelor of Engineering

Professions* Technology program

Physical Education
Physical Therapy College of Nursing

School and Community

Bachelor of Science program

Health Education College of Pharmacy and

College of Computer Science Allied Health Professions

Bachelor of Science program ^" Programs

Applicants are encouraged to complete a full sequence of science
and mathematics courses if possible. In science, this would usually
include a full academic year of study and laboratory work in biology,
chemistry, and physics; and, in mathematics, geometry, algebra 1 and
2, and a fourth year of trigonometry and/or analysis. Experience has
shown that applicants to programs emphasizing mathematics and sci-
ence also need courses in the social sciences and humanities to be fully
prepared for advanced study.

Preparation for Study in Business Administration

Candidates for admission must have successfully completed a strong
preparatory program in high school, including courses in geometry,
algebra 1 , and algebra 2. While mathematics plays an important role in
the total program, strong emphasis is also placed on liberal studies to
effect an intellectual balance with liberal and appreciative courses.

Preparation for Study in the Social Sciences, Teaching, and
Criminal Justice

Many candidates for admission have enjoyed their greatest success in
areas other than mathematics-science. Their interests lie, quite naturally,
in the study of the humanities and social sciences. Thus, such a student
may choose to apply for admission to one of the following programs:

College of Arts and Sciences* In addition to the science programs,
the College offers programs in Arts and Humanities with majors in Art,
Theatre and Dance, English, Journalism, Modern Languages, Music,
Philosophy, and Speech Communication; and in Social Sciences with
majors in African-American Studies, Economics, History, Human Ser-
vices, Linguistics, Political Science (including a concentration in Public
Administration), Psychology, and Sociology/Anthropology.

Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions* A

strong liberal arts background is recommended since graduates will be
working in professions requiring an understanding of the behavioral and
social implications of human interaction.

*See page 17 for additional majors offered by these Colleges.

Undergraduate Admissions / 237

College of Criminal Justice By its very nature, the program in Crimi-
nal Justice requires a strong base of liberal arts study before profes-
sional courses are introduced. Applicants for admission should therefore
demonstrate the ability to succeed in their study of the behavioral, social,
and human services.

Entrance Examinations
(Freshmen)

Research clearly indicates that the best single predictor of college aca-
demic success is achievement in secondary school. This factor, together
with recommendations from the school counselor, weighs most heavily
in the evaluation process. Although the Scholastic Aptitude Test and
three Achievement Tests of the College Board are required, the Com-
mittee on Admissions recognizes that these test results do not measure
such qualities as determination, imagination., and leadership.

English composition has to be one of the three required Achievement
Tests. Students can choose the other two tests in subjects in which they
feel most confident. Students whose native tongue is not English may
substitute the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) for the
English Composition Test. No single schedule of testing is recom-
mended, but applicants are advised to take subject matter tests while
they are currently studying those subjects.

For full information about College Board Examinations, consult a
school guidance counselor or write directly to:

The College Board

P.O. Box 592

Princeton, New Jersey 08540

P.O. Box 1025

Berkeley. California 94701

The American College Testing Program may be substituted for the
College Board Testing Program. For full information, write to:

American College Testing Program

P.O. Box 168

Iowa City, Iowa 52243

Admissions counselors also will be glad to answer questions about
these testing programs.

Advanced Placement

The University grants advanced placement credit to those students with
a score of 3 or better in their Advanced Placement Examinations. Stu-
dents may take the examinations in the following subjects: American
history, art (history of art, studio art), biology, chemistry, classics (Virgil,
lyric), computer science, English (composition, literature), European his-
tory, French (language, literature), German language, mathematics (cal-
culus AB, calculus BC), music, physics (physics B, physics C-
mechanics, physics C-electricity and magnetism), and Spanish (lan-
guage, literature).

Applicants are required to take the Advanced Placement Tests of the
College Board in May.

238 / Undergraduate Admissions

College-Level Examination
Program

The University cooperates with the College Board in its CLEP Program.
CLEP provides a national program of five General Examinations and
forty-two Subject Examinations to evaluate nontraditional college-level
education. Qualified students are encouraged to take the general and/
or subject matter examinations of CLEP, so that college credit may be
allowed upon entrance. In general, the Committee on Admissions ac-
cepts the score range recommendations of the College Board. North-
eastern University has been designated a CLEP Testing Center.
Inquiries may be addressed to the Counseling and Testing Center,
Room 302, Ell Student Center.

Applying for Admission and Plans of Admission

Entry Dates

Northeastern University admits qualified freshman students to all pro-
grams in September. The University also has a January entrance date
for most of its programs. Entrance dates for transfer students vary by
program; many admit students at the beginning of each of the four
quarters.

The application should be filled out properly, signed, and forwarded
to the Dean of Admissions, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachu-
setts 02115, together with a nonrefundable $25.00 application fee.
Checks should be made payable to Northeastern University. This fee
may be waived in cases of extreme hardship as endorsed by the can-
didate's secondary school counselor or social worker. It is to the stu-
dent's advantage to submit the application for admission promptly.
Students are also responsible for making sure that their transcripts and
College Board scores are submitted to the University.

Program Selection

Many students have difficulty in selecting a program of studies. For this
reason, the University has introduced flexibility into its programs so that
students may explore alternative fields or tailor their programs to per-
sonal goals. Freshman candidates have to indicate a choice of college
and, in some cases, a major. In Arts and Sciences, Business Administra-
tion, Computer Science, Criminal Justice, Engineering, Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions, and the School of Engineering Technology
(formerly Lincoln College), students do not have to make a definite
choice of major concentration or emphasis until the end of the freshman
year and in some programs until the end of the sophomore year. There
is also flexibility in choosing a major in the teacher preparation program
offered by Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions.

Rolling Admission Plan

Under Northeastern's Rolling Admission Plan, decisions on admission
are made as soon as all of the required credentials (including first mark-
ing period senior grades and College Board test scores) have been
submitted and reviewed. In all cases of acceptance, candidates are to
successfully complete their senior year of high school.

Students should note that enrollments are limited in some programs
where the number of applications is expected to exceed campus re-
sources.

Undergraduate Admissions / 239

Deferred Admission Plan

Accepted students who wish to participate in the Deferred Admission
Plan will be asked to describe the activities they plan for the year pre-
ceding enrollment. Students may choose this plan for a variety of rea-
sons that may include travel, health problems, or work. Information on
the plan is available from the Department of Undergraduate Admissions.

Early Admission — Juniors,
Second-Semester Seniors

In certain cases, students may enroll at Northeastern prior to high school
graduation. Such students may enroll either in September or January,
thereby reducing the time to complete degree requirements by one year.
A special form provided by the Admissions Committee requires the en-
dorsement of the school principal or guidance counselor for early ad-
mission. Write to the Department of Undergraduate Admissions for
further details.

Carl S. Ell Scholars Program

The University's Carl S. Ell Scholar award provides recognition to stu-
dents for their high academic achievement

Each year twenty-five freshman students are selected for this aca-
demic achievement award. The scholars are awarded full freshman-year
tuition scholarships, and those who maintain a superior scholastic aver-
age during their years at Northeastern are awarded one-half tuition
grants for each subsequent year. In addition to receiving financial assis-
tance, the scholars are invited to join the Ell Scholars Association in their
freshman year. The association endeavors to build a community of
scholars within the University by providing a forum for intellectual ex-
change. Students are usually notified of their selection before Feb-
ruary 1 .

B.A. or B.S./Juris Doctor (J. D.)
Degree Program

The University will admit a limited number of highly qualified freshmen
to the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science Degree/Juris Doctor ( J.D.)
degree program. Freshman students accepted to this program have to
complete their undergraduate program, graduate in the top 1 5% of their
class, and score in the top 20% on the Law School Aptitude Test (LSAT)
before they can begin the Law School studies. Students who are ac-
cepted as freshmen to this program and meet the above criteria will be
eligible to continue their studies in Northeastern University's School of
Law.

For more information about this program, please contact the Dean of
Admissions.

Community Financial-Aid Grant
Programs

To supplement student earnings from cooperative education experi-
ences, and the University's regular student financial aid program, the
University has established a number of special community grant pro-
grams for disadvantaged students. In all cases, students have to be
accepted for admission and complete the University's application pro-
cedure for financial aid (see p. 255 for complete details) to qualify for
one of the special community grant programs. For additional information,
write to the Department of Undergraduate Admissions.

240 / Undergraduate Admissions

Five- Year Bachelor's/Master's

Degree

Cooperative Education Program

Qualified high school students committed to reaching a high level of
success in engineering can now accelerate their progress by entering
directly into the College of Engineering's Five-Year Bachelor's/Master's
Degree Program. This full-time program allows honor students to earn
both degrees in five years — and at the same time gain extensive on-the-
job experience.

The BS/MS program is offered by three departments: Electrical and
Computer Engineering, Industrial Engineering and Information Systems,
and Mechanical Engineering. The program incorporates cooperative
education, enabling students to alternate periods of academic work with
paid employment in their chosen career field.

Students generally take five courses per quarter and must maintain a
3.2 quality point average to continue in the program. All students begin
with a basic curriculum that includes calculus, physics and labs, com-
puter programming, and chemistry. At the same time, study of the social
sciences and humanities broadens their awareness and understanding
of the spheres in which they will practice their professions.

For additional information, students should contact the Department of
Undergraduate Admissions.

College of Arts and Sciences

Students accepted for entrance to the College of Arts and Sciences
should refer to page 21 for the description of the four tracks students
are placed in by the College before beginning their freshman studies.

Alternative Freshman- Year
Program

The Alternative Freshman-Year Program was developed in collaboration
with University College, a division of Northeastern serving students who
seek a flexible course schedule. This degree-track program may be
ideal for those students who feel that their high school grades and/or
test scores do not reflect their true abilities.

This program is specifically structured to assist students in making
the academic and social adjustments necessary for success in college.
Working with a counselor, students follow a prescribed curriculum de-
signed to meet their individual needs and to help them sharpen basic
academic skills in writing, mathematics, and reading comprehension,
while gaining confidence in their ability to do college-level work. In ad-
dition, the program also permits students to sample different areas of
study before committing themselves to a specific major.

The full range of counseling services, physical education facilities,
dormitory arrangements, and extracurricular programs is generally
available to students enrolled in this program.

For further information about the Alternative Freshman-Year Program,
see page 21 7.

Programs for Minority Students

Northeastern University is committed to expanding educational oppor-
tunities for minority students of high academic promise and to enrolling
a student body reflective of the diverse ethnic and social composition of
our society.

To ensure that minority students have the greatest opportunity for
success, the University's African-American Institute provides tutorial and
counseling services as well as programmed instruction.

Undergraduate Admissions / 241

Project Ujima

Project Ujima is an intensive academic support program for students
whose earlier education did not prepare them adequately for the college
program of their choice.

It provides Project Ujima participants with a variety of supportive ser-
vices aimed at developing academic skills and a positive attitude to-
wards learning throughout their tenure at the University. Special
counseling, tutorials, and educational workshops comprise supportive
activities of the Project. Project Ujima is an academic component of the
African-American Institute.

Open Campus Courses

Under Northeastern University's Open Campus Plan, qualified high
school students who can gam release from their schools are invited to
take full-credit courses at Northeastern while they are still enrolled in
secondary school. In this way, students are able to gain a better idea of
the collegiate environment while they work toward college credit. For
further information, write to the Department of Undergraduate Admis-
sions.

Cooperative Freshman-Year
Program

College of Engineering Summer Quarter Each June, the College of
Engineering enrolls a limited number of qualified students in all pro-
grams under a special summer Cooperative Freshman-Year Program.

Students may enter Northeastern University in the June following com-
pletion of the senior or junior secondary-school year and complete the
first quarter of their college freshman year from June to September.

Graduating high school seniors then continue their freshman aca-
demic programs or undertake cooperative work assignments. The first
cooperative work assignment normally occurs either in the winter quarter
(January to March) or in the spring quarter (April to June). Under special
circumstances, and at the discretion of the faculty coordinator, freshmen
may be placed in September, following completion of their first aca-
demic quarter. After this work assignment, the student will return to
Northeastern and complete the freshman year. The exact schedule will
be based upon the professional judgment of the Cooperative Education
Department and the academic progress of the student.

By extending the freshman year, enrollees have the opportunity to
defray a portion of their first-year expenses.

Following the summer term, juniors have the option of returning to their
secondary schools with credits earned toward college degrees or stay-
ing on at Northeastern, with the permission of their secondary schools,
as members of the freshman class. Students who choose to remain at
Northeastern then have the opportunity either in the fall or winter quarter,
to participate in cooperative work assignments similar to those held by
graduating seniors. For additional information, write to the Department
of Undergraduate Admissions.

Orientation and
Registration

The orientation and registration program officially launches your aca-
demic career at Northeastern.

The administration, faculty, and many upper-division students have
planned several days of programs, faculty seminars, meetings, and spe-

242 / Undergraduate Admissions

cial events designed to help you adapt to college life in general and
Northeastern University in particular.

In addition to participating in regular registration operations, receiving
class schedules, and purchasing books, you will meet with the dean and
faculty members of your college, who will provide information concern-
ing your planned academic major, courses, and career goals.

You will have the opportunity to attend "how to" study seminars, i.e.,
study successfully, be assertive, make friends, etc., as well as peer-
counseling sessions, and many other informative events. The Depart-
ment of Cooperative Education, for example, has planned meetings
regarding job opportunities and school-work experiences.

You will be introduced to members of more than 150 student organi-
zations, some of which you might choose to join. Guided tours of Bos-
ton's historical and cultural centers will also be available.

Skill and Competency
Development

Responding to a growing national concern for the improvement of basic
writing, numerical, and reading/study skills, the University extends to
freshman in several of its participating Colleges the opportunity to en-
hance the likelihood of academic success as freshmen through enroll-
ment in compensatory (i.e., development) courses.

Selection for such course work is based upon the correlation of com-
petency data, derived from specifically prepared testing procedures
administered on campus along with pre-freshman academic creden-
tials.

The freshman writing sequence, the mathematics sequence, and the
reading/study skills course each bears full credit in participating
colleges. (See page 216.)

Instructors, freshman advisers, and the Freshman Affairs Staff of the
Dean of Students' Office are ready to assist involved freshmen in achiev-
ing success in their endeavors.

Special Students

A limited number of special students may be admitted to the Basic
Colleges. Special students are not degree candidates and must meet
criteria set by the college to which they are admitted.

Those admitted as special students usually have completed some
college-level work. The following are among the applicants who may be
considered:

— a college or university graduate who needs additional course work to
prepare or qualify for a graduate program;

— individuals, recommended by deans or program directors, who need
particular formal course work to meet professional requirements for
certification;

— students who need several courses to complete degree requirements
at another college or university, provided they have written approval
from the appropriate college dean; others who are recommended by
deans of the colleges to take courses leading to regular admission.
In such cases, special-student enrollment should be limited to one
academic quarter.

All special students will be charged a nonrefundable application fee
of $25. Before obtaining and paying for an application, the potential '
special student should consult a counselor in the office of the dean of

Undergraduate Admissions / 243

the college offering the course(s) desired. Tuition will be at the quarter-
hour rate in effect at the time and must be paid before registration is
valid. Special students will be admitted to classes only when there is
space available.

All special students must obtain approval from the office of the dean
of the Basic College in which they wish to enroll prior to each quarter's
registration, but will be required to pay the application fee only once.

International Students

International students are required to complete and file the regular un-
dergraduate application at least six months before registration. They
must meet all admission requirements, including the standardized tests
administered by the College Board. All academic credentials should be
translated into English before being forwarded to the Department of
Admissions. After notification of acceptance, students must pay the re-
quired deposits and fully complete the University's Declaration and Cer-
tification of Finances Form by the date specified on the acceptance
certificate before a Certificate of Eligibility (1-20 Form or IAP-66 Form)
can be forwarded.

All international students participate in the University's five-year co-
operative education program. Only students in the College of Arts and
Sciences may petition to complete their degree program in four years.

Northeastern University is authorized under Federal law to enroll non-
immigrant alien students.

Students may obtain a copy of the international student admissions
booklet, IVIany Tongues, One Language, by writing to the Department of
Undergraduate Admissions.

English as a Second Language
Proficiency Requirement

Before being considered for admission, students whose native language
is not English are required to demonstrate some English language pro-
ficiency. This can be done by submitting the results of the College
Board's Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), by successfully
completing an approved English language course of study, or by being
currently enrolled in such a course.

Before being allowed to enroll in any university classes, all interna-
tional students, along with any other student whose first language is not
English, are required to take the English Proficiency Test administered
by the University's English Language Center. This requirement applies
to all nonnative speakers regardless of the length of time they have been
in the United States or their previous study of English.

The results of this test will be used to assign students to their English
courses. Students with minimal English language skills will be assigned
to the noncredit Intensive English Course. The level of course work re-
quired in English will determine the student's academic schedule.

Admission of Transfer Students

Students wishing to transfer to Northeastern University may request ad-
vanced standing credit as upperclassmen on the basis of acceptable
credits earned in an accredited two- or four-year institution or a technical

244 / Undergraduate Admissions

institute. In addition, Northeastern University participates in the Ad-
vanced Placennent Program (APR) as administered by the College En-
trance Examination Board. The University will grant college credit for
such courses in which a score of 3 or better has been attained. Students
may also receive advanced standing credit for satisfactory performance
through both the General and Subject Examinations of the College Level
Examination Program (CLEP). A score of 500 or better (general exami-
nations) and a score of 50 or better (subject examinations) are required
on any CLEP test to receive credit at Northeastern University.

Basic Requirements

1 . Transfer students will be admitted to Northeastern University when
they have achieved a satisfactory college record at another insti-
tution; that is, a satisfactory record appropriate to the course of
study they wish to pursue.

2. Credit will generally be granted toward a Northeastern degree for
any reasonably equivalent course completed with a passing
grade at another accredited institution.

3. Candidates must be in good standing and must be eligible to
continue in the institution they are currently attending.

Undergraduate Admissions / 245

Application Procedure

1 . Connpiete an application for admission form and forward it with a
non-refundable fee of $25.00 to the Department of Undergraduate
Admissions. All transfer students are required to indicate their
choice of college and major on the application.

2. Submit an official transcript of their high school record.

3. Request that an official transcript from each college attended be
sent to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions directly from the
Registrar's Office of the respective colleges. A listing of courses in
progress for the current academic year (including course number,
course title, and number of credits to be earned in each course)
should also be fonwarded.

NOTE: Transfer students are not required to complete entrance exami-
nations.

Deadline dates for completion of all applications for each of the four
quarters are as follows:

Winter Quarter November 1

Spnng Quarter February 1

Summer Quarter May 1

Fall Quarter July 1

The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required for
students whose native language is not English. International students
must obtain authorization from the Immigration and Naturalization Ser-
vice to transfer from one school to another. Please refer to page 243 for
complete information for International Students.

Orientation and Registration

All transfer students are required to participate in an orientation and
registration program scheduled immediately before the beginning of
classes. This one- to five-day program provides transfer students with
the opportunity to meet with their faculty advisers and plan their course
schedules. They will also meet with members of the Student Affairs
Office and the Cooperative Education Department.

Students should bring a copy of their official Certificate of Acceptance
to the Orientation and Registration program. In most cases, the certifi-
cate will list each course (and its credit value) for which the transfer
student has received credit. The total number of credits being received
will also be listed on the certificate.

Students will only receive full transfer credit for courses that are listed
on the certificate of acceptance and for which a grade has been re-
corded on an official transcnpt from their former college(s).

Transfer credit from other institutions is not computed into the North-
eastern University quality point average.

Northeastern University uses the quarter calendar and awards quarter
hours of credit for courses that are successfully completed. Each quarter
hour of credit is equivalent to three quarters (3/4) of one semester hour.

246 / Undergraduate Admissioris

Most Northeastern courses are equivalent to three (3) sennester hours of
credit or four (4) quarter hours.

In general, students who successfully complete 48 quarter hours will
usually qualify for sophonnore standing, 80 for middler, 112 for junior,
and 148 for senior. All upperclass course selection for transfer students
is planned with their faculty advisors.

Additional information about transfer policies and procedures may be
obtained from the Department of Admissions.

Required Deposits from Freshmen and
Transfer Students

If the Committee on Admissions makes a favorable decision on a stu-
dent's application, the student will be asked to submit a nonrefundable
tuition deposit of $100 by May 1 . This deposit serves as an indication of
intent to enroll and is applied to the first-quarter tuition account.

Students applying for entrance dates other than September should
carefully read their certificates of acceptance, which will indicate the
required deposit dates.

General and Special Health Requirements

Prior to registration at Northeastern the Lane Health Center's Pre-en-
trance Physical Examination Form is sent to each student following ac-
ceptance. It is mandatory that each accepted applicant return this
completed form, which includes the medical history. This examination
requires a tuberculin test within six months of the registration date. A
rubella titre test is also required for all students. All students are required
to have physician-documented proof of having been immunized against
measles, mumps, rubella, tetanus, and diphtheria. The rubella vaccine
may be waived if a satisfactory antibody titre against rubella is demon-
strated. This information must be forwarded to the University physician
for review. Proper health clearance is considered a condition of admis-
sion.

Except in the most extreme instances, neither physical nor emotional
problems are considered a bar to admission. In fact, we actively en-
courage handicapped students to become part of the University com-
munity. With pertinent information, we usually can make the adjustments
to college life smoother and supply special aids when needed.

Sound health and physical fitness are especially important for stu-
dents in the Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions
and the College of Nursing and are required by their nonuniversity affili-
ations. Candidates for admission to the College of Nursing are required
to receive special health clearance prior to enrollment. A repeat health

247

examination by the Lane Health Center is given in the third year for
physical therapy students in the Boston-Bouve College of Human De-
velopment Professions.

Students in Medical Laboratory Science, Radiology, Pharmacy, Nurs-
ing, and Physical Therapy are required to have a recent tuberculin test
prior to entenng clinical affiliations.

A tuberculin test is also required of all students prior to entering their
period of student teaching.

' ii niiiiiiiii^

„. . .^....J

-m^,.**.

'*"""* n

-grygj

College Expenses

250

Tuition and Fees

Students are advised that tuition rates, room-and-board charges, and
fees are subject to revision by the Board of Trustees at any time. They
should also note that the freshman year consists of three quarters of full-
time study. The Cooperative Plan, whereby students may be gainfully
employed, does not begin until the sophomore year.

The primary purpose of the Cooperative Plan is to provide invaluable
on-the-job training, but it also can help make education possible without
the accumulation of a large personal debt. Because of the Plan — and
the University's determination to keep basic expenses as low as possi-
ble— many deserving students who might not otherwise be able to afford
an education have attended Northeastern.

Expenses for the Freshman Year
(Three Quarters)

Tuition for the freshman year, for those who enroll in September, is pay-
able in three installments at the beginning of the fall, winter, and spring
quarters. For those who enroll in January, payments are due at the
beginning of the winter, spring, and summer quarters.

Board-and-room expenses for those living in University-sponsored
residence facilities vary slightly according to the dormitory to which a
student may be assigned. These costs are computed on the basis of a
seven-day-a-week arrangement and are also paid in three installments
at the beginning of each quarter.

Total Freshman Expenses

Application Fee $ 25.00

Tuition (Engineering, School of Engineering Technology
(formerly Lincoln College), Business Administration,

Computer Science) 7,050.00

Tuition, Boston-Bouve Physical Therapy 6,675.00

Tuition (all other colleges) 6,450.00

Board (based on the 21 -meal plan) 2, 1 90.00t

Room* 2,430.00t

Student Center Fee 37.50t

Student Activities Fee 21 .00

Infirmary Fee (if applicable) 75.00t

Health Services Fee 300.00

Laboratory Deposit (if applicable; 35.00
$10.00 charge for extra cards)

The above list excludes personal expenses and expenses for books and
supplies.

*This scale is for Speare and Stetson Halls. Rates for other residence halls may'
vary. Students occupying single rooms will be charged an additional $25 per\
quarter. See Housing section, page 292.

tPayable in three installments at the beginning of each freshman quarter: Septem
ber 23. 1985; January 6, 1986; and April 7, 1986. For students who enroll irw
January, the dates would be January 6, 1986: April 7, 1986: and June 30. 1986.

Tuition and Fees / 251

Special Note

A nonrefundable deposit of $1 00 for tuition is payable not later than May
1. An additional nonrefundable deposit of $400 will be required from
those who request housing. These deposits are applied to the first-
quarter costs. (See also page 255.)

Expenses for Upperclassmen

Tuition for Arts and Sci-

Tuition for Engineering,

ences, Boston-Bouve,*

School of Engineering

Criminal Justice, Nurs-

Technology (formerly

ing, Pharmacy and Allied

Lincoln College), Com-

Health Professions

puter Science, and Bus
ness Administration

Division A

September 23, 1985

$2,975.00

$3,300.00

April/, 1986

2,975.00

3,300.00

Division B

January 6, 1986

2,975.00

3,300.00

June 30, 1986

2,975.00

3,300.00

Division C**

September 23, 1985

2,975.00

3,300.00

January 6, 1986

2,975.00

3,300.00

April 7, 1986

2.975.00

3,300.00

'Physical Therapy Program = $3,075 per academic quarter.
'Division C is the term used to denote the classification of students who are
temporarily or permanently on a noncooperative academic year. Certain students
in the College of Arts and Sciences may select a noncooperative four-year pro-
gram. In other colleges, this program is temporary, sometimes required of transfer
students to phase into the Cooperative Plan.

Required Fees for All Students

Application Fee

A fee of $25 is required when the application for admission is filed. This
fee is nonrefundable.

•Accident and Sickness Insurance

Student Center Fee

Graduation Fee

The University provides an excellent hospital insurance and student
health program. All students will pay a nonrefundable University Health
Service fee of $300 per year. This fee will cover the group Blue Cross-
Blue Shield program and the medical services provided to students by
the University Health Service.

All students in the Basic Colleges on the Huntington Avenue campus are
charged a fee of $12.50 per quarter for the services available in the
Student Center building.

The University requires a $35 graduation fee from all candidates for a
degree. This fee must be paid before the end of the fifth week of the last
scholastic quarter in the senior year. Candidates in the College of Nurs-
ing are also required to pay a charge of about $10 for their graduation
pins.

252 /College Expenses

College of Nursing Uniforms

Students in the baccalaureate degree program of the College of Nursing
purchase uniforms in the fall quarter of the sophomore year.

College of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions Uniforms

Students in Respiratory Therapy purchase uniforms in the spring quarter
of the sophomore year.

Students in Dental Hygiene purchase uniforms in the fall quarter of the
freshman year.

Students in Radiologic Technology purchase uniforms in the fall quar-
ter of the freshman year.

Students in the Medical Laboratory Science programs purchase lab-
oratory coats in the spring quarter of the freshman year. Co-op assign-
ments to hospitals usually will require uniform purchases in the spring or
summer quarter of the sophomore year.

Student Activities Fee 1

A fee of $7.00 per quarter for all students to fund student clubs, activi-
ties, etc.

Photo-Identification Operation

All full-time students, staff, and faculty are required to have an officially
approved and properly validated photo-identification card. All students
are required to show their I.D. card at the Library, athletic events, student
elections, Health Services, and the Bursar's or Registrar's Office.

An official I.D. card will be issued to new students at their orientation
and registration periods. Replacements for lost cards can be obtained
by going FIRST to the Bursar's Office, 248 Rl, and then, for the photo, to
251 Ell Center between the hours of 11:30 a.m.-2:30 p.m., Monday
through Friday. A charge of $2 is levied for the initial ID. card; $5 for a
replacement.

Other Fees i

International Student Fee

There is a one-time fee of $200 charged to new, undergraduate interna-
tional students, payable upon their acceptance at Northeastern.

Liability Insurance

Freshmen majoring in the Colleges of Nursing (Bachelor Degree Pro-
gram and Special Program for R.N.s) and Allied Health (Respiratory
Therapy), as well as all upperclass students in Nursing, Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions (excluding Health Records), and medical or
health-related programs in Boston-Bouve College of Human Develop-
ment Professions, are required to carry liability insurance. A fee of $18
is charged per year.

Payment of Tuition

All payments should be made at the Cashier's Office, 248 Richards Hall,
or by mail. Checks should be made payable to Northeastern University.
Beginning with the second week of any quarter, students are not eligible
to attend classes unless their tuition has been paid, or specific arrange-
ments have been made with the Bursar for a plan of deferred payment.

Tuition and Fees / 253

It IS the student's responsibility to ensure that all tuition and dormitory
charges and fees are paid when due. If a bill has not been received
prior to the start of classes each quarter, it is necessary that the student
come in person to the Bursar's Office where a bill will be processed.

Any discrepancies in billing should be immediately brought to the
attention of the Bursar's Office. If there is a billing problem, the undis-
puted portion of the bill should be paid on time to avoid any additional
late fees. Failure to receive a bill through the mail or to pay the undis-
puted portion of the bill are not justification for late payment of amounts
actually owed.

Deferred Payment

Deferred payment of tuition entails a fee of $10, which is levied on all
accounts not paid by the end of the second week of classes. To arrange
for a deferred payment plan, students must contact the Bursar's Office
before the start of the second week of classes.

Late Payment Fee

A fee of $100 will be assessed for failure to arrange for, and make,
payments in accordance with the prescribed regulations.

Laboratory Deposits

Students taking laboratory courses should be prepared to purchase
laboratory deposit cards from the Bursar as directed by the department
offering the course. These deposits will be charged with deductions for
breakage and destruction of apparatus in the laboratory. A charge of
$1 0 each is made for extra cards.

Reserve Officers' Training Corps
Uniform Deposit

Freshmen enrolling in ROTO make a deposit of $35 to cover loss of, or
damage to, ROTO uniforms and equipment. Any loss or damage ex-
ceeding the deposit will be charged to the student.

General

Students in the College of Nursing may expect to be assessed fees for
clinical laboratory experiences. Physical Education majors pay a room-
and-board charge for a resident program at the Warren Center in the
spring quarter. Recreation and Leisure Studies students pay a fee for a
one-week term of camping at the Warren Center. A one-week session in
winter sports is optional for Recreation and Leisure Studies majors in
their junior or senior year (at a cost of $1 75).

Refunds

The University provides all instruction on an academic-quarter basis, for
which students pay at the beginning of each quarter. Tuition refunds in
all schools and colleges may be granted through the first four weeks of
a quarter only when specific conditions are met and on the basis of the
date appearing on the official withdrawal application. (Nonattendance
does not constitute official withdrawal.) Questions regarding refunds
should be discussed with the Dean of Students' Office. When approved,
refunds are made as follows:

254 / College Expenses

Tuition Refund

Official Withdrawal Percentage of

Filed Within Tuition Refunded

1st week of Quarter 100
2nd week of Quarter 75

3rd week of Quarter 50

4th week of Quarter 25

Room and Board

(New Freshman and Transfer Students)

Rental charges for rooms in University accommodations are refunda-
ble only in cases of withdrawal prior to the start of a quarter (except in
special circumstances so adjudged by the University). The $400 deposit
is not refundable. Board charges may be refunded for all unused por-
tions when the food identification card is surrendered to the Office of the
Dean of Students for Housing.

Overloads

Tuition covers the cost of each student's required courses for a quarter.
In addition, a course worth one quarter hour of credit may be taken
without added charge. However, any other additional courses will be
billed as overloads to the students taking them.

255

Housing

Northeastern University's location, in one of the most central and exciting
sections of Boston, offers the student an opportunity to participate in
many cultural and educational activities. With residence halls on the
Back Bay campus, between the Museum of Fine Arts and Symphony
Hall, the city is at your doorstep. Northeastern's library, student center,
and athletic facilities are nearby.

Most of the residence halls have lounge areas and recreation rooms,
including color television. Pnvacy and a quiet study environment are
encouraged, but students must recognize that residence hall living can-
not provide the privacy and quiet they may enjoy in their own homes.
However, the benefits, as well as the occasional inconveniences of living
in a community, may contribute to personal growth.

A natural advantage of residence living may be the increased involve-
ment in social and educational activities. Students are encouraged to
join the committees that make decisions about student life.

Full- or part-time residence hall staff reside in each residence facility.

Housing Application and
Contract

All students requesting University housing on their application for admis-
sion to Northeastern will receive a housing application. The completed
application must be returned with the $400 deposit according to the
instructions provided. Assignments, which are made on a first-come,
first-served basis, are mailed as long as the deposit is returned by the
established deadline. Fall housing assignments are processed and
mailed during the month of August. This non-refundable deposit will be
credited to the student's first quarter residence charges.

The freshman contract is for three full quarters; upperclass transfer
students must file applications on a quarterly basis as their contract is
valid for only one quarter at a time. The upperclass deposit is $250.
Contracts for summer-quarter freshmen are handled on an individual
basis in accordance with the student's academic schedule.

l\/larried Student Housing

No University housing is available for married students. However, the
University does maintain listings of off-campus rooms and apartments.
These are available at the Housing Office, 104-106 Ell Building. Al-
though the Housing Office has agreed to make this listing available,
we do not inspect or endorse the advertised property or space.

The Selection

The choice of housing is an important consideration for the first year,
and freshmen are encouraged to visit Northeastern before making a
decision. Tours of residence halls are available by advance arrange-
ment with the Department of Admissions.

Upperclass and transfer students may live in residence halls or apart-
ments. Freshmen are usually assigned to residence halls unless avail-
able space exists only in apartments.

Most rooms are designed to accommodate two students; however,
some three- and four-person rooms are available in certain of these
facilities. Some residence halls feature "group areas" that house from
three to six students in a two- or three-room area.

256 /College Expenses

The University maintains some apartment units for men and women.
These apartments accommodate up to four students. Assignments are
made based on the date of receipt of the housing deposit and applica-
tion. Each unit is fully furnished, and the rental charge includes utilities.

Off-Campus Housing

Arrangements for off-campus housing are the responsibility of the stu-
dent and the students family Though the Housing Office, 104-106
Ell, has agreed to make a listing of off-campus housing available,
we do not inspect or endorse the advertised property or space.

Fraternity Housing

Certain fraternities provide opportunities for room and board for men at
reasonable rates. Information regarding these housing facilities may be
obtained from the Housing Office, 104-106 Ell, Northeastern University,
Boston, Massachusetts 021 1 5.

Cars

Freshmen living in residence halls are not allowed to have cars or
other powered vehicles on campus.

Upperclass students are strongly discouraged from bringing cars
with them, as the University does not permit overnight parking, and
there is a severe shortage of public parking spaces near the Univer-
sity.

Costs for Room Per Quarter*

Women's Residence Halls

Kerr Hall (upperclass students only) $685

1 57 Hemenway Street $81 0

Coec' Residence Halls

Smith Hall (upperclass students only) $685

SpeareHall $810

Stetson Hall West $810

Stetson Hall East $810

White Hall $685

White Hall (renovated area) $810

YMCA (includes cost of single room) $710

115 Hemenway Street $810

1 1 9 Hemenway Street $81 0

400 The Fenway $685

Men's Residence Halls

Melvin Hall $685

Light Hall $685

1 53 Hemenway Street $810

1 63 Hemenway Street $81 0

Housing / 257

Apartments

1 06-1 22 St. Stephen Street $885

Fairwood Apartments — 319 and 337 Huntington Avenue $810

Museum Villa— 454, 458, 460 Huntington Avenue $885

407 Huntington Avenue $810

Rubenstein Hall— 464 Huntington Avenue $885

West Apartments— 50 Leon Street $950

1 42-1 48 Hemenway Street $885

With the exception of the YMCA, all single rooms are charged at an
additional rate of $25 per quarter. An infirmary fee of $25 dollars per

quarter is charged to resident students.

'Costs and types of residence halls (coed, men, women) are subject
to change.

University Food Service

All students who live in University residence halls are required to partic-
ipate in the University Food Plan. Three different meal plans are avail-
able.

Meals per Week Cost per Quarter

21 $730

15 $660

1 0 $600

Students living in University apartments are not required to be on the
Food Plan; however, they may choose one of the meal plans if they wish.
When conditions warrant, such as during weekends and slow periods,
the University may close or consolidate certain dining facilities.

Security

Security for the residence facilities is provided by trained University
police officers. In addition, residents are required to show appropriate
identification to the security proctor when entering the residence hall.
Guests, both male and female, must sign in with the proctor.

The University police provide escort service for students who wish to
go from one section of the campus to another late at night.

Financial Assistance

260

Financial Aid

Charles M. Devlin, M.Ed., Dean of Student Financial Services

Financial assistance in the form of loans, grants, and work-study is avail-
able on an annual basis to qualified students. Undergraduate financial
aid funds are administered in accordance with a nationally established
policy and philosophy of financial aid for students pursuing a degree in
higher education. It is a basic premise of this policy that parents have
an obligation to pay for the education of their children to the extent that
they are able to do so. In addition, students are expected to contribute
to their educational cost from summer and co-op earnings, outside
agency awards, their own assets, and other resources they may have.
Financial aid is available only for meeting the difference between the
total family contnbution (parents' and student's contribution) and the
annual educational costs. The parents' contribution is determined by an
objective analysis of the family's financial state; net income, number of
dependents, allowable expenses, indebtedness, and assets. Criteria
established by the College Scholarship Service are used in making the
evaluation.

The University does not award any form of financial assistance to
students who are not citizens or eligible permanent residents of the
United States.

Application Procedure

Initial Year (Freshman and Transfer Students) Applicants seeking
financial assistance are required to complete and mail a Financial Aid
Form (FAF) to the College Scholarship Service by February 15 for Sum-
mer or Fall entrance and by October 15 for Winter or Spring entrance.
Transfer applicants must also complete an institutional "Upperclass Ap-
plication for Financial Aid" and have completed Financial Aid Transcripts
from all previously attended post-secondary schools. These two docu-
ments must be submilted by April 15 for summer or fall entrance and by
October 15 for Winter or Spring entrance.

On the FAF you must indicate Northeastern University (code 3667),
the Pell Grant Program, and your state scholarship program (if applica-
ble) as recipients of the FAF. The FAF is available from secondary school
guidance offices or the Financial Aid Office.

Awards are made on a first-applied, first-aided basis and are contin-
gent on continued funding. The typical award takes the form of a pack-
age combining a grant, a loan, and/or part-time employment. Awards
may be adjusted at any time upon receipt of other funds or changes in
status.

All initial year recipients of financial aid are required to submit a copy
of their parents' prior year tax return before their financial aid award is
final.

Upperclass (Sophomore-Senior) Upperclass applicants are required
to submit a Financial Aid Form to the College Scholarship Service and a
Northeastern University "Upperclass Application for Financial Assis-
tance" each year for which they desire assistance. On the FAF you must
indicate Northeastern University (code 3667), the Pell Grant Program,

Financial Aid / 261

and your state scholarship program (if applicable) as recipients of the
FAF. The FAF must be filed by February 15 for all upperclass aid appli-
cants. The "Upperclass Application" is due by April 15 for students in
school Fall and Spring quarters and August 15 for students in school
Winter and Summer quarters. Financial aid awards are made for the
entire academic year.

Graduate and Law Students All Graduate and Law School applicants
must file the Graduate and Professional School Financial Aid Services
(GAPSFAS) form, a Northeastern University "Application for Financial
Assistance," and a Financial Aid Transcript from each post-secondary
school attended. Parents' financial information is required on the GAPS-
FAS form from all applicants. Application deadlines are as follows:

Law students February 15

All other graduate students April 15

Eligibility and Selection

In order to be eligible to participate in the financial aid program at
Northeastern University, all students must a) apply for financial aid, com-
pleting the proper application forms and submitting them in a timely
fashion; b) have documented financial need; c) be in attendance at
Northeastern University, pursuing a first bachelor's degree on at least a
half-time basis in an eligible program; d) be making normal academic
progress as determined by the college in which the student is enrolled;
e) meet any other eligibility requirements of the individual aid programs.

Due to limited funding. Northeastern University is not always able to
meet the full financial need of all applicants. Priorities in awarding aid
will be based on highest financial need, meeting application deadlines,
and the potential for academic achievement. All financial aid is contin-
gent on the availability of funds.

Most students who attend Northeastern University move along with
their class. On request, information about retention and attrition can be
obtained from the Office of the Dean of Students.

Mail inquiries to:

Northeastern University
Office of Financial Aid
P.O. Box 75
Boston, Massachusetts 02117

Office Hours

8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday-Friday

Telephone Numbers

General Information (Financial Aid) 61 7-437-31 90

Pell Grant Information 617-437-3804

Help/GSL/Parent Loans 617-437-3386

Initial-year Information 617-437-3907

Student Employment Center 61 7-437-3200

262/

State Assistance Programs

The Office of Financial Aid strongly advises applicants for aid to
apply to state scholarship programs at the same time that they
apply for aid from the University.

State Grants and Scholarships

The Commonwealth of Massachusetts provides scholarship aid to Mas-
sachusetts students pursuing full-time programs of study in an accred-
ited college or university. Application is made by completing the
Massachusetts version of the Financial Aid Form. Awards are made in
the summer of each year, and applications for entering freshmen are
available through their high school guidance offices. Out-of-state stu-
dents should investigate aid programs in their respective states. Sub-
stantial state aid is offered by Connecticut, New Jersey, Pennsylvania,
Rhode Island, Vermont, and Maine. Application is by the Financial Aid
Form (FAF).

The Commonwealth of Massachusetts also provides assistance
through the Gilbert Matching Grant Program and four pilot programs
which include a work, loan, and two grant programs. Application for
these programs is based on a completed Financial Aid Form. Funds are
awarded by the Financial Aid Office based on guidelines published by
the state.

Massachusetts Family Education
Loans

The Massachusetts College Student Loan Authority, in cooperation with
Northeastern University, offers a program of Family Education Loans
under which parents can borrow to pay the cost of education and repay
in low monthly payments over fifteen years. Neither students nor parents
need to be Massachusetts residents. A credit-worthy spouse may also
qualify to borrow under the program. To participate, a student must be
enrolled at least half-time. Families can borrow up to three-quarters of
the yearly cost of attendance. There is a $2,000 minimum loan amount.
Applications may be requested from the Office of Financial Aid.

Federal Programs

Note: All Federal financial aid programs are subject to change,
depending upon adequate and continuing Federal support.

Pell Grant

This is a program of direct federal grants to undergraduate students only. Eligible
students can receive as much as $2,100 per year toward the cost of their edu-
cation. Pell Grants are generally available to all students who have not previously
received a bachelor's degree, who are not in this country on a student visa, and
who are attending college on at least a half-time basis (minimum 6 quarter hours).
Students must be enrolled in an eligible program for the purpose of obtaining a
degree or certificate. To utilize this program to the fullest, all students applying
for financial aid must file for a Pell Grant.

Applications for a Pell Grant can be made on the Financial Aid Form (FAF),
which is available from local high schools, or by calling the Pell Grant unit of the
Financial Aid Office at 617-437-3804.

Financial Aid / 263

College Work-Study Program

This is a need-based program of part-time employment under the sponsorship of
the federal government. It is designed to help full-time students meet their edu-
cational expenses. Students generally work part-time while attending classes.
Eligible students may work for the University or for public or private nonprofit off-
campus agencies. The Office of Financial Aid has the responsibility of placing
qualified students in their job assignments.

Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grant

Supplementary Grants are direct awards provided by the federal government.
They are available to a limited number of full-time undergraduate students who
present evidence of needing financial assistance. Eligible students who are ac-
cepted for entrance may receive Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grants
ranging from $200 to $2,000 for each year of their undergraduate education.

Health Professions Loan

This program is available to full-time undergraduate students who have been
accepted for a course of study leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in
Pharmacy. A student who evidences financial need and academic promise may
borrow as much as $2,500 per academic year. Repayment of principal and inter-
est does not begin until one year after the student ceases to pursue a full-time
course of study. Repayment of principal may be extended over a ten-year period
with interest at the rate of 9 percent per annum.

Guaranteed Student Loan
Program

Under this program, students who are enrolled for at least one-half the normal
academic work load may borrow from a participating bank or other financial
institution. Terms and conditions vary from state to state, but the law allows
dependent undergraduates to borrow a maximum of $2,500 per year, up to a
total of $12,500, for undergraduate study. The federal government pays the inter-
est while the student is in school. The student must begin repaying the pnncipal
of the loan plus interest shortly after the student drops below half-time enrollment.
Applications for the loan itself are available from local banks or the Education
Office of your state government. Additional information and necessary application
forms for first-time borrowers are available from the Financial Aid Office.

Parent Loans for
Undergraduate Students

Under the Parent Loan Program (PLUS), parents of dependent undergraduate
students may borrow up to $3,000 per year for each child enrolled in an approved
educational institution. These loans are also offered by banks and other financial
institutions, although terms and availability vary from state to state. Unlike the
Guaranteed Student Loans, the PLUS loans require parents to begin repayment
of the loan (with 12 percent interest) within 60 days of receiving the loan. Repay-
ment may be stretched out over ten years, as long as the minimum monthly
payment of $30 is maintained. Applications and more information can be ob-
tained from local lending institutions.

National Direct Student Loan , ^ *„or,^ioi

Direct Loans are available to students who present evidence of needing tinanciai
assistance. Undergraduate students may borrow up to a maximum of $3,000 for
the first two years, or a total of $6,000 for their entire undergraduate education.
Students are allowed a total maximum of $12,000 through their undergraduate
and graduate education. Repayment and interest on Direct Loans are not re-
quired until 6 months after a student graduates or withdraws from the institution.
Repayment of principal may be extended over a ten-year period, with the interest
rate at 5 percent per annum. Repayment may be deferred up to three years if the
student is pursuing at least a half-time course of study or serving in the Peace
Corps, VISTA, or the armed forces.

264 / Financial Assistance
Nursing Student Loan

This program is designed for full-time undergraduate students who have been
accepted for a course of study leading to an Associate or Bachelor of Science
degree in Nursing. Provided financial need is evident, students may borrow as
much as $2,500 each year up to a maximum amount of $10,000 for their entire
undergraduate education. Repayment and interest on these loans do not begin
until nine months after the student ceases to pursue a full-time course of study.
The repayment of the principal may be extended over a ten-year period with the
interest at the rate of 6 percent per annum.

Reserve Officers' Training
Corps Scholarship Program

(Refer to section on Reserve Officers' Training Corps. ^

University Scholarships

The following scholarships are awarded through the Office of Financial
Aid. Because we award specific scholarships to the students who qual-
ify, you should not apply for any specific scholarship. If you feel you are
a potential recipient for any of these listed awards, you may bring that
fact to our attention.

The Vivian B. Allen Scholarships

Nursing

The Vivian B. Allen Foundation Endowment for nursing scholarships was estab-
lished in 1968 through the generosity of the Vivian B. Allen Foundation, Inc. The
income from a $500,000 endowment fund is to be used to provide scholarship
assistance for students entering or enrolled in the College of Nursing of North-
eastern University. The application procedures and qualifications for selection
are the same as those for all other scholarships.

Alumni Scholarships

All Colleges

Scholarship aid is available to entering freshmen who are relatives of alumni.
Applications must show evidence of scholastic achievement and financial need.

Class of 1967 Alumni Scholarship

Day College Students

The Northeastern University Class of 1967 Alumni Scholarship was established in
1967 and endowed in 1982 by the Class of 1967. Income from the fund is to be
awarded each year based on financial need, campus activities, and scholastic
achievement. Priority will be given to children, other relatives, and friends of the
Class of 1967.

Irving Aronson Scholarship

Engineering

The Irving Aronson Scholarship for Electrical Engineering students was estab-
lished through the generosity of the family of Irving Aronson as a living memorial
to a man who shared his life with many people and who cared so much for the
educational process. Income from this fund will be awarded or loaned to electrical
engineering students who demonstrate financial need and academic responsi-
bility,

George L. Barnes Scholarship

All Colleges

This fund was established in 1969 by Miriam P. Poole, daughter of George L.
Barnes, in memory of her father, a distinguished member of the Northeastern
University Corporation and Board of Trustees from 1937 until his death in 1965.

Financial Aid / 265

The income from this fund will annually provide a full scholarship to a deserving
student from Weymouth, Massachusetts. The award is made on the basis of need
and character. Some additional assistance may be given in the upperclass years.

The Barry Scholarship

Engineering

The Barry Scholarship, established in 1973 by the Barry Division of Barry Wright
Corporation, is available to students in the College of Engineering. Preference will
be given to mechanical engineering majors and sons and daughters of Barry
employees, based upon demonstrable financial need and academic achieve-
ment.

The Mr. and Mrs. Emil
Matthew Bauer Fund

All Colleges

The interest from the fund, established in 1954, is used for scholarships or other

financial assistance to students of German birth or of German extraction studying
at Northeastern University. The scholarships are available to either men or women
students enrolled in any year at the University.

The Alvah K. Borman
Memorial Scholarship

Gamma Phi Kappa
Fraternity Undergraduates

This scholarship was established in 1976 through the generous contributions of
Gamma Phi Kappa Fraternity alumni. In 1979, the Gamma Phi Kappa Fraternity
Alumni Association, Incorporated, voted to name the scholarship in memory of
Alvah K. Borman, Northeastern University's Dean of Graduate Placement. Dean
Borman was an active member of the GPK fraternity for over forty-six years,
serving as an undergraduate brother (class of 1936), faculty advisor from 1953
to 1965, an active alumnus until his untimely death in 1979.

Awards from this fund are made annually to undergraduate members of the
Gamma Phi Kappa Fraternity who have demonstrated good academic standing.
Recipients of this award must have been members in good standing of the
Gamma Phi Kappa Fraternity for at least six months prior to the time of award.

Boston Housing
Authority Scholarships

All Colleges

As an expression of Northeastern's commitment to the city of Boston, the Univer-
sity has established 100 full-time undergraduate scholarships for residents of
housing developments run by the Boston Housing Authority (BHA). Applicants
for the scholarships, which will be offered for the first time in September 1984,
must meet the requirements for admission to Northeastern and be residents of
BHA housing.

Martin Brown Scholarship Fund

Engineering

This scholarship was established in 1961 by Mr. Martin Brown, an engineering
alumnus of the Class of 1921 . Its purpose is to assist qualified students enrolled
in the College of Engineering who have need and have demonstrated above-
average scholastic ability.

Wellington Burnham Fund

All Colleges

This fund provides financial assistance to worthy students of limited means with-
out discrimination as to race, creed, color, or scholastic attainment, it was estab-
lished in 1961 under the provisions of the will of George A. Burnham.

266 / Financial Assistance

The Godfrey L. Cabot
Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

This fund was established by Dr. Cabot in 1 954 to help meet the college expenses
of employees or children of employees of Godfrey L. Cabot, Inc., and its subsid-
iary and associated companies. To be eligible, the employee must have com-
pleted at least five years of service with the company prior to the time the student
enters the University. The University shall determine the number and amount of
these scholarships, which are not limited to outstanding students and which are
available to evening as well as day students. Students interested in applying for
scholarship aid from this fund should communicate with the Cabot Personnel
Office or the Office of Financial Aid at Northeastern University.

Cameron and Colby
Ellis H. Carson Scholarship Fund

Business Administration

This fund was established in 1983 by Cameron and Colby Company, Inc., in
honor of Mr. Carson, former president of its Treaty Reinsurance Activity, known
as NERCO. The income from this fund is used to assist a freshman student in the
College of Business Administration who demonstrates not only financial need but
also academic promise deemed consistent with the high standards of foresight
and acumen that characterized the career of Ellis H. Carson,

Camp Dresser & McKee, Inc.
Scholarship

All Colleges

This scholarship was established in 1973 by Camp Dresser & f\/IcKee, Inc., and
is available to students in all colleges. Preference for awards will be based upon
demonstrable financial need and academic achievement.

Louis S. Cashman Memorial
Scholarship Fund

Business Administration

This fund was established by the Massachusetts Credit Union Association
(CUNA) and friends of Mr. Cashman in recognition of his outstanding service to
the credit union movement in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

This scholarship is awarded annually to students in the College of Business
Administration who have need, with particular preference given to those enrolled
in Banking and Finance.

The Gardner A. Caverly Scholarship

All Colleges

This scholarship was established in 1957 through the generosity of Mr. Gardner
A. Caverly, an alumnus of the College of Business Administration and a member
of the Class of 1 934. Its purpose is to provide financial assistance and encourage
qualified students from the New England area to attend Northeastern University.
In selecting worthy students for these scholarship awards, preference is given to
graduates of the Rutland, Vermont, and Laconia, New Hampshire, high schools.

Carl W. Christiansen
Scholarship

Business Administration

The Carl W. Christiansen Scholarship Fund was established in 1976 by Mr. Carl
W. Christiansen, a graduate of the School of Commerce and Finance, Providence
Division of Northeastern University, Class of 1923. Early in his career, Mr. Chris-
tiansen was an accounting instructor and associate dean in the Providence Divi-
sion. In 1927, the accounting firm of Christiansen, Murphy and Company was
founded, which in 1940 became known as Christiansen and Company— Certified
Public Accountants. The income from this fund is to be awarded annually to an
entering freshman in the day College of Business Administration who has dem-
onstrated the necessity for financial aid. Preference will be given to students from
the state of Rhode Island who are interested in pursuing a career in accounting.

Financial Aid / 267

Ruby H. Cole Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

The Ruby H. Cole Scholarship Fund was established in 1973 under the will of
Mrs. Cole, late of Boston, Massachusetts. The income from the fund is awarded
annually to one or more female students enrolled in or admitted to undergraduate
programs of the Basic College of the University and who are graduates of Rox-
bury High School, Roxbury, Massachusetts. Recipients must demonstrate finan-
cial need, academic stability, and soundness of character.

Commercial Union Insurance
Companies Scholarship

Criminal Justice

The income from this fund, established in 1982 by the Commercial Union Insur-
ance Companies, will be used to provide a scholarship to an entering freshman
who demonstrates need and shows promise of success in the law enforcement
field.

Community Scholarships

All Colleges

The Community Scholarships were established by President Asa S. Knowles
during the period 1963-1973. These scholarships stipulate that Northeastern will
ensure that full freshman tuition be met in the form of scholarships and grants for
qualified students.

In order to qualify for consideration, a student must apply for financial assis-
tance through the normal application procedure and demonstrate need.

The following Massachusetts communities are designated under this scholar-
ship; Boston, Ashland, Burlington, Brookline, Belmont, Brockton, Framingham,
Marshfield, Milford, Nonwood, Reading, Revere, Sandwich, Westwood, Weston,
and Weymouth.

The Compugraphic Corporation
Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

The Compugraphic Corporation Scholarship Fund has been established and
endowed at the University with a generous gift from an individual. The income
from the scholarship fund is to be used annually as financial assistance for per-
sons who are admitted to or enrolled in full-time undergraduate programs of the
Basic Colleges of the University and who demonstrate financial need, academic
stability, and soundness of character. Scholarships are tuition grants and are
awarded to persons who are otherwise eligible and who are, at the time of the
grant, children of current employees of Compugraphic Corporation.

Arnold L. Cormier
Memorial Scholarship

Criminal Justice

The Arnold L. Cormier Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1980 by
Joseph L. and Ruth E. Cormier in memory of their son, Arnold, a student in the
College of Criminal Justice, Class of 1981. Arnold was a good student with ex-
cellent grades and was an active participant in classroom discussions and col-
lege activities

His untimely death in an automobile accident, while on a weekend tnp with two
of his classmates, was a tragic loss to his parents and friends. To perpetuate the
memory of Arnold Cormier and the spirit of good fellowship for which he stood,
this scholarship is awarded annually to a senior in the College of Criminal Justice.

The Salvatore J. and
Corinne Danca Scholarship

All Colleges

The Salvatore J. and Connne Danca Scholarship, established in 1974 by Salva-
tore J. Danca, a graduate of Northeastern University, Class of 1934, is to be
awarded annually to a student enrolled as a sophomore. Selection will be made
by the Committee on Scholarships, using academic excellence and financial
need as the criteria for selection.

268 / Financial Assistance

Elizabeth A. Davey Scholarship
for Physical Therapy

Boston-Bouve College of
Human Development Professions

The Elizabeth A. Davey Scholarship for Physical Therapy students was estab-
lished through the generosity of the family and friends at Choate Memorial Hos-
pital on behalf of Elizabeth A. Davey, as a living memorial to a woman who shared
her life with so many people. Income from this fund will be awarded or loaned to
a Physical Therapy senior who demonstrates superior academic achievement
and financial need.

Charles M. Devlin Scholarship

All Colleges

This fund was established in 1976 by the members of the Class of 1970 "in honor
of our dedicated adviser," Charles M. Devlin. The income from the fund will be
awarded annually to upperclassmen with proven ability and demonstrable finan-
cial need. Preference will be given to children of members of the Class of 1970.

The William O. DiPietro Scholarship

Engineering

This scholarship was established in 1967 through the generosity of Mr. William 0.
DiPietro, a distinguished alumnus of the College of Engineering and a member of
the Class of 1942. The scholarship is awarded to one or more deserving freshmen
who demonstrate a high caliber of achievement and a desire to fulfill the limits of
their abililty in both academic and cooperative periods of study. In considering
recipients for this scholarship, preference is given to freshmen enrolled in the
College of Engineering who have a desire to major in Chemical Engineering. It is
intended that those students receiving awards from this scholarship might some-
day contribute to this or other scholarships themselves, thereby perpetuating
growing funds that will help other deserving individuals.

The Diamond Anniversary
Development Program Scholarship

All Colleges

This scholarship has been established to commemorate the successful conclu-
sion of the Diamond Anniversary Development Program. This scholarship fund
recognizes the loyalty and generosity of the thousands of alumni and friends,
corporations, foundations, and organizations whose significant contributions of
time and resources have brought Northeastern University to "that greatness
which is its destiny."

Three $1,000 scholarships are awarded annually, as follows: to one or more
full-time students enrolled in a cooperative education program within a basic
college of the University, to one or more part-time students enrolled in a basic
college of the University, and to one or more full-time students enrolled in the
graduate division or a professional school of the University. Consideration will be
based upon financial need, academic stability, and soundness of character.

The Harry Doehia Memorial
Scholarship

All Colleges

The Harry Doehia Memorial Scholarship was established in 1974 in memory of
Mr. Harry Doehia, founder and president of Doehia Greeting Cards, Inc. During
his lifetime Mr. Doehia provided much financial assistance to young people of
limited means to help them in furthering their educational goals.

The awards from this fund are available to undergraduate day students, with
preference being given to graduates of Fitchburg High School, Fitchburg, Mas-
sachusetts, and Nashua High School, Nashua, New Hampshire. Additional con-
sideration will be given to children of employees of Doehia Greeting Cards, Inc.

Financial Aid / 269

The Cpl. James B. Downey
USMC Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

This scholarship was established in 1970 through the generosity of Mr. William J.
Downey, a graduate of the College of Liberal Arts, Class of 1952, in memory of
his brother, Cpl. James B. Downey, USMC. The scholarship is to be awarded
annually to an upperclassman in the day colleges who has demonstrated the
necessity for financial aid

Agnes F. Driscoil Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

This fund will provide scholarship assistance to students in their upperclass years
who have demonstrated financial need and scholastic attainment.

John Elfers Memorial Scholarship

All Colleges

This scholarship was established in 1983 by William and Ann Rice Elfers in
memory of Mr. Elfers' brother. The income from "the fund is awarded annually to
undergraduate students who demonstrate financial need, academic promise,
and soundness of character.

Carl Stephens Ell Alumni
Scholarships

All Colleges

To honor Dr. Carl Stephens Ell, the second president of Northeastern University,
the Alumni Association established these scholarships in 1958. Either freshmen
or upperclassmen enrolled at the University are eligible. Awards will be made to
worthy students on the basis of scholastic ability and need. The scholarships are
to be distributed as equitably as possible among students in the Basic Colleges
and University College. Preference shall be given to sons and daughters of North-
eastern Alumni.

Elmer H. and Daisy M. Everett
Memorial Scholarship

All Colleges

This scholarship was established through a bequest of Elmer H. and Daisy M.
Everett, both alumni of Northeastern University. Mr. Everett graduated from the
College of Engineering, and Mrs. Everett graduated from the School of Business.
They are both members of the Class of 1934. Mr. and Mrs. Everett had a strong
commitment to help young people wanting to further their education. The fund
will be administered by the Office of Financial Aid.

Michael T. Federico Memorial Fund

All Colleges

The Michael T. Federico Memorial Fund was established in 1982 by the Rhode
Island Alumni Club, fellow alumni, and friends of Michael T. Federico, a graduate
of the class of 1940 and a life-long resident of the State of Rhode Island. Income
from the fund is to be awarded annually to one or more students from Rhode
Island who are in their sophomore year, have attained a Q.P.A. of 3.0 or better,
and have demonstrated financial need.

The George Raymond Fennell
Memorial Scholarships

Business Administration

Two full-tuition scholarships are awarded each year to first-year students enrolled
in the College of Business Administration. The scholarships are awarded in mem-
ory of George Raymond Fennell, formerly Assistant Director of Admissions and
Director of the Northeastern Student Union.

270 / Financial Assistance

Clara and Joseph F. Ford
Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

A fund established by Clara and Joseph F. Ford to provide tuition scholarships
for worthy, needy, and well-qualified students who have demonstrated a denno-
cratic and tolerant spirit and who are well disposed toward people of all creeds
and races.

The Gamma Phi Kappa
Fraternity Scholarship

All Colleges

The Gamnna Phi Kappa Fraternity Scholarship was established in 1972 by the
Gannnia Phi Kappa Fraternity Alumni Association, Incorporated, and was en-
dowed in 1976 through the generous contributions of Gamma Phi Kappa Frater-
nity alumni and undergraduates. Awards are made annually from interest on the
endowment to undergraduate students enrolled in the basic day colleges of
Northeastern University who demonstrate good academic standing and financial
need. Undergraduate members of the Gamma Phi Kappa Fraternity are ineligible
to apply for this award.

The Herbert W. and Geraldine E.
Gallagher Athletic Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

This scholarship was established by Wendy L. Gallagher, a Northeastern Univer-
sity graduate in the Class of 1975, as a tribute and expression of her love for her
parents on their Golden Wedding Anniversary.

Herbert W. Gallagher, Class of 1935 was an outstanding athlete as an under-
graduate and was elected to the Northeastern University Athletic Hall of Fame in
1975. He served the University with dedication for over forty years as a successful
coach in hockey and baseball and as its athletic director.

This scholarship is to be awarded annually to a deserving male hockey player
who demonstrates financial need, academic ability, and the soundness of char-
acter that best exemplifies the Northeastern University athlete.

The Nathan Gerber
Memorial Scholarship

All Colleges

The Nathan Gerber Memorial Scholarship was established in 1974 by Albert
Gerber, E'52, and Robert Gerber, E'60, in memory of their father, Nathan, a mem-
ber of the Class of 1925. The scholarship is to be awarded annually to a student
or students enrolled in the freshman class with a demonstrable financial need.
Selection is made by the Committee on Scholarships.

John and Ethel Goldberg Scholarship
Fund

All Colleges

This fund was established in 1984 through a bequest by Ethel Goldberg. The
income from this fund is to be used by the University for the tuition of those
students the University deems deserving based upon demonstrable financial
need and academic achievement. These awards are available to undergraduate
day college students.

Financial Aid / 271

The Foster Grant Scholarship

All Colleges

This scholarship, established in 1974 by the Foster Grant Co., Inc., of Leonninster,
Massachusetts, is available to students in any of the full-time undergraduate
colleges. Preference will be given to children of employees of Foster Grant Co.,
Inc. Basis for the award will be demonstrable financial need and above-average
academic achievement.

Clifton W. Gregg Memorial
Scholarship

All Colleges

This scholarship was established through a bequest of Clifton W. Gregg, a 1915
graduate of the School of Commerce and Finance of Northeastern University. It
was Mr. Gregg's request that "the income for this fund be used for the assistance
of financially needy students." The award may be made annually. Recipients will
be determined by the Committee on Scholarships.

Rabbi Myer O. Grunberg Scholarship

All Colleges

Established in 1953 by Mrs. Myer 0. and Miss Rose Grunberg, this annual award
is available to a senior student in any college of the University. The award is made
to students who have evidenced in personal business, and student relations
those characteristics of leadership and human relations that make for a better
social order. There is no restriction as to race, creed, color, or sex.

James F. Haley Scholarship Fund

Engineering

This fund was established in 1 984 through the generosity of Haley & Aldrich, Inc.,
a leading consulting engineering firm, and the family of Mr. James F. Haley, a
distinguished civil engineering graduate and a member of the Class of 1939. The
income from the fund is to be used to assist deserving students majoring in civil
engineering who display soundness of character, a stable academic record, and
financial need.

Priscilla E. Hargreaves Scholarship

Electrical Engineering

The Priscilla E. Hargreaves Scholarship for Electrical Engineenng Students was
established by husband William Hargreaves, E'28, as a loving tribute to a wife
whose love and devotion meant so much to him. Income from this fund will be
awarded to electrical engineering students who have reached their second year
and who show a need and have demonstrated reasonable academic responsi-
bility.

Charles W. Havice Scholarship

All Colleges

This scholarship was established by the members of the Student Union upon the
retirement of the former Dean of Chapel, Charles W. Havice. The income from the
fund is awarded annually to upperclass students who are active in the Student
Union. Students should demonstrate a financial need.

Charles Hayden Memorial
Scholarships

All Colleges

The Charles Hayden Foundation, created by the will of the late Charles Hayden,
an alumnus of the Boston English High School, offers annual memorial scholar-
ships to freshmen at Northeastern University. The scholarships are awarded to
"deserving boys" whose parents are unable to finance the entire cost of their
education.

272 / Financial Assistance

Kathryn S. Horbal Scholarship

Chemical Engineering

The Kathryn S. Horbal Scholarship for female chemical engineering students was
established by Kathryn's family as a loving tribute to a daughter whose short
lifetime meant so much to so many. Income from this fund will be awarded to
female chemical engineering students who have reached at least their middler
year and who have demonstrated academic responsibility.

Richard Melvin Horwitz

Memorial Award for Excellence

in Electrical Engineering

Engineering

The Richard Melvin Honwitz Memorial Award for Excellence in Electrical Engi-
neering was established in 1967 by Leonard J. Horwitz in memory of his brother,
Richard Melvin Horwitz. a member of the Class of 1945 in the College of Engi-
neering who died in action during World War II, The award recognizes academic
achievement and excellence and is presented annually to an outstanding under-
graduate senior majoring in Electrical Engineering.

The Walter F. Howe
Memorial Scholarship

Business Administration

This fund was established in memory of Walter F. Howe, Class of 1968, who,
within one week after graduation, was fatally wounded while pursuing thieves
who had stolen his landlord's car. The scholarship was established through the
generosity of Walter's friends and relatives in memory of his ideals of good citi-
zenship and civic responsibility. It is awarded annually to a student in the College
of Business Administration who demonstrates not only financial need but good
citizenship and civic responsibility. The scholarship is open-ended so that addi-
tional sums can be added to it in future years and will be awarded by the Univer-
sity without restrictions as to race, color, geographic origin, or scholastic
attainment.

The Edward L. Hurtig Scholarship

All Colleges

This scholarship was established in 1968 through the generosity of the Hurtig
family in memory of Edward L. Hurtig, an alumnus of the College of Engineering,
Class of 1946. The scholarship is awarded annually to an entering freshman in
the day colleges who has demonstrated the necessity for financial aid. Prefer-
ences will be given to recipients of the Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grants Scholarship Program of the United States Office of Education.

The Maurice A. and
Nellie L. Idelson Award

All Colleges

This award, established in 1968, is given annually to an entering freshman in the
day colleges who has demonstrated the need for financial aid. Preference will be
given to graduates of the Boston English High School. Should there be no quali-
fied candidate from this source, the award will then be given to any worthy
student.

The Jamaican Associates, Inc.,
Scholarship

All Colleges

The Jamaican Associates, Inc., Scholarship, established in 1981 by the Jamaican
Associates, Inc., is awarded annually to a student who is a citizen of Jamaica and
who intends to return to Jamaica upon graduation or to a student who is of
Jamaican descent. Preference will be given to a second-year student with de-
monstrable financial need and proven academic performance.

Financial Aid / 273

Joseph Anthony Johnson
Scholarships

Engineering

Established in 1968 by the will of the late Joseph Anthony ( Johansen) Johnson
of the Class of 1928, the income provides scholarship aid for students enrolled in
the Department of Mechanical Engineering, with preference given to students of
Scandinavian origin.

Ralph P. Johnson Scholarship Fund

Electrical Engineering and
Computer Science

Administered by the Office of Financial Aid and awarded to a Computer Science
or Electrical Engineering major, this fund was established in 1980 by David R.
Johnson, an alumnus of the Class of 1970, in honor of his father. It is the donor's
desire that recipients of this fund assume the moral obligation to reimburse the
fund in future years as they may be able in order to make additional financial aid
available for other students.

Dr. LeRoy C. Keagle Memorial
Scholarship Fund

Pharmacy

The Dr. LeRoy C. Keagle Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1975
through the generosity of family and friends of Dr. LeRoy C. Keagle, a man of
high integrity and commitment to the profession of pharmacy who, at the time of
his death on December 15, 1974, was Dean of the College of Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions at Northeastern University. The income from this schol-
arship fund IS awarded annually to a student in the undergraduate Pharmacy
Program who is entering the junior or senior class. Recipients must demonstrate
financial need, academic stability, and soundness of character.

Robert G. Keene Memorial
Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

This fund was established in 1979 in memory of Robert G. Keene, a graduate of
Lincoln College, Class of 1972. The endowment funds were provided by the
friends and associates of Robert G. Keene and by the Polaroid Corporation,
where he served as an Engineering Manager. The income from the fund will be
awarded annually to an undergraduate student who demonstrates financial need
as well as strong character and initiative. Primary consideration will be given to
children of Polaroid employees.

The Martin Luther King, Jr.,
Scholarship

The Martin Luther King, Jr., Scholarship is granted annually to incoming freshman,
graduate, and transfer minority students who have demonstrated the philosophy
of peaceful coexistence and change through nonviolent means espoused by Dr.
King and who have an above-average scholastic record. The scholarship, in the
amount of $500, requires a minimum quality point average. Financial aid based
on need is available to supplement the scholarship.

Andrew C. Knudsen
Memorial Scholarship

The Andrew C. Knudsen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1982 by Jo-
hanna M. Knudsen in memory of her beloved brother, Andrew C. Knudsen, Lr52,
B'55, who passed away on April 14, 1978. The scholarship award is to be made
annually to two students, preferably one in the College of Engineering and one in
the Alternative Freshman Year program who have demonstrated leadership qual-
ities, proven worthy, and are of good character with a financial need. The awards
are to be made annually from the income of the fund.

274 / Financial Assistance ■

Vena Morse Lamson Scholarships

All Colleges

These scholarships are provided through the income of a fund established in
1963 by Horatio W. Lamson in memory of his beloved wife. They are awarded
annually to needy and worthy students who are enrolled in any of the Basic
Colleges of the University. The scholarships are granted by the Committee on
Financial Aid of the University without regard to national origin, sex, race, or
creed.

George M. and Irene M. Lane
Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

This scholarship fund was established in 1979 by the family of Dr. George M.
Lane to honor his memory. Dr. Lane's faithful and dedicated service to Northeast-
ern University extended from 1943 to 1975, at which time he retired as Director
of University Health Services. The income from the George M. and Irene M. Lane
Scholarship Fund is awarded annually to an upperclass member of the Univer-
sity's varsity football or hockey team who demonstrates financial need, academic
stability, and soundness of character. Additional family gifts as well as contribu-
tions from friends and associates may be added to the scholarship's endowment.

The Irving Landfield Scholarship

All Colleges

This fund was established in 1972 through the generosity of Irving Landfield, a
graduate of the School of Commerce and Finance of Northeastern University,
Class of 1923. The income from the fund is to be awarded annually to help
deserving and needy students who demonstrate a desire to fulfill the limits of their
ability in academic and cooperative periods of study. The income from this fund
will be administered and awarded by the University without restriction to race,
color, creed, geographic origin, or scholastic attainment. It is Mr. Landfield's
desire that recipients of the scholarship assume a moral obligation to contribute
to the principal of this fund as they may be able, in order to make additional
financial aid available for other students in later years.

Avrom Aaron Leve Memorial
Scholarship

Psychology

This scholarship fund was established in 1957 in memory of Dr. Avrom Aaron
Leve, former Assistant Professor of Psychology. The interest is used annually to
provide scholarships for upperclass students majoring in Psychology. The award
is made on the basis of academic achievement, financial need, and character.

The Austin T. and June Rockwell
Levy Scholarship

All Colleges

This Fund was established in 1984 through the generosity of the June Rockwell
Levy Foundation to assist deserving Rhode Island undergraduate students with
tuition and living expenses. The fund memorializes the concern for the welfare of
Rhode Island residents that was shared by Austin T. Levy, an innovator in busi-
ness and philanthropy, and his wife, June Rockwell Levy.

William F. Linskey
Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

This fund was established in March 1980 by alumni and fnends of William F.
Linskey, an athletic trainer long associated with young athletes in and around the
Greater Boston area. A former head trainer for the Northeastern University football
team and head hockey coach during the 1942-43 season, Linskey has served
the City of Cambridge School Department as head athletic trainer and physical
therapist for more than thirty years. The income from the fund will be awarded to
worthy students pursuing courses leading to a Bachelor of Science in Education
with a specialization in athletic training.

Financial Aid / 275

Russell T. Lowe Memorial
Scholarship Fund

College of Engineering

This fund was established in 1976 in memory of Russell T. Lowe, a graduate of
the College of Engineering, Class of 1953. The endowment funds were provided
by the friends and associates of Russell Lowe and by the Barry Wright Corpora-
tion, where he served as a member of the Board of Directors and as president of
the Industrial and Aero Products Group. The income from the fund will be
awarded annually to one or more upperclass students enrolled in the College of
Engineering. Preference will be given to Mechanical Engineering majors based
upon demonstrable financial need and above-average scholastic achievement.

Edward J. Lynn Scholarship

College of Business Administration —
Accounting

This fund was established in 1984 in honor of Edward J. Lynn upon his retirement
by friends and associates and by The Continental Group where he served as
controller. Mr. Lynn was responsible for estabiisJiing the extensive cooperative
education relationships between Northeastern University and his company. The
income from the fund will be awarded annually to an upperclass student enrolled
in the accounting program of the College of Business Administration. Preference
will be given to students who demonstrate financial need and above-average
scholastic achievement.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Scholarship

All Colleges

This scholarship was established in 1981 by the family of Gilbert G. MacDonald,
former Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students, and the members
of the Student Union. The income from the fund will be awarded annually to
upperclass students of proven ability and demonstrable financial need. Prefer-
ence will be given to students who actively participate in the Student Union.

Dr. Reuben J. Margolin
Memorial Scholarship Fund

Boston-Bouve College of
Human Development Professions

The Dr. Reuben J. Margolin Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1973
through the generosity of family and friends of Dr. Reuben J. Margolin, an out-
standing and dedicated individual and friend who, at the time of his death on
April 6, 1972, was Chairman of the Department of Rehabilitation and Special
Education at Northeastern University,

The income from the Dr. Reuben J. Margolin Memorial Scholarship Fund is
awarded annually to a deserving student admitted to or enrolled in the Graduate
School of Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions and major-
ing in Rehabilitation and/or Special Education. Recipients must demonstrate fi-
nancial need as well as the personal and professional qualities exemplified by
Dr. Margolin.

George T. Marvin Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

This fund was established in 1961 under the provisions of the will of George T.
Marvin, a graduate of the Northeastern University School of Law, Class of 1918.
Mr. Marvin designated that the income of this fund should be used to provide
financial assistance to worthy and needy students to assist them in furthering
their education at Northeastern University.

George T. Marvin Scholarships may be awarded to new students seeking ad-
mission to Northeastern and to students enrolled as freshmen and upperclass-
men. Applicants must have satisfactory records of scholarships as of the time of
making application and must demonstrate genuine need and good citizenship.

276 / Financial Assistance

Merchants Tire Company
Scholarship Fund

Business Administration

This scholarsliip was established in 1972 by Merchants Tire Company in honor
of Max Katz, a Class of 1 91 7 alumnus of Northeastern and founder and chairman
of the board of Merchants Tire Company. The scholarship is awarded annually
with selection preference given to a son or a daughter of a current employee of
Merchants Tire Company enrolled as a freshman within the College of Business
Administration, who demonstrates financial need, soundness of character, and
academic stability.

Dean Constantine N. Meriano
Memorial Scholarship

College of Pharmacy and

Allied Health Professions

This scholarship, established by the Class of 1950 of the New England College
of Pharmacy and subsequently supported by all Classes of the New England
College of Pharmacy and the Northeastern University College of Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions, is named to honor the memory of Constantine N. Meri-
ano, who was the founder. Dean and Chief Executive Officer of the New England
College of Pharmacy until his retirement in 1957. In 1962 the New England Col-
lege of Pharmacy merged with Northeastern University and is now known as the
College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions. The scholarship is to be
awarded annually to one or more students of the College. Selection will be made
by the Committee on Scholarships and will be based on financial need, academic
stability, and soundness of character.

George H. Meserve, Jr.,
Scholarship Fund

College of Arts and Sciences

This scholarship was established in 1979 through the generosity of Robert W.
Meserve in honor of his brother. Professor George H. Meserve, Jr., an alumnus of
the Class of 1925. Professor Meserve served Northeastern faithfully and with
distinction for forty-two years, retiring in 1968 as Professor and Chairman of the
Department of Art. Announced at the ceremony dedicating George H. Meserve
Hall on the Boston campus, this scholarship benefits worthy undergraduate stu-
dents who are majoring in Art. Recipients should demonstrate financial need,
academic stability, and soundness of character.

Harash Mitroo Memorial Athletic J

Scholarship ^

All Colleges

This scholarship was established in 1983 through the generosity of the Mitroo
family of New Delhi, India, in memory of Mr. and Mrs. Mitroo's son, Harash, a
student in the College of Business Administration who was killed in an automobile
accident in 1978. A talented artist and outstanding athlete, Harash received
numerous awards for his paintings and for his athletic abilities, including a medal
for his performance in an international cricket match against Ceylon. This schol-
arship is awarded annually, with preference given to international students, to a
member of the varsity men's intercollegiate team in either basketball, football,
hockey, or track, who demonstrates financial need, soundness of character, and
a spirit of good sportsmanship and fellowship. A trophy, designated as the Har-
ash Mitroo Memorial Trophy in Athletics and inscribed with the names of schol-
arship recipients will be on permanent display at the University.

The Clyde W. Morrison
Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

The Clyde W. Morrison Scholarship was established in 1974 by Clyde W, Morri-
son, a member of the class of 1942. The scholarship is to be awarded annually
to a Braintree resident enrolled as a freshman, with a demonstrable financial
need. Selection is made by the Committee on Scholarships.

Financial Aid / 277

Morse Shoe, Inc.
Scholarship Fund

College of Arts and Sciences

This fund was establishied in 1984 by Morse Shoe, Inc. Endowment income is to
be used to provide scholarship assistance for an undergraduate who demon-
strates financial need, academic stability and soundness of character. Preference
will be given to students from Massachusetts.

Frederick W. Muckenhoupt
Scholarship

All Colleges

This award was established in 1961 by Dr. and Mrs. Carl F. Muckenhoupt in
memory of their son, Frederick W. Muckenhoupt, Class of 1959 of the College of
Engineering.

The award is to be made annually to a student in good standing on the basis
of need. Preference is given to a student enrolled in the Department of Electrical
Engineering.

Elizabeth A. Neilson
Scholarship

Boston-Bouve College of
Human Development Professions

The Elizabeth A. Neilson Scholarship Fund was established in 1976 in memory of
William H. and Anastasia Neilson, exemplars of the profession of health education
during their lifetimes. The income from the scholarship fund is awarded annually
to a student(s) with the highest scholastic record majoring in Health Education,
who has completed eight quarters of academic study with at least four quarters
having been taken at Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions.
The student(s) must typify the philosophy of the health education profession.

Thomas Anthony Pappas
Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

This fund was established in 1980 by the Thomas Anthony Pappas Charitable
Foundation. Endowment income is to be used to provide scholarship assistance
to needy students with high scholastic records.

Power Systems Engineering
Grants-in-Aid

Electrical Engineering

A number of public utilities and power equipment manufacturing companies in
the northeastern part of the United States have made available grants-in-aid
ranging from $1,000 to $5,000 to assist able freshmen who are interested in
pursuing careers in power systems engineering through study programs leading
to the Bachelor of Science or Master of Science in Electrical Engineering degrees.
These awards are made on the basis of academic achievement in high school
and aptitude for, and interest in, the field of power systems engineering, without
regard to financial need.

Candidates for such grants-in-aid should apply to the Dean of Admissions at
Northeastern University not later than March 1 of the year in which they wish to
enter the College of Engineering.

Lawrence Harlow Pratt Athletic
Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

This fund was established in 1979 by the Northeastern University Varsity Club in
conjunction wth the Athletic Development Program Fund Drive to honor and rec-
ognize Lawrence Harlow Pratt. For more than four decades, Larry was the spirit
of Northeastern athletics. His greatest joys were the young men he persuaded to

278 / Financial Assistance

attend college. He encouraged them, cajoled thenn, sometimes scolded them,
but always inspired them to complete their intercollegiate careers and go on to
become outstanding members of the community. The income from the fund will
be awarded annually to financially deserving varsity athlete(s).

Charles Protaps Endowment Fund

All Colleges

This fund was transferred to Northeastern University in 1983. It was established
through the will of Charles Protaps, a Lithuanian immigrant, who became a com-
mon laborer in this country. The purpose of the Fund is to aid men and women of
Lithuanian extraction to get a higher education.

The income of this fund will be used to provide low interest loans of up to $500
to needy and gifted students of Lithuanian extraction, who are pursuing a degree
program at Northeastern University.

Interest of 5 per cent will begin to accrue when the student either withdraws or
graduates from Northeastern.

The Gay Miller Reese
Memorial Scholarship

Boston-Bouve College of Human
Development Professions

The Gay Miller Reese Memorial Scholarship was established in 1971 by Everett
Reese, in memory of his wife, and by members of the Class of 1921 at their 50th
reunion in honor of their classmate and class president, Gay Miller Reese. This
scholarship is to be awarded annually to help a well-qualified upperclassman in
Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions acquire the education
that could not otherwise be possible. The recipient of this award will be selected
by the Committee on Scholarships.

Regional Scholarships

All Colleges

Secondary school students who reside in rural areas of New England, who have
demonstrated superior achievement in their studies, and who are strongly en-
dorsed by their principals and guidance counselors may qualify for a Regional
Scholarship. Scholarships range from $200-$1 ,400.

The Myer Riesman Scholarship

Nursing

This fund, established in 1969 in memory of Myer Riesman, is used to provide
financial assistance to deserving students in the College of Nursing. Preference
is given to those students whose clinical experience is at Beth Israel Hospital.

Edward T. Rigney Scholarship

All Colleges

A fund was established in 1978 by a grant from the Trans-Sonics Foundation in
memory of Edward T. Rigney, member of the Class of 1941 and co-founder of
Trans-Sonics, Inc. Income is awarded annually to a student showing financial
need and promise of success in his/her chosen field and who is enrolled in
engineering, science, or science-related studies. The scholarship may be
granted to a freshman or upperclassman and may be renewed in succeeding
years.

Isedore Rosenthal Fund

College of Business-Administration

The Isedore Rosenthal Fund was established in 1981 by Mrs. Isedore Rosenthal
and friends in memory of her husband, a distinguished graduate of the School of
Commerce and Finance (1925) and the School of Law (1931). Income from the

Financial Aid / 279

fund is to be awarded each year, based on financial need, to freshman account-
ing majors for the purchase of books and materials. It is the donor's desire that
recipients assume the responsibility in future years to contribute to the principal
of this fund as they may be able, in order to make additional resources available
for other students in later years.

Frank B. Sanborn Scholarship Fund

Engineering

The Frank B. Sanborn Scholarship Fund was established in 1958 to provide a
scholarship or scholarships of not more than $500 to worthy and needy students
selected by the University, without restrictions as to race, creed, or geographic
origin, but with preference being given to students majoring in Electrical, Me-
chanical, Civil, or Industrial Engineering, in the order stated.

Recipients must be willing to assume a moral obligation to reimburse the fund
as they may be able, to make similar financial aid available for other students in
later years. There shall be no interest charged and no time specified for reim-
bursement.

Clinton H. Scovell Scholarships

Boston-Bouve College of Human
Development Professions

Scholarships are made available to men and women students in Boston-Bouve
College of Human Development Professions through a fund provided by the will
of Clinton H. Scovell.

Joseph M. Segel Scholarship

All Colleges

This scholarship fund was established January 9, 1981, by Martin F. Walsh, '52,
and his wife, Pauline, to honor Joseph M. Segel on the occasion of his birthday.
In 1964 Mr. Segel founded The Franklin Mint, which today is the nation's largest
privately-owned mint.

The entrepreneurial ethic of Mr. Segel is much the same as that demonstrated
by many Northeastern alumni. It therefore is Mr. Segel's desire that recipients of
this award demonstrate this quality and also show financial need.

The Sidney L. Sholley
Memorial Scholarship

All Colleges

The Sidney L. Sholley Memorial Scholarship has been established in memory of
the founder and first president of Keystone Custodian Funds, Inc. Each year the
trustees of the Sholley Foundation, Inc., provide a scholarship of $3,500 to be
awarded by the University to an outstanding incoming freshman student. The
recipient is known as the Sidney L. Sholley Scholar.

George A. and Lorraine C.
Snell Scholarship

All Colleges

This fund was established in 1973 by Mr. George A. Snell, a graduate of the
College of Engineering, Class of 1941, and a member of the Northeastern Uni-
versity Corporation and Board of Trustees, and his wife, Lorraine C. Snell.

The income from the fund is to be awarded annually to one or more students
enrolled in the basic colleges of Northeastern University, Selection will be made
by the Committee on Scholarships based upon those candidates who demon-
strate financial need, academic stability, and soundness of character.

John Stuart Sousa, Jr.,
Memorial Scholarship Fund

Pharmacy

This scholarship was established in 1968 in memory of John S. Sousa, Jr., of Fall
River, Massachusetts, a student in the College of Pharmacy, Class of 1969, by
his family and friends. The scholarship is awarded annually with selection pref-

280 / Financial Assistance

erence given to a male or female student entering his/her senior year in the
College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions who has obtained a cumula-
tive quality point average of 2.3, demonstrates financial need, participates in
extracurricular activities, and is, preferably, a member of a fraternity or sorority.

Southeastern Massachusetts

Pharmaceutical Association

Scholarship Fund

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

This scholarship was established in 1980 by the Southeastern Massachusetts
Pharmaceutical Association. The income from the fund is awarded annually to
one or more middler, junior, or senior students enrolled in the College of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions who are residents of the area covered by the
Southeastern Massachusetts Pharmaceutical Association (Greater Fall River,
Greater New Bedford, and the Cape Cod areas). Recipients must be Pharmacy
majors and must demonstrate financial need, academic stability, and soundness
of character.

Lillian M. Spelman
Memorial Scholarship

Nursing

This scholarship was established in 1979 by a bequest from Lillian M. Spelman,
a resident of Boston who, as a public health nurse, dedicated her life to helping
others. Her career began in the West End of Boston in the early 1 900s. She served
her country unselfishly as a Red Cross nurse in Europe during the First World
War. Through this scholarship she continues to help others. Scholarship recipi-
ents must exhibit financial need as well as academic stability and soundness of
character.

Spofford Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

The Spofford Scholarship is awarded annually to an American Negro, American
Indian, or multiracial freshman who demonstrates severe financial need.

The Stop & Shop

Companies, Inc.,

Student Loan Fund

All Colleges

Established in 1974 by The Stop & Shop Companies, Inc., the Student Loan Fund
is a combination endowment and revolving fund to be funded by $100,000. This
generous gift recognizes the contribution, in human terms, made through the
years by Northeastern to Stop & Shop, which at the time the Loan Fund was
established counted more than 120 Northeastern men and women in its executive
ranks, seven of them vice presidents.

The Loan Fund will assist students who have a substantial investment in their
education but are in need of some financial stimulus to aid them in completing
their work.

Student Loan Fund-
Health Professions

Boston-Bouve College of

Human Development Professions,

Nursing, and Pharmacy and

Allied Health Professions

In 1 974, a foundation established a perpetual loan fund at Northeastern University
to benefit full-time students enrolled as middlers, juniors, and seniors in Boston-
Bouve College of Human Development Professions, the College of Nursing, and
the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions. This loan fund will aid
those students who have a substantial investment in and commitment to the
health professions and who require some financial help to complete their prepa-
ration.

Financial Aid / 281

Ruth Page Sweet
Scholarship Fund

Boston-Bouve College of
Human Development Professions

Thiis fund was estabiisfied in 1959 by members of tfie Class of 1919 and alumnae
of thie Boston-Bouve Schiool in fionor of their classmate, Miss Rutfi Page Sweet,
Dean of Women in the School from 1929 to 1946, Administrative Director from
1946 to 1948, and Director from 1948 to 1958. The scholarship is presented to a
junior or senior who has demonstrated a high level of professional promise indi-
cated by academic record and extracurricular activities.

Alice Taylor Scholarship

All Colleges

Northeastern University recognizes that Alice Taylor, who passed away in 1982,
is remembered as a positive force by the Mission Hill community and even more
by the tenants of the Mission Hill Extension housing development. Because of
Ms. Taylor's contributions, the University has made available to five freshmen who
are residents of Mission Hill Extension, full tuition Alice Taylor Scholarships for the
freshman year.

A. Gilbert Tenney
Scholarship Fund

Engineering

This fund is in memory of A. Gilbert Tenney, who served as a captain in the Air
Force during the Korean War and was killed while in active service. The income
from the fund will be awarded to a needy student or students in the field of
electrical engineering studying under the Cooperative Plan of Education.

The Earl H. Thomson
Memorial Scholarship

All Colleges

This fund was established in 1971 to honor the memory of Earl H. Thomson, a
distinguished alumnus of the Class of 1925. Mr. Thomson became an internation-
ally known trademark attorney as senior partner in the firm of Thomson and
Thomson. A member of the Northeastern Corporation since 1958 and a Trustee
of the University since 1960, he was also a Director of The National Council,
former President of the Northeastern Alumni Association, and a member of the
Board of Directors of Nu Epsilon Zeta fraternity.

This scholarship is awarded annually to one or more deserving and needy
students enrolled as freshmen and/or upperclassmen who demonstrate a desire
to fulfill the limits of their ability in academic and cooperative periods of study.
The scholarship is open-ended so that additional sums can be added to it in
future years and will be administered and awarded by the University without
restrictions as to race, creed, geographic origin, or scholastic attainment. It would
be Mr. Thomson's desire that scholarship recipients assume a moral obligation to
reimburse this or other scholarship funds as they may be able, in order to make
additional financial aid available for other students in later years.

The Eliot F. Tozer
Memorial Scholarship

Business Administration
and Engineering

This fund was established in 1972 through the generosity of the members of the
Class of 1931 in memory of their faculty adviser, Eliot F Tozer. The scholarship of
$750 is awarded annually to students of proven need in the middler, junior, or
senior classes of the day colleges of Engineering or Business Administration. The
scholarship is open-ended so that additional sums can be added to it in future
years, and will be administered and awarded by the University without restnctions
as to race or creed.

282 / Financial Assistance

Charles Irwin Traveili Scholarships

All Colleges

Numerous scholarships have been given yearly since 1932 -to students demon-
strating financial need, high academic achievement, and an active interest in
University life as shown by participation in one or more major activities. Students
are usually honored as recipients of Traveili Scholarships at the completion of
their freshman year. Under normal circumstances, these awards will continue
through the senior year.

Trustee Scholarships

All Colleges

Established in 1928 by the Board of Trustees of Northeastern University, these
full- and partial-tuition scholarships are granted in the Basic Colleges each year
to entering freshmen who have demonstrated superior scholastic attainment
throughout their preparatory or high school courses.

Robert E. Turner
Memorial Scholarship Fund

Business Administration

This scholarship fund was established in 1978 through the generosity of family,
friends, and colleagues in memory of Robert E. Turner, a 1952 graduate of North-
eastern's College of Business Administration who was associated with the Uni-
versity for eighteen years. The income from this fund is awarded annually to assist
a College of Business Administration undergraduate student majoring in account-
ing who demonstrates financial need, academic stability, and soundness of char-
acter.

Samuel Ulman
Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

This fund was established in 1960 by Mrs. Samuel Ulman in memory of Samuel
Ulman, a student at Northeastern University from 1912 to 1915. The purpose of
the fund is to provide scholarship assistance to students in good academic
standing who have financial need.

University Scholarships

All Colleges

Northeastern University has for many years maintained a scholarship fund for
deserving qualified students. These scholarships are awarded on the basis of
need, scholastic standing, and campus citizenship. The recipient of a Northeast-
ern scholarship must be willing to assume a moral obligation to repay the Univer-
sity at some future date.

The UPS Foundation
Scholarship Fund

Business Administration

This endowed fund was established in 1982 by the UPS Foundation, the spon-
sored foundation of United Parcel Services, Inc. The income from this fund is
awarded annually to undergraduate students enrolled in the College of Business
Administration who demonstrate financial need, academic stability, and sound-
ness of character. In providing scholarships, preference is given to students
majoring in the transportation concentration or planning to enter the transportation
industry.

Sabestino Voipe
Scholarship Fund

Engineering

The Sabestino VoIpe Scholarship Fund was established in 1972 through the gen-
erosity of Mr. Sabestino VoIpe, a distinguished alumnus of the College of Engi-
neering and a member of the Class of 1 928. The income from the fund is awarded
annually as a scholarship to an upperclass student enrolled in the day Civil
Engineering degree program within the College of Engineering. Recipients must
demonstrate financial need, academic stability, and soundness of character.

Financial Aid / 283

Henry Ellis Warren
Scholarship Fund

All Colleges

This endowed fund was established in 1981 by the Warren Benevolent Fund, Inc.,
to honor the memory of Henry Ellis Warren of Ashland, Massachusetts. The in-
come from this fund is awarded annually to undergraduate students who dem-
onstrate financial need, academic stability, and soundness of character. In
providing scholarships, preference is given to students from Ashland or contig-
uous communities.

The Jacob Wasserman
Scholarship

Pharmacy

Established in 1966 by his friends in memory of Jacob Wasserman, this fund is to
provide scholarship aid to a senior student in the College of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions. The award will be made annually on the basis of financial
need, academic performance, and personal qualities.

WCVB Boston Scholarship for a

Minority Student in Broadcast

Communication

College of Arts and Science

This scholarship was established in 1984 by WCVB-TV Boston. The income from
the fund is awarded annually to a junior, senior, or graduate minority student in
broadcast communication, with preference given to a Black, Spanish Surname,
Oriental, or American Indian who is economically disadvantaged and to individ-
uals who are residents of the New England states. The recipient must be an
American citizen and taking courses in newswriting and/or T.V. news production,
and other required journalism courses. The scholarship is administered by the
Department of Journalism in conjunction with the Office of Financial Aid.

Robert W. Yesucevitz
Memorial Scholarship

Criminal Justice

This scholarship fund was established in 1983 in memory of Robert W. Yesucev-
itz, a federal police officer employed by the United States Federal Protective
Service. Officer Yesucevitz was killed in the line of duty while serving at the John
F. Kennedy Presidential Library, and this memorial was created by his family and
friends, including many police officers. The income from the fund is awarded
annually to a first-year student in the College of Criminal Justice who demon-
strates academic promise and financial need.

Joseph P. Zabilski
Athletic Scholarship Fund

All Basic Colleges

This fund was established by the Northeastern University Varsity Club in recog-
nition of Joseph P. Zabilski's thirty-five years of service to Northeastern University.
Mr. Zabilski served with high distinction as teacher, varsity athletic coach, and
athletic director. His dedication, enthusiasm, and loyalty to the Northeastern stu-
dent athlete provided a model for all to emulate. It is with great pride that the
Varsity Club membership provides this award in his name.

284

Other Scholarships

The following scholarships are funded by outside sources. Traditionally,
Northeastern University students have been awarded these funds.

Recommendation for the specific award is made by one of the several
college scholarship committees or the departments concerned, in con-
junction with the Office of Financial Aid. If you feel you are a potential
recipient for any of these awards, notify your financial aid counselor in
writing.

Dr. Martin E. Adamo
Scholarship

Pharmacy

This scholarship of $100 is given annually by the Boston Association of Retail
Druggists in memory of Dr. Martin E. Adamo, the second president of the New
England College of Pharmacy.

American Foundation for

Pharmaceutical Education

Scholarships

Pharmacy

The Board of Grants of the American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education
provides $600 to be drawn upon to aid qualified students in the upper three years
who are in the upper quarter of their class and who maintain a "B" or higher grade
average. It is understood that the students have received or are eligible to receive
assistance in an amount at least equal to the grant provided by the Foundation
from other University sources in payment of required college expenses. The use
of the grant is restricted to the payment of tuition or other required college fees.
The recipients are identified as "Scholars of the American Foundation for Phar-
maceutical Education."

The Boston Paper Trades
Association, Inc., Scholarship

Business Administration

Established in 1966 by the Boston Paper Trades Association, Inc., this is an
annual scholarship awarded to a junior or senior who has demonstrated, by
cooperative work achievement and extracurricular activities, an interest and po-
tential in the field of sales. The recipient must be of high character, have a good
academic record, and be able to demonstrate financial need.

Boston Society of Civil

Engineers Scholarship

In Memory of

Desmond FitzGerald

Civil Engineering

In 1931 , the Boston Society of Civil Engineers established a scholarship in mem-
ory of Desmond FitzGerald, a former president of the Society and eminent hy-
draulic engineer with a distinguished record of service.

It has been awarded annually since 1931 to an outstanding Northeastern Uni-
versity senior or junior student in the Department of Civil Engineering of the
College of Engineering. The presentation is made by the president of the Boston
Society of Civil Engineers at the Society's annual meeting in the spring.

Burroughs Wellcome
Revolving Loan Fund

Pharmacy

A revolving loan fund was established by the Burroughs Wellcome Pharmacy
Education Program to assist deserving pharmacy students in the completion of
their education. This fund is established through the assistance of Richard M.
Walent, Sheldon Rubin, Fred Matula, Daniel Venuti, and James Harb, members
of the National Association of Retail Druggists.

Financial Aid / 285

The William M. Cavanaugh
Memorial Scholarship

All Colleges

This award, established by the members of the Publicity Club of Boston, is open
to men and women of the junior and senior classes who demonstrate talent in the
field of communications. The scholarship of $100 bears the name of the second
president of the Publicity Club (1950-1951), who was an able and successful
newspaperman.

Civil Engineering
Department Award

Civil Engineering

The Civil Engineering Department Award was established by members of that
Department to recognize achievement and give financial assistance to a student
who has selected a major in the field of Civil Engineering. This award, in the
amount of $100, is financed by gifts from members of the Civil Engineering
Department and is awarded to the recipient at the beginning of the sophomore
year.

Consumer Value Stores
Scholarship

Pharmacy

Preference will be given to a student entering the senior year who will be seeking
a career in community pharmacy practice. Students who are working or have
worked for Consumer Value Stores will be given added consideration. The final
selection will be made on the basis of demonstrated financial need, personal
qualifications, and a sound academic record. Two $500 scholarships are offered
each year.

Electrical Manufacturers

Representatives Club of New

England, Inc., Scholarship

Electrical Engineering

Established m 1958, this scholarship of $475 is granted to a student or students
majoring in Electrical Engineering, without regard to race, creed, or color. To
qualify, students must have real financial need and excellent scholastic standing.

Frissora Family

Scholarship

Award

Engineering (Science majors)

This award was established by the Frissora family in 1972. Awards are made to
freshmen entering Northeastern University, based upon their high school scholas-
tic record and financial need. Preference is given to students of Italian-American
extraction who are pursuing an education in a technically oriented curriculum
such as engineering, science, mathematics, premedicine, or nursing.

Application for this scholarship award must be made through the Grand Lodge
of Massachusetts, Order Sons of Italy in America, 126 Cambndge Street, Boston,
f\/lassachusetts. Students selected will receive a grant of $300 per year for four
years. Funds will be paid directly to Northeastern University.

Gillman Brothers, Inc.,
Scholarship

Pharmacy

This scholarship of $250 is given annually by Gillman Brothers, Inc., to help
students further their education in pharmacy.

286 / Financial Assistance

Massachusetts State

Pharmaceutical Association

Scholarship

Pharmacy

This scholarship of $200, established by the Massachusetts State Pharmaceutical
Association, is awarded annually. The recipient must be a resident of Massachu-
setts.

The Massachusetts State Pharmaceutical Association also awards a number of
scholarships of $100. Applications for those scholarships may be secured from
the office of the Association at 1 1 Beacon Street, Boston.

McKesson and Robbins, Inc.,
Scholarship Award

Pharmacy

This award of $200, given annually by McKesson & Robbins, Inc., is awarded to
a worthy student who is in financial need. The award recipient is determined by
the College of Pharmacy Scholarship Committee and the Office of Financial Aid.

The New England Paper
Merchants, Inc., Scholarship

All Colleges

Established in 1959 by the New England Paper Merchants Association, Inc., this
is an annual scholarship awarded to a junior or senior who has demonstrated by
cooperative work achievement and extracurricular activities an interest and po-
tential in the field of sales. The recipient must be of high character, be able to
demonstrate financial need, and have a good academic record.

Norfolk County Pharmaceutical
Association Scholarship

Pharmacy

This scholarship of $50 is awarded annually to a student who meets the require-
ments both financially and scholastically and is a resident of one of the member
towns covered by the Norfolk County Pharmaceutical Association (Norwood,
Dedham, Canton, Walpole, Millis, Needham, Westwood, and Islington, in Massa-
chusetts).

Connecticut Alumni Rudolf O.
Oberg Scholarships

All Colleges

Each year the Connecticut Alumni Club awards scholarships to students from
Connecticut who have achieved a high academic average in their freshman year
and have demonstrated financial need. The scholarships are to be used toward
the tuition expense of the sophomore year These scholarships were established
in 1958 to promote Northeastern University among the preparatory schools of
Connecticut and, in 1971, were named to honor Rudolf O. Oberg, the former
Director of Alumni Relations.

The Phi Kappa Phi Scholarship

All Colleges

Established in 1982 by the University's Chapter of Phi Kappa Phi, the national
interdisciplinary honor society, the scholarship is available to a student transfer-
ring from Roxbury Community College. The nomination is made by the President
of Roxbury Community College in accordance with criteria established by the
University's chapter.

South Middlesex
Pharmaceutical Association

Pharmacy

This tuition scholarship of $100 established in 1960 is awarded annually to a
pharmacy student enrolled in the third, fourth, or fifth year who is in good scho-
lastic standing and in financial need, and living in the area covered by the South
Middlesex Pharmaceutical Association (Arlington, Belmont, Lexington, and
Watertown, Massachusetts). The recipient will be selected by the Scholarship
Committee.

Financial Aid / 287

South Shore Pharmaceutical
Association Scholarship

Pharmacy

In June of each year, the Scholarship Committee of the Association will select a
freshman living in the area covered by the South Shore Pharmaceutical Associa-
tion (Quincy, Braintree, Weymouth, Hull, Randolph, Hingham, Holbrook, and Co-
hasset, Massachusetts), who will be awarded a $100 scholarship to be applied
to the tuition of the first semester of the sophomore year.

Ernest L. Spencer
Scholarship Award

Civil Engineering

Established in 1975 by the family and friends of Ernest L. Spencer as a memorial,
this award is administered by Ci Epsilon, honor society for civil engineers. Profes-
sor Spencer, chairman of the Civil Engineering Department from 1963 until his
death in 1975, was a member of the Northeastern University faculty for 36 years.
At the present time income from the endowment provides an annual award of
$500. Nominees are selected from the senior class of Civil Engineering students
by the department scholarship committee. Criteria on which the award is based
include high academic achievement, active participation in student affairs, and
evidence of superior professional promise as demonstrated by high evaluations
on cooperative work assignments.

Springfield Druggists'
Association Scholarship

Pharmacy

A scholarship of $100 is offered by the Springfield Druggists' Association. This is
to be awarded to a sophomore or junior who maintains the highest average in the
Department of Pharmacy and who is worthy and in need of financial assistance.
The Springfield Druggists' Association Scholarship Fund was established in 1956.

288

Honor Societies and Awards

The University encourages the achievement of excellence in scholarship
by nnaking monetary awards and chartering honor societies in the var-
ious academic disciplines.

Honor Societies

The following honor societies are chartered in the Colleges:

The Academy— in the College of Arts and Sciences

Alpha Kappa Delta— in the College of Arts and Sciences, Departnnent of Sociol-
ogy and Anthropology

Alpha Phi Sigma— in the College of Criminal Justice

Alpha Pi Mu— in the College of Engineering, Department of Industrial Engineering
and Information Systems

Beta Alpha Psi — in the College of Business Administration, Accounting concen-
tration

Beta Gamma Sigma — in the College of Business Administration (Massachusetts
Delta Chapter)

Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions Honor Society— in the
College, all Departments

Chi Epsilon— in the College of Engineering, Department of Civil Engineering

Delta Phi Alpha — national German honor society

Eta Kappa Nu — in the College of Engineering, Department of Electrical Engineer-
ing (Gamma Beta Chapter)

Kappa Delta Pi— in the Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Profes-
sions

Omega Chi Epsilon— in the College of Engineering, Department of Chemical
Engineering

Phi Alpha Theta— in the College of Arts and Sciences, Department of History
(Northeastern Zeta Tau Chapter)

Phi Kappa Phi— national interdisciplinary honor society

Phi Sigma— in the College of Arts and Sciences, Department of Biology

Phi Sigma lota— in the College of Arts and Sciences, Romance Languages (lota
Zeta Chapter)

Pi Sigma Alpha — in the College of Arts and Sciences, Department of Political
Science (Northeastern Delta Gamma Chapter)

Pi Tau Sigma — in the College of Engineering, Department of Mechanical Engi-
neering (Northeastern Tau Chapter)

Rho Chi Society— in the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions (Beta
Tau Chapter)

Sigma Epsilon Rho — in University College

Sigma Theta Tau— in the College of Nursing

Sigma Xi — Scientific Research Society of North America

Tau Alpha Pi — in Lincoln College (national engineering technology honor society)

Tau Beta Pi — in the College of Engineering (Massachusetts Epsilon Chapter)

Election to the college honor societies is based primarily upon schol-
arship, but, before a man or woman is privileged to wear the honor
society insignia, there must be evidence of an integrity of character and
an interest in the extracurricular life of the University. The societies have
memberships consisting of the outstanding men and women in the col-
leges. Election to an honor society is the highest honor that can be
conferred upon an undergraduate.

Honor Societies and Awards ' 289

Awards for Upperclassmen

University awards are determined by scholastic and citizenship achieve-
ment. They are presented by appropriate committees headed by the
Dean of Students.

The Academy Award

Arts and Sciences

The Academy, the honor society of the College of Arts and Sciences, offers an
annual award of $100 to the sophomore in the College of Arts and Sciences who,
during the previous year as a freshman, achieved the highest scholastic record.

William Jefferson Alcott, Jr.,
Award

All Colleges

This award of $200 was established in 1934 by members of the faculty and other
friends to perpetuate the memory of William Jefferson Alcott, Jr., a brilliant mem-
ber of the Northeastern Department of Mathematics from 1924 until his death in
1933. The annual award to a senior is made from the income of the fund "for
outstanding performance, either in the way of unusual excellence in routine work
or in connection with some intellectual activity outside or beyond the requirements
of the curriculum."

Alumni Awards for
Professional Promise

All Colleges

Established in 1947 by the Alumni Association, these awards are presented an-
nually at an Alumni Association meeting in the spring of the year. The awards are
made to the outstanding seniors in each of the Basic Colleges and in University
and Lincoln Colleges who have demonstrated unusual professional promise
through their character traits, scholastic achievement, and cooperative work per-
formance.

The Beta Gamma Sigma
Society Award

Business Administration

"The purpose of this society shall be to encourage and reward scholarship and
accomplishment among students of business administration, to promote the ad-
vancement of education in the art and science of business, and to foster integrity
in the conduct of business operators."

Election to membership in Beta Gamma Sigma is the highest scholastic honor
open to a student in business administration.

The Massachusetts Delta Chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma, the national honor
society of colleges of business administration, offers an annual scholarship of
$100 to the sophomore in the College of Business Administration who, during the
previous year as a freshman, achieved the highest scholastic record.

Boston-Bouve College of

Human Development

Professions

Honor Society Awards

Boston-Bouve College of
Human Development Professions

The Society offers an annual award of $100 to the sophomore in Boston-Bouve
College of Human Development Professions who, during the previous year as a
freshman in the College, achieved the highest scholastic record. Each student
voted into the Society receives an engraved certificate at a special Honors As-
sembly.

290 / Financial Assistance

Cooperative Education
Awards

All Colleges

These awards are presented to seniors in the Basic Colleges in recognition of
outstanding performance in the Cooperative Education Program, through which
they have personified the objectives and ideals of the University. The awards are
presented at the Annual Awards Luncheon,

Sears B. Condit
Honor Awards

All Colleges

These awards were established in 1940 through the generosity of Sears B. Con-
dit. On Honors Day, Sears B. Condit Honor Awards are presented annually to
outstanding students in the senior class. Each award carries a stipend as well as
a certificate of achievement.

Joseph Arthur Coolidge
Achievement Awards

Physical Sciences

Established in 1977 with funds provided by the will of Joseph A. Coolidge, a
distinguished member of the Northeastern University faculty from 1911 to 1954
and Chairman of the Department of Physics from 1912 to 1935, three awards of
$500 each are granted annually to the outstanding sophomore, middler, and
junior physical sciences students. These awards are based primarily on distin-
guished academic achievement, with additional consideration given to sound-
ness of character, participation in extracurricular activities on and off campus,
and qualities of leadership. Preference will be given to students majoring in
physics, mathematics, or other physical sciences.

Richard Cardinal Cushing
Scholarship

All Colleges

The Richard Cardinal Cushing Scholarship was established in 1978 through the
generosity of the Massachusetts Committee of Catholics, Protestants, and Jews.
The income from the scholarship's endowment will be awarded annually to a
Catholic, a Protestant, and a Jewish student who embody the principles of
brotherhood and justice and who, through their work on campus, have become
positive forces for religious understanding.

Director's Award

The Director's Award of $100 is made annually by the Director of the African-
American Institute to the individual judged by the Director to be the most out-
standing black senior. The award is based on involvement in African-American
Institute programs and scholarship, as well as interaction with the community at
large. The award is presented at the Awards and Unity Banquet in June.

Alfred J. Ferretti Award

Engineering

Tau Kappa Chapter of Pi Tau Sigma, the Mechanical Engineering national honor
fraternity, sponsors an annual award to the sophomore mechanical engineering
student at Northeastern having the highest scholastic standing. The award is
named in honor of Professor Ferretti, who retired June 30, 1961, after forty-three
years of service to the University.

Alfred J. and Laura M. Ferretti
Scholarship

Engineering

This scholarship was established in 1978 by Professor Alfred J. Ferretti, who
retired in 1961 after forty-three years of service to Northeastern University. It
honors the memory of Mrs. Ferretti and is to benefit worthy undergraduate stu-
dents who are majoring in Mechanical Engineering. Recipients should demon-
strate high academic achievement by maintaining a minimum average of 3.0 and
should be of sound character.

Honor Societies and Awards / 291

Luis de Flores
Endowment Fund

All Colleges

This fund was established in 1964 to provide yearly awards to students in recog-
nition of superior ingenuity, irrespective of general academic standing.

Clara and Joseph F. Ford
Awards

All Colleges

The Ford Awards are made to students who have shown a democratic and
tolerant spirit and who are well disposed toward people of all creeds and races.
They are chosen from the senior class and judged on the basis of their contribu-
tions through participation or leadership and their extracurricular organizations.
Students must have demonstrated by their actions that they are particularly tol-
erant and willing to work with and for other people.

The Harold D. Hodgkinson
Achievement Awards

All Colleges

Established in 1954, the Harold D. Hodgkinson Achievement Awards of $1,000
each are granted annually to a senior student in Division A and Division B. The
winners of the awards are known as the Hodgkinson Scholars for the year in
which they are chosen.

The award is based primarily upon distinguished scholastic achievement with
due consideration of character, personality, qualities of leadership, cooperative
work experience, military record (if any), and service in voluntary organizations
and activities. Student leadership accomplishments and professional potential
are evaluated in connection with these criteria.

The Hodgkinson Scholars are chosen by a committee of administrative mem-
bers of the faculty. An appropriate certificate is presented to each recipient as a
permanent record of his/her selection.

Kappa Delta Pi Award

Boston-Bouve College of
Human Development Professions

Kappa Delta Pi honor society offers an annual award of $100 to the sophomore
who, during the freshman year, achieved the highest scholastic record.

Robert D. Klein Memorial
Scholarship

Arts and Sciences

This scholarship was established in 1 981 through the generosity of family, friends,
and colleagues of Professor Klein, who joined the Northeastern University faculty
in 1957, served as acting chairman of the Department of Mathematics between
1969 and 1970 and, from 1977 until his death in 1978, was a professor of math-
ematics. The scholarship is awarded annually to a freshman student enrolled in
the College of Arts and Sciences who demonstrates consistent effort and aca-
demic achievement in remedial mathematics, the educational program to which
Professor Klein contributed so significantly.

Joseph C. Lawler Memorial
Scholarship

Civil Engineering

This scholarship was established in 1982 by family, fnends, and colleagues in
memory of Joseph C. Lawler, an alumnus of the College of Engineering, Class of
1943 and a recipient of a University Honorary Degree in 1972. Mr. Lawler was a
member of Northeastern's Corporation and Board of Trustees. He was chairman
and chief executive officer of Camp Dresser & McKee, Inc., the firm where he

292 /Financial Assistance

began his employment as a co-op student ot Northeastern. A $2,000 award will
be made annually to an upperclass (middler, junior, or senior) full-time undergrad-
uate civil engineering day student who demonstrates exceptional professional
promise. Criteria include academic performance, cooperative employer recom-
mendations, demonstrated leadership abilities and/or community service activi-
ties.

The Lilly Achievement Award

Pharmacy

The Lilly Achievement Award is given to a graduating senior for superior scholas-
tic and professional achievement. Leadership qualities, professional attitudes,
and academic performance will be considered in the selection of the individual
for this award.

McKesson & Robbins, Inc.,
Scholarship

Pharmacy

This scholarship of $200, given annually by McKesson & Robbins, Inc., is
awarded to a worthy student in financial need.

Susan L. Orchard
Memorial Fund

All Colleges

In 1978, the Susan L. Orchard fVlemorial Fund was established at Northeastern in
memory of Susan L. Orchard, a former University student. Reflecting Susan's
interest in improving the quality of life and opportunities for women, the annual
income of this fund will be awarded to mothers pursuing their studies at North-
eastern who require financial assistance in order for their children to make use of
the University's Day Care Center. Recipients will be selected by the Center's
Director and Advisory Committee.

The Phi Sigma Society Award

Arts and Sciences

Phi Sigma, honor society in the Department of Biology, offers an annual award of
$50 to the junior or senior mapring in biology or a related science who demon-
strates the greatest research potential. To qualify for the award, the student must
be a member of Phi Sigma.

Roland Guyer Porter
Memorial Fund

Electrical Engineering

This fund was established in 1953 by colleagues and friends of the late Professor
Roland G. Porter, for many years the head of the Department of Electrical Engi-
neering. Interest from the fund provides an annual award to a student in the
Department of Electrical Engineering who best exemplifies the qualities of mind
and character that Professor Porter did so much to develop in his lifetime.

President's Awards

All Colleges

On the annual Honors Day, six awards of $500 each, known as the President's
Awards, are presented to the students with the highest records in both divisions
of the sophomore, middler, and junior classes.

The William Rand Award

Engineering

The Massachusetts Epsilon Chapter of Tau Beta Pi annually offers an award to
the outstanding middler in the College of Engineering. The award is based upon
outstanding scholarship, breadth of interest, and contribution to the University.
All middlers with a 3.5 average or above are eligible; the winner is chosen after
careful screening and interviews with members of the chapter.

Honor Societies and Awards / 293

The Mildred A. Reardon
Scholarship Award

All Colleges

Delta Pi Alpha Sorority sponsors an annual award of $100 to a deserving female
student in [he Basic Colleges. Selection is made by the Dean of Students on the
basis of academic standing and other considerations. The award is given in honor
of an outstanding alumna of Northeastern and Delta Pi Alpha, whose academic
excellence, strength of character, and qualities of leadership have typified the
ideal for which the sorority strives.

ROTC Awards

ROTC

Awards totaling $1 ,000 are available to ROTC cadets each year. The University
offers ten $50 awards annually— four to sophomores, four to middlers, and two to
juniors.

Scabbard and Blade (the cadet officers' honor society) offers one award an-
nually to middlers. The Pershing Rifles (the basic-course honor society) offers a
$50 award to a sophomore Pershing Rifles cadet.

Academic Achievement Awards are won by each cadet in the top 10 percent
of ROTC classes. This award, a wreath, is worn above the right breast pocket of
the uniform during the year immediately following the year it is earned. Leadership
Achievement Awards, consisting of letters of commendation, are awarded to
each cadet in the top 10 percent in leadership potential.

Many medals and trophies are also awarded by other organizations to ROTC
cadets for achievements in diverse fields.

Nguzo Saba Award

Two Nguzo Saba Awards are presented each year by the African-American Insti-
tute to the black male and female who have proved themselves of invaluable
service to the black community of Northeastern University and Boston. The award
is in the amount of $100 and is presented at the Awards and Unity Banquet.

Sigma Theta

Nursing

Sigma Theta, the honor society in the College of Nursing, annually offers an award
of $100 to the sophomore in the College of Nursing who, during the previous year
as a freshman, achieved the highest scholastic record.

Professor Joseph Spear Fund

for Excellence in Student

Activities

This fund was established by the College of Engineering Class of 1923 in recog-
nition of Professor Spear, class adviser and mentor. It was through Professor
Spear's devotion and concern for the well-being of the students that he devel-
oped and promoted student activities at Northeastern University. Professor Spear
has been referred to as the "Father of Student Activities." The purpose of this
fund is to provide a source of income that can be awarded annually to juniors
and seniors who have made outstanding contributions to student activities.

Max Starr Award

Business Administration

The Max Starr Award in Public Accounting was established in 1968 by the Max
Starr Foundation to recognize every other year an outstanding member of the
junior class in the College of Business Administration preparing for a career in
public accounting. The recipient is chosen on the basis of both academic and
cooperative work records as well as personal qualities. The student receives
awards of $250 in both the junior and senior years.

The Dr. Ruth E. Sullivan
Memorial Scholarship Fund

Arts and Sciences

This fund was established at Northeastern University in 1976 through the gener-
osity of family, friends, and colleagues of Dr. Sullivan, who was a member of the
Department of English from 1968 until her death in 1976. One scholarship is

294 / Financial Assistance

awarded annually to an undergraduate senior who dennonstrates academic
achievennent and excellence in interdisciplinary studies in the liberal arts, such
as literature and psychology, the fields to which Dr. Sullivan contributed so signif-
icantly.

Tau Beta Pi Award

Engineering

Massachusetts Epsilon Chapter of Tau Beta Pi Association, national honor society
in engineering, annually offers a scholarship of $100 to the sophomore in the
College of Engineering who, during the previous year as a freshman, made the
highest scholastic record.

student Support Services
and Resources

296

University Libraries

Alan R. Benenfeld, B.Met.E., M.L.S., M.S., Dean and Director

Together, the collections, services, staff, and facilities of the Northeast-
ern University Libraries provide access to information, and an under-
standing of the organization of the literature and other information
resources of the academic disciplines. In so doing, the Library is integral
to the academic and research processes, whether these occur in a
formal classroom, seminar, or laboratory setting or through individual
study and enrichment.

Libraries

The University Libraries include seven facilities of which Dodge, on the
Boston campus, is the main library. Dodge houses the materials that
support the University's programs in the humanities, social sciences,
fine arts, education, engineering, criminal justice, nursing, business, and
at the undergraduate level, in the sciences.

Also located on the Boston campus are three libraries which house
graduate-level collections in physics and electrical engineering, in math-
ematics and psychology, and in chemistry, biology, pharmacy, and allied
health. In addition, there are three libraries that support the academic
programs at the Burlington and Dedham campuses and at the Marine
Science Institute in Nahant.

The University is presently planning a new central library for the Bos-
ton campus. It will more than double the amount of space available to
house and use the library's collections and services and for study. This
new facility is being designed to incorporate the latest online, telecom-
munications and media technologies into all library services.

Collections

The total holdings of the University Libraries include the equivalent of
more than one million volumes in print and in microform, and current
subscriptions to approximately 4,000 periodical and newspaper titles.
The Library also collects other types of materials such as scores, tech-
nical reports, government documents, and audiovisual resources.

The collections are especially strong in the sciences, engineering,
business, criminal justice, and nursing. Among the many special series
available in microformat are important collections in anthropology, edu-
cation, government, history, literature, and business. In addition to a
large reference collection in Dodge, there are specialized reference
collections in each of the libranes.

Dodge Library is a federal depository and actively maintains over
250,000 documents, reports, and other publications made available
through the U.S. Government Pnnting Office. Strengths of the docu-
ments collection include Congressional hearings and reports, census
materials, and publications issued by the Departments of Commerce,
Justice, Health and Human Services, and Housing and Urban Develop-
ment.

Language and music listening laboratories are made available in the
Learning Resources Center. The Center provides a wide range of self-
paced media and computer-related resources including programmed
texts, filmstrips, audiotapes, videotapes, cassettes, recordings, and mi-
crocomputers.

Student Support Services and Resources / 297

A special collection on international aspects of higher education is
housed in the Center for International Higher Education Documen-
tation (CIHED). The CIHED collection is unique to the Boston area.

The University Archives serves as a depository for the historical
records of the University. Faculty publications as well as student year-
books, newspapers, and Northeastern dissertations are also housed in
the Archives.

Services

Library staff are available in all service areas to assist students in both
retrieving and using the resources in the University Libraries. Computer
printouts located at various service areas may be consulted to determine
if a book is checked out, on order, on reserve, or in storage. The circu-
lation staff provide a search service for students who are unable to
locate a book on the shelf.

A series of publications are prepared by the library staff to acquaint
students with the collections in the University Libraries and to help stu-
dents with their research. These include short guides to types of re-
sources, such as encyclopedias and periodicals, to resources in
particular disciplines, such as economics and nursing, or in specific
subjects, such as science fiction and Caribbean music.

In each unit of the University Libraries, librarians provide reference
assistance. In addition, librarians provide instruction to groups and to
individuals on the bibliographic research process and on strategies for
locating and using library resources. Each quarter, a series of tutorials
is offered giving students further opportunities to meet with a librarian to
discuss particular or specialized research needs.

Peer tutoring in academic subjects, such as physics is coordinated
by the staff in the Learning Resources Center. Computer-assisted in-
struction and tutoring, particularly in the areas of chemistry and mathe-
matics, is available through the Center's Assessment Tutoring and
Enrichment Resources program. All tutoring services arranged through
the University Libraries are provided at no cost to the student.

Online retrieval of bibliographic citations using commercial databases
is provided, for a fee, through the Library's Computer Search Services.
Citations to information in the databases typically cover journal articles,
dissertations, technical reports, and symposia.

A variety of finding aids, such as union lists of serials, are available in
each library for consultation should needed materials not be in the col-
lections of the University Libraries. Assistance in using such aids is
available from staff; in addition, Interlibrary Loan staff may also conduct
a computenzed location search. Subject to certain conditions, Interli-
brary Loan staff may be able to borrow material from another library.

Boston Library Consortium

Northeastern University is a member of the Boston Library Consortium,
a cooperative arrangement among the following academic and research
institutions: Boston College, Boston Public Library, Boston University,
Brandeis, MIT, the State Library of Massachusetts, Tufts University, the
University of Massachusetts (Amherst, Boston, and Worcester cam-
puses), and Wellesley College. The University's membership in the Bos-
ton Library Consortium generally allows for on-site use by, but does not
grant borrowing privileges to, students at Northeastern. Some of the
Consortium libraries and many of the other libraries in the Boston area
require that a visiting student present a special pass or letter of introduc-
tion. A reference librarian can advise about such student visitor policies.

298

Freshman Orientation Programs

Except for the visits students will make to the Admissions Office, the first
opportunity to learn about Northeastern and to meet classmates, admin-
istrators, faculty members, and advisers will come during the freshman
orientation period.

The program for orientation is planned and supervised by the Director
of Orientation who will see to it that students are introduced to the cus-
toms and people that make up the University. At that time, registration,
class schedules, and other procedures and details necessary for enroll-
ment will be completed.

During the orientation period, in accordance with a long-standing tra-
dition, students will be welcomed by the President at a special convo-
cation. They also will be able to meet with deans and others who will
have important roles in their college careers.

Upperclass students generously volunteer their time to assist in set-
ting up and running programs that provide opportunities for relaxation,
recreation, and cultural enrichment. Members of the Dean of Students'
staff are available during the orientation period and throughout the year
to answer questions and provide assistance.

Office of Freshman Affairs

Anthony J. Bajdek, M.A., Associate Dean and Director

The Office of Freshman Affairs bears particular responsibility for moni-
toring and facilitating the academic progress of freshmen by providing
academic and personal counseling and appropriate administrative ac-
tion. Freshman Affairs applies academic policy, authorizes changes of
major (both within and between colleges), and prepares special course
schedules for students who change their majors, as well as for those
with advanced placement or advanced standing credit. In addition, the
Office of Freshman Affairs surveys the academic status of all freshmen.

The staff identifies freshmen with deficient academic records for aca-
demic probation, authorizes summer corrective work, and reenters eli-
gible students at the freshman level. Midway through each academic
quarter, a computer-based Interim Academic Status Report system, in-
volving progress reports prepared by instructors of freshmen, provides
detailed evaluations for use by students and the 180 faculty who serve
as their advisers. This evaluation is a preventive measure, designed to
help detect and correct potentially failing freshmen.

To support the academic progress of freshmen, the Office of Fresh-
man Affairs manages the freshman advisory system, and conducts ap-
propriate research to measure the success of specific academic
support activities.

When students complete the three academic quarters of the freshman
year, the Office of Freshman Affairs reviews their academic records to
determine eligibility for sophomore status.

299

Academic Assistance Center

Maurice Kaufman, Ph.D., Director

The Academic Assistance Center is located at 151 Cahners Hall. The
Center offers a variety of services for students who wish to improve their
academic performance and develop their reading and study skills. It
also provides services for students having difficulty with coursework and
for students with severe learning problems. The staff of the Center di-
agnose academic problems, provide instruction, and make referrals
when appropriate.

The Center provides the opportunity for peer tutoring in subject areas,
individual and small group instruction in mathematics, intensive reading
and study skills workshops, and preparatory and review workshops in
mathematics and other selected subjects. Students are encouraged to
attend pertinent workshops which are announced each quarter.

Through its Reading Lab, the Center helps students to develop read-
ing comprehension, study habits, vocabulary, and related skills. At the
Reading Lab, instruction is supplemented by supervised practice ses-
sions.

Students should contact the Center to receive help in diagnosing
academic problems, to improve reading and study skills, and to arrange
for group instruction or individual tutoring in specific subject areas. The
Center will refer students to other services available at Northeastern
when that is appropriate. The Academic Assistance Center can be
reached at 61 7-437-4300.

Preprofessional Advising

The Pre-Health Professions Advisory Committee, a University-wide
group, offers preprofessional counseling for students interested in a
career in medicine, dentistry, or related professional medical fields. The
Committee members are available to discuss the various medical fields,
minimum admissions requirements, and the application process.

For students preparing for a career in law, there are also a number of
faculty members who can serve as advisers and resource personnel on
related curricular and admissions questions.

In addition, the Department of Graduate Placement Services provides
information and advice on procedures for admission, preparation of ap-
plications, and the scheduling of appropriate admissions tests.

For further information regarding the above, students should contact
Gail Leclerc in 400 Meserve Hall.

Department of Education Services

The F. Andre Favat Center The Center houses an extensive library of
children's literature, books, journals, tests, and other materials designed
primarily to support academic programs of the Boston-Bouve College of
Human Development Professions, but is open to all University students.

300 / Student Support Services and Resources

The Reading Clinic The Clinic offers a wide range of diagnostic and
corrective services for a variety of reading and language problems. It is
open to persons of all ages, including University students. With video-
taping and viewing facilities, it occupies a suite of fourteen private rooms
in Holmes Hall. Faculty members are also qualified to administer such
tests as the WAIS, WISC, BINET, ITPA, Bender, and most standardized
instruments.

Speed Reading The department offers a noncredit course designed
to improve skills in rapid critical and pleasure reading. Offered each
academic quarter, the course is available at a reduced tuition rate to
students, staff, and alumni of the University.

The Counseling and Testing Center

Philip W. Pendleton, Ph.D., Director

The purpose of the Counseling and Testing Center is to offer assistance
to students in a wide variety of areas such as career planning, personal
and life adjustment problems, study skills, anxiety, choice of major, im-
proving academic progress, and interpersonal relationships. At the Cen-
ter, students are encouraged to discuss their concerns with a counselor.
Following this they may decide to continue individual counseling, take
psychological tests to increase their knowledge of themselves, join a
group of students with whom they can share concerns, use self-help
tapes, or make use of the Center's extensive file of information about
careers and services.

Academic Computer Services

Robert J. Fitzpatrick, B.S., Acting Director

Over the past few years the use of computers in scientific, business, and
educational environments has been changing dramatically. First,
punched cards were widely replaced by interactive video terminals; then
personal computers vastly increased the number of people who have
access to, and routinely use, computers. Of late, these personal com-
puters have become more and more powerful at an ever decreasing
cost.

Academic Computer Services, located in the basement of Richards
Hall (telephone: 437-2334), supports the research activities of faculty,
research personnel, and graduate students, as well as teaching and
learning activities at both the graduate and undergraduate levels. The
computational capability of this facility includes 200 IBM personal com-
puters, linked in local area networks at the Boston, Burlington, and Ded-
ham campuses. A wide area network also provides both students and
faculty with time-sharing access to five large computers through video
and hard-copy terminals arranged in clusters at all three campuses. The
wide area network connects three Digital Equipment Corporation VAX-
11/780 systems in Richards Hall plus an additional VAX 11/785 and a
Data General MV/8000 in the Engineering Computer Center. This net-
work also provides access through a number of dial-in telephone lines,
primarily for faculty use, to all five computers.

Student Support Services and Resources / 301

Effective utilization of all facilities is promoted by the availability of
programming assistance at all three campuses. A variety of graphics
and output devices are also available. Electronic spreadsheet and word
processing packages are available, as well as numerous software li-
braries for numerical, statistical, and financial applications. The primary
languages supported for those who choose to do their own program-
ming are FORTRAN, COBOL, BASIC, PASCAL, LISP, PU1, C, and As-
sembler.

The Center for Instructional Technology

Mina B. Ghattas, Ph.D., Director

The Center for Instructional Technology (CIT) is a multi-service unit
whose mission is to support and enhance teaching and learning activi-
ties at the University. CIT is comprised of the following three divisions
that provide faculty and students with a comprehensive range of instruc-
tional support services.

Office of Instructional
Development and Evaluation

The Office of Instructional Development and Evaluation (O.I.D.E.) assists
individual faculty and departments in designing, developing, and eval-
uating instructional processes or products. It provides course/teaching
evaluation and teaching improvement services through the Teacher/
Course Evaluation Project (TCEP). It provides workshops and seminars
on teaching/learning issues for faculty and assists other offices in the
development of training activities for the University community. This di-
vision also provides consultation on, and coordination of, the production
of instructional materials and media of all kinds; and offers consultation
and assistance in matenals, course, curriculum, program, and other
types of evaluation.

Instructional Media Production,
Training, and Utilization Services

Instructional Media Production, Training, and Utilization Services pro-
vides training and assists faculty, staff, and students in the production of
presentational media materials, e.g., graphics, 35mm slides, slide/
tapes, overhead projectuals, portable video, etc.; provides professional
graphics and photography services; and identifies, previews, acquires,
and maintains 16mm films, videocassettes, filmstrips, slides, multi-me-
dia units, and other technology-based instructional matenals. It coor-
dinates rental of 16mm films and videotapes from outside sources;
maintains a preview facility for individual or small-group use; and offers
orientations, media demonstrations, and training workshops to Univer-
sity groups.

Campus Media Services

Campus Media Services makes available all types of audiovisual equip-
ment and instructional media materials for the support of classroom
instruction on a prescheduled basis. Items include film, filmstrip, slide,
opaque, and overhead projectors, audio and videotape recorders, video
cameras, monitors and projectors, portable public address systems,
telelecture equipment, record players, and projection screens. This di-
vision also distributes instructional materials from the collection owned

302 / Student Support Services and Resources

by the University, such as 16mnn films, videotapes, filmstrips, film loops,
slides, and audio cassettes. Certain equipment is reserved for student
use, and students may borrow instructional materials with faculty ap-
proval. A catalog of Northeastern owned instructional materials is avail-
able at no charge.

Office of Minority Student Affairs

Keith Motley, M.S. Ed., Director

The Office of Minority Student Affairs was created in 1968 to respond to
the special needs of minority students in the Northeastern community.
Contact with minority students is established prior to registration, contin-
ues throughout the first academic year at Northeastern, and thereafter is
maintained and encouraged as long as the student wishes.

The staff of the Office of Minority Student Affairs provides assistance
and guidance in academic matters such as registration, scheduling of
courses, choosing an academic program, and developing academic
assistance, as well as financial, social, and career counseling. The Of-
fice is also a link between minority students and other departments
within the University and assists in the resolution of problems that arise
with faculty, staff, or administrators. In this context, the Office helps to
make the students' personal and academic environment conducive to
educational growth.

The academic performance of all Black freshmen is monitored within
the Office of Minority Student Affairs and the determination is made as
to whether or not a student is in good academic standing, to be placed
on probation, or dismissed from the University.

For more information about the Office of Minority Student Affairs, call
617-437-2787.

Office of IVIulticultural Student Affairs

Roland E. Latham, C.A.G.S., Dean

The Office of Multicultural Student Affairs has been created for the pur-
pose of more efficiently meeting the needs of Third World students. The
Office oversees the coordination and implementation of support services
provided by the English Language Center and the International Student
Office. Moreover, the Office of Multicultural Student Affairs provides ad-
vocacy representation at the upper level of University administration,
thereby insuring that Third World students' needs are being comprehen-
sively addressed.

303

The International Student Office

Sally M. Heym, B.A., Director

The International Student Office provides a wide variety of services for
the more than 2,000 foreign undergraduates, graduates, and faculty at
Northeastern. Specific services range from counseling international stu-
dents regarding immigration regulations and academic, financial, and
personal concerns, to issuing forms and official documents which stu-
dents use to transfer funds from home and travel outside the United
States.

The ISO is also a center for international student activities and spon-
sors such events as ski trips, dinners, tours, picnics, and an International
Week in the Spring. It also publishes a quarterly newsletter.

The ISO strives to promote cultural understanding among international
students and Americans by presenting cross-cultural communication
workshops, orientation programs, and activities. The ISO also acts as a
liaison between the various departments and colleges and the many
different public and private agencies which have concern for the affairs
of foreign nationals in the academic community.

International Student Information

The University welcomes qualified students from foreign lands who are
adequately prepared to benefit from the educational, cultural, and social
opportunities it has to offer. Currently, over 2,000 international students
from 106 different countries attend Northeastern.

Northeastern University is authorized under federal law to enroll non-
immigrant aliens as full-time students in degree-granting programs of its
basic undergraduate colleges and graduate schools. Part-time and spe-
cial students are not included in this authorization.

Because of problems of adjustment experienced by many students
from foreign countries, the University makes a special effort to carefully
evaluate the educational and financial qualifications of prospective stu-
dents. The University has an international student adviser and staff to
administer to the special needs of these students.

International students who have never attended an institution of higher
learning or who have already attended college or a university and want
to transfer to Northeastern should write to the Department of Undergrad-
uate Admissions for information and applications. Applicants who have
already received a degree or diploma from a university or college and
seek information concerning graduate schools at Northeastern should
write to the specific graduate school in which they are interested in
matriculating.

University admissions policies for international students are found on
page 243.

The University does not award financial aid to international students
at the undergraduate level.

304

English Language Center

Paul C. Krueger, C.A.G.S,, Director

The English Language Center provides an important resource for inter-
national students at Northeastern. Its goal is to ensure that students who
speak English as a second language are proficient enough to carry on
full-time studies in a degree program without language-related prob-
lems. The Center administers the Intensive English Program, which of-
fers three levels of intensive, noncredit courses in English as a second
language — beginning, intermediate, and advanced. Intensive English
classes are open to undergraduate and graduate students, as well as to
students who come to Northeastern to study English only. Those stu-
dents also admitted to a degree program in the University may take, with
the approval of the Director of the English Language Center, courses for
credit while studying Intensive English at the advanced level.

The Intensive English Program offers twenty hours of classroom in-
struction per week, as well as a number of special services. The weekly
program includes classes in English structure, reading, writing, listening,
and speaking skills, as well as small group tutorials, practice in a lan-
guage laboratory and in a writing laboratory, and help from a pronunci-
ation specialist as needed. English Language Center staff work closely
with staff from the International Student Office, other offices in Student
Affairs, the academic departments, and other University services.

In addition to serving students, the English Language Center provides
advice and consultation to the Northeastern community at large. Center
staff are available to answer questions from teachers, administrators,
and students and are able to design special programs for special needs
at short notice.

For more information about the English Language Center call
617-437-2455.

University Health Services
Lane Health Center

Job E. Fuchs, M.D., Director

A comprehensive program of medical care is provided to all full-time
registered students in the Basic Colleges, both graduate and under-
graduate. The University maintains a Health Services Clinic in the For-
syth Building, Room 135, which is open for emergencies at all times and
is equipped to deal promptly with any medical condition that may arise.
All entering students must submit a pre-entrance physical examination
form provided by the Lane Health Center prior to registration. Failure to
fulfill this requirement can delay registration and result in a penalty fee
and an additional fee for a physical examination. Regular clinic hours for
the student body are held by staff physicians from 9:00 a.m. to 4:30
p.m., Monday through Friday. Health Services can be reached at all
times by telephoning 617-437-2772.

Student Support Services and Resources / 305

Specialty clinics in surgery, orthopedic surgery, gynecology, and fer-
tility control and planning are scheduled at specified hours. Please
check times with the Health Services office. Pregnancy testing and ve-
nereal disease diagnosis and treatment services are always available
during clinic hours. Allergy testing and treatment for students with al-
lergic problems are done at the Lane Health Center at no cost except
for a nominal fee for the cost of the extracts. Allergic desensitization
injections using extract provided by the student's own physician will be
given at no cost provided the extract is received in good condition,
properly labeled, and with a dosage schedule. Consultation with the
various medical and surgical specialists who are not physically present
in the clinic will be arranged when deemed necessary by a Health Ser-
vices physician. The cost of the first visit will be borne by the Health
Services.

Special X-ray and laboratory procedures that are unavailable in the
Health Services but are deemed necessary- by a staff physician will be
provided. A full spectrum of mental health services is available. A mental
health specialist is present daily, and students are urged to use this
service even for minor emotional upsets.

All full-time graduate and undergraduate students are covered by a
special Blue Cross and Blue Shield policy, which remains in effect con-
tinuously from the day of initial registration until the first of the month
following withdrawal, dismissal, or graduation. Married students are
urged to go to the Finance Office (249 Richards Hall) to purchase sup-
plementary coverage for dependents.

An infirmary is also maintained in the Forsyth Building for the care of
students living in University dormitories and apartment houses. The re-
quired infirmary fee entitles students to twenty days' care in the infirmary
at no additional charge.

Students are urged to come to the clinic during regular clinic hours in
order to take advantage of all of our facilities.

Office of Services for the Handicapped

Ruth K. Bork, M.Ed., Director

Very often, the degree of physical accessibility and types of available
support services play an important part in a disabled student's selection
of a college. An examination of Northeastern University's campus map
shows the buildings to be located within relatively close proximity to one
another. Nearly all buildings have elevators that are open to use by all.
A special advantage at Northeastern is the existence of a tunnel system,
constructed prior to 1965, that links most buildings; in the harsh New
England winters and during inclement weather, this proves to be a wel-
come feature to all.

Any student who has a disability-related special need — no matter how
small or individual — can receive ready support services from the Office
of Services for the Handicapped (OSH). Frequently, students are uncer-
tain about how they may be aided by this office, and in these situations
a discussion of possible alternatives can be quite helpful. OSH provides
a wide range of support services to eliminate the competitive disadvan-
tages that a disability may create. Services are individually tailored to
meet the needs of each student.

306 / Student Support Services and Resources

If you have a disability, you are strongly urged to meet with the staff in
OSH early on in your consideration of Northeastern. Together, you can
discuss the types of service that would best meet your needs, and you
will have an opportunity to see the campus firsthand. If a visit is not
possible, contact the OSH Director by phone or by mail to avoid the
unnecessary delays and confusion that may arise with last-minute ad-
justments; telephone; 617-437-2675 (voice) or 617-437-2730 (TTY).

The following types of assistance are available from the Office of
Services for the Handicapped;

Orientation — Tailored to the needs of specific disability groups, orienta-
tion utilizes tactile maps for vision-impaired students, interpreters for
hearing-impaired students, and accessible routes of travel for mobility-
impaired students.

Registration and Preregistration — Assistance to help ensure class ac-
cessibility and course adaptation.
Counseling — Personal, academic, and referral services.
l-lousing — Necessary modification in residence halls.
For tlie Visually-Impaired Students— OSh assists in securing taped and
braille textbooks and materials; readers; campus orientation; tactile
maps; and auxiliary aids such as brailler, Visualtek reader, raised-line
drawing kits, large-print typewriter, talking-book machine, magnifiers,
talking calculators, variable-speed tape recorders, and Kurzweil Read-
ing Machine.

For the Hearing-Impaired Student— OSH offers services including oral
and sign language interpreters; note takers; TTY; audiometric testing,
hearing-aid evaluation, fitting, and orientation; instruction in sign lan-
guage and speech reading; speech therapy. Sign language interpreting
and oral interpreting services will be provided to deaf and hearing-
impaired students only after they have been denied such services by
their Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, provided the Office of Services
for the Handicapped has received information documenting the reason
for such denial.

For the Learning Disabled Student— OSH assists in securing taped text-
books and materials; readers; untimed testing; asistance in securing
course and program modification. Services will be provided only upon
receipt of diagnostic testing, documentation, and prescriptive write-ups.
Students without this material can be referred to appropriate agencies
for testing.

For the Wheelchair User/Mobility-Impaired Student— OSH offers infor-
mation on appropriate routes of travel, assistance in relocating classes,
adaptive physical education, and physical therapy.
General Assistance Services — Includes scribes; advocacy liaison with
instructors and other University staff; HP parking; corrective tutoring in
English writing, reading, and language problems; special examination
situations.

Information Clearinghouse— Oi^e^s articles, periodicals, books, and
other literature for, about, and by disabled individuals.

The Office of Services for the Handicapped is also the gathering place
for the Disabled Student Organization of Northeastern University, which
works cooperatively with OSH to plan programs and improve accessi-
bility of services for handicapped persons at Northeastern.

307

Department of Career Development and
Placement

Sidney F. Austin, M.Ed., Dean and Director

The Department of Career Development and Placement offers a wide
range of counseling and placement assistance to all seniors and alumni
of Nortfieastern University seeking employment; to undergraduates
seeking admission to graduate or professional school; and to students
interested in participating in nonpaid, part-time internships in private or
public nonprofit agencies for which they may receive academic credit.

Through this department, representatives of hundreds of employers
are scheduled to visit the campus each year to interview seniors and
graduate students for full-time employment after graduation. A job bank
of currently available positions is maintained for seniors or alumni who
are seeking opportunities for which they miay be qualified. Credential
service is provided for students and alumni seeking positions in fields
that require them and for applicants to graduate and professional
schools. Regularly scheduled seminars are conducted for seniors and
alumni on career development, job-finding techniques, resume prepa-
ration, and effective interviewing. Individual career counseling is avail-
able for seniors and alumni of all University programs.

Office of Parents' Services

Virginia A. Stephanos, M.S.Ed., Director

The Office of Parents' Services provides a central counseling and re-
sources operation for parents of undergraduate and graduate students
at Northeastern, facilitating the resolution of problems and the exchange
of information. The Office maintains contact with the various academic
deans' offices, with Cooperative Education, Dean of Students, Financial
Aid, Housing, Registrar's Office, Bursar, and other administrative de-
partments that may relate to parents' concerns. In addition, the Office
also offers parents social and cultural programs to promote a better
understanding of Northeastern's diversified academic and administra-
tive departments.

HELP Legal Service

HELP Legal Service Plan offers low-cost legal service to undergraduate
students at greatly reduced rates. The annual membership fee is $15.
Complete confidentiality is assured. Service is available Monday-Friday,
10 a.m.-4 p.m.. Room 264, Ell Center, telephone 437-2636.

student Activities

310

Student Activities at Northeastern

The University regards student activities as an integral part of education
and provides for a range of activities to spark your interest and satisfy
your inclinations: you are given the opportunity to play intramural sports
on a wide variety of teams; write for the Northeastern News; broadcast
over WRBB, the student-operated radio station; act, dance, sing, play
music, or become involved with student government.

The University encourages relaxation and socializing: you can meet
new friends by joining any of the more than 150 campus clubs and
organizations, attend a lecture, a film, or a play, or go skiing or camping
in the mountains. Once you begin to take advantage of what is available
on campus, there's no telling what you will learn or whom you might
meet.

If you are a commuter student, it is likely that a good portion of your
between-class time will be spent in the Carl S. Ell Student Center. The
dominant feature of the main level of this "student building" is the mag-
nificent main lounge. Five stories in height, the lounge will comfortably
seat 800 students — a good place for quiet conversation or contempla-
tion. Below the lounge are a cafeteria and the Rathskeller, where the
sounds are much more audible. In addition, the Center has a ballroom,
a piano practice room, a large gameroom with billiards and table tennis
equipment, study rooms, a typing room, a computer room, and many
meeting and function rooms. The Information Booth staff can help with
any questions and also offers printing and photocopying services. The
Student Center is that part of Northeastern University where you can
relax and really feel comfortable and at home.

Each Monday and Thursday, the hours between 11:30 a.m. and 1:30
p.m. are reserved for student activities. No classes are held during these
times, to allow students an uninterrupted period of time for themselves.
Student clubs, intramural sports, cultural events, and many other activi-
ties are scheduled to provide opportunities to make spontaneous or
planned use of your time. You have the chance to become involved in
campus activities, whether you reside in the residence halls or are a
commuter, without interfering with your academic commitments.

Student Organizations

All-University Activities

Council for University Programs
Concert Committee
Council for Alternative Programs
Lecture Committee
Publicity Committee
Special Events Committee
Interresidence Council
NU Freshman Orientation Staff
Student Alumni Association
Student Government Association
Budget Review Committee
Student Affairs Committee
Student Center Committee
Student Court

Student Activities / 311

Artistic and {Musical Organizations

Band

Choral Society

Dance Theatre

Early Music Players

Orchestra

Silver Masque

Departmental and Academic Organizations

Association for Connputing Machinery

Beta Biological Society

Black Business Student Association

Black Engineehng Student Society

Business Student Advisory Committee

College of Nursing Student Organization Council

Co-op Student Advisory Committee

Criminal Justice Advisory Council

Criminal Justice Student Security Organization

Economics Club

English Club

Finance Club

Human Resource Management Club

Human Services Student Organization

Marketing Club

Medical Laboratory Science Club

Organization of Forensic Students

Physical Education Majors Club

Physical Therapy Club

Physical Therapy Yearbook

Physics Club

Political Science Student Advisory Committee

Recreation Majors Club

Respiratory Therapy Club

The Script (Physical Therapy Yearbook)

Society for the Advancement of Communication Studies

Sociology/Anthropology Students Association

Speech and Hearing Club

Student Athletic Trainers Association

Student-Faculty Biology Relations Committee

Political and Social Action Organizations

Students Against Nuclear Warfare
Students for Environmental Awareness
Students for Life
Students for Safe Energy
Young Republicans

Media

Cauldron

Northeastern News
Onyx
Spectrum
WRBB-FM

312 /Student Activities

Special Interest Clubs

Amateur Radio Club
Association of the U.S. Army
Brothers of Apple Social Interest

Group
Camera Club
Cheerleaders
Chess Club

Disabled Students Organization
Downhill Skiers and Sports Club
Flying Club
Groove Phi Groove Social

Fellowship
Hus-Skiers and Outing Club

(NUHOC)
Karate Club
Northeastern University

Organization for Alternative

Lifestyles (NUAL)
Pershing Rifles
Sailing Club

Semper Fidelis (Marines) Club
Tactical Society
Terra Society
Underwater Society
Women's Center

Religious Organizations

Campus Crusade for Christ

Chi Alpha Christian Fellowship

Christian Science Organization

Christian Student Association

Hillei

Islamic Society

Maranatha Ministries

Navigators

NIchiren Shoshu of America

Seekers Christian Fellowship

Ethnic and Cultural Clubs

Arab Heritage Cultural Club

Armenian Club

Association of Students from the

Indian Sub-Continent
Caribbean Student Organization
Chinese Student Club
General Union of Lebanese

Students
General Union of Palestinian

Students
Haitian Student Unity
Hellenic Club

International Students Forum
Iranian Student Organization
Irish Club

Korean Student Organization
Latin-American Student Union
Lebanese Student Association
National Black Student Associa-
tion
Persian Student Society
Turkish Students Organization
Vietnamese Students

Organization

New Horizons

This program, sponsored by the Student Activities Department, is de-
signed to provide enjoyment as well as the opportunity to engage in a
unique learning experience.

The New Horizons series of noncredit mini-courses is conducted by
qualified persons in special areas of interest. There are no grades, no
transcripts, and no examinations. In a few courses, textbooks are re-
quired; in areas such as the performing arts, field trips, crafts, or media,
a material fee may be required.

Enrollment in courses is determined on a priority basis with first op-
portunities for registration to full-time undergraduate and graduate stu-
dents, and on a space-available basis to other members of the
Northeastern community.

student Activities/ 31 3

For questions, brochures, or applications to teach a nnini-course, call
or visit the Office of Student Activities, Room 255 Ell Center; telephone:
61 7-437-2642.

Fraternities

Alpha Epsilon Pi
6-8 Capen St.
Medford, MA 02155
395-9458

Alpha Kappa Sigma
29 Greenough Ave.
Jamaica Plain, MA 02130
524-9869

Beta Gamma Epsilon
234 Commonwealth Ave.
Boston, MA 021 16
262-1639

Gamma Phi Kappa
1 1 Vancouver St.
Boston, MA 021 15
427-8774

lota Phi Theta
255 Ell Center

Kappa Alpha Psi
255 Ell Center

Nu Epsilon Zeta
255 St. Paul St.
Brookline, MA 02146
566-9804

Phi Beta Sigma
255 Ell Center
(Colony)

Phi Gamma Pi
241 Kent St.
Brookline, MA 02146
566-8970

Phi Sigma Kappa
37 Greenough Ave.
Jamaica Plain, MA 02130
524-9893

Tau Kappa Epsilon
P.O. Box 834
Allston, MA 02134
254-3431

Zeta Beta Tau

42 Chestnut Square

Jamaica Plain, MA 02130

522-5162

Sororities

The recognized sororities and colonies for women play an important role
in the extracurricular life of the University. Although none has a separate
house, they can all be reached through the Office of Student Activities,
Room 255 EC, at the University. The names of the sororities follow:

Alpha Kappa Alpha
Delta Phi Epsilon
Delta Sigma Theta
Sigma Beta Epsilon
Sigma Gamma Rho
Zeta Phi Beta

314

Sports

The University provides opportunities for participation in athletic pro-
grams that correspond to the abilities and inclinations of most students.
We especially wish to provide each of you with the chance to develop
skills and competence for lifelong athletic pursuits. Along with many
casual, drop-in opportunities, you can participate as a member of intra-
mural teams. Examples of intramural sports include touch football, bas-
ketball, volleyball, soccer, ice hockey, wrestling, softball, and track.

Professional Societies

Students will benefit in many ways by joining the student chapter of a
professional society in an area of study of particular interest to them.
They have the opportunity to keep up with the latest developments by
listening to authorities in that field, to exchange ideas with students from
other colleges and universities as well as from Northeastern, and to learn
more about professional standards.

If students take an active part by attending regular meetings and
social affairs, they may become officers or members of a delegation to
meetings outside the University. Such participation may prove invaluable
in shaping a career.

The following professional societies, the majority of which are national
organizations, are open to upperclassmen in their respective profes-
sional fields:

American Chemical Society

American Institute of Chemical Engineers

American Institute of Industrial Engineers

American Society of Civil Engineers

American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Engineers Council

Institute of Electronic & Electrical Engineers

Public Relations Student Society

Society of Professional Journalists

Society of Women Engineers

Student American Pharmaceutical Association

i\/len's Athletics

Whether it be on the SuperTurf at Parsons Field in the fall, the ice or
hardwood of the Matthews Arena in the winter, or the waters of the
picturesque Charles River in the spring, a Northeastern athletic team is
a familiar sight, either training or competing, nearly twelve months of the
year in the Greater Boston area.

Husky varsity entries have touched down on some prestigious athletic
real estate, such as Henley-on-the-Thames, England; Madison Square
Garden, New York; and Fenway Park, which is part of Northeastern's
Back Bay neighborhood. In fact, one could include the Montreal Olympic
Village in the summer of 1976, and the most recent sumer Olympiad in
Los Angeles, when an alumnus oarsman stroked his way to a silver
medal for the United States.

All students are urged to participate in the University's athletic pro-
gram, which recently added soccer to its list of varsity sports. The Uni-

Student Activities/ 31 5

versity fields teams in baseball, crew, swimming, cross-country, track
and field, football, hockey, basketball, and golf. On the intramural and
club levels, students may also participate in such sports as sailing, water
polo, volleyball, lacrosse, gymnastics, softball, handball, and fencing.

Facilities include the spacious Cabot Physical Education Center, Ed-
ward S. Parsons Field, the Matthews Arena and the recently completed
outdoor track and field facility in Dedham. The Cabot Gymnasium con-
tains four basketball courts, a gymnastics lyceum, a wrestling and aero-
bics room, a cage for indoor track and soccer, and six modern
racquetball courts.

Parsons Field, home of the Huskies' football team, with its new
SuperTurf surface, also features the Northeastern baseball diamond.
The Dedham track has an eight lane, Action Trak 200 running surface,
and an expansive area for concurrent jumping and field events. The new
outdoor facility is ready to host dual and championship meet competi-
tion, and is a permanent site for Northeastern track athletes.

The hockey and basketball teams play their home games in the his-
toric "Boston Arena"— now the Matthews Arena, named for University
benefactors George and Hope M. Matthews. The Arena is located near
the main quadrangle of the campus. It provides a portable floor for the
Husky basketball team and daily free public skating.

Matthews Arena is the oldest ice hockey rink in the world, and features
a seating capacity of 6,000 and some of the finest sight lines of any rink
in the country. Within the past three years, both the men's basketball
and hockey teams surged to NCAA Championship play under the roof
of the Matthews Arena.

Northeastern annually fields one of the most competitive Division l-AA
football teams in New England, and as an Independent has always
played a demanding schedule. A partial list of the Huskies' most recent
opponents includes New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Lehigh, Rich-
mond, and Youngstown State.

The University's hockey team skates in the brand new Hockey East
Association, the eastern college hockey alignment which includes three
Boston based teams and a total of seven teams from New England.
Along with city rivals Boston College, Boston University, and Harvard,
the Huskies spend the first two Monday nights in February playing in the
prestigious Beanpot Hockey Tournament before a packed Boston Gar-
den house. In 1985 the Huskies became the first team to win back-to-
back Beanpots since 1979.

Northeastern's basketball Huskies wage their roundball wars in the
tough ECAC North Atlantic Conference of the NCAA. They play the local
powers such as Boston College and Boston University, and recent tour-
nament soirees have included games with national powers such as West
Texas State, Ohio State, and Montana. Even against the cream of the
East, Northeastern has had eighteen winning seasons in the last 22
years.

To discuss track and cross country in New England is to talk about
Northeastern track and cross country. The Huskies, who defended their
Greater Boston Championship last January, have been the flagship pro-
gram on the New England track and field scene for the last decade and
a half; in that stretch, the Huskies have captured seven New England
indoor titles and six outdoor championships. Each year. Northeastern is
represented by alumni running for national and international honors as
members of top track and field clubs.

Northeastern also fields a strong golf team which competes in all the
major Eastern tournaments.

31 6 /Student Activities

The most amazing Husky sports story, however, is that of varsity crew.
In 1965, its first season, the NU crew won four of five regattas and the
small college rowing championships, and became the first NU team to
compete internationally when it rowed in the Henley Royal Regatta. The
next year, the Huskies moved into the major college rowing league. They
culminated their swift rise by winning the Eastern Spnnts in 1972 and
1973 and rowed in the finals of the Grand Challenge Cup of the Henley
Royal Regatta, in 1973, they were considered the finest eight in the
country. In 1978, the freshman crew won the Eastern Sprints and was
invited to row the Thames Challenge Cup race at Henley.

Northeastern has buttressed its physical fitness facilities campus-wide
and accommodates the daily influx of undergraduates, graduates, staff,
and faculty at Cabot Gymnasium and the Matthews Arena. One of the
most popular accoutrements is the six-year-old Nautilus weight-training
room, equipped with Nautilus apparatus and traditional free weights.

Women's Athletics

From a very small program with very few resources, the Northeastern
University women's intercollegiate athletic program has grown rapidly,
reflecting the tremendous growth in women's athletics at all levels. The
program now encompasses twelve activities: basketball, crew, cross-
country, field hockey, gymnastics, ice hockey, lacrosse, swimming and
diving, tennis, track and field (indoor and outdoor), and volleyball.

As members of the NCAA, Northeastern University subscribes to all
policies and regulations of the Association. Athletic scholarships are
available to women student athletes in all programs.

Northeastern's goal is to provide an excellent program of intercolle-
giate athletics for all women students who qualify. The programs are in
the mainstream of the exciting growth in women's athletics throughout
the country.

The field hockey and lacrosse teams, using the astroturf at Edward S.
Parson's Field in Brookline as their home field, have long been regarded
as among the strongest in New England. The basketball and volleyball
programs, working out of Dockser Hall and Cabot Gymnasium on the
Boston campus, have appeared in state and regional championships,
and are moving rapidly toward NCAA qualification. The tennis team, with
recent steady improvement, is well respected in the region. The gym-
nastics team, with a vastly upgraded schedule, is striving to reach a
high level of regionally competitive scoring.

Two of our younger programs — crew, and swimming and diving —
have shown rapid improvement. Members of crew have been selected
for participation in Olympic Development Camps, have been gold medal
winners at the National Sports Festival and at the NWRA National Cham-
pionship.

The three newest teams— cross-country, ice hockey, and track and
field — have moved out of "rookie" status. The ice hockey team, which
makes its home in the beautifully renovated Matthews Arena, has be-
come one of the strongest in the country, in addition to winning the local
Beanpot Tournament in 1979, 1980, and 1984. Track continues its de-
velopment.

Moving toward excellence in all programs. Women's Athletics looks
forward to an exciting year. Specific policies and guidelines relating to

Student Activities/ 31 7

academic eligibility for athletics will be distributed in writing to all student
athletes.

Religious Life

Northeastern has genuine concern for the religious and moral develop-
ment of students of all faiths. A Religious Advisory Board, consisting of
administrators and faculty, as well as full-time guest chaplains, seeks to
articulate the needs in this area and facilitate the work of various reli-
gious groups on campus. A Chaplains' Association, consisting of the
full-time guest chaplains, works cooperatively to emphasize the interfaith
dimensions of campus life.

The chaplains also deal with students on a denominational basis at
various centers near the campus: Episcopal College Work Center in
Brookline; Hillel House on Parker Street; Lutheran Center, 84 The Fen-
way; and St. Ann's Roman Catholic Parish on St. Stephen Street. In
addition, there are numerous religious student organizations on campus,
recognized by the Student Affairs Committee and listed under "Student
Organizations."

Interfaith chapel services are held in the Bacon Memorial Chapel,
located in the Ell Student Center. These voluntary religious services are
planned to commemorate special days and events and will be an-
nounced sufficiently ahead of time. The Chapel is also used for denom-
inational worship services and special lectures on religion. It is open
daily for prayer and meditation and is a frequent setting for weddings of
students and alumni.

N v"^ R THE ^ STE R N

f \' I \ E R ^ I T^

General Information

320

History

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a privately
endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the General
Laws of Massachusetts. By special enactment, the state legislature has
given the University general degree-granting powers. The University is
governed by a Board of Trustees who are elected by and from the
Northeastern University Corporation, which is composed of almost 200
distinguished business and professional men and women. The Board of
Overseers, chosen from the membership of the Corporation, based on
their exceptional interest in and support of the University, is also a partic-
ipant in the affairs of the institution.

From its beginning. Northeastern University's dominant purpose has
been the discovery of community educational needs and distinctive and
serviceable ways of meeting them. The University has not duplicated
the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer new areas
of educational service.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan
of Education, initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and sub-
sequently adopted by the Colleges of Business Administration (1922),
Arts and Sciences (1935), Education (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing
(1964), Boston-Bouve College (1964), the College of Criminal Justice
(1967), the School of Engineering Technology's (formerly Lincoln Col-
lege) daytime Bachelor of Engineering Technology Program (1971), the
College of Computer Science (1982), and by University College in a
special pilot program (1980). This educational method offers students
the opportunity to gain valuable practical experience as an integral part
of their college programs and also provides the means by which they
may contribute substantially to the financing of their education. The plan
has been extended to the graduate level in criminal justice, engineering,
rehabilitation administration, professional accounting, business admin-
istration, and law.

In the field of adult education, the University offers graduate and un-
dergraduate degree programs and noncredit programs that are specif-
ically designed to meet the needs and interests of adults who wish to
further their education on a part-time basis.

All formal courses of study leading to degrees in the Graduate Divi-
sion, the School of Engineering Technology (formerly Lincoln College),
and University College are approved by the undergraduate faculties
concerned and are governed by the same qualitative and quantitative
standards as the regular day curricula. Courses are scheduled in the
day and evening at the Boston Campus, Suburban Campus in Burling-
ton, the Dedham Campus, and at other off-campus locations near Bos-
ton.

Academic Policy

Policy on Changes of Program

The University reserves the right to withdraw, modify, augment, or
change the order or content of courses in any curriculum.

It further reserves the right to change tuition, and fees charged, and
other regulations.

Any changes which may be made from time to time pursuant to the
above policy shall be applicable to all students in the school, college, or
department concerned, including former students who may re-enroll.

Academic Policy / 321

Textbooks and Supplies

The Northeastern University Bookstore, located on the ground floor of
the Ell Student Center, is a department of the University and is operated
for the convenience of the student body. All books and supplies that are
required by the students for their work in the University may be pur-
chased at the Bookstore.

The Academic Year

Northeastern University operates on a quarter-system calendar.

Quarter-Hour Credits

All courses are evaluated in terms of quarter-hour credit. A quarter-hour
credit is equal to three-fourths of a semester-hour credit.

Grades and Examinations

Examinations covering the work of the quarter usually are held at the
close of each quarter. Exceptions may be made in certain courses
where, in the opinion of the instructor and with the approval of the dean
of the college concerned, final examinations are not necessary.

Pass-Fail System

Students may register for a limited number of courses on a pass-fail
basis. Each college has its own rules governing this system. Common
to all colleges, however, is the grading system. Pass-fail grades are not
included in the calculation of the quality point average. Only pass
grades earn credits toward degree requirements. (Pass-fail guidelines
are also stated in the Student Handbook.)

Grades

A student's grade is officially recorded by letter. Introduced in Septem-
ber 1980, the following grades, listed below with their numerical equiv-
alents, are in effect:

A 4.000

A- 3.667

B-l- 3.333

B 3.000

B- 2.667

C+ 2.333

C 2.000

0- 1.667

D+ 1.333

D 1 .000

D- .667

F 0

A general average of C- is not acceptable and will not allow a student
to continue at Northeastern University.

Freshman students who are taking a full academic program and who
have a weighted average for the year below 1 .4 will not be permitted to
register for advanced work. Upperclass students should consult the
Student Handbook to ascertain the level of continuing achievement re-
quired of them by the faculty of their college.

An I, or X (Incomplete), grade is used to show that the student has not
completed the course requirements.

An official University grade report is mailed to each student at the end
of each quarter.

322 / General Information

Transcripts

Applications for transcripts of record are made at the Registrar's Office
(120 HA). A charge of $2.00 is made for each transcript request.

Writing Requirement

All Basic Day College freshmen must successfully complete an all-Uni-
versity writing requirement in order to fulfill their graduation require-
ments. The requirement also applies to all transfer students matriculating
at the University beginning in the Fall Quarter of 1985.

As a requirement for graduation with a bachelor's degree, each stu-
dent must successfully complete two quarters of basic composition and
literature (or equivalent) and satisfy the upper division writing require-
ment.

The upper division writing requirement may not begin until the student
has successfully completed at least eighty quarter-hours of academic
work (including transfer credit).

The upper division writing requirement may be fulfilled by passing one
upper division writing course (four quarter-hour course with a C or bet-
ter) or by passing a course, Writing Lab (one credit course). Upperclass
students should consult their advisor or the English Department for fur-
ther details on fulfillment of the writing requirement.

The Basic Day Colleges Course Description and Curriculum Guide
and The Student Handbook specify the details of the writing requirement
for both 1985 entering freshmen and transfer students.

Dean's List

An Honors or Dean's List is issued at the end of each quarter containing
the names of students who have a 3.0 quality-point average or higher,
with no "I" grade or grade below C-. A student who is on any form of
probation, enrolled in a course on a pass-fail basis (except where there
is no alternative or where required by the program), or not carrying a full
load as determined by his or her Basic College will not be eligible. With
few exceptions, as approved by the respective Colleges, a full load is
normally considered to be four courses or sixteen quarter-hours.

Dean's List Cum Laude 3.000-3.490

Dean's List Magna Cum Laude 3.500-3.740

Dean's List Summa Cum Laude 3.750-4.000

Beginning with the Class of 1990 and all future classes, the minimum
quality-point average to achieve Dean's List status will be 3.25.

Dean's List Cum Laude 3.250-3.490

Dean's List Magna Cum Laude 3.500-3.740

Dean's List Summa Cum Laude 3.750-4.000

Reports on Scholastic Standing

Reports for all students are issued at the end of each grading period.
Questions about grades are to be discussed with the student's faculty
adviser.

At the end of the academic year, juniors will receive, in addition to
their term reports, a complete cumulative copy of their permanent rec-
ords. Students should contact the dean of their college, if discrepancies
are found.

Students are constantly encouraged to maintain an acceptable quality
of college work. Parents and students are always welcomed by the
college officers and faculty advisers for a conference upon such mat-
ters.

Academic Policy / 323

Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act

In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of
1974, Northeastern University permits its students to inspect their rec-
ords wherever appropriate and to challenge specific parts of them when
they feel it necessary to do so. Specific details of the law as it applies to
Northeastern are printed in the Student Handbook, which is distributed
annually at registrations.

It is the policy of Northeastern University to deal with the student in all
academic and adminstrative matters. If parents require any information
regarding the progress of their son or daughter, they may contact the
Dean of Students' Office.

General Conduct

It is assumed that students come to the University for a serious purpose.
The University community expects each student to respect the rights
and privileges of others and to adhere to acceptable standards of per-
sonal conduct. Students should exercise their freedom with maturity and
responsibility. They are expected to obey University regulations and
follow the instructions of and pay due respect to University officials.
Conduct inconsistent with the general order of the University may result
in disciplinary action. Damage to any building or to any of the furniture,
apparatus, or other property of the University will be charged to students
involved.

Any form of academic dishonesty is regarded as a most serious of-
fense and renders the offender liable to disciplinary action. Aiding and
abetting a student in any dishonesty is also held to be a grave breach
of discipline.

The University administers discipline with a high standard of integrity
and a scrupulous regard for truth.

Attendance

Students are expected to attend all meetings of their classes. Absence
from regularly scheduled classes may seriously affect the standing of
the student and result in the University's dropping the subject or sub-
jects from his or her schedule. Laboratory work can be made up only
during hours of regularly scheduled instruction.

Emergency Closing of the
University

Northeastern University has made arrangements to notify students, fac-
ulty, and staff by radio when it becomes necessary to cancel classes
because of extremely inclement weather. AM radio stations WBZ (1030),
WEEI (590), WHDH (850), WRKO (680), and FM stations WBCN (104.1),
WZOU (94.5), WROR (98.5) are the stations authorized to announce the
University's decision to close. Since instructional television courses orig-
inate from live or broadcast facilities at the University, neither the classes
nor the courier service operate when the University is closed.

324

Policy on International Programs and
Services I

Northeastern University, a world leader in cooperative education, ac-
knowledges the increasing interdependence among nations, and, there-
fore, identifies its mission as preparing its graduates to live and work in
an interdependent world. The University deems it essential that its stu-
dents, both in the professions as well as in the humanities, develop a
greater awareness and understanding of those social, political and eco-
nomic issues that transcend national boundaries. So interconnected are
these issues that a recognition of them coupled with an appreciation of
the diverse cultures which gave rise to them is necessary for the devel-
opment of productive and responsible citizens of the world community.

To accomplish this goal. Northeastern University actively seeks quali-
fied students from abroad to enroll in its undergraduate and graduate
programs in such numbers and with such geographic origins so as to
create and foster a truly global exchange of ideas and values among
students, faculty, and staff.

The University also encourages all colleges to continually develop and
expand course offerings to include international issues and cross-cul-
tural aspects and supports faculty to teach and conduct research in the
interrelationships among nations and peoples. The University promotes
international understanding and the sharing of ideas with institutions
throughout the world by virtue of its faculty and staff exchanges and its
study and work abroad programs for students.

Finally, the University recognizes that it has a special responsibility to
share its expertise and to cooperate with international organizations, the
local community, its alumni, and diverse segments of the public in an
effort to promote greater awareness of global issues and events.

Alumni Association

More than 100,000 alumni are united within the Alumni Association, cre-
ated to establish a mutually beneficial relationship between Northeastern
and its graduates. The Association is governed by an Executive Com-
mittee elected from the alumni community. Membership in the Associa-
tion is automatic upon graduation.

The Association is headquartered in the Office of Alumni Relations in
125 Richards Hall; telephone 617-437-3186. Addresses of alumni are
maintained in the Office of Alumni Records; telephone 61 7-437-2792.

Activities of the Association include the Homecoming celebration,
presentation of the Outstanding Alumni Awards, and the annual pres-
entation of Professional Promise Awards to outstanding seniors in each
of the Colleges. Alumni officers, in conjunction with the Office of Alumni
Relations, have established a series of enrichment/education programs
to meet the contemporary vocational and avocational needs of North-
eastern's graduates. The Alumni Association has also initiated a suc-
cessful group travel program to provide the alumni of Northeastern with
interesting and economical opportunities for foreign travel, and sponsors
group term life insurance for members of the alumni community. Notice
of all activities is provided in the Northeastern Alumni Magazine and in
special publications.

General Information / 325

Regional alumni clubs have been established from coast to coast. All
alumni are eligible to become members of these organizations. The
clubs meet periodically with varied programs, often in conjunction with
professional and athletic events, faculty visits, and service projects. Ad-
ditionally, alumni class organizations conduct reunions for their respec-
tive classes every five years, and Golden Graduates' Day, for senior
alumni, has become an annual event.

The Association sponsors and assists constituent organizations that
focus on common professional and avocational interests and college
affiliations. These groups have their own officers and conduct various
programs throughout the year.

Regional alumni clubs provide a valuable service to the University by
sponsoring admissions conferences for high school students and the
parents of students who are interested in attending college. In addition,
alumni volunteers in many metropolitan areas across the nation repre-
sent the Admissions Office on a continuing basis at high schools and
community colleges.

Gifts and Bequests to Northeastern
University

Northeastern University welcomes gifts and bequests to further its edu-
cational purposes. It is recommended that those contemplating gifts or
bequests confer with the President of the University regarding the needs
of the University.

A member of Northeastern University's staff will be happy to consult
with those considering a gift or bequest. Planned gifts to the University
can often be combined with personal financial goals to produce maxi-
mum financial security, as well as significant tax savings for an individual
or family.

The legal name of the University is "Northeastern University." In mak-
ing a gift or bequest, it is recommended the following wording be used:
"Northeastern University, an educational institution incorporated under
the laws of Massachusetts and located in Boston, Massachusetts."

ROTC, IViilitary Officers Education Program
Army

Thomas J. Gnffin, III, LTC, U.S.A.; M.B.A., Professor and Chairman

General Objectives

The Department of Military Science administers Northeastern's ROTC
Program. Regarded by the University as an integral part of its education
program, ROTC is available on a voluntary basis to all full-time students.
The program's mission is to develop officers— leaders. It offers courses
of instruction designed to lead to a commission as an Army second
lieutenant.

The ROTC staff consists of active Army officers and NCOs, assigned
by the Department of the Army.

326 / General Information

Courses of Study

The program consists of the Basic Course (freshman and sophomore
years) and the Advanced Course (middler, junior, and senior years) and
complements the co-op program by tailoring the courses to the student's
schedule.

Enrollment in the Basic Course is voluntary and is open to all full-time
students who qualify. Students do not incur a military obligation by par-
ticipating in the Basic Course.

The Advanced Course is open to all qualified students who meet these
prerequisites: (1) completion of Basic Course or approved equivalent,
or prior honorable military service; (2) physical aptitude and medical
requirements; and (3) age requirements. Students accepted for the Ad-
vanced Course execute a written contract that obligates the newly com-
missioned second lieutenant to a period of military service. Advanced
Course students receive a $100/month stipend up to $1,000 per year.
They are also paid for the six-week advanced camp normally attended
between their junior and senior year.

ROTC Scholarships

The Army ROTC scholarship provides full tuition, fees, textbooks, and
$100 per month to the recipient. Selected four-year scholarship winners
may also qualify for full room-and-board during their freshman year.
Scholarships are available in varying lengths and cover the cadet's re-
maining academic years. Noncadets may apply for scholarships cover-
ing their last four or three academic years. These scholarships are merit-
based scholarships, and a student's earnings during cooperative work
periods do not reduce scholarship payments.

Veterans and Transfer Students

Honorably discharged veterans (enlisted) are a vital part of our cadet
corps and will receive special consideration for ROTC entry.

Transfer students, whether or not previously enrolled in ROTC, are
also welcome to join our program. They should contact the Department
of Military Science concerning their options for program entry.

Uniforms and Equipment

Uniforms are issued without cost to ROTC cadets. A $35 deposit is
required to ensure the return of the loaned property in good condition.
Loss or damage to Army equipment, exceeding the deposit, will be
charged to the student.

Academic Credits

Regulations of the individual Basic Colleges prevail for ROTC graduation
credit. However, students may individually petition their academic de-
partment for acceptance of certain courses for graduation credit.

Air Force

Thomas J. Meyer, Lt. Col., USAF; M.A.

Professor and Chairman, Department of Aerospace Studies, Boston Uni-
versity

The Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC) program offers
students an opportunity to earn a commission in the United States Air
Force. The student is commissioned as a second lieutenant upon com-

General Information / 327

pletion of both the Aerospace Studies (AS) curriculum and the require-
ments for an undergraduate or graduate degree. Northeastern
University students may enter the AFROTC program as members of
either a four-year or a two-year program. Participation in AFROTC by
nonscholarship students during the first two years of the four-year pro-
gram carries no commitment to serve in the Air Force.

The AFROTC program is administered by AFROTC Detachment 355,
156 Bay State Road, at Boston University 617-353-4705, AFROTC
classes are conducted at the B.U. campus.

Four- Year Program

Undergraduates may join the four-year AFROTC program by registering
for the appropriate Aerospace Studies classes. Students from all aca-
demic disciplines, including five-year co-op, may register. Preferred en-
try is the first semester, freshman year, although students may enter as
late as the first semester, sophomore year.

Freshman classes focus on the functions, organizations, and hard-
ware of the Air Force. Sophomore classes concentrate on the history of
aerospace power. Complementing the academic classes is a weekly
leadership laboratory, during which students are introduced to Air Force
customs, courtesies, drill, ceremonies, and lifestyles.

The Air Force uniform and AFROTC books are provided to the student
free of charge except for a refundable uniform deposit.

Continuation beyond the sophomore year is not guaranteed. Factors
considered include leadership potential, academic performance, field
training evaluations, and results of a physical examination.

The non-flying commissioned graduate incurs a four-year active duty
service commitment. Navigators incur a five-year, post-training commit-
ment, and pilots incur a six-year, post-training commitment.

Two- Year Program

Students unable to participate in the four-year AFROTC program are
eligible for the two-year program. Prerequisites for entry into the two-
year program include: (1) at least six remaining academic quarters of
undergraduate or graduate study; {?.) meeting Air Force physical stan-
dards; (3) good moral character; and (4) successful completion of six
weeks of field training. Applications for the two-year program require
several months for processing. Prospective two-year program members
should contact the University AFROTC detachment at least six months
prior to proposed entry.

Scholarships

Academic scholarships are available for those who qualify. The College
Scholarship Program pays for tuition, textbooks, required fees, and a
$100-per-month, tax-free subsistence allowance. Most scholarships are
awarded for four years starting with the freshman year. Application is
made while the student is a senior in high school. Application forms
should be available in the guidance counselor's office or by writing to
the Four-Year Scholarship Branch, Air Force ROTO, Maxwell AFB, AL
36112. Scholarships are also available for students already in college.
Students may apply for a three-and-a-half, three, two-and-a-half, or two-
year scholarship. Call 617-353-4705 for further details.

328

Navy

Northeastern University has a crosstown Navy ROTC program. Both
scholarship and nonscholarship programs are available. For further in-
formation, please contact Dr. Thomas Moore, Room 202, Hayden Hall,
Northeastern University, 360 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02115.

The Center for Cooperative Education

Paul E. Dube, M.A., M.Ed., Director

Educational institutions and other organizations that are interested in
exploring the concept of cooperative education, implementing new pro-
grams, or expanding and improving already existing ones can utilize the
services offered by the Center for Cooperative Education. In addition to
providing technical assistance, the Center will conduct evaluations of
cooperative education programs for both educational institutions and
employers.

The Center staff is made up of qualified professionals who are familiar
with all aspects of cooperative education. Throughout the year, short-
term training programs for both new and experienced coordinators of
cooperative programs are offered.

The Labor Market Analyst at the Center establishes a network of con-
tracts and generates information on employment changes affecting em-
ployers in business, high tech, and the health industries. The collected
data is analyzed and interpreted for use by the entire co-op department.

The Center, to help Northeastern better serve its international students
and the countries from which they originate, is currently working on a
project to develop home country placements for these students. Em-
ployment is being sought and international students recruited in those
regions of the world in which economies are strong enough to provide
at-home placements for the students during their cooperative education
employment periods.

329

Academic Calendar 1985-1986

September 1985

Monday

3-6

Tuesday-
Friday

9-16

Monday-
Monday

Thursday

Monday

Tuesday

18-20

Wednesday-
Friday

Friday

Monday

October 1985

Monday

November 1985

Monday

28-30

Thursday-
Saturday

December 1985

9-13

Monday-
Friday

16-January3

Monday-
Friday

January 1986

Wednesday

Monday

Tuesday

Wednesday

Monday

February 1986

Monday

Labor Day. University closed.

Final examinations for Basic Colleges.

Division A vacation.

Fall Commencement.

Freshman and Transfer students orientation and University registration.

Upperclass registration (Division A) 9 a.m.

Continuation of course advising, course registration, course drop/add
periods, orientation for college day programs.

Burlington Campus orientation and course registration.

Classes begin in Basic Colleges for Fall Quarter; 8 a.m.

Columbus Day. University closed.

Veterans Day observed. University closed.
Thanksgiving Day recess

Final examinations for Basic Colleges.
Christmas vacation.

New Year's Day. University closed.

Orientation and registration for new Freshmen and Transfers;
registration for continuing September Freshmen and returning
Upperclass students.

Registration, orientation, and course drop/add continues until 12 noon.

Classes begin in Basic Colleges for Winter Quarter; 8:00 a.m.

Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Birthday observed University closed

Presidents' Day. University closed.

330

Monday- Final examinations for Basic Colleges.

Friday

Monday- Division B vacation.

Saturday

Monday

Orientation and registration for Transfers and continuing Fresfinnen and
returning Upperclass students.

Tuesday Registration, orientation, and course drop/add continues until 12 noon.

Wednesday Classes begin in Basic Colleges for Spring Quarter; 8 a.m.
Monday Patriots' Day observed. University closed.

Monday

Memorial Day observed. University closed.

Monday-
Friday

Monday-
Saturday

Sunday

Monday

Final examinations for Basic Colleges (nondegree candidates).

Division A vacation.

Commencement.

Registration for Divisions B and D and January fresfnmen (Quarter
Three). Beginning of Summer Quarter. Beginning of Division A work
period.

Tuesday

Friday

September 1986

Monday

8-12

Monday-
Friday

Thursday

15-22

Monday-
Monday

Monday

Basic College classes begin for Summer Quarter; 8 a.m.
Independence Day. University closed.

Labor Day. University closed.

Final examinations for Basic Colleges.

Fall Commencement.

Division B vacation.

Beginning of 1986-87 academic year. New student orientation week.
Registration and advising week for all returning upperclass students
and all new students.

Classes begin for Basic Colleges for Fall Quarter; 8 a.m.

Calendar dates are subject to change. The University community will be notified if such changes are
necessary.

331

The Governing Boards and
Officers of the University

Corporators

Class of 1985

Julius Abrams
Yousef A. As'ad

fDiana J. Auger
Allen G. Barry
Lincoln C. Bateson

4:Roy H. Beaton

tE. Gregg Bemis
Beverly Ann Bendekgey
Robert P. Berkowitz
Alfred M. Bertocchi
Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.
Stuart Marshall Bloch
S. Whitney Bradley
Melvin B. Bradshaw
Rexford A. Bristol
Edward W. Brooke
William L. Brown
William H. Bruce, Jr.
John L. Burns
Victor C. Bynoe

*Norman L. Cahners
James F. Carlin

:t:Richard P. Chapman
Richard P. Chapman, Jr.
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Logan Clarke, Jr.
Livingstone N, Coakley
Abram T. Collier
T. Paul Connolly
James J. Costello
Edward Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.
Roger C. Damon
J. H. Dow Davis
Melanie C. Dean
Virginia S. Devine
William O. DiPietro
Alfred di Scipio
Estelle Dockser
Dorothy Dodge
fWilliam R. Driver, Jr.
*James V. Fetchero
*Ernest Henderson III
*D. Brainerd Holmes
*Carl R. Hurtig
*Harvey C. Krentzman
*John P. LaWare
*George J. Matthews
•Ruth B. Stuart
*James L. Waters

Class Of 1986

•William F. Allen, Jr.
•Frederick L. Brown
William S. Edgerly
William Elfers
liByron K. Elliott
iwilliam P. Ellison

Robert Erickson
•Frank L. Farwell

Joseph D. Feaster, Jr.

Phil David Fine

Neal F. Finnegan

Albert S. Frager

Brenda J, Furlong

Murray J. Gart

Paul W. Glennon
•Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.

John L. Grandin
fDonald B. Guy
•Allan M. Hale

Edmund Blair Hawley

Michael E. Haynes

James S. Hekimian

William Hellman

James S. Herbert

Colby Hewitt, Jr.

Richard D. Hill

Thomas Hollis, Jr.

Robert W. Holmes

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Richard P. Johnson
4:Henry C. Jones

Walter B. Kelley
^Frances C. Kenerson

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
tAsa S. Knowles

Evelyn M. Lane

Maurice Lazarus

Allyn Levy

Elma Lewis

Edward A. Loring

George M. Lovejoy, Jr.

Peter E. Madden

Maurice Mann

•Kathryn M. Nicholson

•George A. Snell

•D. Thomas Tngg

•Martin F. Walsh

•Member of the Board of Trustees
tHonorary Trustee
^Lifetime Trustee, Emeritus

332 / General Information

Class of 1987

*Vincent Barletta
*Louis W. Cabot
*John J. Cullinane
*Arnold S. Hiatt
*Kenneth A. Loftman
*John Lowell
•Roderick M. MacDougall

Robert C. Marini

Evelyn A. Marran
fLawrence H. Martin

M. Dorothy Massey

Walter E. Mattson

Peter H. McCormick

William J. McCune, Jr

John G. McElwee
*Katherine S. McHugh

John A. McNeice, Jr.

Dominic Meo, Jr.

Don G. Mitchell

Donald H. Moore

Frank E. Morris

James A. Morris

E. James Morton

N. Laurence Nagle

William H. Nichols, Jr.

Bernard J. O'Keefe

Stanley C. Olsen

James H. Orr

Edward O. Owens

Ara Oztemel

Edward S. Parsons

Theodore R. Peary

Lawrence T. Perera

Nicholas V. Petrou

Edward E. Phillips
fThomas L. Phillips

Edward D. Phinney

Rudolph F. Pierce

Jerome M. Powell

Albert Pratt

John F. Prendiville

George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
^Francis J. Quirico

William H. Raye, Jr.

Kathleen M. Rice

D. Paul Rich

Robert Riesman

Daniel J. Roberts
•Charlotte B. Smith
*An Wang

Class of 1988

Louis H. Barnett
*Thomas E. Cargill, Jr.

Gary L. Countryman

Michael J. Cronin

Carl E. Dantas
'Kenneth G. Fisher
•Joseph E. Heney

Edward C. Johnson 3d
•Robert L. Johnson
•George S. Kariotis
•Diane H. Lupean

Peter F. O'Connell

William J. Pruyn
fDwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

Ronald L. Rossetti

Ernest J. Sargeant

Donald W. Seager

Sydney Shaftman

James L. Shanahan

Robert E. Siegfried
•Dorothy M. Simon

Phillip A. Singleton

Paul D. Slater
tDonald W. Smith
^Farnham W. Smith

O. Phillip Snowden
• Bernard Solomon

Robert C. Sprague

Milton Stern

David B. Stone

Galen Luther Stone

Stephen J. Sweeney

H. Patricia Taylor

Lawrence I. Templeman

Charles H. Tenney II

Almore I. Thompson

Milton A. Thompson

W. Nicholas Thorndike

Alan D. Tobin

Paul E. Tsongas

Joseph F. Turley
tChaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman

Lloyd B. Waring

David T. Wendell

Donald F. Whiston

William C. White
•Robert H. Willis

Richard W. Young
fAlvin C. Zises

•Member of the Board of Trustees
tHonorary Trustee
ijiLifetime Trustee, Emeritus

General Information / 333

Officers of the Corporation and Board of Trustees

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahiners, Vice Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Vice Chairman

D. Thiomas Trigg, Vice Chairman, Finance

Barbara F. Burke, Secretary

Vincent J. Lembo, Assistant Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Lifetime Chairman Emeritus

William R. Driver, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Honorary Vice Chairman

Class of 1985

Norman L. Cahners
James V. Fetchero
Ernest Henderson III
D. Brainerd Holmes
Carl R. Hurtig
Harvey C. Krentzman
John P. LaWare
George J. Matthew/s
Ruth S. Stuart
James L. Waters

Class Of 1988

Thomas E. Cargill, Jr.
Kenneth G. Fisher
Joseph E. Heney
Robert L. Johnson
Gfeorge S. Kariotis
Diane H. Lupean
William J. Pruyn
Dorothy M. Simon
Bernard Solomon
Robert H. Willis

Class of 1986

William R Allen, Jr.
Frederick L. Brown
Frank L. Farw/ell
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Allan M. Hale
Kathryn M. Nicholson
George A. Snell
D. Thomas Trigg
Martin F. Walsh

Class Of 1987

Vincent Barletta
Louis W. Cabot
John J. Cullinane
Arnold S. Hiatt
Kenneth A. Loftman
John Lowell

Roderick M. MacDougal
Katherine S. McHugh
Charlotte B. Smith
An Wang

Ex Officio
ttKenneth G. Ryder

Honorary Trustees
Diana J. Auger
William R. Driver, Jr.
Donald B. Guy
Lawrence H. Martin
Thomas L. Phillips
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

Lifetime Trustees, Emeriti
Roy H. Beaton
F. Gregg Bemis
Richard P. Chapman
Byron K. Elliott
William P. Ellison
Henry C. Jones
Frances C. Kenerson
Asa S. Knowles
Francis J. Quirico
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Farnham W. Smith
Chaplin Tyler

ttPresident of the University

334 / General Information

Board of Overseers

Class of 1 986 Class of 1 988

William Elfers H. Patricia Taylor

Ptiil David Fine W. Nictiolas Thorndike

Neal F. Finnegan Alan D. Tobin

Albert S. Frager

Brenda J Furlong Class of 1989

James S. Hekimian

Peter E. Madden

Richard P. Ctiapman, Jr.
Vessarios G. Chigas
T. Paul Connolly

Class Of 1987

Robert C. Marini
Edward 0. Owens
Robert Riesman

Administrative Organization

Officers of the University

Philip T. Crotty, A.B., A.M., M.B.A., Ed.D., Vice President for Academic

Operations and Vice Provost
John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Executive Vice President
Edmund L. Deltano, B.A., Vice President for Finance
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Vice President for Administration
James B. King, B.A., LL.D. (hon.). Senior Vice President for Public

Affairs
Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., Sc.D. in Bus.

Ed. (hon.), Cliancellor
Philip LaTorre, B.S., M.S., Vice President for l-luman Resources

Management
John A. Martin, B.S., M.B.A., Wee President for Business
John D. O'Bryant, B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Student Affairs ;

Anthony N. Penna, B.S., M.A., D.A., Senior Vice President for Academic ;

Affairs and Provost
Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Senior Vice President for ;

University Development \

Daniel J. Roberts, B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Senior Vice President-Treasurer \
Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Litt.D. (hon.), President '

Royal K, Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Wee President for Alumni Development
Karl Weiss, B.S., Ph.D., Wee President for Researcti and Vice Provost
Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M.; T.L.D., L.H.D. (hon.); Wee President for

Cooperative Education

Academic Deans, Directors of Schools, and
General Administrative Officers

Richard Astro, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Dean of tfie College of Arts and Sciences
Alan R. Benenfeld, B.Met.E., M.L.S., M.S., Dean and Director of University

Libraries ■

Maryann G. Billington, A.B., M.B.A., Associate Dean and Director of the \

Graduate School of Business Administration

General Information / 335

Irwin M. Cohen, B.S., M.S., Director of Men's Athletics

Martin J. Damian, B.S., Bursar

Charles Devlin, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Student Financial Services

Elisabeth M. Drake, B.S., Sc.D., Dean of the College of Engineering (Acting)

Clifford J. Fralen, B.S., M.S.E., MB. A., Director of the Physical Plant

David R. Freeman, B.Mgt.E., M.S., Ph.D.; Associate Dean of Engineering and

Director of the Graduate School of Engineering
William A. Frohlich, B.A., Dean of University Publishing and Director of University

Press
Job E. Fuchs, M.D., Director of Health Services
Daniel J. Givelber, A.B., LL.B., Dean of the School of Law
Thomas E. Hulbert, B.Mgt.E., M.S., Director of the School of Engineering

Technology and Associate Dean of Engineering
Ellen S.Jackson, B.A., Ed.M., C.A.G.S., D.H., D.H.L. (hon.). Dean and Director

of Affirmative Action
John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University College
Paul M. Kalaghan, A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Dean of the College of Computer Science
Paul M. Lepley, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Dean of Boston-Bouve College of Human

Development Professions
Juanita O. Long, B.S.N. , M.S.N., C.A.G.S., Ed.D., Dean of the College of Nursing
Kathryn Luttgens, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Provost
Philip R. McCabe, B.A., M.Ed., Dean of Admissions
Philip R. McDonald, B.A., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of the College of Business

Administration
Edmund J. Mullen, B.A., M.Ed., University Registrar
J. Edward Neighbor, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of the College of Arts

and Sciences and Director of the Graduate School
Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of the Department of Cooperative Education
Edward W. Robinson, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of Students
Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of the College of CriminalJustice and

Director of the Graduate School
Jeanne L. Rowlands, B.A., B.S., M.A., Director of Women's Athletics
Phyllis M. Schaen, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Dean of Administration
Gerald E. Schumacher, Pharm.D., M.Sc, Ph.D., Dean of the College of

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions and Director of the Graduate School
Arthur D. Smith, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Provost
Janice Walker, A.B., Assistant Dean of Boston-Bouve College of Human

Development Professions and Director of the Graduate School
Mitchell Wand, SB., Ph.D., Associate Dean and Director of Graduate Studies of

the College of Computer Science

336

General University Committees

University Council, 1985-1986

Kenneth G. Ryder, Chairman
John A. Curry, Vice Cliairman
Anthony N. Penna, Wee Chairman
Barbara F. Burke, Secretary

Richard Astro
Alan R. Benenfeld
Charles W. Coffin
Philip T. Crotty
Ednnund L. Deltano
Elisabeth M. Drake
Clifford J. Fralen
Maurice E. Gilmore
Daniel J. Givelber
Charles L. Hallenborg
Ellen S. Jackson
John W. Jordan
Paul M. Kalaghan
Christopher F, Kennedy
James B. King
Roland E. Latham
Philip LaTorre
Vincent J. Lembo
Paul M. Lepley
Juanita 0. Long
Kathryn Luttgens

John A. Martin
Philip R. McCabe
Philip R. McDonald
Christopher Mosher
John D. O'Bryant
Donald G. Porter
Paul M. Pratt
Gordon E. Pruett
Eugene M. Reppucc
Daniel J. Roberts
Edward W. Robinson
Norman Rosenblatt
Phyllis M. Schaen
Gerald E. Schumacher
Arthur D. Smith
Michael J. Tighe
Royal K. Toebes
Joy W. Viola
Karl Weiss

Raymond R. Williams
Roy L. Wooldridge

Jr.

The Faculty Senate
1985-1986

*Antliony N. Penna, Presiding Officer

Rae Andre
'Richard Astro
*Alan R. Benenfeld

Ralph S. Blanchard, Jr.

Bruce Bolnick

Franklyn K. Brown

Leslie Burg

Marilyn A. Cairns
*John A. Curry
"Elisabeth M. Drake

Carl W. Eastman

William L. Faissler

Barbara Fraumeni

Marvin H. Friedman

Maurice E. Gilmore

Robert A. Gonsalves

Richard E. Grojean

Donald M. Jacobs
*Paul M. Kalaghan

Israel Katz

David N. Leggett

*Paul M. Lepley
M. X. Lesser
All Malekzadeh
Bertram J. Malenka
Ronald J. McAllister
Joseph Meier
Mary Jo Ondrechen
Stuart S. Peterfreund
Thomas E. Phalen, Jr.
Harlan D Piatt

*Paul Pratt
Gordon E, Pruett

*Norman Rosenblatt
Betty Salzburg
Robert A. Schatz

'Gerald Schumacher
Robert Sheehan
M. Delaine Williamson

'Appointed by the President

fORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY

African-American Institute (AF)

Barletta Natatorium (BN)

Boston YMCA (BY)

Cabot Physical Education Building (CB)

Cahners Hall (CA)

CargillHall(CG)

Churchill Hall (CH)

716 Columbus Avenue

Cullinane Hail (Botolph) (CN)

CushingHalKCU)

Dana Research Center (DA)

DockserHall(DK)

Dodge Library (DG)

Ell Student Building (Auditorium) (EL)

Ell Student Center (Student Lounge) (EC

Forsyth Building (FR)

Forsyth Building Annex (FA)

HaydenHall(HA)

Hillel-Frager

Holmes Hall (HO)

236 Huntington Avenue

271 Huntington Plaza (HN)

HurtigHall(HT)

Kariotis Hall (KA)

Kerr Hall (Faculty Center)

Knowles Center (Gryzmish Hall) (KG)

Knowles Center (Voipe Hall) (KV)

Lake Hall (LA)

334 Massachusetts Avenue

Manhews Arena (MA)

Matthews Arena Annex (ARENX)

MeserveHalKME)

Mugar Life Science Building

(Peabody Health Professions Center) (MU)
Newman Center
Nightingale Hall (Nl)
Parker Building (PA)
Peabody Center
Richards Hall (RI)
Robinson Hall (RB)
Ruggles (11 Leon Street) (UO)
Snell Engineering Center (SN)
122 St. Stephen Street
Stearns Center (ST)
26 Tavern Road (TA)

Handicapped Parking
Handicapped Routes
Parking Areas
Public Buildings
Public Parks
Street Direction
Underground Tunnel

Maps are provided by the

Visitor Infonnation Center

1 15 Richards Hall, extension 2736.

Some buildings on this map are used but

not owned by Northeastern University.

NUP 6.1.5

Maps are provided by the Visitor Information Center, 115 Richards Hall, extension 2736.

Index

Absence, 323

Academic Assistance Center, 299
Academic calendar, 321, 329-30
Academic Computer Services, 156,

183,300-301
Academic counseling, 299

in Arts and Sciences, 23

for freshmen, 298
Academic policy, 320-23
Accounting

graduate programs, 225, 227

undergraduate programs, 132
Admissions

advanced placement, 237-38

applying for, 238

deferred, 239

Department of, 234

early, 239

entrance examinations for, 237

general requirements, 235-38

health requirements, 246-47

of international students, 243

orientation prior to. 234-35

plans of, 238-43

rolling, 238

as special students, 242-43

of transfer students, 243-46
Advanced placement, 237, 243-44
Advising: see Counseling
Aerospace Maintenance Engineering

Technology, 181-82
Aerospace Studies, 327
African-American Institute, 240, 241
African-American Studies, 59-60
Allied Health Professions: see Phar-
macy and Allied Health Profes-
sions, College of
Alternative Freshman-Year Program.

217-20,240
Alumni Association, 324-25
American Sign Language (ASL), 81-

82
Anthropology, 75-77
Application fee, 238, 251
Applied Social Research, Center for,

231
Architectural Center, affiliation with,

82
Architecture, 26-27
Archives, 297
Arena, 8, 315
Art, 26-27
Arts and Sciences, College of

administration, 21, 23

admission to, 236

advising and placement in, 23

Core Curriculum in, 93

graduate programs, 224-25

graduation from, 94

Honors Program, 22-23

independent major, 86-87

major programs, 22

minors, 80-81

program aims. 21-22
research, 229

special programs. 21, 80-92
student services, 23-24
undergraduate programs, 17, 25-
79
Asian Studies, Center for. 83

ASL, 81-82

Assessment Tutoring ana Enrich-
ment Resources program. 297
Astronomy, 50-51
Athletic Training program, 105-106
Attendance, 323
Audiovisual aids, 301-302
Awards, 284-89

Barletta Natatorium, 97

Barnett Institute of Chemical Analysis

and Materials Science, 231
Bequests, 325
Biology, 44-46
Biomedical Engineering, 177
Black studies, 59-60
Bookstore, 321
Boston

campus, 8-10

city of. 11-12
Boston Architectural Center (BAC),

82
Boston-Bouve College of Human De-
velopment Professions

accreditation, 99

admission to, 236

certification in, 100

facilities, 97-98

graduate programs, 225

graduation from, 98

health clearance, 98, 246-47

liability insurance in, 252

licensure'registration in, 99

program aims, 97

research, 230

special programs, 117-18

undergraduate programs, 17.
101-25
Boston Library Consortium, 297
Boston Lyric Opera, 82
Box office, 85
Business Administration, College of

accreditation, 131

administration of, 125

admission to, 236

basic course requirements, 131

faculty, 125-27

French for, 86

German for, 82-83

graduate programs, 225-26

graduation from, 130

honors program, 129

London internship in, 88

minor, 83, 129-30

non-concentration, 143

professional preparation, 127-29

research. 231

sample curriculum. 131

transfer to, 22

undergraduate programs, 18,
132-43

Cabot Center, 97, 315

Cahners Hall Math/Writing Center, 23

Calendar, 321. 329-30

Call Children's Center. 98

Campus, 8-10

maps, 13, 337

tour, 234
Campus Media Services. 301-302

Cancellation, of classes, 323
Cardiovascular Health and Exercise

program, 107
Career counseling, 5, 300, 307
Career Development and Placement,

Department of, 24, 307
Career Planning Program, 5
Career Resource Center, 5
Cars, 291

Center for International Higher Edu-
cation Documentation (CIHED),
297
Center for the Study of Sport in Soci-
ety, 84
Certification, 100

in athletic training, 105

in dance education, 108

in education, 103

in exercise technology. 107

in health education, 115

in physical education, 105, 110
Chemical Engineering, 158-59
Chemistry, 47-49
Children's Center, 98
CIHED, 297

Civil Engineering, 160-64
Clubs, 310-12
College-Level Examination Program

(CLEP), 238. 244
Communication

Mass, 79, 88

Speech, 41-42

Technical, 91
Community Health Education. 115-

16
Compensatory programs

at Academic Assistance Center,
299

at Cahners Hall MathA/Vnting Cen-
ter, 23

freshmen courses, 215-16, 242

at Reading Clinic, 97-98, 300
Computer Engineering, 167. 169,

170
Computer Science, College of

administration and faculty, 145

admission to, 236

graduate programs, 226

research, 230

transfer to, 22

undergraduate programs, 18,
145-149
Computer Search Services, 297
Computer Services, 156, 183, 300-

301
Computer Technology, 185-86
Conduct, 323
Continuing Education, Center for,

228
Cooperative education (co-op), 3-5

Center for, 328

Department of. 4

freshman year in Engineenng, 241

history of, 320

international, 5. 86-89, 91

Research Center, 231
Core Curriculum, in Arts and Sci-
ences, 94
Counseling

academic, 299

Counseling (cont'd.)

in Arts and Sciences, 23-24

career, 5, 300, 307

freshmen, 298

of international students, 303

for parents, 307

personal, 300

preprofessional, 23-24. 299, 307
Counseling and Testing Center, 300
Course evaluations, 301
Credential service, 307
Credits, quarter-hour, 16, 321
Criminal Justice, College of

administration and faculty, 151

admission to, 237

graduate programs, 226

graduation from, 152

research, 230

Spanish for, 86

undergraduate programs, 18,
151-53
CullinaneHall, 10

Dana Research Center, 10

Dance, 30-31

Dance teacher certification, 108-109

Dance Theatre, 1 17

Day care, 98

Dean's List, 322

Deferred Admission Plan, 239

Dental Assistant Program, 222-24

Dental Hygiene, 197-99

Deposits

for housing, 251, 290

laboratory, 253

for room assignment, 290

for ROTC uniform, 253, 326

for tuition, 246, 251
Deviance, 79

Disabled Student Organization, 306
Disciplinary action, 323
Distribution Management, 141-42
Dockser Hall, 97
Dodge Library, 296
Dormitones, 290-92

deposits for, 251, 290

fees for, 250, 292
Drama, 30-31

Earth Sciences, 50-51

East/West Marine Biology Program,

85
Economics

in France, 86

French for, 86

German for, 82-83

in Italy, 86

London internship in, 88

undergraduate programs, 61-62
Education, Department of, 97-98,

101-103
Education Services, Department of,

299-300
Electrical Engineering, 165-70
Electrical Engineering Technology,

182-83, 187-88
Electron Microscopy, Center for, 231
Ell Scholars Program, 239
EllStudent Center, 310

fee for, 251

Emergency closing, 323
Engineering, College of
accreditation, 157
administration, 155
admission to, 235-36
BS/MS programs, 156
computer facilities, 156
Cooperative Freshman-Year Pro-
gram, 241
General Engineering program,

1 78-79
graduate programs, 226
graduation from, 156-57
part-time programs, 156
professional preparation, 155
Progress in Minorities in Engineer-
ing program, 157
research, 230
sample freshman-year program,

157
undergraduate programs, 18,

155-79
Women in Engineering program,
157
Engineering Technology, School of
accreditation, 182
admission to, 235-36
BS/MS program, 240
computer services, 183
facilities, 182-83
graduation from, 182
part-time programs, 182, 224
professional preparation, 181-82
sample freshman-year program,

184
undergraduate programs, 18,

185-89
Women in Engineering Technology
program, 183
England
economics programs in, 88, 90
journalism program in, 88
political science program In, 88-

89
social and human services pro-
gram in, 91
English
compensatory programs, 23, 215-

16, 242,299
for international students, 243, 304
as a Second Language teaching,

103
undergraduate programs, 33-34
English Proficiency Test, 243
Entrance examinations, 237
Entrepreneurship, 133-34
Environmental option, 161
Escort service, 293
Events line, 13
Examinations
advanced placement, 237. 244
CLEP, 238, 244
English Proficiency Test, 243
entrance, 237
final, 321

TOEFL, 237, 243. 245
Exchange program
in Greece, 86
Trent Polytechnic, 91
Exercise Technology, 107

Expenses: see also Fees; Financial
Aid

for freshman year, 250-251

for room and board, 292

for upperclassmen, 251
Extracurricular activities, 310-17

Family, Sex Roles and, 78
Family Educational Rights and Pri-
vacy Act, 323
Favat Center, 98, 299
Fees: see also Deposits; FInanciar
Aid

application. 238, 251

for deferred payment, 253

food service, 292-93

freshman year, 250-51

graduation, 252

health services, 251

housing, 292

for international students, 252

for late payment, 253

liability Insurance, 252

for overloads, 254

refund of, 253-54

for special students, 242

student activities, 252

student center, 251

transcripts, 322

for transfer students, 245

tuition. 250-51

uniforms, 252

for upperclassmen, 251

Warren Center. 253

vi/inter sports, 253
Fenway Project, 117 :

Field Studies, School for (SFS). 91 ]
Final examinations, 321
Finance concentration, 134-36
Financial aid

application for, 260-61

community grants. 239, 267

eligibility for, 261

federal programs, 262-64

honors awards, 289-94

other scholarships. 284-87

state assistance programs, 262

University scholarships, 264-83
Financial Service Institute, 228
Fine Arts

special programs, 84-85

undergraduate programs, 25-31
Food services, 292-93
Foreign languages: see Modern lan-
guages
France, economics courses in, 86
Fraternities, 313

housing at, 291
French, 37-38

for business and economics, 86
Freshman Affairs, Office of, 298
Freshman year

Alternative Program, 217-20, 240

compensatory courses. 215-16,
242

Cooperative Program. 241

counseling, 298

expenses, 250-51

financial aid, 255

orientation, 241-42, 298

3eology, 50-51
3erman, 37-38

business, 82-83
Gifts, to Northeastern University, 325
Grades, 321,322
Graduate schools

information on, 299

at Northeastern, 224-27
3raduation fee, 251
3raduation requirements

in Arts and Sciences, 94-95

in Boston-Bouve College, 98-99
: in Business Administration, 130

in Criminal Justice, 152

in Engineering, 156

in Engineering Technology, 182

in Nursing, 192

quarter hours, 19

writing requirement, 322
3raduation with honors

in Arts and Sciences, 94

in Boston-Bouve College, 99

in Business Administration, 130

in Criminal Justice, 152

in Engineering, 157

in Engineering Technology, 182
Grants

community, 239

federal. 257, 258

state. 257
Greece, exchange program in, 86
Gymnasium, 97, 315

Handicapped, Office of Services for,

305-306
Hayden Lodge, 98
Health-Care Curriculum Open Op-
tion, 196-97
Health and Exercise Technology, 107
Health Education

for dental hygienists, 199

electives, 117

major, 115-16
Health insurance, 251, 305
Health Record Administration, 200-

201
Health Science, 199
Health Services

fee for, 251

program in, 78

University, 304-305
Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies,

Department of, 104-18
Hearing Clinic, 98
HELP Legal Service Plan, 307
High school

courses taken during, 241

early admission from, 239
History, 63-64
Holidays, 329-30
Honor societies, 288
Honors List, 322
Honors Program

in Arts and Sciences, 22-23

in Business Administration, 129
Housing, 255-57

deposits, 251, 255

expenses, 250, 257-58
Human Resources Management,
136-37

Human Services

in England, 91

Spanish for, 86

undergraduate program, 65-66,
122-23
Humanities

Center for, 83

programs, 32-42

I.D. card, 314
Incomplete, 321

Independent major, in Arts and Sci-
ences, 86-87
Industrial Engineering, 171-73
Infirmary, 305
Information Booth, 310
Information Center, 13, 337
Information Systems, 171-73
Instructional Development and Eval-
uation, Office of, 301
Instructional Media Production,
Training, and Utilization Ser-
vices, 301
Instructional Technology, Center for,

301-302
Insurance

accident and sickness, 251 , 305

concentration in, 134-36

liability, 192,252
Insurance and Financial Service In-
stitute, 228
Interim Academic Status Report, 298
International Business, 137-39
International students

admission of, 243

English for, 243, 304

entrance examinations for, 237

fee for, 252

policy on, 324

support services for, 302-303
Internships, 307

in pharmacy, 206-207

in London, 88-89

in Washington, D.C., 92
Interview, preadmission, 235
Investment Analysis, 135
Irish Studies Program, 87
Italian, 37-38
Italy, economics courses in, 86

Job bank, 307

Job counseling, 5. 300, 307

Journalism

London internship, 88

undergraduate programs, 35-36

Laboratory deposits, 253
Lane Health Center, 304-305
Language Clinic, 98
Language laboratories, 296
Languages: see Modern languages
Law, School of

admission as freshman to, 239

degree program, 226-27

research, 230
Law and Society, 78
League of Composers-International
Society for Contemporary Music,
87-88
Learning Resources Center, 296, 297

Legal service, 307
Leisure Studies, 112-15
Liability insurance, 192, 252
Liberal Arts: see Arts and Sciences,

College of
Libraries, 296-97
Licensure

in nursing, 192

in pharmacy, 206-207

in physical therapy, 99
Life/Career Planning Program, 5
Lincoln College: see Engineering

Technology, School of
Linguistics

major, 67-68

minor, 68-69, 88
Loans

federal, 258-59

state, 257

University, 275, 279
London, internship programs in, 88-
89

Majors
in Arts and Sciences, 22
independent, 86-87
undergraduate, 17-19
Malpractice insurance. 192, 252
Management concentration, 139-40:
see also Business Administra-
tion, College of
Management Development, Center

for. 225-26, 227-28
Maps, 13,337
Marine Science and Maritime Studies

Center, 85, 229
Marine Studies
Consortium, 89
major, 85
minor, 89
Marketing, 140-41
Mass Communication
London internship, 88
specialization, 79
Massachusetts Bay Marine Studies

Consortium, 89
Math Workshop, 23
Mathematics
compensatory programs, 23, 215-

16,242,299
undergraduate programs, 43, 52-
53
Math/Writing Center, 23
Matthews Arena, 8, 315
Meals, 292-93

Mechanical Engineering, 174-76
Mechanical Engineering Technology,

183, 188-89
Media Services, 301-302
Media Studies, 89
Medical care, 304-305
Medical insurance, 251, 305
Medical Laboratory Science, 202-

204
Medical Record Administration, 200-

201
Medical Technology, 202-204
Milton and the Romantics, 92
Mini-courses, 312-13

Minority students

in Engineering Progrann, 157

support services for, 241-42, 302
Modern languages

business German, 82-83

French for business and econom-
ics, 86

graduation requirements, 94-95

Spanish for criminal justice and hu-
man services, 86

undergraduate programs, 37-38
Multicultural Student Affairs, Office

of, 302
Music

Boston Lyric Opera, 82

League of Composers-Interna-
tional Society for Contemporary
Music, 87-88

New England Conservatory affilia-
tion, 89-90

organizations, 31 1

undergraduate programs, 28-29

Natural Sciences, 43-51, 54-57
Network Northeastern (NNU), 228
New England Conservatory, affiliation

with, 89-90
New England Quarterly, 92
New Horizons, 312-13
New Venture Management, 133-34
Newspapers, student, 311
No school announcement, 323
Northeastern University

administration, 331-36

campus, 8-10

history, 320

maps, 13, 337
Northeastern University Progress in
Minorities in Engineering (NU-
PRIME), 157
Nursing, College of

accreditation, 192

administration and faculty, 191

admission to, 236

graduation from, 192

health clearance, 192, 246

laboratory fee, 253

licensure, 192

malpractice insurance, 192

research, 230

transfer credits, 192

undergraduate programs, 19,
191-93

uniform, 192, 252

Occupations and Professions pro-
gram, 78
Oceanography, 50-51
Open Campus Plan, 241
Open Option program, 196-97
Opera, Boston Lyric, 82
Organizational Studies, 79
Orientation

freshmen, 234-35, 241-42, 298

preadmission, 234

transfer students, 245
Overloads, 254
Oxford University, 90

Parent Loan Program (PLUS), 258
Parents' Services, Office of, 307

Parking, 291
Parson's Field, 315
Pass-fail system, 321
Pell Grant Program, 257
Personality and Social Psychology,

90
Personnel Management, 136-37
Pharmacy and Allied Health Profes-
sions, College of

accreditation, 196

administration, 195

admission to, 236

degrees in, 196

facilities, 195-96

graduate programs, 227

Open Option, 196-97

professional preparation, 195

research, 231

transfer with advanced standing
to, 196

undergraduate programs, 19,
196-214

uniform fee, 252
Pharmacy programs, 205-208
Philosophy, 39-40
Photocopying service, 310
Photo-identification card, 252
Physical Distribution Management,

141-42
Physical Education: see also Sports

electives, 117

majors, 105-1 1
Physical examination, 246-47, 304

for Nursing, 192

for Physical Therapy, 98
Physical Therapy

Department of, 98

licensure, 99

physical examination for, 98, 246

undergraduate program, 119-21
Physics, 54-57

Placement, in Arts and Sciences, 23
Placement counseling, 307
PLUS, 258

Political organizations, 31 1
Political Science

London internship, 88-89

undergraduate programs, 70-71

Washington internship, 92
Popular Culture and Mass Commu-
nication, 79
Power Systems, 167, 170
Pre-Health Professions Advisory

Committee, 23, 299
Professional schools

advising on, 23-24, 299, 307

combined program with, 84

at Northeastern, 224-27
Professional societies, 312, 314
Program changes, 320
Project Ujima, 241
Psychology, 72-74

Personality, 90

Social, 79, 90
Public Administration, 71

Quarter-hour credits. 16, 321

Radiologic Technology Program, 222
Reading Clinic, 97-98, 300 "

Reading Lab, 299

Reading skills |

compensatory programs, 215-16'
242, 299, 300

speed, 300
Records, inspection of, 323
Recreation and Leisure Studies,

112-15
Recreation Club, 118
Refunds, 253-54
Registration, 241-42

for transfer students, 245-46
Religion, 39-40
Religious organizations, 312
Religious services, 317
Remedial courses; see Compensa-
tory programs
Research, 229-31

Reserve Officers' Training Corps
(ROTC). 325-28

scholarships, 288, 326, 327

uniform deposit, 253, 326
Residence halls, 290-92

deposits for, 251, 290

fees for, 250, 292
Residency requirement, in Arts and

Sciences, 93
Respiratory Therapy, 209-1 1
Risk Management, 135-36
Rolling Admission Plan, 238
Romanticism Past and Present, 92
Room and board

cost for, 250, 292-^3

deposits for, 251, 290

refund of, 254

residence halls, 290-92
ROTC, 325-28

scholarships, 288, 326, 327

uniform deposit, 253, 326
Russian, 37-38
Russian Studies, 90-91

Schedule, 321,329-30
Scholarships

Community, 239, 262

Ell Scholars Program, 239

honors, 286-89

by outside sources, 279-82

ROTC, 288. 326, 327

state, 257

University. 259-78
School Health Education, 115-16
Sciences

marine, 85, 89

natural. 43-51, 54-57

social, 58-79
Security, 293
Sex Roles and Family, 78
SFS, 91

Sign language, 81-82
Small Business Management, 133-

34
Snell Engineering Center, 10
Snow emergency, 323
Social Psychology, 79, 90
Social Sciences, 58-79
Social services program, in England,

91
Social Welfare, 77
Sociology, 75-76, 77-79

Sororities, 313
vSpanish, 37-38

) for criminal justice and tnuman ser-
vices, 86
'special students, 242-43
Speech Communication, 41-42
Speech-Language-Hearing Clinic

and Laboratory, 98
Speed reading, 300
Sports: see also Physical Education

arena, 8, 315

Cabot Center, 97, 315

Center for Study of Sport in Soci-
ety, 84

intramural, 1 17, 314

men's varsity, 315-16

Parson's Field, 315

swimming pool, 97

at Warren Center, 98, 112

women's varsity, 316-17
State of the Art Engineering, 228
Student activities, 310-17

fee for, 252
Student Center, 310

fee for, 251
Student I. D., 314
Studies in American Fiction, 92
Studyskills, 215-16, 242, 299
■Swimming pool, 97

Teacher certification

in dance education, 108

in education, 102-103

in health education, 1 15

in physical education, 105, 110
Teacher preparation

in education, 102-103

in health education, 104

in physical education, 104
Teacher/Course Evaluation Project

(TCEP), 301
Technical Communication, 91
Telecommunications program, 328
Test of English as a Foreign Lan-
guage (TOEFL), 237, 243, 245
Tests: see Examinations
Theatre

organizations, 311

undergraduate program, 30-31
Therapeutic Recreation, 114-15
Third World students, 302
Ticket sales, 85
TOEFL, 237, 243, 245
Topics in Psychology Series (TIPS),

73
Tour, of campus, 234
Toxicology, 212-14
Transcripts, 322
Transfer students

admission of, 243-46

to Business Administration, 22

to Computer Science, 22

to Nursing, 192

to Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions, 196

to ROTO, 326
Transportation Management, 141-42
Trent Polytechnic exchange pro-
gram, 91
Tuition, 250-51

for course overloads, 254

deposit for, 245, 251

payment of, 252-53

refund of. 253-54

Tutonng, 27, 297, 299; see also Com-
pensatory programs

Undergraduate programs, 17-19
Uniforms

for Nursing, 192, 252

for Pharmacy and Allied Health,
252

for ROTC, 253, 326
University College

Alternative Freshman-Year Pro-
gram, 217-20, 240

full-time day programs, 221

part-time evening programs, 221
Urban Studies

minor, 91-92

specialization, 78

Veterans, 326

Visitor Information Center, 13, 337

Warren Center, 98, 112

fees for, 253
Washington, DC, internship in, 92
Withdrawal, and tuition refund, 253-

54
Women

in Engineering, 157

in Engineering Technology, 183
Women's Studies, 92
Work-study program, 258; see also

Cooperative education (co-op)
Writing

compensatory programs, 23, 242

graduation requirement in, 322
Writing Center, 23

X-ray Technology Program, 222

^Ut^Sttliyi

Universil^€qlteggi:

University

College

Bulletin

Part-Time Programs
1985-1986

Northeastern University

Part-time day and evening
undergraduate programs in:

Business Administration

Health Professions and Sciences

Law Enforcement

Liberal Arts

Delivery of Services The University assumes no lia-
bility, and hereby expressly negates the same, for fail-
ure to provide or delay in providing educational or
related services or facilities or for any other failure or
delay in performance arising out of or due to causes
beyond the reasonable control of the University, which
causes include, without limitation, power failure, fire,
strikes by University employees or others, damage by
the elements, and acts of public authorities. The Uni-
versity will, however, exert reasonable efforts, when in
its judgment it is appropriate to do so, to provide com-
parable or substantially equivalent services, facilities,
or performance, but its inability or failure to do so shall
not subject it to liability.

The Northeastern University catalog contains current
information regarding the University calendar, admis-
sions, degree requirements, fees, and regulations, and
such information is not intended to be and should not
be relied upon as a statement of the University's con-
tractual undertakings.

Northeastern University reserves the nght in its sole
judgment to promulgate and change rules and regula-
tions and to make changes of any nature in its program,
calendar, admissions policies, procedures and stan-
dards, degree requirements, fees, and academic
schedule whenever it is deemed necessary or desir-
able, including, without limitation, changes in course
content, the rescheduling of classes, cancelling of
scheduled classes and other academic activities, and
requiring or affording alternatives for scheduled classes
or other academic activities, in any such case giving
such notice as is reasonably practicable under the cir-
cumstances.

Northeastern will do its best to make available to you
the finest education, the most stimulating atmosphere,
and the most congenial conditions it can provide. But
the quality and the rate of progress of your academic
career is in large measure dependent upon your own
abilities, commitment, and effort. This is equally true
with respect to professional advancement upon com-
pletion of the degree or program in which you are en-
rolled. The University cannot guarantee that you will
obtain or succeed at any particular job; that will depend
upon your own skills, achievement, presentation, and
other factors such as market conditions at that time.
Similarly, in many professions and occupations there
are increasing requirements imposed by federal and
state statutes and regulatory agencies for certification
or entry into a particular field. These may change during
the period of time when you are at Northeastern, and
they may vary from state to state and from country to
country. While the University stands ready to help you
find out about these requirements and changes, it is
your responsibility to initiate the inquiry because the
University has no other way of knowing what your ex-
pectations and understandings are.

In brief, the University is there to offer you educational
opportunities and to assist you in finding the direction
in which you want to steer your educational experience.
But you are a partner in this venture with an obligation
and responsibility to yourself.

Antidiscrimination Policy Northeastern University is
committed to a policy of equal opportunity to all stu-
dents and employees without regard to race, color, re-
ligion, sex, sexual preference, national origin, or
handicap or veteran status. The University prohibits dis-
crimination in all matters involving admission, registra-

tion, and all official relationships with students, including
evaluation of academic performance.

Equal Opportunity Employment Policy

Northeastern University is an equal opportunity em-
ployer. It is institutional policy that there shall be no
discrimination against any employee or applicant for
employment because of race, color, religion, sex, age,
national origin, or handicap or veteran status.

Northeastern also prohibits discrimination against any
employee regarding upgrading, demotion or transfer,
layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of com-
pensation, and selection for training. In addition, the
University adheres to Affirmative Action guidelines in all
recruitment endeavors.

Further, Northeastern will not condone any form of
sexual harassment, defined as the use of unwelcome
sexual advances, requests for favors, and other verbal
or physical conduct of a sexual nature as an explicit or
implicit condition of employment, as the basis for em-
ployment decisions, or when such conduct interferes
with an individual's work performance by creating an
intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment.

Inquiries concerning our equal opportunity policies
may be referred to the University Title IX Coordinator/
Compliance Officer for Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, Affirmative Action Office, 175 Richards
Hall, 617-437-2133.

Office of Services for the Handicapped The Office
of Senyices for the Handicapped (OSH) provides a va-
riety of support services and general assistance to all
of Northeastern's disabled students and employees.
The University's efforts to comply with the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973 are coordinated by Ruth Bork, OSH director,
5 Ell Center, 617-437-2675.

Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act

In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974, Northeastern University permits its
students to inspect their records wherever appropriate
and to challenge specific parts of them when they feel
it necessary to do so. Specific details of the law as it
applies to Northeastern are printed in the Student Hand-
book and are distributed annually at registrations of the
University College and graduate schools.

Emergency Closing of the University

Northeastern University has made arrangements to no-
tify students, faculty, and staff by radio when it becomes
necessary to cancel classes because of extremely in-
clement weather. Radio stations WBZ, WEEI, WHDH,
WRKO, WBCN, WZOU, and WROR are authonzed to
announce school cancellations. Since ITFS-based in-
struction originates from live or broadcast facilities at
the University, neither the classes nor the courier ser-
vice operate when the University is closed.

Disclaimer Tuition rates, all fees, rules and regula-
tions, and courses and course content are subject to
revision by the President and the Board of Trustees at
any time.

Accreditation Northeastern University is accredited
by the New England Association of Schools and Col-
leges, Inc., which accredits schools and colleges in the
six New England states. Accreditation by the Associa-
tion indicates that the institution has been carefully eval-
uated and found to meet standards agreed upon by
qualified educators.

Contents

iv Boston Campus Map

V University College Offices

vi Academic Calendar

1 The University

7 Buildings and Facilities

11 University College

15 Office of Academic and Student Affairs

16 Academic Policies

25 Career and Academic Counseling Services

28 Tuition and Fees

30 Scholarships and Financial Aid

34 Student Activities

37 Programs of Study

39 Business Administration

61 Health Professions and Sciences

91 Law Enforcement

105 Liberal Arts

131 Certificate Programs

142 Alternative Freshman Year Program

146 Computer Systems Specialist Program

147 Program Consultants and Coordinators
151 Course Descriptions

223 Faculty

241 University Governing Boards and Officers

246 Maps

259 Index

NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY

Massachusetts r^ 71

Academic and Service Buildings

Key

African-American Institute

Barletta Natatorium

Boston YMCA

Cabot Physical Education Building

Cahners Hall

Cargill Hall

Churchill Hall

716 Columbus Avenue

Cullmane Hall (Botolph)

Cushing Hall

Dana Research Center

Dockser Hall

Dodge Library

Ell Student Building (Auditorium)

Ell Student Center (Student Lounge)

Forsyth Building

Forsyth Building Annex

Hayden Hall

Hillel-Frager

Holmes Hall

236 Huntmgton Avenue

HurtigHall

Kariotis Hall

Kerr Hall (Faculty Center)
Knowles Center (Gryzmish Hall)
Knowles Center (Volpe Hall)
Lake Hall

334 Massachusetts Avenue
Matthews Arena
Matthews Arena Annex
Meserve Hall

Mugar Life Science Building
(Peabody Health Professio
Newman Center
Nightingale Hall
Parker Building
Peabody Center
Richards Hall
Robinson Hall
Ruggles ( 1 1 Leon Street)
Snell Engineering Center
122 St. Stephen Street
Stearns Center
26 Tavern Road

Center)

Academic, Residential,
and Service Buildings

\' "" j

Handicapped Parking

i & 6 ix 1

Handicapped Routes

Parking Areas

Public Buildings

! 1

Public Parks
Street Direction

\=]

Underground Tunnel

Maps are provided by the
Visitor Information Center,
U5 Richards Hall. (
Some buildings on this
not owned by Northea*
NUP 6.11.4

University College Offices

General Information

437-2400

Office of the Registrar

437-2300

Belmont Campus

484-4418

Brockton Campus

584-2444

Burlington Suburban Campus

272-5500

Burlington High School

273-1870

Chelmsford Campus

251-8792

Dedham Campus

329-8000

Framingham Campus

877-2333

Lynnfield Campus

334-6027

Marlboro Campus

485-4122

Marshfield Campus

837-1835

Milford Campus

473-2565

Revere Campus

289-8113

Westwood Campus

329-3030

Weymouth Campus

335-9112

Regular Office Hours

Boston

102 Churchill Hall

Monday-Friday

8:30 a.m -8:30 p.m.

(General Information)

Saturday

8:30 a.m.-1:00 p.m.

120 Hayden Hall

Monday-Thursday

8:30 a.m.-8:00 p.m.

(Office of the Registrar)

Friday

8:30 a.m.-4:30 p.m.

Belmont High School

Tuesday and Thursday

5:30-10:00 p.m.

Brockton High School

Monday and Wednesday

5:30-10:00 p.m.

Burlington Suburban Campus

Monday-Friday

8:00 a.m.-10:00 p.m

Saturday

8:00 a.m.-1:00 p.m.

Burlington High School

Monday-Thursday

5:30-10:00 p.m.

Chelmsford High School

Tuesday and Thursday

5:30-10:00 p.m.

Dedham Campus

Monday-Friday

8:00 a.m.-10:00 p.m

Saturday

8:00 a.m.-1:00 p.m.

Framingham North High School

Monday-Thursday

5:30-10:00 p.m.

Lynnfield Middle School

Tuesday and Thursday

5:30-10:00 p.m.

Marlboro High School

Monday and Wednesday

5:30-10:00 p.m.

Marshfield High School

Tuesday and Thursday

5:30-10:00 p.m.

Milford High School

Tuesday

5:30-10:00 p.m.

Revere (Abraham Lincoln

Tuesday and Thursday

5:30-10:00 p.m.

School)

Westwood High School

Monday-Thursday

5:30-10:00 p.m.

Weymouth North High School

Monday-Thursday

5:30-10:00 p.m.

Summer Office Hours

Boston

102 Churchill Hall

Monday-Thursday

8:30 a.m.-8:30 p.m.

Friday and Saturday

Closed

120 Hayden Hall

Monday-Thursday

8:30 a.m.-8:00 p.m.

Friday and Saturday

Closed

Burlington Suburban Campus

Monday-Thursday

8:00 a.m.-10:00 p.m

Friday and Saturday

Closed

Dedham Campus

Framingham North High School
Weymouth North High School

Monday-Thursday

Friday

Saturday

Monday and Wednesday

Tuesday and Thursday

8:30 a.m.-l 0:00 p.m.
8:30 a.m.-4:30 p.m.
Closed

5:30-10:00 p.m.
5:30-10:00 p.m.

1985-1986 Academic Calendar

Fall Quarter 1985 Classes begin Monday, September 23, 1985

Fall Registration Dates

Boston

Belmont High School
Brockton High School
Burlington Suburban Campus

Chelmsford High School

Dedham Campus

Framingham North High School

Lynnfield Middle School

Marlboro High School

Marshfield High School

Milford High School

Revere (Abraham Lincoln

School)

Westwood High School

Weymouth North High School

Fall quarter classes begin
Columbus Day observed
Veterans' Day observed
Thanksgiving recess

5:00-7:30 p.m.
9:00-12:00 noon
5:00-7:30 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.

5:30-8:00 p.m.

12:00-3:00 p.m.

and
5:30-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.

5:30-8:00 p.m.

No classes
No classes
No classes

Tuesday-Friday, September 3-6
Saturday, September 7
Monday-Wednesday, September 9-1 1
Thursday, September 5 and

Tuesday, September 10
Wednesday, September 4 and Monday,

September 9
Monday and Wednesday, September 9

and 11
Tuesday, September 10

Thursday, September 5 and

Tuesday, September 10
Thursday, September 5 and

Tuesday, September 10
Tuesday, September 3 and

Monday, September 9
Thursday, September 5 and

Tuesday, September 10
Wednesday, September 4 and

Monday, September 9
Thursday, September 5 and

Tuesday, September 10
Tuesday, September 3 and

Tuesday, September 10
Thursday, September 5 and

Tuesday, September 10
Wednesday, September 4 and

Monday, September 9
Monday, September 23
Monday, October 14
Monday, November 1 1
Thursday-Saturday, November 28-30

Final examination period

for fall quarter
Christmas vacation

Winter Quarter 1986

No classes

Monday-Saturday,

December 9-14
Monday-Wednesday,

December 16-January 1

Classes begin Monday, January 6, 1986

Winter Registration Dates

Boston 5:00-7:30 p.m.

Belmont High School 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Brockton High School 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Burlington Suburban Campus 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Chelmsford High School 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Dedham Campus 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Framingham North High School 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Lynnfield Middle School
Marlboro High School
Marshfield High School
Milford High School
Revere (Abraham Lincoln
School)

Westwood High School
Weymouth North High School

Winter quarter classes begin
Martin Luther King Jr.'s Birthday
Presidents' Day
Final examination period for

winter quarter
Spring recess (or make-up

period for lost snow days)

Spring Quarter 1986

5:30-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.

5:30-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.

No classes
No classes

Monday-Thursday, December 2-5
Tuesday, December 3
Monday, December 2
Monday-Thursday, December 2-5
Tuesday, December 3
Monday, December 2 and

Tuesday, December 3
Monday, December 2 and

Tuesday, December 3
Tuesday, December 3
Monday, December 2
Tuesday, December 3
Tuesday, December 3
Tuesday, December 3

Tuesday, December 3
Tuesday, December 3 and
Wednesday, December 4
Monday, January 6
Monday, January 20
Monday, February 17

Monday-Saturday, March 24-29

Monday-Saturday, March 31 -April 5

Classes begin Monday, April 7. 1986

Spring Registration Dates

Boston 5:00-7:30 p.m.

Belmont High School 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Brockton High School 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Burlington Suburban Campus 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Chelmsford High School 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Dedham Campus 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Framingham North High School 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Lynnfield Middle School
Marlboro High School
Marshfield High School
Milford High School

5:30-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.

Monday-Thursday, March 17-20
Tuesday, March 18
Wednesday, March 19
Monday-Thursday, March 17-20
Tuesday, March 18
Monday, March 17 and

Wednesday, March 19
Monday, March 17 and

Tuesday, March 18
Tuesday, March 18
Monday, March 17
Tuesday, March 18
Tuesday, March 18

Revere (Abraham Lincoln 5:30-8:00 p.m.

School)

Westwood High School 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Weymouth North High School 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Spring quarter classes begin
Patriots' Day observed No classes

Memorial Day observed No classes

Final examination penod for

spring quarter
Commencement

Summer Quarter 1986

Tuesday, March 18

Tuesday, March 18
Monday, March 17 and

Wednesday, March 19
Monday, April 7
Monday, April 21
Monday, May 26
Monday-Saturday, June 16-21

Sunday, June 22

Classes begin Monday, June 23, 1986

Registration for entire summer quarter

Boston 5:00-7:30 p.m.

Burlington Suburban Campus 5:30-8:00 p.m.

Summer quarter classes begin

Registration for second five-week term

5:30-8:00 p.m.

Boston

Burlington Suburban Campus

5:30-8:00 p.m.

Monday-Thursday, June 2-5
Tuesday, June 3 and
Wednesday, June 4
Monday, June 23

Monday, July 14 and

Tuesday, July 15
Monday, July 14

Independence Day observed No classes Friday, July 4

Labor Day observed No classes Monday, September 1

Final examination period for Held during last class session of

summer quarter each term

Calendar changes may be made. The University community will be notified if such changes are necessary.

The University

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is in-
corporated as a privately endowed nonsectarian
institution of higher learning under the General
Laws of Massachusetts. By special enactment,
the State Legislature has given the University
general degree-granting powers. The University
is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by
and from the Northeastern University Corporation,
a body of nearly 200 distinguished business and
professional men and women.

From its beginning. Northeastern University's
dominant purpose has been to identify commu-
nity educational needs and to meet these needs
in distinctive and serviceable ways. The Univer-
sity has not duplicated the programs of other
institutions, but has pioneered new areas of ed-
ucational service.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University
is its cooperative plan of education, under which
students alternate periods of work and study. This
time-tested method of education offers students
the opportunity to gain valuable practical expe-
rience as an integral part of their college pro-
grams and to contribute to the financing of their
education. All Northeastern's undergraduate day
colleges operate on the cooperative plan, which
requires five years for the student to earn a de-
gree. The College of Arts and Sciences also offers
a four-year noncooperative option. Several of
Northeastern's graduate schools have structured
their programs to include the features of coop-
erative education.

In the field of adult education, programs of
study have been developed to meet a variety of
needs. University College offers evening
courses — offered by the University since 1906 —
and adult day courses leading to associate and
bachelor's degrees, as well as certificates. In ad-
dition to offering day undergraduate programs in
computer technology, and electrical engineering
and mechanical engineering technology, the
School of Engineering Technology offers evening/
part-time certificate, associate, and bachelor's
degree programs in technological areas. All for-
mal courses of study leading to degrees through
part-time programs are approved by the Basic
College faculties concerned and are governed
by the same qualitative and quantitative stan-

dards as the regular day curricula. Courses are
scheduled in the day and evening at Northeast-
ern's campuses in Boston, Burlington, and Ded-
ham. Evening courses are also scheduled in
Belmont, Brockton, Chelmsford, Framingham,
Lynnfield, Marlboro, Marshfield, Milford, Revere,
Westwood, and Weymouth.

For more information about the undergraduate
colleges, their programs, or the cooperative plan
of education, contact the Admissions Office,
Northeastern University, 360 Huntington Avenue,
Boston, MA 02115, tel. 617-437-2200.

Undergraduate Colleges 617-437-2200

College of Arts and Sciences The College of
Arts and Sciences offers majors in the arts, hu-
manities, social sciences, and mathematics/sci-
ences leading to the Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science degrees. Curricula are nor-
mally four years in length on a full-time plan or
five years in length on the cooperative plan.

Boston-Bouve College of Human Development
Professions Boston-Bouve College of Human
Development Professions offers programs of
study leading to the following degrees: Bachelor
of Science in Education in the fields of early child-
hood education, elementary education (with a mi-
nor in special education), human services,
physical education, school and community health
education, secondary education, and speech
and hearing; Bachelor of Science in Recreation
and Leisure Studies; and Bachelor of Science in
Physical Therapy.

College of Business Administration The Col

lege of Business Administration offers a five-year
program of academic study and cooperative ed-
ucation leading to the Bachelor of Science de-
gree in Business Administration. Students must
complete a six-course concentration in account-
ing, human resources management, marketing,
finance and insurance, management, interna-
tional business administration, entrepreneurship
and new venture management, transportation
and physical distribution management, or a self-
designed concentration.

College of Computer Science The College of
Computer Science offers a five-year cooperative
education curriculum in computer science lead-
ing to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Com-
puter Science. Subareas of concentration within
the program include tracks in artificial intelli-

2 The University

gence, data bases, languages, and systems. The
College's facilities provide students with hands-
on experience in the use of modern time-sharing
and microcomputer systems.

College of Criminal Justice The College of
Criminal Justice offers a full-time day curriculum
on the cooperative plan leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science.

College of Engineering The College of Engi-
neering offers five-year cooperative education
curricula in civil, mechanical, electrical (including
a power systems option and a computer engi-
neering option), chemical, and industrial engi-
neering leading to the degree of Bachelor of
Science with specification according to the
engineering department in which the student
qualifies. A more general program without spec-
ification leading to the Bachelor of Science de-
gree is offered in which students design their
curricula around a core of science, engineering
science, and engineering courses. For highly
qualified students, the electrical and computer
engineering, mechanical engineering, and indus-
trial engineering and information systems depart-
ments offer five-year programs leading to both a
bachelor's and a master's degree; students carry
course overloads beginning in the third year. The
College also offers part-time programs during
evening hours leading to Bachelor of Science
degrees in Civil, Mechanical, and Electrical En-
gineering, extending over six years and meeting
the same qualitative and quantitative standards
of scholarship as the day curricula.

School of Engineering Technology (formerly
Lincoln College) is a division of the College of
Engineering offering engineering technology pro-
grams leading to the degrees of Associate in
Engineering, Associate in Science, and Bachelor
of Engineering Technology. Programs include:

(a) A full-time day curriculum on the cooperative
plan leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engi-
neering Technology (BET) in Mechanical and
Electrical Engineering Technology, and in Com-
puter Technology and Aerospace Maintenance
Engineering Technology.

(b) A part-time evening program including pre-
technology preparatory courses and degree pro-
grams leading to the Associate in Engineering
(AE) and the Bachelor of Engineering Technology
(BET) in Civil, Mechanical, and Electrical Engi-
neering Technology, Computer Technology, and
Aerospace Maintenance Engineering Technol-

ogy. The Associate in Science degree may be
earned in telecommunications and energy sys-
tems.

The day BET program is often useful for the
high school graduate or the student transferring
from a community college or technical institute
who desires a full-time day curriculum on the
Northeastern University cooperative plan.

In addition to its traditional curricula, the School
of Engineering Technology offers technological
and professional development opportunities to
meet special needs of the part-time student. For
more information, call 617-437-2500 or refer to
the 1984-86 Lincoln College Bulletin.

College of Nursing The College of Nursing
baccalaureate nursing program, accredited by
the National League for Nursing, operates on the
cooperative plan and is five years in length. Suc-
cessful completion of the program leads to the
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing.

Registered nurses may complete requirements
for the Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing full
time during the day or part time in the evening.
The College of Nursing collaborates with Univer-
sity College in offering the evening section for
registered nurses.

College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Profes-
sions The College of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions offers five-year cooperative
curricula leading to the degrees of Bachelor of
Science in Pharmacy, Bachelor of Science in Res-
piratory Therapy, and Bachelor of Science in Tox-
icology, and to the Bachelor of Science degree
with majors in medical laboratory science and
health record administration. Associate degree
programs are offered in medical laboratory sci-
ence, respiratory therapy, and dental hygiene. In
cooperation with the medical schools and teach-
ing hospitals in the Boston area, the College of-
fers a post-baccalaureate program for physician
assistants. The College also offers the open op-
tion, a common freshman-year health track avail-
able for undeclared majors.

University College University College, so
called because it draws upon the resources of
the other colleges of the University, offers part-
time day and evening programs in business ad-
ministration, health professions and sciences, law
enforcement, and liberal arts, leading to the As-
sociate in Science, Bachelor of Arts, and Bach-
elor of Science degrees. It does not duplicate the
offerings of the day colleges, but provides curri-

The University 3

cula that cut across traditional subject-matter
areas to meet the particular needs of adult stu-
dents. Students may pursue a degree or simply
take courses based on needs and interests, up
to a total of 18 quarter hours of credit per quarter.
Courses are offered in Boston as well as Belmont,
Burlington, Brockton, Chelmsford, Dedham, Fra-
mingham, Lynnfield, Marlboro, Marshfield, Mil-
ford, Revere, Westwood, and Weymouth.

Graduate Schools

For more information about the graduate schools
and their programs, call 617-437-2000 and ask
for the number for the individual school.

Arts and Sciences The Master of Arts degree
may be earned in economics, English, history,
journalism, political science, psychology, sociol-
ogy, and social anthropology. The Master of Sci-
ence degree is available in biology; chemistry;
clinical chemistry; forensic chemistry; economics
policy and planning; law, policy, and society;
mathematics; and physics. The Master of Tech-
nical and Professional Writing, the Master of Sci-
ence in Health Science, the Master of Journalism
in News Media Management, and the Master of
Public Administration degrees are also offered. In
addition, there is an advanced literary study pro-
gram leading to the Certificate of Advanced
Graduate Study, and programs leading to the
Doctor of Philosophy degree in biology; chemis-
try; forensic chemistry; economics; law, policy,
and society; mathematics; physics; psychology;
and sociology. There are also certificate pro-
grams in economics of manpower and develop-
ment planning and in technical writing. Most
programs may be completed through either full-
er part-time study.

Boston-Bouve College of Human Development
Professions The Master of Science degree may
be earned with specialization in counseling psy-
chology, physical education, physical therapy,
recreation management, or speech-language pa-
thology and audiology. Programs may be com-
pleted through full- and part-time study.

The Master of Education degree may be
earned with specialization in career and industrial
counseling, college student personnel work and
counseling, curriculum and instruction, educa-
tional research, human development, rehabilita-
tion, school counseling, or special education. The
Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study is offered
in counseling, educational administration, and re-

habilitation. The Doctor of Education degree may
be earned in leadership: administration and su-
pervision with specialization in counseling, ed-
ucational administration, or rehabilitation admin-
istration.

Business Administration A Master of Business
Administration degree may be earned. The Grad-
uate School of Business Administration offers a
variety of programs to meet the needs and sched-
ules of graduate business students. Two full-time
program alternatives are offered: a 21 -month
management intern program, which includes a
six-month, paid professional internship; and a
two-year traditional full-time program, which may
include administrative or teaching assistantship
opportunities. Individuals who wish to continue
their full-time job responsibilities while earning an
MBA degree may consider the evening part-time
program of study, the 18-month executive MBA
Program for upper-level managers, or the accel-
erated part-time high-technology MBA for quali-
fied technical specialists.

The Master of Science degree in professional
accounting is an intensive, full-time program spe-
cifically designed for liberal arts and other non-
accounting majors.

In addition, there is a nondegree program for
advanced study in business administration lead-
ing to the Certificate of Advanced Study in Busi-
ness Administration.

The Center for Management Development of-
fers several intensive, graduate-level programs
within the College of Business Administration.
They are designed to provide professional growth
and to improve the overall performance of expe-
rienced managers. Based on a modified North-
eastern cooperative format, these programs
permit company-sponsored participants to main-
tain their job responsibilities while attending
classes. The Management Development Program
(MDP) spaces six weeks of in-residence instruc-
tion over four or five months, depending on the
choice of session. The MDP is designed for mid-
career executives who have been responsible for
a major organizational task, department, division,
or independent enterprise. Sessions begin in Oc-
tober, January, and March on the Phillips Andover
Academy campus in Andover, Massachusetts.

The Smaller Business Management Develop-
ment Program (SBMDP) is a two-session program
totaling seven days of intensive, personalized
management courses designed for small busi-
ness executives. The residential character of the

4 The University

program encourages close interaction between
business peers and faculty nnembers. The
SBMDP is held during March and April, also on
the Phillips Andover Academy campus.

The Management Workshops are scheduled
one day each for 10 or 12 consecutive weeks.
The three workshops focus on core functional
areas, management in high-technology organi-
zations, and advanced management concepts,
respectively. These graduate-level programs pro-
vide an opportunity for an exchange of ideas and
for problem solving among peers from diverse
industries and organizations. Sessions begin in
September, January, and March at Northeastern's
Dedham campus.

College of Computer Science The Master of
Science in Computer Sciences is the first grad-
uate degree to be offered by the College of Com-
puter Science. The program concentrates on six
areas: artificial intelligence, communications and
networks, data bases, interactive systems design,
systems software, and theory. It is a 48-quarter-
hour program, with most courses being taught in
the late afternoon and early evening. Full- and
part-time programs are offered. The full-time pro-
gram may be completed in one year (four aca-
demic quarters).

Criminal Justice The College of Criminal Jus-
tice offers both full- and part-time programs lead-
ing to a Master of Science degree in Criminal
Justice and a Master of Science degree in Foren-
sic Chemistry. Students enrolled in the master of
science program in criminal justice may choose
from several areas of specialization: administra-
tion and planning, criminology and research, and
security administration. The Master of Science
program in forensic chemistry provides an inte-
grated study of forensic chemistry as utilized in
criminalistics laboratories and related profes-
sional fields. An interdisciplinary Ph.D. program
in forensic chemistry is offered through the Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences in conjunction with the
College of Criminal Justice, with specialization in
forensic materials science or forensic analytical
chemistry. A further specialization in forensic tox-
icology is offered through the College of Phar-
macy and Allied Health Professions in conjunction
with the College of Criminal Justice. Students in
all programs usually attend classes during late
afternoon and evening hours.

Engineering Master of Science degrees are of-
fered with course specifications in the fields of

civil engineering, chemical engineering, electrical
and computer engineering, engineering manage-
ment, industrial engineering, information systems,
mechanical engineering, and transportation. A
five-year program leading to both a bachelor's
and master's degree is offered in electrical en-
gineering, industrial engineering, and mechanical
engineering, and a six-year program leading to
both a bachelor's and master's degree is offered
in power systems. Professional Engineers' de-
grees are offered in civil, chemical, electrical, in-
dustrial, and mechanical engineering. A Doctor
of Engineering degree in Chemical Engineering
is offered in addition to the Ph.D. A women in
engineering program and a women in information
systems program are also available.

Law The School of Law offers a full-time pro-
gram of professional instruction leading to the
degree of Juris Doctor. The three-year curriculum
includes 12 months of experience in law offices,
governmental agencies, or other law-related em-
ployment. There are no courses for part-time or
evening students.

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions The

Master of Science degree is offered in biomedical
science, clinical chemistry, hospital pharmacy,
medical laboratory science, medicinal chemistry,
and pharmacology. The Master of Health Profes-
sions degree is offered with four options: general,
health policy, physician assistant, and regulatory
toxicology. The Ph.D. degree is offered in
biomedical science with specialization in medifcal
laboratory science, medicinal chemistry, phar-
maceutical science, pharmacology, or toxicology.
An interdisciplinary doctoral degree is available
in forensic toxicology as well as a graduate pro-
gram in clinical pharmacy, leading to the degree
Doctor of Pharmacy.

Professional Accounting The Graduate School
of Professional Accounting is designed specifi-
cally for arts and sciences majors. The distinctive
feature of the 15-month, full-time Master of Sci-
ence degree program is a three-month paid in-
ternship with a public accounting firm. Classes
begin in June of each year.

Insurance and Financial Service Institute

The University 5

courses in preparation for the chartered life un-
derwriter and chartered property-casualty under-
writer designations as well as for the general
insurance, insurance adjuster, and risk manage-
ment certificates.

Center for Continuing Education

The Center for Continuing Education was estab-
lished to connect the University with various ed-
ucational needs of its urban community. Its
purpose is to assist both individuals and organi-
zations who wish to keep pace with a society in
the process of accelerated social and economic
change. The Center offers a wide range of work-
shops, conferences, institutes, forums, and spe-
cial training programs in areas that include
business, building technology, insurance,
graphic arts, paralegal training, health, nursing,
emergency medical training, and management.
For more information, write or call the Northeast-
ern University Center for Continuing Education,
370 Common Street, Dedham, MA 02026, 617-
329-8000.

Northeastern University has numerous distin-
guished faculty members, many of whom have
received prestigious awards, including Sloan
Scholarships, Guggenheim Fellowships, and Na-
tional Institutes of Health Research Awards. Fac-
ulty members lecture the world over — from just
across the Charles River in Cambridge to clear
across the Pacific Ocean in Sydney, Australia.

In addition, many faculty serve as United States
government consultants and participate on a va-
riety of national and international committees. But
because Northeastern considers education its
primary mission students will always find an en-
thusiastic and accessible faculty to answer ques-
tions, solve problems, and stimulate enquiring
minds.

Current research spans almost every academic
and professional field and is not limited to labo-
ratory investigations or the "hard" sciences. Every
department of every college at Northeastern car-
ries out some basic or applied research projects.

Research

Research, whether performed in the laboratory,
the library, or in the field, is vital to the University's
operation. It stimulates all participants and en-
sures a thriving academic atmosphere. Through
research, faculty members as well as students
stay abreast of the most recent developments in
their particular fields. Faculty who disseminate
this knowledge through publishing, speaking,
and teaching help ensure a university education
of the first order.

At Northeastern University, research and schol-
arly endeavors are taken very seriously and are
actively encouraged. Each year the faculty re-
ceive funding for an ever-increasing number of
research projects. Sponsorship comes from a va-
riety of sources. Federal agencies, private indus-
try and foundations, and the University itself all
contribute to Northeastern's growing research
emphasis.

While much of this research is carried out by
the faculty members, their graduate students, and
post-doctoral research associates, ample oppor-
tunities also exist for undergraduate students. Re-
search participation can take place as part of
regular academic programs, as specially de-
signed independent studies, or through cooper-
ative work assignments. Research activities are
encouraged and are limited only by the student's
own motivation and curiosity.

Buildings and Facilities

In 1910, Northeastern University began construc-
tion of the first piece of property acquired at its
present site on 360 Huntington Avenue. Since
those early days, the central Boston campus has
grown to occupy over fifty acres of land located
in close proximity to such cultural landmarks as
Symphony Hall, the Museum of Fine Arts, the
Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, Horticultural
Hall, and the Boston Public Library. The University
is within walking distance of the Fenway, a large
park that includes a beautiful rose garden and
extensive jogging paths. Copley Place, the Back
Bay shopping district, and a number of renowned
hospitals, including Brigham and Harvard teach-
ing hospitals, are also minutes away.

Major transportation facilities serving the Bos-
ton area are Logan International Airport, two rail
terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and intra-
state lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within
the metropolitan-suburban area. There is a sub-
way stop directly in front of the campus. For mo-
torists coming from the west, the best routes to
the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike (Exit
22) and Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is
the intown section. From the north, motorists may
take Routes 93 or 95 to the Southeast Expressway
(Route 3) to Massachusetts Avenue, which inter-
sects Huntington Avenue. Visitors driving from the
south should take the Southeast Expressway and
the Massachusetts Avenue exit.

The Boston campus is divided by Huntington
Avenue, with academic and administrative build-
ings on one side and most dormitories on the
other. Many of the educational buildings are in-
terconnected by underground passageways,
which are especially convenient during inclement
weather.

In addition to several off-campus athletic facil-
ities and University College's 14 branch locations.
Northeastern University maintains a variety of af-
filiations that provide its students access to spe-
cialized equipment and facilities at other
institutions and organizations.

Carl S. Ell Student Center

The Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities
for student recreation and extracurricular activi-
ties. The Alumni Auditorium, with a seating ca-

pacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also
included are special drama facilities, a ballroom,
a main lounge, a fine arts exhibition area, student
offices, conference rooms, and a dining area
seating more than 1,000 persons.

University Libraries

There are seven libraries in the University Librar-
ies System. The main library is Dodge Library,
located on the Boston campus. Dodge houses
the materials that support the University's pro-
grams in humanities, social sciences, fine arts,
education, engineering, chminal justice, nursing,
business, and the undergraduate-level sciences.
Three facilities support the academic programs
at the Burlington and Dedham campuses and at
the Marine Science Institute in Nahant.

Also located on the Boston campus are three
libraries housing graduate-level collections in
physics and electrical engineering, mathematics
and psychology, and chemistry, biology, phar-
macy, and allied health.

Collections The total holdings of the University
Libraries include the equivalent of more than one
million volumes in print and microform as well as
subscriptions to approximately 4,000 periodicals
and newspapers. The Libraries all collect other
types of materials such as scores, technical re-
ports, government documents, and audiovisual
resources.

Dodge Library is a federal depository and ac-
tively maintains over 300,000 documents, reports,
and other publications made available through
the U.S. Government Printing Office.

The Center for International Higher Education
Documentation (CIHED) houses a special collec-
tion unique to the Boston area.

The University Archives serves as a depository
for the historical records of the University, includ-
ing faculty publications, student yearbooks,
newspapers, and Northeastern dissertations.

Services Library staff are available in all areas
to assist in retrieving and using library resources.
Evening and weekend hours may vary among the
libraries, but in general, libraries provide services
until 10 p.m. Dodge Library remains open for
study most nights until midnight. Call 617-437-
4976 for library hours.

A series of publications are prepared by library
staff to acquaint students with the collections and

8 Buildings and Facilities

to help with research. Librarians also provide ref-
erence assistance and instruction on strategies
for bibliographic research. A series of tutorials is
offered each quarter for students interested in
discussing particular research needs.

Language and music listening laboratories are
available in the Learning Resources Center. The
Center provides a wide range of self-paced nne-
dia and computer related resources including
programmed texts, filmstrips, audiotapes, video-
tapes, cassettes, recordings, and microcompu-
ters. The Center's staff also coordinate peer
tutoring in individual academic subjects. Com-
puter-assisted instruction and tutoring, particu-
larly in chemistry and mathematics, is available
through the Center's Assessment Tutoring and
Enrichment Resources program. All tutoring ser-
vices arranged through the University Libraries
are free.

Online retrieval of bibliographic citations using
commercial databases is provided for a fee
through the Libraries' Computer Search Services.
These citations typically cover journal articles,
dissertations, technical reports, and symposia.

A variety of other aids, such as union lists of
serials, are available in each library if the nec-
essary materials are not in the University collec-
tions. Under certain conditions, students may be
able to borrow material through Interlibrary Loan.

Boston Library Consortium Northeastern Uni-
versity is one of 1 1 institutional members of the
Boston Library Consortium. Northeastern refer-
ence librarians can advise students on which li-
braries are members of the consortium and on
the policies and other conditions governing on-
site access to their collections.

Office of Learning Resources

The primary objective of the Office of Learning
Resources is to help support the instructional and
communications needs of the University. A variety
of services is available to students and faculty.

The Office of Instructional Development and
Evaluation, 416 Dodge Library, provides assis-
tance in the design of learning and instructional
systems and materials and in the creation, test-
ing, implementation, and analysis of instructional
evaluation instruments. In addition, it offers a va-
riety of orientation and training workshops.

Instructional Media Training and Utilization
Services, 413 and 416 Dodge Library, pro-
vides professional consultation and assistance in
graphics, photography, and multimedia produc-

tion. It also acquires and maintains the collection
of Northeastern-owned instructional materials and
provides a rental service for 16mm. films and
videotapes obtained from outside sources.

Campus Media Services makes available, on a
prescheduled basis, audiovisual and video
equipment and instructional materials for the
classroom. Items include films, filmstrips, slides,
opaque and overhead projectors, audio and vi-
deotape recorders, TV cameras and monitors,
portable public address systems, telelecture equip-
ment, record players, and projection screens.
This office is located in 2 Ell Building.

Visitor Information Center

The Visitor Information Center, located in 115
Richards Hall, provides general information and
assistance to students and faculty as well as to
visitors to the University. The Center's staff is pre-
pared to answer questions, give directions, pro-
vide telephone numbers, and distribute
publications related to the University's depart-
ments, functions, and services. The Center also
provides the services of a public notary and a 24-
hour recorded "events" telephone line, 617-437-
3281. Open Monday through Friday from 8 a.m.
to 8:30 p.m., the Center also offers its services
over the telephone. Please call 617-437-2736.

Counseling and Testing Center

Counseling and testing to aid a student or pro-
spective student with career, educational, or per-
sonal concerns are available days and certain
weekday evenings until 8:30 p.m. Information and
appointments may be obtained by calling 617-
437-2142 or by visiting the Counseling and Test-
ing Center, 302 Ell Building.

Academic Computer Services

Academic Computer Services offer students and
faculty access to DEC VAX 1 1/780 computers in
a time-sharing environment through video and
hard-copy terminals arranged in student and fac-
ulty clusters at the Boston, Burlington, and Ded-
ham campuses. For information on available
hours, please call 617-437-2335.

Office of Services for the Handicapped

Students with special needs can receive assis-
tance by visiting or calling the Office of Services
for the Handicapped (OSH). The office is open
most evenings until 10 p.m. Services provided
include sign language interpreters, readers, HP

Buildings and Facilities 9

parking, and alternative testing. For further infor-
mation, call 617-437-2675 (voice) or 617-437-
3934 (TTY). The office is in 4 Ell Building.

Cabot Physical Education Center

The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education
Center contains four basketball courts, an athletic
cage, a small gymnasium, and administrative of-
fices for the Department of Athletics and for the
Physical Education Department of Boston-Bouve
College of Human Development Professions.

The Barletta Natatorium houses a 105-foot
swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew,
handball/racquetball courts, and shower and
dressing facilities.

Dockser Hall

Charles and Estelle Dockser Hall houses a large
gymnasium, dance studio, motor performance
laboratory, community recreation laboratory, folk
arts center, dark room, recreation resources area,
locker rooms, offices, classrooms, conference
room and lounge, storage facilities, and a cardi-
ovascular health and exercise laboratory.

Burlington Suburban Campus

Northeastern University's Burlington campus was
established in 1964 because businesses and in-
dustries in the Route 128 area expressed a need
for educational programs that their employees
could utilize. The campus is located near the
junction of Routes 128 and 3 in Burlington, Mas-
sachusetts.

Programs offered at Burlington encompass un-
dergraduate, graduate, and continuing education
courses. Full- and part-time degree programs, as
well as nondegree certificate programs, are avail-
able.

Dedham Campus

The 20-acre Dedham campus is located on Route
135 just north of Route 128. The facility contains
several classrooms, two executive amphitheaters,
a dining area, a computer terminal room tied to
several of the University's mainframe computers,
a new IBM-PC microcomputer laboratory, and a
library. It also houses several University depart-
ments, including University College's Center for
Continuing Education, the state-of-the-art engi-
neering program, and areas for the executive
MBA, high technology MBA, and management
workshop programs. A more recent development

at the campus was the construction of an im-
pressive outdoor track and field facility.

Henderson House

The University's conference center, Henderson
House, is located in Weston, Massachusetts, 12
miles from the Boston campus. Henderson House
provides a gracious setting for both large and
small conferences and meetings, and its facilities
include a dining service and some overnight ac-
commodatiorTs. For more information about Hen-
derson House, call 617-329-8000, ext. 13.

Warren Center

The Warren Center is located on 165 acres in
Ashland, Massachusetts, 30 miles west of Boston.
Although it serves as a practical laboratory for
students in Boston-Bouve College of Human De-
velopment Professions, the Warren Center invites
Northeastern's staff, faculty, alumni, and students
to use its facilities and welcomes other educa-
tional groups seeking enrichment in an outdoor
setting. Woods, fields, streams, winterized cot-
tages, and Hayden Lodge provide year-round
opportunities for outdoor learning. The Center
also has an archery range, an outdoor pavilion,
heated cabins, a health lodge, and conference
accommodations.

Marine Science and Maritime Studies Center

The Marine Science and Maritime Studies Center,
located in Nafiant, Massachusetts, is a research
and instructional facility primarily engaged in the
study of marine biology and oceanography. Many
of the courses at the Institute are applicable to-
ward an advanced degree in biology or health
science. The Institute, located about 20 miles
northeast of Boston, is in operation all year.

The George and Hope Matthews Arena

Two blocks and a right turn from the main quad-
rangle of Northeastern University's Boston cam-
pus is the oldest indoor ice hockey arena in the
United States and one of the focal points for am-
ateur athletics in the Boston area. The building is
used primarily for collegiate sports, especially
men's and women's basketball and hockey con-
tests, and for recreational activities. Northeastern
also makes the Arena available to the community
for certain events.

10 Buildings and Facilities

Network Northeastern University (NNU)

Network Northeastern University represents the
University's entry into the age of education by
telecommunications. The Network's main mode
of operation utilizes the microwave-based In-
structional Television Fixed Service (ITFS) system
whereby educational services are delivered di-
rectly to company sites and other remote loca-
tions within a 30-mile radius of Northeastern's
Boston campus. With this service, live classroom
instruction is telecast in color to remote sites,
where it is viewed in reception rooms equipped
with tv monitors and a telephone-based talkback
system. During presentations, off-campus stu-
dents are able to participate in the instruction as
fully as students on campus. A courier service
collects and delivers homework assignments and
serves as the off-campus student's link to the
bookstore, registrar, and other campus services.
Network Northeastern University currently of-
fers engineering technology courses and gradu-
ate courses in engineering. These offerings will
be expanded in the near future to include courses
in state-of-the-art engineering topics, manage-
ment, mathematics, technical writing, and com-
puter science. It also provides television
production services and duplication and distri-
bution services for videotaped courses.

University College

John W. Jordan, Dean

Robert W. O'Connor, Associate Dean for

Academic Programs
Ralph T. Vernile, Jr., Associate Dean for

Administration

The Programs

University College is committed to the education
of mature adult students who wish to live effec-
tively in today's complex society. The programs
in the College are specifically designed to satisfy
the changing professional, cultural, and social
needs and interests of adults. They are constantly
evaluated and updated to keep pace with stu-
dents and community.

Degree programs have been developed in 34
major fields of study in the areas of business
administration, health professions and sciences,
law enforcement, and liberal arts. Courses are
offered on a part-time basis Monday through Sat-
urday during day and evening hours convenient
for adults. Students may elect single courses,
pursue a certificate program, or enroll in full-de-
gree programs leading to the Associate in Sci-
ence or the Bachelor's degree. Short-term
seminars are also offered for credit. Classes are
scheduled in several locations that are accessible
to the urban and the suburban community.

The Faculty

Approximately 1,500 men and women constitute
the part-time teaching staff of University College.
Included are members of the full-time faculty of
Northeastern University and other educational in-
stitutions in New England, as well as outstanding
New England business and professional leaders
with training and experience in specialized areas.
The faculty are selected because they are highly
successful in their fields and are well qualified to
provide sound methods of teaching for adults in
an interesting, inspiring, and effective manner.

12 University College
The Student Body

The student body of University College repre- Many University College students have full-time

sents the diversity of interests that is one of the commitments to their jobs or families or have

basic strengths in adult education. Approximately other responsibilities. They may enroll in a single

16,000 students range in age from 18 years to course or in a full-degree curriculum, depending

beyond retirement. Some enroll immediately after on whether their goals are career-related or for

high school graduation. Others may have grad- personal enrichment,
uated several years ago.

University College Administrative Officers

John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University College

Gretchen T. Ayoub, B.A., M.Ed., Director, Academic and Student Affairs

Elaine R. Bauer, B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director, Academic and Student Affairs

Stanley A. Bozen, A.R.R.T., Director of the Radiologic Technology Program

Richard J. Comings, A.B., M.A., M.P.A., Assistant Dean and Director of Special Programs

Paula J. Cotter, Administrative Assistant, Academic and Student Affairs

Marcia C. DePace, R.N., M.S., Academic Coordinator, Nursing

Janet Fisher Doyle, B.A., M.Ed., Assistant Director, University College Placement

Michael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Associate Dean and Director of Suburban Campus

William T. Edgett, A.B., M.A., Assistant Dean and Assistant Director, Academic and Student Affairs

Audrey G. Emmer, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant to the Director, Business Administration Programs

Carol L. Fulton, B.A., B.S., Assistant Director, Academic and Student Affairs

Susanne E. Gatie, B.S., Assistant Registrar, Graduate Schools and Part-time Programs

Marilyn P. Gross, B.A., Programmer-Analyst

Kathleen H. Hayes, A.B., Ed.M., Director of Adult and Special Programs, Office of Career

Development and Placement
Marilyn L. Jackson, B.A., Publicity Coordinator
David R. Kane, B.S., Graduate Schools and Part-time Programs
Mary M. Kiley, B.S., Administrative Assistant

Valerie A. Lamb, A.S., R.T., Assistant Director, Radiologic Technology Program
Madge J. Lewis, B.S., M.Ed, Associate Registrar, Graduate Schools and Part-time Programs
Holly W. Matisis, B.A., Assistant Director, Academic and Student Affairs
John J. McKenna, B.S., M.A., Assistant Director, Administrative Services
JoAnne McNeill, B.S., Acting Director, Dental Assistant Program

Lana B. Melnik, B.S., Assistant to the Director, Health Professions and Science Programs
Robert W. O'Connor, A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Associate Dean for Academic Programs
Dorothy M. Oppenheim, B.A., M.B.A., Assistant Dean and Director of Business Administration

Programs
Jacqueline Piatt, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Director, Suburban Campus, and Director of Counseling,

Burlington
John H. Robbins, Jr., B.A., M.Ed., Associate Dean, Director, Center for Continuing Education
Clarissa L. Sawyer, B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director, Academic and Student Affairs
Kenneth C. Solano, A.B., M.Ed., Associate Dean, Associate Director, Center for Continuing Education
Edward L. Sousa, B.S., M.Ed., Director of Administrative Services
Deborah A. Starr, B.A., Publications Coordinator

Judith Stoessel, A.B., M.A,, Assistant to the Director, Liberal Arts Programs
Ralph T. Vernile, Jr., B.S., Associate Dean for Administration
Paula M. Vosburgh, B.S., M.S., Director, Health Professions and Science Programs
Marilyn S. Wiener, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean and Director of Liberal Arts Programs
Richard L. Wilson, B.A., B.S., M.Div., Ed.M., Coordinator, Alternative Freshman-Year Program

University College 13

Executive Committee

John W. Jordan, Chairperson
Gretchen T. Ayoub
Richard J. Comings
Robert W, O'Connor
Dorothy M. Oppenheim
John H. Robbins, Jr.
Edward L. Sousa
Ralph T. Vernile, Jr.
Paula M. Vosburgh
Marilyn S. Wiener

Committee on Academic Standing

William T. Edgett, Chairperson

Gretchen T. Ayoub

Robert W. O'Connor

Dorothy M. Oppenheim

Paula M. Vosburgh

Marilyn S. Wiener

John W. Jordan, Ex Officio

Business Administration Curriculum Committee

Dorothy M. Oppenheim, Chairperson

W. Arthur Gagne

Victor B. Godin

Paul A. Janell

Robert W. O'Connor

Robert A. Parsons

Joel M. Rosenfeld

Jonathan B. Welch

Two Student Representatives

John W. Jordan, Ex Officio

Health Professions Curriculum Committee

Paula M. Vosburgh, Chairperson

Theodore Blank

Stanley A. Bozen

Annalee Collins

Gerald L. Davis

Robert W. O'Connor

Judith Weilerstein

Two Student Representatives

Two Faculty Representatives

John W. Jordan, Ex Officio

Law Enforcement Curriculum Committee

Richard DeBoer, Jr.

Francis R. Hankard

Robert F. Johnson

Joseph M. Jordan

Robert W. O'Connor

Carmen S. Pizzuto

Daniel A. Welch

Three Student Representatives

John W. Jordan, Ex Officio

Liberal Arts Curriculum
Committee

Marilyn S. Wiener, Chairperson

Samuel S. Bishop

Robert L. Cord

Neil F. Duane

Larue W. Gilleland

Harold M. Goldstein

Edward A. Hacker

Wilfred Holton

Joshua R. Jacobson

Charles Karis

Marvin X. Lesser

Robert W. O'Connor

Holbrook C. Robinson .

Raymond H. Robinson

Sergei P. Tschernisch

Michael L. Woodnick

Two Student Representatives

Two Part-Time Faculty Representatives

John W. Jordan, Ex Officio

Library Committee

Richard J. Comings, Chairperson
Marvin X. Lesser
Robert W. O'Connor
Dorothy M. Oppenheim
John W. Jordan, Ex Officio

Science Programs Curriculum Committee

Paula M. Vosburgh, Chairperson

Philip W. Lequesne

Robert W. O'Connor

Fred A. Rosenberg

David L. Wilmarth

One Student Representative

One Part-Time Faculty Representative

John W. Jordan, Ex Officio

Therapeutic Recreation Curriculum Committee

Paula M. Vosburgh, Chairperson

Jacalyn S. Hamada

Robert W. O'Connor

Frank M. Robinson, Jr.

Two Student Representatives

John W. Jordan, Ex Officio

^yjf

fif^

Office of Academic and Student Affairs

Gretchen T. Ayoub, Director, Academic and Student Affairs

Elaine R. Bauer, Career Counselor, Assistant Director

William T. Edgett, Academic Adviser, Assistant Director

Carol L. Fulton, Academic Adviser, Assistant Director

Holly W. Matisis, Academic Adviser, Assistant Director

Jacqueline Piatt, Academic Adviser, Assistant Director, Burlington Suburban campus

Clarissa L. Sawyer, Career Counselor, Assistant Director

Kathleen H. Hayes, Director, Adult and Special Programs
Janet F. Doyle, Assistant Director

Academic Policies

Admission and Registration

Degree Candidacy Admission

Graduation Requirements

Transfer Credit Policy

Grading System

Attendance, Homework, and Examinations

Miscellaneous Policies

See pages 16-23 for further information or call
617-437-2400

Career and Academic Counseling Services

Open House Programs

Academic Advisers

Tutorial Services

Career Counseling

Self-Assessment and Career Development

Job-Search Seminars

Professional Experience Program

Core Career Courses for Women

Counseling and Testing Services

Placement Services

See pages 25-27 for further information or call
617-437-2400

Academic Policies

Admission and Registration

Open Admission University College has an
open admission policy that allows students to en-
roll in most courses simply by registering for the
course. It is not necessary to submit a formal
application for admission, nor are entrance ex-
aminations or College Board Examination scores
required.

The open admission. policy applies equally to
nondegree and undergraduate degree students
at University College. Many students enroll in
courses at the College for personal enrichment
or to gain specific career-related skills. Credits
earned for these courses may be applied to a
degree program. In some cases, nondegree stu-
dents already have an undergraduate degree
and are interested in specific courses for their
continuing education. Nondegree students are
considered members of the University College
community and are entitled to the student support
services offered by the College. Students who
decide to pursue a degree program at University
College will eventually need to declare a major.
See page 17 for further information. Special re-
quirements apply to students entering the Bach-
elor of Science in Business Administration degree
program. For detailed information about the ad-
missions process for this program, please see
pages 42-43.

Registration Students may register for courses
by reporting to any of the College's 14 campuses
during the registration periods that are scheduled
each quarter. It is not necessary to register at the
campus where a particular course actually meets;
students may register at any campus for a course
scheduled at any other campus. All students must
complete a registration form before attending
class; attendance at class, even with the instruc-
tor's permission, does not constitute registration.
No academic credit will be awarded to students
who are not properly registered. See the Aca-
demic Calendar on pages vi-viii for a complete
registration schedule.

Not all the courses listed in this Bulletin are
offered each quarter. A complete list of the
courses offered in any particular quarter is con-
tained in the University College Schedule Guide
for that quarter. A Schedule Guide is distributed
for the fall, winter, spnng, and summer quarters
at all campuses or by mail upon request (tele-
phone 617-437-2400).

Quarter-Hour Credit Northeastern University
operates on a quarter-hour credit system. A quar-
ter-hour credit is the equivalent of three-quarters
of a semester hour. Students who wish to take
courses at Northeastern and to transfer these
credits to another school are urged to receive
permission from their adviser prior to registering.

Help with Course Selection Academic advis-
ers (see page 25) are available at all campuses
throughout the year by appointment to help stu-
dents plan their academic programs and select
courses. Students who have earned credits from
other schools are urged to have their transcripts
evaluated prior to the registration period to avoid
duplicating course work completed at other ed-
ucational institutions. Advisers are also available
without an appointment to answer general ques-
tions during the official registration periods at all
campuses.

Before registering for a course, students should
read the course description in this Bulletin to de-
termine if it is necessary to have taken a prereq-
uisite course. In order to ensure academic
success, students are strongly advised to adhere
to course prerequisites.

Placement Tests Students registering for math-
ematics courses offered by Lincoln College must
take a mathematics placement test given during
registration. Students registering for Mathematics
1 (MTH 41 10) must take a placement test on the
first night of class. Some students may be re-
quested to register for Basic Mathematics 1 (MTH
4001), a three-quarter-hour course offering ad-
ditional preparation in math. Students registering

Academic Policies 17

for College Algebra 1 (MTH 4107), however, must
have taken the placement test during registration
to be admitted to class. Students who have taken
Introductory Mathematics courses MTH 4081 and
MTH 4082, or MTH 4001 and MTH 4002, must
have evidence of successful completion to reg-
ister.

Students enrolling in ENG 4110 Critical Writing
1 . ENG 4380 Business Writing and Reports 1 , and
TCC 4101 Technical Writing 1 will be asked to
complete a brief writing sample at their first class
meeting. Based on this sample, their instructor
may refer them to a more basic course in English
composition, such as ENG 401 1 Elements of Writ-
ing or ENG 4005 English for International Stu-
dents 1.

International Students Northeastern University
is authorized under federal law to enroll nonim-
migrant alien students. For information regarding
eligibility to enroll in University College, come to
102 Churchill Hall, 617-437-2400, or visit the In-
ternational Student Office in 270 Holmes Hall,
telephone 617-437-2310.

Maximum Course Load New students may
elect up to 12 quarter hours per quarter without
special permission from the appropriate Program
Director. Former students who are not on the
Dean's List may also elect up to 12 quarter hours
per quarter without special permission. Students
who are on the Dean's List may elect a maximum
of 18 quarter hours per quarter without special
permission.

Class Changes University College reserves the
right to cancel, divide, or combine classes when
necessary. While this policy ensures that students
will almost never be excluded from a class be-
cause it is oversubscribed, it also means that a
course may occasionally be canceled because
of inadequate enrollments. Cancellations are
more likely to occur among upper-level or ad-
vanced courses than among introductory
courses. To avoid course cancellations, students
are urged to register early.

Pass/Fall Courses Students may register for
one elective course per quarter on a pass/fail
basis. To be eligible for pass/fail status in a
course, the student must be in good academic
standing (not on academic probation) and must

have completed 39 quarter hours of academic
work. Thereafter, the student may register for one
pass/fail course for each 15 quarter hours of suc-
cessfully completed work. The student must also
meet all prerequisites for the courses.

To be graded on the basis of pass/fail, the
student must obtain a Pass/Fail Permission Card
signed by the Program Director for his or her
program of study. This card must then be brought
to the instructor of the course. In addition, the
Registrar must be notified in writing by the student
of the student's intention to take the course on a
pass/fail basis prior to the fourth meeting of the
course.

Auditing Policy Students are permitted to audit
courses, but they must complete the usual reg-
istration forms and pay regular tuition fees. There
is no reduction in fees for auditing. An auditor
may participate in class discussion, complete pa-
pers and projects, and take tests and examina-
tions for informal evaluation. However, regardless
of the amount or quality of work completed, no
academic credit will be granted at any time for
audited courses.

The student's decision to audit a course must
be communicated in writing to the Registrar prior
to the fourth meeting of the course. No exception
to this procedure can be approved without au-
thorization by the Academic Standing Committee
of the College.

Withdrawal Policy A student who wishes to
withdraw from a course must complete a Course
Drop form in the Registrar's Office or notify the
Registrar in writing of his or her intention to with-
draw prior to the week in which final examinations
are given. The forms are available at all campus
locations. If, after the first class meeting, a student
misses three consecutive class meetings of a
course, he or she will automatically be withdrawn
from the course by the Registrar.

Students who withdraw or are withdrawn from
a course will have no record of the withdrawal on
their transcripts. (See page 28 for information on
tuition refunds.)

Degree Candidacy Admission

Students who wish to be admitted to University
College as a degree candidate must follow one
of the following procedures.

18 Academic Policies

Open Admissions Procedure Under this pro-
cedure, students must complete the following re-
quirements:

1. Complete at least 18 quarter hours of credit,
including English courses ENG 4101, ENG
4102, ENG 4103.

2. A minimum grade point average of at least 2.0
(C) at University College.

3. High school graduation or a high school equiv-
alency certificate (GED).

Students who meet these requirements must
file a Petition for Admission in the Office of Aca-
demic and Student Affairs or at any branch cam-
pus. Admission petitions may also be submitted
by mail. Please call 617-437-2400. Students will
then be notified by mail of their acceptance.

Transfer students who meet the above require-
ments may petition for admission as soon as all
of their transfer credits have been evaluated.
Note: Students who wish to be admitted to the
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
program must meet additional requirements, as
listed on page 41.

Regular Admissions Procedure Under this
procedure, students must follow the following
steps:

1. Complete an application for admission. Appli-
cations are available in the Office of Academic
and Student Affairs and at all branch campus
locations. The deadlines for receipt of these
applications are:

Fall quarter - September 9, 1985

Winter quarter - December 16, 1985
Spring quarter - March 17, 1986
Summer quarter - June 2, 1986

2. Submit the completed application for admis-
sion and a copy of high school transcript or
GED certificate to the Office of Academic and
Student Affairs.

3. Arrange an admissions appointment with an
academic adviser. Day, evening, or branch-
campus appointments may be arranged by
calling 617-437-2400.

Students with less than 18 quarter hours of
transfer credit (including the required English
courses) who wish to be immediately eligible to
apply for financial aid must follow the regular ad-
missions procedure.

Declaring a Major Students who have been
admitted to University College may declare a ma-

jor by completing a General Petition. General Pe-
titions are available at all campus locations.
Students who wish to have a General Petition
mailed to them should call (617) 437-2400.

Graduation Requirements

Except for certain health professions programs,
the requirement for graduation from University
College is 174 quarter hours for a bachelor's de-
gree and 96 quarter hours for an associate's de-
gree, with attainment of a quality point average
of 2.0 (an average grade of C). Although the
credits allowed for acceptable work completed
elsewhere by transfer students count toward ful-
fillment of quantitative graduation requirements,
neither the credits nor the grades earned in such
courses are included in the quality point com-
putations for graduation. Course requirements for
each degree are different and are outlined in this
Bulletin.

Course Substitutions and Waivers Students
may request to have a required course in an
academic program waived and to substitute an-
other course in place of the required course. Such
requests are not encouraged, although the Uni-
versity recognizes that students may occasionally
have very good reasons for requesting such waiv-
ers. To request that a required course be waived,
students must complete a Petition for Course
Substitutions and Waivers and submit the petition
to the Office of Academic and Student Affairs.
Course petition forms are available in 102
Churchill Hall and at all branch campus locations.
All petitions for course substitutions and waivers
are routinely forwarded to the Director of the ac-
ademic program in which the student is enrolled.
The Program Director in turn makes a recommen-
dation concerning the request for the waiver to
the University College Committee on Academic
Standing. All required course substitutions and
waivers of program requirements must be ap-
proved by the Committee on Academic Standing.

Graduation with Honor Bachelor's degree
candidates who have achieved distinctly superior
attainment in their academic work will be gradu-
ated with honor, high honor, or with highest honor,
depending on the final quality point average ob-
tained. To be considered for graduation with
honor, a student must have completed a minimum
of 72 quarter hours of work at University College.
Courses transferred from other educational insti-

Academic Policies 19

tutions will not be considered in determining
honor graduates.

Residence Requirement Every candidate for
the bachelor's or associate's degree must fulfill
the minimum residence requirement. The resi-
dence requirement is defined as the satisfactory
completion of at least 45 quarter hours of course
work in University College immediately preceding
graduation. At least 12 of the 45 quarter hours
must be in the candidate's major field of study.

Since the University College residence require-
ment prescribes the completion of at least 45
quarter hours of credit in residence immediately
preceding graduation, a student who intends to
graduate in any academic year may not use
courses at any other institution for the purpose of
transferring credit.

A student whose enrollment in a degree pro-
gram is interrupted for a period of one year or
more will be reinstated in the program at the time
of re-entry into University College.

in Absentia Status If a student moves beyond
a reasonable commuting distance from University
College or its branch campuses but has com-
pleted 135 or more quarter hours of credit (in-
cluding a maximum of 60 quarter hours of transfer
credit), the Committee on Academic Standing will
consider a petition to allow the student to com-
plete his or her requirements for a University Col-
lege degree at another approved college. The
courses remaining must be completed within two
years from the date of official approval of the
student's in absentia status.

Senior Status Procedure All potential gradu-
ates will be polled during the fall quarter to de-
termine their intention to graduate during the
current academic year. To be considered for
graduation in June, a student must return a Com-
mencement Data Card prior to the start of the
winter quarter of the academic year in which he
or she expects to graduate. September gradu-
ates will be polled during the month of June.

Throughout the academic year, the Office of
Academic and Student Affairs issues Senior Sta-
tus Reports on request to potential graduates in
order to assist them with the selection of courses
required for program completion. Seniors are en-
couraged to request a Senior Status Report dur-
ing the summer prior to the academic year in
which they plan to graduate. Petition forms for
status reports are available in 102 Churchill Hall
on the Boston campus and at the main office of
each branch campus.

Credit by Examination During ttie Senior Year

CLEP or PEP examinations (see below) may be
taken by students during their final year of study
provided they have met the 45-quarter-hour res-
idence requirement for graduation (this page).
Because of the time required for CLEP and PEP
exams to be graded and scores returned to the
University, students requesting June graduation
must take their CLEP and PEP exams no later
than the winter quarter of their senior year.

Transfer Credit Policy

Transfer Credit from Another Institution Stu-
dents may transfer credit from accredited insti-
tutions of higher education when courses
completed are applicable to the student's pro-
gram in University College. The minimum course
grade acceptable for transfer credit is C, or 2.0
on a four-point scale. An accredited institution of
higher education is an institution having recog-
nition and membership in one of the six regional
accrediting associations recognized by the
Council on Post-secondary Accreditation.

Transfer Credit Procedure A student who
wishes to obtain a tentative evaluation of credits
earned from another institution must file a Transfer
Credit Petition with the Office of Academic and
Student Affairs. The student must then write to the
registrar of the institution previously attended and
request that an official transcript (one bearing that
institution's seal) be fonwarded to the Office of
Academic and Student Affairs, 102 Churchill Hall,
Northeastern University, 360 Huntington Avenue,
Boston, MA 02115. The transcripts should indi-
cate courses completed, credits, and grades
earned. Upon receipt of official transcripts, the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs will issue
a tentative evaluation of all credits as they apply
to the student's program in University College.
Official awarding of credit will be recorded on the
student's University College transcript when ad-
mission is approved.

Validation of Required Upper-Level Business
Courses for Transfer Credit Students entering
the Bachelor of Science in Business Administra-
tion degree program may be required to validate
required upper-level business courses that they
have taken outside the framework of the program.
"Validation" is the set of procedures that tests
whether an upper-level course completed at the
lower division of a baccalaureate program should
be accepted for transfer credit in the upper divi-
sion of a baccalaureate program recognized and

20 Academic Policies

approved by the American Assembly of Colle-
giate Schools of Business. The Bachelor of Sci-
ence in Business Administration program offered
by University College conforms with all standards
established by the American Assembly of Colle-
giate Schools of Business (AACSB). AACSB has
been recognized by the Council for Post-second-
ary Accreditation and by the United States Office
of Education as the sole accrediting organization
for university baccalaureate and master's degree
programs in business administration.

The rationale for validation is based on the dis-
tinction between lower-level and upper-level
courses. The content and focus of most upper-
level courses presupposes a certain amount of
prior academic work and general knowledge.
Often, students who complete an upper-level
course without first having been exposed to the
bodies of knowledge presupposed by that course
are unable to benefit fully from the upper-level
course and therefore fail to develop as much as
they should in their understanding of the subject
matter. In recognition of this problem, University
College has adopted specific validation proce-
dures. Their purpose is to ensure that the knowl-
edge a student has acquired in an upper-level
business course completed at the lower division
closely approximates in focus and content the
knowledge that University College feels is ac-
ceptable for a particular upper-level course in a
specific area of study.

Generally, students will be able to validate pre-
viously earned course credits by taking a se-
quential course in a reserved section, a
department-approved examination, or a CLEP
(College Level Examination Program) or PEP
(Proficiency Examination Program) examination.

For further information about course validation,
please see page 40. Students should also talk
with a University College academic adviser for
further information about the validation of upper-
level business courses for transfer credit.

Evaluation of International Educational Cre-
dentials Students requesting an evaluation of
international educational credentials for transfer
credit in University College will be assessed a fee
of $30. The evaluation will be issued by the Office
of Academic and Student Affairs upon receipt of
a Transfer Credit Petition, a completed Educa-
tional Chronology Form, official copies of all tran-
scripts translated into English, and a check in the
amount of $30, payable to Northeastern Univer-
sity. The official assessment of international edu-
cational credentials will be made in accordance

with current standards for awarding advanced
standing credit at University College or as rec-
ommended by the Center for International Higher
Education Documentation. The $30 fee will be
waived for any University College student who
has enrolled in a degree program pnor to re-
questing the evaluation.

Course(s) at Another College or University A

student who is enrolled in a degree program at
University College and who wishes to complete
one or more courses at another institution for
transfer purposes must first file a petition to enroll
in such courses with the Office of Academic and
Student Affairs. Courses taken at other institutions
may be disallowed unless a petition has been
submitted and approved. Seniors (students in
their final year of study at University College)
should refer to information about the residence
requirement (see page 19 for further clarification
of this policy).

Credit by Examination University College will
award credit by examination provided the ex-
amination does not represent a duplication of
other previously earned academic credit. Credit
is granted for successful completion of exami-
nations currently available through the College
Level Examination Program (CLEP) of the College
Entrance Examination Board and through the Pro-
ficiency Examination Program (PEP) of the Amer-
ican College Testing Program. Both programs
have been designed to assist students in acquir-
ing college-level credit for knowledge acquired
through nontraditional means, such as on-the-job
training, educational television, correspondence
and extension study, and independent study. In-
formation about these programs is available in
the Office of Academic and Student Affairs at
University College and at the Northeastern Uni-
versity Counseling and Testing Center.

Modern Language Proficiency Examination

Students may be eligible to receive credit for pro-
ficiency in a modern language. Examinations are
currently offered in French, Spanish, German,
and Italian. Students should contact the Modern
Language Department, 360 Holmes Building,
617-437-2234, for information concerning these
examinations.

Noncollegiate Experience Credit Law enforce-
ment students may be granted up to 18 hours of
credit in their program by successfully complet-
ing one or more of the noncollegiate credit ex-
aminations that have been made available

Academic Policies 21

through their program director's office. Examina-
tions are periodically scheduled by the Counsel-
ing and Testing Center.

Some liberal arts students may petition for non-
collegiate experience credit. See page 91 (law
enforcement) and page 108 (liberal arts) for more
details on opportunities for noncollegiate experi-
ence credit.

Noncollegiate experience credit is not available
to business students, except as available through
CLEP or PEP examinations. (See "Credit by Ex-
amination," page 20.)

Credit cannot be awarded through noncolle-
giate experience petitions or examinations when
an appropriate examination is available through
CLEP or PEP.

Credit for Extrainstitutional Learning Extra
institutional learning is that which takes place out-
side the sponsorship of legally authorized and
accredited postsecondary educational institu-
tions. The term applies to learning acquired from
formal courses sponsored by associations, gov-
ernments, business, and industry.

In awarding credit for extrainstitutional learning.
University College utilizes the National Guide to
Credit Recommendations for Noncollegiate
Courses, published annually by the American
Council on Education.

Students applying for credit for extrainstitu-
tional learning must submit a Transfer Credit Pe-
tition and provide official credentials from the
sponsoring noneducational organization to the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs at Uni-
versity College. The credit may be applied toward
degree requirements at University College if rec-
ommended in the National Guide, provided credit
is not otherwise obtainable through CLEP, PEP,
or noncollegiate experience credit programs at
University College.

Grading System

A student's work in each course is evaluated by
the instructor, who awards a letter grade at the
end of the quarter. This grade is officially re-
corded by the Registrar's Office. The grades and
symbols used are given below, together with the
numerical equivalents used for computing quality
point averages:

(4.000)

A-

(3.667)

B +

(3.333)

(3.000)

B-

(2.667)

C +

(2.333)

(2.000)

(1.667)

D+

(1.333)

(1.000)

D-

(.667)

(0)

Incomplete

Audit (No Credit)

Satisfactory (Pass/Fail Grade)

Unsatisfactory (Pass/Fail Grade)

Incomplete (Pass/Fail Grade)

Grade not received

Grade Reports and Transcripts All efforts will
be made to mail grades prior to the beginning of
the following quarter. A supplementary grade re-
port will be issued when a missing grade or a
grade change is received. University regulations
prohibit issuing grades by telephone. Grade re-
ports of degree candidates indicate both their
quarterly quality point average and their cumu-
lative quality point average.

Students may obtain a transcript of their grades
by making a request in writing to the Registrar's
Office, 120 Hayden Hall, Northeastern University,
360 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02115. Un-

22 Academic Policies

official transcripts are issued free of charge; of-
ficial transcripts that bear the University seal cost
$2.

Quality Point Average The method of figuring
the quality point average is as follows: the nu-
merical equivalent of each grade received is mul-
tiplied by the credit hours earned; the quality
points are added together, then divided by the
student's total quarter hours. An example follows:

Grade

Numerical

Credit

Quality

Achieved

Equivalent

Hours

Points

4.000

12.0

B-

2.667

8.0

2.000

12.0

0.000

Total Quality
Points (32.0)

0.0

Quality Point Average =

Total Credit

= 2.13

Hours (15)

Pass/Fail grades (S, U, and X), Incompletes (I),
and Audits (L) are not included in the quality point
average. Similarly, transfer credits are not in-
cluded in quality point averages. The total earned
hours appearing on the student's transcript, how-
ever, include both transfer credits and S grades.

A cumulative grade point average below 2.0 is
unacceptable and will not allow a student to con-
tinue in University College or to receive a degree
from Northeastern University. The F grade is a
failure and requires repetition of the course in its
entirety.

Academic Monitoring Degree candidates with
45 quarter hours of credit will be monitored quar-
terly. Those whose QPAs fall below 2.0 will be
contacted and offered all possible assistance by
the Office of Academic and Student Affairs. They
will continue to be monitored until their QPA is 2.0
or better. Students who feel they would benefit
from academic assistance are encouraged to call
the Qffice at 61 7-437-2400 to arrange an appoint-
ment.

The I Grade The I grade, or Incomplete, may
be given only when the student fails to take the
final examination for a course. An instructor may
decide that a student has done so poorly in the
course that even a perfect grade in a make-up
final examination could not raise the grade from
F; in this case F is the proper grade, regardless
of the missed final examination.
If the student fails to complete some other ma-

jor portion of the course work (examination,
quizzes, major paper, etc.) a letter grade is as-
signed. This grade can be changed when the
deficiency that led to the assigned letter grade is
made up to the satisfaction of, and in the manner
prescribed by, the instructor.

All deficiencies must be made up in the pre-
scribed manner no later than 12 months following
the recording of the grade. Students requesting
an exception to this policy must petition the Ac-
ademic Standing Committee of University College
in writing. A student may also elect to repeat the
course at his or her expense.

Pass/Fail Grades Satisfactory completion of
work in all courses taken on a pass/fail basis will
be designated on the transcript by the letter "S."
Unsatisfactory work will be designated on the
transcript by the letter "U." Any unsatisfactory
grade must be handled according to the existing
policy of University College but may never be
cleared by enrolling in the same course on the
basis of the pass/fail system of grading.

An Incomplete in a course taken on a pass/fail
basis will be designated by the letter "X" on the
transcript and will be treated according to the
normal procedure for grades of Incomplete.

Dean's List All degree candidates who have
taken a minimum of 27 quarter hours in three
consecutive quarters (for example, fall, winter,
spnng) and who have completed all their courses
with a quality point average of 3.0 or better shall
be placed on the Dean's List. These students
receive certificates of commendation from the
Dean of University College. See page 18 for in-
formation about graduation with honor.

Attendance, Homework, and Examinations

Students are expected to attend all meetings of
the classes in which they are registered unless
excused in advance. Absence from regularly
scheduled classes will seriously affect the stu-
dent's academic standing. A student who is con-
sistently absent from class will be withdrawn from
the course by the Registrar.

Absence Because of Illness All students who
are absent from school because of extended ill-
ness and who do not wish to be withdrawn should
inform the Registrar's Office in writing.

Homework The specific work required for each
course in University College is determined by the
instructor. In general, it is expected that University
College students will spend an average of six to
eight hours per week outside of class on assign-

Academic Policies 23

merits for each course. Students who are absent
are responsible for obtaining their homework as-
signments from their instructors or other students
in their classes. Homework assignments are not
available in the Office of Academic and Student
Affairs.

Examinations Tests are scheduled throughout
each quarter at the option of the instructor and
are regarded as part of the term's course work.
A final examination is held at the end of each
quarter in each course unless an announcement
is made to the contrary.

Missed Final Examinations A student who
misses a final examination will be given a grade
of I (Incomplete). A student does not automati-
cally have the right to make up a missed final
examination. Students must petition for this priv-
ilege and must pay a fee of $30 for each makeup
examination. Petitions are available in 102
Churchill Hall and at all suburban administrative
offices. Petitions are available for four weeks after
the term has ended. Students will be notified prior
to the date of the make-up exam whether or not
their petition has been approved.

Students who make up a missed final exam will
have a letter or pass/fail grade substituted as
appropriate for the I grade on their transcripts.

l\/liscellaneous Policies

Students' Rights and Responsibilities The

University subscribes to the view that all students
have certain rights and freedoms. For these rea-
sons, the University has adopted and published
specific policies and procedures governing the
following matters: students' rights and freedoms,
general conduct, student discipline, disclosure of
information from students' records, and University
judicial procedures. Judicial procedures are re-
lated to issues of discipline and conduct, the right
of students to appeal judgments of their aca-
demic performance, grievances based on the
fact that a student is handicapped, and allega-
tions of sexual harassment. All policies and pro-
cedures governing the above matters may be
found in the University College/Lincoln College
Student Handbook. Copies are available in 102
Churchill Hall at the Boston campus, 617-437-
2400. Copies are also generally available at each
of the University's branch campus locations.

Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act In

accordance with the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act of 1974, Northeastern University
permits students to inspect their records when-

ever appropriate and to challenge specific parts
of them when they feel it necessary. Specific de-
tails of the law as it applies to Northeastern are
available in the University College/Lincoln Col-
lege Student Handbook.

Disciplinary Action The Committee on Regu-
lations and Discipline has the authority to dismiss
from the College, place on probation, or remove
from the list of degree candidates any student
who, because of disruptive or illegal conduct or
poor character, is considered an unsuitable mem-
ber of the College community. The Committee on
Regulations and Discipline is an ad hoc subcom-
mittee of the University College Committee on
Academic Standing, It is convened at the request
of the Committee on Academic Standing.

Change of Address Change of address and/or
name should be reported in writing immediately
to the Registrar's Office, 120 Hayden Hall, North-
eastern University, 360 Huntington Avenue, Bos-
ton, MA 021 15.

Attendance at Commencement Attendance at
commencement for all University College degree
candidates is optional. Degree candidates will be
polled regarding their intention to attend com-
mencement by the Northeastern University Com-
mencement Committee during the spring quarter.

Changes In Requirements The continuing de-
velopment of University College requires frequent
revisions of the curricula. When no undue and
unusual hardship is imposed on students be-
cause of these changes, students are expected
to meet the requirements of the most current Bul-
letin. If a particular student finds it impossible to
meet those requirements, the Bulletin for the year
in which he or she declared a major is binding.
Note: Students who are planning to pursue a
bachelor's degree in business and who obtained
fewer than 88 quarter hours of credit by Septem-
ber 1983 are required to pursue the new Bachelor
of Science in Business Administration degree
program.

Academic programs, course content, and rules
and regulations are subject to change without
notice.

Career and Academic Counseling Services

Through a wide variety of career and academic
counseling services, University College is pre-
pared to assist students in making both educa-
tional and career decisions. The College does this
by providing academic advisers and career
counselors, by offering credit and noncredit ca-
reer-planning workshops and special programs,
and by serving as a link to other student support
services offered by Northeastern University.

The services, courses, and programs outlined
on the following pages have been designed with
specific educational and/or career-planning is-
sues in mind. Students are urged to read this
section carefully.

Open House Programs

Individuals who are thinking about enrolling in
University College for the first time are encour-
aged to attend an Open House. Open Houses
introduce potential students to the many Univer-
sity College programs and services designed to
meet the educational, job-related, and personal
needs of adult part-time students. They also orient
new students to the University as a whole and
address concerns that many students have
about:

• choosing courses and registering

• securing financial aid

• obtaining career or personal counseling

• managing work, school, and family responsibil-
ities.

Persons interested in a degree program will have
an opportunity to speak with advisers about de-
gree requirements, transfer of credit from other
colleges, and additional procedures for becom-
ing a student at University College. Students cur-
rently enrolled in University College are also
invited to attend an Open House.

Open Houses are ordinarily scheduled each
quarter at selected campus sites at or about the
same time that registration takes place. Since
space is limited, students are urged to express
their interest in attending an Open House prior to
any given registration period. (See the Academic
Calendar on pages vi-viii for a complete regis-
tration schedule.) Persons who wish to attend an

Open House should notify the Office of Academic
and Student Affairs by telephoning 61 7-437-2400.

Academic Advisers

Academic advisers are available day and eve-
ning by appointment in the Office of Academic
and Student Affairs and at branch-campus loca-
tions. They are competent to assist students in
planning a program suitable to their educational
and career objectives. Advisers can also answer
questions relating to degree requirements,
course sequences, and proper scheduling of
courses. Appointments may be arranged by tele-
phoning the Office of Academic and Student Af-
fairs at 617-437-2400 or by coming in person to
102 Churchill Hall at the Boston campus. There
is no charge for this service.

Academic advisers are also available without
appointment to answer general questions during
registration periods at all campuses. Throughout
the year, academic advisers are available by ap-
pointment at branch campuses. Appointments at
the Burlington Suburban Campus may be ar-
ranged by calling 617-272-5500. Appointments
at all other campuses are arranged through the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs at the
Boston campus, 617-437-2400. Lincoln College
students may arrange appointments by calling
617-437-2500.

Tutorial Services

Through the Office of Academic and Student Af-
fairs, University College offers tutorial assistance
in several subjects. Tutoring, which is on a one-
to-one basis, provides an opportunity for student
and tutor to focus on specific problems that might
not have been covered during class time. Stu-
dents may request tutorial information from the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs, 102
Churchill Hall, 617-437-2400. A flyer describing
tutorial services is also available in 102 Churchill
Hall and at all branch locations.

Career Counseling

Students in need of career counseling may tele-
phone 61 7-437-2400 to arrange an appointment
with a career counselor. This service is designed

26 Career and Academic Counseling Services

for students who need help in choosing a career
or in developing effective job-hunting strategies.
A career counselor will also help students utilize
additional services and programs offered by Uni-
versity College and by other offices at Northeast-
ern University.

Self-Assessment and Career Development

One of the strongest motivations for continuing
education is the desire for career advancement
or change. In order to help students develop ca-
reer and educational planning skills, University
College offers a three-credit course in career de-
velopment. Self-Assessment and Career Devel-
opment (INT 4110) is designed for persons who
feel undecided about a career choice and who
need help in defining career and educational ob-
jectives for themselves. For a complete descrip-
tion, see page 182.

Job-Search Seminars

Each quarter the Placement Office and the Office
of Academic and Student Affairs offer a series of
two-hour, evening, job-search seminars. The
seminars are specifically designed for students
who have identified the field or career area in
which they would like to work. Students planning
to participate should currently be looking for a job
or be anticipating a job change in the near future.
These seminars are intended to help students
assess their skills, define their immediate career
direction, develop effective job-search strategies,
write resumes, and prepare for job interviews.
Seminar schedules are announced in the Student
Newsletter and in classes two weeks prior to each
seminar series. Students who wish to participate
in the job-search seminars must reserve a place
by calling the University College Placement Office
at 617-437-2428.

Professional Experience Program

In conjunction with Northeastern's Department of
Career Development and Placement, University
College has developed a new program to assist
selected students in gaining entry into profes-
sional positions. The program begins operation in
the fall quarter, 1985.

The Professional Experience Program provides
students with an opportunity to work in paid po-
sitions related to their major, usually for periods
of six months. Students in the program may earn
three to 12 academic credits for documented
learning that takes place during their professional

placement. The amount of credit earned will be
related to the learning activities and outcomes
identified in their learning contracts.

Interested students may obtain an information
packet from the Office of Academic and Student
Affairs, 102 Churchill Hall, on the Boston campus.
The packet includes a full description of the pro-
gram, a list of admission criteria, placement pro-
cedures, and an application form. Students who
wish to discuss the program in the context of their
particular career needs should schedule an
appointment with a University College career
counselor. Call 617-437-2400 to arrange an ap-
pointment.

Core Career Courses for Women

University College offers a special group of per-
sonal assessment and career development
courses for women interested in a business ca-
reer. Through core career courses, women learn
to match their skills and competencies to those
needed in specific career areas in business. This
process, in turn, helps a woman determine which
specific jobs in business she is most suited to
pursue. The core career courses are also de-
signed to acquaint women with the organizational
dynamics of business settings and to help them
develop a basic understanding of the quantitative
and technical skills needed for various career
areas in business.

A complete list of these courses may be found
on page 182. They are open to any interested
student.

Counseling and Testing Services

Philip W. Pendleton, Director of the Counseling
and Testing Center

Location: 302 Ell Building

Telephone: 617-437-2142

Hours: Monday-Friday, 8:30 a.m.-4:30 p.m.
Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
5:30 p.m.-8:30 p.m., Oct.-May

The Counseling and Testing Center at North-
eastern provides a wide variety of services free
of charge to all part-time students. Services for
University College students include:

Personal Counseling This involves discussing
with a counselor such concerns as adjusting to
being a student (again or for the first time), getting
along with people, feeling anxious or depressed,
as well as problems centered around family, sex,
drugs, or alcohol.

Career and Academic Counseling Services 27

Educational-Vocational Counseling This in-
volves assisting students in making decisions
about choice of major and/or career. It typically
involves an in-depth look at one's self, including
strengths, aspirations, and values. Tests are often
helpful in the process of self-understanding. The
kinds of tests available include interest, ability,
personality, and aptitude. This kind of planning is
usually done individually with a counselor, al-
though small groups may be organized if this
approach seems more appropriate.

The goals of the Center's educational-voca-
tional planning service are complementary to
those of the University College career-planning
courses. Therefore, interested persons are en-
couraged to explore both options for career ex-
ploration and planning and then choose the
service that seems best suited to their needs.

Study Skills Workshops (Available during the
day only) Workshops are offered periodically to
assist students in becoming more effective in or-
ganizing their time, in note taking, in preparing
for and taking exams, and in other areas related
to effective academic performance.

Career and Graduate School Information The

Center maintains a reference room with informa-
tion on a wide variety of careers and graduate
and professional schools.

tage of corporate on-campus recruiting during
the fall and winter quarters and a credential ser-
vice for persons applying to graduate school.

The Placement Office is open one evening a
week; additional evening hours may be arranged
by appointment. Placement counselors also travel
to the Burlington Suburban and Dedham cam-
puses to see students by appointment. For further
information students should call the University
College Placement Office at 617-437-2428.

Placement Services

Kathleen H. Hayes, Director of Adult and Special
Programs

Location: 133 Nightingale Hall
Telephone: 617-437-2428
Hours: Monday-Friday, 8:30 a.m.-4:30 p.m.
Tuesday, 8:30 a.m.-8 p.m., Oct.-May

The Office of Adult and Special Programs within
Northeastern's Department of Career Develop-
ment and Placement provides a number of free
career placement services to all University Col-
lege students. Among the services provided are
evening job-search seminars, a reference library
with company files and employee contacts, a job
bank of employment opportunities, and panel
presentations on careers of interest.

Students who are enrolled in a degree program
are eligible for additional career services such as
job placement counseling, nonpaid internships,
placement registration, and resume referral to
employers. In addition, seniors may take advan-

Tuition and Fees

Tuition and fees are refundable only as stated
under "Refund of Tuition." Cfiecks and drafts for
all cfiarges are to be made to the order of North-
eastern University.

Tuition for Courses in Other Departments or
Colleges of the University

University College students assigned to courses
in other departments or colleges of the University
are charged the tuition fees effective in the de-
partments or colleges in which they are enrolled.

initial Registration Fee

A nonrefundable $10 registration fee for first-time
students is billed with tuition fees.

Tuition

Tuition for all credit courses is $80 per quarter
hour of credit. Charges for registration and tuition
for special courses are at the rate specified for
each course. There is no reduction in fees in
auditing courses.

Noncredit courses are charged at quarter-hour
rates comparable to those of credit courses meet-
ing on an equivalent contact-hour schedule.

Students are not permitted to attend class ses-
sions or take any examination or test until they
have paid their tuition fees or have made satis-
factory arrangements for payment.

It is the student's responsibility to ensure that
all tuition charges and fees are paid when due. If
a bill has not been received prior to the start of
classes each quarter, the student should come in
person to the Bursar's Office, where a bill will be
processed.

Any discrepancies in billing should be imme-
diately brought to the attention of the Bursar's
Office. If there is a billing problem, the undisputed
portion of the bill should be paid on time to avoid
any additional late fees. Failure to receive a bill
through the mail or to pay the undisputed portion
of the bill are not justification for late payment of
amounts actually owed.

Students will not be advanced in class standing
or permitted to reenroll in the University nor will
degrees be conferred until all financial obligations
to the University have been met.

Tuition Budget Payment Plans Occasionally
situations develop— usually beyond the control of
the student — that make it difficult to meet the pay-
ments in the manner outlined above. Under such
circumstances the student is advised to contact
the Bursar's Office, where a deferred payment
agreement may be worked out. The only deferred
payment plan offered is as follows and applies
only to the amount owed for the current quarter:

1st payment Va due 1st week of quarter

2nd payment Vs due approx. 4th week of quarter ,

Balance Vs due approx. 8th week of quarter

Such arrangements should be made before the
end of the first week of the quarter or within one
week of the date of registration if the student ■
enters late. Deferred payment of tuition entails a i
fee of $10, which is levied on all accounts not 1
paid by the end of the second week of classes. 1
Failure to take immediate action will result in a (
late payment fee of $50. j

Tuition Underwritten by Employers An in-
creasing number of companies are underwriting
part or all of the cost of tuition of students in their
employ. In cases where payment is to be made
directly by the employer to the University, the
student should furnish the Bursar's Office with a
purchase order covering registration or a state-
ment from an officer of the company certifying
that the company is underwriting the tuition. In
cases where students are being reimbursed by
their employer, tuition must be paid by the student
according to the prescribed regulations to avoid
late payment charges.

Veterans' Benefits Any veteran covered by
Public Law 89-358 should report to 116 Hayden
Hall to fill out the proper enrollment forms.

Late Payment Fee Bills for tuition and fees are
payable in accordance with the due date shown.
A late payment fee of $50 will be charged for
failure to make payments in accordance with the
prescribed regulations.

Refund of Tuition The general policy in all
schools and colleges of the University with re-
spect to refunds of tuition is as follows:

Tuition and Fees 29

The University provides all instruction on an
academic quarter basis for which students pay
at the beginning of each quarter. Tuition refunds
will be granted through the first four weeks of a
quarter only when specific conditions are met.
Questions regarding refunds should be dis-
cussed with the Bursar.

Tuition refunds will be granted only on the basis
of the date appearing on the official withdrawal
application when filed with the Registrar in 120
Hayden Hall. Nonattendance does not constitute
official withdrawal.

Refunds will be granted in accordance with the
following schedule:

Official withdrawal
filed within

1st week of quarter
2nd week of quarter
3rd week of quarter
4th week of quarter

Percentage of

tuition

100%

75%

50%

25%

Graduation Fee The University graduation fee,
charged to those who are candidates for the bac-
calaureate or associate degree, is $35, payable
on or before May 1 of the year in which the stu-
dent expects to graduate.

Missed Final Examination Fee Students ab-
sent from the regularly scheduled final examina-
tion at the end of a course may petition for a
"Missed Final Examination." The fee for each ex-
amination requested by the student is $35. The
fee must be paid when the petition is filed in the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs, 102
Churchill Hall.

Transcripts

Students may request official transcripts of their
grades at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge
of $2 per copy, payable in advance. Unofficial
transcripts are issued free of charge.

Fees

Student Center Fee All students in University
College on the Huntington Avenue campus are
charged $.75 each quarter for the services avail-
able in the Student Center.

Laboratory Fees Students enrolled in courses
that carry a laboratory fee must purchase a Lab-
oratory Fee and Deposit Card from the Bursar's
Office ($15 for extra cards).

A fee of $35 is charged for biology courses and
for those health professions courses that include
a laboratory. For chemistry courses the cards cost
$35 per quarter with the possibility of a $5 refund
at the end of the quarter, depending on breakage.
Upon completion of the course or withdrawal dur-
ing the quarter, the student must check his or her
status with the laboratory attendant. The Bursar's
Office will then refund any unused balance shown
on the card.

A laboratory fee of $35 is charged for film and
photography courses, for some art studio
courses, for arts and crafts courses, and for law
enforcement students who enroll in forensic lab-
oratory. A $40 fee is charged for the food prep-
aration course in the hotel and restaurant
management program.

Music students enrolled in an instrument tutorial
pay a special rate. For details contact Charles
Mokotoff, University College Music Coordinator,
307 Ell Building, 617-437-2440 or -2442.

Scholarships and Financial Aid

Scholarships

The following University College and Lincoln Col-
lege scholarships and awards are available to
students who have been accepted as degree
candidates and are in good academic standing.
Scholarships are awarded once a year by the
Scholarship Committee. Final selection of schol-
arship recipients is usually made in late May, fol-
lowed by the awarding of the scholarships in late
June or early July. Funds are usually applied to
tuition expenses for the following academic year.
Awards range in amount from $250 to $700.

Application Procedure In January, a mailing
list of students who have requested applications
is prepared, and applications are mailed out with
the stipulation that they be completed and re-
turned to the Office of the Dean by March 31. A
student may be placed on the January mailing
list by calling 617-437-2400 and leaving his or
her name, address, and student ID number with
the receptionist.

Professor Joseph A. Mullen Scholarships

The Massachusetts Chapter of the American So-
ciety for Training and Development has estab-
lished a fund to provide annual scholarship
awards to deserving part-time students upon the
recommendation of the Dean of University Col-
lege.

Martin Luther King, Jr. Scholarships Estab-
lished in 1969 in memory of the late Rev. Martin
Luther King, Jr. Awards are made, as openings
occur, to a limited number of adults from minority
groups who would otherwise be unable to con-
tinue their education. Stipends can cover tuition
expenses not to exceed six quarter hours in any
academic quarter (excluding summer quarter).
Northeastern University's Office of Financial Aid,
located in 254 Richards Hall, administers these
scholarships.

Kappa Tau Phi Scholarships The Kappa Tau
Phi Sorority Scholarship Fund annually makes
scholarship awards available. They are granted
to women students in the science, business, en-
gineering, and liberal arts programs who rank
highest at the end of the upper-middle year. In

the event that the chosen student is eligible for
an award of greater monetary value, the award
will be made to the next highest-ranking woman
student. To be eligible for this scholarship, the |
student must be enrolled in a program of at least I
two evenings per week and must be a candidate |
for a bachelor's degree. In determining the recip-
ient, grades of all courses completed in prior
years shall be considered.

Harry Olins Memorial Scholarship The Harry
Olins Memorial Scholarship Fund was established
as an expression of firm belief in University Col-
lege students and "what they stand for." The fund,
presented by Mrs. Harry Olins in recognition of
her husband's long service on the business fac-
ulty, makes available an annual tuition award to
students who, in terms of scholastic achievement,
character, and personal need, best typify the
spirit of Northeastern University. To be eligible for
this award, the student must be a business ad-
ministration degree candidate and carry a full
academic load during the school year.

William J. McGovern Memorial Scholarship

The William J. McGovern Memorial Scholarship
was established in 1978 by an anonymous donor
to honor the memory of William J. McGovern. The
donor wishes to assist others in realizing their
potential through higher education. The income
from this scholarship will benefit worthy under-
graduate students actively pursuing studies in
University College or Lincoln College. Recipients
must have declared a major, demonstrate finan-
cial need and academic achievement, and exhibit
a high level of professional promise.

Eva Needle Memorial Scholarship The Eva

Needle Memorial Scholarship Fund was estab-
lished in 1965 with the aid of the Norman Knight
Charitable Foundation and is maintained through
the generosity of the friends of Bob and Ted Nee-
dle in memory of their mother. The income from j
the Scholarship Fund is awarded annually to a
deserving student in the accounting program who H
demonstrates superior academic achievement.
The recipient is selected jointly by Ted Needle, a
long-standing member of University College's ac-
counting faculty, and the Scholarship Committee.

Scholarships and Financial Aid 31

H. Patricia Taylor Scholarship Fund The H

Patricia Taylor Scholarship Fund was established
in 1974 by H. Patricia Taylor, a graduate of Uni-
versity College, and her husband, Harry C. Taylor,
a graduate of the School of Business. The schol-
arship expresses their appreciation for financial
assistance made available to Mrs. Taylor while
obtaining her degree and is an attempt to provide
similar funds to assist others in realizing their po-
tential through higher education. The income from
the scholarship fund will be awarded annually to
a student enrolled in University College or Lincoln
College who demonstrates financial need and ac-
ademic stability and who meets certain other con-
ditions of eligibility.

University and Lincoln College Faculty Society
Memorial Scholarship Awards The Faculty So-
ciety of University and Lincoln Colleges, North-
eastern University, offers two awards annually,
primarily for excellence in studies, to bachelor's
degree candidates in University and Lincoln Col-
leges who have carried and are currently carrying
a minimum of 24 quarter hours annually. Appli-
cations, available during the winter quarter, must
be returned before the spring quarter. These
awards are given in commemoration of the Fac-
ulty Society's deceased members.

U.S. Navy Field Training Supervisors Associ-
ation Memorial Scholarship A scholarship
fund has been established through the generosity
of the United States Navy Field Training Super-
visors Association, in commemoration of the As-
sociation's deceased members. The scholarship
is awarded annually to a deserving student, se-
lected by the Scholarship Committee, who is a
management major working toward a Bachelor of
Science degree in the evening program at Uni-
versity College.

Roberta Macycove Wasserman Memorial
Scholarship This scholarship was established
in 1976 through the generosity of family members
and friends of Roberta Macycove Wasserman,
who, at the time of her death in 1975, was pur-
suing arts and sciences studies within University
College. The income from the Memorial Scholar-
ship Fund is awarded annually to a deserving
female student who is a homemaker with family
responsibilities and who is pursuing part-time
studies within University College. The recipient
shall demonstrate financial need, soundness of
character, and academic stability.

Sigma Epsilon Rho Honor Society Scholarship
Award The Sigma Epsilon Rho Honor Society
Scholarship Award, established in 1974 by the
membership of the Society, is awarded annually
to undergraduate students of University or Lincoln
College at Northeastern University. Eligible stu-
dents must have a cumulative quality point av-
erage of 3.0 or better after completing 75 percent
or more of their required studies.

Transportation Club of New England Scholar-
ship The Transportation Club of New England
provides approximately eight scholarships an-
nually for persons employed in transportation and
industry traffic departments. The scholarships are
applicable toward tuition, books, and incidental
expenses involved in transportation management
courses. The purpose of the plan is to afford a
limited number of people an opportunity to ex-
pand and improve their education by systema-
tized study in courses in the field of transportation
and distribution management. The scholarships
are administered cooperatively with the Scholar-
ship Committee of the Transportation Club of New
England. Applications may be secured from and
filed with Mr. Frank Smith, Secretary, Transpor-
tation Club of New England, Post Office Box 121,
Reading, MA 01867. Each applicant must be
sponsored by a member of the Transportation
Club.

Electronics Industries Personnel Association
Scholarship This scholarship was established
in 1980 through the generosity of the Electronics
Industries Personnel Association. The income is
awarded annually to one or more students whose
studies, to a significant extent, are in the field of
human resources management in University Col-
lege. Recipients shall demonstrate financial need,
soundness of character, and academic stability.

Awards

John W. Robbins Prize The John W. Robbins
Prize was established in 1984 under the terms of
the will of the late Lena C. Robbins, in memory of
her husband, John W. Robbins, an alumnus of
Northeastern University. The income from this me-
morial gift will be awarded annually to the out-
standing student (Class Marshall) of the
graduating class of University College.

Financial Aid

The Office of Financial Aid, located in 254 Rich-
ards Hall, offers several types of assistance to

32 Scholarships and Financial Aid

part-time students. All awards are based on fi-
nancial need. Aid granted from programs spon-
sored by the federal government is dependent
upon the amount of funding allocated to North-
eastern University. The University does not award
financial assistance in any form to students who
are not citizens or permanent residents of the
United States. All part-time students who wish to
apply for financial aid and who have not declared
a major must submit a Certification of Intention to
Complete a Degree form, available at the Univer-
sity College office, 102 Churchill Hall.

Satisfactory Academic Progress for Financial
Aid Recipients Recipients of financial aid are
required to make satisfactory academic progress
in order to continue their eligibility for aid. Uni-
versity College defines "satisfactory academic
progress" as:

• a minimum course load of six credit hours per
quarter

• a minimum average of C, or 2.0, in these
courses

• a cumulative academic record in any given ac-
ademic year (September through June) that re-
flects that the financial aid recipient has
registered for a minimum of 18 quarter hours of
credit and satisfactorily completed at least 12
quarter hours of credit with an overall quality
point average of 2.0 or better.

If at the end of any given academic year a student
receiving financial aid has failed to make satis-
factory academic progress toward his or her de-
gree, the Office of Financial Aid will be notified
by University College.

Pell Grant The Pell Grant Program is a federal
aid program designed to provide financial assis-
tance to degree candidates who need it to attend
post-high school educational institutions. Pell
Grants are intended to be the "floor" of a financial
aid package and may be combined with other
forms of aid in order to meet the full costs of
education. The Pell Grant is an award and, unlike
a loan, does not have to be repaid. Half-time
students taking at least six credit hours each
quarter may now apply for awards ranging up to
one-half the maximum allowable by law, contin-
gent upon the total cost of education. Applica-
tions are available in the Office of Financial Aid,
275 Richards Hall, or by writing to the Pell Grant
Program, Post Office Box 84, Washington, DC
20044.

Massachusetts State Scholarship Massachu-
setts residents enrolled as full-time students (i.e.,
12 credit hours per quarter for fall, winter, and
spring) may be eligible for a Massachusetts State
Scholarship. To apply, students must submit a
Massachusetts Financial Aid Form (MFAF) for res-
idents of Massachusetts. The deadline date for
applications is March 1. Massachusetts State
Scholarships are awarded based on need as de-
termined by the Massachusetts Financial Aid
Form.

Adult Learners Program The Massachusetts
Board of Regents of Higher Education has estab-
lished the Massachusetts Adult Learners Program
as a need-based, state-funded, financial aid pro-
gram designed primarily to assist Aid for Depen-
dent Children (AFDC) recipients in obtaining a
college education. The amount of each award
varies depending on the applicant's demon-
strated need, but it will not exceed $1 ,320 per
year.

To be considered for the program, applicants
must be full- or part-time undergraduate students
at Northeastern, taking at least one three-credit-
hour course. They must also have been perma-
nent, legal residents of Massachusetts for one
year prior to receiving the award. Awards are
presented according to state-established priori-
ties. Female AFDC recipients with children be-
tween the ages of 14 and 18 have highest priority;
the next highest level of candidate includes all
other AFDC recipients, followed by candidates
who meet the basic residency, academic, and
need requirements. Awards are made on a first-
come, first-served basis. Applications are avail-
able at the Office of Financial Aid.

Guaranteed Student Loan Program The Guar-
anteed Student Loan Program enables a student
to borrow a maximum of $2,500 per academic
year directly from a bank, credit union, or other
participating lender in the student's home com-
munity. The loan is guaranteed by a state or pri-
vate nonprofit agency and is insured by the
federal government. The interest on the loan will
be subsidized by the federal government while
the student is in school. The loan must be re-
paid.

Students whose families have an adjusted
gross income below $30,000 will be eligible for a
loan if they are enrolled or have been accepted
for enrollment at least half-time in an institution of |

Scholarships and Financial Aid 33

higher education and are citizens or nationals of
the United States. Students whose families ex-
ceed this income ceiling may be eligible if they
can show financial need in accordance with US
Department of Education guidelines. All students
are eligible for federal interest benefits. Under
these benefits, the federal government will pay
the interest until the student begins repaying the
loan.

The legal maximum loan borrowed through the
Guaranteed Student Loan Program for any single
academic year is $2,500. The maximum loan for
an entire undergraduate program is $12,500.

The maximum loan amount in one academic
year may never exceed the cost of education,
less other financial aid received. In practice, how-
ever, the Guarantee Agency in the state where
the loan is written may set loan limits less than
these maximums. In the final analysis, the lender
decides the amount of the loan.

Repayment of a Guaranteed Loan usually be-
gins six months after a student withdraws or grad-
uates from an educational institution or ceases to
carry at least a half-time course load. The repay-
ment period may be as long as ten years. The
amount of the payments depends upon the size
of the debt and the student's ability to pay; in
most cases, the borrower must pay at least $600
per year.

During the repayment period, the loan carries
a simple interest rate of nine percent per annum,
which is paid by the borrower.

Note: For students who have previously partic-
ipated in the Guaranteed Student Loan Program
and who have outstanding loans at seven per-
cent, the interest rate on subsequent loans will
continue to be seven percent.

Repayment on loans may be deferred if the
borrower returns to at least half-time study at an
eligible educational institution. Deferment of re-
payment is also allowed for up to three years of
service in the armed forces, Peace Corps, or full-
time programs conducted by ACTION. In most
cases, the actual repayment schedule will be es-
tablished by the lender shortly after the borrower
leaves school.

Students who borrow funds through the Guar-
anteed Student Loan Program are subject to the
legal responsibilities listed below:

1. Students must report any of the following
changes to the lending institution:

a. withdrawal from school

b. transfer to another school

c. reduction of course load to less than half-
time

d. change of address or parents' address

e. change of name.

2. Students are liable for any false information
that they report on the application.

3. Students must use the loan funds for educa-
tional purposes only.

4. If a student fails to repay the loan as agreed
under the Federally Insured Loan Program
Regulations, legal action can result.

Failure to comply with any of the above respon-
sibilities could make a student ineligible for any
future loans from the program.

Additional information about financial aid is
available from the Office of Financial Aid, 254
Richards Hall, 617-437-3190.

All federal financial aid programs are subject
to change depending on adequate and con-
tinuing federal support.

Student Activities

Student activities for part-time students are
planned, organized, and operated by the student
body, with the assistance of the Director of Uni-
versity-Lincoln College Student Activities. The
programs are designed to keep pace with the
changing needs of adult students and to provide
maximum opportunity for student participation. All
part-time students in University College and Lin-
coln College are welcome to participate.

The program is flexible in nature and pioneer-
ing in spirit to meet the needs of adult students.
The Office of University-Lincoln College Student
Activities is particularly interested in developing
new clubs that will benefit students professionally
and educationally. If students wish to start clubs
related to their professions, this office will help
them plan and organize clubs on the local and
national levels. The program is dedicated to as-
sisting the adult student in the development of
his or her fullest potential. The University-Lincoln
College Student Activities Office is located in 102
Churchill Hall, 617-437-2400.

Purpose

The purposes of part-time student activities are
to provide opportunities for the development and
pursuit of cultural interests and professional ob-
jectives; to encourage the development of lead-
ership activities and skills; to enable the student
to identify more closely with the University; and
to include the family as an important and vital
motivating force in the part-time student's edu-
cational career.

Sigma Epsilon Rho Honor Society

Sigma Epsilon Rho is the honor society of Uni-
versity College. Its purposes are to promote ac-
quaintance and good fellowship among those
students who have attained highest scholastic
standing in the College; to stimulate the student
body to higher scholastic accomplishment
through the bearing, influence, and work of these
selected men and women; to develop methods
of mutual improvement and advancement among
members; and to support high moral, profes-
sional, and scholastic ideals.

Only honor graduates or seniors with honor
standing at the end of the junior year are eligible

for admission to the society. Admission is by in-
vitation after nomination by the society.

An outstanding book is awarded each year by
Sigma Epsilon Rho Society to the highest-ranking
student at the conclusion of the junior year. Stu-
dents will receive the award only in the event that
they enroll for the subsequent year.

Lambda Alpha Epsilon

Lambda Alpha Epsilon is a national law enforce-
ment fraternity founded in 1957. The Northeastern
Chapter, Kappa Phi Beta, is open to part-time and
day students enrolled in law enforcement, secu-
rity, and correctional practices programs, and to
professional men in the fields of law enforcement
and security. The fraternity is dedicated to the
furtherance of professional standards in law en-
forcement.

Gymnasium Facilities

Part-time students may utilize the gymnasium fa-
cilities from 4 to 9:30 p.m. Monday through Friday,
and during all open hours on Saturday, Sunday,
and holidays. A valid Northeastern student iden-
tification card and a photo identification card
must be presented to gain access to the facilities.
Specific schedules for use of the pool. Nautilus
and Universal weight rooms, indoor track and
cage, gymnasium, gymnastics room, and wres-
tling room are available at the beginning of each
quarter in the Intramural Sports Office, 1 10 Cabot.

Alumni Association

More than 93,000 alumni are united within an
Alumni Association, created to establish a mu-
tually beneficial relationship between Northeast-
ern and its graduates. The Association is
governed by an Executive Committee elected
from the alumni community. Membership in the
Association is automatic upon graduation.

The Association is headquartered in the Office
of Alumni Relations in 125 Richards Hall. The
official records and addresses of alumni are
maintained in the Office of Alumni Records, 236
Huntington Avenue.

Activities of the Association include the Home-
coming celebration, presentation of the Outstand-

Student Activities 35

ing Alumni Awards, and the annual presentation
of Professional Promise Awards to outstanding
seniors in each of the Colleges. The Alumni Office
also is involved in establishing diverse enrich-
ment and education programs to meet the con-
temporary vocational and avocational needs of
Northeastern's graduates. The Alumni Associa-
tion has also initiated a successful group travel
program to provide the alumni of Northeastern
with interesting, economical opportunities in for-
eign travel. Notice of all activities is provided in
the Northeastern alumni magazine and in special
publications.

Regional alumni clubs have been established
from coast to coast. All alumni are eligible to
become members of these organizations. The
clubs meet periodically with a varied program,
often in conjunction with professional and athletic
events, faculty visits, and service projects. Alumni
class organizations conduct reunions for their re-
spective classes every five years.

The Association sponsors and assists constit-
uent organizations that focus on common profes-
sional and avocational interests and college
affiliations. These groups have their own officers
and conduct various programs throughout the
year.

In addition, alumni volunteers in many metro-
politan areas across the nation represent the Ad-
missions Office at high schools and community
colleges.

'^.,

Programs of Study

University College conducts part-time educa-
tional programs at the undergraduate level during
day and evening hours. The programs are de-
signed to help meet the varying needs and inter-
ests of adult students who may enroll as students
pursuing degree programs or as nondegree stu-
dents taking single courses or special programs.

University College programs leading to the
Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in Busi-
ness Administration, and Bachelor of Arts de-
grees help provide opportunities for cultural and
professional development equivalent in quality
and scope to those offered in the conventional
four-year college enrolling full-time students. The
bachelor's degree requires approximately 174
quarter hours of credit.

Programs leading to the Associate in Science
degree help provide students with a background
in fundamental areas in business administration,
health professions and sciences, law enforce-
ment, and liberal arts. The associate degree re-
quires 96 quarter hours of credit and is equivalent
to the conventional two-year, or junior, college in
scope and quality. Certificate programs in a va-
riety of disciplines are also offered.

Degree curricula and certificate programs are
offered in the following areas:

Business Administration

Program

Accounting

Associate in Science

Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration

Certificate
Business Administration

Associate in Science
Compensation and Benefits
Management

Certificate
Computer Programming and Systems
Analysis

Certificate
Computer Systems Specialist Program

Certificate
Finance

Associate in Science

Certificate

Page

57
132

132

146

46
132

Hotel and Restaurant Management
Associate in Science 48

Certificate 133

Human Resources Management
Associate in Science 49

Certificate 133

Industrial Management
Associate in Science 50

Industrial Technology
Bachelor of Science . 56

Management
Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration 58

Management Information Systems
Associate in Science 51

Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration 59

Marketing
Associate in Science 52

Certificate 133

Operations Management
Certificate 133

Purchasing
Associate in Science 53

Certificate 134

Real Estate
Associate in Science 54

Certificate 134

Transportation and Physical Distribution
Management
Associate in Science 55

Certificate 134

Health Professions and Sciences

Program

Chemical Biological Technology

Associate in Science

Bachelor of Science
Dental Assistant

Certificate
Health Management

Bachelor of Science

Option in Long-Term Care
Administration

Option in Community Health
Management

Page

63
64

38 Programs of Study

Health Record Administration

American Sign Language

Bachelor of Science

Certificate

American Studies

Health Science

Certificate

Bachelor of Science in Health Science

Arts and Sciences

Medical Laboratory Science

Associate in Science

Economics

Medical Technology

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Hematology

English

Bachelor of Science

Bachelor of Arts

Nursing

Bachelor of Science

Bachelor of Science in Nursing (in

Fine Arts

affiliation with the College of

Bachelor of Arts

Nursing)

Bachelor of Science

Radiologic (X-Ray) Technology

Gerontology

Associate in Science

Certificate

Therapeutic Recreation Services

Graphic Design and Communication

Associate in Science

Certificate

History
Bachelor of Arts

Law Enforcement

Bachelor of Science

Program

Page

Liberal Studies

Correctional Practices

Bachelor of Arts

Associate in Science

Music

Bachelor of Science

Bachelor of Arts

Certificate

135

Bachelor of Science

Criminal Justice

Political Science

Certificate

135

Bachelor of Arts

Forensic Science

Bachelor of Science

Certificate

135

Psychology

Law Enforcement

Bachelor of Arts

Associate in Science

Bachelor of Science

Public Administration

Certificate

136

Certificate

Law Enforcement Administration

Sociology-Anthropology

Certificate

136

Bachelor of Arts

Law, Policy, and Society

Bachelor of Science

Certificate

136

Software Technical Writing

Legal Concepts in Law Enforcement

Certificate

136

Song Writing

Loss Prevention and Security

Certificate

Administration

Speech Communication

Certificate

137

Certificate

Security

Technical Communications

Associate in Science

101

Bachelor of Science

103

Writing

Social Problems and Law Enforcement

Certificate

137

Course descriptions are listed in alph

Liberal Arts

der beginning on page 151.

Program

Page

Advertising and Public Relations

Certificate

138

Business Administration

Dorothy M, Oppenheim, Assistant Dean
Director, Business Administration Programs

Audrey G. Emmer, Assistant to the Director, Busi-
ness Administration Programs

203 Churchill Hall, 617-437-2418.

Purpose

University College recognizes that adult students
seek educational opportunities in business to sat-
isfy many different professional needs. To help
meet these needs, the College offers a wide se-
lection of business and business-related courses,
as well as structured academic programs. Among
the available options are 1 1 certificate programs,
1 1 associate degree programs, and four bacca-
laureate degree programs. All certificate and de-
gree programs have the common objective of
offering students an opportunity to achieve
professional competence in a formal set of busi-
ness subjects while laying the foundation for fur-
ther professional growth.

The Programs

Certificates in Business University College of-
fers 1 1 different certificate programs for individ-
uals seeking to build or advance a marketable
specialization in business. The professional areas
covered by the certificate programs include ac-
counting; compensation and benefits manage-
ment; computer programming and systems
analysis; finance; hotel and restaurant manage-
ment; human resources management; marketing;
operations management; purchasing; real estate;
and transportation and physical distribution man-
agement.

The University College certificate programs in
business are designed for:

• students who plan to complete an associate's
degree and possibly a bachelor's degree but
who first want to acquire the marketable skills
offered in the certificate program

• individuals seeking an intensive course of study
in a business discipline but who do not wish to
acquire a degree

• individuals already holding a degree who wish
to acquire specialized knowledge for career
change or professional development.

The certificate programs are designed so that
transfer into a related degree program is possi-
ble. Certificates can be earned based on aca-
demic work completed within the last five years.
Detailed information on these certificate pro-
grams, together with a recommended course se-
quence for completing them, appears in the
section on certificate programs, pages 131-141.

Associate in Science Degree Northeastern of-
fers part-time students a choice of 1 1 business
programs leading to the Associate in Science
degree: accounting, business administration, fi-
nance, hotel and restaurant management, human
resources management, industrial management,
management information systems, marketing,
purchasing, real estate, and transportation and
physical distribution management.

These programs provide breadth of perspec-
tive through exposure to a well-balanced se-
quence of liberal arts courses. Specialized
knowledge for future managerial growth may be
acquired through the study of a core of profes-
sional business courses and a major or concen-
tration in a business discipline. Students who
have completed a certificate program may enroll
in an associate degree program. While the credits
earned in a certificate program may be applied
toward this degree, completion of a certificate
program is not required for the associate degree.
To be awarded the associate degree, a student
must successfully complete the 96 quarter hours
of course credit detailed on the following pages.

Baciielor of Science in Business Administra-
tion Degree The Bachelor of Science in Busi-
ness Administration degree is offered in
accounting, management, and management in-
formation systems. Students who have clearly de-
cided to pursue a baccalaureate degree in
business should enroll in the courses detailed on
pages 42-43 prior to petitioning for admission to
the Bachelor of Science in Business Administra-
tion degree program. These courses will provide
students with the broad educational foundation
needed for the study of professional-level courses
in business administration.

Students who wish to earn one of the Associate
in Science degrees in business prior to entry into

'&■-/>■.

■.^yim

Business Administration 41

! the Bachelor of Science in Business Administra-
i tion degree program are advised that the Univer-
I sity College Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration degree program includes a vali-
dation requirement for upper-level business
courses taken while pursuing the associate de-
gree. (See details below.)

Admission to the Bachelor of Science in Busi-
ness Administration degree program is restricted
to students who have maintained a 2.0 cumulative
grade-point average and completed a minimum
of 80 quarter hours (60 semester hours) of credit,
including certain basic courses in required sub-
jects, either in University College or at another
accredited institution. There is a special appli-
cation form for admission to this program.

The Bachelor of Science in Business Adminis-
tration degree program conforms with all stan-
dards established by the American Assembly of
Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB), which
has been recognized by the Council for Post-
secondary Accreditation and by the United States
Office of Education as the sole accrediting or-
ganization for university bachelor's and master's
degree programs in business administration.
While there are more than 2,000 college and uni-
versity business programs in the United States,
fewer than 10 percent of these institutions offer
business programs that are fully accredited by
AACSB. Northeastern University is unique in the
New England region in that both its full-time and
part-time baccalaureate degree business pro-
grams are accredited.

Validation Requirement

"Validation" is the term used to describe a set of
procedures that tests whether an upper-level
course completed at the lower division of a bac-
calaureate program should be accepted for
transfer credit in the upper division of an AACSB-
approved baccalaureate degree program.

There are three approved validation methods.
1. Sequential Course. Students who enroll in the
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
degree program can validate a course taken at
University College or elsewhere by successfully
completing a course that is sequential to the
course already completed. The sequential course
must be taken in a reserved section. For example,
successful completion of Cost Accounting 2 in a
reserved section can validate Cost Accounting 1,
regardless of where the student completed Cost

Accounting 1. Similarly, by successfully complet-
ing Marl<eting Management 1 in a reserved sec-
tion, a student can validate Introduction to
Marketing 1.

2. College Level Examination Program (CLEP)
and/or Proficiency Examination Program (PEP).
These standardized examinations can be used to
validate some previously taken upper-level busi-
ness courses.

3. Departmental Examination. In cases where a
sequential course does not exist or is not desired
by a student, and no appropriate CLEP or PEP
examination exists, validation can be accom-
plished through a departmental examination.

Please note that certain business courses do
not require validation. They include the following:
Accounting Principles 1, 2, and 3; Introduction to
Business and Management 1, 2, and 3; Introduc-
tion to Data Processing and Information Systems
1 and 2; Law 1 and 2; and all computer program-
ming language courses. Also, business-related
courses in other disciplines do not have to be
validated. Examples are courses in economics
and statistics.

In addition, previously taken upper-level busi-
ness courses that are not required for a particular
business concentration are considered to be
electives and do not need validating. For exam-
ple, an upper-level course in cost accounting
would not require validation for management con-
centrators, since cost accounting is not a re-
quired course for management concentrators in
the Bachelor of Science in Business Administra-
tion degree program.

Reserved and Open Sections All scheduled
sections of certain University College business
courses required for a business degree are clas-
sified as either reserved or open. Eligibility to
register for reserved or open sections depends
on the total number of course credits (including
transfer credits) that a student has accumulated.

A reserved section of a course is restricted to
students who have accumulated 80 or more
course credits. Reserved sections of certain busi-
ness courses are mandatory for students who
have enrolled in one of the three Bachelor of
Science in Business Administration degree pro-
grams. Please refer to the Schedule Guide for
details on which courses are reserved and how
to register for them.

An open section of a course is one in which
students may register without any restrictions.

42 Business Administration

Planning a Program of Study

Current Students Currently enrolled students,
including those who have already been awarded
transfer credit by the Office of Academic and
Student Affairs, may have their credits reeval-
uated toward one of the Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration degree programs by
completing a General Petition, which will enable
students to review their degree program options
and select the program that best suits their
needs. The General Petition may be requested
by calling 617-437-2400. Petitions are also avail-
able at all campus locations. After receiving an
evaluation of their transfer credits, students may
schedule an appointment with an academic ad-
viser to discuss the alternative academic pro-
grams available to them.

New Students Students who plan to enter Uni-
versity College to work toward the Bachelor of
Science in Business Administration degree
should submit to the Office of Academic and Stu-
dent Affairs transcripts of previously completed
college-level coursework and a Transfer Credit
Petition. (Transfer Credit Petitions may be re-
quested by calling 617-437-2400. They are also
available at all campus locations.) Students will
receive by mail a transfer credit evaluation and a
suggested plan of study to prepare for admission
to the Bachelor of Science in Business Adminis-
tration degree program. When this paperwork has
been completed, students are encouraged to
schedule an appointment with an academic ad-
viser to discuss their programs.

Recommended Lower-Level Courses

Students who do not have any academic
courses that may be transferred- from another ed-
ucational institution or program should plan to
meet with an academic adviser early in their stud-
ies in University College. These students will be
required to complete 80 quarter hours of credit,
including English courses ENG 4110, 4111, and
4112; Mathematics courses MTH 41 1 0 and 4111;
and a social science elective from the group of
courses listed at the end of the next section. The
course work must be completed prior to admis-
sion to the Bachelor of Science in Business Ad-
ministration degree program.

Admission Requirements A Petition for Ad-
mission to the Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration degree program must be com-
pleted and returned to the Office of Academic
and Student Affairs to initiate the admissions pro-
cess. This petition may be obtained at all campus
locations or by calling 617-437-2400.

To be admitted to the Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration degree program, stu-
dents must have completed at least 80 quarter
hours of credit with an overall grade point aver-
age of C (2.0) or better. This course work must
include English courses ENG 4110, 4111, and
41 12; Mathematics courses MTH 41 1 0 and 4111;
and one social science elective or its equivalent.
Students are encouraged to earn their remaining
credits by selecting courses from the listing of
recommended lower-level courses that follows.

ACC4101 ACC4102 ACC 4103 Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3

BL 4101 BL 4102 Law 1,2

ECN 41 1 5 ECN 41 1 6 ECN 41 1 7 Economic Principles and Problems 1,2,3

ECN 4250 ECN 4251 Statistics 1, 2

ENG 41 1 0 ENG 41 1 1 Critical Writing 1 , 2

ENG 41 12 Approaches to Literature

ENG 4380 ENG 4381 Business Writing and Reports 1 , 2

MGT4101 MGT4102 MGT4103 Introduction to Business and

Management 1, 2, 3
MIS 4101 MIS 4102 Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1 , 2
MS 4325 Introduction to Modeling and Simulation

Business Administration 43

i MTH 4110 MTH 4111

i PSY 4110
i PSY 4111
' PSY 4112

SOC4100

SOC4101

SOC4102

SPC 4101

Six quarter hours of nonbusiness electives
Three quarter hours of a natural science elective

Mathematics 1 , 2

Fundamental Issues in Psychology

Developmental Aspects in Psychology

Personal Dynamics in Psychology

Fundamental Issues in Sociology

The Individual and Social Roles

Critical Issues Facing Society

Effective Communication 1

Bachelor of Science Degree Students who ac
cumulated 88 or more quarter hours of credit by
September 1 983 were allowed to continue to work
toward a bachelor's degree under the course and
program requirements in effect until the fall quar-
ter of 1 983. As of the fall 1 983, new students were
eligible only for the Bachelor of Science in Busi-
ness Administration (BSBA) degree. However,
students continuing in these programs must com-
plete the degree by June 1986, since these pro-
grams will no longer be available after that date.
These students should consult the 1982-83 Uni-
versity College Bulletin for details on degree re-
quirements.

Business l\ilnor Students enrolled in Bachelor
of Science degree programs outside the area of

business may choose to minor in business. A
minor in business may be attractive to individuals
seeking to enhance their professional credentials
without necessarily obtaining a business degree.
Individuals who earn an associate degree in a
business program and transfer to a bachelor's
degree program other than business have the
option of earning a minor in business administra-
tion. Students earning a bachelor's degree in a
nonbusiness area are permitted to accumulate
up to 44 quarter hours (25 percent of the credits
toward a bachelor's degree) in business subjects.
Any credits accumulated beyond this limit from
business courses cannot be used to fulfill the
graduation requirements for a Bachelor of Sci-
ence degree in a nonbusiness area.

44 Business Administration

Accounting (Major Code 470)

Associate in Science Degree

quarter hours

Core Courses— Liberal Arts

ECN 4116
ECN 4251
ENG 4111

MTH 4111

ECN 4117

ECN 4115
ECN 4250
ENG 4110
ENG 4112
MTH 4110
PSY 4110
PSY 4111
or
PSY 4112

Core Courses— Business Administration

BL 4101
Fl 4301
HRM4301
HRM 4302
MGT4101
MIS 4101

MKT 4301
MS 4325

BL 4102

MGT4102
MIS 4102

Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2, 3

Statistics 1 , 2

Critical Writing 1, 2

Approaches to Literature

Mathematics 1 , 2

Fundamental Issues in Psychology

Developmental Aspects in Psychology

Personal Dynamics in Psychology

Law 1 , 2

Principles of Finance

Organizational Behavior

Introduction to Human Resources Management

Introduction to Business and Management 1 , 2

Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1 , 2
Introduction to Marketing 1
Introduction to Modeling and Simulation

Choose one computer programming course from:

MIS 4220
MIS 4240
MIS 4250

l\/lajor Concentration Courses

ACC4101 ACC4102 ACC 4103

ACC 4301 ACC 4302 ACC 4303

ACC 4310

Nonbusiness Electives

Total Credits

Introduction to Programming in COBOL
Introduction to Programming in BASIC
FORTRAN Programming 1

Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3
Intermediate Accounting 1 , 2,
Cost Accounting 1

9
9
3

Business Administration 45

Business Administration (Major Code 401)

Associate in Science Degree
quarter hours

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

ECN 4116
ECN 4251
ENG 4111

MTH 4111

ECN 4117

ECN 4115
ECN 4250
ENG 4110
ENG 4112
MTH 4110
PSY 4110
PSY 4111
or
PSY 4112

Core Courses— Business Administration

ACC4101 ACC4102

Fl 4301

HRM4301

HRM 4302

HRM 4303

MGT4101 MGT4102

MIS 4101 MIS 4102

MKT 4301
MS 4325

Nonbusiness Electives

Open Electives

Total Credits

ACC 4103

MGT4103

Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2, 3

Statistics 1 , 2

Critical Writing 1, 2

Approaches to Literature

Mathematics 1 , 2

Fundamental Issues in Psychology

Developmental Aspects in Psychology

Personal Dynamics in Psychology

Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3

Principles of Finance

Organizational Behavior

Introduction to Human Resources Management

Applied Human Resources Management

Introduction to Business and

Management 1, 2, 3
Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1 , 2
Introduction to Marketing 1
Introduction to Modeling and Simulation

12
96

Recommended course sequence for the three-year program leading
Science Degree In Business Administration.

It is recommended that students in other Associate in Science degree
sequence.

to the Associate in

programs follow a similar

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

First

Critical Writing 1

Critical Writing 2

Approaches to Literature

Year

Accounting 1

Accounting 2

Accounting 3

Introduction to Business

and Management 1

and Management 2

and Management 3

Psychology

Elective

Second

Economics 1

Economics 2

Economics 3

Year

Math 1

Math 2

Introduction to Modeling

Introduction to Data

and Simulation

Processing and

Elective

Information Systems 1

Information Systems 2

Elective

Third

Organizational Behavior

Introduction to Human

Applied Human Resources

Year

Statistics 1

Resources Management

Management

Elective

Statistics 2

Introduction to Marketing 1

Elective

Principles of Finance

46 Business Administration

Finance (Major Code 476)

Associate in Science Degree

quarter hours

Core Courses— Liberal Arts

ECN 4115

EGN 4116

EGN 4117

Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2, 3

ECN 4250

EGN 4251

Statistics 1 , 2

ENG 4110

ENG 4111

Gritical Writing 1, 2

ENG 4112

Approaches to Literature

MTH 4110

MTH 4111

Mathematics 1, 2

PSY 4110

Fundamental Issues in Psychology

PSY 4111

Developmental Aspects in Psychology

PSY 4112

Personal Dynamics in Psychology

Core Courses— Business Administration

AGO 4101

AGG 4102

AGG 4103

Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3

BL 4101

BL 4102

Law 1 , 2

HRM4301

Organizational Behavior

HRM 4302

Introduction to Human Resources Management

MGT4101

MGT4102

Introduction to Business and Management 1 , 2

MIS 4101

MIS 4102

Introduction to Data Processing and Information
Systems 1 , 2

MKT 4301

Introduction to Marketing 1

Ghoose one computer programming course

from;

MIS 4220

Introduction to Programming in GOBOL

MIS 4240

Introduction to Programming in BASIG

MIS 4250

FORTRAN Programming 1

Major Concentration Courses

Fl 4301

Principles of Finance

Fl 4302

Financial Management

Fl 4303

Financial Strategy

Fl 4310

Investment Principles

Fl 4320

Gredit Principles

Fl 4325

Budgeting and Planning

Total Credits

Business Administration 47

Hotel and Restaurant
Management (Major Code 472)

Associate in Science Degree

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

ECN 4116
ENG 4111

MTH 4111

ECN 4115
ENG 4110
ENG 4112
MTH 4110
PSY 4110
PSY 4111
or

PSY 4112
SPC 4101

Core Courses — Business Administration

ACC4101
HRM4301
HRM 4302
HRM 4303
MGT4101
MIS 4101

ACC4102

MGT4102
MIS 4102

Major Concentration Courses

HTL 4301

HTL

4303

HTL

4304

HTL

4307

HTL

4308

HTL

4309

HTL

4313

HTL

4320

HTL

4322

HTL

4324

Open Electives

Total Credits

Econonnic Principles and Problems 1 , 2

Critical Writing 1, 2

Approaches to Literature

Mathematics 1,2

Fundamental Issues in Psychology

Developmental Aspects in Psychology

Personal Dynamics in Psychology

Effective Communication 1

quarter hours

2 6

6
3
6
3
3
or
3
3

Accounting Principles 1 , 2
Organizational Behavior
Introduction to Human Resources Management
Applied Human Resources Management
Introduction to Business and Management 1 , 2
Introduction to Data Processing and Information
Systems 1 , 2

Introduction to Hotel and Restaurant

Management
Front Office Management
Hotel and Restaurant Law
Food Service Engineering and Sanitation
Food and Beverage Cost Control
Managerial Accounting for Hospitality Industry
Introduction to Tourism
Food Preparation Intensive
Consumier Food Production
Dining Room, Beverage Operation and

Preparation

3
3

3
3
3
3
3
6
3

f';^R^B^iHp

Business Administration 49

Human Resources Management (Major Code 477)

Associate in Science Degree
quarter hours

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

ECN 4115 ECN4116

ECN 4117

ECN 4251
ENG 4111

MTH 4111

ECN 4250
ENG 4110
ENG 4112
MS 4325
MTH 4110
PSY 4110
PSY 4111
or
PSY 4112

Core Courses — Business Administration

ACC 4101
BL 4101
Fl 4301
MGT4101
MIS 4101

MKT 4301

ACC 4102

MGT4102
MIS 4102

Econonnic Principles and Problems 1, 2, 3

Statistics 1 , 2

Critical Writing 1, 2

Approaches to Literature

Introduction to Modeling and Simulation

Mathematics 1, 2

Fundamental Issues in Psychology

Developmental Aspects in Psychology

Personal Dynamics in Psychology

Accounting Principles 1, 2

Law 1

Principles of Finance

Introduction to Business and Management 1 , 2

Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1 , 2
Introduction to Marketing 1

Choose one computer programming course from:

MIS 4220
MIS 4240
MIS 4250

Major Concentration Courses

HRM4301

HRM 4302

HRM 4303

HRM 4310 HRM 4311

HRM 4330 HRM 4331

HRM 4340

HRM 4341

Nonbusiness Electives

Total Credits

Introduction to Programming in COBOL
Introduction to Programming in BASIC
FORTRAN Programming 1

Organizational Behavior

Introduction to Human Resources Management

Applied Human Resources Management

Personnel Management 1 , 2

Employment Rights i, 2

Public Sector Collective Bargaining

Private Sector Collective Bargaining

3
3
3
6
6
3
or
3

OU DUbiliebb MUlMIMIblldllUM

Industrial Management (Major Code 478) Associate in Science Degree

quarter hours

Core Courses— Liberal Arts

ECN 4115

ECN 4116 ECN 4117

Economic Principles and Problems 1,2,3

ECN 4250

ECN 4251

Statistics 1 , 2

ENG 4110

ENG 4111

Critical Writing 1, 2

ENG 4112

Approaches to Literature

MTH 4110

MTH 4111

Mathematics 1 , 2

MTH 4130

MTH 4131

Calculus for Nonengineers 1, 2

PSY 4110

Fundamental Issues in Psychology

PSY 4111

Developmental Aspects in Psychology

PSY 4112

Personal Dynamics in Psychology

Core Courses— Business Administration

ACQ 4101

ACC4102

Accounting Principles 1, 2

Fl 4301

Principles of Finance

IM 4301

Operations Management

MGT4101

Introduction to Business and Management 1

MIS 4101

MIS 4102

Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1 , 2

MKT 4301

Introduction to Marketing 1

Choose one computer programming course

from:

MIS 4220

Introduction to Programming in COBOL

MIS 4240

Introduction to Programming in BASIC

MIS 4250

FORTRAN Programming 1

Major Concentration Courses

IM 4310

Manufacturing Processes

3 ;

IM 4311

Methods Analysis, Motion and Time Study

IM 4312

Issues in Operations Management

IM 4313

Cases in Industrial Management

3 1

IM 4315

Industrial Decision Making 1

3 1

IM 4317

Materials Management

IM 4320

Managing for Results

Open Electives

Total Credits

Business Administration 51

Management Information Systems (Major Code 475) Associate in Science Degree

quarter hours

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

ECN4115 ECN4116

ECN 4250
ENG 4110
ENG4112
MTH4110
SPC 4101

ECN 4251
ENG 4111

MTH 4111

ECN 4117 Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2, 3

Statistics 1 , 2
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature
Mathematics 1 , 2
Effective Communication 1

Core Courses— Business Administration

ACC 4101
Fl 4301
HRM4301
HRM 4302
HRM 4303
IM 4301
MGT4101
MS 4325

ACC 4102

MGT4102

IMajor Concentration Courses

MIS 4101 MIS 4102

MIS 4221

MIS 4230

MIS 4301

MIS 4307

Open Electives

Total Credits

MIS 4222
MIS 4302

Accounting Principles 1, 2

Principles of Finance

Organizational Behavior

Introduction to Human Resources Management

Applied Human Resources Management

Operations Management

Introduction to Business and Management 1 , 2

Introduction to Modeling and Simulation

Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1 , 2
COBOL Programming 1, 2
End User Software

Structured Systems Analysis and Design 1, 2
Communication and Networking

6
6

3
6
3

52 Business Administration

Marketing (Major Code 479)

Associate in Science Degree

Core Courses— Liberal Arts

ECN 4115
ECN 4250
ENG4110
ENG 4112
ENG 4380
MTH 4110
SPG 4101

ECN 4116
ECN 4251
ENG 4111

MTH 4111

ECN 4117

Core Courses— Business Administration

ACC 4101
Fl 4301
HRM4301
HRM 4302
MGT4101
MIS 4101

MS 4325

ACC 4102

MGT4102
MIS 4102

IVIajor Concentration Courses

MKT 4301 MKT 4302

MKT4310 MKT 4311

MKT 4315
MKT 4320

MKT 4316
MKT 4321

Nonbusiness Electives
Total Credits

quarter hours

Economic Principles and Problems 1

2,3

Statistics 1 , 2

Critical Writing 1, 2

Approaches to Literature

Business Writing and Reports 1

Mathematics 1 , 2

Effective Communication 1

Accounting Principles 1, 2

Principles of Finance

Organizational Behavior

Introduction to Human Resources Management

Introduction to Business and Management 1, 2

Introduction to Data Processing and

Information Systems 1, 2
Introduction to Modeling and Simulation

Introduction to Marketing 1, 2
Advertising and Sales Promotion

Management 1 , 2
Sales Management 1 , 2
Marketing Management 1 , 2

Business Administration 53

Purchasing (Major Code 432)

Associate in Science Degree

Core Courses— Liberal Arts

ECN 4115
ECN 4250
ENG 4110
ENG 4112
MTH 4110

ECN 4116
ECN 4251
ENG 4111

MTH 4111

ECN 4117

Core Courses — Business Administration

ACC 4102

MGT4102
MIS 4102

ACC 4101
HRM4301
HRM 4302
IM 4301
MGT4101
MIS 4101

MKT 4301
MS 4325

Major Concentration Courses

IM 4314

IM 4317

PUR 4351 PUR 4352

PUR 4357

PUR 4358

PUR 4459

Nonbusiness Electives

Total Credits

quarter hours

Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2, 3
Statistics 1 , 2
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature
Mathematics 1 , 2

Accounting Principles 1, 2

Organizational Behavior

Introduction to Human Resources Management

Operations Management

Introduction to Business and. Management 1, 2

Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1, 2
Introduction to Marketing 1
Introduction to Modeling and Simulation

Promotion Control and Inventory Management
Materials Management
Purchasing 1, 2
Business Negotiation
Materials Requirement Planning
Subcontract Management

3
3
6
3
3
3

54 Business Administration

Real Estate (Major Code 471)

Associate in Science Degree

Core Courses

ECN 4115
ECN 4250
ENG 4110
ENG 4112
MTH 4110

-Liberal Arts

ECN 4116
ECN 4251
ENG 4111

MTH 4111

ECN 4117

quarter hours

2, 3

Core Courses — Business Administration

ACC 4101
Fl 4301
HRM4301
HRM 4302
MGT4101

ACC 4102

MGT4102

Major Concentration Courses

RE 4301 RE 4302

RE 4323 RE 4324

RE 4328 RE 4329

RE 4341 RE 4342

Nonbusiness Electives
Total Credits

Economic Principles and Problems 1
Statistics 1 . 2
Critical Wnting 1 , 2
Approaches to Literature
Mathematics 1 , 2

Accounting Principles 1, 2

Principles of Finance

Organizational Behavior

Introduction to Human Resources Management

Introduction to Business and Management 1, 2

Real Estate Fundamentals 1 , 2
Real Estate Appraisal 1 , 2
Real Estate Financial Analysis 1, 2
Real Estate Law 1 , 2
Department Offerings

Transportation and Physical Distribution Management
(Major Code 483)

Business Administration 55

Associate in
Science Degree

Core Courses— Liberal Arts

ECN 4115 ECN4116 ECN 4117

ECN 4250 ECN 4251

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG4112

MTH4110 MTH4111

Core Courses— Business Administration

quarter hours

Econonnic Principles and Problems 1, 2,
Statistics 1 , 2
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature
Mathematics 1, 2

ACC4101

ACC4102

Accounting Principles 1, 2

Fl 4301

Principles of Finance

HRM4301

Organizational Behavior

HRM 4302

Introduction to Human Resources Management

IM 4301

Operations Management

MGT4101

MGT4102

Introduction to Business and Management 1, 2

MKT 4301

Introduction to Marketing 1

Major Concentration Courses

TRN 4301

Elements of Transportation

TRN 4302

Physical Distribution Management

TRN 4305

Traffic Management 1

TRN 4307

Contemporary Issues in Transportation and

Distribution

TRN 4316

Carrier Management

TRN 4321

Transportation Regulation 1

Nonbusiness Electives

Total Credits

56 Business Administration

Industrial Technology (Major Code 490)

Bachelor of Science Degree

Engineering or Science Technology Courses

(Must have completed English courses ENG 4110, 4111, 41 1 2 or the equivalent)

quarter hours

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

ECN4115 ECN4116 ECN4117

Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2, 3

Fundamental Issues in Psychology

Developmental Aspects in Psychology

Personal Dynamics in Psychology

Fundamental Issues in Sociology

The Individual and Social Roles

Critical Issues Facing Society

Accounting Principles 1, 2

Law 1 , 2

Organizational Behavior

Introduction to Human Resources Management

Applied Human Resources Management

Introduction to Business and Management 1, 2

Project Management Process: Planning and

Implementation
Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1
Introduction to Marketing 1

Students are required to select three of the following courses for a total of 9 quarter hours.
IM 4312 Issues in Operations Management

Cases in Industrial Management

PSY 4110

PSY 4111

PSY 4112

SOC4100

SOC4101

SOC4102

Core Courses— Business

ACC 4101

ACC 4102

BL 4101

BL 4102

HRM4301

HRM 4302

HRM 4303

MGT4101

MGT4102

MGT4310

MIS 4101

MKT 4301

IM 4313

IM 4320

MS 4336

MS 4337

Nonbusiness Electives

Total Credits

Managing for Results
Industrial Experimentation
Principles of Quality Assurance

Business Administration 57

Accounting (Major Code 460)

Core Courses— Liberal Arts

ECN4115 ECN 4116 ECN4117

ECN 4250 ECN 4251

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG 4112

ENG 4380 ENG 4381

MTH4110 MTH4111

PSY 4110

PSY 4111

PSY 4112

SOC4100

SOC4101

SOC4102

SPC 4101

Core Courses — Business Administration

Bachelor of Science in Business

Administration Degree

quarter hours

BL 4101
Fl 4301
Fl 4302
HRM4301
HRM 4302
IM 4301
MGT4101
MGT 4350
MGT 4356

MIS 4101

MKT 4301
MS 4325

BL 4102

MGT 41 02
MGT 4351

MIS 4102

Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2, 3

Statistics 1 , 2

Critical Writing 1, 2

Approaches to Literature

Business Writing and Reports 1, 2

Mathematics 1 , 2

Fundamental Issues in Psychology

Developmental Aspects in Psychology

Personal Dynamics in Psychology

Fundamental Issues in Sociology

The Individual and Social Roles

Critical Issues Facing Society

Effective Communication 1

Law 1 , 2

Principles of Finance

Financial Management

Organizational Behavior

Introduction to Human Resources Management

Operations Management

Introduction to Business and Management 1 , 2

Business Policy 1, 2

International Business Management and

Operations
Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1 , 2
Introduction to Marketing 1
Introduction to Modeling and Simulation

Choose one computer programming course from:

MIS 4220
MIS 4240
MIS 4250

Introduction to Programming in COBOL
Introduction to Programming in BASIC
FORTRAN Programming 1

Major Concentration Courses

ACC4101 ACC4102

ACC 4301 ACC 4302

ACC 4304

ACC 4310 ACC 4311

ACC 4325

ACC 4330

ACC 4340 ACC 4341

Nonbusiness Electlves

Open Electlves

Elective In Natural Sciences

Total Credits

ACC 4103 Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3

ACC 4303 Intermediate Accounting 1, 2,

Cost Accounting 1, 2

Auditing 1

Internal Auditing 1

Federal Income Taxes 1, 2

3, 4

12
6
3

or
3
6

174

58 Business Administration

Management (Major Code 463)

Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration Degree

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

quarter hours

ECN 4116
ECN 4251
ENG 4111

ENG 4381
MTH 4111

ECN 4117

ECN 4115
ECN 4250
ENG 4110
ENG 4112
ENG 4380
MTH 4110
PSY 4110
PSY 4111
or

PSY 4112
SOC4100
SOC4101
or

SOC4102
SPC 4101

Core Courses — Business Administration

ACC4101 ACC4102 ACC 4103

BL 4101 BL 4102

Fl 4301

Fl 4302

HRM4301

HRM 4302

HRM 4303

IM 4301

MIS 4101

MKT 4301
MS 4325

MIS 4102

Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2, 3

Statistics 1 , 2

Critical Writing 1, 2

Approaches to Literature

Business Writing and Reports 1, 2

Mathematics 1 , 2

Fundamental Issues in Psychology

Developmental Aspects in Psychology

Personal Dynamics in Psychology

Fundamental Issues in Sociology

The Individual and Social Roles

Critical Issues Facing Society

Effective Communication 1

Accounting Principles 1,2,3

Law 1 , 2

Principles of Finance

Financial Management

Organizational Behavior

Introduction to Human Resources Management

Applied Human Resources Management

Operations Management

Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1, 2
Introduction to Marketing 1
Introduction to Modeling and Simulation

Choose one computer programming course from:

MIS 4220
MIS 4240
MIS 4250

Major Concentration Courses

MGT4101 MGT4102 MGT4103

MGT4310

MGT 4350
MGT 4355
MGT 4356

MGT 4351

MGT 4360
MKT 4320

MGT 4361
Nonbusiness Electives

Introduction to Piiogramming in COBOL
Introduction to Programming in BASIC
FORTRAN Programming 1

Introduction to Business and

Management 1, 2, 3
Project Management Process: Planning and

Implementation
Business Policy 1, 2
Manager and Society
International Business Management and

Operations
Management Seminar 1, 2
Marketing Management 1

Open Electives

Elective in Natural Sciences

Total Credits

9
6
6
3
6

6 I
3 I
3 !
or
3
3

or I
3
3

174

Business Administration 59

Management Information Systems
(Major Code 465)

Bachelor of Science In Business
Administration Peg ree

quarter hours

Core Courses— Liberal Arts

ECN 4115

ECN 4116 ECN 4117

Economic Principles and Problems 1,2,3

ECN 4250

ECN 4251

Statistics 1 , 2

ENG4110

ENG 4111

Critical Writing 1, 2

ENG 4112

Approaches to Literature

ENG 4380

ENG 4381

Business Writing and Reports 1, 2

MTH4110

MTH 4111

Mathematics 1 , 2

PSY 4110

Fundamental Issues in Psychology

PSY 4111

Developmental Aspects in Psychology

PSY 4112

Personal Dynamics in Psychology

SOC4100

Fundamental Issues in Sociology

SOC4101

The Individual and Social Roles

SOC4102

Critical Issues Facing Society

SPG 4101

Effective Communication 1

Core Courses — Business Administration

ACC4101

ACC4102 ACC4103

Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3

BL 4101

BL 4102

Law 1 , 2

Fl 4301

Principles of Finance

Fl 4302

Financial Management

IM 4301

Operations Management

HRM4301

Organizational Behavior

HRM4302

Introduction to Human Resources Management

HRM 4303

Applied Human Resources Management

MGT4101

MGT 41 02

Introduction to Business and Management 1, 2

MGT 4350

MGT 4351

Business Policy 1, 2

MGT 4356

International Business Management and

Operations

MKT 4301

Introduction to Marketing 1

MS 4325

Introduction to Modeling and Simulation

Major Concentration Courses

MGT 4310

Project Management Process: Planning and

Implementation

MIS 4101

MIS 4102

Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1 , 2

MIS 4221

MIS 4222

COBOL Programming 1, 2

MIS 4230

End User Software

MIS 4301

MIS 4302

Systems Analysis and Design 1, 2

MIS 4307

Communication and Networking

MIS 4345

Data Base Management Systems

MIS 4348

Information Resource Management

MIS 4385

Applied MIS Development Project

Open Electlves

Elective in Natural Sciences

Total Credits

174

Health Professions and Sciences

Paula M. Vosburgh, Director

Health Professions and Science Programs

Lana B. Melnik, Assistant to the Director, Health
Professions and Science Programs

244 Forsyth Building, 617-437-2818

Aims

Programs in allied health are offered through Uni-
versity College to help students prepare for ad-
vancement and service in hospitals and other
health agencies through part-time study.

Degree programs, both associate and bacca-
laureate, are designed to provide professional
specialization and general educational develop-
ment. All programs are designed to meet the ac-
creditation standards of the Committee on Allied
Health Education and Accreditation (CAHEA) of
the American Medical Association (AMA) and of
licensing or registration boards where such exist.

The CAHEA is responsible for adopting essen-
tials (minimal standards for AMA accreditation)
for allied health education programs with the ad-
vice of AMA section councils, medical specialty
societies, and allied health organizations. The
United States Commissioner of Education and the
nongovernment Council on Post-secondary Ac-
creditation recognize the AMA and collaborating
organizations for the purpose of accrediting ed-
ucational programs for established allied health
occupations.

Course Distribution

It is the goal of Northeastern University to offer
students a balanced educational background. To
this end, the following curriculum design is in
effect for most programs:

Professional and professionally related 35-50%
Basic and allied sciences 25-40%

Liberal arts 25-40%

Students choose electives to fulfill course dis-
tribution requirements and to equal the number
of credits required for the specific degree.

Clinical Assignments

Clinical assignments are generally available for
students whose programs require directed ap-
plied study in a clinical setting. In most instances
lectures are presented at the University, while
clinical practice is conducted at various hospitals
or other health agencies in the Greater Boston
area. Positions for applied clinical studies are
often offered on a competitive basis, with the stu-
dent's academic performance in both didactic
and basic professional courses used as the basis
for acceptance. Academic credit earned during
the practicum is usually applicable toward the
degree requirement.

Students accepting clinical assignments in
health facilities are expected to adhere to require-
ments of the facility, all of which are outside Uni-
versity control.

Preprofessional Medical Courses

Each year a number of students enroll in Univer-
sity College courses in order to complete science
courses required for entrance into a doctoral pro-
gram at a health professional school. Most of
these persons already possess a bachelor's de-
gree in a nonscience field, although a few may
be enrolled in a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor
of Arts degree program in University College. The
information provided below is for those students
who plan to apply for admission to schools of
medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, podiatry, or op-
tometry. Those who wish to pursue veterinary
medicine may need to meet different entrance
requirements and should consult the chair of the
Health Professions Advisory Committee for addi-
tional advice.

Course Requirements Professional schools for
each of the doctoral health professions have quite
similar undergraduate college course require-
ments. These courses must be completed before
one may enroll in medical school, and generally
should be completed before one takes the ad-
mission test (MCAT, DAT, etc.) that is part of the
admissions process.

62 Health Professions and Sciences

Biology

General chemistry

Organic chemistry

Physics

College mathematics

College English

one year (with labs)
one year (with labs)
one year (with labs)
one year (with labs)
through some calcu-
lus
one year

The requirement of one year generally means
eight semester hours of course work. Northeast-
em's quarter hour is equal to three quarters of a
semester hour. A 12-quarter-hour, three-quarter
course sequence in University College is there-
fore equivalent to nine semester hours and easily
meets the one-year requirement.

Northeastern University's Health Professions
Advisory Committee provides academic advice
and help with professional school applications for
students in any of the University's health pro-
grams. While advice is available to anyone en-
rolled in a course, the Committee can prepare
evaluation letters only for those who have taken
sufficient work at Northeastern to be able to have
at least two Northeastern faculty members write
letters to the Committee.

Sources of Advice:

Paula Vosburgh, Director

Health Professions and Science Programs

244 Forsyth Building

617-437-2818

University College

Office of Academic and Student Affairs

102 Churchill Hall

61 7-437-2400

Dr. C. H. Ellis, Jr.

Chairperson, Health Professions Advisory

Committee
Biology Department
Northeastern University
445 Richards Hall
617-437-4032
Professor T. J. McEneaney
Office of Career Development and Placement
Northeastern University
132 Nightingale Hall
Telephone 617-437-2430

Course Sequences to Meet Minimum Admis-
sion Requirements

The following list shows acceptable sequences
which can be taken by students preparing for
health professional schools. Completing one se-
quence from each category should meet the min-
imum requirements of most medical or dental

schools. If you have questions about whether
other courses might be applicable, talk with Dr.
Ellis or another member of the Health Professions i
Advisory Committee.

General biology

BIO 4103, 4104,
must be taken

4105— lab

Other biology work, such as
anatomy and physiology and
microbiology may be accepta-
ble, depending on the profes-
sional school. General biology
is highly recommended even if
you have already taken the
other courses.

General chem- CHM 4111, 4112, 4113— lab

istry must be taken

Organic chem- CHM 4261, 4262, 4263— lab

istry must be taken

General physics *PHY 41 17, 41 18, 4119 and labs

PHY 41 73, 4174
Mathematics MTH 4108, 4120, 4121

English

ENG 4110, 4111, 4112

Some medical schools have additional entrance
requirements. Admission requirements for all
schools may be found in Medical School Admis-
sion Requirements, published by the Association
of American Medical Colleges. Two areas that are
often required are behavioral science and bio-
chemistry. Courses that meet these requirements
are:

Behavioral

science

Biochemistry

PSY 4110, 4111, 4112 and/or
other psychology courses
CHM 4371, 4372, 4373
or

BIO 4246, 4247, 4248
*These courses are scheduled through Lincoln
College. Please call 617-437-2500 for further in-
formation.

Area Program Directors and Coordinators

Within the University College health professions
programs there are several area Program Direc-
tors and Coordinators. Area Program Directors,
along with the Director of Health Professions and
Science Programs, have overall responsibility for
the academic integrity and quality of the health
programs in their areas of specialty. The Program
Coordinators for each area serve as the chief
academic advisers for students in their programs

Health Professions and Sciences 63

JoAnne McNeill, Acting Program Director for Den-
tal Assistant Program (University College); 617-
437-2818.

Program Director and Coordinator for Health
Management; 617-437-2818.
Prof. Judith Weilerstein, Program Director for
Health Record Administration (College of Phar-
macy and Allied Health Professions); 617-437-
3663.

Annalee Collins, Program Coordinator for Health
Record Administration (College of Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions); 617-437-2525.
Dr. Theodore Blank, Program Director and Coor-
dinator for the Bachelor of Science degree pro-
gram in Health Science (University College); 617-
727-1960.

Prof. Gerald L. Davis, Program Director for Med-
ical Laboratory Science (College of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions); 617-437-3664.
Barbara Martin, Program Coordinator for Medical
Laboratory Science (College of Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions); 617-437-3664.
Marcia DePace, Academic Coordinator, Nursing
Program evening section (University College);
617-437-2818.

Stanley Bozen, Program Director for Radiologic
Technology (University College); 617-437-2818.
Prof. Frank Robinson, Program Director for Ther-
apeutic Recreation Services (Boston-Bouve Col-
lege of Human Development Professions); 617-
437-3157.

Chemical-Biological Technology (Major Code 803)

Associate in Science Degree

The program in chemical-biological technology
helps provide the chemistry and biology foun-
dation required by medical and industrial labo-
ratory assistants and technicians in clinically,
chemically, or biologically oriented organizations
and for persons having paramedical responsibil-
ities. Employment opportunities may be found in
hospitals, health clinics, research foundations,
chemical and drug industries, public health or-
ganizations, water and sanitation departments,
and in the emerging fields of the oceanographic
technologies.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the
Mathematics Placement Test or the Basic Math-
ematics 1 and 2 courses (MTH 4001 and MTH
4002). The Mathematics Placement Test may be
taken the first night of class.

Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer
applicable credits toward the requirements in Lin-
coln College programs leading to the Associate
in Engineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor
of Engineering Technology degrees, as well as to
other University College programs.

First Year

CHM4111

CHM4112

CHM4113

ENG4110

ENG 4111

ENG 4112

MTH 4110

MTH 4111

MTH 4112

MTH 4107

MTH 4108

PHY 4104

PHY 4105

PHY 4106

Second Year

BIO 4103

BIO 4104

BIO 4105

MTH 4116

MTH 4117

MTH 4118

MTH 4120

MTH 4121

quarter hours

General Chemistry 1, 2, 3 9
Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment) 6
Approaches to Literature (required prior to en-
rollment) 3
Mathematics 1, 2, 3 9
or or
College Algebra and Introduction to Calculus 8
General Physics 1,2,3 6

Biology 1,2, 3 12

Probability and Statistics 1, 2, 3 6

or or

Calculus 1 and Calculus A 8

Social Science Electives (3) 9

64 Health Professions and Sciences

Third Year

BIO 4175

BIO 4176

BIO 4177

CHM4261

OHM 4262

OHM 4263

CHM4221

OHM 4222

OHM 4223

Fourth Year

BIO 4190

BIO 4191

BIO 4192

Human Anatomy and Physiology 1, 2, 3

Organic Chemistry 1, 2, 3

Analytical Chemistry 1, 2, 3

Humanities Electives (3)

Microbiology 1, 2, 3
Chemistry or Biology Electives
(as needed to complete total credits)

Total Credits

Chemical-Biological Technology (Major Code 804)

96-100

Bachelor of Science Degree

The chemical-biological technology program is
an interdisciplinary program integrating theoreti-
cal and laboratory course sequences from the
fields of chemistry and biology, which helps to
prepare students for responsibilities in laboratory
careers that emphasize laboratory application
and teaching careers in general science. Em-
ployment opportunities may be found in a wide
variety of industrial, pharmaceutical, clinical, and
hospital laboratories dealing with analytical, pro-
duction, and research functions, and in second-
ary school education in the teaching of general
science, chemistry, biology, and other related
courses.

General Science Teacher Option — Students
planning to apply to the University's graduate
Boston-Bouve College of Human Development
Professions must include courses in adolescent
psychology and principles of teaching among
their electives.

quarter hours

First Year

ENG 4110

ENG 4111

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment)

ENG4112

Approaches to Literature (required prior to en-
rollment)

CHM4111

CHM4112

CHM4113

General Chemistry 1, 2, 3

MTH 4110

MTH 4111

MTH 4112

Mathematics 1, 2, 3

MTH 4107

MTH 4108

College Algebra and Introduction to Calculus

PHY 4104

PHY 4105

PHY 4106

General Physics 1, 2, 3

Second Year

BIO 4103

BIO 4104

BIO 4105

Biology 1, 2, 3

HST 4101

The Civilization of the Ancient and Medieval
Worlds

HST 4102

The Civilization of the Early Modern World

HST 4103

The Civilization of the Modern World

MTH 4116

MTH 4117

MTH 41 18

Probability and Statistics 1, 2, 3

MTH 4120

MTH 4121

Calculus 1 and Calculus A

Health Professions and Sciences 65

Third Year

BIO 4175
CHM4221
PSY 4110
PSY 4111
PSY 4112

Fourth Year

BIO 4190
OHM 4261

Fifth Year

BIO 4350

OHM 4321

OHM 4323

EON 4115

ESC 4215

or
JESC 4330
[ESC 4332

Sixth Year

BIO 4224

CHM4381

CHM4371

SOC 4100

SOC4101

SOC 4102

Seventh Year

BIO 4235

BIO 4237
or

BIO 4246

BIO 4248

BIO 4176 BIO 4177 Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 , 2, 3 9

OHM 4222 OHM 4223 Analytical Chemistry 1, 2, 3 9

Fundamental Issues in Psychology 3

Developmental Aspects in Psychology 3

Personal Dynamics in Psychology 3

BIO 4191 BIO 4192 Microbiology 1 , 2, 3 9

OHM 4262 OHM 4263 Organic Chemistry 1 , 2, 3 12

BIO 4351 BIO 4352 Histology-Organology 1, 2, 3 6

CHM4322 Instrumental Analysis 1, 2 6

Radiochemistry 3

EON 4116 EON 4117 Economic Pnnciples 1, 2, 3 " 9

ESC 4216 ESC 4217 Oceanology 1, 2. 3 9

or or

ESC 4331 fPishenes Oceanology 1,2 |6

Marine Resources |3

BIO 4225 BIO 4226 Ecology 1,2, 3 9

OHM 4382 OHM 4383 Physical Chemistry 1, 2, 3 9

or or

OHM 4372 OHM 4373 Biochemistry 1, 2, 3 9

Fundamental Issues in Sociology 3

The Individual and Social Roles 3

Critical Issues Facing Society 3

BIO 4236 Genetics 1,2 6

Genetics Lab 2

or or

BIO 4247 Cell Biology 1,2 6

Cell Biology Lab 2
Electives as needed to complete total credits

Total Credits

175-178

66 Health Professions and Sciences

Dental Assistant Program

Nortlieastern University offers the Dental Assis-
tant Program in collaboration with Tufts University
School of Dental Medicine and other local clinical
facilities. The program consists of ten months of
full-time day instruction, with both lectures and
laboratory sessions conducted at Northeastern
University.

Accredited by the Commission of Accreditation
of Dental and Dental Auxiliary Education Pro-
grams, the program helps students prepare for
the certification examination conducted by the
Dental Assisting National Board.

Students who successfully complete the pro-
gram and pass the certification examination may

Dental Assistant (Major Code 877)

petition to receive up to 24 elective credits to be
applied toward the Bachelor of Science in Health
Science degree program offered by University
College. These students may also petition to re-
ceive up to 33 credits in the Health Education
program offered by Northeastern's Boston-Bouve
College of Human Development Professions.

To receive detailed information and an appli-
cation form, please contact:
Director, Dental Assistant Program
244 Forsyth Building
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, MA 02115, 617-437-2818

Certificate Program

Quarter 1

DTA 4102
DTA 4200
DTA 4202
DTA 4303
DTA 4308
DTA 4310
DTA 4312

Quarter 2

DTA 4300
DTA 4302
DTA 4304
DTA 4306
DTA 4314
DTA 4315
DTA 4316
DTA 4319
DTA 4402

Quarter 3

*ENG 4110
DTA 4307
DTA 4317
DTA 4318

*DTA 4320
DTA 4400
DTA 4419

*PSY 4117

Preclinical

Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
Clinical Assisting 1
Radiography 1
Dental Anatomy 1
Prevention and Plaque Control
Medical Emergencies
Dental Specialties

Clinical Assisting 2

Radiography 2

Dental Anatomy 2

Biology 1

Microbiology

Pharmacology

Nutrition

Dental Laboratory 1

Radiology

Critical Writing 1
Biology 2
Histopathology
Practice Management
Word Processing
Clinical Assisting 3
Dental Laboratory 2
Clinical Behavior

* These courses carry three quarter hours of academic credit.

Health Professions and Sciences 67

! Health Management (Major Code 860)

Bachelor of Science Degree

The Bachelor of Science degree program in
Health Management is intended for individuals
who wish to prepare, on a part-time basis, for
entry into or advancement in managerial positions
in the health care field. This program includes
special concentration of professional courses to
prepare for licensure examination in long-term
care administration.

The health management curriculum encompas-
ses course work from a variety of disciplines.
Courses are planned, in many instances, to be
taken in a preset sequence, which first introduces
broad concepts and then gives students an op-

portunity to apply such concepts in specific
professional courses. Some management
courses serve as prerequisites to more special-
ized health care administration courses. Similarly,
certain health care administration courses serve
as foundations for other electives. Students must
adhere to the prerequisites in their course selec-
tion. The following is a summary of planned
course sequences. It is not necessary to take
sequence A before sequence B, and so on; pre-
requisites apply only to courses within a se-
quence.

MTH 4110
HMG4200

MTH 4111

ACC 4101
Fl 4301
HMG4400

ACC 4102
HMG4401

MGT4101
HMG4100

MGT4102
HMG4101

HMG4100
HMG4425

HMG4101
HMG4426

HMG4100
HMG4550

HMG4101
HMG4551

HRA 4302
HSC 4301

HSC 4302

Mathematics 1, 2
Health Science Statistics

Accounting Principles 1, 2

Pnnciples of Finance

Health Care Financial Management 1 , 2

Introduction to Business and Management 1, 2
Hospital Organization and Management 1 , 2

Hospital Organization and Management 1 , 2
Applied Health Care Management 1, 2

Hospital Organization and Management 1, 2
Contemporary and Controversial Health Care
Issues 1, 2

Medical Terminology Survey
Foundations of Medical Science 1, 2

68 Health Professions and Sciences

Distribution Requirements for the Bachelor of Science Degree

Basic Courses

Health Care Administration

Health Care Management Concentration Option 1 or 2

Liberal Arts

Management

Basic Courses

ECN4115 ECN 4116 ECN4117

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG 4112

MTH4110 MTH4111

PSY 4110
PSY 4111
PSY 4112

Liberal Arts Courses

BIO 4103 BIO 4104 BIO 4105

BIO 4175 BIO 4176 BIO 4177

SOC4100

SOC 4101

SOC4102

Management Courses

ACC 4101
FIN 4301
HMG4200
HMG4430
HRM4310
MGT4101
MIS 4101

MIS 4355

Health Care Administration Courses

ACC 4102

HMG4431

MGT4102

HMG4100
HMG4215
HMG4301
HMG4310
HMG4400
HRA 4302
HSC 4301

HMG4101

HMG4401

HSC 4302

quarter hours

33
30
33
45
33

Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2, 3
Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment)
Approaches to Literature (required prior to en-
rollment)
Mathematics 1, 2

Fundamental Issues in Psychology
Developmental Aspects in Psychology
Personal Dynamics in Psychology

Biology 1, 2, 3

Anatomy and Physiology 1,2,3

Fundamental Issues in Sociology

The Individual and Social Roles

Critical Issues Facing Society

Social Science or Humanities Electives

Accounting Principles 1, 2

Principles of Finance

Health Science Statistics

Communications for Health Care Personnel 1 , 2

Personnel Management 1

Introduction to Business and Management 1 , 2

Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1
Information Processing in Medicine

Hospital Organization and Management 1 , 2

Hospital Law and Ethics

Health Care Delivery

Principles and Practices of Community Health 1

Health Care Financial Management 1 , 2

Medical Terminology Survey

Foundations of Medical Science 1, 2

Health Professions and Sciences 69

Option 1 Long-Term Care Administration

For licensure as a nursing home administrator, the Board of Registration of Nursing
Home Administrators in Massachusetts requires an internship, a licensure examination,
and a baccalaureate degree. The required courses in this option help prepare the
student for the licensure examination in Massachusetts. Each student, however, is
cautioned to contact the Board of Registration of Nursing Home Administrators to
ascertain the specific requirements for eligibility to sit for the exam in Massachusetts.

Required Courses quarter hours

•HMG4600 HMG4601 HMG4602 Long-Term Care Administration A, B. C 18

SOC 4225 Social Gerontology 3

*Students who, in years past, may have successfully completed any courses in Long-Term Care
Administration (former sequence 86.340 through 86.345) are required to consult with the Program
Director's Office (617-437-2818) prior to registering for Long-Term Care Administration A, B, or C.

Electives

Select 12 quarter hours from the following, or choose other electives with permission of adviser.

HMG4300 Home Health Care 3

HMG4425 HMG4426 Applied Health Care Management 1, 2 6

HSC4210 Basic Nutrition 3

HSC 4220 Basic Pharmacology 3

HSC 4315 Environmental Problems and Health 3
REC 4101 REC 4102 REC 4103 Principles and Practices of Therapeutic

Recreation 1, 2, 3 9

Option 2 Community Health IVIanagement

Required Courses

HMG431 1 Principles and Practices of Community Health 2 3

HMG4425 HMG4426 Applied Health Care Management 1 , 2 6

HSC 4310 Public Health 1 3

MLS 4341 Epidemiology 1 3

Electives

Select 12 quarter hours from the following, or choose other electives with permission of adviser.

HMG4300 Home Health Care 3

HMG4550 HMG4551 Contemporary and Controversial Health Care

Issues 1,2 6
HMG4610 Principles and Practices of Community Mental

Health 3

HSC 4210 Basic Nutrition 3

HSC 4220 Basic Pharmacology 3

HSC 4311 Public Health 2 3

HSC 4315 Environmental Problems and Health 3

MLS 4342 Epidemiology 2 3

SOC 4215 Medical Sociology 3

Total Credits ^^'*

70 Health Professions and Sciences

Health Record Administration

The health record adnninistrator has varied re-
sponsibilities relating to health information sys-
tenns. He or she may organize, operate, and
manage medical record services. The program
offers the student the opportunity to develop the
capability to design health information and re-
trieval systems; to plan, organize, and direct
medical record services; to develop, analyze, and
evaluate medical records and indexes; to work
with medical and administrative staffs in devel-
oping methods for evaluation of patient care, and
in research projects utilizing health care infor-
mation.

The health record administration program lead-
ing to a Bachelor of Science degree has been in
effect at Northeastern University since 1966. The
professional certification program, open to stu-
dents already holding baccalaureate degrees
and offering the required professional courses,

was instituted in 1967. These programs are ap-
proved by the Committee on Allied Health Edu-
cation and Accreditation in cooperation with the
American Medical Record Association.

Candidates who wish to enroll in this program
must be interviewed by the Program Director. Ar-
rangements for this interview may be made
through the Health Records Office, 205 Mugar
Building; 617-437-3663.

In designated professional courses (*), stu-
dents must obtain a grade of C or better. Only
one professional course may be repeated. Stu-
dents who receive a grade of D in more than one
professional course will be asked to withdraw
from the program.

Students applying for the clinical sequence of
courses (HRA 4324, HRA 4325, HRA 4326) must
have a quality point average of 2.5 and the ap-
proval of their adviser.

Health Record Administration (IVIajor Code 861) Bachelor of Science Degree

Successful completion of this program qualifies a tion examinations conducted by the American
student for admission to the professional registra- Medical Record Association.

Basic Courses

ECN4115 ECN4116

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG 4112

MTH4110 MTH4111

PSY 4110
PSY 4111
PSY 4112

Liberal Arts Courses

BIO 4103 BIO 4104

BIO 4175 BIO 4176

ECN 4250 ECN 4251

^HST 4101

HST 4102
^HST 4103

or
[POL 4103

POL 4104
[POL 4105

SOC 4100

SOC4101

SOC 4102

Humanities

quarter hours

ECN 4117 Economic Principles and Practices 1, 2, 3 9

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment) 6
Approaches to Literature (required prior to

enrollment) 3

Mathematics 1,2 6

Fundamental Issues in Psychology 3

Developmental Aspects in Psychology 3

Personal Dynamics in Psychology 3

BIO 4105 Biology 1, 2, 3 12

BIO 4177 Anatomy and Physiology 1, 2, 3* 9

Statistics 1,2* 6
The Civilization of the Ancient and Modern

Worlds p

The Civilization of the Early Modern World \ 3

The Civilization of the Modern World [3

or or

Introduction to Politics [3

Introduction to American Government Is

Introduction to Comparative Government [3

Fundamental Issues in Sociology 3

The Individual and Social Roles 3

Critical Issues Facing Society 3

Arts, English, Language, Philosophy, Music 6

Health Professions and Sciences 71

Professional and Professionally Related Courses

HMG4215

HMG4301

HRA 4305 HRA 4306

HRA 4308

HRA 4310
HRA 4313
HRA 4320

HRA 4324
HRA 4330
HRA 4332
HRM4301
HSC 4301
MIS 4101

HRA 4311
HRA 4314
HRA 4321

HRA 4325

HSC 4302

Elective Courses
Total Credits

HRA 4312

HRA 4326

Hospital Law and Ethics*

Health Care Delivery

Medical Terminology 1, 2*t

Hospital Management for Medical Record

Administrators*
Medical Record Science 1, 2, 3*
Medical Record Science 4, 5*
Organization of the Medical Record

Department 1, 2*
Applied Medical Record Science 1 , 2, 3*
Medical Record Computer Science*
Topics in Health Records
Organizational Behavior
Foundations of Medical Science 1 , 2*
Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1

3
3

3
18
12

6
9
3
3
3
6

178

*Students must obtain a grade of C or better in this course. Only one professional course may be
repeated. Students who receive a grade of D in more than one will be asked to withdraw from the
program.

tA challenge examination for Health Record majors may be available for HRA 4305 and HRA 4306.
Contact the University College Health Professions and Sciences Office at 617-437-2818.

72 Health Professions and Sciences

Health Record Administration (Major Code 862)

Certificate Program

Candidates who wish to qualify for admission to
the professional examination leading to registra-
tion as a Medical Record Administrator and who
already hold a baccalaureate in another field of
study from a college or university acceptable to
Northeastern University may undertake the follow-
ing course work. Graduates of approved schools
in medical record administration are eligible for
the national registration examination given by
AMRA. Passing this examination gives profes-
sional recognition as a Registered Record Ad-
ministrator (RRA). Successful completion of this
course sequence with a cumulative point average
of 2.5 will lead to certification from University Col-
lege that the candidate has completed a profes-
sional program in health record science. In
addition to the required courses listed below,
candidates must complete one year of a natural
science, such as biology, chemistry, or microbi-
ology, and a course in descriptive statistics.
These requirements are in addition to the labo-
ratory course in anatomy and physiology.

Candidates who wish to enroll in this program
must be interviewed by the program adviser. Ar-

rangements for this interview' may be made
through the Health Records Office, 205 Mugar
Building; 617-437-3663.

Note: in addition to the required course work,
the student must demonstrate that he or she un-
derstands the principles of descriptive statistics.
This requirement may be satisfied by successful
completion of an approved statistics course at
Northeastern or another university, or completion
of University College course ECN 4250 Statistics
1 with a grade of C or better.

Courses Required for Professional Certifica-
tion In the professional courses listed below,
students must obtain a grade of C or better. Only
one professional course may be repeated. Stu-
dents who receive a grade of D in more than one
professional course will be asked to withdraw
from the program.

Students applying for the clinical courses HRA
4324, HRA 4325, and HRA 4326 must have a
quality point average of 2.5 and the approval of
their adviser.

Courses Required for Professional Certification

quarter hours

BIO 4175
HMG4215
HMG4301
HRA 4305
HRA 4308

HRA 4310
HRA 4313
HRA 4320

HRA 4324
HRA 4330
HRA 4332
HSC 4301
MIS 4101

Total Credits

BIO 4176

HRA 4306

HRA 4311
HRA 4314
HRA 4321

HRA 4325

HSC 4302

BIO 4177 Anatomy and Physiology 1, 2, 3

Hospital Law and Ethics
Health Care Delivery
Medical Terminology 1, 2t
Hospital Management for Medical Record
Administrators

HRA 4312 Medical Record Science 1, 2, 3

Medical Record Science 4, 5
Organization of the Medical Records
Department 1, 2

HRA 4326 Applied Medical Record Science 1, 2, 3

Medical Record Computer Science
Topics in Health Records
Foundations of Medical Science 1, 2
Information to Data Processing and Information
Systems 1

9
3
3

3
18
12

6
9
3
3
6

fA challenge examination for Health Record majors may be available for HRA 4305 and HRA 4306.
Contact the University College Health Professions and Sciences Office at 617-437-2818.

Health Professions and Sciences 73

Health Science (Major Code 865) Bachelor of Science in Health Science Degree

The Bachelor of Science degree in Health Sci- the appropriate medical association (American

ence is available to students holding registration, Medical Association, National League of Nursing,

certification, or licensure (as defined by University American Dental Association, etc.).

regulations) in a specific health profession and All students in this program should consult with

trained in an approved program accredited by an academic adviser.

Distribution Requirements for the Bachelor of Science Degree quarter hours

Liberal arts 42

Sciences 44

Professional and professionally related 45^8

Electives and/or transfer credit 40-43

To equal 174

A. Liberal Arts

Required 9

ENG 41 1 0 ENG 41 1 1 Critical Writing 1 , 2 (required prior to enrollment)

ENG 41 12 Approaches to Literature (required prior to

enrollment)

Humanities (Recommended Courses) 9

Select from areas beginning with these department codes:

ART Fine Arts

ASL American Sign Language

DRA Theatre Arts

ENG English

JRN Journalism

LN Modern Languages

MUS Music

PHL Philosophy and Religion

SPG Speech Communication

TCC Technical Communications

Social Sciences (Recommended Courses) 9

Select from areas beginning with these department codes:

ECN Economics

HST History

POL Political Science

PSY Psychology

SOA Anthropology

SOC Sociology

Electives in Above Areas 1 5

/4 Meaiin rroiessions anu ocienuyti

B. Sciences
Required Basic

BIO 4103
BIO 4175
BIO 4190
CHM4111

BIO 4104
BIO 4176

CHM4112

BIO 4177
CHM4113

Biology 1, 2

Anatomy and Physiology 1,2,3

Microbiology 1

General Chemistry 1, 2, 3

CHM4101
MTH 4110

CHM4102
MTH 4111

CHM4103

Modern Chemistry 1, 2, 3

Mathematics 1, 2

MTH 4107

MTH 4108

College Algebra and Introduction to Calculus

Required Advanced

To be taken after enrollment in a Bachelor of Science program and determined by profession. Select
a minimum of nine quarter hours from the following:

Genetics 1, 2, 3 8

Cell Biology 1, 2, 3

Advanced Human Physiology 1, 2

Medical Microbiology

Histology-Organology 1, 2, 3

Immunology

Organic Chemistry 1, 2, 3

Advanced Nutrition

Advanced Pharmacology

Hematology

Morphologic Hematology 1 , 2

BIO 4235

BIO 4236

BIO 4237

BIO 4246

BIO 4247

BIO 4248

BIO 4258

BIO 4259

BIO 4320

BIO 4350

BIO 4351

BIO 4352

BIO 4461

CHM4261

CHM4262

CHM4263

HSC 4600

HSC 4601

MLS 4321

MLS 4322

MLS 4323

C. Professional and Professionally Related

General Core

HMG4200

HSC 4301

HSC 4302

Health Science Statistics
Foundations of Medical Science 1 ,

General Core Options

Select 18 quarter hours from the following;

HMG4301

HMG4310 HMG4311

HMG4550

HMG4610

HSC 4210
HSC 4215
HSC 4220
HSC 4310
HSC 4315
MLS 4341
REC 4460

HMG4551

HSC 4311

Health Care Delivery

Principles and Practices of Community

Health 1, 2
Contemporary and Controversial Health Care

Issues 1, 2
Principles and Practices of Community Mental

Health
Basic Nutrition
Hospital Law and Ethics
Basic Pharmacology
Public Health 1, 2

Environmental Problems and Health
Epidemiology 1
Process of Aging

'BIO 4235

BIO 4236

BIO 4237

Genetics 1, 2, 3

'BIO 4246

BIO 4247

BIO 4248

Cell Biology 1, 2, 3

'BIO 4350

BIO 4351

BIO 4352

Histology-Organology 1, 2, 3

'BIO 4461

Immunology

CHM4224

Analytical Chemistry

OHM 4381

OHM 4382

OHM 4383

Physical Chemistry 1, 2, 3

Health Professions and Sciences 75

Additional general core options for students with a clinical laboratory background:

8
8
6
4
4
9

General Educational and Administrative

HMG4100 HMG4101 Hospital Organization and Management 1 , 2 6

HSC 4320 HSC 4321 Health Science Education 1, 2 6

Advanced Professional Options

Courses in professional, health education, or health administration areas to be taken after
enrollment into a Bachelor of Science degree program in health science.
Select six to nine quarter hours from the following:

HMG4210 HMG4211 Medical Care and Current Social Problems 1, 2 6

HMG4400 HMG4401 Health Care Finance 1, 2 6

HMG4425 HMG4426 Applied Health Care Management 1 , 2 6

HMG4430 HMG4431 Communications for Health Care Personnel 1, 2 6

HSC 4602 Methods and Materials of Public Health

Education 3

HSC 4610 Geriatric Nutrition 3

HSC 4613 Oral Microbiology 3

HSC 4614 HSC 4615 Advanced Periodontology 1, 2 6

MLS 4342 Epidemiology 2 3

Additional advanced professional options for students with a clinical laboratory background:

BIO 4191 BIO 4192 Microbiology 2, 3 6

*BIO 4258 BIO 4259 Advanced Human Physiology 1, 2 6

*BIO 4320 Medical Microbiology 4

CHM4321 OHM 4322 Instrumental Analysis 1, 2 6

CHM4323 Radiochemistry 3

tMLS 1323 Hemostasis 2

tMLS 1324 Histochemistry 2

tMLS 1331 Clinical Immunology 3

tMLS 1333 Immunohematology 2

*MLS 4322 MLS 4323 Morphologic Hematology 1,2 6

MLS 4365 Quality Control 3

D. Electives

Electives and/or Transfer Credits to Equal 174

'Courses may be utilized in only one category; requirements must be fulfilled in each category.
tTuition for this course is at the Basic College tuition rate.

76 Health Professions and bciences

Medical Laboratory Science— Medical Technology

Medical laboratory science is concerned with lab-
oratory examination of nnateriai necessary for
proper monitoring of health and for the diagnosis
and treatment of illness. Working in a variety of
specialized fields such as microbiology, blood
banking, hematology, clinical chemistry, or as
generalists in all these areas, medical laboratory
technicians and technologists are important
health professionals.

The associate degree medical laboratory tech-
nician works under the direct supervision of a
medical technologist and performs most of the
common medical laboratory tests. The bachelor's
degree medical technologist is considered qual-
ified to perform, with little or no direct supervision,
levels of laboratory tests from the simplest to the
most complex. With additional education or ex-
perience, medical technologists can also function
as educators, researchers, or supervisors. Med-
ical technicians and technologists hold positions
in hospital, private, and research laboratories.
Some serve as sales and technical representa-
tives for scientific supply and equipment com-
panies; others serve in government positions.

Both the associate degree and bachelor's de-
gree programs are conducted in affiliation with
hospitals in the Boston area. The baccalaureate
degree is accredited by the Committee of Allied
Health Education and Accreditation of the Amer-
ican Medical Association. Upon successful com-
pletion of one of these programs, the student
receives either the Associate in Science or Bach-
elor of Science degree and is eligible to take a
national certification examination given by either
the National Certification Agency for Medical Lab-
oratory Personnel or the Board of Registry of the
American Society of Clinical Pathology.

The basic courses in medical laboratory sci-
ence and basic science and general education
courses are offered evenings, but the advanced
medical laboratory science courses and the clin-
ical experience are only offered full time during
the day.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the
Mathematics Placement Test or Introduction to
Mathematics 1 and 2 (MTH 4110, MTH 4111).

Professional Requirements for the Associate
Degree-Medical Laboratory Technician A clin-
ical applied study program or appropriate sub-
stitute work experience is a required component
of this degree. Work experience is acceptable if
it meets the requirements for certification of either

the National Certification Agencyfor Medical Lab-
oratory Personnel or the Board of Registry of the
American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Stu-
dents without appropriate work experience can
apply for clinical applied studies through the Uni-
versity College MLS Clinical Coordinator, 206 Mu-
gar; 617-437-3664.

Prerequisites for the clinical applied studies are
a minimum of a 2.0 quality point average in re-
quired courses and a C- or better in each med-
ical laboratory science course (MLS. ...). These
basic courses are available during the evening
and, on an every-other-year basis, through the
College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Profes-
sions. Students register for these courses in the
Basic College (College of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions), 206 Mugar. Tuition is the
same as that charged for all Basic College MLS
professional courses. These courses should be
completed within three years of applying to the
AD-MLT Clinical Applied Studies.

Students must apply to the Clinical Coordinator
in the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions (206 Mugar) for the six-month clinical
applied studies component of the associate de-
gree program in Medical Laboratory Science.
This should be done one year in advance of the
anticipated time of entry into the applied study
courses. Students register for clinical applied
study in the Basic College (206 Mugar). Tuition is
at the Basic College rate.

Professional Requirements for the Bachelor of
Science Degree Clinical applied study courses
are available on a full time basis only, and are
offered through the College of Pharmacy and Al-
lied Health Professions. Students must apply for
the applied study courses one year in advance.
A minimum of four quarters of full-time study is
necessary for completion of the program require-
ments. During this time the student must meet all
the requirements of the last four quarters of the
undergraduate Basic College curriculum for the
Bachelor of Science degree. Students register for
clinical applied study in the Basic College (206
Mugar). Tuition is at the Basic College rate.

Prerequisites for the clinical applied study com-
ponent include completion of each MLS course
with a C- or better grade within five years of
application to the applied study and completion
of all other courses with an overall quality point
average of 2.5 or higher.

Health Professions and Sciences 77

Medical Laboratory Science

Medical Laboratory Technician (Major Code 800)

Associate in Science Degree

General

quarter hours

ENG4110
ENG4112

HMG4210
HMG4215
MTH4107

ENG 4111
MTH 4108

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment)
Approaches to Literature (required prior to

enrollment)
Medical Care and Current Social Problems
Hospital Law and Ethics
College Algebra and Introduction to Calculus

3
3
3
8

Biology

BIO 4103
BIO 4175

BIO
BIO

4104
4176

BIO
BIO

4105
4177

Biology 1, 2, 3

Human Anatomy and Physiology 1, 2, 3

12
9

Chemistry

CHM4111
CHM4224

CHM4112

CHM4113

General Chemistry 1, 2, 3
Analytical Chemistry

9
4

Medical Laboratory Science

'MLS 1311

'MLS 1321 *MLS 1322

'MLS 1330

'MLS 1331

'MLS 1341

'MLS 1351

MLS 4301

Basic MLS Urinalysis

Basic MLS Hematology 1, 2

Basic MLS Immunohematology

Basic MLS Clinical Immunology

Basic MLS Clinical Microbiology

Basic MLS Clinical Chemistry

Medical Laboratory Science Orientation

4
2
3
4
4
2

Electives

Computer Science
Humanities
Social Science
Free Electives

3
6
3
6

Total Credits

*Tuition for this course is at the Basic College tuition rate.

78 Health Professions and Sciences

Medical Technology— Medical Technologist (Major Code 801) Bachelor of Science

quarter hours

C'-ec :s ^rom Associate Degree in Medical Laboratory Technician Program 96

Biology

BIO 4190
BIO 4235

5 2 -246

BIO 4236
BIO 4247

BIO 4237
BIO 4248

Microbiology 1
Genetics 1 , 2, and Lab
Cell Biology 1, 2. and Lab

Chemistry

CHV -26-

OHM 4262

OHM 4263

Organic Chemistry 1,2,3

Epidemiology

Epidemiology 1

Physics

--^Y 4104

PHY 4105

PHY 4106

General Physics 1.2.3

=-v ^'^^ Physics Laboratory 2

Electives

Strongly recommenaec e'ect ves are psychology and statistics.

Computer Science
Humanities
Social Science
Free Electives

Clinical Applied Study

Sse eAp,ar,a:,cr, or, page 76.

Piease refer to the current Northeastern University Basic Day College Course Description and Curric-
ulum Guide for course descriptions of clinical applied study courses. Tuition for these courses is at
the Basic College tuition rate: to register, call 617-437-3664.

MLS 1523

Applied Hematology

MLS 1532

Applied Immunohematology

MLS 1544

Applied Clinical Microbiology

MLS 1552

Applied Clinical Chemistry

MLS 1621

MLS 1622

Advanced Hematology 1 , 2

MLS 1631

Advanced Immunohematology

MLS 1642

Medical Parasitology

MLS 1643

Medical Mycology

MLS 1645

MLS 1646

MLS 1647

Advanced Clinical Microbiology 1.2.3

MLS 1651

MLS 1652

MLS 1653

Advanced Clinical Chemistry 1, 2, 3

MLS 1661

MLS Education

MLS 1665

MLS Management

MLS 1680

MLS Special Topics

MLS 1681

MLS Senior Seminar

MLS -890

Undergraduate Research (Optional)

Total Credits

203-205

Health Professions and Sciences 79

Medical Laboratory Science — Hematology

Bachelor of Science Degree

Hematology is a specialty within medical labora-
tory science. Hematology technologists may be
employed in hospitals and clinical laboratones,
where they perform specific laboratory tests that
aid in the diagnosis, treatment, and follow-up of
infections, anemias, leukemias. and bleeding dis-
orders. The modern hematology laboratory is
usually well equipped with electronic instruments
which the technologist must operate and main-
tain. Additional responsibilities may include lab-
oratory quality control and associated problem
solving.

The requirements for categoncal certification in
hematology are indicated by the Board of Regis-
try of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists
and the National Certification Agency.

Students should contact the American Society
of Clinical Pathologists, Board of Registry, P.O.
Box 96215. Chicago, IL 60693 for details con-

Hematology (Major Code 807)

corning eligibility to wnte the hematology exami-
nation, and the National Accrediting Agency for
Clinical Laboratory Sciences, 547 W. Jackson
Blvd., Suite 608. Chicago, IL 60606.

The curriculum in hematology does not incor-
porate a clinical or applied study component but
is designed primarily for those who already work
in this field. It gives them the opportunity to earn
a baccalaureate degree with a concentration in
this particular area of clinical laboratory science.

All Medical Laboratory Science clinical courses
will be offered directly through the College of
Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions. Stu-
dents must register for the courses through the
Basic College. 206 Mugar. Tuition is the same as
that charged for all Basic College Medical Lab-
oratory Science professional courses. A grade of
C- or better is required in the professional
courses.

Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours

Biology

BIO 4103

BIO 4104

BIO 4105

Biology 1,2, 3 12

BIO 4175

BIO 4176

BIO 4177

Human Anatomy and Physiology 1,2.3 9

BIO 4190

Microbiology 1 3

BIO 4235

BIO 4236

BIO 4237

Genetics 1 . 2. and Lab 8

BIO 4246

BIO 4247

BIO 4248

Cell Biology 1, 2, and Lab 8

Chemistry

CHM4111

CHM4112

CHM4113

General Chemistry 1.2,3 9

CHM 4224

Analytical Chemistry (Summer Intensive) 4

or or

CHM 4221

CHM 4222

CHM 4223

Analytical Chemistry 1.2,3 9

CHM 4261

CHM 4262

CHM 4263

Organic Chemistn/ 1 . 2. 3 12

English

ENG4110

ENG4111

Critical Writing 1. 2 (required prior to enrollment) 6

ENG4112

Approaches to Literature (required prior to

Health Related

HMG4100 HMG4101

HMG4210 HMG4211

HMG4215

Hospital Organization and Management 1.2 6

Medical Care and Current Social Problems 6

Hospital Law and Ethics 3

ou I icai

icaoiwMcs ap lu ov^ic^Moc^o

Math

MTH 4107

MTH 4108

Medical Laboratory Science

HSC 4320 HSC 4321

^MLS 1311
'MLS 1321
'MLS 1322
*MLS 1323
'MLS 1324
'MLS 1330
'MLS 1331
'MLS 1333
'MLS 1341
'MLS 1351
'MLS 1642
*MLS 1890

MLS 4301

MLS 4322
MLS 4365

Physics

PHY 4104
PHY 4174

MLS 4323

PHY 4105

PHY 4106

College Algebra and Introduction to Calculus

Health Science Education 1 , 2

Basic MLS Urinalysis

Basic MLS Hematology 1

Basic MLS Hematology 2

Advanced Hemostasis Techniques

Histochemistry

Basic MLS Immunohematology-Serology

Basic MLS Clinical Immunology

Immunohematology

Basic MLS Clinical Microbiology

Basic MLS Clinical Chemistry

Medical Parasitology (offered days only)

Undergraduate Research

MLS Orientation (required if not working in the

field)
Morphologic Hematology 1, 2
Quality Control

General Physics 1, 2, 3
Physics Laboratory 2

Electlves

Strongly recommended electlves are histology, psychology, economics, sociology,

statistics, hematology, a computer course, epidemiology.

Humanities
Social Science
Free electlves

Total Credits

18
187

Tuition for this course is at the Basic College tuition rate. Please refer to the current Northeastern
University Basic Day College Course Description and Curriculum Guide for course descriptions. To
register call 617-437-3664.

Nursing (Evening Section)

Health Professions and Sciences 81

A Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree is avail-
able to registered nurses in collaboration with the
College of Nursing, which is fully accredited by
the National League for Nursing.

University College's Bachelor of Science in
Nursing Program is unique in that it allows stu-
dents to fulfill, in the evening, both classroom and
clinical components of Nursing Transition (NUR
4300), Community Healtli Nursing (NUR 4500),
Contemporary Nursing (NUR 4501), and Intro-
duction to Nursing Research (NUR 4502). It is
unique, too, in that a registered nurse who com-
pletes Nursing Transition (NUR 4300) with a
grade of B or higher is eligible for 22 quarter
hours of advanced placement credit, plus any
transfer credits University College may accept
from another institution. (See page 19, Transfer
Credit Procedure.)

Admission Procedure The following creden-
tials are required to initiate the admission process
to the part-time evening section and should be
forwarded to Gretchen Ayoub, Director of Aca-
demic and Student Affairs, University College,
102 Churchill Hall, 360 Huntington Avenue, Bos-
ton, MA 02115:

• a resume detailing education, professional work
experiences, and professional and community
activities

• official transcripts from high school, college or
university, and basic nursing school (the nurs-
ing school transcript should include a senior
summary statement)

• a copy of your Massachusetts Registered Nurse
license

• a completed evening section Nursing Program
application form (available at 102 Churchill Hall)

• a reference from your most recent nursing em-
ployer

• proof of satisfactory completion of the NLN Mo-
bility Profile Examination II

Note: Pre-admission counseling is available by
calling the Office of Academic and Student Affairs
at 617-437-2400.

Planning a Program of Study Candidates who
wish to enroll in this program must plan their pro-
gram of study with the Academic Coordinator.
Appointments can be arranged by calling 617-
437-2818.

Potential students, as well as those now en-
rolled in the program, are encouraged to attend
group information sessions in order to increase
their awareness of College of Nursing and Uni-
versity College policies. These sessions cover
course requirements, promotional policies, ad-
vanced placement examinations, and nursing
course petition procedures. To register, tele-
phone 617-437-2818.

82 Health Professions and Sciences

Nursing (Evening Section)
(Major Code 809)

Bachelor of Science in Nursing Degree

quarter hours

Liberal Arts Core Courses

BIO 4103 BIO 4104

BIO 4175
BIO 4190
CHM4111
ENG 4110
ENG 4112
HST 4101

HST 4102
HST 4103
NUR 4302
or

HSC 4601
PSY 4110
PSY 4111
PSY 4112
PSY 4240
PSY 4270
SOA 4101
SOC4100
SOC4101

BIO 4176

CHM4112
ENG 4111

BIO 4177

CHM4113

PSY 4241
PSY 4271
SOA 4102

PSY 4242

Biology 1, 2

Human Anatomy and Physiology 1, 2, 3

Microbiology 1

General Chemistry 1, 2, 3

Critical Writing 1, 2

Approaches to Literature

The Civilization of the Ancient and Modern

Worlds
The Civilization of the Early Modern World
The Civilization of the Modern World
Pharmacodynamics
or

Advanced Pharmacology
Fundamental Issues in Psychology
Developmental Aspects in Psychology
Personal Dynamics in Psychology
Developmental Psychology 1,2,3
Social Psychology 1 , 2
Anthropology 2, 3
Fundamental Issues in Sociology
The Individual and Social Roles

Electives

A minimum of nine quarter hours must be in Humanities.

Transition

Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing
Maternal Child Nursing
Medical Surgical Nursing
Community Health Nursing
Contemporary Nursing
Introduction to Nursing Research

Nursing Courses

*NUR 4300
fNUR 4301
tNUR 4400
tNUR 4401

NUR 4500

NUR 4501

NUR 4502

Total Credits

*To enroll in NUR 4300, the registered nurse must submit a petition to the Academic Coordinator at
least one full quarter in advance of registehng. Students must also obtain a clearance from the Lane
Health Center, and present evidence of having had a tuberculin skin test within the previous 12
months.

fChallenge examinations are available for these courses in the form of the NLN Mobility Profile Exam
II, which is a component of the admissions process.

7
9
9
9
5
4

178

Radiologic Technology

Health Professions and Sciences 83

The program in radiologic technology is a joint
offering of the University and several area hos-
pitals. The classroom experiences are provided
by the University, and the laboratory practicum is
conducted at an assigned affiliated hospital. The
program is accredited by the Council on Medical
Education of the American Medical Association.

The radiologic technologist is a respected
member of the allied health team in the diagnostic
and therapeutic environment of the clinic or hos-
pital, and an important functionary in the produc-
tion, quality control, and inspection laboratories
of the industrial community. Medically related re-
sponsibilities demand effective rapport with in-
ternists, surgeons, pathologists, nurses, and
laboratory personnel, while industrial competency
requires close association with metallurgists, pro-
duction and manufacturing specialists, engi-
neers, and scientists.

Prerequisite: Candidates must have satisfac-
torily passed at the high school level three years
of math {Algebra 1, Algebra 2, and geometry),
one year of biology, and one year of an additional
science (chemistry or physics). All applicants
must satisfactorily complete the Scholastic Apti-

tude Test (SAT) and submit one letter of recom-
mendation from a science instructor. In addition,
applicants must satisfy general University re-
quirements and satisfactorily complete the
University's Mathematics Placement Test. Can-
didates successfully meeting the above require-
ments will be scheduled for an interview with the
Radiologic Technology Program Directors.

Associate in Science Degree Program This
program (29 months) is a full-time day division of
University College.

All graduates are eligible to sit for examination
for certification by the American Registry of Ra-
diologic Technologists.

Part-time Evening Program Candidates who
wish to qualify for admission to University College
for the part-time Associate in Science Degree
program in Radiologic Technology must be cer-
tified by the American Registry of Radiologic
Technology.

Completion of the courses listed under Part-
Time Evening Program is required for the Asso-
ciate in Science degree.

Radiologic Technology (Major Code 806)

Associate in Science Degree
quarter hours

First Year

Quarter 1
BIO 4103
ENG 4110
MTH 4110
RAD 4100
RAD 4102
RAD 4112
RAD 4113

Quarter 2
ENG 4111
RAD 4103
RAD 4104
RAD 4106
RAD 4114
RAD 4115

Quarter 3
RAD 4108

Quarter 4
MTH 4111
RAD 4101
RAD 4105
RAD 4107

Biology 1 with Laboratory

Critical Writing 1

Mathematics 1

Radiologic Technology Orientation 1

Radiologic Science 1

Gross Anatomy and General Physiology 1

Anatomy and Physiology Lab 1

Critical Writing 2

Radiologic Science 2

Principles of Radiology 1

Radiologic Photography and Exposure 1

Gross Anatomy and General Physiology 2

Anatomy and Physiology Lab 2

Radiologic Clinical Practicum 1— Full Time at Hospitals

Mathematics 2

Radiologic Technology Orientation 2

Principles of Radiology 2

Radiologic Photography and Exposure 2

84 Health Professions and Sciences

Second Year

Quarter 1
RAD 4109

Quarter 2
RAD 4110

Quarter 3
BIO 4105
ENG 4112
MIS 4101
PSY 4110
RAD 4300
RAD 4303

Quarter 4
RAD 4111

Third Year

Quarter 1
MGT4101
PSY 4111
RAD 4301
RAD 4302
RAD 4304

Final Quarter

Total Credits

Radiologic Clinical Practicunn 2— Full Time at Hospitals

Radiologic Clinical Practicum 3— Full Time at Hospitals

Biology 3 with Laboratory

Approaches to Literature

Introduction to Data Processing and Information Systems 1

Fundamental Issues in Psychology

Advanced Radiologic Technology 1

Radiation Protection and Radiobiologyt

Radiologic Clinical Practicum 4— Full Time at Hospitals

Introduction to Business and Management If
Developmental Aspects in Psychology
Advanced Radiologic Technology 2t
Imaging Modalitiest
Cross Sectional Anatomy

Full time at hospitals until mid-January.

101

Radiologic Technology Part-time Evening Program*

BIO 4103
ENG 4110
ENG 4112
MGT4101
MIS 4101

MTH 4110

PSY 4111

RAD 4300

RAD 4302

RAD 4303

RAD 4304

SOC4100

SOC4101

PSY 4110

Total Credits

BIO 4105
ENG 4111

MTH 4111
RAD 4301

Associate in Science Degree

quarter hours

6
3
3

Biology 1, 3

Critical Writing 1, 2

Approaches to Literature

Introduction to Business and Management 1

Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1 3

Mathematics 1,2 6

Developmental Aspects in Psychology 3

Advanced Radiologic Technology It, 2t 6

Imaging Modalitiest 3

Radiation Protection and Radiobiology 3

Cross Sectional Anatomy 4

Fundamental Issues in Sociology 3

The Individual and Social Roles 3

or or

Fundamental Issues in Psychology 3

101

* Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of a certificate program in radiologic
technology or registration by the American Registry of Radiologic Technologists.

t Courses will be scheduled for late afternoons for certificate students who wish to
continue for the Associate in Science degree.

Therapeutic Recreation Services

Health Professions and Sciences 85

Therapeutic recreation, which is concerned with
the revitalization of the mind, spirit, and skills of
people in rehabilitation facilities, connmunity set-
tings, nursing homes, and hospitals, has
emerged as an important part of the team con-
cept in human services.

The certificate verifies that the criteria set by
the program's consultant have been met and that
a basic level of competence in this field has been
attained. At present there is no official state
licensing board for therapeutic recreation practi-
tioners to give the certificate public standing; it is
recognized, however, by the Massachusetts Rec-
reation and Park Association in its professional
registration plan.

Students in the certificate and associate de-
gree programs may go on to pursue a Bachelor
of Science degree in Health Management or So-
ciology in University College, or in Therapeutic
Recreation in the day undergraduate program of
Northeastern's Department of Health, Sport, and
Leisure Studies.

Curriculum

quarter hours

I. Certification— 38 quarter hours
Required professional courses 18
Required practicum 8
Required skill electives 6
Required professional electives 6

II. Associate degree— 97 quarter hours
Required professional courses 18
Required practicum 8
Required professional electives 24
Required core courses 47

The professional courses in the Therapeutic Rec-
reation curriculum are generally offered only at
the Boston campus with the exception of REC
4460, REC 4110, REC 4111, REC 4112. REC
4300, REC 4301, and REC 4302.

86 Health Professions and Sciences

Therapeutic Recreation Services (Major Code 600)

Associate in Science Degree
quarter hours

Core Courses

BIO 4103 BIO 4104

BIO 4175 BIO 4176

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG4112

HSC 4302

HRA 4302
HSC 4301
PSY 4110
PSY 4111
PSY 4112
SOC 4225

Professional Courses

Biology 1, 2
BIO 4177 Anatomy and Physiology 1, 2, 3

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment)
Approaches to Literature (required prior to

enrollment)
Medical Terminology Survey
Foundations of Medical Science 1, 2
Fundamental Issues in Psychology
Developmental Aspects in Psychology
Personal Dynamics in Psychology
Social Gerontology

REC 4101

REC 4102

REC 4103

Principles and Practices of Therapeutic
Recreation 1, 2, 3

REC 4110

REC 4111

Group Dynamics and Leadership 1, 2

REC 4420

Activity and Movement Analysis

REC 4500

REC 4501

Field Practicum in Therapeutic
Recreation 1 , 2*

REC 4802

REC 4803

Independent Study 1, 2t

*See course description for practicum prerequisites. Eligibility for a practicum assignment will be
determined by the academic adviser. Petitions may be obtained in 102 Churchill Hall.
fPermission is required for this option.

Skill and Professional Electives

Select 24 quarter hours from listings of skill electives and professional electives in
certificate program.

Total Credits

•

24 I
97

Health Professions and Sciences 87

Recommended Course Sequence for Associate in Science degree:

Beginning Courses

BIO 4103 BIO 4104 Biology 1, 2

ENG4110 ENG4111 Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment)

ENG 41 12 Approaches to Literature (required prior to

enrollment)
REG 4101 REG 4102 REG 4103 Principles and Practices of Therapeutic

Recreation 1,2,3
REG 41 1 0 REG 4111 Group Dynamics 1 , 2

May be taken after completing ENG 4110 and REG 4101:

REG 4310 REG 4311 Social Recreation, Music Therapy

REG 4300 REG 4301 Arts and Grafts 1 , 2

REG 4312 REG 4313 Media Resources and Techniques; Therapeutic

Use of Dramatics
REG 4460 REG 4401 REG 4410 Process of Aging, Nursing Home Experience,

Mental Illness and Retardation

Advanced Courses

BIO 4175 BIO 4176 BIO 4177 Anatomy and Physiology 1 , 2, 3

PSY 4410 Fundamental Issues in Psychology

PSY 41 1 1 Developmental Aspects in Psychology

PSY 4112 Personal Dynamics in Psychology

SOG 4225 Social Gerontology

REG 4500 REG 4501 Field Practicum 1, 2

REG 4802 REG 4803 Independent Study 1, 2

REG 4410 Therapeutic Recreation in Rehabilitation

REG 4461 Gamping for the Disabled

REG 4430 Therapeutic Recreation in Ghild Development

REG 4462 Leisure Gounseling

REG 4440 Humanistic Approach to Recreational Therapy

REG 4445 Community Recreation for the Handicapped

May be taken after completing prerequisite course BIO 4175:

REG 4420 Activity and Movement Analysis

HRA 4302 Medical Terminology Survey

HSG 4301 HSG 4302 Foundations of Medical Science 1, 2

Health Professions and Sciences

Therapeutic Recreation Services (Major Code 601)

Activity Leader

Certificate Program

quarter hours

Liberal Arts Courses

ENG 4110

Professional Courses

REC 4101 REC 4102

REC 4110 REC 4111

REC 4500 REC 4501

REC 4802 REC 4803

Critical Writing 1

REC 4103

Principles and Practices of Therapeutic

Recreation 1, 2, 3
Group Dynamics and Leadership 1 , 2
Field Practicum in Therapeutic Recreation 1 , 2*

or
Independent Study 1, 2t

*See course description for practicum prerequisites. Eligibility for a practicum assignment will be
determined by the Program Consultant. Petitions may be obtained in 244 Forsyth Building and
should be filed at least one quarter prior to expected start of practicum.

Skill Electives

Select six quarter hours from the following:

REC 4300 REC 4301

REC 4310

REC 4311

REC 4312

REC 4313

Professional Electives

Select six quarter hours from the following:

REC 4401

REC 4410

REC 4425

REC 4430

REC 4440

REC 4445

REC 4460

REC 4461

REC 4462

Arts and Crafts 1 , 2

Social Recreation

Music Therapy

Media Resources and Techniques

Therapeutic Use of Dramatics

The Nursing Home Experience

Therapeutic Recreation in Rehabilitation

Mental Illness and Retardation

Therapeutic Recreation in Child Development

Humanistic Approaches to Recreational Therapy

Community Recreation for the Handicapped

The Process of Aging

Camping for the Disabled

Leisure Counseling

Total Credits

Health Professions and Sciences 89

Recommended Course Sequence for Certificate Program:

Beginning Courses

ENG4110
REC 4101

REC 4110

REC 4102

REC 4111

Critical Wnting 1
REC 4103 Principles and Practices of Therapeutic

Recreation 1, 2, 3
Group Dynamics 1, 2

May be taken after completing ENG 4110 and REC 4101:

REC 4310 REC 4311 REC 4300 Social Recreation, Music Therapy, Arts and

Crafts 1
REC 4301 REC 4312 REC 4313 Arts and Crafts 2, Media Resources and

Techniques, Therapeutic Use of Dramatics
REC 4460 REC 4401 REC 4425 Process of Aging, Nursing Home Experience,

Mental Illness and Retardation

Advanced Courses

REC 4410
REC 4461
REC 4430
REC 4462
REC 4440
REC 4445
REC 4500
REC 4802

REC 4501
REC 4803

Therapeutic Recreation in Rehabilitation

Camping for the Disabled

Therapeutic Recreation in Child Development

Leisure Counseling

Humanistic Approach to Recreational Therapy

Community Recreation for the Handicapped

Field Practicum 1, 2

Independent Study 1, 2

Law Enforcement

Director, Law Enforcement Programs
200 Churchill Hall, 617-437-3324

Aims

Law enforcement programs are offered to help
meet the needs of present and potential practi-
tioners in the fields of corrections, law enforce-
ment, and security who wish to have the
opportunity to acquire a liberal education as well
as professional competence, or to gain recogni-
tion for continuing development in that profession.
Classes are tailored to suit the shifting tours of
duty of many of its students.

Programs

Requirements for each program are outlined on
the following pages. Upon petition, students may
be permitted to substitute other courses that will
more adequately serve their specific objectives.

Bachelor of Science Degree Program Pro-
grams leading to the Bachelor of Science degree
are offered in correctional practices, law enforce-
ment, and security. Students should choose their
major field of study in consultation with a program
adviser.

Each curriculum provides for not less than 174
quarter hours of work, including at least 75 quar-
ter hours of advanced work in a major field.

Transfer students must complete at least 45
quarter hours of academic work at University Col-
lege immediately preceding graduation in order
to be eligible to receive a degree.

Associate in Science Degree Program Pro

grams leading to the associate degree are of-
fered for those who wish to obtain a general
background in correctional practices, law en-

forcement, or security and who may later wish to
pursue a baccalaureate degree.

Candidates for the Associate in Science de-
gree must complete a minimum of 96 quarter
hours of credit. This is approximately one half of
the requirements for the Bachelor of Science de-
gree and includes at least 48 quarter hours of
work in a major field.

Honors Program The Honors Program is de-
signed to provide qualified students with the op-
portunity to achieve broader experience within
their chosen fields.

In general, the program consists of indepen-
dent study, a directed reading seminar, indepen-
dent research projects, and special seminars.
Each student's program is arranged in consulta-
tion with the Program Director and the Honors
Faculty Committee.

The Honors Program is open to all law enforce-
ment degree candidates in University College
who have obtained an associate degree or equiv-
alent and have a minimum cumulative grade point
average of 3.0. Students who are eligible for this
program may apply for admission to the Director
of Law Enforcement Programs.

For course descriptions, see page 151.

Credit for Noncollegiate Experience (NCE)

Corrections, law enforcement, or security degree
candidates may obtain up to 18 quarter hours of
noncollegiate experience credit (NCE) for knowl-
edge acquired in a nontraditional manner by pe-
titioning to take a comprehensive examination in
the specific subject area. Petitions for these ex-
aminations may be obtained in 102 Churchill Hall
or from the Director of Law Enforcement Pro-
grams.

NCE cannot be used to fulfill residence require-
ments. NCE cannot be given for courses that can
be accredited through the CLEP testing program
at the time of the petition. Grades will not be
assigned to NCE credits. It is possible that this
credit may be applicable toward a degree in Uni-
versity College only.

92 Law Enforcement

Course Sequence

Upon completion of the courses required for en-
rollment, the student should elect courses from
the core and major concentration areas to fulfill
the requirements for the Associate in Science and
the Bachelor of Science degrees.

Degree requirements may be completed at the
student's own pace. A total of 32 courses is re-
quired for an Associate in Science degree, which
can be completed in as little time as three years,
or nine academic quarters. A Bachelor of Science
degree can be completed over a period of five
years, or 15 academic quarters. This schedule
averages out to four courses per academic quar-
ter.

Intensive Courses Many courses are frequently
offered as single-quarter intensives during the
regular school year. Intensive courses offer stu-
dents the opportunity to achieve their objectives
in a shorter period of time. Please refer to the
listing of courses on pages 183-190.

Distribution Requirements In order to satisfy
the distribution requirements in any law enforce-
ment program, students should first discuss their
programs with an academic adviser.

English courses ENG 4110, ENG 4111, ENG
4112 (9 quarter hours), must be taken prior to
enrollment. The remaining required courses,
amounting to 33-36 quarter hours, should be
taken from the distribution of the basic required,
core required, and major concentration courses
as listed on the following pages.

Field Work Courses Field work courses (LEN
4899) provide an opportunity for students to apply
their academic background to practical problems
in the areas of law enforcement, corrections, and
security.

A field work course shall have the following
charactenstics:

1 . It shall be a one-quarter course worth six quar-
ter hours of credit.

2. Only degree candidates may register.

3. Prior to registration, each student should con-
sult with the Program Director.

4. Each student shall meet with the departmental
field work adviser as frequently as the adviser
feels necessary, but in any case no fewer than
three times per quarter: once to formulate the
program of field work experience, once to discuss
ongoing work, and once to transmit and discuss
the written report.

5. Each student shall spend a minimum of 15
hours per week at the outside agency on a vol-
unteer or paid basis.

6. The student's grade shall be dependent upon
both the quality of the experience as demon-
strated in the final report and the discussions
between the field work adviser and the outside
supervisor.

7. Each student shall make his or her own ar-
rangements for carrying on suitable field work at
a departmentally acceptable agency involving
field work experience.

8. The Program Director will participate in a stu-
dent's placement solely in an advisory capacity.

Law Enforcement 93

Correctional Practices (Major Code 945)

Associate in Science Degree

Basic Courses

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG 4112

SOC4100

SOC4101

SOC4102

Core Courses

LEN 4149 LEN 4150

LEN 4151

Core Electives

Select 21 quarter hours from the following:

ASL 4101 ASL 4102

HRM4301
HRM 4302
HST 4101

HST 4102
HST 4103
HST 4201
HST 4202
HST 4203
POL 4103
POL 4104
POL 4105
POL 4300
POL 4310
POL 4312
POL 4320
POL 4321
POL 4322
POL 4335
POL 4375
PSY 4110
PSY 4111
PSY 4112
PSY 4270
PSY 4372
SOC4125
SOC4147
SOC 4170
SOC 4186

POL 4301

POL 4376

PSY 4271
PSY 4373

POL 4377

PSY 4374

Critical Writing 1 , 2
Approaches to Literature
Fundamental Issues in Sociology
The Individual and Social Roles
Critical Issues Facing Society

quarter hours

6
3
3
3

Logical and Ethical Foundations of Decision
Making 1, 2, 3

American Sign Language 1, 2 8

Organizational Behavior 3
Introduction to Human Resources Management 3
The Civilization of the Ancient and Modern

Worlds 3

The Civilization of the Early Modern World 3

The Civilization of the Modern World 3

American History 1763-1848 3

American History 1848-1917 '' 3

American History Since 1917 3

Introduction to Politics 3

Introduction to American Government 3

Introduction to Comparative Government 3

Public Administration 1,2 6

American Political Thought 3

Political Parties and Pressure Groups 3

American Constitutional Law 3

Civil Rights 3

Procedural Due Process 3

Formulating American Foreign Policy 3

Consumer Advocacy 1,2,3 9

Fundamental Issues in Psychology 3

Developmental Aspects in Psychology 3

Personal Dynamics in Psychology 3

Social Psychology 1,2 6

Abnormal Psychology 1, 2, 3 9

Social Problems 3

Urban Sociology 3

Race and Ethnic Relations 3

Social Control 3

94 Law Enforcement

Major Concentration Courses

LEN 4112

LEN 4115 LEN 4116

LEN 4132 LEN 4133

LEN 4136 LEN 4137

LEN 4315 LEN 4316

The American Correctional System
Correctional Administration 1 , 2
Administration of Justice 1, 2
Criminal Law 1, 2
Criminology 1, 2

Elective Major Concentration Courses

Select 21 quarter hours of credit from the following courses. Not more than nine quarter hours
of seminar courses may be elected to satisfy this requirement.

LEN 4106
LEN 4113
LEN 4119
LEN 4120
LEN 4126
LEN 4128
LEN 4129
LEN 4130
LEN 4131
LEN 4138
LEN 4143
LEN 4152
LEN 4300
LEN 4302
LEN 4305
LEN 4307
LEN 4311
LEN 4312
LEN 4317
LEN 4332
LEN 4899

Total Credits

LEN 4114

LEN 4121

LEN 4139

LEN 4306

LEN 4313
LEN 4318
LEN 4333

Basic Statistics in Law Enforcement
Social Deviance 1 , 2
Delinquency Prevention
Juvenile Corrections 1, 2
Correctional Practices Seminar
Victimology Seminar
Criminal Behavior Seminar
Drugs Seminar
Data Processing Seminar
Evidence and Courtroom Procedure, 1, 2
Alcohol Problems in Law Enforcement
Domestic Violence
Human Rights in Corrections
Correctional Counseling
Advanced Correctional Practices 1 , 2
The Law and Institutional Treatment
Research Methods in Criminal Justice
Treatment of Offenders 1 , 2
Probation and Parole Practices 1 , 2
Man, Law and Society 1 , 2
Field Work in Law Enforcement, Correctional
Practices, and Security

A listing of the department's intensive courses appears on pages 186-190.

Law Enforcement 95

Correctional Practices (Major Code 944)

Bachelor of Science Degree

Basic Courses

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG4112

LEN 4326 LEN 4327

ACC4101 ACC4102

PSY 4110

PSY 4111

PSY 4112

SOC4100

SOC4101

SOC4102

Core Courses

LEN 4149 LEN 4150 LEN 4151

HRM4301
HRM4302
SOC4125
SOC4186

Core Electives

Select 33 quarter hours from the following:
ASL 4101 ASL 4102

ECN4115 ECN4116 ECN4117

HST 4101

HST 4102

HST 4103

HST 4201

HST 4202

HST 4203

POL 4103

POL 4104

POL 4105

POL 4300 POL 4301

POL 4310

POL 4312

POL 4320

POL 4321

POL 4322

POL 4335

POL 4375 POL 4376

PSY 4270 PSY 4271

PSY 4372 PSY 4373

SOA4100 SOA4101

SOC4147

SOC4170

SOC 4245

POL 4377

PSY 4374
SOA 4102

Critical Writing 1, 2

Approaches to Literature

Law Enforcement Mathematics 1 , 2

Accounting Principles 1, 2

Fundamental Issues in Psychology

Developmental Aspects in Psychology

Personal Dynamics in Psychology

Fundamental Issues in Sociology

The Individual and Social Roles

Critical Issues Facing Society

quarter hours

6
3
6
or
6
3
3
3
3
3
3

Logical and Ethical Foundations of Decision

Making 1, 2, 3 9

Organizational Behavior 3

Introduction to Human Resources Management 3

Social Problems 3

Social Control 3

American Sign Language 1, 2 8

Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2, 3 9
The Civilization of the Ancient and Modern

Worlds 3

The Civilization of the Early Modern World 3

The Civilization of the Modern World 3

American History 1763-1848 3

American History 1848-1917 3

American History Since 1917 3

Introduction to Politics 3

Introduction to American Government 3

Introduction to Comparative Government 3

Public Administration 1,2 6

American Political Thought 3

Political Parties and Pressure Groups 3

American Constitutional Law 3

Civil Rights 3

Procedural Due Process 3

Formulating American Foreign Policy 3

Consumer Advocacy 1, 2, 3 9

Social Psychology 1, 2 6

Abnormal Psychology 1, 2, 3 9

Anthropology, 1, 2, 3 9

Urban Sociology 3

Race and Ethnic Relations 3

Sociology of Inequality 3

96 Law Enforcement

Major Concentration Courses

LEN 4112

LEN 4115
LEN 4132
LEN 4136
LEN 4300
LEN 4302
LEN 4305
LEN 4312
LEN 4315
LEN 4317

LEN 4116
LEN 4133
LEN 4137

LEN 4306
LEN 4313
LEN 4316
LEN 4318

The American Correctional System

Correctional Administration 1 , 2

Administration of Justice 1, 2

Criminal Law 1 , 2

Human Rights in Corrections

Correctional Counseling

Advanced Correctional Practices 1, 2

Treatment of Offenders 1 , 2

Criminology 1, 2

Probation and Parole Practices 1 , 2

Elective Major Concentration Courses

Select 36 quarter hours from the following courses. Not more than 18 quarter hours

of seminar courses may be elected to satisfy this requirement.

Social Deviance 1 , 2

Delinquency Prevention

Juvenile Corrections 1, 2

Correctional Practices Seminar

Victimology Seminar

Criminal Behavior Seminar

Drugs Seminar

Data Processing Seminar

Civil Law in Criminal Justice 1, 2

Evidence and Court Procedure 1, 2

Fire Investigation and Arson 1, 2

Massachusetts Criminal Law

Alcohol Problems in Law Enforcement

Domestic Violence

Basic Statistics in Law Enforcement

The Law and Institutional Treatment

Comparative Correctional Systems

Law Enforcement Identification and

Records 1 , 2
Hospital Security
Youth Crime Control Seminar
International Crime Control Seminar
Operational Intelligence Seminar
Collective Bargaining Seminar
Man, Law, and Society 1, 2
Organized Crime Seminar
Minorities and the Urban Crisis Seminar
Intervention Strategies Seminar
Executive Development Seminar
Mental Health and the Police Seminar
Law Enforcement Fiscal Management
Grantsmanship Seminar
Field Work in Law Enforcement, Correctional
Practices, and Security

Total Credits

A listing of the department's intensive courses appears on pages 186-190.

LEN 4113

LEN

4114

LEN 4119

LEN 4120

LEN

4121

LEN 4126

LEN 4128

LEN 4129

LEN 4130

LEN 4131

LEN 4134

LEN

4135

LEN 4138

LEN

4139

LEN 4140

LEN

4141

LEN 4142

LEN 4143

LEN 4152

LEN 4301

LEN 4307

LEN 4308

LEN 4309

LEN

4310

LEN 4325

LEN 4328

LEN 4329

LEN 4330

LEN 4331

LEN 4332

LEN

4333

LEN 4335

LEN 4336

LEN 4339

LEN 4342

LEN 4343

LEN 4344

LEN 4345

LEN 4899

6
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
3
3
3
3
3
3

6
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

6
174

Law Enforcement 97

Law Enforcement (Major Code 941]

Associate in Science Degree

Basic Courses

PSY 4110
PSY 4111
PSY 4112
ENG4110
ENG4112

ENG 4111

Fundamental Issues in Psychology
Developmental Aspects in Psychology
Personal Dynamics in Psychology
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature

quarter hours

3
3
3
6
3

Core Courses

LEN 4149 LEN 4150 LEN 4151 Logical and Ethical Foundations of Decision

Making 1, 2, 3

Elective Core Courses

Select 21 quarter hours from

ASL 4101 ASL 4102

HST 4101

HST 4102
HST 4103
HST 4201
HST 4202
HST 4203
LEN 4347

LEN 4349

POL 4103
POL 4104
POL 4105
POL 4300
POL 4310
POL 4312
POL 4320
POL 4321
POL 4322
POL 4335
POL 4375
PSY 4270
PSY 4372
SOC4100
SOC4101
SOC4102
SOC4186
SPG 4251

LEN 4348
LEN 4350

POL 4301

POL 4376
PSY 4271
PSY 4373

the following courses:

American Sign Language 1, 2

The Civilization of the Ancient and Modern

Worlds
The Civilization of the Early Modern World
The Civilization of the Modern World
American History 1763-1848
American History 1848-1917
American History Since 1917
Human Behavioral Factors for Security

Personnel 1, 2
Human Behavioral Concepts and Tactics in

Police Work 1 , 2
Introduction to Politics
Introduction to American Government
Introduction to Comparative Government
Public Administration 1, 2
American Political Thought
Political Parties and Pressure Groups
American Constitutional Law
Civil Rights

Procedural Due Process
Formulating American Foreign Policy
POL 4377 Consumer Advocacy 1, 2, 3

Social Psychology 1 , 2
PSY 4374 Abnormal Psychology 1,2,3

Fundamental Issues in Sociology
The Individual and Social Roles
Critical Issues Facing Society
Social Control
Business and Professional Speaking

Major Concentration Courses

LEN 4100 LEN 4101

LEN 4110 LEN 4111

LEN 4132 LEN 4133

LEN 4136 LEN 4137

Criminal Investigation and Case Preparation 1,2 6

Introduction to Criminalistics 1,2 6

Administration of Justice 1,2 6

Criminal Law 1,2 6

98 Law Enforcement

Elective Major Concentration Courses

Select 24 quarter hours from the following courses. Not more than six quarter
hours of seminar courses may be elected to satisfy this requirement.

Traffic Safety and Control 1,2 6

Police Public Relations 3

Police Community Relations 3

The Patrol Function 1, 2 6

Social Deviance 1,2 6

Investigative Report Writing 3

Police Work with Juveniles 3

Delinquency Prevention 3

Victimology Seminar 3

Criminal Behavior Seminar 3

Drugs Seminar 3

Data Processing Seminar 3

Civil Law in Criminal Justice 1,2 6

Evidence and Court Procedure 1,2 6

Fire Investigation and Arson 1,2 6

Massachusetts Criminal Law 3

Alcohol Problems in Law Enforcement 3

Hazardous Materials 3

Domestic Violence 3

Basic Statistics in Law Enforcement 3

Interviews and Interrogations 1,2 6

Research Methods in Criminal Justice 3

Police Supervision 3

Criminology 1,2 6

Man, Law, and Society 1, 2 6
Corporate Ethics and Crime for the Security

Practitioner 3
LEN 4800 Directed Study-ln-Car Seminar

By special arrangement 3
LEN 4899 Field Work in Law Enforcement, Correctional

Practices, and Security 6

Total Credits 96

A listing of the department's intensive courses appears on pages 186-190.

LEN 4104

LEN

4105

LEN 4106

LEN 4107

LEN 4108

LEN

4109

LEN 4113

LEN

4114

LEN 4117

LEN 4118

LEN 4119

LEN 4128

LEN 4129

LEN 4130

LEN 4131

LEN 4134

LEN

4135

LEN 4138

LEN

4139

LEN 4140

LEN

4141

LEN 4142

LEN 4143

LEN 4146

LEN 4152

LEN 4301

LEN 4303

LEN

4304

LEN 4311

LEN 4314

LEN 4315

LEN

4316

LEN 4332

LEN

4333

LEN 4351

Law Enforcement 99

Law Enforcement (Major Code 940)

Bachelor of Science Degree

Basic Courses

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG4112

LEN 4326 LEN 4327

ACC4101 ACC4102

PSY 4110

PSY 4111

PSY 4112

SOC4100

SOC4101

SOC4102

Critical Writing 1 , 2

Approaches to Literature

Law Enforcement Matfiematics 1 , 2

Accounting Pnnciples 1 , 2

Fundamental Issues in Psychology

Developmental Aspects in Psychology

Personal Dynamics in Psychology

Fundamental Issues in Sociology

The Individual and Social Roles

Critical Issues Facing Society

quarter hours

6
3
6
or
6
3
3
3
3
3
3

Core Courses

ECN 4115
LEN 4149

ECN 4116
LEN 4150

ECN 4117
LEN 4151

Economic Principles and Problems 1,2,3
Logical and Ethical Foundations of Decision
Making 1, 2, 3

Elective Core Courses

Select 33 quarter hours from

ACC 4330 ACC 4331

ASL 4102

the following courses:

Internal Auditing 1,

LEN 4348

LEN 4350

POL 4301

ASL 4101
ECN 4140
HRM4301
HRM 4302
LEN 4347

LEN 4349

POL 4103
POL 4104
POL 4105
POL 4300
POL 4310
POL 4312
POL 4320
POL 4321
POL 4322
POL 4335
POL 4375
PSY 4270
PSY 4372
SOC 4125
SOC4186
SPC 4251

Major Concentration Courses

POL 4376
PSY 4271
PSY 4373

POL 4377

PSY 4374

LEN 4100
LEN 4110
LEN 4132
LEN 4136
LEN 4303

LEN 4101
LEN 4111
LEN 4133
LEN 4137
LEN 4304

American Sign Language 1, 2

Economics of Crime

Organizational Behavior

Introduction to Human Resources Management

Human Behavioral Factors for Security

Personnel 1 , 2
Human Behavioral Concepts and Tactics in

Police Work 1, 2
Introduction to Politics
Introduction to American Government
Introduction to Comparative Government
Public Administration 1, 2
American Political Thought
Political Parties and Pressure Groups
American Constitutional Law
Civil Rights

Procedural Due Process
Formulating American Foreign Policy
Consumer Advocacy 1, 2, 3
Social Psychology 1 , 2
Abnormal Psychology 1, 2, 3
Social Problems
Social Control
Business and Professional Speaking

Criminal Investigation and Case Preparation 1 , 2

Introduction to Criminalistics 1, 2

Administration of Justice 1, 2

Criminal Law 1, 2

Interviews and Interrogations 1, 2

100 Law Enforcement

LEN 4315 LEN 4316 Criminology 1, 2 6

LEN 4319 LEN 4320 LE. Management and Planning 1,2 6

LEN 4332 LEN 4333 Man, Law, and Society 1, 2 6

Elective Major Concentration Courses

Select 42 quarter hours from the following courses. Not more than 18 quarter hours
of seminar courses may be elected to satisfy this requirement.

LEN 4102 Comparative Police Systems 3

LEN 4104 LEN 4105 Traffic Safety and Control 1,2 6

LEN 4106 Police Public Relations 3

LEN 4107 Police Community Relations 3

LEN 4108 LEN 4109 The Patrol Function 1,2 6

LEN 4113 LEN 4114 Social Deviance 1 , 2 6

LEN 4117 Investigative Report Writing 3

LEN 4118 Police Work with Juveniles 3

LEN 4119 Delinquency Prevention 3

LEN 4128 Victimology Seminar 3

LEN 4129 Criminal Behavior Seminar 3

LEN 4130 Drugs Seminar 3

LEN 4131 Data Processing Seminar 3

LEN 4134 LEN 4135 Civil Law in Criminal Justice 1,2 6

LEN 4138 LEN 4139 Evidence and Court Procedure 1,2 6

LEN 4140 LEN 4141 Fire Investigation and Arson 1, 2 6

LEN 4142 Massachusetts Criminal Law 3

LEN 4143 Alcohol Problems in Law Enforcement 3

LEN 4146 Hazardous Materials 3

LEN 4152 Domestic Violence 3

LEN 4301 Basic Statistics in Law Enforcement 3

LEN 4309 LEN 4310 Law Enforcement Identification and

Records 1,2 6

LEN 4311 Research Methods in Criminal Justice 3

LEN 4314 Police Supervision 3

LEN 4328 Youth Crime Control Seminar 3

LEN 4329 International Crime Control Seminar 3

LEN 4330 Operational Intelligence Seminar 3

LEN 4331 Collective Bargaining Seminar 3

LEN 4334 Interviewing Practicum Seminar 3

LEN 4335 Organized Crime Seminar 3

LEN 4336 Minorities and the Urban Crisis Seminar 3

LEN 4337 Prosecutive Development Seminar 3

LEN 4338 Forensic Laboratory Seminar 3

LEN 4339 Intervention Strategies Seminar 3

LEN 4340 LEN 4341 Civil Liberties and the Police 1 , 2 6

LEN 4342 Executive Development Seminar 3

LEN 4343 Mental Health and the Police Seminar 3

LEN 4344 Law Enforcement Fiscal Management 3

LEN 4345 Grantsmanship Seminar 3

LEN 4351 Corporate Ethics and Crime for the Security

Practitioner 3

LEN 4800 Directed Study-ln-Car Seminar

By special arrangement 3

LEN 4899 Field Work in Law Enforcement, Correctional

Practices, and Security 6

Total Credits 174

A listing of the department's intensive courses appears on pages 186-190.

Law Enforcement 101

Security (Major Code 943) Associate in Science Degree

quarter hours
Basic Courses

ENG4110 ENG4111 Critical Wnting 1, 2 6

ENG 41 12 Approaches to Literature 3

SCO 4100 Fundamental Issues in Sociology 3

SOC4101 The Individual and Social Roles 3

SOC 4102 Critical Issues Facing Society 3

Core Courses

MGT4101 MGT4102 Introduction to Business and Management 1,2 6

POL 4320 American Constitutional Law 3

Elective Core Courses

Select 21 quarter hours from the following courses:

ACC4101 ACC4102 Accounting Pnnciples 1 , 2 " 6

ACC 4330 ACC 4331 Internal Auditing 1, 2 6

ASL 4101 ASL 4102 American Sign Language 1,2 8

Fl 4301 Pnnciples of Finance 3
HRM 4302 Introduction to Human Resources Management 3

HRM 4303 Applied Human Resources Management 3
HST 4101 The Civilization of the Ancient and Modern

Worlds 3

HST 4102 The Civilization of the Early Modern World 3

HST 4103 The Civilization of the Modern World 3

HST 4201 American History 1763-1848 3

HST 4202 American History 1848-1917 3

HST 4203 American History Since 1917 3
LEN 4347 LEN 4348 Human Behavioral Factors for Security

Personnel 1,2 6
LEN 4349 LEN 4350 Human Behavioral Concepts and Tactics in

Police Work 1,2 6
MIS 4101 MIS 4102 Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1,2 6

MIS 4360 Computer Privacy and Security 3

PHL 4200 Logic 3

PHL 4230 PHL 4231 PHL 4232 Ethics 1,2, 3 9

POL 4103 Introduction to Politics 3

POL 4104 Introduction to American Government 3

POL 4105 Introduction to Comparative Government 3

POL 4300 POL 4301 Public Administration 1, 2 6

POL 4310 American Political Thought 3

POL 4312 Political Parties and Pressure Groups 3

POL 4321 Civil Rights 3

POL 4322 Procedural Due Process 3

POL 4335 Formulating American Foreign Policy 3

POL 4375 POL 4376 POL 4377 Consumer Advocacy 1, 2, 3 9

PSY 4110 Fundamental Issues in Psychology 3

PSY 41 1 1 Developmental Aspects in Psychology 3

PSY 4112 Personal Dynamics in Psychology 3

PSY 4390 PSY 4391 PSY 4392 Industrial Psychology 1, 2, 3 9

SPC 4251 Business and Professional Speaking 3

102 Law Enforcement

Major Concentration Courses

LEN 4100 LEN 4101
LEN 4103

LEN 4132 LEN 4133

LEN 4136 LEN 4137

LEN 4144 LEN 4145
LEN 4147

Criminal Investigation and Case Preparation 1
Introduction to Industrial Security
Administration of Justice 1, 2
Criminal Law 1, 2
Security Administration 1 , 2
Legal Aspects of Security

Elective Major Concentration Courses

Select 18 quarter hiours from thie following courses. Not more than nine quarter hours

of seminar courses may be elected to satisfy this requirement.

Introduction to Industrial Security

The Patrol Function 1 , 2

Introduction to Criminalistics 1, 2

Investigative Report Writing

Delinquency Prevention

Industrial Fire Prevention

Retail Security

Bank Security Measures

Current Security Problems

Victimology Seminar

Criminal Behavior Seminar

Civil Law in Criminal Justice 1, 2

Evidence and Court Procedure 1 , 2

Fire Investigation and Arson 1, 2

Hazardous Materials

Legal Aspects of Security Operations

Introduction to Government Security

Domestic Violence

Interviews and Interrogations 1, 2

Criminology 1, 2

Law Enforcement Management

and Planning 1, 2
Document Control
Physical Security 1, 2
Operational Intelligence Seminar
Man, Law, and Society 1, 2
Organized Crime Seminar
Corporate Ethics and Crime for the Security

Practitioner
Field Work in Law Enforcement, Correctional
Practices, and Security

Total Credits

A listing of the department's intensive courses appears on pages 186-190.

LEN 4103

LEN 4108

LEN

4109

LEN 4110

LEN

4111

LEN 4117

LEN 4119

LEN 4122

LEN 4123

LEN 4124

LEN 4127

LEN 4128

LEN 4129

LEN 4134

LEN

4135

LEN 4138

LEN

4139

LEN 4140

LEN

4141

LEN 4146

LEN 4147

LEN 4148

LEN 4152

LEN 4303

LEN

4304

LEN 4315

LEN

4316

LEN 4319

LEN

4320

LEN 4321

LEN 4322

LEN

4323

LEN 4330

LEN 4332

LEN

4333

LEN 4335

LEN 4364

LEN 4899

6
96

Law Enforcement 103

Security (Major Code 942) Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
Basic Courses

ECN4115 ECN 4116 ECN4117 Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2, 3 9

ENG 41 10 ENG 41 1 1 Critical Writing 1,2 6

ENG4112 Approaches to Literature 3

PSY 4110 Fundamental Issues in Psychology 3

PSY 41 1 1 Developmental Aspects in Psychology 3

PSY 4112 Personal Dynamics in Psychology 3

SCO 4100 Fundamental Issues in Sociology 3

SOC4101 The Individual and Social Roles 3

SOC4102 Critical Issues Facing Society 3

Core Courses

ACC4101 ACC4102 Accounting Pnnciples 1 , 2 6

or or or

LEN 4326 LEN 4327 Law Enforcement Mathematics 1,2 6

MGT4101 MGT4102 Introduction to Business and Management 1,2 6

POL 4320 American Constitutional Law 3

Elective Core Courses

Select 36 quarter hours from the following courses:

ACC 4330 ACC 4331 Internal Auditing 1, 2 6

ASL 4101 ASL 4102 American Sign Language 1, 2 8

Fl 4301 Principles of Finance 3

HRM 4302 Introduction to Human Resources Management 3

HRM 4303 Applied Human Resources Management 3

HST 4101 The Civilization of the Ancient and Modern

Worlds 3

HST 4102 The Civilization of the Early Modern World 3

HST 4103 The Civilization of the Modern World 3

HST 4201 American History 1763-1848 3

HST 4202 American History 1848-1917 3

HST 4203 Amencan History Since 1917 3

LEN 4347 LEN 4348 Human Behavioral Factors for Security

Personnel 1,2 6

LEN 4349 LEN 4350 Human Behavioral Concepts and Tactics in

Police Work 1,2 6

MIS 4101 MIS 4102 Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1,2 6

MIS 4360 Computer Privacy and Security 3

PHL 4200 Logic 3

PHL 4230 PHL 4231 PHL 4232 Ethics 1,2, 3 9

POL 4103 Introduction to Politics 3

POL 4104 Introduction to American Government 3

POL 4105 Introduction to Comparative Government 3

POL 4300 POL 4301 Public Administration 1,2 6

POL 4310 American Political Thought 3

POL 4312 Political Parties and Pressure Groups 3

POL 4321 Civil Rights 3

POL 4322 Procedural Due Process 3

POL 4335 Formulating American Foreign Policy 3

POL 4375 POL 4376 POL 4377 Consumer Advocacy 1, 2, 3 9

PSY 4390 PSY 4391 PSY 4392 Industrial Psychology, 1, 2, 3 9

SPC 4251 Business and Professional Speaking 3

104 Law Enforcement

Major Concentration Courses

LEN 4100
LEN 4103
LEN 4132
LEN 4136
LEN 4138
LEN 4144
LEN 4147
LEN 4303
LEN 4322

LEN 4101

LEN 4133
LEN 4137
LEN 4139
LEN 4145

LEN 4304
LEN 4323

Criminal Investigation and Case Preparation 1 , 2

Introduction to Industrial Security

Administration of Justice 1 , 2

Criminal Law 1, 2

Evidence and Court Procedure 1, 2

Security Administration 1 , 2

Legal Aspects of Security Operations

Interviews and Interrogations 1, 2

Phiysical Security 1, 2

Elective Major Concentration Courses

Select 39 quarter hours from the following courses. Not more than 18 quarter hours
of seminar courses may be elected to satisfy this requirement.

LEN 4108
LEN 4110
LEN 4113
LEN 4117
LEN 4119
LEN 4122
LEN 4123
LEN 4124
LEN 4127
LEN 4128
LEN 4129
LEN 4134
LEN 4140
LEN 4146
LEN 4148
LEN 4152
LEN 4309

LEN 4311
LEN 4315
LEN 4319

LEN 4321
LEN 4325
LEN 4330
LEN 4331
LEN 4332
LEN 4335
LEN 4364

LEN 4899
Total Credits

LEN 4109
LEN 4111
LEN 4114

LEN 4135
LEN 4141

LEN 4310

LEN 4316
LEN 4320

LEN 4333

The Patrol Function 1 , 2

Introduction to Criminalistics 1, 2

Social Deviance 1 , 2

Investigative Report Whting

Delinquency Prevention

Industrial Fire Prevention

Retail Security

Bank Security Measures

Current Problems in Security Seminar

Victimology Seminar

Criminal Behavior Seminar

Civil Law in Criminal Justice 1, 2

Fire Investigation and Arson 1, 2

Hazardous Matehals

Introduction to Government Security

Domestic Violence

Law Enforcement Identification and

Records 1 , 2

Research Methods in Criminal Justice

Criminology 1, 2

Law Enforcement Management

and Planning 1, 2

Document Control

Hospital Security

Operational Intelligence Seminar

Collective Bargaining Seminar

Man, Law, and Society 1, 2

Organized Crime Seminar

Corporate Ethics and Crime for the Security

Practitioner

Field Work in Law Enforcement, Correctional

Practices, and Security

174

A listing of the department's intensive courses appears on pages 186-190.

Liberal Arts

105

Marilyn Wiener, Associate Dean
Director, Liberal Arts Programs

Judith Stoessal, Assistant to the
Director, Liberal Arts Programs

204 Churchill Hall, 617-437-2416

Aims

In providing the means to a modern liberal edu-
cation. University College has the main objective
of stimulating and guiding the self-development
of the student in three main areas: first, intellectual
growth; second, the development of a sense of
values; and third, preparation for, or advance-
ment in, a career.

Intellectual growth^the development of the
ability to think independently and creatively —
rests upon the foundation of a sound general
education. Through the liberal arts curricula, stu-
dents are guided toward an appreciative under-
standing of the active discovery of ideas and
methods in the areas of humanities, natural sci-
ence, and social science. With this training, the
student can more fully realize the basic values
upon which civilization rests and can more fully
participate in the intellectual, moral, and material
achievement of that civilization.

University College holds that there is no incon-
sistency between a truly liberal education and
preparation for a vocation. As an adventure in
intellectual discovery, a liberal education leads to
the broadening and intensification of interests as
the student becomes aware of his or her own
mental strengths and weaknesses. This discovery
is essential for making more intelligent and real-
istic appraisals of self and career. A career brings
meaning and focus to the educational experi-
ence. Education presents both a challenge to
accept responsibility and an opportunity to seek
knowledge and skills.

Bachelor's Degree in Liberal Studies
(Pending University Approval)

Consistent with its aim to provide students with a
sound liberal education, University College offers
a Bachelor of Arts degree in Liberal Studies. De-
signed to help students develop communication,
analytical, and research skills while exploring the
great ideas of the ages and the issues fac-
ing modern times, the program's courses are
grouped in four areas:

• Communication and Critical Thinking

• Cultural Heritage

• Science, Research, and Quantitative Methods

• Contemporary Studies

The courses in each area are selected to pro-
vide students with both a broad knowledge base
and a depth of perception resulting from viewing
several subjects from different disciplinary per-
spectives.

In addition, 45 quarter hours of elective credits
are provided to allow students to take a certificate
program and/or select individual courses in ac-
cordance with their personal and career interests.

Upon approaching completion of individual
course work in Cultural Heritage and Contempo-
rary Studies, students take an interdisciplinary
seminar in each area to integrate their learning
experiences.

A complete listing of Liberal Studies courses
may be found on pages 118-119.

Traditional and Career-Linked Bachelor's
Programs

Both Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science
degrees are offered in seven traditional disci-
plines: art, English, history, music, political sci-
ence, psychology, and sociology-anthropology.
One of the distinguishing characteristics of the
Bachelor of Arts degree is that it includes a lan-
guage requirement, whereas the Bachelor of Sci-

Liberal Arts 107

ence degree does not. Distribution requirements
for these programs are listed in this section.
Bachelor of Science degrees more directly linked
to the modern workplace are offered in econom-
ics and in technical communications. The eco-
nomics degree includes a finance certificate,
while the technical communications degree in-
cludes a professional experience program. For
details see, respectively, pages 111 and 129.

Professional Concentrations

Three traditional degree programs — English, po-
litical science, and sociology-anthropology— offer
professional concentrations designed to teach
specialized skills and help create new career op-
tions for liberal arts students. Consult the follow-
ing pages for individual program details.

Human Services page 128

Public Administration page 123

Writing page 112

Business Administration IVIinor

Candidates for either the Bachelor of Arts or
Bachelor of Science degree in a liberal arts pro-
gram area have the option of completing a minor
in business administration. Students who wish to
earn a minor in business administration must uti-
lize some of the open electives permitted in their
degree programs for this purpose. Students
should meet with an academic adviser from the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs to identify
the courses required for a minor in business. Stu-
dents earning a bachelor's degree in a liberal arts
area are permitted to accumulate up to 44 quarter
hours (25 percent of the credits toward a bach-
elor's degree) in business subjects. Any credits
accumulated beyond this limit from business
courses cannot be used to fulfill the graduation
requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree in
a liberal arts area.

The Associate in Science Degree

The program leading to the associate degree is
offered for those desiring a general cultural back-
ground in liberal arts, but who do not wish to
pursue a major field of concentration for the bac-
calaureate degree.

Candidates for the Associate in Science de-
gree in Arts and Sciences must complete a min-
imum of 96 quarter hours of credit. This is
approximately one half of the requirements (174

quarter hours) for the Bachelor of Science de-
gree.

To provide a balanced program that will
achieve the established objectives, the faculty
has set a minimum credit requirement in the sev-
eral areas of study as listed under each major.

Certificates in Ten Areas

Students who seek specialized skills to advance
their careers may choose from among the follow-
ing ten humanities certificate programs, which
may be taken independently or in conjunction
with degree study:

• Advertising and Public Relations

• American Sign Language (ASL)

• Amehcan Studies

• Gerontology

• Graphic Design and Communication

• Public Administration

• Software Technical Writing

• Song Writing

• Speech Communication

• Writing

Except for ASL, which must be taken in resi-
dence, each certificate program permits limited
transfer credit. For Information about all University
College certificate programs, as well as course
listings for each of ttie above, see pages 131-
141.

Distribution Requirements

For the purpose of satisfying the distribution re-
quirements as specified under the individual lib-
eral arts majors, select from the following:

Math-Science includes only courses in biology
(BIO. . .), chemistry (CHM. . .), earth science
(ESC. . .), mathematics (MTH. . .), physics
(PHY. . .), and psychology lab courses (PSY. . .).

Humanities includes only courses in art
(ART. . .), American Sign Language (ASL. . .), En-
glish (ENG. . .), journalism (JRN. . .), library sys-
tems (LIB. . .), modern languages (LNA. . . to
LNS. . .), philosophy (PHL. . .), speech commu-
nication (SPC. . .), technical communications
(TCC. . .), and theater arts (DRA. . .).

Social Sciences includes only courses in eco-
nomics (ECN. . .), history (HST. . .), political sci-
ence (POL. . .), psychology (except laboratory
courses) (PSY. . .), and sociology-anthropology
(SOA. . . and SOC. . .).

108 Liberal Arts

English Requirement The nine quarter hours
of required English (ENG 41 1 0, ENG 4111, ENG
4112) must be taken prior to enrollnnent. These
courses cannot be used to satisfy distribution re-
quirements in any liberal arts course of study.

Directed Study

Students may be eligible to enroll in a maximum
of two directed study courses in a liberal arts
major. The directed study is intended primarily for
the senior who is unable to take a course needed
for graduation because of circumstances beyond
his or her control (e.g., the course was not avail-
able during the student's tenure in University Col-
lege). Such students should contact the program
office for a petition to establish advanced student
status. Please refer to course descriptions for
more detailed information.

Honors Program

An upperclass honors program enables superior
students to pursue studies in their major fields in
greater depth than is possible in the regular
courses.

The nature of the program is determined by the
academic department concerned. Programs may
involve special research projects culminating in
honor theses, seminars, reading projects, di-
rected independent study, or creative work. Flex-
ibility is the keynote, with every consideration
given to the individual needs and requirements
of the student. Honors advisers are chosen from
the faculty of the department concerned.

Students who have earned 96 quarter hours of
credit toward their bachelor's degree and who
have a grade point average of 3.0 or better are
eligible to apply to the Director of Liberal Arts in
University College for admission to the program.

Credit for Noncollegiate Experience (NCE)

Liberal arts degree candidates may obtain up to
16 quarter hours of noncollegiate experience
credit (NCE) in all liberal arts areas except graph-
ics, technical communications, and modern lan-
guages.

Whenever possible, NCE should be used as a
substitute for specific liberal arts courses (for ex-
ample, substituting NCE in PubJic Speaking for
SPC 4101). When a specific course is deemed
critical to the academic soundness of the major,
a student may be asked to take the course but
may, in addition, receive NCE credit in the subject
area in which he or she has acquired special
knowledge.

To apply for NCE credit, a student must file a
petition listing the relevant courses, reasons for
which credit should be received, and if appro-
priate, attaching any materials that might serve
as documentation.

Notification of acceptance or rejection of the
petition will be issued by the Office of Academic
and Student Affairs, as directed by the Director
of Liberal Arts, with the advice of the concerned
departmental consultant(s). The latter will deter-
mine whether the petitioner's NCE is equivalent
to the course listings as claimed. Criteria for such
evaluation may or may not include a formal ex-
amination, an interview, departmental consulta-
tion, or a request for additional documentation.

If positive action is taken on the petition, the
resulting NCE credits may be applied toward a
bachelor's degree. However, students should be
aware of certain constraints. To have NCE credit
counted to qualify for a given June graduation,
the petition must be filed at least six months prior
to the commencement date. NCE cannot be used
to fulfill residence requirements. NCE credit can-
not be given for courses that can be accredited
through the CLEP testing program at the time of
the petition. Grades will not be assigned to NCE
credits. It is possible that NCE credit may be
applicable toward a degree in University College
only.

Field Work Courses

To provide the opportunity for students to apply
their academic background to practical prob-
lems, several departments have introduced
courses in their curricula entitled "Field Work
In. . . ." Field Work guidelines are available in 204
Churchill Hall.

Liberal Arts 109

Acceptance of University College Credits

by Northeastern's Basic College of Arts

and Sciences

The College of Arts and Sciences, one of the
basic (day) colleges of Northeastern University,
permits its students to enroll for credit in courses
in University College when they are pertinent to
the student's program and have been approved
by the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences.
The credits for such courses may be applied to
the total number of credits needed for graduation,
to satisfy distribution requirements, and/or to fulfill
language and major deficiencies.

Credits from University College, as well as
those from other accredited institutions, may not
be applied to the quality point average of stu-
dents in the College of Arts and Sciences except
when such credits are from courses taken as
substitutes for those College of Arts and Sciences
courses failed by students. In such instances,
students must receive a grade of C or better in
the University College courses and then only 2.0
quality points are applied to the student's record
for each course. Courses taken in University Col-
lege that are not offered in the College of Arts
and Sciences may be transferred with the full
grade upon approval of the major department as
well as the Dean of the College of Arts and Sci-
ences.

110 Liberal Arts

Arts and Sciences (Major Code 372)

Associate in Science Degree

Distribution Requirements

See page 107 for courses included in these categories:

Humanities
Math-Science
Social Sciences

quarter hours

ENG 4110
ENG 4112

Electives
Total Credits

ENG 4111

Economics (Major Code 390)

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment) 6
Approaches to Literature (required prior to
enrollment) 3

Bachelor of Arts Degree

Distribution Requirements

See page 107 for courses included in these categories:

Math-Science

Humanities

Social Science Requirements

Choose from among the following social science

disciplines: psychology, sociology-anthropology, history, political science.

quarter hours

Liberal Arts Requirements

ENG 4110 ENG 4111

ENG 4112

Modern Language

Major Concentration Courses

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment) 6
Approaches to Literature (required prior to

enrollment) 3

Elementary or Conversational 12

Intermediate 12

ECN 4115
ECN 4250
ECN 4310
ECN 4342
ECN 4344

ECN 4116
ECN 4251

ECN 4343

ECN 4117
ECN 4252

Economic Principles and Problems 1,
Statistics 1 , 2, 3
Labor Economics
Money and Banking 1, 2
Government Finance

2, 3

Advanced-Level Economics Electives

Electives

Total Credits

9
9
3
6
3

174

Students may be eligible to enroll in honors and/or directed study courses. Please refer to page 166.

Liberal Arts 1 1 1

Economics (Major Code 390)

Bachelor of Science Degree
with Certificate in Finance

Distribution Requirements

See page 107 for courses included in this category:
Social Sciences (other than economics courses).

quarter hours

Liberal Arts Requirements

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG4112

Major Concentration Courses

ECN 4115
ECN 4215
ECN 4216
ECN 4250
ECN 4310
ECN 4342
ECN 4344

ECN 4116 ECN 4117

ECN 4251 ECN 4252

ECN 4343

ACC 4103

Finance Certificate Courses

ACC 4101 ACC 4102

Fl 4301

Fi 4302 Fl 4303

Fl 4305

Advanced-Level Economics Electives

Liberal Arts Electives

Open Electives

Total Credits

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollnnent) 6
Approaches to Literature (required prior to
enrollment) 3

Economic Principles and Problems
Macroeconomic Theory
Microeconomic Theory
Statistics 1, 2, 3
Labor Economics
Money and Banking 1, 2
Government Finance

Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3
Principles of Finance
Financial Management 1, 2
Investment Principles

2, 3

9
3
6
3

174

Students may be eligible to enroll in honors and/or directed study courses. Please refer to page 166.

112 Liberal Arts

English (Major Code 330)

Bachelor of Arts Degree

Distribution Requirements

See page 107 for courses included in these categories:

Math-Science

Social Sciences

quarter hours

Liberal Arts Program Requirements

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG 4112

Modern Language

Core Major Courses

ENG 4120
ENG 4121
ENG 4122
ENG 4123

ENG 4124

ENG 4125

ENG 4131 ENG 4132 ENG 4133

ENG 4349 ENG 4350

ENG 4352

ENG 4602

ENG 4603

ENG 4658

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment) 6
Approaches to Literature (required prior to

enrollment) 3

Elementary or Conversational 12

Intermediate 12

English Literature: Faith and Humanism
English Literature: Reason and Romanticism
English Literature: Victorians and Moderns
Early American Literature: Faith, Reason, and

Nature
American Romantics and American Realists
American Literature: The Modern Temper
Major Writers of the Western World 1,2,3
Expository and Persuasive Writing 1 , 2
Expository Communications
Major Figures in Poetry
Major Figures in Fiction
Shakespeare the Dramatist

Select one of two concentrations:

1. Literature Elective Concentration

Select nine courses from the ENG 4200 or ENG 4600 series from the English course descriptions
pages 167-169 of this Bulletin.

II. Writing Elective Concentration

Select SIX courses from the ENG 4300 or ENG 4500 series from the English course
descriptions on pages 168-169, and three courses from either the JRN or TCC courses on
pages 183 and 219-221.

English Electives (may include ENG 4802, ENG 4803, ENG 4804, Honors Programs 1,2.3)
Special arrangements may be made to take ENG 4800 and ENG 4801 , Directed Studies 1 and

2, to substitute for an upper-level concentration requirement when the course(s) is not available
on a regularly scheduled basis. Consult course descriptions for details.

Open Electives

Total Credits

18
174

Liberal Arts 113

English (Major Code 330)

Bachelor of Science Degree

Requirements are the same as for the Bachelor of Arts degree, except:
Modern Language
Open Electives

quarter hours

None
42

Fine Arts (Major Code 327)

Bachelor of Arts Degree

Distribution Requirements

See page 107 for courses included in these categories:

Math-Science

Social Science

quarter hours

Liberal Arts Requirements

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG4112

Modern Language

Major Concentration Courses

ART 4100
ART 4101
ART 4102
ART 4106

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment) 6
Approaches to Literature (required prior to

enrollment) 3

Elementary or Conversational 12

Intermediate 12

History of Art

History of Art to the Sixteenth Century
History of Art to the Twentieth Century
Introduction to Art

In addition, the major requires a minimum of 39 quarter hours from the fine arts courses described
on pages 153-156.

Electives

Total Credits

Special arrangements may be made to take ART 4800 and ART 4801, Directed Studies 1 and 2,
to substitute for an upper-level concentration requirement when the course(s) is not
available on a regularly scheduled basis. Consult course descriptions for details.

174

114 Liberal Arts

Fine Arts (Major Code 327)

Bachelor of Science Degree

Distribution Requirements

See page 107 for courses included in these categories:

Math-Science
Social Science

quarter hours

Liberal Arts Requirements

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG4112

Major Concentration Courses

ART 4100
ART 4101
ART 4102
ART 4106

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment)
Approaches to Literature (required prior to
enrollment)

History of Art

History of Art to the Sixteenth Century
History of Art to the Twentieth Century
Introduction to Art

In addition, the major requires a minimum of 39 quarter hours from the fine arts courses described
on pages 153-156.

Electives
Total Credits

174

Special arrangements may be made to take ART 4800 and ART 4801, Directed Studies 1 and 2, to
substitute for an upper-level concentration requirement when the course(s) is not available on
a regularly scheduled basis. Consult course descriptions for details.

Liberal Arts 115

History (Major Code 323)

Bachelor of Arts Degree

Distribution Requirements

See page 107 for courses included in these categories:

Humanities
Math-Science

Social Science Requirements

Choose from at least three of the following disciplines:
economics, political science, psychology, sociology-anthropology.

quarter hours

Liberal Arts Requirements

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG 4112

Modern Language

Major Concentration Courses

HST 4101

HST 4102
HST 4103
HST 4201
HST 4202
HST 4203
HST 4241
HST 4304
HST 4430
HST 4431

HST 4443
HST 4502
HST 4540
HST 4611
HST 4632

Electives

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment) 6
Approaches to Literature (required prior to

enrollment) 3

Elementary or Conversational 12

Intermediate 12

The Civilization of the Ancient and Modern

Worlds 3

The Civilization of the Early Modern World 3

The Civilization of the Modern World 3

American History 1763-1848 3

American History 1848-1917 3

American History Since 1917 3

The Historian's Craft 3

History of Energy 3
European Social and Economic History to 1000 3
European Social and Economic History,

1000-1648 3

European Intellectual History Since 1815 3

Colonial America 3

American Social History 3

Africa Since 1885 3

China Since 1850 3

Total Credits 174

Students may be eligible to enroll in honors and/or directed study courses. Please refer to page 180.

116 Liberal Arts

History (Major Code 323)

Bachelor of Science Degree

Distribution Requirements

See page 107 for courses included in the Humanities category.

quarter hours

Liberal Arts Requirements

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG 4112

Major Concentration Courses

HST 4101

HST 4102
HST 4103
HST 4201
HST 4202
HST 4203
HST 4241
HST 4301
HST 4304
HST 4430
HST 4431

HST 4433
HST 4443
HST 4502
HST 4530
HST 4540
HST 4611
HST 4632

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment)
Approaches to Literature (required prior to
enrollment)

The Civilization of the Ancient and Modern

Worlds 3

The Civilization of the Early Modern World 3

The Civilization of the Modern World 3

American History 1764-1848 3

American History 1848-1917 3

American History Since 1917 3

The Historian's Craft 3

Technological Transformation of Society 3

History of Energy 3
European Social and Economic History to 1000 3
European Social and Economic History,

1000-1648 3

Population in History 3

European Intellectual History Since 1815 3

Colonial America 3

American Economic History 3

American Social History 3

Africa Since 1885 3

China Since 1850 3

Liberal Arts 117

Social Science Requirements

History majors are required to select two of the following course sequences for a total of 18 quarter

hours.

ECN4115 ECN4116 ECN4117

POL 4103

POL 4104

POL 4105

PSY 4110

PSY 4111

PSY 4112

SO A 4100

SO A 4102

SO A 4103

SOC 4100

SOC4101

SOC 4102

Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2, 3 9

Introduction to Politics 3

Introduction to American Government 3

Introduction to Comparative Government 3

Fundamental Issues in Psychology 3

Developmental Aspects in Psychology 3

Personal Dynamics in Psychology 3

Physical Anthropology 3

Cultural Anthropology: Proliferate Societies 3

Cultural Anthropology: Industrial Societies 3

Fundamental Issues in Sociology 3

The Individual and Social Roles 3

Critical Issues Facing Society 3

Other Required Courses

MIS 4101 MIS 4102

SOC 4321

Electives

SOC 4322

SOC 4323

Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1,2 6

Social Research Methods 1, 2, 3 12

While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number required,
they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major.

Total Credits 174

Students may be eligible to enroll in honors and/or directed study courses. Please refer to page 180.

118 Liberal Arts

Liberal Studies

Bachelor of Arts Degree

Communication and Critical Thinking

ENG 4110
ENG 4112
INT 4200
PHL 4100
PHL 4105
PHL 4200
SPG 4101
SPC 4251

ENG 4111

SPC 4102

Critical Writing 1 , 2

Approaches to Literature

The Creative Process

Philosophical Thinking

Philosophy of Knowing and Reality

Logic

Effective Communication 1 , 2

Business and Professional Speaking

quarter hours

6
3
3
3
3
3
6
_3
30

Cultural Heritage

ART 4105
ECN 4137
ENG 4131
ENG 4132
ENG 4133
HST 4101

HST 4102
HST 4103
MUS4120
POL 4110
INT 4201

Art Through the Ages

History of Economic Thought

Major Writers of the Western World 1

Major Writers of the Western World 2

Major Writers of the Western World 3

The Civilization of the Ancient and Medieval

Worlds
The Civilization of the Early Modern World
The Civilization of the Modern World
History of Musical Styles
The Great Political Thinkers
Cultural Heritage Seminar

Science, Research, and Quantitative Methods

CHM4105
ECN 4250
ESC 4650
ESC 4651
LIB 4310
MIS 4101

MTH 4110

ECN 4251

MIS 4102
MTH 4111

MTH 4112

Chemistry and the Environment

Statistics 1 , 2

History of Ancient Science and Technologies

History of Modern Science and Technologies

Critical Research Tools

Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1 , 2
Mathematics 1, 2, 3

3
3
3
3

3
3
3
3
3
_3
33

3
6
3
3
3

6
_9
33

Liberal Arts 119

Contemporary Studies

;ECN4115 ECN4116

ECN 4334
POL 4105
PSY 4110
PSY 4111
SOA 4155
SOC4100
SOC4101
SOC4102
INT 4202

Eiectives

You may use these credits:

Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2
Comparative Economic Systems
Introduction to Comparative Politics
Fundamental Issues in Psychology
Developmental Aspects in Psychology
Individual and Culture
Fundamental Issues in Sociology
The Individual and Social Roles
Critical Issues Facing Society
Contemporary Studies Seminar

• to take a University College certificate program (see pages 131-141.)

• as your opportunity to study a modern language or a substantive area in greater depth

• as free eiectives in areas of your personal or career interest.

It is recommended that you make an appointment with a University College counselor for help in
selecting courses by calling 617-437-2000. See page 105 for program description.

Total Credits

6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
_3
33

174

Program currently under University review and approval process. Availability contingent upon
approval.

120 Liberal Arts

Music (Major Code 328)

Bachelor of Arts Degree

Distribution Requirements

See page 107 for courses included in these categones:

Math-Science

Social Sciences

Liberal Arts Requirements

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG 4112

Modern Language

Major Concentration Courses

MUS4120

MUS4121

MUS4122

MUS4123

MUS4124

MUS4125

MUS4201 MUS4202

MUS4241

MUS 4254 MUS 4255

MUS4301

Music Electives

Open Electives

Total Credits

Music (Major Code 328)

MUS 4203

MUS 4256

quarter hours

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment)
Approaches to Literature (required prior to

enrollment)
Elementary or Conversational
Intermediate

History of Musical Styles

Medieval and Renaissance Music

Music of the Baroque

Music History of the Classical Period

Music History of the Romantic Era

Music History of the Twentieth Century

Music Theory 1 , 2, 3

Piano Class 1

Instrumental Tutorial 1, 2, 3

Form and Analysis

3
3
3
3
3
3
12
3
9
3

174 !

Bachelor of Science Degree

Requirements are the same as for the Bachelor of Arts degree except:
Modern Language

Humanities Electives (other than Music courses)
Open Electives
Total Credits

None

174

Liberal Arts 121

Political Science (Major Code 322)

Bachelor of Arts Degree

Distribution Requirements

See page 107 for courses included in these categories:

Humanities

Math-Science

Social Science Requirements

Eighteen quarter hours from at least three of the following social science disciplines:
economics, psychology, sociology-anthropology, history.

quarter hours

24
42

Liberal Arts Requirements

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG4112

Modern Language

Courses Required for Major

POL 4103
POL 4104
POL 4105

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment)
Approaches to Literature (required pnor to

enrollment)
Elementary or Conversational
Intermediate

Introduction to Politics

Introduction to American Government

Introduction to Comparative Government

Upperclass Courses

American Government (any three American Government courses)
Comparative Government (any two Comparative Government courses)
International Relations (POL 4331 and one other International Relations course)
Theory and Methodology (POL 4370 and one other Theory or Methodology course)

Political Science Electives

Select any combination of six additional Political Science courses.

Open Electives

Total Credits

Students may be eligible to enroll in honors and/or directed study courses. Please refer to
pages 208-209.

3
12

174

122 Liberal Arts

Political Science (Major Code 322)

Bachelor of Science Degree

Liberal Arts Requirements

ENG4110 ENG 4111

ENG 4112

quarter hours i

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment) 6
Approaches to Literature (required prior to
enrollment) 3

Courses Required for Major

POL 4103
POL 4104
POL 4105

Introduction to Politics

Introduction to American Government

Introduction to Comparative Government

Upperclass Courses

Political Science Electives

Select from any political science course, which may include maximum number of
quarter hours for honors and directed study.

Additional Requirements

EON 4250 ECN 4251

MIS 4101 MIS 4102

MIS 4220

ECN 4252 Statistics 1,2,3

or
Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1, 2
Introduction to COBOL Programming

Social Science Requirements

Must include not fewer than six quarter hours from each of three different social science
disciplines other than political science, selected from economics, history, psychology,
and sociology-anthropology.

Humanities Requirements

*Open Electives

Total Credits

*See Optional Public Administration concentration.

Liberal Arts 123

Optional Public Administration Concentration (open only to B.S. degree candidates)

quarter hours
Required courses:

POL 4300 Public Administration 1 3

POL 4301 Public Administration 2 3

POL 4310 Research Methods 3

POL 4311 American Political Thought _3

12
Two of the following:

POL 4303 Public Personnel Administration 3

POL 4304 Public Budgeting 3

POL 4305 Organizational Theory 3

Seven of the following:

Public Policy Analysis 3

Government and Politics of the State 3

Urban Metropolitan Government 3

American Presidency 3

American Constitutional Law 3

Civil Liberties 3

Procedural Due Process 3

International Organization 3

Consumer Advocacy 3

Current Political Issues _3

One Political Science Elective 3

Total Credits 42

POL

4306

POL

4313

POL

4314

POL

4318

POL

4320

POL

4321

POL

4322

POL

4332

POL

4375

POL

4378

124 Liberal Arts

Psychology (Major Code 319)

Bachelor of Arts Degree

Distribution Requirements

See page 107 for courses included in these categories:

Humanities
Math-Science

Social Science Requirements

Choose from at least three of the following social science

disciplines: political science, sociology-anthropology, history, economics.

quarter hours

Liberal Arts Requirements

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG 4112

Modern Language

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment)
Approaches to Literature (required prior to

enrollment)
Elementary or Conversational
Intermediate

Major Concentration Courses

Students planning to continue their education beyond the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science
degree are encouraged to take PSY 4410 and 4411, Scientific Foundations of Psyciiology 1 and 2.

PSY 4110
PSY 4111
PSY 4112
PSY 4220
PSY 4611

PSY 4221

Three of the following pairs

PSY 4231 PSY 4531

PSY 4272 PSY 4572

PSY 4351 PSY 4551

PSY 4381 PSY 4581

Fundamental Issues in Psychology
Developmental Aspects in Psychology
Personal Dynamics in Psychology
PSY 4222 Statistics in Psychology 1,2,3

Senior Seminar

Learning 1, 2 (Lab)
Personality 1, 2 (Lab)
Physiological Psychology 1 , 2 (Lab)
Sensation and Perception 1 , 2 (Lab)

3 I
3l
3 j

9 I
3 !

Psychology Electives 21

Open Electives 21

While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number required,
they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major.

Total Credits 174

Students may be eligible to enroll in honors and/or directed study courses. Please refer to
page 211.

Liberal Arts 125

Psychology (Major Code 319)

Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
Distribution Requirements

See page 107 for courses included in the Math-Science category. 33

Liberal Arts Requirements

ENG 41 1 0 ENG 4111 Critical Writing 1 , 2 (required prior to enrollment) 6

Approaches to Literature (required prior to
enrollment) 3

ENG 4112

Major Concentration Courses

PSY 4110
PSY 4111
PSY 4112

PSY 4220 PSY 4221

PSY 4231 PSY 4531

PSY 4272 PSY 4572

PSY 4351 PSY 4551

PSY 4381 PSY 4581

PSY 4611

Fundamental Issues in Psychology
Developmental Aspects in Psychology
Personal Dynamics in Psychology
PSY 4222 Statistics in Psychology 1, 2, 3

Learning 1, 2 (Lab)
Personality 1, 2 (Lab)
Physiological Psychology 1, 2 (Lab)
Sensation and Perception 1, 2 (Lab)
Senior Seminar

Psychology Electives

Open Electives

Students planning to continue their education beyond the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science
degree are encouraged to take PSY 4410 and 4411, Scientific Foundations of Psychology 1 and 2.

Total Credits 174

Students may be eligible to enroll in honors and/or directed study courses. Please refer to
page 211.

126 Liberal Arts

Sociology-Anthropology (Major Code 321)

Bachelor of Arts Degree

Distribution Requirements

See page 107 for courses included in these categories:

Humanities
Math-Science

Social Science Requirements

Choose fronn at least three of the following social science
disciplines: psychology, political science, history, econonnics.

quarter hours

Liberal Arts Requirements

ENG4110 ENG4111

ENG 4112

Modern Language

Major Concentration Courses

SOA 4100

SOA 4101

SOA 4102

SOC4100

SOC 4101

SOC4102

SOC 4103

SOC 4300 SOC 4301 SOC 4302

SOC 4303

SOC 4321 SOC 4322 SOC 4323

Critical Writing 1, 2 (required prior to enrollment)
Approaches to Literature (required prior to

enrollment)
Elementary or Conversational
Intermediate

Physical Anthropology

Cultural Anthropology: Preliterate Societies

Cultural Anthropology: Industrial Societies

Fundamental Issues in Sociology

The Individual and Social Roles

Critical Issues Facing Society

Introduction to Sociology (Intensive)

Social Theory 1,2,3

Social Theory (Intensive)

Social Research Methods 1, 2, 3

3 !

3
3

3 I
or !

9
or

9
12

Sociology-Anthropology Electives 21

At least nine quarter hours must be in anthropology (see pages 215-216). Students may take any
combination of honors and field work totaling three courses.

Open Electives 21-22

Total Credits 174

Students may be eligible to enroll in honors and/or directed study courses. Please refer to
page 218.

Liberal Arts 127

Sociology-Anthropology (Major Code 321) Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
Liberal Arts Requirements

ENG 41 10 ENG 41 1 1 Critical Writing 1 , 2 (required prior to enrollment) 6

ENG 41 12 Approaches to Literature (required prior to

enrollment) 3

Distribution Requirements

See page 107 for courses included in the Social Sciences (other than Sociology-Anthropology). 18

Major Concentration Courses

SOA4100 Physical Anthropology 3

SOA4101 Cultural Anthropology: Preliterate Societies 3

SOA 4102 Cultural Anthropology: Industrial Societies 3

SOC 4100 Fundamental Issues in Sociology 3

SOC 4101 The Individual and Social Roles 3

SOC 4102 Critical Issues Facing Society 3

or or or

SOC 4103 Introduction to Sociology (Intensive) 9

SOC 4300 SOC 4301 SOC 4302 Social Theory 1 , 2, 3 9

or or or

SOC 4303 Social Theory (Intensive) 9

SOC 4321 SOC 4322 SOC 4323 Social Research Methods 1, 2, 3 12

Sociology-Anthropology Electives 39

At least nine quarter hours must be in anthropology (see pages 215-216). Students may take any
combination of honors and field work totaling three courses.

*Open Electives 69-70

While students may elect courses in their major fields in excess of the minimum
requirements, Bachelor of Science students especially are strongly encouraged to elect
courses in math-science and the humanities to achieve adequate educational breadth.

Total Credits 174

Students may be eligible to enroll in honors and/or directed study courses. Please refer to page 218.
'See Human Services Elective Concentration below.

128 Liberal Arts

Human Services Elective Concentration

Students majoring in the Bachelor of Science degree in Sociology-Anthropology may also pursue a
concentration in human services.

Required Courses quarter hours

SOC4125 Social Problems 3

SOC 4240 Sociology of Human Service Organizations 3

SOC 4241 Human Service Professions 3

SOC 4245 Poverty and Inequality 3

SOC 4260 SOC 4261 SOC 4262 Introduction to Social Work Practice 1, 2, 3 9

Additional Requirements

PSY 4110 Fundamentallssues in Psychology 3

PSY 41 1 1 Developmental Aspects in Psychology 3

PSY 4112 Personal Dynamics in Psychology 3

PSY 4372 PSY 4373 PSY 4374 Abnormal Psychology 1,2.3 9

Total Credits 39

Human services concentration students are encouraged to consider selecting electives
from among the following courses;

ECN 4130 Medical Economics

EON 4311 Manpower and Anti-Poverty Policies and Pro-
grams

ECN 4315 Poverty and Discrimination

POL 4300 POL 4301 Public Administration 1, 2

POL 4306 Public Policy Analysis

POL 4321 Civil Rights

PSY 4240 Development: Infancy and Childhood

PSY 4241 Development: Adolescence

PSY 4242 Development: Adulthood and Aging

PSY 4272 Personality

SOC 4170 Race and Ethnic Relations

SOC 4185 Sociology of Deviant Behavior

SOC 4186 Social Control

SOC 4190 Juvenile Delinquency

SOC 4215 Medical Sociology

SOC 4220 Sociology of Mental Health

SOC 4225 Social Gerontology: The Aged in Society

Liberal Arts 129

Technical Communications (Major Code 380)

Bachelor of Science Degree

The Bachelor of Science degree in Technical
Communications is available to students who
have acquired an Associate in Science degree
or its equivalent (including the completion of En-
glish courses ENG 4110, 4111, and 4112) while
maintaining a 2.0 grade point average. Once a

student has had sufficient training in technical
communications, a cooperative job placement
option is made available to him or her through the
University College Professional Experience Pro-
gram.

quarter hours

Distribution Requirements

Associate in Science degree or its equivalent

Core Communications courses

Core Technology courses

Specialized Communications courses

Professional Expehence Program

Open Electives

To equal

A. Core Communications Courses

ART 4140

ENG 4349 ENG 4350

JRN 4112

LIB 4325

PHL 4100

PHL 4200

SPC 4152

B. Core Technology Courses

MIS 4101 MIS 4102

MTH 4081
MTH 4083
TCC 4350
TCC 4353

MTH 4082

TCC 4351

Select one of the following:
MIS 4220
MIS 4240
MIS 4250
MIS 4270

C. Specialized Communications Courses

TCC 4101 TCC 4102

TCC 4105

Select four of the following:
TCC 4110

TCC 4301
TCC 4311
TCC 4320
TCC 4330

TCC 4302
TCC 4312

84-

Graphics Communication and Production

Expository and Persuasive Writing 1, 2

Fundamentals of Newswriting

Business Research Tools

Philosophical Thinking

Logic

Interviewing

96
24
29
21
6
12
176-188

Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1,2 6

Introduction to Math 1,2 8

Applied Math and Statistics 3

Concepts of Modern Technology 1,2 6

Modern Electronics 3

Introduction to Programming in COBOL 3

Introduction to Programming in BASIC 3

FORTRAN Programming 1 3

PASCAL Programming 1 3

Technical Writing 1,2 6

Editing for Science and Technology 3

Technical Promotional Writing 3

Computer Software Technical Writing 1,2 6

Instruction Manual Wnting 1,2 6

Proposal Writing 3

The Business and Technical Presentation 3

D. Professional Experience Program

An option for eligible students. For details call 617-437-2428.

130 Liberal Arts

E. Open Electives 12

It is suggested that students select from among the following courses to
reflect individual interest:

ACC4101
ART 4366

ENG 4352
MGT4101

ACC4102

MOT 4102

Accounting Phnciples 1, 2 6
Promotional and Technical Publications: Design

and Production 3

Expository Communications 3

Introduction to Business and Management 1,2 6

Recommended Course Sequence

For maximum learning benefit, students are encouraged to undertake studies in the following se-
quence, adjusting length of study to course load (e.g., students taking two courses per quarter wil
take two years to complete the first year sequence, or less than two years if study in the summer
quarter is elected). Assistance for such decisions may be obtained by contacting the Department
of Career and Academic Counseling at 617-437-2400.

First Year Sequence

Fall quarter

MTH 4081 Introduction to Math 1

PHL 4100 Philosophical Thinking

SPC 4152 Interviewing

TCC 4350 Concepts of Modern Technology 1

Winter quarter

ENG 4349 Expository and Persuasive Writing 1

MTH 4082 Introduction to Math 2

PHL 4200 Logic

TCC 4352 Concepts of Modern Technology 2

Sprir^g quarter
ENG 4350
JRN 4112
MTH 4083
TCC 4352

Second Year Sequence

Fall quarter
ART 4140

TCC
TCC

4101
4353

Winter quarter
LIB 4325
TCC 4102
TCC 4354

Graphics Communication and

Production
Technical Writing 1
Modern Electronics
Open Elective

Business Research Tools
Technical Writing 2
Theory and Operation of Computers
Open Elective

Spring quarter
MIS 4
TCC 4105
TCC 4330

Third Year Sequence

Fall quarter
TCC 4301

Expository and Persuasive Writing 2
Fundamentals of Newswriting
Applied Math and Statistics
Measurement and Analysis

Computer Language Elective
Editing for Science and Technology
The Business and Technical

Presentation
Open Elective

TCC 4311
TCC 4320

Winter quarter
TCC 4302

TCC 4312

Computer Software Technical

Writing 1
Instruction Manual Writing 1
Proposal Writing
Open Elective

Computer Software Technical

Writing 2
Instruction Manual Writing 2
Professional Experience Program

Spring quarter

Professional Experience Program

Certificate Programs

131

Many persons who enroll in University College
are seeking specific, job-related skills rather than
the traditional course sequence of a degree pro-
grann. To help meet such educational needs, Uni-
versity College offers a variety of certificate
programs in business, law enforcement, and lib-
eral arts.

Certificate programs in University College are
designed for:

• students planning to complete an associate de-
gree but who first want to acquire the market-
able skills offered in certificate programs

• individuals seeking an intensive course of study
in a discipline but who do not wish to acquire
a degree

• individuals already holding a degree but who
wish to acquire a specialized body of knowl-
edge for career change or professional devel-
opment.

All certificate programs, except American Sign
Language, are designed so that transfer into a
related degree program is possible. In addition,
a limited amount of transfer credit for introductory
courses taken at another college or university
may be applied toward fulfilling the requirements
for a certificate. Transfer students who have al-
ready completed upper-level courses that dupli-
cate those required for a particular certificate may
complete the certificate in question by substitut-
ing other upper-level courses in the same or a
related discipline. The number of transfer credits
permitted varies by certificate. Therefore, please
check the curriculum for the individual certificate
in which you are interested.

An individual may be awarded only two certif-
icates. These certificates may be in related or
totally distinct subject areas. Students who
choose to complete a second certificate in a sub-
ject area that is related to their first certificate will
often find that the two certificate programs have
certain courses in common. In no instance, how-
ever, will a second certificate be awarded if more
than 50 percent of the course work applicable to
that certificate has already been used to fulfill the
requirements for a first certificate.

Students who are already pursuing an associ-
ate or bachelor's degree in a specialized aca-
demic area should not complete a certificate

program in the same area. Instead, degree stu-
dents are encouraged to use a certificate pro-
gram to acquire job-related skills in an area not
covered in depth by the requirements of their
major.

On occasion, students may have good reasons
for requesting permission to replace a required
course in a certificate program with a substitute
course. Permission to substitute a course must
be granted by the appropriate program office.
Students should submit a completed Petition for
Course Substitution and Waivers to the appropri-
ate program office. Petitions are available in 102
Churchill Hall on the Boston campus and at all
branch campus offices.

All course credits used to fulfill the require-
ments for a certificate program must reflect aca-
demic work completed within five years prior to
the date on which the certificate is awarded.

Upon completion of a certificate program, stu-
dents must submit a petition requesting a certifi-
cate. Petitions are available in 102 Churchill Hall
or at the administrative offices at any branch cam-
pus. For further information concerning a partic-
ular certificate program, please call the telephone
number listed with that program.

132 Certificate Programs

Business Administration

Accounting Certificate Program

quarter hours

ACC4101 ACC4102 ACC 4103 Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3 9

ACC 4301 ACC 4302 ACC 4303 Intermediate Accounting 1 , 2, 3 9

ACC 4310 Cost Accounting 1 3

Fl 4301 Principles of Finance 3

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours) 24

For further information, call 617-437-2418.

Compensation and Benefits l^^anagement Certificate Program

quarter hours

HRM4310 HRM4311 Personnel Management 1, 2* 6

HRM 4321 Wage and Salary Administration 3

HRM 4322 Employee Benefits 3

HRM 4323 Job Evaluation 3

HRM 4330 HRM 4331 Employment Rights 1, 2* 6

Elective in Human Resources Management 3

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours) 24

*This certificate may be taken by students who have also completed the Human Resources Manage-
ment certificate. Asterisked courses would not have to be repeated.

For further information, call 617-437-2418.

Computer Programming and Systems Analysis Certificate Program

quarter hours

MIS 4101 MIS 4102 Introduction to Data Processing and

Information Systems 1,2 6

MIS 4221 MIS 4222 MIS 4223 COBOL Programming 1 , 2, 3 9

MIS 4230 End User Software 3

MIS 4241 MIS 4242 Programming in BASIC 1, 2 6

MIS 4301 MIS 4302 Structured Systems Analysis and Design 1 , 2 6

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: 12 quarter hours) 30

This certificate differs from the Computer Systems Specialist Program (see page 146) in that the
courses in this certificate are offered at all campuses at regularly scheduled times and may be
completed over a longer period of time than the Specialist Program. For further information about both
programs, call 617-437-2418.

Finance Certificate Program

quarter hours

ACC 4101 ACC 4102 ACC 4103 Accounting Pnnciples 1, 2, 3 9

Fl 4301 Principles of Finance 3

Fl 4302 Financial Management 3

Fl 4303 Financial Strategy 3

Fl 4310 Investment Principles 3

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours) 21

Pnr fl irthcir informotiz-vn /^cill Ci7 /IQT 0/1 i Q

Certificate Programs 133

Hotel and Restaurant Management

Certificate Program

ACC 4101
HTL 4301

HTL 4303

HTL 4308

HTL 4305

HTL 4309

ACC 4102

HTL 4306

Accounting Principles 1, 2
Introduction to Hotel and Restaurant

Management
Front Office Management
or

Food and Beverage Cost Control
Food Preparation 1 , 2
Managerial Accounting for thie Hospitality

Industry

quarter hours

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours)
For further information, call 617-437-2418.

Human Resources Management

3
3
or
3

3
21

Certificate Program

HRM4301
HRM4302

HRM 4303
HRM4310
HRM 4330
HRM 4340

HRM 4341

HRM 4311
HRM 4331

quarter hours

Organizational Behavior

Introduction to Human Resources

Management

Applied Human Resources Management

Personnel Management 1, 2

Employment Rights 1, 2

Public Sector Collective Bargaining

the U.S.

Private Sector Collective Bargaining in
the U.S.

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours)
For further information, call 617-437-2418.

Marketing

Certificate Program

MKT 4301
MKT 4310

MKT 4315
MKT 4320

MKT 4302
MKT 4311

MKT 4316
MKT 4321

Introduction to Marketing 1, 2
Advertising and Sales Promotion

Management 1, 2
Sales Management 1, 2
Marketing Management 1, 2

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours)
For further information, call 617-437-2418.

quarter hours

6
6
6

4310

4311

4312

4313

4315

4317

4320

134 Certificate Programs

Operations Management Certificate Program

This certificate s suitable for students interested in preparing for operations managennent careers in

manufactunng industries.

quarter hours
Manufacturing Processes 3

Methods Analysis, Motion and Tinne Study 3

Issues in Operations Managennent 3

Cases in Industrial Management 3

Industrial Decision Making 1 3

Materials Management 3

Managing for Results 3

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours) 21

For further information, call 617-437-2418.

Purchasing Certificate Program

quarter hours

ACC4101 ACC4102 Accounting Principles 1 , 2 6

MGT4101 MGT4102 Introduction to Business and Management 1 , 2 6

IM 4314 Production Control and Inventory

Management 1 3

PUR 4351 PUR 4352 Purchasing 1,2 6

PUR 4357 Business Negotiations 3

PUR 4358 Matehals Requirement Planning 3

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours) 27

For further information, call 617-437-2418.

Real Estate Certificate Program

quarter hours

RE 4301 RE 4302 Real Estate Fundamentals 1,2 6

RE 4323 RE 4324 Real Estate Appraisal 1,2 6

RE 4328 RE 4329 Real Estate Financial Analysis 1,2 6

RE 4341 RE 4342 Real Estate Law 1 , 2 6

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours) 24

For further information, call 617-437-2418.

Transportation and Physical Distribution Management Certificate Program

quarter hours

MGT4101 MGT4102 Introduction to Business and Management 1.2 6

TRN 4301 Elements of Transportation 3

TRN 4302 Physical Distribution Management 3

TRN 4305 Traffic Management 1 3

TRN 4316 Carrier Management 3

TRN 4321 Transportation Regulation 1 3

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours) 21

For further information, call 617-437-2418.

Certificate Programs 135

Law Enforcement

In ail Law Enforcement certificate programs, six
to nine quarter hours of credit may be accepted
for introductory courses taken at another college
or university. In the upper-level course category.

Correctional Practices

a substitution arrangement can be made for
courses previously completed at another educa-
tional program. For further information, call 617-
437-3324.

Certificate Program

LEN 4115
LEN 4120
LEN 4300
LEN 4302
LEN 4312
LEN 4317

LEN 4116
LEN 4121

LEN 4313
LEN 4318

Total Credits

For further information, call 617-437-3324.

Correctional Administration 1 , 2
Juvenile Corrections 1 . 2
Human Rights in Corrections
Correctional Counseling
Treatment of Offenders 1 . 2
Probation and Parole Practices 1 ,

quarter hours
6
6
3
3
6
6

Criminal Justice

Certificate Program

LEN 4113
LEN 4128
LEN 4129
LEN 4132
LEN 4315
LEN 4332

LEN 4114

LEN 4133
LEN 4316
LEN 4333

Total Credits

For further information, call 617-437-3324.

Social Deviance 1, 2
Victimology Seminar
Criminal Behavior Seminar
Administration of Justice 1 , ;
Criminology 1 . 2
Man, Law. and Society 1, 2

quarter hours
6
3
3
6
6
6

Forensic Science

Certificate Program

LEN 4100

LEN 4110
LEN 4138
LEN 4315
LEN 4326
LEN 4338

LEN 4101

LEN 4111
LEN 4139
LEN 4316
LEN 4327

Total Credits

For further information, call 617-437-3324.

Criminal Investigation and Case

Preparation 1 , 2
Introduction to Criminalistics 1 , 2
Evidence and Court Procedure 1,
Criminology 1 . 2

Law Enforcement Mathematics 1 .
Forensic Laboratory Seminar

quarter hours

6
6
6
6
6
3

136 Certificate Programs

Law Enforcement

Certificate Program

LEN 4100

LEN 4132
LEN 4134
LEN 4152
LEN 4303
LEN 4340

LEN 4101

LEN 4133
LEN 4135

LEN 4304
LEN 4341

Criminal Investigation and Case

Preparation 1 , 2
Administration of Justice 1, 2
Civil Law in Criminal Justice 1, 2
Domestic Violence
Interviews and Interrogations 1, 2
Civil Liberties and the Police 1, 2

Total Credits

For further information, call 617-437-3324.

Law Enforcement Administration

quarter hours

6
6
6
3
6
6

Certificate Program

LEN 4102

LEN 4131

LEN 4132 LEN 4133

LEN 4314

LEN 4319 LEN 4320

LEN 4331
LEN 4342
LEN 4344

Total Credits

For further information, call 617-437-3324.

Law, Policy, and Society

Comparative Police Systems
Data Processing Seminar
Administration of Justice 1, 2
Police Supervision
Law Enforcement Management and

Planning 1, 2
Collective Bargaining Seminar
Executive Development Seminar
Law Enforcement Fiscal Management

quarter hours

3
3
6
3

6
3
3
3

Certificate Program

LEN 4132 LEN 4133

LEN 4149 LEN 4150 LEN 4151

LEN 4303 LEN 4304

LEN 4307

LEN 4332 LEN 4333

Total Credits

For further information, call 617-437-3324.

Legal Concepts in Law Enforcement

Administration of Justice 1, 2

Logical and Ethical Foundations of Decision

Making 1, 2, 3
Interviews and Interrogations 1, 2
The Law and Institutional Treatment
Man, Law, and Society 1, 2

quarter hours

9
6
3
6

Certificate Program

LEN 4134
LEN 4136
LEN 4138
LEN 4142
LEN 4307
LEN 4332

LEN 4135
LEN 4137
LEN 4139

LEN 4333

Civil Law in Criminal Justice 1, 2

Criminal Law 1, 2

Evidence and Court Procedure 1, 2

Massachusetts Criminal Law

The Law and Institutional Treatment

Man, Law, and Society 1, 2

Total Credits

For further information, call 617-437-3324.

quarter hours

6
6
6
3
3
6

Certificate Programs 137

Loss Prevention and Security Administration

Certificate Program

I LEN 4102

LEN 4103

LEN 4123

LEN 4140

LEN 4144

LEN 4146

LEN 4147

LEN 4322

LEN 4325

LEN 4141
LEN 4145

LEN 4323

Industrial Fire Prevention

quarter hours

Introduction to Industrial Security
Retail Security

Fire Investigation and Arson 1 , 2
Security Administration 1, 2

3
3
6
6

Hazardous Materials

Legal Aspects of Security Operations
Physical Security 1, 2
Hospital Security

3
6
3

Total Credits

For further information, call 617-437-3324.

Social Problems and Law Enforcement

Certificate Program

LEN

4118

LEN

4119

LEN

4130

LEN

4145

LEN

4146

LEN

4152

LEN

4311

LEN

4328

LEN

4336

LEN

4343

Police Work with Juveniles

Delinquency Prevention

Drug Abuse Seminar

Alcohol Problems in Law Enforcement

Hazardous Materials

Domestic Violence

Research Methods in Criminal Justice

Youth Crime Control Seminar

Minorities and the Urban Crisis Seminar

Mental Health and the Police Seminar

quarter hours

Total Credits

For further information, call 617-437-3324.

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

138 Certificate Programs

Liberal Arts

Advertising and Public Relations Certificate Program

quarter hours

ART 4143 Advertising Design 3
ART 4366 Promotional and Technical Publications: Design

and Production 3

JRN 4112 Fundamentals of Newswriting 3

JRN 4335 Public Relations Basics 3

JRN 4336 Public Relations Practices 3

JRN 4337 Public Relations Problems 3

JRN 4349 Advertising Basics 3

MKT 4301 Introduction to Marketing 1 3

SPC 4251 Business and Professional Speaking 3

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit; nine quarter hours) 27

For further information, call 617-437-2416.

American Sign Language Certificate Program

quarter hours

ASL 4101 ASL 4102 American Sign Language 1, 2 8

ASL 4201 ASL 4202 Intermediate American Sign Language 1,2 8

ASL 4402 American Deaf Culture 4

ASL 4404 Linguistics of American Sign Language 4

ASL 4501 ASL 4502 Sign Language Interpreting 1, 2 8

Total Credits (All credits must be completed in residence.) 32

For further information, call 617-437-2416.

American Studies Certificate Program

quarter hours

ART 4223 American Architecture 3

ENG 4234 Modern American Voices: The New Essayist 3

ENG 461 1 The American Novel 3

HST 4201 Amencan History 1763-1848 3

HST 4202 American History 1848-1917 3

HST 4203 American History Since 1917 3

MUS4138 American Musical Theater 3

POL 4104 Introduction to American Government 3

SOA 4430 Native North American Peoples 3

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours) 27

For further information, call 617-437-2416.

Certificate Programs 139

Gerontology

Certificate Program

DRA 4101
Fl 4101
HSC 4610
PHL 4220
POL 4375
PSY 4242
REC 4460
SOC 4225
SOC 4240

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours)
For further information, call 617-437-2416.

Graphic Design and Communication

Introduction to Theatre

quarter hours

Personal Finance

Geriatric Nutrition

Meaning of Death

Consumer Advocacy 1

Development: Adulthood and Aging

The Process of Aging

Social Gerontology

Sociology of Human Service Organizations

3
3
3
3
3
3

Certificate Program

ART 4120
ART 4141
ART 4143
ART 4150
ART 4151
ART 4251
ART 4366

JRN 4349

ART 4142

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours)
For further information, call 617-437-2416.

Public Administration

quarter hours

Graphic Communication and Production 3

Graphic Design 1,2 6

Advertising Design 3

Typography 3

Graphic Design: Tools and Techniques 3

Advanced Graphic Design 3
Promotional and Technical Publications: Design

and Production 3

Advertising Basics 3

Certificate Program

POL 4104
POL 4300
POL 4301
POL 4303
POL 4304
POL 4305
POL 4306
MIS 4101

MIS 4102

Introduction to American Government

quarter hours

Public Administration 1

Public Administration 2

Public Personnel Administration

Public Budgeting
Organizational Theory
Public Policy Analysis

Introduction to Data Processing and Information
Systems 1 , 2

3
3

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours)

For further information, call 617-437-2416.

140 Certificate Programs

Software Technical Writing

Certificate Program

quarter hours

ART 4140

MIS 4101 MIS 4102

TCC 4101 TCC 4102

TCC 4105

TCC 4301 TCC 4302

Graphic Communication and Production
Introduction to Data Processing and Information

Systems 1 , 2
Technical Writing 1 , 2
Editing for Science and Technology
Computer Software Technical Writing 1 , 2

Choose one computer language from the following:

MIS 4220

MIS 4240

MIS 4250

MIS 4270

Introduction to Programming in COBOL
Introduction to Programming in BASIC
FORTRAN Programming 1
PASCAL Programming 1

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours)
For further information, call 617-437-2416.

6
6
3
6

3
3
3
3

Song Writing

Certificate Program

quarter hours

ENG 4357

Creative Writing: Poetry 3

MUS4110

Music in Popular Culture 3

or or

MUS4165

The Music Industry 3

MUS4201

MUS 4202

MUS 4203

MusicTheory 1,2, 3 12

MUS4241

Piano Class 1 3

or or

MUS4247

Guitar Class 1 3

MUS 4254

MUS 4255

MUS 4256

Music Tutorial in Song Writing/Arranging
1,2,3 9

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours)
For further information, call 617-437-2416.

Speech Communication

Certificate Program

SPC 4101 SPC 4102 SPC 4103 Effective Communication 1, 2, 3

SPC 41 1 1 Voice and Articulation 1

SPC 4150 Self-Concept and Communication

SPC 4151 Listening

SPC 4152 Interviewing

SPC 4201 Argumentation and Discussion

SPC 4251 Business and Professional Speaking

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter hours)

For further information, call 617-437-2416.

quarter hours

9
3
3
3
3
3
3

Certificate Programs 141

Writing Certificate Program

quarter hours

ENG 4349 ENG 4350 Expository and Persuasive Writing 1,2 6

ENG 4352 Expository Comnnunications 3

ENG 4356 Creative Wnting 3

ENG 4363 Wnting for tfie Marketplace 3

JRN 4112 Fundamentals of Newswriting 3

JRN 4113 Newsgatfiering and Reporting 3

TCC 4101 TCC 4102 Technical Writing 1,2 6

Total Credits (Possible transfer credit: nine quarter fiours) 27

For further information, call 617-437-2416.

142 Alternative Freshman-Year Program

Alternative Freshman-Year Program

Program Goals

Faculty and Resources

Students in the Alternative Freshman-Year Pro-
gram are considered regular students and are
degree candidates with an undeclared major. The
Alternative Freshman-Year Program is specifically
designed to help students strengthen their basic
academic skills in writing as well as mathematics.
While helping them gain confidence in their ability
to do college-level work, the program also offers
them an opportunity to consider several different
areas of study before committing themselves to
a specific major. Through the combination of a
carefully prescribed curriculum and the attention
of professional counselors, each student is
helped to establish a program suited to his or her
individual needs. These same counselors are nor-
mally available on a continuing basis throughout
the student's entire freshman year.

Program Structure

Students in the Alternative Freshman-Year Pro-
gram begin with 10-14 quarter hours of credit in
their first academic quarter. In their second and
third quarters, students accelerate their sched-
ules of course work to take 14-16 and 16-17
quarter hours of credit respectively. Students in
the health sciences track complete the Alternative
Freshman-Year Program with a fourth quarter of
17 quarter hours of credit.

After completing the prescribed Alternative
Freshman-Year Program and achieving both a
cumulative quality-point average of 1.400 or bet-
ter and specific program requirements as noted,
students may generally continue their degree
programs within University College, or transfer,
with sophomore status, to any program in the
College of Business Administration or the College
of Criminal Justice, as well as certain nonscience
programs in the Boston-Bouve College of Human
Development Professions and the College of Arts
and Sciences. In addition to the cumulative qual-
ity-point average of 1.400 or better, the College
of Business Administration requires a 1.800 av-
erage in five key courses, namely, MTH 1113,
ENG 4013, ENG 4014, ECN 4601 , and MGT41 10.
Additional program requirements for students de-
siring to be admitted to sophomore status in the
College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Profes-
sions are listed in the Student Handbook for Basic
Colleges.

The University has carefully selected for the Al-
ternative Freshman-Year Program faculty mem-
bers who are aware of individual student goals
as well as the needs of students working to adjust
to a college program. Faculty and students meet
in small classes of not more than 25 students.

As members of the program, students are con-
sidered regular Northeastern University day stu-
dents even though they have unique schedules
and a distinctively tailored curriculum. Therefore,
they generally have access to all counseling ser-
vices, physical education facilities, dormitory ar-
rangements, and extracurricular programs at the
University's main campus in Boston.

Alternative Freshman-Year students are en-
couraged to make extensive use of the up-to-date
programmed learning resources available for
self-instruction through Northeastern's Learning
Resources Center on the Boston campus. For
additional assistance, Alternative Freshmen are
also frequently referred to the Academic Assis-
tance Center and/or the Math/Writing Center on
the Boston campus. A third and very important
resource, the Counseling and Testing Center, is
also available to students on both the Boston and
Burlington campuses for personal and academic
counseling, as well as for vocational testing and
counseling.

Tuition and Fees

Tuition and fees for the Alternative Freshman-Year
Program are the same as for students in the Basic
Colleges. Payment of the standard tuition during
the first three academic quarters of residence
entitles students to 48 credit hours of instruction.
Thus, those who take the 40 programmed credits
are entitled to an eight-quarter-hour tuition ad-
justment at the regular freshman rate.

Application Procedures

For further information on the Alternative Fresh-
man-Year Program, or to request an application,
please write or call:
Dean of Admissions
Department of Admissions
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, MA 02115
61 7-437-2200

Alternative Freshman-Year Progrann 143

Sample One- Year Program: Business Track

quarter hours

Quarter 1

CI 4001 Integrated Language Development Skills I* 2

Directed Elective** 2-4

ENG4013 Fundamentals of English I* 4

MTH 1000 Math I* 4

Total quarter hours 10-14

Quarter 2

CI 4002 Integrated Language Skills Development 11* 2

ENG4014 Fundamentals of English II* 4

MTH 1010 Math II* 4
HST 41 10 History of Civilization A

or Directed Elective** . 2-4

Total quarter hours 14-16

Quarter 3

ECN 4601 Economics I

or Directed Elective** 4

HST 41 1 1 History of Civilization B 4

MGT4110 Management and Organization 4

MTH 1113 Mathematics for Business 4

Total quarter hours 16

*English, mathematics and integrated language skills courses will vary depending on placement
tests.
**Eligible students choose directed electives, in consultation with faculty advisers, from the following
list: HST 41 1 0 (quarter 1 ), ECN 4601 , ENG 1111, COP 4500,

144 Alternative Freshman-Year Program

Sample One-year Program: Criminal Justice, Education, or Arts and Sciences Track

quarter hours

Quarter 1

CI 4001 Integrated Language Skills Development I* 2

ENG4013 Fundamentals of English I* 4

MTH 1000 Math I* 4

Directed Elective** 2-4

Total quarter hours 10-14

Quarter 2

CI 4002 Integrated Language Skills Development 11* 2

ENG4014 Fundamentals of English ir 4
HST 41 10 History of Civilization A

or Directed Elective** 2-4

SOC4010 Sociology II 4

Total quarter hours 14-16

Quarter 3

HST 41 1 1 History of Civilization B 4

POL 4106 Political Science I 4

SOC4011 Sociology II 4

Directed Elective** 4

Total quarter hours 16

*English, mathematics and integrated skills courses will vary depending on placement tests.

**Eligible students choose directed electives, in consultation with faculty advisers, from the following
list; HST 41 1 0 (quarter 1 ), ECN 4601 , ENG 1111, COP 4500.

Alternative Freshman-Year Program 145

Sample One- Year Program: Health Sciences Track

quarter hours

Quarter 1

CI 4001 Skills Development I* 2

ENG4013 Fundamentals of English I* 4

MTH 1010 Math II* 4

Total quarter hours 10

Quarter 2

BIO 1140 Biology A 4

CHM4110 Pre-Chemistry 5

CI 4002 Integrated Language Skills Development IT 2

ENG4014 Fundamentals of English 11* 4

Total quarter hours 15

Quarter 3

MTH 1106 Fundamentals of Mathematics 4

CHM4111 General Chemistry I 5

Directed Elective 4

Total quarter hours 17

Quarter 4

BIO 1141 Biology B 4

CHM4112 General Chemistry II 5

MTH 1107 Functions and Basic Calculus 4

Directed Elective 4

Total quarter hours 17

"English, mathematics, and integrated language skills courses will vary depending on placement
tests.

146

Computer Systems Specialist Program

The Program

The Computer Systems Specialist Program is de-
signed to offer students an opportunity to acquire
training as computer systems specialists. In-
tended for students who are interested in entry-
level programming positions in business and in-
dustry, the program is structured to help meet the
career goals of individuals who presently have
minimal or no academic or work-related back-
ground in computer programming. Students who
successfully complete the program will receive a
Certificate in Programming.

Admission College Board Examinations are not
required for admission. For purposes of evalua-
tion for admission, however, a computer-pro-
grammer aptitude test will be administered to
applicants who successfully complete the initial
screening process. Enrollment is limited. This
program will be offered only if a sufficient number
of qualified candidates applies.

Days, Dates, Times, and Places The program
is scheduled twice during the academic year, in
the fall and spring quarters. Classes are sched-
uled for 30 weekends: on Fridays, from 6 to 10
p.m., and all day Saturday, from 9 a.m. to 5:30
p.m. Sections offered alternate among the Bos-
ton, Burlington, and Dedham campuses.

Course Content Courses include the following:

Academic Credit and Certification Upon sat-
isfactory completion of the program, students will
have accumulated 45 quarter hours of academic
credit. These credits represent 26 percent of the
credits necessary for a bachelor's degree. Stu-
dents satisfactorily completing the program will
also receive a Certificate in Programming.

Placement Assistance

Although job placement is not guaranteed, most
students who successfully complete the program
find suitable employment. Specific placement
services include individual counseling; job-
search seminars on career opportunities, self-
assessment, resume preparation, and interview-
ing skills; and resume referrals to employers.

Application Form and Further Information

For further information about the program, pro-
gram costs, and an application form, contact the
Business Administration Program Office, North-
eastern University, University College, 203
Churchill Hall, 360 Huntington Avenue, Boston,
MA 021 15, 617-437-2418.

MGT4101 MGT4102 Introduction to Business

and Management 1 , 2
MIS 4103 Introduction to Data Processing and

Information Systems (Intensive)
MIS 4221 MIS 4222 MIS 4223 COBOL Programming 1, 2, 3

MIS 4230 End User Software

MIS 4235 Advanced COBOL Programming

MIS 4241 MIS 4242 Programming in BASIC 1, 2

MIS 4273 PC DOS and Assembler

MIS 4301 MIS 4302 Systems Analysis and Design 1 , 2

MIS 4345 Data Base Management Systems

Total Credits

quarter hours

147

Program Consultants and Coordinators

Business Administration

ACC: Accounting

Consultant: Prof. Paul A. Janell (437-4645)
Associate Consultant (Accounting Principles):
Dean Walter E. Kearney, Jr. (437-2312)

BL: Business Law

Consultant: Thomas J. Ahem, Esq. (426-4211)

Fl: Finance

Consultant: Prof. Jonathan Welch (437-4572)

HTL: Hotel and Restaurant l\/lanagement

Consultant: Mr. Donald A. Witkoski (362-2131,
x361)

HRM: Human Resources l\/lanagement

Consultant: Prof. Christine L. Hobart (437-4728)
Associate Consultant: Mr. Ronald E. Guittarr

(860-2774)
Associate Consultant: Mr. Daniel F. Hurley (785-

0484)

IM: industrial Management

Consultant: Prof. Robert A. Parsons (437-4749)
Consultant: Mr. Joel M. Rosenfeld (491-9200)
Associate Consultant: Mr. James D. Mukjian
(451-4120)

MGT: Management

Consultant: Prof. Daniel McCarthy (437-3255)
Associate Consultant: Mr. W. Arthur Gagne

(753-8406)
Associate Consultant: Mr. Robert L. Goldberg

(421-2602)

MIS: Management Information Systems

Consultant: Prof. Victor Godin (437-4801 )
Associate Consultant (Systems): Mr. Norman J.

Conklin (671-7502)
Associate Consultant (EDP): Mr. Thomas M.

Kelly (726-2275)
Associate Consultant (Programming):

Mr. Andrew E. Efstathiou (727-6524)
Associate Consultant (Programming):

Mr. Bennett L. Kramer (588-9100, x208)

MKT: Marketing

Consultant: Prof. Dan T. Dunn, Jr. (437-4563)

MS: Quality Control and Management
Sciences

Consultant: Prof. Robert A. Parsons (437-4749)
Associate Consultant: Mr. Cephas Rogers (493-
6972)

PUR: Purchasing

RE: Real Estate

Consultant: Mr. Leo M. Flynn (927-3406)

TRN: Transportation and Physical
Distribution Management

Consultant: Prof. James F. Molloy (437-4812)

Health Professions

DTA: Dental Assistant

Acting Program Director: Ms. JoAnne McNeill
(University College) (437-2818)

HMG: Health Management

Program Coordinator: Office of Health
Professions and Science Programs (University
College) (437-2818)

HRA: Health Record Administration

Program Director: Prof. Judith Weilerstein

(College of Pharmacy and Allied Health

Professions) (437-3663)
Program Coordinator: Ms. Annalee Collins

(College of Pharmacy and Allied Health

Professions) (437-2525)

HSC: Health Science

Program Coordinator: Dr. Theodore Blank
(Massachusetts Department of Public Health)
(727-1960)

MLS: Medical Laboratory Science

Program Director: Prof. Gerald L. Davis (College

of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions)

(437-3664)
Clinical Coordinator: Ms. Barbara Martin

(College of Pharmacy and Allied Health

Professions) (437-4198)

NUR: Nursing

Academic Coordinator: Ms. Marcia DePace
(University College) (437-2818)

Program Consultants and Coordinators 149

RAD: Radiologic Technology

Program Director: Mr. Stanley Bozen (University

College) (437-2818)
Assistant Director: Ms. Valerie A. Lamb

(University College) (437-2818)

REC: Therapeutic Recreation

Program Director: Prof. Frank Robinson (Boston-
Bouve College of Human Development
Professions)
(437-3157)

Liberal Arts

ART: Arts (Arts, or Media and Graphic
Communication)

Consultant/Major Adviser: Prof. Samuel S.
Bishiop, Art Dept. (College of Arts and
Sciences) (437-2347)

ASL: American Sign Language

Consultant: Ms. Nancy Becker, Acting Director
of ASL Program (College of Arts and
Sciences) (437-3064)

DRA: Theatre Arts

Consultant: Prof. Ingrid H. Sonnichisen, Drama
Dept. (College of Arts and Sciences)
(437-2244)

ECN: Economics

Consultant: Prof. M. A. Horowitz, Chiairman,

Economics Dept. (College of Arts and

Sciences) (437-2882)
Associate Consultant: Prof. H. Goldstein,

Executive Officer, Economics Dept. (College

of Arts and Sciences) (437-2882)
Assistant Consultant/Major Adviser: Mr. Herbert

J. Eskot, Economics Dept. (College of Arts

and Sciences) (437-2882)

ENG: English (Literature or Writing)

Consultant: Prof. M. X. Lesser, English Dept.

(College of Arts and Sciences) (437-2512)

Major Adviser: Mr. Wallace Coyle (929-8141)

HST: History

Consultant: Prof. Raymond H. Robinson,
Chairman, History Dept. (College of Arts and
Sciences) (437-2660)

Coordinator of Western Civilization and Major
Adviser: Prof. Gerald H. Herman, History
Dept. (College of Arts and Sciences)
(437-2660)

JRN: Journalism, Public Relations or
Advertising

Consultant: Prof. Larue W. Gilleland, Chairman,
Journalism Dept. (College of Arts and
Sciences) (437-3236)

LIB: Library Systems

Consultant: Mr. Frank Seegraber, Boston
College (552-8000)

LN: Modern Languages

Consultant: Prof. Holbrook Robinson, Chairman,
Modern Languages Dept. (College of Arts
and Sciences) (437-2234)

Modern Languages include the following:

LNA: Arabic

LNF: French

LNG: German

LNH: Hebrew

LNI: Italian

LNJ: Japanese

LNL: Latin

LNN: Swedish

LNS: Spanish

MUS: Music

Consultant: Prof. Joshua R. Jacobson, Music
Dept. (College of Arts and Sciences)
(437-2240)

Major Adviser/Tutonal Coordinator: Mr. Charles
Mokotoff (437-2240)

PHL: Philosophy and Religion

Consultant: Prof. E. Hacker, Philosophy Dept.
(College of Arts and Sciences) (437-3636)

POL: Political Science

Consultant: Prof. R. L. Cord, Political Science
Dept. (College of Arts and Sciences)
(437-2796)

Major Adviser: Prof. Robert Gilbert, Chairman,
Political Science Dept. (437-2796)

PSY: Psychology

Consultant/Major Adviser: Prof. Charles Karis,

Psychology Dept. (College of Arts and

Sciences) (437-3076)
Associate Consultant: Prof. Harold Zamansky,

Psychology Dept. (College of Arts and

Sciences) (437-3076)

150 Program Consultants and Coordinators

SOC-SOA: Sociology-Anthropology

Consultant: Prof. Eva C. Havas, Sociology Dept.

(College of Arts and Sciences) (437-2686)
Major Adviser/ Associate Consultant: Prof.

Thomas Shapiro, Sociology Dept. (College of

Arts and Sciences) (437-2686)
Sociology-Anthropology program includes

courses in:
SOA: Anthropology and SOC: Sociology

SPC: Speech Communication

Consultant: Prof. M. L. Woodnick, Speech
Communications Dept. (College of Arts and
Sciences) (437-5517)

TCC: Technical Communications

Consultant: Mr. Neil F. Duane, Boston
Documentation Design (965-5300)

Sciences

BIO: Biology

Consultant: Prof. Fred A. Rosenberg (College of

Arts and Sciences) (437-4042)
Laboratory Coordinator: Mr. Jeffrey L. Wain

(College of Arts and Sciences) (437-4046)

CHM: Chemistry

Consultant: Prof. Philip W. LeQuesne (College of

Arts and Sciences) (437-2822)
Laboratory Coordinator: Mr. Bernard Lemire

(College of Arts and Sciences) (437-2811)
Major Adviser Chemical-Biologic Technology:

Ms. Paula Vosburgh (University College)

(437-2818)

ESC: Earth Science

Consultant: Prof. David L. Wilmarth (College of
Arts and Sciences) (437-3176)

MTH: Mathematics

Consultant: Mr. Joseph Hansen (Raytheon

Corporation) (437-2818)
Course Coordinator for Basic Mathematics: Mr.

Eugene Branca (University College)

(437-2818)

Course Descriptions

151

Not all the courses listed in this bulletin will be
offered. A final list of courses to be offered will
be contained in the University College Schedule
Guide, which gives the hours, days, and location
of classes. This schedule is issued prior to the
fall, winter, spring, and summer quarters.

Key to Department Codes

ACC Accounting

ART Art and Architecture

ASL American Sign Language

BIO Biology

BL Business Law

CHM Chemistry

DRA Drama

DTA Dental Assisting

ECN Economics

EMS Emergency Medical Science

ENG English

ESC Earth Sciences

Fl Finance

HMG Health Management

HRA Health Record Administration

HRM Human Resources Management

HSC Health Science

HST History

HTL Hotel and Restaurant Management

IM Industrial Management

INT Interdisciplinary

JRN Journalism

LEN Law Enforcement

LIB Library Science

LNA Language — Arabic

LNF Language — French

LNG Language — German

LNH Language — Hebrew

LNI Language — Italian

LNJ Language — Japanese

LNL Language — Latin

LNN Language — Swedish

LNS Language — Spanish

MGT Management

MIS Management Information Systems

MKT Marketing

MLS Medical Laboratory Science

MS Management Science

MTH Mathematics

MUS Music

NUR Nursing

RED Cardiovascular Health and Exercise

PHL Philosophy and Religion

POL Political Science

PSY Psychology

PUR Purchasing

RAD Radiologic Technology

RE Real Estate

REC Recreation

SOA Anthropology

SOC Sociology

SPC Speech Communication

TCC Technical Communications

TRN Transportation

Abbreviations

q.h.: quarter hours (credit earned)
cl.: hours required in class per week
Prereq.: Prerequisite

ACC 4101 Accounting Principles 1 (3 q h )

Helps provide an understanding of accounting issues
and objectives for proper preparation and interpretation
of financial statennents. Covers the nature, function, and
environment of accounting, the basic accounting
model, and the accounting cycle, while emphasizing
accounting for service and merchandising businesses.

ACC 4102 Accounting Principles 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of ACC 4101. Emphasizes issues in finan-
cial reporting, valuation, and income measurement.
Topics include receivables, inventories, plant and
equipment, bonds, stockholders' equity, and cash flow.
Prereq. ACC 4101.

ACC 4103 Accounting Principles 3 (3 q h )

Preparation and interpretation of cost accounting infor-
mation and its use in the managerial decision-making
process. Topics include ratio analysis, present value,
analysis of cost-volume relationships, fixed and variable
costs, break-even analysis, job order, process cost,
standard cost systems, and capital budgeting. Prereq.
ACC 4102.

ACC 4105 Accounting Principles 1 and 2

(Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as ACC 4101 and ACC 4102.

ACC 4110 Management Control for Nonprofit
Organizations (3 q h )

Examines the characteristics of management control in
nonprofit organizations. Studies input-output measures,

152 Course Descriptions/Accounting

pricing, budgeting, and accounting control. For non-
accounting nnajors. Prereq. ACC 4102.

ACC 4120 Essentials of Personal Income Taxation

(3q.h.)

Special course for nonaccounting majors, designed to
teach important aspects of personal income taxation on
both federal and state levels. Tax laws, tax planning,
and the preparation of individual returns are empha-
sized.

ACC 4301 Intermediate Accounting 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to financial accounting concepts, tech-
niques, and procedures. Areas of intensive treatment
are the development and framework of accounting the-
ory, basic financial statements, and cash and receiva-
bles. Prereq. ACC 4103.

ACC 4302 Intermediate Accounting 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of the study of accounting concepts and
procedures. A detailed examination of inventories, tan-
gible and intangible assets, and depreciation. Prereq.
ACC 4301.

ACC 4303 Intermediate Accounting 3 (3 q h )

Comprehensive examination of stockholders' equity
and earnings per share. Other topics include account-
ing changes and statements of changes in financial
position. Prereq. ACC 4302.

ACC 4304 Intermediate Accounting 4 (3 q h )

In-depth analysis of such topics as deferred income
taxes, pensions, leases, and price-level accounting.
Prereq. ACC 4303.

ACC 4306 Intermediate Accounting 1 and 2

(Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as ACC 4301 and ACC 4302. Prereq. ACC

4103.

ACC 4310 Cost Accounting 1 (3 q h )

Foundations of cost accounting, including terminology,
purpose, and relationship to financial accounting, and
familiarization with product costing systems and their
usefulness. Prereq. ACC 4103.

ACC 4311 Cost Accounting 2 (3 q h )

Budgetary planning and control, with emphasis on the
use of cost data for current operations, special deci-
sions, and long-range planning. Prereq. ACC 4310.

ACC 4313 Cost Accounting 1 and 2 (Intensive)

(6q.h.)

Same as ACC 4310 and ACC 4311. Prereq. ACC

4103.

ACC 4320 Advanced Accounting 1 (3 q.h.)
Comprehensive examination of the problems associ-
ated with business combinations. Studies the purchase
and pooling methods of consolidations. Prereq. ACC
4304.

ACC 4321 Advanced Accounting 2 (3 q h )

Accounting problems associated with partnerships and
multinational corporations. Detailed examination of ac-
counting for "not-for-profit-entities." Prereq. ACC
4320.

ACC 4325 Auditing 1 (3 q h )

Auditing requirements relevant to the certified public
accountant. Topics include internal controls, the com-
puter as an audit tool, and sampling in compliance
tests. Prereq. ACC 4303.

ACC 4326 Auditing 2 (3 q h )

Auditing techniques, including statistical sampling, au-
ditor reports, legal liability, and substantive audit tests.
Prereq. ACC 4325.

ACC 4327 Auditing 1 and 2 (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as ACC 4325 and ACC 4326. Prereq. ACC
4303.

ACC 4330 Internal Auditing 1 (3 q h )

How a modern internal audit function reviews and ap-
praises diverse operations Studies the audit organiza-
tion, selection and development of staff, preparation of
long-range programs, performance of preliminary sur-
veys, development of audit programs, and techniques
of internal audit appraisal. Prereq. ACC 4303.

ACC 4331 Internal Auditing 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of the study of internal audit appraisal
techniques. Topics include computers as an audit tool,
statistical sampling, auditor responsibilities, and audit
work papers, reports, reviews, replies, and manage-
ment summaries. Prereq. ACC 4330.

ACC 4340 Federal Income Taxes 1 (3 q h )

Application of the federal tax laws to the individual's
income, gains, losses, and expenses. Includes study
of the individual's special deductions. Prereq. ACC
4303.

ACC 4341 Federal Income Taxes 2 (3 q h )

Study of some specialized tax problems related to the
individual. Topics include installment sales, income av-
eraging, and the application of federal tax laws to the
corporation. Prereq. ACC 4340.

ACC 4342 Federal Income Taxes 3

(3 q.h.)

Study of the application of the federal tax laws to the
corporation. Partnerships, trusts, and estate and gift
taxes are also examined. Prereq. ACC 4341.

ART 4100 History of Art (formerly History of Art 1)
(3 q.h.)

History of Western art from prehistoric times to the end
of the Roman Empire. Includes the study of major mon-
uments, artists, and stylistic developments that evolved
during the Prehistoric, Primitive, Egyptian, Mesopota-
mian, Aegean, Greek, and Roman periods. Slide lec-
tures and discussions.

Course Descriptions/Art and Architecture 153

ART 4101 History of Art to the 16th Century

(formerly History of Art 2) (3 q,h.)
History of Western art from the end of ttie Roman Empire
to thie late 16th century. Includes the study of major
monuments, artists, and stylistic developments that
evolved during the Early Christian, Byzantine, Early Me-
dieval, Romanesque, Gothic, Early and High Renais-
sance, and late 16th-century Mannerist periods. Slide
lectures and discussions.

ART 4102 History of Art to the 20th Century

(formerly History of Art 3) (3 q.h.)

History of Western art from the late 16th century to the

20th century. Includes the study of major monuments,

artists, and stylistic developments that evolved during

the Baroque and Rococo periods, and in 19th- and

20th-century Europe and America. Slide lectures and

discussions.

ART 4105 Art through the Ages (3 q h )

Concentrated historical survey of Western art from pre-
historic cave paintings to the 20th century. Includes the
study of major monuments, artists, and stylistic devel-
opments found in the Pre-Classical, Classical, Medie-
val, Renaissance, and Baroque periods, and in 19th-
and 20th-century Europe and America. Slide lectures
and discussions.

ART 4106 Introduction to Art (3 q h )

Introduction to the language, techniques, aesthetics,
and visual styles of painting, sculpture, graphic art, and
architecture. Includes individual and comparative stud-
ies of major works of art in each field, discussion of
terminology, and historical examination of the social,
political, and cultural significance of each art form. Slide
lectures and discussions.

ART 4107 Introduction to the Great Museums of
Europe (3 q.h.)

Introduces the great museums of Europe, their settings,
and important examples from their collections through
a slide-lecture format. Includes the Egyptian Museum,
Cairo; the National Museum, Athens; the Uffizzi and Pitti
Museums, Florence; the Prado, Madrid; the Louvre,
Paris; and the National Gallery, London.

ART 4118 Sculpture Basics (3 q h )

Creative three-dimensional expression in papier-
mache, cardboard, castoff, junk, clay, wire, and other
materials. Includes a comprehensive examination of the
design, dynamics, and energy flow of sculptural works.

ART 4119 Sculpture Experiments (3 q h )

A new look at sculpture techniques, including casting,
carving, and additive, subtractive, and mixed-media ex-
pression.

ART 4120 Sculpture Studio (3 q h )

Tools, techniques, and materials used in traditional and
nontraditional three-dimensional expression. Creative

work in the aesthetics, dynamics, and applications of
sculpture for personal enjoyment. Class and student-
choice projects.

ART 4121 Principles of Drawing and Composition

(3 q.h.)

Introduction to the fundamental principles of drawing

and composition through formal graphic studies of line,

shape, value, form, light, space, pattern, and texture.

Use of pencil, charcoal, conte crayon, and other dry

media will be stressed. Slide lectures and critiques as

needed.

ART 4122 Introduction to Figure Drawing (3 q h )

Introductory studio course in drawing the human form.
Includes basic studies in anatomy, proportion, negative/
positive space, contour, gesture, mass, line, composi-
tion, and drawing technique. Slide lectures, critiques,
and weekly sessions drawing from the model.

ART 4123 Drawing Workshop (3 q h )

Introduction to more advanced problems in the analysis
of visual language and its creative organization. Em-
phasis on strengthening drawing techniques and de-
veloping a personal style.

ART 4127 Basic Painting (3 q h )

Introduction to the fundamentals of painting. Formal stu-
dio assignments in the study of color, light, pictorial
space systems, form, texture, and composition to es-
tablish a foundation for more individual, creative ex-
pression. Critiques and slide lectures as needed.

ART 4128 Intermediate Painting (3 q h )

Brief review of the fundamental principles of painting,
followed by more advanced studies in shape, scale,
texture, brushstroke, and edge, as well as color, light,
form, and composition. Problems in a variety of stylistic
approaches and techniques from both the past and the
present. Critiques and slide lectures as needed.

ART 4129 Painting Workshop (3 q h )

Emphasizes individual development through a struc-
tured, project-oriented approach. Recognition of the
conceptual aspects of painting and the development of
a personal painting style and unique visual imagery are
encouraged. Critiques and slide lectures as needed.

ART 4130 Printmaking: Relief (formerly Graphic
Arts— Woodcutting) (3 q.h.)

Fundamental course in the production of prints using
the relief process. Includes woodcut, linoleum, block
cut, and other relief print techniques. Also explores pa-
per stocks, inks, and carving and printing.

ART 4131 Printmaking: Silkscreen (formerly Graphic
Arts — Silkscreen) (3 q.h.)

Fundamental course in the production of prints using
the stencil process. Includes hand-cut film techniques,
brushed paper and blockouts, multicolor printing and
registration, selection of inks and papers, and stretch-
ing and preparing a screen.

154 Course Descriptions/Art and Architecture

ART 4132 Printmaking: Intaglio (formerly Graphic
Arts— Etching) (3 q.h.)

Fundamental course in the production of prints using
the intaglio process. Includes etching, aquatint, dry
point, engraving, sugar-lift, and other intaglio tech-
niques. Focus on drawing and design skills and on
understanding the printmaking craft.

ART 4133 Basic Color and Design (3 q h )

Introduction to the principles of design and the science
and art of color. Individual projects involve the student
in perceiving, simplifying, and organizing basic images
as structured form and space and in understanding the
nature and properties of color and its expressive poten-
tial.

ART 4134 Color and Design Practice (3 q h )

Intermediate-level problems in the aesthetic organiza-
tion of color and design elements. Expressive possibil-
ities of color orchestration, color harmonies, light as
color, and the spatial characteristics of color.

ART 4136 Basic Watercolor Painting (3 q h )

Practice and creative expression in the technical fun-
damentals of watercolor.

ART 4137 Watercolor Painting Practice (3 q h )

Creative expression in various watercolor techniques.
Prereq. ART 4136 or permission of instructor.

ART 4138 Techniques of Watercolor Painting

(3 q.h.)

Advanced expression in watercolor. Prereq. ART 41 37

or permission of instructor.

ART 4140 Graphic Communication and Production

(3 q.h.)

Overview of the design and production process, includ-
ing an introduction to lithography, screening, color tech-
niques, composition, process camera, paper stocks,
bindery methods, and economic factors. Effective tech-
niques for integrating graphic and wntten communica-
tion.

ART 4141 Graphic Design 1 (formerly Basic
Commercial Design) (3 q.h.)

Introduction to professional problem solving in graphic
design. Study and creative work in design principles
and their application; color; visual expression; layout
concepts, techniques, and tools; design and graphic
symbols; creative use of typography; and the integra-
tion of graphic forms with content to communicate
ideas.

ART 4142 Graphic Design 2 (formerly Commercial
Design Practice) (3 q.h.)

Intermediate study and creative work in professional
problem solving in graphic design. Emphasis on cre-
ating an overall design concept. Students will design
public graphic systems, exhibit graphics, and corporate
graphics, and explore effective problem-solving tech-
niques and concept development methodology.

ART 4143 Advertising Design (formerly Commercial
Design Problems) (3 q.h.)

Introduction to the advertising environment and the lan-
guage and design problems commonly met in the field.
Study and creative work includes advertising layout and
design, tools and techniques, use of color, and color
printing processes, typography, and preparation of
client presentations. Introduces marketing fundamen-
tals.

ART 4145 Computer Literacy for the Graphic
Designer (3 q.h.) j

Introduction to the history, nature, and function of com- |
puters, with a special look at electronic imaging sys- \
tems. The range of computer technology from personal :
computers to large-scale, turn-key systems, the variety
of input and output devices, the advantages and limi-
tations of computers as design tools, and their future
impact on graphic communication. Lectures are com- '
plemented by hands-on computer sessions. Guest lec-
turers and field trips. Limited enrollment.

ART 4150 Graphic Design Tools and Techniques

(3 q.h.)

Introduction to the variety of tools and tool skills en-
countered in the graphic design field. Looks at all-pur-
pose tools such as the T-square and triangle and
proceeds through the use of curves, templates, me-
chanical drawing instruments, and layout and rendering
tools. Emphasis on specific applications from concept
development through the finished mechanical. Dem-
onstrations by the instructor and outside specialists.

ART 4151 Typography (3 q h )

Begins with an overview of the evolution of typography
and proceeds to an in-depth examination of its current
applications. Emphasis on understanding basic typo-
graphic terms and techniques, acquiring composition
skills such as copyfitting and type specification, under-
standing typography as symbol and as written record,
exploring design concepts through typography, and
learning the creative potential of new typesetting sys-
tems. Includes field trips to view state-of-the-art photo-
typesetting systems.

ART 4160 Basic Photography 1 (3 q h )

Acquaints the beginning student v,/ith the camera, the
negative, and the print. Weekly shooting assignments,
demonstrations, and hands-on lab experience are part
of this active, introductory-level course. (Laboratory fee)

ART 4161 Basic Photography 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of ART 4160, with emphasis on combining
personal aesthetic choices with refined darkroom skills.
Weekly shooting assignments are given and a final port-
folio is required at the end of the course. Prereq. ART
4160 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

ART 4162 Photography Workshop (3 q h )

Through close interaction with the instructor, students
may refine their technical skills and learn to make mean-

Course Descriptions/Art and Architecture 155

ingful decisions about their relation to the world through
the use of photography. Alternative processes such as
infrared, toners, and large format are demonstrated and
used. Contemporary trends in photography are illus-
trated through frequent slide presentations. Prereq.
ART 4161 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

ART 4171 The American Film: From Arcade to
Dream Factory (3 q h )

Historical survey of the rise of the American film from
the early days of kinetoscope peepshows and primitive
arcade projections through the 30s and 40s and the
golden age of Hollywood. Films representing major aes-
thetic, technical, or industry developments through
1946 are screened and discussed. Lectures, discus-
sions, and assigned readings.

ART 4172 The American Film: Hollywood After
Television (3 q h )

The development of the American film from the late 40s
to the present. Examines the threat of television, the
breakdown of the studio system, the rise of the inde-
pendents, and the lateral development of the major
studios within entertainment conglomerates. Emphasis
on recent activity in American films, including the work
of Coppola, Lucas, Spielberg, Allen, Altman, and oth-
ers. Key recent films are screened and discussed. Lec-
tures, discussions, and assigned readings.

ART 4173 International Directions in Film (3 q h )

Comparative study of international film movements
since 1950 and their influence on film as an art form.
Emphasis on key recent films, major directors, and wht-
ers. Includes Italian Neo-Realism (1940s); Polish and
Czech postwar films; the French New Wave; the per-
sonal cinema of Fellini, Bergman, and others; the Amer-
ican "whiz kids"; New German Cinema; and the
Australian school. Lectures, discussions, and assigned
readings.

ART 4204 Italian Renaissance Art (3 q h )

Study of Italian painting, sculpture, and architecture of
the 15th and 16th centuries, with special attention to
their historical, cultural, and social contexts. How Re-
naissance ideals were reflected in the renewed interest
in classical harmony and order, and in the growing self-
awareness, individualism, and naturalism of the time.
Covers such artists as Giotto, Donatello, Botticelli, Mi-
chelangelo, da Vinci. Raphael, and Titian.

ART 4207 Chinese Painting (3 q h )

Includes work from the Ch'in and Han dynasties, the
period of the Three Kingdoms, the Tang Dynasty, the
Five Dynasties and Northern Sung, the Southern Sung,
and the Yuan, Ming, and Ch'ing Dynasties, as well as
20th century developments.

ART 4208 Japanese Art (3 q h )

Study of the development of Japanese painting, sculp-
ture, and architecture from its inception through the 20th
century. Includes work from the Jamon period, the Suiko

style, the Tang style (Nara and Early Heian), the Shinto
Shrines period, the Later Heian period, the Kamakura
period, the Ashikaga period, and the Momoyama pe-
riod, as well as the work of more recent artists such as
Hokusai and Hiroshige.

ART 4210 French Painting (3 q h )

Study of the development of French painting from the
French Revolution through the 19th century. Examina-
tion of Neoclassicism, Romanticism, Realism, Impres-
sionism, and Post-Impressionism, with a focus on such
figures as David, Delacroix, Courbet, Manet, Degas,
Monet, Renoir, Cezanne, and Van Gogh. Also examines
the French interest in the formal problems of painting
and the painting process as distinct from its narrative
content.

ART 4213 Modern Painting (3 q h )

Study of developments in painting from the late 19th
century through the early 1930s. Major schools, move-
ments, and artists (such as Van Gogh, Cezanne, and
Dali) from Post-Impressionism through Surrealism. Fo-
cus on important shifts in painting concepts and the
rise of innovative modes of expression instrumental in
establishing the foundation of modernism.

ART 4214 Contemporary Painting (3 q h )

Study of developments in painting from the early 1940s
to the present, including major schools, movements,
and artists. Focus on the cultural impact of the exodus
of artists from Europe and their settlement in the United
States prior to World War II, the meteoric rise of Abstract
Expressionism, and the diversity of movements since
^World War II, such as Pop Art, Minimalism, Conceptual
Art, and New Realism.

ART 4217 Latin American Art (3 q h )

Survey of the development of architecture, sculpture,
painting, and the decorative arts in Latin America from
the pre-Columbian period to the present. Includes the
classic Maya and Toltec Maya of Central America and
Mexico; the Aztecs of Mexico; the Mochica, Masca,
Tiahuanaco, Chimu, and Incas of South America; and
the rise of national artistic directions in modern Latin
America.

ART 4219 American Indian Art (3 q h )

Survey of American Indian architecture, painting, sculp-
ture, and the minor arts and crafts from pre-Columbian
cultures to the present. Includes the arts of Meso-Amer-
ica, the American Southwest, the Plains, the Northwest
Coast, and the Eastern United States. Slide lectures and
assigned readings.

ART 4220 American Painting and Sculpture (3 q h )

Survey of American painting and sculpture from colonial
times through the early 1930s. Includes the study of
painting from itinerant colonial "limmers" through Co-
pley, Benjamin West, and the English tradition; the Hud-
son River School; Eakins, Hopper, Marin, Stella, and

156 Course Descriptions/Art and Architecture

O'Keeffe, and the founding of American nnodernist
painting. Also sculpture fronn colonial gravestone reliefs
through Rush, Augur, the public monuments of French
and Saint-Gaudens, and Calder.

ART 4221 Women in Art and Women Artists (3 q h )

Study of women in the arts from prehistoric times to the
present. Focus on the role of women as symbols, reli-
gious figures, erotic objects, and idealized images of
femininity. Examples include fertility images, Venus im-
ages, madonnas, portraits, and genre works. The his-
torical role of women as artists.

ART 4223 American Architecture (3 q h )

Survey of American architecture from the colonial pe-
nod through the early 1930s. Study of the 17th-century
Early American style, the 18th-century Georgian style,
the Republican style, mid-1 9th-century period revival
styles, the stick-and-shingle styles, Richardsonianism,
Sullivan and the rise of the skyscraper, and Frank Lloyd
Wright.

ART 4228 Twentieth-Century Architecture (3 q h )

Study of European and American architecture of the
20th century. Examines Gropius's Bauhaus tenets con-
cerning housing, urban planning, and utilitarian mass
production; Mies van der Rohe, Le Corbusier, and the
International style; Frank Lloyd Wright; and the foun-
dation of American architectural modernism as exem-
plified by Neutra, Johnson, Saarinen, and Buckminster
Fuller.

ART 4230 History of Photography (3 q h )

Survey of developments in photography from the early
daguerreotypes to the present. Major movements,
styles, artists, and significant technological develop-
ments. Slide lectures and assigned readings.

ART 4231 Contemporary Photography (3 q h )

Evolution of styles and techniques in contemporary pho-
tography since World War II. Emphasis on the variety
of image-making techniques and photographic styles
and concepts in the last 20 years. Slide lectures and
assigned readings.

ART 4251 Advanced Graphic Design (formerly
Advanced Commercial Design) (3 q.h.)
Creative problem solving in illustrative design.

ART 4311 New York Art Seminar (3 q h )

Study and observation of the painting collections in the
Metropolitan Museum of Art, Frick Collection, Museum
of Modern Art, and the Guggenheim Museum.

ART 4366 Promotional and Technical Publications:
Design and Production (3 q h )

Study of the design, production, and economics of pro-
motional and technical publications. Using a case-study
approach with selected hands-on projects, students ex-
plore design and production approaches to a variety of
marketing, advertising, and sales support publications,

as well as technical service manuals, operating guides,
and other documentation. Not open to students wtio
have taken ART 4364 or ART 4365.

ART 4800 Directed Study 1 (3 q h )

An opportunity for qualified students to take an upper-
level required course when the needed course is not
available at the time recommended in the degree
scheduling sequence. Petitions and procedural instruc-
tions are available in 204 Churchill Hall. Allow at least
six weeks to complete the petition process. Prereq.
87 q.h.

ART 4801 Directed Study 2 (3 q h )

An opportunity to initiate a second individual study as
described above. Prereq. ART 4800.

ART 4810 Honors Program 1 (4 q h )

Independent work in a selected area under the direction
of members of the department. Prereq. Approval of
the Dean.

ART 4811 Honors Program 2 (4 q h )

Second opportunity to do independent work as de-
scribed in ART 481 0. Prereq. ART 4810.

ART 4812 Honors Program 3 (4 q h )

An additional opportunity to do independent work as
descnbed in ART 4810. Prereq. ART 4811.

ASL 4101 American Sign Language 1 (4 q h )

Introduction to American Sign Language, the language
used by members of the deaf community in the United
States and parts of Canada. Focuses on conversation
in signs, basic rules of grammar, and cultural aspects
of the deaf community.

ASL 4102 American Sign Language 2 (4 q h )

Continuation of basic American Sign Language and
culture study, with emphasis on building receptive and
expressive sign vocabulary; use of signing space; use
of nonmanual components, including facial expressions
and body postures; and an introduction to finger spell-
ing. Prereq. ASL 4101 or consent of instructor.

ASL 4201 Intermediate American Sign Language 1

(4 q.h.)

Emphasizes further development of receptive and ex-
pressive skills, finger spelling, vocabulary building, and
grammatical structures. Encourages more creative use
of expression, classifiers, body postures, and the sign-
ing space. Introduces sign variations (regional and eth-
nic), and political and educational institutions of the
deaf community. Prereq. ASL 4102 or consent of In-
structor.

ASL 4202 Intermediate American Sign Language 2

(4 q.h.)

Intensive practice involving expressive and receptive

skills in storytelling and dialogue. Introduction to Ian-

Course Descriptions/American Sign Language 157

I guage forms found in ASL poetry and cultural features
j as they are displayed in art and theatre. Prereq. ASL
' 4201 or consent of instructor.

ASL 4301 Advanced American Sign Language
Proficiency (4 q h )

Emphasizes vocabulary building and mastery of gram-
mar through rigorous receptive and expressive lan-
guage activities. Includes student-led discussions,
debates, and prepared reports on topics in deaf culture,
society, and current affairs. Prereq. ASL 4202 or in-
structor's permission.

ASL 4401 American Sign Language Literature

(4q.h.)

Various genres of American Sign Language literature
are read and discussed in ASL. Concentration on the
work of current recognized narrators in both literary and
face-to-face storytelling traditions. Includes selected
autobiographical sketches, lectures, stories, and letters
from the early 1900s by such figures as Clerc, Veditz,
Hotchkiss, Gallaudet, and others. A videotaped re-
search essay is required at the end of the course.
Prereq. ASL 4202 or by examination.

ASL 4402 American Deaf Culture (4 q h )

Focuses on the status of deaf people as both a linguistic
and a cultural minority group. Designed for individuals
who may or may not have had prior experience with
deaf people, the course raises questions concerning
the nature of sign language and its varieties, the edu-
cation of deaf people, the historical treatment of deaf-
ness, the sociological and cultural makeup of deaf
individuals, and the nature of ASL literature and poetry.

ASL 4403 Deaf History (4 q h )

Survey of the history of deaf people in the Western world
with emphasis on the American deaf community, its
language, education, and relation to hearing society.
Prereq. ASL 4101 or consent of instructor.

ASL 4404 Linguistics of American Sign Language

(4q.h.)

Designed for skilled signers of ASL with no previous
training in linguistics. Conducted in ASL, the course is
descriptive and data-oriented rather than theoretical.
Topics include the parts of a sign, building words in
ASL, sentence structure (questions, statements, relative
clauses, etc.), meaning and the issue of iconicity, ASL
organization of sentences according to old and new
information, and the structure of stories in ASL. Gram-
matical features of ASL, such as classifiers, specifiers,
verb modulations, and aspect, and the role of facial
expression.

ASL 4501 Sign Language Interpreting 1 (4 q h )

First of a three-course sequence involving the theoreti-
cal and practical aspects of simultaneous interpretation
of English into sign language and vice versa. Through
lectures, discussions, and role playing, students are

introduced to ethics, definitions, client-interpreter rela-
tionships, linguistic considerations, mechanics, and
special considerations required by various interpreting
situations. Each student must have access to a cassette
recorder and one cassette. Prereq. ASL 4202 or con-
sent of instructor.

ASL 4502 Sign Language Interpreting 2 (4 q h )

For students who have completed a basic course or
who are currently working as interpreters. Lectures, dis-
cussions, and role playing cover ethics, roles, fees,
professional and legal issues, and the certification pro-
cess. Laboratory work focuses on increasing skills in
simultaneously interpreting English into sign language
and vice versa. Each student must have access to a
cassette recorder and one cassette. Prereq. ASL 4501
or consent of instructor.

ASL 4503 Sign Language Interpreting 3 (4 q h )

For students who have completed the equivalent of ASL
4501 and ASL 4502 and who wish to upgrade their
skills. Laboratory work focuses on interpreting ASL into
English and vice versa, and transliterating spoken En-
glish into manual English. Each student must have ac-
cess to a cassette recorder and one cassette. Prereq.
ASL 4502 or consent of instructor.

ASL 4504 Practicum in Sign Language
Interpreting 1 (4 q h )

Sixty hours of sign language observation and interpret-
ing under the supervision of interpreters or staff in var-
ious settings arranged with the instructor. Twenty-four
seminar hours to discuss ethics, professional conduct,
and other problems that arise in student assignments.
Sequence designed to assist the student in preparing
for the National Registry of Interpreters for the Deaf
Certification Evaluation. Prereq. ASL 4503 or equiv.

ASL 4505 Practicum in Sign Language
Interpreting 2 (4 q h )

Continuation of ASL 4504. Prereq. ASL 4504.

ASL 4506 Practicum in Sign Language
Interpreting 3 (4 q h )

Continuation of ASL 4505. Prereq. ASL 4505.

ASL 4507-ASL 4510 American Sign Language
Interpreting Seminars (1 q h )

Short-term training opportunities for currently practicing
sign language interpreters, scheduled once each quar-
ter on two consecutive Saturdays. In a given academic
year, the course numbers for these seminars are ASL
4507, ASL 4508, ASL 4509, and ASL 4510. Because
the topics or skill areas addressed change from year to
year, thiese courses may be repeated for credit. Partic-
ipants should be currently working as sign language
interpreters. Limited enrollment. For more information,
call American Sign Language Programs, 617-437-3064
(voice) or 617-437-3067 (TTY).

158 Course Descriptions/Biology

BIO 4103 Biology 1 (General) (3 cl , 3 lab , 4 q h )

Universal properties and processes of living organisnns,
cellular composition and cellular activities, inheritance
and cellular control. The required laboratory for this
course is BIO 4153 Lab for BIO 4103, which generally
meets on a different night. You must register for this
laboratory to receive credit for BIO 4103. (Laboratory
fee)

BIO 4104 Biology 2 (Animal) (3 cl , 3 lab , 4 q h )

Functional anatomy of animal organ systems, their in-
teractions, and environmental relationships. The re-
quired laboratory for this course is BIO 4154 Lab for
BIO 4104, which generally meets on a different night.
You must register for this laboratory to receive credit for
BIO 4104. Prereq. BIO 4103 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

BIO 4105 Biology 3 (Animal) (3 cl, 3 lab , 4 q h )

Systematic comparative study of the structure and func-
tions of animals. Diversity of animals considered from
the standpoint of evolutionary adaptation. The required
laboratory for this course is BIO 4155 Lab for BIO 4105,
which generally meets on a different night. You must
register for this laboratory to receive credit for BIO 4105.
Prereq. BIO 4104 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

BIO 4175 Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 (2 cl ,

2 lab., 3q.h.)

Introduction to human anatomy, osteology, and anatomy
of the muscular, respiratory, digestive, vascular, and
urogenital systems. The laboratory generally includes a
study of human bones and cat dissection. The required
laboratory for this course is BIO 4195 Lab for BIO 4175,
which generally meets on the same night. You must
register for this laboratory to receive credit for BIO 4175.
Prereq. BIO 4105 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

BIO 4176 Human Anatomy and Physiology 2 (2 cl ,

2 lab., 3q.h.)

Principles of physiology and continuation of the study
of human anatomy The laboratory is mainly concerned
w/ith muscle physiology. The required laboratory for this
course is BIO 4196 Lab for BIO 4176, which generally
meets on the same night. You must register for this
laboratory to receive credit for BIO 4176. Prereq. BIO
4175 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

BIO 4177 Human Anatomy and Physiology 3 (2 cl ,

2 lab., 3 q.h.)

Continuation of the principles of physiology, including
the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system and
physiology of the endocrine system. The laboratory
generally deals v^ith the physiology of respiration and
of blood. The required laboratory for this course is BIO
4197 Lab for BIO 4177, which generally meets on the
same night. You must register for this laboratory to re-
ceive credit for BIO 4177. Prereq. BIO 4176 or equiv.
(Laboratory fee)

BIO 4185 Man and His Biosphere 1 (3 cl , 3 q h )

Ecological analysis of the human situation and human
interaction w\\h other organisms. The necessary foun-
dation of biological principles.

BIO 4186 Man and His Biosphere 2 (3 cl , 3 q h )

Continuation of BIO 4185. Prereq. BIO 4185 or equiv.

BIO 4190 Microbiology 1 (2 cl , 3 lab , 3 q h )

Morphology and biochemistry of bacteria. The required
laboratory for this course is BIO 4200 Lab for BIO 4190.
which generally meets on a different night. You must
register for this laboratory to receive credit for BIO 4190.
Prereq. BIO 4105 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

BIO 4191 Microbiology 2 (2 cl , 3 lab 3 q h )

Survey of pathogenic microorganisms. The required
laboratory for this course is BIO 4201 Lab for BIO 4191,
which generally meets on a different night. You must
register for this laboratory to receive credit for BIO 4191.
Prereq. BIO 4190 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

BIO 4192 Microbiology 3 (2 cl , 3 lab , 3 q h )

Characteristics and the role of microorganisms in the
environment. The required laboratory for this course is
BIO 4202 Lab for BIO 4192, which generally meets on
a different night. You must register for this laboratory to
receive credit for BIO 4192. Prereq. BIO 4191 or equiv.
(Laboratory fee)

BIO 4224 Ecology 1 (3 cl , 3 q h )

Covers environmental factors such as the soil system,
water, the atmosphere, temperature, light, wind, and
pressure; physico-chemical factors such as CO2, N,
and mineral nutrients; the habitat; and the distribution
of plants and animals in the world according to tem-
perature and precipitation. Prereq. BIO 4105 or equiv.

BIO 4225 Ecology 2 (3 cl , 3 q h )

The ecosystem; ecological niches; producers, consum-
ers, and decomposers; the pond, desert, forest, and
seashore ecosystems; energy cycle and efficiency of
energy utilization; mass, weight, and energy pyramids.
Prereq. BIO 4224 or equiv.

BIO 4226 Ecology 3 (3 cl , 3 q h )

Population ecology, biotic communities and population
growth, relations between the species, symbiosis, com-
petition, predation, and succession. Prereq. BIO 4225
or equiv.

BIO 4235 Genetics 1 (3 cl , 3 q h )

Mitosis, meiosis, and Mendelian genetics. Prereq. BIO
4105, OHM 4113, or equiv.

BIO 4236 Genetics 2 (3 cl , 3 q h )

Chromosome mapping, mutations, translocation, and
chromosomal aberrations. Prereq. BIO 4235.

Course Descriptions/Biology 159

BIO 4237 Genetics Laboratory (4 lab , 2 q h )
Laboratory exercises involving principles of Mendelian
inheritance, linkage, and crossing-over. Classical ge-
netics utilizing Drosophila; biochemical studies utilizing
Neurospora. Prereq. BIO 4236 or equiv. (Laboratory
fee)

BIO 4246 Cell Biology 1 (3 cl , 3 q h )

Chemical composition, structure of cells and organ-
elles, transport processes, cell motion and excitability,
and growth. Prereq. BIO 4105, BIO 4236, and OHM
4263 or equiv.

BIO 4247 Cell Biology 2 (3 cl , 3 q h )

Cellular energy supply, enzyme function, respiration
and metabolism, photosynthesis and other synthetic
pathways, and control of cellular processes. Prereq.
BIO 4246 or equiv.

BIO 4248 Cell Biology Laboratory (4 lab , 2 q h )

Laboratory techniques in cell biology, microscopy,
structure and chemical composition of cells, enzyme
measurements, photosynthesis, respiration, active
transport, and growth. Prereq. BIO 4247 or equiv.
(Laboratory fee)

BIO 4258 Advanced Human Physiology (3 cl ,

3q.h.)

Study of human physiology emphasizing cellular pro-
cesses and underlying organ function and the interac-
tions and control of organ systems. Selected
physiological topics are considered from these view-
points as time allows. Prereq. BIO 4177 and OHM
4113 or equiv.

BIO 4259 Advanced Human Physiology 2 (3 cl ,

3q.h.)

Continuation of BIO 4258. Prereq. BIO 4258.

BIO 4320 Medical Microbiology (2 cl , 4 lab , 4 q h )

Major characteristics of disease-producing organisms.
The required laboratory for this course is BIO 4330 Lab
for BIO 4320, which generally meets on a different night.
You must register for this laboratory to receive credit for
BIO 4320. Prereq. BIO 4192 or professional laboratory
experience in bacteriology. (Laboratory fee)

BIO 4350 Histology-Organology 1 (1 cl , 2 lab ,

2q.h.)

The morphology of cells and tissues. The required lab-
oratory for this course is BIO 4360 Lab for BIO 4350,
which generally meets on the same night. You must
register for this laboratory to receive credit for BIO 4350.
Prereq. BIO 4105 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

BIO 4351 Histology-Organology 2 (1 cl , 2 lab ,

2q.h.)

The tissue components of the integumentary, digestive,

and respiratory systems. The required laboratory for this

course is BIO 4361 Lab for BIO 4351, which generally
meets on the same night. You must register for this
laboratory to receive credit for BIO 4351. Prereq. BIO
4350 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

BIO 4352 Histology-Organology 3 (1 cl , 2 lab ,

2q.h.)

The tissue components of the cardiovascular, excretory,
reproductive, and endocrine systems. The required lab-
oratory for this course is BIO 4362 Lab for BIO 4352,
which generally meets on the same night. You must
register for this laboratory to receive credit for BIO 4352.
Prereq. BIO 4351 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

BIO 4461 Immunology (2 cl , 4 lab , 4 q h )

Biological, chemical, and physical attributes of antigens
and antibodies, together with their serological interac-
tions. The required laboratory for this course is BIO
4462 Lab for BIO 4461, which generally meets on a
different night. You must register for this laboratory to
receive credit for BIO 4461. Prereq. BIO 4192, OHM
4263, or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

BIO 4801 Independent Study in Biology (4 q h )

Enables students to focus on an area of special interest
and relevance to their professional goals. Each student
will be paired with a faculty preceptor, who will monitor
and evaluate the completed project. Arrangements
must be made with the Program Director prior to reg-
istenng for the course. Please call 617-437-2819.

BL4101 Lawl (3 q h )

Introduction to the legal system. Topics include study
of the nature, formation, and essential elements of con-
tracts, including performance and remedies for breach.
Agency law, including rights and duties of principal and
agent, scope of authority, and relationships to third per-
sons.

BL 4102 Law 2 (3 q h )

Examines sales as governed by the Uniform Commer-
cial Code, including the law of warranty, business or-
ganizations, partnerships, corporations, and other
important business forms. Prereq. BL 4101 .

BL4103 Law3(3qh)

Topics include commercial paper, the function of ne-
gotiability, bank checks and promissory notes, real
property, personal property, bailments, bankruptcy, and
secured transactions. Prereq. BL 4102.

BL 4105 Law (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as BL 4101 and BL 4102.

BL 4115 Law and Social Issues (3 q h )

Study of the structure and dynamics of the American
legal system through analysis of selected cases dealing
with social issues.

160 Course Descriptions/business Law

BL 4120 Law for Personal Planning (3 q h )

Legal aspects of personal and family planning, includ-
ing consumer rights, wills and estate planning, marital
law, real estate purchase, tenants' rights, and other
selected topics of interest.

CHM 4101 Modern Chemistry 1 (2 cl 2 4 lab,
3q.h.)

Fundamental ideas of matter and energy, chemical
bonding, chemical energy, water and solutions, col-
loids, ionic reactions, oxidation and reduction, acidity,
radioactivity, and air and water pollution. Topics are
usually discussed from the viewpoint of recent devel-
opments. The required laboratory for this course is CHM
4107 Lab for CI-IM 4101 , wfiicli generally meets on the
same night. You must register for this laboratory to re-
ceive credit for CHM 4101. (Laboratory fee)

CHM 4102 Modern Chemistry 2 (2 cl , 2 4 lab,
3q.h.)

Classes of organic compounds, including hydrocar-
bons, alcohols, ethers, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic
acids, esters, amines, amides, and carbohydrates, and
their relation to modern biology. The required laboratory
for this course is CHM 4108 Lab for CHM 4102. which
generally meets on the same night. You must register
for this laboratory to receive credit for CHM 4102.
Prereq. CHM 4101 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

CHM 4103 Modern Chemistry 3 (2 cl , 2 4 lab,
3q.h.)

Includes fats, proteins, enzymes, the chemistry of
digestion, and the chemical reactions of body fluids.
The required laboratory for this course is CHM 4109
Lab for CHM 4103, which generally meets on the same
night. You must register for this laboratory to receive
credit for CHM 4103. Prereq. CHM 4102 or equiv.
(Laboratory fee)

CHM 4105 Chemistry and the Environment (3 cl ,

3q.h.)

This course is designed to acquaint nonscience stu-
dents with the chemical aspects of the environment.
Topics include air and water pollution, nuclear fallout,
radiation damage, the effects of pesticides, aerosols,
and food additives and their relation to public health.
The necessary chemical principles are also presented.

CHM 4110 Chemistry Workshop (3 cl , 0 q h )

Discussion and problem-solving session to reinforce
and re-examine material covered in CHM 4111, CHM
4112, and CHM 4113. Classes are small and informal
and content is programmed according to students'
needs.

CHM 4111 General Chemistry 1 (2 cl , 2 4 lab,

3q,h.)

Fundamental chemistry concepts such as symbols, for-
mulas, equations, atomic weights, and calculations
based on equations. Gases, liquids, solutions, and ion-
ization. The required laboratory for this course is CHM

4117 Lab for CHM 4111. You must register for this
laboratory to receive credit for CHM 4111 Prereq.
MTH 4112 or equiv. (can be taken concurrently). (Lab-
oratory fee)

CHM 4112 General Chemistry 2 (2 cl , 2 4 lab,
3q.h.)

Atomic structure, bonding, molecular structure, oxida-
tion and reduction reactions, and equilibrium and ki-
netics. The required laboratory for this course is CHM

4118 Lab for CHM 4112. You must register for this
laboratory to receive credit for CHM 4112. Prereq.
CHM 4111 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

CHM 4113 General Chemistry 3 (2 cl 2 4 lab,
3q.h.)

Thermochemistry and electrochemistry, acids, bases,
and solubility products, nuclear chemistry, introductory
organic chemistry, and biochemistry. The required lab-
oratory for this course is CHM 4119 Lab for CHM 4113.
You must register for this laboratory to receive credit for
CHM 4113. Prereq. CHM 4112 or equiv. (Laboratory
fee)

CHM 4221 Analytical Chemistry 1 (2 cl , 2 4 lab,
3q.h.)

Analytical procedures and techniques, as well as prin-
ciples and practice of gravimetric methods of analysis.
Laboratory work usually involves procedures and tech-
niques of gravimetric analysis. The required laboratory
for this course is CHM 4227 Lab for CHM 4221. You
must register for this laboratory to receive credit for
CHM 4221. Prereq. CHM 4113 or equiv. (Laboratory
fee)

CHM 4222 Analytical Chemistry 2 (2 cl , 2 4 lab,
3q.h.)

Principles and practice of titnmetric methods of analy-
sis. Laboratory work usually involves the procedures
and techniques of volumetric analysis. The required
laboratory for this course is CHM 4228 Lab for CHM
4222. You must register for this laboratory to receive
credit for CHM 4222. Prereq. CHM 4221 or equiv.
(Laboratory fee)

CHM 4223 Analytical Chemistry 3 (2 cl , 2 4 lab,
3q.h.)

Theories of spectrophotometry, chromatography, and
selected electroanalytical methods. The laboratory usu-
ally involves instruments and procedures for electro-
metric and optical methods of chemical analysis. The
required laboratory for the course is CHM 4229 Lab for
CHM 4223. You must register for this laboratory to re-
ceive credit for CHM 4223. Prereq. CHM 4222 or
equiv. (Laboratory fee)

CHM 4224 Analytical Chemistry (Lectures and lab,
4 q.h., summer quarter only)

Survey of principles and theories of volumetric, gravi-
metric, and instrumental analysis. Application made in
the laboratory with analyses of unknown samples. The

Course Descriptions/Chemistry 161

required laboratory for this course 'S CHM 4226 Lab for
CHM 4224. You must register for tliis laboratory to re-
ceive credit for CHM 4224. Prereq. CHIVI 4113 or
equiv. (Laboratory fee)

CHM 4261 Organic Chemistry 1 (2 cl , 4 lab and

discussion, 4 q.h.)

Nature of carbon in organic compounds. General prin-
ciples of structure, nomenclature, preparation, uses,
and reactions of aliphiatic hiydrocarbons: alkanes, al-
kenes, alkynes, dienes, cycloalkanes. Position and geo-
metric isomerism. Introduction to free radical and ionic
mechianisms of reactions. The laboratory generally
deals with the preparation and properties of com-
pounds discussed in the lecture. The required labora-
tory and discussion for this course is CHIVI 4267 Lab
for CHt^ 4261. You must register for this laboratory and
discussion to receive credit for CHM 4261. Prereq.
CHM 4113 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

CHM 4262 Organic Chemistry 2 (2 cl 4 lab and

discussion, 4 q.h.)

Structure of benzene, electrophilic aromatic substitution
reactions. General principles of structure, nomencla-
ture, preparation, uses, and reactions of the various
types of organic compounds, including alcohols, alkyl
and aryl halides, ethers and epoxides, and carboxylic
acids. Optical isomerism and introductory chemical ki-
netics. The laboratory generally deals with the prepa-
ration and properties of compounds discussed. The
required laboratory and discussion for this course is
CHM 4268 Lab for CHM 4262. You must register for this
laboratory and discussion to receive credit for CHM
4262. Prereq. CHM 4261 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

CHM 4263 Organic Chemistry 3 (2 cl , 4 lab and

discussion, 4 q.h.)

Continuation of CHM 4262, with emphasis on the ap-
plication of chemical conversions to synthetic problems.
Functional derivatives of carboxylic acids, sulfonic ac-
ids and their derivatives, amines, diazonium com-
pounds, phenols, aldehydes, and ketones. The
laboratory generally deals with the preparation and
properties of compounds discussed. The required lab-
oratory and discussion for this course is CHM 4269 Lab
for CHM 4263. You must register for this laboratory and
discussion to receive credit for CHM 4263. Prereq.
CHM 4262 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

CHM 4321 Instrumental Analysis 1 (3 cl , 3 q h )

Basic theory and instruments used in electrochemical
analysis. Course generally includes such topics as elec-
trode and cell potentials, potentiometric titrations, direct
potentiometry (pH meters and specific ion electrodes),
coulometry, polarography, amperometry, electrogravi-
metry, and conductivity. Prereq. CHM 4223 or equiv.
(This course and CHM 4322 can serve as preparation
for certain graduate courses.)

CHM 4322 Instrumental Analysis 2 (3 cl , 3 q h )

Basic theory and instruments used in spectrochemical
analysis. Course generally includes such topics as elec-
tromagnetic spectrum, ultraviolet, and visible spectro-
photometry infrared spectrophotometry X-ray analysis,
fluorescence and phosphorescence, emission spectro-
photometry absorption spectrophotometry and chro-
matography. Prereq. CHM 4321 or equiv. (This course
and CHM 4321 can serve as preparation for certain
graduate courses.)

CHM 4323 Radiochemistry (3 cl , 3 q h )

Radioactivity and nuclear reactions, production and
study of nuclear reactions, equations of radioactive de-
cay, nuclear states and radioactive processes, inter-
action of radiation with matter, radiation detection and
measurement, statistics of radioactivity measurements,
techniques for the study of radionuclides, traces in
chemical applications, and nuclear energy Prereq.
CHM 4322 or equiv.

CHM 4371 Biochemistry 1 (3 cl , 3 q h )

The first quarter of a three-quarter sequence. Introduc-
tion to the biochemistry of the cell, including the occur-
rence, chemistry, and metabolism of carbohydrates,
lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids. Prereq. CHM 4263
or equiv.

CHM 4372 Biochemistry 2 (3 cl , 3 q h )

Continuation of CHM 4371. Prereq. CHM 4371 or equiv.

CHM 4373 Biochemistry 3 (3 cl 3 q h )

Continuation of CHM 4372 Prereq. CHM 4372 or
equiv.

CHM 4381 Physical Chemistry 1 (3 cl , 3 q h )

Thermodynamics, thermochemistry. First and Second
Laws, entropy, and free energy in spontaneous pro-
cesses. Prereq. CHM 4113 or equiv.

CHM 4382 Physical Chemistry 2 (3 cl , 3 q h )

Chemical equilibria, acids and bases, electrochemistry
colligative properties, phase diagrams, thermodynam-
ics of multicomponent systems, and kinetic molecular
theory. Prereq. CHM 4381 or equiv.

CHM 4383 Physical Chemistry 3 (3 cl , 3 q h )

Kinetics, quantum chemistry, and photochemistry.
Prereq. CHM 4382 or equiv.

CHM 4801 Independent Study in Chemistry (3 q h )

This course enables students in Chemical-Biological
Technology to focus on areas of special interest and
relevance to their professional goals. The student will
be paired with a faculty preceptor, who will monitor and
evaluate the completed project. Arrangements must be
made with the Program Director prior to developing the
project or registering for the course. Please call 617-
437-2818.

162 Course Descriptions/Drama

DRA 4101 Introduction to Theatre (3 q h )

Designed to increase the student's awareness and en-
joyment of theatre. Attention to conventional and current
forms of drama and their sources in theatre history. How
theatre is made and the people who make it — actors,
directors, writers and designers — are discussed, as are
the nature of the audience and the relationship between
theatre and society. Field trips to view theatre works in
the Boston area.

DRA 4110 Theatre Management (3 q h )

Surveys business problems of financing, promoting,
and programming for educational, community, and
professional theatre. Includes visits by practicing
professionals, practical application through class proj-
ects, and work on actual productions. Excellent for
those interested in business careers in arts manage-
ment.

DRA 4130 Prizewinning Plays (3 q h )

What makes a play win a Pulitzer Prize or a Tony Award?
An examination of selected plays that have received
one or more of these prizes, and of their production,
provides some answers.

DRA 4140 Workshop for the Actor 1 (3 q h )

Physical preparation for the actor, including basic stage
movement and deportment, control of the stage voice,
analysis and establishment of characterization through
observation and awareness of the body, and improvis-
ations and short scenes.

DRA 4141 Workshop for the Actor 2 (3 q h )

Psychological preparation for the actor, including anal-
ysis and establishment of characterization through
memory, emotion, imagination, and recall; analysis of
specific roles; the creation of a character analysis book;
and improvisations and short scenes. Prereq. DRA
4140 or permission of instructor.

DRA 4142 Workshop for the Actor 3 (3 q h )

Preparing and performing the role, including the phys-
ical and psychological preparation of specific roles.
Also includes short classroom scenes and the presen-
tation of a one-act play. Prereq. DRA 4141 or permis-
sion of instructor.

DRA 4150 Introductory Mime Workshop (3 q h )

In-depth introduction to mime, featuring illusionary tech-
nique, silent acting, and the creation of material for
mime-theatre.

DRA 4160 Drama Movement and Therapy (3 q h )

Exploration of teaching and rehabilitative methods us-
ing the techniques of creative dramatics and dance/
movement therapy. Emphasis on the exceptional child
and on the physically and emotionally handicapped.

DRA 4170 Creative Dramatics for Teachers (3 q h )

Introduction to the methods and creative techniques of
using dramatics for programs in schools, churches, and

recreational facilities. Teachers can learn how to use
improvisation for self-improvement with a variety of stu-
dents, such as children and older adults.

DRA 4200 The Comic Theatre (3 q h )

Examination of the writing and staging of works by Ar-
istophanes, Moliere, Shaw, and Neil Simon, as well as
the nature, functions, and techniques of comic writing
and performance.

DRA 4210 The Shakespeare Experience (3 q h )

Seminar designed to give students the opportunity to
view and critique live productions and/or motion picture
and television versions of plays by William Shake-
speare.

DRA 4230 The Boston Theatre Scene (3 q h )

An opportunity to view and critique live performances
presented in the Boston area's major and "off-Broad-
way" theatres. Cost of theatre tickets not included in
tuition.

DRA 4240 The Creative Cinema (3 q h )

Seminar designed to give students an opportunity to
view and critique films and the work of directors, per-
formers, and other creative personnel. Cost of cinema
tickets not included in tuition.

DRA 4350 Advanced Mime Workshop (3 q h )

Production workshop, focusing on creating solo and
ensemble materials and refining illusionary techniques.
Class culminates in a public performance of material
created by the students. Previous training with The
Pocket Mime Theatre or permission of the instructor.
Taught by principal mime with the company. Prereq.
DRA 4150 or permission of instructor.

DTA 4102 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
(Intensive)

Presents cardiac life-support instruction according to
the specifications of the American Heart Association.
Successful completion of this course grants students
certification in basic cardiac life support.

DTA 4200 Clinical Assisting

Introduction to chairside assisting in restorative and
four-handed dentistry.

DTA 4202 Radiography 1

Study of the principles, history, and production of radia-
tion pertaining to dentistry. Emphasis on radiobiology
and protection.

DTA 4300 Clinical Assisting 2

Continuation of chairside assisting and an introduction
to specialties and externships. Prereq. DTA 4200.

DTA 4302 Radiography 2

Study of theoretical radiographic techniques in den-
tistry. Chemical composition of solutions, radiographic
pitfalls, and patient management are emphasized.
Prereq. DTA 4202.

Course Descriptions/Dental Assisting 163

DTA 4303 Dental Anatomy 1

Introduction to the anatomy of the head and neck. Em-
phasis on the bony structure, muscles of mastication,
facial expression, and the trigeminal nerve.

DTA 4304 Dental Anatomy 2

Presentation of the paranasal sinuses, salivary glands,
components of the oral cavity, and circulation limited to
the head and neck. Prereq. DTA 4303.

DTA 4306 Biology 1

Fundamental concepts of living organisms, and cellular
and biological characteristics of tissues, organs, and
systems.

DTA 4307 Biology 2

Discussion of the structure and functions of human sys-
tems and their interdependence and interrelationships.
Prereq. DTA 4306.

DTA 4308 Prevention and Plaque Control

Individual instruction in the implementation of a preven-
tive program in a dental office or clinic.

DTA 4310 Medical Emergencies

Looks at medical emergencies that may occur in the
dental environment. Emphasis on the assistant's role in
these situations.

DTA 431 2 Dental Specialties

Emphasizes the dental assistant's role in specialty
areas such as periodontics, pedodontics, orthodontics,
endodontics, prosthodontics, oral surgery, and resto-
rative dentistry.

DTA 4314 Microbiology

Presents a basic view of microbiology as it relates to
disease. Emphasis on the prevention of infection and
disease in dental practice by the use of sterilization
procedures.

DTA 4315 Pharmacology

Introduces students to the basic principles of pharma-
cology and drugs and their practical application in the
dental office.

DTA 4316 Nutrition

Covers the essentials of a balanced diet necessary to
oral and general health. The basic food groups and
their importance are emphasized.

DTA 4317 Histopathology

Describes the basic tissues of the body and the
changes observed in diseased tissue. Emphasis on
dental disease and general body disorders that have
oral manifestations.

DTA 4318 Practice Management

Presents methods of organizing a dental practice. Sec-
retarial procedures, dental records, recall systems, pa-
tient management, prepaid insurance plans, welfare

dental programs, and professional communications are
included. Moral and legal responsibilities of the dental
assistant to the dental profession and the community.

DTA 4319 Dental Laboratory (1 cl , 1 lab )

Lectures, demonstrations, and actual practice in labo-
ratory sessions provide students with experience in the
laboratory phases of dental practice. The role of the
dental assistant in prosthetic laboratory procedures. In-
troduces dental materials, including uses, physical
properties, and manipulation,

DTA 4320 Word Processing (elective) (1 cl , 3 q h )

Introductory word-processing course for dental assis-
tant students.

DTA 4400 Clinical Assisting 3

Completion of all specialties and perfection of tech-
nique. Prereq. DTA 4300.

DTA 4402 Radiology

Practical application of radiology techniques in a clini-
cal setting, with emphasis on intra-oral and extra-oral
techniques, darkroom procedures, and the mounting
and interpretation of dental radiographs. Prereq. DTA
4202.

ECN 4001 Overcoming Statistics Stress (noncredit)
Often the most difficult part of any statistics course is
the anxiety involved in taking the course. This seminar
IS designed to show students how to put aside those
anxieties by understanding statistics and developing
techniques that simplify seemingly difficult word prob-
lems. Mathematics skills needed for this course include
addition, subtraction, division, multiplication, knowl-
edge of square roots and basic algebra,

ECN 4115 Economic Principles and Problems 1

(3q.h.)

Application of the basic principles of economics to cur-
rent public problems. Focusing on macroeconomics,
the course discusses national income concepts, un-
employment, inflation, national income and employment
theory, and government expenditures and taxation.

ECN 4116 Economic Principles and Problems 2

(3q.h.)

Continuation of ECN 4115 focusing on the role of the
banking system, the Federal Reserve system, and sup-
ply-side policies. Topics in microeconomics including
the role of a market pricing system, supply and de-
mand, the costs of production, profits, and the supply
decision. Prereq. ECN 4115 or equiv.

ECN 4117 Economic Principles and Problems 3

(3q.h.)

Continuation of ECN 41 16 focusing on markets and the
allocation of resources. Topics include competitive mar-
kets, monopoly, oligopoly, factor markets, and income
distribution. Economics principles are applied to se-

164 Course Descriptions/Economics

lected problem areas, including poverty, pollution, en-
ergy, international trade, and the balance of payments.
Prereq. ECN 4116 or equiv.

ECN 4118 Economics (Intensive) (9 q h )

Same as ECN 4115, ECN 4116, and ECN 4117.

ECN 4130 IVIedical Economics (3 q h )

Examination and discussion of fiealth care trends in the
United States; causes for increases in medical care
costs; supply and training of health care personnel; the
nation's need for physicians, nurses, pharmacists, and
other allied health personnel; the quality of medical
care; economics of health insurance plans; and con-
sumer demand for health care, medical facilities, and
professional and semiprofessional personnel.

ECN 4137 History of Economic Thought (3 q h )

Development of economic thought, including mercan-
tilism as the first economic doctrine; an analysis of the
older, classical school, its later refinements (modern
marginalism), and its important critics (socialists, Marx-
ists); and Keynesian and modern developments.

ECN 4140 Economics of Crime (3 q h )

Theoretical and empirical analyses of the economic
causes of criminal behavior. The social costs of crime,
its prevention, and techniques for designing optimum
law enforcement policies.

ECN 4150 Energy Economics (formerly Economics
of World Energy and Primary Resources) (3 q.h.)
Investigates economic, political, and historical back-
ground of energy and other resource problems. Future
impact of primary resource limitations on U.S. and world
economics. Feasibility studies of resource substitution.

ECN 4215 Macroeconomic Theory (formerly
Intermediate Economic Theory 2) (3 q.h.)
Investigates the conceptual and empirical problems of
creating and using national accounts, price index prob-
lems, conceptual and empirical evaluation of several
consumption and investment functions and their policy
implications, and multiplier and accelerator models.
Brief history of recent cyclical fluctuations as well as an
analysis of inflation and growth theories in light of recent
economic history. Prereq. ECN 4117 or equiv.

ECN 4216 IVIicroeconomic Theory (formerly
Intermediate Economic Theory 1) (3 q.h.)
Detailed study of supply and demand analysis, elastic-
ity concepts and applications, theory of consumer de-
mand, theory of production, and derivation of cost
curves. Also detailed analysis of pricing and output
behavior in the several market structures, their welfare
implications, and the pricing of resources. Prereq.
ECN 4117 or equiv.

ECN 4250 Statistics 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to the collection and organization of data.
Topics include the measurement, presentation, and

uses of elementary set theory; measures of central ten-
dency and variability; basic probability; and probability
distributions.

ECN 1251 Statistics 2 (3 qh)

Topics include sampling and basic estimation tech-
niques, "t" distribution, testing of statistical hypotheses,
and analysis of variances. Prereq. ECN 4250 or equiv.

ECN 4252 Statistics 3 (formerly Forecasting and
Other Topics in Statistics) (3 q.h.)
Focuses on the methods of econometric estimation and
forecasting. Topics include linear regression analysis,
correlation analysis, time series analysis, and index
numbers. Prereq. ECN 4251 or equiv.

ECN 4253 Statistics Intensive A (formerly Statistics
Intensive) (9 q.h.)

Combination of ECN 4250, ECN 4251, and ECN 4252.
Not open to students who liave tal<en ECN 4250, ECN
4251, and ECN 4252.

ECN 4254 Statistics Intensive B (6 q h )

Same as ECN 4250 and ECN 4251.

ECN 4255 Hands-On Statistics (4 q h )

Introduces students to statistics techniques and appli-
cations. Topics include frequency distributions, mea-
sures of central tendency, measures of dispersion,
probability and probability distributions, and sampling
and estimation techniques. Class time is divided equally
into lecture and laboratory; the latter focuses on individ-
ual, supervised problem solving. Not open to students
who have taken ECN 4250.

ECN 4310 Labor Economics (3 q h )

Economic analysis of the labor market, including the
labor force, the demand for labor, and the institutions
and policies dealing with them. Examination of employ-
ment, unemployment, wage determination, and the de-
velopment and efficient use of labor resources, as well
as collective bargaining issues and their economic con-
sequences. Prereq. ECN 4117 or equiv.

ECN 4311 Human Resource Planning (3 q h )

Assessment of government and private efforts to fight
poverty and improve the labor market position of im-
poverished groups. Considers the relationship between
causes of poverty and discrimination, and possible rem-
edies. Manpower training programs, negative income
tax, family allowances, and other income maintenance
schemes.

ECN 4315 Income Inequality and Discrimination

(3 q.h.)

Analysis of composition of impoverished groups; recent
trends. Examines the labor market, demographic and
institutional forces contributing to poverty, the role of
education, economics of race and sex discrimination,
the public welfare system, and proposed reforms.

Course Descriptions/Economics 165

ECN 4321 Urban Economic Problems and Policies

(3q.h.)

Economic analysis of selected urban problems such as
housing, poverty, transportation, education, health,
crime, and the urban environment. Includes discussion
of public policies relating to such problems.

ECN 4322 Economics of Transportation (3 q h )

Transportation and land-use patterns, ownership, reg-
ulations, financing, social costs and benefits of various
modes of transportation, and economies of new tech-
nology.

ECN 4330 Economic Growth and Development

(3q.h.)

Prospects for economic growth and development In
Impoverished nations as Indicated by economic analy-
sis and historical experience. Social, cultural, and Insti-
tutional determinants of growth, and analysis of
agriculture and development.

ECN 4331 American Economic History (3 q h )

Economic development of the United States, with em-
phasis on the post-Civil War period and the effect of
certain European developments.

ECN 4333 European Economic Development

(3q.h.)

Historical survey of European economic development
from overseas expansion to the dissolution of empires
and the Common Market. The environmental Impact of
industrialism and the Implications of living in a techno-
logical society.

ECN 4334 Comparative Economic Systems (3 q h )

Competing types of theoretical economic systems;
analysis of organization and operation of currently ex-
isting types of communist, socialist, and capitalist econ-
omies; and comparison and evaluation of economic
behavior and performance of different economic sys-
tems.

ECN 4335 International Economics 1 (3 q h )

Economics of international trade, tariffs, use of re-
sources, and balance-of-payments mechanisms.
Prereq. ECN 4117 or equiv.

ECN 4336 International Economics 2 (3 q h )

International commercial policy, financial organizations,
and recent problems. Prereq. ECN 4335 or equiv.

ECN 4342 Money and Banking 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to money and credit, commercial banking
structure, and money creation; problems and policy of
centralized banking in the United States. Prereq. ECN
4117 or equiv.

ECN 4343 Money and Banking 2 (3 q h )

Theory of money, prices, and monetary policy; Interest
theory, debt management, and international monetary
problems and analysis. Prereq. ECN 4342 or equiv.

ECN 4344 Government Finance (formerly Public
Finance) (3 q.h.)

Fiscal functions, institutions, and politics; growth of the
public sector, expenditure planning in theory and prac-
tice; cost-benefit analysis; principles of taxation and tax
incidence; major taxes at federal, state, and local levels;
fiscal policy for high employment, price stability, and
growth; and current fiscal problems such as tax reform,
urban fiscal problems, fiscal federalism, and Income
maintenance programs. Prereq. ECN 4117 or equiv.

ECN 4345 Business Cycles 1 (3 q h )

Intermediate macroeconomic theory, including theory
of cyclical fluctuations in the context of multiplier and
accelerator models. Prereq. ECN 4117 or equiv.

ECN 4346 Business Cycles 2 (3 q h )

Business cycle analysis, measurement, and public pol-
icy. Prereq. ECN 4345 or equiv.

ECN 4347 Business Cycles 3 (3 q h )

Business cycle forecasting methods and services.
Prereq. ECN 4346 or equiv.

ECN 4348 Business Cycles (Intensive) (9 q h )

Combination of ECN 4345, ECN 4346, and ECN 4347.
Prereq. ECN 4117 or equiv.

ECN 4350 Introduction to Econometrics (formerly
Advanced Statistics 1) (3 q.h.)

Focuses on the methods of econometric estimation and
forecasting, including various statistical techniques.
Students are given the opportunity to construct their
own models and use computer facilities for estimation
and forecasting. Prereq. ECN 4117 and ECN 4252.

ECN 4351 Problems in Economic Research

(formerly Advanced Statistics 2) (3 q.h.)
Examines research methods used by practicing econ-
omists. Topics Include typical problems from areas of
applied economics, such as choices of modeling frame-
work, development of static and dynamic adaptive pol-
icy models, problems of data collection, review of
estimation techniques, and Interpretation of results.
Prereq. ECN 4117 and ECN 4252.

ECN 4353 Introduction to Mathematical Economics

(formerly Intermediate Economic Theory 3) (3 q.h.)
Introduction to mathematical analysis, with an in-depth
study of theory of distribution. Prereq. ECN 4117 or
equiv.

ECN 4360 Managerial Economics (3 q h )

Theory of demand, price, and output as applied to busi-
ness firms and capital budgeting. Prereq. ECN 4117
or equiv.

ECN 4362 Industrial Organization and Public Policy

(3 q.h.)

Theoretical framework for analysis and evaluation of the

static and dynamic performance of real markets. Ex-

166 Course Descriptions/Economics

amines empirical studies that test the usefulness of ap-
plying theory to real markets, as well as the existence
of antitrust laws as a public policy designed to promote
better market performance. Prereq. ECN 4117 or
equiv.

ECN 4363 Government and Business 1 (3 q h )

Role of government in national economic affairs, theory
and practice.

ECN 4364 Government and Business 2 (3 q h )

Relation between government and business; antitrust
laws. Prereq. ECN 4363 or equiv.

ECN 4365 Government and Business 3 (3 q h )

Application of antitrust laws to business, with emphasis
on cases, principles, and current antitrust problems.
Prereq. ECN 4364 or equiv.

ECN 4490 Directed Study 1 (3 q h )

Opportunity for qualified students to take an upper-level
course on an individual basis in their major area. Peti-
tions and procedural instructions are available from 204
Churchill Hall, 617-437-2416. Prereq. 87 q.h.

ECN 4491 Directed Study 2 (3 q h )

Opportunity to initiate a second individual study as de-
scribed above. Prereq. ECN 4490.

ECN 4492 Economic Policy Seminar (3 q h )

Most advanced course for senior economic majors, with
emphasis on independent study and contemporary is-
sues. Prereq. ECN 4117 or equiv.

ECN 4495 Honors Program 1 (4 q h )

Independent work in a selected area under the direction
of members of the department. Prereq. Approval of
tlie Dean.

ECN 4496 Honors Program 2 (4 q h )

Second opportunity to do independent work as de-
scribed in ECN 4495. Prereq. ECN 4495.

ECN 4497 Honors Program 3 (4 q h )

Additional opportunity to do independent work as de-
scribed in ECN 4495. Prereq. ECN 4496.

ENG 4005 English for International Students 1

(noncredit)

Introduction to the grammar and rhetoric of English as
a second language. Practice in listening, speaking, and
writing, with selected readings and exercises for im-
proving vocabulary and pronunciation.

ENG 4006 English for International Students 2

(noncredit)

Intermediate course in English as a second language.

Practice in preparing written and oral reports, including

business and social letters. Prereq. ENG 4005 or

equiv.

ENG 4007 Advanced English for International
Students (3 q.h.)

Advanced course in English as a second language.
Practice in special forms of writing to improve clarity,
syntax, and organization. Prereq. ENG 4006 or per-
mission of instructor.

ENG 4009 Fundamentals of English 1 (4 q h )

Intensive introduction to the principles of effective ex-
pository writing, emphasizing description, paragraph
construction, and organization. Includes a review of the
conventions of English usage, punctuation, and syntax.
Essay assignments.

ENG 4010 Fundamentals of English 2 (4 q h )

Intensive instruction in exposition, argument, and aca-
demic essay and research paper writing, in addition to
continued study of the conventions of English usage,
punctuation, and syntax. Essay assignments. Prereq.
ENG 4009 or equiv.

ENG 4011 Elements of Writing (3 q h )

Intensive review of the grammatical forms and structural
patterns of current English. Practice in writing sen-
tences, paragraphs, and short papers.

ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1 (formerly English 1)
(3 q.h.)

Detailed examination of the principles and methods of
rhetoric, especially narration, description, and exposi-
tion. Includes frequent practice in writing paragraphs
and themes in those modes.

ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2 (formerly English 2)
(3 q.h.)

Continued examination of the principles and methods
of rhetoric, especially persuasion and argument, the
study of short fiction, and the development of research
skills. Includes practice in writing persuasive and criti-
cal themes and in preparing research papers. Prereq.
ENG 4110 or equiv.

ENG 4112 Approaches to Literature (formerly
English 3) (3 q.h.)

Further refinement of writing and analytical skills
through the study of drama and poetry. Practice in writ-
ing longer critical papers. Prereq. ENG 4111 or equiv.

ENG 4120 English Literature: Faith and Humanism

(3 q.h.)

Survey of English literature from its beginnings to 1700,
including works by Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare,
Donne, and Milton.

ENG 4121 English Literature: Reason and
Romanticism (formerly English Literature to 1832)
(3 q.h.)

Survey of English literature from the Neoclassical period
to the Romantic age, including works by Pope, Swift,
Johnson, Blake, Wordsworth, and Keats.

Course Descriptions/English 167

ENG 4122 English Literature: Victorians and
IVIoderns (3 q.h.)

Survey of English literature from tfie Victorian Age
through the early 20th century, including works by
Browning, Arnold, Hardy, Yeats, and Eliot.

ENG 4123 Early American Literature: Faith,
Reason, and Nature (3 q h )

Survey of American literature from its beginnings
through the 19th-century transcendentalists. Includes
works by Bradstreet, Taylor, Edwards, Franklin, Emer-
son, and Thoreau.

ENG 4124 American Romantics and American
Realists (3 q.h.)

Survey of the fiction and poetry of 1 9th-century America,
including the works of Hawthorne, Melville, Whitman,
Dickinson, Twain, James, Crane, and Dreiser.

ENG 4125 American Literature: The IVIodern
Temper (3 q.h.)

Survey of the prose and poetry of 20th-century America,
including the works of Eliot, Stevens, Fitzgerald, Hem-
ingway, Wright, and Plath.

ENG 4131 Major Writers of the Western World 1

(3 q.h.)

Explores the literary traditions of the ancient world and

the Middle Ages in the work of such writers as Homer,

Virgil, Sophocles, Aristophanes, Dante, and Chaucer,

as well as in the art of biblical narrative. Replaces ENG

4126.

ENG 4132 Major Writers of the Western World 2

(3 q.h.)

Explores the literary traditions of the Renaissance, Neo-
classicism, and Romanticism in the work of such wnters
as Shakespeare, Milton, Voltaire, Racine, Wordsworth,
and Whitman. Replaces ENG 4127.

ENG 4133 Major Writers of the Western World 3

(3 q.h.)

Explores the literary traditions of Realism and Modern-
ism in the work of such writers as Dostoyevsky, Ibsen,
Joyce, Kafka, Woolf, and O'Neill. Replaces ENG 4128.

ENG 4210 Science Fiction (3 q h )

Myths and rhetorical strategies of science fiction, in-
cluding such novels as Frankenstein, Childhood's End,
and Stranger in a Strange Land.

ENG 4211 Fantasy Literature (3 q h )

Investigates the development of fantasy literature in the
19th and 20th centuries, focusing on the works of such
authors as Lewis Carroll, Lord Dunsany, Kenneth Gra-
hame, J. R. R. Tolkien, and Richard Adams.

ENG 4212 Horror Fiction (3 q h )

Study of horror literature and its concerns with the su-
pernatural, the irrational, the nature of evil, and the land-
scape of dreams, including such novels as Dracula, Dr.
Jekyll and Mr. Hyde, and The Turn of the Screw.

ENG 4213 Detective Fiction (3 q h )

Elements of intrigue, logic, and thought converge in this
study of the who-done-it. Students sample a wide range
of detective fiction to explore the questions of inno-
cence and guilt, action and responsibility, power and
authority, victim and victimizer, and to see connections
between this popular form of literature and its classical
antecedents.

ENG 4214 The Psychological Novel (3 q h )

Study of the mental and emotional processes affecting
the form and style of such works as Cnme and Punish-
ment, Metamorphosis, and The Stranger.

ENG 4220 Children's Literature (3 q h )

Study of the psychology of creation, the ways of the
imagination, and the role of fantasy and play in such
children's books as Alice-in Wonderland, The Wizard of
Oz, and Charlotte's Web.

ENG 4221 Images of Women in Literature (3 q h )

Descriptive and analytical study of the images of
women and their underlying archetypes in imaginative
literature. Includes such writers as Homer, Austen, Ib-
sen, and Lawrence.

ENG 4222 American Women Writers (3 q h )

Study of representative 19th and 20th century American
women writers, including such poets as Dickinson and
Plath, and such novelists as Chopin and Gather.

ENG 4223 British Women Writers (3 q h )

Examines important historical and thematic connections
in the work of British women writers of the last 200 years,
including a study of the novels of Jane Austen, George
Eliot, Virginia Woolf, and Dons Lessing.

ENG 4230 Modern Irish Literature (3 q h )

Irish literature in English from 1885 to the present, in-
cluding such writers as Yeats, Joyce, O'Casey, and
Behan.

ENG 4231 Irish Writers in America (3 q h )

A study of Irish themes and attitudes in the fiction and
drama of 20th-century America, including such writers
as O'Neill, Donleavy, Alfred, and McHale.

ENG 4232 Ethnic Literature in America (3 q h )

Explores the range, variety, and themes of ethnic liter-
ature in America in the work of such writers as Philip
Roth, Toni Morrison, Maxine Hong Kingston, and F.
Scott Momaday

ENG 4233 Outside the Mainstream: The Literature
of America's Subcultures (3 q h )

Study of literature that reflects the specific interests,
values, and concerns of America's diverse subcultural
populations, including such works as Black Elk Speaks,
City of Night, Woman Warrior, and the stories of Isaac
Bashevis Singer.

168 Course Descriptions/English

ENG 4234 Modern American Voices: The New
Essayists (3 q.h.)

Examines major nonfiction of the 1960s and 1970s,
stressing the fresh styles and often disturbing cultural
perspectives of such works as Mailer's The Armies of
the Night, Persig's Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Main-
tenance, Dillard's Pilgrim at Tinker Creek, and Brauti-
gan's Trout Fishing in America, as well as shorter works
of the "new journalism" and personal essays by such
writers as Joan Didion, Tom Wolfe, Susan Sontag, and
Woody Allen.

ENG 4240 Fiction and the Movies (3 q h )

Introduction to the exciting relationship between litera-
ture and cinema. Successes (and some failures) of ef-
forts to transform famous novels and stories into worthy
movies are studied by comparing the original book to
the film inspired by it. Elementary film theory and criti-
cism will be taught and applied to such books-films as
Tom Jones, The Europeans, Sister Carrie, The Great
Gatsby, Women in Love, The Big Sleep, The Treasure
of Sierra Madre, The Night of the Hunter, Lolita, The
Last Picture Show, Shane, One Flew Over the Cuckoo's
Nest, East of Eden, and Looking for Mr. Goodbar. The
number and choice of books-films may vary each quar-
ter, depending upon instructor and rental availability of
films. (Laboratory fee)

ENG 4250 Biography and Nonfiction (3 q h )

Studies biography in an attempt to understand how
individual behavior and achievement relate to social,
cultural, political, and artistic values.

ENG 4260 The Literature of Adolescence (3 q h )

Exploration of adolescence as depicted in works drawn
from different cultures and times. Popular versus literary
views of adolescence, focusing on such themes as the
struggle for self-definition, the role of peers, and the
effects of gender and class

ENG 4261 The Literature of Old Age (3 q h )

Exploration of old age as depicted in works drawn from
different cultures and times. Popular versus literary
views of old age, focusing on such themes as old age
as a period of psychological reassessment; the role of
family, class, and gender; and the emotional implica-
tions of confronting death.

ENG 4349 Expository and Persuasive Writing 1

(3 q.h.)

Designed to help students develop confidence and pro-
ficiency in writing. Through first drafts to revisions,
weekly writing assignments concentrate on mastering
the skills of subject focus, clarity of expression, con-
trolled development, and organization. Attention to im-
proving grammatical accuracy and sentence structure
during the process of revision. Prereq. ENG 4110 or
equiv.

ENG 4350 Expository and Persuasive Writing 2

(3 q.h.)

Developing precise and persuasive writing patterns
through experimentation with various rhetorical strate-
gies. Using topics of current interest, students are ex-
pected to write extensively to gain fluency and to learn
how to target their writing toward different audiences.
Assignments provide practice in writing for persuasive
effect, and in using different writing models to gain
practical control of material. Prereq. ENG 4349 or
equiv.

ENG 4352 Expository Communications (3 q h )

Workshop in expository prose, emphasizing the practi-
cal problems of the writer on the job in advertising,
public relations, or publishing. Practice in designing
and writing special projects. Prereq. ENG 4349 or
equiv.

ENG 4356 Creative Writing (3 q h )

Course familiarizes both writing majors and nonmajors
with a variety of genres. Includes exercises in such
areas as journal writing, poetry, prose, drama, the short
story, and the novel. Class members will have oppor-
tunities to read and discuss each other's work. Students
may choose a favorite genre for a final writing project.

ENG 4357 Creative Writing: Poetry (3 q h )

For beginning poets. Practice in writing various forms
of poetry, as well as discussion and criticism of student
work and selected texts.

ENG 4358 Creative Writing: Fiction (3 q h )

For beginning writers of short fiction. Practice in writing
various types of short stories, as well as discussion and
criticism of student work and selected texts.

ENG 4359 Creative Writing Workshop (3 q h )

For practicing writers. Discussion and criticism of stu-
dent manuscripts.

ENG 4363 Writing for the Marketplace (3 q h )

Workshop for writers venturing into the marketplace,
designed to provide a working knowledge of the pub-
lishing industry and useful practice in preparing and
editing manuschpts for publication. Includes the devel-
opment of effective strategies for composing query let-
ters, synopses, outlines, and sample manuscripts.

ENG 4380 Business Writing and Reports 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to the vocabulary and philosophy of busi-
ness communications. Practice in the planning, writing,
and analyzing of effective business letters and memo-
randa. Writing proficiency test given at first class meet-
ing.

ENG 4381 Business Writing and Reports 2 (3 q h )

Methods and principles of research and documentation
of semitechnical analyses and business reports. Prac-

Course Descriptions/English 169

tice in organizing and writing complex forms of business
communications. Prereq. ENG 4380 or equiv.

ENG 4383 Business Writing and Reports
(Intensive) (6 q h )

Combination of ENG 4380 and ENG 4381. Writing pro-
ficiency test given at first class meeting.

ENG 4500 The English Language (3 q h )

Development of modern English from its pre-Anglo-
Saxon beginnings. Effects of Roman, Scandinavian,
and Norman invasions; dialect geography; evolutionary
change; and word formation and borrowing.

ENG 4501 Linguistics (3 q h )

Theories of the nature and origin of language, review of
historical and comparative linguistics, prescriptive and
descnptive grammars, and structural and generative-
transformational phonology, morphology, and syntax.

ENG 4502 Semantics (3 q h )

The relation between language and behavior, levels of
abstraction in communication, habits of evaluation of
linguistic phenomena, and the modification of such hab-
its for human understanding and survival.

ENG 4602 Major Figures in Poetry (3 q h )

In-depth examination of the work of one poet, from ap-
prenticeship to maturity. Poet chosen from among such
major figures in England and America as Chaucer, Mil-
ton, Dickinson, and Frost. Students may take this course
more than once, provided that they focus on different
figures.

ENG 4603 Major Figures in Fiction (3 q h )

Examines the work of one fiction writer, from appren-
ticeship to maturity. Writer is chosen from among such
major figures in England and America as Austen,
Cooper, Joyce, Hemingway, and Bellow. Students may
take this course more than once, provided that they
focus on different figures.

ENG 4610 The American Short Story (3 q h )

Development of the American short story from its 19th-
century origins to its present forms. Includes such writ-
ers as Poe, Hawthorne, James, Hemingway, Roth, and
Updike.

ENG 4611 The American Novel (3 q h )

Traces the development of the novel in America and its
characteristic qualities. Includes such writers as
Cooper, Melville, James, Wharton, Faulkner, and Ellison.

ENG 4612 Contemporary American Poetry (3 q h )

Study of the structure and themes of poetry in post-
1945 America, including such writers as Ginsberg,
Plath, Snodgrass, and Wilbur.

ENG 4640 The Twentieth Century (3 q h )

In-depth examination of the prose and poetry of such
20th-century writers as Yeats, Eliot, Joyce, Lawrence,
Woolf, Thomas, and Lessing.

ENG 4641 Contemporary English Poetry (3 q h )

Study of the structure and themes of poetry in post-
1945 England, including the work of Gunn, Hughes, and
Larkin.

ENG 4642 The English Novel (3 q h )

Traces the development of the British novel from its
beginnings in the 18th century through its concern with
manners and morals in the 19th century to the experi-
mentation of the 20th century. Includes such writers as
Fielding, Richardson, Austen, Dickens, Eliot, and Woolf.

ENG 4649 European and English Short Story

(3q.h.)

Development of the short story in Europe and England
in both the 19th and 20th centuries. Such writers as de
Maupassant, Balzac, Mann, Camus, Kipling, Lawrence,
Greene, and Boll are examined in terms of their themes,
forms, and techniques.

ENG 4650 Modern Bestsellers (3 q h )

Explores the fascinating world of modern bestsellers, a
world of romance and adventure, of high living and
sinister intrigue by such popular writers as Rona Jaffe,
Harold Robbins, Jacqueline Susann, and Irving Wal-
lace.

ENG 4651 The Continental Novel (3 q h )

Development of the European novel through its various
forms and themes, from Balzac and Tolstoy to Proust
and Mann.

ENG 4655 Contemporary Fiction (3 q h )

Examines the range and variety of such post-1945 fic-
tion writers as Bellow, Updike, Lessing, Gordimer, Bald-
win, and Roth.

ENG 4658 Shakespeare the Dramatist (3 q h )

Examines in detail representative plays from Shake-
speare's early, middle, and late periods in order to il-
lustrate his development as a dramatist and define his
principal themes in such plays as l\/lidsummer Night's
Dream. Romeo and Juliet, and King Lear.

ENG 4659 Shakespeare: The Major Tragedies and
Comedies (3 q.h.)

Focuses on examples of Shakespeare's mature dra-
matic art, such as As You Like It, Much Ado about
Nothing, Hamlet, Macbeth, and Antony and Cleopatra.

ENG 4800 Directed Study 1 (3 q h )

An opportunity for qualified students to take an upper-
level required course when the needed course is not
available at the time recommended in the degree se-
quence. Petitions and procedural instructions are avail-
able in 204 Churchill Hall. Allow at least six weeks to
complete the petition process. Prereq. 87 q.h.

ENG 4801 Directed Study 2 (3 q h )

An opportunity to initiate a second individual study as
described above. Prereq. ENG 4800.

170 Course Descriptions/English

ENG 4802 Honors Program 1 (4 q h )

Independent work in a selected area under the direction
of members of the department. Prereq. Approval of
the Dean.

ENG 4803 Honors Program 2 (4 q h )

Second opportunity to do independent work as de-
scribed in ENG 4802. Prereq. ENG 4802.

ENG 4804 Honors Program 3 (4 q h )

An additional opportunity to do independent work as
described in ENG 4802. Prereq. ENG 4803.

ESC 4100 Earth Sciences 1 (3 q h )

Fundamental components of the solid Earth and their
modes of organization, the structure of the solid Earth,
its mode of forming its crustal exterior, and the role of
the oceans in building and shaping the continental
masses.

ESC 4101 Earth Sciences 2 (3 q h )

Gaseous components of the fluid Earth and their orga-
nization into masses and systems; mass interaction of
components. Long-range consequences of the fluid
Earth's effects upon the solid Earth in the reshaping of
land forms and the production of new land masses.
Prereq. ESC 4101 recommended.

ESC 4102 Earth Sciences 3 (3 q h )

Study of the Earth as an object in space, the history of
the Earth as identified through its solid materials, the
implications of the Earth's history for other members of
the solar system, and the solar system as a model for
the universe. Prereq. ESC 4101 recommended.

ESC 4109 Earth Sciences (Intensive) (9 q h )

Combination of ESC 4100, ESC 4101, and ESC 4102.
Not open to students who have taken ESC 4100, ESC
4101, and ESC 4102.

ESC 4159 Observational Astronomy (3 q h )

Introduction to the planets, stars, and constellations vis-
ible to the naked eye. Lectures, visits to the planetarium,
and actual viewing sessions. Primary emphasis on
those stars and constellations easily seen from mid-
northern latitudes.

ESC 4200 Principles of Geology 1 (3 q h )

Detailed analysis of the crustal components of the Earth,
their modes of formation, and the forces involved in
their shaping, and the relation of these factors to the
structure and processes of the Earth's interior.

ESC 4201 Principles of Geology 2 (3 q h )

Forces and processes involved in the alteration, trans-
portation, and deposition of crustal materials, their ef-
fects on the Earth's land forms, and the interactions of
the oceans with the land masses. Not open to students
who have credit for an equivalent course. Prereq. ESC
4200.

ESC 4202 Principles of Geology 3 (3 q h )

Detailed study of the sedimentary and radiochemical f

deposits of the Earth and their relevant contributions to f

understanding the history of the Earth. Prereq. ESC j

4201. I

ESC 4215 Principles of Oceanology 1 (3 q h ) j

In-depth study of the origin of the global ocean, the j
physical and chemical properties of sea water, the de- j
velopment of ocean currents and their effects on land .
masses of the world, and the problems of ocean pol- ;
lution. Prereq. ESC 4101. I

ESC 4216 Principles of Oceanology 2 (3 q h ) I

Habitat zones and organisms of the sea and the eco- j
nomic importance of marine resources for an expanding I
world population. Prereq. ESC 4215. |

ESC 4217 Principles of Oceanology 3 (3 q h )

Physiography and structure of ocean basins; marine
geological processes and features; sedimentation, er-
osion, shorelines, and the topography of the ocean
floor; and methods and techniques of marine geological
exploration. Prereq. ESC 4216.

ESC 4230 Principles of Meteorology 1 (3 q h )

In-depth study of the composition and structure of the
atmosphere, the issue of solar energy input, and the
physical consequences for the dynamics of the atmo-
sphere. Prereq. ESC 4101.

ESC 4231 Principles of Meteorology 2 (3 q h )

Formation and behavior of air masses, interactions of
air masses, and the formation of fronts and storms.
Prereq. ESC 4230.

ESC 4232 Principles of Meteorology 3 (3 q h )

Practices and procedures of weather reporting and
forecasting, the formulation of weather maps, and the
historical weather record and its value for studies of
world climatology. Prereq. ESC 4231.

ESC 4245 Principles of Astronomy 1 (3 q h )

The nature and scope of astronomy, the geocentric and
heliocentric universes, celestial reference systems, time
and the calendar, the Sun-Moon-Earth system, and as-
tronomical instruments. Prereq. ESC 4102.

ESC 4246 Principles of Astronomy 2 (3 q h )

The solar system, the inner planets, the outer planets,
the telescopic planets, the asteroid belt, meteors, com-
ets, and the sun as a source of energy and center of
organization. Prereq. ESC 4245.

ESC 4247 Principles of Astronomy 3 (3 q h )

The triangulation of space, stellar population, star color
and motion, star systems, stellar evolution, and galax-
ies. Prereq. ESC 4246.

Course Descriptions/Earth Sciences 171

ESC 4275 Principles of Conservation 1 (3 q h )

Philosophy of conservation, historical development of
the conservation nnovement in the U.S. since 1900, and
interactions of econonnics and conservation practices.
Prereq. ESC 4102.

ESC 4276 Principles of Conservation 2 (3 q h )

Problems relating to the suppJy, use, and management
of major renewable natural resources, such as forests,
soil, wildlife, and water. Prereq. ESC 4275.

ESC 4277 Principles of Conservation 3 (3 q h )

Application of conservation theories and techniques,
problems of urban resources, air and water pollution,
recreational resources, and the availability of funds.
Prereq. ESC 4276.

ESC 4330 Fisheries Oceanology 1 (3 q h )

Survey of commercially important marine organisms; life
and distribution of seaweed, shellfish, and fishes; pop-
ulation dynamics and fishery potential of the world's
oceans; analysis of fishery stocks and sea farming.
Prereq. ESC 4217.

ESC 4331 Fisheries Oceanology 2 (3 q h )

Examination of fishery methods and techniques around
the world; recent technological advances; commercial
products and applications of marine organisms; chem-
ical, industrial, and dietary applications of marine prod-
ucts, with special emphasis on marine products from
the New England area. Prereq. ESC 4330.

ESC 4332 Marine Resources (3 q h )

Quantitative and qualitative considerations of energy
from the marine environment and current technological
developments in the use of tidal power, off-shore oil,
natural gas, and thermal and nuclear energy from the
sea. Food resources of the sea. including analysis of
world marine food production and technology, conser-
vation, and mariculture. Shore erosion and coastal zone
recreational resources. Prereq. ESC 4331.

ESC 4390 Solar System Astronomy (3 q h )

Detailed examination of the individual components of
the solar system. Contemporary results from the space
probes are used to reassess our understanding of the
origin and development of the solar system. Prereq.
ESC 4247.

ESC 4391 Celestial Astronomy 1 (3 q h )

Examination of the sun as a model star; variations of
characteristics in single stars, star systems, and stellar
populations; the H-R diagram and stellar evolution; and
the significance of radio astronomy for stellar structure
and stellar evolution. Prereq. ESC 4390.

ESC 4392 Celestial Astronomy 2 (3 q h )

Structure and organization of the Milky Way galaxy; the
nature of interstellar and intergalactic space; quasars,
pulsars, and black holes; and cosmology. Prereq. ESC
4391.

ESC 4420 Conservation and the Nation (3 q h )

In-depth study of current conservation practices and
problems, availability and allocation of mineral re-
sources, energy resources, atmospheric and fresh and
salt water pollution, and wildlife and endangered spe-
cies. Prereq. ESC 4277.

ESC 4421 Conservation and the Community (3 q h )

Examination of the conservation problem at the local
level, including identification of the problem, its various
aspects, and scope; the responsibility of the commu-
nity. Prereq. ESC 4420.

ESC 4422 Conservation Management (3 q h )

Assessment of current conservation practices at the
local level, including the role of relevant agencies;
sources of knowledge and assistance; the nature and
scope of practices needed; and the feasibility of com-
munity action. Prereq. ESC 4421.

ESC 4650 History of Ancient Sciences and
Technologies (3 q h )

In-depth study of selected sciences and technologies
of the world prior to 1500 A.D. Classes combine lec-
tures, discussion, and the seminar method based upon
independent research and extensive outside reading.

ESC 4651 History of Modern Sciences and
Technologies (3 q h )

Continuation of ESC 4650, from 1500 A.D. to the pres-
ent. Prereq. ESC 4650.

ESC 4652 History of World Sciences and
Technologies (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as ESC 4650 and ESC 4651 .

ESC 4801 Independent Study in Earth Science

(3q.h.)

Enables students to focus on areas of special interest
and relevance to their professional goals. The student
is paired with a faculty preceptor, who will monitor and
evaluate the completed project. Arrangements must be
made with the Program Director prior to registering for
the course. Please call 617-437-2818.

Fl 4101 Personal Finance (3 q h )

A practical approach to problems involved in managing
personal finances. Topics include financial planning,
budgeting, obtaining credit and loans, income taxes,
savings and investments, life insurance, home buying,
and estate planning. Subjects treated in a nontechnical
manner. Recommended for nonfinance majors.

Fl 4301 Principles of Finance (formerly Introduction
to Financial Management) (3 q.h.)
Surveys the scope and nature of finance, introducing
basic finance concepts and principles. Topics include
financial analysis, financial planning, working capital
management, the time value of money, and an Intro-

172 Course Descriptions/Finance

duction to financial markets and different types of se-
curities. Prereq. ACC 4102 and ECN 4116.

Fl 4302 Financial IVIanagement (3 q h )

Introduction to financial management from both a do-
mestic and international perspective, using thie case-
methiod approacfi. Topics include valuation, leverage,
financial analysis and planning, working capital man-
agement, capital budgeting, cost of capital, and long-
term and shiort-term financing decisions. Prereq. Fl
4301.

Fl 4303 Financial Strategy (formerly Financial
Management 2) (3 q.hi.)

Financial management using tfie case method ap-
proach. Topics include advanced capital budgeting,
capital structure, decision making, dividend policy,
leasing, convertibles and warrants, mergers, failures
and reorganization, and the timing of financial policy.
Prereq. Fl 4302.

Fl 4304 Financial Management (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as Fl 4302 and Fl 4303. Prereq. Fl 4301.

Fl 4310 Investment Principles (formerly
Investments 1) (3 q.h.)

Overview of investment concepts, practices, and pro-
cedures. Reviews various types of investments, includ-
ing the role of security markets and security analysis.
Prereq. F I 4301.

Fl 4311 Investment Management (formerly
Investments 2) (3 q.h.)

Examines the relationship between the economy and
stock prices. Covers corporate analysis, earnings, div-
idends, and cash flow, and introduces portfolio analysis.
Studies technical analysis versus fundamental factors.
Prereq. Fl 4310.

Fl 4312 Investments (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as Fl 431 0 and Fl 431 1 . Prereq. Fl 4303.

Fl 4320 Credit Principles (formerly Credit
Management 1) (3 q.h.)

Introduction to credit and its functions. Examines the
role of the credit executive, credit investigation, docu-
mentary credit, trade credit, and organization of the
credit department. Prereq. Fl 4301.

Fl 4321 Credit Management (formerly Credit
Management 2) (3 q.h.)

Examines various forms of credit and collection ser-
vices, including analysis of financial statements, deter-
mination of credit-worthiness, creditors' rights,
adjustment bureau operations, credit insurance, and
guarantees. Prereq. Fl 4320.

Fl 4325 Budgeting and Planning (formerly Profit
Planning and Control 1) (3 q.h.)
Intensive treatment of managerial planning, budgetary
control, and financial analysis. Studies the interrelation
between functional areas in an organization using con-

solidated profit planning as an integrating device. Cov-
ers fundamental financial analysis, comprehensive
profit planning, general expense planning, production
planning, materials planning, and purchasing. Prereq.
F I 4301.

Fl 4326 Financial Control (formerly Profit Planning
and Control 2) (3 q.h.)

Development and application of variable budgets, plan-
ning and control of capital expenditures, computer ap-
plications in profit planning, cash flow planning and
control, cost-profit-volume analysis, performance re-
porting, and analysis of budget variations. Prereq. Fl
4325.

Fl 4330 Management of Financial Institutions

(3 q.h.)

Examines the operation of bank and nonbank financial
institutions and their role in the economy. Discusses
operating objectives, services, asset management, and
sources of financing and profitability. Prereq. Fl 4301.

Fl 4335 Bank Management (3 q h )

Financial management of commercial banks and thrift
institutions. Problems of liquidity and investment man-
agement, loan portfolio and capital management, and
various pricing problems in the context of a changing
economic and regulatory environment. Lectures, dis-
cussions, and case studies. Prereq. Fl 4302.

Fl 4350 International Finance (3 q h )

Introduction to international finance management in the
multinational corporation. Analysis of basic problems
and finance considerations involved with international
investments, trade, and payments. Planning in the in-
ternational environment related to exchange rates, fi-
nancial strategy, sources of capital, working capital
management, fund flows, and management control
through accounting and financial reporting. Prereq. Fl
4303.

Fl 4360 Commodities and Futures Markets (3 q h )

Investigation and study of commodities and futures
markets, their objectives and operations, including
hedging and speculation. Examines the role of banks
and produce institutions in these markets and how they
utilize various techniques in order to protect prices and
positions. Prereq. F I 4311 or permission of instructor

Fl 4383 Personal Financial Planning (3 q h )

Directed toward the development of financial planning
expertise useful to those considering careers as per-
sonal financial planners. Includes budgeting, insur-
ance, taxes, estate planning, basic investment vehicles
and strategies, and related legal aspects. Prereq. Fl
4301.

HMG 4100 Hospital Organization and Manage-
ment 1 (3 q.h.)

Examination of hospital organizational structure and ad-
ministration. Focuses on the complex nature of hospital
administration and its interdependent relationships and

Course Descriptions/Health Management 173

organizational strategy, using the case method.
Prereq. MGT4101.

HMG 4101 Hospital Organization and Manage-
ment 2 (3 q.h.)

Continuation of HIVIG 4100, with emphasis on organi-
zational issues and policy problems of the health care
institution. Prereq. HMG 4100.

HMG 4103 Hospital Organization and Manage-
ment (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as HMG 4100 and HMG 4101.

HMG 4200 Health Science Statistics (3 q h )

Designed to give health practitioners the opportunity to
learn to apply basic statistical techniques in the gath-
ering, display, and interpretation of health data. Princi-
ples of research design. Agencies involved in collecting
statistical data. Prereq. MTH 4111.

HMG 4210 Medical Care and Current Social
Problems 1 (3 q h )

Seminar discusses society's organization of medical
care services.

HMG 4211 Medical Care and Current Social
Problems 2 (3 q.h.)

Continuation of HMG 4210, discussing topics identified
in the first part of the course as being of great concern
in the field of medical care. Prereq. HGM 4210.

HMG 4215 Hospital Law and Ethics (3 q h )

Study of legal principles and rulings of importance to
medical administrative personnel and others. Brief in-
troduction to interpersonal ethics in patient care.

HMG 4300 Home Health Care (3 q h )

Designed to cover all aspects of providing effective
community home health care and the impact of these
programs on the health care delivery system.

HMG 4301 Health Care Delivery Systems (3 q h )

Sun/ey course on the structure, function, and organi-
zation of health care services.

HMG 4310 Principles and Practices of Community
Health 1 (3 q.h.)

Overview of specialized health care facilities and their
impact on health care delivery, including ambulatory
care, neighborhood health centers, health maintenance
organizations, and other developing modalities.

HMG 4311 Principles and Practices of Community
Health 2 (3 q.h.)

Continuation of HMG 4310, with emphasis on innovative
approaches to meeting and responding to community
health needs. Prereq. HMG 4310.

HMG 4400 Health Care Financial Management 1

(3 q.h.)

Introduction to health care financial management, in-
cluding issues in fund accounting, control, and reim-
bursement. Prereq. Fl 4101.

HMG 4401 Health Care Financial Management 2

(3 q.h.)

Continuation of HMG 4400. Prereq. HMG 4400.

HMG 4425 Applied Health Care Management 1

(3 q.h.)

Practical application of management principles in

health care agencies. Examines potential problem

areas in health care management settings in order to

plan strategies to develop, implement, and evaluate job

tasks for an efficient work environment. Prereq. HMG

4101.

HMG 4426 Applied Health Care Management 2

(3 q.h.)

Continuation of HMG 4425. Prereq. HMG 4425.

HMG 4430 Communications for Health Care
Personnel 1 (3 q h )

Two-part course examining the need for careful inter-
viewing techniques, thorough record keeping, and ac-
curate and articulate health care correspondence.
Emphasis on effective interaction between patients and
health care personnel, and between health care work-
ers and staff members of health care agencies.

HMG 4431 Communications for Health Care
Personnel 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of HMG 4430. Prereq. HMG 4430 or per-
mission of instructor.

HMG 4550 Contemporary and Controversial Health
Care Issues 1 (3 q.h.)

Survey of the complex psychosocial, cultural, eco-
nomic, and medical considerations related to our health
care system.

HMG 4551 Contemporary and Controversial Health

Care Issues 2 (3 q.h.)

Continuation of HMG 4550. Prereq. HMG 4550.

HMG 4600 Long-Term Care Administration 1

(6 q.h.)

Organization of care for the long-term and chronically
ill patient. Goals, purposes, and design of long-term
care facilities, as well as budgeting, financing, capital
funding, and administration. Prereq. HMG 4101.

HMG 4601 Long-Term Care Administration 2

(6 q.h.)

Internal and external systems pertinent to the long-term
care facility. Examines such topics as the nursing unit,
the role of the physician, therapies, licensing agencies,
hospitals, and the community. Methods for improving
services. Prereq. HMG 4600 or equiv. or special per-
mission of Director of Healtfi Professions Programs.

HMG 4602 Long-Term Care Administration 3

(6 q.h.)

Overview of long-term care institutions and their impact

on the health care industry. The nature and problems

174 Course Descriptions/Health Management

of aging, and the care of thie elderly in tfie home, the
community, and in institutions. Includes a general sur-
vey and summary of the Massachusetts Nursing Home
Administrators Licensure Examination. Prereq. HMG
4601 or equiv. or special permission of Director of
Health Professions Programs.

HMG 4610 Principles and Practices of Community
Mental Health (3 q h )

Introduction to the basic principles and techniques of
modern mental health practice. Prereq. HMG 4311.

HRA 4302 Medical Terminology Survey (3 q h )

introduction to medical terminology. Not open to medi-
cal record students. Prereq. Courses In Anatomy and
Physiology.

HRA 4305 Medical Terminology 1 (2 q h )

Intensive introduction to medical terminology, including
stems, prefixes, and suffixes. Practice in usage.
Prereq. Courses In Anatomy and Physiology.

HRA 4306 Medical Terminology 2 (2 q h )

A more extensive and in-depth consideration of medical
terminology. Intended for the medical record specialist.
Prereq. HRA 4305.

HRA 4308 Hospital Management for Medical
Record Administrators (3 q h )

Introduction to basic health care facility management
principles. For medical record students only.

HRA 4310 Medical Record Science 1 (6 q h )

Introduction to medical records, covering the history of
medical records; the numbering, filing, and security of
medical records; and the medical record administra-
tor's relationship to the health care facility. Quantitative
analysis of the record is stressed. Prereq. 80 q.h.
including BIO 4177 and HRA 4306.

HRA 4311 Medical Record Science 2 (6 q h )

Principles of law as related to patient care and medical
records. Rules of privileged communication, the release
of information to agencies, medical staff and commit-
tees, and accreditation regulations are considered.
Prereq. HRA 4310.

HRA 4312 Medical Record Science 3 (6 q h )

Study of basic principles of compiling statistics for hos-
pital and health facilities. Preparation of reports, vital
statistics reporting, classification theory, principles of
disease coding, and special indices. Prereq. HRA
4311.

HRA 4313 Medical Record Science 4 (6 q h )

Study of health care legislation, quality assurance, uti-
lization review, PSROs, and planning agencies and their
impact on record management. Introduction to spe-
cialized record systems. Prereq. HRA 4312.

HRA 4314 Medical Record Science 5 (6 q h )

Continued study of specialized record systems. Topics
include ambulatory care, home care, and long-term
care, approached in terms of information management
and quality assurance. Discussion of problems pre-
sented by changing patterns in health care delivery, as
well as review of current literature. Prereq. HRA 4313.

HRA 4320 Organization of the Medical Record
Department 1 (3 q h )

Study of the hospital and its patterns of organization,
lines of responsibility and authority, medical staff and
administrative organization, and departmental func-
tions. Management principles and practices are
stressed. Prereq. HRA 4308, HRA 4312. and HRA
4324 or permission of Clinical Coordinator

HRA 4321 Organization of the Medical Record
Department 2 (3 q h )

Medical record department office management prob-
lems and their solutions, including quality control, time
standards, cash control, budgeting, office manuals, and
work simplification systems. Prereq. HRA 4320.

HRA 4324 Applied Medical Record Science 1

(3 q.h.)

Clinical practice in medical record science and man-
agement techniques at one or more affiliated hospitals
and health facilities. Prereq. HRA 4312.

HRA 4325 Applied Medical Record Science 2

(2 q.h.)

Continuation of HRA 4324. Prereq. HRA 4324.

HRA 4326 Applied Medical Record Science 3

(4 q.h.)

Continuation of HRA 4324. Prereq. HRA 4325.

HRA 4330 Medical Record Computer Science

(3 q.h.)

Electronic data processing in the medical record and
hospital environment. Assesses state-of-the-art infor-
mation systems and their future in medical record man-
agement. Prereq. MIS 4101 and HRA 4314.

HRA 4332 Topics in Health Records (3 q h )

Seminar on current issues in health documentation.
Open to health record students.

HRM 4301 Organizational Behavior (3 q h )

Fundamentals of organizational life, with emphasis on
the structure and discipline of groups typically found in
a business setting. Issues and data related to leader-
ship styles, employee motivation, and organizational dy-
namics. Requires significant student participation.

HRM 4302 Introduction to Human Resources
Management (3 q h )

Introduction to the rights and responsibilities of em-
ployer organizations, individual employees, and em-

Course Descriptions/Human Resources Management 175

ployee organizations, and how thiey influence personnel
and labor relations activities within an organization.
Prereq. HRM4301.

HRM 4303 Applied Human Resources Management

(3q.h.)

The goals and structures of various ennployer and em-
ployee organizations are examined and evaluated in
terms of effective human resources management. How
the collective bargaining process changes in anticipa-
tion of future labor-management relations. Prereq.
HRM 4302.

HRM 4304 Organizational Behavior and
Introduction to Human Resources Management
(Intensive) (6 q h )
Same as HRM 4301 and HRM 4302.

HRM 4310 Personnel Management 1 (3 q h )

Examines the role of the human resources manager;
the role of the personnel department, personnel plan-
ning and selection; and employment development and
evaluation programs. Case study analyses require stu-
dent participation.

HRM 4311 Personnel Management 2 (3 q h )

Continued examination of human resources manage-
ment. Includes labor-management relations, compen-
sation programs, safety, and affirmative action
functions. Case-study analyses require student partici-
pation. Prereq. HRM 4310.

HRM 4313 Personnel Management (Intensive)

(6q.h.)

Same as HRM 4310 and HRM 431 1 .

HRM 4320 Techniques of Employee Selection

(3q.h.)

Covers recruitment, selection, and placement tech-
niques, including interviewing and employment testing.

HRM 4321 Wage and Salary Administration (3 q h )

Covers wage and salary determination, including merit
and incentive plans, wage and salary structure, com-
pensation methods, and the impact of employer-em-
ployee relations on the economy.

HRM 4322 Employee Benefits (3 q h.)

Private and public programs related to job and worker
income security are examined, as are unemployment
compensation, training and employment services, pri-
vate guaranteed income, retirement pension plans, dis-
ability and group insurance.

HRM 4323 Job Evaluation (3 q h )

Examines wage-payment systems, wage determination,
job elements, rating scales, the writing of job descrip-
tions and specifications, selection of plans, develop-
ment of wage structures, and principles of merit rating.

HRM 4324 Creative Problem Solving (3 q h )

An opportunity to learn and practice new ways of think-
ing. Discusses ways to sense and analyze problems,
develop ideas, and evaluate and implement solutions,
as well as attitudes and climates conducive to creative
thinking. Also provides methods for developing imagi-
nation, the key part of the creative process.

HRM 4330 Employment Rights — Wage and Hour

Law (3 q.h.)

Thorough examination of the minimum wage, hours of
work, overtime, pertinent rules and regulations, and
child labor laws such as the Fair Labor Standards Act,
the Davis-Bacon Act, and the Walsh-Healy Act.
Prereq. HRM 4303.

HRM 4331 Employment Rights— Health, Safety,
Disability and Workers Compensation Law (3 q h )

In-depth examination of laws dealing with health, safety,
disability, and compensation for work-related injuries.
Covers Occupational Safety and Health Act, ERISA,
Social Security, Unemployment Compensation, Workers
Compensation, Federal Employees Liability Act, and
other related laws. Prereq. HRM 4303.

HRM 4332 Employment Rights— Fair Employment

Law (3 q.h.)

Comprehensive examination of the old Civil Rights Laws
(Sections 1981, 1983, 1985 [3], 1988); Title VI, VII, and
IX of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Age Discrimination in
Employment Act; Equal Pay Act; Sections 503 and 504
of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; Equal Opportunity Act
1 1 246; Affirmative Action and related areas; and current
rulings and court decisions regarding discrimination on
the basis of race, sex, religion, national origin, age, and
disability. Prereq. HRM 4303.

HRM 4340 Public Sector Collective Bargaining in
the United States (3 q h )

Seminar examines recent activities of employee unions
in national, state, and local governments; weighing of
the public interest, impact on services, and study of the
administration of personnel and labor relations in these
localities. Prereq. HRM 4303.

HRM 4341 Private Sector Collective Bargaining in
the United States (3 q h )

Seminar topics include critical issues and problems af-
fecting unionized employees, their organizations, em-
ployers, and the public, in the private domestic sector
of our economy. Research and preparation of position
paper by the student; class discussion. Prereq. HRM
4303.

HRM 4345 International Labor Relations (3 q h )

Seminar comparing and contrasting selected interna-
tional labor relations systems with that of the United
States, including recent developments such as worker
participation and co-determination. Research and prep-
aration of position paper by the student; class discus-
sion. Prereq. HRM 4303.

"rC'^'se Descriptions Human Resources Mar.agerr.ent

HRM 4346 Workshop in Labor-Management
Relations 3 - '

Negotiation skins, me use of rneaiation ana fact finding
in collective bargaining agreements, the interpretation
and application of such agreements, and the use of
arbitration. Student participation in simulated negotia-
:c-5 ='C 5'e.a-ce CDze^^^es- °^ereq. HRM 4303.

HSC 4210 Basic Nutrition 3 q r i

Introouction to nutrioon for students m the health field.
Focuses on current sclentrfic krxjwiedge of nutrition and
how this knowledge can guide an individuai toward
making aporobhate food choices. Students should have

- _^„ 5:-:c 3a:-^5'C--c - c-e- stry and biology.

HSC 4220 Basic Pharmacology 3 a r ;

introducDon to the major classes of drugs. Presents the
mode of action, common side effects, dosage, phar-
maceutical forms, rate and route of administration, and
known interactions and toxicities of the nx)st commonly
used drugs. Prereq. Chemistry, Anatomy and Physi-
ology, or pemnisslon of instructor.

HSC 4301 Foundations of Medical Science 1

St-ay of mapr disease proD.ems in our society and
"-ethods of treatment. Discusses organized care, di-
agnosis, and treannent. with topical emiphasis on repro-
duction, birth, and pediatrics. Prereq. Anatomy and

-'" .'S'O'OCV.

HSC 4302 Foundations of Medical Science 2

i3 q.h.;

Continuation of hSC 430";. empnasizing dental health.
ce'-atGogy. heart disease, cancer, stroke, blood and
..~c^a:c diseases, accidents, and muscuio-skeietal,
respiratory, and gastro-intestinal diseases. Prerea
HSC 4301.

HSC 4310 Public Health 1 (3 q.h.)

^'"-C5sc'c-c c '£a:^ including the organization of

HSC 4311 Public Health 2 3c -

Cs^: '^ation of HSC 4310. emphasizing community or-
3 a- za:on for health services.

HSC 4315 Environmental Problems and Health

Survey of environmental conditions on land and in the
air and water, including the causes of pollution, its ef-
fects on human and other Frfe. and a general discussion
of current control methods. Emphasizes the signifi-
sa^se z- e^. -^"-e^ta ccc e-; 'o' :'ie individual.

HSC 4320 Health Science Education 1 (3 q h )

Teaching strategies for the professional practitioner, in-
cluding program planning and the development and

evaluation of educational objectives.

HSC 4321 Health Science Education 2 (3 q.h.)

Cc": --a: o- c' -SC -^32: .-. - e-c^asis on the use o^
tne media ana the design of learning pacKages
Prereq. HSC 4320.

HSC 4600 Advanced Nutrition (3 q.h.)

Fogg cnerrnSir,. r.^tr.i.or,, ar.3 physiology as applied to
diet. Includes recent developments in normal nutrition
and a critical review of the literature and experimental
data on which principles of human nutrition are cased.
Prereq. Basic Nutrition. General Biology.

HSC 4601 Advanced Pharmacology (3 q.h.)

HSC 4602 Methods and Materials in Public Health
Education 3 q n j

^-.'OGoCtion to public health education. Prereq. Public
-ea :- zz..'se z' ce^''^'ssion of instructor.

HSC 4610 Geriatric Nutrition (2 cl., 3 q.h.)
Integrates basic nutrition principles with the most cur-
rent information on the aging process. Reviews state,
local, and federal nutrition programs in terms of ser-
vices, eligibility, and effect upon the elderiy. Prereq.
Knowledge of basic nutrition or permission of the in-
structor

HSC 4613 Oral Microbiology ^3 q.h.)

Cs~cos:g- z' re " cccoia inhabiting the ecoiogic
niches of the oral cavity. Examines methods used to
study oral microbiota: ecoiogic factors such as adhe-
sion, growth, and the physico-chemical environment;
and the pathogenic potential of plaque microorganisms
in terms of caries, periodontal disease, and mixed an-
aerobic infections. Prereq. Chemistry, Microbiology 1.

HSC 4614 Advanced Periodontology 1 (3 q h )

S:-cy ;' :^5 -ag'css :'ea:-e': a^d control of per-
loaonia oiseases. starting witn a review of the structure
and purposes of the periodontal tissues. Emphasis on
the extended roles of the dental hygienist in recognizing
and treating disease, motivating and instructing the pa-
tient, and carrying out periodontal maintenance therapy.
Mucogingival problems, furcation involvements, acute
gingival infections, root planing, and gingival curettage.
Each student will prepare a paper on a topic of special
interest. Prereq. Certificate from a dental hygiene cur-
ricjijrr,.

HSC 4615 Advanced Periodontoloy 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of HSC 4614. including in-depth study of
the topics selected for term papers in HSC 4614. Other
topics include periodontic-endodontic lesions, trauma
from occlusion, bruxism, and oral manifestations of sys-
temic conditions or treatments such as those produced
by diabetes, immunosuppressive drugs, hormones, and
aging. Readings based on current journal research re-
ports. Prereq. HSC 4614.

Course Descriptions/History 177

HSC 4801 Special Topics in the Health
Professions 1 (3 q h )

Independent study enables health science, health man-
agement, and health record students to focus on areas
of special relevance to their professional goals. Mate-
rials are developed with the aid of a faculty adviser to
reflect the student's special background and needs.
Arrangements should be made with the faculty adviser
prior to registration for the course. Not open to medical
laboratory science students.

HSC 4802 Special Topics in the Health
Professions 2 i3 q n ;

Continuation of HSC 4801 . Not open to medical labo-
ratory science students.

HSC 4803 Special Topics in the Health
Professions 3 (3 q h )

Continuation of HSC 4802. Not open to medical labo-
ratory science students.

HST 4101 The Civilization of the Ancient and
Medieval Worlds (formerly History of Civilization 1)

(3q.h.)

Overview of the development of human institutions up
to the end of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on the con-
tinuities and changes that occur within civilizations and
on the similarities, differences, and relationships that
exist among contemporary civilizations around the
world. Taught with a view to drawing out the implications
of each historical period for our lives today

HST 4102 The Civilization of the Early Modern
World (formerly History of Civilization 2) (3 q.h.)
Examines the period from the end of the Middle Ages
to the French Revolution in 1789, emphasizing the in-
tellectual, technological, and political expansion of Eu-
rope and the reactions of the rest of the world to it.
Special attention to such topics as the rise of dynastic
states, the rise and fall of mercantilism, the scientific
revolution, exploration and gunpowder technology, and
order and revolution.

HST 4103 The Civilization of the Modern World

(formerly History of Civilization 3) (3 q.h.)
The world from 1789 to the present. Topics include
capitalism, industrialization, nationalism, imperialism,
the clash of ideologies in the 19th century, and a study
of total war in the present century. Based on this his-
torical study, explores prospects for the future.

HST 4110 History of Civilization A (4 q h )

Major ideas and institutions of civilizations from ancient
times to 1648. Not open to students who have taken
HST 4101 or HST 4102.

HST 4111 History of Civilization B (4 q h )

Continuation of HST 4110. covering the period since
1648. Not open to students who have taken HST 4102
or HST 4103.

HST 4201 American History 1763-1848 (formerly
American History 1) (3 q.h.)

America from 1 763 to 1 848, with attention to the devel-
opment of political, economic, and social institutions in
the new republic.

HST 4202 American History 1848-1917 (formerly

American History 2) (3 q.n.i

The United States from 1848 to 1917, with attention to

the Civil War. economic development thereafter, and

the P''ogress!ve Era

HST 4203 American History since 1917 (formerly
Amencan History 3) (3 q.h.)

The United States since 1917. an age of urbanized
industrialism and international involvement and cnsis.

HST 4241 The Historian's Craft (3 q h )

Ways in which the historian studies the past, with em-
phasis on research and writing.

HST 4263 Oral History (3 q h.)

Learning history from those who lived it. Students con-
duct tape-recorded interviews of first-hand experiences
in a selected area of 20th-century history. Students
need access to an audiotape recorder.

HST 4301 Technological Transformation of Society

(3 G.n.)

The relation between technological innovations and the

world in which they take place. Discussion of conditions

necessary for discovery and innovation, and the impact

of technology on the political, economic, and social

environment.

HST 4302 History of Flight and Space (3 q.h.)
Beginning with the ancient Greeks' and Leonardo da
Vinci's dreams of flight, the course traces the history of
nonpowered flight from the balloon expenments of the
Montgolfier brothers to contemporary hang-gliders: of
powered flight from the Wright brothers through super-
sonic transport; and of rocketry and space travel from
their beginnings through the Enterprise.

HST 4303 History of the Automobile (3 q h )

History of the automobile in Europe and America. Topics
include intervention, production, impact on social and
economic life, and the problems of pollution and energy.

HST 4304 History of Energy (3 q.h )

History of how human beings have mobilized the forces
of nature to survive, to alter and improve their lifestyles,
and to dominate their fellow human beings. Emphasis
on the points of transformation from one energy source
to the available alternatives, and the reasons for the
choices made. Topics include the change from man-
power to animal and machine power, the energy crisis
of the 16th century, the turning from wood to water and
coal power, the rising use of electricity and fossil fuels,
the birth of the Atomic Age, and the contemporary his-
tory of the oil crisis.

178 Course Descriptions/History

HST 4305 Health and Sickness: Historical
Perspectives (3 q h )

Survey of medical theories from ancient times to the
present, emphasizing the causes of disease and the
health care systems that have been developed. Exam-
ination of medical theory and practice related to the
general history of each period and the political, eco-
nomic, or social circumstances that influenced attitudes
regarding health care.

HST 4401 Ancient IVIiddle East (3 q h )

Study of ancient cultures and peoples in the Middle
East to the rise of Islam.

HST 4403 History of the Jews 1 (3 q h )

Cultural and intellectual survey of the Jews from the end
of antiquity to early modern times.

HST 4404 History of the Jews 2 (3 q h )

Role and position of the Jews in modern history.

HST 4407 Ancient Greece (3 q h )

Origin and development of Greek civilization.

HST 4408 Ancient Rome (3 q h )

Ancient Roman civilization, with emphasis on the rise of
the Republic and the decline of the Empire.

HST 4410 The Middle Ages (3 q h )

History of Europe from the fall of Rome to 1350.

HST 4411 Byzantine History (3 q h )

Political and cultural history of the Eastern Christian
world from the fourth century to the sacking of Con-
stantinople in 1453.

HST 4412 Islamic History (3 q h )

History of the Muslim Arab world from the seventh cen-
tury to the end of the Abbasid Caliphate in 1258.

HST 4413 Ottoman History (3 q h )

Study of the rise, glory, decay, and attempts at reform
of the Ottoman Empire from the 13th century to World
War 1.

HST 4420 Renaissance and Reformation (3 q h )

History of Europe from 1350 to 1648, with attention to
intellectual, religious, political, and economic develop-
ments.

HST 4422 Europe 1648-1789 (3 q h )

Europe from the end of the Thirty Years' War to the
French Revolution.

HST 4423 Europe 1789-1870 (3 q h )

Europe from the French Revolution to the Franco-Prus-
sian War, with emphasis on the struggles for liberalism
and nationalism.

HST 4424 Europe 1870-1921 (3 q h )

Background of World War I, including nationalism, mil-
itarism, imperialism and the alliance system, and the
making of war and peace.

HST 4425 Europe Since 1921 (3 q h )

Europe after World War I, World War II, the Cold War,
and the efforts to unify the continent.

HST 4430 European Social and Economic History
to 1000 (3 q.h.)

Development of society and the economy in ancient
Greece and Rome and in the early Middle Ages. Topics
include the rise of Christianity and the origin and growth
of feudalism and manorialism.

HST 4431 European Social and Economic History
1000-1648 (3 q h )

Development of society and the economy in the late
Middle Ages and in early modern times Topics include
the decline of feudalism and manorialism, the nse of
capitalism, the Reformation, and the Renaissance.

HST 4432 European Economic and Social History
Since 1648 (3 q h )

Topical survey of European economic and social de-
velopment from 1648 to the present.

HST 4433 Population in History (3 q h )

Application of the principles of demography to Euro-
pean history from Roman times to the present.

HST 4434 Family History (3 q h )

History of the family in Europe and America from 1600
to the present. Topics include the cnanging nature and
role of the family, marriage and divorce, child rearing,
and aging.

HST 4435 Women in European History (3 q h )

Historical examination of the position and role of women
in European life.

HST 4436 European Colonialism (3 q h )

Building of colonial empires by European nations after
1500, with attention to exploration and conquest, colon-
ial administration, and the movements toward indepen-
dence.

HST 4443 European Intellectual History since 1815

(3 q.h.)

Main currents of European thought in their social and

political contexts from Romanticism to the present.

HST 4450 England to 1660 (3 qh)

The Anglo-Saxons, the Norman conquest, the rise of

monarchy, and religious developments.

HST 4451 England Since 1660 (3 q h )

England since the restoration of the Stuarts, with atten-
tion to the development of Parliament and democracy.

HST 4455 Ireland Since 1800 (3 qh)

Study of the Irish question in British politics from the

Act of Union to the present.

HST 4460 Hitler's Germany (3 q h )

Study of the origins and nature of Hitler's Third Reich,

Course Descriptions/History 179

emphasizing the personal lives of Nazi leaders in an
attempt to understand how seemingly ordinary people
could enthusiastically promote wars of aggression and
revel in genocidal policies.

HST 4465 History of Eastern Europe 1 (3 q h )

Pre-political Slavic peoples on the eve of the fall of the
Roman Empire; Christianity from Rome to Constantino-
ple, and the Kingdom of Moravia; the genesis of Poland;
the western Slavs and their relationship with Kievan
Russia; and the eastern Slavs. Also the decline of Bul-
garia and the rise of Hungary; the Polish-Lithuanian
Union of 1386; the isolation of Russia from western
Europe; the Knights of the Teutonic Order; the secular-
ization of Prussia; and the Ottoman advance into east-
ern Europe.

HST 4466 History of Eastern Europe 2 (3 q h )

Stefan Bathory and papal interest in Orthodox Russia;
Western interference in Russia's "Time of Troubles";
Swedish invasions and the Northern War; the decline of
Poland through Stanislaw Poniatowski and Czarina
Catherine the Great of Russia. Also the partitions of
Poland and Tadeusz Kosciuszko; Napoleon; revolution-
ary movements through 1848; Slavic romantic revolu-
tionaries and the fin de siecle; World War I and the
reconstruction of eastern Europe; Hitler, Stalin, World
War II, and the "Iron Curtain."

HST 4467 Russia to 1917 (3 qh)
Emergence of Russia as a recognized European power;
history of the Russian people and government to the
revolutions of 1917.

HST 4468 Russia Since 1917 (3 q h )

The revolutions of 1917 and the subsequent history of
the Russian people and government, with special em-
phasis on foreign relations.

HST 4469 Russian Expansionism (3 q h )

Russia's quest for territory after 1500, with attention to
the conquest of neighboring territories, the Sino-Rus-
sian disputes, and current issues in Soviet geopolitics.

HST 4501 American Indians (3 q h )

Survey of native Americans from pre-Columbian times
to the present.

HST 4502 Colonial America (3 q h )

Exploration and settlement of North America; the de-
velopment of political, social, and economic institutions;
and the international rivalry to 1763.

HST 4503 The American Revolution (3 q h )

British-American relations after 1763; war and peace.

HST 4511 Populism and Progressivism (3 q h )

Topical history of the United States from 1890 to 1920,
concentrating on its reactions to industrialization and
urbanization.

HST 4512 The Age of Roosevelt (formerly The
United States 1920-1945) (3 q.h.)
Topical history of the United States in time of world war,
prosperity depression, and war again.

HST 4513 Contemporary America (formerly The
United States Since 1945) (3 q.h.)
The American people from the close of World War II to
the present.

HST 4520 The Growth of American Government

(3 q.h.)

Analysis of the change in government's functions, size,
cost, and impact, with primary chronological focus on
the 20th century.

HST 4523 American Diplomatic History (3 q h )

Selected topics in the history of American foreign rela-
tions and policy since 1789.

HST 4525 American Expansionism (3 q h )

Study of territorial expansion of the United States after
independence, with attention to the forces leading to
acquisition, the methods of acquiring property, and the
consequences of expansionism.

HST 4530 American Economic History (3 q h )

Selected topics in the development of the capitalist
economy in the United States, with attention to the role
of government since 1789.

HST 4540 American Social History (3 q h )

Selected topics m the life of the American people since
1789.

HST 4542 Women in American History (3 q h )

Historical examination of the position and role of women
in American life.

HST 4543 African-American History (3 q h )

History of African-Americans from colonial times to the
present.

HST 4547 History of Sport in America (3 q h )

History of the major sports and their impact on American
life.

HST 4550 Boston to 1822 (3 qh)
The Town of Boston from its establishment in 1630 to
1822, and the development of political, economic, and
social institutions.

HST 4551 Boston Since 1822 (3 qh)

The City of Boston, annexations, and changes in the

ethnic nature of the population.

HST 4602 Contemporary Latin America (3 q h )

Social, economic, and political development of the Latin
American republics in the 20th century.

180 Course Descriptions/History

HST 4603 The United States, Central America, and
the Caribbean (3 q h )

Examines the Latin American countries nearest the
United States and most affected by U.S. policies, par-
ticularly Cuba, Mexico, Nicaragua, El Salvador, and
Guatemala. Emphasis on the historical background of
current issues.

HST 4611 Africa Since 1885 (3 q h )

The European impact on Africa, the rise of African na-
tionalism, the emergence of independent African states,
and their relations with other nations.

HST 4622 IVIodern l\1iddle East (3 q h )

The Middle East since 1914, with attention to Zionism,
Pan Arabism, the effects of two world wars, and the
postwar settlements.

HST 4632 China Since 1850 (3 q h )

A century of China's history, emphasizing the Western
impact on Chinese civilization, China's struggle to main-
tain independence, and the victory of communism in
the mid-20th century.

HST 4636 Japan Since 1850 (3 qh)
Analysis of Japanese domestic developments and for-
eign relations since the mid-1 9th century.

HST 4640 Third World Women (3 q h )

Exploration of the role of women in the less-developed,
third world areas, with special emphasis on aspects of
change, development, and continuity.

HST 4645 History of the Vietnam Wars (3 q h )

History of military conflict in Vietnam, with attention to
the rise of the Viet Minh during World War II, the struggle
against the French in the first Indochina War, the impact
of the Cold War, and the involvement of the United
States after 1950 in Laos and Cambodia (now Kampu-
chea) as well as in Vietnam. Emphasis on the role of
communism and nationalism in Indochina, and on the
motives for American intervention. A showing of films
revealing American reaction to the escalating conflict.

HST 4801 Directed Study 1 (3 q h )

An opportunity for qualified students to take an upper-
level course in their major area on an individual basis.
Petitions and procedural instructions are available from
204 Churchill Hall, 617-437-2416. Prereq. 87 q.h.

HST 4802 Directed Study 2 (3 q h )

An opportunity to initiate a second individual study as
described above. Prereq. HST 4801.

HST 4811 Honors Program 1 (4 q h )

Prereq. Approval of the Dean.

HST 4812 Honors Program 2 (4 q h )

Prereq. HST 4811 .

HST 4813 Honors Program 3 (4 q h )

Prereq. HST 4812.

HST 4821 Field Work in History (6 q h )

Extracollegiate experience doing historical research or
working in historical agencies. (Refer to page 108 for
general description of field work courses.) Prereq. Sur-
vey courses in World Civilization and in American His-
tory and The Historian's Craft.

HTL 4301 Introduction to Hotel and Restaurant
Management (3 q h )

Survey of the hospitality industry in today's economy.
Emphasis on industry growth and development, man-
agement problems, and principles of hotel and restau-
rant management.

HTL 4303 Front Office Management (3 q h )

The role and functions of the front office as they relate
to the operation of the entire hotel. Covers front office
structure, registration, payment, reservations, and night
audit.

HTL 4304 Hotel and Restaurant Law (3 q h )

Introduction to the fundamental laws, rules, and regu-
lations applicable to the hospitality industry. Hospitality
management policies that minimize the danger of legal
liability. Innkeeping, restaurant management, alcoholic
beverage control, labor laws, and legislation affecting
the hospitality industry are the major themes of the
course.

HTL 4305 Food Preparation 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to the fundamentals of food preparation
and service, with emphasis on food service industry
terminology and equipment. Includes menu planning,
requisitioning, pricing, and preparation and service. In
addition to classroom instruction, students prepare food
in a small-quantity laboratory. (Laboratory fee)

HTL 4306 Food Preparation 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of HTL 4305. Prereq. HTL 4305. (Labo-
ratory fee)

HTL 4307 Food Service Engineering and Sanitation

(3 q.h.)

Examines the organization of the maintenance and
engineering function and provides the technical infor-
mation necessary to establish effective preventive pro-
grams. Details the fundamentals of sanitation for food
service employees and includes practical guidelines for
safe food handling. Provides the future hospitality man-
ager with an opportunity for certification in Applied Food
Service Sanitation from the National Institute for the
Food Service Industry

HTL 4308 Food and Beverage Cost Control (3 q h )

Introduces management attitudes toward cost controls
through analysis of all aspects of the food service op-
eration. Topics include classification of food service fa-
cilities, cost accounting, purchasing, inventory,
production control methods, and the essentials of food
and beverage controls. Develops management-mind-
edness through examination of organizational struc-

Course Descriptions/Industrial Management 181

tures of food service and specific topics sucti as menu
pricing, break-even analysis, and cost-volume-profit
thieory. Emphiasis on forecasting and achieving a prof-
itable bottom line.

HTL 4309 Managerial Accounting for the
Hospitality Industry (3 q h )

Study of the financial practices and systems used in
the hospitality industry. Analyzes controls, budgeting,
financial statements, and specialized industry account-
ing procedures, Prereq. ACC 4102.

HTL 4310 Hospitality Marketing Management

(3q.h.)

Analysis of the market in which the hospitality industry
operates. Students have the opportunity to develop and
implement a marketing plan to meet operational goals.
Prereq. MKT 4301 .

HTL 4313 Introduction to Tourism (3 q h )

Introduction to the science, art, and business of attract-
ing, transporting, and accommodating visitors, gra-
ciously catering to their needs and wants. Topics
include sociological and psychological aspects, mar-
keting, and the economics of tourism,

HTL 4320 Food Preparation (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as HTL 4305 and HTL 4306.

HTL 4322 Consumer Food Preparation (3 q h )

Applies concepts and skills learned in HTL 4305 and
HTL 4306 in a restaurant setting. Preparation of com-
plete menus for a service dining room, including ap-
petizers, soups, salads, entrees, vegetables, and
desserts. Stresses costing, menu planning, quantity
recipe production, menu terminology, and kitchen or-
ganization. Coordinates food production with students
in the dining room service course (HTL 4324). Classical
kitchen stations are worked on a rotating basis.
Prereq. HTL 4306 or HTL 4320.

HTL 4324 Dining Room, Beverage Operation and
Preparation (3 q h )

Introduction to the operation of a dining room with bev-
erage service. Topics include organization, personnel,
methods of table service, menu terminology, table ar-
rangement, requirements for supplies and equipment,
sales promotion techniques, and revenue control. Stu-
dents serve meals prepared by students in the food
production course (HTL 4322). Also covers wine service
and alcholic beverage preparation and control.
Prereq. HTL 4301.

IM 4301 Operations Management (formerly
Production Management 1) (3 q.h.)
Identification and analysis of the operating system. In-
tegrates modeling and simulation techniques and meth-
ods, both quantitative and qualitative, and applies them
to operation issues.

IM 4303 Production Management (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as IM 4301 and IM 4302

IM 4310 Manufacturing Processes (3 q h )

Production processes and material selection in the pro-
duction and manufacture of hard goods. Includes se-
lection of best methods by study of casting, machinery,
forming, joining, extrusion, finishing, and assembly. An-
alyzes advanced manufacturing processes, such as
mass production, numeric control, central versus line
layout systems, automated systems, computer control
equipment and systems, equipment and machinery se-
lection, and replacement policies.

IM 4311 Methods Analysis, Motion and Time Study

(3 q.h.)

Methods analysis and plant layout; work design, oper-
ations analysis, and human-machine relationship; and
elements of motion and time study. Studies measure-
ment techniques and application, as well as production
standards development for job shop operations; applies
curve, table, equation, nomograph, family, and multi-
variables techniques; and uses work sampling meth-
ods.

IM 4312 Issues in Operations Management (formerly
Operations Management) (3 q.h.)
Focuses on both quantitative and qualitative points of
view and applies them to problems that arise in plan-
ning and controlling production and service busi-
nesses.

IM 4313 Cases in Industrial Management (3 q h )

Case study analysis of complex operating situations
faced by business managers. Integrates basic disci-
plines in the quantitative and behavioral sciences with
an understanding of the specific situational context.
Cases are designed to provide the necessary back-
ground in topics relevant to production problems.

IM 4314 Production Control and Inventory
Management (3 q h )

Theory and practice of the economic control of inven-
tories. Covers a broad spectrum of models for produc-
tion control and inventory management, problem
solving through analytical methods and numerical sim-
ulation, and practical ways to apply concepts and tech-
niques.

IM 4315 Industrial Decision Making 1 (3 q h )

Application-oriented introduction to prescriptive deci-
sion analysis. Examines the systematic approach to
problem solving and decision making, decision theory,
the structure of human decisions, and the modeling of
the decision process. Prereq. MTH 4112.

IM 4316 Industrial Decision Making 2 (3 q h )

Application of probability and utility theory, psychology,
and economics to the decision process. Topics include
the perception of options, uncertainties and objectives,
decision trees and other modes of representation, as
well as criteria of choice, including preference and util-

182 Course Descriptions/Industrial Management

ity, attitude toward risk, and expected value. Also cov-
ers practical application ot techniques to career
planning, job and organization design, and managerial
effectiveness. Surveys current practices, using real-
world cases. Prereq. IM 4315.

IM 4317 Materials Management (3 q h )

Development and examination of materials manage-
ment, including objectives, organization, and functions
as they relate to cost improvement, investment control,
and the ability to serve the market. Materials systems
and selected case studies.

IM 4318 Economic Analysis in Industry (3 q h )

Examination of the principles and techniques needed
for analysis of the acquisition and retirement of capital
goods by industry and government. Covers the as-
sumptions underlying the various measures of antici-
pated profitability of capital expenditures, and their
uses and limitations,

IM 4319 Value Management (3 q h )

An organized technique for challenging costs by ana-
lyzing a product or method in terms of value, function,
and costs without sacrificing essential quality.

IM 4320 Managing for Results (3 q h )

Serves as a forum for the discussion of the wide-ranging
theories of Peter Drucker. Emphasis on the concepts
and methods available to the results-oriented manager.
Establishes the relations between theory and practice,
including implementation.

IM 4321 Management and Operational Control
Systems (3 q.h.)

Analysis of the nature of control in general and of the
specific characteristics of management and operational
control. Studies control structures, processes, and
bases for design and implementation.

IM 4340 Seminar in Operations Management

(formerly Manufacturing Seminar 1) (3 q.h.)
In-depth examination of the problems and opportunities
found at the operating level. Includes the development
of selected topics of interest to the student. Prereq.
IM 4310 and IM 4314.

INT 4100 Planning a Business Career (3 q h )

Helps students develop career decision-making skills.
Includes exercises to help students research various
business careers by identifying and evaluating inter-
ests, values, skills, and competencies, as well as re-
sources and strategies such as field survey techniques.
Resume preparation and interviewing techniques.

INT 4101 The Elements of Management (3 q h.)

Provides a knowledge base of the technical, quantita-
tive, and specialized areas of management. Familiar-
izes students with the language and operational
complexities of the manager's job and offers an oppor-

tunity to raise their level of diagnostic, analytic, and
integrating competence. Four modules of three weeks
each; economics and finance, budget and accounting,
marketing, and information systems.

INT 4102 Women in Business Organizations 1:
Structural and Behavioral Fundamentals (3 q h )

Identifies effective management practices and the in-
hibiting factors that impede women from acquiring
them. Stresses the importance of effective communi-
cation and dealing with criticism. Tests the validity of
common behavioral assumptions, including women's
fears of success, inadequate motivation, lack of social
access, and disinclination to take charge or withstand
pressure.

INT 4103 Women in Business Organizations 2:
Leadership and Communications (3 q h )

The dynamics of leadership as they relate to the suc-
cessful woman manager, including managing conflict,
securing control, instituting change, motivating and dis-
ciplining others, gaining respect, and distinguishing su-
pervisory from management performance standards.
Role playing and case studies assist in the development
of leadership and problem-solving capabilities.
Prereq. INT 4102 or equiv.

INT 4110 Self-Assessment and Career
Development (3 q h )

Understanding the concept of life and career planning
and its practical implications for future education and/
or work. Students complete a self-assessment, includ-
ing an evaluation of their competencies and skills, and
receive training in career decision making, with practice
in the use of field survey techniques. Overview of job
campaigning includes introduction to resume prepara-
tion and interviewing techniques.

INT 4200 The Creative Process (3 q h )

Concentrates on the thought processes that allow in-
dividuals to be creative or original. Through interactive
exercises and special projects in composition and
problem solving, students can learn how to tap their
own creativity. Students will be asked to create an orig-
inal piece of art, music, literature, or research.

INT 4201 Cultural Heritage Seminar (3 q h )

The interconnected ways in which art, music, literature,
religion, and specific historical events have shaped our
culture, values, and self-perceptions. Students under-
take projects dealing with one or more themes included
in their Cultural Heritage Studies. Prereq. 27 q.h. in
Cultural Heritage Studies (see Liberal Studies program,
page 118) or permission of instructor

INT 4202 Contemporary Studies Seminar (3 q h )

Analysis and discussion of selected problems of the
contemporary world, using analytical tools appropriate
to the disciplines contained within the Liberal Studies
curriculum. Prereq. 27 q.h. in Contemporary Studies

Course Descriptions/Law Enforcement 183

(see Liberal Studies program, page 119) or permission
of instructor

JRN 4112 Fundamentals of Newswriting (3 q h )

How to write leads, organize basic news stories, gather
facts, and interview. Analysis of news values and thie
structure of news organizations.

JRN 4113 Newsgathering and Reporting (3 q h )

Writing of multisource stories, botfi news and feature,
public affairs reporting, advanced interviewing techi-
niques, and legal issues. Prereq. JRN 4112 or equiv.

JRN 4114 News Reporting Techniques (3 q h )

Discusses how to write in-depth stories requiring sig-
nificant research and introduces investigative reporting.
Libel, privacy invasion, and other legal matters affecting
news media. Prereq. JRN 4113 or permission of in-
structor.

JRN 4250 Interpreting the News (3 q h )

Analyzes the impact, both good and bad, of newspa-
pers, television, radio, and other news media on Amer-
ican life. How news is gathered, processed, and
disseminated by the various media. Among the ques-
tions addressed: "How much do we need the press as
a watchdog on government?" and "Who is watching the
watchdog?"

JRN 4300 Photo Journalism (3 q h )

How to use the camera, the negative, and the print in
news or feature stories. Weekly photo shooting assign-
ments and darkroom work. (Laboratory fee)

JRN 4335 Public Relations Basics (3 q h )

Study of the concepts, components, and methods of
public relations, including planning and research, pro-
cesses of influencing public opinion, and policies con-
cerning corporate and institutional relations with the
media and various publics.

JRN 4336 Public Relations Practices (3 q h )

Specific practices and techniques employed in public
relations, especially in relation to the handling of infor-
mation and organization of activities and events. How
to define PR "targets" and how to deal with such publics
as employees, stockholders, and consumers.

JRN 4337 Public Relations Problems (3 q h )

Research and communication techniques used to solve
public relations problems and practical experience with
individual PR projects, programs, and campaigns.

JRN 4349 Advertising Basics (3 q h )

Study of the research, planning, creative, and media
functions of advertising and their interrelationships. Ap-
plication of advertising principles to consumer, retail,
political, and other advertising campaigns.

LEN 4100 Criminal Investigation and Case
Preparation 1 (3 q h )

General investigation techniques, collection and pre-
servation of evidence and information, and considera-
tion of particular crimes, such as arson, sexual offenses,
larceny, burglary, robbery, forgery, and homicide.

LEN 4101 Criminal Investigation and Case
Preparation 2 (3 q h )

The conducting of raids, surveillance, and undercover
operations; methods of preparing a case for court; spe-
cialized scientific methods; and exercises involving
prosecution and cross-examination techniques.
Prereq. LEN 4100.

LEN 4102 Comparative Police Systems (3 q h )

Study of existing police systems in other jurisdictions,
including an examination of the organization, adminis-
tration, and practices in police agencies in the United
States, Europe, and the United Kingdom.

LEN 4103 Introduction to Industrial Security (3 q h )

Historical, philosophical, and legal bases of security,
including a survey of administrative, personnel, and
physical aspects of the security field.

LEN 4104 Traffic Safety and Control 1 (3 q h )

Study of state-of-the-art highway safety, research, traffic
accident investigation, prevention, rescue, automated
vehicular traffic accident and moving violation data col-
lection, analysis and utilization, speed control, speed
zoning techniques, radar, vascar, and laws, rules, and
regulations.

LEN 4105 Traffic Safety and Control 2 (3 q h )

In-depth study of traffic law enforcement, techniques of
selective enforcement, traffic surveys, engineering,
safety education, and evaluation of current traffic pro-
grams. Prereq. LEN 4104.

LEN 4106 Police Public Relations (3 q h )

Principles of sound public relations for the entire police
operation; writing, public speaking, and dealing with
news media; consideration of police image and public
opinion.

LEN 4107 Police Community Relations (3 q h )

Survey of the role and function of police with both in-
dividuals and groups, including minority groups; police
responsibilities regarding civil rights, civil disorders,
and public protection.

LEN 4108 The Patrol Function 1 (3 q h )

The planning process related to the administration of
the patrol function. Considers theoretical and opera-
tional aspects of various patrol systems, including the
random patrol, the response force, the split force, and
team policing; probability theory; and the relation be-
tween patrol and crime levels.

184 Course Descriptions/Law Enforcement

LEN 4109 The Patrol Function 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of LEN 4108, with emphasis on goals and
objectives of police management models. Discussion
and analysis of manpower, work load, response time,
patrol communications, preventive strategies, and in-
puts and outputs of patrol systems evaluated in quan-
titative form. Prereq. LEN 4108.

LEN 4110 Introduction to Criminalistics 1 (3 q h )

Survey of the elements of microscopy, spectroscopy,
and chemistry as applied to trace evidence in criminal
investigations. Includes the responsibilities of techni-
cians, investigators, and others.

LEN 4111 Introduction to Criminalistics 2 (3 q h )

Examines toxicology, serology, and procedures related
to other types of physical evidence through laboratory
demonstrations and practical exercises. Prereq. LEN
4110.

LEN 4112 The American Correctional System

(3q.h.)

Critical survey of the correctional field, covering pro-
bation, institutions, parole, historical developments, pro-
gram content, and current problems and needs.

LEN 4113 Social Deviance 1 (3 q h )

Consideration of the social problems of mental disor-
ders, drug addiction, alcoholism, suicide, and sexual
behavior,

LEN 4114 Social Deviance 2 (3 q h )

Continuing consideration of social problems, such as
the population crisis, race and ethnic relations, family
disorganization, work and automation, poverty and dis-
repute, and war and disarmament. Prereq. LEN 4113.

LEN 4115 Correctional Administration 1 (3 q h )

Correctional processes, services, standards, person-
nel, management principles, allocation of resources,
and training of staff. Includes study of regular and spe-
cial programs, volunteers, and outside contracts.

LEN 4116 Correctional Administration 2 (3 q h )

Further study of management principles, sentence re-
duction, discharge planning, and work release admin-
istration. Also types of institutions, compacts, regional
concepts, planning, organization, control and direction
of corrections, and budgeting. Prereq. LEN 4115.

LEN 4117 Investigative Report Writing (3 q h )

Report content and writing, accurate terminology and
concise reporting, interpretation and evaluation of in-
formation, and practical report-writing projects.

LEN 4118 Police Work with Juveniles (3 q h )

Role of the police in delinquency prevention, with em-
phasis on theory, administration, control, treatment,
confinement, community resources, and relationships
with the public and the juvenile court.

LEN 4119 Delinquency Prevention (3 q h )

Survey of delinquent behavior, causation, and delin-
quency prevention programs, including seminar proj-
ects for discussion of specific problems and general
principles involved in the establishing of delinquency
prevention services.

LEN 4120 Juvenile Corrections 1 (3 q h )

Study of police, detention, petitions, and hearings re-
lated to juveniles. Juvenile court procedures, philoso-
phy, and terminology and adjudication.

LEN 4121 Juvenile Corrections 2 (3 q h )

Social workers, probation officers, judges, psycholo-
gists, and psychiatrists in relation to juveniles; institu-
tions; aftercare; prevention. Prereq. LEN 4120.

LEN 4122 Industrial Fire Prevention (3 q h )

Principles and practice of fire safety, including organi-
zation and management responsibility, property con-
servation, safeguards for construction, fire control
apparatus and functions, engineering, and scientific
data on fires and related perils.

LEN 4123 Retail Security (3 q h )

Operation of security departments, including functions
of mercantile establishments; dishonest employees;
shoplifters; management and public relations; receiv-
ing, shipping, and warehousing; special laws and pro-
cedures.

LEN 4124 Bank Security Measures (3 q h )

In-depth study of the principles and practices of secu-
rity measures for banks and other financial institutions
and the preparation of rules establishing minimum stan-
dards under current federal and state legislation.

LEN 4125 Security Seminar (3 q h )

Analysis of current problems in security, such as growth
patterns, salary structures, training and education, and
existing weaknesses through field trips, individual study
assignments, and required oral and written reports.

LEN 4126 Correctional Practices Seminar (3 q h )

Analysis of current problems in corrections designed to
meet the needs and interests of specific groups of stu-
dents, such as practitioners, supervisors, and admin-
istrators of correctional programs.

LEN 4127 Current Security Problems (3 q h )

Analysis of special problem areas such as security ed-
ucation and training, community relations, white-collar
crime, drug abuse, theft control, shoplifting, document
control, subversion and sabotage, protection of classi-
fied information, control of proprietary information and
business espionage, labor problems, civil disturbances,
and natural and preventable disasters.

LEN 4128 Victimology Seminar (3 q h )

Criminal-victim relationships, with emphasis on victim-
precipitated crimes and compensation to victims. Con-
sideration of the concept and significance of "victimol-

Course Descriptions/Law Enforcement 185

ogy"; time, location, sex, age, and occupational factors
in criminal-victim relationships; victims of murder, rape,
and other violent crimes; victims of property crimes;
victim typology; the public as victim; restitution and
compensation to victims of crime; and the functional
responsibility of the victim.

LEN 4129 Criminal Behavior Seminar (3 q h )

Examination of crime and criminal behavior as a social
phenomenon, divided into three principal areas: soci-
ology of law and its effect, criminal etiology and the
scientific analysis of the causes of the crime, and eval-
uation of the various rationales of detention as a crime-
control factor.

LEN 4130 Drug Seminar (3 q h )

Designed to acquaint the student with the needs of law
enforcement personnel in the area of drug abuse, in-
cluding the law, society, classification, distribution, iden-
tification, and the effects of drugs.

LEN 4131 Data Processing Seminar (3 q h )

Introduction to automated systems used in the field of
law enforcement. Includes basic program concepts, fil-
ing and sorting techniques, available input and output
storage media, and types and sources of data com-
munications and applications.

LEN 4132 Administration of Justice 1 (3 q h )

Historical survey of the evaluation of justice from the
earliest times, with particular emphasis on Western and
American justice. Includes the roles played by the ju-
diciary, with stress on due process and constitutional
guarantees.

LEN 4133 Administration of Justice 2 (3 q h )

Analysis of the various groups and professions in the
American justice system. Emphasis on human relations,
efficiency, current trends, and the future role of the
American criminal justice system. Prereq. LEN 4132.

LEN 4134 Civil Law in Criminal Justice 1 (3 q h )

Civil matters such as defamation, negligence, assault
and battery, false confinement, trespass, conversion,
and agency relationships.

LEN 4135 Civil Law in Criminal Justice 2 (3 q h )

Civil matters such as the law of contracts, bailments,
domestic relations, and business relationships that
should be known to and understood by law enforcement
personnel. Prereq. LEN 4134.

LEN 4136 Criminal Law 1 (3 q h )

Exploration of the major problems of criminal law as a
device for controlling undesirable behavior. Basic ques-
tions of public policy involved in the administration of
criminal justice, as well as the legal principles of deter-
mining criminal liability. Considers specific crimes, in-
cluding the elements of a crime, the parties to a crime,
and the defenses to a crime.

LEN 4137 Criminal Law 2 (3 q h )

Consideration of vital constitutional and statutory con-
cepts, including self-incrimination, search and seizure,
law of arrest, criminal procedure and responsibility,
confessions, right to counsel, and conduct of trial in the
district, superior, appellate, and federal courts.
Prereq. LEN 4136.

LEN 4138 Evidence and Court Procedure 1 (3 q h )

Rules of evidence, principles of exclusion, and evalu-
ation and examination of evidence and proof.

LEN 4139 Evidence and Court Procedure 2 (3 q h )

Competency, consideration of witnesses, laws of search
and seizure, court procedures, and moot court exer-
cises. Prereq. LEN 4138.

LEN 4140 Fire Investigation and Arson 1 (3 q h )

Study of the elementary chemistry of combustion, in-
cluding sources of ignition, fuels, and the nature, be-
havior, and toxicity of gases. Combustion properties of
nonsolid fuels as opposed to solid fuels, explosions
associated with fires, and the socio-economic aspects
of fire, including the role of the pyromaniac and his or
her physiological involvement.

LEN 4141 Fire Investigation and Arson 2 (3 q h )

Discusses carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen as major ele-
ments in all fires, the flameless ignition effect, methods
of fireproofing, and the role of pyrolysis. Also considers
fire patterns of structural fires, asphyxiation, and legal
aspects of arson. Prereq. LEN 4140.

LEN 4142 Massachusetts Criminal Law (3 q h )

Comprehensive study of Massachusetts criminal law
and its application by law enforcement officers. Areas
of study include common law, criminal statutes, anno-
tated laws, criminal case law, Supreme Court decisions,
and motor vehicle law.

LEN 4143 Alcohol Problems in Law Enforcement

(3q.h.)

Acquaints students with current knowledge of society,
culture, and drinking patterns, the variety of alcohol
problems that confront peace officers, and the range of
available solutions.

LEN 4144 Security Administration 1 (3 q h )

Historical, philosophical, and legal bases of security
operations. Includes a study of various security meth-
ods and their use of personnel, equipment, and pro-
cedures.

LEN 4145 Security Administration 2 (3 q h )

Organization, administration, and management of the
security function, including the systems approach to
security operations, and the utilization of personnel and
equipment resources. Prereq. LEN 4144.

LEN 4146 Hazardous Materials (3 q h )

Survey of hazardous materials such as flammable fluids
and gases, explosives, reactive materials, radioactive

186 Course Descriptions/Law Enforcement

materials, and toxic substances. Discussion of methiods
of storage, handling, and transportation of such mate-
rials in accordance with pertinent regulations. Emphasis
on the control of emergencies involving hazardous ma-
terials.

LEN 4147 Legal Aspects of Security Operations

(3q.h.)

Areas of law relevant to the security professional, in-
cluding related aspects of criminal, civil, regulatory, and
labor law.

LEN 4148 Introduction to Government Security
Programs (3 q.h.)

Introduces such government security programs as the
Department of Defense Industrial Security Program and
the Nuclear Regulatory Commission Security Stan-
dards. Analyzes the policy and legal basis for such
programs.

LEN 4149 Logical and Ethical Foundations of
Decision Making 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to the basic principles of logical thought.
Shows ways of arriving at a well-founded conclusion, of
criticizing and testing for errors in an argument, and of
dealing with arguments presented by others. Focus on
real-life situations and practical decision making.

LEN 4150 Logical and Ethical Foundations of
Decision Making 2 (3 q h )

Study of basic theories concerning questions of morality
and justice, especially as they apply to the concerns of
those in the criminal justice system. Examines various
viewpoints concerning questions of punishment, for ex-
ample, why people are punished and under what con-
ditions a wrongdoer is to be excused from punishment.
Prereq. LEN 4149.

LEN 4151 Logical and Ethical Foundations of
Decision Making 3 (3 q h )

Examination of moral and social points of view important
to the criminal justice system, such as those regarding
victimless crimes, the nature and function of the law,
and the nature of the professions. Real-life application
is stressed. Prereq. LEN 4150.

LEN 4152 Domestic Violence (3 q h )

Focus on the effects of family abuse and violence, and
the interrelations of the police, court personnel, and the
human service worker with family members. Topics in-
clude the changing role of parents and children in to-
day's world; battered wives; child abuse and neglect;
sexual abuse; effects of divorce, alcohol, and drugs;
children's rights; government and private agencies con-
cerned with neglect and abuse; and the laws and legal
processes involved in domestic violence. Open to stu-
dents in law enforcement, criminal justice, and associ-
ated helping professions.

LEN 4153 Criminal Law (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as LEN 4136 and LEN 4137.

LEN 4154 Evidence and Court Procedure

(Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as LEN 4138 and LEN 4139.

LEN 4155 Civil Law in Criminal Justice (Intensive)

(6 q.h.)

Same as LEN 4134 and LEN 4135.

LEN 4156 Traffic Safety and Control (Intensive)

(6 q.h.)

Same as LEN 4104 and LEN 4105.

LEN 4157 Introduction to Criminalistics (Intensive)

(6 q.h.)

Same as LEN 41 1 0 and LEN 41 1 1 .

LEN 4158 Social Deviance (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as LEN 4113 and LEN 4114.

LEN 4159 The Patrol Function (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as LEN 4108 and LEN 4109.

LEN 4160 Criminal Investigation and Case
Preparation (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as LEN 4100 and LEN 4101.

LEN 4161 Fire Investigation and Arson (Intensive)

(6 q.h.)

Same as LEN 4140 and LEN 4141.

LEN 4162 Correctional Administration (Intensive)

(6 q.h.)

Same as LEN 4115 and LEN 4116.

LEN 4163 Administration of Justice (Intensive)

(6 q.h.)

Same as LEN 4132 and LEN 4133.

LEN 4164 Logical and Ethical Foundations of

Decision Making (Intensive) (9 q.h.)

Same as LEN 4149, LEN 4150, and LEN 4151.

LEN 4165 Security Administration (Intensive)

(6 q.h.)

Same as LEN 4144 and LEN 4145.

LEN 4300 Human Rights in Corrections (3 q h )

Practices and problems involved in protecting human
rights in the institutional environment, including legal
and practical aspects.

LEN 4301 Basic Statistics in Law Enforcement

(3 q.h.)

Basic statistical information procedures and operations
relating to law enforcement. Interpretation of criminal
statistics, crime rates, unrecognized crime, nonreport-
ing, recidivism rates, individual statistics, and evalua-
tion of records, research, and data on specialized
services. Prereq. LEN 4327.

Course Descriptions/Law Enforcement 187

LEN 4302 Correctional Counseling (3 q h )

Basic counseling concepts and principles, individual
and group therapy carried on in the correctional field,
and institutional services. Case studies and projects.

LEN 4303 Interviews and Interrogations 1 (3 q h )

Interviewing of victims, witnesses, informants, and com-
plainants; includes demonstrations, study, discussion,
and practice of techniques and procedures.

LEN 4304 Interviews and Interrogations 2 (3 q h )

Techniques for legally acceptable questioning of sus-
pects and persons in custody, and laws governing in-
terrogation practices. Demonstrations, class exercises,
and assigned projects. Prereq. LEN 4303.

LEN 4305 Advanced Correctional Practices 1

(Sq.h.)

Diagnosis and treatment of the drug addict and the
alcoholic offender at both juvenile and adult levels and
related kinds of self-abuse.

LEN 4306 Advanced Correctional Practices 2

(3q.h.)

Study and evaluation of correction-psychiatric facilities
for the disorderly offender including the aggressive, the
assaultive, and the violent subject. Includes case stud-
ies of confined persons and their past and present
environments. Prereq. LEN 4305.

LEN 4307 Law and Institutional Treatment (3 q h )

The process of law in relation to corrections, from arrest
of offender through release. Covers principles and
practices; functions of police, defense, prosecution,
and courts; and legal documents related to commit-
ment.

LEN 4308 Comparative Correctional Systems

(3q.h.)

Study of correctional systems and methods in selected
jurisdictions. Examines organization, administration,
and practices in the United States and foreign coun-
tries.

LEN 4309 Law Enforcement Identification and
Records 1 (formerly Criminal Histories Systems 1)
(3q.h.)

Records and systems utilization. Survey of forms, files,
procedures, and standards, with an introduction to the
criminal histories systems concept and the applicability
of Criminal Offenders' Record Information (CORI) in law
enforcement record keeping.

LEN 4310 Law Enforcement Identification and
Records 2 (formerly Criminal Histories System 2)
(3q.h.)

Theories and practices in personal identification prin-
ciples, including identification techniques, and an intro-
duction to public records, fair information practices, and
exceptions in law enforcement. Prereq. LEN 4309.

LEN 4311 Research Methods in Criminal Justice

(3q.h.)

A research project related to a specific police or cor-
rectional interest or operation, in consultation with the
faculty advisor. Course meets at discretion of the in-
structor. Project paper required.

LEN 4312 Treatment of Offenders 1 (3 q h )

The concept of treatment and corrections, including
history, classification, training, education and guidance,
treatment methods, inmate society, and health and so-
cial services.

LEN 4313 Treatment of Offenders 2 (3 q h )

Therapy, psychiatric and psychological considerations,
case studies, and evaluation of comparable methods.
Prereq. LEN 4312.

LEN 4314 Police Supervision (3 q h )

The police supervisor's role in discipline and interde-
partmental relations; problem handling and personnel
policies; problems in supervisory relationships; and
wages, grievances, morale, and safety.

LEN 4315 Criminology 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to the study of crime from the perspective
of classical and contemporary criminological theories.
Particular attention to biological, psychological, and so-
ciological approaches to understanding crime.

LEN 4316 Criminology 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of LEN 4315, with emphasis on the causes
of crime and the relation between law and crime. Con-
siders the implications of prevention, rehabilitation, and
treatment. Prereq. LEN 4315.

LEN 4317 Probation and Parole Practices 1 (3 q h )

The probation officer, pre-sentence investigation, con-
ditions of probation, effectiveness and administrative
aspects of probation and parole, methods of predicting
their success, and the role of the community.

LEN 4318 Probation and Parole Practices 2 (3 q h )

The parole officer; conditions of parole; supervision;
effectiveness; administrative relationships; role of the
community, court, and law enforcement agencies; re-
lations of probationer and parolee to rehabilitative, so-
cial, and family services; consideration of recidivism
and aftercare. Prereq. LEN 4317.

LEN 4319 Law Enforcement Management and
Planning 1 (3 q h )

Philosophy and theories of management in law enforce-
ment and studies of organization from the administra-
tor's viewpoint, including control, efficiency,
effectiveness, and discipline.

LEN 4320 Law Enforcement Management and
Planning 2 (3 q h )

Survey of the administrator's role, including special ac-
tivities and responsibilities. Covers administrative plan-

188 Course Descriptions/Law Enforcement

ning; civilian personnel, including recruitment,
selection, and evaluation; training; budgets; manage-
ment records; interpersonal communications; auxiliary
services; and evaluation of present and future manage-
ment systems. Prereq. LEN 4319.

LEN 4321 Document Control (3 q h )

Detailed study of procedures for handling and control
of classified and other sensitive information. Surveys
control systems from manual to semi-automated sys-
tems using data processing equipment.

LEN 4322 Physical Security 1 (3 q h )

Basic foundations of security in industry, banking, trans-
portation, utilities, and other nongovernment operations,
including physical requirements and standards.

LEN 4323 Physical Security 2 (3 q h )

The implementation of security, including study of the
inanimate aspects of protection, such as alarm and
surveillance devices, and the animate aspects.
Prereq. LEN 4322.

LEN 4325 Hospital Security Seminar (3 q h )

The function of protection in the health industry. Medical
security administration, including study of health care
providers; trends in hospital law; security from injury,
fire, and loss; security methods for safeguarding spe-
cialty areas; the security role in mass casualty manage-
ment and emergency preparedness; the concept of
professionalism; community liaisons; and patient atti-
tudes toward security.

LEN 4326 Law Enforcement Mathematics 1 (3 q h )

Reviews elementary algebra, including algebraic ex-
pressions, operations, equations, and word problems,
as well as solutions to mathematical problems appli-
cable to the criminal justice field. Also examines prob-
ability, trigonometry, statistics, ratio, and proportion.

LEN 4327 Law Enforcement Mathematics 2 (3 q h )

Further mathematics review, including fundamental op-
erations, measurement and computation, solutions of
linear and quadratic equations, equations of motion and
energy, permutations, and combinations. Principles are
applied to most areas of \avj enforcement. Prereq. LEN
4326.

LEN 4328 Youth Crime Control Seminar (3 q h )

The criminality and deviance of those between juvenile
and adult age. Consideration is given to characteristics
of the youthful offender, the role of the family, the gen-
eration gap, violence, drug addiction, the youth sub-
culture and conflict between cultures, the role of the
mass media and education, the concepts of freedom
and justice, treatment of youthful offenders, and youth
crime control in foreign countries.

LEN 4330 Operational Intelligence Seminar (3 q h )

The value and function of an intelligence unit, including
planning, directing, organizing, financing, and other sa-

lient features of administration. Emphasis on organized
crime, subversive activities, and liaison programs as
they apply to a modern police agency.

LEN 4331 Collective Bargaining Seminar (3 q h )

History and background of collective bargaining in the
public sector as it affects members of the law enforce-
ment field. Topics include initial establishment of rights
of labor, labor legislation (both federal and state), prep-
aration for negotiations, resolution of impasses, final
agreement, and operation of the contract.

LEN 4332 Man, Law, and Society 1 (3 q h )

General analysis of how major changes occur in the
established practices of legal and social organizations
and communities. Looks in particular at the part played
by legal institutions in initiating, controlling, and direct-
ing or assisting in such changes.

LEN 4333 Man, Law, and Society 2 (3 q h )

Examines current and potential applications of social
science concepts and methods to social and legal
problems. Designed to acquaint the student with a va-
riety of social research concepts and methods of spe-
cial utility in investigating social and law-related
problems. Prereq. LEN 4332.

LEN 4334 Interviewing Practicum Seminar (3 q h )

Advanced interrogation methods and procedures; tech-
niques of persuasion; conditioning (negative and posi-
tive); the polygraph, its history and methodology; the
established rules and procedures required for current
determination of truth and deception; an evaluation of
the contemporary methods of international law enforce-
ment agencies. Prereq. LEN 4304.

LEN 4335 Organized Crime Seminar (3 q h )

The nature and problems of organized crime, its causes
and effects, comparative and historic roots, and activi-
ties, organization, and economics. Considers possible
solutions and the scope of techniques used in combat-
ing organized crime.

LEN 4336 Minorities and the Urban Crisis Seminar

(3q.h.)

investigation of the ethnic and racial origins and char-
acteristics of the American people; the interactions,
conflicts, and possibilities of adjustment between dom-
inant and minority groups, particularly in contemporary
urban settings; the role and function of police in their
relations with minority groups.

LEN 4337 Prosecution Development Seminar

(3q.h.)

Lecture and discussion of topics the modern American
police officer needs to be familiar with: oral testimony,
the entire corpus delecti and other related matters, the
trial, testimony and the jury, conduct on the witness
stand, opposition counsel, the defense of entrapment,
opinion testimony, confessions, prospective witnesses,
legal standards, and the police.

Course Descriptions/Law Enforcement 189

LEN 4338 Forensic Laboratory Seminar (3 q h )

Crime laboratory organization and use of special equip-
ment for the analysis, interpretation, classification, and
identification of phiysical evidence obtained in crime
scene searcties. Transportation, storage, and security
of physical evidence and its implications, coupled with
the preparation of exhibits for courtroom presentation.
Prereq. LEN 4111 .

LEN 4339 Intervention Strategies and Tactics for
Law Enforcement Counseling Techniques Seminar

(3q.h.)

Basic concepts and principles of intervention as a so-
cial work method. Examines the nature of therapeutic
relationships, principles of communication, diagnostic
assessment of the person-problem-situation configura-
tion, the goal-setting process, ego-supportive proce-
dures, and use of community resources.

LEN 4340 Civil Liberties and the Police 1 (3 q h )

In-depth preparation for the officer facing the practical
problems of enforcing the law without breaching the
civil rights of the accused and bystanders. Readings,
lectures, discussions, and examination of cases. Con-
stitutional interpretation and limitations are the guide-
lines for the course.

LEN 4341 Civil Liberties and the Police 2 (3 q h )

Several Supreme Court cases are followed from the time
of the call through the confrontation, arrest, examination
in court, appeals, and direct statements about the prob-
lem by jurists of the highest court. The last section of
the course considers the latest changes in the criminal
law and the Civil Rights Act. Prereq. LEN 4340.

LEN 4342 Executive Development Seminar (3 q h )

The role of the police administrator within the manage-
rial structure. Special problems unique to the law en-
forcement executive, including those involved in
decision making, policy formation, planning, control,
communication, and direction. Case studies and sur-
veys.

LEN 4343 Mental Health and the Police Seminar

(3q.h.)

Study of the roles of law enforcement and mental health
sen/ices. Diagnosis of the triggering mechanisms of
behavioral disorders and the suicide phenomenon, as
well as psychiatric and psychological considerations
and the legal process.

LEN 4344 Law Enforcement Fiscal Management

(3q.h.)

Various budgeting systems and their application to law
enforcement organizations, including the line-item bud-
get, programmed budget, performance budget, and
planned programmed budget systems; development of
sound fiscal policy; appropriation of funds; tax base
revenue systems; distribution of public monies; budget
requests, and expenditures; and auditing procedures.

LEN 4345 Grantsmanship Seminar 1 (3 q h )

Preparation and submission of applications to granting
agencies. Major topics include the Omnibus Crime Con-
trol and Safe Streets Act of 1968, and grant application
strategy, planning, and research.

LEN 4346 Grantsmanship Seminar 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of LEN 4345 with emphasis on evaluation,
monitoring, and auditing of grant programs. Strategies
for gaining different types of grants (HUD, EDA, SBA,
CDBG), including those from private foundations and
nonprofit organizations. Prereq. LEN 4345.

LEN 4347 Human Behavioral Factors for Security
Personnel 1 (3 q h )

For security personnel who would like to become su-
pervisors and administrators. Gives insights into such
topics as individual differences, motivation, job satis-
faction, and attitudes of employees.

LEN 4348 Human Behavioral Factors for Security
Personnel 2 (3 q h )

The conducting of interviews, evaluation of subordi-
nates, and testing and personnel selection, as well as
organizational development and relations with the gen-
eral public. Students should have some knowledge of
attitudes, morale, management, and leadership.
Prereq. LEN 4347.

LEN 4349 Human Behavioral Concepts and Tactics
in Police Work 1 (3 q h )

Covers practical and theoretical areas intended to help
the police officer deal with problems and issues both
on the ]ob and at home. Topics include needs, drives,
motivation, power and control of others, use of the gun,
use of the uniform, "shooting to kill," use of vehicles,
mixed patrols, supervision, unions, personality devel-
opment, and discretion.

LEN 4350 Human Behavioral Concepts and Tactics
in Police Work 2 (3 q h )

Examines such issues as stress, anxiety, the possibility
of heart attacks, the use of drugs and alcohol, suicide,
marriage, sexual problems, and others that police offi-
cers face in their personal and professional lives.
Prereq. LEN 4349.

LEN 4351 Civil Liberties and the Police (Intensive)

(6q.h.)

Same as LEN 4340 and LEN 4341

LEN 4352 Interviews and Interrogations (Intensive)

(6q.h.)

Same as LEN 4303 and LEN 4304.

LEN 4353 Law Enforcement Identification and
Records (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as LEN 4309 and LEN 4310.

LEN 4354 Law Enforcement Management and
Planning (Intensive) (6 q h )
Same as LEN 4319 and LEN 4320.

190 Course Descriptions/Law Enforcement

LEN 4355 Criminology (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as LEN 4315 and LEN 4316.

LEN 4356 Treatment of Offenders (Intensive)

(6q.h.)

Same as LEN 4312 and LEN 4313.

LEN 4357 Probation and Parole Practices

(Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as LEN 4317 and LEN 4318.

LEN 4358 Advanced Correctional Practices

(Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as LEN 4305 and LEN 4306.

LEN 4359 Law Enforcement Mathematics

(Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as LEN 4326 and LEN 4327.

LEN 4360 Man, Law and Society (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as LEN 4332 and LEN 4333.

LEN 4361 Physical Security (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as LEN 4322 and LEN 4323.

LEN 4362 Human Behavioral Factors for Security
Personnel (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as LEN 4347 and LEN 4348.

LEN 4363 Human Behavioral Concepts and Tactics
in Police Work (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as LEN 4349 and LEN 4350.

LEN 4364 Corporate Ethics and Crime for the
Security Practitioner (3 q h )

The study of illegal practices engaged in by corpora-
tions. Concentrates on types of unethical behavior by
top management, highlighting the structural relation-
ships and pressures large corporations place on middle
management to ignore safety violations, kickbacks, and
poor quality products.

LEN 4800 Directed Study (In-Car Seminar) (3 q h )

Independent research work in a selected criminal jus-
tice/law enforcement area. Enrollment limited to quali-
fied students, with the approval of the Law Enforcement
Program Director and verification of participation in the
In-Car Seminar project by the chief administrative offi-
cer or training director of the subscribing agency.
Prereq. Participation in the In-Car Seminar Program and
permission of tine Law Enforcement Program Director.

LEN 4801 Honors Program 1 (4 q h )

Prereq. Approval of the Dean.

LEN 4802 Honors Program 2 (4 q h )

Prereq. LEN 4801 .

LEN 4803 Honors Program 3 (4 q h )

Prereq. LEN 4802.

LEN 4808 Independent Studies 1 (3 q h )

Faculty-guided research in individually selected topics
relating to the criminal justice system.

LEN 4809 Independent Studies 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of faculty-guided research as described
in LEN 4808. Prereq. LEN 4808.

LEN 4899 Field Work in Law Enforcement,
Correctional Practices, and Security (6 q h )

An opportunity for students to become more familiar
with their major field through practice. To be arranged
with department consultant or major adviser prior to
registration. Prereq. Major in Law Enforcement, Cor-
rectional Practices, or Security.

LIB 4310 Critical Research Tools (3 q h )

How to start on a research project and develop aca-
demic competence and efficiency by learning to use
basic reference materials. Covers a wide variety of re-
search tools to help students make the most effective
use of available study time. Resources include diction-
aries, encyclopedias, almanacs, yearbooks, atlases,
newspapers, periodicals, indices, reviews, biographical
sources, and newer formats, such as microfiche, com-
puter banks, and film stnps.

LIB 4321 Introduction to Reference Materials and
Methods (3 q.h.)

Basic tools and methods for locating information. Eval-
uation of dictionaries, encyclopedias, gazetteers and
atlases, handbooks, almanacs, directories, and indices.

LIB 4322 Reference Work in the Social Sciences

(3 q.h.)

Scope and use of outstanding reference materials in
the social sciences, including government publications.
Rsources from economics, education, political science,
sociology, and allied fields. Prereq. LIB 4321 or equiv.

LIB 4323 Reference Work in the Humanities (3 q.h.)
Approaches to the solution of reference problems in the
humanities, with special emphasis on literature.
Prereq. LIB 4321 .

LIB 4325 Business Research Tools (3 q h )

Assists the business student or professional in becom-
ing familiar with and adept in the use of the most re-
spected publications and information sources in the
business community. Content relates to such areas as
accounting, business law, computers, data bases, fi-
nance, marketing, and statistics. Reference assign-
ments help students learn which sources to use and
how to find and understand complex data.

LIB 4331 Descriptive Cataloging (3 q h )

Theory and practice of descriptive cataloging, introduc-
ing the techniques for compiling author, corporate, and
serial entries.

Course Descriptions/Language 191

LIB 4332 Subject Headings and Classification

(3q.h.)

Introduction to Dewey Decimal Classification and Sears
subject headings: further study of descriptive catalog-
ing in book and nonbook materials. Prereq. LIB 4331
or equiv.

LIB 4333 Library of Congress Classification (3 q h )

The significant differences between the Library of Con-
gress (LC) and Dewey Decimal systems of classifica-
tion. Includes notes on original cataloging and
techniques of classification within the LC scheme, and
exercises in the use of LC schedules and subject head-
ings. Prereq. LIB 4331 or equiv.

LNA 4101 Elementary Arabic 1 (4 q h )

Introduction to the Arabic language and Arabic culture
through speaking, reading, and some writing.

LNA 4102 Elementary Arabic 2 (4 q h )

Continuation of LNA 4101 with practice in elementary
conversation, reading, and writing. Prereq. LNA 4101
or equiv.

LNA 4103 Elementary Arabic 3 (4 q h )

Continuation of LNA 4102, building the basic skills nec-
essary to perform in the language at an elementary
level. Prereq. LNA 4102 or equiv.

LNF 4101 Elementary French 1 (4 q h )

Essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, and
progressive acquisition of a basic vocabulary and idi-
omatic expressions.

LNF 4102 Elementary French 2 (4 q h )

Continuation of grammar study, with oral and written
exercises. Prereq. LNF 4101 or equiv.

LNF 4103 Elementary French 3 (4 q h )

Reading of French prose of increasing difficulty, with
written and oral exercises based on the materials read,
and practice in conversation. Prereq. LNF 4102 or
equiv.

LNF 4104 Intermediate French 1 (4 q h )

Review of grammar, with practice in composition and
conversation. Prereq. LNF 4103 or equiv.

LNF 4105 Intermediate French 2 (4 q h )

History of French civilization, with discussions and con-
versation. Prereq. LNF 4104 or equiv.

LNF 4106 Intermediate French 3 (4 q h )

Intensive reading of modern French prose, with practice
in conversation, Prereq. LNF 4105 or equiv.

LNF 4801 French Directed Study 1 (4 q h )

Directed Study Option: When a University College stu-
dent is unable to continue study of an upper-level lan-
guage, or when a language course needed for a degree

is not available on the regular schedule at appropriate
internals, arrangements can be made to take three di-
rected studies for a total of 12 q.h. Course numbers for
French Directed Study 1 , 2, 3 are LNF 4801 , LNF 4802,
LNF 4803: for Spanish, LNS 4801 , LNS 4802, LNS 4803,
and so forth. Petitions and procedural instructions are
available in 204 Churchill Hall. A//ow at least six weeks
to complete the petition process. Prereq. 87 q.h.

LNF 4802 French Directed Study 2 (4 q h )

See LA/F 4807.

LNF 4803 French Directed Study 3 (4 q h )

See LA/F 4807.

LNG 4101 Elementary German 1 (4 q h )

Essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, and
progressive acquisition of a basic vocabulary and idi-
omatic expressions.

LNG 4102 Elementary German 2 (4 q h )

More difficult points of grammar, particularly uses of
subjunctive mood. Prereq. LNG 4101 or equiv.

LNG 4103 Elementary German 3 (4 q h )

Reading of simple German prose, with oral and written
exercises based on material read. Conversation in Ger-
man encouraged. Prereq. LNG 4102 or equiv.

LNG 4104 Intermediate German 1 (4 q h )

A review of grammar, with practice in composition and
conversation. Prereq. LNG 4103 or equiv.

LNG 4105 Intermediate German 2 (4 q.h )

History of German civilization, with discussions and
conversation. Prereq. LNG 4104 or equiv.

LNG 4106 Intermediate German 3 (4 q h )

Intensive reading of modern German prose, with prac-
tice in conversation. Prereq. LNG 4105 or equiv.

LNG 4801 German Directed Study 1 (4 q h )

See LNF 4801.

LNG 4802 German Directed Study 2 (4 q h )

See LNF 4801

LNG 4803 German Directed Study 3 (4 q h )

See LNF 4801.

LNH 4101 Beginning Conversational Hebrew 1

(4 q.h.)

Stresses the acquisition of basic oral skills by introduc-
ing the essentials of Hebrew grammar. Extensive prac-
tice in pronunciation and acquisition of an idiomatic
core vocabulary.

LNH 4102 Beginning Conversational Hebrew 2

(4 q.h.)

Continuation of LNH 4101 with introduction of Hebrew

prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. LNH 4101.

192 Course Descriptions/Language

LNH 4103 Beginning Conversational Hebrew 3

(4q.h.)

Continuation of LHN 4102. Continued stress on conver-
sation, while building a solid vocabulary. Prereq. LNH
4102.

LNI 4101 Elementary Italian 1 (4 q.h )

Essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, and
progressive acquisition of a basic vocabulary and idi-
omatic expressions.

LNI 4102 Elementary Italian 2 (4 q h )

Continuation of grammar study, with oral and written
exercises. Prereq. LNI 4101 or equlv.

LNI 4103 Elementary Italian 3 (4 q h )

Reading of Italian prose of increasing difficulty, with
written and oral exercises based on the material read,
and practice in conversation. Prereq. LNI 4102 or

equiv.

LNI 4104 Intermediate Italian 1 (4 q h.)

Review of grammar, with practice in composition and
conversation. Prereq. LNI 4103 or equiv.

LNI 4105 Intermediate Italian 2 (4 q h )

History of Italian civilization, with discussions and con-
versation. Prereq. LNI 4104 or equiv.

LNI 4106 Intermediate Italian 3 (4 q h )

Intensive reading of modern Italian prose, with practice
in conversation Prereq. LNI 4105 or equiv.

LNI 4801 Italian Directed Study 1 (4 q h.)

See LNF 4801.

LNI 4802 Italian Directed Study 2 (4 q h )

See LNF 4801

LNI 4803 Italian Directed Study 3 (4 q h )

See LNF 4801.

LNJ 4101 Elementary Japanese 1 (4 q h.)

Emphasing basic, practical Japanese, the course
stresses the essentials of grammar, pronunciation, pro-
gressive acquisition of a core vocabulary, and the use

of idiomatic, current expressions.

LNJ 4102 Elementary Japanese 2 (4 q h.)

Continuation of LNJ 4101. Progressive acquisition of
practical skills. Prereq. LNJ 4101 or equiv.

LNJ 4103 Elementary Japanese 3 (4 q h.)

Continuation of LNJ 4102. Prereq. LNJ 4102.

LNL 4101 Beginning Latin 1 (4 q h )

Stresses the grammar needed for reading elementary
Latin prose, as well as understanding some basic etym-
ologies. Recommended for those interested in enriching
their knowledge of English and Romance languages.
as well as those who want to read classical literature in
the original.

LNL 4102 Beginning Latin 2 (4 q h )

Continuation of LNL 4101. Prereq. LNL 4101.

LNL 4103 Beginning Latin 3 (4 q.h )

Continuation of LNL 4102. Prereq. LNL 4102.

LNL 4801 Latin Directed Study 1 (4 q h )

See LNF 4801.

LNL 4802 Latin Directed Study 2 (4 q h )

See LNF 4801.

LNL 4803 Latin Directed Study 3

See LNF 4801.

LNN 4101 Beginning Conversational Swedish 1

(4 q.h.)

Stresses the acquisition of basic oral skills by introduc-
ing the essentials of Swedish grammar, with extensive
practice in pronunciation and acquisition of an idiomatic
core vocabulary.

LNN 4102 Beginning Conversational Swedish 2

(4 q.h.)

Continuation of LNN 4101, with introduction to Swedish

prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. LNN 4101 or

equiv.

LNN 4103 Beginning Conversational Swedish 3

(4 q.h.)

Continuation of LNN 4102. Prereq. LNN 4102 or equiv.

LNN 4801 Swedish Directed Study 1 (4 q h )

See LNF 4801.

LNN 4802 Swedish Directed Study 2 (4 q h )

See LNF 4801.

LNN 4803 Swedish Directed Study 3 (4 q h )

See LNF 4801.

LNS 4101 Beginning Conversational Spanish 1

(4 q.h.)

Stresses the acquisition of basic oral skills by introduc-
ing the essentials of Spanish grammar. Extensive prac-
tice in pronunciation and acquisition of an idiomatic
core vocabulary.

LNS 4102 Beginning Conversational Spanish 2

(4 q.h.)

Continuation of LNS 4101, with introduction of Spanish

prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. LNS 4101 or

equiv.

LNS 4103 Beginning Conversational Spanish 3

(4 q.h.)

Continuation of LNS 4102. Continued stress on conver-
sation, while building a solid vocabulary. Prereq. LNS

4102 or equiv.

LNS 4104 Intermediate Spanish 1 (4 q h )

Review of grammar, with practice in composition and
conversation. Prereq. LNS 4103 or equiv.

Course Descriptions/Management 193

LNS 4105 Intermediate Spanish 2 (4 q h )

Examines Spanish civilization through texts of average
difficulty. Intensive reading of modern prose, with oc-
casional oral or written translation, and conversation
practice based on assigned readings. Prereq. LNS
4104.

LNS 4106 Intermediate Spanish 3 (4 q h )

Examines Spanish-American civilization through texts
of average difficulty. Intensive readings of modern
prose, with occasional oral or written translations, and
conversation practice based on assigned readings.
Prereq. LNS 4105 or equiv.

LNS 4801 Spanish Directed Study 1 (4 q h )

See LNF 4801.

LNS 4802 Spanish Directed Study 2 (4 q h )

See LNF 4801.

LNS 4803 Spanish Directed Study 3 (4 q h.)

See LA/F 4807.

MGT 4101 Introduction to Business and
Management 1 (3 q h )

Introduces the setting and general structure of Ameri-
can business, including objectives and practices af-
fecting the American standard of living. Examines the
characteristics of private enterprise and the nature and
challenge of capitalism and other forms of economic
enterprise. Introduces types of businesses (both large
and small), the structures of organizations, and the
functions of management. What a managerial career
involves, what problems must be faced, and what de-
cisions must be reached.

MGT 4102 Introduction to Business and
Management 2 (3 q h )

Introduces methodologies in planning, organizing, di-
recting, and controlling production, marketing, sales,
and pricing within the American free enterprise system
and in contrast to other business systems. Examines
techniques for coping with the intricacies of systems
management. Prereq. MGT 4101.

MGT 4103 Introduction to Business and
Management 3 (3 q h )

Definitions of business to basic management concepts
and the techniques necessary to successful decision
making. Emphasizes management as a continuous, ac-
tive process by introducing methods of designing an
organization; understanding and dealing with people:
evaluating the political, social, and economic environ-
ment; and effectively planning, directing, and control-
ling the organization. Prereq. MGT 4102.

MGT 4105 Introduction to Business and
Management (Intensive) (6 q h )
Same as MGT 4101 and MGT 4102.

MGT 4310 Project Management Process: Planning
and Implementation (formerly Project Planning and
Control) (3 q.h.)

Investigates the entire process of implementing a proj-
ect, from project definition to the evaluation of feasibility,
scheduling, and financial and budgetary factors. Man-
agement techniques and requirements are used in case
analyses, along with the concept of using computer
software to help oversee projects. Prereq. IM 4301.

MGT 4320 Managing Change (3 q h )

Applies managerial concepts and practices to real-time
situations with policy or resource constraints. Explores
decision making related to the impact of change on the
organization and its personnel and develops a concep-
tual framework for handling change in one's own busi-
ness career. Prereq. MGT 4103.

MGT 4323 Motivation Management (3 q h )

Designed to help students differentiate between the
managerial position as such and a leadership role. Eval-
uates the impact of leadership or management styles
on human behavior. Introduces and analyzes important
motivation concepts through study of the working en-
vironment and the processes that influence both per-
formance and outcome. Readings from contemporary
behavioral scientists. Individual research projects, with
reports for group discussion and analysis. Prereq.
MGT 4103

MGT 4324 Essentials for Managers of Small
Businesses (2 q h )

Covers essentials of small business management. Top-
ics include employee motivation, financial planning,
marketing, and strategic planning.

MGT 4325 Entrepreneurship and Small Business
Management 1 (3 q h )

Introduces the major aspects of managing a small busi-
ness. Covers the basic elements of entrepreneurship
and the initial phases of planning, including legal, fi-
nancial, marketing, organizational-control, and man-
agement functions. Prereq. MGT 4102.

MGT 4326 Entrepreneurship and Small Business
Management 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of MGT 4325. intended for advanced busi-
ness students. Emphasis on developing business
plans, analyzing performance, identifying problems,
maintaining financial health, and planning for the future.
Discussion of actual cases involving small businesses.
Prereq. MGT 4325.

MGT 4327 Entrepreneurship and Small Business
Management (Intensive) (6 q h )
Same as MGT 4325 and MGT 4326. Prereq.
MGT 4101.

194 Course Descriptions/Management

MGT 4350 Business Policy 1 (3 q h )

For advanced students, course builds on all previous
courses in management, as well as numerous functional
and procedural courses. Examines the total manage-
ment process, from formulating to implementing strat-
egy, considering both theory and practice. Discusses
the development of corporate objectives, plans, and
policies, with emphasis on the interaction between the
enterprise and its environment. Considers economic
and social responsibilities of business and managers.
Prereq. 100 q.h.

IVIGT 4351 Business Policy 2 (3 q h )

Considers organizational and administrative methods
for converting plans into achievements. Explores con-
cepts of strategic planning and implementation from the
perspective of the general manager, with attention to
top management functions, responsibilities, styles, val-
ues, and organizational relationships. Includes cases
from profit and nonprofit enterprises of various types.
Prereq. MGT 4350.

MGT 4352 Business Policy (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as MGT 4350 and MGT 4351 . Prereq. 100 q.h.

MGT 4355 Manager and Society (3 q h )

National and international issues surrounding corporate
social responsibility in contemporary American society.
Prereq. MGT 4350.

MGT 4356 international Business Management and
Operations (3 q h )

Introduces the principles and practices of international
business; compares domestic and international busi-
ness activities, responsibilities, and influences. Ex-
plores the economic, social, political, and legal contexts
of conducting business in a multinational environment.
Examines how the "foreign" factor in the business equa-
tion influences behavior. Prereq. MGT 4350.

MGT 4360 Management Seminar 1 (3 q.h )

A capstone course requiring individual and/or group
investigation and analysis of a substantive management
issue. Projects should involve broad, interdisciplinary
knowledge and experience, use a variety of research
techniques, and be original in analysis and conclusions.
Topics to be selected with the advice and approval of
the instructor. Prereq. MGT 4351 .

MGT 4361 Management Seminar 2 (3 q h )

A continuation of MGT 4360. Prereq. MGT 4360.

MGT 4362 Advanced Management Seminar (3 q h )

Continuation of group projects from MGT 4360 and
MGT 4361; offered only during the spring quarter. The
project must be of major management significance;
may involve research of a management issue, a man-
agement audit, or an organizational analysis, usually of
a real company. Enrollment limited; both enrollment and
the project to be approved by the Area Consultant and
the Program Director. Prereq. MGT 4361.

MIS 4101 Introduction to Data Processing and
Information Systems 1 (3 q h )

Introduces data processing and computers. Topics in-
clude an overview of data processing history, business
data processing concepts, data processing organiza-
tion, computer hardware, the internal representation of
data, and data communications concepts.

MIS 4102 Introduction to Data Processing and
Information Systems 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of MIS 4101, concentrating on software
and systems. Topics include the systems-development
life cycle, programming tools and program preparation,
the use of computers for specific business applications,
data-base management systems, and high-level pro-
gramming and planning languages. Introduction to
computer programming in BASIC. Prereq. MIS 4101 .

MIS 4103 Introduction to Data Processing and
Information Systems (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as MIS 4101 and MIS 4102.

MIS 4220 Introduction to Programming in COBOL

(formerly COBOL for Nonprogrammers) (3 q.h.)
Introduces fundamentals of computer programming,
along with COBOL (Common Business Oriented Lan-
guage). The divisions of COBOL, data file structures,
and verb actions. Students prepare and test several
programs using the University computer system.
Prereq. MIS 4102.

MIS 4221 COBOL Programming 1 (3 q h )

Beginning computer problem-solving and programming
course using COBOL. Topics include structured flow-
charting and programming techniques, use of an editor
for program generation, input/output record layouts,
and basic concepts of COBOL such as COBOL divi-
sions and verbs. Opportunity to write and debug pro-
grams. Prereq. MIS 4102 or MIS 4103.

MIS 4222 COBOL Programming 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of MIS 4221. Topics include logic control
breaks, creation of multipage reports, sign and class
tests (with redefines), and verification of input data.
Opportunity to write and debug programs. Prereq.
MIS 4221.

MIS 4223 COBOL Programming 3 (3 q h )

Continuation of MIS 4222. Topics include advanced
techniques, such as the sort verb, use of subroutines,
table handling, and data file processing. Opportunity to
write and debug programs. Prereq. MIS 4222.

MIS 4225 COBOL Programming (Intensive) (9 q h )

Same as MIS 4221 , MIS 4222, and MIS 4223. Prereq.
MIS 4102.

MIS 4235 Advanced COBOL Programming (3 q h )

Several kinds of programming disciplines for the
COBOL programmer. Techniques include STRING and
UNSTRING, CALL subroutines, tab handling with 1, 2,
and 3 dimensions, indexed sequential access methods

Course Descriptions/Management Information Systems 195

(ISAM) for file processing, DEBUG, communications,
and COPY library. Prereq. MIS 4223.

MIS 4240 Introduction to Programming in BASIC

(3q.h.)

A stand-alone introduction to computer programming
using BASIC (Beginners Ali-Purpose Symbolic Instruc-
tion Code), the language used to a great extent in mini-
or personal computers, often in small businesses or the
home. Students write and execute a number of pro-
grams using the University computer system. Prereq.
MIS 4102.

MIS 4241 Programming in BASIC 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to computer programming using BASIC
(Beginners All-purpose Symbolic Instruction Code).
Students learn to use all the more general purpose
instructions, and write, compile, test, and debug a num-
ber of programs using the University computer system.
Prereq. MIS 4102.

MIS 4242 Programming in BASIC 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of MIS 4241, covering more sophisticated
computer programming. Techniques for the solution of
complex application problems. BASIC subroutines and
tile processing problems. Lectures and problem-solving
sessions. Prereq. MIS 4241 .

MIS 4250 FORTRAN Programming 1 (3 q h )

Provides a working knowledge of FORTRAN, the mod-
ern problem-oriented computer language. The use of
FORTRAN in solving problems in business, mathemat-
ics, and the social and physical sciences. Prereq.
MIS 4102.

MIS 4251 FORTRAN Programming 2 (3 q h )

Continued study in the use of FORTRAN to solve prob-
lems in business, mathematics, and the social and
physical sciences. Illustrates the steps necessary to
analyze, define, document, and solve complex prob-
lems using FORTRAN. Prereq. MIS 4250.

MIS 4252 FORTRAN Programming 3 (3 q h )

Presents a sophisticated set of problems to teams of
students for solution using FORTRAN. Includes consul-
tations with the instructor. Prereq. MIS 4251.

MIS 4253 FORTRAN Programming (Intensive)

(9q.h.)

Same as MIS 4250, MIS 4251 . and MIS 4252. Prereq.

MIS 4102.

MIS 4260 Assembly Programming 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to assembler language programming, us-
ing the University's computer system. Introduces the
representation of instructions and data using binary
numbering concepts, and looping, instruction modifi-
cation, indexing, indirect addressing, and data retrieval.
Brief sun/ey of assembler languages in general.
Prereq. Demonstrated familarity with any currently avail-
able computer language.

MIS 4261 Assembly Programming 2 (3 q h )

Further exploration of assembler language techniques,
other addressing structures, floating point techniques,
coding, and use of macro instructions. Includes input-
output routines, use of operating systems for job sched-
uling resource allocation, and file handling. Students
analyze, flowchart, program, and debug business prob-
lems on the University's computer system. Includes de-
bugging by core dump analysis. Prereq. MIS 4260.

MIS 4262 Assembly Programming 3 (3 q h )

Utilization of business data processing hardware on the
University's computer system programs; further use of
operating system; divide independent file handling; and
blocked and unblocked file manipulation. Includes ap-
plication of assembler language to a sophisticated pro-
gramming project. Prereq. MIS 4261 .

MIS 4270 PASCAL Programming 1 (3 q h )

Introductory course in computer programming using
PASCAL, popular in the educational and microproces-
sor communities. Students write, debug, and execute
individual and class projects using the University com-
puter system. Prereq. MIS 4102.

MIS 4271 PASCAL Programming 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of MIS 4270, covering more sophisticated
computer programming. Application of techniques to
the solution of more complex problems. Prereq.
MIS 4270.

MIS 4273 PC DOS and Assembly (3 q h )

Examines the Disk Operating System (DOS), a collec-
tion of programs that manages the activities among
personal computer components. Evaluates DOS utility
programs and reviews the Assembly language used in
personal computers. Writing of small subroutines in As-
sembly, execution on personal computers.

MIS 4276 Programming in C (3 q h )

Introduction to programming in C, originally developed
at Bell Laboratories and most notably associated with
the UNIX operating system. Students learn how to write
programs in C and solve specific problems, using the
University's computer system. Prereq. Knowledge of
at least one other programming language.

MIS 4280 Computer Operating Systems 1 (3 q h )

For those familiar with data processing equipment and
interested in developing, evaluating, and using systems
programs. Examines full range of features available in
a variety of computer operating systems in terms of
structure and form. Compares and presents operating
systems implementation techniques employed by dif-
ferent computer manufacturers, with emphasis on their
value as tools for application program development.
References generally to IBM operating systems, but
also to other manufacturers, including Digital, Data
General, and various personal computer manufactur-
ers. Prereq. MIS 4220 or MIS 4221 .

196 Course Descriptions/Management Information Systems

MIS 4281 Computer Operating Systems 2 (3 q h )

Building on concepts and techniques presented in MIS
4280, introduces students to distributed systems and
networking software, a variety of data base systems,
and the UNIX operating system. Includes discussions
of local and wide-area networking systems and oper-
ating systems features. Expands data management as
an operating systems feature to include data base sys-
tems available from various computer manufacturers
and software suppliers. Also studies the UNIX operating
system, the features it makes available for program
development, its command language, file and directory
handling capabilities, text manipulation capabilities,
and UNIX shell. Prereq. MIS 4280.

MIS 4301 Structured Systems Analysis and Design

1 (3q.h.)

Overview of the systems analysis and design cycle, with
emphasis on the analysis phase. Topics include the
history and life cycle of business information systems,
the role of the systems analyst, analytical tools useful
to the systems study process, development of feasibility
studies, and presentation of study phase findings.
Prereq. MIS 4102.

MIS 4302 Structured Systems Analysis and
Design 2 (3 q.h.)

Continuation of MIS 4301, emphasizing the design
phase. Topics include detailed systems design proce-
dures and techniques, system testing, specification and
procedure writing, documentation, design of auditing
and control procedures, performance measurement
techniques, hardware and software selection and plan-
ning, and project management. Prereq. MIS 4301.

MIS 4305 Structured Systems Analysis and Design
(Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as MIS 4301 and MIS 4302.

MIS 4307 Communications and Networking (3 q h )

Communications, networking, and distributed process-
ing approached from the user's point of view rather than
the designer's. Includes the economics of distributed
processing, communications concepts, local area net-
works, and vendor selection Prereq. MIS 4302.

MIS 4310 Data Systems Administration (3 q h )

Planning, control, and evaluation of business informa-
tion systems from the point of view of the top-level
information systems administrator. Includes the posi-
tioning of the information systems function within the
firm, the structuring of the function, and staffing and
facilities planning. Prereq. MIS 4102.

MIS 4311 Business Data Processing Applications 1

(3 q.h.)

Application of systems analysis and design phnciples
to a number of important business functions. Informa-
tion systems discussed include accounts payable, ac-

counts receivable, payroll, order entry, inventory
control, and sales reporting and forecasting. Prereq.
MIS 4310.

MIS 4312 Business Data Processing Applications 2

(3 q.h.)

Continuation of MIS 4311, covering additional informa-
tion systems such as accounts receivable, sales anal-
ysis, the design of integrated systems, a review of on-
line systems, and computer system simulation. Offers
the opportunity to participate in a computer simulation
exercise during a field trip. Includes a team case-study
project. Prereq. MIS 4311. j

MIS 4340 Mini-Computers in Business 1 (3 q h ) ;

Relevant to non-MIS business majors, as well as stu- |
dents with a systems or EDP focus. Topics include anal- j
ysis of cost/performance, systems consideration of j
mini-computers versus alternatives and their role in ap- '
plications such as time sharing, intelligent terminals, I
data entry and gathering, and data communications.
Emphasis on evaluation of mini-computers as cost-ef-
fective elements of a business system. Prereq. MIS
4220 or MIS 4221 .

MIS 4341 Mini-Computers in Business 2 (3 q h )

Development of systems specifications, functional con-
figurations, systems tradeoffs, site preparation, and
maintenance considerations. Detailed analysis of sys-
tems with specific case studies related to business ap-
plications. Prereq. MIS 4340.

MIS 4345 Data Base Management Systems (3 q h )

Introduction to the data base approach to design of
integrated information applications. Covers the three
methods of data base design, data structures, diagram-
ming, data definition languages, data manipulation lan-
guages, data base implementation and evaluation, and
the role of the data base administrator Prereq. MIS
4222, MIS 4230. and MIS 4302.

MIS 4348 Information Resource Management

(3 q.h.)

Advanced information systems management, with em-
phasis on planning, organizing, and controlling the cor-
porate information resource. Includes personnel career
planning, turnover, facilities and capacity planning, the
user interface, standards development, REF generation
and vendor selection, hardware and software conver-
sion problems, and disaster recovery Prereq. MIS
4345.

MIS 4350 Auditing Data Processing (3 q h )

Discusses audit techniques, specifically for EDP sys-
tems; programming, and operations, with emphasis on
EDP standard practices; procedures; documentation;
and safety and security Defines EDP business risks
and related exposures, such as fraud, embezzlement,
misuse or destruction of company assets, and business

Course Descriptions/Marketing 197

interruption. Also discusses EDP portion of accounting
requirements of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of
1977. Course content oriented toward EDP managers,
internal auditors, and public accountants. Prereq. MIS
4102.

MIS 4355 Information Processing in Medicine

(3q.h.)

Nontechnical survey of the impact and potential of com-
puters in medicine, including medical records, clinical
reporting systems, automated laboratories, on-line mon-
itoring, research needs, and medical administration re-
quirements. Analyzes the content and interactions of
medical information subsystems, and examines the im-
plications of computerization of various medical activi-
ties, equipment selection, and organizational
considerations. Prereq. MIS 4102.

MIS 4360 Computer Privacy and Security (3 q h )

Comprehensive review of the real threats posed by
modern electronic computers, as well as threats to com-
puters and their users. Includes a review of the privacy
issue as well as security approaches, techniques, and
tools used to safeguard computers. Uses actual case
studies of computer abuse. Prereq. MIS 4102.

MIS 4385 Applied MIS Development Project (3 q h )

A capstone systems course integrating knowledge and
abilities gained through the other computer related
courses in the curriculum, within a comprehensive sys-
tems development project. Prereq. MIS 4348.

MKT 4301 Introduction to Marketing 1 (3 q h )

Considers the planning necessary for effective market-
ing of consumer and industrial products and services
in both profit and nonprofit organizations. Includes an
introduction to planning related to products, pricing,
promotion, and distribution.

MKT 4302 Introduction to Marketing 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of MKT 4301, with emphasis on applica-
tions of marketing theories and concepts. Prereq.
MKT 4301.

MKT 4304 Introduction to Marketing (Intensive)

(6 q.h.)

Combines MKT 4301 and MKT 4302.

MKT 4310 Advertising and Sales Promotion
Management 1 (3 q h )

Detailed examination of advertising and sales promo-
tion techniques as communications elements within a
marketing strategy. Prereq. MKT 4302.

MKT 4311 Advertising and Sales Promotion
Management 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of MKT 4310. Case studies and projects
provide training in the development of creative adver-
tising and promotion strategies and in the use of such
communications media as television, radio, and print.
Prereq. MKT 4310.

MKT 4312 Advertising and Sales Promotion
(Intensive) (6 q h )

Combines MKT 431 0 and MKT 431 1 . Prereq.
MKT 4302.

MKT 4315 Sales Management 1 (3 q h )

Detailed examination of the sales force as an element
of marketing strategy. Includes selection, training, de-
velopment, organization, and supervision of the sales
force. Prereq. MKT 4302.

MKT 4316 Sales Management 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of MKT 4315, with emphasis on the su-
pervision and evaluation of the sales force. Also ex-
amines the role of personal selling within various
marketing programs. Extensive use of case studies.

Prereq. MKT 4315.

MKT 4317 Sales Management (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as MKT 431 5 and MKT 431 6. Prereq. MKT 4302.

MKT 4320 Marketing Management 1 (3 q h )

Advanced case-method course designed to develop
the ability to analyze and make decisions about busi-
ness problems involving the creation, distribution, and
sale of goods and services. Provides information on
how to establish and control marketing budgets. Em-
phasis on demand analysis and the development of
product, pricing, promotion, and distribution policies.
Prereq. MKT 4302.

MKT 4321 Marketing Management 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of MKT 4320, with emphasis on the imple-
mentation of marketing strategy, the development of
integrated marketing programs, and the role of the mar-
keting manager. Prereq. MKT 4320.

MKT 4322 Marketing Management (Intensive)

(6 q.h.)

Same as MKT 4320 and MKT 4321 . Prereq. MKT 4301 .

MKT 4330 Marketing Research 1 (3 q h )

The use of marketing research in planning, controlling,
and evaluating marketing activities. Introduction to the
application of behavioral and quantitative concepts in
the making of marketing decisions and the manage-
ment of marketing programs. Prereq. MKT 4302.

MKT 4331 Marketing Research 2 (3 q h )

Techniques of data collection and analysis in marketing
research, forecasting, product planning, sales control,
test marketing, marketing evaluation, and marketing in-
formation systems. Prereq. MKT 4330.

MKT 4335 Public Relations 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to the basic principles, purposes, and
methods of public relations in both profit and nonprofit
organizations, and in community and employee rela-
tions.

MKT 4336 Public Relations 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of MKT 4335. Specific training in the de-
velopment of public relations programs and the overall

198 Course Descriptions/Marketing

management of the public relations function in an or-
ganization. Prereq. MKT 4335.

MKT 4337 Introduction to Advertising (3 q h )

Especially for nonmarketing (including nonbusiness)
majors, although marketing majors may take the course.
Focuses on advertising as a business tool and as a
force in society.

IVIKT 4352 Professional Selling Skills (Intensive)

(6q.h.)

An opportunity to develop effective selling skills. Ex-
amines the customer buying process and the company
sales process. Discusses prospecting, preparation,
presentation, and postsale activities, and introduces
advanced selling techniques, such as team selling. Fo-
cuses on situations where personal selling is a major
element of marketing strategy, such as in industrial
product, professional service, and high-technology
marketing. Prereq. MKT 4302.

MKT 4355 High-Technology Marketing (3 q h )

Focuses on the company's marketing function in trans-
forming technology into products. Discusses planning
for product innovation, linkages between marketing and
engineering, and communications strategies for mar-
keting high-technology products. Prereq. MKT 4302.

MKT 4358 Marketing and Sales Seminar (3 q h )

A capstone marketing elective, focusing on the formu-
lation and implementation of overall marketing strategy.
Prereq. MKT 4331 .

MLS 4301 Medical Laboratory Science Orientation

(2q.h.)

Scope, responsibilities, opportunities, and educational
requirements for the medical laboratory science profes-
sions.

MLS 4321 Hematology (1 cl , 3 lab , 3 q h )

Basic hematological techniques, including discussion
of the differential smear and observation of the normal
morphology of human red cells, white cells, and plate-
lets. Prereq. BIO 4104 or equiv. Not open to medical
technology or hematology majors. (Laboratory fee)

MLS 4322 Morphologic Hematology 1 (1 cl , 3 lab ,

3q.h.)

Morphologic and etiologic classification of the anemias.
Related diagnostic tests are discussed. Prereq. HMG
4425 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

MLS 4323 Morphologic Hematology 2 (1 cl , 3 lab ,

3q.h.)

Studies of pathologic and physiologic deviations of the
white cells series as observed in leukemias and infec-
tions. Some animal hematology is included. Prereq.
MLS 4322 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

MLS 4341 Epidemiology 1 (3 q h )

Basic concepts in epidemiology, the distribution in de-
terminants of diseases, and injuries in human popula-

tions. Descriptive and analytical epidemiology studies
are included.

MLS 4342 Epidemiology 2 (3 q h )

Study of the microbiological distributions in determi-
nants of infectious diseases; hospital epidemiology.

MLS 4352 Basic MLS Electronics and
Instrumentation (2 q h )

A course in electricity, with coverage of introductory
electronic circuits. Emphasis on medical laboratory in-
strumentation and related electrical processes of mea-
surement.

MLS 4365 Quality Control (3 q h )

Development of quality control programs in each med-
ical laboratory specialty. Applications of statistical meth-
ods to medical laboratory quality control programs. j

MLS 4381 Seminar in Medical Technology (3 q h ) |

Current topics in medical technology. Includes required !
readings and presentations by students; guest lectures.
Prereq. Permission of instructor. '

MLS Courses at Basic College Tuition Rate

Course descriptions for medical laboratory science
courses numbered MLS 1XXX are available from the
College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions, 206
Mugar Building.

MS 4325 Introduction to Modeling and Simulation

(3q.h.)

Modeling as a method for gaining insight into the un-
derlying mathematical structure of business problems.
Discussion of specific modeling techniques includes
linear programming, PERT-CPM, and simulation.
Prereq. MTH 4111.

MS 4332 Statistical Quality Control (3 q h )

A practical course in analytical methods modern quality
controls. Emphasis on the application of basic statistical
controls in the industrial environment. Topics include
control charts, statistical tolerancing, acceptance sam-
pling techniques, life testing, and reliability concepts.
Prereq. ECN 4251.

MS 4333 Management of Quality Control (3 q h )

A comprehensive study of management practices of
modern quality control. Text supplemented by lively
classroom discussion of different approaches to optim-
izing quality. Topics include organizational strategies,
economics of quality, internal and external quality, and
management of long-term quality and reliability.
Prereq. MS 4332.

MS 4334 Advanced Quality Control (3 q h )

In-depth study of quality control topics of current inter-
est. Typical subjects include Asian quality methods,
advanced process capability techniques, use of com-
puters in quality control, and integration of quality and
reliability programs. Prereq. MS 4333.

Course Descriptions/Mathematics 199

MS 4335 Principles of Material inspection (3 q h )

Bridges the gap between manufacturing and data anal-
ysis, with emphasis on the measuring process. In-class
labs provide hands-on training in the use of a wide
variety of mechanical measuring devices. Lectures
demonstrate the fundamental measuring principles in-
volved and illustrate their extension to all measuring
processes.

MS 4336 Industrial Experimentation (3 q h )

Focuses on practical techniques for data collection that
can greatly extend students' problem-solving skills. In-
struction in extracting maximum information from small
samples, as well as avoiding many common data-anal-
ysis pitfalls. Other topics include randomized tests,
multi-level tests, two-level multi-factor tests, and frac-
tional factorial tests. Prereq. ECN 4251 or equiv.

MS 4337 Principles of Quality Assurance (3 q h )

Surveys the modern quality function from its beginnings
in product design to vendor selection, incoming in-
spection, monitoring of the manufacturing process, final
product testing, and customer acceptance. Topics in-
clude defining quality, quality organization, sampling
plans, control charts, and quality assurance reporting.

MTH 4001 Basic Mathematics 1 (3 q h )

Review of elementary algebra: algebraic expressions
and operations, equations, word problems. Note: Credit
for this course cannot be applied to Lincoln College
degree programs.

MTH 4002 Basic Mathematics 2 (3 q h )

Further review: operations with polynominals, factoring,
fractional expressions, word problems. Note: Credit for
ttiis course cannot be applied to Lincoln College degree
programs. Prereq. MTH 4001.

MTH 4081* Introduction to Mathematics 1 (4 cl ,

4q.h.)

Comprehensive review of high school algebra, includ-
ing first-degree equations, factoring, fractions, frac-
tional equations, ratio and proportion, word problems,
and concepts of plane geometry. Note: Credit for this
course cannot be applied to the Associate in Engineer-
ing, Associate in Science, or the Bachelor of Engineer-
ing Technology degree programs.

MTH 4082* Introduction to Mathematics 2 (4 cl ,

4q.h,)

Algebraic operations with complex fractions, mixed ex-
pressions, square roots, radicals, quadratic euations,
simultaneous equations, graphs, and fractional zero
and negative exponents; the geometry of the right tri-
angle, areas of polygons and circles, and loci problems.
Note: Credit for this course cannot be applied to the
Associate in Engineering, Associate in Science, or the
Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree programs.
Prereq. I\^TH 408r.

MTH 4083* Applied Mathematics and Statistics

(4cl., 3q.h.)

The use of mathematics as a guide to concise thinking
and the application of mathematical methods to high-
light significant data. Includes the use of elementary
analytical models to test and evalute hypotheses, the
role of change in physical phenomena, the importance
of the use of a relevant statistical model, and methods
for the selection of a data base. Prereq. I\/ITH 4082'
or equiv.

MTH 4107* College Algebra 1 (4 cl , 4 q h )

Fundamental algebraic operations, complex numbers,
radicals and exponents, functions, linear and quadratic
equations, irrational equations, inequalities, variation,
and roots of polynomial equations. Prereq. Math
Placement Test or !\JITH 4082*.

MTH 4108* Introduction to Calculus (4 cl , 4 q h )

Logarithms, trigonometric functions of angles in de-
grees and radians, trigonometric identities and equa-
tions, right triangles, oblique triangles, complex
numbers in trigonometric form, systems of equations,
and determinants. Prereq. MTH 4107* or MTH 1 107.

MTH 4110 Mathematics 1 (3 q h )

The real number system, exponents, polynomials, fac-
toring, radicals, algebraic fractions, complex fractions,
linear equations, and word problems. Prereq. One
year of high school algebra or its equiv. Note: A place-
ment test is given during the first class meeting. Stu-
dents obtaining an unsatisfactory score on this test will
be advised to enroll in MTH 4001 for additional prepa-
ration before attempting this course.

MTH 4111 Mathematics 2 (3 q h )

Linear inequalities, letter equations, quadratic equa-
tions and related problems, graphs and functions, and
systems of equations. Prereq. MTH 4110.

MTH 4112 Mathematics 3 (3 q h )

Exponential and logarithmic functions, sequences, and
senes. Introduction to calculus. Prereq. MTH 4111.

MTH 4113 Mathematics (Intensive) (9 q h )

Same as MTH 4110, MTH 4111, and MTH 4112.

MTH 4116* Probability and Statistics 1 (2 cl , 2 q h )

Appropriate for both engineering and nonengineering
students. Basic tools, such as sets, permutations, and
combinations; probability and its applications; discrete
and continuous random variables. Prereq. MTH 4108*
or MTH 1108.

This is a School of Engineering Technology course, offered at
a different tuition rate from that of University College.

200 Course Descriptions/Mathematics

MTH 4117* Probability and Statistics 2 (2 cl , 2 q h )

Frequency distributions and probability density func-
tions; binomial, normal, and other distributions; central
limit theorem; hypothesis testing; analysis of variance;
correlation; statistical inference and estimation. Exam-
ples taken from many different fields. Prereq.
MTH 4116' or MTH 1116.

MTH 4118* Probability and Statistics 3 (2 cl , 2 q h )

Contingency tables, simple linear regression, multiple
regression, and model building. Prereq. MTH 4117*.

IVITH 4120* Calculus 1 (4 cl , 4 q h )

Plane analytic geometry; differentiation of algebraic
functions; rate, motion, and maximum and minimum
problems; deviations of higher order; curve sketching;
basics in functions, limits, and continuity. Prereq.
MTH 4108* or MTH 1108.

MTH 4121* Calculus A (4 cl , 4 q.h.)
Applications of derivatives to curvesketching; antidiffer-
entiation; the definite integral, with applications; calcu-
lus of nonalgebraic functions — logarithmic, exponential,
and trigonometric; calculus of inverse trigonometric
functions; techniques of integration; indeterminate
forms; L'Hospital's rule. Prereq. MTH 4120* or
MTH 1140.

MTH 4130 Calculus for Nonengineers 1 (3 q h )

An introductory calculus course for students in liberal
arts, business administration, and other nonengineering
curricula. Fundamentals of differential calculus, rules of
differentiation, rates of change, graph sketching, and
growth and decay function. Prereq. MTH 4112 or
equiv.

MTH 4131 Calculus for Nonengineers 2 (3 q h )

Applications of differential calculus, including problems
in optimization, velocity and acceleration, compound
interest, population growth, and the fitting of equations
to data. Introduction to integral calculus, areas, average
values of functions, marginal cost and profit, and de-
preciation. Prereq. MTH 4130.

MTH 4132 Calculus for Nonengineers 3 (3 q h )

Calculus of trigonometric functions, techniques of inte-
gration, numerical methods, and differential equations.
Applications include pricing, allocation of funds, pres-
ent value of an investment, manufacturing efficiency,
and product reliability. Prereq. MTH 4131.

MTH 4140 Mathematics for Business Manage-
ment 1 (3 q.h.)

Mathematics topics applicable to business manage-
ment: linear equations and inequalities, matrix algebra,
linear programming, sets, and counting techniques.
Prereq. MTH 4112 or equiv.

MTH 4141 Mathematics for Business Manage-
ment 2 (3 q.h.)

Business applications of probability, decision theory,
Markov chains, game theory, and competitive analysis.
Prereq. MTH 4140.

MTH 4143 Mathematics for Business Management

(Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as MTH 4140 and MTH 4141.

MUS 4100 Introduction to Music (3 q h )

Introduction to selected works from earliest times to
contemporary styles. Primarily a survey and listening
course, with emphasis on styles, basic theory, forms,
and the historical, social, and artistic periods these
works represent.

MUS 4103 Music and Society (formerly Music as a
Means of Social Expression ) (3 q.h.)
Examines the artist's involvement with the recurring so-
cial themes of self-image, the search for peace and
understanding, minority groups, and sexual relation-
ships. Includes paintings and literary works in addition
to works by Beethoven, Schoenberg, Britten, and se-
lected jazz composers.

MUS 4105 Music U.S.A. (3 q h )

American music from Puritan psalm singing to the pres-
ent. Folk music of ethnic origin, concert music, ragtime,
jazz, and contemporary styles.

MUS 4106 Women in Music (3 q h )

In-depth study of the historical role of women in music,
as composer, performer, patron, and inspiration.

MUS 4110 Music in Popular Culture (3 q h )

Investigates American attitudes toward culture, art, and
beauty through consideration of contemporary popular
music. Compares the different styles of pop music (jazz,
rock, MOR, and R&B) and traces their evolution. Ex-
amines the manipulation of public tastes by large cor-
porations for commercial purposes.

MUS 4111 Rock Music (3 qh)

Focuses on the history of rock music from its origins in
American blues and other styles through the popular
music of the 1950s, the political styles of the 1960s,
and the diverse trends of the 1970s. Major emphasis
on the formative years of rock.

MUS 4112 Jazz (formerly Jazz Evolution and
Essence) (3 q.h.)

Jazz from its origins in New Orleans to the avant-garde
experiments of today. Analysis of the rhythmic, har-
monic, instrumental, and stylistic characteristics of jazz.
Attention to the works of creative jazz artists such as
Armstrong, Beiderbecke, Parker, Ellington, and Col-
trane.

*This is a School of Engineering Technology course, offered ;
a different tuition rate from that of University College.

Course Descriptions/Music 201

MUS 4120 History of Musical Styles (3 q h )

Chronological view of Western music, examining its role
In society and the contributions of Influential composers.
Representative works from each period, Including mu-
sic by Bach, Handel, Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven,
Brahms, Berlioz, Wagner, Mahler, and Stravinsky.

MUS 4121 Medieval and Renaissance Music (3 q h )

Examines the development of sacred and secular mon-
ophony, vocal and Instrumental works, and polyphonic
music from their beginnings to about 1600.

MUS 4122 Music of the Baroque (3 q h )

Focuses on the period of the emergence of the orches-
tra, the chorus, and the virtuoso performer, and the
development of the oratorio, opera, concerto, and sym-
phony In the works of Monteverdi, Corelli, Vivaldi, Han-
del, and J.S. Bach.

MUS 4123 Music History of the Classical Period

(3q.h.)

Study of changing musical styles from Stamltz and the
Mannheim School through the works of Haydn, Mozart,
and early Beethoven.

MUS 4124 Music History of the Romantic Era

(3q.h.)

Musical styles of the 19th century, including the role of
music and the musician In the changing social, eco-
nomic, political, and cultural structure of Europe. Anal-
ysis and discussion of music by Beethoven, Schubert,
Berlioz, Brahms, Verdi, and Wagner.

MUS 4125 Music History of the Twentieth Century

(3q.h.)

The diversity of styles from Debussy through Stravinsky,
Schoenberg, Bartok, Hindemlth, and more recent de-
velopments, including muslque concrete, chance mu-
sic, and electronic music.

MUS 4130 The Symphony (3 q h )

Study of the symphony as the major genre in the clas-
sical, romantic, and contemporary periods. Works by
Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, Schumann, Tchaikovsky,
Brahms, Sibelius.

MUS 4132 The World of Opera (3 q h )

Analysis of opera as a dramatic form. Isolation and
discussion of aria, recitative, ensemble, and other basic
elements. Consideration of numbers opera, music
drama, and Singspiel among other types. Composers
include Mozart, Wagner, Verdi, and Puccini.

MUS 4133 Great Choral Literature (3 q h )

Study of sacred and secular choral literature from me-
dieval to contemporary times.

MUS 4136 Music and Art (formerly European Music
and Art) (3 q.h.)

Comparative study of how European composers used
the works of Spanish, English, and German painters as

Inspiration for their musical scores. Analysis of Euro-
pean museum paintings and their musical counterparts
gives students an understanding of the broad influence
of art on musical composition.

MUS 4137 Music of the Dance (3 q h )

The world of the dance, with emphasis on the creative
art of ballet. Probes the dynamic qualities of music for
the dance and the talented people who brought it to its
present position as a fusion of all the arts.

MUS 4138 American Musical Theatre (3 q h )

Historical survey and analytical study of musical shows.
Students attend performances and write critical re-
views.

MUS 4140 Life and Works of Mozart (3 q h )

Mozart's musical development from child prodigy to
mature artist, traced from" his own letters and from bio-
graphies. Analysis of many of his major works, including
operas, symphonies, concertos, and chamber music.

MUS 4141 Life and Works of J.S. Bach (3 q h )

Study of the genius who summed up the Baroque era,
and whose every note reflected his profoundly human-
istic approach to religion. Works covered Include large
choral masterpieces such as the St. Matthew Passion,
the Brandenburg Concertos, the Well-Tempered Cla-
vier, and the Suites.

MUS 4144 Life and Works of Debussy (3 q h )

Debussy's impressionist music as the turning point to-
ward modern trends. Study of much of his work for
piano, orchestra, and opera. Including Pour le Piano
Suite, Suite Bergamasque ("Clair de Lune"), Images for
piano and orchestra. Nocturnes, La Mar, and the opera
Pelleas and Melisande.

MUS 4145 Life and Works of Beethoven (3 q h )

Analysis of the complex personality and art of this major
figure, including his relation to the turbulent times In
which he lived and his role in classical and romantic
music.

MUS 4160 Music Therapy (3 q h )

The use of music as a therapeutic medium, designed
for the musician and nonmuslclan alike. Course is ex-
perimental In nature and covers such topics as music
language and the brain, music and special populations,
and music and relaxation.

MUS 4165 The Music Industry (3 q h )

Examines business-related areas of the music industry.
Topics include the structure of the record industry and
music publishing world, the function of performing
rights organizations (ASCAP and BMI), and the role of
concert and orchestral managers. Guest lectures from
various fields; trips to "behind the scenes" locations.

202 Course Descriptions/Music

MUS 4180 Introduction to World Music (3 q h )

Introduction to the varied nnusical cultures of non-
Western societies. Exploration of chiaracteristics com-
mon to all musical systems, followed by investigation of
music in the Middle East, Southern and Eastern Asia,
Africa, South and Central America, and the Caribbean.

MUS 4181 Music of Africa (3 q h )

The music of Africa is as varied as its many linguistic
and tribal identities. Broad survey of its musical tradi-
tions and their historical, social, and cultural back-
ground, as well as an approach to musical organization,
musical practice, and significant aspects of style. Pos-
sible contributions to contemporary African-American
music.

MUS 4182 Music of the Middle East (3 q h )

Introduction to the music and traditional instruments of
selected Near Eastern and Arab cultures, such as Per-
sian culture in the East and Ethiopian and Berber cul-
tures in Africa. Cantillation styles and practices of
various chants of the Hebrew, Christian, and Islamic
traditions.

MUS 4200 How to Read and Write Music (3 q h )

Introduces the basics of musical notation for students
with little or no theory or performance background. Ma-
jor focus; the use of the symbols of pitch and duration.
Includes sight reading simple melodies, following
scores, arranging music for small instrumental groups,
transposition, and elementary rhythmic and melodic
composition.

MUS 4201 Music Theory 1 (formerly Fundamentals of
Music Theory 1) (4 q.h.)

Presents the basics of music theory as a foundation for
further musical study and activity. Begins with aural and
visual identification of pitches, intervals, major and mi-
nor scales, and triads in the G and F clefs. Includes
rhythmic and simple melodic dictation, sight reading,
elementary melodic writing, and chord construction.

MUS 4202 Music Theory 2 (4 q h )

Includes visual identification of pitches in the soprano,
alto, and tenor clefs, transposition, some elementary
arranging, writing and aural identification of cadences,
elementary musical analysis, melodic and rhythmic dic-
tation, and sight reading. Prereq. MUS 4201 or equiv.

MUS 4203 Music Theory 3 (4 q h )

Continuation of MUS 4202. Elementary four-part writing,
introduction to figured bass, score reading, and har-
monic analysis. Activities include harmonic as well as
melodic dictation and part singing by sight. Prereq.
MUS 4202.

MUS 4231 Musical Performance 1 (1 q h )

Participation in rehearsals and public performances
and/or research, composition, arranging, conducting,
solo and ensemble activity, with the NU Symphony Or-

chestra, the Early Music Players, the NU Chorus, the
NU Bands, or other ensembles under the supervision
and coaching of a faculty member. Evaluation of student
progress at the end of the quarter by audition or other
method. Prereq. Audition or permission of instructor.

MUS 4232 Musical Performance 2 (1 q h )

Continuation of MUS 4231 . Prereq. MUS 4231.

MUS 4233 Musical Performance 3(1 q h )

Continuation of MUS 4232. Prereq. MUS 4232.

MUS 4234 Musical Performance 4(1 q h )

Continuation of MUS 4233. Prereq. MUS 4233.

MUS 4235 Chamber Music 1 (3 q h )

Rehearsal, study, and performance of music for two to
six players (matched according to level) under the guid-
ance of a faculty coach; weekly, one-hour sessions.
Repertoire selected from the full range of European
concert music by the instructor in consultation with the
students. Special tuition rate for Northeastern University
staff. For details, contact the Department of Music, 307
Ell Building, 617-437-2440.

MUS 4236 Chamber Music 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of MUS 4235. Prereq. MUS 4235 or per-
mission of instructor.

MUS 4237 Chamber Music 3 (3 q h )

Continuation of MUS 4236. Prereq. MUS 4236 or per-
mission of instructor.

MUS 4241 Piano Class 1 (3 q h )

For beginning piano students, progressing at their own
pace. Grades awarded after passing various step lev-
els. Ownership of a piano not required.

MUS 4242 Piano Class 2 (3 q h )

Introduces scales, arpeggios, and triads to help stu-
dents perform more advanced music. Repertoire con-
sists of original compositions by the instructor and
simple works by Bartok and Kabalevsky. Prereq. MUS
4241 , or equiv., or consent of instructor.

MUS 4243 Piano Class 3 (3 q h )

Introduces two-octave scales, arpeggios, and triads in
all keys. Repertoire consists of Bartok, Kabalevsky, orig-
inal compositions by the instructor, and duets specifi-
cally arranged for this course. Prereq. MUS 4242 or
equiv., or consent of instructor.

MUS 4244 Voice Class (3 q h )

Basic vocal production required for fine singing. Rep-
ertoire, both classical and contemporary, is chosen for
each student to learn and perform in lessons and before
class. Lectures concerning diction, the physiology of
singing, resonance, registers, and interpretation. Basics
of music reading and sight-singing. Class analysis of
recordings of great vocal artists.

Course Descriptions/Music 203

MUS 4247 Guitar Class 1 (3 q h )

Guitar for beginners. Basic classical guitar techniques,
including proper sitting and hand positions. Note read-
ing and ensemble playing. Instruments, preferably ny-
lon-strung, required.

MUS 4248 Guitar Class 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of MUS 4247, or for those who already
have a basic knowledge of classical guitar techniques
and note reading. Introduces both solo and ensemble
repertoire suitable to the advanced beginner. Prereq.
MUS 4247 or permission of instructor.

MUS 4249 Guitar Class 3 (3 q h )

Continuation of MUS 4248. Repertoire suitable for early
intermediate students. Prereq. MUS 4248 or permis-
sion of instructor.

MUS 4250 Conducting 1 (3 q h )

Developing a clear beat technique; preparing, teach-
ing, and polishing a work in rehearsal. Exposure to a
basic repertoire and the essentials of vocal/instrumental
production. Prereq. A fundamental knowledge of mu-
sic reading and concurrent membership in a performing
ensemble.

MUS 4254 Instrument Tutorial 1 (3 q h )

Individual instruction in a musical instrument or in voice.
Weekly 45-minute lessons at any level, presenting suit-
able instrumental technique and repertoire. Those tak-
ing the course for credit are required to play an audition
examination at the end of the quarter. Fee for indivi-
dualized instruction; special rate for Northeastern Uni-
versity staff. For details, contact the Department of
Music, 307 Ell Building, 617-437-2440.

MUS 4255 Instrument Tutorial 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of MUS 4254. Prereq. MUS 4254.

MUS 4256 Instrument Tutorial 3 (3 q h )

Continuation of MUS 4255. Prereq. MUS 4255.

MUS 4301 Form and Analysis (3 q h )

Study of the principles of unity and variety in musical
composition. Representative works from all periods of
Western art music are used to analyze and study such
single-member forms as theme and variation, rondo,
minuet and trio, sonata-allegro, passacaglia, canon,
and fugue, Prereq. MUS 4203 or equiv.

MUS 4800 Directed Study 1 (3 q h )

MUS 4801 Directed Study 2 (3 q h )

Second opportunity to do independent work as de-
scribed in MUS 4800. Prereq. MUS 4800.

MUS 4810 Honors Program 1 (4 q h )

Independent work in a selected musical area under the
direction of members of the department. Limited to
qualified students with the approval of the department
chairman and only by special arrangement with the
supervising faculty member. Prereq. Permission of the
Dean.

MUS 4811 Honors Program 2 (4 q h )

Second opportunity to do independent work as de-
scnbed in MUS 4810. Prereq. MUS 4810.

MUS 4812 Honors Program 3 (4 q h )

An additional opportunity to do independent work as
described in MUS 4810. Prereq. MUS 4811.

NUR 4300 Transition (9 q h )

The first nursing course for registered nurses in the
bachelor's degree program. Introduces the objectives
of the program and the philosophy of baccalaureate
education. Through guided and independent study,
covers roles and role conflicts, communication, group
dynamics, and the nursing process, specifically with
patients experiencing the stresses of aging, chronic
and long-term illness, and the presence of death. Also
examines human nutritional needs, with emphasis on
the aged and chronically ill. Registration by permission
of the Academic Coordinator. Prereq. BIO 4104, BIO
4177, BIO 4191 or BIO 4320, and PSY 4110, PSY 4111 ,
and PSY 4112.

NUR 4301 Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing

(7 q.h.)

Develops a knowledge of mental and emotional illness
through a basic understanding of the dynamics of hu-
man behavior and beginning skills in therapeutic inter-
vention. Also introduces the concepts of family and
group therapy and crisis intervention techniques. Reg-
istration by permission of the Academic Coordinator.
Prereq. NUR 4300.

NUR 4302 Pharmacodynamics (3 q h )

A course for registered nurses. Introduces pharmaco-
logic principles and the pharmacotherapeutics of drug
groups and individual drug substances of particular
importance in the treatment and diagnosis of disease.
Prereq. OHM 4113.

NUR 4400 Maternal and Child Nursing (9 q h )

Focus on maintaining optimal health for child-bearing
and child-rearing families from various cultural and so-
cial backgrounds. Students examine individuals at se-
lected developmental stages. Provides opportunities to
apply the nursing process in client-care settings and to
assist families in coping with stresses that interfere with
health. Registration by permission of the Academic Co-
ordinator. Prereq. NUR 4300, NUR 4302, and
PSY 4241.

204 Course Descriptions/Nursing

NUR 4401 Medical-Surgical Nursing (9 q h )

Focuses on the effects of acute illness on individuals,
families, and society. Discusses alterations and adap-
tations in physiology characteristic of acute illness and
the nurse's role, as well as the impact of illness on living
patterns, and the need for health teaching and continu-
ity of care. Guided clinical experiences, with emphasis
on the nursing process and the development of skills
necessary to care for the acutely ill adult. Registration
by permission of the Academic Coordinator Prereq.
NUR 4300, NUR 4301, NUR 4302, and PSY 4241.

NUR 4500 Community Health Nursing (9 q h )

Examination of the variety of ways in which families,
groups, and communities meet the health and welfare
needs of their members. Particular attention to the
nurse's role in working with individuals, families, groups,
and community agencies to meet recognized needs.
Recurrent themes include political implications of health
care delivery and current research affecting family and
group health and community nursing. 'Value clarification
and the cultural experience of nurse and client. Labo-
ratory experience involves work with individuals, fami-
lies, and communities. Registration by permission of the
Academic Coordinator Prereq. NUR 4301, NUR 4400,
NUR 4401, PSY 4242. and SO A 4102.

NUR 4501 Contemporary Nursing (5 q h )

For seniors. Synthesizes major concepts through lec-
tures, seminars, and student participation. Current
trends and issues in nursing and health care delivery.
Students define their objectives for learning experi-
ences, pursue an area of nursing in which they are
particularly interested, and evaluate their own perfor-
mance. Registration by permission of the Academic
Coordinator Prereq. NUR 4301, NUR 4400, NUR
4401, and SOA 4102.

NUR 4502 Introduction to Nursing Research (4 q h )

Builds on prior exposure to selected nursing studies.
Discusses qualitative and quantitative research and the
value of each to nursing and the health care field, as
well as the importance of nursing to both practioner and
consumer

PED 4200 Cardiovascular Health and Exercise

(1 cL, 3 lab, 3 q.h.)

Comprehensive cardiovascular medical and physical
fitness evaluation, including a resting 12-lead electro-
cardiogram, an exercise electrocardiogram, resting and
exercise blood pressure, an aerobic work capacity eval-
uation, a pulmonary function test, blood lipid profile,
cardiovascular medical examination, coronary risk fac-
tor profile and medical history, test of body composition,
and tests of muscular strength, endurance, and flexi-
bility. Individual exercise programs based on test re-
sults. Includes a structured exercise program of
jogging, swimming, or aerobic classes and a weekly
cardiovascular health and exercise lecture.

PHL 4100 Philosophical Thinking (formerly
Philosophy: Methods and Values) (3 q.h.)
Introduces the methods and values'of thinking philo-
sophically. Reveals strategies of dialogue and of infor-
mational discovery through understanding and use of
the Socratic method of intellectual exchange. Analyzes
the universal quest for truth in order to distinguish be-
tween knowing and not knowing, dogma, and igno-
rance. Proves value issues through questions in ethics
and moral philosophy.

PHL 4105 Philosophy of Knowing and Reality

(3 q.h.)

Examines the difference between knowledge and belief.
Areas of theoretical focus include the nature of ultimate
reality, the nature of human knowledge, and the nature
and existence of God. The investigation of a variety of
problems and alternative solutions helps students think
independently and self-critically. Emphasis on the de-
velopment of discipline and precision in communicating
ideas.

PHL 4110 Philosophy of Right and Justice (3 q h )

Focuses on ethics and on social and political philoso-
phy. In ethics addresses two basic questions: What sort
of things are good or bad? and What actions are right
or wrong? Social and political philosophy examines the-
ories of human nature, social change, social institutions,
and major 20th-century political theories. Possible ad-
ditional topics such as aesthetics and philosophy of
history.

PHL 4115 Introduction to Philosophy (Intensive)

(9 q.h.)

Same as PHL 4100, PHL 4105, and PHL 4110.

PHL 4165 Moral Problems in Medicine (3 q h )

Social and moral problems created by medical science.
Questions investigated are: Should a human life be pro-
longed under any condition and at any cost? What are
the moral problems caused by the current medical def-
initions of death? Is it morally right to predetermine the
physical characteristics of future generations by genetic
engineering?

PHL 4170 The Human Search for Meaning (3 q h )

Examination of selected philosophical problems of hu-
man existence, such as freedom, death, sexuality, al-
ienation, and becoming a person.

PHL 4180 Business Ethics (3 q h )

Examination of the ethical principles and considerations
involved in the moral decisions facing a businessper-
son. Study of basic general ethical viewpoints provides
a foundation. Explanation of specific characteristics of
business life, and analysis of particular cases and ex-
amples.

Course Descriptions/Philosophy and Religion 205

PHL 4200 Logic (formerly Introduction to Logic)
(3q.h.)

The essentials of lucid thinking explained in terms of
basic logical concepts, including deductive and induc-
tive reasoning, valid and invalid arguments, and the
varied functions of language and definition. Learning to
recognize and evaluate different kinds of arguments
and methods of detecting and avoiding common errors
in reasoning. The link between structured thought and
effective communication.

PHL 4220 The Meaning of Death (3 q h )

Various philosophical and religious views concerning
the meaning of death. Some questions discussed: What
attitude should one take regarding one's own death?
What role does death play in our personal relations to
others? Is it necessary to believe in an afterlife in order
to give meaning to this life?

PHL 4223 Philosophy of Consciousness (3 q h )

Exploration of the theories of consciousness and the
possibility of higher states of consciousness. Readings
may include psychological and parapsychological lit-
erature on the subject. Some techniques alleged to lead
to higher states of consciousness, such as meditation.

PHL 4230 Ethics 1 (3 q h )

Introduces major moral viewpoints and their application
to specific situations and discusses how to recognize
areas of moral agreement and disagreement. Analysis
and criticism of moral argument.

PHL 4231 Ethics 2(3qh)

Problems and issues encountered in important areas of
moral concern, such as euthanasia, punishment, and
moral responsibility. Various approaches to these prob-
lems are explained as related to basic moral viewpoints.
Prereq. PHL 4230.

PHL 4232 Ethics 3 (3 q h )

Issues and viewpoints concerning human nature and
its relevance to morality, leading to examination of such
topics as victimless wrongs and the relationship be-
tween morality and the law. Prereq. PHL 4231 .

PHL 4243 Existentialism (3 q.h.)

Existential philosophy is examined through a study of

its greatest representatives, such as Kierkegaard,

Nietzsche, Dostoyevski, Heidegger, Jaspers, Camus,

Sartre, and Merleau-Ponty. Focus is on the central

themes of self-alienation, authenticity, and existential

experiences.

PHL 4245 Philosophy of Religion (3 q h )

Study and evaluation of the arguments for the existence
of God. Natural and moral evil, the soul, immortality, the
evidence for miracles, and the nature of religious knowl-
edge.

PHL 4247 Theistic, Atheistic, and Agnostic
Philosophies (3 q h )

Comparative and evaluative study of selected theistic,
atheistic, and agnostic philosophies. Some questions
studied: Is the belief in God necessary for a compre-
hensive philosophy of life? How does an atheistic phi-
losophy explain and justify the "higher values" such as
love, beauty, justice, etc? How is it possible to base a
philosophy on the principle of agnosticism?

PHL 4249 Feminist Spirituality (3 q h )

An exploration of women's religious experience as de-
scribed in classical and contemporary sources. Read-
ings include such works as Womanspirit Rising, The
Politics of Women's Spirituality, and Dreaming the Dark.

PHL 4250 Philosophy of Human Nature (3 q h )

Philosophical and literary study of human nature. What
is human nature? What is a human being? Some of the
philosophical answers to these questions are examined
with special attention to the significance of tradition,
social role, freedom, and decision.

PHL 4251 Images of Woman in Philosophy (3 q h )

A philosophical approach to the study of woman in
society. Drawing from sources within the history of phi-
losophy and literature, topics include the role (ideal and
actual) of women in society, love and marriage, oppres-
sion and isolation, and the cult of virginity.

PHL 4252 Feminist Ethics (3 q h )

An analysis of the emerging feminist ethos as distinct
from traditional descriptions of feminist morals and val-
ues. Questions of politics, power, values, and actions
are discussed. Readings include such works as De-
Beauvoir's The Ethics of Ambiguity and Daly's Gyn-
Ecology.

PHL 4255 Women and Religion (3 q h )

An examination of the role and place of women in the
major religions of the world and contemporary feminist
challenges to these traditional understandings. Read-
ings include such works as Carmody's Women and
Religion and Daly's Beyond God the Father.

PHL 4265 Contemporary Religious Issues in
America (formerly Understanding Religion in America
Today) (3 q.h.)

This exploration of America's remarkable religious plu-
ralism covers contemporary Christianity and Judaism,
nontraditional Christian and non-Christian movements,
cults, sects, and quasi-religious organizations. After be-
coming familiar with American religious foundations,
students study the connections between religion and
socio-technological change, sex, biomedical ethics,
politics, and the media. May include guest speakers.

206 . Course Descriptions/Philosophy and Religion

PHL 4266 The Religious Right in Contemporary
America (3 q.h.)

Focus on such topics as evangelism, fundamentalism,
extremist groups, and nontraditional Jewish and Chris-
tian movements. Also examines "priesthood of all be-
lievers," grace and the idea of the "elect," and the state
of being "born again," as well as the New Deal, the
Great Society, and the "conservative revolution." Back-
ground on the roots of these movements from preco-
lonial Europe and Puritan America to the development
of the Social Gospel. May include guest speakers.

PHL 4270 The Great Western Religions (3 q h )

Study of the basic teachings of Judaism, Christianity,
and Islam.

PHL 4273 Judaism (3 q h )

Examines the philosophy of the Jewish religion: its me-
taphysical and ethical beliefs and the philosophical or-
igins of these beliefs.

PHL 4275 The Great Eastern Religions (3 q h )

Study of the basic teachings of Taoism, Confucianism,
Buddhism. Hinduism, and Shintoism.

PHL 4277 Hinduism (3 q h )

The Hinduism of the Upanishads, the most explicit of
the mystical religions. The devotional aspect of Hindu-
ism as expressed in the Bhagavad Gita.

PHL 4279 Buddhism (3 q.h.)

Central teachings of Buddhism, including the doctrines
that there is no independently existing immutable self
or soul, that all phenomena are impermanent, that ex-
istence is suffering, that suffering has a cause, and that
there is a way to eliminate suffering.

PHL 4280 Islam (3 q h )

Explores the history of Islam, its conflicts with the West
in the past and in the present, Islamic beliefs, and the
future of Islam as a world religion.

PHL 4293 Mysticism: East and West (3 q h )

Inquiry into mystical experience through a comparative
study of the writings of Christian, Buddhist, and Hindu
mystics and of secondary interpretive sources. Explo-
ration of the potential oneness of humanity with God,
the conflict of mysticism with traditional forms of religion,
and the possibility of a common, cross-cultural basis
for mysticism.

PHY 4081* Introductory Physics 1 (4 cl , 4 q h )

Introduction to mechanics, including units of measure-
ment, vectors, accelerated motion, and Newton's laws
of motion. Note: Credit for this course cannot be applied
to the Associate in Engineering, Associate in Science,
or the Bachelor of Engineering Technology degree pro-
grams.

PHY 4082* Introductory Physics 2 (4 cl , 4 q h )

Continuation of mechanics, conservation of energy and
momentum, introduction to elements of heat, thermo-

dynamics, light, and electromagnetism. Note: Credit for
this course cannot be applied to the Associate in En-
gineering, Associate in Science, or the Bachelor of En-
gineering Technology degree programs. Prereq. PHY
408V.

PHY 4104* General Physics 1 (2 cl , 2 q h )

Survey of Newtonian mechanics, kinematics and dy-
namics of particle motion, projectile and circular motion,
and conservation laws of energy and momentum.
Prereq. MTH 4110 (or can be taken concurrently).

PHY 4105* General Physics 2 (2 cl , 2 q h )

Temperature, heat energy, the mechanical equivalent
of heat, wave motion, sound, Doppler's effect, elasticity
and simple harmonic motion, rotational motion, and
fluids at rest in motion. Prereq. PHY 4104'.

PHY 4106* General Physics 3 (2 cl , 2 q h )

Fundamentals of electricity and magnetism, fields, po-
tential, electric current, inductance, capacitance, elec-
tromagnetism, a-c and d-c series circuits, properties of
light, and simple optical systems. Prereq. PHY 4105*.

POL 4101 Introduction to Political Science 1

(3 q.h.)

Basic political concepts and forces of organization from
the classical Greeks to the modern nation-state. The
Soviet Union and the United Kingdom are contrasted
as contemporary illustrations of the institutional distinc-
tion between a totalitarian and a constitutional system.

POL 4102 Introduction to Political Science 2

(3 q.h.)

Development of operational liberty in the United States
and its constitutional underpinnings, together with an
analysis of the national American political process and
the conduct of recent American foreign relations.

POL 4103 Introduction to Politics (formerly
Pnnciples of Political Science 1) (3 q.h.)
Introduction to contemporary political science, includ-
ing consideration of basic concepts in political analysis,
the role of government institutions, political represen-
tation, political ideologies, and the scope and methods
of political science.

POL 4104 Introduction to American Government

(3 q.h.)

Investigation of American governmental and political
processes, constitutional institutions, political behavior,
and liberties.

POL 4105 Introduction to Comparative Politics

(3 q.h.)

Comparative study of constitutional and totalitarian sys-
tems, including the Western European and Soviet pat-
terns.

'This is a School of Engineering Technology course, offered at
a different tuition rate from that of University College.

Course Descriptions/Political Science 207

POL 4110 The Great Political Tliinkers (3 q h )

Analytical and historical examination of the great polit-
ical thinkers from ancient Greece to the 20th century.
Probes the creative genius of such theorists as Plato,
Aristotle, Aquinas, Hobbes, Hegel, Locke. Rousseau,
Mill, and Marx.

POL 4300 Public Administration 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to the theory, forms, and processes of ad-
ministration at the national and state levels.

POL 4301 Public Administration 2 (3 q h )

Case-study approach to examination of relation be-
tween the theory and practice of public administration.
Prereq. POL 4300 or equiv.

POL 4302 Public Administration (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as POL 4300 and POL 4301 .

POL 4303 Public Personnel Administration (3 q h )

Basic elements of personnel administration, including
recruitment, training, classification, promotion, and ex-
ecutive development. Special attention to current prob-
lems such as equal opportunity, public employee
unionism, and collective bargaining. Prereq. POL
4301.

POL 4304 Public Budgeting (3 q h )

Politics, procedures, and goals of government budget-
ing at the federal, state, and local levels, including ex-
pense, capital, and program budgeting. Prereq. POL
4301.

POL 4305 Organizational Theory (3 q h )

Deals with people and organizations, focusing on or-
ganizational and societal problems as a way of under-
standing how we can survive in a bureaucratic system.

POL 4306 Public Policy Analysis (3 q h )

Procedures for the analysis of public policy, including
discussion of selected cases of public policy at the
local, state, or federal level. Prereq. POL 4301.

POL 4310 American Political Thought (3 q h )

Political thought from the colonial period to the present,
including study of the impact of religious, economic,
and judicial theories on the structure o. American ideas.

POL 4311 Research Methods (3 q h )

Introduction to some of the most common methods of
conducting political science research. Problems of the-
ory construction and data gathering. Analytical re-
search tools, including bibliographical aids and the
computer.

POL 4312 Political Parties and Pressure Groups

(3q.h.)

Party government in the United States and Great Britain.
A contrasting study focusing on the interaction of party
and government.

POL 4313 State and Local Government (formerly
Government and Politics and the States) (3 q.h.)
Study of state and local government, their problems,
and functional and operational responses to them.

POL 4314 Urban and Metropolitan Government

(3 q.h.)

Political, structural, and functional problems of an ur-
banizing United States, including an analysis of urban,
suburban, and metropolitan governments.

POL 4318 The American Presidency (3 q h )

Multifaceted examination of the nation's chief executive,
including the presidential electoral process, the presi-
dent's many constituencies, and the differing styles of
20th-century presidents. Constitutional and extraconsti-
tutional powers of the office.

POL 4319 The Legislative Process (3 q h )

Institutional, functional analysis of the roles of Congress,
the executive, and political parties in the legislative pro-
cess.

POL 4320 American Constitutional Law (3 q h )

Case analysis of the development of Federalism, the
separation of powers, and the role of the federal and
state courts in constitutional development.

POL 4321 Civil Liberties (formerly Civil Rights)
(3 q.h.)

Evaluation of the quality and content of civil liberties in
the United States. Emphasis on the 1st, 5th, 6th, 14th,
and 15th amendments to the Constitution.

POL 4322 Procedural Due Process (3 q h )

Study of due process in the American constitutional
scheme.

POL 4330 Comparative Politics (3 q h )

Comparative analysis of political culture, organization,
and behavior in different national settings.

POL 4331 International Relations (3 q h )

Elements of and limitations on national power. Contem-
porary world politics, problems of war, and peaceful
coexistence.

POL 4332 International Organization (3 q h )

Development of international organizations with special
emphasis on the United Nations, specialized agencies,
and regional organizations.

POL 4333 International Law (3 q h )

Procedural and substantive study of legal relations
among nation-states.

POL 4335 Formulating American Foreign Policy

(3 q.h.)

The Constitution and political instruments for the for-
mulation of American foreign policy.

208 Course Descriptions/Political Science

POL 4336 American Foreign Policy (3 q h )

Recent and current American foreign affairs.

POL 4338 European Political Parties (3 q h )

Study of political party systems in England, France, and
Germany, emphiasizing ideology, organization in and
out of Parliament, electoral strategies, and voter behav-
ior.

POL 4339 Government and Politics in the Soviet
Union (3 q.h.)

Analysis of modern totalitarian tfieory and practice, fol-
lowed by study of tfie ideological and hiistorical bases
of the Soviet dictatorship. Prereq. POL 4330 or equiv.

POL 4341 Soviet Foreign Policy (3 q h )

Study of the evolution of Soviet foreign policy since
1917, with emphasis on the development of the inter-
national Communist movement.

POL 4342 Communism in Eastern Europe (3 q h )

Conditions and circumstances surrounding the estab-
lishment of Communist regimes in Eastern Europe im-
mediately after World War II and their relations with the
Soviet Union. Prereq. POL 4330 or equiv.

POL 4350 Politics and Policies of the Developing
Nations (3 q.h.)

Colonialism and the struggles for independence, the
common problems of developing nations. Topics in-
clude economic development, urbanization, cultural
fragmentation, and revolution. Prereq. POL 4330 or
equiv.

POL 4352 Government and Politics of Latin
America (3 q.h.)

Discussion of the historical background of the Latin
American nations and analysis of their cultural, eco-
nomic, social, and political characteristics, including
political violence and the breakdown of democratic gov-
ernments. Prereq. POL 4330 or equiv.

POL 4356 Government and Politics of Northern
Africa (3 q.h.)

Comparative analysis of political culture, organization,
and behavior of African states north of the Sahara, with
emphasis on Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia, and Egypt.
Prereq. POL 4330 or equiv.

POL 4357 Government and Politics of Sub-Saharan
Africa (3 q.h.)

Comparative analysis of political culture, organization,
and behavior of African states south of the Sahara.
Prereq. POL 4330 or equiv.

POL 4359 Government and Politics in the Middle
East (3 q.h.)

Stuoy of political change, economic growth, and social
adaptation in selected countries of the Middle East.
Foreign policies are also considered, especially the ties
of the Middle Eastern countries with Northern Africa.
Prereq. POL 4330 or equiv.

POL 4362 Government and Politics of Southeast
Asia (3 q.h.)

Study of political instability and problems of establishing
democratic structures and processes in the Philippines,
Thailand, and India. Prereq. POL 4330 or equiv.

POL 4364 China's Foreign Policy (3 q h )

Study of Peking's relations with Africa, the rest of Asia,
the Soviet orbit, and the West. Attention to policy objec-
tives, strategy, tactics, and the methods of decision
making in both the party and state apparatus.

POL 4365 Government and Politics of China

(3 q.h.)

Study of Chinese political culture, with emphasis on the
19th-century cultural, economic, and political impact of
the West, the emergence of the Communist party under
the leadership of Mao, and the progressive disintegra-
tion of Kuomintang leadership. Prereq. POL 4330 or
equiv.

POL 4367 Government and Politics of Japan

(3 q.h.)

Historical development of the Japanese nation, with
particular attention to the growth of fascism and efforts
to create a viable democracy since World War II.

POL 4370 Introduction to Political Theory (3 q h )

Development of the political ideas of the Western world.
The major philosophers of Greece, Rome, the Christian
Era, and the Renaissance.

POL 4371 Contemporary Political Theory (3 q h )

Political ideas and systems of political thought from
Machiavelli to the present. Prereq. POL 4370 or equiv.

POL 4375 Consumer Advocacy 1 (3 q h )

Pragmatic course designed to define and expand the
role of consumers in the marketplace. Focus on con-
temporary consumer issues, so that individuals may
deal with them intelligently and effectively. While not
designed to make students "consumer-lawyers," it will
touch upon legal as well as social, economic, and po-
litical aspects of consumer problems. Broad topics in-
clude the role of consumer lobbies as special interest
groups. More specific consumer problems, such as
those of the elderly, may also be explored.

POL 4376 Consumer Advocacy 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of POL 4375. Prereq. POL 4375 or equiv.

POL 4377 Consumer Advocacy 3 (3 q h )

Continuation of POL 4376. Prereq. POL 4376 or equiv.

POL 4378 Current Political Issues (3 q h )

Topical analysis of the constitutional and political basis
of selected problems in American political life.

POL 4830 Honors Program 1 (4 q h )

Independent work in a selected area under the direction
of members of the department. Limited to qualified stu-
dents with the approval of the department chairman and

Course Descriptions/Psychology 209

only by special arrangement with the supervising faculty
member. Prereq. Approval of the Dean.

POL 4831 Honors Program 2 (4 q h )

Second opportunity to do independent work as de-
scribed in POL 4830. Prereq. POL 4830.

POL 4832 Honors Program 3 (4 q h )

Additional opportunity to do independent work as de-
scribed in POL 4830. Prereq. POL 4831.

POL 4840 Directed Study 1 (3 q h )

An opportunity for qualified students to take an upper-
level course in their major area on an individual basis.
Petitions and procedural instructions are available in
204 Churchill Hall, 61 7-437-241 6. Prereq. 87 q.h. and
approval of the Dean.

POL 4841 Directed Study 2 (3 q h )

An opportunity to initiate a second individual study as
described above. Prereq. POL 4840.

PSY 4110 Fundamental Issues in Psychology

(formerly Introduction to Psychology: Fundamental
Issues) (3 q.h.)

Fundamental principles and issues of contemporary
scientific psychology, approached as a method of in-
quiry as well as a body of knowledge. The origins and
methods of psychology, biological foundations of be-
havior, states of consciousness, learning, and memory

PSY 4111 Developmental Aspects in Psychology

(formerly Introduction to Psychology: Developmental
Aspects) (3 q.h.)

Emphasizes growth and the life cycle, language, mental
abilities, sensory and perceptual processes, and social
interaction. Prereq. PSY 4110 or equiv.

PSY 4112 Personal Dynamics in Psychology

(formerly Introduction to Psychology: Personal
Dynamics) (3 q.h.)

Emphasizes motivation, emotion, personality theory and
measurement, abnormal psychology, and therapy.
Prereq. PSY 4110 or equiv.

PSY 4113 Introduction to Psychology Intensive A

(formerly Psychology Intensive) (9 q.h.)
Same as PSY 41 10, PSY 4111, and PSY 4112.

PSY 4114 Introduction to Psychology Intensive B

(6 q.h.)

Same as PSY 41 1 0 and PSY 4111.

PSY 4220 Statistics in Psychology 1 (3 q h )

Scales of measurement in psychological research,
measures of central tendency and variability Prereq.
PSY 41 11 and PSY 4112 or equiv.

PSY 4221 Statistics in Psychology 2 (3 q h )

Measures of correlation, introduction to probability, and
statistical distributions. Prereq. PSY 4220 or equiv.

PSY 4222 Statistics in Psychology 3 (3 q h )

Parametric and nonparametric tests of significance, in-
cluding Chi square, t-test, F test, and simple analysis of
variance. Prereq. PSY 4221 .

PSY 4231 Psychology of Learning 1 (3 q h )

Analysis of the basic principles and techniques of op-
erant and Pavlovian conditioning. Applications to ther-
apeutic, educational, and specialized training
programs. Prereq. PSY 4111 or PSY 41 12 or equiv.

PSY 4232 Motivation (3 q h )

Survey of the various aspects of motivation. Primary and
secondary reinforcement, unconscious motivation, ef-
fectuate motivation, and the assessment of motives.
Prereq. PSY 4112 or equiv.

PSY 4240 Development: Infancy and Childhood

(formerly Developmental Psychology: Infancy and
Childhood) (3 q.h.)

Survey of human development from infancy through late
childhood. Topics include physical, cognitive, and psy-
chosocial development, including the development of
language, morality and interpersonal relations.

PSY 4241 Development: Adolescence (formerly
Developmental Psychology: Adolescence) (3 q.h.)
Development during the second decade of life, with
emphasis on the tasks and problems confronting the
individual adolescent. Includes biological, social, and
cognitive changes as they relate to the creation of a
stable, individual identity.

PSY 4242 Development: Adulthood and Aging

(formerly Developmental Psychology: Adulthood and
Old Age) (3 q.h.)

Covers the unique features and problems of develop-
ment from the adult years to death. Emphasizes
changes that accompany career, marriage, and fam'ly
developments and the specific psychological adjust-
ments required of the aging person.

PSY 4262 Cognitive Psychology (3 q h )

Emphasizes the mental processes involved in the ac-
quisition, organization, and use of knowledge, including
pattern recognition and memory Prereq. PSY 4111,
PSY 4112. or equiv.

PSY 4263 Psycholinguistics (3 q h )

Focuses on the nature and structure of language, var-
ious theories of human production and perception of
language, and related experimental findings. Prereq.
PSY 4111 or equiv.

PSY 4270 Social Psychology 1 (3 q h )

The socialization process, social motives, interpersonal
perception, and group membership and structure.
Prereq. PSY 4111 or equiv.

210 Course Descriptions/Psychology

PSY 4271 Social Psychology 2 (3 q h )

Attitudes, prejudice and ethnic relations, leadership,
mass behavior and social nnovennents, and the effects
of mass media on communication. Prereq. PSY 4270
or equiv.

PSY 4272 Personality 1 (3 q h )

Systematic study of the normal personality and its
growth and development. Topics include environmental
and genetic contributions, assessment of personality
research, and a survey of the major personality theories.
Prereq. PSY 4112 or equiv.

PSY 4290 Psychology of Women (3 q h )

Women, historically and in contemporary life, including
their social roles and their behavior as determined ge-
netically, physiologically and psychologically. Implica-
tions for women's future life styles, roles, and
contributions. Prereq. PSY 41 11 or PSY 4112 or equiv.

PSY 4351 Physiological Psychology 1 (3 q h )

How nerves function and work together in the nervous
system, how our sense organs provide the brain with
information about the outside world, how the brain acts
to produce behavior, and how such psychological con-
cepts as perception, learning, motivation arousal, and
emotion may relate to nen/ous system activity. Prereq.
PSY 4111 or PSY 4112 or equiv.

PSY 4352 Drugs and Behavior (3 q h )

Application of quantitative behavior techniques in ani-
mals and humans to determine the behavioral effects
of pharmacological agents. Systematic survey of the
experimental literature. Prereq. PSY 4111 or PSY 4112
or equiv.

PSY 4370 Impact of Psychology on Society (3 q h )

Considers such developments as the uses of intelli-
gence and aptitude tests, psychosurgery and electro-
convulsive therapy techniques of behavior modification
and control, minority and women's rights movements,
direct brain stimulation by implanted electrodes, use of
psychoactive drugs, use of the lie detector machine,
and the application of experimental techniques to hu-
man beings. Prereq. PSY 4111 or equiv.

PSY 4372 Abnormal Psychology 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to the etiology and dynamics of the abnor-
mal personality. Prereq. PSY 4112 or equiv.

PSY 4373 Abnormal Psychology 2 (3 q h )

Symptomatology and treatment of the neuroses and
psychoses. Prereq. PSY 4372 or equiv.

PSY 4374 Abnormal Psychology 3 (3 q h )

Psychosomatic, psychopathic, and organic disorders;
varieties of psychotherapy. Prereq. PSY 4373 or equiv.

PSY 4381 Sensation and Perception 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to the nature of the perceptual world, the
nature of object recognition and identification, spatial
organization, contextual effects, learning and percep-

tion, and the influence of attitudinal, motivational, and
personality factors on perception. Prereq. PSY 4111
or equiv.

PSY 4390 Industrial Psychology 1 (3 q h )

Psychology as applied to industry, including such top-
ics as selection and placement procedures, employee
assessment, individual differences and their evaluation,
and the place of psychological tests in industry.
Prereq. PSY 4111 or PSY 4112 or equiv.

PSY 4391 Industrial Psychology 2 (3 q h )

Personnel training and development, motivation and
work, attitudes and job satisfaction, engineering psy-
chology, and human factors in accident causation.
Prereq. PSY 4390 or equiv.

PSY 4392 Industrial Psychology 3 (3 q h )

Supervision and leadership, morale, personnel coun-
seling, the psychology of labor-management relations,
human relations, and organizational behavior. Prereq.
PSY 4391.

PSY 4471 Psychological Therapies (3 q h )

Survey of techniques for treating deviant behavior, from
classical psychoanalytical therapies through methods
of behavior modification. Prereq. PSY 4374 or equiv.

PSY 4531 Psychology of Learning 2 (Laboratory)
(3q.h.)

Through direct experience, students may gain profi-
ciency in the laboratory analysis of behavior and in
evaluating common generalizations about human be-
havior. Students may design and perform experiments
in animal and human learning, memory, decision pro-
cesses, concept formation, and other topics of individ-
ual interest. Prereq. PSY 4231 or equiv. (Laboratory
fee.)

PSY 4551 Physiological Psychology 2 (Laboratory)
(3q.h.)

Laboratory experiments based on evolution of the ner-
vous system, sensory and motor mechanisms, motiva-
tion and emotion, sleep, attention, perception, learning,
and memory Prereq. PSY 4351 or equiv. (Laboratory
fee.)

PSY 4572 Personality 2 (Laboratory) (3 q.h.)
Introduction to methods and areas of research in per-
sonality. Includes problems of measurement, behavioral
and dynamic concepts, and laboratory projects.
Prereq. PSY 4272 or equiv. (Laboratory fee.)

PSY 4581 Sensation and Perception 2 (Laboratory)
(3 q.h.)

Students usually do laboratory experiments on seeing,
hearing, touching, and tasting. Studies may focus on
adaptation to the dark, loudness, binaural interaction,
brightness constancy two-point touch thresholds, infor-
mation processing, and interactions between the sen-
ses. Prereq. PSY 4381 or equiv. (Laboratory fee.)

Course Descriptions/Purchasing 211

PSY 4611 Senior Seminar in Psychology (3 q h )

Small groups of students meet to discuss topics of
mutual interest in psyctiology. Each seminar hias a dif-
ferent focus, depending upon the student group and
faculty. Prereq. Senior status or consent of instructor.

PSY 4811 Directed Study 1 (3 q h )

An opportunity for qualified students to take an upper-
class course in their major area on an individual basis.
Petitions and procedural instructions are available in
204 Churchill Hall, 617-437-2416. Prereq. 87 q.ti.

PSY 4812 Directed Study 2 (3 q h )

An opportunity to initiate a second individual study as
described in PSY 4811. Prereq. PSY 4811.

PSY 4813 Field Work in Psychology (6 q h )

Refer to page 108 describing field work courses. To be
discussed with Department Consultant or Major Adviser
prior to registration.

PSY 4891 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Prereq. Approval of thie Dean.

PSY 4892 Honors Program 2 (4 q h )

Prereq. PSY 4891 .

PSY 4893 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h )

Prereq. PSY 4892.

PUR 4351 Purchasing 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to the function of purchasing in the indus-
trial organization. Topics include the span of purchasing
responsibilities, objectives, organization, and personnel
requirements; purchasing policy and systems; the role
of the computer in regulating purchasing planning,
transactions, and information retrieval; acquisition of
purchased materials, development of sources of sup-
ply, and quality assurance; and determination and
maintenance of required inventory levels. Additional
topics covered are control of inventory investment, price
determination, cost and price analysis of purchase
transactions, make or buy decisions, and the role of
standardization and value analysis.

PUR 4352 Purchasing 2 (3 q h )

The process of purchase negotiations, budgets, pur-
chase of capital equipment. Topics include purchasing
for public and nonprofit institutions, disposition of sur-
plus and obsolete materials, traffic and material han-
dling, forward buying and speculation, ethical
considerations in purchasing, purchasing law, contract
cancellations, purchasing reports, and evaluation of
purchasing performance and control and audit proce-
dures. Prereq. PUR 4351.

PUR 4353 Purchasing (Intensive) (6 q h.)

Same as PUR 4351 and PUR 4352.

PUR 4355 Materials Acquisition Function (3 q.h )

Sun«/ey of the procurement function as found in industry.
Explores the goals, procedures, and interaction of pur-

chasing with other functions. Systems techniques, or-
ganizational structures, and required skills, with
particular attention to the integration of this function into
the total cycle of product creation.

PUR 4357 Business Negotiations (formerly Art and
Technique of Negotiation in Business) (3 q.h.)
The process of buyer-seller communication and ex-
change. Explores the interactive process for arriving at
a satisfactory agreement between buyer and prospec-
tive vendor and accepted strategies and tactics em-
ployed by both parties. Economic and technical
considerations and the psychological and interpersonal
environments of the negotiating situation are explored
in detail. Prereq. PUR 4351

PUR 4358 Materials Requirements Planning (3 q h )

Analyzes the MRP system for integrating and organizing
purchasing and inventory management functions. Sys-
tem is based on production schedule requirements and
variations rather than on historical data, and assists the
capacity planning process in reaching maximum man-
ufacturing efficiency. MRP provides a rational base for
economical procurement planning and control. Con-
centration on MRP's unique concepts for managing ma-
terial supply activity and other cntical operating
problems.

PUR 4359 Subcontract Management (3 q h )

The administration of procurement subcontracts is of
major concern to many industrial specialities, including
purchasing, sales, engineering, project management,
finance, manufacturing, and general management.
Consideration of all aspects of this function, from de-
velopment of the work statement through source selec-
tion, negotiation, award and postaward administration.
Selected cases and exercises are studied to increase
the student's appreciation of practical aspects of sub-
contracting policies and procedures. Commercial and
government subcontract requirements. Prereq. PUR
4352.

PUR 4360 International Procurement (3 q h )

Introduction to international procurement, with empha-
sis on negotiation of special terms and conditions, off-
set, and co-production buys. Topics include differences
in overseas freight management, financial and contrac-
tual requirements, and a discussion of reliability/quality
and procurement practices in international procure-
ment. Prereq. PUR 4352.

RAD 4100 Radiologic Technology Orientation 1

(3cl., 3 q.h.)

Study of the history of x-radiation, radiology department
organization, medical terminology, patient care and
nursing procedures, and contrast media.

RAD 4101 Radiologic Technology Orientation 2

(3cl., 3 q.h.)

Study of medical and surgical diseases. Prereq. RAD

4100.

212 Course Descriptions/Radiologic Technology

RAD 4102 Radiologic Science 1 (4 cl , 4 q h )

Survey of the basic concepts of physics, units of nnea-
surement, Newton's law of motion, work, energy, atomic
theory of matter, electric currents, magnetism, genera-
tors, motor production, control of high voltage, and x-
ray production. Prereq. MTH 4110.

RAD 4103 Radiologic Science 2 (4 cl , 4 q h )

Interaction of x-rays and matter, modern x-ray tubes, x-
ray circuits; simulator experiments, fluoroscopic sys-
tems, and properties of solids, liquids, and gases. Tem-
perature and heat transfer and their application.
Prereq. RAD 4102.

RAD 4104 Principles of Radiology 1 (4 cl , 4 q h )

Study of practical, basic radiation protection and the
principles of positioning patients for radiographic stud-
ies. Prereq. RAD 4114.

RAD 4105 Principles of Radiology 2 (4 cl , 4 q h )

Study of the principles of precise body positioning for
detailed radiographic studies. Prereq. RAD 4104.

RAD 4106 Radiologic Photography and Exposure 1

(4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Study of the basic principles of image formation, elec-
tromagnetic spectrum, x-ray tube construction, and fac-
tors controlling radiographic quality Prereq. RAD
4103 and MTH 4110 or equiv.

RAD 4107 Radiologic Photography and Exposure 2

(4cl., 4 q.h.)

Study of accessory items used to improve radiographic
quality, in-depth methods of protection for patient and
personnel, and film critique and mathematical exposure
concepts. Prereq. RAD 4102 and RAD 4106.

RAD 4108 Radiology Practicum 1 (3 q h )

Application of theoretical principles by performing ra-
diographic procedures under supervision. Assigned
homework is part of lesson plans received while at the
hospital; lectures are presented at the hospital and Uni-
versity. Program requires a minimum of two hours per
week.

RAD 4109 Radiology Practicum 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of RAD 4108. Program requires a minimum
of two hours per week. Prereq. RAD 4108.

RAD 4110 Radiology Practicum 3 (3 q h )

Continuation of RAD 4109. Program requires a minimum
of two hours per week. Prereq. RAD 4109.

RAD 4111 Radiology Practicum 4 (3 q h )

Continuation of RAD 41 10. Program requires a minimum
of two hours per week. Prereq. RAD 41 10.

RAD 4112 Gross Anatomy and Physiology 1 (3 ci ,

2 lab, 4 q.h.)

Fundamental concepts of living organisms, chemical
and biological characteristics of cellular metabolism,
and the skeletal system and its appendages. Includes

general nomenclature, and anatomical names and
terms. The required laboratory for this course is RAD
4113 Lab for RAD 4112, and must be taken simulta-
neously with the course.

RAD 4114 Gross Anatomy and Physiology 2 (3 cl,

2 lab, 4 q.h.)

The systems of the body the relationships among them,
and the structure and function of each. The required
laboratory for this course is RAD 4115 Lab for RAD
4114, and it must be taken simultaneously with the
course. Prereq. RAD 4112 or equiv.

RAD 4300 Advanced Radiologic Technology 1

(3cl., 3 q.h.)

A study of special procedures, including cardiovascular
procedures, neuroradiology, lymphangiography, and
others. Prereq. RAD 4103, RAD 4105, and RAD 4107.

RAD 4301 Advanced Radiologic Technology 2

(3cl., 3 q.h.)

Continued study of special procedures. Prereq. RAD

4300. Offered in the late afternoon.

RAD 4302 Imaging Modalities (3 q h )

Surveys imaging modalities other than diagnostic x-
rays, including xerography thermography nuclear
medicine, radiation therapy, computerized axial tomog-
raphy, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultra sound.
Prereq. RAD 4102, RAD 4105, RAD 4107, and RAD
4114. Offered in the late afternoon.

RAD 4303 Radiation Protection — Radiobiology

(3 q.h.)

Covers atomic structure, properties of radioactive ma-
terials, units of radiation, long-term and short-term bio-
logical effects, survey instruments, reduction of
exposure to patients, federal x-ray standards, and ra-
diopharmaceuticals. Prereq. RAD 4107. Offered in the
late afternoon.

RAD 4304 Cross-Sectional Anatomy (3 cl , 4 q h )

Regional approach to anatomy. Reviews standard anat-
omy with emphasis on relations of organs and struc-
tures to transverse and longitudinal section
appearance. Prereq. RAD 4114 or equiv.

RE 4301 Real Estate Fundamentals 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to the basic principles and terminology of
real estate, useful in various real estate business prac-
tices.

RE 4302 Real Estate Fundamentals 2 (3 q h )

General examination of the practices of real estate bro-
kerage, including real estate appraisal, finance, devel-
opment, management, and investment. Upon
successful completion of RE 4301 and RE 4302, stu-
dents receive a certificate of completion, which enables
them to take the Massachusetts broker's or salesper-
son's examination. Prereq. RE 4301.

Course Descriptions/Real Estate 213

RE 4303 Real Estate Fundamentals (Intensive)

(6q.h.)

Same as RE 4301 and RE 4302.

RE 4323 Real Estate Appraisal 1 (3 q h )

Fundamental course in the appraisal of single-family
residences. Examines city or town neighborfiood influ-
ences, site evaluation, building diagnosis, depreciation,
the various approaches to value, and appraisal report
preparation. Prereq. RE 4302.

RE 4324 Real Estate Appraisal 2 (3 q h )

Specialized course in the appraisal of income proper-
ties. Application of the cost, market, and income ap-
proaches to apartment buildings and other commercial
and industrial properties, and of the various methods of
capitalization and residual techniques. Prereq. RE
4323.

RE 4326 Appraising a Single-Family Dwelling

(3q.h,)

Fundamental course in appraising a single-family dwell-
ing for the beginning appraiser real estate broker sa-
lesperson, lender assessor and builder Topics include
city and neighborhood analysis, site valuation, building
materials and cost, and depreciation. Also selected re-
search into appropriate market data, assembling perti-
nent information, applying relevant analytical
techniques, and preparing appraisal reports, including
FNMA/FMAC report forms.

RE 4328 Real Estate Financial Analysis 1 (3 q h )

How to critically examine and analyze any proposed
real estate investment. Explores in detail the financial
aspects of acquisition, ownership, and disposition, and
considers taxation of investments, forms of property
ownership (organization of the venture), analysis of op-
erating statements, financial accounting, use of lever-
age, "tax-sheltered" investments, and special
situations. Develops criteria of risk and return on in-
vestment (ROI) that should be established by various
types of investors. Prereq. RE 4324 or perrvission of
instructor.

RE 4329 Real Estate Financial Analysis 2 (3 q h )

Detailed analysis of the risks and rewards of real estate
investments, and problems involved in financing in-
come properties, with emphasis on the use of case
studies, homework problems, and class discussion and
debate. Class participation stressed. Prereq. RE 4328.

RE 4330 Real Estate Financial Analysis (Intensive)

(6q.h.)

Same as RE 4328 and RE 4329 Prereq. RE 4324.

RE 4340 Real Estate Development (3 q h )

Practical, step-by-step approach to the organization
and development of a real estate project for the entre-
preneur banker, or broker. Topics include the role of
the developer, acquisition of land, site analysis, con-
struction finance, gap financing and permanent com-

mitments, project budgeting for capital costs and for
income and expense, selection of professionals, ne-
gotiations of agreements with contractors and owners,
and marketing the completed project. Case studies and
guest lecturers may be used. Prereq. RE 4329 or per-
mission of instructor.

RE 4341 Real Estate Law 1 (3 q h )

Concentrates on private real estate law, including own-
ership rights in land, leasehold rights and easements in
the land of another; legal forms of ownership; the trans-
fer and acquisition of title and of other interests; record-
ing of deeds, leases, and other instruments; and the
landlord-tenant relationship.

RE 4342 Real Estate Law 2 (3 q h )

Concentrates on public real estate law, including gov-
ernment powers, rights, and controls on privately owned
real estate, zoning and subdivision controls, conserva-
tion controls, taxation of real estate, rent controls, and
eminent domain. Prereq. RE 4341.

RE 4344 Real Estate Management 1 (3 q h )

Prepares students for the practical problems of real
estate management. Stresses the requisite day-to-day
management of commercial, industrial, and residential
properties, as well as the need for a management strat-
egy relating to long-term property values. Prereq. RE
4302 or permission of instructor.

RE 4345 Real Estate Management 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of RE 4344. Prereq. RE 4344.

RE 4346 Real Estate Management 3 (3 q h )

Continuation of RE 4345. Prereq. RE 4345.

RE 4347 Real Estate Title Examination (3 q h )

Specialized course dealing with the examination of title
to real estate and the preparation of a complete report.
Prereq. RE 4341 or permission of instructor.

REC 4101 Principles and Practices of Therapeutic
Recreation 1 (3 q h )

Overview of the field, including rationale, history, phi-
losophy, goals, treatment settings, problems of institu-
tionalization, adjunctive therapies, and professional
development. Concludes with an introduction of case
method.

REC 4102 Principles and Practices of Therapeutic
Recreation 2 (3 q h )

Basic medical terminology with an overview of trau-
matic, sensory, neurological, orthopedic, and cardio-
vascular disabilities, prosthetics, and orthontics. Study
of attitudinal and societal barriers for the handicapped.
Prereq. REC 4101 or permission of consultant.

REC 4103 Principles and Practices of Therapeutic
Recreation 3 (3 q h )

Integrated case-method approach to understanding the
diversified needs of the person who is handicapped.

214 Course Descriptions/Recreation

Looks at the psychological, sociological, and emotional
impact of disabilities, as well as the planning, charting,
adapting, and evaluating of individual and group activ-
ities. Prereq. REC4102.

REC 4110 Group Dynamics and Leadership 1

(3q.h.)

Self-awareness, identity, and interpersonal and inter-
group communications. Also group process factors in-
fluencing the need to join the group; motivation to
participate; membership screening; size and purpose
of the group, behavior patterns and developing rapport
within the group, open-ended and closed approaches,
group problem solving, brainstorming, and conflict res-
olution.

REC 4111 Group Dynamics and Leadership 2

(3q.h.)

Organization, development, and structure of groups,
team building, role and value clarification, ramifications
of change, group characteristics, and leadership styles
and techniques. Prereq. REC 4110.

REC 4112 Group Dynamics and Leadership
(Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as REC 41 1 0 and REC 4111.

REC 4300 Arts and Crafts 1 (3 q h )

Overview of the creative media available for individual
projects. Development of the technical capability to uti-
lize a wide variety of materials in imaginative ways.
Compilation of personal arts and crafts manual as ref-
erence tool.

REC 4301 Arts and Crafts 2 (3 q h )

Adapting creative skills to a therapeutic setting. Devel-
oping flexibility and sensitivity to the client's personal
needs and interests so that innovative craft projects are
designed to meet needs and maximize the therapeutic
benefits.

REC 4302 Arts and Crafts (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as REC 4300 and REC 4301 .

REC 4310 Social Recreation (3 q h )

Planning and motivation for social recreation activities,
including ice breakers, mixers, active and inactive
games, joint projects, and special events.

REC 4311 Music Therapy (3 q h )

Introduction to the field of music therapy, including an
exploration of historical and current theories and various
techniques used in clinical settings. Includes a survey
of the literature of therapy, covering special education
and psychiatric and geriatric areas.

REC 4312 Media Resources and Techniques

(3q.h.)

How to design overlays, transparencies, posters, bro-
chures, and other materials, and creatively use slides

and tapes. The operation of P.A. systems, 16 mm.
opaque film strips, overhead projectors, and other pho-
tographic devices.

REC 4313 Therapeutic Use of Dramatics (3 q h )

Reinforcement and socialization through pantomime,
improvisations, puppetry, skits and stunts, dramatic
games, storytelling, and one-act plays, with emphasis
on creativity in the therapeutic setting.

REC 4401 The Nursing Home Experience (3 q h )

Exchange of empirical data relating to case experi-
ences and institutional procedures encountered by ac-
tivity leaders and other practitioners in nursing homes.
Feasibility of functional innovations in relation to present
practices.

REC 4410 Therapeutic Recreation in Rehabilitation

(3q.h.)

Philosophy, goals, and background in rehabilitation and
team membership concepts. The role of therapeutic
recreation in the acute and chronic hospital, the reha-
bilitation center, and in various community settings.

REC 4420 Activity and Movement Analysis (3 q h ) |

Basic anatomy as it relates to the identification of mus- ]
cle groups in action. Analysis of both the movement
and the ingredients of the activity and their suitability
with given disabilities. Prereq. BIO 4175.

REC 4425 Mental Illness and Retardation (3 q h )

Origins and manifestations of mental illness and retar-
dation, as well as treatment approaches. Historical and
contemporary overviews include discussions of treat- I
ment settings, case studies, and trends in mental illness
and retardation.

REC 4430 Therapeutic Recreation in Child
Development (3 q h )

Growth and development patterns from birth to age 12, I
diagnosis of early childhood abnormalities, and a study !
of the need for play, learning through play, the thera- \
peutic value of play, social ethics, and safety consid-
erations.

REC 4440 Humanistic and Holistic Approaches in
Therapeutic Recreation (3 q h )

Use of trust, imagination, verbal and nonverbal com-
munication, intuition, emotions, the will, spirit, motor co-
ordination, sensory awareness, and success-oriented
self-responsibility in working with people of all ages.

REC 4445 Community Recreation for the
Handicapped (3 q h )

Developing and initiating a comprehensive special
needs program in the community by integrating efforts
with school and special education departments, munic-
ipal officials, and parent groups. Needs statements,
concepts of budgeting and funding, publicity, and pro-
gram development. Site visits.

Course Descriptions/Anthropology 215

REC 4460 The Process of Aging (3 q h )

Psycho-social dynamics of growing old, physical
changes as a result of aging, the needs of elderly peo-
ple, and attitudes toward work, retirement, and leisure.
A study of dependency, remotivation, death and dying,
as well as programs and services that add quality to
the long life.

REC 4461 Camping for the Disabled (3 q h )

Basic goals, processes, and considerations involved in
camping and outdoor education for this special popu-
lation. Emphasis on social integration with nonhandi-
capped children and on the development of innovative
programs.

REC 4462 Leisure Counseling (3 q h )

Remedial and developmental process designed to pro-
duce behavior and attitude changes in the client's lei-
sure patterns. Development of competence in
identifying, using, and referral to appropriate recrea-
tional resources. Compares leisure counseling funda-
mentals in a variety of recreational settings.

REC 4500 Field Practicum 1 (4 q h )

Assigned field experience in a treatment facility under
supervision of a qualified professional. Students have
the opportunity to learn about the direct service appli-
cation of classroom theory through observation and par-
ticipation in conjunction with written reports, evaluation,
and seminars. The experience averages eight hours a
week for 12 weeks. Prereq. REC 4103 plus 12 q.h. of
professional courses and permission of practicum co-
ordinator.

REC 4501 Field Practicum (4 q h )

Continuation of REC 4500. Prereq. REC 4500.

REC 4802 Independent Study 1 (4 q h )

Research study geared to the individual's area of
professional focus. The student is expected to gather,
analyze, and evaluate original data and periodically
submit progress reports to the research adviser.
Prereq. REC 4103 plus permission of consultant.

REC 4803 Independent Study 2 (4 q h )

Continuation of REC 4802. Prereq. REC 4802.

SOA 4100 Physical Anthropology (formerly
Anthropology 1) (3 q.h.)

Introduction to elements of physical anthropology cov-
ering such subjects as primates, fossil humans and
evolution, problems of heredity and genetics, race and
racial classifications, and the bases of cultural behavior.
Note: Not open to students wtio fiave credit for SOC
4010.

SOA 4101 Cultural Anthropology: Preliterate
Societies (formerly Anthropology 2) (3 q.h.)
Introduction to socio-cultural anthropology Examines
the nature of language and the cultural institutions of

human groups with simple foraging and horticultural
adaptation. Note: Not open to students who have credit
for SOC 4011.

SOA 4102 Cultural Anthropology: Industrial
Societies (formerly Anthropology 3) (3 q.h.)
The institutions and cultures of technologically ad-
vanced societies and states.

SOA 4103 Anthropology Intensive A (6 q h )

Same as SOA 4100 and SOA 4101.

SOA 4104 Anthropology Intensive B (formerly

Anthropology Intensive) (9 q.h.)

Same as SOA 4100, SOA 4101. and SOA 4102.

SOA 4146 Peasant Societies in a Changing World

(3 q.h.)

Analysis of changes affecting traditional peasant cul-
tures in the nonWestern and Western worlds. Examines
the processes occurring in situations involving culture
contact, conquest, and colonialism.

SOA 4155 Individual and Culture (3 q h )

Cross-cultural comparisons of the socialization and ac-
culturation of children and adults with respect to roles,
values, and personality. Course examines theories and
methods used in psychological anthropology

SOA 4160 Sex, Sex Roles, and Family (3 q h )

Analyzes popular and scientific notions about sex and
the family by examining the social patterning of inter-
actions in our culture, other cultures, and other species.
Emphasizes the changing relationships between men
and women.

SOA 4266 Folklore (3 q h )

Folklore, art, and song in various societies and how
they are studied. Contemporary American materials are
examined.

SOA 4322 Anthropological Theory (3 q h )

History of the major orientations and philosophies of
anthropology including evolutionist, culture area, and
historical approaches, and functional, structural, eco-
logical, and cognitive modes of analysis.

SOA 4430 Native North American Peoples (3 q h )

Examines the past and present circumstances of a
number of native North American peoples.

SOA 4431 African Peoples and Cultures (3 q h )

Examines African geography prehistory and culture;
the spectrum of societal complexity ranging from Mbuti
egalitarianism to Ashanti federation; and the problems
of political, economic, and social change in contem-
porary Africa.

SOA 4434 Latin American Peoples and Cultures

(3 q.h.)

The tribal and peasant adaptations of native and His-
panic populations to changing conditions in Latin
America.

216 Course Descriptions/Anthropology

SOA 4470 Religion in Cross-Cultural Perspective

(3q.h.)

Comparative analysis of the rituals, beliefs, and reli-
gious institutions of various groups.

SOC 4010 Principles of Sociology 1 (4 q h )

Introduction to basic concepts and theories relating to
the study of people as participants in group life. Em-
phasis on socialization, culture, social structure, primary
groups, family, social stratification, and population.
Note: Not open to students who have credit for SOC
4100 or SOC 4101.

SOC 4011 Principles of Sociology 2 (4 q h )

Continuation of SOC 4010, emphasizing a critical anal-
ysis of American society with particular attention to
problems of social, political, urban, and industrial
change. Note: Not open to students who have credit for
SOC 4101 or SOC 4102. Prereq. SOC 4010 or equiv.

SOC 4100 Fundamental Issues in Sociology

(formerly Introduction to Sociology: Fundamental
Issues) (3 q.h.)

Covers the basic theoretical perspectives, research
methods, and concepts of sociology, including society,
status and role, socialization, and social groups. Note:
Not open to students who have credit for SOC 4010.

SOC 4101 The individual and Social Roles (formerly
Introduction to Sociology: The Individual and Social
Roles) (3 q.h.)

Covers the involvement of individuals in society, includ-
ing culture, social interaction, deviance, sex roles, sex-
uality, and family. Note: Not open to students who have
credit for SOC 4010 or SOC 401 1 . Prereq. SOC 4100
or equiv.

SOC 4102 Critical Issues Facing Society (formerly
Introduction to Sociology: Critical Issues Facing
Society) (3 q.h.)

Explores social factors of importance, including busi-
ness and industry, population and ecology science and
technology, class, and race and ethnic relations. Note:
Not open to students who have credit for SOC 4011.
Prereq. SOC 4100 or equiv.

SOC 4103 Introduction to Sociology Intensive A

(formerly Sociology Intensive) (9 q.h.)

Same as SOC 4100, SOC 4101, and SOC 4102.

SOC 4104 Introduction to Sociology Intensive B

(6 q.h.)

Same as SOC 4100 and SOC 4101.

SOC 4120 Sociology of Boston (3 q h )

The City of Boston from the perspectives of environ-
mental development, neighborhood and intergroup re-
lations, institutional services, and symbolic meanings.
The city is a laboratory for exploring the people's search
for a life-style and the satisfaction of their needs. In-
cludes field trips with workbook and requires use of

documentary and literary sources for term paper report.
Note: Does not meet elective requirements for Sociol-
ogy/Anthropology major.

SOC 4125 Social Problems (3 q h )

Overview of contemporary American social problems
and the application of sociological concepts, methods,
and principles to them.

SOC 4147 Urban Sociology (3 q h )

Analysis of the various causes, characteristics, and ef-
fects of urbanization in several different cultures. Spe-
cific attention is given to the problem of urban and
suburban living and the changing structure of the city.

SOC 4154 Sex and Gender Roles in Society

(formerly Sex in Society: The Study of Sex Roles)
(3 q.h.)

Analysis of historical and contemporary developments,
examining the ways in which men's and women's
changing roles are related to society at large.

SOC 4155 Sociology of the Family 1 (3 q h )

Comparative and historical treatment stressing the his-
tory and development of the family.

SOC 4156 Sociology of the Family 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of SOC 4155, emphasizing the back-
ground of contemporary problems in the context of fam-
ily functions, forms, and processes.

SOC 4170 Race and Ethnic Relations (3 q h )

Study of the relationships among various racial, na-
tional, cultural, and religious groups, with emphasis on
the development of black-white relationships in Ameri-
can society. Covers the problems of contemporary mi-
nority peoples in American and other societies.

SOC 4175 Sociology of Work (3 q h )

Study of the world of work, focusing on the development
of occupational cultures, the nature of careers, and the
meanings and implications of professionalization. Stu-
dents are encouraged to do a project on a career they
are considering or one in which they have had practical
experience on co-op.

SOC 4176 Business and Industrial Sociology

(3 q.h.)

The role of industry in modern society. Similarities and
dissimilarities among industrial societies, bureaucracy
and its alternatives, unions, supervision democracy and
manipulation, the individual on the assembly line, sab-
otage of the organization, and the role of wages and
alienation.

SOC 4185 Sociology of Deviant Behavior (3 q h )

Analysis of a variety of social problems in their relation
to the organization of society. Particular attention to al-
coholism, sex offenses, drug abuse, mental disorders,
and other responses to conditions of urban industrial
society.

Course Descriptions/Sociology 217

SOC 4186 Social Control (3 q h )

Study of group membership as a determinant of behav-
ior, including analysis of status and role, patterns of
authority, power, and group ideology as factors in the
evaluation of conduct.

SOC 4190 Juvenile Delinquency (3 q h )

Study of factors involved in juvenile delinquency and
an examination of their implications for prevention, re-
habilitation, and treatment.

SOC 4195 Drugs and Society (3 q h )

Introduction to the sociology of drugs. Examines social
definitions of drugs, conditions of their use, and social-
ization into drug use. Considers deviant drug use and
effects of social control on definitions and use. A range
of licit and illicit drugs is considered.

SOC 4205 Law and Society (3 q h )

Functions of law in modern society; legislation, litigation,
and adjudication as social processes; the legal profes-
sion, the courts, and the administration of justice; ex-
amination of laws and judicial decisions on controversial
social issues; examination of laws regulating domestic,
industrial, and other major social relationships.

SOC 4215 Medical Sociology (3 q h )

Sociological concepts and research relating to the pat-
terns of behavior in the areas of health and disease.
Emphasis on the family, community, medical organiza-
tions, class, and status as social subsystems related to
the field of health.

SOC 4220 Sociology of Mental Health (3 q h )

Sociological aspects of mental health and mental dis-
order. Examines the social history of mental illness, ep-
idemiological and cross-cultural approaches to mental
disorder, the career of the mental patient, the functions
of psychiatry in society, community and social treatment
modalities, and social psychiatry.

SOC 4240 Sociology of Human Service
Organizations (3 q h )

Structure and resource bases of various human service
organizations in terms of the types of services they offer,
how these services are delivered, and the populations
that are served. Comparison of the managerial structure
of traditional human service agencies with alternative
community resource groups in order to understand bet-
ter how well the needs of clients are met.

SOC 4241 Human Services Professions (3 q h )

Human services, viewed from the perspectives of the
recipient, the worker, and the society at large, are an-
alyzed with respect to why they are needed, how agen-
cies and programs have developed, and the basic
skills, attitudes, values, and knowledge required of the
human service worker today.

SOC 4245 Poverty and Inequality (formerly
Sociology of Inequality) (3 q.h.)
Historical analysis of American class and ethnic differ-
ences, drawing on comparisons with other countries.
Critical evaluation of sociological research and theories
relating to the causes and effects of poverty and socie-
tal responses to it. Suitable for students in applied fields
such as nursing, criminal justice, education, allied
health, pre-med, and pre-law.

SOC 4255 Sociology of Sport (3 q h )

Analysis of games and sport from a sociological per-
spective, with particular reference to contemporary
American society Includes such topics as the role of
play in modern society, the social organization of spe-
cific games and sports, and the relation of organized
sport to the larger society.

SOC 4260 Introduction to Social Work Practice 1

(3 q.h.)

Introduction to the functions of the helping profession
of social work, its settings and methods. Specific tech-
niques such as interviewing, history taking, and record-
ing skills.

SOC 4261 Introduction to Social Work Practice 2

(3 q.h.)

Continuation of SOC 4260, with particular attention to
the functioning of social workers in selected settings.
Prereq. SOC 4260 or equiv.

SOC 4262 Introduction to Social Work Practice 3

(3 q.h.)

Continuation of SOC 4261 , with emphasis on enhance-
ment of practice skills. Prereq. SOC 4261 or equiv.

SOC 4300 Social Theory 1 (3 q h )

Historical survey of sociological theorists, including the
work of de Tocqueville, Comte, Marx, Durkheim, and
Cooley. Prereq. Consent of the instructor or 12 q.h. in
Sociology/ Anthropology.

SOC 4301 Social Theory 2 (3 q h )

Study of major theoretical issues in sociology. Discus-
sion concentrates on systematic questions and topics
rather than on particular theorists, but material is drawn
from theorists such as Weber, Simmel, Thomas, Mann-
heim, Merton, and Parsons. Prereq. SOC 4300 or
equiv.

SOC 4302 Social Theory 3 (3 q h )

Seminar focussing on questions of theoretical interest,
such as the problem of order, the problem of change,
and the role of the individual in change. Students will
present papers in class. Prereq. SOC 4301 or equiv.

SOC 4303 Social Theory Intensive (9 q h )

Historical survey of sociological theorists, including the
work of de Tocqueville, Comte, Marx, Durkheim, Cooley.
Weber, and Simmel. More recent material from such
theorists as Mannheim, Merton, and Parsons. Students

218 Course Descriptions/Sociology

may be required to present papers in class on ques-
tions of theoretical interest, e.g., the problem of order,
the problem of change, the role of the individual in
change. Prereq. Consent of the instructor or 12 q.h.
in Sociology-Anthropology. Note: Not open to students
who have credit for SOC 4300. SOC 4301. or SOC 4302.

SOC 4310 Class, Power, and Social Change (3 q h )

Theories of social equality and inequality as applied to
the exercise of power and to the growth and develop-
ment of social movements and group conflict. Takes a
large-scale social change point of view.

SOC 4321 Social Research Methods 1 : Generating
and Investigating Research Problems (4 q h )

Methods for gaining knowledge through social re-
search. Emphasis on the practical aspects of research,
such as the problems that sociologists face in doing
research and how they have solved them. Students are
required to design a small study.

SOC 4322 Social Research Methods 2: Tabulating
and Analyzing Social Data (4 q h )

Methods of tabulating, presenting, summanzing, and
analyzing data, including elementary descriptive and
inferential statistics and how to use them. Statistics as
a tool IS emphasized, and use of the computer is intro-
duced. Prereq. SOC 4321 or equlv.

SOC 4323 Social Research Methods 3: Doing
Social Research (4 q h )

Students will be required to carry out the study they
designed in SOC 4322, analyze data, and report results.
The ethics and politics of social research; the interre-
lationship of social action, social research, and theory
building. Prereq. SOC 4322 or equiv.

SOC 4348 Seminar in Urban Studies (3 q h )

Interdisciplinary approaches to analyses of urban is-
sues. Continuing student projects. Prereq. One course
in an urban studies field.

SOC 4375 Sociology of Occupations and
Professions (3 q h )

Analysis of social relations within occupational groups,
occupational structure, and the institutional aspects of
an occupation. Relationships between supervisors,
peers, colleagues, subordinates, and clientele and their
significance for work-role behavior.

SOC 4376 Sociology of Industry (3 q h )

Comparison of pre-industrial and industrial society
stressing the impact of industry on society and the in-
terrelationship of industry, culture, and values. Diversi-
fication, specialization, human relations, and formal and
informal groups.

SOC 4377 Sociology of Formal Organizations:
Humans, Machines, and Bureaucracy (3 q h )

Study of formal organizations and the principles that
govern organizational life, including Weber's theory of

bureaucracy and the concept of authority; communi-
cations systems. The structure of work groups and their
effect on the larger organization.

SOC 4800 Directed Study 1 (3 q h )

SOC 4801 Directed Study 2 (3 q h )

A second opportunity to initiate individual study as de-
scribed above. Prereq. SOC 4800.

SOC 4805 Field Work in Sociology (6 q h )

Refer to page 108 describing field-work courses. To be
arranged with a department field-work adviser prior to
registration. Prereq. Major in Sociology -Anthropolgy
and completion of 15 credits in Sociology. Note: Stu-
dents may receive credit for only one department field
work course. Credit for SOC 4805 precludes credit for
SOA 4320. Students who are eligible for department
honors courses may take any combination of field work
and honors totaling three courses.

SOC 4820 Honors Program 1 (4 q h )

Independent work in a selected area under the direction
of members of the department. Students may take any
combination of field work and honors totaling three
courses. Prereq. SOC 4323. SOC 4302. and approval
of the Dean.

SOC 4821 Honors Program 2 (4 q h )

Second opportunity to do independent work as de-
scribed in SOC 4820. Prereq. SOC4820.

SOC 4822 Honors Program 3 (4 q h )

An additional opportunity to do independent work as
described in SOC 4820. Prereq. SOC 4821.

SPC 4001 Speaking Skills for International
Students 1 (3 q.h.)

Introductory course. Instruction in pronunciation and
intelligibility for formal and informal situations. Commu-
nication skills are monitored through use of video and
audiotape recordings and work in the language labo-
ratory. Following diagnostic testing, students participate
in individualized small- and large-group instructional
situations. Placement tests are given during the first
week of class.

SPC 4002 Speaking Skills for International
Students 2 (3 q.h.)

Intermediate-level course designed for persons who
have previously studied English, but who need to de-
velop oral communication proficiency. Communication
skills are monitored through use of video and audiotape
recordings and work in the language laboratory. Follow-
ing diagnostic testing, students participate in indivi-
dualized small- and large-group instructional situations.
Placement tests are given during the first week of class.

Course Descriptions/Speech 219

SPC 4003 Speaking Skills for International
Students 3 (3 q h )

Advanced-level course designed for students who have
previously studied English and who can make them-
selves understood easily, but who have difficulty in con-
versation. Includes task-oriented interaction, a variety
of two-person communication situations, and small-
group interactions. Progress is monitored through use
of video and audiotape recordings. Placement tests are
given during the first week of class.

SPC 4101 Effective Communication 1 (3 q h )

Focuses on development of personal communication
skills, shaping messages, sending messages, listening,
understanding nonverbal cues, trusting, giving and re-
ceiving feedback, interacting, and coping with the bar-
riers to communication.

SPC 4102 Effective Communication 2 (3 q h )

Focuses on small-group communication, elements of
group structure, task and maintenance functions by
group members, leadership, formalized methods of
group problem solving, and decision making. Prereq.
SPC 4101 or equiv.

SPC 4103 Effective Communication 3 (3 q h )

Study and application of public communication skills,
both as a means of disseminating information and as a
catalyst for change. Message preparation, information
exchange, and delivery. Persuasive techniques are em-
phasized. Prereq. SPC 4102 or equiv.

SPC 4104 Effective Communication (Intensive)

(6q.h.)

Equivalent of SPC 4101 and SPC 4102.

SPC 4111 Voice and Articulation 1 (3 q h )

Developing the speaking voice, with special emphasis
on articulation, pitch control, and vocal variety and flex-
ibility. Includes basic theory of the vocal mechanism.

SPC 4150 Self-Concept and Communication (3 q h )

The ways communication patterns are formed and how
they work in our personal and professional lives. Em-
phasis on how self-concept affects communication. By
combining thinking, feeling, and doing, students can
develop awareness of their attitudes and habits and
explore alternative communication patterns.

SPC 4151 Listening (3 q h )

Helps students identify their unique listening styles and
explore ways to make them more flexible. Reasons for
poor listening, techniques for effective listening, and
giving and receiving feedback.

SPC 4152 Interviewing (3 q h )

Fundamental communication principles and how they
apply to the interview process. Examines these princi-
ples from the perspectives of the interviewer and the
interviewee, helping students to prepare for both roles.
Special attention to employment, information retrieval,
and persuasive interviews.

SPC 4201 Argumentation and Discussion (3 q h )

Basic concepts of argumentation (evidence, research,
refutation), with emphasis on the psychology of the au-
dience and various types of group discussion.

SPC 4221 Interpersonal Communications 1 (3 q h )

Ways of becoming more aware of one's self and one's
relation to others. Explores options for communicating
and for increasing one's knowledge of the group pro-
cess. Limited enrollment.

SPC 4222 Interpersonal Communications 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of SPC 4221 . Prereq. SPC 4221 or per-
mission of instructor.

SPC 4231 Female/Male Communication 1 (3 q h )

Analyzes the ways in which female/male relations are
created, maintained, developed, or dissolved through
communications. The influence of family, friends, the
media, and "significant others" in sustaining stereo-
types for both sexes, and the impact of such stereotyp-
ing on the self and effective communication. Also looks
at the use of verbal and nonverbal communication to
understand the types of relationships between men and
women and how different male/female language styles
affect these relations.

SPC 4232 Female/Male Communication 2 (3 q h )

Discusses interaction and transactional approaches to
analyzing existing relations and their communication.
Provides the opportunity to develop skills in diagnosing
communication transactions and in developing strate-
gies for effective communication. The influence of sup-
portive and defensive environments and the
communication behaviors of each are examined and
applied to strategies for improving relationships be-
tween males and females. Prereq. SPC 4231 or per-
mission of instructor.

SPC 4251 Business and Professional Speaking

(3q.h.)

Practice in the organization and presentation of material
to fit varying audiences. Emphasis on techniques of
delivery and effective presentation of ideas.

SPC 4261 Oral Collaboration (3 q h )

The development of interviewing skills as a data acqui-
sition technique, including effective questioning tech-
niques to probe for technical information. How to
interact with consultants in formal and informal settings
for maximum benefit, make oral presentations and es-
tablish credibility among professional peers, and partic-
ipate in meetings for maximum productivity and
effective technical group interaction.

TCC 4050 Wordstar (2 q h )

Composing and writing on a computer screen using
Wordstar the professional text-editing system used by
many professional technical writers and editors. Course

220 Course Descriptions/Technical Communications

provides interpretation of tine instruction nnanual as well
as hands-on experience with University-supplied per-
sonal computers and software.

TCC 4101 Technical Writing 1 (3 q h )

Introduction to basic technical writing skills, with em-
phasis on selecting and organizing data. Includes au-
dience analysis, research techniques, and descriptions
of objects, mechanisms, and processes. Provides prac-
tice in descriptive writing, classification and definition,
paragraphing, and preparing technical documentation
outlines. Includes frequent technical writing exercises
and projects applicable to both software and hardware
writing tasks. Note: A writing proficiency test is given at
tlie first class meeting.

TCC 4102 Technical Writing 2 (3 q h )

Applies the information gathering, organizational, and
technical writing skills acquired in TCC 4101 to more
advanced projects. Extensive practice in formatting, or-
ganizing, writing, and editing technical reports.
Prereq. TCC 4101.

TCC 4103 Technical Writing (Intensive) (6 q h )

Same as TCC 4101 and TCC 4102. Note: A writing
proficiency test is given at ttie first class meeting.

TCC 4105 Editing for Science and Technology

(3q.h.)

The fundamentals of editing as they apply to scientific,
technical, and engineering writing. The role of the editor
in business, industry, and the sciences; basic editorial
services such as proofreading, copy and content edit-
ing, production editing, and project editing; analysis
and critique of manuscripts; work with authors; the ed-
itor as writer and interviewer; and science interpretation
and technical translation. Accelerated work for students
already skilled in spelling and grammar. Prereq. TCC
4101 or permission of instructor.

TCC 4110 Technical-Promotional Writing (3 q h )

Studies the structure, style, and graphic presentation of
technical-promotional writing in a high-tech environ-
ment. Students are trained to combine technical knowl-
edge and writing skills in developing quality technical
brochures, articles, product catalogs, demonstration
kits, slide presentations, video scripts, and the like.
Prereq. TCC 4101, TCC 4102. or permission of tfie in-
structor.

TCC 4301 Computer Software Technical Writing 1

(3q.h.)

Introduces the tasks and problems unique to software
technical writing. Topics include review of fundamental
software concepts, the role and importance of software
documentation, component parts of software technical
manuals and their purposes, tutorial and reference
functions of manuals, research tools for manual whting,
and the writing process itself. Prereq. TCC 4101 and
MIS 4102 or permission of Instructor.

TCC 4302 Computer Software Technical Writing 2

(3q.h.)

Continuation of TCC 4301 . Prereq. TCC 4301.

TCC 4311 Instruction Manual Writing 1 (formerly
Hardware Technical Manual Writing 1) (3 q.h.)
Introduces the fundamentals of technical manual writ-
ing, including the theory and practice of manual design,
organization, and content. Covers copyright law, prod-
uct liability, graphic design, readability, manual speci-
fications and standards, illustrations, and reproduction
techniques. Emphasis is on hardware operations man-
uals. Includes individual and class design and writing
projects. Prereq. TCC 4101 and TCC 4102.

TCC 4312 Instruction Manual Writing 2 (formerly
Hardware Technical Manual Writing 2) (3 q.h.)
Application of skills acquired in TCC 431 1 to an entry-
level technical manual writing project. Students elect
individual or group writing and production projects for
high-technology equipment or systems lacking ade-
quate documentation. Includes instruction in writing |
safe, legible, operating instructions, and descriptions of
installation procedures, principles of operation, and
maintenance. Also covers manual changes and up-
dates. Prereq. TCC 4311 or permission of instructor.

TCC 4320 Proposal Writing (3 q h )

Provides a background in the preparation of proposals,
including ability to analyze a request for proposal or bid
set. Introduces the various types of proposals gener-
ated by industry and provides an opportunity to prepare
a proposal in a simulated situation, through role playing
and participation on a proposal preparation team. In-
cludes considerable analysis and writing practice.
Prereq. TCC 4102 or permission of Instructor.

TCC 4330 The Business and Technical
Presentation (3 q h )

Application of the principles of technical communication
to audiovisual presentations. Includes audience analy-
sis, techniques of organization, script preparation, me-
dia selection, the design and production of visuals, the
influence of physical factors on communication, the ele-
ments of effective video playback, and peer critiques.

TCC 4350* Concepts of Modern Technology 1

(3 q.h.)

Survey of the applications of physical science to me-
chanical devices, including an introduction to the laws
of thermodynamics, and the influence of material prop-
erties on design and manufacturing techniques.
Prereq. MTH 4082.

•This is a School of Engineering Technology course, offered at
a different tuition rate from that of University College.

Course Descriptions/Transportation 221

TCC 4351 * Concepts of Modern Technology 2

(3q.h.)

Survey of trie application of phiysical science to electri-
cal and electronic devices, including an introduction to
electronic circuit design, a comparison of various de-
vices used for amplification and control, and a study of
the development of the electronic digital computer and
the components involved in the manufacture of com-
puters, Prereq. TCC 4350.

TCC 4353* Modern Electronics (3 q h )

Survey of components available to the designer of elec-
tronic devices, including linear integrated circuits and
digital building blocks. Topics include operational am-
plifier characteristics, truth tables and the synthesis of
digital logic, logic families and specifications, counters,
registers and decoding, digital instruments, and digital-
to-analog conversion.

TRN 4301 Elements of Transportation (3 q h )

Introduction to regulatory, economic, and management
aspects of transportation from the viewpoint of the ship-
ping industry, government, and carrier management.
Topics include cost, rates, operations, entry, mergers,
and intercity passenger carriage. Course is of general
interest to students in business, law, or government.

TRN 4302 Physical Distribution Management

(3q.h.)

Introduction to the physical distribution management
concept. Topics include inventory control, warehousing,
cost control, and locational strategy. Course uses text
and case materials developed from industry situations.

TRN 4305 Traffic Management 1— Rates and Tariffs

(3q.h.)

A practical course in the interpretation and use of tariffs.
Topics include classifications, rate scales, tariff rules,
rate-making procedures, and ICC law and practice.

TRN 4306 Traffic Management 2— Selected Topics

(3q.h.)

Further study of traffic management, covering such top-
ics as routing, claims, insurance, consolidation, and
packaging, Prereq. TRN 4305.

TRN 4307 Contemporary Issues in Transportation
and Distribution (3 q h )

Focuses on a number of topics of particular interest
during the current academic year.

"This is a School of Engineering Technology course, offered at
a different tuition rate from that of University College.

TRN 4316 Carrier Management (3 q h )

Examines the transportation system from the carrier
viewpoint. Topics include managerial response to a
heavily regulated and rapidly expanding environment
and earner decision making involving routes, schedul-
ing, financing, and pricing of services.

TRN 4321 Transportation Regulation 1 (3 q h )

Examines principal elements of transport regulation,
public policy, and the role of federal and state regula-
tory agencies. Special attention to the types of com-
merce, carriers, and services subject to regulation,
entry and exit requirements, economic and cost consid-
erations, and selective rate and tariff construction rules.
Addresses all modes, with emphasis on rail and motor
issues.

TRN 4322 Transportation Regulation 2 (3 q h )

Examines regulations and industry practices covering
performance requirements, liabilities, and responsibili-
ties of shippers, regulated carriers, and exempt forms
of transportation. Reviews rules and procedures estab-
lished by the ICC and Massachusetts DPU, with special
attention to informal and modified procedure cases.
Prereq. TRN 4321 .

TRN 4325 Management of Warehouse Operations

(3q.h.)

A practical course in the management of warehouses.
Topics include site selection, construction, finance, op-
erations, measurement of performance, and warehouse
technology.

TRN 4330 Organization and Control of Physical
Distribution Management (3 q h )

Course reviews the establishment of the firm's physical
distribution organization, interrelation with other com-
pany functions, and advanced physical distribution
problems.

TRN 4331 Surface Transportation 1— Railroad
Management (3 q h )

A management-oriented course on the current and fu-
ture status of railroads. Topics include investment and
finance, mergers, marketing, labor relations, diversifi-
cation, and public policy.

TRN 4332 Surface Transportation 2— Motor Carrier
Management (3 q h )

A management-oriented course on the regulated motor
carrier industry. Topics include equipment selection, fi-
nance, mergers, marketing, labor relations, routes, op-
erations and control, and public policy.

TRN 4333 Surface Transportation 3— Marine
Transportation (3 q h )

A management-oriented course on the U.S. Merchant
Marine. Topics include international trade patterns, gov-
ernment promotion and regulation, technological inno-
vations, port facilities, and labor relations.

222 Course Descriptions/Transportation

TRN 4334 Surface Transportation 4— Private
Trucl<ing (3 q h )

A management-oriented course on the formation of a
pnvate trucking operation. Topics include legal guide-
lines, purchase versus lease, operations, and perfor-
mance measurement.

TRN 4340 Air Transportation (3 q h )

Economics and regulation of air carriage certified by
the Civil Aeronautics Board. Topics include entry, op-
erations, pricing, mergers, cost analysis, and financing.

TRN 4341 Urban Transportation (3 q h )

The scope and status of transportation in our metro-
politan area. Examines the planning and financing of
urban transportation systems, the role of local, state,
and federal government units, and the problems of tran-
sit management.

TRN 4342 Transportation Loss, Damage, and Other
Claims (3 q.h.)

Comprehensive review and examination of the rules,
regulations, and other pertinent elements of transpor-
tation claims resulting from the loss or damage of cargo,
overcharges and undercharges, and related carrier and
shipper activities.

TRN 4350 International Transportation and
Distribution Management (3 q h )

Review of the role of the United States in international
transportation. Emphasis is on the industry structure of
two primary modes of international transportation — avia-
tion and maritime. Also examines the major indirect
supporting businesses and/or agencies involved in the
international movement of people and goods.

TRN 4351 Case Studies in Transportation
Regulation 1 (3 q h )

Intensive study of pertinent areas of transportation reg-
ulation and economics. Involves preparation of selected
cases dealing with many areas of traffic law to develop
an understanding of the interstate Commerce Act and
related statutes.

TRN 4352 Case Studies in Transportation
Regulation 2 (3 q h )

Continuation of TRN 4351 . Prereq. TRN 4351.

TRN 4353 Case Studies in Transportation
Regulation 3 (3 q h )

Continuation of TRN 4352. Prereq. TRN 4352.

Faculty

223

Samy A. Abdel-Baky, Ph.D.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Herbert Abrams, WIL'

Law Enforcement

Superior Court of Massachusetts
Michael J, Abruzzese, M.B.A.

Information Systems

St, Elizabeth's Hospital
Deborah A. Adair, MS.

Healtti Record Administration
Henry Adieman, B.S.*

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.
John M. Aflague, R.N., B.S.

Healtfi Science

Massachusetts General Hospital
John P. Agnew, Ph.D.*

History

Pine Manor College
Paul D. Ahern, M.B.A.

Accounting

Boston Edison
Thomas J. Ahern, Jr, J.D.*

Business Law

Silver and Ahern
H. David Ahlberg, Ph.D.*

Biology

American International College
Joseph Aieta III, M.A.*

History

Lasell Junior College
Kariman I Allam, B.S.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Neil O. Alper. Ph.D.

Economics

Northeastern University
Israel Aluf, Ph.D.

Modern Language

Northeastern University
Harold E. Ameral, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Massachusetts State Police
Richard J. Amorosi, B.F.A.

English

Cardinal Spellman High School
Craig A. Andersen, HS.D.

American Sign Language

Northeastern University
Paul G. Anderson, B.S.*

Art

Artist
R. Wayne Anderson, Ph.D.*

History

Northeastern University
Joseph F. Angeramo, Esq., LL.B.*

Finance
Robert B. Angus, M.S.

Management Sciences

ANAB Associates
Stanley S. Antoniotti, MA.*

Economics

Bridgewater State College
Robert F. Anzenberger B.S.

Management

Self-Employed
Robert J. Anzenberger M.A.

Management

General Cinema Corp.
Joan L. Arches, M.S.*

Sociology-Anthropology

Lasell Junior College

'Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984

Joseph T. Arcidiacono, B.S,

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.
Edward A. Arees, Ph.D.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Stephen F. Armstrong, Sr, M.B.A."

Purchasing

Varian Associates
Steven A. Aronson, B.S.

Information Systems

The Gillette Company
Pamela J. Aselton. M.S.

Health Science

Boston University
Ommar Assous, M.A.

Sociology-Anthropology
Meredith 0. Atkinson, M.A.

English
Saul H. Auslander, M.B.A.

Finance
Alice D. Avakian, M.S.

Biology

Emerson College
Jason M, Avergun, M.B.A*

Marketing

Borg-Warner Corp.
Warren F. Averill, M.S.*

Chemistry

Corning Glass Works
Nawal Awad, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/ Mathematics
Paula L. Aymer. M.A.

Alt. Freshman/Sociology

Northeastern University
Augustine A. Ayree, M.A.

Sociology-Anthropology

Boston University
David L. Bachrach, Ed.D.*

Psychology

Boston VA Medical Center
Martin J, Badoian, M.A.

Mathematics

Canton High School
Anthony J. Bajdek, M.A.*

History

Northeastern University
Edward R Baker, M.S.

Mathematics

Westwood High School
Errol H. Baker, Ph.D.

Psychology

Boston VA Medical Center
Dorothy J. Bales, M.A.

Music
Peter S. Baletsa, M.S.

Biology

Lynn Public School System
David B. Balise, M.Ph.*

Law Enforcement

McLean Hospital
George B. Ballester, M.A.

Information Systems

Pegasystems, Inc.
Kenneth W. Ballou, M.A.

Management

Waters Business Systems, Inc.
David M. Banash, J.D.

Business Law

Hollingsworth & Associates
Louis E. Banderet, Ph.D.

Psychology

U.S. Army Rsch. Inst. Envir. Med
John J. Baranofsky, M.S.*

Management

Raytheon Co.

Antonio Barbagallo, MA.

Modern Language

Salem High School
David L, Barbero, M.FA*

Art

Lasell Junior College
Didler Bardon, B.S.

Art

Self-Employed
David R. Barkmeier, Ph.D.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Howard L. Barnstone, M.B.A.

Accounting

Tyco Laboratories
Raymond S. Barnstone, M.B.A.*

Finance

Codex Corporation
Scott P. Bartis, B.A.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Bernard N, Basch, MBA.*

Information Systems

F, W, Faxon Co., Inc.
Kathryn M. Battillo, MS,

Library Science

Simmons College
Anthony Beadle, B,A,

Music
Marcus A. Bearse, Jr, MA,

Psychology

Northeastern University
Alan J, Beauchamp, MB. A.

Accounting

Wang Laboratories
Paul Beaulieu, Jr, A.S.

Radiologic Technology

Massachusetts General Hospital
Gail M. Becker, AS,

Health Record Administration

Boston Univ, Medical Center
Nancy S, Becker, BFA

Art

Bunker and Bunker Corp,
Nancy V. Becker, MEd,

American Sign Language

Northeastern University
Judith E. Bedford, M.A,

Music
Stanley A, Beecoff, MBA*

Management

General Connector Corp.
Roger Beer, M.S.

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp,
Richard E. Belanger, B,S.*

Management

US Market Services Group
Cynthia H, Belhumeur B.S,

Therapeutic Recreation

Athlete's Corner
Russell Beliveau, MBA,

Information Systems

Self-Employed
Diane M, Bellavance, C.AG.S.

Marketing

D, Bellavance, Agency
Barbara A, Belmont, B,A,

Psychology

Northeastern University
Ralph C. Belmonte, Ed.D.

Speech Communication

Revere Public Schools
Barbara A. Beltrand, M.A.

Accounting

Fenway Community Health Care

224 Faculty

David A. Bender, B.S.

Information Systems

General Data Corp
Richard R Benedetto, MA.

Management

Merrimack College
Linda L. Benedict-Jones, M.A,

Art

Clarence Kennedy Gallery
Claire T. Bennett, M.S.

Health! Management

Jordan Hospital
Paula Bennett, Ph.D.*

English
Mana F. BenottI, M.A.

Music

N.E. Conservatory Extension
Paul J. Bento. M.S.

Earth Science

J.P Keefe Technical School
Ann K. Berliner, B.A.

A/f. Freshman/Language Skills

Northeastern University
Mark S. Berman, M.Ed.

Health Management
Henry P. Bernardi, M.A.

Marketing

United Technologies
Bruce 0 Bernstein, M.A.

Accounting

U.S. Treasury
Samuel J. Bernstein, Ph.D.

English

Northeastern University
Henn/ M. J. Biagi, M.A.

Management

City of Somerville
Maryann G. Billington, M.B.A.

Marketing

Northeastern University
Dennis J. Bird, M.S.

Biology

Boston VA Medical Center
Mohsen H. Bishara, M.D.

Health Science

Brigham and Women's Hospital
Samuel S. Bishop, M.F.A.*

Art

Northeastern University
Charles K. Black, M.B.A.

Accounting

Lewcott Chem. & Plastics Corp
Carl Blackman, B.S.*

Accounting

Carl Blackman & Co.
Eugene J. Blackman, M.A.*

Drama

Carl Blackman & Co.
Charmarie J. Blaisdell, Ph.D.

History

Northeastern University
Carl R. Blake, M.B.A.

Accounting

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Robert J. Blanch, Ph.D.*

English

Northeastern University
Dennis Blanchard, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Hills Department Stores
Thomas W. Blaney, M.S.

Information Systems

Reading High School
Theodore Blank, Ed.D.*

Health Science

Mass. Dept. of Public Health
Ronald J Bleakney, M.B.A.

Marketing

Santee Corp.

'Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984.

Carolyn L. Blitch, M.A.*

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
Stanley I, Bogdan, B.S.*

Law Enforcement

Boston Police Department
Habib Borjian, M.S.

Mathematics
Vincent C. Borman, M.B.A.*

Transportation

Raytheon Co.
Lorraine M. Bossi, M.S.

Nursing

Children's Hospital
Charles R. Botticelli, Ph.D.

Biology

GTE Laboratories
Guy E. Bottiglio, M.S.

Information Systems

Self-Employed
Mark S. Bourbeau, J.D.

Real Estate

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Theodore R. Bousquet, B.S.*

Information Systems

Honeywell, Inc.
John F. Bowes, Jr., M.B.A.*

Information Systems
George S. Bowling, Ed.D*

Management

Dept of Health and Human

Services
Colleen B. Boyarsky, M.B.A.

Finance
Patricia E. Boyce, Ph.D.

Sociology- Anthropology

Northeastern University
Richard W. Boyden, B.S.

Information Systems

LFE Corporation
Cathenne M. Boyle. MP H.

Health Management

Massachusetts General Hospital
Alan Bradshaw, M.S.*

Mathematics

Chelmsford School Department
Patrick J. Brady, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Boston Police Department
Thomas P. Brady, Jr., M.B.A.

Accounting

Rowe & Brady
Norman Oram, M.S.

Information Systems

Softcon Resources, Inc.
Eugene G. Branca, M.S.*

Mathematics
Barbara Reid Brathwaite, M.Ed.

Management

Tufts University
Joseph A. Brazauskas, M.S.

Earth Science

J.P. Keefe Technical School
Raymond W. Brennan, M.S.*

Law Enforcement

Mass. Correctional Institution
David L. Brett, M.S.

Information Systems

Reading Memorial High School
Caroline B Bridgeman-Rees, M.A.

History

International Institute
James C. Brierley, Jr., M.B.A.

Accounting

Digital Equipment Corp.
Edward J. Brigman, M.A.

Economics
Janet Britcher, M.B.A.

Human Resources Management

Keane Associates
William J. Brocaar, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Anderson Power Products, Inc.

John E. Brodeur, M.P.A.

Journalism
David L. Brody, B S.*

Law Enforcement

Boston Police Department
George M. Brooker, M.B.A.*

Economics

Dean Junior College
Fern M. Brown, M.Ed.

English

Continuing Education Institute
Gerald R. Brown, M.S.*

Law Enforcement

Plymouth Superior Court
Ann S. Broyer, B.A.

Women's Career Program

N. S. Stone, Inc.
Gordon L. Brumm, Ph.D.*

Philosophy/Religion
Richard P. Bucci, M.B.A.

Accounting

Self-Employed
Eugene E. Bucco, M.B.A.

Accounting

Unico Service Company
Harold G. Buchbinder, M.S.M.E.

Journalism

Morgan-Grampian Publishing
Leo F. Buckley. Jr., M.B.A.

Accounting

Wang Laboratories
Michael L. Buckley, M.B.A.

Accounting

Beth Israel Hospital
Anthony A. Buglio, M.S.*

Speech Communication
Kenneth R. Buja, B.S.

Transportation

Bay State Milling Co.
Richard H. Bullock, Ph.D.

English

Northeastern University
Bruce Bunten, B.S*

Management

Human Resource Services
Edward L. Burke, J.D.

Transportation

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Robert K. Burke, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Commercial Union Ins. Co.
Alfred C, Burmeister, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.
Charles F. Burt, M.B.A.*

Accounting

H. J. Stabile & Son, Inc.
Rev. Richard W. Burton, B.S.

Earth Science
Ronald J. Byrnes, M.S.A.*

Management Sciences

Corning Medical
Robert T. Cadigan, Ph.D.

Health Management

Mass. Dept. of Public Health
Edward G. Cahaly, M.B.A.

Industrial Management

Foxboro Company
David L. Call, M.S.

Radiologic Technology

Boston City Hospital
Susan M. Caldarella, M.A.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Linda B. Caliga, M.B.A.

Women's Career Program

Cardinal Gushing Hospital
William A. Galore, B.S.

Management

Rindge Latin School
Charles Calusdian, M.B.A.*

Industrial Management

Raytheon Co.

Faculty 225

David S Calverley, Ph.D.*

Psychology

Dacal, Ltd.
Frank R Campagnoni. M.A.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Ballard C, Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.

History

Northeastern University
Dana B Cannpbell, M.B.A

Accounting

Digital Equipment Corp.
James A. Canino, M.A.

Sociology-Anthropology
Mira Cantor, M.F.A.

Art

Northeastern University
Edgar D. Canty, M.S.*

Mathematics

Bridgewater State University
Enrico C. Cappucci, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Shirley Police Dept.
Brian R. Caputo, M.B.A.*

Management Sciences

Raytheon Co
Donald A. Carbone, M.Ed.

Accounting

Boston Regional Ed. Center
Ralph A Cardarelli, Jr., M.S.

Industrial Management

Digital Equipment Corp.
Olga F, Canto, M.S.

Mathematics

Watertown High School
Jeffrey J. Carlson, M.B.A.

Accounting

Self-Employed
Charles J Carr, M.B.A.*

Accounting

The New Can Co., Inc.
Janet H Carr, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/English
John M Carr, B S.

Earth Science

Museum of Science
William F. Carr, LL.B.

Business Law

Puopolo & Carr
Patrick R. Carroll, Esq., J.D.*

Health Management

Massachusetts Hospital Association
William S. Carroll, Esq , J.D.

Health Management

National Medical Care, Inc.
Barbara A. Carson, M.A.

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
Arthur E. Carter, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Granite State Telephone
Norman J. Cartmill, M.B.A.*

Management

Carnor Management Systems
Rebecca E. Carusso, M.Ed.

Speech Communication

Chelmsford High School
Arthur F. Casavant, M.B.A.

Purchasing

Raytheon Co
Dennis F Casey. B.S.

Law Enforcement

Casey's Investigating Agency, Inc
Robert W. Casey. M.Ed

Speech Communication

Burlington High School
Margaret P. Casper, Ph D.

Mathematics

King Philip Regional Schools

"Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984.

Christopher L. Cass, M.A.

Sociology- Anthropology

Badger Amehca, Inc.
Sharron G. Cassavant, Ph.D.

English
Christopher J. Cassidy, M.S.*

Information Systems

Northeastern University
Richard H. Castle-Walsh, M.B.A.

Women's Career Program

Bethlehem Steel Corp.
Miriam Castro-Feliciano, M.S.

Biology
Stephanie L. Catalan, M.A*

Sociology-Anthropology

Massasoit Community College
Arthur P. Chamian, M.B.A.*

Marketing

Champion Associates, Inc.
Jean D. Chandler. M.A.

English
George Y. Chao, M.D.

Health Science
Kenneth Chernack. M.B.A.

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.
Joseph Chevarley. Jr.. DBA.

Management

Northeastern University
Jerry D. Cherrington, M.A.

Philosophy/Religion

N.E. Mutual Life Ins. Co.
Catherine Chiang, B.A.

Alt. Freshman/Economics

Northeastern University
John T. Chirban, Ph.D.

Psychology

Harvard Univ. & Hellenic Coll.
John A. Chmielinski, M.Ed.*

Law Enforcement

Mass. Dept. of Corrections
Catherine A. Chokola, M.F.A.

Art

State of R.I and Prov. Plant
John A. Chhstoforo. Jr.. M.B.A.

Health Management

Lawrence Memorial Hospital
Curtis C. Chui. M.D.

Health Science

Care One Doctors
Warren W, Church. M.S.

Radiologic Technology

Boston Regional Office
Anthony Cicerone. M.A.

Economics

Plymouth Carver Int. School
Joseph D. Clancy. J.D.

Law Enforcement

District Court of Natick
David E. Clapp, M.Ed.

Biology

Massachusetts Audubon Society
Geoffrey Clarkson, D.B.A.

Management

Northeastern University
Fred W. Clarndge, Jr., M.S.

Earth Science
Howard S. Clayman, B.A.

Information Systems

Dynamics Research Corp.
Richard W Clayton, Jr., M Ed.

English
Paul F. Cleary, M.A.

Economics

Everett Office Planning & Dev.
Paul Clemente, Jr.. M.S.

Accounting

Boston University
Patricia A. Cioonan, M.S.

Nursing

Northeastern University

William M. Cloran, J.D.*

Law Enforcement

DiCara Selig & Holt
Gerald F Cody. B.A.

Marketing

Dean Witter Reynolds. Inc.
Cathy Cogen, M.Ed.

American Sign Language

Northeastern University
William G. Coggan. Ph.D.*

Management

Massasoit Community College
Edward S. Cohen. M.A.*

Information Systems

TEC Computer Systems, inc.
Robert F. Cohen. B.S.

Accounting

Self-Employed
Robert L. Cohen. M.S.

Information Systems
David M. Coit, M.B.A.

Finance

Maine Capital Corp.
Julio A. Colavita. B.S.

Information Systems

Raytheon Co.
Jaimee W. Colbert. M.A.

English
Alexander M. Colby. M.B.A.

Finance

State Street Bank & Trust
Stephen F. Coleman. M.S.

Political Science

Northeastern University
Annalee Collins. R.R.A.. B.S.*

Health Record Administration

Northeastern University
Eleanor Collins. M.S.

Alt. Freshman/Mathematics
William J. Collins. M.B.A.

Industrial Management

Defense Contracts Admin.
Richard J. Comings. M.A., M.P.A.*

History

Northeastern University
John J. Condon, Jr., M.B.A.

Accounting

Avco Systems Division
Paul C. Condon, M.B.A.

Marketing

Xyplex, Inc.
Elizabeth M. Congdon, M.A.

History

Peabody School System
Norman J. Conklin, B.S*

Information Systems

Honeywell Information Systems
Spencer F. Conley. B.S.

Journalism

Spencer F. Conley Associates
Nigel A. Conliffe. B.S.

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.
James E. Conlin. M.B.A.

Management

Fitchburg State College
Leonard M. Conlin, M.Ed*

Mathematics

Framingham North High School
John F. Connelly, Ph.D.

Information Systems

Boston Edison Company
John J Connelly. B.S

Law Enforcement

Mass. Trial Ct. Norfolk County
William G. Connelly. B.S.

Law Enforcement
Thomas F. Connerty. M.B.A.

Information Systems

Prime Computer. Inc.
James J. Connolly. M.B.A.

Accounting

Natick Public Schools

226 Faculty

Mary T. Connor, B,S,

Medical Laboratory Science
Children's Hospital
Joseph N, Connors, MP. A.*
Political Science
Northeastern University
Linda W, Conrad, J.D.
Journalism
Swartz & Swartz
Louis E. Conrad, MS.
Journalism

Northeastern University
Lindsay Cook, M.S.
Accounting

Torch Mark Financial Services Co.
Ellen M. Cooney, M.A.
Englisti
Self-Employed
John S. Corcoran, M.S.

Tectinical Communications
Robert L. Cord. Ph.D.
Political Science
Northeastern University
Dyer Cornell, M.B.A.*
Finance

The First National Bank
Richard S. Corrente, M.B.A.*
Management
Raytheon Co.
Edward V. Cosgrove, Ph.D.
6/o/osfy

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
William H. Costello, Ph.D.

Psychology
James W. Cottom, MA.
History

Massasoit Community College
Geoffrey R. Coulter, Ph.D.
American Sign Language
Northeastern University
Johnathan C. Covell, B.A.
Information Systems
Hills Department Stores
Thomas F. Coveney, MBA.*
Information Systems
Stone & Webster Eng. Corp.
James M. Cox, M.Ed.*
Law Enforcement
Boston Police Department
Wallace Coyle, Ph.D.
Englisti

University of Massachusetts
Carol L. Crane, M.S.

Women 's Career Program
Mass. Higher Ed. Asst. Corp.
Edward L. Crane, HS.D.
Dental Assisting
Northeastern University
Bryan D. Craven, B.S.
Information Systems
General Electronics Company
Kathleen Crimmins, M.A.
Englisti

Codex Corporation
Salvatore A. Crisafulli, MBA*
Information Systems
Arthur D. Little, Inc.
Robert D. Crofts, M.A*
£conom;cs
Salem State College
Peter V. Crone, M.A.*
Law Enforcement
Brockton Police Department
John F. Cronin, Jr., M.B.A.*
Accounting
Raytheon Co.
Joseph W. Cronin, B.S.*
Management Sciences
Sanders Associates

'Denotes senior lecturer as of October 196

Hugh J. Crossland, D.M.D.*

Business Law

Crossland Aresty & Levin
Brian C. Crowley, MBA.*

Accounting

The Flatley Company
Dennis M, Crowley, Jr., J.D.

Law Enforcement

First Security Services
Mark D, Crowley, MBA.

Accounting
Jeffrey S. Crystal, B.F.A.

Art
Patricia L, Culbert, M.A.

Drama/Speech
John F. Cullen, J.D*

Law Enforcement

Attorney at Law
Joseph I. Cullen, M.Ed.

Law Enforcement

Mass. Dept. of Youth Services
David M. Culver, Ph.D.*

tiistory

Bridgewater State College
Edmund Cuoco, B.A.

Technical Communications

Lexicon, Inc.
Helen M, Curley, M.A*

Law Enforcement
Kathleen F. Curley, DBA.

Information Systems

Northeastern University
Robert S. Curtin, Ed.D,

tiistory

Northeastern University
Albert C. D'Amato, M.Ed.

English

Northeastern University
Miriam F. D'Amato, M.A.

English

Professional Editorial Services
Ralph A. D'Amelio, B.S.

Information Systems

Wang Laboratories
Patricia Dacey, M.Ed

Women's Career Program

Y.W.C.A.
Maria N. DaCosta, M.S.

Economics

Northeastern University
Dennis P. Dalton, M.F.A.

Art
Joanne M. Dalton, M.S.

Nursing

Northeastern University
Maria M. Damiano. HS.D.

Radiologic Technology

Brigham and Women's Hospital
Patricia J. Dapolito, M.S.

Health Science

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Arnold E. Daum, B.S.*

Marketing

Arnold E. Daum Co.
Gerald L. Davis, Ph.D.

Medical Laboratory Science

Northeastern University
Richard J. Davis, M.A*

Law Enforcement

Belmont School Department
Willie J. Davis, J.D*

Law Enforcement

Attorney at Law
James D. Dawson, Ph.D.

Alt. Freshman/ History
Deborah D. Day-Oliver, B.S.

Health Record Administration
Medical Records Service
Peter U. Decenzo, B.S.
Mathematics
Ashland High School

Robert P. Defosse, B.A.
Purchasing

Digital Equipment Corp.
Joyce Delorey, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/Mathematics
Janice B. Delsesto, M.A.

Music
Dante J. DeMichaelis, J.D*

Law Enforcement

Attorney at Law
Robert J. Dennehy, MBA,

Accounting

Self-Employed
Mabel T. Denunzio, Ed.D.

Law Enforcement
Arthur J. DePietro, M.S.

Law Enforcement

Juvenile Court
Paul J. Derby, MBA*

Information Systems

Honeywell, Inc.
Joseph B. DeRoche, M.F.A*

English

Northeastern University
Stephen R. Derosier, M.B.A.

Management

Northeastern University
Harry G. DeSalvatore, M.S.

Therapeutic Recreation

N.E. Memorial Hospital
Ernest P. Desimone, J.D.

Real Estate

Dept, of the Attorney General
Debra Desmarais, AS.

Radiologic Technology
Richard K. Deveney, M.Ed.

Mathematics

Jamaica Plain High School
Richard P. Devine, Ph.D.

Sociology- Anthropology

Insight
James D. Devlin, B.S.

Marketing
Jane E. Devoe, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/Language Skills
Emily Dexter, M.A.

American Sign Language

Northeastern University
Brian S. Dextradeur, B.S*

Management Sciences

Polaroid Corp.
Jeffrey E. Di luglio, M.A.

English
Francis J. di Sabatino, M.A.

Chemistry

Quincy High School
Meiinda M di Sessa, Ph.D.*

Philosophy/Religion
Arthur F, Diette, Jr., B S.

Law Enforcement

Lowell Police Department
Edward J. Dillon, MBA*

Management

Raytheon Co.
Howard T. Dimmick, M.Ed.*

Earth Science

Town of Stoneham
Robert F. Dincauze, MBA.

Management

Cantabrigian Publishing Co
Ernest S, Dinisco, J.D.

Law Enforcement

U.S. Dept of Justice
Rosemarie M. Dittmer, M.A.

English
James E. Doan, Ph.D.

English

Chamberlayne Junior College
Edward Doherty, B.S*

Law Enforcement

Boston Police Department

Faculty 227

Robert A. Dolan, M.Ed.*

Law Enforcement

Research Publishing Co.. Inc.
Mark Domaszewicz, M.S.E.E.*

Mathematics

Raytheon Co.
Edward M. Donie, M.S.

Information Systems

Data General Corp.
Elizabeth B. Donovan, J.D.

Real Estate

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
John A. Donovan, MA.

Law Enforcement

Newton Police Department
Timothy R. Donovan, Ph.D.*

Englisl^

Northeastern University
Edward M. Dormady, B.A.

Information Systems

Hills Department Stores
James W. Dottin, Jr., M.B.A.

Information Systems

Prime Computer, Inc.
Nadine V. Dowling, MBA.

l\/lanagement

Emerson College
Nancy L. Dowling, M.Ed.

Alt. FreshmanlLanguage Skills

Northeastern University
James F. Downey, Ph.D.

Management

Leventhol & Honwath
Rose A. Doyon, MA*

English
Joan F. Drexelius, Ph.D.

Speech Communication

Northeastern University
Claire M. Driscoll, MA.

Alt. Freshman/Mathematics

Northeastern University
Walter!. Driscoll, Jr, M.P.A.*

Law Enforcement

Scituate Police Department
H. Alfred Droge, B.S.

Information Systems

Self-Employed
David C. Dronsick, MA*

Earth Science

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Neil R Duane, M.S.

Technical Communications

Boston Documentation Design
Edward L. Dube, MBA*

Management

ELD Associates
Terrance J. Dugan, MBA.

Finance

Investors Bank and Trust Co.
Daniel T Dunn, Jr, D.B.A.

Marketing

Northeastern University
Laura W. Dunn, MA.

English
Edward A. Duprez, Jr, M.B.A.

Management

Emmanuel College
Douglas F. Durant, M FA.

Music

Northeastern University
Paul J. Duval, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Barbara Dvorchak, M.S.

Mathematics

Northeastern University
Judith T. Dwyer, M.A,

Psychology
William C. Dwyer, M.B.A.

Management

Sherwood Lumber Corp.

'Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984.

Richard T. Dyro, Ed.D.

English
Carl W. Eastman, MA*

Speech Communication

Northeastern University
William T Edgett, M.A*

Management

Northeastern University
Maureen L. Edison, M.A.*

English
Gary A. Edwards, M.B.A.

Accounting

U.S. Dept. of Labor
Richard K. Edwards, M.A.

Sociology- Anthropology

Northeastern University
Andrew E. Efstathiou, B.A.

Information Systems

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Kathryn A. Efstathiou, B.A.

Information Systems
Judith R. Ehlen, B.A.

English
David M. Ehrmann, B.S.

Speech Communication

Hanover High School
Hoda A. El Wakil, B.S.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Mohamed El-Sayed, Ph.D.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
James H. Elgin, M.B.A*

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.
Stephen E. Elmont, AS.

Management

Creative Gourmets, Ltd.
Susan J. Engelman, A.S.

Radiologic Technology

University Hospital
John H. Englander M.B.A.

Purchasing

Hewlett-Packard Corp.
Louis J. Ennis, M.B.A.*

Human Resources Management

Brandeis University
J. Clive Enos, B.S*

Management
Virginia Eskin, M.A.

Music

Northeastern University
Herbert J. Eskot, Ph.D.*

Economics

Northeastern University
Ugo E. Evangelista, M.S.

Mathematics

Revere High School
Anne C Ewers, M.A.

Muisc

Self-Employed
Benedetto Fabnzi, Ph.D.

Modern Language

Northeastern University
Robert M. Fahey, M.Ed.

Information Systems

Nixdorf Computer Corp.
Michael V. Fair, M.S.W.

Law Enforcement

Mass. Dept. of Corrections
Eugene F. Fallon, M.B.A.*

Finance

GenRad, Inc.
Edward J. Falvey, M.B.A*

Management

Massachusetts Companies, Inc.
Andrew C. Fantasia, M.B.A.

Accounting

Self-Employed
Daniel M. Fasulo, M.P.A.*

Law Enforcement

Haverhill Police Department

Richard J. Faulstich, A.B.

Management

Raytheon Co.
Joseph R. Favaloro, M.B.A.

Finance

Bank of Boston
Inwin Feigelman, B.S.*

Accounting

U.S. Government
David Feinman, M.B.A.

Management Sciences

Independent Consultant
Trudi R. Feinstein. Ph.D.

Psychology

Simmons College
Mark Feldman, M.B.A.

Information Systems

The Gillette Company
James F. Ferreira, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Technical Aid Corp.
James J. Ferriter, M.B.A.

Health Management

Carney Hospital
John M Ferro, MS

Accounting

Nashua Valley Technical High

School
William A. Person, M.A.

Economics

U.S. Dept. of Labor
George W. Fiddler III, M.B.A.

Accounting

Avco Systems Division
Stephen L. Fielding, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/Sociology

Northeastern University
Barbara Ann P. File, Ph.D.*

History

Computer Systems of America
William D. Finan, Ed.D.

Mathematics
Charles A. Findley, Ph.D.*

Speech Communication
Francis X. Finigan, M.Ed.*

Mathematics

Winchester Public Schools
Joseph L. Finigan, M.Ed.

Mathematics

Rivers School
Albert J. Finney, Jr, B.S*

Accounting

Raytheon Co
Richard D. Fiorentino, M.B.A.

Management Sciences

Charles Fischer, Jr, M.S.

Finance

Digital Equipment Corp.
Daniel H. Fisher B.S.

Medical Laboratory Science

Northeastern University
Harold R. Fisher J.D.

Information Systems

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Marjorie Fisher, B.S.

Health Record Administration

Harvard Univ. Health Services
William H. Fisher, M.Ed.

Sociology- Anthropology

Northeastern University
Charles E. Fiske, C.A.G.S.

Law Enforcement

Boston Univ. School of Med.
Pennryn Fitts, M.A.

Law Enforcement

Chelmsford Police Department
James E. Fitzgerald, M.A.

Modern Language
Leo J. Fitzgerald, M.B.A*

Industrial Management

General Electric Co.

228 Faculty

Kevin T Fitzpatrick, MBA*

Finance

Boston Public Library
J. Joseph Fitzsimmons, MBA*

Management

Polaroid Corp,
Richard E. Flaherty, MP.A.

Law Enforcement

Metropolitan District Police
Frances B. Fleming, B.FA.

Art

Graphic Designer
William P. Fleming, B.A.

Marketing

St, Elizabeth's Hospital
F Garth Fletcher, A,S,

Information Systems

Fletcher Applied Science, Inc.
David E, Floreen, MPA*

Political Science

Massachusetts Bankers Assoc.
Barry K, Flynn, M.S.

Economics

Northeastern University
Leo M. Flynn, M.B.A.*

Real Estate

Leo Flynn, RE. & Appraising
Peter E. Flynn, J.D.

Real Estate

Flynn Realty, Inc.
Thomas J. Flynn, J.D.

Human Resources Management

Davoran Flynn & Guidry
William B. Flynn, Ph.D.

Psychology

Merrimack Valley College
Philip S. Fogelman, MA.

Alt. FreshmanlEnglish
Martin E Foley, MP.A*

Law Enforcement

Massachusetts State Police
Robert E. Foley, M.B.A.

Accounting

Northeast Econ. Action Research
Jennifer Pn Foo, M.A.

Economics

Northeastern University
Armand L. Fortin, B.S.

Purchasing

Honeywell. Inc.
James Foss, Jr., LL.B.

Management

Federal Mediation & Concil. Serv.
Douglas G. Foster, M.Ed.*

Earth Science

Catholic Memorial High School
Gale P. Foster, B.S.*

Marketing

Foster & Associates
Charles F. Fountain, M.S.

Journalism
Robert M. Fox, M.B.A.*

Marketing

Gerber Electronics
Walter Foxtree, M.A.T.*

Art

University of Massachusetts
Laura L. Frader, Ph.D.

History

Northeastern University
Clifford J. Fralen, M.B.A.

Mathematics

Northeastern University
Thomas B. Francis, Jr., MP.A.

Management

City of Boston
Marie E. Fratoni, M.Ed.

Speech Communication
Howard H. Freedman, M.S.*

Accounting

Raytheon Co.

•Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984.

Peggy L. Freeman, M.Ed.

Health Management

Kennedy Memorial Hospital
Raoul M. Freyre, S.C.D,

Information Systems

University of Lowell
Melvin W. Friedman, M.B.A*

Management

M. W Friedman Associates
Mary A Frohn. B.S.

Dental Assisting

Northeastern University
Martha R. Fuller, M.S.

English
Vincent J. Furlong, M.A.

Industrial Management

Defense Supply Agency
Neil A. Gaeta, Ph.D.

Radiologic Technology

Food & Drug Administration
Brian A. Gagne, M.B.A.

Real Estate

Chanter Development Corp.
W. Arthur Gagne, Jr., M.B.A.*

Management

Worcester Art Museum
Kenneth W. Gagnon, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Chanter Development Corp.
Nona Gainsforth, B.A.

Music

Self-Employed
John M. Gale, M.B.A.

Radiologic Technology
Esther M. Gallagher, D.M.D.*

Health Science

Tufts University
Richard R. Gallagher, B.A.

Information Systems

Marshfield High School
Arthur R. Gallerani, Jr.. M.B.A.

Management

Middlesex Community College
Frank T. Gallo, Ph.D.

Health Management

University of Lowell
Gerald V. Galuardi, B.A.

Health Record Administration

Deaconess Hospital
Edmund J. Gander, M.S.

Economics

Northeastern University
A. Newell Garden, B.S.

Journalism

Raytheon Co.
Rawie W. Garner, M.B.A.

Law Enforcement

New England Business Corp.
Donald E. Garrant, M.B.A.

Real Estate

Wakefield Savings Bank
Louise H. Garrido, J.D.

Business Law

Goodhue Colt & Steffensen
John D. Gavin, M.S.

Law Enforcement

Waltham District Court
Paul C. Gay, J.D.*

Business Law

Barron & Stadfeld
Augustus N. Gbosi, M.A.

Economics

Northeastern University
Jonathan Gbur, M.B.A.

Transportation

Northern Transportation, Inc.
Gerard J. Geant, M.B.A.

Real Estate

Hannaford Bros. Company
Sandra E. Geer, M.Ed.*

Psychology

U. Mass./Boston

Samuel S. Geller, M.B.A.

Accounting

McCormack & Dodge Corp.
John R. Geraghty, M.B.A.*

Management
Anne M. Germain, Ph.D.

Information Systems

John Hancock Insurance Co.
Burton W. Gerrig, J.D.

Law Enforcement

Community Health
Ara Ghazarians, M.A.

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
David M. Ghazil, M.B.A.

Management

Honeywell, Inc.
Peter F. Gibbs, M.B.A.

Transportation

Peter F. Gibbs & Associates
Katherine L. Gilbert, B.A.

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
Robert E. Gilbert, Ph.D.

Political Science

Northeastern University
Edwin S. Giles, Jr, B.S.'

Information Systems

Massachusetts Teachers Assoc.
La Rue W. Gilleland, M.A.

Journalism

Northeastern University
Ruth Gilleran, M.B.A.

Accounting

The Gillette Company
William J. Gillespie, Ph.D.

Therapeutic Recreation

Northeastern University
Gregory Gillis, Ph.D.

Biology

Bunker Hill Community College
Alan B. Gladstone, B.S.*

Accounting

Self-Employed
Phyllis S. Click, D.B.A.

Political Science

Division of Family Health
L. James Glinos, M.Ed.*

Management

Glinos Associates
Shiomo Globerson, DBA.

Management

Northeastern University
Ronald C. Glover, J.D.

Management

Digital Equipment Corp.
Victor B. Godin, D.B.A.

Information Systems

Northeastern University
Maureen D. Godino, M.A.

English
Linda S Goldberg, C.A.G.S.

Alt. Freshman/English

Northeastern University
Meryl Goldberg, M.A

Music
Robert L. Goldberg, M.B.A.*

Management

John Hancock Dist., Inc.
Daniel Golden, Ph.D.

English

Northeastern University
Kenneth E. Golden, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Prime Computer, Inc.
Frederick T. Colder, Esq., LL.M.*

Management

Self-Employed
Stan Goldman, J.D.*

Political Science

Mass. Dept. of Mental Health

Faculty 229

Harold M Goldstein, Ph.D.

Economics

Northeastern University
Howard I. Goldstein, J.D.

Business Law

Self-Employed
M. Alvin Goldstein, A.B*

Information Systems

Gull Resource Mgmt. Systems, Inc.
Robert J. Goldstein, M.A.

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
Roberta L. Golick, J.D,

Management
Judith R. Goodman, M.A.*

English
Leon M. Goodman, M.B.A.*

Management

Leon Goodman Associates
Robert S Goodman, MA.

Management

Evans Products Co.
Frederick R Goodridge, M.B.A.

Transportation

Frederick Goodridge Assoc.
Stephen Goodyear, M.A.

Modern Language

Hull Public Schools
Daniel D. Gordon, M.A.*

Economics

Salem State College
S. Peter Gorshel, LL.B.

Real Estate

Self-Employed
Mary Jane Gorton, M.Ed.*

Art

Babson College
Leslie C Gosule, B.S.*

Accounting

C P A
Amy S. Gottfried, M.A,

Alt. Freshman/English
Daniel Z. Gould, M.B.A.*

Industrial Management

GenRad, Inc.
Saeed Gozashti, M.S.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
David F. Grace, C.A.G.S.*

English

Lasell Junior College
Daniel A. Grady, M.B.A.*

Accounting

Bose Corp.
William E. Grady, B.S.*

Industrial Management

Grady & Associates
Robert T. Granfield. M.A.

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
William H. Grass, M.A.

Music

Boston Conserv. of Music
Leon S. Graubard, M.A.*

Economics

Worcester Polytechnic Institute
Joseph L. Greaney, M.B.A.

Accounting

Self-Employed
Claire M. Greene, M.B.A.

Marketing

Northeastern University
Stephen S, Greene, B.S.

American Sign Language

Northeastern University
Herbert J, Greenwald, Ph.D.

Psychology

Bridgewater State College
Nina L. Greenwald, Ph.D.

Psychology

Bridgewater State College

'Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984.

John T. Gregg. B.A.

Real Estate

Beal & Company
Kristo A. Gregory, M.B.A.*

Finance

Prudential Bache Securities, Inc.
Theresa M. Gregory, B.S.

Music
Ann M, Grenell, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/History

Boston College
Gerald R. Griffin, Ph.D.*

English

Northeastern University
J. Charles Gnffith, B.A.

Management
John L. Gnffith, B.S*

Management

State Dept. of Environmental Mgt.
Duane L. Grimes, Ph.D.*

Political Science

Northeastern University
Donna P. Grosjean, B.S.

Biology

Brigham & Women's Hospital
Sidra Gruss-Lotman, M.A.

Therapeutic Recreation

H. Lotman and Co.. Inc.
John J. Guarino, M.S.

Biology

Northeastern University
Ronald E. Guittarr, B.S.*

Management

Raytheon Co,
Reginald W. Hache. MA.

Music

Northeastern University
Edward A. Hacker, Ph.D.*

Philosophy/Religion

Northeastern University
Richard S. Haddad, M.B.A.

Accounting

Wang Laboratories
Joanna Hadjicostandi, MA,

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
William T, Hadley, B.S.

Marketing

The Hadley Company
Monica M. Halas, J.D.

Human Resources Management

Greater Boston Legal Services
Kenneth W. Hale, MB, A,

Accounting

Ernst & Whinney
John P. Haley, CA.G.S.

Information Systems

City of Revere
Alice H. Hall, M.Ed.

Alt. Freshman/Language Skills

Northeastern University
Barry D. Hall, B.S.

Radiologic Technology

Brigham and Women's Hospital
James F. Hall, M.A.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
John F. Halloran, B.A.

Marketing

Internal Revenue Service
Paul M. Halloran, B.S.*

Information Systems

Raytheon Co,
Michael C, Halpern, B.S.

Information Systems

Comp. All Systems, Inc.
Pamela A. Halpern, MS.

Information Systems

Northeastern University
Donald J. Halpin, M.B.A*

Finance

Winchester Fin. Mgt. Corp.

Isadore Halzel, MBA*

Management

Charles Stark Draper Lab., Inc.
Jacalyn S. Hamada, B.A*

Therapeutic Recreation

Boston University
Paula J, Hammett. B.S,

Medical Laboratory Science

Corning Medical
Susan C, Hammond, B,S.

Accounting

Etra Incorporated
Suzanne L, Hamner, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/English
William F. Hancock, Jr., MBA*

Finance

Digital Equipment Corp,
Carolyn Haneke, B.A.

Technical Communications

Boston Documentation Design
Francis R, Hankard. M,A,*

Law Enforcement

Mass, Dept, of Public Safety
Mary V. Hanley, M.A.

Nursing

Boston University
William L. Hannah, Ed.D,

Psychology

Suffolk University
Joseph J. Hansen. M.B.A*

Mathematics

Raytheon Co.
Norman E. Hansen, M.B.A.*

Marketing

Mount Ida College
Ronald M. Hansen, Ph.D.

Psychology

Children's Hospital
J. Steven Hargrave, B.S.

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.
Richard A. Hargreaves, M.A.

Mathematics

Westwood High School
PriscillaG. Harmel, M.Ed.

Drama
Joyce L. Harper M.A

Technical Communications

Boston University
David J. Harrigan, M.B.A.*

Management Sciences

D. J. Harrigan Associates
Paul E. Harrington, B.A.

Alt. Freshman/Economics

Northeastern University
Francis A. Harris, M.A.

Economics

Northeastern University
Ruth Ann M. Harris, Ph.D.*

Histon/

Northeastern University
David Harrison, M.S.

Management

The Carlson Corp.
Thomas M, Hart. M.S.

Accounting

U.S. Treasury
Harold Harutunian. Ph.D.*

Mathematics

Salem State College
Ruth Harutunian. CA.G.S.

Mathematics

Watertown School Department
Kathleen M, Harvey, M.Ph.

Health Science

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
EvaC. Havas, PhD,

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
Donald R, Hayden, B S*

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.

230 Faculty

David W^ Hayes, Esq., LL.M.

Political Science

The Seller Corporation
Kathleen H. Hayes, M.Ed.

Women's Career Program

Northeastern University
Robert!. Heald, M.B.A.'

Accounting

Heald Hoffmeister and Co.
A. R. Heanue, B.A.

Transportation

Heanue Management Services
James L Hearns, MBA.

Health Management

Peer Review Analysis, Inc.
Warren K. Heckman, M.A.*

Management

W. K. Heckman Associates, Inc.
Barbara A. Heffner, M.S.

Technical Communications

McCormack and Dodge
F. Timothy Hegarty, Jr., J.D.

Real Estate

Norfolk & Dedham Fire Ins. Co.
Robert J. Hehre, DBA.*

Finance

Northeastern University
Louise H. Heklmian, M.B.A.

Management
Patricia Heller, M.S.

Health Record Administration

Northeastern University
Maher M. Henary, B.S.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Thomas R. Henderson, Jr., MBA.

Accounting

Polaroid Corp.
Robin M. Hendrich, Ed.D.*

Music

Northeastern University
George S. Hennessy, MB. A.*

Marketing

Xyplex
Melanie I. Herasym, M.S.

Richard C. Herllhy, B.S.

Information Systems
Gerald H. Herman, M.A.*

History

Northeastern University
George M. Herrick, M.B.A.*

Finance

John E. Cain Co.
Matthew L. Herz, Ph.D.

Finance

U.S. Army Natick R&D Lab.
Ayre Hess, Ph.D.

Chemistry
Max E. Hess, M.A.*

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
Wayne C. Heward, M.B.A.

Human Resources Management
George F. HIckey, Jr., M.S.*

Library Science

Billerlca School Department
Jennifer N G. Hicks, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/English

University of Massachusetts
Michael J. Hicks, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Beverly Hospital
Robert L. Hicks, M.B.A.

Finance

Bentley College
Chester W. Higgins, Ph.D.*

Management
Peter Higgins, M.B.A.*

Accounting

Xtrax Corp

'Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984.

Sean T. Higman, M.B.A.

Accounting

Sanders Associates, Inc.
Arthur P. Hill, M.B.A.*

Marketing

Bentley College
Lloyd H. Hill, J.D.

Management

City of Quincy
Stephen A. Hiltz, MA.

Alt. Freshman/History

Northeastern University
James R. Hindman, M.B.A.*

Management

Northrop Corp.
David C. Hirschy, Ph.D.

English

Massasoit Community College
Christine L. Hobart, DBA.

Management

Northeastern University
Mark 0. Hodgson, MA.

Sociology- Anthropology

McLean Hospital
Therese M. Hofmann, M.A.

Speech Communication

Seabird Associates
Wesley P. Holbrook, B.S.

Industrial Management
Wilfred E. Holton, Ph.D.

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
John E. Hopkins, M.B.A.

Marketing

Codex Corporation
Morris Horowitz, Ph.D.

Economics

Northeastern University
Monir Hossain, Ph.D.

Mathematics

Norfheastern University
William J. Hourihan, Ph.D.

History

Northeastern University
Colleen M. Hovey, M.B.A.

Finance
Donald R. Howard, B.A.

Economics

Northeastern University
Elizabeth P. Howard, M.S.

Nursing

Simmons College
Martin J. Howard, M.B.A.

Accounting

Boston University
Jane A. Howe, B.S.

Sociology-Anthropology
Thomas J. Hubbard, M.B.A,

Marketing

Epson America, Inc.
Anthony H. Hull, Ph.D.*

History
Thomas K. Humphreys, M.A.

Economics

Merrill Lynch Fenner & Pierce
Philip M. Hurdle, M.B.A.

Management

McLean Communications, Inc.
Daniel F. Hurley, LL.B*

Management

Consultant
Mohammed M. Hussein, M.A.

Modern Language
Linda A. Hyde, B.S.

Health Record Administration

Medical Systems, Inc.
Russ Immangeon, M.S.W.

Sociology- Anthropology

Northeastern University
Jack F. Ingalls, M.S.

Law Enforcement

Consultant

John J. Irwin, Jr., J.D.

Law Enforcement

Justice, Mass. Supreme Court
Muhammad F. Islam, M.A.

Economics

Northeastern University
Herbert H. Itzkowitz, M.B.A*

Accounting

Forman, Itzkowitz & Berenson
Judith Jack, B.A.

Technical Communications

GTE Corporation
Charles E. Jackson, B.A.

Marketing

New England Advertising Week
Phillip S. Jackson, Esq., LL.B*

Business Law

Self-Employed
Donald M. Jacobs, Ph.D.

History

Northeastern University
Joshua R. Jacobson, M.A.

Music

Northeastern University
Thomas E. Jaillet, M.A*

Mathematics

Sandwich High School
Paul A. Janell, Ph.D.

Accounting

Northeastern University
Nan-in Jang, B.S.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Edward L. Jaye, M.B.A.

Marketing

Brooks Automation
Georgeann Jenkins, M.Ed.

Radiologic Technology

Boston City Hospital
Arthur W. John, M.S.E.E.

Management

Data General Corp.
Carson C. Johnson, Jr., Ph.D.*

Psychology

Emmanuel College
Donald R. Johnson, M.B.A*

Management

New England Telephone Co.
Janet Johnson, M.B.A.

Finance

Citizen Bank
John W. Johnson, M.B.A.

Management

Digital Equipment Corp.
Richard F. Johnson, Ph.D.

Psychology

U.S. Army Research Institute
Robert F. Johnson, J.D.*

Law Enforcement

First Security Services Corp.
Rosaleen M. Johnson, M.A.

Mathematics

Milford High School
James R. Johnston, B.S.

Real Estate

Casey and Dennis
Joseph M. Jordan, M.P.A.*

Law Enforcement
David M. Joulfaian, M.A.

Economics

Northeastern University
James M. Joyce, M.B.A.

Transportation

Stop & Shop Co., Inc.
Jane Joyce, M.Ed.

Women's Career Program

Sweetheart Plastics, Inc.
Joseph A Kaczenas, B S

Information Systems

N.E. Mutual Life Ins. Co.
Mark H. Kaizerman, M.B.A.
Accounting
Stavisky Shapiro & White

Faculty 231

Katherine M. Kalliel, MEd.

Women's Career Program

Dean Junior College
Martin A. Kalustian, MB. A.*

Management

Raytheon Co.
Edward L. Kandib, M.Ed.*

Accounting

Public Accountant
Donald E. Kane, M.P.A,

Law Enforcement

Barnstable Police Department
Martin J. Kane, MB. A.*

Purchasing

Raytheon Co.
Patricia F. Kannon, B.S *

Marketing

Consultant
Edward M. Kaplan, M.S

Information Systems

Massachusetts General Hospital
Mort S. Kaplan, M.A.*

Englisti

Northeastern University
Steven D. Karchmar, MB. A.

Management

Wyman-Gordon Co.
Ramakrishna Karedia, A.B.

Alt. Frestimam Mathematics
Gary M. Karelis, MB. A.*

Accounting

M. Karelis Wood Heel Co.
Charles Karis, Ph.D.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Ann C. Karnofsy, MA.

Music
Catherine A. Karp, M.S.

Biology

Joslin Diabetes Center
Harold D. Kastle, M.A.*

Management

Raytheon Co.
Deborah S. Katz. MBA.

Finance

Mobil Tyco Solar Energy Corp.
Robert S. Katz. B.S.

Journalism

Transcript Newspapers
Ronald P. Kaufman, B.S.*

Law Enforcement

Mass. Dept. of Public Safety
Walter E. Kearney, M.B.A.*

Accounting

Northeastern University
John S. Kearns, Ph.D.

Psychology

Northeastern University
John F. Keating. M.S.

Alt. Freshman/Mathematics
Richard J Keefe, MEd.

Human Resources Management

Northeastern University
John A. Keith, Jr., J.D.

Management

Group Insurance Service Center
Philip E. Keith, MBA.

Management

Computervision Corp.
William E. Kelley, MB. A.'

Accounting

Massachusetts Institute of

Technology
Jeffrey W Kelly, AS.

Radiologic Technology

St. Anne's Hospital
Thomas W. Kelly, M.B.A.*

Information Systems

Massachusetts General Hospital

'Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984

Ralph M. Kelmon, M.B.A.

Finance

Boston Edison Company
Edward C. Kennedy, B.S.

Law Enforcement
Thomas J. Kennedy, MBA.

Finance

MBTA
James M. Kenney, M.B.A,

Management Sciences

Polaroid Corp.
Margaret L. Kent, M,A,

Alt. Freshman/English
Philip M, Keohane. MA,

Journalism

Transcript Newspapers, Inc.
Janice D. Keough, M.A.

English

North Shore Community College
Robert H. Ketchum, D.B.A.

Management

Northeastern University
Raht Ketusingha, M.S.

Alt. Freshman/Economics

Northeastern University
Brian L, King, M.B.A.*

Marketing

Self-Employed
Janet M. King, Ph.D.

English

Harvard University
Marilyn King, M.S.

Nursing

Northeastern University
Sandra J. King, B.S*

Information Systems

Shawmut Bank of Boston
Sandra T, King, M.B.A.

Marketing
Gary F Kinseila, J.D.

Political Science

Northeastern University
Paul G, Kinseila, B.S*

Real Estate

Commonwealth Real Estate Group
William P. Kladky, MA,

Sociology- Anthropology

City of Waltham
Joseph N. Kly, Ph.D.

Political Science

Northeastern University
James P. Kneeland, MBA.

Information Systems

Bradford Services, Inc.
Claire E. Knox, M.L.S.

English

Boston University
John L. Kobrick, Ph.D.

Psychology

U.S. Army Rsch. Inst. Envir. Med.
Bernhard J. Kohler, M.B.A*

Industrial Management

Polaroid Corp
Gerald G. Kokos, M.B.A,

Finance

Prime Computer, Inc.
Anja S. Kondo, MA.

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
Constantina Kondopoulos, M.A.

Alt Freshman/Sociology
Kenneth M. Kopec, M.D.

Health Science
Roberta L. Kosberg, Ph.D.

Speech Communication

Northeastern University
Elinor L. Kraft, M.A.

Amencan Sign Language

Northeastern University
Bennett L. Kramer, M.S.*

Information Systems

Massasoit Community College

Rheta I. Kramer, M.A.

Mathematics
Willard Krasnow, J.D.

Human Resources Management

Raytheon Co
David H. Kravetz, J.D*

Business Law

Attorney at Law
Steven A. Kravetz, M.B.A.

Accounting

Apparel Retail Corp.
Jane M. Kretchman, M.S.

Medical Laboratory Science

Computers in Medicine
Marcia A. Krolikowski, M.S.

Finance

Compugraphic Corp.
Michael P. Krone, Esq , J.D.

Business Law

Attorney at Law
Howard S. Kruger, B.S.

Health Science

Northeastern University
Susan R. Kuder, M.A.

English
Sudhir K. Kulkarni, M.S.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Daniel D, Kurylo, M.A,

Psychology

Northeastern University
Steven A. Kwiajkowski, M.B.A.

Finance
Bruce G, LaFlamme, M.S.W.

Health Management

Mass. Dept. of Mental Health
Paul K. Lambert, MBA.*

Transportation

Consultant
Philip J. Lamy, B.A.

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
Stephen R, Lancey, Ph.D.

Psychology

Boston Medical Center
Robert H. Landry, M.B.A*

Accounting

Massasoit Community College
Gabriel Lanyi, Ph.D.

Technical Communications
Calvin J. Larson, Ph.D.

Sociology- Anthropology

University of Massachusetts
Stephen R. Larson, M.S.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Barry B. Latta, M.S.

Information Systems

Div. of Employment Services
Pearl L. Lau, B.A.

Art
Philip J. Laurens. M.S.*

Mathematics

Bentley College
Irma H. Lauter, M.S. ME.

Information Systems

New England Telephone Co.
Joan H. Lautman, M.A.

Drama/Speech

Metro. Area Planning Council
Cindy P. Lawler, M.A.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Charles E. Lawton, M.Ed.

English

Rhode Island College
Alfred Lazzeri, M.F.A.

Art

Walpole High School
Paul J. Le Blanc, M.A.

English

University of Massachusetts

232 Faculty

Edward J. Leach, JD*

Law Enforcement

Revere Police Department
James N Leblanc, M.A.

Information Systems

Burlington Schools
Stewart L. Lebo, MS,

Information Systems

Bank of Boston
Hollington Lee, B.S.

Biology

Forsyth Dental Center
Carlton Lehmkuhl, Ph.D.

Alt. Freshman/Mathematics
Roger J F. Lehrberg, JD.

Real Estate

Attorney at Law
Constance Leigh, M.A.

Alt. FreshmanlEnglish
Martha A. Leinroth, M.F.A.

Art

Most Media
D. Paul Leitch, Ph.D.

Psychology

U.S. Army Natick R&D Command
Bernard J. Lemire, B.S.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Daniel A. Lennon III. M.A.

Sociology- Anthropology

Northeastern University
Philip W. Lequesne, Sc.D.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Thomas R. Lerra, Ph.D.

Management

American Institute of Banking
Mary F. Leslie, M.Ed.

Alt. Freshman/Language Skills

Northeastern University
Marvin X. Lesser, Ph.D.

English

Northeastern University
Albert M. Levenson, MB. A.*

Management Sciences

Charles Stark Draper Lab., Inc.
Ronald M. Levenson, B.S.

Accounting

Peat Marwick Mitchell & Co.
George E. Levesque, M.S.

Information Systems

Massachusetts General Hospital
David J. Lewer, M.B.A.

Management

C. T. Main Corporation
Stephen P. Lewontin, Ph.D.

Political Science

Harvard School of Public Health
Mary T. Leyden, M.Ed.

Accounting

US. Environmental Agency
Domenic J. Liberatore, M.B.A.

Industrial Management

Raytheon Co.
Sandra M. Licter, M.S.

Information Systems

Raytheon Co.
Kenneth E. Lindauer, J.D.

Business Law
Richard Lindhe, D.B.A.

Accounting

Northeastern University
Joanne G. Linowes, M.A.*

Speech Communication

Research Communications, Inc.
Robert L. Litrownik, Ph.D.

Psychology

Mystic Valley Mental Health Ctr.
George F. Litterst, M.A.

Music

N.E Conservatory of Music

'Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984

Thomas E. Littlehale, M.Ed.*

Information Systems

John Hancock Life Ins.
J. Antony Lloyd, M.A.*

English

Beth Israel Hospital
Jeannie E. Lloyd, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/English
Joseph S. Locastro, Ph.D.*

Psychology

Boston Medical Center
Hugh G. Loebner, Ph.D.

Information Systems

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Richard C. Logan, MBA.

Health Management

Massachusetts General Hospital
Nicolo S. Lombardo, M.B.A.

Management
Edward J. Lonczak, M.B.A.*

Management

Commercial Union Insurance Co.
Mark Love, M.A.

Information Systems

Northeastern University
Miller C. Loveit, Ph.D.

Management

University of Mass.-Boston
Hope E. Luder, M.A.

History

Burlington High School
Joan Luskin-Crouch, M.A.

Art
Daniel W. Lyons, J.D.

Business Law

Silver & Ahem
Paul E. Lyons, B.S*

Industrial Management

The Gillette Company
Paul E. Lyons, M Ed.

Mathematics

Cambridge School Department
Robert L. Mabardy, M.B.A.

Management

Ram Contracting, Inc.
Andrew C. MacAulay, M.S.*

Chemistry

N.E. Medical Center Hospital
William J. Macanka, Ph.D.

Chemistry

Regis College
Edward R. MacCormack, M.P.A.*

Law Enforcement

Boston Edison Company
Joseph L. K. MacDonald, B.S.

Therapeutic Recreation

Parks and Recreation Department
Patricia R. MacDonald, M.A.

English
Thomas J. MacDonough, M.A.

History

Town of Norwood
Harry A. Mackay, Ph.D.

Nursing

Northeastern University
Ronald C. MacKay, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/English

Northeastern University
Alan A. Mackey, A.M.*

Mathematics

Registry of Motor Vehicles
Charles M. MacLean, J.D.

Law Enforcement

Attorney at Law
Sylvia A. MacPhee, M.S.

Sociology-Anthropology

Lasell Junior College
Edward F. Madden, A.B.

Law Enforcement

Mass. Bay Investigators
Gerald P. Madden, DBA.

Finance

Northeastern University

John V. Madden, J.D.

Management
William J. Madden, B.S*

Accounting

Self-Employed
Judith Magidson, M.Ed.

Alt. Freshman/Language Skills

Northeastern University
Dominic J. Magnarelli, J.D.

Mathematics

Wilmington Public Schools
Gerard E. Maguire, M.B.A.*

Purchasing

Prime Computer, Inc.
John A. Maguire, B.S.*

Information Systems

Guilford Transportation
Thomas J. Maguire, J.D.

Law Enforcement
Timothy J. Maher, Ph.D.

Health Science

Massachusetts College of Pharmacy
Sabri S. Mahmoud, Ph.D.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
John J. Mahon, J.D.

Management

Raytheon Co.
James P. Mahoney, Esq., J.D.

Health Record Administration

Boston City Hospital
Susan S. Maire, J.D.

Business Law
Robert E. Mairs, B.S.*

Management

Raytheon Co.
George P. Makris, B.S.

Marketing

Northeastern University
Helen C, Makris, M.Ed.

Alt. Freshman/English
Hamdy M. Maksoud, M.S.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Charles E. Maling, M.A.

Economics

First Security Corp.
Judith Mallette, B.S.

Mathematics
Robert G. Mallion, M.A.

Earth Science

Tasc Analytic Science Corp.
John F. Maloney, M.Ed.

Mathematics

Boston Latin School
Shanrokh S. S Manesh, M.S.

Mathematics
Jeremiah J. Manfra, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Boston Police Department
George J. Manikas, B.S.*

Law Enforcement

Raytheon Co.
Albert R. Manson, M.Ed*

Information Systems

Honeywell Information Systems, Inc.
Steven G. Manson, B.S.

Information Systems

Wang Laboratories
Jack J. Manuel, Ph.D.*

Philosophy /Religion

Creative Humanistics, Inc.
John A. Manzo, Jr , M.S.*

Industrial Management

N.E. Medical Center Hospital
Barbara B. Marcel, M.A.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Marie D. Marchesano, M.A.

Technical Communications

Apollo Computer
Alfred G. Marcotte, M.S.E.E.*

Mathematics

LFE Corp.

Faculty 233

Sophia Margariti, MA.

Economics
Julius Mariasis, MB. A.*

Management

World Markets, Inc.
Steven J. Marino, B.S.

Alt. Freshman/Mathematics

North Intermediate School
Robert E. Marotta, B.A.

English

Digital Equipment Corp.
Rosemary T. Marotta, Ed;D.

Technical Communications

Digital Equipment Corp,
Lynn W. Marples, M.B.A.

Finance

Northeastern University
Bruce E. Marquis, M.A.

Health Management

Results Service Co., Inc.
Arnold M. Marrow, Esq., LL.B.*

Management

National Labor Relations Board
Barry H. Marshall, M.B.A.*

Accounting

Digital Equipment Corp.
John E. Marshall, MBA.*

Management

Rath & Strong, Inc.
Barbara E. Martin, B.A.

Medical Laboratory Science

Northeastern University
John A. Martin, M.B.A.*

Accounting

Northeastern University
John B. Martin, B.S.

Information Systems

Raytheon Co.
John F. Martin, Ph.D.*

Industrial Management

Avco Systems Division
John J. Martin, MBA*

Management

Fed. Mediation & Concil. Services
Leo J. Martin, B.S.'

Law Enforcement
Zareh Martin, M.Ed*

Management Sciences

Martin Management Consultants
Karen L. Maruca, MA.

Mathematics

Westwood Public Schools
Mary A. Marusich. MA.

Sociology- Anthropology

Northeastern University
Frederick J. Mason, Jr., B.S.*

Accounting

Internal Revenue Service
James F. Mason, MBA.

Marketing
John L. Mason, J.D.

Real Estate

Mason Goldman & McAuliffe
Richard P. Mason. MB A *

Information Systems

Avco Corp.
Russell B. Mason, MBA *

Marketing

Raytheon Co.
Joseph D. Mastone, MA*

Law Enforcement

EG&G Bionomics
Burton N Matross, MBA.

Information Systems

General Electric Company
George D. Matson, MA.

Speech Communication

Hesser College
Kevin E. Mautte, MS

Biology

Northeastern University

"Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984

Lawrence H. Mayer, B S.
Management
Raytheon Co.
Kelly Mayo, M.S.

Nursing

Northeastern University
Teresa A. Mayors, MA.

Sociology-Anthropology
Shampa Mazumdar, B.A

Sociology- Anthropology

Northeastern University
James J. Mazza. M.P.A.*

Law Enforcement

Woburn Police Department
Michal V. McAulay, A.S.

English
Gerard S. McAuliffe, J.D.

Law Enforcement

Attorney at Law
Robert P. McAuliffe, M.B.A.*

Marketing

Genrad. Inc.
Paula E. McCabe, MA

Alt. Freshman/Sociology

Northeastern University
Larry D. McCargar, Ph.D.

Philosophy/Religion
Daniel J. McCarthy, D.B.A.*

Management

Northeastern University
Francis J. McCarthy, MBA.

Information Systems

Leverone & Company, C.P.A.
John D McCarthy, M.P.A.

Accounting

U.S. Defense Department
Rita M. McCarthy, MBA.

Marketing

First Market Research
William S. McCarthy, J.D.

Law Enforcement

Attorney at Law
John E. McCormack. M.B.A.

Accounting

Youville Hospital, Inc.
Leo F. McCue, Jr., Ph.D.*

History

Central Catholic High School
James F. McDermott, M B.A.

Accounting

Northeastern University
Joseph P. McDermott, M.Ed.

Mathematics

Algonquin Regional High School
Douglas G. McDonald. M.B.A.

Accounting

IC Industries
Joseph T. McDonnell, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Mass. District Court
Lloyd W. McElaney, M Ed.

Information Systems

Department of Public Welfare
Robert M. McEntire, Ph.D.

Speech Communication
Matthew McGarrell, M.S.

Music

Northeastern University
Patrick J. McGeary, M.A.

English

Software International
Eugene F McGory, B.A.

Accounting

Internal Revenue Service
Daniel R. McGrath, M.S.

Psychology

Northeastern University
John B. McGrath, B.S.*

Finance

N E Telephone Company
Mary M. McGrath, M.A.

Women's Career Program

A. L. Nellum & Assoc.

James L. McGuinness, Jr , M B A *

Accounting

EG&G, Inc.
Thomas J. McHugh, M.B.A.*

Finance

Self-Employed
Robert A. McKean, M.A.

English
Frederick L. McKenney, J.D

Real Estate

Self-Employed
Raymond P McKeon, M.P.A.

Law Enforcement

Chelmsford Police Department
Mark W. McLaughin, M.A.

English

Houghton Mifflin
Paul D. McLaughlin, M.S.W

Health Management

Central Boston Elder Services
Robert W. McLean, M.B.A.

Management

Self-Employed
Thomas.C. McLellan, M.S.

Accounting

Investors Relocation Group
Denise M. McMahon, B.S.

Music

St. Andrew's Episcopal Church
Joseph W. McNabb, M.A,

Health Science

Laboure Junior College
Richard J. McNeil, Jr., M.B.A*

Economics

Northeastern University
JoAnne McNeill, B.S.

Dental Assisting

Northeastern University
Pauline M. McNulty, B.S.

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.
Clay McShane, Ph.D.

History

Northeastern University
Michael S. Mehrmann, Esq., AS.

Business Law

Law Office of I Oppenheim
Frank D. Mele, B.S*

Accounting

Internal Revenue Service
Bruce A. Mellin, M.S.*

Earth Science

Town of Chelmsford
Shannon L. Meloon, B.S.

Dental Assisting

Northeastern University
Lloyd B. Merrill, B.S.

Information Systems

Evans Prod Co.
George B. Merry, A.B.*

Journalism

Christian Science Publishing
Charles A. M. Meszoely, Ph.D.*

Biology

Northeastern University
Michael W. Metzler. M.A.

Management

St. Elizabeth's Hospital
Leonard F. Meuse, Jr., M.B.A.

Technical Communications

Polaroid Corp.
Michael E. Meyer, Ph.D.

Philosophy! Religion

Northeastern University
Jordan B Michael, M.B.A.

Marketing

Blue Cross
Ronald L. Michaud, Ph.D.

Psychology

Perkins School for the Blind
Bernard Michels, M.A.

Sociology- Anthropology

Northeastern University
Elmer B. Michelson, M.A*

English

234 Faculty

Philip R. Miles, MBA.
Accounting
Polaroid Corp.
Adriene R. Miller, MA.
Sociology- Anthropology
Northeastern University
Charles J, Miller, M.S.
Information Systems
Wang Laboratories
James W. Miller, B.S.
Management

Bunker Hill Community College
Patrick N Mingolelli, M.B.A.
Accounting

Digital Equipment Corp.
Robert J Minichiello, DBA.
Marketing

Northeastern University
Helena C. Minton, M.F.A.
English

University of Lowell
Richard R. Miranda, M.B.A.
Purchasing

Multibank Financial Corp.
Charles E. Mokotoff, M.A.

Music
Klas Molin, B.A.
Modern Language
Tufts University
James A. Molloy, B.S.
Transportation
Raytheon Data Services
James F. Molloy, Jr., M.B.A.
Transportation
Northeastern University
Stephen P. Molloy, R.R.A., B.A.

Health Record Administration
Lavi/rence F. Monaghan, B.S.
Information Systems
First National Bank of Boston
Robert R. Montgomery, B.A.

Radiologic Technology
Robert L. Montminy, B.S.
Information Systems
Marshfield School Department
Ra|en Mookerjee, M.A.
Economics

Northeastern University
John L. Moore, M.F.A.

Art
Patricia A. Moore, M.A.
Health Science
Laboure Junior College
Thomas E. Moore, DBA.
Marketing

Northeastern University
Patricia B. Moran, M.Ed.
Mathematics
Saugus High School
Leslie B. Morash, M.B.A.*
Transportation
Service Warehouse Co.
William R. Morin, B.S.
Information Systems
MBTA
Jerry A. Morris, M.B.A.*
Management

Asquith & Jackson Assoc, Inc.
Richard M. Morrison, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
Strategic Planning Institute
William E. Morrison, Jr., M.B.A.*
Management
Self-Employed
Peter J. Morrissey, B.S.
Information Systems
MBTA
Mark B Moss, Ph D.

Psychology
Henry A. Moultrie II, M.B.A.
Management
Mission Church of Christ, Inc.

'Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984

Edmond J. Moussally, M.Ed.

Music

Northeastern University
Carl F. Moxey, Ph.D.

Biology

Self-Employed
James D. Mukjian, M.B.A.*

Industrial Management

US. Defense Logistics Agency
Edward J. Mulholland, Ph.D.

Economics

Regis College
Paul V Mulkern, M.S.*

Management
Robert W. Mullaly, Ph.D.

Psychology

Spofford Hall
Edmund J. Mullen, M.Ed.*

History

Northeastern University
Francis E. Mullen, B.S*

Law Enforcement

Quincy Police Department
William S. Mullen, M.A.

Political Science

Foxboro School System
Ramaswami Murali, D.B.A.

Finance

Northeastern University
Charles W. Murphy, M.B.A*

Finance

Bunker Hill Community College
Daniel C. Murphy, M.S.

Journalism

Beverly-Peabody Times
George E. Murphy, J.D.

Management Sciences

Polaroid Corp.
James F. Murphy, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Haverhill Police Department
Paul J. Murphy, J.D.*

Management

General Electric Co.
Richard T. Murphy, M.Ed.

Mathematics

Boston Public Schools
Vyasaraj V. Murthy, M.B.A.

Management Sciences

Digital Equipment Corp.
John A. Mylotte, B.A.

Technical Communications

Navy Cloth & Text Research Fac.
Roland L. Nadeau, M.A*

Music

Northeastern University
Julie M. Nardone, M.A.

Sociology-Anthropology
Shashi Nath, Ph.D.*

Sociology-Anthropology
Barbara E. Neale, M.Ed.

Speech Communication

Independent Concept Consult.
William P. Needham, M.A.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Theodore H. Needle, B.S.*

Accounting

Needle & Needle
Mitchell J. Nelles, Ph.D.

Biology

Cambridge Research Lab
David C. Nelson, B.S.*

Accounting

Self-Employed
Martin A. Nemzow, B.S.

Information Systems
Cynthia J. Neumann, M.S.

Nursing

Visiting Nurse Association
Thomas J. Neylon, Jr., M.A.*

English

Watertown Public Schools

Janet M. Nichols, M.B A.
Management
Self-Employed
Bruce E. Nickerson, Ph.D.*

English
Judith Nierenberg, M.Ed.
Sociology-Anthropology

Documentary Educ. Resources
Marion L. Nierintz, C.A.G.S.

Management

John Hancock Life Ins.
Gunnar Y. Nilsson, B.A.

Art

Hewlett-Packard Co
Ton! M. Noah, M.F.A.

Art
James C Nolan, M.S.W.

Management

MBTA
Richard W. Norton, B.A.*

Information Systems

The Foxboro Company
Vincent G. Norton, M.B.A.

Management

Raytheon Co.
Edward G. Novello, M.B.A.*

Transportation

Best T&D Assoc.
Alexander S. Nunes, MS.

Information Systems

Data General Corp.
Jane M. Nunes, B.A.

American Sign Language

Northeastern University
Norbert F. Nunes, M.A.

English

Mass Bay Community College
Clement O'Brien, M.B.A,

Marketing

Large Systems
David H. O'Bnen, M.B.A.*

Accounting

N. E. Merchants Bank
Ellen G. O'Brien, M.Ed.

Management

Digital Equipment Corp.
John E. O'Brien, M.B.A.

Management

Massachusetts General Hospital
Marie M O'Brien, Ph.D.

Marketing

University of Lowell
Richard J O'Brien, B.S.

Information Systems

Massachusetts General Hospital
Robert M. O'Brien, B.S.*

Information Systems

Northeastern University
William T. O'Brien, M.P.A.*

Law Enforcement

Boston Police Department
Frederick T. O'Connell, J.D.

Accounting

Internal Revenue Service
Gerard J. O'Connell, Jr., J.D,

Finance

Honeywell Information Systems
Daniel F O'Connor, MS *

Information Systems

Nixdorf Computer Corp.
Edward J O'Connor, B.A.

Information Systems

Processing Management, Inc.
George C. O'Grady, B A.

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.
Joseph A. O'Keefe, M.Ed.

Law Enforcement

Dept. of Public Safety
Marta Rosso O'Laughlin, M.A.

Modern Language
Kelley J. O'Leary, B.A.

Drama/Speech

Stoneham Independent

Faculty 235

Freya E. Oberle, B.A.

Music
Aileen J. Ofer, MA*

English
Sherri L, Oken, M.S.

Alt. Freshman/Language Skills

Northeastern University
William J Oldmixon, M B A^

Finance

Prudential Bache Securities
Russell W Olive, DBA

Industrial Management

Northeastern University
Ernest Oliveira, Jr., M.B.A.*

Industrial Management

General Electric Co.
Jon N. Oliver, MA.

Therapeutic Recreation

Creative Education Associates
Wayne J. Oliver, MA.

Economics

Algonquin Gas Transnnission
Gerald F. Olsen, M.B.A.

Accounting

Digital Equipment Corp.
George C Olson, M.B.A.*

Information Systems

Home Savings Bank
KIrtland H Olson, MA.

Technical Communications

The Harvard Group
Ronald K Olson, B.A.*

Information Systems

Prime Computer, Inc.
Tommasina A Olson, M.B.A.

Management

F. Detwiler & Co., Inc.
David S, Omar, Ph.D.*

Economics

Dean Junior College
James W. O'Neil, A.B *

Law Enforcement

Security Consultant
Dorothy M. Oppenheim, M.B.A.

Management

Northeastern University
Nancy P. Orton, B.A.

English
George J. O'Shea, Jr, M.S.W.

Law Enforcement

Division of Youth Services
Richard H O'Shea, M.P.A.

Law Enforcement

N.H. Dept. of Education
Gary S. Osmond, MBA

Finance

Raytheon Co
Robert E. OToole, M S.W.

Health Management

Central Boston Elder Services
Linda C Ott, MA.

Music
Susan M. Ott, Ph.D.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Albert J. Ottanano, Ph.D.*

Economics

U.S. Dept of Labor
Carol M Oullette, B.S.

American Sign Language

Northeastern University
John B Owen, M.A.T

English

Haemonetics
Niranjan N. Pal, M.S.

Chemistry
Richard W. Paine, Ph.D *

Psychology

Harvard University
William B. Palacio, M.B.A.

Accounting

Tufts University
Howard R. Palmer, J.D.*

Law Enforcement

Office of the Attorney General

"Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984

Judith A. Palumbo, M.B.A

Marketing

Massachusetts Hospital Association
Dawn M. Pandolf, AS.

Radiologic Technology

Faulkner Hospital
Anil M. Pandya, DBA

Marketing

Northeastern University
George Papatsores, B.S.

Alt. Freshman/Mathematics
Neeta V Parekh, MA

Economics

Northeastern University
Judith M. Pariseau, B.S.

Biology

Northeastern University
Robert A. Parsons, MBA

Management Sciences

Northeastern University
Virginia C. Parsons, MA.

Alt. Freshman/English

Northeastern University
S. Jack Pashoogian, B S

Mathematics

Massachusetts AMC
Paul S. Paslaski, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.
Paul L. Pastorello, B.A.

Art
Herbert S. Patchell, MA.

Philosophy/Religion
Theodore C Patrikas, B.S*

Management

General Electric Co.
David F. Pauling. M.A.*

Modern Language
Neal S. Peachey, M.A.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Joseph V. Pearincott, Ph.D.

Biology

Northeastern University
Joseph C. Pedula, B.S.

Management

The Gillette Company
William B. Peirce, MBA.

Finance

Cape Cod Community College
Robert A. Pelletier, B.S.

Information Systems

Damon Corporation
Katherine N Pendergast, M.Ed.

Management

Northeastern University
Martin L. Pendleton, Jr., B.S*

Information Systems

Agency Management Systems
Carroll E. Pennell II, M.A.I. , M.B.A.*

Real Estate

C. W. Whittier & Brother
Sallyann Penta, M.B.A.

Accounting

Towie Manufacturing
Timothy P. Perkins, M.A.

English

Northeastern University
William K. Perkins, B.S.E.E.

Technical Communications

Codex Corporation
William J. Peros, M.S.

Biology

Northeastern University
Harry J. Perreault, B.S.

Information Systems

Liberty Mutual Ins. Co.
Richard A. Perrin, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Massachusetts General Hospital
Peter E Perroncello, MS.

Law Enforcement

Norfolk County Sheriff Dept.

Curtis M. Perry, M.B.A.

Accounting

Keith Junior High School
Eileen C Perry, B.S.

Medical Laboratory Science

Laboure Junior College
Daniel Pershonok, Ph.D.*

Psychology

Harvard Medical School
Stuart S. Peterfreund, Ph.D.

English

Northeastern University
Daniel P. Petinge, B.S.

Purchasing
Ausrele M. Petronis, M.Ed*

English

Petronis & Goldman Assoc.
Marie J. Philip, B.A.

American Sign Language

Northeastern University
Peter T Philliou, Ph.D.*

Mathematics

Wentworth Institute
Victoria. Photos, M.B.A.

Finance
Lawrence M. Pidgeon, J.D.

Business Law

Attorney at Law
Robert E. Piecewicz, M.S.

Management

American Mutual Liability Ins.
Karen L. Pierce, AS.

Information Systems
Benjamin E. Pike, M.B.A.*

Management

Massasoit Community College
Joseph G. Pike, M.A.

Health Record Administration

The Arbour Hospital
Karen F. Pike, M.Ed.

Art
Gerald T Pineault, M.B.A*

Industrial Management

Polaroid Corp.
Robert E. Pino, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Garth I. Pitman, Ph.D.*

English

Trident Regional High School
Carmen S. Pizzuto, Ph.D.*

Law Enforcement

Dept. of Youth Services
Stephany A. PIsek, M.A.

Music

Berklee College of Music
Harlan B. Plumley, M.B.A.

Finance

Digital Equipment Corp.
Kevin M. Plunkett, Ph.D.

Alt. Freshman/English
Karen L. Pokross, M Ed.

Therapeutic Recreation

Veterans Administration
Gladys M. Polansky, M.A.*

English
Terry L Poling, M.A.

Speech Communication

Factory Mutual Engineering
Martha Pollak, Ph.D.

Art

MIT School of Architecture
Richard W. Pomeroy, B A.

Information Systems

Pomeroy Associates
Jonathan D, Pond, DBA.

Accounting

Northeastern University
Charles J. Porfert, M.S.

Security

U.S. Environ. Protection Agency
John D. Post, Ph.D.*

History

Northeastern University

236 Faculty

Sylvia Poster. M.B.A.

Management

Bridgewater State College
Joseph L. Potts, M.B.A.

Finance

Therapeutic Community, inc.
James E. Poulos, M.A.*

English

Northeastern University
Majid Pourshadi, Ph.D.

Biology

Northeastern University
Edward J. Powers, M.B.A.*

Industrial Management

Self-Employed
Stephen J, Powers, M.S.

Information Systems

Avco Everett Research Lab.
Michael J. Princi, J.D.

Law Enforcement

Garnick & Princi, PC.
Alfred Prokop, M.S.

Medical Laboratory Science

Gibco Laboratories
Therese A. Provenzano, MA.

Music
Edward V. Puopolo, J.D.*

Business Law

Puopolo & Carr, Attorneys
Carlton Purcell, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Boston Export Management Co.
Armand G. Qualliotine, M.A.

Music
Daniel F. Quinn, M.A.

Information Systems

Northeastern University
Frank B. Quirk, M.A.

Information Systems

BayBanks
Leslie S. Radcliffe, M.A.

Technical Communications

Computervision Corp.
Kenneth A. Radnofsky, M.A.

Music

New England Conservatory
Hugh P. Rafferty, M.A.

Law Enforcement

Acme Marble & Granite Co.
James M. Ragsdale, B.A.

Journalism

The Standard Times
Malati Ramratnam, Ph.D.

English

Charles T. Main Co.
Robert N. Rancourt, M.S.E.E.

Mathematics

Mitre Corp.
Lewis M. Randa, M.A.

Therapeutic Recreation

Life Experience School
Lorin J. Randall, M.B.A.

Finance

Digital Equipment Corp.
Caria A. Ratti, M.S.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Nathaniel C Raymond, Ph.D.

Sociology-Anthropology

U. Mass. /Harbor Campus
Bernard R Redgate, M.S.

Information Systems

Framingham Public School
Denis G. Regan, Esq., J.D.*

Business Law

Self-Employed
Richard M. Regan, LL.B.*

Management

State Street Bank & Trust
Lucio E. Rehbein, M.A.

Psychology

Northeastern University

'Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984.

William M. Reiff, Ph.D.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Richard M. Reilly, M.A.

Management

American Arbitration Assoc.
Barbara W. Reitz, M.B.A.

Management

Northeastern University
William J. Rennicke, M.B.A.

Transportation

Boston & Maine Railroad
Christine Rhodes, M.S.

English

The Sheraton Corporation
Michael T. Rhodes, MA

Therapeutic Recreation

Braintree Hospital
Sara S. Rhodes, B.A.

Health Science
Evan B. Rich, M.B.A.

Finance

Stone & Webster Eng. Corp.
Herbert L. Richmond, C.A.G.S.

Health Management

Area II Homecare Senior Ctz.
Mary E. Ridge, M.P.A.

Law Enforcement
Stephen L. Ridge, M.B.A.

Accounting

Textron
Frederick W. Riley, J.D.*

Law Enforcement

Asst. Attorney General
J. Scott Riley, B.S.*

Marketing

JSR Associates, Inc.
William J. Riley, M.Ed.

Law Enforcement

Brookline Police Department
Mordechai Rimor, M.A.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Virginia C. Risse, M Ed

Sociology-Anthropology

Mass. Mental Health Center
Daniel J. Roberts, M.Ed.

Accounting

Northeastern University
Frank M. Robinson, Jr , C.A.G.S.

Therapeutic Recreation

Northeastern University
Holbrook C. Robinson, Ph.D.

Modern Language

Northeastern University
Raymond H. Robinson, Ph.D.

History

Northeastern University
Cephas B. Rogers, M.B.A.*

Industrial Management

Digital Equipment Corp.
William H. Rogers, M.Ed.

Transportation

Wang Laboratories
Irene L. Roman, M.Ed.

Accounting

Newton North High School
Lawrence J. Romano, M.A*

Modern Language

Charles Stark Draper Lab., Inc.
Robert N. Romanowski, M.A.*

Law Enforcement

First Security Services
Robert R. Romeo, Jr., B.A.

Information Systems

Raytheon Co.
Fred A. Rosenberg, Ph.D.

Biology

Northeastern University
Joel M. Rosenfeld, M.S.*

Industrial Management

Strategic Planning Institute
Norma P. Rosin, M.Ed.

Alt. Freshman/Language Skills

Richard S. Ross, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/History

Northeastern University
Peter P. Rossi, M.B.A.

Finance

Bank of Boston
Robert J. Roth, B.A*

Law Enforcement
Arthur S. Rousmaniere, B.A.

Mathematics

Digital Equipment Corp.
James R. Rowell, Jr., Ph.D.

Information Systems

North Shore Community College
Gerald G. Roy, Jr., B.S.

Biology

Northeastern University
Richard N. Roy, M.B.A.*

Transportation

Stone & Webster Eng. Corp.
Gerald R. Rubin, B.S.*

Accounting

Greene Rubin & Miller
Thalia Rubio, M.Ed.

English
Louis Rudzinsky, B.S*

Management

Louis Rudzinsky Assoc, Inc.
Frederick L. Runyon, B.F.A

Art
Thomas R Rutishauser, B.S.

Music
Frank L. Ryan, Ph.D.*

English

Stonehill College
P. Barry Ryan, Ph.D.

Chemistry

Harvard School of Public Health
Charles M. Ryder, M.B.A.

Management

N.E. Mutual Life Ins. Co.
John D. Ryder, M.B.A.*

Accounting

Tyco Laboratories, Inc.
Frederick J. Rys, M.B.A.

Finance

New England Telephone Co.
Alexander R. Rysman, Ph.D.*

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
David J. Sack, B.S.*

Radiologic Technology

Brigham & Women's Hospital
Thaddeus P. Sadowski, M.Ed.*

Mathematics

North Quincy High School
Albert P. Sagansky, M.B.A.

Transportation

Self-Employed
Tadashi Sakamoto, M.A.

Modern Language
Charles L. Sakey, M.A.*

English

Boston Latin School
Mary E. Salus, M.A.

Sociology-Anthropology

Mass. Dept. of Public Welfare
James B Sampson, Ph.D.

Psychology

U.S. Army Rsch. Inst. Envir. Med.
Richard P. Samuels, M.S.*

Mathematics

N. E Telephone Co.
Paul E. Sanders, M.B.A.

Finance

Honeywell Information Systems, Inc.
Jayant N. Sane, Ph.D.

Chemistry

The Gillette Company
Jean M. Sannicandro, B.A.

Mathematics

Northeastern University

Faculty 237

Richard H. Saracusa, MBA.
■ Information Systems

; Polaroid Corp,

Ahmad Saraniampour, M.A.

Economics

Northeastern University
Raphael Sassower, Ph.D-

Philosophy I Religion

University of Massachusetts
Willis L. Saulnier, M.SA/V,'

Management

Creative Enterprises
Stephen R Savage, MBA.

Art

Centronics
Eugene D, Savitt, MSA.

Health Science

Forsyth Dental Center
Julie A, Sawyer, M.F.A.

Art
Eunice Schatz, MA.

Women's Career Program

Life/Work Direction
Frank T. Schettino, M.S.

Law Enforcement

Northeastern University
Donald S. Scheufele, Ph.D.

Chemistry

Boston Public Schools
John J. Schickling, MB. A.*

Accounting

Telesis Systems Corporation
William J, Schmid, B.S.

l\/larketing

US News & World Report
Roy M Schoenfeld, Esq., J.D.*

l^anagement

Natl Labor Relations Board
Rodney Schonland, MBA.

Information Systems

Polaroid Corp,
Harry G. Schortmann, Jr., MB, A,

iWanagemenf
Richard Schreuer, MA.

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
Lucy J. Schuman, B.S.

Health Science

Randolph School
Daniel C Scioletti, Jr., M.S.

Accounting

EG&G, Inc
Frank J. Seegraber, A.B.*

Library Science

Boston College
Jeanne M Segal, MA.

ivlusic

Self-Employed
Harvey J. Segall, AS.

Journalism

Harvey J, Segall, Photography
Jeffrey L, Seglin, MA,

English
Peter K Seibert, MBA,

Transportation

Multisystems, Inc.
Peter M. Selig, M.A.*

Economics

Raytheon Co.
Patricia C. Selleck, B.S.

Radiologic Technology

St. Anne's Hospital
Carl F Senna, M F A.

English

Northeastern University
Anthony K, Sestokas, Ph.D.

Psychology

Brown University
Kathleen M Sevigny, MBA.

Accounting

Bridgewater State College

'Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984.

John C. Shannon, M.A,*

Social Welfare

Suffolk University
Robert J. Shannon, M.S.

Medical Laboratory Science

Boston VA Medical Center
Ellen R. Shapiro, Ph.D.

Art
Thomas M. Shapiro, Ph.D.

Sociology- Anthropology

Northeastern University
Garrett M Sheehan, M.S.

Law Enforcement

Lowell Police Department
Joseph R. Sheppeck, MBA.

t\/fathematics

U. Mass/Boston
Arthur Sherman, J.D.*

Business Law

Middlesex Third District Court
Eliot H, Sherman, M.B.A.

Finance

Pellon Corporation
Stephen M. Shinnick, M.P.A.

Political Science

Norwood Public Schools
Henrietta N. Shirk, Ph.D.

Technical Communications

Software International Corp.
Henrietta M. Shmase, B.A.

Health Record Administration

Northeastern University
Alan R. Shneider, MBA.*

Accounting

Self-Employed
Ruth E Shore, MA*

English

Fisher Junior College
Paul M Short, MS.

l\/lanagement

U.S. Army R&D Command
Ronald A. Shulman, M.C.E.*

Marketing

Business Comm. Center, Inc.
Susan F. Sieloff, MBA.

Marketing

Amencan Cynamid Co.
Andrew Silverman, M.S.

Accounting

Andrew Silverman, C.P.A.
George H Simmons, Jr., M.A.

Economics

Dept. of Public Utilities
Michael L. Simmons, M.P.A.

Political Science

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
S. Murray Simons, M.B.A.*

Accounting

Greater Lynn Men. Health Center
Carolyn M. Sirois, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/English
Lloyd A. Skiffington, Ph.D.*

English

Northeastern University
Vernon Skipper, B.S.

Management

The Boston Company
Stephen E. Slaner, M.Ph

Political Science

Northeastern University
Eric L. Small, M.S.

Finance

Arthur D. Little, Inc.
Barbara A. Smith, M.A,

Psychology

Northeastern University
Donald 0. Smith, Esq., J,D,

Business Law

Attorney at Law
Malcolm V Smith, B.S*

Mathematics

N.E. Mutual Life Ins. Co.

Peter H. Smith, M.B.A.

Accounting

Honeywell, Inc.
Robert W. Smith, B.S.

Management

Northrop Corporation
Paul E. Snoonian, Sr., Ph D.

Economics

University of Lowell
Nancy P. Snyder, M.S.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Edward J. Socha, M.B.A.

Management

Assabet Valley Reg. Voc. H.S
Harold P. Sock, Ed.D.

Women's Career Program

Gateway Counselling Services
Susan S. Sock, M.Ed.

Women's Career Program

Mass. Bay Community College
SuloA. Soini, M.B.A.

Industrial Management

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Kenneth C. Solano, M.Ed.

Management

Northeastern University
Ingrid Sonnichsen, MA.

Drama/Speech

Northeastern University
George J. Soukaros, Ed.D.

English

Marlboro High School
Alvaro M. Sousa, B.S.

Management

N. E. Mutual Life Ins. Co.
Edward L Sousa, M.Ed.

Information Systems

Northeastern University
Robert V. Sparks, Ph.D.*

History

Massachusetts Historical Society
Elliot Spector, Ph.D.

Law Enforcement

Northeastern University
Robert M. Spector, Ph D.*

History

Worcester State College
John F. St. Cyr, LL.B.

Law Enforcement

District Court Justice
Peter A. Stabile, M.B.A.

Finance
Francis C. Stacey, M.B.A*

Management
George H. Stacey, Jr , M.B.A.*

Information Systems

Stacey Associates, Inc.
Lee B. Staebler, M.B.A*

Accounting

U Mass, /Boston
Joseph V, Stanford, LL,B,*

Finance

Self-Employed
Ronald Stapleton, B,S.

Law Enforcement

Boston Police Department
Steven A. Stargardter, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/ History

Northeastern University
Thomas P, Stark, MB.A.

Finance

MFE Instruments Corp.
Charles K. Stefanidakis, MBA*

Accounting

Cooley, Inc,
Barry D, Stein, B,S.

Biology

Northeastern University
Alan E Steinberg, J.D,*

Real Estate

Self-Employed

238 Faculty

Lee J. Steingisser, M.D.

Health Science

M, Thornton Health Plan, Inc.
Stanley R, Stembridge, PhD.

History

Northeastern University
Thomas J. Stockett, B.S *

Management

N.E. Mutual Life Ins. Co.
George L. Stockman, B.A

Marketing

Stockman and Andrews, Inc.
Edmund L. Stoddard, M.S.

Englisti

Raytheon Co
Joseph F Stoltz, Ph.D.

Economics

U.S. Dept. of Labor
Eliot Stone, B.S.

Information Systems
Deborah Stott, Ph.D.

Art

Radcliffe College
John W. Stout, M.A.*

Political Science

Roger Williams College
James J. Stratford, Jr., J.D.*

Law Enforcement

Attorney at Law
Walter D. Stringer, B.S.

Purchasing

Raytheon Co.
Robert Sugar, M.H.A.

Health Management

Wellesley Manor Nursing Home
Edward Sulesky, J.D.

Management

Concord District Court
Albert W, Sullivan, J.D.*

Real Estate

U.S. Postal Service
Daniel P. Sullivan, M.B.A.

Economics

Transportation Systems Center
Edward P. Sullivan, J.D.

Management
Jeremiah G. Sullivan, B.S.*

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.
Jeremiah J. Sullivan, Jr., J.D.

Management

Raytheon Co.
John F. Sullivan, B.S.

Management

Stone & Webster Eng. Corp.
John S. Sullivan, M.A,

English

Houghton Mifflin Co.
William G. Sullivan, B.A.

Journalism

The Patriot Ledger
Barbara S. Sunstein, M.Ed

English
Joseph L. Supple, A.B.

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.
Herbert L. Sussman, Ph.D.

Journalism

Northeastern University
William R, Swartz, M.B.A.

Industrial Management

NCA Corporation
Joseph Sweeney, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Interactive Data Corporation
Allen M. Swenson, MBA *

Economics

Raytheon Co.
Richard G. Swensson, Ph.D.

Psychology

Harvard Medical School

"Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984.

Gary G. Swindon, M.B.A.

Management

Data General Corp.
James A. Sylvester, M.B.A.

Finance

US Coast Guard
Lawrence E. Symington, Ph.D.*

Psychology

U.S. Army Natick Rsch. Dev. Lab.
Eli Szklanka, B.A.

Information Systems

The EDP Corporation
Thomas J. Tagliamonte, M.B.A

Management

N.E. Mutual Life Ins. Co.
Scott B. Taitel, M.B.A.

Finance

Intermetrics, Inc.
Hugh J. Talbot, MPA.*

Law Enforcement

Northeastern University
Debra J. Tanen, B.F.A.

Art

Communication Graphics
Daniel E. Tanguy, MA.

Information Systems

Massachusetts General Hospital
Joyce K. Tapper, M.Ed.

Alternative Freshman Program

Polaroid Corp.
Sumner B. Tapper, M.Ed.*

English

Stoughton High School
Theodore A. Tasis, MA*

English

Raytheon Co.
Alan M. Tattle, M.Ed*

Information Systems

Lynn School Department
Ellen M. Taylor, M.D.

Health Science

Northeastern University
Gloria J. Taylor, M.A.

Sociology-Anthropology

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Roger B. Taylor, Esq., M.A.

Economics

Lesley College
Paul H. Tedesco, Ph.D.*

History

Northeastern University
Maurice Temple, M.S.*

Mathematics

Bunker Hill Community College
John B. Tessicini, M.B.A.

Management

Cablevision of Boston
Peter T. Tessicini, I.U.C, M.Ed.

Law Enforcement

Tessicini Photography
Norman R. Tessier, C.A.G.S.

Accounting
Kimberly H. Tetrev, M.A.

Speech Communication

Northeastern University
Corey R. Tevan, D.F.A.

Art

Memorial Hall Library
Alan P. Thayer, Esq., M.B.A.*

Economics

Boston College
Angelos C. Thermos, Ph.D.

Sociology-Anthropology
Wendy W. Thompson, ML.*

History

Lexington Public Schools
Robert M. Thornton, M.B.A.

Accounting

Town of Norwood
Harold E. Tinney, M.B.A.

Accounting

Social Security Administration

Bruce P. Tis, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.
Henry L. Tischler, Ph.D.*

Sociology-Anthropology

Framingham State College
William T. Tita, D.B.A.

Management

Northeastern University
Mark W. Tobin, B.S.

Health Management

Ellis Nursing Home
Ronald C. Tocci, B.S*

Accounting

Self-Employed
Roy M. Tollefson, Ph.D.

Political Science

Northeastern University
James R Tomaswick, MBA.

Purchasing

Polaroid Corp.
Warren C. Tomkiewicz, Jr, M.S.

Earth Science

Boston University
Arthur J. Tonelli, B.S.

Information Systems

Northrop Corporation
James M Toomey, C.A.G.S.

Law Enforcement

Massachusetts State Police
Lloyd A. Torgove, M.B.A.

Management

Ramada Inn
Richard W. Torian, M.Ed*

Mathematics

Ashland High School
Bernard A. Torri, B.A.

Management

Mt. Ida Junior College
Frank M. Tortora, M.A.

Economics

Northeastern University
Victor H. Tose, M.B.A

Accounting

Eastern Nazarene College
Rosario J. Tosiello, Ph.D.

History

Pine Minor College
Allan Tosti, M.P.A.*

Political Science

Mass Municipal Association
Lawrence E. Towie, M.B.A.

Accounting

Digital Equipment Corp.
Harvey L. Towvim, Esq., J.D.

Business Law

Self-Employed
Edward G. Trachtenberg, M.B.A.

Information Systems

Raytheon Co.
Joseph J. Travia, Jr, M.B.A.

Accounting

Arthur D. Little, Inc.
Helen A. Tsiganou, M.A.

Sociology-Anthropology

Northeastern University
James D. Turley, Ed.D*

English

Rhode Island College
Lawrence M. Turner, B.S.

Information Systems

Digital Equipment Corp.
David W. Tutein, M.A.

English
Theresa H. Twombly, M.A.*

Sociology-Anthropology
John K. Tyson, B.A.

Music
Philip A. Vaccaro, C.A.G.S.

Management Sciences

Salem State College

Faculty 239

Donat A. Valcourt, B S.

Information Systems

LFE Corporation
John Valletta, AS

Management

Howard Johnson's Motor Lodge
Ivan B. Vandeworkeen, MS.

Chemistry

Westwood High School
Marion M. Vannostrand, ML.S.

Alt. FreshmanlEnglist)
Marie Varianian, MA

Health Science

Leonard Morse Hospital
Constantine C. V. Varotsis, B.S.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Han^ey Vetstein, C.A.G.S.*

English

Northeastern University
George H. Vigileos, MA.

Economics
Robert A, Vinson, M.A.*

Economics

Northeastern University
Robert F Vitale, MBA.*

Information Systems

N. American Sales Div.
Philip M. Vitti, MA *

Law Enforcement

Boston Police Department
Paula M. Vosburgh, M.S.

Health Science

Northeastern University
John M. Waggoner, M.A.

English
Jeffrey L. Wain, M.S.

Biology

Northeastern University
Paul M. Waldron, MP A.

Law Enforcement

Mass, Dept of Correction
Ann L. Walsh, J.D.

Health Management

Abelson Cohen & Scarpaci
David A. Walsh, M.Ed

Mathematics

Westwood High School
Martin S. Walsh, MA "

History

Dedham School Department
Susan M. Walsh, B.S.

Information Systems

Louise McNamara & Assoc, Inc.
William F. Walsh, M.Ed.

Marketing

Bill Walsh Associates
Robert L Ward, MEd *

Law Enforcement

Boston Globe
Susan E. Ward, B.A.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Lawrence E Warfield, B.S.

Information Systems

The EDP Corporation
John M. Warren, B S.M.E.

Mathematics

Raytheon Co.
Philip H. Warren, Ph.D.

Psychology

Harvard Medical School
William G. Warwick, C.A.G.S.

Management

Bryant College
Lois D. Wasserman. Ph.D.*

History

Northeastern University
Barbara B Waterhouse, MS

Health Science

Northeastern University

'Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1984

John M. Watrous, MA.

Drama/Speech

Brandeis University
Robert W Wauhkonen, MA.

English
Robert C. Webb, Ph.D.'

Psychology

Suffolk University
Robert L. Webb, MEd,

Management

Boston Gas Company
William S. Webb, MA*

Law Enforcement

Danvers Police Department
William J, Webster, M.B.A.

Finance

First National Bank of Boston
Judith Weilerstein, R.R.A., M.P.H.

Health Record Administration

Northeastern University
Richard S. Wein, MEd*

Sociology- Anthropology

Winthrop High School
Steven A. Weinstein, M.P.H.

Medical Laboratory Science

U. Mass Medical Center
Sara C. Weintraub, MA.

Speech Communication

East Bridgewater High School
Edgar Weiss, B.A.

Music

Northeastern University
Arthur J. Weitzman, Ph.D.

English

Northeastern University
Daniel A. Welch, MA*

Law Enforcement

Kingston Police Department
Jonathan B. Welch, Ph.D.

Finance

Northeastern University
Charles H Wellens, MBA.

Accounting

Digital Techniques, Inc.
Robert L. Wells, M.A.*

Art

Northeastern University
Robert L Westwater, MBA.

Finance

Fred James and Co , Inc.
Mary A. Wheeler, Ph.D.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Charles W. White, PhD.

English

Southeastern Mass. University
Dennis M. White, M.B.A.

Accounting

Coopers and Lybrand
Paul F, White, MA,

Sociology-Anthropology

Quincy Junior College
Sheila F White, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/History

Northeastern University
Susan Whittaker, B.A.

Speech Communication
Joanna Whoolery, M.A.

Alt. Freshman/Language Skills

Brandeis University
Martin D. Wiener, M.B.A

Management

Martin D. Wiener & Assoc.
Richard C Wildermuth, M.B.A.*

Accounting

Riley and Donovan, C.P.As
Keating Willcox, Ph.D.

Information Systems

Self-Employed
Christina Williams, M.B.A.

Accounting

BKW

Donald L. Williams, M.B.A

Management

Hewlett-Packard Corp.
Elizabeth S, Williams, C.A.G.S.*

Psychology

Suffolk University
Patricia E, Williams, M.A.

English

IDC
David L, Wilmarth, Ph.D.*

Earth Science

Northeastern University
Alexander B. Wilson, M.A.*

Alt. Freshman/History

Alex Wilson Associates
George R. Wilson, Jr., M.A*

Alt. Freshman/History

Sunline Travel Service
Richard L. Wilson, M.Ed.

English

Northeastern University
Susan Wilson, MPh.

Health Management

Northeastern University
William-H. Wilson, Jr., Ph.D.

Biology

Northeastern University
Walter B. Winchenbach, Jr., M.B.A.'

Industrial Management

Hewlett-Packard Corp.
Gail S. Wintersteiner, Ph.D.*

Philosophy I Religion
Donald E. Witkoski, M.S.

Management

Cape Cod Community College
Edward H. Witten, M.S.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Toby A. Wolk, M.A.

Art

Toby Wolk Design Studio
Barbara J, Wood, B S.

American Sign Language

Northeastern University
Peter W. Wood, MA.

Library Science

Northeastern University
Mark S. Woodhams, M.A.

Journalism

Northeastern University
Michael L. Woodnick, M.S.*

Speech Communication

Northeastern University
George S, Worsh, MSA.

Transportation

Knapp King Size Corporation
Steve Worth, Ph.D.

Political Science

Northeastern University
William C. Wright, M.B.A.*

Management Sciences

Wright Enterprises
Sharon A. Wulf, M.B.A.

Management

Digital Equipment Corp.
Elizabeth J. Wyka, MA.

Alt. Freshman/History

Northeastern University
Jun Rui Yang, B.S.

Chemistry
Neal J. Yanofsky, M.B.A.

Marketing

Au Bon Pain Co., Inc.
Susan E. Yates. M.A.

Journalism

Northeastern University
Mustafa R. Yilmaz, DBA.

Management Sciences

Northeastern University
Robert T Yosca, MS.

Management Sciences

Digital Equipment Corp.

240 Faculty

Diane F, Zaar, J.D^

Management

Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Joan J. Zabkar, PhD.

Psychology

Northeastern University
Carl J. Zack, M.Ph.

Health Management

Somerville Hospital
Harold S. Zamansky, PhD,

Psychology

Northeastern University
Paul J. Zambella, MA,

Law Enforcement

Dept. of Public Safety
Dorothy M. Zanni, M.S.

Information Systems

Wang Laboratories
Walter P. Zanor, B.S.*

Mathematics

Everett High School
Alan J. Zaremba, Ph.D.

Speech Communication

Northeastern University
Stephen P. Zezima, J.D.

Accounting

M/A-COM, Inc.
Stephen S. Ziedman, J.D.

Real Estate

Dept. of the Attorney General
Robin J. Ziegler, B.S.

Biology
Joseph A. Zimbone, M.S.

Information Systems

Gardner and Preston Moss
John L. Zimka, Ph.D.*

Accounting

Boston College
Thomas J. Zogby, M.B.A.

Marketing

United Tech Products, Inc.
Jeffrey J. Zornitsky, MA.

Economics

Abt Associates, inc.
Gregory B. T. Zuch, M.A.

English

"Denotes senior lecturer as of October 1£

241

University Governing Boards and Officers

The Corporation

Julius Abrams
'William F, Allen, Jr.

Yousef A. As'ad
**Diana J. Auger

'Vincent Barletta
Louis H. Barnett
Allen G. Barry
Lincoln C. Bateson

tRoy H. Beaton

tE. Gregg Bemis
Beverly Ann Bendekgey
Robert P. Berkowitz
Alfred M. Bertocchi
Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.
Stuart Marsiiall Bloch
S. Whitney Bradley
Melvin B. Bradshaw
Rexford A. Bristol
Edward W. Brooke

'Frederick L. Brown
Williann L. Brown
William H. Bruce, Jr.
John L. Burns
Victor C. Bynoe

'Louis W. Cabot
'Norman L. Cahners
'Thomas E. Cargill, Jr.

James F. Carlin
tRichard P. Chapman

Richard P. Chapman, Jr.

Robert F. Chick

Vessanos G. Chigas

Logan Clarke, Jr.

Livingston N. Coakley

Abram T. Collier

T. Paul Connolly

James J. Costello

Gary L. Countryman

Edward Creiger

Michael J. Cronin

H. James Crossan, Jr.
'John J. Cullinane

'Member of the Board of Trustees
"Honorary Trustee
tLifetime Trustee, Emeritus

Roger C. Damon
Carl E. Dantas
J. H. Dow Davis
Melanie C. Dean
Virginia S. Devine
William 0. DiPietro
Alfred di Scipio
Estelle Dockser
Dorothy Dodge
"William R. Driver, Jr.

William S. Edgerly

William Elfers
tByron K. Elliott
tWilliam P. Ellison

Robert Erickson

'Frank L. Farwell
Joseph D. Feaster, Jr.

'James V. Fetchero
Phil David Fine
Neal F. Finnegan

'Kenneth G. Fisher
Albert S. Frager
Brenda J. Furlong

Murray J. Gart
Paul W. Glennon
'Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
John L. Grandin
"Donald B. Guy

'Allan M. Hale
Edmund Blair Hawley
Michael E. Haynes
James S. Hekimian
William Hellman

'Ernest Henderson III

'Joseph E. Heney
James S. Herbert
Colby Hewitt, Jr.

'Arnold S. Hiatt
Richard D. Hill
Thomas Hollis, Jr.

'D. Brainerd Holmes
Robert W. Holmes
Hartwell G. Howe
John S. Howe
Howard M. Hubbard

'Carl R. Hurtig

Edward C. Johnson III
Richard P. Johnson

'Robert L. Johnson

tHenry C. Jones

'George S. Kariotis

Walter B. Kelley
tFrances C. Kenerson

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
fAsa S. Knowles
'Harvey C. Krentzman

Evelyn M. Lane
'John P. LaWare

Maurice Lazarus

Allyn Levy

Elma I. Lewis
'Kenneth A. Loftman

Edward A. Loring

George M. Lovejoy, Jr.
'John Lowell
'Diane H. Lupean

*Roderick M. MacDougall

Peter E. Madden

Maurice Mann

Robert C. Marini

Evelyn A. Marran
"Lawrence H. Martin

M. Dorothy Massey
'George J. Matthews

Walter E. Mattson

Peter H. McCormick

William J. McCune, Jr.

John G. McElwee
'Katherine S. McHugh

John A. McNeice, Jr.

Dominic Meo, Jr.

Don G. Mitchell

Donald H. Moore

Frank E. Morris

James A. Morris

E. James Morton

N. Laurence Nagle
William H. Nichols, Jr.
*Kathryn A. Nicholson

242 Governing Boards and Officers

Peter F, O'Connell
Bernard J. O'Keefe
Stanley C. Olsen
James H. Orr
Edward O. Owens
Ara Oztemel

Edward S. Parsons
Theodore R. Peary
Lawrence T. Perera
Nicholas V. Petrou
Edward E. Phillips
*Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Rudolph F. Pierce
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
John F. Prendiville
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M, Ouaid
fFrancis J. Quirico

William H. Raye, Jr.

Kathleen M. Rice

D. Paul Rich

Robert Riesman

R. Earl Roberson

Daniel J. Roberts
tDwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

Ronald L. Rossetti
*Kenneth G. Ryder

Ernest J. Sargeant

Donald W. Seager

Sydney Shaftman

James L. Shanahan

Robert E. Siegfried
*Dorothy M. Simon

Philip A. Singleton

Paul D. Slater
**Donald W. Smith
tFarnham W. Smith
'Charlotte B. Smith
*George A. Snell

0. Phillip Snowden
'Bernard Solomon

Robert C. Sprague

Milton Stern

David B. Stone

Galen Luther Stone

*Member of the Board of Trustees
**Honorary Trustee
fLifetime Trustee, Emeritus

Ruth B. Stuart
Stephen J. Sweeney

H. Patricia Taylor

Lawrence I. Templeman

Charles H. Tenney II

Almore I. Thompson

Milton A. Thompson

W. Nicholas Thorndike

Alan D. Tobin
*D. Thomas Trigg

Paul E. Tsongas

Joseph F, Turley
tChaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
'Martin F. Walsh
*An Wang

Lloyd B. Waring
*James L, Waters

David T. Wendell

Donald F. Whiston

William C. White
'Robert H. Willis

Richard W. Young

**Alvin C. Zises

Officers of the Corporation
and Board of Trustees

Robert H. Willis, Chairman
Norman L. Cahners, Vice

Chairman
Frank L. Farwell, Vice

Chairman
D. Thomas Trigg, Vice

Chairman, Finance
Barbara F. Burke, Secretary
Vincent J. Lembo, Assistant

Secretary
Byron K. Elliott, Lifetime

Chairman Emeritus
William R. Driver, Jr.,

Honorary Vice Chairman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.,

Honorary Vice Chairman
Farnham W. Smith, Honorary

Vice Chairman

Board of Trustees

Class of 1985

Norman L. Cahners
James V. Fetchero
Ernest Henderson III

D. Brainerd Holmes
Carl R. Hurtig
Harvey C. Krentzman
John P. LaWare
George J. Matthews
Ruth S. Stuart
James L. Waters

Class of 1986

William F. Allen, Jr.
Frederick L. Brown
Frank L. Farwell
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Allan M. Hale
Kathryn M. Nicholson
George A, Snell
D. Thomas Trigg
Martin F. Walsh

Class of 1987

Vincent Barletta
Louis W. Cabot
John J. Cullinane
Arnold S. Hiatt
Kenneth A. Loftman
John Lowell

Roderick M. MacDougall
Katherine S. McHugh
Charlotte B. Smith
An Wang

Class of 1988

Thomas E. Cargill, Jr.
Kenneth G. Fisher
Joseph E. Heney
Robert L. Johnson
George S. Kariotis
Diane H. Lupean
William J. Pruyn
Dorothy M. Simon
Bernard Solomon
Robert H. Willis

Governing Boards and Officers 243

Ex Officio
ttKenneth G. Ryder

l-lonorary Trustees
Diana J. Auger
Williann R. Driver, Jr.
Donald B. Guy
Lawrence H. Martin
Thomas L. Phillips
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

Lifetime Trustees, Emeriti

Roy H. Beaton
F. Gregg Bemis
Richard P. Chapman
David H. Cogan
Byron K. Elliott
William P. Ellison
Henry C. Jones
Frances C. Kenerson
Asa S. Knowles
Francis J. Quirico
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Farnham W. Smith
Chaplin Tyler

Board of Overseers

Class of 1986

William Elfers
Phil David Fine
Neal F. Finnegan
Albert S. Frager
Brenda J. Furlong
James S. Hekimian
Peter E. Madden

Class of 1987

Robert C. Marini
Edward O. Owens
Robert Riesman

Class of 1988

H. Patricia Taylor

W. Nicholas Thorndike

Alan Tobin

Class of 1989

Richard P. Chapman, Jr.
Vessarios G. Chigas
T. Paul Connolly

General University Committees
University Council, 1984-1985

Kenneth G. Ryder, Chairman
John A. Curry, Vice Chairman
Philip T. Crotty, Vice Chairman
Barbara F. Burke, Secretary

Richard Astro

Alan R. Benenfeld
*Holly M. Carter

Charles W. Coffin

Edmund L. Deitano
'Charles H. Ellis, Jr.

Clifford J. Fralen

Daniel J. GIvelber

Charles L. Hallenborg

Ellen S. Jackson

John W. Jordan

Paul M. Kalaghan

Christopher F. Kennedy
*James B. King

William E. Kneeland, Jr.

Roland Latham

Philip LaTorre

Vincent J. Lembo

Paul M. Lepley

Juanita O. Long

Harold Lurie

Kathryn Luttgens

John A. Martin

Philip R. McCabe

Philip R. McDonald

Christopher Mosher

John D. O'Bryant

Donald G. Porter

Paul M. Pratt

Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Daniel J. Roberts

Edward W. Robinson

Norman Rosenblatt

Phyllis M. Schaen

Gerald E. Schumacher

Arthur D. Smith

Michael J. Tighe

Royal K. Toebes

Joy W. Viola

Karl Weiss

Raymond R. Williams

Roy L. Wooldridge

Faculty Senate, 1984-85

tPhilip T. Crotty, Presiding Officer

tRichard Astro

Bruce Bolnick

Leslie A. Burg

Richard L. Canale

Holly M. Carter

Sangit Chatterjee
tJohn A. Curry

Charles H. Ellis, Jr.

William L. Faissler

Edith E. Flynn

Barbara Fraumeni

David R. Freeman

Marvin H. Friedman

Norbert L. Fullington

Maurice E. Gilmore

Richard E. Grojean

Robert J. Hehre

Irwin L. Herrnstadt

Donald M. Jacobs

Israel Katz

Margaret E. Leahy
fPaul M. Lepley
tJuanita Long
tHarold Lurie

Ali Malek-Zadeh

Bertram J. Malenka

Ronald J. McAllister
tPhilip R. McDonald

Joseph Meier

Saul Namyet

Harlan D. Piatt
fPaul M. Pratt

Thomas E. Phalen, Jr.

Richard Rasala
tNorman Rosenblatt

Robert A. Schatz
tGerald E. Schumacher

Pamela A. Stanton

M. Delaine Williamson

ttPresident of the University

'Faculty Representative of Faculty Senate Agenda Committee
fAppointed by the President

244 Governing Boards and Officers

Administrative Organization
Officers of the University

John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Executive Vice President

Edmund L. Deltano, B.A,, Vice President for Finance

Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Wee President for Administration

James B. King, B.A., LL.D. (hon). Senior Vice President for Public Affairs

Asa S. Knowles, A.B.; A.M.; LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., Sc.D. (hon), in Bus. Ed., Cliancellor

Philip LaTorre, B.S., M.S., Vice President for Human Resources Management

John A. Martin, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Business

John D. O'Bryant, B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Student Affairs

Anthony N. Penna, B.S., M.A., D.A., Senior Vice President for Academic Affairs

Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Senior Vice President for University Development

Daniel J. Roberts, B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Senior Vice President-Treasurer

Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B.; M.A.; L.H.D., Litt.D. (hon). President

Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Development

Karl Weiss, B.S., Ph.D., Vice President for Research and Vice Provost

Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., T.L.D. (hon). Vice President for Cooperative Education

Academic Deans, Directors of Schools, and General Administrative Officers

Richard Astro, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Dean of tfie College of Arts and Sciences

Alan R. Benenfeld, B.Met.E., M.L.S., M.S., Dean and Director of University Libraries

Maryann G. Billington, A.B., M.B.A., Associate Dean and Director of the Graduate School of Business
Administration

Irwin M. Cohen, B.S., M.S, Director of Men's Athletics

Martin J. Damian, B.S., Bursar

Charles Devlin, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Student Financial Services

Elisabeth M. Drake, B.S., Sc.D., Dean of the College of Engineering (Acting)

Clifford J. Fralen, B.S., M.S.E., M.B.A., Director of Physical Plant

David R. Freeman, B.Mgt.E., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean and Director of the Graduate School of
Engineering

William A. Frohlich, B.A., Dean and Director of University Press

Job E. Fuchs, M.D., Director of Health Services

Daniel J. Givelber, A.B., LL.B., Dean of the School of Lavj

Thomas E. Hulbert, B.Mgt.E., M.S., Director of Lincoln College and Associate Dean of Engineering

Ellen S. Jackson, B.A., Ed.M., C.A.G.S., D.H., D.H.L. (hon), Dean and Director of Affirmative Action

John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University College

Paul M. Kalaghan, A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Dean of the College of Computer Science

Paul M. Lepley, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Dean of the Boston-Bouve College of Human Development
Professions

Governing Boards and Officers 245

Juanita 0. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., C.A.G.S., Ed.D., Dean of Nursing

Kathryn Luttgens, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Provost

Philip R. McCabe, B.A., IVI.Ed., Dean of Admissions

Philip R. McDonald, B.A., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of tlie College of Business Administration

Edmund J. Mullen, B.A., M.Ed., University Registrar

J. Edward Neighbor, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences and
Director of tfie Graduate School

Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of the Department of Cooperative Education

Edward W. Robinson, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of Students

Nornnan Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of Criminal Justice and Director of the Graduate School of
Criminal Justice

Jeanne L. Rowlands, B.A., B.S., M.A., Director of Women's Athletics

Phyllis M. Schaen, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Dean of Administration

Gerald E. Schumacher, Pharm.D., M.Sc, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions and Director of the Graduate School

Arthur D. Smith, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Provost

Patrick Wang, B.S., M.S., Director of Graduate Studies and Research, College of Computer Science
(Acting)

Janice Walker, A.B., Assistant Dean and Director of the Graduate School of Boston-Bouve College of
Human Development Professions

246

Belmont High School
221 Concord Avenue

247

Brockton High School
470 Forest Avenue

248

Burlington Campus
South Bedford Road

Burlington High School
123 Cambridge Street

2>-\

V \

.y^

BedtorO RO \

Burlington
High /^
School AL s

Marshall
V Simmonds
A Middle

\^'

▼

^fH

BURLINGTON

0^\

\ \

^^^rO*" I.IARBIO

s^^

^^^

¥\

▲

■>

\ BUSLINGTON

^^ ^

n Campus

—

eas
rsit
gto

\ South Bedtord Rd.

b^r"

North
Unive
Burlin

LEXINGTON

WOBURN

Northeastern ^^ *\
University ^ \
Botanical Research \
Station \

249

Chelmsford High School
200 Richardson Road

250

Dedham Campus
Common Street

NEEDHAM V^

^.^--'

yr*^

^— — ~>f_

--\

'"'*'''*"''''"'''©

CHARLES RIVER 1

rtEEDHAM \^

GOLF ClUB >

. ¥

^^^'^^-yt-

s^s^^^^N.

«^

^ Necdham St •^ \

^^^^^^ CHARLE

/ / ^

\rt

K r J

POLO
FIE1.D

/ / Dedham \
/ / Campus

DEDHAM

C^^Sj^^^ POND

^^>^ A

\ \ WELD
X X POND

^S.

WESTWOOD

x^^^^

r 1

251

Framingham North
High School
A Street

J-

^^A

^^OV/ COCHITUAnE

J"*

>^ %\

^^^ /\f^^'^°

J-

Framingham ^mh J
North ^•/"' ^-

High School I ^^

^M^S^i^^^^^^^^^^^^

/ .^^'^^

y^*^

I ^^

/ ^—

V A

py^

^A,^*^©^

\ y/f

^^^

%j%

FRAMINGHAM ^ ^^^

/'LX^"

/ TOWN

^X>4 FRAM1NK3HAM
^^X/\ SHOPPERS

NATICK H
SHOPPING ■

\^^'^^«>^W

^ / l\ WOK.D

CENTER ■

X >

^ ^

/ r

\ /-N

■

^"^

X. ^

SHCRWOOO ■

^V. a.

!>LAZA ■ 1

\ji

(J26)

iEA(»«;

Z- NATICK

252

Lynnfield Middle School
505 Main Street

253

Marlboro High School
Bolton Street

254

Marshfield High School
Forest Street

255

Milford High School
31 West Fountain Street

256

Revere (Abraham Lincoln r

School)

68 Tuckerman Street

257

Westwood High School
200 Nahatan Street

258

Weymouth North

High School

1051 Commercial Street

259

Index

Absence
due to illness, 22
and withdrawal policy, 17

Academic advisers, 16, 25

Academic and Student Affairs,
Office of, 15

Academic calendar, vi-viii

Academic Computer Services, 8

Academic counseling, 15, 25-27

Academic monitoring, 22

Academic policies, 15, 16-23

Accounting
certificate program in, 132
course descriptions, 151-52
degree programs in, 44, 57
Graduate School of Profes-
sional, 4

Address change, 23

Administrative officers, 12-13,
245-46

Admission, 16
for degree candidacy, 17-18
of international students, 17

Admissions Office, 1

Adult and Special Programs,
Office of, 27

Adult education, 1

Adult Learners Program, 32

Advertising
certificate program in, 138
course descriptions, 183, 197,
198

Advisers, 16, 25

Affirmative Action policy, ii

Allied Health Professions: see
Health Professions and Sci-
ences

Alternative Freshman-Year Pro-
gram, 142-45

Alumni association, 34-35

American Sign Language (ASL)
certificate program in, 138
course descriptions, 156-57

American studies, certificate pro-
gram in, 138

Anatomy, courses in, 158, 212

Anthropology
course descriptions, 215-216
degree programs in, 126-28

Antidiscrimination policy, ii

Arabic, courses in, 191

Architecture, courses in, 156

Archives, 7

Arena, 9

Art
course descriptions, 152-56
degree programs in, 113-14

Arts and Sciences: see also
Liberal Arts

College of, 1

Graduate School of, 3

major in, 110

track, in Alternative Freshman-
Year Program, 144

transfer credit to, 109
ASL

certificate program in, 138

course descriptions, 156-57
Assessment Tutoring and Enrich-
ment Resources program, 8
Astronomy, courses in, 170, 171
Attendance, 22

at commencement, 23

and withdrawal policy, 17
Auditing

fees for, 28

policy for, 1 7
Awards

financial aid, 31, 32

Outstanding Alumni, 34-35

Professional Promise, 35

Barletta Natatorium, 9
Belmont High School, 247
Benefits management, certificate

program in, 132
Biological technology, degree pro-
grams in, 63-65
Biology, courses in. 158-59
Boston campus
directions, 7
map, iv

office hours, v-vi
Boston Library Consortium, 8
Boston-Bouve College of Human
Development Professions
graduate programs, 3
undergraduate programs, 1
Brockton High School, 247
Buildings and facilities, 7-10
Burlington campus, 9, 248
Bursar's Office, 28
Business Administration: see also
Management
certificate programs in, 37, 39,

132-34
College of, 1

degree programs in, 37, 39-55
Graduate School of, 3-4
major in, 45
minor in, 43, 107
program consultants in, 147
reserved and open sections in,

40
track, in Alternative Freshman-
Year Program, 143
transfer credit in, 19-20, 40, 41
validation requirements for, 19-
20, 40

Cabot Physical Education Center,
9, 34

Calendar, vi-viii
Campuses
facilities, 7-10
maps, iv, 247-53
office hours, v-vi
phone numbers, v
Cancellation, of classes
due to inadequate enrollment,

17
due to inclement weather, ii
Cardiopulmonary resuscitation

(CPR) course, 162
Cardiovascular health and exer-
cise course, 204
Career counseling, 15, 25-27
Career development course, 26,

182
Center for International Higher Ed-
ucation Documentation, 7
Certification of Intention to Com-
plete a Degree form, 32
Certificate programs, 37-38.
131-41
in business administration, 39,

132-34
Computer Systems Specialist

Program, 146
Dental Assistant Program, 66
in health record administration,

72
in law enforcement, 135-37
in liberal arts, 138-41
in therapeutic recreation. 86-87
Chelmsford High School. 248
Chemical-biological technology,
degree programs in, 63-65
Chemistry, courses in, 160-61
Cinema, courses in, 155, 162, 168
CLEP examinations, 19, 20. 40
Clinical assignments, 61
Clubs, 34

College-Level Examination Pro-
gram (CLEP), 19, 20, 40
Commencement: see Graduation
Communication: see also Writing
graphic, 139, 154, 156
for health care personnel, 173
speech. 140, 218-195
technical, 129-30, 140, 219-21
Community education, 1
Community health management
concentration in, 69
course descriptions. 173, 174
Compensation and benefits man-
agement, certificate program
in, 132
Computer programming and sys-
tems analysis: see also Tech-
nical communications
certificate program in, 132
course descriptions, 194-97
Computer Science, College of
graduate programs, 4
undergraduate programs. 1-2
Computer Services, 8
Computer Systems Specialist Pro-
gram, 146

260 Index

Computer technology, courses in,

220-21
Consultants and coordinators,

147-50
Contemporary studies seminar,

182-83
Continuing Education, Center tor,

5
Cooperative (co-op) plan, 1
Core career courses, 26, 182
Correctional practices
certificate program in, 135
degree programs in, 93-96
Counseling
career and academic, 15,

25-27
personal, 26

and Testing Center, 8, 26-27
Courses
auditing of, 17
cancellation of, 17
changes in, 17, 23
current listings, 16
descriptions of, 151-222
evening, 1

help in selecting, 16
intensive, 92, 189-90
maximum number of, 17
noncollegiate, 20-21, 91, 108
at other institutions, 19-20
part-time, 1
pass/fail, 17, 22
prerequisite, 16
registration for, 16
at remote locations, 10
repeating, 22
required, changes in, 23
substitution of, 18, 131
waivers for, 18, 131
withdrav\/al from, 17
CPR course, 162
Creative process, course in, 182
Credit
by examination, 19, 20, 40
for extra-institutional learning, 21
for noncollegiate experience,

20-21, 91, 108
quarter-hour, 16
transfer of, 19-20, 131
Criminal justice
certificate program in, 135
graduate programs, 4
track, in Alternative Freshman-
Year Program, 144
undergraduate programs, 2
Cultural heritage seminar, 182
Cumulative grade point average,

22
Curricula: see Programs of study
Curriculum committees, 13

Dean's List, 22
Dedham campus, 9, 249
Degree candidacy, 17-18
Degree programs, 37-38

in business administration, 39-
40

credit toward, 16

in health professions, 61-90

in law enforcement, 91-104

in liberal arts, 105-30
Dental Assistant Program, 66

course descriptions, 162-63
Dental school, requirements for,

62
Design, graphic

certificate program in, 139

course descriptions, 154, 156
Directed study

in law enforcement, 91

in liberal arts, 108
Directions, to Northeastern

University, 7
Disciplinary action, 23
Discrimination, policy against, ii
Distribution management

certificate program in, 134

course descriptions, 221-22

degree program in, 55
Dockser Hall, 9
Dodge Library, 7

Earth sciences, courses in,

170-71
Ecology, courses in, 158, 171
Economics

course descriptions, 163-66

degree program in, 110

with finance certificate, 1 1 1
Education track, in Alternative

Freshman-Year Program, 144
Ell Student Center, 7

fee for, 29
Emergency closing, ii
Employer, payment of tuition by,

28
Engineering, College of

graduate programs, 4

undergraduate programs, 2
Engineering technology, 2
English

course descriptions, 166-70

degree programs in, 112-13

required, 108

writing sample for, 17
Enrollment

inadequate, 17

of international students, 17
Epidemiology, courses in, 198
Equal opportunity employment

policy, ii
Evening courses, 1
"Events" telephone line, 8
Examinations

CLEP, 19, 20, 40

course, 23

credit by, 19, 20, 40

final, vii-viii, 23, 29

makeup, 23, 29

PEP, 19, 20, 40

placement, 16-17

for validation, 20, 40
Exercise, course in, 204
Extra-institutional learning, credit
tor, 21

Facilities, 7-10

Faculty, 1 1 , 223-40

Family Educational Rights and

Privacy Act, ii, 23
Fees, 28-29

Field work courses: see also
Internships
in health professions, 61
in law enforcement, 92
in liberal arts, 108
Film, courses in, 155, 162, 168
Final examinations
dates for, vii-viii
missed, 23, 29
Finance
certificate programs in, 111, 132
course descriptions, 171-72
degree program in, 46
Financial aid, 31-33
Fine arts
course descriptions, 152-56
degree programs in, 113-14
Food service management
certificate program in, 133
course descriptions, 180-81
degree programs in, 47-48
Foreign languages
course descriptions, 191-93
proficiency examination for, 20
Foreign students
English for, 166
enrollment of, 17
speaking skills for, 218-19
transfer credit for, 20
Forensic science, certificate pro-
gram in, 135
Framingham North High School,

249
Fraternities, 34
French, courses in, 191
Freshman-Year Program, Alterna-
tive, 142-45

General Petition, 41
Genetics, courses in, 158-59
Geology, courses in, 1 70
German, courses in, 191
Gerontology, certificate program

in, 139
Government

course descriptions, 206-209

degree programs in, 121-23
Grade point average, 22
Grade reports, 21-22
Grading system, 21-22
Graduate schools

information on, 27

programs in, 3-4

Index 261

Graduation

attendance at, 23

Commencement Data Card, 19

date of, viii

fee for, 29

with honor, 18-19

requirements for, 18
Grants, 32

Graphic design and communica-
tion

certificate program in, 139

course descriptions, 154, 156
Guaranteed Student Loan Pro-
gram, 32-33
Gymnasium, 9, 34

Handicapped, Office of Services

for, ii, 8-9
Hayden Lodge, 9
Health management

course descriptions, 172-74

degree program in, 67-69
Health Professions and Sciences

certificate programs in, 37-38,
66, 72, 85-86

clinical assignments in, 61

degree programs in, 37-38, 61-
90

distribution requirements in, 61

graduate programs, 4

preprofessional courses in, 61-
62

program directors and coordi-
nators, 62-63, 147-49

undergraduate programs, 2
Health record administration

certificate program in, 72

course descriptions, 174

degree program in, 70-71
Health science

course descriptions, 173, 176-
77

degree programs in, 73-75

track, in Alternative Freshman-
Year Program, 145
Hebrew, courses in, 191-92
Hematology

course descriptions, 198

degree program in, 79-80
Henderson House, 9
Histology, courses in, 159
History

course descriptions, 177-80

degree program in, 115-17
Holidays, vi-viii
Homework, 22-23
Honor

Dean's List, 22

graduation with, 18-19
Honor society, 34
Honors programs

in law enforcement, 91

in liberal arts, 108
Hospital management

course descriptions, 172-74

degree program in, 67-69

Hotel management
certificate program in, 133
course descriptions, 180-81
degree program in, 48

Human resources management
certificate program in, 133
course descriptions, 174-76
degree program in, 49

Human services concentration,
128

Humanities, see Liberal Arts

I
Illness, 22

Immunology, course in, 159
In absentia status, 19
Incomplete, 22
Independent study
in law enforcement, 91
in liberal arts, 108
industrial management
course descriptions, 181-82,

198-99
degree program in, 50
Industrial technology, degree pro-
gram in, 56
Information Center, 8
Instructional Development and

Evaluation, Office of, 8
Instructional Media Training and

Utilization Services, 8
Insurance and Financial Service

Institute, 4-5
International Higher Education

Documentation, Center for, 7
International students
English for, 166
enrollment of, 17
speaking skills for, 218-19
transfer credit for, 20
Internships: see also Field work
courses
in cooperative plan, 1
in management, 3
nonpaid, 27
Italian, courses in, 192

Japanese, courses in, 192
Job counseling, 15, 25-27
Jobs

co-op, 1

after graduation, 27
Job-search seminars, 26
Journalism, courses in, 183

Kappa Phi Beta, 34

Laboratory fees, 29
Laboratory science, medical

courses in, 198

degree programs in, 76-77,
79-80

Lambda Alpha Epsilon, 34
Languages see also English

foreign, 20, 191-93

sign, 138, 156-57
Latin, courses in, 192
Law

courses in, 159-60

School of, 4
Law Enforcement

certificate programs in, 38,
135-37

course descriptions, 183-90

degree programs in, 38, 91-104

field work courses in, 92

intensive courses in, 92, 189-90
Learning Resources Center, 8
Learning Resources, Office of, 8
Liberal Arts: see also Arts and
Sciences

certificate programs in, 38, 107,
138-41

degree programs in, 38, 105-
130

directed study in, 108

distribution requirements in, 107

English requirement for, 108

field work courses in, 108

honors program in, 108

noncollegiate experience credit
in, 108

professional concentrations in,
107

program consultants and coor-
dinators in, 149-50

transfer credit from, 109
Liberal studies, degree program

in, 105, 118-19
Libraries, 7-8

Boston Library Consortium, 8

collections, 7

services, 7-8
Library science, courses in,

190-91
Lincoln College, see School of En-
gineering Technology, 2
Literature

concentration in, 112

course descriptions, 166-70
Loans, 32-33
Long-term care administration

concentrations in, 68-69

course descriptions, 173-74
Loss prevention, certificate pro-
gram in, 137
Lynnfield Middle School, 250

Major, declaration of, 18
Makeups, 23, 29
Management: see also Business
Administration
course descriptions, 181-82,

193-94, 198-99
degree program in, 58
Management Development Pro-
gram, 3-4

262 Index

Management Information Systems
(MIS)
course descriptions, 194-97
degree programs in, 51, 59

Management Intern Program, 3

Management Workshops, 4

Maps
of Boston campus, iv
of suburban campuses, 247-53

Marine Science and Maritime
Studies Center, 9

Marketing
certificate program in, 133
course descriptions, 197-98
degree program in, 52

Marlboro High School, 250

Marshfield High School, 251

Massachusetts Financial Aid Form
(MFAF), 32

Mathematics
course descriptions, 199-200
placement test in, 16-17

Matthews Arena, 9

MBA program, 3

Media Services, Campus, 8

Medical laboratory science
course descriptions, 198
degree programs in, 76-78,
80-81

Medical record administration
certificate program in, 72
course descriptions, 174
degree program in, 70-71

Medical school, requirements for,
62

Medical technology, degree pro-
grams in, 76-78

Meteorology, courses in, 170

MFAF, 32

Milford High School, 251

Minorities, scholarships for, 30

MIS
course descriptions, 194-97
degree programs in, 51, 59

Modern languages
course descriptions, 191-93
proficiency examinations for, 20

Monitoring, 22

Music
certificate program in song

writing, 140
course descriptions, 200-203
degree programs in, 120
fee for instrument tutorials, 29

Name change, 23

Network Northeastern University

(NNU), 10
Noncollegiate experience credit
(NCE), 20-21
in law enforcement, 91
in liberal arts, 108
Nondegree students, 16; see also
Auditing; Certificate programs
Northeastern University
accreditation of, ii

directions to, 7

facilities of, 7-10

governing boards and officers
of, 241-46

liabilities of, ii

maps of, iv, 247-53

schools at, 1-5
Notary public, 8
Nursing

College of, 2

degree program in, 81-82

course descriptions, 203-204
Nutrition, courses in, 176

Oceanology, courses in, 170, 171

Office hours, v-vi

Open House, for new students, 25

Open section, 40

Operations management
certificate program in, 133
course descriptions, 181, 182

Organology, courses in, 159

Part-time programs, 1

Pass/fail courses, 17, 22

Pell Grant, 32

PEP examinations, 19, 20, 40

Penodontology, courses in, 176

Personnel management
certificate program in, 132, 133
course descriptions, 174-76
degree program in, 49

Pharmacology, courses in, 176

Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions
graduate programs, 4
undergraduate programs, 2

Philosophy, courses in, 204-206

Photography, courses in, 154-55,
156, 183

Physical distribution management
certificate program in, 134
course descriptions, 221-22
degree program in, 55

Physical Education Center, 9, 34

Physics, courses in, 206

Physiology, courses in, 158, 159,
212

Placement services, 17

Placement tests, 16-17; see also
PEP examinations

Policies, 15, 16-23

Political science
course descriptions, 206-209
degree programs in, 121-23

Prerequisites, 16

Probation, 23

Professional Experience Program,
26

Professional Promise Awards, 35

Proficiency Examination Program
(PEP), 19, 20. 40

Program consultants and coordi-
nators, 147-50

Programs of study
Alternative Freshman-Year,

142-45
in business administration, 39-

59, 132^4
certificate programs, 37-38,

131-41
changes in, 23
in computer systems, 146
degree programs, 37-38
in health professions, 61-90
in law enforcement, 91-104,

135-<37
in liberal arts, 105-30, 138-41

Psychology
course descriptions, 209-11
degree programs in, 124-25

Public administration
certificate program in, 139
concentration in, 123
course descriptions, 207

Public notary, 8

Public relations
certificate program in, 138
course descriptions, 183,
197-98

Purchasing
certificate program in, 134
course descriptions, 211
degree program in, 53

Quality control, courses in, 198,

199
Quality-point average, 22
Quarter-hour credit, 16

Radiologic technology

course descriptions, 211-12

degree programs in, 83-84
Real estate

certificate program in, 134

course descriptions, 212-13

degree program in, 54
Records, inspection of, ii, 23
Recruiting, 27
Refunds, 28-29
Registration

dates for, vi-viii

fee for, 28

procedure for, 16
Regulations and Discipline,

Committee on, 23
Rehabilitation: see Therapeutic

recreation services
Religion, courses in, 205-206, 216
Requirements

changes in, 23

waiver of, 18
Research

courses in, 190, 218

at University, 5
Reserved section, 40
Residence requirements, 19

Index 263

Restaurant management
certificate program in, 133
course descriptions, 180-81
degree program in, 48

Revere campus. 252

Robbins Prize, 31

Sales, courses in, 197, 198

Schedule, changes in, 16, 17

Scholarships, 30-31, 32

School of Engineering Technology
(formerly Lincoln College), 2

Sciences, program consultants
and coordinators in, 150

Security
certificate program in, 137
degree programs in, 101-104

Self-assessment, course, 26, 182

Senior status, 19

Sexual harassment, li

Sickness, 22

Sigma Epsilon Rho Honor Society,
34

Sign language
certificate program in, 138
course descriptions, 156-57

Smaller Business Management
Development Program
(SBf\^DP), 3-4

Snow emergency, ii

Social problems, certificate pro-
gram in, 137

Social sciences: see Liberal Arts

Sociology
course descriptions, 216-18
degree programs in, 126-28

Software technical writing
certificate program in, 140
course descriptions, 219, 220
degree program in, 129-30

Songwriting, certificate program
in, 140

Spanish, courses in, 192-93

Special Programs, Office of, 27

Speech communication
certificate program in, 140
course descriptions, 219

Sports
arena, 9
gymnasium, 9. 34

Statistics, courses in, 163, 164,
199-200

for health sciences, 173

for psychology, 209
Student activities, 34-35
Student Affairs, Office of, 15
Student body, 12
Student Center, 7

fee for, 29
Student Handbook, 23
Student loans, 32-33
Student rights and responsibilities,

23
Study skills workshop, 27
Suburban campuses

facilities, 9

maps, 247-53

office hours, v-vi

phone numbers, v
Swedish, courses in, 192
Swimming pool, 9, 34
Systems analysis

certificate program in, 132

course descriptions, 195-96

Technical communications
certificate program in, 140
course descriptions, 219-21
degree program in, 129-30

Tests: see Examinations

Theatre arts, courses in, 162

Therapeutic recreation services
certificate program in, 88-89
course descriptions, 213-15
degree program in, 85-87

Transcripts
fee for, 29
obtaining, 21-22
for transfer credit, 19

Transfer credit, 19-20
in business administration,

19-20, 40, 41
from certificate program, 131
in liberal arts, 109

Transfer students, admission of,
18

Transportation, to Boston campus,
7

Transportation management
certificate program in, 134
course descriptions, 221-22
degree program in, 55

Trustees, 242-43

Tuition, 28-29
for Alternative Freshman-Year

Program, 142
financial aid for, 31-33
scholarships for, 30-31, 32

Tutoring, 8, 25

Undergraduate colleges, 1-3
University College

administrative officers, 12-13,
245-46

faculty, 1 1 , 223-40

offices, v-vi

programs in, 2-3, 1 1 , 37-38

student body, 12

Validation, of required courses,

19-20, 40
Veterans' benefits, 28
Visitor Information Center, 8
Vocational counseling, 15, 25-27

Waivers, 18; see also Validation,
of required courses

in certificate programs, 131
Warren Center, 9
Westwood High School, 252
Weymouth North High School, 253
Withdrawal

absence and, 17, 22

procedure for, 17

and tuition refund, 29
Women

core career courses for, 26, 182

in engineering and information
systems, 4

scholarships for, 30, 31
Work-study program, 1
Writing: see also Communication

business, 168-69

certificate program in, 141

concentration in, 112

courses in, 166, 168-69, 183

creative, 168

critical, 166

expository, 168

news, 183

sample of, 17

song, 140

technical, 129-30, 140, 219-20

Northeastern University

1985-86

Basic Day Colleges

Course Descriptions

and Curriculum Guide

College of Arts and Sciences
Boston-Bouve College of Human

Development Professions
College of Business Administration
College of Computer Science
College of Criminal Justice
College of Engineering
School of Engineering Technology
College of Nursing
College of Pharmacy and

Allied Health Professions
University College Alternative

Freshman-Year Program

Northeastern University charges tuition for all courses taken above the normal
academic load.

The University reserves the right to make changes in the regulations and courses
announced in this bulletin.

Northeastern
University Publications
3.5.5

Contents

Curriculum Guide 1985-86

College of Arts and Sciences

(MTH) Mathematics

138

Boston-Bouve College of Human

(MUS) Music

144

Development Professions

(PHL) Philosophy and Religion

148

College of Business Administration

(PHY) Physics

153

College of Computer Science

(POL) Political Science

157

College of Criminal Justice

(PSY) Psychology

163

College of Engineering

(SOA) Anthropology

167

School of Engineering Technology

(SOC) Sociology

170

College of Nursing

(SPC) Speech Communication

176

College of Pharmacy and

(DRA) Theatre and Dance

179

Allied Health Professions

(ACC) Accounting

183

University College Alternative

(ENT) Entrepreneurship

185

Freshman-Year Program

(FIN) Rnance and Insurance

185

The Writing Center

(HRM) Human Resources

Basic College Compensatory

Management

188

Programs

(INB) International Business

Course Descriptions

Administration
(MGT) Management

190
191

(MKT) Marketing

193

(CHE) Chemical Engineering

(MSC) Management Science

194

(CIV) Civil Engineering

(TRN) Transportation

196

(ECE) Electrical Engineering

(CRS) Counseling Psychology,

(GE) General Engineering

Rehabilitation and Special

(IIS) Industrial Engineering

Education

197

(ME) Mechanical Engineering

(ED) Department of Education

198

(COM) Computer Science

(HSL) Health, Sport, and Leisure

202

(CHT) Chemical Engineering

Studies

Technology

(PTH), (PCL),(PCT), (PHP), (PMC)

(CT) Computer Technology

Physical Therapy

214

(EET) Electrical Engineering

(SLA) Speech-Language

Technology

Pathology and Audiology

215

(GET) General Engineering

(PAH) Pharmacy

217

Technology

(TOX) Toxicology

221

(MET) Mechanical Engineering

(HRA) Health Professions

221

Technology

(MLS) Medical Laboratory Science

222

(APR) African-American Studies

(HRA) Health Record

(ASL) American Sign Language

Administration

224

(ART) Art and Architecture

(RTH) Respiratory Therapy

226

(BIO) Biology

100

(NUR) Nursing

229

(CHM) Chemistry

105

(CJ) Criminal Justice

230

(GEO) Earth Sciences

108

(AIR), (ARM), (NAV) Military

(ECN) Economics

110

Science

233

(ENG) English

114

(COP) Cooperative Education

236

(HST) History

120

(INT) Interdisciplinary Courses

237

(JRN) Journalism

127

Alternative Freshman-Year

Linguistics

128

Program

240

(LN), (LNC), (LNF), (LNS), (LNL),
(LNG), (LNR), (LNI) Modern
Languages

Academic Calendar

242

129

Delivery of Services

The University assumes no liability, and hereby expressly negates the same, for failure to provide or delay in
providing educational or related services or facilities or for any other failure or delay in performance arising out
of or due to causes beyond the reasonable control of the University, w/hich causes include, without limitation,
power failure, fire, strikes by University employees or others, damage by the elements and acts of public
authorities. The University will, however, exert reasonable efforts, when in its judgment it is appropriate to do so,
to provide comparable or substantially equivalent services, facilities or performance, but its inability or failure to
do so shall not subject it to liability.

The Northeastern University catalog contains current information regarding the University calendar, admis-
sions, degree requirements, fees, and regulations, and such information is not intended to be and should not be
relied upon as a statement of the University's contractual undertakings.

Northeastern University reserves the right in its sole judgment to promulgate and change rules and regulations
and to make changes of any nature in its program, calendar, admissions policies, procedures and standards,
degree requirements, fees, and academic schedule whenever it is deemed necessary or desirable, including,
without limitation, changes in course content, the rescheduling of classes, cancelling of scheduled classes and
other academic activities and requiring or affording alternatives for scheduled classes or other academic
activities, in any such case giving such notice as is reasonably practicable under the circumstances.
Northeastern will do its best to make available to you the finest education, the most stimulating atmosphere and
the most congenial conditions it can provide. But the quality and the rate of progress of your academic career is
in large measure dependent upon your own abilities, commitment, and effort. This is equally true with respect to
professional advancement upon completion of the degree or program in which you are enrolled. The University
cannot guarantee that you will obtain or succeed at any particular job; that will depend upon your own skills,
achievement, presentation, and other factors such as market conditions at that time. Similarly in many
professions and occupations there are increasing requirements imposed by federal and state statutes and
regulatory agencies for certification or entry into a particular field. These may change during the period of time
when you are at Northeastern and they may vary from state to state and from country to country. While the
University stands ready to help you find out about these requirements and changes, it is your responsibility to
initiate the inquiry because the University has no other way of knowing what your expectations and understand-
ings are.

In brief, the University is there to offer you educational opportunities and choices and to assist you in finding the
direction in which you want to steer your educational experience. But you are a partner in this venture with an
obligation and responsibility to yourself.

Antidiscrimination Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of equal opportunity for all students and employees without
regard to race, color, religion, sex, sexual preference, national origin, or handicap or veteran status. The
University prohibits discrimination in all matters involving admission, registration, and all official relationships
with students, including evaluation of academic performance.

Equal Opportunity Employment Policy

Northeastern University is an equal opportunity employer It is institutional policy that there shall be no
discrimination against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, age,
national origin, or handicap or veteran status.

Northeastern also prohibits discrimination against any employee regarding upgrading, demotion or transfer,
layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training. In addition.
Northeastern adheres to Affirmative Action guidelines in all recruitment endeavors.

Further, Northeastern will not condone any forms of sexual harassment which is defined as the use of
unwelcome sexual advances, requests for favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature: as an
explicit or implicit condition of employment, as the basis for employment decisions or to interfere with an
individual's work performance by creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment.
Inquiries concerning our equal opportunity policies may be referred to the University Title IX Coordinator/
Compliance Officer for Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Affirmative Action Office, Richards Hail.
Telephone 617-437-2133.

Accreditation Statement

Northeastern University is accredited by the New England Association of Schools and Colleges, Inc., which
accredits schools and colleges in the six New England states. Accreditation by the Association indicates that
the institution has been carefully evaluated and found to meet standards agreed upon by qualified educators.

Children's Center

Northeastern University operates a Children's Center in 123 Forsyth Building. The Center is academically
housed in the Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions' Department of Curriculum and
Instruction. Children from age 2 years and 9 months to 6 years are eligible. For further information, phone
617-437-3929.

College of Arts and Sciences / 1

College of Arts and Sciences

The College of Arts and Sciences offers students programs leading to two degrees in most majors: the Bachelor
of Arts and the Bachelor of Science. Degree requirements for the options in each major are listed on the
following pages. In addition to these requirements specified by the major department, the college has estab-
lished certain minimum graduation requirements for its students. They are as follows:

Quantitative: Candidates for either the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree who entered in or

after the fall quarter of 1 974 must successfully complete 1 76 quarter hours of credit, of which 32 quarter

hours may be taken outside the College of Arts and Sciences. In addition, only four quarter hours of

Physical Education and no ROTC credits may be used to meet this requirement.

Residency: Candidates must complete either 75 percent of the degree credit or the last three full quarters (a

minimum of twelve full courses) at Northeastern.

Qualitative: Candidates must achieve a minimum cumulative average of 2.0 (grade of C).

Other Degree Requirements

Modern Foreign Language
All candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree must attain the level of proficiency in a modern language
indicated by either a passing grade at the intermediate level of a college language course or by meeting a
comparable criterion approved by the Modern Languages Department. Please note American Sign Language
does not fulfill this requirement.
A conditional exemption from this requirement may be granted to:

1) Students who earned an average grade of C or better in a full, four-year language sequence in
secondary school or

2) Students who earned an average grade of A in a three-year language sequence in secondary school.

A conditional exemption must be confirmed by taking a proficiency examination during the student's first
quarter at the University. A sufficiently high score will verify the exemption; otherwise the student will be advised
to enroll in an appropriate language course in the following quarter
An absolute exemption will be granted to students:

1) For whom English is a foreign language;

2) Who receive a score of 550 or better in a CEEB language achievement examination.

Students who have not met the foreign language requirement at the time of entrance will register for courses
appropriate to the scope and level of prior study The normal sequence for students with no prior preparation is
two quarters of elementary-level language and two quarters of intermediate-level language. The Modern
Languages Department will determine an appropriate entry point at which students who have partial language
preparation may begin completing the requiement.

The following requirements are effective for all students who entered prior to the Fall of 1 984 and upperclass
transfer students who entered prior to the Fall of 1985:

The Distribution Requirement: The Distribution Requirement is required of Bachelor of Arts candidates in all
programs. Very generally, it involves taking ten courses (or forty quarter hours) of courses outside of the
major area. For full details on this requirement, consult the Arts and Sciences Student Guidebook, which is
available in the Dean's Office, 400 Meserve Hall.

Freshman English: All degree candidates must successfully complete one or two quarters of Freshman
Composition (depending on test placement results) and one quarter of Introduction to Literature.

The following requirements are effective for all freshmen who entered in or after the Fall of 1984 and all other

students who enter in the Fall of 1 985 or after:

The Core Curriculum: This requirement replaces the former Freshman English and Distribution described
above. Depending upon whether a student is a candidate for a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science, a
certain number of courses must be taken in each of the following categories.

I) Basic Skills (Quantitative and Communicative)

II) Methods of Inquiry

III) The Western Cultural Heritage

IV) Alternative Cultures and Societies

2 / College of Arts and Sciences

V) Theoretical Perspectives and Changes

VI) Current Issues in Perspective
Please note that courses which count in the above categories have the appropriate roman numeral at the end of
their course descriptions in the follow/ing pages.

African-American Studies

Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Science

Minor in African-American
Studies

A major in African-American Studies offers background for a wide range of
professions calling for understanding of intergroup relations and the minority
experience. Students may go on to graduate study in such areas as social work,
sociology education, law, business, history, or the humanities.
Students majoring in African-American Studies may earn either the Bachelor of
Arts (B.A.) or Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree. All majors are required to take the
following set of courses.

AFR 1 1 61 Economic Issues in Minority Communities

APR 1280 Black Psychological Identity

AFR 1 353 Research

AFR 1 300 Directed Study

AFR 1121 African-American Literature

AFR 1240 Contemporary Issues in Black Society

AFR 1 1 93 Africa Today

AFR 1 131 African-American History

AFR 1 1 71 Survey of Black Political Movements

AFR 1248 Race Relations in America
Faculty advisers work with students to help them select one or more "concentra-
tion clusters" (as described below) in African-American Studies to fulfill the
distribution requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree or the career-package
program for the Bachelor of Science degree.

A minor in African-American Studies is designed to meet the needs of students
who major in other areas but have special interest in African-American Studies. To
qualify for a minor, a student must earn 28 quarter-hour credits in the field, 1 2 of
which must be from the set of courses required for majors. The remaining credits
will be a concentration cluster arranged in consultation with a student's faculty
adviser

A concentration cluster is a set of four courses that focuses on a given aspect of
African-American Studies. A cluster might focus on sociology-psychology history,
humanities, human service, research, or other areas related to the student's
educational or career needs. Concentration clusters are arranged in consulta-
tions between the student and a faculty adviser

Art and Architecture

Bachelor of Arts Major in Art: ART 1 1 00, History of Art to 1 400, and ART 1101, History of Art since

Bachelor of Science 1 400; twelve art electives; INT 1 1 00, Introduction to Art, Drama, and Music; one

music elective, one theatre and dance elective; and one elective from history
psychology or philosophy.

Studio Art Concentration. Same requirements as for the art major, except for the
art electives, for which are substituted: ten studio courses (ART 1124, Basic
Drawing; ART 1 1 27, Basic Painting; ART 1 1 30, Foundations of Visual Design; ART
1 132, Graphic Design I; ART 1 138, Introduction to Printmaking; ART 1 160, Basic
Photography I; ART 1170, Filmmaking Workshop; ART 1250, Color Theory and
Practice; ART 1254, Intermediate Drawing; and ART 1261, Basic Photography II),

College of Arts and Sciences / 3

Minors in Art

and four art history courses (ART 1213, Modern Painting; ART 1230, History of
Photography; or ART 1233, Contemporary Directions in Photography; ART 1235,
History of Rim; or ART 1 236, The American Rim; and ART 1 240, History of Graphic
Design).

History of Art and Architecture Coricentration. Same requirements as for the art
major, except for the art electives, for which are substituted: eight history of art
and architecture courses (ART 1 200, Ancient Art and Architecture; or ART 1 203,
Medieval Art and Architecture; ART 1 204, Renaissance Art and Architecture; ART
1210, French Painting; ART 1213, Modern Painting; ART 1220, American Sculp-
ture and Painting; or ART 1 223, American Architecture; ART 1 228, Contemporary
Architecture and the City; ART 1230, History of Photography; or ART 1233,
Contemporary Directions in Photography; and ART 1235, History of Rim; or ART
1 236, The American Rim; or ART 1 237, Contemporary Directions in Cinema), and
six studio courses (ART 1124, Basic Drawing; ART 1127, Basic Painting; ART
1130, Foundations of Visual Design; ART 1150, Introduction to Architectural
Design; ART 1 1 60, Basic Photography I; and ART 1 250, Color Theory and Practice).
Architecture Concentration. In collaboration with the Boston Architectural Center
and leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. Same requirements as for the art
major, except for the art electives for which are substituted: six architectural
history courses (ART 1111, Introduction to Architecture; ART 1200, Ancient Art
and Architecture; or ART 1 203, Medieval Art and Architecture; ART 1 204, Renais-
sance Art and Architecture; ART 1223, American Architecture; ART 1225, Tech-
nology Architecture, and the City; and ART 1 228, Contemporary Architecture and
the City); three studio courses (ART 1 150, Introduction to Architectural Design;
ART 1 1 24, Basic Drawing; and one art elective); five math/science courses (MTH
1123. Calculus; MTH 1124, Calculus; PHY 1221, Physics for Engineers I; PHY
1 222, Physics for Engineers II; and one computer science elective); and six studio
and four technical courses offered at the Boston Architectural Center
History of Architecture: ART 1111, History of Architecture; ART 1 1 50, Introduction
to Architectural Design; ART 1113, Architecture and the City; ART 1 223, American
Architecture; ART 1225, Technology Architecture, and the City; and ART 1228,
Contemporary Architecture and the City.

History of Art: ART 1 200, Ancient Art and Architecture; ART 1 203, Medieval Art and
Architecture; ART 1204, Renaissance Art and Architecture; ART 1210, French
Painting; ART 1213, Modern Painting; and ART 1220, American Sculpture and
Painting.

Film and Photography: ART 1 1 70, RImmaking Workshop; ART 1 236, The American
Rim; ART 1 237, Contemporary Directions in Cinema; ART 1 1 60, Basic Photogra-
phy I; ART 1 261 , Basic Photography II; and ART 1 233, Contemporary Directions in
Photography.
General Minor: Selection of any six courses from the departmental curriculum.

Biology

Bachelor of Arts

BIO 1103, Principles of Biology I; BIO 1104, Principles of Biology II; BIO 1105,
Principles of Biology III; BIO 1211, Environmental and Population Biology; BIO
1260, Genetics and Developmental Biology; BIO 1261, Cell Physiology and Bio-
chemistry; four advanced biology electives approved by department Advisory
Committee.

MTH 1 1 06, MTH 1 1 07, or Calculus (one year); PHY 1 201 , PHY 1 202, Physics for
the Life Sciences I and II; PHY 1501, PHY 1502, Physics Laboratory for the Life
Sciences I and II; or PHY 1231, Physics for Science Majors 1; and PHY 1232,
Physics for Science Majors II, or PHY 1233, Physics for Science Majors III; PHY
1 531 , PHY 1 533, or PHY 1 532, Physics Laboratory for Science Majors I and II or III;
CHM 1111, General Chemistry; CHM 1122, General Chemistry II; CHM 1221,
Analytical Chemistry; CHM 1264, CHM 1265, Organic Chemistry I and II.

4 / College of Arts and Sciences

Bachelor of Science BIO 1 1 03, Principles of Biology I; BIO 11 04, Principles of Biology II; BIO 1 1 05,

Principles of Biology III; BIO 1211, Environmental and Population Biology; BIO
1260, Genetics and Developmental Biology; BIO 1261, Cell Physiology and Bio-
chemistry; BIO 1 490, Senior Seminar; four advanced biology electives approved
by department Advisory Committee.

Calculus (one year); PHY 1 231 , PHY 1 232, PHY 1 233, Physics for Science Majors
I, II, and III; PHY 1 531 , PHY 1 532, Physics Laboratory for Science Majors I and II; or
PHY 1 533, Physics Laboratory for Science Majors III; CHM 1111, General Chemis-
try; CHM 1122, General Chemistry II; CHM 1221, Analytical Chemistry; CHM
1264, CHM 1265, Organic Chemistry I and II; two additional advanced science
electives approved by the Departmental Advisory Committee.
Foreign language requirement.

Chemistry

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Minor in Chemistry

MTH 1 1 43, MTH 1 1 44, MTH 1 1 45, Calculus I, II, and III; PHY 1 231 , PHY 1 232, PHY
1233, Physics for Science Majors I, II, and III; PHY 1532, PHY 1533, Physics
Laboratory for Science Majors II and III.

CHM 1151, CHM 1152, General Chemistry I and II; CHM 1153, The Chemical
Elements; CHM 1231, Analytical Chemistry; CHM 1271, CHM 1272, CHM 1273,
Organic Chemistry I, II, and III; CHM 1391, CHM 1392, CHM 1393, Physical
Chemistry I, II, and III; CHM 1431, Instrumental Analysis; CHM 1441, Inorganic
Chemistry; CHM 1 461 , Identification of Organic Compounds; two advanced science
or mathematics electives; one advanced laboratory; MTH 1243, Calculus and
Linear Methods I; or MTH 1223, Calculus.

MTH 1143. MTH 1144, MTH 1145, Calculus I, II, and III; MTH 1245, Differential
Equations and Linear Methods I; or MTH 1 225, Mathematical Analysis; PHY 1 231 ,
PHY 1 232, PHY 1 233, Physics for Science Majors I, II, and III; PHY 1 532, PHY 1 533,
Physics Laboratory for Science Majors II and III.

After a general chemistry sequence, CHM 1 231 , Analytical Chemistry; CHM 1 271 ,
CHM 1 272, CHM 1 273, Organic Chemistry I, II, III; CHM 1 391 , CHM 1 382, Physical
Chemistry I, II.

Economics

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

ECN 1115, ECN 1116, Principles and Problems of Economics I and II; ECN 1 250,
ECN 1251, Statistics I and II; ECN 1216, Microeconomic Theory; ECN 1215,
Macroeconomic Theory; six economics electives.

MTH 1 1 06, MTH 1 1 07, Fundamentals of Mathematics I and II; four social science
electives other than economics.

ECN 1115, ECN 1116, Principles and Problems of Economics I and II; ECN 1 250,
ECN 1251, Statistics I and II; ECN 1216, Microeconomic Theory; ECN 1215,
Macroeconomic Theory; ECN 1350, Introduction to Econometrics; or ECN 1351,
Problems in Economic Research; ten economics electives.
MTH 1 1 06, MTH 1 1 07, Fundamentals of Mathematics I and II; four social science
electives other than economics.

College of Arts and Sciences / 5

Minor In Economics ECN 1115, ECN 1116, Principles and Problems of Economics I and II; ECN 1216,

Microeconomic Theory; ECN 1215, Macroeconomic Theory; four electives in
economics. Electives to be selected with the advice of a department adviser. Any
course taken outside the Department of Economics to satisfy these economics
elective requirements must be approved by a faculty adviser in the Department.

English

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Minor in Literature

Minor in Writing

Minor in Linguistics

Minor in Technical
Communications

ENG 1126, Backgrounds to English and American Literature; ENG 1307,
Approaches to Literature; ENG 1 1 20, ENG 1121, Survey of American Literature I
and II; two period courses; one figure course; one language and writing course;
one junior-senior seminar; three English electives in literary studies or periods or
language and writing.

ENG 1126, Backgrounds to English and American Literature; ENG 1307,
Approaches to Literature; ENG 1 1 20, ENG 1121, Survey of American Literature I
and II; two period courses; one figure course, one language and writing course;
one junior-senior seminar; three English electives in literary studies or periods or
language and writing.

Distribution requirements as required for the Bachelor of Arts program. Six courses
required. Two survey courses required from the following: ENG 1 120, Survey of
English Literature I; ENG 1121, Survey of English Literature II; ENG 1 1 23, Survey of
American Literature I; ENG 1124, Survey of American Literature II. One course
from each of the following categories: (a) periods; (b) major figures; and (c)
language and writing. One elective from (a), (b), (c), or literary studies.

Six courses required. Two courses from: ENG 1350, Intermediate Writing; ENG
1351, Creative Writing; ENG 1125, Technical Writing I. Four courses from: ENG
1370, Technical Writing II; ENG 1371, Writing for the Computer Industry; ENG
1380, Writing for the Professions: Health Services; ENG 1 352, Advanced Writing;
ENG 1381, Writing for the Professions: Business Administration; ENG 1382,
Writing for the Professions: Criminal Justice; ENG 1357, Poetry Workshop; ENG
1358, notion Workshop; ENG 1362, Publication Arts; ENG 1359, Nonfiction
Workshop; ENG 1 361 , The Writing Process; ENG 1 360, Topics in Writing: Reading
and Wnting Nonfiction.

See Interdisciplinary Minors.

Geology

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

GEO 1212, Physical Geology; GEO 1213, Physical Geology Laboratory; GEO
1222, Historical Geology; GEO 1223, Historical Geology Laboratory; GEO 1310,
Descriptive Mineralogy; GEO 131 1, Optical Crystallography; GEO 1312, Petrog-
raphy; GEO 1418, Structural Geology; six geology electives.
MTH 1 1 06, MTH 1 1 07, Fundamentals of Mathematics I and II; or MTH 1 1 07, MTH
1108, Calculus I and II; PHY 1231, Physics for Science Majors; or PHY 1201,
Physics for the Life Sciences I; CHM 1111, General Chemistry I; CHM 1122,
General Chemistry II.

GEO 1212, Physical Geology; GEO 1213, Physical Geology Laboratory; GEO
1222, Historical Geology; GEO 1223, Historical Geology Laboratory; GEO 1305,
Rock Identification Laboratory; GEO 1310, Descriptive Mineralogy; GEO 1311,
Optical Crystallography; GEO 1312, Petrography

6 / College of Arts and Sciences

Minor in Geology

MTH 1107, MTH 1108, Calculus I and II, or MTH 1123, MTH 1124, MTH 1125,
Calculus I, II, and III; PHY 1 231 , PHY 1 232, PHY 1 233, Physics for Science Majors I,
II, and III; CHM 1111, CHM 1 1 22; or CHM 1151, CHM 1 1 52, General Chemistry I
and II; CHM 1231 or CHM 1221, Analytical Chemistry; or CHM 1391, Physical
Chemistry; or GEO 1412, Geochemistry; two approved additional science elec-
tives; six courses in the humanities and/or social sciences; GEO 1 41 8, Structural
Geology; eight geology electives.

GEO 1212, Physical Geology; GE0 1 222. Historical Geology GEO 1310, Descrip-
tive Mineralogy; plus two of the following one-credit laboratories; GEO 1213,
Physical Geology Laboratory; GEO 1223, Historical Geology Laboratory; GEO
1305, Rock Identification Laboratory; plus four geology electives (GEO 1412 or
higher number) chosen with the approval of the Earth Science Department.

History

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Honors Program

HST 1 101 and HST 1 102, Western Civilization I and II; HST 1 201 and HST 1202,
United States to 1877 and United States since 1877; HST 1241, The Historian's
Craft; HST 1805, Approaches to History; nine history electives distributed as
follows: two courses in Group A (ancient, medieval, early modern Europe); two
courses in Group B (modern Europe); two courses in Group C (America); two
courses in Group D (other regions); one course in any of the above groups.
Recommended: Courses in the related social sciences.

HST 1101 and HST 1102, Western Civilization I and II; HST 1201 and HST 1202,
United States to 1877 and United States since 1877; HST 1241, The Historian's
Craft; HST 1 251 , Social Science Methodology; HST 1 805, Approaches to History;
eleven history electives distributed as follows: two courses in Group A (ancient,
medieval, and early modern Europe); two courses in Group B (modern Europe);
two courses in Group C (America); two courses in Group D (other regions); three
courses in any of the above groups.

Either a social science minor that requires some theoretical or methodological
courses; or a social science minor without theoretical or methodological courses
(in which case students must take either PSY 121 1, SOC 1320, or ECN 1250 or
another acceptable statistics course); or a coherent program in science and/or
social science composed of six courses (in which case students should consult
with their departmental adviser and have the approval of the Undergraduate
Committee in the Department of History) ; or a recognized minor in another college
of the University (e.g., Business Administration).
A computer course approved by the departmental adviser

The Arts and Sciences Honors Program runs "honors" sections of some standard
required or elective courses, as well as some interdisciplinary honors seminars
and minicourses. Of the honors courses listed below, those with departmental
numbers are generally described in that department's section in the pages which
follow, and those with "INT" numbers (seminars or minicourses) are described at
the end of the Arts and Sciences section. The courses listed are those which will
be offered this year For more detailed information on courses, how to qualify to
take an honors course, and other aspects of the program, contact the Honors
Office at 437-2333 or drop by 215 Lake Hall.

Fall: CHM 1151, General Chemistry; ECN 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics;
ENG 1 800, Honors English I; HST 1113, Honors Western Civilization I; JRN 1 250,
Interpreting the Day's News; MTH 1 843, Calculus I; INT 1 843, Literature, Science
and Policy (honors seminar).

Winter: ENG 1801, Honors English II; HST 1114, Honors Western Civilization II;
MTH 1844, Calculus II; PHL 1 100, Introduction to Philosophy; SOC 1 100, Intro-
duction to Sociology; INT 1824, The Art and Science of Bell Ringing (honors
seminar); SOC 1819, Drinking in College (honors minicourse).

Human Services

College of Arts and Sciences / 7

Spring: MTH 1845, Calculus III; PHL 1110, Introduction to Religion; PHY 1111,
Introduction to Astronomy; PSY 1110, Perspectives in Psychology; ENG 1 308,
Myth and Archetype in Literature (honors seminar); INT 1825, The Brain (honors
seminar).

Bachelor of Arts

Specialization in
Deaf Studies

Prerequisite Courses (six): SOC 1100, Introduction to Sociology; or ED 1100,
Education and Social Science; ED 1302, The Human Services Professions; PSY
1 1 1 1 and PSY 1112, Foundations of Psychology I and II; or ED 1 1 02 and ED 1 1 03,
Human Development and Learning I and II; POL 1111, Introduction to American
Government; ECN 1 1 1 5 or ECN 1116, Principles and Problems of Economics; or
equivalent.

Core Courses (nine): PSY 1211, Statistics in Behavioral Science I; or SOC 1 320,
Introduction to Statistical Analysis or ED 1 307, Introduction to Educational Statis-
tics; PSY 1511, Experimental Design in Psychology; or SOC 1321, Research
Methods I, or SOC 1 324, Human Services Research and Evaluation, or POL 1 300,
Conceptual Foundations of Contemporary Political Analysis; SOC 1240, Sociol-
ogy of Human Services Organizations; PSY 1 272, Personality I; PSY 1 373, Abnormal
Psychology I; ED 1300, Education and Psychosocial Development; SPC 1338,
Group Discussion; or ED 1 301 , Educational Applications of Social Psychology; or
ED 1317, Seminar in Group Process; CRS 1310, Intervention Strategies; INT
1333, Senior Seminar.

Specified Electives (any three courses): SOC 1245, Sociology of Poverty; SOC
1250, The Sociology of Private and Public Assistance; SOC 1535, Seminar in
Social Welfare; POL 1 308, The Politics of Poverty; ECN 1315, Income Inequalities
and Discrimination; AFR 1 240, Contemporary Issues in Black Society; AFR 1 1 50,
Black Cultural Development in the United States; AFR 1243, Minorities, Ethnicity,
and Human Rights; ED 1 31 0, Class and Ethnic Relations in Education; CRS 1 200,
Introduction to Special Education.

Specializations (five courses in any one specialization): Specializations are indi-
vidually constructed by the student and his/her adviser Alternatives are grouped
in three broad clusters: Clinical, Community, and Administration.
Reldwork: INT 1330, Human Services Reldwork I; INT 1331, Human Services
Reldwork II.

Prerequisite Courses, Core Courses, and Fieldwork Courses follow the standard
Human Services major

Ttiree Specified Electives selected from the list above, including the following
alternatives: PSY 1271 or SOC 1135, Social Psychology; SOA 1135, Language
and Culture; SOA 1 101, Culture, Meaning, and Everyday Experience; ENG 1118,
Introduction to Language; PSY 1263, Body Language; SOC 1 140, Sociology of
Prejudice; SPC 1 232, Male and Female Communications; CRS 1313, Introduction
to Counseling.

Deaf Studies Specialization: ASL 1101, American Sign Language I; ASL 1102,
American Sign Language II; ASL 1201, Intermediate American Sign Language I;
ASL 1202, Intermediate American Sign Language II; and five courses selected
from: ASL 1 21 1 , Deaf Culture; ASL 1 21 2, Deaf History; PSY 1 363, American Sign
Language Linguistics; PSY 1 261 , Bilingualism; SLA 1101, Introduction to Speech
and Hearing; ASL 1401, American Sign Language Literature.

8 / College of Arts and Sciences

Interdisciplinary

Independent Major

Minor in Asian Studies

Minor in Marine Studies
Minor in Media Studies

Minor in Technical
Communication

An eligible student may petition the College Curriculum Committee to meet
requirements for the B.A. degree in an Independent major Eligibility, procedures,
and requirements must be discussed in advance with an adviser in the Dean's
Office. No student may be considered an Independent major until a curriculum
proposal has been submitted to, and approved by, the Curriculum Committee.

The minor program allows students the choice of concentration in Middle East
Studies or East Asian Studies (China, Japan, Korea). In each concentration there
are three core courses and four electives.

Middle Eastern Studies Concentration: Core courses: HST 1612, The Modern
Middle East; POL 1345, Government and Politics in the Middle East; and PHL
1280, Islam. Choose four of the following electives: SOC, Social Change; POL
1384, Arab-Israeli Conflict; HST 1652, Islam Resurgent; HST 1613, Contempo-
rary Middle East; HST 1614, The Middle East Today in Fact, Fiction, Film; MUS
1 1 82, Music of the Middle East; ECN 1 332, Economic History of Less Developed
Countries.

East Asian Studies Concentration: SOC 1 432, People and Culture of China; POL
1332, Government and Politics of Japan; PHL 1215, Eastern Religions. Choose
four electives: SOC 1104, Contemporary Japanese Culture and Society; POL
1371, Government and Politics of China; POL 1372, China's Foreign Relations;
HST 1641, Recent Leaders of Asia; HST 1633, China Since 1850; HST 1637,
Japan Since 1850; HST 1634, Communist China; PHL 1255, Indian Philosophy;
PHL 1250, Chinese Philosophy; PHL 1130, Ethics: East and West; PHL 1293,
Mysticism: East and West; HST 1 670, Introduction to Third World History For both
concentrations, it is strongly recommended that students pursue language training
to gain proficiency in an Asian language. Chinese courses are currently taught in
the Basic College program.

Revised requirements are available at the Marine Science and Maritime Studies
Center

To qualify for a minor in Media Studies, the student must complete a minimum of
eight courses as follows; three required courses: SPC 1 250, Introduction to Mass
Communication; HST 1 575, History of Media in America; and SPC 1 300, Introduc-
tion to Communication Theory or SPC 1317, Theories of Audience Behavior; or
INT 1320, Exploring Humanities through Rim; and five elective courses from the
two categories Media Production and Media Application (at least two electives in
each category). Individual student programs will be developed in consultation
with faculty advisers. Interested students should contact Dr Zaremba (Depart-
ment of Speech Communication) for information on program development and
elective choices.

Technical communication combines written, oral, and graphics skills with a back-
ground in science or technology The minor in Technical Communication gives
students the opportunity to prepare themselves for careers as technical writers,
or for careers in which technical communication is a significant part of their jobs.
Students in English or other liberal arts studies may elect the minor, as may
students from a variety of technological or scientific fields. A student does not
have to be enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences to declare the minor

Eight courses are required. Students must choose courses from the following

areas:

Writing Courses

ENG 1 125 Technical Writing II (Required)
Choose two of the following:

ENG 1 370 Technical Writing II

ENG 1371 Writing for the Computer Industry

ENG 1380 Writing for the Professions: Health Services

ENG 1 352 Advanced Writing

ENG 1381 Writing for the Professions: Business Administration

College of Arts and Sciences / 9

One of these courses must be ENG 1370 or 1371.

Speech Communication Courses
Choose one:

SPC 1116 Business and Professional Speaking

SRC 1331 Interpersonal Communication II

Graphic Arts Courses

JRN 1440 Design and Graphics
You may take an equivalent in another department or college.

Minor in Urban Studies

Minor in Women's Studies

Computer F'ogramming

COM 1 1 01 Introduction to Computers I (Required)
Computer Science and Science Courses

Choose two courses. We strongly recommend a sequence of two in the same area.
IIS 1 1 25 COBOL Programming I
GE 1 1 06 FORTRAN Programming
BIO 11 30 General Biology
BIO 1131 Animal Biology
CHM1111 General Chemistry
CHM1112 General Chemistry
GE0 1 2 1 2 Physical Geology
GE0 1213 Historical Geology
PHY 1 231 Physics for Science Majors I
PHY 1 232 Physics for Science Majors II
PHY 1 233 Physics for Science Majors III

Students must take 28 quarter hours (seven courses) as follows: Required Courses
(three): SOC 1 147, Urban Society; POL 1324, Urban Politics; ECN 1320, Urban
Economics. One course from each of the following four areas: Urban Problems
and Policies (SOC 1346, Suburb and Metropolis; POL 1318, State and Local
Government; ECN 1 321 , Urban Economic Problems and Policies), Urban Humani-
ties (HST 1391, European Urban History to 1850; HST 1543, American Urban
History; ENG 1608, The City in Literature), Urban Form and Design (ART 1113,
Architecture and the City; ART 1 225, Technology, Architecture, and the City; ART
1 1 50, Introduction to Architectural Design), African-American Studies (APR 1 261 ,
Economics of Urban Poverty; APR 1 275, Urban Political Issues; APR 1 475, Public
Policy Analysis).

To obtain credit for the minor, students must file a petition form with the College of
Arts and Sciences at the time of senior clearance. Petition forms may be obtained
at the College office or from advisers for the program. Interested students should
confer with an adviser as soon as possible. Advisers are: Professor Robert Gilbert,
Political Science (303 ME, ext. 2796); Professor Ronald McAllister, Soc./Anthro
(500 HO, ext. 2868); Professor Clay McShane, History (203 ME, ext. 2660);
Professor Peter Serenyl, Art (401 UO, ext. 2346); Professor Gregory Wassell,
Economics (317 LA, ext. 2196).

Students take nine of the following courses, including four required interdiscipli-
nary courses, and five electives.

Required Interdisciplinary Courses: INT 1 1 50, Introduction to Women's Studies;
SOC 1302, Feminist Perspectives on Society; INT 1850, Seminar in Research I;
INT 1851, Seminar in Research II.

Elective Courses: SOA 1 1 60, Sex, Sex Roles, and the Family; SOC 1 1 02, Evolution
and Society; SOC 1 1 60, Sex and Gender Roles; SOC 1 1 77, Social Roles in
Business; SOC 1 1 78, Women Working; SOC 31 55, The Family; SOC 31 60. Men,
Women, and Social Change; HST 1472, Family in European History; HST 1392,
Women in European History; HST 1473, Women in Modern Europe; HST 1554,
The American Women; HST 1553, Family in American History; HST 3399,
Approaches to Women's History; AFR 1241, The Black Family; AFR 1480, Black
Women/Black Men; BIO 1187, Biology of Human Reproduction; PHL 1295,

1 0 / College of Arts and Sciences

Minors in Rim Studies,
Sport and Society

Medicine, Religion, and the Healer's Art; DRA 1 128, Women in Western Drama;
DRA 1129, Sexuality in Drama; ENG 1551, Sex Roles in Literature; MUS 1106,
Women in Music; POL 1 327, Sex Roles in American Politics; POL 1 328, Women in
Public Management; POL 1316, Contemporary Revolutionary Politics; POL 3665,
Women in Public Management; POL 3667, Equal Opportunity in Public Adminis-
tration; POL 3668, Legal Issues in Personnel Administration; CJ 1 61 6, Women and
Criminal Justice, LNS 1510, Saints and Sinners: The Vision of Women in the
Middle Ages and the Renaissance.

These courses represent the most current listing. New courses are continually
being developed and added to the program. For more information about courses
and the Women's Studies Program contact Professor Debra Kaufman (ext. 2686).

The College of Arts and Sciences is in the process of developing minors in Film
Studies and Sport and Society. Interested students should check with Inez
Hedges in 447ME for Rim Studies and the Dean's Office for Sport and Society.

Journalism

Bachelor of Arts Each major will complete the journalism core and one of four concentrations-

Bachelor of Science Newspaper/Print, Radio-Television News, Advertising, or Public Relations-to cor-

respond with his/her career objective.

Journalism Core: JRN 1 501 , History of Journalism; JRN 1 51 2, Journalism, Ethics
and Issues; JRN 1 1 03, Newswriting I; JRN 1 1 04, Newswriting II; JRN 1 206, Editing;
JRN 1 508, Law of the Press; JRN 1 301 , Photojournalism.
Newspaper/ Print Concentration: JRN 1 305, Techniques of Journalism; JRN 1 432,
Local Government Reporting; JRN 1440, Design and Graphics; JRN 1575, Publi-
cation Production and Management; one journalism elective.
Radio-Television News Concentration: JRN 1320, Radio News Gathering and
Writing; JRN 1421, Television Newswriting; JRN 1422, Television News Produc-
tion; JRN 1894, Directed Study; one journalism elective.
Public Relations Concentration: JRN 1 336, Public Relations Principles; JRN 1 440,
Design and Graphics; JRN 1460, Public Relations Problems; JRN 1561, Public
Relations Practice; one journalism elective.

Advertising Concentration: JRN 1440, Design and Graphics; JRN 1350, Advertis-
ing Principles; JRN 1 451 , Advertising Copy Writing; JRN 1 552, Advertising Practice;
one journalism elective.

Each major will complete the following related requirements:
ENG 1 275, Grammar for Journalists; ENG 1110, Freshman English I; ENG 1111,
English II; ENG 1 1 20, Survey of English Literature I; and two courses from this list:
ENG 1 121, Survey of English Literature II; ENG 1 123, Survey of American Literature
I; ENG 1 124, Survey of American Literature II.

POL 1111, Introduction to American Government; POL 1318, State and Local
Government; HST 1201, United States to 1877; HST 1202, United States since
1 877; ECN 1115, Principles of Economics; and one additional course in econom-
ics or business; MTH 1 1 52 Statistical Thinking; PHL 1 200, Introduction to Logic I;
PHL 1 140, Social and Political Philosophy; HST 1 101, Western Civilization I; HST
1 1 02, Western Civilization II; COP 1 1 35, Professional Development for Journalists.
Introduction to Art, Drama, and Music or one course from each of the following
categories-(a): ART 1 1 06, Introduction to Art; ART 1 220, American Sculpture and
Painting; (b): MUS 1100, Music I; MUS 1101, Music as a Listening Experience.

College of Arts and Sciences / 1 1

Bachelor of Arts In addition to the journalism and related requirements above, candidates for the

Bachelor of Arts degree will complete four courses in science and/or math.

Bachelor of Science In addition to the journalism and related requirements above, candidates for the

Bachelor of Science degree will complete six courses in science and/or math.

Linguistics

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Freshman Requirements: ENG 1110, Freshman English I; ENG 1111, English II;
mathematics course; two courses from the humanities; two from the sciences;
and two from the social sciences.

General Requirements: ENG 1118, Introduction to Language and Linguistics; PSY
1262, Language and Cognition; PSY 1361, Introduction to Phonetics; SOA 1 135,
Language and Culture; ENG 1401, Introduction to Syntax; PHL 1215, Symbolic
Logic.

Language Proficiency: Two advanced courses in a spol^en second language (see
Bachelor of Sciences for proficiency in American Sign Language).
Additional Courses: Rve courses from the following: PSY 1 261 , Bilingualism; PSY
1362, Child Language; PSY 1363, Linguistics of American Sign Language; PSY
1364, Cognition; PSY 1365, Language and the Brain; PSY 1264, Animal Commu-
nication; PSY 1263, Body Language; PHL 1440, Philosophy of Language; ENG
1119, Foundations of the English Language; ENG 1402, Grammars of English;
ENG 1 407, Introduction to Semantics; ENG 1 408, Topics in Linguistics; LNL 1 235,
Applied Linguistics; LNG 1236, Advanced Applied Linguistics.
Laboratory Cotyrse.- PSY 1 562, Laboratory in the Psychology of Language. Seminars:
Two of the following: PSY 1 661 , Seminar in Psycholinguistics; ENG 1 690, Seminar
in Stylistics.

Practicum: One course: fieldwork, directed study sign language teaching, or
interpreting.

Same requirement as the Bachelor of Arts, except that American Sign Language
can count toward the second-language proficiency requirement.

Mathematics

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

MTH 1143, MTH 1144, MTH 1145, Calculus I, II, and III; MTH 1243, MTH 1244,
Calculus and Linear Methods I and II; MTH 1 245, MTH 1 246, Differential Equations
and Linear Methods I and II; MTH 1 301 , Linear Algebra; MTH 1311, Analysis I; four
approved mathematics electives selected in consultation with an adviser.
PHY 1231, PHY 1232, PHY 1233, Physics for Science Majors I, II, and III.

MTH 1143, MTH 1144, MTH 1145, Calculus I, II, and III; MTH 1243, MTH 1244,
Calculus and Linear Methods I and II; MTH 1 245, MTH 1 246, Differential Equations
and Linear Methods I and II; MTH 1301, Linear Algebra; MTH 1311, Analysis I;
seven approved mathematics electives selected in consultation with an adviser.
PHY 1231, PHY 1232, PHY 1233, Physics for Science Majors I, II, and III; two
non-science courses.

12 / College of Arts and Sciences

Modern Languages

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Minor in Modern Language

Eight advanced electives in the major language,* two advanced electives in the
minor language.*

ENG 1 120, ENG 1 121, Survey of English Literature I and II; four history electives.
Twelve advanced electives in the major language, including two conversation and
composition courses; six advanced electives in the minor language,* including
two conversation and composition courses; two history electives.

The Department of Modern Languages also offers a minor program for students
whose major lies in other disciplines. The general requirement is six advanced
courses (beyond the 1104 level) in the language. Interested students should
consult with Professor Modee (ext. 2237) about specific course requirements.

Music

Bachelor of Arts

Minor in Music

MUS 1 201 , MUS 1 202, MUS 1 203, MUS 1 204, Theory I, II, III, and IV; MUS 1 301 ,
1302, Masterworks Analysis I and II; MUS 1241, Piano I; MUS 1120, Survey of
Music History; MUS 1121, Medieval and Renaissance Music; MUS 1 1 22, Music of
the Baroque Era; MUS 1 1 23, Music of the Classical Era; MUS 1 1 24, Music of the
Romantic Era; MUS 1 1 25, Music of the Twentieth Century; three approved music
electives; eight quarter hours of ensemble credits (MUS 1 230, 1 23 1 , 1 232, and/or
1233).

HST 1 1 02, Western Civilization II; INT 1 1 00, Introduction to Art, Music, and Drama;
ART 1 1 06, Introduction to Art; or DRA 1101, Theatre Appreciation; or DRA 1112,
Drama Theory

MUS 1 201 , MUS 1 202, MUS 1 203, Theory I, II, and III; MUS 1 241 , Piano Class I;
MUS 1 1 20, Survey of Music History; one approved music elective; any one of the
following courses: MUS 1121, Medieval and Renaissance Music; MUS 1122,
Music of the Baroque Era; MUS 1123, Music of the Classical Era; MUS 1124,
Music of the Romantic Era; MUS 1 1 25, Music of the Twentieth Century.

Philosophy

Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Science
Minor in Philosophy

PHL 1225, Ancient Philosophy; PHL 1230, Modern Philosophy; PHL 1200, Intro-
duction to Logic I ; or PHL 1 21 5, Symbolic Logic; PHL 1 400, Theory of Knowledge;
or PHL 1405, Metaphysics; or PHL 1335, Moral Philosophy; one philosophy
seminar; eight philosophy electives.

PHL 1225, Ancient Philosophy; PHL 1230, Modern Philosophy; PHL 1200, Intro-
duction to Logic I; or PHL 1215, Symbolic Logic; PHL 1 400, Theory of Knowledge;
or PHL 1405, Metaphysics; or PHL 1335, Moral Philosophy; one philosophy
seminar; eight philosophy electives.

To qualify for a minor in Philosophy a student must take twenty-eight quarter
hours in philosophy to be distributed as follows:

Introductory courses: PHL 1 1 00, Introduction to Philosophy I; or PHL 1 1 05, Intro-
duction to Scientific Method; History of Philosophy: PHL 1225,' Ancient Philoso-

Courses beyond the intermediate level.

College of Arts and Sciences / 1 3

phy; or PHL 1 230, Modern Philosophy. Logic Requirement: PHL 1 200, Introduction
to Logic I; or PHL 1 21 5, Symbolic Logic. At least one of the following courses: PHL
1 1 42, Philosophy of Mind; PHL 1 400, Theory of Knowledge; PHL 1 405, Metaphys-
ics; PHL 1335, Moral Philosophy
Electives: Three electives; three electives in Philosophy

Physics

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Bachelor of Science
in Applied Physics

Minor in Physics

Instrumentation for
Science Minor

MTH 1143, MTH 1144, MTH 1145, Calculus I, II, and III; MTH 1243, MTH 1244,
Calculus and Linear Methods I and II; one advanced mathematics elective.

PHY 1 231 , PHY 1 232, PHY 1 233, Physics for Science Majors I, II, and III, and their
associated laboratories-PHY 1 531 , PHY 1 532, PHY 1 533; PHY 1 301 , Intermedi-
ate Mechanics; PHY 1302, Electric and Magnetic Fields; PHY 1303, Modern
Physics; PHY 1304, Mathematical Physics; PHY 1305, Thermodynamics and
Kinetic Theory; PHY 1 401 , Classical Mechanics; PHY 1 402, PHY 1 403, Electricity
and Magnetism I and II; PHY 1404, Wave Motion and Optics; three upper-level
laboratory courses.

MTH 1143, MTH 1144, MTH 1145, Calculus I, II, and III; MTH 1243, MTH 1244,
Calculus and Linear Methods I and II; MTH 1 245, MTH 1 246, Differential Equations
and Linear Methods I and II; five additional electives from those approved for
majors in the following fields: physics, mathematics, chemistry, engineering,
biology and geology

PHY 1 231 , PHY 1 232, PHY 1 233, Physics for Science Majors I, II, and III, and their
associated laboratories-PHY 1 531 , PHY 1 532, PHY 1 533; PHY 1 301 , Intermedi-
ate Mechanics; PHY 1302, Electric and Magnetic Fields; PHY 1303, Modern
Physics; PHY 1 305, Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory; PHY 1 404, Wave Motion
and Optics; PHY 1 551 and PHY 1 552, Electronics for Scientists I and II; PHY 1 555,
Wave Laboratory; PHY 1 557, Advanced Laboratory; PHY 1 561 , Project Laboratory.
MTH 1143, MTH 1144, MTH 1145, Calculus I, II, and III; MTH 1243, MTH 1244,
Calculus and Linear Methods i and II; MTH 1245, MTH 1246, Differential Equa-
tions I and II.

COM 1 100, COM 1 101, Pascal I and II; COM 1201, Data Structures. Four addi-
tional electives from those approved for majors in the following fields: physics,
mathematics, chemistry, computer science, engineering, biology and geology

PHY 1231, PHY 1232, PHY 1233, Physics for Science Majors I, II, and III or PHY
1 221 , PHY 1 222, PHY 1 223, PHY 1 224, Physics for Engineering Students I, II, III,
and IV; and three upper-level lecture or laboratory courses from the following list:
PHY 1 301 , PHY 1 302, PHY 1 303, PHY 1 304, PHY 1 305, PHY 1 401 , PHY 1 402, PHY
1403, PHY 1404, PHY 1411, PHY 1412, PHY 1413, PHY 1414, PHY 1415, PHY
1416, PHY 1551, PHY 1552, PHY 1555.

PHY 1231, PHY 1232, PHY 1233, Physics for Science Majors I, II, and III; or PHY
1221, PHY 1222, PHY 1223, Physics for Engineering Students I, II, and III.
PHY 1 555, Wave Laboratory; PHY 1 551 , PHY 1 552, Electronics for Scientists I and
II; PHY 1557, Advanced Laboratory.

1 4 / College of Arts and Sciences

Political Science

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Science

Minor in International
Politics

Six social science electives selected from at least three of the following areas:
African-American studies, anthropology economics, history psychology and
sociology

POL 1110, Introduction to Politics; POL 1111, Introduction to American Govern-
ment; POL 1112, Introduction to International Relations; POL 1113, Introduction to
Foreign Governments and Societies (formerly Introduction to Comparative Politics);
•POL 1301, Research Methods I; *POL 1302, Research Methods II; POL 1261,
Public Administration; and one political theory/thought course selected from the
following: POL 1370, POL 1373, POL 1374; six political science electives.
Six social science electives selected from at least three of the following areas:
African-American studies, anthropology economics, history psychology and
sociology

Any two of the following courses: POL 1110, Introduction to Politics; POL 1111,
Introduction to American Government; POL 1112, Introduction to International
Relations; POL 1113, Introduction to Foreign Governments and Societies; POL
1261, Public Administration. Any five additional courses offered by the Depart-
ment of Political Science for Political Science majors, including courses listed
above that have not been selected to fulfill the above requirement.

POL 1112, Introduction to International Relations; POL 1113, Introduction to
Foreign Governments and Societies; any five additional courses in international
politics and/or comparative politics offered by the Department of Political Science.

Concentration in Public Administration

Bachelor of Science POL 1110, Introduction to Politics; POL 1111, Introduction to American Govern-

ment; POL 1 301 , Research Methods I; POL 1 302, Research Methods II; POL 1 260,
Public Policy Analysis; POL 1261, Public Administration; POL 1266, Public Per-
sonnel Administration; POL 1267, Public Budgeting; POL 1262, Organization
Theory; and one political theory/thought course selected from the following: POL
1370, POL 1373, POL 1374; four public administration electives.
Six social science electives selected from at least three of the following areas:
African-American studies, anthropology economics, history, psychology and
sociology

Psychology

Bachelor of Arts

Psychology Courses. Basic Courses: PSY 1110, Perspectives in Psychology; and
PSY 1112, Foundations of Psychology II; PSY 121 1 and PSY 1212, Statistics in
Behavioral Sciences I and II. Specialty Courses: PSY 1 271 , Social Psychology or
PCY 1272, Personality I; PSY 1381, Sensation; or PSY 1382, Perception; PSY
1262. Language and Cognition; PSY 1231, Learning and Motivation I; and PSY
1351 ; Neuropsychology I.

College of Arts and Sciences / 1 5

Students choose either General Psychology or one of four areas of concentration:
Language and Cognition; Learning, fvlotivation, and Behavior Analysis; Personality
and Social Psychology; or Sensory and Neuropsychology The additional courses
required for each concentration follow:

General Program: four psychology electives, excluding TIPS* courses; three psy-
chology laboratories; and one psychology seminar

Language and Cognition Electives: Two from the following courses: Bilingualism,
PSY 1261 ; Intro, to Phonetics, PSY 1361 ; Child Language, PSY 1362; Linguistics
of ASL, PSY 1 363; Cognition, PSY 1 364; Language and the Brain. 1 365. Also any
two additional psychology courses, excluding Topics in Psychology (TIPS) courses.
Laboratories: Psycholinguistics, PSY 1562; Cognition, PSY 1564; Directed Study
in Language and Cognition, PSY 1 890.
Seminar: Psycholinguistics, PSY 1661, or Cognition, PSY 1662.
Learning, Motivation, and Behavior Analysis Electives: Learning and Motivation II,
PSY 1331 ; Programmed Learning, PSY 1 332; Behavior Therapies, PSY 1431 ; and
one of the following: Seminar in Behavior Theory, PSY 1631, or Seminar in
Behavior Modification, PSY 1 632.

Laboratories: Learning and Motivation, PSY 1531; Behavior Modification, PSY
1 532; Directed Study in Learning and Motivation, PSY 1 890.
Seminar: Behavior Theory PSY 1 631 , or Behavior Modification, PSY 1 632 (select
whichever one was not used to fulfill the psychology elective requirement above).
Personality and Social Psychology Electives: Social Psychology PSY 1271, or
Personality I, PSY 1272 (Select whichever course was not taken to fulfill basic
psychology course requirements), Personality II, PSY 1 273. Also, Social Psychol-
ogy SOC 1 135, and two courses from the following list: Aggression, SOA 1 185;
Sex, Sex Roles, and Family SOA 1 1 60; Sociology of Prejudice, SOC 1 1 40; and
Theories of Persuasion, SPC 1315. Credit for all courses taken outside of the
Psychology Department will be counted toward the psychology major require-
ments only if the entire concentration is completed. If you change concentration
or enroll in the general psychology track, such courses will be considered free
electives.

Laboratories: Social Psychology PSY 1571, or Personality, PSY 1572, and two

additional psychology laboratory courses.

Seminar: One of the following-Social Psychology PSY 1 671 , Clinical Psychology

and Personality, PSY 1672; or Social Psychology SOC 1337.

Sensory and Neuropsychology Electives: Sensation, PSY 1 381 , or Perception, PSY

1 382 (whichever course was not used to fulfill the specialty course requirements),

and two courses from the following: Neuropsychology II, PSY 1352; Comparative

Psychology and Ethology PSY 1353; Functional Neuroanatomy PSY 1354. Also,

one course from the following: Seminar in Neuropsychology PSY 1 6b1 ; Seminar

in Sensory Physiology PSY 1652; Seminar in Sensation and Perception PSY

1681.

Laboratories: Neuropsychology PSY 1 551 ; Sensation and Perception, PSY 1 581 ;
and one additional psychology laboratory course.

Sem/nar One of the following-Neuropsychology PSY 1651 ; Sensory Physiology,
PSY 1 652; Sensation and Perception, PSY 1 681 . (Select one of the two seminars
that was not used to fulfill the psychology elective requirement described above.)
Bachelor of Science General Requirements. Five mathematics, science or computer science courses

beyond the Core Curriculum requirements. Recommended courses include: BIO
1106,BIO1107, PHY 1201 -1531, PHY 1202-1 532, CHM 1111, CHM 1151, MTH
1106, MTH 1107, MTH 1160. Also, one humanities course beyond the Core
Curriculum requirements.

Psychology Courses. Basic Courses: PSY 1110, Perspectives in Psychology; and
PSY 1112, Foundations of Psychology II; PSY 121 1 and PSY 1212, Statistics in

*TIPS means Topics in Psychology Courses.

16 / College of Arts and Sciences

Behavioral Sciences I and II.

Specialty Courses: PSY 1 271 , Social Psychology, or PSY 1 272, Personality I; PSY
1381, Sensation, or PSY 1382, Perception; PSY 1262, Language and Cognition;
PSY 1231, Learning and Motivation I; and PSY 1351, Physiological Bases of
Psychology.

Students choose either General Psychology or one of four areas of concentration:
Language and Cognition; Learning, Motivation and Behavior Analysis; Personality
and Social Psychology; or Sensory and Neuropsychology The additional courses
required for each concentration follow:

General Program: six psychology electives, excluding TIPS courses; four psy-
chology laboratories; one psychology seminar; and one Directed Study of Honors
Research, from PSY 1890 to PSY 1899. Directed Study and Honors research
provide students with the opportunity to conduct research in a faculty member's
laboratory. See your adviser early in the preceding quarter for assistance in
selecting a potential sponsor for your research project. Make arrangements
with your sponsor well in advance of registration.

Language and Cognition Electives: Two from the following courses: Bilingualism,
PSY 1261 ; Intro, to Phonetics, PSY 1361 ; Child Language, PSY 1362; Linguistics
of ASL, PSY 1 363; Cognition, PSY 1 364; Language and the Brain, PSY 1 365. Also,
Introduction to Language and Linguistics, ENG 1118, and any two additional
psychology courses, excluding TIPS courses.

Laboratories: Psycholinguistics, PSY 1562; Cognition, PSY 1564; Directed Study
in Language and Cognition, PSY 1 890; and one additional psychology laboratory
course.

Seminar: Psycholinguistics, PSY 1661, or Cognition, PSY 1662.
Directed Study or Honors Research: One course from PSY 1 890 to 1 899. Directed
Study and Honors research provide students with the opportunity to conduct
research in a faculty member's laboratory. See your adviser early in the preceding
quarter for assistance in selecting a potential sponsor for your research project.
Make arrangements with your sponsor well in advance of registration.
Learning, Motivation, and Behavior Analysis Electives: Learning and Motivation II,
PSY 1 331 ; Programmed Learning, PSY 1 332; Behavior Therapies, PSY 1 431 ; and
one of the following: Seminar in Behavior Theory, PSY 1 631 ; Seminar in Behavior
Modification, PSY 1 632. Also, two additional psychology elective courses, exclud-
ing Topics in Psychology (TIPS) courses.

Laboratories: Learning and Motivation, PSY 1531; Behavior Modification, PSY
1 532; Directed Study in Learning and Motivation, PSY 1 890. Also, one additional
psychology laboratory course.

Seminar: Behavior Theory, PSY 1 631 , or Behavior Modification, PSY 1 632. (Select
whichever one was not used to fulfill the psychology elective requirement described
above.)

Directed Study or Honors Research: One course from PSY 1890 to PSY 1899.
Directed Study and Honors research provide students with the opportunity to
conduct research in a faculty member's laboratory See your adviser early in the
preceding quarter for assistance in selecting a potential sponsor for your research
project. Make arrangements with your sponsor well in advance of registration.
Personality and Social Psychology Electives: Social Psychology, PSY 1271, or
Personality I, PSY 1272 (select whichever course was not taken to fulfill basic
psychology course requirements). Personality II, PSY 1 273. Also, Social Psychol-
ogy, SOC 1 135, and two courses from the following list: Aggression, SOA 1 185;
Sex, Sex Roles, and Family, SOA 1 160; Sociology of Prejudice, SOC 1 140; and
Theories of Persuasion, SPC 1315. Credit for all courses taken outside of the
Psychology Department will be counted toward the psychology major require-
ments only if the entire concentration is completed. If you change concentration
or enroll in the general psychology track, such courses will be considered free
electives. ,

Laboratories: Social Psychology, PSY 1571, or Personality, PSY 1572; and three
additional psychology laboratory courses.

College of Arts and Sciences / 1 7

Seminar: One of the following: Social Psychology, PSY 1 671 ; Clinical Psychology
and Personality, PSY 1672; or Social Psychology, SOC 1337.
Directed Study or Honors Research: One course from PSY 1890 to PSY 1899.
Directed Study and Honors research provide students with the opportunity to
conduct research in a faculty member's laboratory. See your adviser early in the
preceding quarter for assistance in selecting a potential sponsor for your research
project. Make arrangements with your sponsor well in advance of registration.
Sensory and Neuropsychology Electives: Sensation, PSY 1 381 ; or Perception, PSY
1 382 (whichever one was not used to fulfill the specialty course requirement); and
two from the following-Neuropsychology II, PSY 1352; Comparative Psychology
and Ethology PSY 1353; Functional Neuroanatomy PSY 1354. Also, two addi-
tional psychology courses, excluding the Topics in Psychology (TIPS) courses.
Laboratories: Neuropsychology PSY 1 551 ; Sensation and Perception, PSY 1 581 ;
and two additional psychology laboratory courses.

Seminar: One of the following: Neuropsychology PSY 1 651 ; Sensory Physiology
PSY 1 652; Sensation and Perception, PSY 1 681 . (Select one of the two seminars
that was not used to fulfill the psychology elective requirement described above.)
Directed Study and Honors Research: One course from PSY 1 890 to PSY 1 899.
Directed Study and Honors research provide students with the opportunity to
conduct research in a faculty member's laboratory. See your adviser early in the
preceding quarter for assistance in selecting a potential sponsor for your research
project. Make arrangements with your sponsor well in advance of registration.

Minor in Psychology Psychology Courses: Basic Courses: PSY 1111, Foundations of Psychology I; PSY

1112, Foundations of Psychology II; PSY 1211, Statistics in Behavioral Science I;
and PSY 1212, Statistics in Behavioral Science II.

Students choose either General Psychology or one of four areas of concentration :
Language and Cognition; Learning, Motivation, and Behavior Analysis; Personality
and Social Psychology; or Sensory and Neuropsychology
The additional courses required for each concentration follow:
General Program: PSY 1271, Social Psychology I; or PSY 1272, Personality; PSY
1381, Sensation, or PSY 1382, Perception; PSY 1262, Language and Cognition;
PSY 1231, Learning and Motivation I; PSY 1351, Neuropsychology; and one
psychology laboratory.

Language and Cognition: PSY 1 262, Language and Cognition. Select four of the
following: PSY 1261, Bilingualism; PSY 1361, Introduction to Phonetics; PSY
1362, PSY 1363, Linguistics of ASL; Child Language; PSY 1364, Cognition; PSY
1365, Language and the Brain. Also, PSY 1562, Psycholinguistics; or PSY 1564,
Cognition.

Learning, Motivation, and Behavior Analysis: PSY 1241, Human Behavioral Devel-
opment I; PSY 1231, Learning and Motivation I; PSY 1331, Learning and Motiva-
tion II; PSY 1381, Sensation; PSY 1431, Behavior Change in Institutions; and PSY
1531, Learning and Motivation Laboratory.

Personality and Social Psychology: PSY 1271, Social Psychology; PSY 1272,
Personality I; PSY 1273, Personality II; PSY 1373, Abnormal Psychology I; PSY
1 373, Abnormal Psychology I; PSY 1 374, Abnormal Psychology II; and PSY 1 571 ,
Laboratory in Social Psychology; or PSY 1 572, Laboratory in Personality.
Sensory and /Veufopsyc/7o/ogy.- PSY 1381, Sensation; PSY 1382, Perception; PSY
1351, Physiological Bases of Psychology I. Two of the following: PSY 1352,
Physiological Bases of Psychology II; PSY 1353, Comparative Psychology and
Ethology; or PSY 1 354, Functional Neuroanatomy Also, PSY 1 581 , Sensation and
Perception; or PSY 1551, Neuropsychology.

18 / College of Arts and Sciences

Sociology-Anthropology

Concentration in Sociology

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Minor in Sociology

Preparatory Requirements: SOC 1 1 00, Introduction to Sociology; and SOA 1 1 00,
Introduction to Anthropology. Core Requirements: SOC 1320, Introduction to
Statistical Analysis; SOC 1 321 , SOC 1 322, Research Methods I and II; SOC 1 300,
Classical Social Thought; SOC 1 301 , Current Social Thought; SOC 1 31 0, Class,
Power, and Social Change (preferably in senior year). Elective Requirements: two
intermediate courses (100 or 200 level); two advanced courses (300 or above);
one anthropology course beyond SOA 1 100.
Six electives in the social sciences other than sociology-anthropology

Preparatory Requirements: SOC 1 100, Introduction to Sociology and SOA 1 100,
Introduction to Anthropology Core Requirements: SOC 1320, Introduction to
Statistical Analysis; SOC 1 321 , SOC 1 322, Research Methods I and II; SOC 1 300,
Classical Social Thought; SOC 1 301 , Current Social Thought; SOC 1 31 0, Class,
Power, and Social Change (preferably in senior year). Elective Requirements: two
intermediate courses (100 or 200 level); two advanced courses (300 or above);
one anthropology course beyond SOA 1 100. ,

Six electives in the social sciences other than sociology-anthropology.
Approved six-course specialization.

Requirements: SOC 1 1 00, Introduction to Sociology; any two courses from among
the following: SOC 1321, Research Methods I; SOC 1322, Research Methods II;
SOC 1 300, Classical Social Thought; SOC 1 301 , Current Social Thought; and any
three-course specialization in sociology arranged between the student and adviser

Concentration in Anthropology

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Minor in Anthropology

Preparatory Requirements: SOA 1100, Introduction to Anthropology; and SOC
1 100, Introduction to Sociology Core flequ/remente.atleastthreeofthe following:
SOA 1 1 35, Language and Culture; SOA 1 1 55, Individual and Culture; SOA 1 301 ,
Human Origins; SOA 1160, Sex, Sex Roles, and Family; SOA 1103, Culture in
Transition; SOA 1425, Tribal Society and Cultures; SOA 1 146, Peasant Society
and Culture; SOA 1470, Myth and Religion. Elective Requirements: at least six
additional anthropology courses; one sociology elective beyond SOC 1 100.
Six electives in the social sciences other than sociology-anthropology

Preparatory Requirements: SOA 1100, Introduction to Anthropology; and SOC
1 1 00, Introduction to Sociology Core Requirements: at least three of the following:
SOA 1 1 35, Language and Culture; SOA 1 1 55, Individual and Culture; SOA 1 301 ,
Human Origins; SOA 1160, Sex, Sex Roles, and Family; SOA 1103, Culture in
Transition; SOA 1425, Tribal Society and Cultures; SOA 1146, Peasant Society
and Culture; SOA 1470, Myth and Religion. Elective Requirements: at least six
additional anthropology courses; one sociology elective beyond SOC 1 100.
Six electives in the social sciences other than sociology-anthropology
Approved five-course specialization.

Requirements: SOA 1100, Introduction to Social Anthropology; SOA 1135,
Language and Culture; SOA 1 155, Individual and Culture; SOA 1160, Sex, Sex
Roles, and Family; and any two-course specialization in anthropology arranged
between the student and adviser

College of Arts and Sciences/ 19

Speech Communication

Concentration in Group and Public Communication

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Required Courses: SPC 1115, Introduction to Communication Skills; SPC 1300,
Introduction to Communication Theory; SPC 1 239, Argumentation and Debate, or
SPC 1338, Group Discussion; SPC 1330, Interpersonal Communication I; SPC
1315, Theories of Persuasion, or SPC 1410, Contemporary Public Address; eight
speech communication electives; POL 1110, Introduction to Politics, or POL 1111,
Introduction to American Government; PSY 1112, Foundations of Psychology II, or
SOC 1 1 00, Introduction to Sociology; PSY 1 271 , Social Psychology or SOC 1 1 35,
Social Psychology

Required Courses: SPC 1115, Introduction to Communication Skills; SPC 1 300,
Introduction to Communication Theory; SPC 1 330, Interpersonal Communication
I; SPC 1338, Group Discussion; SPC 1315, Theories of Persuasion; SPC 1415,
Persuasive Techniques; SPC 1 600, Introduction to Communication Research; six
speech communication electives to be chosen from the follov\/ing: SPC 1239,
Argumentation and Debate; SPC 1116, Business and Professional Speaking;
SPC 1250, The Mass and the Media; SPC 1410, Contemporary Public Address;
SPC 1317, Theories of Audience Behavior; SPC 1437, Consultation Skills; SPC
1 331 , Interpersonal Communication II; SPC 1 232, Female/Male Communication;
ENG 1118, Introduction to Linguistics; ENG 1 407, Introduction to Semantics; PHL
1200, Introduction to Logic I. Also, eight social science credits beyond the
introductory level, selected in consultation with the student's adviser and based
upon their value to the student's post-graduate activities.
College of Arts and Sciences distribution requirements; no language requirement.

Concentration in Personal Performance

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Minor in Theatre

Required Courses: SPC 1115, Introduction to Communication Skills; SPC 1110,
Voice and Articulation; SPC 1111, Oral Interpretation; SPC 1116, Business and
Professional Speaking; SPC 1239, Argumentation and Debate; SPC 1210,
Advanced Vocal Techniques, or SPC 1211, Advanced Oral Interpretation; SPC
1890, Directed Study; six speech communication electives.
College of Arts and Sciences distribution and foreign language requirements.

Required Courses: SPC 1115, Introduction to Communication Skills; SPC 1300,
Introduction to Communication Theory; SPC 1110, Voice and Articulation; SPC
1111, Oral Interpretation; SPC 1890, Directed Study; eight speech communica-
tion electives selected from the follow/ing; SPC 1 239, Argumentation and Debate;
SPC 1116, Business and Professional Speaking; SPC 1210, Advanced Vocal
Techniques; SPC 1211, Advanced Oral Interpretation; SPC 1315, Theories of
Persuasion; SPC 1415, Persuasive Techniques; SPC 1338, Group Discussion;
SPC 1318, Communication in Education; SPC 1250, The Mass and the Media;
SPC 1410, Contemporary Public Address; SPC 1317, Theories of Audience
Behavior; SPC 1437, Consultation Skills; SPC 1330, Interpersonal Communica-
tion I; SPC 1 331 , Interpersonal Communication II; SPC 1 232, Female/Male Com-
munication; SPC 1600, Introduction to Communication Research; ENG 1118,
Introduction to Linguistics; ENG 1407, Introduction to Semantics; PHL 1200,
Introduction to Logic I. In addition, the student must complete not less than four
courses taught outside the Department, selected in consultation v*/ith his/her
adviser on the basis of their value to the student's proposed post-graduate
activities and approved by Speech Communication Curriculum Committee.
College of Arts and Sciences distribution requirements; no language requirement.

All students minoring in Theatre are required to complete the following courses
(for thirty-two quarter hours):

20 / College of Arts and Sciences

DRA 1 1 50, Introduction to Acting; DRA 1 200, Stagecraft; DRA 1212, Introduction

to Theatrical Design; DRA 1 1 06, DRA 1 1 07, DRA 1 1 08, Theatre History I, II, and III;

DRA 1 180, Concepts of Direction; and INT 1 100, Introduction to Art, Drama, and

Music.

Laboratory practice in technical theatre, scene building, and painting as well as

performing backstage functions, are required parts of the Minor, in conjunction

with the course requirements.

Theatre and Dance

Bachelor of Arts Theatre majors have the opportunity of selecting one of seven concentrations:

acting, scenic design, lighting design; costume design; literature/criticism; dance
performance; and a generalist specialization. It is recommended that all theatre
majors except those in the dance performance concentration select the following
courses in their Freshman year: DRA 1 1 50, Introduction to Acting; DRA 1 200, Stage-
craft; DRA 1212, Introduction to Theatre Design; INT 1100, Introduction to Art,
Drama, and Music. It is recommended that those selecting the dance perfor-
mance concentration select the following courses in their Freshman year: HSL
1 1 53, Modern Dance I; HSL 1 1 54, Modern Dance II; HSL 1 1 56, Ballet I; HSL 1 1 59,
Jazz Dance; HSL 1 1 65, Improvisation; HSL 1 31 4, Movement Fundamentals; HSL
1630, Aspects of Dance; INT 1 100, Introduction to Art, Drama, and Music.

The following department core courses are required of all theatre majors in all
concentrations except dance performance: DRA 1106, DRA 1107, DRA 1108,
Theatre History I, II, and III; DRA 1112, Drama Theory/Criticism; DRA 1 1 50, Intro-
duction to Acting; DRA 1180, Concepts of Direction; DRA 1200, Stagecraft;
DRA 1 21 2, Introduction to Theatre Design; DRA 1 800, DRA 1 801 , DRA 1 802, DRA
1803, Practicum in Play Production; ENG 1279, The Modern Novel; ENG 1658.
Introduction to Shakespeare; and INT 1 1 00, Introduction to Art, Drama, and Music.

Theatre majors with a dance performance concentration are required to complete
these department core courses: DRA 1112, Drama Theory/Criticism; DRA 1 1 50,
Introduction to Acting; DRA 1 180, Concepts of Direction; DRA 1200, Stagecraft;
DRA 1 21 2, Introduction to Theatre Design; DRA 1 800, DRA 1 801 . DRA 1 802, DRA
1 803, Practicum in Play Production; HSL 1 261 . Anatomy/Physiology I; HSL 1 262,
Kinesiology I; HSL 1621, Dance in Cultural Perspective; HSL 1630, Aspects of
Dance; HSL 1 632, Dance in the Twentieth Century; and INT 1 1 00, Introduction to
Art, Drama, and Music. These courses are offered in the Boston-Bouv6 College of
Human Development Professions.

The following lists the specific requirements for each concentration:

Acting: DRA 1 280, Stage Makeup; DRA 1 300, Acting II, DRA 1 301 , Acting III; DRA
1 370, Rehearsal and Performance; SPC 1110, Voice and Articulation. Eight quarter
hours in Physical Education from the following: Modern Dance, Ballet, Jazz
Dance, Gymnastics, Fencing and Physical Conditioning. Also, eight quarter hours
of dramatic literature elective courses offered by the department and two work-
shops in voice and movement training.

Costume Design: ART 1 1 01 , Art History Since 1 400; ART 1 1 24, Creative Drawing;
ART 1254, Intermediate Drawing; DRA 1209, Theatrical Drafting; DRA 1210,
Scene Design I; DRA 1 226, Lighting Design I; DRA 1 261 , Costuming I; DRA 1 265,
Pattern Drafting and Costume Construction; DRA 1280, Stage Makeup; DRA
1400, Costuming II; and DRA 1410, Technical Production.

Dance Performance: HSL 1153, Modern Dance I; HSL 1154, Modern Dance II;
HSL 1 1 55, Modern Dance III; HSL 1 1 56. Ballet I; HSL 1 1 57, Ballet II, HSL 1 1 58,
Ballet III; HSL 1 1 59, Jazz Dance I; HSL 1 1 60, Jazz Dance II; HSL 1161, Jazz Dance
III; HSL 1 162, Rhythmic Analysis; HSL 1 165, Dance Improvisation/Composition;
HSL 1 252, Dance Composition I; HSL Dance Composition II; HSL 1314, Movement

College of Arts and Sciences / 21

Bachelor of Science

Minor in Theatre

Fundamentals; HSL 1 321 , Modern Dance IV; HSL 1 322, Ballet IV; HSL 1 324, Jazz

Dance IV; HSL 1325, HSL 1326, HSL 1327, Dance Rehearsal and Performance I,

II, and 111; HSL 1634, Laban Movement and Analysis; HSL 1864, HSL 1865, and

HSL 1866, Special Problems: Dance I, II, and III.

Lighting Design: ART 1 1 01 , Art History Since 1 400; DRA 1 209, Theatrical Drafting;

DRA 1210, Scene Design I; DRA 1 225, Scene Painting; DRA 1 226, Lighting Design

I; DRA 1246, Sound for the Theatre; DRA 1261, Costuming I; DRA 1280, Stage

Makeup; DRA 1410, Technical Production; DRA 1420, Advanced Drafting and

Construction; and DRA 1430, Lighting Design II.

Literature/ Criticism: ART 1 100, Art History to 1400; ART 1 101, Art History Since

1400; DRA 1 122, Twentieth Century European Theatre; DRA 1 140, Playv/riting I;

MUS 1120, Survey of Music History; PHL 1340, Aesthetics; plus eight quarter

hours in Special Topics in drama criticism offered by the department and eight

quarter hours of dramatic literature elective courses offered by the department.

Scenic Design: ART 1 1 01 , Art History Since 1 400; DRA 1 209, Theatrical Drafting;

DRA 1210, Scene Design I; DRA 1213, Scene Design II; DRA 1214, Scene Design

III; DRA 1 225, Scene Painting; DRA 1 226, Lighting Design I; DRA 1 261 , Costuming

I; DRA 1410, Technical Production; and DRA 1420, Advance Drafting and

Construction.

Generaiist: Completion of departmental core courses plus the completion of forty

quarter hours of departmental electives.

Also required for all Theatre majors in the Bachelor of Arts Program are the foreign

language and core/distribution requirements w/ithin the College of Arts and

Sciences.

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Theatre are the same as require-
ments for the Bachelor of Arts in Theatre with the following exceptions; students
are not required to complete the foreign language or the core/distribution
requirements of the College of Arts and Sciences.

All students minoring in Theatre are required to complete the following courses
(for thirty-two quarter hours): DRA 1 106, Theatre History I; DRA 1 107, Theatre
History II; DRA 1 108, Theatre History III; DRA 1 150, Introduction to Acting; DRA
1180, Concepts of Direction; DRA 1200, Stagecraft; DRA 1212, Introduction to
Theatrical Design; INT 1100, Introduction to Art, Drama, and Music. Laboratory
practice in technical theatre, scene building, and painting, as well as performing
backstage functions, is a required part of the minor, in conjunction with the course
requirements.

22 / Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

Boston-Bouve College of Human
Development Professions

Specimen Program in Health Education

nrstYear

CHM 1101 Gen. Chem. 3
ENG 1110 Fresh. Eng. 1 4
ED 1100 Ed. & Soc. Sci. 4
HSL 1281 Current Iss. HIth. 4
HSL1101 Int. Swim.
HSL 1133 Phy. Cond.

2
2

Second Year

CHM 1102 Chem. II

MTH 1106

Fund. Math.

4 4

BIO 1140 Bas. AnI. Bio. 1

BIO 1141

Bas. AnI. Bio. II

3 4

HSL 1280 Fnd. HIth. Ed.

ENG 1111

Fresh. Eng. II

4 4

HSL 1284 Instrct. Res.

ED 1102

Hum. Dev.

4 4

HSL 1283 Intro. Safety

HSL 1254

First Aid

1 2 2

Ed. Soc. Elective

Third Year

Fourth Year

Fifth Year

No.

Course

No.

Course

HSL 1605 Basic Ath. Train. 2

PHY 1201 Physics 4

HSL 1463 Ov. Phys. Dis. 4

HSL 1261 Anat.-Phys. 3

PSY 1 1 1 2 Psych. II 4 4

ED 1103 Human Devel. II 4 4

HSL 1610 Anat.-Phys. 3 2 4

HSL 1286 Nutrition 4 4

Quarter 6

Quarter 7

No.

Course

CI. L Q.H.

No. Course

a. L ttH.

BIO 1121 Microbio.

4 4

ED 1306 Meas. & Eval. 4

ED 1104 Analysis of Teh.

HSL 1516 Drug Use/Abuse 4

HSL 1500 Mental HIth.

HSL 1502 Comm./Degen. 4

Require. Elect.

Gen. Stud. 4
Bectlve

CRS 1200 Intro. Spec. Ed.

HSL 1504 Logvty. & Aging

HSL 1585 Teach. Proced.

HSL 1 506 Comm. HIth.

HSL 1 503 Hum. Sexuality

HSL 1 507 Seminar

Gen. Stud. Elective

No.

Course

HSL 1520 Student Teach.

HSL 1521 Field Exp.

HSL 1509 Org./ Admin. HIth. Ed 4 4

HSL 1510 Health Counseling 4 4

HSL 1508 Seminar 2 2

Fnd. Ed. Elective 4 4

Specimen Program in School and Community Health Education

First Year

No. Course

Q.H.

No. Course

aH.

No. Course

L aH.

CHM 1101 Gen. Chem.

CHM 1102 Gen. Chem.

MTH 1106 Fund. Math.

ENG 1110 Fresh. Eng. 1

BIO 1140 Bas. Ani. Bio. 1

BIO 1141 Bas. Ani. Bio. II

4 4

ED 1100 Ed. & Soc. Sci.

HSL 1280 Fnd. HIth. Ed.

ENG 1111 Fresh. Eng. II

HSL 1281 Current Iss. HIth.

HSL 1 284 Instrct. Res.

INT 1100 Computer

HSL 1254 RrstAid

Ed. Soc. Elective

PE Elective

HSL 1283 Intro. Safety

Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions / 23

Second Year

Third Year

Rxirth Year

Rfth Year

No.

Course

aH.

No.

Course

an.

PSY 1 1 1 1
ED 1102
HSL 1261
HSL 1285

Psych. 1

Hum. Devel. 1

Anat.-Phys.

HIth. Concerns

Yth.

Skill Elective

4
4
3
4

4
4
4

PSY 1 1 1 2
ED 1103
HSL 1610
HSL 1286

Psych. II
Human Devel. II
Anat.-Phys.
Nutrition

4
4
3
4

4
4
4
4

Quarter 6

Quarter/

No.

Course

CI.

aH.

No.

Course

an.

BIO 1121
ED 1104

HSL 1500

MIcrobio.
Analysis of Teh.
Pre-Practicum 1
Mental HIth.
Require. Elect.

3
4

4
4

1
4
4

ED 1306
HSL 1516
HSL 1502

Meas. & Eval.
Drug Use/ Abuse
Comm./Degen.
Diseases
Gen. Stud.
Elective

4
4
4

Quarters

No.

Course

CI.

aH.

No.

Course

an.

CRS 1200
HSL 1585

Intro. Spec. Ed.
Teach. Proced.

4
4

HSL 1504
HSL 1506

Logvty. & Aging
Comm. HIth.

4
4

HSL 1 503 Hum. Sexuality 4

Gen. Stud. Elective 4

HSL 1 507 Seminar 2

Gen. Stud. Elective 8

HSL 1520 Student Teach.

or
HSL 1521 Practicum

12 HSL 1509 Org./Admin. HIth. Ed. 4 4

12 HSL 1510 Health Counseling 4 4

HSL 1508 Seminar 2 2

Fnd. Ed. Elective 4 4

Specimen Program in Human Services

Quarter 1 POL 1111, Introduction to American Government; ENG 1110, Freshman English I; ED

1 1 00, Education and Social Science; designated elective.

Quarter 2 ENG 1111, Freshman English II; ED 1302, The Human Services Professions; ED 1317,

Seminar in Group Process; designated elective.

Quarter 3 ECN 1116, Principles and Problems of Economics; designated electives.

Bachelor of Required Courses: ENG 1110, Freshman English I; ENG 1111, Freshman English II; ED

Science 1102, Human Development I; ED 1103, Human Development and Learning II; ED 1100,

Education and Social Science; POL 1111, Introduction to American Government; ECN
1116, Principles of Microeconomics; ED 1 302, The Human Services Professions; ED
1307, Introduction to Educational Statistics.

Course Courses: Either PSY 1272, Personality I, PSY 1273, Personality II, and PSY 1373,
Abnormal Psychology, or PSY 1272, Personality I, PSY 1373, Abnormal Psychology I,
and PSY 1374, Abnormal Psychology II; ED 1300, Psychosocial Development; ED 1317,
Seminar in Group Process; ED 1301, Educational Applications of Social Psychology;
SOC 1 240, Sociology of Human Service Organizations; CRS 1 306, Introduction to Reha-
bilitation; CRS 3434, Principles of Medical Rehabilitation; one of the following: SOC
1 147, Cities and Society, or SOC 1347, Community Analysis, or CRS 3437, Community
Planning in Rehabilitation; one of the following: CRS 3439, Social Welfare and Rehabilita-
tion, or SOC 1250, Sociology of Private and Public Assistance, or SOC 1535, Seminar
in Social Welfare; CRS 3503, Counseling Theory and Process.
Approved four-course concentration; two supervised field placements.
Courses in the areas of drama/speech and education humanities.
Distribution requirements.

24 / Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

Specimen Program in Physical Education

Rrst Year

No.

Course

No.

Course

BIO 1 1 40 Bio. I
ENG 1110 Fresh. Eng.
ED 1100 Soc. Sci.
HSL 1255 Hum. Movt.'
HSL 1101 Swimming
HSL 1133 Phy. Cond.

HSL 1256 Life/Career Plan.*

BIO 1141 Bio. II or

OHM 1111 Chem. or

PHY 1201 Physics

ENG 1111 Fresh. Eng. II

ED 1 1 02 Hum. Dev. I

HSL 1 1 09 Gymnastics I

HSL 1140 Basketball

MTH 1 1 06 Math.

HSL 1254 First Aid'

HSL 1281 HIth. Issues

HSL 1 253 Grp. Dynamics*

HSL 1257 Hist./Phil. PE*

HSL1110/ Gym II
12

Second Year

Third Year

No. Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

HSL 1261 Anat.-Physlology r

INT1

100

Computer

HSL 1 260 Motor Dev.

ED 1

103

Hum. Devel. II

HSL 1258 Elem. School Act. or

HSL

1116

Tennis

HSL 1 259 Sec. School Act.

Skill Elective

Elective

No.

Course

No. Course

Q.H.

HSL 1610 Anat.-Physiology 11*

HSL 1606 Motor Learn.*

HSL 1607 Meas. and Eval.

Elective

TAG

HSL Skill Elective

HSL 1611 Kinesiology II

ED 1307 Ed. Stat.

PSY 1381, Psych. Elective

PSY 1 1 1 1 Found, of Psych.

HSL 1615 Critical Teaching

TAG

HSL 1114 Badminton

Fourth Year

No.

HSL 1612 Exer. Physiology I
HSL 1 463 Overview of Dis.
HSL TAG

HSL TAG

HSL Skill Elective

Elective

HSL 1616 Curriculum Devel.

HSL 1 605 Bas. Athletic Trng.

Elective

HSL 1602 Thry. Goach or

HSL 1 603 Thry. Play
HSL 1142 Volleyball

Note: For an area of concentration or option within the Physical Education Dept., other courses will be required as replacements for some

courses listed above.

*Required Physical Education regardless of concentration.

Fifth Year

Course

HSL 1623 Supervised Stud.
Teaching

HSL 1617 Admin, of PE
Elective
Elective
Elective

180 Q.H. = Minimum graduation requirement for Physical Education

185 Q.H. = Minimum graduation requirement for Athletic Training

Minimum of 24 Q.H. General Studies electives

Minimum of 9 Q.H. Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions electives

Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions / 25

Specimen Program in Sport Communication (Nonteaching)

Rrst Year

BIO 1140

Bio. 1

HSL 1256

Ufe/Career Ran.

ENG 1110

Fresh. Eng. 1

BIO 1141

Bio. II or

ED 1100

Soc. Sci.

OHM 1111

Ghem. or

HSL 1255

Hum. Movt.

PHY 1201

Physics

HSL 1101

Swimming

ENG 1 1 1 1

Fresh. Eng. II

HSL 1133

Ptiy. Cond.

ED 1102
HSL 1140
HSL 1 1 09

Hum. Dev. 1
Basketball
Gymnastics 1

MTH 1106

Math.

HSL 1254

Rrst Aid

HSL 1281

Current Iss. HIth.

HSL 1253

Grp. Dynamics

HSL 1257

Hist./Phil. PE

HSL 1 1 73

Track & Reld

HSL 1110

Gym. II

/1 2

Second Year

Third Year

No.

Course

HSL 1261 Anat.-Physiology I

HSL 1260 Motor Dev.

JRN 1103 Newswrit. I

SPG 1315 Theories Persuasion

HSL Team Skill Elective

Course

HSL 1262 Kinesiology I
ED 1 1 03 Hum. Devel. II
JRN 1 1 04 Nevifsw/rit. II
HSL Ind. or Dual Skill Elective

Elective

Fourth Year

No.

Course

O.H.

No.

Course

aH.

HSL 1611
ED 1307
PSY 1381

JRN 1305
Quarter 8

Kinesiology II

Ed. Stat.

150, 156, 157, or 165

or 1 64 Psych. Electives

Tech. Journalism

4
4
4

HSL 1610
HSL 1606
JRN 1206

Quarters

Anat.-Physiology II
Motor Learn.
Tech. Journalism
Elective

4
4
4
4

No.

Course

aH.

No.

Course

aH.

HSL 1612 Exer. Physiology 4

HSL 1 264 Adapted PE I 4

HSL Coach/Offidate Elective 2

Elective 4

HSL 1605 Basic Athletic Trng. 3

HSL 1 603 Theory of Play 2

HSL 1 602 Theory of Coaching 2

Comm. Elective 4

Electives 6

Fifth

No.

Course

HSL 1622 Practicum

HSL 1617 Admin, of PE
HSL 1600 Psych, of Sport
HSL 1254 Soc. of Sport

Elective

1 80 Q.H. = Minimum graduation requirement for Physical Education Sport Communication
20 Q.H. = General Studies electives
9 Q.H. = Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions electives

Preregistration is essential for courses outside of the Physical Education Department.

26 / Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

Specimen Program in Recreation and Leisure Studies

First Year

Second Year

Thirxl Year

Fourth Year

Fifth Year

No.

Course

OH.

No.

Course

a. Q.H.

SPC 1106
ENG 1110
ED 1100
HSL 1220

Quarters

Fund, of Speech
Fresh. Eng. 1
Ed. Soc. Sci.
Found, of Lead.

3
4
4

3
4
4
4

ENG 1 1 1 1
BIO 1140
ED

HSL 1223
INT 1100

Fresh. Eng. II
Ani. Bio. 1
Soc. Sci. Elec.
Ufe/Career P\.
Computer

4(3)4

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

a. aH.

HSL 1281
BIO 1141
ED
REC
HSL 1222

Issues in Health
Ani. Bio. II
Soc. Sci. Elect.
Prof. Skill Cluster
Leisure Aw.

4 4
4(3)4
4 4
4 4
2

Quarters

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

CI.

L aH.

ED 1102
HSL 1261
GEO
HSL 1221

Quarters

Hum. Dev. & Lrn. 1
Anat. Physio. 1
Earth Sci. Elect.
Intro, to Rec. Leis.

14
3
4
3

4
4
4
3

ED 1103

HSL 1610
GEO

Quarter/

Hum. Dev. &
Lrn. II

Anat. Physio. II
Earth Sci. Elec.
Guided. Elective

3
4

2 4
4
4

No.

Course

CI.

Q.H.

No.

Course

CI. Q.H.

HSL 1408 Intro, to Research 4

HSL 1409 Research Seminar 4

REC Area of 4

HSL 1401 Prog. Planning 4

REC Area of 4

REC Dept. Elective 4

Concentration Course

Guided Elective 3

REC Guided Elective

No. Course

CI.

Q.H.

No. Course a. aH.

HSL 1400 Grp. Dynamics
HSL 1406 Intern. Seminar
REC Area of Concen.

Course
REC Area of Concen.

Course

3
1
4

1
4

HSL 1407 Intern. Rec. Leis. Serv. 12

Quarter 10

Quarter 11

No. Course

aH.

No. Course CI. aH.

REC

Area of Concen.
Course

HSL-

1410 Sr. Seminar

Area of Concen.

4
4

REC

Dept. Elective

Course

Guided Elective

REC

Guided Elective

REC

Guided Elective

Specimen Program in Community Health Education/Cardiovascular Health
and Exercise Specialist (Nonteaching Certification)

First Year

Course

BIO 1140 Bio. I

ENG 1110 Fresh. Eng.

ED 1100 Soc. Sci.

HSL 1255 Hum. Movt.

HSL 1101 Sw/imming

HSL 1133 Phy. Cond.

HSL 1256 Ufe/Career Plan.

MTH 1106 Math.

BIO 1141 Bio. II

HSL 1254 First Aid

ENG 1111 Fresh. Eng. 11

HSL 1281 Current Iss. HIth.

ED 1102 Hum. Dev. 1

ED 1103 Hum. Dev.

HSL Guided Skill Elect.

Boston-Bouv6 College of Human Development Professions / 27

Second Year

No.

Course

HSL 1261 Anat.-Physiology I

HSL 1260 Motor Dev.

HSL 1 605 Bas. Athletic Trng.

CHM 1111 Ctiem. I

HSL 1268 Basic A.T. Lab

INT 1 1 00 Computer
PSY 1 1 1 1 Found Psych.
CHM 1112 Chem. II

Third Year

RHJrth Year

Rfth Year

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

QH.

HSL 1611
ED 1307
CRS 1313

Quarters

Kinesiology
Ed. Stat.

Intro. Counseling
Elective

4
4
4
4

HSL 1610
HSL 1607

Quarter 9

Anat.-Physiology II
Meas. & Eval.
Elective
Elective

4
4
4
4

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

HSL 1612
HSL 1423
HSL 1426

Exer. Physiology
Comm. Rec. Mgmt.
Budg.Syst. Analysis
Elective

4
4
4
4

HSL 1613
HSL 1614
HSL 1286
HSL 1506

Exer. Testing/Presc.
Electrocardiography
Nutrition
Comm. HIth.

3
2

4
4

HSL 1266 Ptiys. Cond. Prog.

HSL 1622 Super. Field Experience 12

HSL 1866 Spec. Prog. 4

HSL 1502 Comm. and Degen. 4

HSL 1510 Health Couns.
Elective

Specimen Program in School and Community Health Education/Athletic
Training

Rrst Year

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarters

No. Course

Q.H.

No. Course

aH.

No. Course

Q.H.

CHM 1101 Chem. 1
ENG 1110 English
ED 1100 Social Sci.
HSL 1281 Curr. HIth.
HSL 1101 Int. Swim.
HSL 1133 Phy. Cond.

4
4
4
4

1
1

CHM 1 1 02 Chem. II
BIO 1140 Biol
HSL HIth Prob.mh.
HSL 1280 Fnd. HIth.
HSL 1283 Intr. Saf.
HSL 1284 Inst. Res.

4
4
4
2
2
2

MTH 1106 Math
BIO 1141 Bio. II
ENG 1111 English
ED 1102 Hum. Dev
HSL 1254 First Aid

4
4
4
4
2

Second Year (Co-op starts)

No.

Course

HSL 1605 Basic Ath. Trng.

PHY 1201 Physics

HSL 1261 Anat./Phys. I

HSL 1463 Ov Phys. Dis,

HSL 1268 Basic A.t Lab

INT 1101

Computer

ED 1103

Human Dev. II

ED 1306

Meas. & Eval.

HSL 1627

Ther. Modalities

HSL 1132

Wt. Trng.

Third Year

No.

Course

No.

Course

BIO 1 1 90 Microbiology

ED 1104 Anal. Inst. Proc.

HSL 1 500 Mental Health

HSL 1611 Kinesiology

HSL 1610 Anat./Phy II

HSL 1 626 Ther. Recond.

HSL 1 502 Comm./Degen. Dis.

HSL 1 504 Longevity/Aging

28 / Boston-Bouv6 College of Human Development Professions
Fourth Year

Quarter 8

No.

Course

HSL 1612 Ex. Phys. 4

HSL1585 HIth. Ed. SchYComm. 4

HSL 1 503 Human Sexuality 4

HSL 1423 Advanced A.T. 4

HSL 1 5 1 6 Drug Use/ Abuse

HSL 1506 Comm. Health

HSL 1 507 Seminar I

HSL 1 286 Nutrition

HSL 1266 Ptiy. Cond. Prg.

Fifth Year

No.

Course

HSL 1521 Practicum
HSL 1624 A.T. Internship

HSL 1509 Org./Ad. HIth. Ed.

HSL 1510 Health Couns.

HSL 1508 Seminar II

HSL 1625 Senior Seminar

180 Q.H. = Minimum graduation requirement for Physical Education
1 85 Q.H. = Minimum graduation requirement for Athletic Training

20 Q.H. = General Studies electives

10 Q.H. = Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

Specimen Program in Physical Therapy

Rrst Year

Quarter 1

Course

PSY 1 1 1 1 Fnd. of Psych. I

MTH 1106 Fund. Math.

BIO 1140 Bas. Ani. Bio. I

HSL 1281 Curr. Iss. in HIth.

MTH 1107 Fund. Math.
OHM 1111 Chem. 1
ENG 1110 Fresh. Eng. I

CHM 1112 Chem. II
BIO 1141 Bas. Ani. Bio.
ENG 1111 Fresh. Eng. II

Quarter 1, 2, or :

HSL 1254 Rrst Aid
PTH 1114 Intro, to Phys.
Thrpy. I

Second Year

Third Year

PHY 1201

PHY 1202

Bas. Physics II

PHY 1501

Physics Lab 1

BIO 1254

Hum. Physiology II

BIO 1253

Hum. Physiology 1

BIO 1255

Hum. Anat.

HSL 1260

Percep. Motor Devel.

PSY 1 1 1 2

Fnd. Psych. II

PTH 1114

Intro, to Phys. Thrpy. 1
Elective

2
4

PTH 1115

Intro, to Phys. Thrpy. II

Course

No.

Course

PTH 1310 Clin. Gross Anat. 6

PTH 1315 Physiol, for Phys. Thrpsts. 3

PTH 1 320 Phys. Thrpy. I 2

PTH 1325 Clin. Medicine I 4

PTH 1330 Clin. Kinesiology

PTH 1335 Phys. Thrpy. II

PTH 1340 Phys. Thrpy. Ill

PTH 1345 Clin. Medicine II

PTH 1350 Clin. Psychiatry

Rxirth Year

No.

Course

No.

Course

Q.H.

5
3
2

PTH 1355 Phys. Thrpy. IV

PTH 1360 Phys. Thrpy. V

PTH 1365 Neuroanat.

PTH 1370 Clin. Seminar

PTH 1 375 Phys. Thrpy. VII

PTH 1 380 Super. Clin. Educ.

PTH 1 385 Clinc. Medicine III

PTH 1390 Phys. Thrpy. VI

PTH 1 395 Phys. Thrpy. V cont.

Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions / 29
Rfth Year

No. Course aH. No. Course Ol

PTH 1400 Admin. 3 FTH 1420 Phys. Thrpy. In HIth. 3

PTH 1 405 Research for Phys. Thrpy. 4 Care Syst.

PTH 1410 Phys. Thrpy. VIII 2 PTH 1425 Psychosoc. Asp. of Illness 3

PTH 1415 Clinic Educ. 2 FTH 1450 Invest. Studies 6

Electives 8 Elective 4

Department of Recreation and Leisure Studies

Areas of Concentration Required Courses Quarter Offered

1. Therapeutic Recreation

HSL 1460 Process of Aging 6-8-10

HSL 1463 Overview of Physical Disabilities 6-8-10

HSL 1467 Psychological Aspects of Disabilities 8-10

HSL 1464 Program Planning in Therapeutic Recreation 8-10

HSL 1 466 Foundations of Psychological Services In Therapeutic Recreation 1 0-1 1
Plus thirteen quarter hours of guided department electives

2. Recreation Management

HSL 1426 Budget Analysis 6-8-10

HSL 1446 Elements of Outdoor Recreation Planning 6-8-10

HSL 1421 Administration of Recreation and Parks 6-8-10

HSL 1 422 Program Evaluation 7-1 1
Plus sixteen quarter hours of guided department electives

3. Outdoor Recreation/Environment Education

HSL 1427 Survey of Facilities ' 7-11

HSL 1 443 Interpretations of Economic Social History 6-8-1 0

HSL 1 444 Environmental Education 7-8-1 1

HSL 1445 Seminar on Environmental Issues and Legislation 6-8-10

HSL 1446 Elements of Outdoor Recreation Planning 6-8-10
Plus thirteen quarter hours of guided department electives

Specimen Programs in Teacher Preparation

General Requirements:

Students must complete the following requirements to earn a Bachelor of Science degree in Education:

1 . Distribution requirements with a minimum of sixteen quarter hours in each one of these areas: humanities,
mathematics/sciences, and social sciences.

2. fvlajor course requirements are listed on pages 28-32. (In addition to those courses required of all
Elementary Education majors, students in this major must take designated courses in one area of emphasis
chosen from the following: humanities, early childhood education, social sciences, mathematics/sciences,
language/reading, and special education.)

3. Designated electives offered by the College of Arts and Sciences and the Boston Bouve College of Human
Development Professions. These electives, which depend on the particular program of study, are in the areas
of English, history, drama/speech, political science, economics, earth science, and the foundations of edu-
cation.

There is no language requirement.

As early as possible students should discuss their curriculum questions and academic needs with a rep-
resentative of the Dean's Office or a faculty adviser.

30 / Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

Specimen Program in Early Childhood Education (K-3)

Freshman Year (48 Q.H.)

HST 1 1 01 Western Civ. 1

ENG 1110 Freshman English I

ED 1 1 00 Education and Social Science

ED 1 101 Education for the Future

GEO Earth Science (Elective)

HST 1 1 02 Western Civ. II

ECN 1115 Economics

GEO Earth Science (Elective)

POI Political Science (Elective)

ED 1 1 05 Day Care and Nursery Schools

ENG 1111 Freshman English II

ENG English (Elective)

Middler Year (35 Q.H.)

ED 1 400 Fundamentals of Reading I

ED 1 408 Math/Science I

ED 1 405 Literature and Learning Material

ED 1 409 Math/Science II

ED 1 402 Fundamentals of Reading II (6 Q.H.)

ED Educational Humanities Elective

POI Political Science Elective

HST History Elective

Sophomore Year (30 Q.H.)

ED 1 1 04 Analysis of the Instructional Process
ED 1102 Human Development and LRN. I
CRS 1200 Introduction to Special Education
HSL 1 260 Motor Skills Development (2 Q.H.)
SLA 1101 Introduction to Speech and Hearing
ED 1 1 06 Creative Expression in Children

ENG English Elective

Humanities Elective

Junior Year (36 Q.H.)

ED 1 406 Elementary Education Curriculum I
ED 1403 Remedial Reading
ED 1 407 Elementary Education Curriculum II
ED 1 306 Measurement and Evaluation
COP 1353 Professional Development (1 Q.H.)
EDI 304 Language and Cognition
ED 1318 Seminar in Early Childhood
ED 1416 Field Placement (2 Q.H.)

DRA Drama or

SPC Speech

Math/Science Elective

Senior Year (32 Q.H.)

ED 1 404 Linguistics and Reading
SLA 1 300 Semantics and Syntax
ED 1417 Student Teaching (8 Q.H.)
HST History Elective

Math/Science Elective

Elective

182 Q.H. = Minimum graduation requirement

Specimen Program in Elementary Education (Humanities Emphasis)

Freshman Year (48 Q.H.)

HST 1101 Western Civ. I

ENG 1110 Freshman English I

ED 1 1 00 Education and Social Science

ED 1 101 Education for the Future

GEO Earth Science (Elective)

HST 1 1 02 Western Civ. II

ECN 1115 Economics

GEO Earth Science (Elective)

POI Political Science (Elective)

ENG 1111 Freshman English II

ENG English (Elective)

ED .Educational Sociology Elective

Sophomore Year (32 Q.H.)

ED 1104 Analysis of the Instructional Process

ED 1 1 02 Human Development I

CRS 1200 Introduction to Special Education

ED 1 1 03 Human Development I

ENG English (Elective)

Humanities (Elective)
HST History Elective

Elective

Middler Year (34 Q.H.)

Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions/ 31

Junior Year (33 Q.H.)

ED 1400

Fundamentals of Reading 1

ED 1406

Elementary Education Curriculum 1

ED 1408

Math/Science 1

ED 1407

Elementary Education Curriculum II

ED 1405

Literature and Learning Materials

ED 1306

Measurement and Evaluation

ED 1409

Math/Science II

COP 1353

Professional Development (1 Q.H.)

ED 1402

Fundamentals of Reading II

(6 Q.H.)

HST

History Elective

Educational Humanities Elective

DRA

Drama or

POL

Political Science Elective
Humanities Elective

SPC

Speech

Math/Science Elective
Humanities Elective

Senior Year (32 Q.H.)

Humanities Elective

ED 1417

Student Teaching (8 Q.H)
Math/Science Elective
Humanities Elective
Humanities Elective
Humanities Elective
Elective
Elective

182 Q.H. = Minimum graduation requirement

Specimen Program in Elementary Education
(Language/Reading Emphasis)

Freshman Year (48 Q.H.)

HST 1101

Western Civ 1

ENG 1110

Freshman English 1

ED 1100

Education and Social Science

ED 1101

Education for the Future

GEO

Earth Science Elective

HST 1102

Western Civ II

ECN 1 1 1 5

Economics

GEO

Earth Science Elective

POL

Political Science Elective

ENG 1111

Freshman English II

ENG

English Elective

Educational Sociology Elective

Middler Year (35 Q.H.)

ED 1400

Fundamentals of Reading 1

ED 1408

Math/Science 1

ED 1405

Literature and Learning Materials

ED 1409

Math/Science II

ED 1402

Fundamentals of Reading II (6 Q.H.)

Educational Humanities Elective

POL

Political Science Elective

Elective

Senior Year (32 Q.H.)

ED 1417

Student Teaching (8 Q.H)

Language/Reading

Math/Science Elective

Elective

Sophomore Year (33 Q.H.)

ED 1 1 04 Analysis of the Instructional Process

ED 1 1 02 Human Development I

CRS 1 200 Introduction to Special Education

ED 1103 Human Development II

ENG English Elective

Humanities Elective
HST History Elective

Elective

Junior Year (34 Q.H.)

ED 1 406 Elementary Education Curriculum I
ED 1407 Elementary Education Curriculum II
ED 1 306 Measurement and Evaluation
COP 1353 Professional Development (1 Q.H.)

HST History Elective

DRA Drama or

SPC Speech

ED 1403 Remedial Reading
ED 1 404 Linguistics and Reading
Math/Science Elective

182 Q.H. = Minimum graduation requirement

32 / Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

Specimen Program in Elementary Education
(Social Sciences Emphasis)

Freshman Year (48 Q.H.)

Sophomore Year (33 Q.H.)

HST 1101

Western Civ. 1

ED 1104

Analysis of the Instructional Process

ENG 1110

Freshman English 1

ED 1102

Human Development 1

ED 1100

Education and Social Science

CRS 1200

Introduction to Special Education

ED 1101

Education for the Future

ED 1103

Human Development II

GEO

Earth Science Elective

ENG

English Elective

HST 1 1 02

Western Civ. II

Humanities Elective

ECN 1115

Economics

HST

History Elective

GEO

Earth Science Elective

Elective

POL

Political Science Elective

ENG 1 1 1 1

Freshman English II

Junior Year (34 Q.H.)

ENG

English Elective

ED 1406

Elementary Education Curriculum 1

Educational Sociology Elective

£D 1407

Elementary Education Curriculum II

ED 1306

Measurement and Evaluation

Middler Year (35 Q.H.)

COP 1353

Professional Development (1 Q.H.)

ED 1400

Fundamentals of Reading 1

HST

History Elective

ED 1408

Math/Science 1

DRA

Drama or

ED 1405

Literature and Learning Materials

SPC

Speech

ED 1409

Math/Science II

Math/Science Elective

ED 1402

Fundamentals of Reading II (6 Q.H.)

Social Science Elective

Educational Humanities Elective

Social Science Elective

POL

Political Science Elective
Social Science Elective

Senior Year (32 Q.H.)

MED 1417

Student Teaching (8 Q.H)
Math/Science Elective
Social Science Elective
Elective
Elective

Elective

1 82 Q.H. = Minimum graduation requirement

Specimen Program in Elementary Education
(Special Education Emphasis)

Freshman Year (48 Q.H.)

HST 1101 Western Civ. I

ENG 1110 Freshman English I

ED 1 1 00 Education and Social Science

ED 1101 Education for the Future

GEO Earth Science Elective

HST 1 1 02 Western Civ. II

ECN 1115 Economics

GEO. Earth Science Elective

POI Political Science Elective

ENG 1 1 1 1 Freshman English II

ENG English Elective

ED Educational Sociology Elective

Sophmore Year (33 Q.H.)

ED 1 104 Analysis of the Instructional Process
ED 1102 Human Development I
CRS 1 200 Introduction to Special Education
ED 1 1 03 Human Development II

ENG English Elective

SLA 1101 Introduction Speech and Hearing

Humanities Elective
HST History Elective

Boston-Bouv6 College of Human Development Professions / 33

Middler Year (35 Q.H.)

ED 1 400 Fundamentals of Reading I

ED 1408 Math/Science I

ED 1405 Literature and Learning Material

ED 1 409 Math/Science II

ED 1 402 Fundamentals of Reading II (6 Q.H.)

ED Educational Humanities Elective

POL Political Science Elective

PSY 1 373 Psychology of Abnormal Behavior

Senior Year (32 Q.H.)

ED 1417 Student Teaching (8 Q.H.) '
CRS 1 306 Introduction to Rehabilitation
CRS 1301 Diagnostics in Special Education
CRS 1 304 Socio-Psycho Dynamics of Family Life
CRS 1 302 Methods and Materials of Special

Education

Math/Science Elective

Junior Year (34 Q.H.)

ED 1406 Elementary Education Curriculum I
ED 1407 Elementary Education Curriculum II
ED 1 306 Measurement and Evaluation
COP 1 353 Professional Development (1 Q.H.)

HST History Elective

DRA Theatre or

SPC Speech

CRS 1300 Introduction to Learning Disabilities
CRS 1 305 Psychology of the Mentally Retarded
CRS 1030 Introduction to the Emotionally
Disturbed

182 Q.H. = {Minimum graduation requirement

Specimen Program in Speech and Hearing

First Year
Quarter 1

ENG 1110
ED 1100
BIO 1181

Fresh. English 1
Ed. & Soc. Sci.
Hum. Orgnsm.
Elective*

Q.H.

4
4
4
4

Second Year
Quarter 4

ED 1307
SLA 1200
CRS 1200

Intro. Ed. Stat.
Hearing Sci.
Intro. Spec. Ed.
Elective*

Q.H.

4
4
4
4

Quarter 2

ENG 1 1 1 1
SLA 1100

Fresh. English II
Bs. Man. Comm.
Elective*
Elective*

Q.H.

4
4
4
4

Quarter 5

ED 1102
SLA 1201

Hum. Dev. 1
Anat. Voc. Mech.
Elective*
Elective*

Q.H.

4
4
4
4

Quarter 3

SLA 1101

Intro. Speech
Elective*
Elective*
Elective*

Q.H.

4
4
4
4

Third Year

Fourth Year

Quarter 6

SLA 1301
PSY 1272
SLA 1300

Dev. Phonology
Personality 1
Dev. Semantics
Elective*

Q.H.

4
4
4
4

Quarter 8

SLA 1400
ED 1400
SLA 1401
COP 1353

Speech Sci.
Fund. Read. 1
Fluency Dis.
Prof. Dev.

Q.H.

4
4
4
4

Quarter 7

PSY 1273
SLA 1302
SLA 1303

Personality II
Phonemic Dis.
Intro. Audiology
Elective*

Q.H.

4
4
4
4

Quarter 9

SLA 1402
SLA 1403
SLA 1404

Q.H.

Diagnostic Tech. 4
Orient. Clin. Prac. 4
Intro. Psychoacoustics 1
Elective* 4

34 / College of Business Administration

Fifth Year

Quarter 10

Q.H.

PSY 1373

Abn. Psych. 1

SLA 1500

Psychoacoustics Lab.

Elective*

Quarter 10a

Q.H.

SLA 1501

Clin. Prac.

Quarter 1 1

Q.H.

PSY 1374

Abn. Psych. 11

Elective'

•Electives must include: 8 Q.H. in Ed. Soc; 4 Q.H. in Ed. Psych.; 16 Q.H. in Lib. Arts Humanities; 4 Q.H. in
Lib. Arts Soc. Sci.; 4 Q.H. in Ed.; and 8 Q.H. in Lib. Arts Math/Sci.
177 Q.H. = Minimum graduation requirement.

College of Business Administration

Specimen Program for First Three Quarters

The courses taken in the first three quarters are the same

for all concentrations.

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

No.

Course Q.H.

No.

Course

O.H.

No. Course

Q.H.

ACC 1111
MTH 1113
MTH 1114

ECN 1105
ENG 1110

Acct. Prin. 1 4
Math. Busnes. or 4
Fund. Math. 4

Econ. Princ. 4
Fresh. Eng. 1 4
Lib. Elective 4

ACC 1112
MTH 1113
MTH 1114

ECN 1106
ENG 1 1 1 1

Acct. Prin. II or
Math. Busnes. or
Fund. Math.
Lib. Elective
Econ. Prin.
Fresh. Eng. II

MGT1415 Intro. Busn.
Lib. Electives
Bus. Elective

4
8

During the five-year program at least one elective must be taken from the approved International elective
list.

Accounting

Quarter 4

Quarter 5
Quarter 6

Quarter 7

Quarter 8

Quarter 9

Quarter 10
Quarter 11

MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1 ; MSC 1226, introductton to Data Processing;
tw/o nonbusiness electives.

MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; three nonbusiness electives.
ACC 1331, Intermediate Accounting 1; HRM 1431, Complex Organizations;
MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing; MSC 1433, Business Modeling.
ACC 1332, Intermediate Accounting 2; ACC 1339, Cost Accounting 1;
1432, Organizational Behavior; FIN 1438, Introduction to Finance.
ACC 1340, Cost Accounting 2; ACC 1343, Intermediate Accounting 3;
business elective; open elective.

MGT 1446, Business and Society; ACC 1348, Accounting Theory and Practice,
or ACC 1349, Accounting Planning and Control; MSC 1441, Operations Man-
agement; open elective.

MGT 1 450, Business Policy; three open electives.
Three open electives; nonbusiness elective.

HRM

non-

Entrepreneurship and New Venture Management

Quarter 4 MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1 , MSC 1226, Introduction to Data Processing;

two nonbusiness electives.
Quarter 5 MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; three nonbusiness electives.

College of Business Administration / 35

Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter

HRM 1431, Complex Organizations; ENT 1350, Small Business Management;

MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing; MSC 1433, Business Modeling.

HRM 1432, Organizational Behavior; FIN 1438, Introduction to Finance; two

open electives.

ENT 1344, Operations Analysis and Venture Capital; two nonbusiness electives;

open elective.

FIN 1770, Small Business Rnance; MGT 1446, Business and Society; MSC

144'f, Operations Management; open elective.

MGT 1450, Business Policy; ENT 1352, New Venture Creation; nonbusiness

elective; open elective.

ENT 1 358, Small Business Institute Reld Project; two open electives.

Rnance and Insurance

Quarter 4

Quarter 5
Quarter 6

Quarter 7

Quarter 8

Quarter 9

Quarter 10
Quarter 11

Nonconcentration

Quarter 4
Quarter 5

Quarter 6

Quarter 7

Quarter 8
Quarter 9

Quarter 10

Quarter 11

MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1 ; MSC 1226, Introduction to Data Processing;

two nonbusiness electives.

MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; three nonbusiness electives.

FIN 1438, Introduction to Rnance; FIN 1333, Money and Business Activity;

HRM 1431, Complex Organizations; nonbusiness elective.

FIN 1335, Managerial Finance; MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing; HRM

1432, Organizational Behavior; MSC 1433, Business Modeling.

FIN 1346, Investment Management; Finance elective; MSC 1441, Operations

Management; open elective.

MGT 1446, Business and Society; Rnance elective; nonbusiness elective; open

elective.

MGT 1 450, Business Policy; Rnance elective; two open electives.

Four open electives.

MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1; three nonbusiness electives.

MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; MSC 1226, Introduction to Data Processing;

two nonbusiness electives.

HRM 1431, Complex Organizations; FIN 1438, Introduction to Rnance; MSC

1433, Business Modeling; open elective.

HRM 1432, Organizational Behavior; MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing;

business elective; open elective.

MSC 1441, Operations Management; two business electives; open elective.

MGT 1 446, Business and Society; business elective; nonbusiness elective; open

elective.

MGT 1450, Business Policy; business elective; nonbusiness elective; open

elective.

Business elective; three open electives.

Human Resources Management

Quarter 4

Quarter 5
Quarter 6

Quarter 7

Quarter

Quarter 9

Quarter 10

MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1; MSC 1226, Introductbn to Data Processing;
two nonbusiness electives.

MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; three nonbusiness electives.
HRM 1431, Complex Organizations; MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing; MSC
1433, Business Modeling; open elective.

HRM 1 332, People and Productivity; HRM 1 432, Organizational Behavior; RN
1438, Introduction to Rnance; open elective.

HRM 1 348, Reward Systems; HRM 1 439, Assessment of Prospective Employ-
ees; nonbusiness elective; open elective.

MGT 1446, Business and Society; MSC 1441, Operations Management; Human
Resources Management elective; open elective.

HRM 1345, Contemporary Labor Issues; MGT 1450, Business Policy; Human
Resources Management elective; open elective.

36 / College of Buiness Administration

International Business Administration

Quarter 4

Quarter 5

Quarter 6

Quarter 7

Quarter 8

Quarter 9

Quarter 10

Quarter 11

Management

Quarter 4

Quarter 5

Quarter 6

Quarter 7

Quarter 8

Quarter 9

Quarter 10

Quarter 1 1

Marketing

Quarter 4

Quarter 5

Quarter 6

Quarter 7

Quarter 8

Quarter

Quarter 10

Quarter 1 1

MSC 1 200, Business Statistics 1 ; three nonbusiness electives.
MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; two nonbusiness electives.
HRM 1431, Complex Organizations; INB 1338, Introduction to International
Business; FIN 1438, Introduction to Finance; open elective.
HRM 1432, Organizational Behavior; MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing; MSC
1433, Business Modeling; open elective.

MSC 1441, Operations Management; business elective; International nonbusi-
ness elective; open elective.

MGT 1 446, Business and Society; International nonbusiness elective; two open
electives.

MGT 1450, Business Policy; International nonbusiness elective; two open elec-
tives.

INB 1352; Seminar in International Business; International business elective;
two open electives.

MSC 1 200, Business Statistics 1 ; three nonbusiness electives.

MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; MSC 1226, Introduction to Data Processing;

two nonbusiness electives.

FIN 1438, Introduction to Rnance; HRM 1431, Complex Organizations; MSC

1433, Business Modeling; open elective.

MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing; HRM 1432, Organizational Behavior; ACC

1330, Cost Accounting; HRM 1332, People and Productivity.

MGT 1345, Legal Aspects of Business; MSC 1441, Operations Management;

business elective; open elective.

MGT 1446, Business and Society; business elective; nonbusiness elective; open

elective.

MGT 1 450, Business Policy; nonbusiness elective; two open electives.

Business elective; three open electives.

MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1; MSC 1226, Introductbn to Data Processing;
two nonbusiness electives.

MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; three nonbusiness electives.
MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing; HRM 1431, Complex Organizations;
nonbusiness elective; open elective.

FIN 1438, Introduction to Rnance; HRM 1432, Organizational Behavior; MKT
1331, Marketing Management; MSC 1433, Business Modeling.
MKT 1341, Marketing Research; Marketing elective; nonbusiness elective; open
elective.

MGT 1446, Business and Society; MSC 1441, Operations Management; Mar-
keting elective; open elective.

MKT 1351, Competitive Strategies; MGT 1450, Business Policy; two open
electives.
Marketing elective; three open electives.

Transportation and Physical Distribution Management

Quarter 4
Quarter 5

Quarter 6
Quarter 7

MSC 1 200, Business Statistics 1 ; three nonbusiness electives.
MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; MSC 1226, Introduction to Data Processing;
two nonbusiness electives.

HRM 1431, Complex Organizations; FIN 1438, Introduction to Rnance; TRN
1333, Introduction to Transportation; open elective.

HRM 1 432, Organizational Behavior; Transportation elective; MKT 1 435, Intro-
duction to Marketing; TRN 1335, Current Issues in Transportation Policy; MSC
1433, Business Modeling.

College of Computer Science / 37

Quarter 8

Quarter 9

Quarter 10
Quarter 1 1

MSC 1 441 , Operations Management; Transportation elective; nonbusiness elec-
tive; open elective.

MGT 1446, Business and Society; TRN 1344, Physical Distribution Manage-
ment; nonbusiness elective; open elective.

MGT 1 450, Business Policy; Transportation elective; two open electives.
TRN 1353, Seminar in Transportation; three open electives.

College of Computer Science

specimen Program in Computer Science

Rrst Year

Quarter 1 Quarter 2

Course

COM 1100 PASCAL I
MTH 1 1 23 Calculus I
ENG 1110 Fresh. Engl. I
HST 1101 Western Civ.

COM 1101 PASCAL II

MTH 1125 Calculus III

MTH 1 1 24 Calculus II

PHY 1241 Physics 1

MTH 1409 Discr. Math. 1

COM 1 201 Data Struc.

HST 1102 Western Civ.

ENG 1111 Fresh. Engl. II

COM 1113 COBOL Lab

COM 1110 FORTRAN Lab

Second Year

Third Year

Fourth Year

rto.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

aH.

PHY 1 242 Physics II
COM 1130 Assembly Lang. 1
MTH 1223 Calculus IV
COM 1111 DCL Lab or
COM 1 1 1 4 C Lab
COM 1102 LISP

Quarters

4
4
4
1

PHY 1243 Physics III

COM 1131 Assembly Lang. II

MTH 1237 Discrete Math II

COM 1205 Software Design
Quarter 7

4
4
4

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

ECE 1191
MTH 1301
COM

Quarter 8

Comp. Org. 8 Des. 1
Linear Algebra
C.S Elective (1)
Elective/Subarea (1)

4
4
4
4

ECE 1192
MTH 1387
COM
ENG 1125

Quarter 9

Comp. Org. & Des. II
Probability
C.S. Elective (2)
Tech. Writing

4
4
4
4

r4o.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

COM
COM

C.S. Elective (3)
C.S. Elective (4)
Elective/Subarea (2)
Elective/Subarea (3)

COM C.S. Elective (5)

COM C.S. Elective (6)

SOC 1 485 Computers & Soc.
Elective/Subarea (4)

Rfth Year

Course

COM C.S. Elective (7) 4

Elective/Subarea (5) 4

Elective/Subarea (6) 4

Elective/Subarea (7) 4

Note: Three of the Computer Science electives

COM C.S. Elective (8)

COM 1 620 C.S. Seminar

Elective/Subarea (8)
Elective/Subarea (9)
Elective/Subarea (10)
must form a complete track.

38 / College of Computer Science

Computer Science Major Requirements Checklist

Computer Science

No.

Course

COM 1 1 00
COM 1101
COM 1102
COM 1110
COM 1111
COM 1113
COM 1114
COM 1201
COM 1205
COM 1130
COM 1131

PASCAL I

PASCAL II

LISP

FOFITRAN Lab

DCL Lab

COBOL Lab

C Lab

Data Structures

Software Design

Assembly Language

Level II (select eight courses, Including at
least one complete track)

Course

Data Base Track

COM 1310 RIe Structures
COM 1315 Data Base Mngmt. I
COM 1316 Data Base Mngmt. II

Systems Track

COM 1 330 Systems Prgrmmg.
COM 1335 Operating Systems I
COM 1336 Operating Systems II

Languages Track

COM 1 350 Automata & Form. Lan.
COM 1 355 Compiler Design I
COM 1 356 Compiler Design II

Mathematics

Electives

COM 1358 Anal, of Prog. Lang. 4

COM 1370 Computer Graptiics 4

COM 1 390 Analysis of Algorithms 4

COM 1410 Artificial Intelligence 4

COM 1 420 Interactive Systems 4

Seminar (To be taken during senior year)

COM 1 620 Computer Sci. Sem. 1

No.

Course

MTH 1 1 23 Calculus I
MTH 1124 Calculus II
MTH 1125 Calculus III
MTH 1223 Calculus IV
MTH 1137 Discrete Math.
MTH 1237 Discrete Math.

MTH 1387 Probability
MTH 1301 Linear Algebra

Physics

Electrical Engineering

Other Subject Areas

PHY 1241 Physics I
PHY 1242 Physics II
PHY 1243 Physics III

ECE 1191 Computer Org. and Des.
ECE1192 Computer Org. and Des.

No.

Course

ENG 1110 Freshman English I
ENG 1111 Freshman English II
ENG 1125 Technical Writing
HST1101 Western Civilization I
HST1102 Western Civlization II
SOC 1 485 Computers and Society

Electives (total 20 Q.H.)
(total 20 Q.H.)

College of Computer Science / 39

Computer Science Requirements
Requirements for Computer
Science Majors

Computer Science
Courses

Mathematics Courses

Physics Courses

Electrical Engineering
Courses

Other Subject Areas

Computer Science courses fall into one of two levels. Level I consists of Courses:

COM 1100, COM 1101, COM 1102, COM 1130, COM 1131, COM 1201,

COM 1205; Labs: COM 1110, COM 1113, and COM llllor COM 1114.

All Level I courses and labs are required for the major. The rest of the computer

science courses are in Level II. Majors must take eight Level II courses; three

of these must form one of the follov/ing tracks: Data Base Track COM 1310,

COM 1315, COM 1316; Systems Track COM 1330, COM 1335, COM 1336;

Languages Track COM 1 350, COM 1 355, COM 1 356.

Rnally, majors must take the one-credit seminar COM 1 620 during their senior

year.

Major must take the following eight mathematics courses; Level I Calculus MTH

1123, MTH 1124, MTH 1125, and MTH 1223; Discrete Mathematics MTH

1137, MTH 1237.

Level II Probability MTH 1387; Linear Algebra MTH 1301.

Majors must take the following three physics courses: Physics PHY 1241, PHY

1242, and PHY 1243.

Majors must take the following two electrical engineering courses: Digital Com-
puters ECE 1191 and ECE 1192.

Majors must take the following six courses: English ENG 1 1 10 and ENG 1111;
Technical Writing ENG 1125; Computers and Society SOC 1485; Western
Civilization HST 1101 and HST 1102.

In addition, majors must take at least five courses in a selected subarea of
humanities, science, social science, business, education, or engineering. The
College of Computer Science will provide lists of suitable courses in a variety
of subareas.

Majors have five free electives. However, at least two courses among the total
ten (five in the subarea and five electives) must be in social sciences or
humanities.
NOTES:

I.The total number of credit hours required for graduation is 179.
2. During the first two years, students should take all Level I computer science
and mathematics courses, physics, English, Western Civilization, and one other
course. The three computer science track courses should be taken in the third
and fourth year. See the Specimen Program for details on program arrangement.

Requirements for Computer Science Minors

In addition to fulfilling the requirements of their major department, students who
wish to minor in computer science must take the following four courses: COM
1 1 00, COM 1101, COM 1 1 30, COM 1 201 . They must also take three additional
four-quarter-hour courses with the COM prefix.

40 / College of Criminal Justice

College of Criminal Justice

Specimen Program in Criminal Justice

Rrst Year

Course

No.

Course

CJ 1101 Admin. Grim. Just.

ECN 1115 Prin,/Prob. Econ.

POL 1110 Intro. Politics

PSY 1111 Fnd. Psych I

CJ 1151 Law& Legl. Pro.

ECN 1116 Prin./Prob. Econ.

POL 1111 Intro, Amer. Gov.

ENG 1110 Fresh. Eng. I

CJ 1 1 1 2 ISSCJ Admins.

SOC 1100 Intro. Soc.
PSY 1112 Fnd.Psych.il
ENG 1111 Fresh. Eng. II
CJ 1 1 1 3 Crit. Issues in

Grim. Jus. Admin.

Second Year

POL 1318 State & Loc. Gov.

Math/Sci. Require.

CJ 1251 Grim. La\N

Non-Crim. Jus. Elective

CJ 1201 Criminology

Grim. Jus. Elective

Math/Sci. Require.

CJ 1252

Constitutional Prob.

Third Year

Fourth Year
Rfth Year

Quarter 6

Quarter 7

No. Course

Q.H.

No. Course

Q.H.

CJ Grim. Jus. Elective

Non-Grim. Justice Elective
CJ 1451 Grim. Jus. Research
HST1101 Western Civ. I

Non-Grim. Jus. Elective
Non-Grim. Jus. Elective
102 Western Civ. II

Grim. Jus. Electives

Non-Crim. Jus. Electives 36

College of Engineering

Specimen Program in Chemical Engineering

All courses in Chemical Engineering must be taken in sequence shown.

First Year

MTH 1 1 23 Calculus 1

MTH 1124 Calculus II

MTH 1125 Calculus III

PHY 1221 Physics lor

PHY 1 222 Physics II

PHY 1 223 Physics III

PHY 1251 Physics Rev.

GE 1110 Eng. Graph, and

CHM 1 1 32 Gen. Chem.

GE 1 1 00 Gomp. for Eng.

Des.

ENG 1 1 1 3 Gr. Th. Lit.

ENG 1111 Intro. Lit. or

CHM 1131 Gen. Chem.

CHM 1138 Chem. Lab

ENG 1005 Engl. Intl. 1

BIO 1 1 30 Plants in Hum.
Affairs

Rrst-year pattern of tvwo-term courses may vary according to assigned section.

Quarters 4, 6. 8, and 1 0 offered Fall and Winter. Quarters 5, 7, and 9 offered Spring and Summer.

Second Year

College of Engineering / 41

No.

Course

Ho.

Course

MTH 1223 Calculus IV

PHY 1224 Physics IV

CHE 1201 Chem. Engr. Cal.

CHM 1261 Organic Chem I

PHY 1521 Physics Lab I

MTH 1224 Calculus V
CHE 1202 Chem. Engr. Cal.
CHM 1262 Organic Chem. II
PHY 1522 Physics Lab II
CHE 1420 Chem. Thermo

Third Year

Course

Fourth Year

MTH 1225 Math. Analysis I
CHE 1301 Chem. Engr. I
CHM 1391 Phys. Chem. I
ECN 1115 Economics I

Quarter 8

No.

Course

No.

Course

CHE 1401 Trans. Phen. I
CHE 1410 Exp. Methods I
CHE 1420 Chem. Engr. Therm.
Soc. Sci./Hum. Electii

MTH 1 226 Math. Analysis

CHE 1302 Chem. Engr. II

CHM 1392 Phys. Chem. II

ECN 1116 Economics II

Quarter 9

Course

CHE 1402 Trans. Phen. II
CHE 1411 Exp. Methods II
CHE 1421 Chem. Engr. Kinet.

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elective*

4
4

Rfth Year

No.

Course

No.

Course

CHE 1501 Proc. Des. I

CHE 1 503 Projects I

CHE Chem. Engr. Elective

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elective*

6 CHE 1 502 Proc. Des. II

6 CHE 1 504 Projects II

4 CHE Chem. Engr. Elective

4 Soc. Sci./Hum. Elective*

Specimen Program in Civil Engineering

Rrst Year

GE 11 GO Comp. for Engr.

MTH 1123 Calculus I

PHY 1221 Physics I

ENG 1111 Fresh. Engl. II

GE 1 1 1 0 Engr. Graph.
Des.

and3

MTH 1 1 24 Calculus II

PHY 1222 Physics II

CHM 1131 Gen. Chem.

MTH 1125 Calculus III 3 4

PHY 1 223 Physics III 3 4

CHM 1132 Gen. Chem. 3 4

ENG 1111 Gr. Th. Lit. 3 . 4

The elective courses completed must have a combined total of at least eleven engineering science credits according to the department's list
of elective courses.

**Quarters 1 0 and 1 1 must be approved by department adviser.

Second Year

No.

Course

CI. Q.H.

No.

Course

CI. Q.Y

PHY 1521

Physics Lab 1

0(3)1

PHY 1 522

Physics Lab II

0(3)1

MTH 1223

Calculus IV

3 4

MTH 1224

Calculus V

3 4

CIV 1620

Engr. Meas.

3 4

ECN 1116

Economics II

3 4

CIV 1621

Engr. Meas. Lab.

0(3)2

CIV 1211

Struct. Mech. 2

3 4

CIV 1210

Struct. Mech. 1

3 4

CIV 1620

Engr. Meas.

3 4

CIV 1610

Comp. Appl. in CE

3 4

CIV 1621

Engr. Meas. Lab

0(3)2

CIV 1510

Materials

3 4

CIV 1510

Materials

3 4

CIV 1511

Materials Lab

0(3)2

CIV 1511

Materials Lab

0(3)2

CIV 1620,

CIV 1621 offered Fall and Summer quarters.

CIV 1510,

CIV 151 1 offered Winter and Sprin

g quarters.

42 / College of Engineering
Third Year

No.

Course

CI. Q.H.

No. Course

CI. Q.h

MTH 1225

Math. Anal. 1

3 4

IIS 1366 Eng. Economy

4 4

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec.

3 4

ME 1320 Dynamics

4 4

CIV 1310

Fluid Mech.

4 4

CIV 1340 Environ. Eng.

4 4

CIV 1220

Struc. Anal. 1

4 4

SPC 1115 Intro. Comm. Skill

CIV 1226

Struc. Anal. & Des.

4 4

Fourth Year

ECE 1171

Elec. Engr. 1

3 4

CIV

1340

Environ. Engr. 1 3

CIV 1410

Soil Mech.*

3 4

CIV

1240

Concrete Des. 1* 3

CIV 1411

Soil Mech. Lab*

0(3)2

CIV

1410

Soil Mech. 3

CIV 1240

Concrete Des. 1 *

3 4

CIV

1411

Soil Mech. Lab (3)

Tech. Elective

3 4

Tech. Elective

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec.

Soc. Sci. Hum. Elective

Rfth Year

1 250 Struct. Des. 3 4

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec. 3 4

Tech. Elective 3 4

Gen. Electivet

Tech. Elective

"In Quarter 8 one-half of the class takes CIV 1 240, the other CIV 1410 and CIV 1411; in Quarter 9 the sections are reversed.

tThis may be a technical or arts and sciences elective or any other course given at the University. The general elective may be interchanged
v/Wh an arts and sciences elective in another quarter, with the approval of the Civil Engineering Department.

Technical Electives

Quarters 8 & 10 Spring

Quarters 9 4 11

No.

Course

CI.

Q.H.

No.

Course

CI.

Q.^

CIV 1820

Special Topics

CIV 1820

Special Topics

CIV 1810

Special Topics

CIV 1810

Special Topics

CIV 1320

Hydraulic Eng*

CIV 1630

C.E. Engr. Sys.

CIV 1212

Struct. Mech. lilt

CIV 1550

Constr. Engr.

CIV 1241

Concrete Des. lit

CIV 1540

Highway Engr.

CIV 1430

Geotechnology

CIV 1251

Struct. Des. lit

CIV 1341

Environ. Engr. II*

CIV 1420

Found. Engr.t

CIV 1640

App. Probabilityt

CIV 1360

Environ. Des*

CIV 1222

Struct. Analysist

CIV 1 660

Tech. Assess.

IIS 1346

Bas. Engr. Statistics

CIV 1650

Legal Aspects

IIS 1366

Engr. Economyt

CIV 1530

Transp. Engr.

CIV 1350

Envl. & Hydraulics

CIV 1224

Struct. Analysis lilt

Lab*

CIV 1370

Air Pollution*

IIS 1346

Engr. Statistics

IIS 1366

Engr. Economy

*Required for Environmental Concentration

tRecommended for Structures Concentration

Note: During the summer the Civil Engineering Department offers a limited number of technical electives. Students should check with the
Department for specific information. Technical electives from other engineering departments may be elected with the approval of the Civil
Engineering Department Curriculum Committee.

College of Engineering / 43

Specimen Program in Civil Engineering

Approved for progressive implementation beginning with second year for class of 1 989.

First Year

Same as current program

Second Year

No.

Course

CI. aH.

No.

Course

CI. Q.^

MTH 1223

Calc. IV

4 4

MTH 1224

Calc. V.

4 4

CIV 1210

Struc. Mech. 1

4 4

ECN 1116

Econ. II

4 4

CIV 1610

Comb. App. CE

4 4

CIV 1211

Struc. Mech. II

4 4

CIV 1620

Engr. Meas.

4 4

CIV 1510

Materials

4 4

CIV 1621

Engr. Meas. Lab

(0)3 2

CIV 1511

Mat. Lab

(0)3 2

PHY 1521

Phys. Lab 1

(0)3 1

PHY 1522

Ptiys. Ub II

(0)31

CIV 1510.

CIV 151 1 offered Winter and Spring Quarters.

CIV 1620,

CIV 1621 offered Fall and Summer Quarters.

Third Year

MTH 1 225 Matfi. Anal.

CIV 1220
CIV 1226

Fluid Mecfi.
Lib. Arts Elective
Des. & Struc. Anal.
Struc. Anal. & Des.
Lab

SPC 1115 Intro. Commun. Skills 4 4

CIV 1 340 Env. Engr. i 4 4

IIS 1366 Eng. Econ. 4 4

ME 1 320 Struct. Anal. 1 4 4

Fourth Year

Fifth Year

No. Course

CI. Q.H.

No. Course

CI. aH.

CIV 1410 Soil Mecti. and

4 4

ECE 1171 Elec. Engr. 1

4 4

CIV 1411 Soils Lab or

0(3)2

Tech. Elective

4 4

CIV 1240 Concrete 1

4 4

Soc. Sci. Elect,

4 4

PHY 1224 Physics 4

4 4

CIV 1410 Soil Mech. and

4 4

Tech. Elective

4 4

CIV 1411 Soil Mech. Lab or

0(3)4

Soc./Hum. Elective

4 4

CIV 1 240 Concrete 1

4 4

Course

Tech. Elective
Tech. Elective
CIV 1 250 Steel Des. I

Liberal Arts Elective

Gen. Elective
Tech. Elective
Tech. Elective

The technical elective courses completed must have a combined
elective courses.

of at least eleven design credits according to the department's list of

Specimen Program in Electrical and Computer Engineering

Rrst Year

Course

CI.

Course

GE 1 1 00 Comp. for Engr. 4

.MTH 1123 Calculus I 4

PHY 1221 Physics I 4

ENG 1111 Fresh. Eng. II 4

GE 1110 Engr. Graph, and Des. 4 4

PHY 1222 Physics II 4 4

MTH 1 1 24 Calculus II 4 4

CHM 1131 Gen. Chem. 4 4

MTH 1128 Calc.

PHY 1223 Physics II

CHM 11 32 Gen. Chem.

ENG 1 1 1 3 Gr. Th. Lit.

Second Year

No.

Course

No.

Course

MTH 1 225 Math Anal. 1 4 4

PHY 1224 Physics 4 4

ECE 1215 Cir. & Sys. I 4 4

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec. 4 4

PHY 1521 Physics Lab 0(3)1

ECE 1101 Elec. Engr. Lab 1-A 0(4)1

MTH 1224 Calculus V

ME 1321 Mech.

ECE 1216 Cir. & Sys. 2

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec.
PHY 1 522 Physics Lab
ECE 1102 Elec. Engr. Lab 1-B

4 4
4 4
4 4
4 4
0(3)1
0(4)1

44 / College of Engineering
Third Year

Course

ECE 1217 Cir. & Sys. 3
ECE 1 332 Discrete Syst.
ECE 1 346 Electron. I
ME 1340 Therm. I or
ME 1386 Mat. Sci.
ECE 1301 Elec. Engr. Lab I

0(4)1

ECE

1218 Cir. & Sys. 4

ECE

1333 Cont. Sys.

ECE

1347 Electron. II

ECE

1302 E.E. Lab2-B

Soc. Sci./Hum.

Elective

Fourth Year

Course

ECE 1 349 Electron. Des. 1
ECE 1363 E.M. Field Th. 1
ECE 1381 Comp. Eng. 1

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec.
ECE 1304 Elec. Engr. Lab lll-A

ECE 1350 Electron. Des. 2

4 4

ECE 1364 EM. Field Tti. 2

4 4

ECE 1382 Comp. Eng. 2

4 4

Soc. Sci./Hum.

4 4

Elective

ECE 1305 Elec. Engr. Lab lll-b

0(4)1

Rfth Year

Course

CI. Q.H.

No.

Course

ECE 1 383 Comp. Eng. 3 4 4 ECE 1 420 Control Systems or

ECE 1454 Comm. Syst. 4 4 ECE 1408 Physical Elect.

4 4 ECE 1465 Wave Tr. & Recep. or

4 4 ECE 1375 Electromech. Dy. or

ECE 1307 Elec. Engr. Lab IV 0(4)2 Optional Tech.

Elective
Tech. Elective
Note: Seven arts and sciences electives (in either social sciences or humanities) are required for graduation.
Tw/o of these may be taken on a pass/fail basis in SEPARATE quarters. Also, four technical electives are required for graduation.

383 Comp. Eng. 3
454 Comm. Syst.

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec.

Tech. Elec.
307 Elec. Engr. Lab IV

Specimen Program in Power Systems

Rrst Year

Quarter 1

No.

Course

No.

Course

MTH1123 Calculus I

PHY 1221 Physics I

GE 1 1 00 Comp. for Engr.

ENG 1 1 1 1 Fresh. Eng. II

MTH 1 1 24 Calculus II
PHY 1 222 Physics II
GE 1110 Engr. Graph.

Des.
CHM 1131 Gen. Chem. I

MTH 1128 Calc. Ill

PHY 1223 Physics III

CHM 1132 Gen. Chem.

ENG 1113 Gr. Th. Lit.

Second Year

Course

No.

Course

MTH 1225 Math. Anal. 1
PHY 1 224 Physics IV
ECE 1215 Cir. & Sys. 1

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elective
ECE 1101 Elec. Engr. Lab 1-A
PHY 1521 Physics Lab I

MTH 1224 Calculus V

ME 1321 Mech.

ECE 1216 Cir. & Sys. 2

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elective
PHY 1 522 Phys. Lab 2
ECE 1 1 02 Elec. Engr. Lab l-B
PHY 1522 Physics Lab II

Third Year

Quarters 4 and 6 offered Fall and Winter.
Quarters 5 and 7 offered Spring and Winter.

Course

ECE 1217 Cir. & Sys. 3
ME 1340 Therm. I or
ME 1 386 Mat. Sci.
ECE 1 332 Discrete Sys.
ECE 1346 Electron. 1
ECE 1301 Elec. Engr. Lab

Course

ECE 1218 Cir. & Sys. 4 4

ECE 1333 Cont. Sys. 4

ECE 1347 Electron. 2 4

Soc. Sci/Hum. Elective 4

ECE 1302 Elec. Engr. Lab ll-B 1

College of Engineering / 45

Fourth Year

Quarter 8
(Fall Only)

Course

ECE 1349 Electron. Des. 1
ECE 1 363 E.M. Reld Th, 1
ECE 1381 Comp. Eng. 1

SS/H
ECE 1 304 Elec. Engr Lab lll-A

Quarter 9
(Spring Only)

Cotyse

ECE 1350 Electron. Des. 2
ECE 1364 E.M. Reld. Th. 2
ECE 1 305 Comp. Eng. 2

SS/H

Soc. Scl./Hum. Elective

Fifth Year

Quarter 10
(Winter Only)

Quarter 1 1
(Spring Only)

No.

Course

No.

Course

ECE 1471 Elec. Pow. Sys. 1 4

ECE 1371 Elect. Mach. 1 4

ME 1341 Thermo. 2 4

ECE 1431 Elect. Pow. Ub. 1 1

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elective 4

ECE 1472 Elect. Pow. Sys. 2
ECE 1372 Elect. Mach. 2
ECE 1379 Trans. E. Pow. Sys.
ECE 1 434 Elect. Pow. Lab 2

The elective courses completed must have a combined total of at least two design credits according to the departmenf s list of elective courses.
*ln Quarter 1 1 , only one technical elective is required tor graduation.

Specimen Program in General Engineering

RrstYear

Quarter 1

Course

MTH1123 Calculus I

PHY 1221 Physics I

GE 1 1 00 Comp. for Engr.

ENG 1111 Fresh. Eng. II

MTH 1 1 24 Calculus II
PHY 1222 Physics II
GE 1110 Engr. Graph.

Des.

Soc. Sci./Hum.

Elective

MTH 1125
PHY 1223
ENG 1113

Calculus III
Physics III
Gr. Th. Lit.
Soc. Sci./Hum.
Elective

Second Year

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

MTH 1223

Calculus IV

MTH

1224

Calculus V

PHY 1 224

Physics IV

Engr. Sci. Elective

Coord. Study Elec-

Soc. Sci./Hum.

tive

Elective

Soc. Sci./Hum.

PHY 1521

Physics Lab 1

Elective

PHY 1522

Physics Lab II

Third Year

Course

Engr. Sci. Elective
Coord. Study Elec-

Coord. Study Elec-

Soc. Sci./Hum.
Elective

Engr. Sci. Elective
Engr. Sci. Elective
Coord. Study Elec-
tive

Soc. Sci./Hum.
Elective

46 / College of Engineering
Fourth Year

Course

Engr. Sci. Elective
Engr. Sci. Elective
Coord. Study Elec-
tive"
Coord. Study Elec-

Engr. Sci. Elective
Engr. Sci. Elective
Coord. Study Elec-
tive

Coord. Study Elec-
tive

Rfth Year

Course

Engr. Sci. Elective
Engr. Sci. Elective
Coord. Study Elec-
tive
Coord. Study Elec-

Engr. Sci. Elective
Coord. Study Elec-
tive

Coord. Study Elec-
tive

Note: Quarters 4, 6, 8, and 10 offered Fall and Winter; quarters 5, 7, and 9 offered Spring and Summer.

•Coordinated Study electives are courses chosen to meet the student's career objectives; these courses will be selected in conjunction with

the student's adviser and are subject to the adviser's approval.

Specimen Program in Industrial Engineering

Rrst Year

Quarter 1

No.

Course

No.

Course

No.

Course

MTH 1123 Calculus I

PHY 1221 Physics I

GE 1100 Comp. for Engr.

ENG 1111 Fresh. Eng. II

MTH 1124 Calculus II
PHY 1 222 Physics II
GE 1110 Engr. Graph, and

Des.
CHM 1131 Gen. Chem.

MTH 1 1 25 Calculus III

PHY 1223 Physics III

CHM 1132 Gen. Chem.

ENG 1113 Gr. Th. Ut.

Second Year

Course

IIS 1200 Work Des.

MTH 1 223 Calculus IV

PHY 1224 Physics IV

ECN 1115 Economics I

PHY 1521 Physics Lab I

3(3)4
4 4

0(3)

IIS 1300 Probabilistic Analysis 4 4

ME 1301 Mech. 4 4

MTH 1224 Calculus V 4 4

ECN 1116 Economics II 4 4

PHY 1522 Physics Lab II 0(3)1

Third Year

No.

Course

IIS 1330 Prin. of Comp.

and Prog. I
ECE 1171 Elec. Engr. I

Math Elective
IIS 1310 Statistics I

Elective

IIS 1320
IIS 1340

Statistics II
Operations Res.
Engr. Sci. Elect.
Eng. Sci. El. or
Math Elective

Fourth Year

Course

IIS 1400

Systems 1

IIS 1350

Dig. Sim. Tech.

IIS 1341

Operations Res.

Soc. Sci./Hum.

Elective

SPC 1102

Effective Spkg.

Engr. Econ. and Dec.4 4

Thry.

Engr. Sci. Elect. 4 4

Soc. Sci./Hum. 4 4

Elective

Prod. Inv. CI. 4 4

Rfth Year

College of Engineering / 47

Course

People in Organi-
zations
Tech. Elective
Tech. Elective
Soc. Sci./Hum.
Elective

Tech. Elective
Tech. Elective
Open Elective
Soc. Sci./Hum.
Elective

The elective courses completed must have a combined total of at least twelve engineering science credits and two design credita

Specimen Program in Mechanical Engineering

Rrst Year

Course

CI.

Course

GE 1 1 00 Comp. for Engr* 4

MTH 1123 Calculus I 4

PHY 1221 Physical 4

ENG 1 1 1 1 Fresh. Engl. II* 4

GE 1110 Engr. Graph, and I
IvITH 1 1 24 Calculus II
PHY 1 222 Physics II
OHM 1131 Gen. Chem.*

MTH 1125 Calculus III

PHY 1223 Physics III

ENG 1113 Gr. Th. Lit.*

CHM 1131 Gen. Chem.'

•Rrst-year pattern of two-term courses may vary according to assigned section.

Second Year

No.

ME 1311 Statics 4 4

MTH 1223 Calculus IV 4 4

PHY 1 224 Physics IV 4 4

PHY 1521 Physics Lab I 0(3)1

ECN 1115 Prin. and Prob. of 4 4
Econ.

ME 1312 Dynamics I
ME 1340 Therm. II
MTH 1224 Calculus V
PHY 1 522 Physics Lab II

Soc Sci./Hum.

Elective

4 4
0(3)1
4 4

Third Year

*Given in Quarters 6 and 7.

Fourth Year

No.

Course

CI. Q.H.

No.

Course

CI. Q.y

ME 1341

Therm. II

4 4

ME 1370

Ruid Mech. 1

4 4

ME 1390

Meas. and Analysis*

0(3)4

ME 1380

Materials Sci. or

4(3)5

ME 1390

Meas. & Anal.

2(3)4

ME 1380

Mat. Science

ME 1226

Math. Analysis II

4 4

MTH 1225

Math. Anal. 1

4 4

ME 1314

Strgthmat II

4 4

No.

Course CI. Q.H.

No.

Course

CI. Q.Y

Tech. Elective 4 4

ME 1345

Heat Transfer 1

4 4

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec. 4 4

Tech. Elective

4 4

ME 1330

Design Fund 4

Soc. Sci./Hum.

4 4

ECE 1171

Elect. Eng. 4

Elective

ME 1395

Research RP 1

ME 1315

Dynamics II

4 4

48 / College of Engineering
Fifth Year

Course

Tech. Elective
ME 1331 ME Design
ME 1 332 Ht. & Ms. Trans.

Soc. Sci./ Hum.

Bee.

Tech. Elective 4

Soc. Scl./Hum. Elective4

Elective requirements for the junior and senior years (B.S. in M.E.)

Juniors and seniors will select ten (10) technical and four (4) arts and sciences electives, subject to the following Department restrictions:

A. Arts and Sciences electives (four):

Must be selected from a Department-approved list of humanities and/or social science courses, which Is available during prereglstration.

B. Required technical electives:

1. ECE 1171 Electrical Engineering 1 (Fall, Winter)

2. ME 1480 Mechanical Behavior of Materials (Fall, Winter) or
ME 1 483 Materials Processing (Spring, Summer)

3a. ME 1331 Mechanical Engineering Design (Prereq. ME 1330) (Fall, Winter) or

ME1439 Engineering Design (Classes of 1983 and 1984)
3b. ME 1331 Mechanical Engineering Design (FYereq. ME 1330) and

ME 1 332 Heat and Mass Transfer Design (Prereq. ME 1 345) (Starts with class of 1 985)

C. Additional technical electives:

The remaining technical electives should be chosen after consideration of your professional career objectives and must be approved by
your adviser during prereglstration in the Department. The major of these courses must be selected from the Mechanical Engineering
elective course offerings. The student's area of concentration determines the recommended courses from which he or she is to choose
electives.

Specimen B.S./M.S. Program in Mechanical Engineering

During the first two years of study, students enrolled in the B.S./M.E. Program in Mechanical Engineering
pursue a curriculum similar to that of the regular M.E. Program.

Third Year

Fourth Year

No.

Course

aH.

No.

Course Q.

Q.h

ME 1341
ME 1302
ME 1390
ME 1380
MTH 1225

Therm. II

Mech. Ill

Meas. and Analysis

Mat. Science

Math Analysis

Soc. SciTHum.

Elective

4 4
4 4
or 2(3)4
4 5
4 4
4 4

ME 1370
ME 1380
ME 1304
MTH 1226

Ruid Mech. 4
Mats. Science 4
Mech. IV 4
Math Analysis 4
Soc. SciVHum. Elective4

Quarter 8

Quarters

No.

Course

aH.

No.

Course O.

ME 3101

Tech. Elective
Tech. Elective
Tech. Elective
Soc. Sci./Hum.
Elective
Grad. Elective
Math Methods 1

4
4
4

2
2

4
4
4
4

2
2

ME 1345
ME 1305

ME 3102

Heat Transfer 1 4

Dynamics 4

Tech. Elective 4

Soc. Sci./Hum. 4

Elective

Grad. Elective 2

Math Methods II 2

4
4
4
4

2
2

Fifth Year

Quarter 10

Course

Grad. Elective
Tech. Elective
Tech. Elective
Grad. Elective

Grad. Elective
Seminar
Tech. Elective

Thesis6
Tech. Elective
Seminar

Note: Technical elective requirements are the same as those for the regular Mechanical Engineering program.

The elective courses completed must have a combined total of at least four design credits and four and one-half engineering science credits.

School of Engineering Technology / 49

Specimen Program in Computer Science

Third Year

Fourth Year

No. Course

Q.H.

No. Course

aH.

MTH 1301 Lin. Algebra
COM 1310 RIe Structures
ECE 1 192 Comp. Org. & Des.
Coordin. Study

Quarters

4
4
4

IIS 1300 Probabilityt or
MTH 1387 Probability
COM 1 335 Operating Sys.

Coordinated Study
Soc. Sci./Hum.

Quarter 9

No. Course

Q.H.

No. Course

aH.

IIS 1310 Statistics It 4

COM 1358 Analysis of Prog. Ung. 4

COM 1 350 Automata and Format Lang. 4

Soc Sci./Hum. 4

Quarter 10

COM 1355 Compiler Des. 1
COM 1390 Anal, of Algorithms
Coordinated Study
Soc. Sci./Hum.

Quartern

4
4
4
4

No. Course

Q.H.

No. . Course

Q.H.

Comp. Sci. Elect.*

Coordinated Study

Coordin. Study

Coordinated Study

Coordin. Study

Soc. Sci./Hum.

COM 1600 Comp. Sci. Proj.

COM 1 620 Comp. Sci. Sem.

Fifth Year

tStudents interested in the theoretical aspects of computer science should substitute MTH 1387 and t^lTH 1390.
tCOM 1410 Artificial Intelligence, COM 1370 Computer Graphics, or COM 1315 Data Base Management I.

School of Engineering Technology

Specimen Program in Aerospace Maintenance

Rrst Year

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarters

No.

Course

a. Q.H.

No. Course

a. Q.H.

No. Course

CI. aH.

MTH 1191 Col. Alg. and Trig.

1 or 4

MTH 1189 Prob. Sotv. Calc.

PHY 1191 Physics 1

ENG 1110 Fresh. Engl. 1

GET 1170 Graphics 1

MTH 1192 Col. Alg. and Trig.

PHY 1192 Physics II

ENG 1111 Fresh. Engl. II

GET 1 1 00 Comp Prog.

PHY 1 1 94 Physics Lab I

CT1105 Intro. Prog.

PHY 1 1 93 Physics III

ENG 1114 Prof. Writing

GET 1171 Graphics II

PHY 1 1 95 Physics Lab II

CT 1341 Basic Comp. Org.

MTH 1 1 94 Calculus A

Second Year

No.

Course

MET 1301 Mechanics A

EET 1 320 Elec. & Elec. I

MET 1 340 Thermo. A

EON 1115 Econ. Prin,

MET 1 302 Mechanics B
MET 1314 Strss. Anal. A
MET 1 380 Materials A

SS/HST Elective

Third Year

MET 1481 Materials B

4 4

MET 1370 Ruid Mech. A

4 4

MET 1 390 Meas. & Ana. Lab

3 4

MET 1391 Tech. Lab A

MET 1315 Strss. Anal. B

4 4

MET 1393 Tech. Lab C

Tech. Elective

SS/HST Elective

50 / School of Engineering Technology

Specimen Program in Electrical Engineering Technology

First Year

No.

Course

MTH 1191 Col. Alg. and Trig. I or 4

MTH 1 1 89 Prob. Solv. Calc.

PHY 1191 Physics I 4

ENG 1110 Fresh. Engl. I 4

GET 1 1 70 Graphics I 4

MTH 1192

Col. Alg. and Trig. II

PHY 1192

Physics It

ENG 1 1 1 1

Fresh. Engl. II

GET 1100

Comp. Prog.

PHY 1194

Physics Lab 1

CT 1105

Intro. Prog.

PHY 1193 Physics III

ENG 1114 Prof. Writing

GET 1171 Graphics II

PHY 1 1 95 Physics Lab II

CT 1341 Basic Comp. Org.

MTH 1 1 94 Calculus A

Second Year

Third Year

MTH 1194 Calculus A

MTH 1195 Calculus B

EET1151 Circ. Analysis II

EET1152 Circ. Analysis II

ECN 1 1 1 5 Economics

MET 1319 Mechanics

CT1310 FORTRAN

Soc. Sci.

EET 1324 Cir. Ub. 1

No.

Course

CI. Q.H. No.

Course

EET 1 360 Eng. Analysis I

EET 1353 Circ. Analysis I

EET 1311 Electronics I

EET 1325 Circ. Lab II

EET 1354 Circ. Analysis IV 4 4

EET 1312 Electronics II 4 4

EET 1310 Electrical Meas. 4 4

EET 1 323 Electronic Lab 4 4

Fourth Year

No.

Course

EET 1313 Electronics III 4

EET 1327 Adv. Electronic Lab I 2

Tech. Elective 4

Soc. Sci. 4

EET 1 330 Energy Conv. 4

EET 1328 Adv. Electronic Lab II 2 2

Tech. Elective 4 4

EET 1314 Pulse & Dig. I 4 4

Soc. Sci. 4 4

EET 1337 Dist. Syst. 4 4

Rfth Year

No.

Course

EET 1329 Adv. Electronic Lab II 2

Tech. Elective
EET 1377 Cont. Sys. I
EET 1370 Dig. Comp. I

Tech. Elective
EET 1378 Cont. Sys. II
EET 1371 Dig. Comp. II

Soc. Sci.
IIS 1 360 Stat. Ec. Thy.

Technical Elective Sequences

(A) Power Systems Sequence

No.

Course

EET 1362 Bas. Pvirr. Sys. I
EET 1363 Bas. Pwr. Sys. II
EET 1364 Bas. Pwr. Sys. Ill
Tech. Elective

(B) Communications Engineering Sequence

No. Course Q.H.

EET 1317 Prin. of Com. Sys. I 4

EET 1318 Prin. of Com. Sys. II 4

EET 1319 Prin. of Com. Sys. Ill 4

Tech. Elective 4

School of Engineering Technology / 51

Specimen Program in Mechanical Engineering Technology

First Year

Course

MTH 1191 Col. Alg. and Trig.
MTH 1 1 89 Prob. Solv. Gale.
ENG 1110 Fresh. Eng. 1

lor 4
5
4

4
6
4

MTH
ENG
GET

1192

1111
1100

Col. Alg. and Trig. II

Fresh. Eng. II

Prin. of Comp. Prog.

GET 1 1 70 Engineering
Graphics 1 or

GET 1100 Prin. of Comp.
Prog. 1

4
4

GET

1170

Engineering
Graphics 1

Second Year

MTH 1194 Calculus A
ENG 1114 Lit. of Engineering
GET 1171 Engineering
Graphics II

Fourth Year

No.

Course

No.

Course

MTH 1 1 94 Calculus A
MET 1301 Mechanics A
EET 1320 Electricity & Elec-
tronics
CT 1 364 Eng. Des. Gr.

MTH 1 1 95 Calculus B
MET 1302 Mechanics B
MET 1314 Stress Anal.

A. & S. Elective

Third Year

No.

Course

MET 1315 Stress Anal. B 4

MET 1390 Meas. & Anal. Lab 2

MET 1340 Thermodynamics A 4

MET 1 303 Mechanics C 4

ECN 1115 Econ. Prin. & Probs. 4

MET 1380 Materials A

MET 1391 Technol. Lab A

MET 1341 Thermodynamics I

MET 1370 Ruid Mech. A

4 4
2 2

No.

Course

No.

Course

MET 1330 Mech. Design A 4

MET 1392 Tech. Lab B 2

MET 1371 Fluid Mechanics B 4

MET 1396 Machine Shop (Indus. 4

Engr. Elec. on petition

with experience) 4

A. & S. Elec. 4

MET 1331 Mech. Design B
MET 1393 Tech Lab C
MET 1342 Refrig. & Air Cond.
A. & S. Elective I

4 4

2 2

4 4

Rfth Year

No. Course

CI. O.H.

No.

Course

O.H.

MET 1394 Tech. Lab. D

MET 1395

Tech. Lab E

GET 1 356 Engr. Economy

MET 1343

Heat Transfer

A. & S. Elec. 1

Tech. Elec. 1

MET 1416 Stress Anal. C

A. & S. Elec. 1 .

MET 1414 Mech. Vibrtn.

MET 1444

Power Gen.

No. Course

CI. Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

Technical electives must be chosen from the following list:

MET 1416 Stress Analysis C

MET 1415 Exp. Stress Analysis

MET 1414 Mech. Vibrations

MET 1481 Materials B

MET 1482 App. Metallurgy

MET 1444 Power Gen.

MTH 1196 Differential Equations

EET 1321 Electricity and

Electronics

EET 1 390 Optical Instrumen-

tation

CHT1381 Nuclear Technology

52 / College of Nursing

Specimen Program in Computer Technology

Rrst Year

Quarter 1

Course

No.

Course

No.

Course

MTH 1191 Alg. & Trig. I

PHY 1191 Physics I

ENG 1110 Fresh. Eng. I

GET 1 1 70 Eng. Graph.

MTH 1192 Alg. & Trig. II

PHY 1192 Physics II

ENG 1 1 1 1 Fresh. Eng. II

CT1105 Intro, to Prog.

PHY 1194 Physics Lab I

4 MTH 1 1 93 Calculus I 4

4 PHY 1 1 93 Physics III 4

4 ENG 1114 Lit. of Engineering 4

4 CT 1341 Basic Comp. Organ. 4

2 PHY 1 1 95 Physics Lab II 2

Second Year

Third Year

Fourth Year

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

MTH 1 1 94
EET 1151
ECN 1 1 1 5
CT 1310

Quarter 6

Calculus A
Circuits Anal. 1
Economics 1
FORTRAN

4
4
4
4

MTH 1195
EET 11 52

Quarter?

Calculus B
Circuits Anal. II
SS/Hum
SS/Hum

4
4
4
4

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

EET 1311
CT 1340
CT 1369
CT 1 320

Quarter 8

Electronics 1
Mod Prog. Tech.
Computer Logic
COBOL

4
4
4
4

CT 1345
CT1374
CT1342
CT1368

Quarter 9

Assembly Lang.
Intro, to CPU Hdwre.
Adv. Comp. Organ.
Semiconductor Logic

4
4
4
4

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

CT 1375 CPU Hdwre. Arch.
CT 1 330 Non-num. Algo.

CT 1355 Micro-Perl. Hdwre.
CT 1335 Num. Algorithms
CT 1 380 Data Comm. Methods

Fifth Year

CT 1360 Ind. Software

CT 4365
CT 4356

Ind. Hdwre.
Comp. Peri. Hdwre.

College of Nursing

Specimen Program for Baccalaureate Degree in Nursing

First Year

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarters

No. Course

CI. L Q.H.

No.

Course

a. L Q.H.

No. Course

CI. L Q.H.

BIO 1140 Bas. Ani. Bio. 1
HST1101 Western Civ.
ENG 1 1 1 0 Fresh. Eng. 1
NUR 1100 Nursing

3 4 4

3 4

4 4
4 4

CHM 1 1 1 1
BIO 1141
ENG 1111
NUR 1101

Gen. Chem.
Bas. Ani. Bio. II
Fresh. Eng. II
Nursing

4 3 5

3 4 4

4 4
4 4

CHM 1112 Gen. Chem.
BIO 1 255 Hum. Anat.
HST 1102 Western Civ. II
NUR 1102 Nursing

4 3 5

3 3 4

4 4
4 4

Second Year

Course

CI. L Q.H.

BIO 1 1 20 Bas. Microbio. 3 4 4

PSY 1 1 1 1 Fnd. Psych. 4 4

NUR 1200 Nursing 4 6 6

BIO 1253 Hum. Physiol. I 3 3 4

BIO 1254 Hum.Physiol.il 3 3 4

PSY 1 1 1 2 Fnd. Psych. I 4 4

SOA 1100 Soc. Anthro. 4 4

NUR 1201 Nursing 3 6 6

College of Nursing / 53

Third Year

No.

Course

CI.

Q.H.

No. Course

CI.

Q.H.

PSY 1241
PSY 1271
NUR 1301

Section 1

G and D 1
Soc. Psych.
Psych. Nursing

4
4
4

4
4
7

Section 1

PSY 1242 Gand D 11
SOC 1100 Sociology
PCL 1 305 Pharmac.
NUR 1300 Nursing

4
4
3
3

4
4
3

No.

Course

CI.

aH.

No. Course

CI.

Q.H.

PSY 1241
PCL 1305
SOC 1100
NUR 1300
NUR 1302

Section II

G and D 1
Pharmacol.
Sociology
Nursing
Nurs. Trans.

4
5
5

6
12

4
3
4
7
9

Section II

PSY 1242 GandDII
PSY 1271 Soc. Psych.
NUR 1301 Psych. Nurs.

4
4
4

4
4

Fourth Year

No.

Course

NUR 1400 Mat. Child. Nur.* 4
Hum. Elective 4
Gen. Elective 4

NUR 1401 Med. Surg.
Nursing*
Hum. Elective
Gen. Elective

CI. L Q.H.

NUR 1 500 Com. HIth. Nur.

12 9

NUR 1501 Contemp. Nur.

4 3 5

Elective

(4) (4)

Elective

(If desired)
NUR 1 502 Intro. Nur. Res.

4 4

Rfth Year

* Each of these courses is offered In Quarters 8 and 9, but only one is to be taken per quarter.

179 Q.H. = Minimum graduation requirement.

Degrees

The College of Nursing offers a five-year program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing, and
Registered Nurse day and evening programs leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing. The length
of these programs varies, depending on the individual's interest and ability to achieve advanced placement.

Quantitative Requirements

Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree must successfully complete all of the prescribed courses in
the applicable curriculum. For the Bachelor of Science degree this totals 1 79 quarter hours. The prescribed
periods of cooperative work at health agencies associated with the University are not required of the Bachelor
of Science Programs for Registered Nurses.

54 / College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

College of Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions

Specimen Program in Pharmacy

(Rve-Year Cooperative)

First Year

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

No. Course

CI. L Q.H.

No. Course

CI.

Q.H.

No. Course

CI. L Q.H.

Electives

BIO 1106 Gen. Bio.

CHM 1 1 22 Gen. Chem.t

4 3 5

MTH 1106 Fund. Math.*

4 4

MTH 1107 Funct. and Bas.

BIO 1107 Ani. Bio.

3 4 4

MTH 1107 Funct. and Bas.

4 4

Cal.* or

ENG 1111 Fresh. Eng. II

4 4

Cal.*

MTH 1108 Calculus*

Elective

4 4

CHM 1111 Gen. Chem.

4 3 5

ENG 1110 Fresh. Eng. 1
PAH 1135 Prof. Dynamics
in Health
Care Deliv. Sys.

4
4

•Minimum math requirement: MTH 1 1 08.

tCHM 1151, CHM 1152, General Chemistry, may be taken in place of CHM 1122, but one year of high school calculus is recommended.

Second Year

Quarter 4 (Entire Class)
(Sept-Dec.)

Quarter 4A (Entire Class)
(Jan.-March)

Quarter 5

(April-June & June-Sept)

No. Course

CI. L Q.H.

No. Course

CI. L Q.H.

No. Course

CI. L Q.H.

PHY 1201 Physics I
CHM 1 264 Organic Chem.

A. & S. Elective
PCT 1230 Basic Pharm.

Elective

4 4 PHY 1203 Physics III 4 4

4 (3) 5 CHM 1 265 Organic Chem. 4 (3) 5

4 A. & S. Electives

3 3 PCT 1230 Basic Pharm. 3 3

PAH 1202 Anaf. & Physi-
ology I

PAH 1 280 Bio. Chem.

A. & S. Electives

4 (3) 5

5 5

Third Year

No. Course

CI.

L Q.H.

No.

Course

CI.

Q.H.

PCT 1 340 Pharmaceutics

PCT 1350

Pharmaceutics

PMC 1420 Anti-infectives

PCL1410

Pathology

Struc. & Action

PCL 1450

Pharmacol. Lab.

1 0

(3)

PAH 1 204 Anat. & Phys. II

(3) 5

PCT 1320

Pharmaceu. L

(3)

PMC 1418 Med. Chem./

PCL 1420

Pharmacol.

Pharmacol. 1

Med./Chem. II

Fourth Year

Quarter 9
(Entire Class)
(April-June)

No.

Course

No.

Course

PCL 1422 Pharmacol. Med./ 6

Chem. Ill
PCT 1440 Bioph./P'i^in. 4

PCL 1452 Pharmacol. Lab. II 0
PCL 1320 Drug Analysis 4
PHP 1303 Interper. Skills for

HIth. Professnis.

(3) 1

(3) 5

TOX 1300 Toxicology 4

PHP 1601 Non-Prescription 4

Medication
PHP 1602 Clin Pharmaco. 5

therapeutics
PCT 1441 Pharmacokinetic 4

Prin. in Drug

Therapy

College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions / 55

Fifth Year

Quarter 10
(Summer)

Qtiarter 11
(Fall)

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

PHP 1502

Clin. Pharm.
Clerkship

PHP 1 502

Clin. Pharm.
Clerkship

PHP 1501

Pharm. Externship

PHP 1501

Pharm. Externship

PHP 1402

Parapharmaceuti-
cals

PHP 1306

Community Pharm.
Mgt.

PHP 1503

Prof. Practice Lab

PHP 1302

Pharm. Admin.

PHP 1305

Hospital Pharm.

PHP 1303

Interper. Skills for

Mgmt.

Health Profession-

PHP 1304

Caring for Patients:

als

Psychosocial

PHP 1401

Drug Info, and Eval.

Aspects of Illness

Prof. Elective

Quarter 12

Quarter 13

(Winter)

(Spring)

?*).

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

PHP 1501
PHP 1402

PHP 1503
PHP 1302
PHP 1303

Clin. Pharm.
Clerkship
Pharm. Externship
Parapharmaceuti-
cals

Prof. Practice Lab
Pharm. Admin.
Interper. Skills for
Health Profession-
als

Drug Info, and Eval.
Prof. Elective

PHP
PHP

PHP i;
PHP M

Clin. Pharm.
Clerkship
Pharm. Externship
Pharm. Jurispru-
dence

Community Pharm.
Mgt.
or

Hospital Pharm.
Mgt.

Caring for Patients;
Psychosocial
Aspects of Illness
Prof. Elective

NOTES: About one quarter of the class wil be in PHP1502, one quarter in PHP1501, and one half in the classroom for each quarter.
Students must take a total of 8 credits for professional electives. All 8 credits may be taken in one quarter or as outlined above.

Specimen Program in Dental Hygiene*

Rrst Year

Quarter 1

CHM 1101 Gen. Chem.
BIO 1 1 50 Anat. and Phys.
Prof. Courses

CHM 1102 Gen. Chem.
BIO 1 1 76 Marine Biology
Prof. Courses

BIO 1 1 20 Microbio.

Prof. Courses

(4) 4
(4)

Second Year

Quarter 4

ENG 1110 Fresh. Eng. I
Prof. Courses

1 1 1 Fnd. Psych. I
Prof. Courses

SOC 1100 Intro. Soc.
ENG 1 1 1 1 Fresh. Eng. II
Prof. Courses

•Students are admitted directly to the Forsyth School for Dental Hygienists and should contact the School for catalogs, applications, and complete

program information t)y wrriting to:

Forsyth School for Dental Hygienists

140 The Fenway

Boston, Massachusetts 021 1 5

56 / College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Specimen Program in Medical Laboratory Science

(Five- Year Cooperative)

Rrst Year

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Qua

Course

CI. L Q.H.

MTH 1106 Fund. Math, or

MTH 1107 Func. Calculus 4

CHM 1111 Gen. Chem. I 4

BIO 1106 Gen. Bio. 3

ENG 1110 Fresh. Eng. I 4

MLS 1101 Med. Lab. Orien. 1

MTH 1107 Func. Calculus or

ENG 1 11 1 Fresh. Eng. II

MTH 1108 Calculus 4

MLS 1 1 1 1 BS Urinalys.

3 4

CHM 1122 Gen. Chem. II 4

(3) 5

CHM 1221 Analyt. Chem.

(3) 4

BIO 1107 Anim. Bio. 3

Elective

PAH 1135 Prof. Dyn. 4

Elective

MLS 1102 MLS Orient.

Second Year

Quarter 4

Entire

Class*

Quarter '

Entire

Class*

No.

Course

CI. L Q.H.

No.

Course

CI. L Q.H.

CHM 1 264 Org. Chem. I
BIO 1253 Humn. Physio.
MLS 1141 Microbiology
Elective

(3) 5 MLS 1265 Clinimmungy

(3) 4 MLS 1121 Hematology I

(6) 6 MLS 1122 Hematology I

4 MLS 1131 Immunohem.

Elective

•Depending on group assignment, this is *MLT applies for Clinical. "Regular co-op sequence starts here,
a sample of the second year.

(2) 3

MLS 1642 Med. Parasit.

(3) 3

MLS 1 643 Med. Mycology

(3) 3

BIO 1 254 Humn. Physgy. II

(3) 3

MLS 1151 BSCL Chem.

Elective

Third Year

No^ Course CL

BIO 1260 Genet. & Devel. 3
PHY 1201 Physics I 4

PHY 1501 Physics Lab

Elective 4

Q.H.

No. Course

CI.

(4)

PHY 1 202 Physics II

BIO 1261 Cell Phys. Bio.

(4)

(3)

BIO 1221 Gen. Micro.

MLS 1 643 Med. Mycology
PHY 1 502 Physics Lab

(3)
(3)

3
1

Elective

*M.T. applies for Clinical.

Rxirth Year

No. Course CI.

L Q.H.

No.

Course

CI.

L Q.H.

MLS 1645 Adv. CI. Micro. 1 2

MLS

1523

Hematology AS

(20)4

MLS 1651 Adv CI. Chem. 1 2

and

MLS 1621 Adv. Hem. 1 3

MLS

1532

Immunohem AS

(12)3

MLS 1646 Adv. Hem. 1 2

MLS

1544

Clin. Micro. AS (

(32)7

MLS 1652 Adv.CI.Chem.il 2

MLS

1552

Clin. Chem. AS

(32)7

MLS 1631 Adv Immun. Hem. 2

MLS

1622

Hematology IV

MLS 1523 Hem. Mt. Apst.

(20)4

MLS

1647

Clin. Micro. Ill

and

MLS

1653

Clin. Chem. Ill

MLS 1 532 Immunohem. AS or

(12)3

MLS

1680

MLS Special

MLS 1 544 Clin. Micro. AS or

(32)7

Topics

MLS 1552 Clin. Chem. AS

(32)7

Fifth Year

College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions / 57

No.

Course

MLS 1 523 Hematology AS

and
MLS 1532 Immunohem. AS

MLS
MLS
MLS

MLS

or
544 Clin, Micro. AS or
552 Clin. Chem. AS
646 Clin. Micro. Ill 2

and
631 Immunohematol. 2

and
652 Clin. Chem. Ill or 2
645 Clin. Micro. II and 2
651 Clin. Chem. II and 2
3

(32)7

MLS

MLS 1621 Hematology
Elective Distribution Requirements
12 QH of Humanities.

8 QH of Social Sciences and 4 QH of Professional Dynamics; or 1 2 QH Social Sciences.
14-16 QH of other electives including at least one Profiessional Elective.

MLS 1681 MLS Sen. Sem. 2 2

MLS 1665 Med. Lab. Mgmt 2 2

MLS 1661 MLS Ed. 2 2

Prof. Elective 2-4 2-

Stats/Comp 4

Specimen Program in Health Record Administration

(Five- Year Cooperative)

Rrst Year

Quarter 1

Course

MTH
BIO 1
PSY 1

ENG

1101 Bas. Math
106 Gen. Bio.
1 1 1 Fnd. Psych. I

Fresh. Eng. I
1110 Fresh. Eng. I
HRA 1100 Orient. Med.

Rec. I

3 (3) 4

MTH
BIO 1
PAH 1

103 Bas. Math
107 Anim. Bio.
135 Dynam. of HIth.

Care

LA Elective

BIO 1

121 Intro. Microbio.

PSY 1

1 1 2 Fnd. Psych. II

ENG

1111 Fresh. Eng. II

LA Elective

Second Year

No.

Course

CI. L. Q.H.

SOC 1 1 00 Intro. Socio.

HRA 1101 Orient. Med.
Rec. II
Elective

BIO 1 1 75 Marine Bio.
Elective

MTH 1 1 50 Prob. Stat. &
Computer

BIO 1151 Func. Hum. Anat

ECN 1116 Prin. & Prob.
Econ. or

HRM 1432 OBI

(3) 5

Third Year

Course

HRA 1310 Hosp. Law 2 2

HRA 1 320 Med. Term. 4 4

HRA 1330 Fnd. Med. Sci. I 3 3

HRA 1410 HIth. Rec. Sci. I 3 (3) 4

SPC 1115 Intro. Commun. 4 4

HRA 1 340 Fnd. Med. Sci. II 3
HRA 1420 HIth. Rec. Sci. II 3
HRA 1610 Intro. DP for HIth. 4
Sci.

58 /College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions
Fourth Year

No.

Course

HRA 1 430 HIth, Rec. Sci. II
HRA 1630 Appl. HIth. Stat.
HRA 1480 Clin. Bern. (15

days)
HRA 1 450 Appl. Hlfh. Rec.

Dir. Pract. I
HRA 1510 Org. & Mngt.

Med. Rec. Dp. I

3 (3) 4 HRA 1440 HIth. Rec. Scl. IV 3 (3)

4 4 HRA 1 540 Qual. Assur. 4

2 2 HRA 1630 App. HIth. Stat. 4

HRA 1460 Appl. HIth. Rec. 2

3 3 Dir. Pract. II

(7 days)

4 4 HRA 1520 Org. & Mngt. Med. 4

Rec. Dp. II

Rfth Year

Course

HRA 1640 Med. Comp. Appl. 4
HRA 1530 Org. & Mngt. Med. 4

Rec. Dp. Ill
MLS 1661 HIth. Sci. Ed. 2

Elective 4

HRA 1 560

Sem. HIth. Rec.

HRA 1570

HIth. Rec. Prof.

HRA 1800

Indep. Study

HRA 1470

Appl. HIth. Rec.
Sci. Ill

HRA 1820

Spec. Topics II-

* Assigned by Program Director

Specimen Program in Respiratory Therapy B.S.

(Five-Year Cooperative)

First Year

Quarter 1

No.

Course

MTH 1106 Fund. Math.

CHM 1111 Gen. Chem.

BIO 1140 Bas. Ani. Bio.

ENG 1110 Fresh. Eng. II

RTH 111

Resp. Ther.
Sem. I

4
(3) 5
(3) 4

MTH 1 1 07 Func. and Bas.

Gale.
BIO 1141 Bas.Ani.Bio.il
PHY 1209 Bas. Physics
RTH 1112 Resp. Ther.

Sem. II
PAH 1 1 35 Prof. Dynamics

in the HIth.

Care Delivery

Sys.

ENG 1111 Fresh. Eng. II 4 4

BIO 1 1 20 Microbio. 3 (4) 4

CHM 1122 Gen. Chem. 4 (3) 5

RTH 1113 Resp. Ther. Sem. 1 1

III

A. & S. Elective 4

Second Year

Quarter 4

No.

Course

No.

Course

No.

Course

PAH 1 202 Anat. Physiol. I 4
RTH 1301 Prof. Prac. Lab I
RTH 1320 Cardio. Pul. Phys. 4
RTH 1 550 Patient Care

Psych./Soc.

Elective

PCL 1 309 Pharmacol./Resp. 4

Care
PAH 1204 Anat. Physiol. II
RTH 1 302 Prof. Prac. Lab. II
RTH 1 332 Intro. Resp. Care 4
RTH 1321 Cardio.-Pul. Dis. 4

RTH 1403 Prof. Prac. Lab. Ill (3) 1

RTH 1414 Clin. Sem. I 1 1

RTH 1433 Resp. Care/Med. 4 4

Surg.

PCL 1410 Pathology 4 4

RTH 1411 Clin. Prac. (24)6

Third Year

No.

Course

No.

Course

RTH 1 404 Prof. Prac. Lab. IV (3) 1

RTH 1412 Clin. Prac. II (24)6

RTH 1415 Clin. Sem. II 1 1

RTH 1 434 Resp. Care/Crif. 4 4

Patient

PHL 1165 Moral Med. 4 4

RTH 1505 Cardio.-Pul. Lab. (3) 1

Prac.

RTH 1435 Pediatrics 2 2

A. & S. Electives 8

RTH 1 573 Card.-Pul. Lab (3) 1

Fourth Year

College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions / 59

No.

Course

No.

Course

OHM 1 264 Organic Chem. I
RTH 1516 Adv. Resp. Thrpy.

Sem. I
RTH 1571 Adv. Life Sup.

Sys. I
RTH 1 578 Adv. Med. Monit.

A. & S. Elective

OHM 1265 Organic Chem. II 4 (3) 5

RTH 1517 Adv. Clin. Sem. II 1 1

Prof. Elective 4

RTH 1572 Perfusion 4 4

Fifth Year

Course

No.

Course

RTH 1518 Adv. Clin. Sem. Ill 1 1

RTH 1576 Neonatology 4 4

RTH 1801 Dir. Study 2

RTH 1511 Practicum (16)4

Prof. Elective 4 4

RTH 1519 Adv. Clin. Sem. IV 1 1

RTH 1512 Practicum (16)4

A. & S. Electives 4

RTH 1802 Dir. Study 2

Prof. Elective 4 4

Specimen Program in Toxicology

(Five-Year Cooperative)

RrstYear

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

No. Course

CI.

Q.H.

No. Course

CI.

Q.H.

No.

Course

CI.

Q.H.

MTH 1 1 06 Matti

Elective
BIO 1106 Gen. Bio. 1
ENG 1110 Fresh. Eng. 1

4
4
2

(4)

4
4
4
4

MTH 1107 Math

OHM 1111 Gen. Chem.

BIO 1 1 07 Anim. Bio.

TOX 1100 Tox. Orien.

PAH 1135 Prof. Dynamics
in HIth. Care
Delivery System

4
4
3
1
4

(3)
(4)

4
5
4
1
4

MTH 1108
ENG 1111

OHM 1122

Calculus
Fresh. Eng. II
Elective
Gen. Chem.

4
4
4

(3)

4
4
4
5

Second Year

Quarter 4

Quarter 4A

(entire

class)

Quarter 5

No. Course

CI.

Q.H.

No. Course

CI.

Q.H.

No.

Course

CI.

Q.H.

PHY 1201 Physics
OHM 1264 Org. Chem.
PAH 1 202 Anat. & Phys. 1
Elective

4
4
4
4

(3)
(3)

4
5
5
4

PHY 1203 Physics
OHM 1265 Org. Chem.
PAH 1 204 Anat. & Phys. II

4
4
5

(3)
(3)

4
5
5

PAH 1280
MTH 1 1 50
MLS 1151

Gen. Biochem.
Prob. Stat.
BS CI. Chem.
Elective

5
4
4
4

(3)

5
4
5
4

Third Year

No.

Course

No.

Course

BIO 1120 Microbio. 3

PMC 1418 Med. Chem. 4

Pharmacol. I
CIV 1 390 Survey Env. Prob. 4

or Elective

PCL 1 420 Pharmacol. Med.

Chem. II
CHM 1461 Id. Org. Comp.
TOX 1 300 Toxicology I
PCL 1450 Pharmacol. Lab
TOX 1321 Biochem. Tox.

(6) 3

(3) 1
(6) 3

Fourth Year

No.

Course

PCL 1422 Pharmacol. Med. 6

Chem. Ill
PCL 1452 Pharmacol. Lab. II 0
TOX 1 305 Tox II 4

TOX 1321 Biochem. Tox. 1
PCL 1 422 Med. Chem. Pool. 3

TOX 1801

Special Topics 4

TOX 1 300

Tox. 1 or Elective 4

(3) 1

PCL 1410

Pathology 4

(3) 5

(6) 3

6 6

60 / Alternative Freshman-Year Program
Fifth Year

No.

Course

TOX 1302 Tox. Ill
PCT 1 440 Bio. Pharm./

Pharm.
CHM 1431 Inst. Analysis

Elective

HSL

1506

Comm. Health

Elective

4-8

Tox. Colloq.

AFR

1115

Epidemiology

PCL

1505

Drug Intrac.

University College

Alternative Freshman-Year Program

Business Track: One-Year Program

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

MTH 1000

Math 1*

MTH 1010

Math 11*

MTH 1113

Ccl. Math. Busi-

ENG4013

Fund, of Eng. 1*

HST4110

Hist, of Civ. A

ness.

CI 4001

Integ. Lang. Skills

ENG 4014

Fund, of Eng. 11*

HST4111

Hist, of Civ. B

Devel. r

CI 4002

Integ. Lang. Skills

ECN 4601

Economics 1

Directed Elective"

GOP 4010

Devel. II*
(or) Directed
Elect.**

Self-Aware (op-
tional)

2-4
2

MGT4105

Mgt. and Org. (Int.)
(or) Directed
Elect.**

4
4

Criminal Justice, Education, or Arts and Sciences Tracic One-Year

Quarter 1 Quarter 2

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

No.

Course

Q.H.

HST4110

Hist, of Civ. A

SOC4010

Prin. Soc. 1

SOC 401 1

Prin. Soc. II

ENG 4013

Fund, of Eng. 1*

ENG 4014

Fund, of Eng. II*

HST 41 1 1

Hist, of Civ. B

CI 4001

Integ. Lang. Skills
Devel. 1*

CI 4002

Integ. Lang. Skills
Devel. II*

POL 4102

Elective**

Intro. Pol. Sci. II .

Directed Elective**

(or) Directed

2-4

POL 4101

Intro. Pol. Sci. 1

MTH 1000

Math. Prelim. 1 or

Elect.**

MTH 1010

Math. Prelim. II

GOP 4010

Self-Aware (op-
tional)

"Compensatory course
"'Eligible students choose Directed Electives in consultation with faculty advisers.

Health Science Track

MTH 1010

Math. II

CHM 4110

Pre-Chemistry

MTH 4106

Fund, of Math

ENG 4013

Fund, of Eng. 1*

BIO 4103

Biology A

CHM 4111

General Chem. 1

CI 4001

Integ. Lang. Skills
Devel. 1*

ENG 4014
CI 4002

GOP 4010

Fund, of Eng. II*
Integ. Lang. Skills
Devel. 11*
Self-Aware

4
2

Directed Elective

•English, Mathematics and Integrated Language Skills courses will vary depending on placement tests.

The Writing Center/ 61

The Writing Center

Telephones: 437-2328 437-3086

The Writing Center offers one-to-one tutorial help in writing to all students and staff at Northeastern University.
It will help students find a topic, organize and develop ideas, learn how to edit and proofread for problems
in grammar, punctuation, and spelling. The Writing Center is open Monday through Friday from 9.00 a.m. to
4:00 p.m. To get help at the Writing Center, stop by room 1 02 Cahners to make an appointment.

SPECIAL NOTE

Classes at Northeastern University are scheduled in different modules.

In assessing quarter weights for courses, the following statement applies: One quarter-hour of credit is equal
to 50 minutes of instruction per weel<, plus two hours of preparation.

The Scheduling Office (126 HA) maintains all quarter-hour weights for courses. In the event of error in any
publication, the academic record will reflect the correct quarter hours applicable to any degree requirement.

Some course titles may change, but the course number remains the same. Be sure you do not register for
a course you may have already taken.

62 / Basic College Compensatory Programs for 1 985-1 986

Basic College Compensatory
Programs for 1 985-1 986

The Basic College Compensatory Education Program continues generally to encompass five courses, each
bearing four quarter hours of credit, which are to be offered in the sequences indicated below. Certain
freshmen may be assigned to any one of these course sequences based on evaluations conducted prior to
and during orientation week.

Fall

MTH1000 Mathematical
Preliminaries I

ENG 1013 Fundamentals of
Writing I

EDI 003 Reading/Study Skills

Winter

MTH1010 Mathematical
Preliminaries II

ENG 1014 Fundamentals of
Writing II

Specifically, MTH1000 and MTH1010 are to precede both the MTH1106, MTH1107, and MTH1108 (non-
business math) sequence and the MTH1 1 1 3, MTH1 1 1 4, and MSC1 1 99 (business math) sequence; ENG1 01 3
and ENG1014 collectively replace ENG1110 (standard Freshman Writing) and are to precede ENG1111
(standard Introduction to Literature) and, in the case of Lincoln College, the ENG1 1 1 1-ENG1381 (Literature
of Engineering) sequence.

Schedule for Continuation of Compensatory Programming in the Basic Colleges for 1985-1986

These courses are approved or disapproved for credit, except where noted, by the faculties of the individual
colleges and are, therefore, subject to change.

ENG1013*

ENG1014*

MTH1000*

MTH1010*

EDI 003 Read.

Writing 1

Writing II

Math Prelim. 1

Math Prelim. II

Study Skills

Arts and Sciences

accepted

B-B Phys. Ther.

not accepted

Phys. Educ.

accepted

Rec. and Leis. Stud.

accepted

not accepted

Health Educ.

accepted

Bus. Admin.

accepted

not accepted

Crim. Justice

accepted

accepted!

accepted

Education

accepted

Engineering:}:

not applicable

Engineering

accepted

not applicable

not accepted

Technology

Nursing B. S.

accepted

not accepted

Pharmacy and

accepted§

accepted

not accepted

Allied Health Prof.

w/o credit

Computer Science

not applicable

Basic College Compensatory Programs for 1985-1986 / 63
* Graded pass/fail and therefore not included in the student's quality-point average.
t Freshmen in the College of Criminal Justice are not required to take a mathematics course in the fresh-
man year. They canceled, however, to take MTH1000 or MTH1010 to prepare themselves for Fundamen-
tals of Mathematics* MTH1 106 as upperclassmen.

$ Although the Colleges of Engineering and Computer Science do not allow MTH1000 or MTH1010 to be
taken for academic credit, they do offer a special course sequence in college calculus with algebra
and trigonometry (MTH1120 and MTH1121) for engineering freshmen judged to have deficiencies in
mathematics. The courses involve extra hours of work but cover the same material as the regular fresh-
man calculus sequence in the College of Engineering.

§ Although the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health professions does allow ENG1013 to appear on the
permanent record, it will only allow ENG1014 for credit. Students completing the ENG1013-ENG1014
sequence will have to make up the four-credit elective which was displaced by ENG1013.

Chemical Engineering / 65

Chemical Engineering __^__

The course descriptions listed under Chemical Engineering are intended to show the general scope of the
subject that will be covered. Since courses are continuously updated, specific topics or methods of approach
may vary from term to term. In addition to meeting course prerequisites, students are expected to take each
chemical engineering course in the sequence shown on the specimen program sheet. The department is
presently reorganizing and updating its curriculum. However, the basic content of the program, as represented by
the present courses, will be retained.

CHE 1201 Chemical Engineering Calculations I

4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1 1 32 and CHM 1 1 38)
This course examines application of fundamental laws
of mass and energy conservation to chemical and
physical processes. In this course the primary em-
phasis is on material balances. A computational labo-
ratory is included to aid students in improving facility
in handling problems typical of the course.

CHE 1202 Chemical Engineering Calculations II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. CHE 1201)

Emphasis in this course is on energy balances and

the simultaneous application of mass and energy

conservation laws. Problems selected from those

typical of the chemical processing industries are

considered.

CHE 1203 Polymer Science and Engineering

4Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1261)

This course provides instruction in the nature of pol-
ymeric materials and their importance to the chemical
industries and everyday life. Topics include polymer
classification, composition, structure, physical prop-
erties, chemical properties, and methods of polymer
synthesis.

CHE 1301 Chemical Engineering! 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHE 1202)

The important unit operations of chemical engineer-
ing-fluid mechanics, heat transfer, and evaporation-
are examined.

CHE 1302 Chemical Engineering 11 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHE 1301)

This course is a continuation of CHE 1 301 to include

mass transfer unit operations: distillation and gas

absorption.

CHE 1401 Transport Phenomena I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHE 1301)

The mechanisms of momentum transport in fluid-flow
phenomena are described. Velocity distributions for
Nevirtonian fluids in the laminar and turbulent flow
regimes are derived and utilized in the analysis of
elementary fluid-flow problems.

CHE 1402 Transport Phenomena II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHE 1401 and CHE 1302)
Mass and heat transport by the mechanisms of
molecular and bulk motion are described. A variety of
elementary physical and chemical transport problems
are analyzed in terms of these mechanisms.

CHE 1410 Experimental Methods I 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHE 1302)

Experimental approach to solving chemical engi-
neering problems and preparing reports to detail the
results and their interpretations. Experiments illustrat-
ing the fundamental unit operations are performed.

CHE 1 41 1 Experimental Methods II 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHE 1410)

A continuation of CHE 1410, requiring more advanced

experimentation and more sophisticated reports.

CHE 1420 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics

4Q.H.

(Prereq. CHE 1202)

Topics include the first law and its application to ba|ch
and flow systems, heat effects in chemical and physical
processes, thermodynamic properties; the second
law, entropy physical and chemical equilibria; empha-
sis on the fundamental principles and mathematical
relations and their application to the analysis and
solution of a variety of engineering problems.

CHE 1421 Chemical Engineering Kinetics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHE 1420)

Topics include fundamental theories of the rate of
chemical change in homogeneous reacting systems;
integral and differential analysis of kinetic data; design
of batch and continuous-flow chemical reactors; intro-
duction to heterogeneous reactions and reactor
design.

CHE 1 501 Process Design I 6 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHE 1402 and CHE 1420)
Process design of a chemical plant. Topics include
process selection, material and energy balances,
equipment selection and/or design, elements of
instrumentation, flowsheets, and cost estimates.

CHE 1 502 Process Design II 6 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHE 1501)

This course is a continuation of CHE 1501. A more
complex design is required. Additional elements of
process design are studied.

CHE 1 503 Projects I 6 Q.H.*

(Prereq. Senior standing and consent of Dept.)
This course offers individual research related to some
phase of chemical engineering. Open only to students
selected by the department head on the basis of
scholarship and proven ability

CHE 1 504 Projects II 6 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHE 1503)

The course offers a continuation of the research work

undertaken in CHE 1503.

Lab fee required.

66 /Civil Engineering

CHE 1510 Principles of Nuclear Engineering 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing)

The course offers an introduction to the principles of
nuclear engineering. Elements of nuclear physics,
reactor physics, and radiation safety are presented,
together with engineering techniques specific to the
nuclear industry

CHE 1 51 1 Mathematical Methods in Chemical
Engineering 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing)

The course examines formulation and solution of
problems taken from chemical and engineering stud-
ies that require advanced mathematical methods.
Emphasis is placed primarily on the formulation
step, although numeric and analytic solution tech-
niques for solving sets of algebraic equations and for
solving ordinary and partial differential equations
are discussed.

CHE 1 51 2 Chemical Process Control 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing)

The course focuses on principles of automatic control
with applications to chemical processing systems.
Topics such as process modeling and control system
design are included.

CHE 1513 Introduction to Optimization 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing)

Elementary optimization techniques, such as gradient
methods, pattern search, linear programming, and dy-
namic programming, are described and applied to a
variety of elementary physical and chemical problems.

CHE 1 51 4 Special Topics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing)

Chemical engineering topics of interest to the staff

member conducting the class are presented for study

CHE 1515 Chemical Energy Economics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing)

Rnancial decision-making techniques are introduced
and applied to the problems of production, transpor-
tation, and utilization of chemical energy resources
such as petroleum, natural gas, coal, and shale oil.

CHE 1516 Mass Transfer Operations 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing)

Course focuses on calculation and design methods
used in processes involving mass transfer Topics
covered include vapor-liquid equilibria for binary and
multicomponent systems, multicomponent distillation,
absorption, and extraction.

CHE 1517 Analysis of Chemical Processes 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHE 1420, CHE 1421, and senior standing)
Course focuses on methods and reactions used for
making chemical products on a large scale. Topics
covered include types of physical and chemical equi-
libria, flow-sheet patterns, energy management, and
catalytic and noncatalytic rate problems. A number of
situations involving simultaneous application of the
above topics in process analyses are studied.

CHE 1518 Management in the Chemical
Industries 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing in engineering)
The course focuses on principles of management as
applied to the chemical process industries. Case stu-
dies are used to supplement lectures and discussion.

CHE 1519 Kinetics of Polymerization Process

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHE 1421, OHM 1262, and senior standing)
The course focuses on the mechanisms by which
polymeric materials are assembled via chemical
reaction. Reaction-rate models based on these mech-
anisms are utilized to investigate the effect of reaction
parameters on the chemical and physical structure of
the polymeric product. The specific polymerization
processes considered are free radical addition, con-
densation, and ionic.

CHE 1520 Pollution Control In Chemical
Industries 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing)

Students are instructed in fundamental operations for
handling environmental problems in the chemical
process industries. Water quality requirements and
industrial waste characteristics are discussed.

CHE 1521 Chemical Process Development 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing)

The course offers a study of the manner in which a
chemical process evolves from the research laboratory
to full-scale production. Typical processes are used
as illustrations. Topics covered include economic
factors, safety factors, batch vs. continuous opera-
tion, process evaluation, developing the flow sheet,
and scale-up considerations.

CHE 1522 Corrosion Engineering 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing)

The course covers the fundamentals of corrosion
engineering: theories of corrosion, corrosion testing,
corrosion protection, and selected relevant topics.

Civil Engineering

The course descriptions listed under Civil Engineering are intended to show the general scope of the subject that
will be covered. Since courses are continuously updated, specific topics or methods of approach may vary from
term to term.

CIV 1 21 0 Structural Mechanics i 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1222; MTH 1223 concurrently)
Topics normally include statics of particles and rigid
bodies in two and three dimensions; analysis of internal
forces in trusses and beams; centroids and centers of
gravity of lines, area, and volumes; moments of inertia
of areas and masses.

CIV 1 21 1 Structural Mechanics II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1210)

Course material includes analysis of stress and strain;
mechanical properties of materials; elastic analysis of
stresses and deformations of members subject to
axial load, torsion, shear, and moment; introduction to
column behavior.

Civil Engineering / 67

CIV 1 21 2 Structural Mechanics III 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1211)

Continuation of CIV 1211. Topics include torsion,
general bending, curved members, shear flow, shear
center, combined stresses including elastic and plastic
behavior, continuation of column buckling, and intro-
duction to yield and fracture criteria.

CIV 1 220 Structural Analysis I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1211)

Topics normally include review of reactions, shear
and bending moment diagrams, bar forces in trusses,
deflections by virtual work and moment area methods;
and analysis of indeterminate structures by consis-
tent deformations, slope deflection, and moment
distribution.

CIV 1 222 Structural Analysis I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1 220)

This course concentrates on matrix analysis of inde-
terminate structures using both flexibility and stiffness
approaches; computer applications to analysis of
framed structures.

CIV 1 224 Structural Analysis III 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1220)

This course is a continuation of CIV 1220. Topics
normally include slope deflection; moment distribution;
effects of axial loads; symmetry; antisymmetry; non-
prismatic members; influence lines for determinate
and indeterminate structures, approximate methods
of lateral load analysis and shear wall action.

CIV 1226 Structural Analysis & Design Lab

2 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1220 taken concurrently)
Course material includes lectures, experimental stud-
ies, computation laboratories, and computer projects
to develop student's knowledge of structural behavior
and understanding of the design and analysis of
structures.

CIV 1240 Design of Reinforced Concrete
Structures I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1220)

Course material includes review of mechanical prop-
erties of steel and concrete; behavior and design of
reinforced concrete beams for shear, moment, and
bond; design of stocky columns for axial load and
moment. Emphasis of course is on strength design.

CIV 1241 Design of Reinforced Concrete
Structures II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1240)

Topics normally include design of slender columns,
foundations, multistory buildings with one-way and
two-way floor systems.

CIV 1 250 Design of Steel Structures I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1220)

The course focuses on design of steel members
subject to tension, compression, bending, and com-
binations of loading; design of connections, braced
frames, and rigid frames.

CIV 1251 Design of Steel Structures II

(Prereq. CIV 1250)

composite construction in bridges and buildings,
plastic analysis and design, and the design of high-
rise buildings subject to lateral loads.

CIV 1 31 0 Fluid Mechanics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1210; MTH 1225 concurrently)
The course gives an introduction to both the statics
and dynamics of fluid mechanics. Topics include
properties of fluids; pressure variation in water and
air; pressure force on surfaces and submerged bodies,
continuity, momentum and energy principles; dimen-
sional analysis and hydraulic similitude; flow in closed
conduits, frictional and local losses in pipes; and
simple pipe problems.

CIV 1320 Hydraulic Engineering 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1310)

The course covers a variety of topics including: pipe
networks; water hammer; pumps, pump selection;
pipe-pump combination; flow in open channels,
uniform flow formula, gradually varied flow calcula-
tions, hydraulic jump; drag forces on bodies; princi-
ples of hydrology unit hydrograph, and rainfall-runoff
relationships.

CIV 1340 Environmental Engineering I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1 132 and CIV 1310)
The course focuses on engineering approaches to
protection and management of the environment. Topics
include assessment of environmental quality; intro-
duction to water and wastewater technology air pollu-
tion control, and solid waste management.

CIV 1341 Environmental Engineering II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1340)

The course concentrates on development of fun-
damental physical, chemical, and biological phe-
nomena of water and wastewater systems with engin-
eering applications in water technology from source
to ultimate disposal.

CIV 1350 Environmental and Hydraulics Lab

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1340; CIV 1320 concurrently)
The course includes lectures, laboratory and field
experiments in environmental and hydraulic engi-
neering areas. Experiments in hydraulics area will
cover: fluid properties, hydrostatics, drag forces, flow
in pipes and channels as well as pumps and turbines.
Experiments in the environmental area will include
physical, chemical, and biological analyses normally
used by environmental engineers. Held experiments
will be coordinated to allow students to collect
environmental and hydraulic data concurrently.

CIV 1360 Environmental Design 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1320, CIV 1341, CIV 1350)
The course consists of several individual design
projects in environmental engineering affording the
student an opportunity to develop a sound engineering
approach to water and wastewater management at
the municipal level. Projects are given careful cri-
tique. There is one group project requiring an oral
presentation.

4Q.H.

CIV 1370 Air Pollution

/n,«««.., o : 1. .\

4Q.H.

;/ Civil Engineering

engineering management of air resources; micro-
climate and dispersion of pollutants; atmospheric
chemistry; air pollution instrumentation; control of
gaseous and particulate emissions; design of air pol-
lution control systems; biological and chemical as-
pects of air pollution with emphasis on the toxicological
aspects of the environment; physiological effects of
aerosols; analysis of organic and inorganic constitu-
ents of the atmosphere; and rationale for establish-
ment of air quality criteria and standards.

CIV 1390 Survey of Environmental Problems

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Nonengineersonly; permission of instructor)
A survey of problems associated with man's use of the
environment. Course material includes interrelation
of the air-water-land complex, with emphasis on eco-
logical stresses produced, and methodologies for
assessing and controlling man's environmental impact.

CIV 1 41 0 Soil Mechanics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1 21 1 and CIV 1310)
Course material includes soil classification, soil-water
phase relations, ground water seepage, consolidation
theory strength properties of soils, stress distribu-
tions in soils due to surface loads, slope stability

CIV 1 41 1 Soil Mechanics Lab 2 Q.H.*

(Taken concurrently with CIV 1410)
Thecoursefocuseson laboratory exercises, including
soil classification, seepage, shear strength, consoli-
dation, and triaxial testing.

CIV 1420 Foundation Engineering 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1410)

Topics normally include subsurface explorations,
determination of soil-bearing capacity design of
shallow foundations, pile and caisson foundations,
design of retaining walls, anchored bulkheads and
braced sheeting, and other selected topics on foun-
dation design and construction.

CIV 1 430 Geotechnology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Juniors and seniors only)
An introduction to the geological sciences as they
apply to civil engineering practice, the course focuses
on the effects of significant geological features on
location, design, construction, operation, and main-
tenance of engineering projects.

CIV 1510 Materials 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1132)

The course focuses on the structural, chemical, and
mechanical properties of materials of importance to
civil engineers; fundamental nature of matter; signifi-
cance of phase transformations; control of micro-
structure; mechanisms of failure of materials.

CIV 1 51 1 Materials Laboratory 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. Taken concurrently with CIV 1510)
A laboratory in which standard tests and equipment
are used to determine structural and mechanical
properties of materials common to civil engineering
practice: concrete, aggregates, steel, wood, asphalt,
glass, etc.

CIV 1530 Transportation Analysis and Planning

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Juniors and seniors only)
Course material includes establishment of planning
framework; demand modeling from regional economy
to transportation network assignments; mode selec-
tion; technical and economic evaluation; and current
issues including environmental assessment, transpor-
tation systems management, citizen participation, and
planning in developing countries.
CIV 1 540 Highway Engineering 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1620 and CIV 1410)
A general approach to highway engineering, topics
normally include administration, economic factors,
planning, environmental impacts, geometric design,
drainage, and the design of flexible pavements.

CIV 1550 Construction Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Sertiors only)

An overall perspective of the construction industry
and tasks that must be addressed by construction
management, including resource allocation, con-
struction environment, organization, contracts, funding,
cash flow, productivity, labor relations, network plan-
ning and scheduling, and project control and safety.

CIV 1610 Computer Applications in Civil
Engineering 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GE 1100)

Introduction to problem solving methods in civil engi-
neering, especially those requiring a data processing
machine. Examples of civil engineering problems
are introduced and methods of solution discussed.
Students are assigned several projects in implement-
ing solution techniques on computers. Proficiency
in computing, problem solving, documentation, and
presentation is acquired by critiquing and classroom
discussion.

CIV 1620 Engineering Measurements 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 124 and PHY 1222)

The mathematics and instrumentation used in land

surveying for obtaining measurements of distance,

elevation, and direction, and the methodology applied

for traverses, areas, coordinate systems, horizontal

and vertical curves, earthwork, and topographic

mapping.

CIV 1621 Engineering Measurements Laboratory

2 Q.H.*

(Prereq. GE 1100)

Taken simultaneously with CIV 1 620, the course con-
sists of field problems illustrating and applying
the lecture material in CIV 1620, with computer
applications.

CIV 1 630 Civil Engineering Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1223)

The course covers application of system synthesis
and optimization techniques for civil engineering
students; calculus method, linear programming, net-
work analysis, and dynamic programming.

*Lab fee required.

Electrical Engineering / (

CIV 1640 Applied Probability Theory for Civil
Engineers 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 223)

Topics normally include applications of probability
theory to civil engineering problems, probabilities of
events, random variables and distributions, derived
distributions, expectation, common protjability models,
and an introduction to statistics.

CIV 1650 Legal Aspects of Civil Engineering

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Seniors only)

Business law for the engineering organizations, in-
cluding description and evaluation of various types of
contracts for engineering services and construction,
procedures for submitting bids, procedures for claims
and legal steps to minimize risk exposure, both in U.S.
and international business.

CIV 1810 Special Topic In Civil Engineering

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
This is a special course \N\ih\n the field of civil engi-
neering initiated by the appropriate discipline com-
mittee and approved by the department.

CIV 1820 Special Project in Civil Engineering

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Outstanding academic performance)
The course offers individual study in an area within the
field of civil engineering, selected by the student and
his or her instructor with approval by the appropriate
discipline committee, resulting in a definitive report
and an oral presentation.

Electrical Engineering

The course descriptions listed under Electrical Engineering are intended to show the general scope of the
subject that will be covered. Since courses are continuously updated, specific topics or methods of approach
may vary from term to term.

ECE 1101 E.E. Lab 1-A Circuits and Systems I
Laboratory 1 Q.H.*

(Prereq. PHY 1223)

Design and confirmation testing of elementary cir-
cuits containing both LTI circuit elements and other
components which are either nontime invariant or
nonlinear Measurement techniques are developed
to meet specific design problems.

ECE 1102 E.E. Lab 1-B Electronics I Laboratory

1 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ECE 1101)

Design and confirmation testing of elementary dig-
ital circuits. Included are designs of gates them-
selves as well as the assembly of simple functional
blocks such as decoders, registers, and flip-flops.

ECE 1103 E.E. Laboratory l-Measurements

2 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ECE 1211)

The course covers basic electrical measurements;
report writing, use of standard laboratory instru-
ments, including digital voltmeters, oscilloscopes, and
bridges.

ECE 1 1 71 Electrical Engineering I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 1 28; not open to electrical engineering
majors)

Introductory course to electric circuit theory cov-
ers Kirchhoff's laws, loop and nodal analysis, Thev-
enin's theorem, power and energy exponential ex-
citation and the system function.

ECE 1 1 72 Electrical Engineering II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1 1 71 ; not open to electrical engineering

majors)

Prooerties and analysis of electronic devices, cir-

cuits, and systems; elements of control systems;
principles of energy conversion. Emphasis on each
topic determined according to major discipline.

ECE 1 1 73 Power Systems and Controls 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1171)

Basic concepts of electromechanical energy con-
version stressing the terminal characteristics and
operation of d-c and a-c machines, elements of power
distribution systems, and concepts of feedback con-
trol, with application to power systems and plant
control.

ECE 1 1 74 Basic Electrical Instrumentation

4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ECE 1171)

Basic electrical measurement devices, including
ammeters, voltmeters, oscilloscopes, and bridges;
instrumentation techniques such as direct measure-
ment, comparative measurement, and analog methods.
Application to nonelectrical disciplines is included.

ECE 1 1 75 Modelling Techniques 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1171 and ECE 1172; also FORTRAN
IV programming)

Introduction to the concept of modelling techniques
to represent physical, biological, and social systems;
electrical analogs and use of analog computers; intro-
duction to digital modelling and the use of digital
computation.

ECE 1191 Introduction to Digital Computers I:
Design and Organization 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1223 and MTH 1 128)
Introduction to the basic components of digital sys-
tems and methods for their analysis and design:
logic gates and flipflops, Boolean algebra, and com-
binational and sequential circuits. Integrated circuit
logic families and functional building blocks: registers,

70 / Electrical Engineering

counters, decoders, multiplexers, and memories. Data
representation and coding techniques. Register-
transfer language for specification of instruction sets,
processor organization, and logic design. Case study
of a specific central processor instruction set imple-
mentation. Assembly language programming tech-
niques and introduction to system software.

ECE 1192 Introduction to Digital Computers II:
Fundamentals of Computation Structures 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1191)

Central processor alternatives: instruction formats,
addressing modes, bus structures, arithmetic units,
timing analysis, and stacks. Algorithms for arithmetic
operations with various data representations. Input-
output and memory organization. Introduction to
microprocessors. This course, like its predecessor
ECE 1 1 91 , is oriented toward the design, not just the
comprehension, of digital systems likely to be encoun-
tered by the electrical engineer

ECE 1 21 1 Circuits and Systems I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 128 and PHY 1223)
The course covers circuit elements (linear, non-linear,
time-invariant, and time-varying), sources (independ-
ent and controlled), Kirchhoff's laws, Tellegen's
theorem, Thevenin's theorem, network topology, mesh
and nodal analysis.

ECE 1212 Circuits and Systems II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1211)

Topics include linearity and time-invariance, system
function, forced and force-free response of networks
and LTI systems, singularity response, partial fraction
expansion, "pre-box" concept, and convolution.

ECE 1213 Circuits and Systems III 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1212)

Topics include Thevenin's theorem revisited, magnitude
and phase plots, resonance, two-port networks, energy
and power and convolution.

ECE 1 21 4 Circuits and Systems IV 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1213)

The course focuses on basic concepts and tech-
niques of linear system theory. Review of system
theory in terms of the convolution integral; waveform
representation in terms of the Fourier series, Fourier
Integral, and the bilateral Laplace transform; system
concepts in terms of the function and their application
to filters and feedback systems.

ECE 1215 Circuits and Systems 1 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 127, PHY 1223)
Topics include electric circuit elements, sources,
Kirchhoff's laws, Tellegen's theorem, Thevenin's
theorem, mesh and node equations, power and energy
linearity and time invariance, response to exponential
excitations, system function.

ECE 1216 Circuits and Systems 2 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1215)

Topics include forced and force-free response of
networks, singularity response, "pre-box" concept,
classical a-c response, application of Laplace trans-
form to circuit problems and determination of initial

ECE 1 21 7 Circuits and Systems 3 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1228, ECE 1216)
Power and energy reciprocity, magnitude and phase
plots, n-port network theory Frequency domain
analysis of circuits, stability considerations. The
concept of state variables for networks, natural fre-
quencies, and eigenvalues.

ECE 1 21 8 Circuits and Systems 4 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1217, ECE 1332)
Continuation of state variables for active and passive
networks, noise considerations and linear filters.
Nonlinear, and time-varying linear systems. Introduc-
tion to distributed systems.

ECE 1 21 9 Circuits and Systems A 6 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 128 and PHY 1223)
Includes the material covered in course ECE 1211,
Circuits and Systems I, plus half of the material in
course ECE 1212, Circuits and Systems II.

ECE 1 220 Circuits and Systems B 6 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1219)

Completes the material in ECE 1212, Circuits and
Systems II, plus the material in course ECE 1213,
Circuits and Systems III.

ECE 130\E.E. Lab 2-A Circuits and Systems III
Laboratory 1 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ECE 1102)

Design and testing of simple systems for the analysis
and modification of analog signals. The emphasis is
on discrete methodologies whose implementation is
achieved as a computer program. Included are designs
of filters with specific characteristics and the spectral
analysis through DFT's and the like. This laboratory's
central purpose is to develop the understanding of the
relationship between a filter as represented by a
transfer function and that same filter as represented
by the system which implements the transfer function.

ECE 1302 E.E. Lab 2-B Electronics III Laboratory

1 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ECE 1301)

Design and confirmation testing of some of the basic
building blocks of analog integrated circuits. Varia-
tions on the Widlar current mirrors will be designed
and explored and then used in the design of differen-
tial amplifiers employing integrated matched transis-
tor pairs. One of the objectives of this laboratory is to
explore the design advantages that arise from the
inherent component matching of integrated circuits.

ECE 1303 E.E. Laboratory ll-Circuits and Systems

2 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ECE 1212)

The course includes experiments relevant to the
Circuits and Systems courses, together with more
work in measurements.

ECE 1304 E.E. Lab 3-A Electronics IV Laboratory

1 Q.H.*

Design and confirmation testing of amplifier circuits
employing discrete elements and packaged op-amps.
The emphasis is on the stabilization and the control of
the performance characteristics of such amplifiers
through feedback. The student will be expected to

design circuits using manufacturer's specifications
and to demonstrate finished designs which will work if
the active devices are anywhere within the manufac-
turer's tolerances.

ECE 1305 E.E. Lab 3-B EM Field Theory II
Laboratory 1 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ECE 1304)

Design and confirmation testing of linear antennas
and arrays for specific directivity. Transmission line
impedance matching and resonator section designs.
Applications of Faraday's and Ampere's laws through
CAD design of inductors, RF and power transformers,
or electromechanical actuators.

ECE 1306 E.E. Laboratory Ill-Devices 2 Q.H.*

The course includes introduction to the digital com-
puter, electro-optics, terminal characteristics of active
devices.

ECE 1307 Senior Design Laboratory 2 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ECE 1361)

In this laboratory, small teams of students carry through
an engineering development product from proposal
through paper and CAD to construction and testing.
Economic factors, component tolerances, production
design, and acceptance testing are intrinsic compo-
nents of successful projects. Many teams will work on
the same project and the designs will be judged
competitively A typical project might be an addressable
A/D converter properly interfaced to a particular
microcomputer

ECE 1331 Discrete Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GE 1100)

Topics include historical review and future perspectives
of discrete systems; representation of digital signals,
quantization; introduction to digital filters, moving
average filters; Z-transforms, inverse Z-transforms;
recursive digital filters, stability considerations, steady-
state and transient response; introduction to non-
recursive techniques, the discrete Fourier transform,
the fast Fourier transform; applications to computa-
tion of systems transfer functions.

ECE 1 332 Discrete Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GE 1100, ECE 1216)
Topics include historical review and future perspectives
of discrete systems; representation of digital signals,
sampling, quantization, introduction to digital filters,
moving average filters; Z-transforms, inverse Z-trans-
forms; recursive digital filters, stability considerations,
steady-state and transient response; introduction to
nonrecursive techniques, the discrete Fourier trans-
form, the fast Fourier transform; applications to com-
putation of systems transfer functions.

ECE 1 333 Continuous Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1217, ECE 1332)
The course focuses on basic concepts and tech-
niques of continuous linear system theory Topics
include system theory in terms of the convolution
integral; waveform representation in terms of the
Fourier series, Fourier integral, and the bilateral
Laplace transform; system concepts in terms of the

Electrical Engineering / 71

system function and their application to filters and
feedback systems.

ECE 1 346 Electronics I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1216)

This first course in electronics stresses the use of
solid-state active devices in digital circuits.
The first part of this course introduces binary values,
logic operations, flip-flops and registers from the view-
point of symbolic logic gates. Boolean algebra and
Karnaugh maps. The latter part of this course deals
with solid-state devices for the realization of logic
functions. Concepts of diodes are introduced followed
by BJT and field-effect characteristics leading to the
use of such devices in implementing Inveters, NAND
and NOR gates for T2L, CMOS and NMOS logic families.

ECE 1 347 Electronics II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1346, ECE 1216; Coreq. ECE 1332)
This second course in electronics stresses the use of
transistors, with emphasis on integrated devices in
the design of analog circuits. Topics covered include
biasing, linearized incremental model characteristics
such as gain and impedance levels, Early effect, use
of signal flowgraphs and frequency response for single
and compound stages followed by an introduction to
operational amplifiers.

ECE 1349 Electronic Design I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1347)

This third course in electronics continues the design^
of analog circuits with emphasis on operational ampli-
fiers. Topics include concepts of feedback, open- and
closed-loop gain, effect of feedback on impedance
levels, frequency response, stability and compensa-
tion in feedback systems. ECL is introduced from the
viewpoint of feedback, followed by an analog/digital
design example.

ECE 1 350 Electronic Design II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1349, ECE 1333)
This fourth course in electronic design is a continuation
of the third course. It stresses the design of systems
involving analog, digital and analog/digital approaches
to signal acquisition and processing.

ECE 1361 Electromagnetic Field Theory I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 225)

The course focuses on definition and representation
of scalar and vector fields. Coordinate systems;
elements vector calculus; definition of the concepts
of gradient, divergence, curl, and the "del" operator,
free-space electrostatics; definition of the electric
field intensity; the scalar potential; solution to Poisson
and Laplace equations; macroscopic model of dielec-
tric materials; the electric polarization and the electric
flux density vector; boundary conditions; Lorentz force;
free space magnetostatics; magnetic vector potential
and solution to the "vector" Poisson equation; macro-
scopic model of magnetic materials; magnetization
and magnetic field intensity; boundary conditions.

ECE 1 362 Electromagnetic Reld Theory II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1361)

Topics include generalization of the Maxwell equa-

72 / Electrical Engineering

tions to the case of time-varying fields; Faraday induc-
tion law; wave equations and the plane wave solution;
Poynting theorem and the concept of energy stored
by the fields; reflection and refraction of plane waves;
time-harmonic wave equations for the scalar and
vector potentials; time-harmonic form of retarded
potentials; radiation from dipole; motion of charged
particles in fields; magnetoionic media; elementary
discussion of plasma physics and M.H.D.

ECE 1 363 Electromagnetic Field Theory I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq.ECE 1218, PHY 1223)
Starting with Maxwell's equations, the major areas of
statics, dynamics, quasistatics, and material media
are studied as special cases. Statics covers the study
of the electrostatic and magnetostatic fields, includ-
ing the scalar electric potential and vector magnetic
potential. In dynamics, Faraday's law and Ampere's
law are presented for time-varying electromagnetic
fields. Quasi-statics introduces the concept of elec-
tromechanical coupling with applications to elemen-
tary energy conversion, both electric and magnetic
devices. Material media covers the macroscopic model
of dielectric materials, the electric polarization and
the electric flux density vector; macroscopic model of
magnetic materials, magnetization, and magnetic field
intensity; and boundary conditions.

ECE 1 364 Electromagnetic Field Theory II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq.ECE 1363)

This course offers an introduction to the applications
of electromagnetic field theory. From Maxwell's equa-
tions for time-varying fields, the following areas are
developed: The concepts of waves and energy are
explored, including plan wave propagation, wave-
guides and Poynting's theorem. Radiation is studied
with emphasis on spherical waves and elementary
scattering and application to antenna design. Distri-
buted systems are treated in terms of waveguide
circuit concepts, transmission lines and Smith chart
techniques. Other applications in the optics and
acoustics areas will be presented.

ECE 1371 Electrical Machines I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq.ECE 1364, ECE 1333)
Review of electromagnetic field theory as applied to
electromechanics; magnetic circuits, transformers and
their circuit representations; principles of electrome-
chanical energy conversion (state-variable formula-
tion of electromechanical coupling, singly and multiply
excited magnetic-field systems, elementary concepts
of rotating machines including transformer emf, speed
emf, and torque production); steady-state theory
and performance of basic rotating machines such
as induction, synchronous, and d-c commutator
machines through cirucit-model concepts.

ECE 1372 Electrical Machines II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq.ECE 1371)

Dynamic behavior of electromechanical devices; tran-
sient performance of synchronous machines; syn-
chronous and induction-machine dynamics; d-c
machine dynamics.

ECE 1375 Electromechanical Dynamics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1363, ECE 1364)
The approximate form of Maxwell's equations for
quasi-static electromagnetic fields is presented. The
concept of the generalized inductance and capaci-
tance is developed, followed by the definition of electric
and magnetic field systems. Force and energy relations
are introduced, followed by rotational and translational
mechanical systems. The complete electromechanical
system is presented in terms of a circuit model with a
discussion of energy conversion. Applications include
the electrodynamic loudspeaker, reluctance motors,
a-c rotating machines with single or multiple excita-
tion. The dynamic equations of motion are solved by
linearization methods.

ECE 1376 Machines and Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq.ECE 1375)

The course offers a detailed investigation of the oper-
ating principles of synchronous machines, synchro-
nous motor and generator power-angle characteristics,
machine dynamics, machine and power system
stability.

ECE 1377 Introduction to Electric Machinery

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1361)

Topics include review of magnetic field, energy and
energy conversion concepts. Transformers and their
circuit representations; application of energy con-
version concepts to basic rotating machines and
exploration of the Theory of Induction, synchronous,
and d-c machines. Limitations in actual machines will
be discussed.

ECE 1378 Transients in Electric Power Systems

4 Q.H.

Introduction to the response of various elements of a
power network to the transients caused by lightning,
switching, and faults. Some of the equipment to be
considered in terms of transient response include the
transmission line, lightning arresters, fuses, transform-
ers, and circuit breakers.

ECE 1379 Transients in Electric Power Systems

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1333)

Introduction to transient response in electrical power
systems. Topics include lightning; switching; faults;
protection against transient overvoltages. Some of the
equipment to be considered in terms of transient
response include transmission lines, transformers,
circuit breakers, surge arresters, and fuses.

ECE 1381 Computer Engineering I:

Digital Computer Architecture 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1346)

Introduction to the structure of programmable digital
systems. Sequential circuits and functional building
blocks such as registers, counters, decoders, multi-
plexers, and memories. Data representation. Register
transfer language specification of instruction sets and
processor organization. Case study of a specific central

Electrical Engineering / 73

processor instruction set implementation. Input-
output and memory organization, bus structures and
arithmetic units. Students complete a design project
involving the assembly language programming of a
microprocessor

ECE 1382 Computer Engineering II:

Software Engineering 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1381, GE 1100 or equivalent)
Basic issues of systems software, from the point-of-
view of structured software design, are considered.
Topics covered include the modular design of assem-
blers, linkers, and macroprocessors. Basic techniques
of software engineering are explored, including such
concepts as error handling, program verification, unit
testing, and documentation. A team project is assigned,
with student groups of two or three implementing
individual modules in a larger program. A student
manager group is used as well. Projects are carried
out on either large mainframes or laboratory micro-
computer systems.

ECE 1383 Computer Engineering III:

Integrated Microcomputer-based Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1382)

The course focuses upon understanding the operation
of systems which contain a microcomputer as a key
element. An important issue is the way in which the
computer software is synchronized with the hardware
components of the system to achieve coherent opera-
tion. A discussion of these interfacing techniques
comprises the first half of the course. The rest of the
course focuses on several specific applications. A
typical example may be the design of a modern
vehicle where the computer may control functions
such as fuel regulation, optimization of engine speed,
etc. A project is associated with the course that
requires the student to design a device using the
methodology discussed in class.

ECE 1384 Computer Engineering iV:
Computer-aided Design Methods in Electrical
Engineering 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1382, ECE 1364, ECE 1350, ECE 1218)
Use of packaged software and graphics facilities to
implement realistic designs in electrical engineering.
Applications include the design of antennae, wave
guides, transmission lines, electric circuits, digital
filters, and VLSI methods. Students are required to
develop their own specialized software using availa-
ble CAD tools.

ECE 1385 Computer Engineering V:
Introduction to Robotics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1382, ECE 1383, ECE 1333)
Studies of intelligent interactions between machines
and their environment with emphasis on sensory
(vision)-driven locomotion and manipulation. Integra-
tion of sensors, manipulators and computers into
intelligent robotic systems. Vision, touch, force, posi-
tion, proximity, and torque sensors and their role in
adaptive control of robot movements. Computational
needs of sensory data processing. VLSI implementa-
tion of data-driven architectures for low-leveh vision.

Image processing and understanding as a means to
developing symbolic models of the visual (sensory)
world. Manipulator kinematics and dynamics. VLSI
controllers for multicoordinate robotic systems.
Robotic software tools, including high level language
and decision-making functions. Real-time micro-
processor networks and control hierarchies within
the robot.

ECE 1386 Computer Engineering VI: Structure of
Large-scale Computer Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1384)

Study of large-scale computer systems with applica-
tions to robotics, communications, artificial intelligence,
and interactive computer design. The course consists
of two major topics:

1) A global overview of distributed and parallel
computing systems for problem solving, planning,
massive data processing, etc., and

2) Examination of special purpose processors
which constitute such complex systems including
parallel hardware for image processing, industrial
data acquisition and control systems, array proces-
sors, and knowledge-based systems.

ECE 1 390 Senior Project Laboratory I 2 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ECE 1347 and ECE 1362)

In this course, students work with a faculty adviser on

some term project, either experimental or theoretical.

ECE 1391 Senior Project Laboratory II 2 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ECE 1347 and ECE 1362)
This course may be a continuation of the project
started in ECE 1 390 or it may be a new project. Again,
the student works closely with a faculty adviser.

ECE 1 400 Special Topics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of department)

Topics covered vary from term to term depending on

the interests of the department and the students.

ECE 1401 Selected Topics In Electronics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1347)

This course concerns (1 ) the description and applica-
tion of those electronic devices (thyristors, photo-
diodes, etc.) not covered in depth in the regular
electronics sequence; (2) electronic subsystems (AFC,
shift registers, etc.); (3) systems (navigation systems,
telephone switching systems, etc.). Most of the pre-
sentations are made by students on topics of their
choice, but there are also lectures by invited speakers
as well as by the instructor.

ECE 1404 Theory and Technology of
Semiconductor Devices I 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ME 1386)

This course comprises a closely coupled lecture and
laboratory series. Topics covered include technology
and physics of the planar diffusion process, elec-
tronic properties of homogeneous semiconductors,
inhomogeneities and junctions (Fermi potential dia-
grams, equilibrium at an abrupt discontinuity, and the
behavior of a junction under applied bias), and the
junction transistor

74 / Electrical Engineering

ECE 1405 Theory and Technology of
Semiconductor Devices II 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ECE 1404)

This course is a continuation of ECE 1404. Material
covered includes introduction to unipolar transistor
action, introduction to surface effects, tire MOS-FET
and a discussion of noise problems encountered in
semiconductor devices.

ECE 1 408 Physical Electronics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1350, ECE 1362, CHM 1132)
Elements of solid-state theory including wave me-
chanics, crystalline and amorphous solids, statistical
mechanics, and electron transport theory are de-
veloped to provide a proper background for the central
objective of the course w/hich is a thorough under-
standing of the principal building block of semicon-
ductor devices— the junction diode. Other important
elements such as ohmic contacts and Schottky
barriers are explored as well as the several ways that
these may be generated in individual and integrated
form. Finally as time permits, these elements are
joined together to form BJT's and JFET's.

ECE 1 41 8 Control System Theory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1 347)

Control system concepts; goals and basic com-
ponents. Review of time- and frequency-domain tech-
niques. Classical control system theory; error analysis
for different systems. Analysis of second- and third-
order systems. Stability and relative stability using
root locus and Nyquist diagrams. The Nichols chart.
Compensation, application of computer technology
to control systems analysis and design. State-variable
description of dynamic systems. The state equations
and the fundamental analog realization of the standard
equations. Properties of the state-transition matrix.
Optimal systems. Introduction to sampled data sys-
tems. The Z-transform as an analog to the Laplace
transform.

ECE 1 420 Control Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1217, ECE 1350)
Some of the topics included: classical control system
theory error analysis, stability and relative stability
using root locus and Nyquist diagrams, the Nichols
chart, compensation, application of computer tech-
nology to control system analysis and design. Also
included as time permits: state variable description of
dynamic systems, properties of the state-transition
matrix, optimal systems, introduction to sampled data
systems and the Z-transform as an analog to the
Laplace transform.

ECE 1 430 E.E. Power Laboratory A 1 Q.H.*

ECE 1431 E.E. Power Laboratory I 1 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ECE 1333; Coreq. ECE 1471)
Single-phase circuits; balanced and unbalanced poly-
phase circuits; power measurement in polyphase
circuits; transformer tests and equivalent circuits.

ECE 1 434 E.E. Power Laboratory II 2 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ECE 1431, ECE 1371; Coreq. ECE 1472)
Experimental work with rotating machines and sys-
tems; steady-state and dynamic models of synchron-

ous induction, and d-c machines; power-system load-
flow studies and fault analyses.

ECE 1451 Communication Theory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1214)

Topics include signal analysis, including signal classes,
Fourier methods, correlation functions, amplitude
density, and power spectra; amplitude modulation,
Hilbert transform applications, analytic signal, and
complex envelope.

ECE 1452 Fundamentals of Communication
Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1451)

Topics include frequency modulation, signal-to-noise
ratios in AM and FM, multiplexing, sampling theory,
pulse modulation systems, data transmission, signal
space. Correlation detection, probability, random var-
iables and random processes, information theory and
coding.

ECE 1454 Communication Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1333, ECE 1217)
Signal representations and characterization; char-
acterization of thermal noise in electronic circuits;
amplitude modulation and demodulation; frequency
and phase modulation and demodulation; pulse mod-
ulation; transmission of digital information.

ECE 1461 Wave Transmission and Reception

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GE 1 1 00 and ECE 1 361 )
Topics include analysis of radiation, transmission,
and reception of electromagnetic and acoustic waves
using graphical and digital computer techniques.
Design of distributed systems, antennas, microphones,
loudspeakers, and sonar transducers.

ECE 1462 Advanced Topics In Electromagnetic
Field Theory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1362)

This course is a continuation of the required courses
in field theory. Topics covered include microwave and
waveguide structures, careful development of elec-
tromagnetic energy and force concepts, and an intro-
duction to radiation and antenna theory

ECE 1465 Wave Transmission and Reception

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1363, ECE 1364)
This course discusses the transmission, radiation,
and reception of electromagnetic waves at and above
radio frequencies. Transmission-line theory is develop-
ed using Maxwell's equations and the circuit theory
approximations are presented. Matched lines, tuning
stubs, and loaded transmission lines are discussed,
together with the theory and applications of the Smith
chart. The theory of guided waves in structures of
rectangular and circular cross-section is presented,
followed by the theory of the cavity resonator The
linear antenna is discussed and the radiation fields,
directivity, and gain are defined. Other topics include
the aperture antenna and the insulated antenna.

General Engineering / 75

ECE 1 471 Electrical Power Systems I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE1333)

Basic introduction to electrical power systems, wherein
three-phase circuits are analyzed under balanced
steady-state operation. Topics include system ele-
ments, their characteristics and interaction; system
modeling and network calculations.

ECE 1 472 Electrical Power Systems II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1471)

A continuation of basic studies in electrical power
systems. Topics include power system load-flow
analysis; symmetrical components and fault cal-
culations; system protection; economic operation of
power systems; introduction to power system stability.

ECE 1481 Machine Language and Assembly
Language Programming 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1191)

This course focuses on study of the machine and
assembly languages of a selected digital computer.
Machine representation of numbers, characters, and
instructions. Machine language programming; flow of
control, relocatability, input/output instructions, ad-
dressing, and instruction modification. Symbolic
assembly language; macros, literals, and pseudo-
instructions. Several programming projects are an
integral part of the course.

ECE 1482 Programming Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1481)

Continuation of ECE 1481. Assemblers, searching
and sorting techniques, macro-processors loaders.
High-level languages and an introduction to their
compilation. Introduction to operating systems. Pro-
gramming projects are an integral part of the course.

ECE 1 484 Applied Discrete Analysis 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 225)

The course offers an introduction to elementary
number theory modern algebra, combinatorial math-
ematics and discrete probability theory, including such
topics as prime numbers, least common multiple,
greatest common divisor, Euclid's algorithm, contin-
ued fractions, congruences, groups, rings, fields.

General Engineering

Boolean algebra, combinations and permutations,
generating functions, random variables, and Markov
chains. The material in this course is widely applica-
ble to the field of computer science.

ECE 1485 Microcomputer-Based Design 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1192)

Course material includes characteristics of micro-
processor applications; external and internal archi-
tecture of a specific microprocessor family; logic
design of a simple microcomputer. Instruction set,
timing cycles, I/O port selection and interrupt-han-
dling; software design for keyboard monitor, break-
point facility and multiplexed displays. Application
design studies of real-time interfaces to electro-
mechanical devices. Evolutionary trends in LSI micro-
processors and memory systems. Integrated hardware
and software design projects using laboratory micro-
computers are an integral part of this course, which is
designed primarily for electrical engineers.

ECE 1486 Numerical Methods and Computer
Applications 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GE 1 1 00 and ECE 1214)
The course focuses on presentation of numerical
techniques used in solving scientific and engineering
problems with the aid of digital computers. Topics
covered include modeling and simulating of deter-
ministic and probabilistic systems, theory of interpo-
lation, iteration methods, numerical solution of ordinary
and partial differential equations, signal detection,
and use libraries of scientific subroutines. Represent-
ative problems are chosen for solution on a digital
computer

ECE 1 487 Digital Techniques 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECE 1 346 and ECE 1 1 91 )
This course attempts to supplement the topics cov-
ered in the electronics sequences and the introduction
to digital computer courses. Topics may vary from
year to year and may include details of semicon-
ductor integrated gate circuits, flip flops, clocks,
counters, memory units, A/D and D/A conversions,
coding, and the fundamental techniques of digital
data transmissions.

The course descriptions listed under General Engineering are intended to show the scope of the subject that will
be covered. Since courses are continuously updated, specific topics or methods of approach may vary from term
to term.

GE 1 1 00 Computer for Engineers 4 Q.H.

Introduction to use of computers in the solution of
engineering problems; FORTRAN programming lan-
guage. A survey of the organization and function of an
elementary digital computer; the use of flowcharts in
developing program logic; establishing and manipu-
lating tables, arrays, and matrices in memory, using
subprograms and subroutine packages, and graphical
output on an X-Y plotter.

GE 1110 Engineering Graphics and Design

4Q.H.

Manual and computer methods for depiction of three-
dimensional objects. The orthographic projection
system using principal and auxiliary views is presented,
as is reading and analysis of drawings, fundamentals
of manufacturing processes, and dimensioning prac-
tice. There is an emphasis on engineering design of
components and systems, and computer graphics
using software packages. Students are required to
write programs as an introduction to computer-aided
design and manufacturing, and preliminary to design
engineering.

76 / Industrial Engineering

Industrial Engineering

The course descriptions listed under Industrial Engineering are intended to show the general scope of the
subject that will be covered. Since courses are continuously updated, specific topics or methods of approach
may vary from term to term.

IIS 1 1 25 COBOL Programming I 4 Q.H.

This course covers fundamentals of computer pro-
gramming in COBOL. Topics include elementary
computer functioning, program organization, input/
output operations, arithmetic and data-handling verbs,
and program logic development through the use of
flow charts. Storage and manipulation of large data
files on magnetic tape are introduced. No prior
computer experience is required.

IIS 1 1 26 COBOL Programming II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. IIS 1125)

Higher-level aspects of the COBOL language are
considered. Included are use of decision tables in
developing program logic, improving program effi-
ciency; error detection and minimization techniques;
bulk data storage in magnetic tape and disc files;
storing, merging, updating, sorting, and purging data
files; generating reports.

IIS 1 200 Work Design 4 Q.H.

Topics include the engineering design process, prin-
ciples of work physiology workplace design from the
standpoint of employee safety and effectiveness. Also
covered are work measurement techniques, which
include direct measurement, synthetic standards, and
work sampling. A project in which principles of work
design must be applied is an integral part of the
course.

IIS 1300 Probabilistic Analysis for Engineers

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Integral & Differential Calculus)
Probability theory presented axiomatically with em-
phasis on sample space representation of continuous
and discrete random variables. Material will cover
standard distributions. Topics include expectation,
transform techniques, and change of variable.

IIS 1310 Statistics I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. IIS 1300)

The course examines the definition of a statistic;
distributions of random variables, including normal, T
chi-square, R Poisson, binomial; estimation of para-
meters, point estimation by method of moments, max-
imum likelihood, Bayes estimates, interval estimation,
and hypothesis testing.

IIS 1320 Statistics II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. IIS 1310)

Topics include linear regression, analysis of variance,
reliability and decision theory from Bayes rule. Appro-
priate computer software is utilized to investigate
example problems.

IIS 1330 Principles of Computation and
Programming I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FORTRAN)

The course covers review of algorithms, computers.

and programming. Machine language programming
(instruction, execution, and addressing techniques).
Coding and representation of data. Program debugging
and verification. Survey of machines, devices, and
languages.

IIS 1340 Operations Research I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1224)

Topics include deterministic models, including LP
and duality; transportation and allocation; sensitivity
and post-optimality analyses. Network analysis, includ-
ing maximal flow, shortest route, and PERT

IIS 1341 Operations Research II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. IIS 1310)

The course focuses on the stochastic models in OR;
their analytical development and solution. Topics
covered include queuing models, deterministic and
stochastic inventory models, Markov chains, and
sequencing. Dynamic programming and recursive
functional expressions are also presented.

IIS 1345 Management Information Systems

4 Q.H.

This course covers design and implementation of
computer-based information systems. Topics include:
the value of information, tools of system analysis and
design, impact of computer-based information systems
on organizations and society, rudimentary computer
architecture, input devices, data organization and
storage, system configuration, communications, and
output/display devices.

IIS 1346 Basic Engineering Statistics 4 Q.H.

(Not open to industrial engineering majors)
The course covers introduction to basic probability
distributions, including the binomial and hypergeo-
metric, exponential, Poisson, and normal; laboratory
data analysis.

IIS 1350 Digital Simulation Techniques 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FORTRAN and IIS 1310 or IIS 1346)
The course covers model development, validation
and experimentation for discrete event simulation
models. Specific topics include problem formulation,
data collection and analysis, random variable gener-
ation and statistical analysis of output. Experience
with a major simulation language such as GPSS,
SIMAN, or SIMSCRIPT is also acquired.

IIS 1356 Engineering Economy 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. B.E.T majors only)

Topics include the formulation of analytical techniques,
i.e., rate of return, present worth, and annual cost. The
application of these techniques to solve business and
engineering problems involving design, selection
replacement, lease-buy decisions, and decisions
between multiple alternatives. Sensitivity analysis and
basic probability are introduced in cases where uncer-

Industrial Engineering / 77

tainty exists. Brief survey of sources and costs of
capital, debt-versus-equity financing, and leverage.

IIS 1360 Engineering Economy and Statistical
Decisions Theory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. IIS 1300 or MTH 1387)
The objective of the course is to familiarize the student
with the theory and techniques of economic evalua-
tion of an investment project. Introductory steps in the
analysis of investment proposals, time value of money
and cash flows; analysis of deterministic and stochas-
tic cash flows in terms of present worth, annual cost,
rate of return, and benefit/cost ratio. Decisioh tree for
sequential decisions, criteria for decision making
under uncertainty, utility theory, value of information,
effect of accounting procedures and taxes on invest-
ment analysis.

IIS 1366 Engineering Economy 4 Q.H.

(Not open to Industrial Engineering majors)
Topics include the formulation of analytical techniques,
I.E., rate of return, present worth, and annual cost. The
application of these techniques to solve business and
engineering problems involving design, selection,
replacement, lease-buy decisions, and decisions
between multiple alternatives. Sensitivity analysis and
basic probability are introduced in cases where uncer-
tainty exists. Brief survey of sources and costs of
capital, debt-versus-equity financing, and leverage.

IIS 1 370 industrial Cost Control 4 Q.H.

Topics include fundamental concepts of accounting,
with emphasis on using financial records to make
engineering decisions. Study of financial statements
of a firm. Contrast in usefulness of data from absorp-
tion costing vs. direct costing. Interpretation of variance
accounts.

IIS 1400 Systems I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1224)

Modeling, analysis, and control of linear feedback
systems are examined through consideration of the
following topics: differential equations as system
models; transfer functions and block diagrams; system
components and the method of analogies; accuracy
and stability. Students will use appropriate computer
software for applications.

IIS 1401 Design Project 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. IIS 1300, IIS 1350, and IIS 1340)
The course examines analysis and design of major
industrial engineering systems. Students are expected
to undertake up to five projects drawn from line bal-
ancing, job shop scheduling, stochastic network
analysis, reliability in design, complex queuing system
design, sequencing, or other areas of student and
faculty interest.

IIS 1405 Production and Inventory Control

4Q.H.

(Prereq. IIS 1 300 or equiv)

Topics include basic inventory models and inventory
management systems. Single-stage and multi-stage
systems and their dynamics. Production control and
aggregate planning. Mathematical and heuristic ap-

proaches to aggregate scheduling. Cost structure
and decision-oriented analyses. Consideration of job
shop scheduling and dispatching problems.

IIS 1 41 5 Facilities Design 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. IIS 1 340)

The course examines use of descriptive and opti-
mizing models (e.g., simulation, queuing theory, and
linear programming) to design facilities and asso-
ciated materials-handling systems. Computer-assisted
layout analysis techniques are applied to problems of
real-world scope.

IIS 1425 Material Handling System Design

4Q.H.

(Prereq. IIS 1340)

The course covers design and analysis of large
material-handling systems. Topics include computer
control of handling systems, integration with produc-
tion and inspection, automated storage/retrieval
systems, automatic identification systems, and systems
acquisitions.

IIS 1 435 Reliability and Quality Control 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. IIS 1310)

Applied probability and statistical inference techniques
are utilized in reliability analysis and quality control.
Both theory and application are discussed in relation
to the total quality assurance program.

IIS 1455 Microcomputer Programming 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GE 1100 or FORTRAN programming lan-
guage)

A first course in microprocessor computing covers
hex codes for assembly language. Basics of archi-
tecture model, programming model, and addressing
modes. Instruction set for a typical machine. Pro-
gramming techniques and details for a 6502 proces-
sor. Hands-on laboratory experimentation with typical
interfacing problems. Case studies in the area of
developing applications. Laboratory experimentation
in staffed facility.

IIS 1465 Microprocessor Applications 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. IIS 1455, assembly language or permission
of instructor)

System architecture of several microcomputers, in-
cluding microprocessors, bus design, multichip oper-
ation, and current trends in processors (8-, 1 6-, and
32-bit). Interfacing problems and hardware include:
sensors, actuators, D/A and A/D converters, data
transmission, and parallel/serial I/O. Real-time pro-
gramming with case studies; network and distributed
processing. Also included are development techniques
and current state-of-the-art trends.

IIS 1470 Human Considerations in Engineering
Design 4 Q.H.

An introductory human factors course with emphasis
on the physiological and anthropometric bases of
equipment and workplace design. Topics include: (1 )
an overview of the field of human factors; (2) work,
fatigue, and endurance; (3) thermal regulation and
heat stress; (4) biomechanics; (5) effects of aging on
work capacity; and (6) body response to vibration.

78 / Mechanical Engineering

IIS 1475 Human Factors 4 Q.H.

An introductory course with emphasis on human
sensory/motor performance, information-processing
capabilities, learning and skilled-task performance.
Topics include: (1) an introduction to the experiment
as a source of knowledge of human performance
characteristics; (2) vision, visual performance, prin-
ciples of display design; (3) audition, noise, and
hearing damage, auditory signals; (4) information
processing; (5) signal detection; (6) aging effects;
and (7) system development.

IIS 1480 People in Organizations 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Seniors only)

An overview course, using case studies and focusing
on the influence of human behavioral factors on
organizational performance. Students are provided

with research evidence to aid in understanding and
anticipating the response of organizational members
to management practices. Topics include: (1) current
theories of organization; (2) motivation; (3) group
dynamics and the face-to-face work group; (4) leader-
ship; (5) cognitive aspects of decision making;
(6) work enrichment and job satisfaction; (7) job
evaluation.

IIS 1800 Independent Study in Industrial
Engineering 4 Q.H.

Independent study on advanced I.E. topics for stu-
dents usually in the senior year and with high scholas-
tic standing. Projects may be of an applied or theor-
etical nature; formal report submitted to student's
project supervisor at the end of quarter

Mechanical Engineering

The course descriptions listed under Mechanical Engineering are intended to show the general scope of the
subject that will be covered. Since courses are continuously updated, specific topics or methods of approach
may vary from term to term.

bodies using impulse and momentum, and simple
gyroscopic motion.

ME 1311 Statics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1222)
Topics include the concept of vector representation of
force and moment; equivalent force systems; cen-
troids and centers of gravity, distributed forces; equa-
tions of equilibrium; free-body diagrams; applications
to trusses, pin-connected frames and beams; and
elementary concepts in friction.

ME 1312 Dynamics I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1311)

Development of problem-solving ability in the fun-
damentals of dynamics. Topics include kinematics of
particles, kinematics of rigid bodies (nonrotating
frames), mass moments of inertia, kinetics of particles
and rigid bodies (plane motion only) using force,
mass, and acceleration.

ME 1 31 3 Strength of Materials I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1311)

Topics include concept of stress and strain; principal
stresses; Mohr's circle, stress-strain diagrams; moment
of inertia of areas; stress and deformation of simple
members under axial and torsional loads, and stresses
in symmetrical beam bending.

ME 1 31 4 Strength of Materials II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1313)

Topics include asymmetrical bending; analysis of
determinate and indeterminate beams by various
methods; and buckling of columns.

ME 1315 Dynamics II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1312)

Continued development of problem-solving ability in
dynamics. Topics include kinematics of rigid bodies
using rotating frames, kinetics of particles and rigid
bodies using work and energy introduction of La-
grange's equations, kinetics of particles and rigid

ME 1 320 Dynamics for Civil Engineers 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CIV 1210)

Topics include kinematics, translating reference frames,
mass moments of inertia, plane motion of rigid bodies,
and instantaneous equations of motion.

ME 1321 Mechanics for Electrical Engineers

4Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1222))

The course focuses on the study of kinematics and
kinetics of rigid bodies, instantaneous equations of
motion, work and energy and impulse and momentum.

ME 1330 Mechanical Design 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1314)

Applications of the basic concepts of mechanics,
strength of materials, and mechanical behavior of
materials to the design process are covered. Basic
considerations in design and its open-ended nature
are discussed. The course may include topics such
as review of fundamentals of stress and deflection
analysis as required, theories of failure, design for
fatigue strength, product liability, numerical methods
in design, modeling, simulation, and optimization of
mechanical systems.

ME 1331 Design Project 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1330)

The design project is the application of the engi-
neering sciences to the design of a system com-
ponent or process. Students will choose the particular
design project with the approval of appropriate faculty.
Design teams will be organized. Each project will
include open-ended problems, development and use
of design methodology formulation of design problem
statements and specifications, consideration of alter-

Mechanical Engineering / 79

native solutions, feasibility considerations, and detailed
system descriptions. It should include realistic con-
straints (such as economic factors, safety, reliability,
maintenance, asthetics, ethics, and social impact).

ME 1332 Thermal Design 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME1345)

The purpose of the course is to develop the ability of
the students to synthesize their understanding and
knowledge of the basic concepts of thermodynamics,
fluid mechanics, and heat transfer to meet the specifi-
cations of a design objective, which can be the thermal
design of a system, component, and/or process. The
course may include topics such as basic considera-
tions in design, review of fundamentals of heat transfer
and fluid mechanics, numerical methods in heat
transfer, heat transfer analysis of heat exchanges,
heat exchanger pressure drop analysis, analysis of
fiydraulic systems, modeling, systems simulation, and
topics in optimization. One or more design problems
will be assigned.

ME 1 340 Thermodynamics I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1223)

Thermodynamics is the study of systems in which
energy and its flow across systems boundaries are
important. In this first course energy heat, and work
are defined and used in the Rrst Law of Thermody-
namics. Other thermodynamic properties and equa-
tions of state are introduced, with emphasis on tabular
and graphical forms for simple compressible systems
and on the ideal gas. Phases and phase transitions
are briefly discussed, and energy analysis of both
open and closed systems is examined. The Second
Law of Thermodynamics and the property entropy are
introduced, and their macro- and microscopic impli-
cations discussed. Emphasis, however, is placed on
the macroscopic consequences of irreversibility and
the limitation this places, through the Second Law, on
the behavior of engineering systems. This course
concentrates on basic concepts and their proper
application to representative engineering systems.

ME 1341 Thermodynamics II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1 340)

Course includes study of vapor cycles for use with
both fossil and nuclear fuels, consideration of various
gas power cycles, including the Brayton and regener-
ative gas turbine cycles, and the Otto and Diesel
cycles for reciprocating internal combustion engines.
The concept of availability is introduced, integrated
with the study of the above cycles, and followed by the
thermodynamics of nonreacting mixtures, particularly
for air-water vapor mixtures.

ME 1 345 Heat Transfer I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1340, ME 1370, and MTH 1226)
The theories that describe conduction, convection,
and thermal radiation heat transfer mechanisms are
studied. Steady-state and transient conduction prob-
lems are discussed in rectangular, cylindrical, and
spherical coordinate systems. Convective heat transfer
mechanisms are studied, and the concept of the
Nusselt-Reynolds Number correlation is introduced.

Description of thermal radiation heat transfer between
surfaces is discussed.

ME 1 370 Fluid Mechanics I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1340, ME 1313, and MTH 1225)
The course offers an introduction to the concepts of
fluid mechanics: fluid statics, includirig pressure dis-
tribution and forces on submerged surfaces; differen-
tial and integral formulations of conservation of mass,
momentum, and energy with emphasis on control-
volume applications; pipe flow with consideration of
head loss, use of the Moody diagram and analysis of
pipe networks.

ME 1 380 Materials Science 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1340 and CHM 1 132)
An introduction to materials science for engineers,
emphasizing the structure-property-function relation.
Topics include crystallography structure of solids,
imperfections in crystals, phase equilibrium, phase
transformations, diffusion, and physical properties. A
laboratory is included in this course.

ME 1 386 Materials Science 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1 340 and CHM 1 1 32)
An introduction to materials science for engineers,
emphasizing the structure-property-function relation.
Topics include crystallography structure of solids,
imperfections in crystals, phase equilibrium, diffusion,
and behavior of metals and semiconductors.

ME 1390 Measurements and Analysis 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ME 1 340 and ME 1 31 2)
Lecture subjects include design of experiments,
instrumentation, measurements, data analysis, and
report writing. Students apply the principles developed
in class to a variety of laboratory experiments. Written
reports are required.

ME 1395 Research Report 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Jr Standing)

Students prepare a brief research paper on a tech-
nical subject of importance in mechanical engineering.
All students must, before the end of the second week
of the quarter of their enrollment, obtain written accept-
ance from a department faculty member for their
research subject. Each student's work must show an
ability to recognize the component parts of a subject
and to organize them in a clear, logical, written pre-
sentation that demonstrates a command of grammar
and style.

ME 1401 Advanced Strength and Applied
Elasticity 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1314)

Topics include asymmetrical bending; analysis of
curved beams and rings; and an introduction to plane
elasticity using rectangular and polar coordinate
systems.

ME 1402 Engineering Analysis 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1314)

The course focuses on the numerical and experi-
mental methods in stress analysis. Analytical tech-
niques include an introduction to the finite element

*l ah fpfi rpnulred.

80 / Mechanical Engineering

method. Experimental methods include, among others,
strain gauge techniques and photoelasticity.

ME 1 405 Mechanical Vibrations 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME1312)

The course focuses on the study of one-, two-, and
multi-degrees of freedom systems using classical,
energy, Laplace, mobility, matrix, and computer tech-
niques. A laboratory is included in this course.

ME 1408 System Analysis and Control 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1312)

This course provides students an opportunity to gain
the theoretical background necessary to analyze and
design simple linear control systems. System model-
ing, linear approximations and their limitations, transfer
functions, and block diagrams; transient and frequency
response; stability. Frequency domain, and root locus
techniques are discussed.

ME 1 41 0 Design for Space Applications 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1312)

The course includes an exploration of Keplerian motion
and transfer dynamics using Baffin's solution. Optimi-
zation of transfer dynamics with respect to our solar
system, and mass optimization, boost, and reentry
dynamics are studied. System design is used through-
out the course.

ME 1435 Computer Aided Design 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GE 1 1 00 and ME 1 31 4)
The concepts of computational and numerical ge-
ometry for design are introduced. The implementation
of computer graphics in design and use of computer-
aided design packages are included. Principles of
numerical control techniques to design and manufac-
ture are covered. A design project is required.

ME 1439 Engineering Design 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1314)

This course is intended for students who take only
one course in design. Design projects vary from year
to year, but in general expand and correlate previous
courses in design of mechanical systems.

ME 1440 Introduction to Combustion 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1341 and OHM 1132)
An introduction to the science and technology of
combustion. The fundamental principles of ther-
mochemistry, chemical equilibrium, and rates of
reaction are reviewed and related to combustion
processes in heat engines. The principles of com-
bustion waves are introduced, and the mechanisms of
various physical and chemical processes in combus-
tion are discussed.

ME 1441 Direct Energy Conversion 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1341 and OHM 1132)
This course is concerned with means for converting
heat directly into electrical energy The operating
principles of such devices, principally magnetohydro-
dynamic power generators and fuel cells, are dis-
cussed. Other topics, such as energy storage, therm-
ionic converters, and irreversible thermodynamics as
a basis for a unified theory of energy conversion may
ba included.

ME 1 470 Fluid Mechanics II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1370)

Topics include velocity potential and stream functions;
circulation and Kelvin's theorem; two-dimensional,
steady irrotational incompressible flow; Karman-
Pohlhausen method applied to two-dimensional
boundary layers.

ME 1471 Fluid Machinery 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1 370)

The course focuses on the general principles of
turbomachinery: definitions of efficiency and a dis-
cussion of the requirements for similitude; machine
selection to suit particular applications. Both liquid-
and gas-handling machines are examined, and per-
formance limits imposed by cavitation and choking
are considered.

ME 1 473 Gas Dynamics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1370)

Course focuses on application of the principles of
fluid mechanics to compressible flows. Wave prop-
agation and the concepts of sound speed and Mach
number are discussed. The emphasis is on one-
dimensional steady flows with an examination of the
effects of area change, friction, and heat transfer,
including a consideration of normal shock waves and
the possibility of choking.

ME 1480 Mechanical Behavior of Materials

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1380 and ME 1313)
The study of the physical basis for the mechanical
behavior of solid materials, including elasticity, plas-
ticity, viscoelasticity, and fracture. Application is made
to structural alloys and polymers.

ME 1483 Materials Processing 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1 380)

The course offers a survey of the essential features
and materials limitation of various methods for pro-
cessing materials. Topics include heat treatment
(ferrous and nonferrous alloys), casting, forming,
joining, and machining.

ME 1490 Special Topics 4 Q.H.

(Permission of the department)
When offered, topics will vary depending on the
previously expressed interests of a group of students
and/or of the department.

ME 1495 Design and Analysis 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1331; cannot be taken simultaneously
with ME 1496 or ME 1497)

A design project. Each student must, before the end of
the second week of the quarter of his/her enrollment,
obtain written approval for a proposed project from a
department faculty member under whom the student
will work. It is suggested that approval be secured
before registration. A formal report must be submitted
to the faculty supervisor at the end of the quarter

ME 1496 Mechanical Engineering Project I

4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ME 1390; cannot be taken simultaneously

with ME 1495 or ME 1497)

A project of an analytical or experimental nature.

Lab fee required.

Computer Science / 81

Each student must, before the end cf the second
week of the quarter of his/her enrollment, obtain
written approval for a proposed project from a depart-
ment faculty member under whom the student will
work. It is suggested that approval be secured before
registration. A formal report must be submitted to the
faculty supervisor at the end of the quarter

ME 1497 Mechanical Engineering Project II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1496; cannot be taken simultaneously
with ME 1495 or ME 1496)

If a project initiated under course ME 1496 is large
enough in scope, a second project course may be
taken with the approval of the faculty supervisor A
formal report must be submitted to the student's
faculty supervisor at the end of the quarter.

ME 1 540 Thermodynamics of Propulsion 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1341 and CHM 1132)
The course focuses on application of the principles of
thermodynamics and fluid mechanics to understand-
ing the behavior of propulsion devices. Emphasis is
on air-breathing engines such as the aircraft gas
turbine and the ramjet. Various engine components,
such as inlets, diffusers, compressors, combustors,
turbines, and nozzles are discussed.

ME 1 541 Nuclear Engineering I 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ME 1341)

The course offers a study of nuclear physics em-
phasizing atomic and nuclear structure, radioactive
decay andnuclear reactions, with particular attention
to fusion and fission. The course also examines health
physics, nuclear instrumentation, and the production
and uses of radioactive isotopes. A general compari-
son of thermal, fast, and breeder reactor types is
made prior to a discussion of neutron interactions
and their slowing down. The four-factor formula and

diffusion equation are developed and applied to one-
group theory for bare and reflected thermal reactors.
Flux shaping as well as energy production and distri-
bution within the core are discussed.

ME 1542 Nuclear Engineering II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1541)

The course focuses on development of two-group
theory for thermal reactors and consideration of the
physics and safety of fast reactors. Effect of reactivity
change, either intentional or accidental, as well as
changes due to temperature, fission product build-
up, xenon build-up after shutdown, and fufel depletion
are discussed. Reactor design considerations involv-
ing the interrelation of reactor physics, reactor engi-
neering control, distribution of power, and fuel cycle
management are considered.

ME 1545 Internal Combustion Engines 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1341)

The concepts and theory of operation of internal
combustion engines are presented based upon the
fundamental engineering sciences of thermodynam-
ics, gas dynamics, heat transfer, and mechanics. The
design and operating characteristics of conventional
spark-ignition, compression-ignition, Wankel, and
stratified charge spark-ignition engines are discussed.
Performance analysis using Newhall-Starkman charts
and computer programs are included.

ME 1 580 Engineering Materials 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ME 1380)

This course is concerned with the utilization of mate-
rials science in the application and selection of mate-
rials. Topics include reactions with environment, i.e.,
oxidation and corrosion, materials selection criteria,
and materials engineering case studies dealing with
materials selection and failure analysis.

Computer Science

COM 1100 PASCAL! 4 Q.H.

Introduction to computers and computer program-
ming using the language PASCAL Brief overview of
text editing and system commands. Basic concepts of
PASCAL: built-in data types, variables, assignment,
expressions, and input/output. Tools for structured
programming: flow control constructs, procedures
and functions, user-defined data types using arrays,
records, and strings. Techniques for input/output to
terminals and text files. Assignments will emphasize
how to design programs systematically through the
use of structured sub-units.

COM 1101 PASCAL II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq.COM 1100)

A continuation of the study of the programming
language PASCAL and its applications. Recursion
and stacks. Quicksort. Pointer data types. Singly and
doubly linked lists. Introduction to trees. Files of some
fixed data type. Use of procedures and functions as

parameters. Sets. Variant records. Elementary graph-
ics, if available on the computer being used.

COM 1102 LISP 4Q.H.

(Prereq.COM 1101)

This course introduces the fundamental concepts
and applications of LISP programming and their rela-
tionship to computer science. Basic ideas underlying
symbolic information processing and the role of LISP
in this context. Practical examples of how LISP is used
in computer science and industrial contexts. Discus-
sion of how LISP relates to some important areas of
computer science, namely: (1) LISP as the "systems
language" of artificial intelligence, (2) LISP as an
important example for the study of issues in pro-
gramming language design and implementation, (3)
LISP and functional languages, and (4) LISP as a tool
for procedural and data abstraction and for the devel-
opment of data-driven programs.

Lab fee required.

82 / Computer Science

COM 1110 FORTAN Lab 1 QH.

(Prereq.COM 1100)

The course offers an introduction to the elements of

FORTRAN programming, including I/O, subprogram

linkage, and methods of structured programming in

FORTRAN.

COM 1111 DCL Lab 1 QH.

(Prereq.COM 1100)

Course includes elements of command language;
procedure files and parameter exchange; device
handling for both tapes and disks; detailed coverage
of the command language for the computer at the
Academic Computer Center

COM 1112 LISP Lab 1 Q.H.

(Prereq.COM 1100)

The course focuses on elements of the list processing
language LISP (Given prior to Fall 1984 and to be
replaced by the more extensive course COM 1 102)

COM 1113 COBOL Lab 1 Q.H.

(Prereq.COM 1100)

An introduction to COBOL programming language for
students who have already mastered another high
level algorithmic language (such as PASCAL or
FORTRAN). Topics include COBOL program struc-
ture, arithmetic and flow control, subroutines and
procedures, report writing, searching, sorting.

COM 1114 C Lab 1 Q.H.

(Prereq.COM 1101)

The course covers elements of the C programming
language as well as an introduction to the UNIX oper-
ating system.

COM 1 1 30 Assembly Language I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq.COM 1101)

An introduction to computer organization and pro-
gramming at the assembly language level. Topics
include arithmetic instructions, memory organization
and data representation, addressing modes, flow
control instructions, subroutines, procedures and
linkage with higher level languages, run-time stack
structure, implementation of recursion, floating point
and bit instructions, terminal I/O using system services
or higher level languages, use of the debugger

COM 1 1 31 Assembly Language II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq.COM 1130)

Continuation of COM 1130. User-defined macros,
system macros; character string instructions and
parsing; decimal instructions, conversion, and editing;
queue instructions; exception handlers; record man-
agement and file operations; low level queue I/O
services; introduction to other system services.

COM 1201 Data Structures 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. COM 1 101 and MTH 1409)
Introduction to complex data structures and cor-
responding algorithms for their manipulation. Arrays,
lists, trees, sets, graphs, and queues. Quicksort,
heapsort, and an introduction to algorithm analysis.
Height-balanced (AVL) trees. B-trees, including 2-3
trees. Hashing. As time permits, union and find opera-

tions on sets; depth-first search and shortest path
algorithms on graphs; minimum cost spanning trees.

COM 1205 Software Design and Development

4 Q.H.

(Prereq.COM 1201)

This course will present the latest ideas and tech-
niques in software methodology and provide a means
for students to apply these techniques. Students will
be presented with several large programming projects.
It will be their task, working in groups, to organize, to
manage, and to implement some of the projects.

COM 1 31 0 Rle Structures 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. COM 1 201 and COM 1131)
Access characteristics of secondary storage devices
(tapes, disks and drums). External sorting and merging
for heap files. Algorithms for common file operations
on heap, hashed, ISAM, B-tree, dense indexes and
TRIE file structures. Overflow techniques. Compari-
son of operations by block access count. Files with
variable length records. As time permits, data com-
pression techniques; structures for secondary access:
multilist and inverted files; retrieval for partially speci-
fied records and ranges of records.

COM 1315 Data Base Management I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. COM 1310 and MTH 1409)
This course will emphasize the concepts and struc-
tures necessary to design and implement a data base
application and survey some existing systems. Intro-
duction to data base concepts. Data base modeling
and entity relationship diagrams. Review of physical
data organization. The relational model, QUEL, and
ISBL Design of a relational model and normal forms.
Data definition and data manipulation languages for
network and hierarchical models. Comparison of
models, some languages and implementations for
these models.

COM 1316 Data Base Management II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq.COM 1315)

This course will focus on data base systems that
support relational model applications. Topics will
include recovery, query optimization, integrity, security
and concurrency with examples based on INGRES
and SYSTEM R. Additional topics such as data base
machines may be covered at the discretion of the
instructor Students will implement a small relational
DBMS.

COM 1330 Systems Programming 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. COM 1 1 1 1 or COM 1 1 1 4 and COM 1131)
The purpose of this course is to familiarize the student
with organization of the components of a computer
operating system, their functions and mutual interac-
tions. Assemblers, the structure of an object file and
an executable file, linkers. Multiprogramming, multi-
processing, and time sharing. Memory management,
device management, file management, libraries, I/O
control, shared images.

COM 1 335 Operating Systems I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. COM 1330)

In-depth study of algorithms and problems encoun-

Computer Science / 83

tered in operating system design. Asynchronous con-
current processes, monitors, deadlocks, virtual per-
formance measurement and evaluation, security.

COM 1336 Operating Systems II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. COM 1335)

Students will have the opportunity to gain hands-on

experience working with a small operating system

and writing programs to enhance its capabilities by

implementing some of the algorithms studied in COM

1335.

COM 1350 Automata and Formal Languages

4Q.H.

(Prereq. COM 1201 and MTH 1409)
Topics include finite-state machines and regular
expressions; context-free grammars; parsing of deter-
ministic context-free languages; pushdown automata;
pumping theorems for regular and context-free lan-
guages; Turing machines, Church's thesis and the
halting problem.

COM 1355 Compiler Design 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. COM 1 131 and COM 1350)
This is a course on the front end of a compiler Quick
review of FSA and language terminology. Topics
include lexical analysis, recursive descent parsing,
look-ahead parsing, precedence parsing, syntax-
directed translation and syntatic error recovery. Par-
ticular emphasis will be on LALR (1) parsing as it is
used in compiler-compilers. Possible projects include
writing a recursive descent parser for a small language
and/or practice using a compiler-compiler

COM 1356 Compiler Design II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq.COM 1355)

This is a course on the middle phase and back end of
a compiler It includes static issues such as type
checking, symbol table organization, scope rules, and
aggregate types such as arrays and records. Run-
time structure, code optimization techniques and error
recovery Students will construct a compiler using a
compiler-compiler for the front end and will write their
own back end.

COM 1358 Analysis of Programming Languages

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. COM 1 1 02, COM 1110, COM 1 355, and COM
1201)

Language design criteria and the evaluation of pro-
gramming language concepts in terms of their con-
tribution to the software development process. Topics
will include interpretations vs. translation; binding;
variables: scope, lifetime, value, type; structure of
ALGOL-like languages: activation records; accessing
the global environment, static chain and display; data
types: strong typing, implementation models; control
structures: sequencing, selection, repetition, subpro-
grams, exception handling, coroutines and concur-
rent units; functional programming. The course ex-
amines and compares existing languages such as
FORTRAN, PASCAL, C, ALGOL 60, ALGOL 68, Ada,
FL/1 , Concurrent PASCAL, Simula 67, LISR CLU, APL,
and SNOBOL 4.

COM 1370 Computer Graphics v 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. COM 1201 and MTH 1301)
The course focuses on characteristics and program-
ming of graphics output devices. Basics point and line
drawing, two-dimensional displays, clipping and
windowing. Pictures: data structures and display file
organization. Interaction: graphical input and external
events-operating system considerations. Some three-
dimensional drawing will be included as time permits.

COM 1 390 Analysis of Algorithms 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. COM 1201, MTH 1125, MTH 1409 and MTH
1301)

This course introduces the basic principles and tech-
niques of analyzing algorithms. Topics include algor-
ithms on sorting, searching, graphs, and digraphs
(such as minimal spanning tree, shortest path, depth-
first search, components of a graph) ; methods involv-
ing string matching, polynomials and matrices. If time
permits, fast Fourier transform and the concept of N
P-complete problems.

COM 1410 Artificial Intelligence 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. COM 1102, COM 1201 and MTH 1409)
This course focuses on analysis of current computer
algorithms dealing with problems such as theorem
proving, chess playing, general problem solvers,
robotics, symbolic computation, perceptions, self-
reproducing automated parallel machines.

COM 1420 Principles and Methods in Interactive
Systems Design 4 Q.H.

Introduction to principles of computer-human inter-
face (software) design, and methodologies of imple-
mentation, evaluation, and research in computer-
human interaction. Topics include user psychology,
dialog styles (menu interfaces, command languages,
icons, windows etc.), screen layout and design, input
and output devices (mouse, touchscreen, keyboard,
voice technology, etc.), error handling/reporting
and system response time, user documentation, and
"intelligent" interfaces. Also techniques for imple-
menting software-human interfaces, and method-
ologies for testing and assessing the "usability" of
interactive systems.

COM 1 600 Computer Science Project 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of the instructor. May be repeated
for credit.)

A course for those who wish to develop a special
software project with the assistance of a member of
the faculty.

COM 1620 Computer Science Seminar 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Computer science seniors only)
(This course superseded by COM 1621 as of academic
year 1988-89.)

This course acts as a "capstone" course for com-
puter science majors. Meetings are held once or
twice per week and a current topic or problem in
computer science is presented by an expert in the
subject matter Students are assigned additional ques-
tions and/or problems to research in the topic area as
an aid to their developing a deeper appreciation and
understanding of various aspects of computer science.

84 /Engineering Technology

COM 1800 Directed Study in Computer Science

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of the instructor. May be repeated
for credit.)

Programs of directed study held one or more quar-
ters, are available for highly motivated students who
w/ish to explore special topics in computer science in
depth. Directed study can be used as an opportunity

to examine familiar material in fresh ways or to explore
new material that is not offered in formal courses. It is
hoped that directed study programs will provide
students strong in computer science and related
sciences a chance to develop the art and skill needed
to work independently and creatively in computer
science.

Engineering Technology

Chemical Engineering Technology

CHT 1 381 Nuclear Technology 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. MTH 1 1 95 and PHY 1 1 96)
Atomic and nuclear structure, discovery and nature
of radioactivity-clear reactions and energy-induced
nuclear transformations, neutron properties, appli-
cations of radio nuclides. Radiological safety nuclear
instrumentation for particle detection, monitoring,
and experimentation. The fission process and its
applications; nuclear reactors-their classification,
design, and application, nuclear fuel processing,
radioactive waste disposal. Supplementary laboratory
experiments.

Computer Technology

CT 1105 Introduction to Programming 4 Q.H.

A high-level structured language (PASCAL) will be
taught and used as a vehicle for implementing program.
Students will write and run programs using North-
eastern's computer. Topics: using the Northeastern
University computer, flow charting program construc-
tion, computations involving maxima and minima,
arrays, simple recursion, subroutines.

CT 1310 FORTRAN 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1 105 or equiv)

This important scientific language will be taught with
engineering applications. Students will write and run
FORTRAN programs using the Northeastern Univer-
sity computer Topics: arithmetic replacement, input,
output, control and specification statements, looping,
arrays, functions and subroutines.

CT 1311 Programming with "C" Language

4Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1105 or CT 4105)
Students will write programs in "C," a general pur-
pose programming language useable for operating
systems or numerical, text-processing and data-base
programs. A basic knowledge of programming fun-
damentals is assumed. Topics will cover basic data
types, operators and expressions, control flow (if-else,
while, etc.), functions and program structure, external
variables, scope rules, pointers, address arithmetic,
structure and union, and the C I/O Library.

CT 1320 COBOL 4 Q,H.

(Prereq. CT 1 105 or equiv)

This important business language will be taught with
general applications. Student will write and run COBOL
programs using the Northeastern University computer.
Topics: divisions names rules, picture clauses, verbs,
input/output instructions, levels, working storage,
arithmetic, corresponding accept, display compute,
copy undate logic, table logic, redefines, search,
inline and COBOL sorts.

CT 1330 Nonnumerical Algorithms 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1105)

Data, structures, storage, manipulation and retrieval
methods. Students will write and run data manip-
ulation programs using Northeastern's computer.
Topics: stacks, queues, lists, trees, heaps, sets, graphs,
searching, sorting, key processing, relational models.

CT 1 335 Numerical Algorithms 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1310)

Computer methods for solving mathematical prob-
lems. Students will write and run application pro-
grams using the Northeastern University computer.
Topics: deterministic vs. stochastic methods, random-
number generators, iterative vs. noniterative solutions,
maxima and minima in two and three variables, curve
fitting in two and three variables, integrals, trapezoidal
and Simpson's rules, slopes, difference equations in
two and three variables, vector and matrix algebra,
simultaneous linear equations, nonlinear equations,
permutations, and combinations.

CT 1340 Modern Programming Techniques

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1105)

Structured methods for developing complex computer
programs. Students will develop and write sections of
complex programs. Students will run programs on the
Northeastern computer Topics: top down design, hier-
archy diagrams, HlPO charts, composite design,
structured analysis, team programming.

CT 1341 Basic Computer Organization 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1105)

Fundamental aspects of basic computer components.

Topics: the functions and general operating charac-

Lab fee required.

Engineering Technology / 85

teristics of CPU's, primary/secondary and mass
memory, controllers, printers, card readers, terminals.
What an operating system does, scheduling, moni-
toring, spooling, paging, system programs, virtual
memory, multiprogramming, multiprocessing.

CT 1342 Advanced Computer Organization

4Q.H.

(Prereq. CT1105)

The operating and performance characteristics of
complex and special purpose components. Topics:
how an operating system works, memory hierarchies,
fiber optics, bubble memory, mass storage, computer
networks, distributed processing, data flow, cache
memory, associative memory, special purpose/parallel
processors, system performance measures.

CT 1 345 Assembly Language 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1105)

A typical microprocessor assembly language will be
taught. Students will write and run homework problems
using a microprocessor simulator package imple-
mented on the Northeastern University computer
Topics: binary arithmetic, instruction sets, addressing
modes, code conversion, subroutines, macros, I/O.

CT 1355 Micro Peripheral Hardware 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1375)

The elements of microprocessor peripheral hardware
and its interfacing. Students will configure micropro-
cessor systems using block diagrams showing relevant
handshaking signals. Topics: serial and parallel I/O
devices, DMA and interrupt control devices, bus arbi-
tration, memory management units, counter timers as
extensions of basic CPU functions.

CT 1356 Complex Peripheral Hardware 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1 355)

The interfacing and implementation of special pur-
pose hardware. Students will configure systems, using
block diagrams showing relevant handshaking signals.
Topics: virtual memory, rotating media, printers,
terminals, bus extension concepts, co-processors.

CT 1 360 Industry Software 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1342, CT 1310)

A survey of current commercial software packages
and methods. Students will exercise commercial
packages implemented on Northeastern's computer
where applicable. Topics: specific packages and
methods which vary from year to year to maintain
currency They will be drawn from the following general
categories: data base management, scientific and
statistical analysis, security and privacy, software
assurance, and documentation.

CT 1 365 Industry Hardware 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1356)

A survey of the latest industrial developments and

trends in computer hardware. Conducted as a seminar

CT 1368 Semiconductor Logic 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1 1 52)

A detailed analysis of the bipolar and MOS transistors

in saturated and cutoff condition and implementation
of these concepts to form basic logic and decision-
making circuits. Students will convert logical expres-
sions into hardware configuration representations.
Topics: Ebers-Moll modeling, PtvlOS, NMOS, CMOS
construction, logic families.

CT 1 369 Computer Logic 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1368)

An introduction to the hardware building blocks of
general computers. Students will specify configu-
rations of lower level components to achieve com-
posite logical functions, e.g., construct a register from
NAND gates. Topics: gates, flipflops, registers, de-
coders, ALUs, memory arrays.

CT 1 374 Introduction to CPU Hardware 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1 345 or equiv)

The internal operation of a microprocessor CPU. A
black box approach is used. Students purchase and
keep individual single board computers for doing
homework and simulation. Topics: registers and timing
control, programmable gate arrays, array processors
as CPU models.

CT 1 375 CPU Hardware Architecture 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1374)

The performance characteristics of commercially
available CPU's. Students will write code for 4-bit
through 32-bit processors. Topics: the characteristics
of 4004, 4008, 8080, Z80, Z800, 8086, 1802 F8 and
6800 processors, and how to use one processor in
place of another Note: the list of processors examined
may vary from year to year to maintain currency.

CT 1380 Data Communication Methods 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1310)

Functional and operational aspects of data com-
munication devices and software. A black box ap-
proach will be used. Topics: modems, control units,
multiplexers, concentrators, front end processors,
synchronous/asynchronous/half duplex/full duplex
codes and procedures, Bisynch/SDLE/HDLC, BYTE
and BIT protocols, protocols, error checking, point to
point/muitidrop/STAR/MESH/CLUSTER networks.

CT 1381 Operating Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1351)

The basic principles of operating system implemen-
tation. Students write and run programs to exercise
elements of the University's operating system when
applicable. Topics: resource, memory, processor and
device management commands and strategies, I/O
programming, swapping, overlays, jobs and process
scheduling, and other operating systems.

CT 1382 Computer Graphics Programming

4Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1310)

Students are introduced to generalized techniques
for the computer plotting of 2- and 3-dimensional
shapes. Students write and run programs using the
University's computer and digital plotter Topics: 2D
transforms, 3D to 2D transforms, 3D transforms,

86 /Engineering Technology

surface representation, shading, character, curve .
fitting, graphic data structures.

CT 1 383 Data Bases 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT1330)

An introduction to data-base organization structure
and management. Students write and run programs
exemplifying techniques developed in class on the
University's computer. Topics: access methods, attri-
butes, indices, keys, querying, searching and match-
ing, file sets, normal forms, random access.

CT 1384 Large System Assembly Languages

4Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1345)

Typical large computer system assembly languages.
Students will write and run illustrative programs on the
University's computer. Topics: edit and translate
instructions, macro writing, program sectioning, link-
ing, data representation, addressing, instruction
formats in BAL and VAX-1 1 assembler languages.

CT 1385 introduction to Simulation

Programming 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1335)

Computer methods for solving simulated phenom-
ena. Students will write and run programs imple-
menting simulations specified by instructor Students
will not be responsible for the validity or evaluation of
models except in simple cases. Topics: simple queues;
multiserver queues; priorities, including first in first
out, last in last out, and time aging of data; simple
frequency distributions; use of SIMULA, GPSS, and
standard Subroutine Library Routines.
CT 1386 Development System Hardware 4 Q.H.
(Prereq. CT 1 375)

A study of the principal hardware capabilities and
current trends in micro computer level system. In-
cluded are both single users and network-oriented
system.

CT 1 387 Bit Slice Micro Computers 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1355)

The epitome of hardware flexibility is represented by
the bit slice CPU. Demonstrates the basic design
ground rules common to this style of hardware design.

CT 1 388 Micro Controllers 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1374)

The commercial segment of micro computers has
been satisfied by a variety of single-chip 4-bit micro
controllers. A detailed contrast/comparison will be
done on several of these devices, including the IMS-
1000, S2000,COPS, and PPS-4.

CT 1 389 Single-Chip Microprocessors 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CT 1374)

When small 6-bit intelligent devices are rewired in
high volume, the single-chip microprocessor in the
form of the 3870, 8084 Z8, and others comes into play
An understanding of the hardware limitations of single-
chip system presents the basis for this subject material.

CT 1390 Special Problems in Computer
Technology 4 Q.H.

Theoretical or experimental work under individual
faculty supervision.

Electrical Engineering
Technology

EET 1 1 51 Circuit Analysis I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 1 93 and PHY 1 1 93)
Topics include Ohm's law, Kirchhoff's current and
voltage laws, equivalent resistances and sources,
mesh and modal analysis, network theorems, two-
port networks and power relations-all with respect to
direct currents; energy storage, singularity functions,
response of R, L, and C elements to singularities.

EET 1 1 52 Circuit Analysis II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1151)

Topics include complex algebra, phasors, frequency
domain, mutual inductance, transformers, steady-
stage a-c theory, driving point and transfer imped-
ances, power and energy in a-c circuits; Laplace
transforms; partial fraction expansion; Laplace trans-
form techniques applied to the solution of RLC
networks.

EET 1310 Electrical Measurements 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1353)

The course covers standards of measurements;
dimensional analysis; errors and measurement of
dispersed data; discrete and continuous variables,
binomial distribution, normal distribution; guaranteed
error; methods of resistance measurements; digital
voltmeters and analog-to-digital conversion; voltage
references; potentiometers and a.c. bridges.

EET 1 31 1 Electronics I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1 1 52)

Topics include semiconductor diodes and appli-
cations, transistor-biasing techniques, graphical
analysis of basic amplifiers, d.c. and a.c load lines.

EET 1 31 2 Electronics II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1311)

Topics include small-signal, low-frequency transistor
models; gains and impedances at midband; frequency
effects in transistor circuits; multistage circuits; tran-
sistors used as current sources.

EET 1 31 3 Electronics III 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1312)

The course covers review of Bode plots, transistor
circuits at low and high frequencies, feedback opera-
tional amplifiers, differential amplifiers, applications.

EET 1 31 4 Pulse & Digital I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1311)

The course covers switching characteristics of semi-
conductor devices; wave generation and shaping,
using combinations of passive and integrated circuit
components; comparators, hysteresis, and the dual
ramp analog to digital converter-voltmeter circuits,
voltage-to-frequency conversion.

Engineering Technology / 87

EET 1 31 5 Pulse & Digital II 4 Q.H.

(Pereq. EET1314)

Topics include digital operations; logic statements
and theorems; minimization of logic functions; logic
gates and the characteristics of the integrated logic
families; flip-flops, counters and registers; introduction
to sequential circuit design; sample and hold circuits;
analog-to-digital conversion.

EET 1317 Principles of Communication

Systems I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1313)

Topics include signal analysis using Fourier methods;
noise in communication systems; frequency selective
amplifiers, including w/ideband; transistor power ampli-
fiers AF and RF; oscillators; signal sources and
applications.

EET 1318 Principles of Communication

Systems II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1317)

The course covers basic theory of amplitude, fre-
quency phase and pulse code modulated systems;
analysis of modulating and demodulating circuits;
carrier systems using SSB; system block and level
diagrams; logic control circuits in communication
systems; modems.

EET 1319 Principles of Communication Systems III

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1318)

The course covers fundamentals of digital com-
munications; sampling requirements; analog-to-digital
conversion methods; system capacity and bandwidth;
comparison of practical digital systems PAM, PCM,
PFM, PWM; time and frequency division multiplexing;
data decoding; selected examples from telemetry and
computer links.

EET 1 320 Electricity and Electronics I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 193 and PHY 1 193)
The course covers introduction to circuit analysis,
resistive networks, periodic excitation function, steady-
state ac circuits; the physical foundations of electron-
ics and the physical operation of electronic devices.

EET 1 321 Electricity and Electronics II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1 320)

The course covers single-stage electronic circuits,
magnetic circuits and transformers, electro-mechan-
ical energy conversion, dc machines, ac machines.

EET 1323 Electronic Laboratory 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1312 or concurrently)
The course covers experiments dealing with laboratory
equipment (meters and oscilloscopes) techniques;
junction and field-effect transistor characteristics;
vacuum and semi-conductor diodes; power supplies,
including the regulated type; silicon-controlled recti-
fiers, resistance-coupled amplifiers using transistors,
including feedback methods.
EET 1 324 Circuits Laboratory I 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1151)

The course covers experimentation in electronic cir-
cuit theory utilizing various measurement techniques.

Instrumentation verification of circuit theorems; re-
sponse of circuits to steps and impulses, oscillo-
scope theory and applications.

EET 1 325 Circuits Laboratory II 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1324)

The course offers further experimentation in electrical
circuits and measurement techniques. Experiments
include response of circuits to steps and impulses,
nonlinear devices, terminal characteristics of active
devices, log modulus plots, network parameters and
synthesis. Fourier analysis and synthesis.

EET 1327 Advanced Electronics Laboratory i

2Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1323)

The course covers experiments dealing with the use
of oscilloscopes, the examination of transistor audio
amplifiers, push-pull amplifiers, drivers, pulse and
video amplifiers, transients and wave-shaping circuits,
audio frequency oscillators, and the study of opera-
tional amplifiers.

EET 1328 Advanced Electronics Laboratory II

2 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1327)

The course covers experiments dealing with the modu-
lation of a class C amplifier, the diode detector, basic
timing circuits, RF and crystal oscillators, astable
multivibrators, logic gates, flip-flops, binary adders,
registers and counters; active filters, frequency modu-
lation detectors, and analog-to-digital and digital-to-
analog conversion.

EET 1329 Advanced Electronics Laboratory III

2Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1328)

Topics include spectral studies of FM and PM waves,
amplitude limiters, the balanced modulators and single
sideband generators; integrated circuit timers and
monolithic random access memory; monolithic phase-
locked loop as well as a series of microwave experi-
ments and digital experiments.

EET 1 330 Energy Conversion 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1 1 52 and MTH 1 1 95)
Topics include generalized theory of rotating energy
conversion devices; steady-state operation of the
multiply-excited direct-current machine; control
of speed; special machines; transformers; steady-
state considerations of induction and synchronous
machines; generalized machine and circuit model;
Laplace transform techniques applied to the analysis
of dynamic operating modes of rotating machines.

EET 1 337 Distributed Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 1 95 and PHY 1 1 93)
Topics include radiation, transmission, and reception
of electromagnetic waves; distributed-line constants
and traveling waves of transmission lines; differential
equations of the uniform line.

EET 1 353 Circuits Analysis III 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1 1 52)

The course covers application of differential equa-
tions to the solutions of linear, time-invariant electrical

88 /Engineering Technology

networks; introduction to singularity functions, con-
volution, and time-domain transient analysis; network
topology and duality; introduction to the methods
of transformation calculus and complex frequency
concepts.

EET 1 354 Circuits Analysis IV 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET1353)

Topics include signal analysis in the frequency domain;
Fourier series: Fourier and Laplace transform methods;
a varied selection of circuit problems using Laplace
transforms and related theorems.

EET 1 360 Engineering Analysis I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1195, EET 1152)
The course covers linear algebra and its application to
circuit equations; solution of linear differential equa-
tions, including an introduction to Laplace transforms.

EET 1362 Basic Power Systems I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1354)

Topics include consideration of power transmission
lines; line constants; current voltage and power rela-
tions; introduction to electric-power distribution loads,
feeders, and substations; application of matrices.

EET 1363 Basic Power Systems II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1362)

Topics include consideration of symmetrical and
unsymmetrical faults; protective devices— application
and coordination; power flow in electric circuits;
steady-state power limitations of systems; voltage
regulation theory and application.

EET 1 364 Basic Power Systems III 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1363)

Topics include computer applications to power sys-
tems with emphasis on load-flow studies, basic ideas
of systems planning, short-circuit studies, and system
stability

EET 1370 Digital Computers 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1311)

Introduction to digital computer design. Topics include
general computer organization, number systems and
number representations, design characteristics of
major computer units. Boolean algebra applications
to computer design.

EET 1371 Digital Computers II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1370)

Examination of microprocessor architecture and
organization. Study of the machine language and
assembly coding of an industry-accepted micro-
processor A suitable topic from the current literature
will be analyzed. Assembly language coding problems
will be assigned.

EET 1 377 Control Engineering I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1354 and MTH 1 195)
Topics include analysis of linear servomechanisms
under both transient and steady-state conditions;
signal flow graphs; Laplace transforms used in the
formulation of block diagrams and transfer function.

EET 1378 Control Engineering II 4Q.H.

(Prereq. EET 1377)

Topics include system stability; root locus techniques;
treatment of Nyquist criteria and Bode diagram
methods for systems evaluation.

EET 1 390 Optical Instrumentation 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 192 and PHY 1 193)
The course focuses on telescopes, microscopes, etc.,
as optical system components. Includes magnification,
aberrations, resolution criteria, photometry. Compat-
ibility of system components and optimization of
systems. The basic nonimage-forming systems used
for analysis control and metrology.

EET 1399 Special Problems In Electrical
Engineering Technology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Consent of department chairperson)

The course offers theoretical or experimental work

under individual faculty supervision.

General Engineering Technology

GET 1100 Computer Programming for
Engineering Technology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. -or concurrently-MTH 1192)
Introduction to the use of computers in the solution
of problems using FORTRAN on interactive terminals.
Students write and run programs to compute se-
quences, averages, etc. Other capabilities of the
FORTRAN language, including DO loops, subscripted
variables and alphanumeric manipulation matrix
algebra, and numerical methods.

GET 1 1 70 Engineering Graphics I 4 Q.H.

The study of concepts and the development of skills
to present and to analyze objects and systems used in
design through the principles of graphical geometric
constructions, orthographic protections (multi-view,
two-dimensional drawings), and the design process.
Axonometric drawing.

GET 1 1 71 Engineering Graphics II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GET 11 70)

Continuation of the study of concepts and the develop-
ment of skills to present and to analyze objects and
systems used in design including dimensioning,
sectioning, threads, fasteners, assembly and detail
drawings as well as the design process. A design
project.

GET 1 31 5 PASCAL (A Second Language) 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GET 1 100 or equiv)

An introductory course in programming computers
using the PASCAL language. Students will write and
run programs using the University's computer facili-
ties. This course may not be used as a technical
elective in Computer Technology Program.

GET 1 364 Kinematics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GET 1171, GET 1100, PHY 1191)
Study of four-bar linkages, sliders, etc., using ortho-
gonal components of vectors, instantaneous centers,
equivalent linkages, effective cranks, etc., emphasiz-
ing graphical solutions, including an introduction to

Mechanical Engineering Technology / 89

the computer to enhance these concepts. Reverted
and epicyclic gear trains are analyzed, as are cam
displacement, velocity, and acceleration diagrams.

Mechanical Engineering
Technology

The course descriptions listed under Mechanical
Engineering Technology are intended to show the
general scope of the subject that will be covered.
Since courses are continuously updated, specific
topics or methods of approach may vary from term
to term.

MET 1 301 Mechanics A 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 1 93; or MTH 41 20; PHY 11 91 or PHY
4117)

Topics include forces, moments, couples, statics of
particles and rigid bodies in two and three dimen-
sions. Distributed forces: external and internal. First
moments and centroids. Analysis of structures: trusses,
frames, and machines.

MET 1 302 Mechanics B 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1301 or MET 4301)
Topics include friction, second moments, and virtual
work. Kinematics of particles; rectilinear and curvilin-
ear motion of dynamic particles. Force, mass, and
acceleration; work and energy

MET 1 303 Mechanics C 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1 302 or MET 4302)
Topics include impulse and momentum of particles.
Kinematics and dynamics of rigid bodies: force, mass,
and acceleration. Dynamics of rigid bodies: work and
energy, impulse and momentum. Introduction to
mechanical vibration.

MET 1 31 4 Stress Analysis A 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1 301 or MET 4301 )
Topics include axially loaded members; stress and
strain, allowable stresses, factor of safety temper-
ature effects, indeterminate members; thin-walled
pressure vessels; centric loading of bolted and welded
connection; shear and moment in beams; eccentri-
cally loaded connections; flexural and transverse
shearing stresses in beams.

MET 1 31 5 Stress Analysis B 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1314 or MET 4314)
Topics include determinate and indeterminate beam
deflections and reactions by numerical and graphical
integration and area moment methods; theorem of
three moments. Torsional stresses and strains; power
transmission; eccentric loads on struts, beams, riveted
and welded joints; combined and principle stresses;
Mohr's circle; theories of failure.

MET 1319 Mechanics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 1 93 and PHY 1191)

Kinematics of particles: rectilinear and curvilinear

motion of dynamic particles. Force, mass, and acceler-

ation; work and energy. Impulse and momentum of
particles. Kinematics and dynamics of rigid bodies:
force, mass, and acceleration. Dynamics of rigid-
bodies: work and energy impulse and momentum.

MET 1 330 Mechanical Design A 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1315 or MET 4315; MET 1380 or MET
4380)

The course covers introduction to mechanical design,
the design process, design factors, creativity, optimi-
zation, human factors, value engineering. These prin-
ciples are discussed and developed through simple
design projects. Principles of design, properties and
selection of materials; stress concentrations; strength
under combined stresses; theories of failure; impact
and fluctuating and repeated loads.

MET 1331 Mechanical Design B 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1330 or MET 4330)
Topics include stresses; deformation and design of
fasteners, screws, joints, springs, and bearings; lubri-
cation and journal bearings. Stresses and power
transmission of spur, bevel, and worm gear; shaft
design; clutches and brakes.

MET 1 340 Thermodynamics A 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1 1 92 or PHY 4118)
Topics include general theory of heat and matter, laws
of thermodynamics, energy-transformation principles;
availability of energy; properties and processes for
pure substances and ideal gases. Thermodynamic
properties and processes of liquids and vapors; tables
and charts; mixtures of fluids; vapor cycles.

MET 1341 Thermodynamics B 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1340 or MET 4340)
The course covers theory of vapor engines and
analysis of actual engine types using gas and vapor
compression; internal combustion engines; theory of
gas and vapor flow through orifices and nozzles;
principles of gas compression; analysis of vapor
compression; refrigeration systems; low-temperature
refrigeration cycles; and absorption refrigeration
systems.

MET 1342 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

4Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1341 or MET 4341)
The course focuses on air conditioning principles,
including psychometrics and heat pumps. Course
covers calculation of heating and cooling loads in
accordance with A.S.H.R.A.E. practices; principles of
gas compression; analysis of vapor compression;
refrigeration systems; low-temperature refrigeration
cycles; and absorption refrigeration systems.

MET 1 343 Heat Transfer 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1341 or MET 4341)
Topics include the primary modes of heat transfer;
thermal conductivity; thermal conductance/resistance
concept; thermal-electrical analogy; combined heat-
transfer mechanisms; basic equations of conduction;
analytical solutions of various steady-state conduc-

90 / Mechanical Engineering Technology

tion problems. The course also covers dimensional
analysis and similarity considerations; natural and
forced convection; hydrodynamic and thermal bound-
ary layers; black-body radiation; Kirchoff's law; emis-
sivity and absorptivity; radiation between simple
bodies; numerical methods; log mean temperature
differences; overall heat-transfer coefficients; heat
exchanger effectiveness; tubular exchanger design;
regenerative and evaporative heat exchangers, and
heat-transfer engineering problems.

MET 1370 Fluid Mechanics A 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1302 or MET 4302)
Topics include hydrostatics, principles governing
fluids at rest, pressure measurement; hydrostatic
forces on submerged areas and objects; simple dams,
fluids in moving vessels; hoop tension fluid flow in
pipes under pressure; fluid energy, power, and friction
loss; Bernoulli's Theorem, flow measurement.

MET 1 371 Fluid Mechanics B 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1 370 or MET 4370)
The course covers pipe networks and reservoir
systems; flow in open channels; uniform flow; energy,
friction loss, minor losses, velocity distribution, alter-
nate stages of flow, critical flow; nonuniform flow;
accelerated and retarded flow; hydraulic jump and
waves.

MET 1 380 Materials A 4 Q.H.

Lectures on fundamental metallic structures; general
metallurgical information covering theoretical aspects
of properties, testing, and failure of metals. Supple-
mented by visual aids. Lectures on alloying and hard-
ening of metals, refinement of metals, equilibrium
diagrams, characteristics of engineering metals, prin-
ciples of metal fabrication.

MET 1 390 Measurement & Analysis Lab 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1314 or MET 4314; GET 1100 or GET
4100; MTH 1195 or MTH 4122; PHY 1193 or PHY
4119)

The course includes experimental procedures for the
collection and analysis of data by graphics and numer-
ical methods including computer applications, report
writing that draws conclusions relative to accuracy,
precision, true values, and measured values as they
relate to basic mechanical measuring instruments for
length, area, volume, specific gravity, pressure, tem-
perature, and time as these parameters are utilized in
making mechanical measurements.

MET 1 391 Technology Lab A 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1390 or MET 4390; MET 1315 or MET
4315; MET 1380 or MET 4380; or concurrently)
The course includes experimental procedures to
determine mechanical properties of materials under
tensile, compressive, torsional, direct shear, flexural,
impact, fatigue, and creep loading conditions as they
are affected by normal and abnormal environmental
conditions; also as they are affected by homogeneity,
non-homogeneity, isotropy, and non-isotropy.

MET 1 392 Technology Lab B 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1390 or MET 4390, MET 1370 or MET
4370; or concurrently)

The course includes experimental procedures to
determine the physical properties of incompressible
fluids and to measure the flow rates and velocities
utilizing pilot tubes, oriface plates, venturii and weirs
flow meters, U-tube differential manometers, and pie-
zometers as the fluid flows through open channels,
partially filled conduits, conduits under pressure, pipe
networks, turbines and pumps.

MET 1 393 Technology Lab C 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1390 or MET 4390; MET 1341 or MET
4341 ; or concurrently)

The course covers basic thermodynamic relations;
experimental procedures to examine the flow of
compressible fluids and steam and the energy con-
version of a fuel into a working substance and the
related heat-transfer mechanisms. Operating char-
acteristics of thermal generators, engines, and
compressors.

MET 1 394 Technology Lab D 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1393 or MET 4393; MET 1341 or MET
4341 ; MET 1 343 or MET 4343; or concurrently)
The course includes experimental procedures to
examine the operating characteristics and efficien-
cies of internal combustion engines, brake horse-
power, indicated horsepower, friction horsepower,
mean effective pressure, fuel consumption, torque,
ignition timing, manifold pressure, and compression
ratios and internal engines as energy conversion
systems; energy conversion of fuels.

MET 1 395 Technology Lab E 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1390 or MET 4390; MET 1342 or MET
4342; MET 1 343 or MET 4343)
The course includes experimental, analytical, and
design projects to examine refrigeration, air con-
ditioning, and heating-pump cycles.

MET 1 396 Machine Shop 4 Q.H.

Introduction to study of machines for metal proc-
essing, cutting tools, and fluids; machinability, auto-
matic machinery

MET 1 41 4 Mechanical Vibrations 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1303, MET 4303)
Elements of vibrating systems; one degree of freedom
(undamped free and forced vibration from Newton's
law of motion and energy methods), natural frequen-
cies; damped free and forced vibration; impedance
and mobility; systems with more than one degree of
freedom; influence coefficients, Lagrange's equations,
generalized coordinates, vibration absorber

MET 1415 Experimental Stress Analysis 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1 31 5 or MET 431 5)
Theory and experimentation showing the application
of extensometers and electrical strain gauges as trans-
ducers in the field of experimental stress and strain

African-American Studies/ 91

analysis. Theory and laboratory practice on photo-
elastic methods as applied to classical model analysis
and modern coating analysis.

MET 1 41 6 Stress Analysis C 4 Q.H

(Prereq. MET 1 31 5 or MET 431 5)
Topics include curved beam, asymmetrical bending
of beams, shear-center and shear stresses on thin
sections, composite beams; columns energy absorp-
tion and resilience, inertial stresses, impact loading,
deflection of beams by energy methods.

MET 1444 Power Generation 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1341 or MET 4341)
Topics include basic power generation cycles; gas
turbine cycles; effects of combustor temperature,
intercooling, etc., on cycle performance; Rankine
regenerative cycles, effects of steam temperature,
pressure, number of feedwater heaters, etc., upon
performance; steam generation equipment: boilers
reactors. The course also covers fossil fuel char-
acteristics and effects on boiler design; combustion
analysis; draft calculations, axial and centrifugal fan
performance characteristics; pump design and per-
formance consideration; heat-exchanger design
considerations. The course also includes appli-
cations of principles of economics to cycle and
performance considerations use of load curves;
economic considerations of heat rate; economics of
equipment selection; study of auxiliary equipment
such as precipitators and flue-gas desulfurization
systems.

MET1 481 Materials B 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1380 or MET 4380)
The course focuses on the study of inorganic materials
(polymers, glasses, ceramics, cements, wood), and
materials having important electrical and magnetic

properties. A summary of the most recent applica-
tions for the fabrication and uses of both metals and
nonmetals. Structures of metals, imperfections, phase
diagrams effect of temperature on structure and prop-
erties of metals (annealing, recrystalization, recovery
precipitation, diffusion) strengthening mechanisms,
mechanical properties of nonferrous metals. Labora-
tory: experiments in preparation of samples, selec-
tion, polishing, and etching; examination of nonferrous
metals, use of the microscope, linear analysis con-
struction of cooling curves, and simple binary-phase
diagrams.

MET 1 482 Applied Metallurgy 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MET 1481 or MET 4481)
Lectures include mechanical properties of ferrous
metals; the iron-carbon diagram; high-temperature
alloys, hardening methods, impact tests, effects of
environment on metals. Manufacturing processes:
methods of fabrication, limitations on the use of
different materials and their processing, casting,
welding, cutting, drawing, powder metallurgy. Lab-
oratory: includes experiments on analysis of stress-
strain diagrams of iron and steel, heat treatment of
steels, surface corrosion, tempering and drawing, use
of metallograph and analysis of the results. Experi-
ments in cold rolling, swagging, drawing of nonfer-
rous metals, and analysis of the results. Tension,
shear, fatigue, and machinability tests on ferrous
metals.

MET 1499 Special Problems In Mechanical
Engineering Technology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Consent of department chairperson)
Theoretical or experimental work under individual
faculty supervision.

African-American Studies

Please note some courses in the College of Arts and Sciences are duplicated in different departments or
colleges, or within a department. You may not receive credit for two such courses. If you have a question
about whether one course does overlap with another, please consult the departments involved and the
Dean's Office before taking the course.

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer to Core Curriculum categories listed on pages 1-2.

AFR 1100 Introduction to African-American
Studies 4 Q.H.

The course touches on several of the possible histori-
cal, sociological, cultural, and political avenues of
study in the broad interdisciplinary spectrum of
African-American Studies. It is intended to help provide
an introductory overview of the field and will offer
students the opportunity to identify areas for more
specific focus.

AFR 1115 Epidemiology of Black Diseases

4Q.H.

Students are introduced to the science of epide-
miology the study of the occurrence of disease in
populations. The concepts, principles, and methods
of epidemiological analysis are explored, with em-
phasis on specific diseases occurring with greater
frequency in urban and black populations, such as
cardiovascular conditions, sickle cell disease, and
certain occupational and environmental illnesses.

92 / African-American Studies

AFR 1127 African-American Literature I 4 Q.H.

The course offers a survey of African-American litera-
ture from the period of slavery to the present, with an
emphasis on literature concerning the relation between
the rise of the black American and the development of
African-American literature. The black experience as
it is revealed in literature will be important in the
discussion.

AFR 1131 African-American History I 4 Q.H.

This survey covers the development of black America
from the period of slavery through Reconstruction,
with emphasis on the historical links between Africa
and America and their impact on black development
in the United States.

AFR 1 1 32 African-American History II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. AFR 1131 or permission of instructor)
This course examines the development of black
America from Reconstruction to the present, and the
effects of events in the United States and world history
on the development of black America. There is special
emphasis on contemporary issues and how these
issues can be seen through a historical perspective.

AFC 1 133 History of Blacks in the Media and the
Press 4 Q.H.

The course offers a historical and visual examination
of the development of the African-American experi-
ence in the American mass media and press. Con-
temporary and historical literature, films, and people
are a part of the study and analysis with respect to
history, racism, images, psychology and social move-
ments. Newspapers, film, television, and radio are
prime focal points, and they are used to help form
strategies for the future of black Americans.

AFR 1141 Education Issues and Minority
Communities I 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on some of the important issues
in today's urban elementary and secondary educa-
tion systems. The analysis will look at the historical
development of these issues, and students will be
encouraged to think about and discuss their future
significance.

AFR 1 150 Black Cultural Development in the
United States 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the rise of a distinctive black
culture in the United States, with emphasis on examin-
ing the premise that the black population in America
has developed a cultural system that operates as a
subsystem of the American cultural norm.

AFR 1151 Survey of African-American Art

4Q.H.

Black art, like black literature, has always been an
important aesthetic social statement by the African-
American artist. This course offers a historical and
critical examination of African-American art from
the nineteenth century to the present, with special
emphasis on the effects of European and African art
styles on the black artist in America.

AFR 1153 Survey of African-American Music

4Q.H.

Black music has evolved in fascinating ways over the
past hundred years. Topics include the impact of
African rhythm on black music, the New Orleans
coalescence, regional development, ragtime, the
emergence of large bands, the harmonic revolution of
the '40s, bebop, the 1960s avant-garde, and sub-
sequent developments. Some analysis of specific
jazz phenomena is included. This is the same as MUS
1104.

AFR 1 1 56 Music of Africa 4 Q.H.

The music of Africa is as varied as that continent's
many linguistic and tribal identities. This course will
provide a broad survey of the musical traditions of
Africa with respect to their historical, social, and
cultural backgrounds. Musical organization, musical
practice, and aspects of style will all be discussed in
light of possible contributions to contemporary African-
American music. Same as MUS 1181.

AFR 1161 Economic Issues in Minority
Communities 4 Q.H.

Minority lifestyles, perspectives, self-images and
social position in the urban community are all affected
by economic factors, especially those specific to the
minority poor. Students have the opportunity to
examine these issues, particularly in terms of the
application of basic economic theories to the econ-
omic realities of minority communities.

AFR 1 171 Survey of Contemporary Black Political
Movements 4 Q.H.

The modern black political movements were inspired
by a full-scale evolution of black political thought in
America. Analysis of this evolution examines socio-
political contests that have served as catalysts to
these modern movements.

AFR 1191 Early African Civilization 4 Q.H.

This course deals with the ancient empires of Africa,
especially Ghana, Songhai, Mali, Zimbabwe, the city
states of East Africa, and also the Congo Kingdom.
Included are Ethiopian as well as Egyptian history and
the controversies surrounding their histories to 1 800.

AFR 1 1 93 Africa Today 4 Q.H.

With increasing numbers of nations striving for
economic and political control in Africa, and with
imperialist and colonial ideas remaining in the living
memory of Africans, Africa presents a complex politi-
cal and social picture to the rest of the world. This
course examines some of the salient features of black
art, politics, and identity in Africa.

AFR 1195 Identity and Nationalism In Africa

4Q.H.

How have centuries of imperialism, the struggle for
national unity, and the continuing problems of racism
and rivalry between factions affected the present
identities and nationalist movements in Africa? This
course explores problems peculiar to Africa and to
any group of nations struggling against colonial ideas.
Tribalism and the effects of European colonial parti-
tion on African identity are discussed.

African-American Studies / 93

AFR 1196 The Black Experience in the Caribbean

4Q.H.

The course offers a descriptive and interpretive
analysis of the growrth of tine modern black community
in the Caribbean. Although the. focus will be on the
contemporary period, the course will examine that
period in the context of colonialism and slavery in the
Americas. Important racial, social, political, economic,
and religious issues will be addressed.

AFR 1 1 97 Modern African Civilization 4 Q.H.

This course will cover African history and culture from
1800 to the present era. Emphasis will be placed on
the relationship between Europe and Africa, the cir-
cumstances surrounding the imperialist partition of
Africa, and the decolonization process. This course is
the same as HST 1621. (IV)

AFR 1211 African-Americans in Science,
Technology, and Medicine 4 Q.H.

The course studies the contributions that African-
Americans have made to the development of science
and technology in America. It examines the cultural
and social factors that have encouraged blacks to
work in the fields of science (biology, chemistry,
physics) and technology (engineering and medicine).
Certification of blacks within the American scientific
community and the availability of science to the past
and contemporary African-American communities are
also explored. Readings, discussions, individual
research topics, and interviews with black scientists,
inventors/engineers, and doctors are used to develop
the basic course material.

AFR 1 21 4 Poverty and Health Care 4 Q.H.

Why do the poor fail to get good health care? The
course discusses problems of the poor and will
examine the entire health care system, including Blue
Cross and Blue Shield, Medicare and Medicaid,
National Health Insurance, low-income barriers to
health care, and future directions of medical health
care.

AFR 1 220 The Black Novel 4 Q.H.

The black novelist belongs to a unique literary group
in the history of American fiction. Special attention is
given to Chesnutt, Toomer, Wright, Ellison, and coa-
temporary novelists, and to their different perceptions
of the black experience in America.

AFR 1 223 Black Poetry 4 Q.H.

Black poetry has been an important describer of the
black experience in American thought through three
centuries. This course will survey the black American
poet from colonial times to the present. Special atten-
tion will be given to major poets and the influences
that shaped their works.

AFR 1 235 Black History of Boston 4 Q.H.

This course examines the social, economic, political,
and educational history of Boston's black community
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The develop-
ment of the black community and its institutions is a
major focus, and students are encouraged to study
the past in an attempt to understand the present and

interpret the future. Research data include participant
observation, oral history interviews, and primary and
secondary source materials.

AFR 1240 Contemporary Issues in Black Society

4Q.H.

This course offers an introduction to the various
issues and problems that confront black Americans,
including some of the realities of the social, political,
and economic problems of contemporary black
experience. Students are asked to assess the validity
of specific social theories in relation to the black
experience.

AFR 1 241 The Black Family 4 Q.H.

How does the black family function, both interper-
sonally and as a social unit? Anthropological and
sociological theories deal with variations in family
structure and the function of the black family in black
society. The effects of slavery and colonization on the
black family structure and functions are also explored.
A side issue is a discussion of some of the differences
and similarities between African, African-American,
and African-Caribbean families.

AFR 1248 Race Relations in America 4 Q.H.

The course offers an examination of the interrelations
of ethnic, cultural, and minority groups in the United
States. Focus is on the nature of racial conflicts,
discrimination, reverse discrimination, personal and
institutional racism, and racial and ethnic stereotyp-
ing. Discussion considers avenues of improvement in
attitude awareness and change.

AFR 1251 Survey of Black Theatre and Drama

4Q.H.

Theatre in America has been an important reflector of
the national experience, and black theatre, especially
in recent years, has served the same purpose for the
black community. The course focuses on the devel-
opment of black drama during the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries, with emphasis on modern devel-
opments and their political and cultural significance.

AFR 1261 The Economics of Urban Poverty

4Q.H.

Like most Americans and people from around the
world, blacks migrated to central cities in America to
better their economic conditions. However, unlike other
migrants to urban centers, they were not assimilated
into the social/economic mainstream, and there is
evidence of flagrant job, housing, and educational
discrimination against them even during periods of
affluence. During recession or depression, their
problems were compounded. Students have the
opportunity to survey the above events from an
economic framework.

AFR 1 274 Black Political Behavior 4 Q.H.

The course provides an introductory examination of
the social and psychological dynamics of black polit-
ical participation. Main issues of the course include
identity and political socialization and their impact on
black voter turnout and partisan choices.

94 / African-American Studies

AFR 1280 Black Psychological Identity 4 Q.H.

So much is said of stereotyping in news, on television
programs, and in literature. The shaping of the black
identity over three centuries in America is a compli-
cated and perhaps even elusive problem. This course
w^ill look at the impact of slavery racism, war, and
poverty on the evolvement of the black identity in
America.

AFR 1 294 Third World Political Relations 4 Q.H.

This course offers a comparative regional analysis of
the political systems of third world nations of Africa,
Asia, Latin America, and the Caribbean. Emphasis is
on development strategies; problems of development,
including national identity, political socialization and
participation, national defense, and urbanization; and
the positions of third world nations in the international
community.

AFR 1 297 Caribbean History 4 Q.H.

A descriptive analysis of the development of the Car-
ibbean from slavery to the present. The focus will be
on the period 1918-1962 especially and emphasis
will be on the historical analysis of the relationship of
the Caribbean with the United States and black
Americans.

AFR 1 300-AFR 1311 Directed Study 4 Q. H.

Directed study offers the ambitious student the oppor-
tunity to pursue a special intellectual interest not
covered by the department course offerings and to
work on this interest with the department faculty
member of his/her choice. The faculty member will
closely supervise the project and act as adviser for
the duration of the quarter

AFR 1350 Research Seminar 4 Q.H.

This course is divided into three parts, providing
students the opportunity first, to identify a substantive
area of their concern (e.g., welfare, political leader-
ship, education) and to define a related problem in a
research context; second, to be supervised in design-
ing a research methodology most appropriate for
examining the problem area; and third, to conduct
extensive research, test the hypothesis, and draw
conclusions based on data analysis techniques.

AFR 1355 Directed Study for Senior Thesis

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
The senior thesis is required of all African-American
Studies majors; it offers students the opportunity to
prepare a professional research paper under the
close supervision of a scholar interested in students'
particular research areas.

AFR 1360 Field Research Seminar 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
Seniors have the opportunity to work with a faculty
member on an individual basis, while carrying out a
particular research project off-campus. Students are
required to refine and polish a topic and outline for the
senior thesis.

AFR 1380 Junior-Senior Honors Program 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 1 83 Holmes.

AFR 1 401 History of East Africa 4 Q.H.

The first section of the course deals with the pre-
colonial period and the problems of the partition of
Africa. The second section focuses on the classical
colonial period and the transformations of colonial
policy after World War II, with particular emphasis on
the ambiguity of decolonization and those features of
the colonial system that seem to have become a part
of the East African social and political environment.

AFR 1 403 History of West Africa 4 Q.H.

The history of West Africa has included the struggle
for internal unity, economic development, and social
justice. The Pan-Africanist ideology W.E.B. DuBois's
writings, African socialism, and the consolidation of
power and leadership are some of the topical objec-
tives in this study of African liberation, particularly the
rise of West Africa.

AFR 1 405 History of South Africa 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. AFR 1491 or permission of instructor)
Initial attention is directed toward pre-colonial South
Africa and the conflict between Africans and the
Dutch and English settlers. The course then focuses
on the formation and transformation of colonial policy
after World War II, with particular emphasis on racism,
neo-colonialism, liberation movements, and interna-
tional involvement in the apartheid system.

AFR 1421 African-American Literature II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. AFR 1 121 or permission of instructor)
This course continues the survey of African-American
literature; its primary focus, however, is on principal
writers and their major themes.

AFR 1431 Analysis of the Slavery System in
America 4 Q.H.

This course attempts a comprehensive survey of the
realities of the slavery system in America, with focus
on the impact of slavery on blacks as well as on the
society that perpetrated the system. Examination of
slave narratives and other historical documents will
provide insights into the origin of the slavery system
and the way it functioned until the Emancipation
Proclamation.

AFR 1432 Analysis of Comparative Slavery

4 Q.H.

Slavery has had major psychological effects on the
shaping of the black American experience, as well as
on the experience of blacks throughout the world. An
analysis of the sociological implications of slavery on
group interrelations, social norms, and cultural aber-
rations covers several national versions of the slave
system in Africa, Europe, the Caribbean, and North
and South America.

AFR 1440 Racial Integration and Its Impact on
Education 4 Q.H.

This course offers an examination of the historical
struggle for desegregation. This course analyzes
current urban issues in racial integration and some of
the projected effects of integration.

African-American Studies / 95

APR 1446 The Black Elderly in America 4 Q.H.

This course will survey the demographic charac-
teristics of black elderly Americans compared with
those characteristics of white elderly. These statistics
include age, sex, educational levels, income levels,
occupations, sources of income, as well as the study
and comparison of certain social characteristics of
black and white elderly These will include the use of
their time relationships with primary and extended
family groups, and their own view of the history of their
lives as black people in America. They will also give
students a perspective of what they envision the
future of blacks will be in the social and economic life
of America. Students will be expected to devise a
questionnaire, interview senior citizens, and write a
paper based on this information.

APR 1 448 Religion in Black American Society

4 Q.H.

Black life in America cannot be fully understood
without a sense of the importance of religion in the
community. This course looks at the impact of religion
on social structures, group behaviors, moral codes,
and belief patterns in black society. Topics include the
church as a social organizer, the role of the black
minister in the community, and the variety of black
denominations in urban and rural areas.

APR 1449 Junior-Senior Honors 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 183 Holmes.

APR 1451 Seminar: Creative Expression in Blues
and Jazz 4 Q.H.

Bluesand jazz have been among the most far-reaching
and original artistic expressions of blacks in America.
The course touches on possible African sources of
inspiration for the musical literature of blues and jazz;
a more important focus, however, is on blues and jazz
as a reflection of African-American life and on the
impact these musical forms have had on black self-
image and position in American culture.

APR 1470 Black Political Thought 4 Q.H.

How do the black people as a unit view the American
political system and black people's chances of improv-
ing their lot in this country? This course examines
black opinions, from the radical to the ultra-conser-
vative, of the United States political system. The focus
is historical in context and will address notions of
political socialization and the development of black
political ideologies.

APR 1471 Seminar: Black Political Leadership

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. AFR 11 71 or consent of instructor)
This course will focus on several prominent black
political leaders in the twentieth century, with an exam-
ination of the factors and social contexts which con-
tributed to or thwarted their leadership. Students will
be expected to conduct extensive research on a
particular black political leader and present a critical
analysis of the impact of that political leader on the
black community.

APR 1 475 Public Policy Analysis 4 Q.H.

The course analyzes the dynamics of the public policy

tional levels, with particular attention to the implica-
tions of public policy for minority groups. Emphasis is
placed on a critique of the policy maker's role and
power in the socio-economic setting.

APR 1 480 Black Man/Black Woman 4 Q.H.

Sociological and anthropological methods are used
to examine black male and female personality de-
velopment as well as the development of black
male and female behavior, self-image, sexual roles,
and behavior within both the black and the white
communities.

APR 1491 African Civilization II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. AFR 1 191 or permission of instructor)
This course on African civilization covers the period
from 1 800 to the present era. Emphasis will be placed
on the relation between Europe and Africa, the cir-
cumstances surrounding the imperialist partition of
Africa, and the decolonization process.

INT 1201 An Analysis of American Racism 4 Q.H.

This seminar in contemporary aspects of racism in
America discusses the cycle by which racism in our
institutions helps form our attitudes and the manner in
which our attitudes, in turn, shape our institutions.
Emphasis is on the practical, day-to-day aspects of
racism, rather than the theoretical and historical.

The following courses may be of interest to the student
wishing to concentrate in African-American Studies.
Descriptions for these courses may be found in the
appropriate department listing.

PHL 1100 Introduction to Philosophy

PHL 1140 Social and Political Philosophy

PHL 1243 Existentialism

PHL 1 335 Moral Philosophy

POL 1303 Political Behavior

POL 1317 Law and Society

POL 1320 Political Parties and Pressure Groups

POL 1342 Government and Politics in Africa

POL 1354 The Politics and Policies of Developing
Nations

POL 1360 The Politics of Revolution and Change

POL 1362 Civil Liberties

POL 1370 Political Theory

POL 1378 Contemporary Political Thought

POL 1386 International Law

SOA 1345 Urban Anthropology

SOA 1355 Political Anthropology

SOA 1360 Economic Anthropology

SOC 1147 Urban Society

SOC 1 1 70 Race and Ethnic Relations

SOC 1310 Class, Power, and Social Change

96 / American Sign Language

American Sign Language

Please note some courses in the College of Arts and Sciences are duplicated in different departments or colleges,
or within a department. You may not receive credit for two such courses. If you have a question about whether one
course does overlap with another, please consult the departments involved and the Dean's Office before taking
the course.

American Sign Language courses are an integral part of two undergraduate degree programs: the human
services specialization in deaf studies and the linguistics major For more information, contact the American Sign
Language Program, 276 Holmes Hall. See also human services and linguistics majors.

ASL courses do not satisfy the College of Arts and Sciences modern foreign language requirement for the BA, but
they do satisfy humanities requirements of many major programs. Many students take them as free electives for
personal or professional enrichment.

ASL 1101 American Sign Language I 4 Q.H.

An introduction to American Sign Language and Deaf
culture, this course focuses on frequently used signs,
basic rules of grammar, nonmanual aspects of ASL,
and some cultural features of the Deaf Community.

ASL 1 1 02 American Sign Language II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ASL 1 101 or permission of instructor)
A continuation of basic language and culture study,
this course offers an opportunity to build receptive
and expressive sign vocabulary Study includes use
of the signing space; further use of nonmanual com-
ponents, including facial expression and body pos-
tures. Introduction to finger spelling.

ASL 1201 Intermediate American Sign Language I

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ASL 1 102 or permission of instructor)
This course emphasizes further development of
receptive and expressive skills, finger spelling, vocab-
ulary building, grammatical structures; encourages
more creative use of expression, classifiers, body
postures, and the signing space; introduces regional
and ethnic sign variations and political and educational
institutions of the Deaf Community.

ASL 1202 Intermediate American Sign Language II

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ASL 1201 or permission of instructor)
The course consists of intensive practice involving
expressive and receptive skills in story telling and
dialogue; introduction to language forms used in ASL
poetry and to the features of culture as they are
displayed in art and the theatre.

ASL 1211 Deaf Culture 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ASL 1101)

Course focuses on the status of Deaf people as a
linguistic and cultural minority group. Topics include
the role of American Sign Language in the Deaf
Community; educational and historical perspectives
on deafness; and sociological and cultural make-up
of the Deaf Community

ASL 1212 Deaf History 4 Q.H.

A survey of the history of Deaf people in the Western
world, with emphasis on the American Deaf Commu-
nity, their language, education, and relationship to
hearing society.

ASL 1301 Advanced American Sign Language
Proficiency 4 Q.H.

Emphasis is on further vocabulary building and
mastery of fine points of grammar through rigorous
receptive and expressive language activities. Included
are student-led discussions, debates, and prepared
reports on topics in Deaf culture, society, and current
affairs.

ASL 1401 American Sign Language Literature

4Q.H.

Various genres of American Sign Language will be
read and discussed in ASL. This course will concen-
trate on the work of current, recognized narrators in
both literary and face-to-face storytelling traditions,
and will also include selected autobiographical
sketches, lectures, stories, and letters from the early
1 900s by such historical figures as Clerc, Veditz, E.M.
Gallaudet, and others. A videotaped research essay in
ASL will be required at the end of the course.

ASL 1501 Sign Language Interpreting I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNI 1401 or permission of instructor)
This is the first of a three-course sequence involving
the theoretical and practical aspects of simultaneous
interpretation of English into sign language and vice
versa. Through lectures, discussions, and role playing,
students are introduced to ethics, definitions, client-
interpreter relationships, linguistic considerations,
mechanics, and special considerations for various
interpreting situations.

ASL 1502 Sign Language Interpreting II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ASL 1501 or consent of instructor)
Lectures, discussions, and role playing emphasize
topics that include ethics, roles, fees, and Registry of
Interpreters for the Deaf (R.I.D.) certification procedure.
Laboratory work focuses on increasing skills in
simultaneously interpreting English to sign language
and vice versa.

ASL 1503 Sign Language Interpreting III 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ASL 1 502 or consent of instructor)
This course is designed for students who have com-
pleted the equivalent of Sign Language Interpreting I
and II and wish to upgrade their skills. Laboratory
work focuses on interpreting ASL into English and
vice versa, and transliterating spoken English into
manual English.

Art and Architecture / 97

ASL 1504 Methods and Materials in American
Sign Language Instruction 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ASL 1202, PSY 1363)
This course offers a study of the theories of second-
language learning and teaching as applied to ASL,
and existing approaches to ASL instruction, with focus
on materials, activity selection, utilization and selec-
tion of instructional media, and evaluation techniques.

ASL 1801, ASL 1802, ASL 1803, ASL 1804, ASL
1 805 Directed Studies (each) 4 Q.H.

Directed Studies offer students an opportunity to go
beyond course work of the regular curriculum or to
pursue an individual learning project. May take the
form of research, practicum, or language development
activity.

Art and Architecture

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer to Core Curriculum categories listed on page 1-2.

ART 11 00 History of Art to 1400 4 Q.H.

The course provides a survey of Western art from
prehistoric times to the Renaissance.

ART 1 1 01 History of Art since 1 400 4 Q.H.

The course provides a survey of Western art from the
Renaissance to the twentieth century

ART 1 1 06 Introduction to Art 4 Q.H.

The course offers a basic introduction to the char-
acteristics of the visual arts, including painting, sculp-
ture, graphic arts, and architecture. Various examples
of works of art are studied as an introduction to style
and technique. Course includes visits to museum
collections and contemporary art galleries. (II)

ART 1111 Introduction to Architecture 4 Q.H.

The course offers a survey of the stylistic char-
acteristics of architecture from ancient times to the
present.

ART 1113 Architecture and the City 4 Q.H.

This course provides a selective examination of
Western architecture in the context of the urban envi-
ronments that produced it. Special attention is paid to
the cultural and social forces which shaped this archi-
tecture of the cities.

ART 1 1 1 5 Art and Society 4 Q.H.

The course offers an examination of the way in which
societal forces and political ideologies are expressed
in the visual arts, especially in painting and architec-
ture. The course combines a broad overview of a few
significant historical periods with a more focused
concentration on the past two hundred years.

ART 1 1 24 Basic Drawing 4 Q.H.

The focus of the course is on basic drawing in pen and
ink, pencil, charcoal, brush, and related media. Course
includes fundamentals of form, volume, and texture in
drawing.

ART 1 1 27 Basic Painting 4 Q.H.

This is an introductory studio course in the fun-
damental techniques of painting. Formal problems in
the study of color, light, space systems, form, and

composition establish the foundation for more indi-
vidual creative expression. Critiques and slide lectures
are used as needed.

ART 1130 Foundations of Visual Design 4 Q.H.

An introductory studio course clarifying basic prin-
ciples, language, and concepts inherent in visual
language systems. Utilizing both two- and three-
dimensional media including photography, students
will explore such fundamental concepts as com-
position, dimensional relationships, effects of color,
pictorial and literal space and form, repetition, struc-
ture, figure/ground relationships, balance and unity.
By working out abstract concepts in concrete hands-
on studio projects, students will gain valuable insights
into fundamental visual ideas that relate all visual art
forms.

ART 1 1 32 Graphic Design I 4 Q.H.

An introductory studio course in the fundamental
principles of graphic design. Assigned projects and
lectures in design elements and their application
include: the creative use of color, value, line, shape
and form, layout, layout techniques and tools, ty-
pography, design concepts and symbols, and the
correlation of graphic expression and organization
with copy content in communicating ideas.

ART 1 1 38 Introduction to Printmaking 4 Q.H.

A hands-on course dealing with the methods and
techniques of etching, drypoint, and calligraphy.
Students will experiment with the processes of line
etching, aquatint, soft/hard ground and paper relief
prints as they develop an image. Slide presentations
of prints will be shown each week.

ART 1150 Introduction to Architectural Design

4Q.H.

An introduction to fundamental design principles and
their application to the built environment. Lectures,
two- and three-dimensional design projects, and field
trips.

98 / Art and Architecture

ART 1 1 60 Basic Photography I 4 Q.H.*

The course is intended to acquaint the beginning
student with the use of the camera, the negative, and
the print. Weekly shooting assignments, demonstra-
tions, and hands-on lab experience are part of this
active, primary-level course.

ART 1 1 70 Filmmaking Workshop 4 Q.H.

An introductory course in the creative use of the film
medium. Emphasis will be placed on weekly lab
assignments designed to develop skills in the funda-
mental techniques of filmmaking. A final film project
expressing an original idea in film form will be required
of each student. Rim screenings, lectures, and cri-
tiques. Equipment will be provided by the department.

ART 1200 Ancient Art and Architecture 4 Q.H.

This course offers an overview of the painting, sculp-
ture, and architecture of Ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia,
Greece, and Rome, with special emphasis on the
historical forces that shaped them.

ART 1 203 Medieval Art and Architecture 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on Romanesque and Gothic
art and architecture from the tenth to the fifteenth
centuries.

ART 1204 Renaissance Art and Architecture

4Q.H.

The course focuses on Italian painting, sculpture, and
architecture of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries,
with special reference to the historical and social
forces that shaped them.

ART 1 21 0 French Painting 4 Q.H.

The course examines French painting of the nine-
teenth century, focusing on romanticism, realism,
impressionism, and their cultural implications.

ART 1 21 3 Modern Painting 4 Q.H.

The course provides a survey of twentieth-century
painting, including major schools such as impres-
sionism, cubism, surrealism, and expressionism.
Course includes visits to museum collections and
contemporary art galleries.

ART 1 21 7 History of Marine Painting 4 Q.H.

A study of the image of the sea as used by various
painters. The work of such artists as Turner, Delacroix,
Monet, Rembrandt, and many others will be examined
stylistically within a historical context.

ART 1220 American Sculpture and Painting

4 Q.H.

A survey of major developments in American sculp-
ture and painting from colonial times to the present.
This course emphasizes stylistic considerations and
influences affecting the development of these art
forms.

ART 1 223 American Architecture 4 Q.H.

This course provides a survey of major developments
in American architecture from colonial times to the
present, with emphasis on stylistic developments and
influences affecting architectural directions in America.

ART 1225 Technology, Architecture, and the City

4Q.H.

The course examines the role technology and archi-
tecture played in shaping the built environment of the
American city, with special emphasis on Chicago,
New York, and Boston. The course also investigates
the effects of physical planning, especially urban
renewal and the recycling of older buildings.

ART 1228 Contemporary Architecture and the
City 4 Q.H.

The course is a study of the great figures and chief
movements of American and European architecture
and city planning of the twentieth century.

ART 1 230 History of Photography 4 Q.H.

The course offers a study of the development of
photography from the early nineteenth century to the
present.

ART 1233 Contemporary Directions in
Photography 4 Q.H.

A slide/lecture course designed to acquaint the stu-
dent with trends in twentieth-century photography.
Photojournalism, documentary, commercial, and
creative photography will be examined closely in rela-
tion to other communication media.

ART 1 235 History of Film 4 Q.H.*

An introductory historical survey of the development
of film as an art form from the late nineteenth-century
handcolored silent films to the contemporary national
movements. Lectures, screenings, and discussions.

ART 1 236 The American Film 4 Q.H.*

An historical survey of the unique rise of the American
film and an exploration of its influence on a burgeoning
new art form. Key films representing major aesthetic
or technical developments from the late nineteenth
century to the present will be screened weekly and
discussed. Lectures, screenings, and discussions.

ART 1237 Contemporary Directions in Cinema

4 Q.H.*

A comparative study of major international film move-
ments from World War II to the present. Selected films
by representative contemporary directors. Lectures,
screenings, and discussions.

ART 1 238 Documentary Film 4 Q.H.*

A study of the aesthetics and tradition of the doc-
umentary film, with a rtiajor emphasis on contem-
porary directions.

ART 1 240 History of Graphic Design 4 Q.H.

An historical survey of graphic design from the mid-
nineteenth century to the present. The course will
focus on the evolutionary development of graphic
design, its special nature and function, major periods
and trends, the historical influence of the fine arts,
and contemporary directions in design evident today.
Slide lectures and discussions.

ART 1 243 Graphic Design II 4 Q.H.

A continuation and reinforcement of the fundamental
practices and principles of good design with a special
emphasis on developing overall design concepts.

Art and Architecture / 99

Students will explore the inherent problems in design-
ing public graphic systems, exhibit graphics, corpo-
rate and institutional graphics, promotional and tech-
nical literature graphics, and develop skills in effective
problem-solving techniques and concept development
methodology.

ART 1 250 Color Theory and Practice 4 Q.H.

A project-oriented course exploring the nature and
properties of color, major color theories, color har-
monies, the spatial characteristics of color, color and
light, the psychology of color, color symbolism, color
orchestration, and the pragmatic creative application
of color in image-making generally, and design
specifically

ART 1254 Intermediate Drawing 4 Q.H.

The main focus of this course is to heighten the
student's understanding of spatial awareness, scale
movement, and expression. Students will be asked to
create unusual environmental situations for their
figurative compositions. A variety of media will be
used, including wash, pen and ink, watercolor, chalk,
charcoal, and pencil.

ART 1 261 Basic Photography II 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ART 1 1 60 or equiv)

A continuation of ART 1 160 with more emphasis on

combining personal aesthetic choices with refining

darkroom skills. A final portfolio at the end of the

course as well as weekly shooting assignments are

required.

ART 1263 Introduction to Color Photography

4 Q.H.

This course will cover basic color theory as well as
contemporary photographic processes and practices.
Students will work with color negative materials and
print from color slides and negatives. Color printing
facilities provided for student use. Lectures and cri-
tiques where appropriate.

ART 1 271 Animation Workshop 4 Q.H.

An introductory course in the creative possibilities of
the animated film. Weekly lab assignments and a final
project will acquaint students with various animation
techniques and the creative advantages of each. Rim
screenings, lectures, and critiques. Equipment sup-
plied by the department.

ART 1310 Seminar in Modern Art and
Architecture 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. One course in post-Renaissance art history
or permission.)

The course explores selected topics in modern art
and/or architecture.

ART 1320 Late Nineteenth-Century American
Architecture 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ART 220 or ART 223, or permission.)
The course offers a study of the "stick and shingle"
architectural styles, as well as more general develop-
ments. Introductory lectures are followed by student
presentations on selected topics.

ART 1363 Intermediate Photography Workshop

4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. ART 1261 or equiv)

Through close interaction with the teacher, students
are asked to refine their technical skills and to make
meaningful decisions about their relation to the world
around them through the use of black and white
photography Alternative processes and large formats
as well as frequent slide presentations of contempo-
rary photography will combine together to form a base
for a course stressing individual direction and a quali-
tative approach to substantive photography.

ART 1800, ART 1801, ART 1802 Directed Study

(each) 4 Q.H.

These courses offer independent work under the
direction of members of the Department on a chosen
topic. Limited to qualified junior and senior students
majoring in art, with approval of the department.

ART 1810, ART 1811, ART 1812 Junior-Senior
Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 1 83 Holmes.

INT 1 1 00 Introduction to Art, Drama, and Music

4Q.H.

This interdisciplinary course offers an integrated
approach to three related disciplines: art, drama, and
music. Basic vocabulary and analytical techniques
are established for each discipline, emphasizing such
common elements as color, line, rhythm, texture, and
form. Representative works from various periods are
examined in the context of the cultures that produced
them, and lectures focus on parallels and contrasts
among the three disciplines' manifestations of specific
trends, principles, and ideals. Lectures, readings, and
listening assignments are supplemented by visits to
art galleries and attendance at concerts and theatri-
cal performances. (II)

*Lab fee required.

100 /Biology

Biology

For specific information about terms during which courses are offered, students should inquire at the main office
of the Biology Department, 403 Richards Hall. This is especially the case for students wishing to carry a minor in
biology, since some courses acceptable only for a minor do not appear in the quarterly Elective Course Selection
booklets. Students should note that courses are presented by category and are not listed in a single numerical
sequence.

Students should be aware that two (or more) courses with substantially the same content may not be counted
toward quantitative graduation requirements. Some instances of overlap between biology courses are noted in
the individual course descriptions below. However, in addition, certain combinations of courses (e.g., BIO
1150-1151 and BIO 1253, -54, -55) may cover essentially the same material, and certain courses in other
departments of the University may duplicate certain biology courses. If a student is not sure whether particular
courses overlap, the student should seek advice from departmental advisers or the Arts and Sciences Dean's
Office.

The following courses are primarily for students with
little or no background in college science and math-
ematics. These courses are not open to biology
majors.

BIO 1110 Organic Evolution 4 Q.H.

(Not open to biology majors)
The course focuses on the major features of organic
evolution, with emphasis on vertebrate evolution,
genetics, and physical influences.

BIO 1111 Environment and Man 4 Q.H.

(Not open to biology majors)
The course offers an ecological analysis of man's
inter-reaction with other organisms. The necessary
foundation of biological principles is presented.

BIO 1150 Human Anatomy I and Physiology I

5Q.H.

(Not open to biology majors)
The course focuses on cellular and tissue structure
and function, followed by anatomical terminology.
Topics include histology anatomy, and physiology of
bones, muscles, blood, and nervous systems. The
laboratory includes a study of human bones, cat
dissection, and related histology

BIO 1151 Human Anatomy II and Physiology II

5 Q.H.*

(Not open to biology majors)
(Prereq. BIO 1 1 50)

The course covers anatomy and physiology of the
respiratory, digestive, urogenital, and circulatory
systems; physiology of endocrine system; a brief
exploration of the anatomy and physiology of eye and
ear The laboratory includes studies of muscle and
nerve physiology, blood physiology and histology, and
physiology of respiration.

BIO 1 1 70 Marine Biology 4 Q.H.

(Not open to biology majors)
The course provides an introduction to marine life
with an emphasis on that of New England shores, and
includes concepts of life cycles, adaptation of organ-
isms, productivity, disturbance effects due to pollution
and/or man and how they interrelate.

BIO 1 1 81 The Human Organism 4 Q.H.

(Not open to biology majors)
This course, designed for nonscience majors, pro-
vides an introduction to the structure and function of
the human body. Emphasis is on the principles of
biological and physical science as they relate to life
processes in health and disease. Laboratory exper-
iments explore the workings of the students' own
biological systems rather than those of other animals.

BIO 1187 Biology of Human Reproduction

4Q.H.

(Not open to biology majors)
The course covers structure and function of male and
female reproductive systems; factors affecting sexual
development, fertility, and reproductive behavior in
the human species; physiology of coitus, fertilization,
pregnancy birth, and lactation; methods of control-
ling fertility.

The following courses are primarily for students
majoring in science- or health-related professions or
other majors (nonbiology) with equivalent back-
ground in college science and mathematics. These
courses are not open to biology majors.

BIO 1 1 1 2 Ecological Principles 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. Nonbiology science majors or engineering

majors)

Identical to BIO 1211, but without lab. Not open to

biology majors. (II)

BIO 1 1 20 Basic Microbiology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1140, or permission of instructor; not
open to biology majors)

Microbial life, emphasizing morphological charac-
teristics, physiological activities, and disease pro-
duction. Laboratory (Overlaps BIO 1320, BIO 1121,
and BIO 1221.)

BIO 1 1 21 Introductory Microbiology 3 Q.H.

(Not open to biology majors)

Same as BIO 1 1 20, but without laboratory.

BIO 1 1 40 Basic Animal Biology I 4 Q.H.*

(Not open to biology majors)
The course covers principles of biology; universal
properties and processes of living organisms as exem-
plified by the cell and its activities; inheritance evolu-
tion; and environmental relationships. Laboratory
(Overlaps BIO 11 06.)

Lab fee requireb.

Biology/ 101

BIO 1141 Basic Animal Biology II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1 140; not open to biology majors)
The course offers systematic, comparative study of
the structure and functions of animals. Diversity of
animals is considered from the standpoint of evo-
lutionary adaptation. Laboratory. (Overlaps BIO 1 1 07.)

BIO 1221 General Microbiology 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor; or CHf\/l 1265, BIO
1260, and BIO 1261 ; required courses may be taken
concurrently)

Same as BIO 1320, but without laboratory. Not appli-
cable for the biology major or graduate credit.

BIO 1255 Human Anatomy 4 Q.H.*

(Not open to biology majors)

The course focuses on the structure and development

of the human body. Laboratory.

Courses primarily for biology majors or for other
students with equivalent background in college
science and mathematics. Freshmen intending to
major in biology should take the sequence BI0 1 1 03
to BIO 1105.

BIO 1 1 03 Principles of Biology I 5 Q.H.*

An introduction to the basic principles of biology the
course endeavors to provide an information base for
the remainder of the biology core. Topics include
scientific method; growth; development; elementary
genetics; nutrition; photosynthesis; and respiration.
Special emphasis is placed on the role of plants in the
biological world. Laboratory.

BIO 1 1 04 Principles of Biology II 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1103)

Topics include cellular metabolism, molecular mech-
anisms of microbial life, structure and general physi-
ology of animal cells, and evolution of adaptive diversity
among invertebrate animals. Laboratory.

BIO 1 1 05 Principles of Biology III 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 03 and BIO 1 1 04)
The course covers discussion of the structure and
function of vertebrate animals, including the human
species; introduction to the various systems of the
body illustrated with laboratory experiments and
animal dissection.

BIO 1 1 06 General Biology 4 Q.H.*

The course focuses on universal properties and
processes of living organisms. Topics include cellular
composition and cellular control, the evolutionary
process, environmental relationships. Laboratory.
(Normally not for freshman biology majors. Overlaps
BIO 1140.)

BIO 1 1 07 Animal Biology 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1106)

The course offers a systematic comparative study of
the structure and functions of animals. Diversity of
animals is considered from the standpoint of evolu-
tionary adaptation. Laboratory (Normally not for
freshmen biology majors. Overlaps BIO 1141.)

BIO 1 1 33 Plant Biology 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 06-BIO 1 1 07 or BIO 1 1 03-BIO 1 1 05)
The course offers an introduction to the structure of
plant cells, structure and function of roots, stems, and
leaves of flowering plants; survey of the major groups
in the plant kingdom, including their morphology,
reproductive biology and economic importance.
Laboratory

BIO 1211 Environmental and Population Biology

4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 07-BIO 1 1 33 or BIO 1 1 03-BIO 1 1 05)
The course offers detailed consideration of the
physico-chemical factors influencing and influenced
by organisms. The course covers interactions among
individual organisms and among species; change of
species by genetic natural selection; development of
communities and function of ecosystems. Laboratory.
(II)

BIO 1 253 Human Physiology I 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 06 and BIO 1 1 07 or BIO 1 1 03-1 1 05)
The course offers study of the physiology of excitable
cells and tissues: nerve and muscle synapses, mus-
cular contraction, neuromuscular reflexes, autonomic
nervous system, endocrinology sensory physiology,
and higher nervous function.

BIO 1 254 Human Physiology II 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1253)

The course offers study of respiration and circulation:
fluids, the heart, cardiovascular regulatory mecha-
nisms and metabolism, gastrointestinal function, renal
function. Laboratory.

BIO 1260 Genetics and Development Biology

4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 07-BIO 1 1 33 or BIO 1 1 03-BIO 1 1 05
and OHM 1264)

Course focuses on elaboration of the classic laws of
heredity, cytogenetics, molecular basis of heredity,
and selected examples of the development of form
and function. Laboratory.

BIO 1261 Cell Physiology and Biochemistry

4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1107 or BIO 11 03-BIO 1105 and BIO
1260, CHM 1265, and CHM 1221)
Topics include basic chemical and physical enzyme
kinetics; processes of cells related to their fine struc-
ture; oxidative and intermediary metabolism; photo-
synthesis, membrane phenomena; chemical and
physical processes of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.
Laboratory.

BIO 1311 Evolution 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1107 or BIO 11 03-BIO 1105 and BIO
1260)

This is a basic evolutionary course for biology majors
and graduate students offering a survey of evolution-
ary history evidence, mechanisms, and theories.
Topics of current interest in evolution are emphasized.

BIO 1320 General Microbiology 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. Permission of instructor; or CHM 1265, BIO
1260, or BIO 1261; required courses may be taken
concurrently)

Lab fee required.

102 /Biology

The course provides morphological, ecological, and
biochemical consideration of representative groups
of bacteria; introduction to virology and microbial
genetics; host-parasite relationships, including basic
immunological considerations; prokaryotes of medical
significance; physical and chemical controls of micro-
bial growth. Laboratory. (Overlaps BIO 1 1 20 and BIO
1221.)

BIO 1 328 The Microbial World 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 121 1 and CHM 1264)
The course offers study of the position, structure, and
function of microorganisms in the natural v\/orld, and
their utilization by humans from the perspective of
their major physiological properties. Laboratory

BIO 1329 Marine and Fresh Water

Microbiology I 2 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1320)

The course examines methodological approaches to

the study of the aquatic environment. Shipboard

sampling and relevant field trips augment laboratory

studies.

BIO 1 330 Marine Botany 4 Q.H.*

Subjects covered include taxonomy of the major
groups of marine plants, primarily algae; their eco-
logical and reproductive strategies and their economic
importance; and their roles in diverse marine com-
munities. Mandatory field trips in addition to labora-
tory studies.

BIO 1 341 Vertebrate Zoology 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 07 or BIO 1 1 05 and BIO 1211)
Lectures emphasize the systematics, natural history,
zoogeography and behavior of all classes of verte-
brates. The laboratory consists of identification
of preserved specimens and mandatory field and
museum trips.

BIO 1 347 Embryology 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 07 or BIO 1 1 05 and BIO 1 260)
Topics include gametogenesis, fertilization, cleavage,
gastrulation, induction, organogenesis, and metamor-
phosis in vertebrates. Emphasis is on frog, chick, and
pig in the laboratory.

BIO 1 348 Animal Histology 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1131)

The course offers microscopic study of fundamental

types of animal tissues. Laboratory

BIO 1351 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy

5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 07 or BIO 1 1 05)
The course focuses on morphology and phylogeny of
the vertebrates; laboratory studies on taxonomy of the
group and specific morphology of the dogfish shark,
the mud puppy, the alligator, and the cat.

BIO 1370 Marine Invertebrate Zoology 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 107 or BIO 1 105)
Topics include functional morphology systematics,
ecology and phylogenetic relationships of the major
invertebrate phyla. Emphasis in laboratory is on utili-
zation of living marine forms, with dissection of repre-
sentative organisms.

BIO 1401 Histological Technique 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 07 or BIO 1 1 05 and BIO 1 261 )
The course provides instruction in general methods of
tissue preparation for purposes of microscopic study;
preparation of solutions and stains; the microtome
and its operation, together with specific directions for
fixation, clearing, hardening, embedding, section-
cutting, and staining tissues. Laboratory.

BIO 141 1 Tropical Terrestrial Ecosystems 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. two years of college biology)

A field and lecture course to introduce students to the

plants, animals, and ecosystems of terrestrial Jamaica.

BIO 1 420 Microbial Physiology 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1320 or equiv)

The course focuses on structure and function of the
bacterial cell, with emphasis on its general properties
as well as on the physical and chemical factors that
influence it. Laboratory

BIO 1421 Medical Virology 4 O.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1320)

The course examines fundamental characteristics of
animal viruses with emphasis on pathogenesis, clinical
pathology and epidemiology of the common viral
diseases, including the tumor viruses and the slow
viral diseases. Laboratory sessions focus on methods
of working with animals, eggs, and cell cultures in
isolating, cultivating, and identifying viruses.

BIO 1 427 Medical Microbiology 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1320 or equiv)

Topics include host parasite interactions: virulence,
toxins, natural flora, immunological responses; char-
acteristics of the common bacterial, rickettsial, and
protozoal infections in humans; epidemiology pathol-
ogy vaccines, and chemotherapy.

BIO 1429 Marine and Fresh Water

Microbiology II 2 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1320)

The course focuses on characterization and dif-
ferentiation of aquatic micro-organisms. Topics include
microbial associations in marine, estuerine, and fresh
water habitats. Morphology physiology and ecology
are stressed.

BIO 1 430 Plant Physiology 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 33 or BIO 1 1 05 and CHM 1 265)
The course focuses on the physiology and biochem-
istry of plants as a whole and at the cellular and organ
levels. Considerations of mineral and nutrition, photo-
synthesis, hormones, growth, and development are
included. Attendance at a weekly four-hour lab, as
well as preparation of a paper based on the research
literature, is required.

BIO 1 431 Lower Plants 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 133 or BIO 1 105)
The course offers study of nonvascular plants (algae,
fungi, lichens, mosses, and liverworts), including their
morphology ultrastructure, ecology iife cycles, repro-
ductive strategies, and economic uses. Laboratory

*Lab fee required.

Biology/ 103

BIO 1432 Higher Plants 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 33 or BIO 1 1 05))
The course offers study of vascular plants (club
mosses, ferns, gymnosperms, and angiosperms).
Origin, ecology development, structure, paleobo-
tanical evidence, reproductive strategies, and eco-
nomic uses. Held trips included. Laboratory

BIO 1437 Structural Botany 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 133 or BIO 1105)

The course focuses on comparative developmental

anatomy of seed plants. Laboratory

BIO 1 438 Flora of New England 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 11 33 or BIO 11 05)
The course provides a study of local vascular flora
(ferns, gymnosperms, and angiosperms), with em-
phasis on recognition and appreciation of plant
family characteristics. Preparation of herbarium
specimens is presented. Field trip attendance is
required. Laboratory

BIO 1439 Economic Botany 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 33, or BIO 1 1 03-BIO 1 1 05)
The course offers an in-depth study of the association
of plants and men. Subjects include food, beverage,
drug, fiber, and medicinal products and crops, both
historically and in present-day usage. Laboratory
includes making of several plant products (paper,
dried fruit, beer, etc.) as well as tours of a brewery,
wholesale grocers, ethnic markets, sugar factory and
other places as time permits.

BIO 1 440 Advanced Invertebrate Zoology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Two years of college biology)
A lecture, field, and laboratory course that concentrates
on one or two phyla. Subject varies from year to year,
depending upon expertise of available faculty. An
individual research project is required.

BIO 1441 Parasitology 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 07 or BIO 1 1 05 and BIO 1 261 )
The course focuses on symbiotic relationships of
protozoans, mesozoans, flatworms, nematodes, acan-
thocephalans, and arthropodes. Laboratory.

BIO 1 442 Vertebrate Paleontology 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 07 or BIO 1 1 05. BIO 1 21 1 , BIO 1 260;
or permission of instructor)

The course examines evolution of the vertebrates,
including humans, as revealed through the fossil
record. Laboratory, museum, and field studies.

BIO 1 447 Herpetology 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 07 or BIO 1 1 05 and BIO 1 260)
Lectures emphasize the natural history behavior, sys-
tematics, and zoogeography of recent amphibians
and reptiles. The laboratory consists of identification
and preparation of preserved specimens, particularly
local amphibians and reptiles. Mandatory field trips.

BIO 1 448 Mammalogy 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 07 or BIO 1 1 05 and BIO 1 21 1 )
The course offers study of phylogeny anatomy physi-
ology and natural history of mammals. Field collec-
tion, laboratory preparation, and study of specimens
are included. Laboratory.

BIO 1 452 Comparative Neurobiology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1261)

The course focuses on structure and function in
simple invertebrate nervous systems. Topics include
parallel conductance theory at endogenous and
synaptic potentials, nerve networks, simple sensory
and motor systems.

BIO 1453 General Physiology of Invertebrates

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1261)

Basic animal functions as manifested among the major
groups of invertebrates, with comparisons to the ver-
tebrates, especially aquatic vertebrates. The course
considers the cellular and biochemical bases for the
functions, their control, their adaptiveness to diverse
environments, and their evolutionary implications.
Topics usually include: respiration, circulation, nutri-
tion, metabolism, excretion, salt and water balance,
temperature responses, biological clocks, sensory
organs, and various effector organs.

BIO 1454 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology

4Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1261)

This course considers physiological principles in the
context of the phylogenetic diversity of the vertebrates,
with emphasis on adaptations of animals to aspects of
their life histories and environments. Comparisons
with invertebrate systems will be made when appro-
priate. Major themes to be considered include: ener-
getics, temperature, circulation, respiration, skeletal
muscle, and salt and water balance. Laboratory

BIO 1 457 Neuroethology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1105)

A lecture, field, and laboratory course concentrating
on the mechanisms underlying behavior of model
invertebrates and lower invertebrates. The overall goal
will be to develop a framework to explain behavior in
terms of properties and connectivity of neuronal
circuits. Topics to be covered include: the cellular
biology of neurons and neuronal circuits, the organi-
zation of sensory and motor systems, and field and
laboratory Analysis of simple behaviors.

BIO 1460 Current Concepts in Cell Biology 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1261 and physics)
The course examines selected topics in cellular struc-
ture and function of eukaryotes, e.g., their electrical
and mechanical characteristics and the underlying
physical and biochemical processes. Topics will vary
depending upon the instructor Laboratory.

BIO 1465 Introductory Immunology 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. 1261)

The course covers basic consideration of the physical
and chemical attributes of antigens and antibodies.
Antigens of biological significance as well as invivo
antigen-antibody interactions are discussed.

*Lab fee required.

104 /Biology

BIO 1466 Immunology Laboratory 2 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1465 taken concurrently)
The course provides laboratory exercises dealing
with immunization, quantitative antigen-antibody reac-
tions, electrophoretic studies (agar, acrylamide gel,
and cellulose acetate), immuno-fluorescence.

BIO 1467 Molecular Biology 4Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1261)

The course emphasizes experimental design and
proof in macro-molecular chemistry and genetics.
Studies current theories of the detailed molecular
mechanisms for the preservation, expression, and
evolutionary development of biological information.
Applications to general biological and health prob-
lems Will be emphasized. A two-hour period each
week will be devoted to problem solving, research
"game playing," and model building.

BIO 1470 Coastal Biology (Oregon Coast) 4 Q.H.

The first of a series of three courses intended to
introduce the student to a wide range of coastal
environments. This course includes studies of the
open ocean, rocky intertidal areas, sandy beaches,
and estuarine environments of the Oregon Coast.
Basic biological principles will be demonstrated
through comparative studies.

BIO 1471 Coastal Biology (Caribbean Coast)

4Q.H.

The second of a series of three courses intended to
introduce the student to a wide range of coastal
environments. This course includes studies of the
open ocean, rocky intertidal areas, sandy beaches,
and estuarine environments of the Caribbean. Basic
biological principles will be demonstrated through
comparative studies.

BIO 1472 Coastal Biology (New England Coast)

4 Q.H.

The third of a series of three courses intended to
introduce the student to a wide range of coastal
environments. This course includes studies of the
open ocean, rocky intertidal areas, sandy beaches,
and estuarine environments of the New England Coast.
Basic biological principles will be demonstrated
through comparative studies.

BIO 1 477 The Biology of Corals 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Two years of college biology)
A field, lecture, and laboratory course which con-
centrates on tropical cnidaria. The course will study
the systematics, anatomy physiology and ecology of
this group of animals which assume such an impor-
tant role in tropical marine ecosystems.

BIO 1 478 The Biology of Rshes 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. Two years of college biology)
A field, lecture, and laboratory course that examines
the systematics, anatomy, behavior and ecology of
fishes. Tropical forms are emphasized.

BIO 1479 Adapatations of Aquatic Organisms

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Two years of college biology)
An exploration of aquatic organisms through a study
of their evolutionary responses to the aquatic habitat.
The physical properties of water create physical con-
straints that have affected form, function, and behavior
of all aquatic organisms. Density, viscosity, diffusion
rates, pressure effects, and elementary fluid mechan-
ics will be used to explain such characteristics as the
body shape of larvae, hearing and sound production,
suspension feeding, and buoyancy Course includes
lectures, laboratories, demonstrations, and individual
research projects.

BIO 1490 Senior Seminar 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. Completion of "Biocore" BI0 1 1 03-BI0 1 261 )
The course examines recent developments in various
topics of zoology microbiology physiology botany
ecology genetics, and cell biology Student presen-
tation end analysis are emphasized. Limited to quali-
fied juniors and seniors in the B.A. program and
required of seniors in the B.S. program.

BIO 1491, BIO 1492 Directed Study

(each) 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. Completion of "Biocore" BI0 1 1 03-BI0 1 261 )
The course offers independent work on a chosen
topic under the direction of members of the depart-
ment. Limited to qualified juniors and seniors with
approval of the department and special arrangements
with the supervising faculty member The two quarters
of this course together are counted as one elective
course in the Biology Department.

BIO 1495, BIO 1496, BIO 1497, BIO 1498
Junior-Senior Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 183 Holmes.

INT 1580 Physical Chemistry with Biological
Applications 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1261)

This course examines physiochemical principles as
they apply to biological processes. Topics include
chemical equilibria, reaction kinetics, basic ther-
modynamics, oxidation-reduction reactions, bioe-
nergetics, macromolecules in solution, and transport.
The approach is quantitative, and problem solving as
a tool for learning is emphasized. Basic assumptions
and limitations underlying principles are explained;
for the most part, however, rigorous derivations are
avoided. Applications to basic experimental tech-
niques in biochemistry are made by way of relevant
biochemical examples.

Lab fee required.

* Chemistry / 1 05

Chemistry

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer
CHM 1 1 01 General Chemistry 4 Q.H.

^This course examines topics of interest in inorganic
chemistry for students in health-related majors. Topics
include: atomic structure; energy changes in physical
and chemical processes; stoichiometry; chemical
bonding; gases, liquids, and solids; solutions; acids
and bases. The emphasis is on how such ideas are
related to the chemistry of the body

CHM 1 1 02 General Chemistry 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1101)

This course provides an introduction to organic sub-
stances of biological significance, and goes on to
discuss the structure and reactions of proteins, car-
bohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids as well as the
major pathways of metabolism.

CHM 1 1 04 Composition of the Oceans 4 Q.H.

Seawater, its nonliving components, and the changes
they undergo during natural and technological activi-
ties. Principles illustrated include the structures of sub-
stances and solutions, dynamic equilibrium, nuclear
and ionic reactions, and the dynamics of pollution, as
they relate to the oceans. The course presupposes an
exposure to chemistry in secondary school. The
course is not recommended for students who have
completed a college-level chemistry course and is
not for students majoring in any science.

CHM 1111 General Chemistry 5 Q.H.*

This course, designed for nonchemistry majors,
focuses on basic concepts and definitions; the mole
concept and chemical stoichiometry states of matter,
solutions, periodicity of elements, atomic structure,
chemical bonding and reactions. (II)

CHM 1112 General Chemistry 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1111)

This course, for students who will not be taking further
chemistry, covers chemical equilibria; acids, bases,
and buffers; introduction to the organic chemistry of
compounds of biological relevance; introductory bio-
chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and
nucleic acids.

CHM 1 1 22 General Chemistry 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1111)

For nonchemistry majors who will be taking CHM
1264, Organic Chemistry. Subjects covered include
chemical kinetics and equilibria; acids and bases;
elementary thermodynamics and kinetics; electroly-
sis and electrochemistry (II)

CHM 1 1 31 General Chemistry 4 Q.H.

Primarily for engineering students. Introduction to the
principles of chemistry focusing upon the states and
structure of matter and chemical stoichiometry.

to Core Curriculum categories listed on pages 1-2.

CHM 1 1 32 General Chemistry 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1131)

Primarily for engineering students, the course offers
an introduction to the principles of chemistry, focusing
upon chemical equilibria, the nature of some common
materials, and energy considerations in chemical and
nuclear transformations.

CHM 1138 General Chemistry Laboratory

1 Q.H.*

Optional laboratory for CHM 1 1 32, General Chemistry
for engineering students. Experiments pertaining to
lecture material.

CHM 1 1 41 General Chemistry 4 Q.H.

Similar to CHM 1151, but without laboratory (Not
available to majors from chemistry biology or phar-
macy/allied health sciences.)

CHM 1 1 42 General Chemistry 4 Q.H.

Similar to CHM 1152, but without laboratory (Not
available to majors from chemistry, biology or phar-
macy/allied health sciences.)

CHM 1 1 51 General Chemistry 5 Q.H.*

For chemistry majors and selected students in other
majors, such as biology physics, etc. Course focuses
on basic concepts and definitions, moles, gas laws,
stoichiometry atomic structure, periodic properties,
chemical bonding.

CHM 1 1 52 General Chemistry 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1 1 51 or CHM 1141)
Topics include solutions, chemical kinetics, chemical
equilibrium, chemical thermodynamics, electrochem-
istry, chemistry of the representative elements.

CHM 1 1 53 The Chemical Elements 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1 1 32, CHM 1 1 22, CHM 1 1 52, or equiv.)
For chemistry majors and selected students in other
majors. The principal concepts of chemistry (ther-
modynamics, chemical bonding, kinetics) are applied
to a systematic survey of the characteristic behavior
of the chemical elements and their compounds.

CHM 1221 Analytical Chemistry 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1 1 22 or equiv.)
For nonchemistry majors. The principles and applica-
tions of chemical methods of analysis with an intro-
duction to selected instrumental methods.

CHM 1223 Chemical Oceanography 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1 1 32, CHM 1 1 22, CHM 1 1 52, or equiv.)
Chemical reactions and interactions in the marine
environment. Methods and techniques of marine
chemical investigation.

*Lab fee required.

106 /Chemistry

CHM 1231 Analytical Chemistry 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1 1 22, CHM 1 1 52, or equiv.)
For chemistry majors. The principles and practice of
chemical methods of analysis. Experimental planning
and interpretation. Introduction to selected instrumen-
tal methods.

CHM 1261 Organic Chemistry 4Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1132)

For chemical engineering majors. Course covers
nomenclature, preparation, and reactivity of aliphatic
and aromatic hydrocarbons and of the more common
functional groups; correlation between the structure
of organic compounds and their physical and chemical
properties; electronic interpretation of organic reac-
tions with an emphasis on the development of a
predictive capability.

CHM 1 262 Organic Chemistry 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1261)
Continuation of CHM 1261.

CHM 1 264 Organic Chemistry 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1 1 22, CHM 1 1 52, or equiv)
For nonchemistry majors. Course covers nomen-
clature, preparation, properties, and reactions of
common organic compounds.

CHM 1 265 Organic Chemistry 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1264)
Continuation of CHM 1264.

CHM 1271 Organic Chemistry 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1 1 53)

For chemistry majors and selected students in other
majors. Course covers synthesis and properties of
aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and their func-
tional derivatives; correlation between the structure of
organic compounds and their physical and chemical
properties; and electronic interpretation of organic
reactions.

CHM 1 272 Organic Chemistry 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1271)
Continuation of CHM 1 271 .

CHM 1 273 Organic Chemistry 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1 272)
Continuation of CHM 1272.

CHM 1381 Physical Chemistry 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1223 or MTH 1243. PHY 1233 or PHY

1223, or equiv)

Similar to CHM 1 391 , but without laboratory

CHM 1 382 Physical Chemistry 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1391 or CHM 1381)

Similar to CHM 1381, but without laboratory.

CHM 1 383 Physical Chemistry 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1392 or CHM 1382)

Similar to CHM 1393, but without laboratory

CHM 1391 Physical Chemistry 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. MTH 1223 or MTH 1243, PHY 1233 or PHY

1223, or equiv)

Chemical thermodynamics.

CHM 1 392 Physical Chemistry 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1391)

Topics include phase equilibria, solutions, kinetic

theory of gases, chemical kinetics.

CHM 1393 Physical Chemistry 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. MTH 1223 or MTH 1243, PHY 1233 or PHY

1223, or equiv)

Course covers quantum chemistry particles and

waves, Schrodinger wave mechanics, the chemical

bond.

CHM 1421 Instrumental Analysis 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1221, CHM 1231, or equiv)

For nonchemistry majors only Similar to CHM 1431,

but without laboratory

CHM 1431 Instrumental Analysis 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1392 and CHM 1231)
Course focuses on principles, methods, and applica-
tions of selected topics in electrometric, chromato-
graphic, and spectroscopic analysis.

CHM 1441 Inorganic Chemistry 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1 393)

Topics include atomic properties of free atoms and
ions. Ionic bonding and the structure of the solid state.
The Madelung calculation; the Born-Haber and other
thermodynamic cycles. Valence-bond, molecular,
orbital, and crystal field theories of bonding. Stereo-
chemistry of compounds of representative elements.
Electron-deficient compounds. Spectral and magnetic
properties of transition metal compounds.

CHM 1461 Identification of Organic Compounds

3 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1265 or CHM 1273)
The course examines qualitative analysis of organic
compounds and mixtures, using physical, chemical,
and instrumental methods.

CHM 1 501 Polymer Chemistry I 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1273 or equiv)
The course provides an introduction to polymers.
Major emphasis on synthesis. Step-reaction, chain-
reaction, and ring-opening polymerizations. Copoly-
merization. Three-dimensional polymers and cross-
linking. Corresponds to graduate course CHM 3501.

CHM 1 502 Polymer Chemistry 11 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1392 or equiv)
Topics include physical chemistry of polymers in
solution and bulk. Molecular characterization. Me-
chanical and physical properties in the glassy rub-
bery, viscous, and semicrystalline states. Corresponds
to graduate course CHM 3502.

CHM 1 503 Polymer Chemistry III 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1501 and CHM 1502)
Topics include industrial practice, polymer processing,
fibers, elastomers, coatings, adhesives, reinforced
plastics. Relation of polymer structure to usage. Cor-
responds to graduate course CHM 3503.

Lab fee required.

Chemistry / 1 07

CHM 1521 Advanced Analytical Chemistry III

3Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1431 or equiv.)
The course examines analytical separations. Cor-
responds to graduate course CHM 3521 .

CHM 1523 Advanced Analytical Chemistry II

3Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1431)

Electroanalytical. Corresponds to graduate course

CHM 3523.

CHM 1 525 Advanced Analytical Chemistry I

3Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1431 or equiv.)
The course covers optical methods of analysis. Cor-
responds to graduate course CHM 3525.

CHM 1541 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I

3Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1441)

The course covers application of quantum chemistry
to inorganic systems. Corresponds to graduate course
CHM 3541.

CHM 1542 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 11

3Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1541)

Continuation of CHM 1 541 . Corresponds to graduate

course CHM 3542.

CHM 1543 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry ill

3Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1 542)

Chemistry of the solid state. Corresponds to graduate

course CHM 3543.

CHM 1 561 Advanced Organic Chemistry I

3Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1273 or CHM 1265)

Course focuses on organic structure and reactions.

Corresponds to graduate course CHM 3561 .

CHM 1 562 Advanced Organic Chemistry II

3Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1561)

The course examines organic structure and reac-
tions. Corresponds to graduate course CHM 3562.

CHM 1563 Advanced Organic Chemistry III

3Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1 562)

The course focuses on organic structure and prop-
erties. Corresponds to graduate course CHM 3563.

CHM 1 564 Spectrophotometric identification of
Organic Compounds 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1273 or equiv.)
The course examines spectrophotometric identifi-
cation of organic compounds. Corresponds to grad-
uate course CHM 3564.

CHM 1581 Advanced Physical Chemistry I

3Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1393)

The course examines chemical thermodynamics. Cor-
responds to graduate course CHM 3581 .

CHM 1 591 Advanced Physical Chemistry 11

3 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1393)

The course focuses on atomic and molecular struc-
ture. Corresponds to graduate course CHM 3591 .

CHM 1594 Advanced Physical Chemistry IN

3 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1393)

The course focuses on chemical kinetics. Corresponds

to graduate course CHM 3594.

CHM 1800, CHM 1801, CHM 1802, CHM 1803,
CHM 1804, CHM 1805 Undergraduate Research

(each) 4 Q.H.

For chemistry majors. The course offers original exper-
imental work under the direction of a staff member
Participation may begin in the middler year and will
normally continue through the senior year A minimum
of a two-quarter commitment is required for participa-
tion. Approval of the administrating committee is
required.

CHM 1810 Advanced Chemical Synthesis

3 Q.H.*

Special projects in the synthesis of organic and/or
inorganic compounds.

CHM 1 820 Advanced Chemical Measurements

3 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1393 and CHM 1431)

Laboratory problems in analytical and/or physical

chemistry are examined.

CHM 1 830 Special Topics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1381)

CHM 1840, CHM 1841, CHM 1842, CHM 1843
Junior-Senior Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 183 Holmes.

INT 1 580 Physical Chemistry with Biological
Applications 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1236)

This course examines physiochemical principles as
they apply to biological processes. Topics include
chemical equilibria, reaction kinetics, basic ther-
modynamics, oxidation-reduction reactions, bioener-
getics, macromolecules in solution, and transport.
The approach is quantitative, and problem solving as
a tool for learning is emphasized. Basic assumptions
and limitations underlying principles are explained;
for the most part, however, rigorous derivations are
avoided. Applications to basic experimental tech-
niques in biochemistry are made by way of relevant
biochemical examples.

Lab fee required.

108 /Earth Sciences

Earth Sciences

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer

GEO 1119 Marine Resources 4 Q.H.

The course provides a qualitative and quantitative
survey of renewable and nonrenewable resources
from the sea. Aspects covered include offshore oil and
gas utilization, marine minerals, and tidal power;
coastal zone recreational resources, including pol-
luted beaches and artificial fishing reefs.

GEO 1 1 20 Physical Oceanography 4 Q.H.

The course provides a description of the physical
properties and composition of sea water, waves, tides,
and ocean currents. The course discusses how these
properties are measured by oceanographers and how
they influence the earth's environment and climate.

GEO 1121 Biological Oceanography 4 Q.H.*

Topics include the productivity of animal and plant life
in the various zones of the ocean; the growing
economic importance of the oceans as a source of
food for the expanding world population.

GEO 1 1 28 Geological Oceanography 4 Q.H.

In this course the form of the ocean basins and their
margins is related to the major processes forming
them. Emphasis is placed on local landforms, includ-
ing New England beaches, spits, barrier islands, and
the continental shelf.

GEO 1 1 40 Environmental Geology 4 Q.H.

The course discusses how geologic processes acting
at the earth's surface interact with the human envi-
ronment. Topics include river and ocean flooding,
coastal erosion, landslides, land-use planning, and
waste disposal.

GE0 1141 Geological Hazards and Resources

4Q.H.

The course discusses how geologic processes origi-
nating deep inside the earth interact with the human
environment. Topics include global crystal movements,
volcanic and earthquake hazards, mineral resources,
coal and oil, geothermal energy, resource manage-
ment, and disposal of radioactive wastes.

GEO 1 1 54 Planetary Astronomy 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on astronomy of the solar system.
Topics include description of the planets and other
objects with discussion of how our understanding
has evolved from the days of naked-eye observation
to the present era of interplanetary probes.

GEO 1 1 56 Observational Astronomy 5 Q.H.

An introduction to systematic observation of the night
sky, this course emphasizes observation and descrip-
tion of the patterns and motions of celestial bodies as
seen with the unaided eye. Nightly viewing sessions
required; supplemented by training sessions in the
planetarium.

*Lab fee required.

to Core Curriculum categories listed on pages 1 -2.

GEO 1210 North America and the Ice Age

4Q.H.

This course focuses on description and history of
ice-sheets that have advanced and retreated across
the northern U.S.A. and Canada during the last three
million years. Topics include evidence of past climatic
change and predictions of future change, fluctuating
sea levels, and the impact of these changes on man
and the environment.

GEO 1212 Physical Geology 4 Q.H.

The course offers a systematic study of the materials
comprising the earth. Topics emphasized include the
processes by which rock is formed, transported,
altered, and destroyed, as well as the nature and
development of landscape. (II)

GEO 1213 Physical Geology Laboratory 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1212; may be taken concurrently)
Optional laboratory for GEO 1212, Physical Geology.
Laboratory exercises pertain to mineral and rock
identification and topographic and geologic map inter-
pretation. Required for geology majors.

GEO 1 222 Historical Geology 4 Q.H.

The physical and biological history of the earth is
traced through geologic time. Major topics are the
origin and evolution of life, mountain building, and
continental drift. (II)

GEO 1223 Historical Geology Laboratory 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1222; may be taken concurrently)
Course offers a study of fossil representatives of
major invertebrate phyla, application of fossils to
studies of rock sequences, interpretation of geologic
history from geologic maps and sedimentary rocks.

GEO 1250 Advanced General Geology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1212 and GEO 1222)
The course offers an introduction to new and advanced
concepts, theories, and hypotheses in geology. Stu-
dents participate actively in discussions, research
papers, and individual projects.

GEO 1305 Rock Identification Laboratory 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1310; may be taken concurrently)
The course provides self-paced laboratory exercises
in the identification and classification of common
rocks.

GEO 1310 Descriptive Mineralogy 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. Two quarters of chemistry)
The course provides a study of mineralogy, including
crystallography and physical, chemical, and descriptive
mineralogy of the common rock-forming minerals.

GEO 1 31 1 Optical Crystallography 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1310)

The theory and the practical methods of optical crys-

Earth Sciences / 1 09

tallography are studied, including the basic techniques
for determining the optical constants of crystals using
the polarizing microscope and immersion media.

GEO 1312 Petrography 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1311)

Topics include description and identification of rocks
and rock-forming minerals using thin-sections and
the petrographic microscope; discussion of textural
and mineralogic relationships.

GEO 1 320 Field Geology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1212)

The course focuses on field techniques as a working
guide for the approach, pursuit, and solution of
geologic problems. Among the techniques considered
are geologic map construction, stratigraphic section
measurement, and field rock description. The labora-
tory consists of field research at a quarry, readout, or
other geologic exposure.

GEO 1 41 2 Geochemistry 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. One year of chemistry)
The course offers an evaluation of chemical proc-
esses important in the various geologic environments
and their effects on the development of the lithosphere.

GEO 1414 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology
♦ 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1312)

The course covers the origin apd distribution of
igneous and metamorphic rocks as interpreted from
their chemistry, mineralogy, and field relationships.
Laboratory includes field and petrographic analysis
of rock suites.

GEO 1416 Economic Geology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Dept. approval)

The course focuses on the genesis, associations, and
occurrence of the major ore minerals, illustrated by
studies of selected ore bodies of various types
throughout the world.

GEO 1418 Structural Geology 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1212 and GEO 1213)
Description and origin of large- and small-scale rock
structures with emphasis on interpretation of the
mechanics of deformation. Field and laboratory
analyses of structural problems using maps, models,
and rock specimens.

GEO 1 420 Geophysics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1231)

This course offers a study of basic techniques of
reflection and refraction seismology, gravity, aero-
magnetic, and heat-flow techniques and the informa-
tion they provide on the structure, composition, and
dynamics of the earth's interior Emphasis is placed
on the application of these techniques to the search
for economic minerals in the earth's crust.

GEO 1 424 Stratigraphy 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1 222)

Course offers study of paleoenvironments and sed-
imentary-basin analysis based on sedimentary struc-
tures, stratigraphic sequences, and fossils. Emphasis

is on use of geologic sections, drill-cores, and well-
logs. Laboratory interpretation of sedimentary rock
suites, maps, and sections.

GEO 1428 Invertebrate Paleontology 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1222)

Survey of the major invertebrate phyla preserved in
the fossil record. Micro- and macro-evolutionary prin-
ciples are discussed with consideration of adaptive
and functional morphology and the role of paleo-
environments. Laboratory involves description and
classification of fossil invertebrates.

GEO 1430 Sedimentation and Sedimentary
Environments 5 Q.H.

The course offers a description of the physical
processes of sedimentation and their role in the inter-
pretation of modern and ancient sedimentary envi-
ronments. Laboratory concentrates on the interpre-
tation and description of the physical and textural
properties of sediments and sedimentary rocks.

GEO 1 432 Sedimentary Petrology 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1311)

Topics include origin, classification, and petrography
of the major groups of sedimentary rocks. Discussion
of the environments of deposition of the nonclastic
rocks. Laboratory concentrates on thin-section study
of sedimentary rocks.

GEO 1 434 Coastal Processes 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1212)

The course examines the effect of coastal marine

processes and the resultant coastal responses. Topics

include the dynamics of waves and currents and the

associated erosion, transportation, and deposition of

sediment, forming beaches, barrier islands, and cliffed

structures.

GEO 1 436 Marine Geology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1212)

The balance between major sedimentary and tectonic
forces in ocean basins and margins is compared to
resulting ocean form. Topics include origin of conti-
nental shelves, shelf sedimentation and transport,
deep-sea processes and sediments. Resource devel-
opment of OCS oil, sand and gravel, and manganese
nodules is evaluated.

GEO 1 440 Geomorphology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1212)

The course focuses on the origin and evolution of
landscape features by processes operating at or near
the earth's surface.

GEO 1444 Glacial and Pleistocene Geology

4Q.H.

(Prereq. GEO 1222)

The course covers the processes of ice movement
and the characteristics and distribution of erosional
and depositional structures associated with past and
present glaciers; introduction to Pleistocene chron-
ology and correlations.

GEO 1450 Geology Seminar 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Major in geology or senior status)

110 /Economics

The course offers in-depth study, on an individual or
small-group basis, of a selected geologic topic. Both
oral and written presentations are required.

GEO 1816, GEO 1817 Undergraduate Research

(each) 4 Q.H.

The course offers independent research on a selected
topic under the direct supervision of a faculty member.
Open only to juniors and seniors majoring in geology,
with the recommendation of the supervising faculty
member and of the department.

GEO 1820, GEO 1821 Directed Study

(each) 4 Q.H.

The course offers independent study of a specific
topic not normally contained in the regular course
offerings, but within the area of competence of a
faculty member Open to all students with the rec-
ommendation of a faculty member and departmental
approval.

GEO 1824, GEO 1825 Special Studies

(each) 1 Q.H.

The course offers an independent study of a specific
topic. Open to all students with the recommendation
of a faculty member and departmental approval.

GEO 1830, GEO 1831, GEO 1832, GEO 1833
Junior-Senior Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 183 Holmes.

INT 1 21 5 Into the Ocean World 4 Q.H.

This course isa comprehensive interdisciplinary intro-
duction to the oceans. The seas' complexity and the
far-reaching consequences of our interactions with

them demand an awareness of the many facets of
marine study The teaching team consists of specialists
in the sciences, social sciences, humanities, and arts,
each with an interest in marine issues and a commit-
ment to bridging the gaps among disciplines. The
course themes are as broad as the oceans, but when
appropriate, we will focus on Boston harbor, a first
step into the ocean world for those of us in this area.

INT 1 21 6 A History of Seafaring 4 Q.H.

This course surveys maritime transportation, trade,
travel, exploration, and warfare from approximately
3500 B.C. to the end of the wooden boat era in the late
nineteenth century. Prior to the widespread applica-
tion of steam power on land and sea in the nineteenth
century, ships were the fastest, safest, and most eco-
nomical means of transporting large cargoes over
long distances. Literary and art history sources are
also introduced, along with several films on maritime
archaeology

INT 1 21 7 Water, Water 4 Q.H.

This course is an interdisciplinary introduction to our
most precious resource. Water has affected our bodies,
our planet, our history and our culture. How we
manage it will shape our future. Because of increasing
demand, waste, and pollution, we are depleting - and
risk destroying - the limited supply of usable fresh
water This course will look at water through scientific,
historical, and cultural viewpoints, and survey con-
temporary water problems in all their dimensions -
political, economic, and technological. (VI)

Economics

Please note some courses in the College of Arts and Sciences are du plicated in different departments or colleges,
or within a department. You may not receive credit for two such courses. If you have a question about whether one
course does overlap with another, please consult the departments involved and the Dean's Office before taking
the course.

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer to Core Curriculum categories listed on pages 1-2.

Unless otherwise stated, there are no prerequisites for advanced economics courses. Where prerequisites are
indicated, exceptions may be granted with the instructor's permission.

ECN 1 1 05 Principles of Macroeconomics

4Q.H.

This course introduces students to macroeconomic
analysis, which deals with the functioning of the overall
economy Topics include review of national income
concepts; national income determination, fluctuation,
and growth; role of the banking system and the Federal
Reserve System; government expenditures and tax-
ation; international trade; balance of international
payments. (II)

ECN 1 1 06 Principles of Microeconomics 4 Q.H.

The course examines the role of the market pricing
system of demand and supply in determining the
allocation of resources to competing uses, and why
this system may not function adequately in certain

cases. Study includes the application of economic
principles to private and public problems.

ECN 1115 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 Q.H.

The course offers an introduction to macroeconomic
analysis. Topics include the flow of national income:
economic growth and fluctuation; the role of money
and banking; monetary and fiscal policies. Emphasis
is on assisting students in developing conceptual
tools for use in the analysis of economic problems
facing modern society. (II)

ECN 1116 Principles of Microeconomics 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on development of basic theory
of demand, supply and market price. Applications to
selected microeconomic problems such as basic
monopoly and competition, and other issues that

Economics/ 111

relate to the role of the pricing system in resource
allocation and income distribution. (II)

ECN 1 1 30 Medical Economics 4 Q.H.

Examination and discussion of health-care trends in
the United States and selected foreign countries;
causes of the rising costs of medical care; the particu-
lar nature of the demand for health care services; the
demand for paramedical personnel; Certificate of
Need committees; health maintenance organizations;
medical malpractice; increases in life expectancy and
its impact on society; third party payers; and the true
cost of medical education.

ECN 11 40 Economics of Crime 4 Q.H.

Economic analysis of crime and the criminal justice
system. Topics include theoretical and empirical
analysis of the economic causes of criminal behavior;
the social costs of crime and its prevention, and
design of enforcement policies.

ECN 1150 Economics of World Energy and
Primary Resources 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 05/1 1 1 5 or 1 1 06/1 1 1 6)
Investigation of economic, political, and historical
backgrounds of the energy and other resources
problems. Future impact of primary resources lim-
itations on United States and world economics are
analyzed. Also included are feasibility studies of
resource substitution.

ECN 1 1 55 Superpower Economics 4 Q.H.

This course offers an analysis of the relative economic
structure and strength of the United States, the Soviet
Union, Japan, the Common Market, and China, as well
as the economic relations among these powers. The
course also examines the impact of these relations on
the domestic economies of the superpowers and of
the developing nations of the world.

ECN 1 1 70 Economic Issues In Minority
Communities 4 Q.H.

Analysis of the economic conditions of non-white
minorities within the U.S. economy Historical and
cultural materials will be included, as well as specific
theoretical and empirical analysis of the economic
problems confronting minority communities.

ECN 1215 Macroeconomic Theory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 05, ECN 1 1 1 5, or equiv)
Investigation of the conceptual and empirical prob-
lems of creating and using national accounts; price
index problems; conceptual and empirical evaluation
of consumption and investment functions and their
policy implications; multiplier and accelerator models;
a brief history of recent cyclical fluctuations. Theories
of inflation, unemployment and growth are analyzed in
the light of recent economic history

ECN 1216 Microeconomic Theory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 106, ECN 1 1 16, or equiv)
Detailed study of supply-and-demand analysis, var-
ious elasticity concepts and applications, theory of
consumer demand, theory of production, and deriva-
tion of cost curves. Detailed analyses of pricing and

output behavior in the several market structures with
their welfare implications; the pricing of resources.

ECN 1 250 Statistics I 4 Q.H.

Topics includeelementarysettheory, basic probability,
measurement and presentation of economic statis-
tics, descriptive statistics, basic estimation techniques,
testing statistical hypotheses, and sampling problems.

ECN 1 251 Statistics II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1250)

Topics include analysis of variance, correlation and
linear regression analysis, multivariate regression
analysis, and Bayesian decision making.

ECN 1253 Accounting Data for Social Scientists

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 1 5 and ECN 1 11 6, or ECN 1 1 05 and
ECN 1 106 or permission of instructor)
A familiarization for non-accountants with the basic
techniques and procedures of private and public
accounting. Topics include developing and interpreting
income statements and balance sheets, asset turnover,
key accounting ratios, capital budgeting, cost flow
analysis, and present-value determinations. The
course also compares and contrasts the treatment of
macro- and micro-accounting data.

ECN 1310 Labor Economics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 06/1 1 1 6 or 1 1 05/1 115)
Economic analysis of the labor market and the labor
force. Topics include the supply, development and
efficient use of human resources; wage determination;
the changing occupational and industrial structure;
causes, nature and incidence of unemployment; the
economic impact of unions, related labor market insti-
tutions and relevant public policies.

ECN 1311 Employment and Training Programs and
Policies 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1105/1115)

Nature and objectives of employment and training
programs; nature and causes of human resource
problems; current and previous efforts to solve human
resource problems in the U.S.; planning of human
resource programs; economic evaluation of employ-
ment and training programs.

ECN 1312 Women in the Labor Market 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 1106/1116)

Economic analysis of the labor market position of
women in the context of the changing economic
structure and labor market institutions. Analysis of
female labor force participation differences; male-
female differentials in earnings and unemployment;
occupational concentration, occupational segregation,
and theories and evidence of sex discrimination; new
opportunities for women.

ECN 1313 Local Labor Market Analysis and
Human Resource Planning 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 1 5 and ECN 1 1 1 6, or ECN 1 1 05 and
ECN 1106; ECN 1310 strongly recommended)
Introduction to methods and data sources for ana-
lyzing conditions in regional, state, and local labor

112 /Economics

markets. The primary aim is to determine the extent,
nature, and causes of human resource problems and
to utilize that information in planning and designing
appropriate employment and training strategies.

ECN 1314 Economics of Education and Human
Capital 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 1 5 and ECN 1 1 1 6, or ECN 1 1 05 and
ECN 1 106; ECN 131 1 strongly recommended)
Theoretical and empirical treatment of economic
issues related to education and job training, including
formal education (pre-school through post-second-
ary), vocational education, on-the-job training, and
government-sponsored employment and training
programs. Emphasis is on follow-up studies, cost-
effectiveness analysis, and benefit-cost analysis for
determining the effectiveness of education and training
investments from a private and social standpoint.

ECN 1315 Income Inequalities and Discrimination

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 06/1 1 1 6 or 1 1 05/1 1 1 5)
Economic analysis of income inequalities, poverty
and discrimination. Examination of the causes of
income inequality and the nature, causes and ef-
fects of poverty; economics of racial discrimination;
public welfare system and other income maintenance
schemes.

ECN 1320 Urban Economics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1106/1116)

Study of urban grov\rth and development, intermetro-
politan location of business firms, regional shifts in
economic activity, intra-metropolitan location of firms
and households, and land use patterns.

ECN 1321 Urban Economic Problems and Policies

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1106/1116)

SequaltoECN 1320.

Economic analysis of selected urban problems such

as housing, poverty, transportation, education, health,

crime, and the urban environment. Discussion of

public policies relating to such problems.

ECN 1322 Economics of Transportation 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1106/1116)

Transportation and land-use patterns; externalities;
social costs and social benefits of various modes of
transportation, ownership, regulations, and financing
of various modes of transportation; economics of new
technology in transportation.

ECN 1323 Economics of the Quality of Urban
Environment and Control 4 Q.H.

Economic analysis of air, water, thermal, and noise
pollution. Evaluation of alternative public policies for
dealing with environmental problems.

ECN 1330 Development Economics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 05/1 1 1 5 or 1 1 06/1 1 1 6)
Prospects for economic growth and development in
poor nations as indicated by economic analysis and
historical experience; social, cultural, and institutional
determinants of growth; analysis of agriculture and
development, the role of technological change, popu-
lati^on; and foreign trade. (V)

ECN 1331 American Economic Development

4Q.H.

Economic development of the United States from the
colonial period to the present, historical changes in
available factors, economic institutions and technolo-
gies, special attention to preconditions of industrial-
ism; the American Industrial Revolution, its spread
and socio-economic consequences; the Great De-
pression and the subsequent rise of mixed economy
and welfare state; U.S. adjustments to postwar econ-
omic changes.

ECN 1332 Economic History of Less Developed
Countries 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 05/1 1 1 5 and 1 1 06/1 1 1 6)
The problems of initiating and sustaining economic
development in selected Third World countries during
the last two hundred years. Country-specific case
studies cover the role of traditional economic struc-
tures, different development goals and strategies, state
policies, and international economic relations.

ECN 1333 European Economic Development

4Q.H.

Economicinheritanceofthenineteenth-centurydevel-
opment of capitalism and laissez-faire; the aftermath
of the Industrial Revolution, European overseas expan-
sion, the twentieth century the world wars, the disso-
lution of empires, American economic conquest and
European integration, the future of less developed
areas in southern Europe; environmental impact of
industrialism and the implications of technological
society. (Ill)

ECN 1334 Comparative Economics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 05/1 1 1 5, 1 1 06/1 1 1 6)
Competing types of theoretical economic systems;
analysis of organization and operation of currently
existing types of communist, socialist, and capitalist
economies; comparison and evaluation of economic
behavior and performance of different economic
systems.

ECN 1335 International Economics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1115, ECN 1 1 1 6 or equiv)
Introduction to the theory of international trade and
payments; analysis of tariffs and commercial policy; the
international monetary system; trade and payment
issues in developed and less-developed countries.

ECN 1 337 History of Economic Thought 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 05/1 115/11 06/1 1 1 6)
The evolution of Western economic thought. By
studying several important schools in economics, the
course examines the questions raised and analytical
methods used by economists to study human behavior

ECN 1340 Government Expenditures: Structure
and Evaluation 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 106, ECN 1 1 16, or equiv)
Fiscal functions of government, fiscal institutions and
politics, theory of social goods, public expenditure
growth and structure, the federal budget expenditure
evaluation and cost-benefit case studies, fiscal fed-
eralism in theory and practice; and issues of public
debt and deficit.

Economics/ 113

ECN 1341 Financing of Government: Taxation
and Debt 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 06, ECN 1 1 1 6, or equiv.)
Principles of taxation; problems of tax structure and
reform, at federal, state, and local levels; tax inci-
dence; effects of taxation on economic efficiency and
growtfi; negative income tax and social security
finance; issues of public debt and deficit.

ECN 1342 l\^oney and Banking 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 11 05, ECN 1 1 15, or equiv)
A study of the nature and the functions of money,
credit, and the role of financial organizations in the
U.S. economy. The basic theories of banking, the
money supply, monetary theory, and monetary policy
will be emphasized.

ECN 1345 Business Cycles and Inflation 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 05 or ECN 1 1 1 5; ECN 1 1 06 or ECN

1116; ECN 1215)

A study of the theories of business cycles and inflation

and an empirical application of these theories to

current business cycle, inflation, and stagflation

problems.

ECN 1350 Introduction to Econometrics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 05 or ECN 1115; ECN 1 1 06 or ECN
1116; and ECN 1251)

Introduction to the methods of econometric analysis
and forecasting. Coverage includes: ordinary least
squares, piecewise regression, tests and corrections
for serial correlation and heteroskedasticity, specifi-
cation analysis, simultaneous equations systems,
errors in variables, dynamic models and elementary
forecasting.

ECN 1351 Problems in Economic Research

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 05 or ECN 1115; ECN 1 1 06 or ECN
1116; ECN 1251)

Examination of research methods utilized by prac-
ticing economists. A discussion, from applied areas of
economics, of typical problems, including choice of
modeling framework; problems of data collection;
review of estimation techniques; interpretation of
results and development of static and dynamic adap-
tive policy models.

ECN 1353 Introduction to Mathematics for
Economists 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 1 5 or ECN 1 1 05; ECN 1 1 1 6 or ECN
1106)

Basic tools of mathematics, matrix algebra, differ-
ential and integral calculus and classical optimization
are studied with special reference to their application
in economics.

ECN 1 354 Mathematics for Economists 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1353 or permission of instructor)
For economics, mathematics, business, and engi-
neering students interested in a broad coverage of
economic analysis using mathematical techniques.
Static and dynamic models of micro- and macroeco-
nomics are studied using differential and difference

equations, mathematical programming and game
theory

ECN 1360 Managerial Economics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 1 1 6 or ECN 1 1 06)
Application of economic principles and theory, by the
use of case studies, to the solution of decision-making
problems in such areas as demand forecasting, price
policies, estimation and control of costs, financing of
capital investments, and responses to government
taxation and regulation policies.

ECN 1361 Social Control of Economic Activities

4Q.H.

Development of the government's role in economic
activities, examining the relation between the gov-
ernment and industry labor, agriculture, public util-
ities, and consumers. The course will trace the
changing role of the government from a laissez-faire
policy to one of direct intervention in the economy.
Covers such topics as wage and price control, envi-
ronment and antipollution policies, consumer protec-
tion, and conglomerate mergers.

ECN 1362 Industrial Organisation and Public Policy

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 21 6/1 1 06/1 1 1 6)
An analytic framework and empirical study of how
the structure of industrial organization and con-
duct of sellers and buyers affects economic perfor-
mance and welfare. Industrial examples and case
studies included. An examination of antitrust as a
public policy designed to promote better market
performances.

ECN 1401 Advanced Economic Theory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1216 and ECN 1215)
Advanced theoretical treatment of selected topics in
micro- and macroeconomics. Recommended for
students planning to take graduate economics.

ECN 1490, ECN 1491 Directed Study

(each) 4 Q.H.

Independent work under the direction of a faculty
member of the department on a chosen topic. Limited
to qualified seniors majoring in economics with
approval of the department chairperson. These courses
should not be substituted for any required Economics
courses for a BA or a BS in Economics. Maximum of 8
QH of Directed Study per degree. May be taken only
with the approval of the department chairperson.

ECN 1492 Senior Economic Seminar 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1216 and ECN 1215)
Coordinating and applying economic concepts, meth-
odology and data to contemporary issues and prob-
lems of broad social, economic, and philosophical
importance. Senior economic majors only

ECN 1495, ECN 1496, ECN 1497, ECN 1498
Junior-Senior Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 183 Holmes.

INT 1 21 7 Water, Water 4 Q.H.

This course is an interdisciplinary introduction to our
most precious resource. Water has affected our bodies,
our planet, our history, and our culture. How we

114 /English

manage it will shape our future. Because of increasing
demand, waste, and pollution, we are depleting — and
risk destroying - the limited supply of usable fresh
water This course will focus on water through scientif-

ic, historical, and cultural viewpoints, and survey con-
temporary water problems in all their dimensions -
political, economic, and technological. (VI)

English .

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer to Core Curriculum categories listed on pages 1-2.

Unless otherwise .indicated, the prerequisite for upperclass courses is a Freshman English sequence. For
students in the Basic Colleges this means ENG 1110 and ENG 1111; ENG 1013, ENG 1014, and ENG
1111; ENG 1110, ENG 1014 and ENG 1111. For the College of Engineering, ENG 1111, and ENG 1113.
For Lincoln College, ENG 1110, ENG 1111, and ENG 1114; ENG 1110, ENG 1014, ENG 1111, and ENG
1114; or ENG 1013, ENG 1014, ENG 1111, and ENG 1114. And for international students, ENG 1005 and
ENG 1006.

ENG 1001 Intensive English as a Second Language

Reviews English grammar to help non-native speakers
to develop listening, speaking, reading, writing, and
studying skills. Language laboratory and small-group
tutorials.

ENG 1004 Fundamentals of English for
Non-native Speakers 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Special placement— For non-native speakers
whose performance or scores indicate that their writing
skills are not yet up to those required for ENG 1 005.)
Provides intensive practice in composition with accent
on accurate, intelligible writing and paragraphs organ-
ized around single, well-supported ideas. Encourages
sentence-combining and vocabulary development,
and gives special attention to individual writing needs.
Includes prose readings, class discussion, and selec-
tive review of grammar

ENG 1005 English for international Students I

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ENG 1004 or special placement)
Emphasizes the development of skills needed in writing
clear, expository prose essays. Requires the regular
writing and rewriting of essays of increasing length
and complexity. Focuses on appropriate prose read-
ings for discussion and analysis, and introduces tech-
niques preparatory to research writing.

ENG 1006 English for International Students II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ENG 1005 or equiv)
Introduces the study of literature through close reading
and discussion of fiction, nonfiction, and poetry
Advances development of rhetorical techniques by
requiring frequent essays written in relation to the
readings and rewritten to improve content, organiza-
tion, and diction. Provides guided experience with
using outside sources and library materials for writing
a term paper

ENG 1 01 3 Fundamentals of English I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Special placement)

Offers an introduction to principles of the writing
process. Emphasizes individualized assistance in gen-
erating and developing ideas, drafting, revising, and
organizing; and the conventions of written English.

ENG 1014 Fundamentals of English II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ENG 1 01 3 or ENG 1110)
Continues instruction in writing, emphasizing expo-
sition, argument, and academic essay writing, as well
as the conventions of English usage, punctuation and
syntax. Individualized assistance in invention, drafting,
revision, and editing.

ENG 1110 Freshman English I 4 Q.H.

Focuses on the individual student's writing skills.
Includes application of important principles of com-
posing, logic and rhetoric to exposition and argumen-
tation. Reviews of sentence structure, punctuation
and paragraphing, analyzes essay forms and prob-
lems. Students receiving a grade of S must take
ENG 1014.

ENG 1111 Freshman English II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ENG 1 1 1 0 or ENG 1014)
Continues instruction in writing, with emphasis on
expository methods of defining, describing, analyzing,
persuading, and composing the research paper
Students write lengthy critical essays based on con-
sideration of primary and secondary materials.
Selections of poems, stories, and plays provide an
introduction to literature and are the subject matter for
discussion of writing technique and written assign-
ments. ENG 1111 follows ENG 1110 and is required of
all freshmen in the University.

ENG 1113 Great Themes in Literature 4 Q.H.

Explores a theme in literature through a number of
illustrative works from the past and the present.
Develops techniques of research and documentation.

English/ 115

ENG 1114 Freshman Technical Writing 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ENG 1110, ENG 1111)
Provides Bachelor of Engineering Technology students
with the how-to's of writing technical description,
graphics, instruction sets, proposals and reports.
Includes oral presentations.

ENG 1115 Poetry 4 Q.H.

Involves exercise in close reading of selected poems,
study of critical terms, and practice in different critical
approaches to poetry; examines techniques for
reading a variety of poetic texts. (II)

ENG 1116 Rction 4 Q.H.

Involves reading of selected novels and short stories,
study of critical terms, practice in different critical
approaches to fiction. (II)

ENG 1117 Drama 4 Q.H.

Involves extensive exercise in reading of selected
plays, study of critical terms, practice in different
critical approaches to drama. (II)

ENG 1118 Introduction to Language

and Linguistics 4 Q.H.

Introduces students to a new way of thinking about
language. Normally, using language is as unconscious
an activity as walking or chewing gum. But if we ask
the right questions, we can uncover much of our
unconscious linguistic knowledge: about sentence
structure (syntax), meaning (semantics), word forms
(morphology), and speech sounds (phonology).
Understanding these will lead us to examine other
issues related to language: the Black English/Standard
English debate, women's and men's language, "talk-
ing" chimpanzees, "talking" computers, and the
nature/nurture controversy. (II)

ENG 1119 History of the English Language

4 Q.H.

Studies the development of modern English from
Anglo-Saxon beginnings; effects of Scandinavian and
Norman invasions; dialect geography; evolutionary
changes, word formation and borrowing; origins of
writing and problems of spelling. Readings include
both formal and informal writings, literary selections,
wills, journals, and private and public letters.

ENG 1 1 20 Survey of English Literature I 4 Q.H.

Surveys the major British writers and major literary
forms and works from the Middle Ages to the end of
the eighteenth century. Works by such writers as
Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Milton, Pope, and
Swift.

ENG 1121 Survey of English Literature II 4 Q.H.

Surveys the major British writers and major literary
movements from the romantic period through the
Victorian and Modern periods to the present moment.
Works by such writers as Wordsworth, Coleridge,
Keats, Browning, Tennyson, Yeats, Lawrence, Lessing,
and Beckett.

ENG 1123 Survey of American Literature I

4 Q.H.

Surveys the major American writers and major literary
forms and works from the colonial period to the Civil

War Works by such writers as Bradstreet, Taylor,
Cooper, Poe, Havrthorne, Melville, and Emerson.
ENG 1 124 Survey of American Literature II

4Q.H.

Surveys the major American writers and major literary
forms and works from the Civil War to the mid-twentieth
century Works by such writers as Whitman, Dickinson,
Twain, James, Hemingway Fitzgerald, Faulkner and
Wright.

ENG 1 1 25 Technical Writing I 4 Q.H.

Trains writers in the clear, unambiguous style of tech-
nical writing. Students practice these skills by writing
technical proposals, process descriptions, feasibility
and program reports, and operators' manuals. Includes
oral presentations.

ENG 1126 Backgrounds in English and American
Literature 4 Q.H.

Examines translation of Greek, Roman, and biblical
literature as background for literary study. Emphasis
on the development of myth, genre, and theme.
Readings include, among others. Homer, Virgil, Ovid,
the most influential parts of the Bible, and Dante.

ENG 1 275 Grammar for Journalists 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Journalism majors only)
Reviews the mechanics of newspaper and magazine
prose. Emphasizes grammatical forms, punctuation,
spelling, effective structures, and conventional usage.

ENG 1276 Science Fiction 4 Q.H.

Traces the development of various SF themes and
approaches, from early man-machine love-hate rela-
tionships to alien close encounters of all kinds. From
Frankenstein to most recent titles. Major SF films.
Lab fee.

ENG 1 277 Topics in Science Fiction 4 Q.H.

Focuses on a single writer or group of writers (Wells or
writers of contemporary American science fiction); a
theme (women in science fiction or the future city); or
a unifying idea (time travel or utopia/dystopia).

ENG 1 278 Modern Bestseller 4 Q.H.

Exploresthefunction of quest, romance,andadventure
in a selection of contemporary bestselling fiction.

ENG 1 279 The Modern Novel 4 Q.H.

Studies the major British and American novelists of
the twentieth century. Considers theme and form in
such authors as Lawrence, Woolf, Fitzgerald, Ellison,
Doctorow, and Didion.

ENG 1 280 Modern Drama 4 Q.H.

Studies the development of drama from realism to
surrealism, from Ibsen to Beckett.

ENG 1 281 The Modern Short Story 4 Q.H.

Studies t>ie shortstory from Poe to the present, includ-
ing such writers as Joyce and Kafka, Hemingway and
Flannery O'Connor.

ENG 1283 Contemporary Rction 4 Q.H.

Examines British and American writers from 1945
to the present, including such figures as Lessing,
Burgess, Pynchon and Barth. Emphasizes experi-
mental and modernist authors.

116 /English

ENG 1284 Business Tradition in Literature

4Q.H.

Examines the image of the business world as pre-
sented in novels and plays, biographies and auto-
biographies. Analyzes the cultural and historical
contexts as well as the motives of the characters in
society.

ENG 1 285 Literature and the Law 4 Q.H.

Investigates the problems of crime and justice as
reflected in literature, from ancient to contemporary
works. The secondary focus is the law itself as
literature, including explorations of case files and
other legal material. The readings encourage students
to discover the changing nature of the criminals-
heroes or victims or villains— and to deal with the
social, psychological and political facts that define
him or her

ENG 1286 Literature and Politics 4 Q.H.

Explores how authors from Sophocles to Mailer rep-
resent the religious, moral, and ethical conflicts arising
from the acquisition, use, and misuse of political
power. The literature falls into several categories:
Utopian, which establishes a conflict between the
ideal and the real; satirical, which threatens a power
structure by exposing it to scorn; analytic, which
describes the rise to and fall from power of individu-
als, parties, or states; and investigative, which takes
the reader inside a power elite to observe its inner
operations. Examines the difference between the ideal
of government and its reality.

ENG 1 287 The Literature of Science 4 Q.H.

Examines historically the discovery methods and
models of literature and science, exploring one or
more of the following areas: the relationship of the
methods and models of literature and science; the
treatment of scientific methods and models in literature;
the use of literary devices, techniques, and traditions
in scientific texts. Readings will be drawn from histori-
cally significant scientific texts, literary texts, or some
combination of these.

ENG 1 288 Rim and Text 4 Q.H.*

Studies either the similarities and differences between
literary texts and film versions of those texts or the
interrelations between film and literature as means of
cultural expression during a specific historical period.
For example, the course might study Doctorow's Book
of Daniel in relation to the film version, Daniel, or it
might study books and movies of a period like the
sixties that reflect the spirit of the era (Catch-22, The
Graduate). Lab fee.

ENG 1 289 Shakespeare on Rim 4 Q.H.*

Examines the various treatments of Shakespeare's
plays on film. Treats the technical aspects of film and
how these are used by directors to transfer Shake-
speare's plays from the stage to the screen.
Lab fee.

ENG 1 290 Topics in Rim 4 Q.H.*

Studies a theme or problem (film and society, film and
politics), a period in film history (American film from

1945 to the present), a film genre (the western, film
noire), or a film director (Hitchcock, Coppola). Lab
fee.

ENG 1 291 Popular Culture 4 Q.H.

Surveys the development of popular culture in the
United States as the living culture that arose in
response to the development of a leisure-time market
and the technology to reach it. Focuses on the mass
media, surveyed chronologically for evidence of trends
arising from changes in popular taste and technology
Among the media to be discussed are popular
literature, radio, and television.

ENG 1293 Topics in Popular Culture 4 Q.H.

Focuses on such topics as the soap opera, the western,
and the police story; on a popular culture activity; or
on a popular culture perspective.

ENG 1 300 Topics in Ration 4 Q.H.

Studies a particular kind of fiction, such as the novella;
a problem in fiction, such as the role of the narrator; a
particular group of fiction writers; or a theme in fiction.

ENG 1301 Topics in Drama 4 Q.H.

Studies a particular kind of drama, a particular group
of dramatists, or a theme in drama.

ENG 1 302 Topics in Poetry 4 Q.H.

Studies a sub-genre of poetry such as the sonnet or
the dramatic monologue; a problem in poetry; a par-
ticular group of poets; or a theme in poetry.

ENG 1307 Approaches to Literature 4 Q.H.

Examines ancient and modern theories of literature.
Selections from the criticism of Plato, Aristotle and the
Romantics, as well as from Marxist, Freudian, Jungian,
and formalist theories.

ENG 1308 Myth and Archetype in Literature

4Q.H.

Studies twentieth-century theories of myth and ar-
chetype as they have influenced our understanding
and analysis of works of literature.

ENG 1309 Topics in Literary Criticism 4 Q.H.

Studies a specific problem method or school of criti-
cism, such as structuralism, mythopoeic, or archetypal
criticism.

ENG 1350 Intermediate Writing 4 Q.H.

Provides writing instruction for students who wish to
improve their writing skills; opportunity for students to
develop their particular interests in subject matter
and form.

ENG 1 351 Creative Writing 4 Q.H.

Gives the developing writer an opportunity to practice
various forms of writing both poetry ^nd prose.
Features in-class discussion of student work.

ENG 1 352 Advanced Writing 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ENG 1350 or permission of instructor)
Offers an opportunity for experienced writers to hone
their skills, and develop their interests in different
forms and subjects.

Lab fee required.

English/ 117

ENG 1 357 Poetry Workshop 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ENG 1351 or permission of instructor)
Advanced worl<shop in writing and examining original
student poetry. Students experiment in established
poetic forms and compose their own work.

ENG 1 358 Fiction Workshop 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ENG 1351 or permission of instructor)
Advanced workshop in writing and examining original
student fiction.

ENG 1 359 Non-Fiction Workshop 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ENG 1350 or ENG 1351 or permission of

instructor)

Advanced workshop in writing with focus on such

forms as short essays, reviews, and profiles.

ENG 1360 Topics in Writing: Reading and Writing
Non-Fiction 4 Q.H.

Combines literary analysis and creative writing. Con-
centrates on subjects of twentieth-century non-fiction
prose such as politics, science, "culture," athletics,
and natural history. Authors who might be considered
include: Elizabeth Drew, Russell Baker and Stephen
Jay Gould.

ENG 1361 The Writing Process 4 Q.H.

Explores the nature and activity of writing in theory
and practice. Students observe writers at work and
tutor students in the Writing Center as part of the
course work.

ENG 1362 Publication Arts 4 Q.H.

Acquaints students with basic publishing skills. Each
student chooses an area of specialization, such as
fiction, medicine, law, or engineering, in order to
develop skill in editing manuscripts.

ENG 1 370 Technical Writing II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ENG 1 125 or permission of instructor)
Offers an opportunity for students to develop tech-
nical writing skills in a particular subject or form.

ENG 1371 Writing for the Computer Industry

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ENG 1125, or permission of instructor and
one computer science course)
Focuses on computer documentation: general infor-
mation, operating and programming instructions.
Includes graphics, layout, testing, and revision.

ENG 1380 Writing for the Professions: Health
Services 4 Q.H.

Provides students in the College of Nursing and the
College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions
with instruction and practice in writing lab reports,
clinical evaluations, medication analyses, HEW pro-
posals, and other professional forms.

ENG 1381 Writing for Professions: Business
Administration 4 Q.H.

Provides students in the College of Business Adminis-
tration with instruction and practice in writing business
letters, memos, and reports. Includes oral presenta-
tions and business graphics.

ENG 1382 Writing for the Professions: Criminal
Justice 4 Q.H.

Provides students in the College of Criminal Justice
with instruction in writing a variety of professional
forms.

ENG 1400 Topics in Genre 4 Q.H.

Studiesseveralgenresconcurrently;or studies, cross-
generically, literary modes such as satire, pastoral, or
melodrama; or studies a theme in a number of different
genres.

ENG 1401 Introduction to Syntax 4 Q.H.

Offers an introduction to syntax, the structural rules of
a language. Develops and tests syntactic theory which,
like other scientific theories, seeks to explain why
things are the way they are. The question underlying
the investigation is: how do the structures of language
relate to the structure of the human mind?

ENG 1 402 Grammars of English 4 Q.H.

Provides a study of the rules of sentence construction
in English, contrasting the traditional framework with
current linguistic models. Students will have the oppor-
tunity to prepose, postpose and extrapose as they
learn to manipulate grammatical constructs.

ENG 1 407 Introduction to Semantics 4 Q.H.

Focuses on meaning and how it is expressed in
language-through words, sentence structure, intona-
tion, stress patterns and speech acts. How do content,
logic, and speakers' and listeners' assumptions affect
what sentences can mean? In what ways is linguistic
meaning determined by our perceptual system or our
culture?

ENG 1408 Topics in Linguistics 4 Q.H.

Examines closely one of a range of topics from the
perspective of current linguistics: American dialects,
language and law, women's and men's language, words
and word structures, issues in linguistics and literature.

ENG 1409 American Novels I 4 Q.H.

Focuses on the themes, forms, and techniques of
major American novelists of the nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries, such as Cooper, Hawthorne,
Melville, Twain, and James.

ENG 1 41 0 American Novels II 4 Q.H.

Studies the modern and contemporary American
novel. Considers such writers as Gather, Hemingway,
Fitzgerald, Faulkner, Bellow and Baldwin. (Ill)

ENG 1 41 1 English Drama I 4 Q.H.

Surveys representative English drama, excluding
Shakespeare, from Everyman to Goldsmith and
Sheridan. Analyzes dramatic forms as well as the role
of the Elizabethan theaters, dramatic conventions,
audience content, and acting styles in Restoration
farces.

ENG 1 41 2 English Drama II 4 Q.H.

Surveys representative English drama of the nine-
teenth and twentieth centuries. Charts the development
of the genre from the nineteenth century to the present
and discusses themes and forms.

118 /English

ENG 1 550 Psychology and the Novel 4 Q.H.

Concentrates on twentieth-century novels and short
stories which stress individual behavior and moti-
vation and reveal human mental and emotional pro-
cesses. Includes such writers as Kafka, Dostoevski,
Faulkner, Conrad, and Lawrence.

ENG 1551 Sex Roles in Literature 4 Q.H.

Investigates the relation between sex roles, male and
female, and literary portrayals. Selections represent
male and female writers and provide a culturally com-
parative perspective.

ENG 1552 Fantasy 4 Q.H.

Studies in the theory and practice of fantasy as found
in works of such writers as Swift, Carroll, C.S. Lewis,
Orwell, and Tolkein.

ENG 1 557 Topics in Fantasy 4 Q.H.

Explores such areas as dreams, nightmares, and
borderline states of consciousness in the works of
such writers as Poe and Kafka.

ENG 1 558 Literature in Context 4 Q.H.

Attempts to place the writer in the context of a special
theme. For example, the course might study a group of
authors influenced by their common interest in psy-
choanalysis, by their social consciousness, or by an
interest in the Wild West and the settlement of America.

ENG 1559 Literature in Context 4 Q.H.

Similar to ENG 1558 but with different texts and
contexts.

ENG 1 600 Topics in Literature 4 Q.H.

Experiments with subjects and themes such as the
censored novel, the Holocaust, alienation, and pop-
ular song lyrics.

ENG 1601 Topics in Literature 4 Q.H.

Same as ENG 1600 but with different topics.

ENG 1 602 Major Figure 4 Q.H.

Examines in detail the work of one writer such as
Mark Twain, Virginia Woolf, or Eugene O'Neill.

ENG 1 607 Major Rgure 4 Q.H.

Same as ENG 1602, but with concentration on a
different writer

ENG 1 608 Urban Life and Literature 4 Q.H.

Examines the city in literature as it has been depicted
from ancient times to the present, from Plato to
Barthelme. Discusses such themes as the city as a
locus of evil, the city as a place of possibility, and the
city as a center of art and an influence on creative
form in an interdisciplinary fashion.

ENG 1609 Contemporary American Literature

4 Q.H.

Studies major movements in American poetry and
fiction since 1945. Considers such poets as Plath,
Ginsberg, and Ashbery and such novelists as Mor-
rison, Pynchon, and Vonnegut.

ENG 1610 Early American Literature 4 Q.H.

Examines American literature of the colonial and
federal periods, including Bradford, Taylor, Edwards,
Franklin, Wheatley, Irving, and Bryant.

ENG 1611 New England Renaissance 4 Q.H.

Studies the development of a native tradition in the
context of democratic and romantic attitudes toward
experience and the paradox these attitudes reveal.
Includes such writers as Emerson and Thoreau,
Hawthorne and Melville.

ENG 1612 American Realism 4 Q.H.

Examines the realistic tradition in American literature,
including local color and native humor, from the end
of the Civil War to the turn of the century. Includes
such writers as Twain, James, Howells, Crane, and
Norris.

ENG 1617 Modern American Literature 4 Q.H.

Studies major developments in American poetry and
fiction from 1 900 to 1 945. Considers such poets as
Frost, Eliot, Stevens, and Moore, and such novelists as
Hemingway, Faulkner, Fitzgerald, and Porter.

ENG 1 61 8 Children's Literature 4 Q.H.

Studies the history of children's literature in the English
language, with special attention to matters such as
genre theory and critical approaches. Includes such
works as Alice in Wonderland, Uncle Remus, Little
Women, and The Wizard of Oz.

ENG 1619 Topics in Children's Literature 4 Q.H.

Focuses closely either on a specific collection of
stories (Grimm's Fairy Tales), on a specific genre
(boys' books), on a problem of evil, or on children's
literature as a form of group socialization.

ENG 1 620 Major Early British Novelists 4 Q.H.

Traces the development of the English novel from
Defoe to Austen in light of new theories of narrative
form, psychology, and "realism."

ENG 1621 Major Nineteenth-Century British
Novelists 4 Q.H.

Studies theme and form in the major English novels of
the nineteenth century considering such authors as
the Brontes, Charles Dickens, George Eliot, and
Thomas Hardy

ENG 1622 Major Twentieth-Century British
Novelists 4 Q.H.

Introduces students to British fiction from Joseph
Conrad to John Fowles, including such writers as D.H.
Lawrence, Virginia Woolf, and others less well-known.
The aim of the course is to show how novels as artistic
creations shape their own worlds while helping us to
understand ourselves.

ENG 1 627 Medieval English Literature 4 Q.H.

Surveys the major works of medieval English literature.
Works such as Sir Gawain, Piers Plowman, and Pearl.

ENG 1628 Chaucer 4 Q.H.

SurveystheworkofChaucer, with particular emphasis
on the Canterbury Tales.

ENG 1 629 Topics in Chaucer 4 Q.H.

Examines closely a particular work or group of works
(such as Troilus and Criseyde) or a theme (such as
Chaucer's symbolism).

ENG 1630 Milton 4 QH.

Concentrates on Milton's Paradise Lost, with sup-
plementary readings in his minor poetry and prose.

English/ 119

ENG 1631 Topics in Medieval Uterature 4 Q.H.

Focuses on such topics as a genre (romance or
debate literature) or on a theme (alchemy or King
Arthur).

ENG 1 632 Sixteenth-Century Literature 4 Q.H.

Concentrates on sonnets, love lyrics, and erotic narra-
tive poetry, principally by Wyatt, Sidney Marlow,
Spenser, and Shakespeare.

ENG 1637 Seventeenth-Century English
Literature 4 Q.H.

Examines major writers of the period, such as Bacon
and Jonson, Donne and Herbert, Milton and Dryden.

ENG 1 638 Topics in Seventeenth-Century English
Literature 4 Q.H.

Examines closely either a single writer or group of
writers (Congreve or the metaphysical poets) or a
topic (the flourishing of satire).

ENG 1639 Eghteenth-Century English Literature

4 Q.H.

Surveys the Augustan age of comic masterpieces.
Includes such major writers as Pope, Addison, Steele,
Swift, Goldsmith, Burns, Johnson, and Boswell.

ENG 1640 Topics in Eighteenth-Century
Literature 4 Q.H.

Examines closely such topics as a single writer or
group of writers (Fielding or the essayists), a genre
(satire) or a theme (reason and madness).

ENG 1641 Romantic Poetry 4 Q.H.

Surveys the development of English Romantic poetry,
both in its lyric and longer forms, in Blake, Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Byron, Shelley and Keats. Emphasizes
problems of belief and the relationship of the individ-
ual to the surrounding world of natural, social, and
historical process.

ENG 1642 Topics in Romantic Poetry 4 Q.H.

Examines closely a single writer or group of writers
(the Keats-Shelley circles) or a theme (poetry and
revolution or the creative process).

ENG 1 647 Victorian Literature 4 Q.H.

Surveys the major issues and writers of Victorian
England, considering such writers as Tennyson and
Browning, Dickens and the Brontes, G.M. Hopkins
and Oscar Wilde.

ENG 1 648 Topics in Victorian Literature 4 Q.H.

Examines closely a single writer or group of writers
(Arnold or the fantasists) or a theme (e.g., the move-
ment toward modernism or decadence).

ENG 1 649 World Literature I 4 Q.H.

Surveys world literature from the time of the Greeks
through the Renaissance, from Homer to Cervantes.

ENG 1 650 World Literature II 4 Q.H.

Surveys world literature from the Renaissance through
the modern period, from Voltaire to Brecht.

ENG 1651 Masterpieces of World Literature

4Q.H.

Studies "great books," primarily by non-English
authors, that have been central to the development of

Western thought and culture. Includes such writers as
Homer, Dante, Montaigne, Goethe, and Proust.

ENG 1 652 Twentieth-Century English Literature

4 Q.H.

Surveys the best and most interesting work of twen-
tieth-century British writers such as William Butler
Yeats, D.H. Lawrence, W.H. Auden, Doris Lessing, and
Iris Murdoch.

ENG 1 657 Topics in Twentieth-Century English
Literature 4 Q.H.

Examines closely the work of a single author or group
of authors (Lawrence or post-war authors) or a topic
(forms of modernism or imperialism).

ENG 1658 Introduction to Shakespeare 4 Q.H.

Covers a selection of the major plays of Shakespeare,
including both tragedies and comedies.

ENG 1659 Shakespeare's Comedies 4 Q.H.

Studies the romantic comedies, problem comedies,
and romances,ranging from The Merchant of Veniceio
The Tempest.

ENG 1 660 Shakespeare's Tragedies 4 Q.H.

Studies the nature of the tragic hero, the questioning
of social norms, and the landscape of chaos, ranging
from Julius Caesar to Coriolanus.

ENG 1661 Toprcs in Shakespeare 4 Q.H.

Examines closely such topics as the history plays,
Shakespeare in performance, the Shakespearean
hero, and psychological approaches to Shakespeare.

ENG 1662 The Bible 4 Q.H.

Studies books of both the Old Testament and the New
Testament as literature and as history.

ENG 1 667 Modern Poetry 4 Q.H.

Studies modernist tradition in American and British
poetry. Considers such writers as Yeats, Hardy Frost,
Eliot, Stevens, Pound, Williams, and Cummings.

ENG 1668 Topics in Modern Poetry 4 Q.H.

Focuses on a particular theme such as the poet's use
of the past, his or her role in politics, a particular
problem in modern poetry or a particular group of
modern poets.

ENG 1 669 Studies in English Literature I 4 Q.H.

A seminar on a special topic in English literature, such
as color symbolism in literature or John Donne and
the metaphysical poets.

ENG 1 670 Studies in English Literature II 4 Q.H.

Same as ENG 1669 but with different topics.

ENG 1671 Studies in American Literature I

4 Q.H.

Studies a special topic in American literature, such as
the genteel tradition of American humor.

ENG 1672 Studies in American Literature II

4 Q.H.

Same as ENG 1671 but with different topics.

ENG 1 677 Contemporary Poetry 4 Q.H.

Studies developments in British and American poetry
since 1945. Includes such writers as Plath, Ginsberg,
Lowell, BIy Ashbery and Heaney

120 /History

ENG 1678 Early African-American Literature

4Q.H.

A survey of the development and range of black
American writers, emphasizing poetry and prose from
the post-Civil War period to the present.

ENG 1679 Modern African-American Literature

4Q.H.

A continuation of ENG 1 678.

ENG 1690, ENG 1691 Junior-Senior Seminar

(each) 4 Q.H.

(First preference given to students needing the course
to complete the major) Explores an important aspect
of literature such as the writer and the audience, the
tradition of the new, style and meaning, and the jazz
age. Emphasizes independent research in a seminar
setting.

ENG 1800, ENG 1801 Freshman English for
Honors Students (each) 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Special placement)

Equivalent of ENG 1 1 10 and ENG 1111 for Honors
Program freshmen. Meets during winter and spring
terms so that both science and non-science majors in
the Honors Program can enroll together See English
Department course listing under ENG 1110, ENG
1111 for description.

ENG 1802, ENG 1803, ENG 1804, ENG 1805
Junior-Senior Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 1 83 Holmes.

ENG 1806 English Adjunct Mini-Course

For details contact the Honors Office.

ENG 1810, ENG 1811 Directed Study

1 Q.H.

(each) 4 Q.H.

History

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer

HST 1 1 01 Western Civilization 4 Q.H.

This course explores the major ideas and institutions
of Western Civilization from ancient times to 1 648. (II)

HST 1 1 02 Western Civilization 4 Q.H.

A continuation of HST 1101, covering the period since
1648.(11)

HST 1111 Advanced Western Civiization 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Invitation of instructor of HST 1101)
Students who demonstrate mastery of HST 1101
through consistently superior work may be invited to
work on an individual basis with their instructor.
Together they will work out projects relating to the
course. (II)

HST 1112 Advanced Western Civilization 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Invitation of instructor of HST 1 102)
Similar to HST 1111 in relation to HST 1101. (II)

HST 1113 Honors Western Civilization 4 Q.H.

Honors Western Civilization is for students invited to
participate in the freshman honors program. Coverage
is similar to HST 1101.

HST 1114 Honors Western Civilization 4 Q.H.

Honors Western Civilization is for students invited to
participate in the freshman honors program. Coverage
is similar to HST 1102.

HST 1150 Introduction to Third World History
(Group D) 4 Q.H.

A survey of the history of the leading nations in Asia
and Africa from early civilizations through twentieth-
century independence movements and international
relations.

to Core Curriculum categories listed on page 1 -2.

HST 1 201 The United States to 1 877 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the history of the American
people from 1 763 to 1 877, with an analysis of the
American Revolution and the major political, con-
stitutional, diplomatic, economic, and social problems
of the new nation. (II)

HST 1 202 The United States since 1 877 4 Q.H.

The course offers a continuation of the survey of
American history with discussion of the emergence of
an industrial economy, an urban society, world respon-
sibility and expanded federal government. (II)

HST 1 241 The Historian's Craft 4 Q.H.

The ways in which the historian studies the past and
the nature of historical statements are examined.
Problems considered include research techniques,
changing conceptions of historical knowledge, and
the relation between the historian and the society in
which he works. (II)

HST 1251 Social Science Methodology 4 Q.H.

The course offers an introduction to social science
methodology and quantitative techniques used in
historical analysis.

HST 1311 Ancient Greece (Group A) 4 Q.H.

Topics include the origins and development of Greek
civilization; political evolution of Hellenic society from
tribal to city-state organization; growth and applica-
tion of Greek religious, political, and ethical ideas. (Ill)

HST 1 31 5 Ancient Rome (Group A) 4 Q.H.

This course examines Roman civilization in two
sequences: the rise of Roman power under the
Republic and the decline of Roman power under the
Empire.

History/ 121

HST 1 321 Medieval Europe (Group A) 4 Q.H.

Topics include Europe from the barbarian invasions
to the late thirteenth century; the expansion of
Christianity and the institutionalization of church and
papacy; the emergence of the Holy Roman Empire,
England, and France as political units; social, cultural,
and economic developments.

HST 1331 Europe in the Age of the Renaissance
(Group A) 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on Europe from 1300 to 1500,
when alternatives to medieval institutions became
increasingly apparent. Special attention to political,
economic, and cultural changes in Italy and northern
Europe. (Ill)

HST 1 336 Luther and His Age (Group A) 4 Q.H.

A study of Martin Luther, John Calvin, Henry VIII,
Elizabeth I, and their political and religious con-
temporaries who between 1500 and 1650 overthrew
the church's monopoly of religion, forged new rela-
tionships between princes and subjects, found new
ways to create wealth, challenged the traditional roles
of men and women in families and communities, and
created new attitudes toward national and interna-
tional politics.

HST 1 351 England to 1 688 (Group A) 4 Q.H.

Topics include prehistoric Britain, the Anglo-Saxons,
the Normans, the Plantagenets, the Tudors, and the
Stuarts, with emphasis on the development of parlia-
mentary institutions until the Glorious Revolution.

HST 1 355 Tudor England (Group A) 4 Q.H.

This course offers a study of England from the late
fifteenth to the early seventeenth century. Topics
include an examination of the Tudor contribution to
the development of political and social institutions;
the Protestant Reformation and the relation between
religion and politics; social and economic changes
and their relation to the Elizabethan Renaissance.
Particular emphasis is placed on intellectual and
cultural developments and England's relation to Europe
and the New World.

HST 1 358 Stuart England (Group A) 4 Q.H.

Seventeenth-century England, from the reign of James
I. Topics include the social, economic, and political
backgrounds of the English Civil Wars or Puritan
Revolution; the age of Cromwell; the restoration of the
Stuarts; the Glorious Revolution; and the end of the
Stuart dynasty. Seventeenth-century sources and lit-
erature will be used in addition to modern texts.

HST 1390 Population in European History (Group
A or B) 4 Q.H.

This course provides an application of the principles
of demography to European h istory from Roman times
to the present, with attention to the interaction of birth,
death, marriage, and migration rates with climate
change, epidemic disease, war, economic develop-
ments, social upheaval, and political policy

HST 1391 European Urban History to 1850
(Group A or B) 4 Q.H.

A review of urban development from the Greeks
through the emergence of the industrial cities of
nineteenth-century Europe. Individual cities such as
Rome, Paris, and London are given special study.

HST 1392 Women In European History to 1815
(Group A or B) 4 Q.H.

This course offers an examination of changing sex
roles from the early Christian era through the eight-
eenth century and an assessment of their signifi-
cance within the social and political context of
pre-industrial Europe. Topics include society's atti-
tudes toward the sexes; family structure and marriage
patterns; and male and female roles in economic life
and in religious and political movements.

HST 1393 History of Science and Technology
(Group A or B) 4 Q.H.

The course offers an interdisciplinary survey of the
development of science and technology, integrating
theories of the philosophy and sociology of science
within a historical framework. Emphasis is placed on
the environmental and ideological conditions that
contribute to the birth and growth of the various
sciences and to the relation between these conditions
and technological innovation.

HST 1 394 Revolutions (Group A or B) 4 Q.H.

Thiscourseprovidesareviewoftheimportanttheories
of revolution and an analysis of the major early modern
and modern revolutions, with a view to evolving a
working theory of both political and generational revo-
lutions for the twentieth century

HST 1395 History of Flight and Space Travel
(Group A, B, or C) 4 Q.H.

Beginning with the dreams of flight of the ancient
Greeks and Leonardo da Vinci, the course traces the
history of nonpowered flight from the balloon experi-
ments of the Montgolfier brothers to contemporary
hang gliders; powered flight from the Wright brothers
to the SST; and rocketry and space travel from its
earliest beginnings to "Enterprise."

HST 1397 Health and Sickness: Historical
Perspectives (Group A, B, C, or D) 4 Q.H.

A survey of medical theories and the health care
systems derived from them, from ancient times to the
present. Medical theory and practice as related both
to the general history of the time and to the particular
political, economic, or social circumstances that influ-
enced institutions for health care.

HST 1407 Europe, 1870-1921 (Group B) 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on Europe from the Franco-
Prussian War to the post-World War I settlement: the
growing tensions and rivalries and the declining cer-
tainties of the end of the nineteenth century the
origins of World War I, the War itself, the Russian
Revolution, and the Peace of Paris.

HST 1 408 Europe since 1 921 (Group B) 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on Europe from the Versailles

122 /History

Settlement: the rise of totalitarianism, the Depression,
the crises of liberalism and of the European mind, the
Appeasement Era, World War II, the Cold War, the end
of colonialism, and Europe today.

HST 1421 England since 1688 (Group B)

4Q.H.

The course focuses on England from the Glorious
Revolution to the present, with emphasis on the devel-
opment of Parliament, the Industrial Revolution, nine-
teenth-century reaction and reform, the World Wars,
and the rise of socialism.

HST 1 424 Victorian England (Group B) 4 Q.H.

The economic, social, and political life of the English
people during Victoria's reign. (IV)

HST 1425 The Decline of Great Britain (Group B)

4 Q.H.

The economic, social, and political life of the English
people in the twentieth century (IV)

HST 1428 Irish Civilization (Group B) 4 Q.H.

The course examines the history of Irish civilization
from the earliest hero sagas and their impact on Irish
values to the Irish independence movement, the pro-
totype and model for many other twentieth-century
liberation movements. (IV)

HST 1433 The French Revolution and Napoleon
(Group B) 4 Q.H.

The course examines the history of France in the age
of the ancien regime and the Enlightenment as back-
ground for the French Revolution and Napoleon.

HST 1 434 Modern France (Group B) 4 Q.H.

A survey of the chief political, social, economic, intel-
lectual, and cultural developments of France from the
Revolution to the present. (IV)

HST 1435 History of Modern Italy (Group B)

4Q.H.

The course offers a survey of the social, economic,
and political development of the modern Italian state
from the seventeenth century to the present. Emphasis
on the problem of modernization.

HST 1 441 Hitler's Germany (Group B) 4 Q.H.

This course offers a study of the origins and nature of
Hitler's Third Reich, emphasizing the personal lives of
Nazi leaders in an attempt to understand how seem-
ingly ordinary people could enthusiastically promote
wars of aggression and revel in genocidal policies.

HST 1451 Imperial Russia (Group B) 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the emergence of Russia as a
recognized European power, westernization and
expansion in the eighteenth century, the impact of
Napoleon, reform and revolution.

HST 1 452 Soviet Russia (Group B) 4 Q.H.

The course examines forces molding the history of
Russia since 1917, internal developments, and for-
eign relations. (IV)

HST 1461 Imperialism (Group B) 4 Q.H.

The course examines the rise and fall of the European
colonial empires with an emphasis on the period of

the late eighteenth to the twentieth century. Attention
is given to theories underlying imperial expansion
and the impact of imperialism on colonies and
colonizers. (Ill)

HST 1471 Class, Love, and Power In Western
Europe (Group B) 4 Q.H.

The course provides an examination of social change
in Europe since 1800 with emphasis on the interac-
tion of industrialization, class movements, demo-
graphic trends, and revolutionary upheavals.

HST 1472 The Family In European History (Group

B) 4 Q.H.

The course offers an examination of issues in the
history of the European family from the late Middle
Ages to the present. Topics include marriage and
sexuality, child-rearing practices, the effect of indus-
trialization and revolution on family life, the Victorian
family and the evolution of the modern family Students
will prepare their own family histories.

HST 1473 Women in Modern Europe (Group B)

4Q.H.

Examines the situation of women in Western Europe
from the French Revolution to the 1 950s, focusing on
France, Britain, and Germany Topics explored include:
women in revolutionary movements, the impact of
industrialization on women and the family women in
the labor movements, the struggle for suffrage, and
the effects of world wars on women.

HST 1481 The Culture of Europe (Group B)

4Q.H.

The course provides an analysis of the culture of the
West in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries,
focusing on the conjunction of social, cultural, and
psychological forces that encouraged or retarded
creativity. Attempts will be made to show the inter-
connections among the arts, social sciences, and
sciences within each of the periods covered. (Ill)

HST 1485 Communism and Revolution

(Group B) 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the history of socialism and
revolution from the early nineteenth-century Utopias
to the New Left of the 1960s.

HST 1491 Modern Western Economic History
(Group B or C) 4 Q.H.

The course provides a survey of the development of
the Western world examined within the framework of
economic theory with attention to social and political
ramifications.

HST 1492 Capitalists and Capitalism (Group B or

C) 4 Q.H.

This course provides an examination of capitalism
from the Renaissance to the present with attention to
the role of major individual capitalists such as the
Rothschilds, Krupps, and Rockefellers, ,and to the
impact of great historical forces such as war, the
Protestant Reformation, and imperialism.

History /1 23

HST 1493 Work and Leisure (Group B or C)

4Q.H.

How we work and how we play are important deter-
minants of how we live. This course examines
the historical evolution of contemporary patterns of
work and leisure across cultural, sexual, and class
lines. Subjects include the impact of machine tech-
nology on the worker and the workplace; workers'
organizing in unions and professional groups; chang-
ing concepts of the use of time; women's work and
women's leisure; recreation and sports (both partici-
pant and spectator); and the rise of the caf6 and the
saloon as sociable institutions. (Ill)

HST 1494 History and Rim (Group B or C)

4Q.H.

The course offers an exploration of various historical
issues as seen through the eyes of historians and
filmmakers. Both acted and documentary films are
shown in combination with readings from a variety of
source and interpretive materials.

HST 1495 Technological Transformations of
Society (Groups B, C, or D) 4 Q.H.

The relation between technological innovations and
the world in which they take place. Discussion of
conditions necessary for discovery and innovation.
Impact of technology on political, economic, and
social environments.

HST 1496 War In the Twentieth Century (Group B,
C, or D) 4 Q.H.

The course provides an analysis of the causes, pros-
ecutions, and effects of the major wars fought in the
twentieth century. The course concentrates on the
Rrst and Second World Wars and on the Vietnam War
Using film, simulations, and other materials, classes
explore the economic, social, cultural, and psycho-
logical impacts of these wars as well as their political,
diplomatic, and material aspects.

HST 1497 The World since 1945 (Group B)

4Q.H.

The course offers a thematic study of issues and
movements that have influenced the world's history
since the end of the Second World War Subjects
include the Cold War, the end of colonialism, urbani-
zation, technology and ecology cultures and counter-
cultures, the "global village," and the prospect for
human liberation.

HST 1501 Topics in American History

(Group C) 4 Q.H.

Special topics in the history of the people of the
United States from 1 789 to the present.

HST 1 51 0 Colonial America (Group C) 4 Q.H.

The course covers the discovery and exploration of
the New World, the settlement of the English colonies
on the North American mainland, their development
to 1 763, and the origin of their clash with England. (Ill)

HST 1511 The American Revolution (Group C)

4Q.H.

The course focuses on the coming of the American

Revolution, its nature and progress, and its political,
economic, and social aftermath.

HST 1514 The Civil War and Reconstruction
(Group C) 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the Civil War, its coming,
its nature and progress, and the aftermath of Re-
construction.

HST 1516 The United States, 1890-1920

(Group C) 4 Q.H.

Topics include populism, progressivism, World War I,
and the reaction of the 1920s.

HST 1517 The United States, 1920-1945

(Group C) 4 Q.H.

The course examines the Depression, the New Deal,
World War II, and mid-century, emphasizing the clash
between liberalism and conservatism and the move-
ment from isolationism to interventionism.

HST 1518 The United States since 1945

(Group C) 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on America's diverse reponses to
postwar challenges of urbanization, economic change,
civil rights, and communism.

HST 1 525 African-American History (Group C)

4Q.H.

An in-depth examination of the major topics that have
shaped the African-American experience. Among the
areas to be included are slavery and its effects, the
role of the antebellum free black, the Civil War and
Reconstruction, black response to the new racism of
the late nineteenth century, the W.E.B. DuBois-Booker
T Washington controversy; Marcus Garvey and the
shaping of twentieth-century black nationalism, and
the changing nature of the black revolution from
Martin Luther King to Malcolm X and beyond. (Ill)

HST 1527 Total Institution and the Individual: An
Interdisciplinary Approach (Group C) 4 Q.H.

Using the tools of history psychology and sociology
this course examines the varying effects that total
institutions (such as prisons, asylums, concentration
camps, and the American slave plantation) have had
on the human personality. An effort is made to develop
a clearer understanding of how the human personal-
ity responds to such environments and of their stig-
matic effects on the individual.

HST 1 528 Crime and Punishment: A History of

the Criminal Justice System in America

(Group C) 4 Q.H.

The course examines the evolution of the criminal
justice system in the United States, with special
emphasis on the impact of English common law, the
changing role of law enforcement officers, reform
movements, the female offender, the black experi-
ence, and the changing meaning of law and order in
the United States.

HST 1 531 The Industrial Transformation of New
England (Group C) 4 Q.H.

This course examines the process by which New
England evolved from an agricultural to an industrial

124 /History

society and the effects of industry's move from the
area. Field trips to historical industrial sites are
planned.

HST 1532 History of Massachusetts (Group C)

4Q.H.

This course focuses on the political, economic, social,
and intellectual history of Massachusetts from the
Constitution of 1 780 to the present. The impact of war,
immigration, and industrialization, and the orientation
and integration of Massachusetts in the Union are
studied.

HST 1 533 History of Boston (Group C) 4 Q.H.

ThehistoryofBoston from colonialtimestothe present,
with attention to the topographical growth and the
ethnic composition of the city.

HST 1541 The Westward Movement (Group C)

4Q.H.

The course examines America's westward movement
and its impact on the political, social, and economic
life of the nation.

HST 1 543 American Urban History (Group C)

4Q.H.

Thecourseexaminesthedevelopmentof urban society
in the United States in the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries, with emphasis on the effects of immigration
and industrialization upon the politics, thought, and
society of American cities.

HST 1 552 American Reformers and Reform
Movements (Group C) 4 Q.H.

The course provides an analysis of American reform,
especially in the nineteenth century.

HST 1554 Women in America (Group C)

4 Q.H.

An analysis of women's economic and social roles
from the colonial period to the present is offered in this
course, with special attention to women's work, their
roles in family and community, and nineteenth- and
twentieth-century women's rights movements. (Ill)

HST 1 555 American Elites (Group C) 4 Q.H.

This course examines the life of elite individuals and
groups in American society, especially in the nine-
teenth and twentieth centuries.

HST 1563 History of Sport in America (Group C)

4 Q.H.

The course provides a history of the major sports and
their impact on American life.

HST 1571 American Business History (Group C)

4 Q.H.

The course examines the rise of business in America,
the role of the corporation, horizontal and vertical
combinations, business and labor, business and
government.

HST 1572 History of the Professions (Group C)

4 4 Q.H.

The course examines the evolution of the classic
professions of law and medicine in the nineteenth
century and the emergence of new professions in

engineering, nursing, accounting, and social work.
Themes include professional-client, professional-
employer, and professional-governmental relations as
well as education, professional organizations, and
sex-stereotyping.

HST 1575 History of Media in America (Group C)

4 Q.H.

The course focuses on mass communication in
American history, with attention to the role of books,
newspapers, magazines, films, radio, and television.

HST 1577 America and the Sea (Group C)

4Q.H.

Topics include the history of exploration and discovery
of America, the development of fishing, the rise of
ocean commerce, the history of the American Navy.

HST 1578 The Automobile In America (Group C)

4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the impact of the automobile
on American society in a historical context. Topics
include inquiry into the abandonment of traditional
prohibitions of motorized carriages and examination
of the use of planning, taxes, and highway policies to
foster the use of the automobile. The effect of the car
on land use, recreation, and the economy Contempo-
rary issues such as pollution and energy.

HST 1 581 Emergence of the Welfare State,
1883-1935 (Group C) 4 Q.H.

This course concentrates on an examination of the
formative years of the "welfare state" and the beginning
of big government in America. Topics include the
clash between old and new ways of governing during
the Gilded Age, progressivism, and the New Deal, with
attention to new policies in social welfare and morals,
transportation and commerce, taxation, civil liberties,
and the process of politics.

HST 1582 The Growth of Government since 1935
(Group C) 4 Q.H.

This course offers an examination of the expansion of
government in recent America and its impact on
society. The size and cost of government is discussed
from historical and non-American perspectives, and
the evolution of welfare, taxation, management of the
economy presidential power, intergovernmental rela-
tions, and bureaucracy from Franklin Roosevelt's time
are analyzed.

HST 1585 American Diplomatic History

(Group C) 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the formation and admin-
istration of American foreign policy from the Rev-
olution to the present.

HST 1586 American Military History (Group C)

4Q.H.

A survey of the complex relation between American
society and war, from the age of muskets to the
neutron bomb.

HST 1591 China and the United States

(Group C or D) 4 Q.H.

The course offers an examination of the relations of

History /1 25

China and the United States, including the period of
the missionaries and opium traders; the era of special
privileges; the Open Door policy; the first half of the
twentieth century, when China became America's
favorite proteg§; and the years of strain, warfare, and
finally accommodation after the Chinese communists
came to power in 1949.

HST 1592 History of the Vietnam Wars

(Group C or D) 4 Q.H.

A history of military conflict in Vietnam with attention
to the rise of the Viet Minh during World War II, the
struggle against the French in the first Indochina war,
the impact of the Cold War, and the involvement of the
United States after 1950 in Laos and Cambodia as
well as Vietnam. Emphasis will be placed on the roles
of communism and nationalism in Indochina and on
the motives for American intervention. Films revealing
American reaction to the escalating conflict will be
shown.

HST 1 601 Canadian History (Group D) 4 Q.H.

The history of Canada from the time of European
settlement to the present, with emphasis on Canadian
relations with the United States and on the back-
ground of the Quebec separatist movement. (IV)

HST 1 604 Modern Latin America (Group D)

4 Q.H.

Latin America from the mid-nineteenth century to the
present; dictatorial republics and the continuation of
poverty and injustice; the struggles toward democracy;
the rise of nationalism; the threat of communism; the
relations between the United States and Latin America.

HST 1605 The Modern Caribbean (Group D)

4 Q.H.

Topics include the successful Haitian revolt against
slavery peasant movements after the abolition of
slavery the Marcus Garvey movement, Caribbean
music and art, the Cuban revolution, Black Power, and
American interventions in the Caribbean from the
Spanish-American War to Grenada. This course is the
same as AFR 1 297.

HST 1612 The Modern Middle East (Group D)

4Q.H.

Focus of this course is on the Middle East since 1 800,
with emphasis on the background of present problems.
(VI)

HST 1613 Contemporary Middle East (Group D)

4Q.H.

The course focuses on political, economic, and social
developments in the Middle East since the end of
World War II.

HST 1614 The Middle East Today In Fact, Fiction,
and Film (Group D) 4 Q.H.

A study of social, economic, and political changes
and conflict in the lives of ordinary people who have
been experiencing the recent crises reported in the
media. The course will focus on common experiences
among various peoples— Turks, Armenians, Israelis,
Arabs, and Iranians-and will emphasize significant

themes: lifestyles, generational conflict, the changing
role of women, ethnic or ideological conflict, and the
prevalence of identity crises attending cultural and
social disruption.

HST 1621 Modern African Civilization (Group D)

4Q.H.

An introduction to modern Africa in the years from
1 800 to 1 960, showing how a new African civilization
arose out of the conflict-ridden conditions imposed
on the old. Themes include economic, social, political,
religious, and artistic life, as well as the influences of
slavery colonialism, and nationalism. This course is
the same as AFR 1197.

HST 1623 West African History (Group D)

4Q.H.

A survey of the politics and economics of West Africa
from the rise of the Mali Empire to the contemporary
problems of national development for the countries
from Senegal to Nigeria. This course is the same as
AFR 1403.

HST 1624 East African History (Group D)

4 Q.H.

The peoples and cultures of precolonial East Africa,
their contacts with each other and the outside world,
the impact of British and German colonial rule, the
Mau Mau revolt and the struggle for independence,
and the colonial heritage in contemporary East Africa.
This course is the same as AFR 1 401 .

HST 1625 South African History (Group D)

4 Q.H.

The historical background to current conflict in the
Republic of South Africa and in adjoining Mozambique,
Zimbabwe, and Namibia. The rise of the apartheid
system-and the opposition and alternatives to it-are
examined through the themes of racial conflict,
nationalism, and industrialization in this African setting.
This course is the same as AFR 1405.

HST 1 633 China since 1 850 (Group D) 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on the history of China as it
struggled to rid itself of foreign imperialism for one
hundred years. Emphasis is placed on the difficult
process of gaining strength by modernizing so dom-
inant a traditional culture and on the concepts and
policies of China since the communist victory in 1 949.

HST 1 634 Communist China (Group D) 4 Q.H.

Focus of this course is a close look at the policies and
achievements of China since the communists won
control in 1949. The major emphasis is upon the
background for communist victory, the unique vision
of Mao Zetong and his prescriptions for China, and
the radical changes since Mao's death and the arrest
of the "Gang of Four."

HST 1 637 Japan since 1 850 (Group D) 4 Q.H.

The course examines the history of Japan since its
opening by the West. Emphasis on westernization, the
rise of Japan as a world power, and the Japanese
experience since the defeat in World War II.

126 /History

HST 1641 Recent Leaders of Asia (Group D)

4Q.H.

This course uses biographies and films to illustrate
the lives of Gandhi of India, Ho Ch'i-minh of Vietnam,
Mao Zetong of China, and other Asian leaders and the
role they played in influencing the revolt against their
foreign colonizers. Major themes include the systems
of foreign imperialism and the opposition of Asian
nationalism.

HST 1 644 Third World Women (Group D) 4 Q.H.

This course provides an exploration of the role of
women in the less-developed Third World areas, with
special emphasis on factors of change, development,
and continuity. (IV)

HST 1 652 Islam Resurgent (Group D) 4 Q.H.

An analysis of what has been called "the militant
revival of Islam" as a rallying point for reformist or
revolutionary movements in the Muslim world. The
course will include little-known Muslim areas outside
the Middle East in Africa and Asia. (VI)

HST 1801 Directed Study

4 Q.H.

HST 1 805 Approaches to History 4 Q.H.

Students will undertake a major historical project
based on the application of appropriate methodologies
and upon the substantive understanding of a single
subject chosen by the course instructor and an-
nounced in advance of the quarter The course is
rotated among the department's faculty. All history
majors are required to take this course, though it is
open to all upperclass students. All students must
have completed 80 quarter hours of work before
taking this course.

HST 1811, HST 1812, HST 1813 Junior-Senior
Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 183 Holmes.

HST 1 821 Fieldwork in History I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HST 1 1 01 , HST 1 1 02, HST 1 201 , HST 1 202,

and 1 6 Q.H. in other history courses)

This course offers directed work in historical societies,

archives, museums, and other historical agencies.

Students should consult the Department of History for

details.

HST 1 822 Fieldwork in History II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HST 1821)

The course offers directed work in historical societies,

archives, museums, and other historical agencies.

Students should consult the Department of History for

details.

INT 1150 Introduction to Women Studies: Image,
Myth, and Reality ^ 4 Q.H.

An introductory course in the study of women in
society, this course encompasses the historical, polit-
ical, economic, and social processes that have created
both the image and reality of women in contemporary
society, and offers an overview of the many different
disciplinary approaches to the study of women. (II)

INT 1 252 Introduction to Irish Studies 4 Q.H.

Introduction to Irish Studies is taught from the per-
spective of a number of fields in one-week sequences:
art, business, drama, history, literature, music, politics,
and sociology The purpose of the course is to intro-
duce students to the important forces that have helped
to shape contemporary Ireland and Irish-American
culture.

INT 1 21 5 Into the Ocean World 4 Q.H.

Thiscourseisa comprehensive interdisciplinary intro-
duction to the oceans. The seas' complexity and the
far-reaching consequences of our interactions with
them demand an awareness of the many facets of
marine study The teaching team consists of special-
ists in the sciences, social sciences, humanities, and
arts, each with an interest in marine issues and a
commitment to bridging the gaps among disciplines.
The course themes are as broad as the oceans, but
when appropriate, we will focus on Boston harbor, a
first step into the ocean world for those of us in this
area.

INT 1 21 6 A History of Seafaring 4 Q.H.

This course surveys maritime transportation, trade,
travel, exploration, and warfare from approximately
3500 B.C. to the end of the wooden boat era in the late
nineteenth century. Prior to the widespread application
of steam power on land and sea in the nineteenth
century ships were the fastest, safest, and most
economical means of transporting large cargoes over
long distances. Literary and art history sources are
also introduced, along with several films on maritime
archaeology

INT 1 21 7 Water, Water 4 Q.H.

This course is an interdisciplinary introduction to our
most precious resource. Water has affected our bodies,
our planet, our history, and our culture. How we
manage it will shape our future. Because of increasing
demand, waste, and pollution, we are depleting-and
risk destroying-the limited supply of usable fresh
water. This course will look at water through scientific,
historical, and cultural viewpoints, and survey con-
temporary water problems in all their dimensions —
political, economic, and technological. (VI)

Journalism/ 127

Journalism

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer

JRN 1 1 03 Newswriting I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ENG 1 275 with grade of C or better)
Functions of the editorial department and procedures
in obtaining and writing news stories. Extensive news
writing. Introduction to interviewing. Legal issues
defined.

JRN 1 1 04 Newswriting II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1 1 03 with grade of C or better)
Practice in multi-source and breaking stories. Intro-
duction to government and court reporting. Advanced
work in interviewing, and writing under deadline
pressure. Discussion of legal issues.

JRN 1206 Editing 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1 1 04 with grade of C or better)
Practice in copy editing and headline writing. Assign-
ments in photo selection, cropping and outline writing.
Introduction to page layout.

JRN 1250 Interpreting the Day's News 4 Q.H.

Study of the news of the day and the function of the
newspaper, news magazine, and news broadcasts in
American life. Topics include rights and responsibili-
ties of the press and how news is gathered, processed,
and disseminated by the various media. For non-
majors as well as majors. (VI)

JRN 1301 Basic Photojournalism 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1103)

Camera and darkroom procedures will be covered
along with cropping, assignment techniques, theory,
and photo caption methods.

JRN 1 305 Techniques of Journalism 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1104)

Writing in-depth and multiple-source stories requiring
significant research. Introduction to investigative
reporting. Feature writing. Review of legal issues.

JRN 1320 Radio News Gathering and Reporting

4Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1103)

Writing and editing news for radio, with practice in
interviewing, organizing news scripts, and integrating
audio materials into broadcast.

JRN 1336 Public Relations Principles 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Sophomore standing)
Principles, history, and methods of public relations;
processes of influencing public opinion; respon-
sibilities of the public relations practitioner; analyses
of public relations programs.

JRN 1 350 Advertising Principles 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Sophomore standing)

Development, procedures, economic functions, and

responsibilities of advertising: planning, research,

to Core Curriculum categories listed on page 1 -2.

production, and other elements that go into successful
advertising.

JRN 1421 Television Newswriting 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1103)

Writing for television news as opposed to writing
for other news media; importance of the writer-
reporter as field-producer and writer-producer;
terms and language used in the production of TV
news shows. Actual individual production of news
shows; field trips to TV stations; guest lecturers from
the TV news media.

JRN 1422 Television News Production 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1103 and JRN 1421, or permission of

instructor)

Techniques used by the electronic journalist and TV

news producer. Students will have the opportunity to

build a TV news show. Reporting with portable TV

cameras and editing equipment.

JRN 1430 Fundamentals of Sports Reporting

4Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1104)

Principles of news reporting applied to covering men's
and women's sports for print and broadcast media.
Emphasis is given to using sports reference materi-
als, developing contacts, interviewing, and structur-
ing the sports story. Investigative reporting in sports
also is discussed.

JRN 1428 The Role of Journalism in Sports

4Q.H.

Analysis of the impact of journalism on the institution
of sports in this country and around the world. Sports
reporting as a motivator and demotivator from Little
League to college and professional levels. Effect of
news media coverage on violence in organized sports,
on America's physical fitness, and on other aspects of
society are covered.

JRN 1432 Local Government Reporting 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1104)

Coverage of town/city government, with emphasis on
the "beat" approach to reporting public affairs. Prac-
tical, in-the-field experience is emphasized in such
projects as town meetings, meetings of boards of
selectmen, and other commissions and bodies trans-
acting public business.

JRN 1440 Design and Graphics 4Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1206)

Layout and design principles applied to newspapers,
magazines and other print media. Type faces, copy
measuring, dummying, photo sizing, keeping copy
flow charts. Application of design and graphics prin-
ciples to advertising layout.

128 /Linguistics

JRN 1451 Advertising Copy Writing 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1103, JRN 1350)
Theory and techniques of creating advertising copy
for newspapers, magazines, radio, television, and
direct mail. Fact gathering, copy structure, and
advertising design are emphasized.

JRN 1 460 Public Relations Problems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1336)

Application of public relations techniques to prob-
lems; case studies in industry, labor, education, gov-
ernment, social welfare, and trade associations.

JRN 1 501 History of Journalism 4 Q.H.

Development of American journalism from its Euro-
pean and English beginnings. Topics include: the
colonial press, the great personal journalists of the
nineteenth century, and the impact of major tech-
nological changes in mass communications media in
the twentieth century. Some writing required.

JRN 1 508 Law of the Press 4 Q.H.

Legal problems of libel, invasion of privacy and access
to government information; the balance between
private rights and the public's "need to know."

JRN 1512 Journalism Ethics and Issues 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1501)

Responsibilities of news media; ethical problems con-
fronting decision makers in various journalistic fields:
the principles found in codes of the American Society
of Newspaper Editors, the Associated Press Managing
Editors, the Society of Professional Journalists, and
other organizations. Some writing required.

JRN 1 522 Magazine Writing 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1 104 or consent of instructor)
Writing and free-lancing magazine articles; analyzing
magazines as markets; selecting tfre best feature
format-how-to-do-it, profile, personal experience,
human interest, interpretive pieces, and others.

JRN 1 530 Advanced Reporting 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1104)

Advanced investigative and team reporting. Series

stories and research; precision reporting.

JRN 1 552 Advertising Practice 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1451)

Preparation of advertising for print and broadcast

media, including campaign planning and space and

time buying and scheduling. Product research,

consumer surveys, and measuring the effects of

advertising.

JRN 1561 Public Relations Practice 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1 1 03 and JRN 1 336)
Practices and techniques employed in the field, in-
cluding organization of events and functions. Cam-
paign planning, research, and media relationships
are studied.

JRN 1575 Publication Production and Management

4Q.H.

(Prereq. JRN 1206)

Examination of the organizational structure, pro-
duction methods, and management procedures of
print media companies. Interaction of business,
advertising, production, and circulation departments.

JRN 1617 The Constitution and Mass
Communications 4 Q.H.

The meaning of freedom of the press, explored through
study and discussion of the evolving First-Amendment
interpretations of the United States Supreme Court.

JRN 1635 Journalism and the Mass Media

4Q.H.

Seminars featuring well-known professionals from
major newspapers, radio-TV stations, wire services,
magazines, photography, and public relations. An
up-to-date, in-depth exploration of techniques and
theories used in various media.

JRN 1 870, JRN 1 880 Seminar 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Upperclass standing)
Discussions and readings on topics of current sig-
nificance in various journalistic fields.

JRN 1890, JRN 1891 Directed Study in
Journalism (each) 4 Q.H.

JRN 1892 Topics 4 Q.H.

JRN 1894, JRN 1895, JRN 1896, JRN 1897, JRN
1898 Honors in Journalism (each) 4 Q.H.

Linguistics

Courses in linguistics are offered in the following departments:

English:ENG 1118 Introduction to Language and Linguistics
ENG 1119 Foundations of the English Language
ENG 1401 Introduction to Syntax
ENG 1402 Grammars of English
ENG 1 407 Introduction to Semantics
ENG 1408 Topics in Linguistics
ENG 1690 Seminar in Stylistics

Modern Languages / 1 29

Modern Languages:LNL 1235 Applied Linguistics

LNG 1236 Applied Linguistics II
Philosophy and Religion.PHL 1215 Symbolic Logic

PHL 1440 Philosophy of Language
Psychology :PSY 1261 Bilingualism

PSY 1262 Language and Cognition

PSY 1 263 Body Language

PSY 1264 Animal Communication

PSY 1361 Introduction to Phonetics

PSY 1362 Child Language

PSY 1363 Linguistics of American Sign Language

PSY 1364 Cognition

PSY 1365 Language and the Brain

PSY 1 562 Laboratory in Psycholinguistics

PSY 1661 Seminar in Psycholinguistics

PSY 1662 Seminar in Cognition
Sociology/ Anthropology: SOA 1 135 Language and Culture

These courses are described under the different department headings. The interdepartmental major in linguis-
tics and its corresponding minor are described on page 1 1 of this Guide.

Modern Languages

Please note some courses in the College of Arts and Sciences are duplicated in different departments or colleges,
or within a department. You may not receive credit for two such courses. If you have a question about whether one
course does overlap with another, please consult the departments involved and the Dean's Office before taking
the course.

Prerequisites listed for Modern Languages are based on current course numbers at Northeastern. If approved by
the Department of Modern Languages and the dean's office, equivalent course work acquired elsewhere may be
considered acceptable to satisfy these prerequisites. The following courses are offered in English, and no
knowledge of a foreign language is required to take them: LNF 1510, LNF 1511, LNF 1512, LNF 1 51 3, LN1 1 51 0,
LN1 1 51 1 , LN1 1 51 2, LNR 1 500, LNR 1 51 0, LNR 1 51 1 , LNS 1 500, LNS 1 501 , and LNS 1 51 0. Locate these courses
under the appropriate heading for course descriptions. Language majors interested in obtaining major credit for
any of these courses should consult their instructor

Chinese

LNG 1101 Elementary Chinese I 4 Q.H.

This is a course in "Mandarin" Chinese designed to
acquaint the student with features of the spoken and
written language. Grammar, oral performance, and
simple characters are stressed. For students who
wish to speak another dialect of Chinese, consult
instructor for proper placement.

LNG 1 1 02 Elementary Chinese 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNC1101)

This course is a continuation of LNC 1101. Grammar

and spoken and written forms of the language are

studied.

LNG 1 1 03 Intermediate Chinese I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNC 1102)

This course is a continuation of LNC 1102. More
advanced features of the language. Continued study
of characters.

LNG 1 1 04 Intermediate Chinese II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNC 11 03)

This course is a continuation of LNC 1103. More

advanced work in grammar, conversation, and char-
acters.

LNG 1 801 Directed Study in Chinese 4 Q.H.

French

LNF 1 1 01 Elementary French I 4 Q.H.

Designed for students with very little or no prior
knowledge of French, this course provides a lively
introduction to basic oral expression, listening com-
prehension, and elementary reading and writing. The
audiolingual approach, using practical vocabulary
drawn from realistic situations, aims at good pronun-
ciation and ease in response. Each lesson incorpo-
rates helpful information about daily life in France and
the varied cultures within the world of French speakers.
Laboratory practice complements classwork, enables
students to work aloud at their own speed, reinforces
their acquisition of essential structures, and acquaints
them with a vast library of audiovisual resources.

130 / Modern Languages

LNF 1 1 02 Elementary French II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF1101)

This course's intent is to continue and broaden begin-
ners' exposure to the "four skills"-oral comprehen-
sion, speaking, reading, and writing French— so that
the linguistic tools needed to understand and function
in foreign contexts-at home, abroad, and in the world
of literature and film— may be acquired.

LNF 1 1 03 Intermediate French I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1 102 or equiv.)

This course, for students who wish to further their
audio-lingual skills and improve their reading and
writing, combines a review and continued study of
grammar essentials with oral, writing, and language
laboratory practice. Varied readings include jour-
nalistic, cultural, and modern literary texts. Classes
are conducted in French as much as possible so that
students may exercise their new skills.

LNF 1 1 04 Intermediate French II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1103)

This course uses the fundamentals of French to
promote effective self-expression through speaking
and writing and to explore the idiomatic aspects of the
language. Through progressive class discussions and
oral and written commentaries, students analyze a
contemporary French novel or a French cultural reader,
screenplay or collection of short stories. The course
strives, first, to help students read and comprehend
modern French writing with confidence, and to be
able to talk and write about it in good French; and
second, to provide them the opportunity to prepare for
advancement to courses beyond the intermediate
level.

LNF 1107 Reading French in the Arts and Sciences

4Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1 102 or equiv)

This course is designed for those students who wish
to develop their reading skills, without regard to other
aspects of the language such as speaking or writing.
To this end, the grammar necessary for reading is
stressed, together with vocabulary building. Scientific
and nonscientific texts are read. This course may also
provide assistance to students, graduate and under-
graduate, who need to pass a reading examination to
fulfill specific degree requirements. However, It should
be made clear that this course is not a substitute for
LNF 1 1 03 or LNF 1 1 04 (Intermediate French).

LNF 1201 French Composition and

Conversation I 4 Q.H.

This course is designed for qualified students who
wish to work on improving their proficiency in speaking
and writing French through oral reports, class discus-
sions, compositions, and an advanced review of fun-
damentals. Grammar work focuses on the students'
particular needs as well as the nuances of the
language. Varied readings in a range of styles-popular
to literary-provide insight into French life and culture.
Conducted in French.

LNF 1202 French Composition and

Conversation II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1201 or equiv)

A continuation of LNF 1201, with emphasis on indi-
vidual work, oral presentations, discussions, related
grammar, and analysis of readings. Conducted in
French.

LNF 1 203 Advanced French Proficiency I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1201 and LNF 1202 or equiv)
Emphasis is on further vocabulary building and
mastery of fine points of grammar through written
composition, prepared oral reports, and reading and
discussion of articles from current periodicals. Special
attention is given to the latest trends in spoken French,
the study of idioms and proverbs, as well as selected
examples of "argot" (slang).

LNF 1204 Advanced French Proficiency II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1201 and LNF 1202 or equiv)
This course is the continuation of LNF 1 203. In addition
to further study in the areas covered in course LNF
1203, each student is expected to pursue one major
project throughout the course, to be completed at the
end of the quarter— such as planning and writing an
original French magazine with one article to be sub-
mitted each week of the term.

LNF 1225 Introduction to the French-Speaking
World 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1 104 or equiv)

This course offers a cultural introduction to the French-
speaking world through the study of various reading
selections in the textbook Le Monde Franqais. These
selections, which stress vocabulary building and
proper usage of a wide variety of grammatical forms,
deal with the traditional backgrounds and aspects, as
well as the contemporary and "pop" aspects, of the
cultural heritage of the world's French speakers. France
will be the main, but not the exclusive, focus of this
course.

LNF 1231 Masterpieces of French Literature I

4Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1 104 or equiv)

This course provides an introduction to French poetry,
theatre (both comedy and tragedy), novels, and auto-
biographies through the study of key works from the
Middle Ages and Renaissance through the Age of
Enlightenment. The course includes such writers as
Villon, Moliere, Racine, Voltaire, and Rousseau. The
course, conducted largely in French, aims to acquaint
students with a critical approach to reading; to help
them improve their reading, speaking, and writing
skills; and to apply these new skills to a greater
understanding and appreciation of major French con-
tributions to Western culture. Group discussions are
encouraged in an effort to bring out the relation
between the texts and contemporary issues.

LNF 1232 Masterpieces of French Literature II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1 104 or equiv)

A continuation of LNF 1 231 , which is not necessarily a

Modern Languages / 1 31

prerequisite. The course presents some of the most
interesting and significant worl<s of literature from the
Romantic Age to the present. Among the readings are
an "existential" play by Musset, poetry by Baudelaire
and Verlaine, and fiction by Flaubert, Camus, and
Robbe-Grillet. For a description of methodology see
LNF1231.

LNF 1305 French Literature in the Seventeenth
Century 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1 232 or equiv.)

This course presents a study of the nondramatic
literature of seventeenth-century France from the
baroque through the classical periods. The course
studies a rich and diverse body of writing encom-
passing philosophy poetry, the table, the novel, and
epistolary w/riting. Among the authors treated are
Descartes, Pascal, La Rochefoucauld, La Fontaine,
Boileau, Mme. de S6vigne, and Mme. de La Fayette.
Offered every other year

LNF 1306 French Theatre in the Seventeenth
Century 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1 232 or equiv.)

This course offers a study of the dramatic literature of
seventeenth-century France, from the baroque through
the classical periods. Tragedy is studied in the works
of Corneille and Racine; comedy in those of Moli6re.
Offered every other year

LNF 1307 French Literature of the Eighteenth
Century i 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1232 or equiv)

The eighteenth century in France, l<nown as the Age of
Enlightenment, was an age of challenge to estab-
lished authority in all areas, and an age of changing
ideas and ideals. This intellectual and political vitality
is reflected in the representative works of Marivaux,
Montesquieu, Prevost, and Voltaire. Class discussions,
oral and written reports. Conducted in French, but
English is allowed. Offered every other year

LNF 1308 French Literature of the Eighteenth
Century II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1232 or equiv)

Toward the latter half of the century we begin to see
both the achievements brought about by the spirit of
enlightenment and at the same time the awakening of
the romantic sensibility, particularly in such authors
as Diderot, Rousseau, St. Pierre, Lacios, and Beau-
marchais. Class discussions, oral and written reports.
Conducted in French, but English is allowed. Offered
in alternate years.

LNF 1309 French Literature of the Nineteenth
Century I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1232 or equiv)

Romanticism is treated as a major cultural phe-
nomenon affecting man's view of his world and the
way he expresses experience. In this context, the
course examines romanticism in poetry and drama,
as well as its continuation into the realist novel. Among
the authors read are Victor Hugo in poetry and the
drama, and Honore de Balzac in the novel. In addition

there are selections from other writers who represent
aspects of romanticism and realism. Conducted prin-
cipally in French. Offered every other year.

LNF 1310 French Literature of the Nineteenth
Century II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1232 or equiv)

This course deals with the reaction against roman-
ticism: aestheticism and personal modes of expres-
sion in contrast to the enthusiasm of the early roman-
tics. The course deals with a novel by Gustave Flaubert
and the verse of Charles Baudelaire in Les Fleurs du
Mai, and the poets who followed in Baudelaire's foot-
steps. Flaubert and Baudelaire are seen as precur-
sors of modern literature. Conducted principally in
French. Offered every other year

LNF 131 1 French Literature of the Twentieth
Century I 4 Q.K

(Prereq. LNF 1232 or equiv)
This course offers a study of the major movements in
the narrative and dramatic prose writers prior to World
War II, including Alain-Fournier, Proust, Claudel, Gide,
Mauriac, and Saint Exup6ry. Students are required to
read a work from each author, discuss it in class, and
present oral and written reports. Conducted in French,
but English may be used. Offered in alternate years.

LNF 1312 French Literature of the Twentieth
Century II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNF 1232 or equiv)

This course focuses on the trends in postwar fiction,
with particular consideration of the struggle to find
meaning in an absurd world. Analysis of significant
works by Giraudoux, Montherlant, Sartre, Camus,
Anouilh, lonesco, and Beckett. Oral and written reports,
class discussions. Conducted in French, but English
may be used. Offered in alternate years.

LNF 1400 Seminar: Critical Methodology and
Practice in French Literature 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Excellent reading knowledge of French)
The seminar treats one modern French writer in terms
of a critical methodology developed in the first part of
the seminar based on modern critical practice.

LNF 1401 Seminar: Trends in Modern French
Uterature 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Excellent reading knowledge of French)
The seminar examines a trend in modern French
literature and develops a critical methodology useful
for this analysis.

LNF 1510 Modern Philosophical French
Literature in Translation 4 Q.H.

Camus and Sartre are considered to have been the
spokesmen for their generation's philosophical con-
cerns. Works by these two authors are studied in
the course and a working knowledge of existential^
ism is developed from them. Course given in English.

LNF 1511 The Theme of Solitude In French
Literature 4 Q.H.

Course conducted in English. Texts read in English
translation (those who wish to do so may read them in

132 / Modern Languages

French). The multiple facets of the theme of solitude
are traced from the beginnings of French literature to
the present. Viewed as a source of both wonder and
anguish, solitude is studied in its various manifesta-
tions, including banishment, imprisonment, expatria-
tion, and seclusion. The phenomena of moral and
spiritual solitude are examined as well. Among authors
studied are Charles d'Orleans, Du Bellay, Rousseau,
Chateaubriand, Hugo, Verlaine, Mauriac, and Camus.

LNF 1512 Masterpieces of Modern European
Fiction 4 Q.H.

This course is conducted in English and focuses on
modern European authors, including Dostoevski,
Mann, Kafka, Proust, Gide, and Camus. Their works
are viewed as commentaries on their respective soci-
eties and, more generally, as investigations of the
human condition.

LNF 1513 French Seminar: Voltaire and Rousseau

4 Q.H.

Thiscourseoffersanopportunityto study and compare
the two great figures of the eighteenth century. Through
an analysis of their works, students may determine
how, by their contrasting interests, personalities, and
views of society, these writers contributed to funda-
mental changes in the political, philosophical, and
literary world of their time— and ours. Class discus-
sion, oral and written reports. Conducted in English.
Offered in alternate years.

LNF 1 550 Introduction to Film Analysis .4 Q.H.

The course's major goal is the cultivation of critical
skills in analyzing the film medium, enabling students
to spot and articulate ways in which film shapes their
experience. The course will be presented in three
units: Film Form, Narrative Form, and Film Style. Form,
and its most prevalent manifestation, narrative form,
can be said to be the way in which the parts of a film
are related to one another to create a whole. Style,
including mise-en-scene, cinematography editing,
and sound, will be studied in relation to audience
expectations and the constitutive role of film form. The
course will be organized around weekly film screen-
ings and individual study of films put on reserve in the
Video section of the Learning Resource Center of
Dodge Library

LNF 1 551 Introduction to Rim Theory 4 Q.H.

The purpose of the course is to help students become
aware of the many factors involved in the film's com-
munication of a "message." The methodology of the
course will be based on "semiotics," which seeks to
reveal the meaning of film through close analysis of
the text. By integrating historical and psychoanalytic
approaches to the semiotic model, the course will
also stress the relativity of interpretative results.
Through a variety of readings, students will be exposed
to a number of views that will equip them to be open
minded about deciding what a film means. Weekly film
screenings will contrast a Hollywood film with a
European film for the purpose of analysis.

LNF 1 560 nim and Psychoanalysis 4 Q.H.

This course will explore the nature and possibilities of

the psychoanalytic interpretation of film. The course
will demonstrate that such an approach offers an
additional dimension to the analysis of a work of art.
The principal focus will be on elements in the work
that are derivative of unconscious processes. Thus,
fantasies, dreams, symbolism, and imagery will be
given special attention. Material in the works studied
that relates to neurotic conflicts, character structure
and formation, interpersonal relationships and distor-
tions in psychological development will be brought
into the discussion. Weekly film screenings will be
accompanied by lectures and discussions; each
student will select one film (placed on reserve in the
Learning Resources Center of Dodge Library) for an
in-depth study on a topic of his or her choice.

LNF 1801, LNF 1802, LNF 1803, LNF 1804, LNF
1 805 Directed Study (each) 4 Q.H.

Directed Studies offer students a way of going beyond
work given in the regular curriculum and may also
serve as a means to complete major or minor require-
ments in certain situations. Directed Studies will not
be given in areas adequately covered by existing
courses. Priority is given to language majors and to
juniors and seniors.

LNF 1820, LNF 1821, LNF 1822, LNF 1823
Junior-Senior Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 183 Holmes.

Spanish

Prerequisites listed for Modern Languages are based
on current course numbers at Northeastern. Equiva-
lent course work done elsewhere may be considered
acceptable to satisfy these prerequisites.

LNS 1 101 Elementary Spanish I 4 Q.H.

The course includes presentation of essentials of
correct usage through acquisition of basic skills in
reading, writing, speaking, and aural comprehension.

LNS 1 1 02 Elementary Spanish 11 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1 101 or equiv.)
Continuation of language instruction with increasing
attention to vocabulary and skills relevant to persons
who wish to become involved with the Hispanic world.

LNS 1 1 03 Intermediate Spanish I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1 102 or equiv)
Included are completion of basic grammatical usage;
reading of contemporary Hispanic plays; oral and
written communication based upon assigned readings.

LNS 1 1 04 Intermediate Spanish 11 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1 103 or equiv)

The course offers intensive reading of topics of current
interest; conversation practice utilizing skills acquired
in previous course work; and composition practice
based upon varied assigned topics.

LNS 1 1 05 Conversational Spanish I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1 1 04 or equiv; open to nonmajors only)
Emphasis is on helping students develop the ability to
speak and comprehend Spanish. Particularly able
students may be accepted after having completed

Modern Languages / 1 33

only LNS 1 1 03. In this case, LNS 1 1 05 may be used to
satisfy the language requirement.

LNS 11 06 Conversational Spanish II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1 1 05 or equiv.; open to nonmajors only)
Continuation of LNS 1 1 05, with continuing emphasis
on the development of oral facility in Spanish. Par-
ticularly able students may be accepted after having
completed only LNS 1 1 04.

LNS 1 1 30 Intensive Spanish 8 Q.H.

This course encompasses the same material covered
in LNS 1 1 01 and LNS 1 1 02. Students with language-
learning ability and a commitment to the study of
foreign languages are encouraged to take the course.
Students are expected to assimilate the material at an
accelerated pace. This is a two-sequence course;
students must enroll in both sequences. Satisfactory
completion of this course enables the student to take
LNS 1 1 03 if he or she wishes.

LNS 1201 Spanish Composition and
Conversation I 4 Q.H.

This course offers practice in writing and speaking
Spanish, including vfl-itten and oral resumes, prepared
speeches and themes, and impromptu speaking and
writing. A review of the more subtle problems of
grammar

LNS 1202 Spanish Composition and
Conversation II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1201 or equiv)

This course offers further practice in oral and written
Spanish; continued study of problems of advanced
Spanish grammar

LNS 1203 Advanced Spanish Proficiency I

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
This course is designed for those preparing to enter
the teaching profession, as well as qualified advanced
students. Advanced elements of Spanish syntax, with
emphasis upon achieving superior speaking, reading,
and writing skills.

LNS 1204 Advanced Spanish Proficiency II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1203 and permission of instructor)
Continuation of aims and goals of LNS 1203.

LNS 1231 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature I

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1 104 or equiv)

An introductory course tracing the development of
Spanish literature from its beginnings in the Middle
Ages (las jarchas, El poema del Cid, El libro de buen
amor, La Celestina, etc.) through the Renaissance and
Baroque periods or Golden Age (Garcilaso de la
Vega, the picaresque novel, the mystics, Cervantes,
Lope de Vega, Calderon, etc.). Classes are conducted
in Spanish.

LNS 1232 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature II

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1 104 or equiv.)

A continuation of LNS 1 231 , surveying the literature of

eighteenth-, nineteenth-, and twentieth-century Spain.
Included are the literary movements of romanticism,
realism, and the generation of '98. Classes are
conducted in Spanish.

LNS 1301 Spanish Literature of the Middle

Ages 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv)

The course offers selections from the major works of
the Middle Ages, from El poema del Cid to the Libro de
buen amor. Conducted in Spanish.

LNS 1303 Spanish Literature of the Rfteenth

and Sixteenth Centuries 4 Q.H.

This courseexaminesselectionsfrom the major works
of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. Some of the
works to be considered are La Celestina, Lazarillo de
Tormes, and El Romancero. Conducted in Spanish.

LNS 1305 Cervantes and His Times 4 Q.K

(Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv) .
The course examines selections from Cervantes' minor
works (the Entremeses and the Novelas ejemplares);
emphasis, however, is on Don Quixote, Spain'sgreatest
literary masterpiece. Conducted in Spanish.

LNS 1 306 Span ish Golden Age Theatre 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv)

The course examines plays by the outstanding dram-
atists of the seventeenth century: Lope de Vega,
Calderon de la Barca, Tlrso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon,
and others. Conducted in Spanish.

LNS 1309 Spanish Literature of the Nineteenth
Century I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv.)
The course includes readings in the prose, poetry,
and drama of the romantic period, including selections
from el Duque de Rivas, Larra, Espronceda, Zorrilla,
and Becquer Conducted in Spanish.

LNS 1310 Spanish Literature of the Nineteenth
Century II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv.)

This course offers a study of some of the major
novelists of the second half of the nineteenth century,
such as J. M. de Pereda, Juan Valera, Emilia Pardo
Bazan, and B. Perez Galdos. Conducted in Spanish.

LNS 1311 Spanish Literature of the Twentieth
Century I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv.)

The course examines selections from the writings of
the Generation of '98: Unamuno, Valle-lnclan, Pio
Baroja, Benavente, Azorin, and the Machado brothers.

LNS 1312 Spanish Literature of the Twentieth
Century II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv)
The course focuses on prose and poetry of modern
writers, such as Ortega y Gasset, Perez de Ayla,
Garcia Lorca, Juan Ramon Jimenez, Gironella, and
Jose Cela.

LNS 1315 Latin American Literature 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv)

The course focuses on early Latin American literature:

134 / Modern Languages

the literature of the colonial period and the early
nineteenth century, based primarily on selections
from an anthology

LNS 1316 Latin American Literature 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv.)
This course focuses on modern Latin American litera-
ture; readings from nineteenth- and twentieth-century
prose and poetry

LNS 1400 Spanish Seminar 4 Q.H.

This course is designed primarily for majors who have
progressed to the upper-level literature courses in
Spanish. However, nonmajors who show exceptional
background may be admitted with the instructor's
permission. The course focuses upon a narrowly
defined theme (i.e., a single author, a single work, or a
single theme), which students are asked to explore in
depth; students are expected to present a final paper
based upon individual research.

LNS 1401 Seminar in Spanish Literature 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
This is an upper-level literature course designed pri-
marily for majors, although nonmajors who show
exceptional background in Spanish may be admitted.
Students are expected to read a selected group of
Galdos's novels, and the class meetings will concen-
trate on a detailed discussion and analysis of the
works read. There are collateral readings as well, and
a final paper on a topic to be selected by the student.

LNS 1402 Seminar in the Contemporary

Spanish Theatre 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNS 1 232 or permission of instructor)
In contrast to the typical bourgeois theatre of con-
sumption in Spain, there exists a number of dram-
atists committed to revealing the tragic social and
existential aspects of the human condition. Emphasis
is placed on authors such as Vallejo, Sartre, the
members of the generacion realista, and the "under-
ground" playwrights. Classes are conducted in
Spanish. Class participation as well as oral and written
projects required. Alternates yearly with LNS 1401.

LNS 1 500 Backgrounds in Hispanic Culture I

4Q.H.

A multimedia approach is utilized to present the rich
panorama of the humanities from Altamira to modern
times. A reading knowledge of Spanish is helpful but
not required, since the course is conducted in English.
Reld trips, concerts, guest speakers, and individual
study projects enhance this exploration of Spanish
creativity.

LNS 1501 Backgrounds in Hispanic Culture II

4Q.H.

This course spans the time from pre-Columbian days
to the present in Latin America, exploring culture,
traditions, and attitudes. A multimedia approach with
field trips and guest lecturers. Conducted in English.

LNS 1510 Saints and Sinners: The Vision of
Women in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance

4 Q.H.

Topics include the attainment of and the atonement

for love; society's changing attitude toward women as
reflected in the literature of the times. Selected fabliaux,
short stories, poems, and plays from Boccaccio,
Chaucer, Ruiz, Rojas, Machiavelli, Lope de Vega,
Calderon, Quevedo, Racine, Middleton, as well as
women writers. Reference is made to historical and
sociological materials. This course is offered in English.
All required readings are in translation.

LNS 1512 The Don Juan Rgure in Literature

4Q.H.

A seminar course dealing with the emergence and
development of the Don Juan figure in Western litera-
ture. The course will be taught in English, although it
will focus upon many works which were originally
written in other languages (they will be read in English
translation). It will attempt to analyze the character of
Don Juan, beginning with his first appearance in the
theater of seventeenth-century Spain, and following
his development well into the twentieth-century. The
course will strive to develop an appreciation and
understanding of the character of Don Juan through
the centuries, and to analyze the similarities and the
differences that may be seen in the character from
one cultural milieu to another

LNS 1801, LNS 1802, LNS 1803, LNS 1804, LNS
1 805 Directed Studies (each) 4 Q.H.

LNS 1820, LNS 1821, LNS 1822, LNS 1823
Junior-Senior Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 1 83 Holmes.

LNL 1 235 Applied Linguistics 4 Q.H.

The course explores the process of language learning
and the nature of this experience for infants and
adults. Emphasis is on the child's ability to master
successfully the complex essentials of its first language
by the age of five, and how the development of cogni-
tive capacity and language-learning ability are related.
The role of the parent and of the physical environment
will also be discussed. Other topics include second-
language learning, contrastive analysis, learning
English as a second language or dialect, sign language,
the significance of "errors," learning strategies, and a
survey of language-teaching methods.

German

Prerequisites listed for Modern Languages are based
on current course numbers at Northeastern. Equiva-
lent course work done elsewhere will be considered
acceptable to satisfy these prerequisites.

LNG 1101 Elementary German I 4 Q.H.

This course is designed to provide instruction in the
basic grammatical structure of German through
practice in listening comprehension, speaking, read-

Modern Languages / 135

ing, and writing. Instruction is provided in the class-
room and in the language laboratory. No previous
study of German necessary. (Special sections of this
course are run for business students.)

LNG 1 1 02 Elementary German II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1 101 or equiv)
A continuation of LNG 1101, this course emphasizes
helping students to increase their knowledge of the
basic grammatical structure of German and to develop
additional flexibility in the four language skills. (Special
sections of this course are run for business students.)

LNG 11 03 Intermediate German I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1 102 or equiv.)
This course offers a comprehensive review and rein-
forcement of the major aspects of German grammar
and usage; continues to explore the four major skills
of listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and
writing; introduces the student to the reading of
contemporary literary texts, including a full-length
play— Biedermann und die Brandstifter, by the Swiss
playwright Max Frisch.

LNG 1 1 04 Intermediate German II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1 1 03 or equiv)
The course aims at helping students enlarge vocab-
ulary and develop increased flexibility in the four
basic language skills. Included are completion of
grammar review, continued exposure to modern literary
texts. One full-length play is read-Der Besuch der
alter) Dame, by the contemporary Swiss dramatist
Friedrich Durrenmatt. Successful completion of this
course entitles the student to choose from among the
upper-level course offerings in the areas of German
literature and/or composition and conversation.

LNG 1107 Reading German 4 Q.H.

This course is designed for those students who wish
to develop their reading skills, without regard to other
aspects of the language, such as speaking or writing.
The grammar necessary for reading is stressed,
together with vocabulary building; scientific and
nonscientific texts are read. This course may provide
assistance to students, graduate and undergraduate,
who need to pass a reading examination to fulfill
specific degree requirements.

LNG 1201 German Composition and
Conversation I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1 104 or equiv)
This course strives to develop facility in speaking and
writing German and stresses active use of the lan-
guage. Students are provided an opportunity for
practice in listening comprehension through German
language films or tape-recorded interviews with native
German speakers; expansion of vocabulary through
guided group discussions on topics of general interest;
and development of language skills in areas of
individual interest through preparation of oral reports
in German. Compositions are assigned on a weekly
basis and grammar is reviewed as needed. Utilization
of language laboratory. Recommended for students
preparing for co-op in Germany.

LNG 1202 German Composition and
Conversation II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1201 or equiv.)
Continuation of German LNG 1201 in content and
format with emphasis on independent communication
skills. Recommended for students preparing for co-op
in Germany

LNG 1203 Advanced German Proficiency I

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1201 and LNG 1202, or permission of
instructor)

The course offers intensive training in spoken and
written German with the aim of providing students an
opportunity to increase vocabulary and develop flexi-
bility in the use of the language. Included are student-
led discussions of German society and current affairs
based on readings of current journals and periodi-
cals; weekly written assignments; review and practice
of grammar where necessary

LNG 1231 Masterpieces of German Literature I

4Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1 104 or equiv)
The course includes a survey of the major trends in
the development of German literature from the Hilde-
brandslied to Martin Luther In addition, reading of
selected works of major authors of the twentieth
century such as Hauptmann, Kafka, Mann, Brecht,
Durrenmatt, and Boll. Choice of works to be read in a
particular term will be based partially on theatre per-
formances or film showings planned in the Boston
area. Class attendance of these performances is antic-
ipated. Recommended as an introductory step to
literature courses LNG 1 307 and above. Offered every
other year, alternating with LNG 1232.

LNG 1232 Masterpieces of German Literature II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1 104 or equiv)
This course includes a survey of the major trends in
the development of German literature from Martin
Luther to the present, including selected works of
major authors of the nineteenth and twentieth cen-
turies. Choice of works to be read in a particular term
will be based partially on theatre performances or film
showings planned in the Boston area. Class attend-
ance of these performances is anticipated. Recom-
mended as an introductory step to literature courses
LNG 1 307 and above. Offered every other year, alter-
nating with LNG 1 23 1 . May be taken before LNG 1 231 .

LNG 1307 Classical Period of German Literature

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1232 or equiv)
The course provides background and general survey
of the period from 1750 to 1800, with particular
emphasis on the works of Lessing and Schiller Among
the dramas read are Lessing's Minna von Barnhelm
and Nattian der Weise, and Schiller's Maria Sfuart and
Die Jungfrau von Orleans. Lectures (in German) and
reports.

1 36 / Modern Languages

LNG 1 308 The Works of Goethe 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1232 or equiv.)
The course includes drama, prose writing, and lyric
poetry of Goethe: Faust, Part I; Hermann Und Dorothea;
Egmont; and Iphigenie auf Tauris. Lectures (in German)
and reports.

LNG 1309 German Literature of the Nineteenth
Century 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1232 or equiv.)
The course offers background and general survey of
German literature of the nineteenth century, with par-
ticular attention to prose and lyric poetry. The lyric
poetry includes poems of all the important romantic
poets, beginning with Holderlin, Tieck, Novalis, and
extending through Morike. Among the prose works
discussed are Novellen by Eichendorff, Tieck, Cham-
isso, Klelst, Fougue, Keller, Meyer, and Ludwig. Lectures
(in German) and reports.

LNG 1310 German Drama of the Nineteenth
Century 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1232 or equiv.)

Dramas read are selected from Germany's foremost

dramatists of the nineteenth century, including Kleist,

Hebbel, Grillparzer, and Ludwig. Lectures (in German)

and reports.

LNG 131 1 German Literature of the Twentieth

Century 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1232 or equiv)

The course includes lyric poetry and prose works of

important German writers of the twentieth century,

including Schnit2ler, Hauptmann, Mann, and Kafka.

Lectures (in German) and reports.

LNG 1 31 2 German Drama of the Twentieth Century

4Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1 232 or equiv.)
Plays are selected from those by important dramatists
of the twentieth century, including Schnitzler, Haupt-
mann, Sudermann, Hofmannsthal, Wedekind, Kaiser,
Toller, and Brecht. Lectures (in German) and reports.

LNG 1 31 5 The German Lyric 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1232 or equiv)
The course offers a survey of the German lyric from
the twelfth century to the present. Analysis and inter-
pretation of representative selections from major lyric
poets such as Walther von der Vogelweide, Gerhard,
Fleming, Gryphius, Klopstock, Claudius, Goethe,
Schiller, Holderlin, Eichendorff, Brentano, Heine,
Morike, Storm, Meyer, Rilke, and Brecht. Background
of the development of the German lyric, movements,
and types. Class discussions and reports.

LNG 131 6 The Dramatic Works of Franz
Grillparzer 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNG 1 232 or equiv)
The course includes reading, analysis, and inter-
pretation of representative works of Franz Grillparzer,
Austria's greatest dramatist: Sappho, Des Meeres und
der Liebe Wellen, Der Traum ein Leben, Konig Ottokars
Gluck und Ende, and the novella, Der arme Spielmann.
Collateral readings, discussions, and reports.

LNG 1801, LNG 1802, LNG 1803, LNG 1804,

LNG 1 805 Directed Studies (each) 4 Q.H.

LNG 1820, LNG 1821, LNG 1822, LNG 1823
Junior-Senior Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 183 Holmes.

Russian

Prerequisites listed for Modern Languages are based
on current course numbers at Northeastern.
Equivalent course work done elsewhere will be con-
sidered acceptable to satisfy these prerequisites.

LNR 1 1 01 Elementary Russian I 4 Q.H.

The course includes essentials of grammar, practice
in pronunciation, progressive acquisition of a basic
vocabulary, idiomatic expressions.

LNR 1 1 02 Elementary Russian II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNR 1101)

Continuation of grammar study; oral and written

exercises.

LNR 1 1 03 Intermediate Russian I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNR 1102)

Designed to help further the student's knowledge of
Russian through oral and written work; the study of
grammar and reading texts of moderate difficulty.

LNR 1104 Intermediate Russian II

(Prereq. LNR 1103)

Continuation of work and aims of LNR 1 1 03.

4 Q.H.

4Q.H.

LNR 1107 Scientific Russian

(Prereq. LNR 1 104 or equiv.)
The course offers readings of Russian texts in math-
ematics, physics, chemistry astronomy, biology and
medical science. Designed to help prepare the student
for the department reading examination in his/her
chosen field. As far as possible, texts are selected on
the basis of the students' needs and interests.

LNR 1201 Russian Composition and
Conversation I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNR 1 104 or equiv)
Designed to assist students in developing skills in
speaking and writing by means of detailed grammar
review and extensive use of audio-visual media.
Conducted in Russian.

LNR 1202 Russian Composition and
Conversation I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNR 1201 or equiv.)
A continuation of LNR 1201 with an increased em-
phasis on speaking the colloquial Russian idiom.
Conducted in Russian.

LNR 1203 Advanced Russian Proficiency I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNR 1202 or equiv.)

Emphasizes speaking and writing skills through the

Modern Languages/ 137

study of Russian word formation and derivation.
Weekly compositions or oral reports are required.
Conducted in Russian.

LNR 1204 Advanced Russian Proficiency II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. LNR 1 203 or equiv.)
Emphasizes speaking and writing skills through the
study and use of Russian idioms and colloquialisms.
Conducted in Russian.

LNR 1205 Stylistlcs and Advanced Grammar
Analysis I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNR 1 104 or permission of instructor)
Designed for students pursuing a major or minor in
the Russian language; focuses on modern usage of
the Russian language through newspaper and mag-
azine articles and short stories.

LNR 1206 Stylistlcs and Advanced Grammar
Analysis II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNR 1205 or permission of instructor)
Continues goals of LNR 1205 and also focuses on
helping students improve listening comprehension
through the use of extensive laboratory work.

LNR 1309 Russian Short Stories of the Nineteenth
Century 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNR 1 104 or equiv)

The course offers detailed analysis of selected rep-
resentative short stories read in Russian; study of the
development of this genre.

LNR 1315 Russian Expository Prose 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNR 1104)

Selected readings of lectures, speeches, essays, and

critical studies by outstanding Russian scholars.

LNR 1 31 6 Russian Folklore 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNR 1104)

Various genres of Russian folk literature are read in
Russian. Readings are supplemented with lectures
and tape recordings.

LNR 1 31 7 Russian Poetry 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNR 1104)

The major works of important classical and modern

poets are read in Russian and analyzed.

LNR 1500 Backgrounds In Russian Culture

4 Q.H.

Designed to offer the student a view of Russian culture
and civilization, the course utilizes guest speakers,
films, field trips, and discussions. Conducted in
English.

LNR 1510 The Works of Alexander Pushkin in
Translation 4 Q.H.

This course offers a survey and analysis in English of
Pushkin's artistic prose, lyric poetry, correspondence,
friendships, and major literary influences.

LNR 1511 Russian Literature in Translation

4Q.H.

A companion to LNR 1510, this is a survey and
analysis in English of some of the works of Tolstoi.
Dostoevski, Chekhov, and others.

LNR 1801, LNR 1802, LNR 1803, LNR 1804, LNR
1805 Directed Studies (each) 4 Q.H.

LNR 1820, LNR 1821, LNR 1822, LNR 1823
Junior-Senior Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 183 Holmes.

Italian

Prerequisites listed for Modern Languages are based
on current course numbers at Northeastern. Equiva-
lent course work done elsewhere will be considered
acceptable to satisfy these prerequisites.

LN1 1 1 01 Elementary Italian I 4 Q.H.

For the beginner who wants instruction in the essen-
tials of Italian grammar and the opportunity to practice
speaking and reading the language.

LN1 1 1 02 Elementary Italian II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNI 1 101 or equiv.)

Continued study of grammar and basic language

skills. Practice in more advanced conversation and

reading.

LN1 1 1 03 Intermediate Italian I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNI 1 102 or equiv.)

Review of grammar. Progressively more intensive
practice in oral and written communication. Reading
will be from selected modern texts.

LN1 1 1 04 Intermediate Italian II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNI 1 103 or equiv)

Review of grammatical difficulties, with attention given
to current idiomatic forms. Greater emphasis on self-
expression. Reading of short stories or a modern
novel.

LN1 1201 Italian Composition and

Conversation I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNI 1 104 or equiv)

For students who have mastered the fundamentals of
the language. There will be no study of grammar as
such. The course aims at helping students strengthen
speaking and writing ability through an analysis of the
language, oral and written reports, and general dis-
cussions on a variety of topics. Conducted entirely in
Italian.

LN1 1202 Italian Composition and

Conversation II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LNI 1201 or equiv.)

Continuation of LNI 1201, with stress on individual
work, free discussions, and compositions. Conducted
entirely in Italian.

LN1 1231 Masterpieces of Italian Literature I

4Q.H.

(Prereq. LNI 1 104 or equiv)

Introductory course in Italian literature covering the

138 /Mathematics

Trecento to the seventeenth century. An analysis will
be made of major trends and writers beginning with
the doice stil nuovo, Dante's Vita Nuova, and con-
tinuing with readings from Petrarca's Canzoniere,
Boccaccio's Decameron, and Machiavelli's La Man-
dragola. Discussion of the readings, oral and written
reports. Conducted basically in Italian, but students
are allowed to express themselves in English.

LN1 1232 Masterpieces of Italian Literature II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. LNI 1 104 or equiv.)

Continuation of LNI 1231, but may be taken sep-
arately This course concentrates on authors from the
eighteenth to the twentieth centuries, such as Goldoni,
Leopardi, Verga, Pirandello, Moravia, Levi, and Buzzati.
A novel, a play or poetry selections from each author
will be discussed. Oral and written reports. Conducted
basically in Italian, but students may use English.

LN1 1311 Italian Literature of the Twentieth
Century I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LN1 1232 or equiv)
Reading and discussion of some of the novels, plays,
and poems from a variety of literary trends and styles
that evolved between the turn of the century and
World War II. Among the authors studied are Verga,
Pascoli, D'Annunzio, Pirandello, Deledda, and Svevo.
Oral and written reports. The course will be conducted
basically in Italian, but students may use English.
Offered in alternate years.

LN1 1312 ItaKan Literature of the Twentieth
Century II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. LN1 1232 or equiv.)
The postwar period to the present. Many important
authors have arisen since the early forties, and their
books reflect the preoccupations, moods, and aspira-
tions of our changing times. Among the writers con-
sidered in this course are Moravia, Silone, Vittorini,
Pavese, Guareschi, Buzzati, Sciascia, Ungaretti, Mon-
tale, and Quasimodo. Oral and written reports are
required. English may be used, but the course will be
conducted basically in Italian. Offered in alternate
years.

LN1 1510 The Works of Dante in Translation I

4Q.H.

This course considers briefly the cultural background
and various literary schools that influenced Dante. His
life, his character, and minor works are discussed.
The Vita Nuova and the first cantica of the Divina
Commedia, the "Inferno," are read and analyzed in
some detail. This course is intended for students of
any background or major Bilingual texts are used so
that students with a background In Italian and others,
may refer to the original for added interest and
enrichment. Classes are conducted in English.

LN1 1511 The Works of Dante in Translation II

4Q.H.

This is a continuation of LNI 1510, but may be taken
separately The other two parts of the Divina Commedia,
"Purgatorio" and "Paradise," are studied in detail.
The course is open to anyone. Bilingual texts used.
Classes conducted in English.

LN1 1 51 2 Italian Seminar: Pirandelk) 4 Q.H.

By viewing reality in man's world and man's personality
with strikingly new insights, Pirandello contributed a
new dimension to our understanding of human nature
and brought about significant changes to the tradi-
tional conception of the theatre. This course examines
the originality and art of Pirandello by a close study of
some of his great plays and short stories. Class dis-
cussions, oral and written reports. Conducted in
English. Offered in alternate years.

LN1 1801, LN1 1802, LN1 1803, LN1 1804, LNI

1 805 Directed Studies (each) 4 Q.H.

LN1 1820, LN1 1821, LN1 1822, LN1 1823
Junior-Senior Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 183 Holmes.

Mathematics

The Mathematics Department offers several sequences of courses which may overlap in content. Please consult
the Math Department if you have any question regarding course content. You will not receive credit for two
courses which overlap in content.

MTH 1000 Mathematics Preliminaries I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of course coordinator)
The purpose of this course is to supply together with
MTH 1010, the high school math background neces-
sary for a student to survive in MTH 1101, MTH 1 1 06,
or MTH 1113. Material includes the arithmetic of
signed numbers, fractions, decimals, and percents;
algebraic manipulation and solution of simple equa-
tions; elementary word problems; laws of exponents.

MTH 1010 Mathematics Preliminaries II 4 Q.H.

The purpose of this course is to supply together with
MTH 1000, the high school math background neces-
sary for a student to survive in MTH 1101, MTH 1 1 06,
or MTH 1113. Topics include quadratic equations and
systems of equations; graphing (including slope of a
line and vertex of a parabola), more word problems;
either logarithms, trigonometry, or some of both at the
instructor's discretion; in winter and spring quarters

Mathematics/ 139

the material covered in MTH 1 000 will be assumed; in
the fall quarter there is an overlap wWh MTH 1000
on solving equations, word problems, and laws of
exponents.

MTH 1 1 01 Basic Mathematics 4 Q.H.

The course examines systems of linear equations and
their graphs. Graphing systems of linear inequalities
in two variables with application to linear program-
ming. Introduction to matrices, matrix multiplication,
and vectors.

MTH 11 03 Basic Mathematics 4 Q.H.

Topics include introduction to probability, sample
spaces with equiprobable events, permutations and
combinations, conditional probability. Random varia-
bles, introduction to Markov processes.

MTH 1 1 06 Fundamentals of Mathematics 4 Q.H.

This course examines how to solve various kinds of
algebraic equations: linear, quadratic, and linear
systems in two and three unknowns. Applications to
word problems such as motion, mixture, and varia-
tional problems. The concept of function, graphs, line
slopes, and graphs of polynomials. Some elementary
trigonometry and vectors in the plane.

MTH 1 1 07 Functions and Basic Calculus 4 Q.H.

The course provides an introduction to differential
calculus. Elementary rules of differentiation with appli-
cation to graph sketching and to maximum and
minimum problems. Exponential and logarithmic func-
tions with applications to problems in compound
interest, population growth, and radioactive decay.

MTH 1108 Calculus 4 Q.H.

The course offers a review and continuation of differ-
ential calculus, graphing and differentiation of trigo-
nometric functions, introduction to integral calculus
with applications to geometric problems and to differ-
ential equations.

MTH 1113 College Mathematics for Business

4Q.H.

Topics include sets, rectangular coordinates and
graphs, functions and functional notation, linear and
quadratic functions, exponential and logarithmic func-
tions, systems of linear equations, summations, ine-
qualities, permutations and combinations, elementary
probability concepts, arithmetic and geometric pro-
gressions, simple and compound interest annuities.

MTH 1114 Fundamentals of Mathematics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 1 13 or equiv)
Topics include matrices; Gaussian elimination inverses
of matrices; systems of linear inequalities; feasible
regions; graphical solution of linear programming
problems; limits; derivatives; differentiation of poly-
nomials; differentiation of exponential and logarith-
mic functions; maxima, minima, and points of inflection;
optimization in nonlinear problems; marginal analysis
of cost revenue and profit functions.

MTH 1 1 20, MTH 1121 Calculus (each) 6 Q.H.

This course sequence is designed to assist students
in overcoming deficiencies in precalculus mathemat-

ics without losing ground in the MTH 1 1 23 sequence.
The two quarters review high school algebra, introduce
trigonometric functions, and cover the material in
MTH 1 1 23 and MTH 1 1 24. The five meetings per week
include lecture and homework review sessions. Stu-
dents are placed in this course by request or on the
basis of their College Board scores and the results of
an orientation-week diagnostic test.

MTH 1 1 23 Calculus 4 Q.H.

This is a first course in calculus in one variable,
primarily for engineering students. Functions, graphs,
lines, limits, continuity, derivatives, chain rule, curve
sketching, related rates, and maxima-minima problems
are included.

MTH 1 1 24 Calculus 4 Q.H.

Continuation of MTH 1 1 23. The integral in one variable
with applications to areas, volumes, lengths, work,
pressure, etc. Trigonometric, exponential, and loga-
rithmic functions.

MTH 1125 Calculus 4 Q.H.

Continuation of MTH 1124. Further techniques of
integration, elementary differential equations, polar
coordinates, and further applications are included.

MTH 1128 Calculus 4 Q.H.

Continuation of MTH 1124. Further techniques of
integration, graphs in two and three dimensions, double
and triple integrals, applications.

MTH 1133 Calculus for Biology Majors I 4 Q.H.

This is a first course in calculus with applications to
biology ecology and medicine. Differentiation, curve
sketching, anti-differentiation, and exponential func-
tions are included.

MTH 1 1 34 Calculus for Biology Majors II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1133)

Continuation of MTH 1 1 33. Topics include exponential
growth and decay; integration and area; rules for
differentiation; and functions of several variables, with
LaGrange multipliers, total differentials, and the method
of least squares.

MTH 1 1 35 Calculus for Biology Majors III 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1134)

Continuation of MTH 1 1 34. Topics include the natural
logarithm; trigonometric functions; techniques of inte-
gration, including numerical methods and differential
equations, with separation of variables and qualitative
methods.

MTH 1 1 37 Discrete Mathematics I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1123)

Proof methods: induction, case analysis, contradiction.
Binary octal and hexadecimal numbers. Modular arith-
metic. Sets, relations, equivalences, functions. Com-
binations, permutations, elementary counting, and
discrete probability. Elementary graph theory.

MTH 1143 Calculus 5 Q.H.

This course is designed primarily for mathematics,
physics, and chemistry majors. Syllabus for MTH
1 1 43 through 1 1 45 includes derivatives and integrals
of one-variable functions; applications to curve sketch-

140 /Mathematics

ing, maxima and minima problems, area, moments,
simple volumes, etc.; approximation methods, includ-
ing numerical integration, root finding, Taylor series,
and power series. Students will also be required to
master the use of the computer to make value tables
and plot curves and to implement simple numerical
algorithms.

5Q.H.

MTH 1144 Calculus II

(Prereq. MTH 1143)
Continuation of MTH 1 143.

MTH 1 1 45 Calculus III 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1144)
Continuation of MTH 1 1 44

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Nonmath majors)

The course presents a computer-oriented introduction
to statistical methods, with applications in the social
and life sciences. Topics include descriptive statis-
tics, elementary probability, correlation and regres-
sion, and the fundamentals of statistical inference
(confidence intervals and hypothesis testing) with a
minimum of mathematical derivations. A statistical
computer package such as MINITAB or SPSS is used
in solving supplementary problems.

MTH 1 1 52 Statistical Thinking 4 Q.H.

An introduction to the statistical style of thinking for
students without mathematical sophistication or who
ordinarily don't like mathematics. Readings will be
assigned from a wide variety of sources. Extensive
class discussion and homework problems (some on a
computer) will teach the students to use statistics and
to critically evaluate the use of statistics by others.
Topics include descriptive statistics, statistical tests,
confidence intervals, regression, and sampling. (II)

MTH 1 1 60 Introduction to Computers I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Nonmath majors)

This course has two goals: (1 ) to introduce computers
and consider their applications, and (2) to introduce
computer programming so that the uses and limita-
tions of computers can be discussed intelligently
Small programs will be written and run. Applications
such as sorting, searching, data processing, simula-
tion, and artificial intelligence will be covered.

MTH 1163 Introduction to Computers and
Computation 4 Q.H.

Course offers an introduction to problem solving with
the use of computers. Students are expected to design,
write, debug, and test programs in BASIC program-
ming language. Course includes application of pro-
gramming to a wide variety of problems, including
statistical analysis of data, plotting, artificial intelligence,
and text processing.

MTH 1166 Numerical Methods with a Hand
Calculator 4 q.h.

Course covers the use of scientific hand calculator
Topics include the meaning and use of most of the
keys, e", 1 n, log, and the trigonometric functions; RPN
and algebraic notation; and a variety of computations

that can be done easily on a scientific calculator-
least squares, compound interest, solutions of equa-
tions, iteration techniques, difference equations, Euler's
Method, difference quotients, and numerical integration.
Techniques to promote speed and accuracy in using
calculators for course work problems are emphasized.
This course is intended for students who may take
science courses.

MTH 11 72 Introduction to Computer Science

4Q.H.

This is a second course in programming, dealing with
problem solving in the context of computing. Struc-
tured programming using PASCAL language. Correct-
ness, clarity, and reliability of programs are stressed. (II)

MTH 1 1 82 Mainstreams of Mathematics 4 Q.H.

This course traces the development of mathematical
thought by focusing on some of its most exciting
aspects. Individual projects supplement lectures
and readings, enabling students with diverse back-
grounds to rediscover mathematics. The level is non-
technical; no more than high school algebra and
geometry is assumed. Topics vary from year to year,
but may include mathematical games, a wide variety
of puz2Jes, ancient number systems, logic and com-
puters, calculus and the scientific revolution, art
and symmetry. The course may be used to satisfy the
math-science distribution requirement but not any
major requirements.

MTH 1191 College Algebra and Trigonometry i

4Q.H.

(Prereq. B.E.T majors only)

Topics include fundamental algebraic operations,
complex numbers, radicals and exponents, functions,
linear and quadratic equations, irrational equations,
inequalities, variation, roots of polynomial equations.

MTH 1192 College Algebra and Trigonometry II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 191 ; B.E.T majors only)
Topics include logarithms; trigonometric functions of
angles in degrees and radians, trigonometric identi-
ties and equations, right triangles, oblique triangles,
complex numbers in trigonometric form, systems of
equations, determinants.

MTH 1193 Calculus I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 192; B.E.T majors only)
Plane analytic geometry; differentiation of algebraic
functions; rate, motion, maximum and minimum
problems; derivatives of higher order; curve sketching;
basics in functions, limits, and continuity. (Not equiva-
lent to MTH 1 1 23)

MTH 1194 Calculus A 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 193; B.E.T majors only)
Topics include applications of derivatives to curve
sketching; antidifferentiation; the definite integral, with
applications; calculus of nonalgebraic functions-
logarithmic, exponential, and trigonometric; calculus
of inverse trigonometric functions; techniques of inte-
gration; indeterminate forms; L'Hospital's rule. (Not
equivalent to MTH 1124)

Mathematics/ 141

MTH 1 1 95 Calculus B 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 193; B.E.I majors only)
Topics include polar coordinates, vectors in a plane,
calculus of functions of several variables, partial dif-
ferentiation, multiple integrals, infinite series, vector
analysis, introduction to differential equations. (Not
equivalent to MTH 1125.)

MTH 1 1 96 Differential Equations 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1195)

Topics include ordinary differential equations— standard
types of the first order, linear differential equations,
especially with constant coefficients; Laplace trans-
forms; series solutions of differential equations; Fourier
series and orthogonal functions.

MTH 1 203 History of Mathematics 4 Q.H.

Topics include development of the various branches
of mathematics; lives of outstanding mathematicians;
growth of mathematical knowledge and its relation to
culture. (Ill)

MTH 1212 Linear Programming 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. one year of college mathematics)
Introduction to concepts and techniques of linear
programming, game theory discrete modeling (shortest
path, minimum spanning tree). Application to eco-
nomics, social sciences, and other related fields. (II)

MTH 1221 Mathematical Analysis IV-V 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. Freshman calculus or equiv)
This course is designed to help prepare transfer
students for numerical analysis and differential equa-
tions. Calculus of one and several variables. Linear
algebra, vecto r-va I ued functions, multiple integration,
infinite series, Taylor's theorem, and complex numbers.

MTH 1223 Calculus 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1125)

Topics include solid analytic geometry, vectors in

3-space, partial derivatives with applications, multiple

integration.

MTH 1224 Calculus 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1223)

Topics include linear algebra, power series.

MTH 1 225 Mathematical Analysis 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1224)

This course examines ordinary differential equations,
with emphasis on methods of solution. Includes first-
order equations, LaPlace transform, second-order
linear equations, and systems of first-order linear
equations. (Intended primarily for engineering
students.)

MTH 1 226 Mathematical Analysis 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 225)

Topics include numerical methods for solving ordinary
differential equations, Fourier series, and selected
partial differential equations by separation of varia-
bles. (Intended primarily for engineering student^.)

MTH 1227 Calculus 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1128)

Topics include solid analytical geometric, vector

methods, parametrized curves, surfaces, partial dif-
ferential with applications, notions of linear algebra.

MTH 1228 Calculus 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1227)

Topics include infinite series, Taylor series, convergence
of power series, Fourier series, approximation methods,
various numerical techniques.

MTH 1233 Mathematical Models in the Life
Sciences 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. One year of calculus)
The focus of this course is the derivation and solution
of mathematical models in biology, psychology and
the social sciences. Topics may include population
dynamics, diffusion processes, pollution control sys-
tems, neural networks, and mathematical genetics.

MTH 1 237 Discrete Mathematics II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1137, MTH 1223)
Elementary number and group theory. Introduction to
fields. Rnite fields. Coding Theory, Hamming and BCH
codes. Counting arguments.

MTH 1243 Calculus and Linear Methods I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 1 45)

The course focuses on methods of calculus and
vector analysis to study curves, surfaces, and func-
tions of several variables. Topics include parame-
terization of lines and planes, tangents and normal
vectors, partial derivatives, maxima and minima prob-
lems, linear approximations, and tangent planes. Some
linear algebra.

MTH 1244 Calculus and Linear Methods II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1243)

Continuation of MTH 1243. Topics include multiple
integration, line integrals, and exact differentials; various
forms of Stoke's theorem; more linear algebra.

MTH 1245 Differential Equations and Linear
Methods I 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on ordinary differential equations
and linear algebra. First-order equations, higher-
(primarily second-) order linear differential equations,
systems of linear differential equations. Linear algebra
includes eigenvalues and eigenvectors primarily for
two-dimensional systems. Applications of ordinary
differential equations.

MTH 1246 Differential Equations and Linear
Methods II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 245)

Topics include analysis of linear partial differential
equations (wave equations, heat equation and potential
equation). Ordinary differential equations with boundary
values. Fourier analysis, orthogonal functions. Also,
numerical methods and other topics in ordinary dif-
ferential equations.

MTH 1 301 Linear Algebra i 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 244 or equivalent)
Topics include vectors and vector spaces, including
function spaces, subspaces. Lengths, angles, scalar
products; volumes, determinants. Linear independence

142 /Mathematics

and dependence, dimension, linear and affine maps,
kernel and image. Algorithms: row operations, double
triangular form, inversion. Introduction to linear maps.
In particular, characteristic polynomials, eigenvalues,
and eigenvectors in low dimensions.
Note: Students who have not completed MTH 1143-
MTH 1246 should inform the course instructor of
their backgrounds.

MTH 1 302 Linear Algebra II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1301)

The course focuses on detailed study of linear maps.
Part I: Symmetric maps and quadratic forms. Isometries
and skew-symmetric maps. Decomposition of general
linear maps using symmetric maps and isometries.
Part II: Polynomials evaluated on linear maps. Gen-
eralized eigenspaces. Jordan form. As time permits,
an introduction to computational methods with em-
phasis both on geometry underlying algorithms and
on practical advantages and limitations. A survey of
related areas in mathematics in which linear ideas
play a role is included.

Note: Upper-level students who have not completed
the MTH 1243-MTH 1246 program may take MTH
1301 -MTH 1302. Such students should inform the
course instructor regarding their particular back-
grounds.

MTH 1311 Analysis I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1246 or permission of instructor)
The course examines the theoretical foundations of
calculus: limits, measure, continuity, and related
concepts. Analysis I and II are intended to serve as a
bridge between the MTH 1243-MTH 1246 calculus
sequence and the more advanced analysis courses,
such as MTH 1347-MTH 1348, MTH 1351, and MTH
1370-MTH 1371.

MTH 1312 Analysis 11 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1311)

Continuation of MTH 1311. The course focuses on

calculus, applying the concepts introduced in Analysis I.

MTH 1321 Introduction to Groups and Their
Applications 4 Q.H.

Topics include examples of groups (symmetry groups,
permutation groups, matrix groups, cyclic groups)
and their subgroups. Rnite groups and orders of
subgroups. Homomorphisms and normal subgroups.
Applications to some of the following, depending on
time and interest: geometry number theory, crystal-
lography physics, and combinatorics.

MTH 1322 Topics in Rings, Relds, and Number
Theory 4 Q.H.

Topics include algebraic properties of the integers
and rational, real, and complex numbers. Commuta-
tive rings, ideals, integral domains, and other quotient
fields. Polynomial rings. Quadratic extension fields.
Gaussian integers. Other topics as time permits.

MTH 1327 Optimization and Mathematical Game
Theory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Some linear algebra, e.g., MTH 1301; or
permission of instructor.)

Topics include convex sets in Euclidean n-space,
linear and nonlinear programming, zero-sum games,
dynamic programming. Students are encouraged to
program selected solution methods for a computer.

MTH 1 330 Number Theory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1301 or permission of instructor)
An introduction to the elementary methods of analytic
number theory this course focuses on divisibility
congruences, arithmetical and multiplicative functions,
quadratic reciprocity, and equivalent formulations of
the prime number theorem.

MTH 1337 Foundations of Mathematics 4 Q.H.

Topics include development, structure, and use of
the number systems; peano postulates for integers;
construction of negative numbers and rationals;
development of real and complex numbers; intro-
duction to model theory and the existence and use
of alternative number structures; hyperintegers; cal-
culus with infinitesimals. (V)

MTH 1338 Foundations of Mathematics 4 Q.H.

Course material includes set theory; rules for set
formation; the axiom of choice and its role in mathe-
matics; transfinite cardinal and ordinal numbers and
their arithmetic; axiomatizations of set theory

MTH 1 347 Applied Analysis 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1246)

Selected topics are chosen to demonstrate the appli-
cation of mathematics to interesting physical and
biological problems. Methods chosen from ordinary
and partial differential equations, calculus of varia-
tions, Laplace transforms, singular perturbations,
special functions, dimensional analysis, and other
techniques of applied mathematics.

MTH 1 348 Applied Analysis 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1347)
Continuation of MTH 1347.

MTH 1349 Numerical Analysis 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Two years of calculus and one course in
programming)

This is a computer-oriented introductory course with
emphasis on appreciation of the difference between
the theoretical existence of a solution and its numeri-
cal calculation. Topics covered: systems of linear
equations, nonlinear equations, interpolation, and
approximation of functions. Students are required to
program and analyze problems on a computer

MTH 1350 Numerical Analysis 4 Q.H.

Continuation of MTH 1349. Topics include numerical
differentiation and integration, solution of ordinary
differential equations, and other topics as time permits.

MTH 1351 Functions of a Complex Variable I

4Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1243 or equiv.)
Topics include algebra and geometry of complex
numbers; concepts of limit, continuity, and derivative
in the complex domain; holomorphic functions, series,
contour integration. Applications.

Mathematics / 1 43

MTH 1352 Functions of a Complex Variable II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1351)

Continuation of MTH 1 351 . Further topics may include
conformal mapping, analytic continuation, Riemann
surfaces, the Laplace transform and inverse trans-
form, elliptic functions, applications.

MTH 1 367 Geometry 4 Q.H.

This course provides a careful look at classical Euclid-
ean geometry, Hilbert's axioms for geometry, and
models; geometries of Bolyai-Lobachevsky

MTH 1 370 Recent Ideas in Geometry 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1312 and MTH 1302, or permission of

instructor)

Topics chosen by the instructor may vary each year

Topological classification of surfaces, theory of critical

points and singularities of mappings, topological study

of vector fields, knot theory, graph theory, differential

geometry of surfaces, algebraic curves, homotopy

MTH 1371 Recent Ideas in Geometry 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1370)
Continuation of MTH 1370.

MTH 1387 Probability I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1223 or 1244)

Topics include probability functions for finite and
infinite spaces; conditional probability and inde-
pendence; discrete and continuous probability dis-
tributions for one or more random variables, expecta-
tion; moments; binomial, Poisson, and normal distri-
butions; central limit theorem.

MTH 1388 Probability II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1387)

Selected topics are studied, including introduction to
stochastic processes, with emphasis on Poisson
processes and Markov chains.

MTH 1390 Mathematical Statistics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1387)

Topics include estimation of parameters, confidence
intervals, hypothesis testing, regression, sampling dis-
tributions. Introduction to analysis of variance and
statistical decision theory.

MTH 1 392 Multivariate Statistics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1390)

The course examines methods of classification,

estimation, and prediction based on several statistical

variables.

MTH 1407 Introduction to Analysis of Algorithms

4Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 245)

The course offers theoretical study of algorithm design,
evaluation of algorithms, and other algorithmic con-
cepts and techniques useful for computer program-
ming. Topics include graph and matrix algorithms,
testing primeness, factoring; evaluating greatest
common divisors, linear Diophantine equations; eval-
uating square roots, logarithms, exponentials, etc.;
truncation and round-off errors; random number
generation; information organization and retrieval;
sorting.

MTH 1409 Introduction to Discrete Structures

4Q.H.

Elementary concepts of combinatorial mathematics.
Graph theory, enumeration algorithms, permutation
groups, and coding theory. Application of these struc-
tures to various areas of computer science.

MTH 1411 Automata Theory and Formal
Languages 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. COM 1 130 and COM 1201 or equiv.)
Topics include finite-state machines and regular
expressions, context-free grammars. Parsing of con-
text-free languages. Context-sensitive grammars, push-
dow/n stores, stack machines and linear-bounded
automata. Turing machines, undecidability, descrip-
tion of computation using list structures, program
machines, and programs.

MTH 1 41 2 Artificial Intelligence 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. COM 1201 or equiv)
The course provides analysis of current computer
programs dealing with problems such as theorem
proving, chess playing, general problem solvers,
robotics, symbolic computation, preceptrons, self-
reproducing automata, and parallel machines.

MTH 1 801 -MTH 1 809 Directed Study 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
Programs of directed study held one or more quar-
ters, are available for highly motivated students who
wish to explore mathematical situations and theories
in depth. Directed study can be used as an opportu-
nity to examine familiar material in fresh ways or to
explore new material that is not offered in formal
courses. It is hoped that directed study programs will
provide students strong in mathematics and the related
sciences a chance to develop the art and skill needed
to work independently and creatively in mathematics.
Note: Students strong in mathematics are permitted
to enroll in graduate courses in mathematics.

MTH 1825, MTH 1826, MTH 1827, MTH 1828
Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 183 Holmes.

MTH 1843 Calculus for Honors Science Majors

5Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1 143 or equivalent)
An equivalent to MTH 1 1 43, this course is designed to
expose the student to a broader range of mathematics
concepts while also presenting a basic calculus
material that students learn in the nonhonors section
of MTH 1 143. This course is especially intended for
freshman honors science majors.

MTH 1844 and 1845 Calculus for Honors Science
Majors 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1843)

Continuation of MTH 1843 for winter and spring

quarters respectively

144 /Music

Music —

Please note some courses in the College of Arts and Sciences are duplicated in different departments or colleges,
or within a department. You may not receive credit for two such courses. If you have a question about whether one
course does overlap with another, please consult the departments involved and the Dean's Office before taking
the course.

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer to Core Curriculum categories listed on page 1-2.

MUS 1 1 00 Introduction to Music 4 Q.H.

This course offers an introduction to selected works
of our Western musical heritage, from earliest to
contemporary styles. It is primarily a survey and
listening course, with emphasis on styles, basic theory,
forms, and the historical, social, and artistic periods
which these works represent. (II)

MUS 1101 Music as a Listening Experience

4 Q.H.

Thisintroduction-to-musiccourseislistening-oriented
and has been designed to provide tools for the aural
appreciation of music. No previous musical knowl-
edge is required or assumed, and studies deal directly
with compositions selected from the masterpieces of
music. Organized according to the tenets of PSI (Per-
sonalized System of Instruction), the course allows
the student to proceed at his or her own pace under
the constant guidance and supervision of the instruc-
tor Grades are determined by the number of units
completed. (II)

MUS 1 1 02 Music in Concert 4 Q.H.

In thiscourse students have the opportunity to develop
musical understanding through the study of music
that is performed today in concerts by major symphony
orchestras in the United States and throughout the
world. Study materials are elected from actual sym-
phony concert programs.

MUS 1103 Music as a Means of Social Expression

4Q.H.

The course deals with the artist's involvement with
recurring social themes of the human self-image, the
search for peace and understanding, society's treat-
ment of minority groups, and sex roles. Paintings and
literary works are examined, in addition to works by
composers such as Beethoven, Sch6nberg, Britten,
and works by jazz composers.

MUS 1104 Survey of African-American Music

4 Q.H.

Black music has evolved in fascinating ways over the
past several hundred years. Topics include the impact
of African rhythm on black music, the New Orleans
coalescence, regional developments, ragtime, the
emergence of big bands, the harmonic revolution of
the 1940s, bebop, the 1960s avant-garde, and sub-
sequent developments. Also examined are the contri-
butions of black composers such as William Grant
Still, Ulysses Kay and George Walker. This is the same
as APR 1 1 53.

MUS 1 1 05 Music of the U.S.A. 4 Q.H.

This course examines American music from the time
of Puritan psalm singing to the present. A wide variety

of music will be covered, including concert music,
traditional folk music, jazz, and contemporary styles.

MUS 1 1 06 Women in Music 4 Q.H.

This course examines the multi-faceted role of women
in music from the Renaissance through to the present.
For centuries women have been active and influential
patrons, composers, teachers, conductors, and per-
formers in Europe and America. Their contributions to
classical and popular music and to jazz will be
examined with emphasis on such widely varying figures
as Queen Elizabeth I, Elizabeth Jacquet de la Guerre,
Fanny Mendelssohn Hensel, Clara Schumann, Mrs. H.
H. A. Beach, GermaineTailleferre, Billie Holiday Caria
Bley Ruth Crawford Seeger, Pauline Oliveiros, Sarah
Caldwell, Antonia Brico, and Nadia Boulanger.

MUS 1110 Music in Popular Culture

This course deals with the nature of music composed
for the mass market. Techniques of recording and
merchandising music are discussed, and selected
songs are analyzed for their musical content. The
evolution of various styles will be traced including
ragtime, jazz, blues, and rock.

MUS 1111 Rock Music 4 Q.H.

This course examines the development of rock'n'roll
and its relationship to blues, rhythm and blues, country
folk and other styles of music. Themes to be consid-
ered include the role of rock as youth music, the
reflections of social realities in rock songs, the rela-
tionship of rock to the recording industry and the
mass media, and the changing styles of rock; addi-
tional emphasis on developing listening skills.

MUS 1112 Jazz 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on jazz from its origins in New
Orleans to the avant-garde experiments of today The
rhythmic, harmonic, instrumental, and stylistic char-
acteristics of jazz are analyzed. Attention is given to
the works of creative jazz artists such as Armstrong,
Beiderbecke, Parker, Ellington, and Coltrane.

MUS 1 1 1 3 The New Jazz 4 Q.H.

Thecourseoffersan in-depth studyofvariousrecorded
works of important jazz performers/composers with
respect to their works as creative artists: Armstrong,
Beiderbecke, Ellington, Coltrane, Miles Davis, etc. The
study is not chronological but deals rather with the
dynamics of artistic grov\rth and change. Special atten-
tion is given to the developments of the last decade.

MUS 1 1 20 Survey of Music History 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MUS 1201)

This course provides a chronological view of Western

Music/ 145

music, while examining the role of music in society
and exploring the contributions of influential com-
posers. Representative works from each period are
discussed, including music by composers such as
Machaut, Josquin, Bach, Handel, Mozart, Haydn, Bee-
thoven, Berlioz, Wagner, Mahler, and Stravinsky

MUS 1121 Medieval and Renaissance Music

4Q.H.

This course offers an introduction to European music
from the sixth through the sixteenth centuries. A wide
variety of music is covered, ranging from the serene
elegance of sacred Gregorian chant and the plaintive
love songs of the medieval troubadours to the lively
dances and humanistic vocal music of the renaissance.
Representative works by composers such as Machaut,
Landini, Josquin, Palestrina, and Dowland will be
examined.

MUS 1 1 22 Music of the Baroque Era 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on music of the seventeenth and
early eighteenth centuries in Italy Germany France,
and England. The emergence of important new genres
(such as opera, sonata, and concerto) is discussed,
and representative works of major composers (such
as Bach, Handel, Corelli, Vivaldi, Rameau, and Purcell)
are examined.

MUS 1 1 23 Music of the Classical Era 4 Q.H.

Thiscoursefocusesoncrucialdevelopmentsinmusical
styles and forms of the late eighteenth century and on
emerging genres, such as the symphony the concerto,
and the string quartet. Emphasis is placed on the
vocal and instrumental works of Haydn and Mozart
and on the early works of Beethoven.

MUS 1 1 24 Music of the Romantic Era 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on romantic realism and idealism
as expressed in the music of the nineteenth century
Emphasis is placed on historical, nationalistic, and
literary influences. Included are composers such as
Beethoven, Schumann, Schubert, Berlioz, Liszt, Verdi,
Wagner, Brahms, Tchaikovsky and Mahler

MUS 1 1 25 Twentieth-Century Music 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on developments in music from
1900 to the present. Topics include impressionism,
expressionism, neo-classicism, and other major trends
in music of the twentieth century.

MUS 1 1 30 The Symphony 4 Q.H.

This course offers a study of the symphony as a major
genre in the classical, romantic, and contemporary
periods. Included are works by composers such as
Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, Schumann, Tchaikovsky
Brahms, Sibelius, and Prokofiev.

MUS 11 31 Piano Music: The Great Composers and
Performers 4 Q.H.

This course will give students the opportunity to hear
and analyze some of the greatest works for piano,
performed by some of the world's greatest performers.
In addition to recordings by internationally acclaimed
artists, live performances by guest artists from the
Boston area will be presented in class.

MUS 1132 Introduction to Opera 4 Q.H.

This course offers an analysis of opera as a dramatic
genre. Aria, recitative, ensemble, and other basic
elements of opera are isolated and discussed. Number
opera, music drama, and Singspiel are some of the
types of opera considered. Included are composers
such as Mozart, Wagner, Verdi, and Puccini.

MUS 1 1 33 Great Choral Literature 4 Q.H.

Thiscourseprovidesan analysis ofsacred and secular
choral literature from medieval to contemporary times.

MUS 1 1 34 Music and Poetry 4 Q.H.

This course will examine the art of setting words to
music. It will confront the aesthetic problems encoun-
tered in a synthesis of two different art forms. That
synthesis will then be examined in selected songs,
choral works, tone poems, and operas of diverse
periods and styles (classical, folk, and popular).

MUS 1 135 Traditional Folk Music of the United
States 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on the major folk music traditions
of North America and their origins in Europe and
Africa. Emphasis is also given to related ethnic dances,
epics, and rituals.

MUS 1140 Mozart 4 Q.H.

Mozart's musical development from child prodigy to
mature artist is traced from personal letters and biog-
raphies. Many of his major compositions, including
symphonies, concertos, operas, and chamber works
are analyzed.

MUS 1 1 42 Stravinsky 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on the life and works of Igor
Stravinsky the man who has been perhaps the most
influential of all twentieth-century composers. Impor-
tant works (such as The Rite of Spring, Symphony of
Psalms, The Ral<e's Progress, and Agon) will be selected
from each of his major stylistic periods, and his con-
tributions to twentieth-century musical style will be
assessed.

MUS 1144 Debussy and tne Music of Paris

4Q.H.

Claude Debussy impressionist in sound, composed
music that marked a turning point toward modern
trends. This course covers much of his music for
piano, orchestra, and voice, including Suite Pour le
Piano, Suite Bergamasque, Images (for piano and
orchestra), Nocturnes, La Mer, and Pel leas et Melisande.
The music of Satie, Ravel, and Faure, as it relates to
that of Debussy will also be discussed.

MUS 1 1 45 Beethoven 4 Q.H.

This course analyzes the complex personality and art
of Beethoven, his relation to the turbulent times in
which he lived, and his role in classical and romantic
music.

MUS 1 1 61 Music Therapy 4 Q.H.

The course examines the application of music as a
therapeutic vehicle to release suppressed emotions,
to encourage self-expression in psychiatric patients,
and to treat a wide variety of disorders. Music therapy,

146 /Music

in a modern approach to health services, is currently
being considered as a supplement to other treatments.

MUS 1 1 62 Music Therapy II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MUS1161)

This course examines the etiologies, characteristics,
and applications of music therapy with the physically
handicapped, hearing impaired, visually impaired,
learning disabled, emotionally disturbed, speech/lan-
guage impaired, and geriatric populations in one-to-
one and group settings. In addition, improvisations
and appropriate music materials for the nonmusician
and adapted instrument designs tailored to each
disability are studied, while the correlation of music
and movement is explored. Comparison of various
musical therapy approaches is included, and field
trips to musical therapy sites in and around Boston
will be taken.

MUS 1 1 65 The Music Industry 4 Q.H.

This course will examine business-related areas of
the music industry. Included will be topics such as the
make-up and structure of the record industry and
music publishing world, the function of performing
rights organizations (ASCAP and BMI), and the role of
concert and orchestral managers. Guests from the
various fields will be invited to lecture in class, and
trips to "behind the scenes" locations will be arranged.

MUS 1 1 70 Music and Technology 4 Q.H.

A study of the applications of contemporary technol-
ogy to music. Topics to be discussed include basic
acoustics, analog and digital recording techniques,
computer sound synthesis, and the aesthetics of
electronic music. There are no prerequisites in physics
or music theory for Music 1 1 70; however, projects
and paper assignments will take into consideration
the particular backgrounds of individual students.

MUS 1 1 80 Introduction to World Music 4 Q.H.

Anintroductiontomusicfromaroundtheworldthrough
the study of selected art and folk musics (excluding
European art music). Listening skills and an under-
standing of the role of music in society will be
emphasized.

MUS 1 1 81 Music of Africa 4 Q.H.

MUS 1 1 82 Music of the Middle East 4 Q.H.

This course is an introduction to the music of selected
Near Eastern and Arab cultures (such as Persian in
the East and Ethiopic and Berber in Africa). The
cantillation styles and practices of various chants of
the Hebrew, Christian, and Islamic traditions are also
included.

MUS 1200 Learning to Read and Write Music

4Q.H.

This is a basic course for those who want to learn how
to read music or how to write a tune. Students have
the opportunity to learn to sight-read music and to
compose in some of the basic forms (song, theme and
variation, etc.). Credit given for MUS 1 200 or 1 201 . A
student may not receive credit for both courses
(overlapping material).

MUS 1201 Fundamentals-Music Theory I

4Q.H.

This course, the first in the theory sequence, offers the
student the opportunity to learn simple melodic and
rhythmic dictation skills; to recognize and build scales,
intervals, and triads; and to sing at sight simple tonal
melodies. (II)

MUS 1202 Theory II 4Q.H.

(Prereq. MUS 1201)

This course focuses on basic theoretical skills such
as ear-training, sight-singing, and dictation. Also
included are beginning studies in harmony and the
analysis of music.

MUS 1203 Theory III 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MUS 1202)

This course is a continuation of Theory II and focuses

on aspects of chromatic harmony. Subjects to be

discussed include the construction and function of

borrowed chords, altered chords, and non-diatonic

harmony

MUS 1 204 Theory IV 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MUS 1203)

This course introduces the student to methods of

musical analysis. Topics include the phrase, periodicity,

tension-repose, and other structural factors of musical

compositions.

MUS 1230 Chorus 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of the instructor)
Students participate as performers in one or more
ensembles under the direction of a faculty conductor
May be repeated for credit.

MUS 1231 Band 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of the instructor)
Students participate as performers in one or more
ensembles under the direction of a faculty conductor
May be repeated for credit.

MUS 1232 Orchestra 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of the instructor)
Students participate as performers in one or more
ensembles under the direction of a faculty conductor.
May be repeated for credit.

MUS 1233 Early Music Players 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of the instructor)
Students participate as performers in one or more
ensembles under the direction of a faculty coach. May
be repeated for credit.

Music/ 147

MUS 1240 Historical Instruments Workshop

4Q.H.

This course is for those who wish to learn to play a
medieval, Renaissance, or baroque instrument. In
addition to teaching basic skills on instruments such
as recorder, flute, crumhorn, viola da gamba, vielle,
cornetto, and harpsichord, the course will provide
opportunities for developing proficiency in music
reading and ensemble playing.

MUS 1 241 Piano Class I 4 Q.H.

This course is an introductory level study of piano
designed for college students with or without previous
study in music. The course combines skills in reading
music with improvisation and functional piano. Some
basic theory is introduced to help clarify the structure
of class repertoire. The system allows each student to
progress at his or her own pace. Grades are determined
by the amount of repertoire mastered during the
quarter

MUS 1 242 Piano Class II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MUS 1241)

This course is a continuation of the skills developed in
Piano I, with emphasis on increasing students' flexibil-
ity at the keyboard through the study of scales, trans-
position, and modulation.

MUS 1 244 Voice Class I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
Students will have the opportunity to learn the basic
vocal production required for fine singing. Repertoire,
both classical and contemporary, will be chosen for
each student to learn and perform in lessons and
before the entire class. Lectures will be given on the
following subjects: diction, the physiology of singing,
resonance, registers, and interpretation. Students will
also study the basics of music reading and sight-
singing. Some interpretation will be discussed, and
recordings of the greatest vocal artists will be played
for class analysis.

MUS 1 247 Guitar Class I 4 Q.H.

This course is an introduction to the fundamentals of
classical guitar playing for those with or without prior
knowledge of the guitar Music reading and theory are
introduced. Students perform alone and in ensemble
with other members of the class. The syllabus is
augmented by live performances from outside pro-
fessional and student classical guitarists. Rnal grades
are based on several written examinations and student
performance.

MUS 1301 Form and Analysis I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MUS 1204)

Through the examination of representative examples,

the student will become familiar with the structural

principles governing the melodic, harmonic, rhythmic,

and formal components of music. This course will

focus on music from the sixteenth to the mid-nineteenth

centuries.

MUS 1 302 Form and Analysis II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MUS 1301)

This course is a continuation of Music 1301. The

student will examine works from the late nineteenth
century to the present. Selected readings by prom-
inent twentieth-century theorists will also be included.

MUS 1 461 Applied Music Lessons 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor and department
chairman)

Advanced individual instruction in voice or on mod-
ern and early instruments. May be repeated for credit.
This course is available only to upperclass students
concentrating in Music Literature and Performance.

MUS 1800, MUS 1801, MUS 1802, MUS 1803,
MUS 1804, MUS 1805 Directed Study

(each) 4 Q.H.

The focus of this course is independent work in a
selected area of music under the direction of one
member of the department. Enrollment is limited to
qualified students by special arrangement with the
supervising faculty member and with the approval of
the department chairman.
MUS 1810, MUS 1811, MUS 1812 Junior-Senior
Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 1 83 Holmes.

INT 1100 Introduction to Art, Drama, and Music

4Q.H.

INT 1 1 1 0 American Musical Theatre 4 Q.H.

Thisinterdisciplinarycourse.offeredbythedepartment
of Drama and Music, traces the development of the
American musical from works such as The Black
Crook to the present. The role of musical theatre as
both entertainment and serious art form is consid-
ered through an examination of script, score, dance,
and design. Works by composers and lyricists such
as Bernstein, Rodgers and Hammerstein, the Ger-
shwins, Weill, Lerner and Loewe, and Cole Porter are
studied.

A limited number of qualified students will be able to
take selected courses at the New England Conservatory
of Music. Regular academic credit will be granted. For
information, contact the chairman of the NU Dept. of
Music.

148 / Philosophy and Religion

Philosophy and Religion

Please note some courses in the College of Arts and Sciences are duplicated in different departments or colleges,
or within a department. You may not receive credit for two such courses. If you have a question about whether one
course does overlap with another, please consult the departments involved and the Dean's Office before taking
the course.

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer to Core Curriculum categories listed on page 1-2.

PHL 1 1 00 Introduction to Philosophy 4 Q.H.

The course seeks to introduce students to philosophy
by acquainting them with the theories and arguments
of classical and contemporary philosophers and by
teaching the skills of constructing and analyzing argu-
ments. Students both learn about and engage in
philosophical inquiry. While not all sections treat the
same issues, typical areas covered include questions
about the basis of morality, free will versus determin-
ism, the existence of God, the problem of suffering,
and the nature of knowledge. (II)

PHL 11 1 0 Introduction to Religion 4 Q.H.

This course seeks to identify and appraise different
ways of being religious: primitive, mystical, dogmatic,
and ritual. Emphasis is placed upon appreciating the
unique standpoint that each requires, how each sees
the world in a radically different way, and how that
leads to distinctive ways of life. (II)

PHL 1115 Understanding Religious Man 4 Q.H.

This course examines several important explanations
of the nature, origin, and present significance of reli-
gious experience, beliefs, and practices in the light of
modern knowledge and attitudes.

PHL 1 1 30 Ethics: East and West 4 Q.H.

Is there a best way to live? Is there a way a human
being should live? In both Eastern and Western phi-
losophy there are claims that a way of life exists that
leads to happiness, power, and wisdom. This course
explores this claim by studying the thought of such
philosophers as Socrates, Buddha, Plato, Aristotle,
Lao Tzu, Epictetus, Marcus Aurelius, Aquinas, and
Spinoza, as well as by studying some of the classical
Hindu and Buddhist texts.

PHL 1 135 Philosophical Problems of Law and
Justice 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on two general questions: What
is the proper scope of the law? And how should the
law be enforced? Under the first question, a number
of issues are dealt with: whether the law has a legiti-
mate right to restrict such activities as the use of
drugs, deviant sexual practices, or gambling. Topics
included in the second question are the justification
of punishment, rehabilitation as an alternative to pun-
ishment, and the death penalty.

PHL 1 1 40 Social and Political Philosophy 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 4 Q.H. philosophy)

A consideration of basic questions about the nature of
the state and the relationship of individuals to the
state. What basis is there for individuals to obey the
laws of the state? What conditions must a government
meet to be legitimate? What justification can be given

for democratic forms of government? What sorts of
controls should the state exert over citizens? What
benefits do citizens have a right to expect from !he
state? Readings will include both classical and con-
temporary sources. (V)

PHL 1 1 45 Technology and Human Values 4 Q.H.

The course examines the changing values of the
modern, technologically advanced world. Our study
attempts to increase our understanding of the sup-
posed breach between the literary and scientific
cultures, the diverse approaches toward their rec-
onciliation, and the human dimensions of science
and technology Other relevant topics are the neu-
trality of technology with respect to good or evil uses,
technology as an instrument for human liberation,
and the issue of proper and effective modes of con-
trolling technology in today's world. Pirsig's widely
read paperback, Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Main-
tenance, is studied, as is Lynn White's Dynamo and
Virgin Reconsidered. Other important writers to be
considered include Kurt Baler, Jacob Bronowski, Barry
Commoner, Erich Fromm, Karl Marx, and C. P Snow.
(VI)

PHL 1 1 50 Technology and the Individual 4 Q.H.

This introductory course attempts to awaken some
philosophical reflectiveness regarding the potential
bene/its and threats to*individuals that derive from
technological change. The course explores and
discusses such issues as the relation of technology to
human freedom and privacy, the effects of "future
shock" upon the individual, the possibility of the
tyranny of a technological elite, and the prospects for
the transformation of humankind. Some writers see
technology as the salvation of humanity; others see
technology leading to dehumanization, a decrease of
freedom, and a developing sense of alienation; still
others see the extinction of "human nature" as we
once knew it. Where is the truth in all of this? What are
the social, psychological, and philosophical meanings
and consequences of technological change in our
day and in the future? Some of the major readings for
the course are from Alvin Toffler's Future Shock, Herbert
Marcuse's One Dimensional Man, Jacques Ellul's
important criticism The Technological Society, and
Lewis Mumford's The Transformation of Man.

PHL 1155 The Ethics of Human and Animal
Experimentation 4 Q.H.

This course explores the conflicts that arise between
the value of free scientific inquiry on the one hand,
and the rights, vulnerabilities, and suffering of human
and animal subjects on the other Topics include
traditional issues involving informed consent, volun-

Philosophy and Religion / 1 49

tariness, coercion, experimental design, risk-benefit
analyses, institutional review boards, and professional
guidelines, as well as such less traditional issues as
the competing conceptions of progress, whether we
have obligations to nonhuman animals, and what, if
anything, justifies us in treating nonhuman animals in
ways in which we know we should not treat human
animals.

PHL 11 60 Ethical Issues of Taxation 4 Q.H.

Although we tend to believe that persons have a right
to their own labor, a right to their own property, and a
right to exchange their labor or property for the labor
or property of other consenting adults, it seems that
income taxes, property taxes, and sales taxes violate
these rights. This course explores two basic ques-
tions: Is any taxation morally justified? Are there moral
grounds for choosing among taxation policies? Speci-
fic topics include competing conceptions of private
property; the "progressive versus regressive taxation"
controversy; the "flat tax" controversy; the alleged
problems with interpersonal utility comparisons; and
questions involving the distribution of tax monies,
e.g., whether those who have more than they need
have any moral obligation to provide for the needs of
the poor

PHL 1 1 65 Moral Problems in Medicine 4 Q.H.

This course examines two fundamental ethical sys-
tems, one of which is grounded on the dignity of the
person, the other on the intrinsic value of happiness.
The course then explores the difficult issues of eutha-
nasia, suicide, paternalism, medical experimentation,
the patient's right to consent to any therapeutic inter-
vention, and the concept of death with dignity. After
studying these and related moral issues, the larger
economic and policy issues of justice, some of which
are current in political debates, are examined (for
example: Is there a right to health care?). It is hoped
that this course will encourage the student to become
more sensitive to moral problems as they arise in
medical settings, better able to deal with these trou-
blesome issues, and perhaps to be more courageous
in facing them if that becomes necessary. The course
also offers an investigation into the questions of
abortion, euthanasia, infanticide, genetic counseling,
psychosurgery and human experimentation from the
standpoint of both philosophical ethics (such as the
theory of the end justifying the means) and religious
ethics (such as the natural law theory of the Roman
Catholic Church).

PHL 1200 Introduction to Logic-1* 4 Q.H.

A practical introduction to the logic of propositions
and the syllogism. Principles of critical reasoning and
fallacies. Practice in applying logical techniques to
the creation and criticism of argument. (II)

PHL 1 203 Introduction to Logic-2* 4 Q.H.

Further study of the techniques of logic in the analysis
and creation of argument. The logic of predicates,
quantifiers, and relations. Practice in applying these
techniques to natural arguments. Consideration of

the forms of definition and the evaluation of empirical
generalizations. (II)

PHL 1 21 5 Symbolic Logic* 4 Q.H.

The course offers a presentation of the syntax and
semantics of prepositional logic and first-order quan-
tification theory Relations between these systems
and natural language are considered. The course
covers analysis of the notion of derivation within a
system and the notion of logical consequence, and
practice in analyzing logical structure in natural
language sentences. (II)

PHL 1 225 Ancient Philosophy 4 Q.H.

An exploration of classical Greek philosophy the
course starts with a study/discussion of the roots of
Western thought in the sixth century B.C. and argues
the reasons for our debt to these original thinkers who
were concerned with explaining the principles of
external nature and the problems of human knowl-
edge and conduct. Central to understanding these
problems is the study of Socrates and his adversar-
ies, the Sophists, and the two major figures he influ-
enced: Plato and Aristotle. The course also covers
Roman philosophy the Stoics, and the Sceptics, who
are a prelude to the early Christian philosophers of
the first century A.D. Throughout the course, attention
is placed upon the interplay between the philosopher
and the moral, social, and religious context in which
his thought arises. Student participation in class dis-
cussion is very important to the course. (Ill)

PHL 1 230 Modern Philosophy 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 8 Q.H. philosophy)

The 100 years between 1650 and 1750, sometimes
called "the century of genius," were a period in which
philosophers reacted to the new scientific discoveries
of Copernicus, Kepler, and Galileo. Out of this reaction
came new ways of thinking about the nature of knowl-
edge and the nature of the world itself. The course
focuses on the development of the rationalist and
empirical philosophies during this period, with em-
phasis on Descartes, Leibniz, Spinoza, Locke, Berkeley
and Hume. (Ill)

PHL 1243 Existentialism 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 4 Q.H. philosophy)

Existentialist philosophy is examined in its greatest
representatives, such as Kierkegaard, Nietzsche,
Dostoevski, Heidegger, Jaspers, and Camus, with major
attention given to Jean-Paul Sartre and Maurice
Merleau-Ponty. The focus of this course will be on
central themes, including self-alienation, unauthen-
ticity authenticity, and existential experiences. Exis-
tential philosophy is examined in its historical, social,
and cultural relations, and in its influence on psychol-
ogy psychoanalysis, sociology political science, and
literature, both in Europe and in the United States.

'students should take either PHL 1200 and PHL 1203
or PHL 1 200 and PHL 1 21 5. Credit will not be given
for all three courses.

150 / Philosophy and Religion

PHL 1 245 Analytic Philosophy 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 8 Q.H. philosophy)

The development of the analytic movement from its
beginnings in the early works of Moore and Russell.
Some treatment of Russell's logical atomism, the
logical positivists, the thought of Ludwig Wittgenstein,
and their widespread influence.

PHL 1 250 Chinese Philosophy 4 Q.H.

This course offers a study of Chinese philosophy in
the ancient period (until 221 B.C.). Emphasis is placed
on Confucianism, Taoism, and the / Ching. Less
emphasis will be placed on the Logicians, the Mohists,
and the Legalists. i

PHL 1 255 Indian Philosophy 4 Q.H.

In this course we examine the two classical Indian
philosophical systems of Hinduism and Buddhism. In
examining Theravada Buddhism, we explore the view
that it is possible for us to live without anxiety or
suffering if we overcome our ignorance of reality and
master our desires. Next, we turn to Mahayana
Buddhism, focusing on its ethics of compassion and
its related metaphysics of "voidness." In this part of
the course, we examine questions which, in the West,
are thought of as questions about personal identity
and the nature of the self. In exploring Hinduism, we
study Vedic mysticism as it comes to us through the
Upanishads, as well as the influential ethics of the
Bhagavad Gita. Among the philosophical issues that
arise in our examination of Hinduism is the question
of wheher the method of yoga and meditation is a
reasonable method for learning about the fundamen-
tal nature of reality.

While studying the classical texts of these systems,
we will critically explore the techniques employed
within these traditions: the method of yoga, the function
of the guru, various methods of meditation, the point
of non-violence, the function of philosophical analysis,
and the role of the austerities. In so doing, we study
Hinduism as it is currently practiced in India; Theravada
Buddhism as it is currently practiced in Sri Lanka and
Thailand; the Tibetan tradition of Mahayana Buddhism;
and the nonviolence of Gandhi.
To study Indian philosophy is to study a tradition of
philosophy in which ethics is not fragmented from
epistemology knowledge is more than justified true
belief, and one's metaphysics is to be realized. In our
study, besides the classical texts, we will employ films
and guest speakers.

PHL 1265 American Religions 4 Q.H.

This course will approach the American religious
tradition from thfee perspectives. First, we shall
examine the transplanted and transformed European
traditions in the context of American diversity and
pluralism. The Protestant, Roman Catholic, and Jewish
traditions will be the most significant examples.
Second, we shall look into the rise and establishment
of largely indigenous religious groups who have forged
their own foundations in the midst of the older tradi-
tions. Among others, the Mormons, the Hutterites, the
Mennonites, the perfectionist groups (such as the

older Oneida Community and the Shakers, and the
more recent "cults"), and the black and Native
American groups are especially significant because
of their attempts to survive apart from the general
culture. Third, we shall explore the theory of an
American civil religion— the notion that there is a
general religious meaning for American culture that
makes the coexistence of the many religious groups
possible and gives to that culture and its history a
religious significance. The purpose of the course will
be to achieve an understanding of what is unique and
viable in the American religious tradition.

PHL 1 270 Western Religions 4 Q.H.

Western religion is grounded in the experience of
God's presence, which transcends and transfigures
the life of the individual and the community. This
encounter is the essence of Judaism, Christianity, and
Islam. Drawing on autobiography and biography, this
course delves into the personal religious quests of
such major religious thinkers as St. Augustine, St.
Theresa, Martin Luther, Elie Wiesel, Richard Ruben-
stein, Dietrich Bonhoeffer, and Mohammed.

PHL 1 275 Eastern Religions 4 Q.H.

Eastern religions appear to be fundamentally different
from the orthodox religions of the West Not only do
Hinduism, Buddhism, and Taoism promise a solution
to the problem of suffering (compare the common
Christian and Jewish attitudes), but most of these
religions do not have a central God personality, and
some explicitly reject such a concept as meaningless,
or at least as irrelevant to leading a religious life.
Central to these views is a way of being in the world
which emphasizes meditation, skillful and compas-
sionate action, and a direct awareness of the funda-
mental nature of reality. The course first tries to make
sense of the difficult notion that the way we perceive
reality may be illusory. It then examines Theravada
Buddhism, a religion that rests on the insights that
everything is impermanent and that it is possible to
live fully in the present without any suffering. From
Theravada Buddhism, the course turns to Hahayana
Buddhism, and then to Taoism, a subtle view that
emphasizes the "flow" of life and that "the way to do is
to be." Next, the Hinduism of the Upanishads is
examined. As part of the exploration of this form of
Hinduism, students are given the opportunity to
examine intellectually and also to practice a few
methods of meditation. In addition, the course inves-
tigates the devotional aspect of Hinduism as expressed
in the Bhagavad Gita. There will also be an exploration
of Zen. (IV)

PHL 1280 islam 4 Q.H.

The course explores the history of Islam, its conflicts
with the West in past and present. Islamic beliefs, the
future of Islam as a world religion, and relations of
Islam with Christianity and Judaism. Since Islamic
faith touches upon social, political, and legal issues,
the course is concerned with them as well as with the
more familiar religious and theological questions. (IV)

Philosophy and Religion / 1 51

PHL 1 290 Cults and Sects 4 Q.H.

This course offers an examination of the varieties of
religious experience from the perspectives of sociol-
ogy and psychology of religion. This course focuses
on such cultic and sectarian groups as Christian
Science, the American Shakers, the Unification
Church, the Hare Krishna movement, and the Black
Muslims. The primary purpose of this course is to
provide the student the opportunity to acquire critical
investigative tools with which to analyze different reli-
gious expressions. (Ill)

PHL 1 293 Mysticism: East and West 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHL 1 1 1 5 or permission of instructor)
The course offers an inquiry into mystical experience
through a comparative study of the writings of Chris-
tian, Buddhist, and Hindu mystics and of secondary
interpretive sources. Areas taken up are the potential
oneness of man and God, the conflict of mystics with
traditional forms of religion, and the possibility of a
common, cross-cultural basis for mysticism.

PHL 1295 Medicine, Religion, and the Healers' Art

4Q.H.

Thiscourseexploresaspectsofthehistorical, religious,
and cultural context for contemporary alternatives in
health care, beginning with an examination of several
examples of traditional healing practices and their
accompanying religious and philosophical views about
human life. Course material explores this "holistic"
tradition in two frames of reference: the ascendancy
of scientific rationalism over religion, and the takeover,
by male-dominated professions, of healing functions
that society has traditionally assigned to women (e.g.,
the rise of obstetrics and the suppression of midwife-
ry). Special attention is given to major women healers
of the nineteenth century. Course includes a look at
some contemporary efforts at reintegration of scien-
tific and traditional values in the modern health care
system. Students will also meet and interact with
patients and healers active in the modern holistic
health movement.

PHL 1300 Religion in a Social Context 4 Q.H.

This course offers an exploration of the social forms of
religion. The structures and roles of the church, syna-
gogue, and sect are described and critically evaluat-
ed. In addition, emphasis is given to their functions,
with reference to general social structure, process,
and reform.

PHL 1305 Religion in the Age of Science 4 Q.H.

This course examines the problems posed by the
interaction between religion and the natural and social
sciences. Representative selections from Hume, Dar-
win, Marx, Freud, Erickson, and Troeltsch are used to
interact with selections from Bultmann, Teilhard de
Chardin, Niebuhr, Bonhoeffer, and Tillich.

PHL 1 31 0 The Occult as Religion 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the history, aims, and methods
of such esoteric or mystic doctrines as astrology
numerology, magic, demonism, and divination, and
investigates the structural similarities of these religious

forms to those of the dominant religious traditions of
the world.

PHL 1 31 5 Understanding the Bible 4 Q.H.

This course introduces students to the Old and New
Testaments, so that they may enter into a dialogue
with the Bible, understanding not only what it says, but
why it is said that way To do this, discussion focuses
on the Bible's social, political, and cultural back-
grounds. (Ill)

PHL 1 320 The Meaning of Death 4 Q.H.

This course offers an inquiry into different philo-
sophical and religious perspectives on death and life
after death, including an examination of some powerful
contemporary accounts of personal confrontation with
death, along with investigations into attitudes toward
death in other traditions (e.g., Hinduism and Budd-
hism). In addition, the course explores responses to
the Holocaust in Europe, and theories about life after
death (such as those discussed in Raymond Moody's
Life After Life and Ian Stevenson's Reincarnation). (V)

PHL 1325 Philosophy of Death, Grief, and Dying

4 Q.H.

This course explores fears about death and dying and
the grieving process, and examines the processes
people sometimes experience while dying. In addition,
the course examines current practices of caring for
the dying and of coping with bereavement, question-
ing whether these practices are, in fact, healthy, helpful,
and/or ethical. Other relevant ethical issues to be
examined include euthanasia, truth-telling with the
dying, suicide, and paternalism. The course will close
with the question of the meaning of life, given the fact
that we must die.

PHL 1 335 Moral Philosophy 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 4 Q.H. philosophy or religion or permission of
instructor)

What sorts of things are good and bad? What actions
are right and wrong? These two basic questions are
explored. The course covers major classical concep-
tions of ancient Greece and Rome, their replacement
by the Western religious ethic, its modification and
rejection in the early modern period, and the emer-
gence of modern versions of traditional conceptions
of the good life, with reflections on the nature of ethical
inquiry itself as a legitimate study

PHL 1 340 Aesthetics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 4 Q.H. philosophy)

This course offers a historical approach to aesthetics.
Aesthetics is the philosophical analysis of concepts
and the solution of problems that arise when one
contemplates beautiful (or ugly) objects; it is also
concerned with standards of value in judging art.
Aesthetics asks the following questions: What features
make objects beautiful (or ugly)? Are there aesthetic
standards? What is the relation of works of art to
nature? What is the nature of an aesthetic experience?

PHL 1 345 Philosophy of Religion 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 4 Q.H. philosophy)

The basic question in this course is "Does God exist?"

152 / Philosophy and Religion

The course examines several major arguments affirm-
ing and criticizing the notion of God's existence. A
central problem in recent philosophy of religion is
whether or not it makes any sense to speak of the truth
(or falsity) of religious belief, as well as the implication
an answer to that issue has for religious life; this topic
will be examined in the latter half of the course.

PHL 1350 Philosophy of Human Nature 4 Q.H.

The course offers a philosophical inquiry into the
theories of man, man's dimensions, and human nature.
The question of the existence of human nature is
thoroughly examined. Special interest will be given to
contemporary theories of man and self-alienation,
and their influence in social sciences. Selected
readings from Descartes, Hobbes, Hegel, Marx, Kier-
kegaard, Maritain, Freud, Skinner, Fromm, and Frankl.

PHL 1355 Existentialism and Literature 4 Q.H.

After World Wars I and II, existentialist philosophy
inspired the literature of "extreme situations." This
course examines human extreme experiences in exis-
tentialist philosophy and novels. Some of the major
themes are loneliness; self-alienation; social pres-
sures; conformity; absurdity; anxiety; social, political,
and moral crises; nothingness; and death. Selected
readings will include the most influential European
and American authors.

PHL 1 360 Philosophy and Literature 4 Q.H.

The purpose of this course is to provide the student
the opportunity to learn to recognize, appreciate, and
criticize philosophical themes in literature. The read-
ings typically include acknowledged classics by phil-
osophical authors such as Voltaire, Dostoevski, and
Sartre, as well as such popular contemporary authors
as Vonnegut, Barth, and Pynchon. There are also
some readings from more straightforward philosoph-
ical sources. Philosophical topics include the meaning
of life, the human condition, depersonalization, alien-
ation, human freedom, questions of value, responsi-
bility, rationality and personal identity. Religious,
nihilistic, existential, and other points of view are
explored.

PHL 1 370 The Meaning of Life 4 Q.H.

The course offers an examination of selected phil-
osophical problems of human existence in the con-
temporary world, with major emphasis on the search
for identity and self-fulfillment. Selected problems are
discussed, such as freedom, death, sexuality, alien-
ation, becoming a person, and peak experiences. The
course includes readings from Kierkegaard, Heideg-
ger, Sartre, Camus, Maslow, Allport, Frankl, Rogers,
and Rollo May

PHL 1375 Freud, Skinner, and Their Critics

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 4 Q.H. philosophy or permission of instructor)
The course provides an examination of fundamental
themes and concepts of Freud's psychoanalysis and
Skinner's psychology from a philosophical perspec-
tive and criticisms of them from the point of view of
reformed Freudians and existentialists. Selections

include Freud, Jung, Adier, Karen Horney Skinner,
Koestler, Pearls, Sartre, Merleau-Ponty, and Kovaly

PHL 1 400 Theory of Knowledge 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 4 Q.H. philosophy or permission of instruc-
tor)

This is an introduction to epistemology or theory of
knowledge, which asks the following questions: What
is knowledge? Is knowledge (or even certainty) attain-
able? What are the limitations of human knowledge?
How is knowledge-if we have it-acquired? What
roles do reason and experience play in the attempt to
attain knowledge? This course uses both classical
(Rene Descartes and David Hume) and contemporary
sources (Bertrand Russell and others). Various
theories of knowledge, such as empiricism, rational-
ism, and scepticism, are examined and criticized. The
student is encouraged to form at least tentative
opinions on these issues.

PHL 1 405 Metaphysics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 8 Q.H. philosophy)

The course offers a consideration of central problems
and theories concerning the nature of reality, with
special attention to such areas as the relation between
mind and matter, free will and determinism, and criteria
of existence.

PHL 1 41 0 Philosophy of Science 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 4 Q.H. philosophy)

Science is the dominant intellectual force of our
culture. This course focuses on the nature of scientific
method, scientific theories, and scientific explana-
tions. A central question is: Why is science thought to
provide the most reliable account of the nature of
reality? Various theories about the nature and reliabil-
ity of science are considered.

PHL 1 41 5 Advanced Logic 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHL 1215)

The course offers a study of the major results in the
meta-theory of first-order logic. Consistency, com-
pleteness, and decidability. Discussion of the general
notion of an effectively computable process. Church's
thesis, and the existence of unsolvable problems.

PHL 1 430 Philosophy of Psychology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 4 Q.H. philosophy or 4 Q.H. psychology or
permission of instructor)

The course offers an examination of the philosophical
and scientific foundations of behavioristic psycholo-
gy, with emphasis on the acquisition and use of
language. Discussion of alternative conceptions, e.g.,
Chomsky's and those arising from computer studies.

PHL 1 435 Philosophy of Mind 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 4 Q.H. philosophy)

What is the relation between mind and body? Is the
mental merely a function of bodily process and
behavior or does it somehow exist "over and above"
the material? How are self-knowledge and knowledge
of other minds achieved? What is the relation between
words and thoughts? This course in part, seeks to
show what puzdes and problems result from an honest
attempt to answer these questions in a reasonable

Physics / 1 53

way. Classical sources, such as Descartes and Locke,
and contemporary sources, such as Wittgenstein and
Putnam, are examined. But the course also seeks to
arrive at some answers— however tentative or pro-
visional—to these questions. The student is constantly
challenged to think and write well about these difficult
subjects.

PHL 1 440 Philosophy of Language 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
The course examines prospects for a theory of
language, its syntax and semantics. Contrasts between
theory of reference and theory of meaning. Are there
universals of language? Relations between linguistics
and psychology Readings from Frege, Quine, Russell,
Chomsky, and Fodor

PHL 1550, PHL 1551, PHL 1552

Honors I, II, and III (each) 4 Q.H.

Students interested in taking Junior-Senior Honors
courses should confer with department chairperson.
Arrangements are made between the student and a
member of the faculty. Staffing by arrangement.

PHL 1 565 Seminar in Wittgenstein 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. 8 Q.H. philosophy or permission of instructor)
Ludwig Wittgenstein is one of the most influential, if
not the most influential, philosophers of the twentieth
century. A mysterious yet charismatic figure, he pos-
sessed both analytic genius and the creativity of a
visionary. With unparalleled intensity, he addressed
himself to philosophical problems. What is the rela-
tionship between language and the world? Are there
thoughts "too deep" for words? What, if anything, can
be said about the mystical, the beautiful, and the
religious? What is consciousness and what is its role
in action? What are the big, simple, mistaken ideas
that cripple the philosophical enterprise? How should

philosophers proceed? What is meaningful? Wittgen-
stein's thought is so unique that it cannot be said that
any other course, or courses, in Philosophy will prepare
the student for it. On the other hand, intelligent students
with little formal preparation can profit from a study of
Wittgenstein, given the proper dedication to truth.

PHL 1 800 Directed Studies 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. By arrangement between student and fac-
ulty)

Those interested in the Directed Studies program
should meet with department chairperson. Staffing:
by arrangement.

PHL 3265 Issues in Medical Ethics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. permission of instructor)
This course focuses on issues in medical ethics,
especially as they are likely to arise in a clinical
setting. Course begins with exploration of the two
basic systems of ethical theory and then concen-
trates on their application in cases exemplifying the
issues of euthanasia, paternalism, experimentation,
informed consent, quality of life, professional respon-
sibility, right to health care, truth telling, genetic con-
trol, abortion, and the allocation of scarce medical
resources.

INT 1400 Professional Practices: Individual and
Social Dimensions 4 Q.H.

The course explores the dimensions and dilemmas of
freedom and responsibility confronting professional
people practicing within the limits set by socioeco-
nomic conditions, clients, and other professionals.
Case histories are examined to illustrate the dilemmas
professionals face, the choices that are typically made,
and the consequences these have on the freedom of
the practitioner and on personal and professional
integrity.

Physics

Please note some courses in the College of Arts and Sciences are duplicated in different departments or colleges,
or within a department. You may not receive credit for two such courses. If you have a question about whether one
course does overlap with another, please consult the departments involved and the Dean's Office before taking
the course.

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer to Core Curriculum categories listed on pages 1-2.

Courses are listed according to level and degree of specialization and are not in numerical order General interest
courses have no prerequisites and may be used to satisfy College of Arts and Sciences distribution requirements
in science. Introductory physics courses are basic first-year physics lecture courses; the corresponding
laboratories are listed under introductory physics laboraories. Advanced physics and astronomy courses
require one year of introductory physics and may be used to satisfy degree requirements for physics majors.

General Interest Courses

PHY 1 1 01 Physics in Music 4 ttH.

Thiscoursediscussesthe physical principles involved
in producing, recording, and reproducing music.
Topics include explanations of the operation of various
instruments in terms of the basic properties of reso-
nances and waves; physical and psychological
response of the ear; the physical basis of the modern
(well-tempered) system of tuning: the operation of

microphones, amplifiers, loudspeakers, tape record-
ers, radios, and other devices.

PHY 1111 Introduction to Astronomy I 4 Q.H.

Thefirstquarterofatwo-quarter sequence, thiscourse
offers the nonscience student an introduction to
modern astronomical ideas. Topics include introduc-
tion to the cosmos; tools of the astronomer (atoms,

1 b4 / Physics

the nature of light and radiation, telescopes, space
astronomy); the earth in space; our solar system
(origin and future of the solar system, the planets and
other bodies, the latest from spacecraft flights, the
sun as our bridge to the stars); the question of life in
the universe. (II)

PHY 11 1 2 Introduction to Astronomy II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1111)

Topics include properties of stars: life and death of
stars (Hertzsprung-Russell diagram, birth of stars,
main sequence, red giants, white dwarfs, supernovae,
neutron stars, black holes); our Milky Way galaxy;
galaxies; quasars, cosmology (the expanding universe,
the big bang, the future of the universe).

PHY 1 1 21 Introduction to Science I 4 Q.H.

PHY 1 1 21 and PHY 1 1 22 form a two-quarter sequence
for nonscience majors that provides an interdiscipli-
nary treatment of the basic ideas of the natural
sciences. Concepts such as energy, gravity, and the
atom are discussed, followed by a consideration of
the ways in which atoms combine to form the sub-
stances that comprise matter (II)

PHY 1 1 22 Introduction to Science II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1121)

This course applies principles previously learned in
PHY 1121 to selected topics in biology, chemistry,
physics, and geology. The subjects actually covered
depend on the interests of the instructor, and, to some
extent, on those of the students.

Introductory Physics
Courses

PHY 1191 Physics 1 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1191, may be taken concurrently; B.E.T
majors only)

Topics include kinematics and dynamics of particle
motion, Newrton's laws, projectile and circular motion,
conservation laws for momentum and energy, rota-
tional motion; simple harmonic motion.

PHY 1192 Physics II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1191; MTH 1192 may be taken con-
currently; B.E.T majors only)
Topics include wave motion, intensity, interference
phenomena, Doppler effect, vibrating systems, tem-
perature, heat, change of state, heat transfer, kinetic
theory of gases, general gas laws, thermodynamics.

PHY 1193 Physics III 4Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1 192; B.E.T majors only)
Topics include electrostatics, magnetism, magnetic
induction, induced currents, direct- and alternat-
ing-current circuits, properties of light, reflection,
refraction, dispersion, optical systems, diffraction,
polarization.

PHY 1 201 Physics for the Life Sciences I 4 Q.H.

Topics include vector addition of force, principles of
statics; Newrton's second law, kinetic and potential
energy; pressure static properties of fluids, fluid flow.

To take the laboratory for this course, register for PHY
1501 concurrently. (II)

PHY 1 202 Physics for the Life Sciences II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1201)

Topics include wave motion, sound, light, optics, static
electricity, d.c. circuits, magnetism. To take the labora-
tory for this course, register for PHY 1502 concur-
rently. (II)

PHY 1203 Physics for the Life Sciences III

4Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1201)

Topics include temperature, gas laws, properties of
liquids (surface tension and osmotic pressure), prop-
erties of solids, thermal physics. Coulomb's law, atomic
and nuclear physics.

PHY 1 209 Basic Physics I 4 Q.H.

(For Respiratory Therapy students only.)
Topics include the physical properties of gases and
condensed matter, force and pressure, hydrostatics,
ideal and real gases, condensation and evaporation,
surface tension, osmosis and fluid flow. Laboratory is
an integral part of the course.

PHY 1221 Physics for Engineering Students I

4Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1123 or equiv., may be taken con-
currently)

The first quarter of a four-quarter sequence intended
primarily for engineering students, this course covers
mechanics, kinematics, dynamics, Newton's laws,
work, energy, linear momentum, collisions.

PHY 1222 Physics for Engineering Students II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1 221 ; MTH 1 1 24 or equiv may be taken

concurrently)

A continuation of PHY 1221, this course focuses on

rotational dynamics, angular momentum, statics,

harmonic motion, wave motion, sound, and optics.

PHY 1223 Physics for Engineering Students III

4Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1 222; MTH 1 1 25 or equiv may be taken

concurrently)

A continuation of PHY 1 222, the focus of this course is

on electricity, electrostatics. Gauss's law, electric fields,

potential, capacitance, resistance, current Ohm's law,

circuits, the magnetic field.

PHY 1224 Physics for Engineering Students IV

4Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1 223; MTH 1 1 26 or equiv may be taken
concurrently)

A continuation of PHY 1 223, this course covers induc-
tion, inductance, and energy in the magnetic field;
electromagnetic waves; exponential processes; and
elementary thermodynamics.

PHY 1 231 Physics for Science Majors I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1143 or equiv may be taken con-
currently)

Topics include mechanics: kinematics, Newton's laws,
circular motion, work energy, linear momentum. To

Physics / 1 55

take the laboratory for this course, register for PHY
1531 concurrently (II)

PHY 1 232 Physics for Science Majors II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1 231 ; MTH 1 1 44 or equiv. may be taken
concurrently)

Topics include rotational motion, angular momentum,
harmonic motion, wave motion, sound, heat and ther-
modynamics, kinetic theory. To take the laboratory for
this course, register for PHY 1532 concurrently (II)

PHY 1 233 Physics for Science Majors III 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1 231 ; MTH 1 1 45 or equiv. may be taken

concurrently)

Topics include electricity and magnetism; circuits;

electromagnetic waves; topics in modern physics. To

take the laboratory for this course, register for PHY

1 533 concurrently

PHY 1241 Physics for Computer Science

Majors I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Two quarters calculus)
The first quarter of a three-quarter sequence. Topics
include kinematics, dynamics, Newton's laws, gravity,
work, energy momentum, and collisions.

PHY 1242 Physics for Computer Science Majors II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1241 and three quarters calculus)
The second quarter of a three-quarter sequence.
Topics include circular and rotational motion, oscil-
lations, waves, atomic physics, astronomy and cos-
mology and relativity and its application to nuclear
physics.

PHY 1243 Physics for Computer Science Majors III

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1242)

The third quarter of a three-quarter sequence. Topics
include electricity and magnetism, semiconductors
and semiconductor devices.

PHY 1251 Physics Review for Engineering Students

6 Q.H.

(Prereq. One year of college physics; kno\«/ledge of
elementary calculus)

This course offers an intensive review for students
who have had previous college physics courses not
equivalent to the engineering sequence PHY 1221-
PHY 1 224. Topics include fundamentals of mechanics,
electricity, and magnetism with emphasis on the use of
vectors and elementary calculus. Passing this course
is equivalent to passing PHY 1 223 and PHY 1 224.

Introductory Physics
Laboratories

PHY 1 1 94 Physics Laboratory I* 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1191; PHY 1192 concurrently; B.E.T
majors only)

This course covers experiments from various physics
topics that have been covered in PHY 1191 and,
concurrently in PHY 1192.

PHY 1 1 95 Physics Laboratory 11* 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1 1 94, PHY 1 1 92; PHY 1 1 93 concurrently;

B.E.T majors only)

This course is a continuation of PHY 1 1 94, with exper-
iments from topics in PHY 1 192 and PHY 1 193.

PHY 1501 Physics Laboratory for the Life
Sciences I 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1201 concurrently)
This course is the first quarter of a two-quarter labora-
tory sequence accompanying PHY 1201 and PHY
1202.

PHY 1502 Physics Laboratory for the Life
Sciences II 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1501; PHY 1202 or PHY 1203 con-
currently)
This course is a continuation of PHY 1 501 .

PHY 1 521 Physics Laboratory for Engineering
Students I 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1 223)

This course is the first of a two-quarter laboratory
sequence in which the student performs experiments
from various fields of physics.

PHY 1522 Physics Laboratory for Engineering
Students II 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1 521 and PHY 1 224)

This course is a continuation of PHY 1 521 .

PHY 1 531 Physics Laboratory for Science Majors I

1 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1231 concurrently)

Focus is on laboratory experiments related to topics

covered in PHY 1231.

PHY 1532 Physics Laboratory for Science Majors II

1 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1531 ; PHY 1232 concurrently)

Focus is on laboratory experiments related to topics

covered in PHY 1232.

PHY 1 533 Physics Laboratory for Science Majors III

1 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1531 ; PHY 1233 concurrently)

Focus is on laboratory experiments related to topics

covered in PHY 1233.

Advanced Physics and Astronomy
Courses

PHY 1301 Intermediate Mechanics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1232 and PHY 1233; MTH 1243 con-
currently)

Topics include classical mechanics in two and three
dimensions; a review of Newton's laws; special em-
phasis on conservation theorems for energy momen-
tum and angular momentum; harmonic and wave
motion.

PHY 1302 Electric and Magnetic Relds 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1301 ; MTH 1244 concurrently)
This course focuses on the basic concepts of electric
and magnetic fields, including electric and magnetic
fields in free space and materials; Maxwell's equa-
tions in integral form.

Lab fee required.

1 56 / Physics

PHY 1 303 Modern Physics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1233, PHY 1224, or equiv.)
The course provides a review of experiments dem-
onstrating the atomic nature of matter, the properties
of the electron, the nuclear atom, the wave-particle
duality, spin, and the properties of elementary particles.
The course discusses, mostly on a phenomenological
level, such subjects as atomic and nuclear structure,
properties of the solid state, and elementary particles.

PHY 1 304 Mathematical Physics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1233 and MTH 1244; MTH 1246 con-
currently)

Topics include review of linear algebra and vector
calculus; special functions and partial differential
equations of physics; potential theory; functions of a
complex variable.

PHY 1305 Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory

4Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1233 or PHY 1224; MTH 1244)
Topics include First and Second Laws of Thermo-
dynamics; entropy and equilibrium; thermodynamic
potentials; elementary kinetic theory; statistical me-
chanics and the statistical interpretation of entropy.

PHY 1311 Physics Review for Re-entry Students

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Two years of physics)
This is a review course on the material covered by PHY
1 401 , PHY 1 305, and PHY 1 404. Topics include vector
kinematics; generalized coordinates; Lagrange equa-
tions; harmonic and coupled oscillators, wave equa-
tion; physical optics, interference, diffraction, optics
of solids, lasers; entropy and equilibrium, thermody-
namic potentials; elementary kinetic theory; statisti-
cal mechanics.

PHY 1 401 Classical Mechanics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1301 and MTH 1245)
This course covers advanced topics in classical
mechanics, including vector kinematics; harmonic
oscillator and resonance; generalized coordinates;
Lagrange's equations; central forces and the Kepler
problem; rigid body motion.

PHY 1 402 Electricity and Magnetism I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1302; PHY 1304 or equiv)
The first of a two-quarter sequence in electromagnetic
theory, this course covers Maxwell's equations and
their experimental basis; electrostatics and magneto-
statics; the electromagnetic field in empty space;
electromagnetic waves.

PHY 1 403 Electricity and Magnetism II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1402 or equiv)
A continuation of PHY 1402, this course focuses on
energy and momentum in the electromagnetic field;
electrodynamics; the interaction of matter and the
field; radiation.

PHY 1 404 Wave Motion and Optics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1302)

Topics include harmonic and coupled oscillators, wave

equation; geometrical and physical optics; interfer-

ence, diffraction, optics of solids, amplification of
light; lasers.

PHY 141 1 Introduction to Astrophysics and
Cosmology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Three quarters of elementary physics)
The purpose of this course is to introduce the student
to current ideas in astrophysics and cosmology, with
emphasis on recent advances in this field. Topics
include tools of the astronomer (gamma-, X-, UV-,
optical-, infrared-, radio-telescopes, spectroscopes,
spacecrafts, etc.); solar system; stellar properties (site
luminosity); stellar spectra; Hertzsprung-Russell dia-
gram; stellar energy sources (gravitational, nuclear);
evolution of stars (birth, main sequence, red giants,
white dwarfs, planetary nebulae, supernovae, neutron
stars and pulsars, black holes and gravitational
collapse); methods of interstellar and intergalactic
distance measurement; our Milky Way galaxy; extra-
galactic objects (galaxies, clusters of galaxies, radio
galaxies, quasars); cosmology (Olber's paradox;
recession of galaxies, big bang theory, cosmic back-
ground radiation, formation of galaxies, the future of
the universe).

PHY 1 41 2 Plasma Physics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1224 or PHY 1302 or equiv)

The aim of this course is to introduce the student to

the study of plasma physics. The course will develop

the fundamentals of plasma physics in a manner that

does not require an extensive background in advanced

physics.

PHY 1413 Introduction to Nuclear Physics

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1 303)

Topics include nuclear structure, nuclear masses,
radioactivity, nuclear radiation, interaction of radiation
and matter, detectors, fission, nuclear forces; elemen-
tary particles.

PHY 1414 Introduction to Solid State Physics

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1 303 or OHM 1 383; PHY 1 305 or equiv)
This course offers a semiclassical treatment of the
thermal, magnetic, and electrical properties of crys-
talline solids. Topics include X-ray diffraction and the
reciprocal lattice, elasticity and lattice vibrations,
specific heat, properties of insulators, magnetism in
insulators and metals, introduction to the band theory
of metals.

PHY 1 41 5 Quantum Mechanics I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1 303 or CHM 1 383; PHY 1 304 or equiv)
The first of a two-quarter sequence in quantum
mechanics, this course focuses on observation of
macroscopic and microscopic bodies, the uncertainty
principle, wave-particle duality, probability amplitudes,
Schrodinger wave theory one-dimensional problems.

PHY 1 41 6 Quantum Mechanics II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1415)

A continuation of PHY 141 5, this course covers discrete
and continuous states, Schrodinger equation in three
dimensions, angular momentum, general theory of
quantum mechanics, applications.

Political Science / 1 57

PHY 1 551 Electronics for Scientists I 4 Q.H.

PHY 1 55 1 and PHY 1 552 form a two-quarter sequence
covering electronic techniques for experimental re-
search in many different fields of science. Topics
include principles of semiconductor devices; analog
techniques (amplification, feedback, integration);
digital techniques (counting, multiplexing, logic);
design of electronic subsystems (analog-to-digital
converters, phase-sensitive detectors, data-logging
systems); understanding specifications of commer-
cial electronic equipment. Lab examples make use of
up-to-date integrated and discrete devices such as
are currently used in the electronic industry.

PHY 1 552 Electronics for Scientists II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1551)

This course is a continuation of PHY 1 551 .

PHY 1 555 Wave Laboratory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1302 or PHY 1224)
This course offers a general treatment of the problems
of mechanical and electromagnetic radiation as wave
phenomena. Topics include the differential wave
equation and its application to selected topics; inter-
ference and diffraction theory from the standpoint of
the Huygens-Fresnel and Kirchhoff formulations;
selected experiments in acoustics, optics, and micro-
waves to illustrate these problems.

PHY 1 557 Advanced Physics Laboratory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHY 1551 and PHY 1552)
This course presents special projects in modern exper-
imental physics; including electronic instrumentation

used in measuring physical quantities and use of
microprocessors.

PHY 1 561 Project Laboratory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
This course allows students to select and carry out
individual projects involving instrumentation and com-
putation. The projects involve the development of
some aspect of instrumentation and/or computation
in an ongoing research project, and the preparation of
a final report. The student will be supervised by the
project leader and the course instructor Although the
course carries 4 Q.H. credit, it is taken in successive
winter and spring quarters.

PHY 1811 (1812, 1813) Independent Study

1Q.H.

PHY 1821 (1822, 1823) Independent Study

PHY 1831 (1832, 1833) Independent Study

PHY 1841 (1842, 1843) Independent Study

2Q.H.

3Q.H.

4Q.H.

PHY 1885, PHY 1886, PHY 1887 Junior-Senior
Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For prerequisites and other details, see the section on
the Junior-Senior Honors Project on page 1 .

Political Science

Please note some courses in the College of Arts and Sciences are duplicated i n different departments or colleges,
or within a department. You may not receive credit for two such courses. If you have a question about whether one
course does overlap with another, please consult the departments involved and the Dean's Office before taking
the course.

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer to Core Curriculum categories listed on pages 1-2.

POL 1 1 1 0 Introduction to Politics 4 Q.H.

This course offers a broad-based introduction to con-
temporary political science. Areas covered include a
consideration of basic concepts in political analysis
(e.g., power, authority, and sovereignty); the role of
governmental institutions in the making of public
policy; public opinion and processes of political rep-
resentation; contemporary political ideologies; and
the scope and methods of political science. (II)

POL 1111 introduction to American Government

4 Q.H.

The course provides an analysis of the American
governmental and political processes by focusing on
constitutionalism, liberties, institutions, and political
behavior (II)

POL 1112 Introduction to International Relations

4 Q.H.

The course focuses on elements of international rela-
tions, including sovereign power, and limitations on
the behavior of nation-states. International law, diplo-
macy the politics of international economic relations,
and contemporary problems in international relations-
peace and war, the arms race, detente, human rights,
technology, population, and neoimperialism— will be
covered. (II)

POL 1113 Introduction to Foreign Governments
and Societies 4 Q.H.

(Formerly Introduction to Comparative Government)
The course offers a comparative study of parliamentary
democracy in Western Europe; Communist totalitari-
anism in the Soviet Union, China, and Eastern Europe;
and variations of these governmental systems in the

1 58 / Political Science

"third world" countries of Asia, Africa, and the Middle
East.

POL 1 260 Public Policy Analysis 4 Q.H.

An analysis and evaluation of public policy in the
United States.

POL 1 261 Public Administration 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1111)

Introduction to the theory and practice of public admin-
istration, with special emphasis on the generalities of
institutions, processes, and behavior of bureaucratic
organizations.

POL 1262 Organization Theory 4Q.H.

Provides a broad overview of organization theories,
their history, and development. Specific attention is
given to developing a paradigm for public organizations
that focuses on the relationships of economic, demo-
cratic, bureaucratic, technological, and humanistic
imperatives. The student will prepare a research paper
and consider the implications of this paradigm for
future organizations.

POL 1 266 Public Personnel Administration 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1261)

Designed to be an overall introduction to the field of
public personnel administration. It includes examin-
ation of selected topics such as recruitment, selec-
tion, classification, case development, equal oppor-
tunity, public employee unionism, and collective
bargaining.

POL 1 267 Public Budgeting 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1261)

Focuses on the function of budgeting in a variety of
governmental contexts, specifically, the appropriations
process, the budget as a management tool, and the
public policy impacts of the budget. Budgeting tech-
niques are emphasized within this context.

POL 1300 Conceptual Foundations of
Contemporary Political Analyses 4 Q.H.

The course provides an introduction to the conceptual
problems associated with the study of politics, includ-
ing scientific method and a general overview of various
methodological perspectives (e.g., systems theory,
game theory, and survey analysis) as practiced by
contemporary political scientists.

POL 1 301 Research Methods i 4 Q.H.

The course offers an introduction to the principal
quantitative methods used in political analysis, public
administration, political behavior, international rela-
tions, and policy sciences. Emphasis is on basic
statistical techniques, survey methods, and SPSS
programming.

POL 1 302 Research Methods II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1301)

This is an intermediate course in quantitative analytic
techniques with emphasis on practical problem solving
in areas of concentration, particularly political behavior,
policy sciences, public administration, and interna-
tional relations. Includes intermediate statistical tech-

niques such as multivariate analysis and casual mod-
elling, using SPSS and drawing upon machine-read-
able data.

POL 1 303 Political Behavior 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1110)

This course examines selected topics in contemporary
political science from a political behavior perspective.
Topics include political attitude formation and change,
ideology socialization, public opinion and voting
behavior, political campaigning, political violence, and
empirical democratic theory.

POL 1 304 Practical Politics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1111)

This course is designed to accentuate and system-
atically treat some of the problems of organizing for
effective citizen action, partisan and nonpartisan, at
the grass-roots level. An exploration of roles in politi-
cal campaigning.

POL 1 306 Politics in Western Europe 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1113)

The course offers a comparative analysis of political
culture, federal and unitary forms of government, and
executive-legislative relations on the national level in
England, France, and West Germany.

POL 1307 European Political Parties 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1113)

The focus of this course is on political party organi-
zation and voter behavior in England, France, and
Germany with emphasis on party ideologies, strate-
gies, campaigns, and elections, as well as socializa-
tion. Recruitment, and participation of voters in the
political process.

POL 1 308 The Politics of Poverty 4 Q.H.

This course is concerned with what is referred to as
the poverty system: how and why there is poverty, how
it affects people's lives, and how it can be eliminated.
As a discussion-centered course, relying also on
simulations, small-group work, and experience-based
learning, it examines the relations between poverty,
racism, and the economic, political, and administra-
tive systems. A number of alternatives will be evalu-
ated and an opportunity provided for clarifying indi-
vidual assumptions and feelings about poverty.

POL 1 309 The Politics of Imperialism 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1112)

The course focuses on the political dynamics of pene-
tration of foreign economies and foreign politics, con-
sidering such elements as military intervention, foreign
aid, and the impact of the multinational corporations.

POL 1310 American Ideology 4 Q.H.

An analysisof the main American ideologies, including
liberalism, neoliberalism, conservatism, neoconserva-
tism, nationalism, etc. Examination of the historic
roots of each ideology and its impact on American
politics. An attempt to understand the ongoing inter-
action of political ideology and the political process in
contemporary American society.

Political Science / 1 59

POL 1312 Politics and the Mass Med-a 4 Q.H.

This course analyzes several facets of the mass media ;
the role of newspapers, radio, and television in public
opinion formation; their use and effectiveness in
political campaigns; their objectivity and/or bias in
reporting the news; their impact on political parties
and the distribution of power between Congress and
the President.

POL 1313 International Organization 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1 1 1 2)

The course focuses on development of international
organizations with special emphasis on the United
Nations system. (Public Administration elective)

POL 1315 The Politics of the Criminal Justice
System 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1111 or POL 1377)
This course focuses on the criminal justice system
from arrest by police to appeal to the Supreme Court
of the United States. The roles of police, lawyers,
judges, prosecutors, juries, and correction officers
are examined.

POL 1316 Contemporary Revolutionary Politics

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1 1 1 2 or POL 1 1 1 3)
Examination of political development in selected revo-
lutionary societies, including Cuba.

POL 1 31 7 Law and Society 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Open only to upperclass, nonpolitical-sci-
ence majors.)

This course examines the theory and practice of the
American legal process and its impact on values. Also
an analysis of the impact on these values of the
military-industrial-technological complex.

POL 1318 State and Local Government 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1111)

This course introduces students to the political and
administrative context of state and local government
and surveys the structure, function, and politics of
states and localities within the context of the United
States federal system. (Public Administration elective)

POL 1320 Political Parties, Pressure Groups,

and Elections 4 Q.H.

An analysis of political parties and pressure groups in
the American political system, with attention given to
policy making, elections, voting behavior, and state
and national political trends.

POL 1321 Eurocommunism 4 Q.H.

This course presents a study of the domestic and
foreign policies of the Spanish, French, and Italian
Communist parties with special attention to their rela-
tions with the international communist movement.

POL 1 322 World Politics 4 Q.H.

The course examines political continuum and change
in the international system by observing both traditional
actors, such as nation-state, and modern actors,
such as multinational corporations, in relation to their
goals and the means each uses to attain them. Primarily
for non-political-science majors; not open to anyone

who has taken POL 1112, Introduction to International
Relations.

POL 1 324 Urban Politics 4 Q.H.

The course provides an analysis of the political, admin-
istrative, economic, and social dynamics of urban
areas from a historical perspective. (Public Adminis-
tration elective)

POL 1325 Human Services Administration

4Q.H.

The ways in which human services are provided by
the political, economic, and bureaucratic systems
to low-income citizens are studied. The course is
designed to help students develop knowledge of the
public policy process, human services organizations,
and delivery systems, and awareness of their values
and potential as human services professionals. A
discussion-based course for students interested in
human services. (Public Administration elective)

POL 1327 Sex Roles in American Politics

4Q.H.

The course explores the relation between what is and
what ought to be— and why— in the roles of women in
American politics. Topics include the traditional roles
of women in politics, the suffrage movement, the
woman as citizen and voter, the role of sex in achiev-
ing power and in political efficacy and the place of
women in "new politics." Political action to promote
women's issues and modern feminism will also be
covered. (VI)

POL 1328 Women in Public Management 4 Q.H.

Examination of the challenges and problems com-
monly experienced by female managers working in
complex, public sector organizations. Emphasis will
be placed on strategies for elevating such problems.
Special attention will be focused on career develop-
ment for women in managerial roles.

POL 1329 American Social Welfare Policy

4Q.H.

An introduction to social welfare policy with a special
emphasis on programs and services in the contempo-
rary United States. Theoretical frameworks for analyz-
ing social welfare policy will be discussed, then
attention will focus on the substantive policy areas of
welfare, mental health, and social security. The course
will also explore various issues and processes related
to the design, administration, and implementation of
social welfare policy in the context of the American
socio-political system.

POL 1 330 Minority Politics 4 Q.H.

This course examines the voting behavior of minority
populations in the United States and political devel-
opments and trends that impact on the nation's
minority communities.

POL 1332 Government and Politics of Japan

4Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 11 12 or POL 11 13)

Examines Japan's political development from the Meiji

Restoration to the present, exploring the unique form

160 /Political Science

of democratic government practiced in Japan and
evaluating the effects of Japanese political theory,
war, the American occupation, the Emperor, and
Japanese political and cultural values on Japan's
political institutions. Japan's present and future impact
on the international system is also considered. (IV)

POL 1333 Introduction to Urban and

Regional Planning 4 Q.H.

The historical influences on American urban and
regional planning and the contemporary institutional,
theoretical, and technical issues in planning.

POL 1335 The American Presidency 4 Q.H.

This course examines the presidential electoral pro-
cess and the constitutional and extraconstitutional
powers of the American President. It studies presiden-
tial leadership styles and analyzes the relationship
between the executive branch and Congress, the
Court, the bureaucracy, and the media.

POL 1336 American Constitutional Law 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1111 and junior or senior status)
Employing excerpts of United States Supreme Court
decisions and other reading materials, this course
attempts an analysis of some of the theoretical, struc-
tural, and substantive issues inherent in and relevant
to the American constitutional system.

POL 1337 American Foreign Policy 4 Q.H.

The course examines formulation and conduct of
foreign policy; role of the United States in politics
since 1945.

POL 1 339 Current Political Issues 4 Q.H.

The course provides an analysis of the constitutional
and political background of selected contemporary
public issues. Primarily for non-political-science
majors.

POL 1340 Communism in Eastern Europe

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1113)

The course focuses on the Communist governments
of Eastern Europe, with emphasis on their growing
independence from Soviet Russia. Recent political
change, economic liberalization, and new orientation
in foreign policy

POL 1342 Government and Politics in Africa

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1113)

Topics include the governmental systems, political
parties, socioeconomic problems, and foreign pol-
icies of selected states north and south of the Sahara.

POL 1343 Politics and Violence in Northern Ireland

4Q.H.

This course will analyze the causes of violence in
Northern Ireland. Although historical, sociological,
and economic roots of the conflict will be considered,
the major focus will be on politics. The international
dimension (the roles of southern Ireland, the United
States, etc.), paramilitary organizations, legal political
parties and groups, and potential solutions will be
discussed. Comparative parallels will be drawn, includ-
ing possible lessons for the United States.

POL 1345 Government and Politics in the

Middle East 4 Q.H.

Approaches the political, economic, military, and ide-
ological factors within the Arab states and Israel,
inter-Arab politics, the Arab-Israeli conflict, and the
great power rivalry in the region. (VI)

POL 1 347 Soviet Government 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1113)

The course offers a study of Soviet political origins
and behavior, with emphasis on recent changes in the
party and state apparatus, the economy, and the
administration of justice.

POL 1348 Soviet Foreign Policy 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the evolution of Soviet foreign
policy since 1 91 7, with emphasis on the development
of the international communist movement and the
onset of the East-West ideological conflict.

POL 1350 American Legislative Process 4 Q.H.

This course explores the nature, style, and process of
the American Congress. It focuses on congressional
actors, their needs, relations with constituents, and
policy-making roles, as well as the structures and
processes embedded into the institution itself. Finally,
the course examines the role Congress plays in
American politics and how the institution fares in the
1980s.

POL 1351 Techniques and Practices of

Public Management 4 Q.H.

This course is oriented toward practical skills and
techniques of public management and employs the
case method in examining typical management prob-
lems at different levels of government. Time and
resource management for public sector managerial
personnel is also covered.

POL 1 353 Law and Personal Morality 4 Q.H.

An examination of the use of political power to enforce
standards of personal morality and behavior in con-
temporary American society. Subjects considered will
include pornography sexual privacy and expression,
Sunday closing laws, abortion, and prostitution.

POL 1354 The Politics and Policies of Developing
Nations 4 Q.H.

The course presents a survey of recent political and
related change among third-world countries of Africa,
Latin America, and Asia. Topics included are the
heritage of colonialism and achievement of indepen-
dence, the realities of cultural pluralism, revolution
and political violence, institution building, political
leadership and role of ideology political parties, the
military in politics, and the international aspects of
political modernization. (VI)

POL 1355 Ethnic Conflict in International
Perspective 4 Q.H.

The course offers a comparative study of ethnic
conflict, with its religious, linguistic, racial, and eco-
nomic roots, in such places as Nigeria, Cyprus,
Canada, Northern Ireland, Belgium, and the United
States. World order implications and Great Power
consequences of such confrontations will also be
studied.

Political Science/ 161

POL 1357 Totalitarianism and Dictatorship

4Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1 1 1 3)

The course presents an analysis of totalitarianism,
dictatorship, and autocracy, including study of his-
torical background, characteristics, theories of origin,
nature, and significance; evaluation of techniques,
ideologies (e.g., t^arxism-Leninism), policies, and insti-
tutions. Particular attention is given to Soviet and
German experiences.

POL 1359 Comparative Public Administration

4Q.H.

The course provides a comparative study of the
approaches to public administration in selected dem-
ocratic governments in the United States and Europe.

POL 1360 The Politics of Revolution

and Change 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 11 13)

The course offers an analysis of revolution and change,
contemporary and historical, with attention to both
theory and practice. Topics discussed include major
trends in contemporary politics and society, and the
relationship betw/een political change and technolog-
ical, scientific, or social change.

POL 1 362 Civil Liberties 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1350 and junior or senior status)
Employing United States Supreme Court decisions
and other reading material, this course examines the
substantive and procedural guarantees of the Bill of
Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment and their
relation to a liberal democratic society.

POL 1 363 Public Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1261)

What problems are entailed in the management of
public agencies? How do public managers seek to
solve these problems? These questions are explored
through the use of descriptive, analytical, and case
materials. (Public Administration elective)

POL 1 364 Business and Government Relations

4Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1 1 1 1 or POL 1 377)
The course offers a survey of the relation between
economic developments and political processes in
the United States. Among the topics considered are
government planning of the economy, monopoly and
government regulation, government programs to pro-
mote social welfare, and the impact of Federalism on
the political-economic system.

POL 1365 British Politics and Government I

4Q.H.

A study of British political culture, in particular tradi-
tional political values, attitudes, and expectations; the
historical, economic, societal, and cultural determi-
nants of them; and their impact on the working of the
British political system today Special attention is
given to recent changes in British thought and society,
i.e., in the period from World War II to the present, and
how they too have affected contemporary British
political behavior

POL 1366 British Politics and Government II

4Q.H.

A study of British political participation that includes
voting, interest groups, and political parties; and gov-
ernmental institutions such as the monarchy the
Cabinet, Parliament, and the civil service. Special
attention is given to leadership decision-making, in
particular ministerial accountability, and to current
public policy in the areas of the economy social
security and welfare, and Ireland.

POL 1368 Government and Politics of Latin
America 4 Q.H.

The governmental systems, political parties, soci-
oeconomic problems and foreign policies of Latin
American states. Focus will be on political change.
(IV)

POL 1 369 Political Violence 4 Q.H.

This course analyzes political violence in its various
contemporary forms (e.g., revolution, genocide, poli-
tical terrorism, military overthrows, etc.). The causes
and consequences of political violence are assessed
(from both practical and moral points of view), and
strategies for preventing and resolving political vio-
lence are considered.

POL 1 370 Political Theory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Junior or senior status or consent)
An analytic approach to the study of key political
concepts: power, equality, freedom, authority, obliga-
tion, ethics, law, rights, punishment, state, sovereignty.

POL 1371 Government and Politics of China

4Q.H.

Topics include government and party organization,
socioeconomic problems and policies, concentrating
attention on the influence of history, technology, and
ideology as determinants of attitudes and behavior
(IV)

POL 1372 China's Foreign Relations 4 Q.H.

The course examines China's traditional view of inter-
national relations and its modification first by contact
with the West and later by Marxism-Leninism. The
course investigates China's role in changing the inter-
national system to accord more with its perspectives
on sovereignty and equality and the principles of
socialist internationalism.

POL 1 373 Pre-Modern Political Thought 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Junior status or permission of instructor)
An analytical and historical examination of the great
political thinkers and the main trends of political
thought from the Grecian age to the Renaissance.

POL 1 374 Modern Political Thought 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1 373)

An analytical and historical examination of the great
political thinkers and the main trends in political
thought from the Renaissance to the twentieth cen-
tury.

POL 1376 American Political Thought 4 Q.H.

The contributions to political theory of the main social,
economic, political, intellectual, and philosophic

1 62 / Political Science

movements in America from the colonial period to the
present.

POL 1377 American Political Process 4 Q.H.

The course offers a general analysis of the American
political system with emphasis on the topic of civil
liberties. Not open to political science majors or anyone
who has taken POL 1111, Introduction to American
Government.

POL 1378 Contemporary Political Thought

4Q.H.

Analysis of current ideals, ideologies, and political
movements, including existentialism, neo-Marxism,
black power, women's liberation. The decline of
ideology and behavioralism.

POL 1 380 Governmental Accounting 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1261)

Basic accounting principles and methods used by

government agencies including the utilization and

interpretation of financial statements, auditing, and

the application of electronic data processing in

government record keeping. (Public Administration

elective)

POL 1382 Intergovernmental Relations 4 Q.H.

An analysis of the relationships existing among
national, state, and local levels of government in the
United States and of the changing patterns of those
relationships.

POL 1 384 Arab-Israeli Conflict 4 Q.H.

The Arab-Israeli confrontation has its own dynamics,
and its nature has changed through the decades. This
course analyzes its interaction with the internal politics
of the Arab states and Israel, Pan-Arab politics, and
the role of the great powers in the region.

POL 1385 Housing and Community Development

4 Q.H.

The course offers a review of historical metropolitan
growth patterns and the influence of public policy on
the development of American cities. Topics such as
urban renewal, suburbanization of low- and moderate-
income housing and new communities are discussed
(Public Administration elective)

POL 1386 International Law 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1112)

Topics include territory and jurisdiction of states,
treaties, recognition, peaceful settlement of disputes,
resort to force.

POL 1388 Political Polling and Survey Research

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. POL 1301)

Survey research is the most common approach to
program evaluation. This course involves an examin-
ation of the entire survey research process, including
survey design, sampling, questionnaire design, survey
administration, data processing, and data analysis.
Some statistical analysis will also be involved.

POL 1410 Seminar in American Government

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior political science major and permission

of instructor)

An in-depth study of selected topics in American

anvernment.

POL 1411 Seminar in International Relations

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior political science major and permission
of instructor)

This course offers an in-depth study of selected topics
in international relations.

POL 1412 Seminar in Comparative Politics

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior political science major and permission
of instructor)

This course offers an in-depth study of selected topics
in comparative politics.

POL 1413 Senior Seminar in Political Science

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior political science major)

This course offers an in-depth study of selected topics

in political science.

POL 1415 Seminar in Public Law and Social Issues

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Junior or senior status and permission of
instructor)

This course examines some of the continuing and
perplexing social problems through the media of legal
writings and recent court cases. Issues to be discussed
include abortion, euthanasia, family planning, criti-
cism of public officials, political activism, the right of
privacy obscenity racial and economic discrimination.

POL 1800, POL 1801, POL 1802 Directed Study

(each) 4 Q.H.

This course offers independent work on chosen topics
under the direction of members of the department
and is limited to qualified juniors and seniors with
approval of instructor

POL 1803 Internship in Politics 4 Q.H.

With department approval, students may engage in a
political or governmental internship under the super-
vision of a faculty member Junior or senior status
normally required.

POL 1804 Practicum In Lobbying 4 Q.H.

This is a fieldwork course in which students will
become involved in supervised lobbying activity on
the national or state levels of politics.

POL 1806 Political Science Honors Program
Minicourse 1 Q.H.

This course deals with specialized topics in political
theory

POL 1807, POL 1808, POL 1809, PL 1810
Junior-Senior Honor Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 183 Holmes.

INT 1 21 7 Water, Water 4 Q.H.

This course is an interdisciplinary introduction to our
most precious resource. Water has affected our bodies,
our planet, our history, our culture. How we manage it
will shape our future. Because of increasing demand,
waste, and pollution, we are depleting-and risk
destroying— the limited supply of usable fresh water
This course will focus on water through scientific,
historical, and cultural viewpoints, and survey con-
temporary water problems in all their dimensions-
political, economic, and technological. (VI)

Psychology / 1 63

Psychology

Please note some courses in the College of Arts and Sciences are duplicated in different departments or colleges,
or within a department. You may not receive credit for two such courses. If you have a question about whether one
course does overlap with another, please consult the departments involved and the Dean's Office before taking
the course.

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer to Core Curriculum categories listed on pages 1-2.

For additional information concerning psychology department programs and course scheduling information,
inquire at the main office of the Psychology Department, 282 Nightingale Hall (telephone number 437-3076).
Note that courses are listed by psychology department category and are not exclusively in numerical sequence.

Courses

PSY 1110 Perspectives in Psychology 4 Q.H.

A survey of the fundamental principles and issues of
the major areas of contemporary scientific psychology
The study of psychology is approached as a method
of inquiry as well as a body of knowledge using five
different perspectives: neurobiological, psychodynam-
ic, behavioral, cognitive, and humanistic. This course
is recommended for Psychology majors. Since the
content is similar to that of PSY 1111, students can
only receive credit for one of the two courses. (II)

PSY 1111 Foundations of Psychology I 4 Q.H.

A survey of the fundamental principles and issues of
the major areas of contemporary scientific psychology
The study of psychology is approached as a method
of inquiry as well as a body of knowledge. Areas
emphasized are biological bases of behavior, princi-
ples of learning, psychological testing, personality
dynamics, psychopathology and therapeutic ap-
proaches. Since the content of this course is similar to
that of PSY 1110, students can receive credit for only
one of the two courses.

PSY 1112 Foundations of Psychology II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1111)

A continuation of PSY 1111 with emphasis on the
areas of lifespan development, sensory and perceptual
processes, cognition and memory, language, motiva-
tion and emotion, and social influences on behavior

PSY 1211 Statistics in Behavioral Science II

4Q.H.

The course offers an introduction to descriptive statis-
tics (scales of measurement, frequency distribution
and graphs, measures of central tendency dispersion
and correlation, standard scores, and the unit normal
curve), and probability theory (permutations, combi-
nations, and the binomial theorem).

PSY 1212 Statistics in Behavioral Science II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1211)

The course offers a general presentation of hypothesis
testing, including parametric and nonparametric tests,
with emphasis on formulating hypotheses and choos-
ing appropriate scales of measurement, tests, and
confidence levels. (Continuation of PSY 121 1)

PSY 1231 Learning and Motivation I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1112)

Application of basic behavioral principles to behavioral

development, behavior modification, language devel-
opment, and programmed learning, and their rela-
tions to theoretical considerations in the learning
process.

PSY 1241 Human Behavioral Development I

4Q.H.

This course examines the change in behavioral
processes from conception up to, but not including,
adolescence. Topics include: biological bases of
behavioral development, sensory and motor function,
learning, socialization, speech and language, imita-
tion, moral development, dependency, aggression,
and abnormalities of development. Major theories
of development and child-rearing practices are
examined. Although relevant comparative research is
considered, the emphasis is on human development.

PSY 1242 Human Behavioral Development II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1241)

This course continues the examination of behavioral
change from adolescence to death. Topics include:
biological, intellectual, learning and memory, person-
ality, and social processes. Different methods of study
and theories of adult development are assessed.

PSY 1261 Bilingualism 4 Q.H.

Half of the world's population is bilingual, that is, uses
two or more languages on a regular basis. And yet
bilingualism remains a poorly understood phenome-
non surrounded by a number of myths, such as:
bilinguals are found in bilingual countries and are
equally fluent in their languages; bilingual children
suffer from cognitive impoverishment; bilingual edu-
cation hinders the assimilation of minority groups.
The course will review all aspects of bilingualism (in
the world, in society, in the child and the adult), as well
as discuss topics such as biculturalism and language
change.

PSY 1 262 Language and Cognition 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1112)

This course provides a basic introduction to human
cognition (cognitive psychology) and the psychology
of language (psycholinguistics). On the subject of
cognition, the course emphasizes the mental pro-
cesses involved in the acquisition, organization, and
use of knowledge, including pattern recognition and
memory. On the subject of psycholinguistics, it focuses

1 64 / Psychology

on the nature and structure of language, various
theories of human production and perception of
language, and related experimental findings.

PSY 1271 Social Psychology 4 aH.

iPrereq. PSY 1 1 12 or permission of instructor)
The course provides an introductory survey of social
psychology Topics include aggression, attribution,
attitude formation, change, measurement conformity,
impression formation, group processes (social facMi-
tetion, deindividuation, etc.).

PSY 1 272 Personality I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1112)

The course offers a systematic study of the normal
personality and its development. Topics include
behavioral, dynamic, and constitutional determinants,
assessment of personality, research, and a survey of
the major theories of personality.

PSY 1273 Personality II

(Prereq. PSY 1272)
Continuation of PSY 1272.

4Q.H.

4aH.

PSY 1331 Learning and Motivation II

(Prereq. PSY 1231)

Continuation of PSY 1 231 with emphasis on biological

constraints on learning, e.g., punishment anxiety,

aggression, addiction: and other topics of individual

interest.

PSY 1332 Programmed Learning 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1231)

Development of programmed instruction has been
one of the products of t>asic behavioral research.
After students master relevant basic research literature,
they are expected to review and evaluate existing
instructional programs in light of the underlying
behavioral principles. Programs are selected from
those useful in the normal and special education
classrooms, i.e.. complex academic subject matter
and individual problem areas.

PSY 1351 Neuropsychology I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1112)

This is an introduction to the relation between brain
function and human behavior Topics include how
nerve cells function individually and work together
both in small networks and in the nervous system; the
structure of the nervous system ; how our sense organs
provide the nervous system with information about
the outside world; how the brain controls movement;
and how psychological concepts such as perception
and learning may relate to brain activity

PSY 1 352 Neuropsychology II 4 aH.

(Prereq. PSY 1351)

A continuation of PSY 1351 in which the relation
between brain function and more complex behavior is
examined. Topics include the multiple kinds of sensory
information and the neuronal and hormonal control
systems involved in eating, drinking, sexual and repro-
ductive behavior; how brain activity is related to
emotion, sleep, wakefulness, and memory; disorders
of behavior and of the brain.

PSY 1353 Comparative Psychology and Ethology

4Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1 1 1 2 or permission of instructor)
This introductory- 1 eve I course in animal behavior
surveys a wide range of species (reptiles, birds, fish,
and mammals, including humans) to find similarities
and differences in the behavioral processes and phys-
iological mechanisms by which individual organisms
and species adapt to their environments. The first
section of the course focuses on adaptive specializa-
tions exhibited by animals in learning about their
environments during early development and as adults.
The second section examines problems of social
organizations at the individual level: how animals com-
municate with each other and transmit "cultural" skills;
mechanisms underlying cohesion and dispersal (e.g.,
reproduction and aggression) ; and the adaptive advan-
tages of being social or asocial. The final section
provides students with an unusual opportunity to
apply concepts and exp>erimental methods they have
learned by actually doing a short field study of animal
behavior at The Boston Zoological Park.

PSY 1354 Functional Neuroanatomy 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1 1 1 2)

Aimed primarily at the study of the human nervous
system, this course focuses on study of the cellular
structure of the nervous system, including a cell's
organelles, followed by a short study of the embryo-
logical development of the nervous system. System-
atic study of the nervous system beginning in the
spinal cord and ending in the cerebral cortex with
primary emphasis on fiber connections. A continuous
attempt to correlate structure with behavioral activity.

PSY 1361 Introduction to Phonetics 4 Q.H.

The course offers an introduction to the nature of the
speech signal from articulatory, perceptual, and
acoustic points of view. Topics include sound meas-
urement sound classes, and a survey and compari-
son of speech sounds used in languages in the world.
Stress, tone, and intonation. Phonetic classification
and transcription of speech as practical tools for
students of languages, linguistics, and speech and
hearing science.

PSY 1 362 Child Language 4 aH.

(Prereq. PSY 1262, linguistics, or permission of

instructor)

The course provides a study of the manner in which

language develops in children.

PSY 1363 Linguistics of American Sign Language

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ASL 1 101 or permission of instructor)
Offers students an introduction to basic issues in
linguistics through examination of the structural prop-
erties of American Sign Language and its comparison
with other languages having similar properties. Topics
to be covered include phonology (formational proper-
ties of signs), morphology (word formation rules,
derivation, and inflection; complex verbs, classifiers,
verb modulations), semantics (the meaning structure

Psychology / 1 65

of signs), syntax (the structure of the ASL sentence),
and discourse and narrative structure (the structure
of ASL utterances in terms of old versus new informa-
tion and the structure of ASL narratives).

PSY 1364 Cognition 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1 262)

Continuation of PSY 1 262, focusing on cognition. This
course emphasizes the analysis of perception, mem-
ory, and learning within an information-processing
framework. Also considered are selected topics in
cognitive development.

PSY 1365 Language and the Brain 4 Q.H.

Linguistic behavior from a neuropsychological view-
point. Models of how the nervous system, and the
brain in particular, controls the production, perception,
and internal manipulation of language. Localization of
cerebral functions and hemispheric lateralization.
Experimental and clinical evidence for functional
models. Aphasia and other language pathologies.
Schizophrenic language. Evidence from "slips of the
tongue." The bilingual brain. Comparisons of spjeech,
sign language, and writing systems. Interpretation
and translation.

PSY 1 373 Abnormal Psychology I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1272 or PSY 1241)
This course offers a study of the abnormal personality,
including a historical survey and a discussion of such
issues as anxiety, defense mechanisms, and the
criteria of psychopathology Also examined are the
symptomatology etiology and dynamics of neuroses
(hysteria, phobia, obsession, and compulsion) and of
psychosomatic disorders. Details of case histories
will be discussed.

PSY 1 374 Abnormal Psychology II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1373)

The course offers a survey of psychological and
somatic therapies. Symptomatology etiology dynam-
ics, and therapy of psychoses (schizophrenia, para-
noia, mania, depression). Sociopathic and organic
disorders.

PSY 1381 Sensation 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1112; PSY 1 351 is highly recommended)
The course provides an introduction to the study of
our senses, wflth emphasis on hearing, touch, taste,
and smell. Students have the opportunity to learn how
we measure our sensory abilities. Rndings are closely
related to the functioning of sensory organs-ears,
skin, mouth, and nose-and of the sensory nervous
system.

PSY 1382 Perception 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1 1 1 2; PSY 1 351 is highly recommended)
The course offers a study of our awareness of the
world around us exemplified primarily by visual per-
ception. Topics are explored in group discussions
and include light, visual sensory mechanisms, color
vision, illusions, consciousness, and dreams.

PSY 1431 Behavior Therapies 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1 1 1 2)

The course offers a study of successful projects that

have provided effective remediation and rehabilitation
in institutions for the mentally ill, the mentally retarded,
and the developing human (schools).

Directed Study-
Honors Courses

PSY 1890, PSY 1891, PSY 1892, PSY 1893,

PSY 1 894 Directed Study (each) 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
This course offers independent work under the
direction of the Psychology Department usually in a
research project in one of the department laboratories.
Faculty members normally require completion of
advanced laboratory courses in the area of research
interest, but this is a matter of individual discussion.
Students interested in Directed Study should consult
a departmental adviser

PSY 1895, PSY 1896. PSY 1897. PSY 1898, PSY
1899 Junior-Senior Honors Program

(each) 4 ah.

For details contact the Honors Office, 183 Holmes.

Laboratories

PSY 1511 Experimental Design in Psychology

4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. PSY 1112 and PSY 1212)
The course focuses on the experimental method in
the design, execution, analysis, and reporting of psy-
chological investigations of humans and animals.

PSY 1531 Learning and Motivation Laboratory

4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. PSY 1212 and PSY 1231)
Through direct experience, students have the oppor-
tunity to gain proficiency in laboratory analysis of
behavior and in evaluating common generalizations
about human behavior Students are expected to
design and perform experiments in animal and human
learning, memory, decision processes, concept for-
mation, and other topics of individual interest

PSY 1 532 Behavior Modification Laboratory

4 an.*

(Prereq. PSY 1531 or PSY 1351. and permission of
instructor)

Students have the opportunity to participate in educa-
tion and training of severely and profoundly retarded
residents at the Walter E. Fernald State School.
Learning theory principles are applied to teaching
new skills and to treating inappropriate behavior.
Students have the opportunity to wn-ite individual and
group training programs, implement them in a class-
room setting, and learn methods for evaluating pro-
gram success.

PSY 1551 Laboratory in Neuropsychology

4 an.*

(Prereq. PSY 1651 or PSY 1351 or permission of

instructor)

Students will conduct three separate research projects

of which the first two will use rats and the third will use

*Lab fee required.

1 66 / Psychology

humans as subjects. The three projects will investi-
gate: 1 ) the effects of intracranial electrical stimulation
of reward systems in the rat brain; 2) electroencepha-
logram (EEG) records of different phases of sleep;
and 3) lateralization of function between the left and
right cerebral hemispheres. Students will carry out all
the phases of experimentation including surgery,
behavioral tests, frozen sections and staining of brain
tissue in preparation for histological examination of
electrode placements, and data analyses. This course
will end with oral presentations by students of their
research findings.

PSY 1552 Sensory Physiology Laboratory 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. PSY1351)

Experiments are performed to illustrate the physiolog-
ical techniques in sensory psychology including elec-
trical recordings of some activities that accompany
visual, auditory, and cutaneous activity.

PSY 1562 Laboratory in Psycholinguistics

4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. PSY 121 1 and PSY 1262)
The course provides students the opportunity to
acquire first-hand experience in conducting research
on problems in the psychology of language. Students
are involved in all aspects of each experiment, includ-
ing collecting and analyzing data and preparing
reports. Classroom discussion focuses both on the
particular experiments conducted and on the implica-
tions of the experimental findings for broader issues
in the psychology of language.

PSY 1 564 Cognition Laboratory 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. PSY 1212 and PSY 1364)

Experiments related to topics in PSY 1262 and PSY

1364.

PSY 1 571 Laboratory in Social Psychology

4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. PSY 1212 and PSY 1271)
The course provides an introduction to the methods of
social-psychological research. The purpose of the
course is to assist students in developing the ability to
read published social research with a critical eye, to
pose questions in a testable manner, to apply experi-
mental methods to social research, and to express
themselves in APA-journal style.

PSY 1 572 Personality Laboratory 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. PSY 1212 end PSY 1272)
The course provides an introduction to the methods
and areas of personality research. Includes a discus-
sion of problems of measurement, control, and inter-
pretation. Representative published experiments will
be examined critically Students are expected to
design, collect data for, assess, and write up several
experiments, including one original research project.

PSY 1581 Sensation and Perception Laboratory

4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. PSY 1212 and PSY 1381 or PSY 1382)
Experiments involving precise measurements of both
physical and psychophysical phenomena, including
auditory function, color vision and after-effects.

muscular sensation, tactile sensitivity, and adaptation
to perceptual distortions.

Seminars

PSY 1631 Seminar in Behavior Theory 4 Q.H.

Topics vary from term to term. For specific information,
call ext. 3076.

PSY 1 632 Seminar in Behavior Modification

4Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1531)

Topics in behavior modification are discussed in a

seminar format.

PSY 1651 Seminar in Neuropsychology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1351)

For students who desire intensive study, discussion,
and practice in laboratory studies of physiological
variables. Topics include evolution of the nervous
system, sensory and motor mechanisms, motivation
and emotion, sleep, attention and perception, learning,
and memory.

PSY 1 652 Sensory Physiology Seminar 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1351)

The course concentrates on the psychophysiology of
various sensory systems, vision and hearing in par-
ticular Discussions are concerned with the problem
of accounting for sensory phenomena in terms of
physiological concepts.

PSY 1 661 Seminar in Psycholinguistics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1262 or permission of instructor)
The seminar focuses on the on-line processing of
language. Recent research is discussed in light of
such questions as: While listening to someone speak,
how does the listener process the information carried
by the acoustic signal? What is the role of linguistic
rules, prediction strategies, and contextual informa-
tion? And when speaking, what processing stages are
involved from the moment the speaker decides to
speak to the moment the articulators start functioning?
These and other questions will be discussed, as
will experimental techniques and current trends
in psycholinguistics.

PSY 1 662 Seminar in Cognition 4 Q.H.

Topics very from term to term. For specific information,
call ext. 3076.

PSY 1 671 Seminar in Social Psychology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1271 and SOC 1135, or permission of
instructor)

Students are expected to examine and present in
class their findings on a particular topic in social
psychology, for example, attribution, aggression, con-
formity, attitude-behavior relationship.

PSY 1672 Seminar in Clinical Psychology and
Personality 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1373 or permission of instructor)
The course offers seminar presentations of topics
relevant to understanding the normal and disturbed
personality. Possible topics: specialized assessment

Lab fee required.

Anthropology/ 167

procedures, cognitive styles in personality, tempera-
ment, hypnosis, anxiety, aggression, specialized clin-
ical syndromes, and the development of conscience.

PSY 1681 Seminar in Sensation and Perception

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)

Topics in Psychology Series (TIPS)

General interest, no-prerequisite courses in psy-
chology

PSY 1214 Psychological Testing: Science and
Politics 4 Q.H.

After an analysis of the basic principles of psy-
chological test construction and the characteristics
of various tests, the course focuses on the political
and sociological problems associated w/ith psycho-
logical assessment. Emphasis is on the uses and
misuses of tests; social, cultural, and racial issues in
intelligence testing; and the heredity-environment con-
troversy in I.Q. testing.

PSY 1 21 5 Sexual Behavior 4 Q.H.

This course is concerned with the sexual activities of
the human male and female from infancy to adult-
hood. It considers the importance of sexual factors in
the life history of the individual, statistical surveys of
sexual behavior, and direct observational measures
of sexual responding. Included are the nature of love,
responses to pornography prostitution, bisexuality,
male and female homosexuality, rape, child abuse,
and sexual therapy

PSY 1216 Marriage and the Family 4 Q.H.

Problems typical in some marriages are discussed,
including alcoholism, sexual inadequacy and dis-
satisfaction, separation and divorce, death of a spouse,
and child rearing.

PSY 1 21 7 Man in Isolation 4 Q.H.

Children raised in the wilds, children isolated in society,
and adults placed in experimental isolation are the
subjects of this course, designed to reveal what part
of human nature actually requires interaction with
other human beings, what part is programmed biolog-
ically, and how these work together to make us human.

PSY 1 263 Body Language 4 Q.H.

This course examines the messages we send by
posture, facial expression, gesture, gait, and inter-
personal distance. It goes on to explore how power,
status, and gender affect nonverbal communication.

PSY 1264 Animal Communication 4 Q.H.

How do animals communicate and how are we
attempting to communicate with them? This course
examines and compares the communication systems
used by animals such as birds, bees, whales, dolphins,
and the primates, including chimps and humans.
From the four perspectives of biology linguistics,
psychology and sociology, recent attempts to teach
other primates some of our languages (sign language,
speech, manipulation of tokens or computers) are
revealing what it means to be a human in the animal
kingdom.

PSY 1 265 Your Memory: How It Works 4 Q.H.

This course provides an analysis of the operation of
memory in humans and animals, including factors
from learning and physiology. Special attention is
given to human verbal and conceptual memory, and
classic and modern systems for memory extension
and improvement. Practical exercises on methods of
remembering are included.

PSY 1 274 Psychology and the Law 4 Q.H.

How does psychology enter into the various phases
of the judicial process? The class traces the effects of
psychological factors through the course of a trial,
including such issues as accuracy of eyewitness
identification, plea bargaining, jury selection, persua-
sion tactics in the courtroom, presumption of inno-
cence, jury size, jury decision rules, and sentencing
and punishment.

PSY 1281 Magic and illusion 4 Q.H.

This course investigates visual, auditory, and kines-
thetic illusions and constancies, demonstrating the
manner in which we can be misled by our perceptions
and how professionals, such as magicians (who will
demonstrate certain topics), take advantage of this
fact.

Anthropology

Please note some courses in the College of Arts and Sciences are duplicated in different departments or colleges,
or within a department. You may not receive credit for two such courses. If you have a question about whether one
course does overlap with another, please consult the departments involved and the Dean's Office before taking
the course.

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer to Core Curriculum categories listed on pages 1-2.

168/ Anthropology

SOA 11 00 Introduction to Anthropology 4 Q.H.

The course provides a survey of basic anthropol-
ogical concepts, including human evolution, culture,
and linguistics, with comparative analysis of such
sociocultural institutions as kinship, economy, polity,
and religion, especially in non-Western societies.

SOA 1101 Cultural Meaning and Everyday
Experience 4 Q.H.

This course uses anthropological ideas to study the
underlying patterns of meaning that lie below^ the
surface of everyday thought and behavior Topics
include study of daily routines, leisure activities, jok-
ing and humor, speech patterns, current folklore and
mythology nonmonetary economic transactions, kin-
ship and friendship relations, and religion and ritual.

SOA 1 102 Evolution and Society 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on human social and cultural
evolution and the theories that account for it.

SOA 1 1 03 Culture in Transition 4 Q.H.

The course offers analysis of the changing patterns in
social, economic, and political institutions. Modern
social trends are discussed.

SOA 1120 Visual Anthropology: Camera on
Culture 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOA 1100)

This course explores the anthropologist's use of film
to gather information and analyze cultural subsys-
tems. In addition to reading about and viewing films on
particular peoples, a "laboratory" aspect of the course
involving the use of tape and video equipment intro-
duces students to the field.

SOA 1 1 25 introduction to Archaeology 4 Q.H.

This course offers a survey of the history of devel-
opment of archaeology focusing intensively on key
sites in the new and old worlds. Film and slides of sites
and artifacts are used extensively

SOA 1135 Language and Culture 4 Q.H.

Topics include the function of language in human
society and an introduction to the relation between
the patterns of language and the patterns of culture.

SOA 1 1 45 Peoples Who Live by the Sea 4 Q.H.

Course material includesexamination of fishing, trade,
shipbuilding, recreation, smuggling, and other uses of
the sea; the social ecology lifestyles, economics, and
politics of seacoast perspectives of evolutionary and
community systems theory. Research projects dealing
with current issues, site visits, and field trips are
required.

SOA 1 1 46 Peasant Society and Culture 4 Q.H.

Focuses on the dilemma of attempts by peasant soci-
eties to preserve traditional cultural forms in the face
of increasing external economic and political pres-
sures. Covers the origins of the peasantry diversity
and uniformity in peasant societies, the transformation
of peasants into the modern urban and rural poor, and
the politics of peasant protest and revolution. (IV)

SOA 1 1 55 Individual and Culture 4 Q.H.

This course explores the ways in which individuals are

shaped by society and the ways in which they can
effect change.

SOA 1 1 60 Sex, Sex Roles, and Family 4 Q.H.

The course analyzes popular and scientific notions
about sex and family by examining the social pat-
terning of interactions in our culture, other cultures,
and other species. Emphasizes the changing rela-
tions between men and women. (See also SOC 1 1 60.)

SOA 1 1 85 Aggression 4 Q.H.

Focuses on concepts of aggression and how they
affect our understanding of human society. Draws on
materials collected by anthropologists, psychologists,
and ethnologists.

SOA 1 220 Culture and Mental Illness 4 Q.H.

This course offers discussions and analyses of the
nature and meaning of culture, the role of culture in
personality formation, culture and anxiety anthro-
pological approaches to the "normal" and the "ab-
normal," and the question "Is mental illness psy-
chological fact or cultural fiction?"

SOA 1 265 Primitive Religion 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on nature and institutionalization
of "primitive" religion. Topics include exploration of
religious concepts and movements in relation to social,
economic, and political organization.

SOA 1266 Folklore 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on cross-cultural comparisons
of oral narrative traditions and literary sources. Var-
ious methods of analysis of folklore and its place and
function in society and culture are examined. Identifi-
cation of and methods for collecting material from
local currently active folklore traditions are given
special attention.

SOA 1267 The Anthropological Study of Myth

4 Q.H.

The course focuses on theories concerning the nature
and meaning of myth. Exploration of the function of
myth in social and cultural change. The structural
analysis of myth.

SOA 1 275 The Anthropology of Music 4 Q.H.

This course offers an examination of music in a pre-
historic and cross-culture perspective, with emphasis
on ethnomusicology and the comparison of Western
and non-Western musical culture. Functions and social
contexts of musical composition and performance;
the ethnography of musical performance groups; the
analysis of music as a form of communication.

SOA 1 300 Cultural Ecology 4 Q.H.

The course offers an introduction to questions of
human adaptation to environment and the effect of
different adaptations on natural systems.

SOA 1301 Human Origins 4 Q.H.

The course offers an intensive look at the data on
fossil remains and contemporary primates, which are
essential for an understanding of human physical and
behavioral evolution. Efforts are made to bring the
student into direct contact with primary materials.

Anthropology/ 169

SOA 1310 Social Change and Economic
Development 4 Q.H.

Selected topics in the socioeconomic transformation
of the world produced by the industrial revolution.
Focuses on the impact of the modern world system on
traditional cultures and contemporary Third World
countries.

SOA 1 320 Anthropology Methods 4 Q.H.

The course examines theory and practice of methods
of field research and data analysis. Students have the
opportunity to take part in a field project.

SOA 1335 Language and Communication 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on human communication, in-
cluding language, theories of the evolution of lan-
guage; language and kinesics, semiotics, social class,
linguistic nationalism; linguistic problems in modern-
ization.

SOA 1 345 Urban Anthropology 4 Q.H.

The course explores selected problems in anthro-
pological studies in urban societies.

SOA 1355 Political Anthropology 4 Q.H.

The course investigates the origin and growth of the
institutions of civilization. Topics include specializa-
tion and social stratification in the dynamics of tra-
ditional civilizations. Some special topics of contact
and change.

SOA 1356 The Anthropology of Law and Conflict

4 Q.H.

Topics include settling disputes in stateless societies;
forms and mechanisms of social control; law as an
indicator of cultural and social norms; the study of
conflict resolution as an ethnographic tool. Some field
research and analysis are required.

SOA 1360 Economic Anthropology 4 Q.H.

The course examines types of economic systems in
simple societies: reciprocal, redistributive, market
exchange; economic relations as part of social
relations; land-tenure systems, credit systems, savings
mechanisms. The transition from subsistence to cash
economics.

SOA 1 420 Kinship and Society 4 Q.H.

This is a course for the advanced student only. A
variety of kinship systems, their terminological and
structural components, and the way in which they
articulate with other social institutions are studied.

SOA 1 425 Tribal Societies and Cultures 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the structures and institutions
of bands, tribes, and chiefdoms; comparative and
functional studies of tribal societies and the dynamics
of change under contact situations.

SOA 1430, SOA 1431, SOA 1433, SOA 1434,

SOA 1435, etc. (each) 4 Q.H.

These are ethnographic area courses (New World
Indian, African, Chinese, Indian, Mediterranean, etc.)
which will be offered as the department's resources
permit.

SOA 1 432 People and Culture of China 4 Q.H.

This course introduces students to anthropological
analysis in the context of Chinese ethnographic
material. Topics covered may include kinship, markets,
economics and social class, rituals, both folk reli-
gions and elite beliefs. The cross-cultural approach
used enables students to apply the analytical con-
cepts of anthropology not only to China but also to
their own culture, so that they may see that Chinese
culture is different but the patterns in people's lives
are dominated by themes that are shared by humans
everywhere. (IV)

SOA 1 470 Religion and Myth 4 Q.H.

Nature and institutionalization of primitive, ancient,
and contemporary religions. Exploration of religious
concepts and movements in relation to social, reli-
gious, and political organization.

SOA 1 800, SOA 1 801 Directed Study 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Department approval)
The course offers independent work on a chosen
topic under the direction of members of the depart-
ment. Limited to qualified seniors preparing in anthro-
pology with approval of the department chairperson.

SOA 1820, SOA 1821, SOA 1822, SOA 1823
Junior-Senior Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 1 83 Holmes.

SOA 3100 Theory 4 Q.H.

Qualified undergraduates may wish to take this grad-
uate school course. Permission of the instructor is
required for registration.

INT 1340 Cultural Aspects of International
Business 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

Using a managerial perspective, this course covers
issues that arise when a firm moves from its home
country to a host country that may have a different
national culture. Although it will usually assume the
perspective of the United States-based firm that
operates abroad, it will spend some time on what
happens to other national firms operating in the United
States and in third-country environments. The way in
which "corporate culture" evolves, in the context of
national culture and the impact on managers, will be a
central issue.

170 /Sociology

Sociology

SOC 1101 The Sociology of Everyday Life 4 Q.H.

The course examines the development, application,
and consequences of rules for everyday activities,
(e.g., walking, talking, eating, drinking, sitting, smoking,
laughing, crying, and sleeping); the effects of arti-
facts, culture, space, and territory on these activities,
on social life, and on the expression of emotions,
issues, will be discussed and analyzed.

SOC 1101 The Sociology of Everyday Life 4 Q.H.

SOC 1102 Social Inequality and Communication

4 Q.H.

The course provides an analysis of the ways in which
groups and institutions, in both their ritual and every-
day activities, communicate the idea of hierarchy and
an individual's place in it through face-to-face inter-
action, formal communication, and the use of space
and time. A dramaturgical approach to social orga-
nization with special emphasis on status images in the
media and the communication of social place by
service organizations and professional groups. In-
cludes some content analysis and observational
fieldwork.

SOC 1 1 03 American Society 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 1 00 or equiv)
The course focuses on American society, culture,
and major social institutions: economic, religious,
governmental, familial, educational, welfare, and rec-
reational; social classes and stratification, mobility
and individualism.

SOC 1 104 Contemporary Japanese Culture and
Society 4 Q.H.

Focus on contemporary Japanese urban society.
Topics include: major values, family structure, sex
roles, social control, the economy and the division of
labor, mass media, religion, arts, and social problems.

SOC 1 1 20 Sociology of Boston 4 Q.H.

(Does not meet elective requirement for sociology/
anthropology major)

The course examines the city of Boston from the
perspectives of environmental development, neigh-
borhood and intergroup relations, institutional serv-
ices, and symbolic meanings. The city is a laboratory
for exploring people's search for a lifestyle and the
satisfaction of their needs. Field trips with workbook
are required. Documentary and literary sources for
term paper report are used.

SOC 1121 Doing Sociology 4 Q.H.

A research approach to sociology Focus on students'
participation in their own learning about sociology as
a body of knowledge and as a method of studying

social life. Students will use the computer during the
course. (II)

SOC 1 1 25 Social Problems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 100 or permission of instructor)
The course offers analysis of five major sociological
perspectives on social problems (pathology disor-
ganization, value conflict, deviance, and labeling); the
conditions under which certain recurrent events,
activities, and persons become redefined as social
problems (e.g., mine disasters, marijuana smoking,
and alcoholism); study of the typical responses to
social problems and their consequences.

SOC 1135 Social Psychology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 100 or permission of instructor)
The course offers a sociopsychological approach to
individual behavior in social contexts; introduction to
basic concepts, such as socialization, identity, self-
concept, role conflict, attitudes and attitude meas-
urement, and groups and group processes as well as
an overview of major theoretical orientations and
important substantive topics.

SOC 1 1 40 Sociology of Prejudice 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 100 or permission of instructor)
This course examines factors in the development and
maintenance of prejudice and discrimination. Topics
include American race relations, anti-Semitism, sex
roles, and stereotyping.

SOC 1 1 45 Population and Society 4 Q.H.

The course examines traditional and contemporary
approaches to human population and its control.
Topics include factors affecting birth and death rates;
societal implications of population quantity and qual-
ity in several situations, past and present; rural-urban
migration and mobility; racial, genetic, stratificational
components for population analysis. Public policies
and responses to fertility control in several societies.
International efforts to understand and generate action
on population issues. (VI)

SOC 1 1 46 Environment and Society 4 Q.H.

This course examines the complex relations between
human populations and their environments. Issues
such as energy pollution, food supplies, resource
availability, and conservation are treated as societal
phenomena that involve human values and decision-
making processes as well as technical information
from a variety of scientific fields. The course will include
practical experience in environmental problem solving.
(VI)

SOC 1 1 47 Cities and Society 4 Q.H.

(Formerly Urban Society)

Topics include the foundations of urban life in his-
torical perspective; relation of city life to environment,
population, social organization, technology and cul-
tural values; growth trends, urbanization, urban plan-
ning, and citizen action.

Sociology/ 171

SOC 1155 Sociology of the Family 4 Q.H.

Topics include the family as a social institution in
several selected cultures; interrelations of the family
and political, economic, and educational institutions;
social nature of personality; role taking; individualism,
mobility, and industrialism.

SOC 1 1 56 Violence in the Family 4 Q.H.

The course offers an examination of the physical,
emotional, and sexual violence that occurs in families,
with particular emphasis on child and spouse abuse.
Definitions, prevalence, causes, prevention, and treat-
ment of specific cases of domestic violence are
analyzed. Social policy issues and problems of legal
intervention are a primary focus.

SOC 1160 Sex-Gender Roles in a Changing
Society 4 Q.H.

The course offers review and application of theories
about the determinants of sex statuses and roles,
from historical and cross-cultural perspectives. The
focus of the course is on women's status in different
institutional structures of American society.

SOC 1 1 65 Students, Schools, and Society 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC1100)

This course emphasizes the role of education in
processes of socialization, social mobility, social
control, and social change. Do social characteristics
(sex, race, class, age, physical status) influence the
school experience? Do schools provide opportunity
and initiate change, or do they perpetuate the status
quo in economic, political, and social life? Who goes
to school, where, for how long, and with what result?
How does educational advantage or disadvantage get
translated into jobs and social status? Students are
encouraged to draw on their own experiences to
develop paper topics.

SOC 1 1 70 Race and Ethnic Relations 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 100 or equiv)
The course focuses on racial and religious groups,
particularly with reference to the United States; spe-
cial emphasis on historical development, specific
problems of adjustment and assimilation, and spe-
cific present-day problems and trends.

SOC 1 1 71 Race and Ethnic Relations: A World
Perspective 4 Q.H.

(Formerly Comparative Race/Ethnic Relations)
This course offers a cross-cultural analysis of race
and ethnic relations in Western and non-Western soci-
eties. Explanations of race and ethnic relations in
terms of contemporary developments, world problems,
and ideological conflicts are included.

SOC 1 1 75 Sociology of Work 4 Q.H.

This course examines the varieties of work in Amer-
ican society, from blue collar to managerial and pro-
fessional occupations. Topics include job dissat-
isfaction and professional burnout, changing shape
of the labor market, women and work, participation
and humanization of work, the impact of computers.

SOC 1 1 76 Sociology of Business/Industry 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the role of industry in modern

society; similarities and dissimilarities among indus-
trial societies, bureaucracy and its alternatives, unions,
supervision democracy and manipulation, the worker
on the assembly line, sabotage of the organization,
and the role of wages and alienation.

SOC 1177 Social Roles in the Business World

4Q.H.

The course offers an analysis of the social structure of
corporate and business life in contemporary America.
Case studies from major accounting and/or industrial
firms are presented and discussed. The "career line"
in the world of business and management will be
examined with a special focus on age/sex, racial/
ethnic, and class/income barriers.

SOC 1 1 78 Women Working 4 Q.H.

Differences in the labor force experience of men and
women workers generally go unrecognized, and the
work experience most common to women— house-
hold work— is rarely analyzed. This course will cover
women's market and nonmarket activities, their re-
wards, and their problems, in addition to empirical
and theoretical analyses of the work roles of women.
Overall, the course will underscore the differences
between work experiences of men and women.

SOC 1180 Sociological Perspectives on
Consumerism and Consumer Behavior 4 Q.H.

The course offers an analysis of consumer-oriented
issues, including interest groups, needs, values,
institutional networks, decision-making processes,
and situational impacts. Exploration of systemic ben-
efits and costs of consumer-relevant actions.

SOC 1185 The Sociology of Deviance 4 Q.H.

(Formerly Social Deviance)

The course explores the conditions under which
people categorize others as different; processes by
which persons so defined are assigned deviant status
and assume appropriate roles and self-images; devel-
opment of deviant careers and their relation to deviant
subcultures; situations in which people transform
deviant identity.

SOC 1 1 86 Social Control I 4 Q.H.

The course examines formation of social bonds and
the conditions under which they are ruptured; the
emergence of deviance as an interactional problem;
individual and societal reactions to the most prevalent
forms of deviant behavior Analysis of agencies of
social control, their definitions of problems, and
responses to typical clients.

SOC 1 1 90 Juvenile Delinquency 4 Q.H.

The course examines the sociological and psycho-
logical approaches to and their implications for a
typology of delinquency; problems of prevention,
treatment, and rehabilitation.

SOC 1 1 95 Drugs and Society 4 Q.H.

The course offers an introduction to the sociology of
drugs. The course first examines social definitions of
drugs, conditions of their use, and socialization into
drug use. It then considers deviant drug use and
effects of social control on definitions and use. A

1 72 / Sociology

range of licit and illicit drugs will be considered, but
major emphasis will be given to alcohol, marijuana,
and heroin.

SOC 1 200 Sociology of Alcoholism 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on social responses to deviant
alcohol use. The course examines, in sequence,
drinking cultures and drinking practices in the United
States; processes by which people are labeled "alco-
holics"; and the role of agencies of social control,
such as the criminal justice system and the health
care system, in labeling and in rehabilitation.

SOC 1201 Alcohol Use and Social Control 4 Q.H.

All societies define and enforce rules on the use of
alcohol. This course examines the conditions under
which alcohol use disrupts social life; the processes
through which alcohol controls, informal and formal,
come into being; the development changes and con-
sequences of these controls. Case studies of Pro-
hibition, regulation of the alcohol beverage industry,
legal drinking age, drinking and driving, and public
drunkenness will be included.

SOC 1 202 Sociology of Drinking 4 Q.H.

In most of the societies in the world, people drink
alcoholic beverages. This course examines how dif-
ferent groups and societies organize drinking as a
social act, and the consequences of that organization.
It singles out for particular attention the cultural
meaning assigned to drinking, the social elements
found in all drinking situations, how members of social
groups learn how to drink, and the social and psycho-
logical functions of drinking.

SOC 1 205 Law^ Crime, and Social Justice 4 Q.H.

Analysis of the impact of the legal system on the
creation and perpetuation of criminality in contem-
porary American society. Particular attention is devoted
to the study of the creation of criminal law, the judicial
process, and the role of law in the gap between crime
and social justice. Field trips will focus on criminal
arrangements, trials, and sentencing in the Boston
Municipal Court and Suffolk Superior Court. Suitable
for students in prelaw, criminal justice, political science,
and allied fields.

SOC 1 206 Class, Crime, and the Police 4 Q.H.

This course summarizes the major psychological,
social, biological, economic, and political theories
about the cause of crime. It then applies these the-
ories to the day-to-day operations of the police, courts,
and prison system in the United States. Various
attempts to lower the crime rate through such policies
as "scared straight" programs, the death penalty,
stricter and looser prisons, increased police presence,
and behavioral conditioning will be examined.

SOC 1215 Medical Sociology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 100 or permission of instructor)
The course provides an examination of the profes-
sions, training, institutions, and problems in health
care, with an emphasis on those in the United States.
Practical issues in the improvement of health care
systems are considered.

SOC 1216 Health Care as a Social Issue 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 100 or permission of instructor)
The course explores the social and political dynamics
of health care: who benefits from the system and
defends it, who works for change, who wins and why
Topics include the social history of health care,
occupational politics, community power structure and
the health care setting, the planning and delivery of
health services to "haves" and "have-nots," and the
role of Citizens in determining the future of health care
through activism, lobbying, legislation, and partici-
pation in controlling the system. Case examples will
be provided.

SOC 1 220 Sociology of Mental Health 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 1 00 or equiv.)
The course provides a survey of sociological per-
spectives on mental health and mental disorder. Dis-
cussions, readings, and presentations explore the
social history of mental illness, epidemiology cross-
cultural perspectives, patients' careers, social insti-
tutions of treatment, and policy implications. Areas of
convergence between sociological concepts and psy-
chiatry are examined.

SOC 1 225 Aging and Society 4 Q.H.

The course offers a survey of issues and questions on
aging, with special attention to social and economic
consequences of the aging process, including retire-
ment and productivity, health care problems, nursing
home residences, widower- and widowhood, and the
approach of death. Examples relating to aging in other
cultures are presented in a search for new answers to
social problems of aging in the United States. Students
have the opportunity to learn to anticipate, cope with,
and even prevent problems of aging that concern self,
family and clients/patients.

SOC 1235 Death and Dying 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 100 or permission of instructor)
The course focuses on the treatment of death and
dying, including problems faced by health care pro-
fessionals, family members, institutions, the funeral
industry and the dying themselves. The course will
discuss cross-cultural perspectives, the social distri-
bution of mortality, the changing nature of death, and
the ethical problems in determining life and death with
particular attention to such issues as abortion, suicide,
and ceasing medical intervention.

SOC 1240 Sociology of Human Service
Organizations 4 Q.H.

This course explores the contradiction between what
human service organizations set out to do and what
they actually accomplish. The course also explores
how the goals of human service organizations are
defined, how clients become labelled, and the societal
constraints on clients, workers, and human service
organizations.

SOC 1 245 Sociology of Poverty 4 Q.H.

The course offers an analysis of American poverty in
historical perspective, drawing on comparisons with
other countries. Critical evaluation of sociological

Sociology / 1 73

research and theories relating to poverty. Consider-
ation of causes and effects of poverty, as w/ell as
societal responses to poverty and its consequences.
Suitable for students in applied fields, such as nursing,
criminal justice, education, allied health, premed, and
prelaw.

SOC 1 247 Food and Hunger 4 Q.H.

Systematic examination of the social causes and con-
sequences of hunger, and alternative approaches to
solving world hunger

SOC 1250 The Sociology of Private and Public
Assistance 4 Q.H.

The goal of this course is to help students understand
why public and private assistance in the United States
takes the form it does. Topics covered include the
ideology behind the welfare system, the kinds of
assumptions made about the poor, how other coun-
tries deal with the problem, the effects of poverty in the
United States, and some explanations for its continu-
ing existence.

SOC 1 255 Sport in Society 4 Q.H.

The course provides an analysis of the social origins
and functions of leisure activities, with special em-
phasis on games and sports as forms of leisure. Con-
siderable emphasis is given to cross-cultural and his-
torical analysis as well as to the relation between
leisure activities and various social institutions*— econ-
omy, polity, family and religion.

SOC 1 275 Sociology of the Arts 4 Q.H.

The course offers an examination of the relation
between the social organization of society and the
forms of art produced— the social role of the artist,
how the arts are "manufactured" and distributed, the
art consumer's relation to art and the artist, social
support for the arts. The course deals with a variety of
art forms, with emphasis on the performing arts.

SOC 1 276 Sociology of Popular Culture 4 Q.H.

A sociological analysis of popular culture, focusing
on the relationship between pop culture and social
institutions such as religion, the law, education, the
economy and the family; the organizations and artistic
communities that produce pop culture such as the
music industry, theatrical groups, advertising agencies;
and the social roles and socialization processes
associated with individual artists. Changes in popular
culture are examined from the viewpoint of changes in
the larger society.

SOC 1 285 Technology and Society 4 Q.H.

Does society control technology or is technology
directing society? Has technology become dehu-
manized? How valid is the doctrine of technological
inevitability? Can the technological "fix" be viewed as
a solution to social problems? Is technology itself a
social problem? What can be expected of technology
assessment? What of the back-to-nature and anti-
technology movements today: are they the waves of
the future? These are some of the questions and
issues that are discussed and analyzed. Students
are expected to do considerable independent study
and research.

SOC 1 286 Science and Society 4 Q.H.

Science has had profound effects on our society, and
scientists have seen the ways in which political,
economic, and social forces have guided develop-
ments in their fields. Issues such as "responsibility"
and "autonomy" created by this interdependence will
be explored. Emphasis is on the social structures
within which science operates and is communicated,
and on science as an occupation and profession, as
well as a system of thought and set of tools for produc-
ing knowledge.

SOC 1290 Military and American Society in a
Nuclear Age 4 Q.H.

Keeping out of war, winning war, and keeping peace
have been major concerns during the past forty-five
years. In this course, we will investigate the relation-
ship between military and society. Selected issues will
include: 1 ) an analysis of the impact of the military on
social institutions such as the family, polity, and
economy; 2) an examination of the arms race and
upheaval in social life; 3) the legitimation crisis of the
U.S. military; 4) the role of women and minorities as
reserve armies; and 5) military spending and domestic
social problems.

SOC 1 300 Classical Social Thought 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Three sociology/anthropology courses)
The course examines the development of sociology
from the history of social thought. The emergence of
several schools, beginning with positivistic organicism
and conflict theory

SOC 1301 Current Social Thought 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Three sociology/anthropology courses)
A seminar-lecture course in which formalism, social
behaviorism, social action theory and functionalism
are studied critically

SOC 1302 Female Perspectives on Society 4 Q.H.

(Formerly Feminist Perspectives on Society)
This course examines a sampling of the burgeoning
feminist literature in the social sciences and in theory,
focusing on at least three major tendencies in this
literature: radical feminism, socialist feminism, and
neo-Freudian feminism. Specific topics include the
origins and/or universality of women's oppression;
women's work under capitalism; socialism and
women's liberation; and family structure and the
reproduction of gender

SOC 1310 Class, Power, and Social Change

4Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 100 and junior or senior standing in
sociology/anthropology or permission of instructor)
The course focuses on theories of social equality and
inequality as applied to the exercise of power and the
growth and development of social movements and
group conflict as seen from the point of view of large-
scale social change. Required of majors. (V)

SOC 1320 Introduction to Statistical Analysis

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 11 00 or permission of instructor)
This course examines the application to social data of
the principles of measurement, probability, measures

174 /Sociology

of centrality, tests of significance, and techniques of
association and correlation.

SOC 1321 Research Methods I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 100 and SOC 1320, or permission of
instructor)

This course introduces students to the research
process through an examination of the rules of evi-
dence in empirical research and the place of values.
Students have the opportunity to learn how to design
and critique types of sociological research, how to
collect qualitative and quantitative data, and how to
sample populations.

SOC 1 322 Research Methods II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1100, SOC 1320, and SOC 1321, or
permission of instructor)

Students are required to complete the research proj-
ect begun in Research Methods I; practice coding,
building indexes, scaling, table construction; intro-
duction to use of the computer

SOC 1323 Qualitative Research Methods 4 Q.H.

The course offers an introduction to sociological
fieldwork— methods of gathering data by extended
observation of and interaction with people in natural
settings. Students will take part in a series of obser-
vations designed to teach the basic skills of open-
ended interviewing, observing, recording, and ana-
lyzing data. The theoretical base will be symbolic
interaction.

SOC 1324 Human Services Research and
Evaluation 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1320 or other statistics, SOC 1240, or
permission of instructor)

This course covers basic issues in applied research
and the evaluation of services, including attention to
the purposes of evaluation, ethics, formulating ques-
tions and measuring answers, designing evaluations
and planning oriented research, utilizing evaluation
results, and the turbulent setting of action programs.
Suitable for students majoring in human services,
sociology, psychology, nursing, health education, and
related fields.

SOC 1335, SOC 1336 Group Behavior I and II

8Q.H.

(Formerly Group Behavior— The Sociological Imagi-
nation)

The course explores how individuals interact in groups
and how groups interact with each other The reflexive
self, social aspects of language, situational learning,
group perspectives, careers, institutions, and worlds.

SOC 1337 Seminar in Social Psychology 4 Q.H.

Focus is on the interaction of psychological and group
processes. Students are required to read original the-
oretical and research monographs in the field. Topics
may include prejudice, reference groups, sex roles,
conformity, leadership, aggression, communication,
collective behavior, and achievement.

SOC 1345 American Demographics 4 Q.H.

This course is essentially an applied research exper-

ience in which students have the opportunity to study
the major areas of demography. The focus of the course
is on the resources of the U.S. Census Bureau and, in
particular, the data products available from recent
census surveys.

SOC 1346 Suburb and Metropolis 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 100 or equiv)
The course explores ecology of suburban and met-
ropolitan growth, impact on center city and rural fringe,
emergent lifestyles and institutional forms. Compares
interdependence, issues of identity, autonomy and
accessibility. Analysis of different types of metropoli-
tan political, social, and economic institutions. Pros-
pects for regional action.

SOC 1347 Community Analysis 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor or three sociology/
anthropology courses)

This course explores types of human settlements,
focusing on the interaction between people and their
political, economic, and social environments. Topics
include power structure and citizen action to influ-
ence institutions; skills in community analysis, includ-
ing use of documents, survey observation, and eval-
uation of needs and resources; strategies of conflict,
cooperation, and negotiation to attain community and
group ends.

SOC 1348 Seminar in Urban Studies 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 147 or permission of instructor)
Interdisciplinary approaches to urban studies are
compared according to problem areas and research
methods. Students have the opportunity to extend
previous term paper projects after exposure to social
action and social systemic theoretical perspectives.

SOC 1355 Political Sociology: Who Gets What

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor or four sociology/
anthropology courses)

This course offers an examination of formal political
structures and informal quasi-political groups. Topics
include sociological analysis of ideology class politics,
mass movements, and the conflict of various social
and economic groups as they vie for political power
and influence.

SOC 1360 Social Stratification: Class, Status,
and Power 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor or four sociology/
anthropology courses)

Topics include theories of social inequality, concepts
of social class, aspects of status and role difference,
criteria for social mobility.

SOC 1 365 Collective Behavior 4 Q.H.

Topics include the rise of new group forms in response
to persistent social unrest; study of masses, crowds,
and publics; analysis of specific instances of collec-
tive behavior such as race riots, wildcat strikes, prison
revolts, and campus disorders.

SOC 1375 Sociology of Occupations and
Professions 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor or four sociology/
anthropology courses)

Sociology / 1 75

Topics include the meanings of work; division of labor
and specialization; analysis of occupational structure
and patterns of recruitment, training, and career pref-
erences; tfie classic professions and new trends in
professionalization.

SOC 1376 Organization and Bureaucracy 4 Q.H.

Sociological study of organizations. Case studies of
private corporations, federal bureaucracies, social
service agencies, military-industrial complex, high-risk
technological systems, unions. Recent theories of
innovation, participation, and opportunity in complex
organizations.

SOC 1 385 Social Deviance II 4 Q.H.

The course offers an examination of the leading the-
ories of deviance (anomie, subcultural deviance,
labeling) and their principal variants; study of their
assumptions, conceptions, propositions, and sup-
portive evidence; analysis of empirical studies in each
theoretical tradition.

SOC 1405 Sociological Theories of Crime 4 Q.H.

The course explores patterns and social forces in-
volved in criminal behavior Analysis of sociological
theories of criminality and comparison of these with
other explanations of crime.

SOC 1 470 Sociology of Religion 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1100)

The course offers a comparative and analytic treat-
ment of religion as a social institution, focusing on the
relations between religious organizations and other
social institutions, with particular emphasis on the
American experience. Religion as an agent of social
change and stability is included.

SOC 1475 The Sociology of Mass Communication

4 Q.H.

(Formerly Mass Communication and Public Opinion)
Topics include factors in the formation and devel-
opment of public opinion, the effect of television on
children, mass communication as social organization,
media-depicted images of society, the role of personal
influence, the process of rumor, the use of mass media
by the poor, propaganda analysis, and the latent and
manifest functions of mass communication.

SOC 1 485 Computers and Society 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Ability to program a computer)
Examines the impact of the computer "revolution" on
the conditions of work and life in contemporary society
and on legal and theoretical conceptions of human
society and consciousness.

SOC 1500 Applied Sociology: Practice and
Theory 4 Q.H.

The course provides an analysis of the conditions
under which sociological knowledge is applied to
social problems, the kinds of problems, and the degree
of effectiveness of this application. Particular atten-
tion is paid to research and demonstration projects
that derive from sociological theory.

SOC 1501 Social Policy and Social Intervention

4Q.H.

(Formerly Social Control II)

The course focuses on study of the formation of social
policies in response to social problems, analysis
of policies and problems, supporters and opponents
of policy change, conditions under which control
agencies adopt new policies, and effects of policy
change. Particular emphasis on case studies of social
action and legal change.

SOC 1525 Comparative Human Services I 6 Q.H.

This course offers an intensive look at the American
human services system. The course is designed to
afford upper-level undergraduate and graduate stu-
dents the opportunity to study the origins, develop-
ment, and present state of human services in the
United States. The course involves lectures as well as
field visits in the Boston area. In addition to the normal
classroom activities, independent study is provided.

SOC 1526 Comparative Human Services II 6 Q.H.

This course offers an intensive study of the British
human services system. This course provides students
the opportunity to immerse themselves in the social
and cultural context of British human services and
involves field trips in London designed to examine
firsthand the planning, administration, and delivery of
human services in Great Britain.

SOC 1 535 Seminar in Social Welfare 4 Q.H.

Discussion of problems in social welfare observed in
the term between "Problems" and "Practicum." A
research paper, based on directed fieldwork in the
intervening term, is the major course requirement.

SOC 1 600 Senior Seminar 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing in sociology/anthropology

or permission of instructor)

The course provides the opportunity to analyze, from

sociological perspectives, student experience in work

and voluntary .service and to develop and extend

research interests related to that work or action

experience.

SOC 1601 Seminar in Current Emphases in
Sociology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Junior or senior standing in sociology/an-
thropology or permission of instructor)
This course offers review and discussion of selected
sociological topics.

SOC 1602 Seminar in Current Emphases in
Sociology: Writing and Talking in Sociology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Junior or senior standing in sociology/an-
thropology or permission of instructor)
The class considers prevailing modes of presentation
in major journals and verbal presentation in teaching,
consulting, etc. Class members are required to submit
examples of their own writing for analysis.

SOC 1800, SOC 1801, SOC 1802, SOC 1803
Directed Study (each) 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Junior or senior standing in sociology or
permission of instructor)

1 76 / Speech Communication

The course offers independent work on a chosen
topic under the direction of members of the depart-
ment. Limited to qualified students with approval of
department chairperson.

SOC 1819 Drinking in College (Honors
Minicourse) 1 Q.H.

This minicourse looks at drinking in college through
the eyes of social scientists, humanists, college admin-
istrators, and college students themselves. One of its
goals is to help undergraduates arrive at a broader
and more comprehensive understanding of the place
of alcoholic beverages and controls on their use in
campus society. The course surveys college drinking
patterns in the United States from its beginnings to
the present.

SOC 1821, SOC 1822, SOC 1823, SOC 1824
Junior-Senior Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For details contact the Honors Office, 183 Holmes.

INT 1 1 50 Introduction to Women's Studies:
Image, Myth, and Reality 4 Q.H.

This is an introductory survey of the issues and meth-
odology involved in the interdisciplinary study of
women. Such a survey encompasses the historical,
political, economic, and social processes that have
created both the image and the reality of women in
society. Guest lecturers provide an overview of the
many different disciplinary approaches to the study of
women. This course is required for women's studies
minors and may be used either as a general elective
or, depending upon the discipline of the coordinator,
to satisfy specific concentration requirements. (II)

INT 1151, 1152 Women's Studies: Seminars in
Research 4 Q.H.

These Interdisciplinary Women's Studies Seminars
allow students to address problems in depth by
researching a topic of particular interest. Careful
development of a research plan is encouraged and
opportunities are provided for sharing work in prog-
ress and for exchanging findings. These findings
involve little in-class time, but much consultation with
appropriate faculty. The final product of seminar work
and research is a major paper Students in the Honors
Program may substitute one quarter of honors regis-
tration for each seminar, but are still expected to attend

the formal sessions of the seminar These seminars
are required for women's studies minors.

INT 1201 An Analysis of American Racism 4 Q.H.

INT 1 21 5 Into the Ocean World 4 Q.H.

This course is a comprehensive interdisciplinary
introduction to the oceans. The seas' complexity and
the far-reaching consequences of our interactions
with them demand an awareness of the many facets of
marine study The teaching team consists of specialists
in the sciences, social sciences, humanities, and arts,
each with an interest in marine issues and a commit-
ment to bridging the gaps among disciplines. The
course themes are as broad as the oceans, but, when
appropriate, we will focus on Boston harbor, a first
step into the ocean world for those of us in this area.

INT 1 400 Professional Practices: Individual and
Social Dimensions 4 Q.H.

The course explores the dimensions and dilemmas of
freedom and responsibility confronting professional
people practicing within limits set by socioeconomic
conditions, by clients, and by other professionals.
Case histories are examined to illustrate the dilemmas
professionals face, the choices that are typically made,
and the consequences these have on the freedom of
the practitioner, and on personal and professional
integrity.

INT 1401 Health Professions: Past, Present, and
Future 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on social history of the modern
health professions. The course explores long-range
patterns in the organization and regulation of the health
professions, beginning with the Middle Ages and
emphasizing the Jacksonian period, industrialization,
modern professional organizations, the growing role
of the state, responses of the health professions, and
the future of health care in the United States under
various corporate/government schemes for reorgani-
zation and "accountability."

Speech Communication

Please note some courses in the College of Arts and Sciences are duplicated in different departments or colleges,
or within a department. You may not receive credit for two such courses. If you have a question about whether one
course does overlap with another, please consult the departments involved and the Dean's Office before taking
the course.

Roman numerals at the end of course descriptions refer to Core Curriculum categories listed on pages 1-2.

SPC 1 1 02 Effective Speaking 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. Industrial engineering students only; speech
communication for specific purposes)
Designed to help provide the student with a basic
understanding of the communication process and its

function as a means of relating to the world, ourselves,
and other people, the course examines factors in
intra- and interpersonal communication, group com-
munication, and public speaking through lectures,
discussions, structured learning experiences, and
written assignments.

Speech Communication / 177

SPC 1106 Speech Fundamentals 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. Recreation majors only; speech communi-
cation for specific purposes)
This course is designed to give the student an op-
portunity to develop a basic understanding of the
communication process and its function as a means
of relating to the world, ourselves, and other people. It
examines factors in intra- and interpersonal com-
munication, group communication, and public speak-
ing through lectures, discussions, structured learning
experiences, and written assignments.

SPC 1 1 09 Effective Speaking Workshop 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. Civil engineering students only)
This course is designed to give the student an op-
portunity to acquire a basic understanding of the
communication process and its function as a means
of relating to the world, ourselves, and other people. It
examines factors in intra- and interpersonal com-
munication, group communication, and public speak-
ing through lectures, discussions, structured learning
experiences, and written assignments.

SPC 1110 Voice and Articulation 4 Q.H.

The course includes the study of voice technique:
emphasis on pitch, projection, articulation, and
vocal variety. A combination of theory and practical
application.

SPC 1111 Oral Interpretation 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on application of basic vocal
techniques to the dramatic reading of prose, poetry,
and drama. Through literary analysis the author's
meaning is understood and, by means of oral reading
skills, communicated to an audience.

SPC 1115 Introduction to Communication Skills

4 Q.H.

This course is designed to give the student an op-
portunity to develop a basic understanding of the
communication process and its function as a means
of relating to the world, ourselves, and other people. It
examines factors in intra- and interpersonal com-
munication, group communication, and public speak-
ing through lectures, discussions, structured learning
experiences, and written assignments.

SPC 1116 Business and Professional Speaking

4 Q.H.

The course focuses on practice of oral presentations,
group communication, conference and discussion
techniques, interview methods, and occasion speak-
ing. The course combines performance aspects with
case study methods of communication on the profes-
sional level.

SPC 1210 Advanced Vocal Techniques 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SPC 1 1 10 or permission of instructor)
Development and application of vocal techniques
acquired in SPC 1110. Emphasis on vocal analysis,
flexibility, and regional patterns of speech.

SPC 1 21 1 Advanced Oral Interpretation 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SPC 1111)

Opportunity to develop further oral reading skills

acquired in SPC 1 1 1 1 . In addition, the course includes
work with accents and dialects, study of reader's
theatre, and an investigation of classical and modern
philosophies of the art.

SPC 1232 Female/Male Communication 4 Q.H.

The course surveys the various dimensions of female-
male relations as they are created, sustained, or disin-
tegrated through communication transactions. Em-
phasis will be on the various images and stereotypes
of male and female sexual identity as they affect and
are affected by communication in the development of
hostility, friendship, or intimacy Temporary, permanent,
and destructive female-male relations will be examined
as they lead to alternate lifestyles.

SPC 1239 Argumentation and Debate 4 Q.H.

An applied course designed to help develop skills in
rational decision making through advocacy Attention
is given to logical reasoning, psychological methods,
and motivational techniques.

SPC 1250 Introduction to Mass Communication

4Q.H.

This is an introductory course designed to explore the
many media through which people express them-
selves: radio, television, film, print, music. Attention is
paid to the role of the individual as a media consumer.

SPC 1300 Introduction to Communication Theory

4Q.H.

This course is designed to offer basic knowledge and
understanding of the processes involved in the trans-
ference of meanings. From the problems involved in
defining communication, through a discussion of the
nature of communication, various models of commu-
nication are examined. The nature of theory and
requirements of adequate theory are discussed,
leading to an examination of various theories of human
communication, including psychological, sociological,
information, and system theories.

SPC 1 31 0 Rhetorical Theory I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SPC 1 1 1 5, SPC 1 250)
This course examines various theories of rhetoric,
starting with the early Greeks (Plato's "Phaedrus" and
"Gorgias," Aristotle's "The Rhetoric"), progressing
through the rhetoric of Rome (Cicero's "de Brute" and
Quintilian's "de Institutione"), and moving into a brief
synopsis of medieval rhetoricians (Peter Ramus,
Thomas Wilson, Thomas de Quincey Francis Bacon,
George Campbell, Richard Whately). The focus will be
the student's growing knowledge and appreciation of
the history and principles of rhetoric, which is the
foundation of oral discourse.

SPC 1315 Theories of Persuasion 4 Q.H.

The course surveys theoretical and conceptual ap-
proaches and research pertaining to the effectiveness
of communication that is intended deliberately to
induce changes in attitudes, beliefs, values, and/or
behavior.

SPC 1317 Theories of Audience Behavior 4 Q.H.

Surveying theoretical models, concepts, and research,
the course focuses on the role of the receiver as an

1 78 / Speech Communication

active participant in the communication process.
Topics include individual information processing;
listening as a learned behavior; intra-audience effects;
relations between media and audience characteris-
tics; dissemination, rumors, and information; and the
development of societal norms and mores.

SPC 1318 Negotiation Skills 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. f^iddler standing or higher, or permission of
instructor)

The skills involved in bringing matters to mutually
acceptable settlements will be investigated and applied
through lectures, discussions, and especially through
performance in case studies and role-playing simula-
tions. Classroom activities will include such personal,
professional, and governmental processes as conflict
resolution, problem solving, and advocacy Particular
emphasis will be placed on the collective bargaining
process in the private and public sectors, including
negotiation, mediation, and arbitration.

SPC 1330 Interpersonal Communication I 4 Q.H.

This is a conceptual, theoretical course designed to
help increase awareness of the communication pro-
cess. The course provides an examination of the ways
in which we relate to other individuals and factors that
influence these processes.

SPC 1331 Interpersonal Communication II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SPC 1330 or permission of instructor)
The course focuses on application of concepts de-
veloped in interpersonal Communication I. It is an
experiential course, exploring ways of becoming more
aware of one's self and one's relationships with others
and offering an examination of various options for
communicating and increasing knowledge of the group
process. Enrollment limited.

SPC 1338 Group Discussion 4 Q.H.

Working in task groups, students are expected to
explore theory and research in the area of group
dynamics and to apply their knowledge to the class-
room experience as they work on developing skills in
decision making, problem solving, membership, and
leadership.

SPC 1410 Contemporary Public Address 4 Q.H.

The course offers a critical study of the public address
of leading contemporary speakers representative of
important political and social movements. This course
seeks to help the student gain an appreciation of the
dimensions and varieties of contemporary public
address, broadly defined as symbolic discourse. From
an understanding of various theories and approaches
to public address, rhetorical situations are examined;
the use of agitative and control strategies to accom-
plish social change is critically evaluated.

SPC 1 41 5 Persuasive Techniques 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SPC 1315 or permission of instructor)
The course offers a critical, in-depth analysis of
instances of persuasion as they occur in social inter-
action, social movements, politics, and advertising;
identification of practical strategies employed; and
the factors that influence the effectiveness of those

strategies when persuaders attempt to influence oth-
ers.

SPC 1430 Organizational Communication 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SPC 1250)

Organizational Communication examines the nature
of communication in the context of complex orga-
nizations. The student will explore both internal and
external organizational communication. Analysis of
organizational communication will include: (a) com-
munication networks, (b) communication technologies,
(c) interpersonal communication modes, and (d)
organizational interdependencies and their effect on
information transfer and diffusion. Will include a
section on organizational communication assessment
and communication program implementation.

SPC 1 437 Consultation Skills 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SPC 1300, SPC 1115, SPC 1330, and SPC
1338)

The course gives students the opportunity to acquire
the skills necessary for analyzing communication dif-
ficulties in industry, organizations, and groups. Includes
theory discussion, practice, and feedback, using case
study method.

SPC 1450 Broadcast Production 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SPC 1 250 or permission of instructor)
The course introduces the student to the equipment
of a broadcast studio, surveys broadcast production
techniques, and provides opportunities in class for
applied practice through the production of program-
ming suitable for broadcast.

SPC 1452 Producing and Directing for Radio

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
The course centers around the role of the producer/
director in the creation, preproduction planning, and
execution of local and network radio programs. Em-
phasis is on live broadcasts and live assembly of
partially prerecorded programs. A great deal of time
will be spent on the written materials necessary for
program planning. The class will spend some time in
the studio working on model program production and,
possibly actual live music performance broadcasts.

SPC 1500 Special Topics in Speech
Communication 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)

The course provides an in-depth examination of a

subject of particular significance to the field.

SPC 1554 Special Topics in Broadcasting 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SPC 1250 or permission of instructor)
This course introduces the student to the variety of
roles played by broadcast professionals and to the
interplay of professional functions integral to the
broadcast industry. The focus is on a different aspect
of the broadcast industry each term.

SPC 1600 Introduction to Communication
Research 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SPC 1300 or permission of instructor)
The course provides an introduction to scientific
method and epistemology as it applies to the inves-

Theatre and Dance / 1 79

tigation of communication phenomena. The course is
structured to assist students in finding and critically
evaluating literature dealing with factors that influence
the effectiveness of communication and that may be
pertinent to either academic projects or managerial
decision making.

SPC1 610 Rhetorical Criticism 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SPC1310)

This course focuses on the principles of rhetorical
analysis: theories, methods, and the application of
these to discourses. Various types of discourse will be
studied throughout the quarter Attention will be given
to understanding various methods and problems in
rhetorical analysis. Judgment criteria, as well as the
role of rhetorical criticism in society, will be examined.

SPC 1890; SPC 1891 Directed Study

(each) 4 Q.H.
SPC 1895 Internship in Speech Communication

4Q.H.

This course provides a student with the opportunity to
gain academic credit for on-the-job training in an
allied career field. Enrollment requires prior approval

by a department committee, demonstration that the
job allows opportunities to apply theoretical under-
standing to specific application in the work environ-
ment, and faculty advisement as well as on-the-job
supervision.

INT 1400 Professional Practices: Individual and
Social Dimensions 4 Q.H.

INT 1 500 Introduction to Women Studies: Image,
Myth, and Reality 4 Q.H.

This introductory course in the study of women in
society encompasses the historical, political, eco-
nomic, and social processes that have created both
the image and the reality of women in contemporary
society. An overview of the many different disciplinary
approaches to the study of women. (II)

Theatre and Dance

DRA 1 1 00 Introduction to Theatre Arts 4 Q.H.

(For nontheatre majors)

The course provides a brief view of the historical
development of acting, directing, and production
design. Emphasis is on appreciation of contemporary
theatrical forms.

DRA 1 1 06 Theatre History I 4 Q.H.

(This course is the first in a three-course sequence,
although each course is self-contained and may be
taken independently) The history of world theatre and
drama, including an examination of the characteristics
of the drama and the nature of theatrical performance
during each period, as well as the social and artistic
contexts in which performance occurred. The periods
examined this term are ancient Greece and Rome,
medieval Europe, Elizabethan and Stuart England.

DRA 1 1 07 Theatre History II 4 Q.H.

(Thiscourseisthe second in athree-course sequence,
although each course is self-contained and may be
taken independently) A continuation of Theatre History
I. The periods examined this term are the Spanish
Golden Age, the Italian renaissance, the theatre of
baroque and eighteenth-century Europe, the rise of
romanticism and realism in European theatre, and the
theatre of Asia from its beginnings.

DRA 1 1 08 Theatre History III 4 Q.H.

(This course is the third in a three-course sequence,
although each course is self-contained and may be
taken independently) A continuation of Theatre His-
tory II. The course examines the rise of naturalism in
the European theatre, the development of theatre in
the United States, and the rise and development of

modernism and post-modernism in American and
European theatre.

DRA 1112 Drama Theory/Criticism 4 Q.H.

An examination of both the major historical statements
of drama theory and contemporary drama criticism as
evidenced in journalistic play reviews. Students are
required to prepare reviews of local productions.

DRA 1 1 1 6 The American Theatre 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the American theatre from the
Revolutionary War to the present.

DRA 1 1 1 7 The Theatre of Williams, Miller, and Albee

4Q.H.

The course offers an intensive study of the works of
three major post-World War II American playwrights.

DRA 1118 Black Theatre in America 4 Q.H.

The course surveys the history of black theatre artists
in America from the time of Ira Aldridge to the present
day Also examines the works of black playwrights
from the Harlem Renaissance to the present, with an
emphasis on the period beginning with Baraka's
"Dutchman."

DRA 1 1 20 The Restoration Theatre 4 Q.H.

The philosophical, social, historical, and critical
influences upon the Restoration theatre and its
dramatists.

DRA 1121 Contemporary Theatre 4 Q.H.

The course examines the various forces that have
shaped the major trends in Western theatre over the
past two decades. The course includes a study and
examination of contemporary theatre concerns cov-
ering topics such as women's rights, politics, race,

1 80 / Theatre and Dance

nudity, and homosexuality, as presented in theatres or
performed by experimental and avant-garde groups.

DRA 1122 Twentieth-Century European Theatre

4Q.H.

An examination of major twentieth-century European
attempts to break away from the nineteenth-century
realistic tradition. Representative works of expres-
sionistic, symbolistic, epic, and absurd theatre artists
will be examined.

DRA 1123 The Theatre of Ibsen, Strindberg, and
Chekhov 4 Q.H.

Intensive study of the theatre of the three great masters
of the naturalistic movement in Europe whose works
stand as the foundation of modern drama.

DRA 1 1 24 The Irish Theatre 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on theatre and drama in Irelanc'
from their beginnings to the present, with the back
grounds of Irish folklore and history. Particular em-
phasis on developments in the twentieth century

DRA 1 1 25 The Theatre of the Absurd 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the theatre of the absurd as an
anti-literary reflection of and reaction to life; its effects
upon Western drama. Major concern with selected
works and ideas of Jarry Artaud, Camus, Sartre,
Beckett, Genet, lonesco, Pinter, Kopit, Brown, and
Arrabal.

DRA 1 1 27 The Comic Theatre 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the comic theatre from its
beginnings in the ancient Greek theatre to its per-
formances in contemporary theatre; an examination
of the comic playwright, the comic actor, the comic
director-the synthesizing of the arts of the theatre to
produce thoughtful as well as titillating laughter,
kicluded are study of scripts by such playwrights as
Aristophanes, Moliere, Shaw, Neil Simon; techniques
of Charlie Chaplin, the Marx Brothers, stand-up com-
ics. Directional devices will be examined through
lecture, film, records, and attendance at live per-
formances.

DRA 1130 Eastern European Theatre and Drama

4 Q.H.

A survey of the history of theatre and drama in Russia
and Poland from the nineteenth century to the present.
Emphasis will be placed upon the contributions of
Polish romanticism, developments in the Soviet theatre
of the 1920s, and on the work of major Polish and
Russian dramatists and theatre artists who have influ-
enced Western theatre profoundly (Course taught in
English.)

DRA 1 1 40 Playwriting I 4 Q.H.

The principles and practices of modern dramatic com-
position: characterization, plot, plot structure, dialogue,
and other dramaturgical elements as seen in the one-
act play Included are the writing of brief scenes, the
dramatic composition, and the one-act play

DRA 1 1 50 Introduction to Acting 4 Q.H.

Fundamental techniques of stage use. The actor and
the stage environment. Improvisations for strength-

ening imagination and increasing freedom. Analysis
of scripts for work on performed scenes.

DRA 1 1 55 Speech for the Theatre 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SPC1110)

The course focuses on special speech problems
confronting actors performing in classical and con-
temporary theatre.

DRA 1 1 60 Body Movement I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Theatre major or permission of instructor)
Students begin with simple Esalen physical aware-
ness exercises, explore the warm-up process, and
then try to find which exercises serve them best.
Simple theatre games (i.e., machines, transformations,
activity improvisations) are introduced, and students
have the opportunity to learn how to relax through
concentration on a specific mental task.

DRA 1 1 70 Theatre Games 4 Q.H.

This course offers a variety of basic dramatic, move-
ment, and improvisational techniques that can be
applied to theatrical, educational, and personal sit-
uations. Previous theatrical experience is not nec-
essary.

DRA 1180 Concepts of Direction 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1 1 50 and DRA 1 21 2)
Theories of dramatic presentation through analysis of
selected historical developments. Purposes and tech-
niques of theatrical direction as they relate to script
analysis, production style, pictorial composition,
rhythmic evolution, and empathic responses.

DRA 1 200 Stagecraft 4 Q.H.

Principlesthatunderliethecoordinationandexecution
of scenery for the stage; examination of different kinds
of scenery tools, equipment, construction materials,
and techniques; handling of scenery and basic scene
painting. Laboratory work: constructing and painting
scenery for University productions.

DRA 1 209 Theatrical Drafting 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1200)

By working on supervised classroom projects, the
student is exposed to the basic graphic language
needed to translate a designer's ideas into technical
drawings used for construction. These basic skills
can be used for future course work in design, Uni-
versity productions, and professional work.

DRA 1210 Scenic Design for the Stage 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1200, DRA 1212 or permission)
An introduction to the theory and practice of theatrical
design and the role of the designer in the production
process. Project work examines the use of the graphic
tools-line, form, balance, colour, rhythm, etc.-in the
development of the design idea. Emphasis is based
on understanding and utilizing spatial relationships;
visually expressing conceptual themes; and under-
standing the various uses, problems, and practical
considerations of proscenium, thrust, and arena
staging. Historical analysis covers production styles
from the Greco-Roman period through the nineteenth
century

Theatre and Dance / 1 81

DRA 1212 Introduction to Theatrical Design

4Q.H.

An introduction to the visual effects of modern the-
atrical production and the creative processes by which
these come into being, through a basic survey of the
three major design disciplines, their supporting tech-
nology and their working interrelationship. The ques-
tions of how artistic concepts are developed and
related, how they are communicated to other artists
and an audience, and how one develops the critical
processes necessary to evaluate these concepts will
be addressed by the design faculty as applicable to
their respective areas of expertise.

DRA 1213 Scene Design II: Principles 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1210)

The development and expression of conceptual state-
ments from specific dramatic texts through a series of
exercises involving script analysis and introductory
work in rendering and model construction. Texts to be
examined are selected from works of distinct histori-
cal and stylistic periods. The heritage of twentieth-
century theatrical design will be studied through the
work of artists such as Appia, Craig, Jones, Urban,
and Oenslager. Emphasis is placed on the develop-
ment of such stylistic treatments as realism, expres-
sionism, symbolism, and constructivist and environ-
mental design.

DRA 1214 Scene Design III: Techniques 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1213)

Advanced work focusing on the practical application
of the theories, materials, and techniques of con-
temporary design. Emphasis is placed on furthering
the student's ability to research a project as well as
executing perspective drawings, renderings, and
painter's elevations. Assignments in critical analysis
are based on various contemporary American and
European production of dramatic and operatic works.
The work of such influential designers as Aronson,
Bay Mielziner, and Svoboda will be discussed as will
the contributions of such nontheatre artists as Chagall,
Dali, and Picasso.

DRA 1225 Scene Painting 4 Q.H.

The history of scene painting and ornament from
classical to contemporary times. Studio organization,
color, color theory equipment, tools, materials, and
costs involved with painting stage scenery. Projects
and exercises in the use of different media, matching
colors, painting of textures, light and shade, and the
use of stencils and physical textures. Laboratory
sessions include painting stage scenery for Univer-
sity productions.

DRA 1 226 Lighting Design for the Stage 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1200, DRA 1212 or permission)
Basic principles and practices of stage lighting,
including the qualities and functions of light, lighting
instruments and controls, basic electricity, color in
light, and analysis of the script in terms of light require-
ments. Students are expected to develop light plots
and schedules for various kinds of stage productions.
Classwork includes laboratory work on lighting crews
for University productions.

DRA 1 246 Sound for the Theatre 4 Q.H.

Beginning with a basic introduction to both natural
and electronically produced sound, the course will go
on to discuss the component parts of sound systems,
their theories and applications. Techniques of record-
ing and editing will be discussed and demonstrated
with particular reference to the creation of sound
tracks and effects for theatrical productions. The
concepts of sound reinforcement systems for musi-
cals, concerts, and other current professional appli-
cations will be investigated.

DRA 1261 Costuming I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1212 or permission)
The course presents the beginning designer with the
opportunity to investigate costume design theory and
to foster perceptual development. Through lectures
and projects, the student will have the opportunity to
explore both the abstract and historical aspects of
costume design as weJI as textual analysis and its
conceptual implications. Prior art or design educa-
tion is not necessary

DRA 1265 Pattern Drafting and

Costume Construction 4 Q.H.

The course will develop the skills and techniques
necessary for the patterning, cutting, and construc-
tion of costumes for the stage. Flat pattern drafting,
draping, and finishing techniques will be covered.

DRA 1279 Puppetry 4 Q.H.

A theoretical and practical su rvey of the art of puppetry
Utilizing a lecture/laboratory format, the history of
puppetry is examined from prehistoric times through
the present, and construction techniques for various
styles of puppets are demonstrated and applied. The
course covers shadow, hand, rod, hand-and-rod, bib,
scarf, and marionette puppets.

DRA 1280 Stage Makeup 4 Q.H.

The principles of, the reasons for, and the materials
used in makeup for the theatre, television, and films.
The practical application of types and styles of make-
up—straight, old-age, character, and corrective— is also
included.

DRA 1 282 Stage Management 4 Q.H.

The course examines the fundamental techniques
of stage management in educational, community,
and professional theatres and the working relations
between stage managers and directing, acting, and
technical personnel. The course includes the study of
practical concepts of organizing and running perform-
ances, and a discussion of the philosophy of the stage
manager as a collaborative artist and craftsperson.

DRA 1 284 Theatre Management 4 Q.H.

Theatre management, including problems of financ-
ing, promoting, and programming for educational,
community, profit, and nonprofit professional theatre.

DRA 1 292 Children's Theatre 4 Q.H.

Theories and methods of creative techniques related
to children's programs in schools, churches, and
recreational facilities. Analysis of literature in prepara-
tion for production of children's plays.

1 82 / Theatre and Dance

DRA 1300 Acting II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1 1 50)

Fundamental analysis of the script, including physical-
izations and vocal scoring; character analysis; scenes
performed for classroom analysis.

DRA 1301 Acting III 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1300)

Further development of the actor's tools, script and
character scoring, exercises for physical and psycho-
logical freedom. In-class scenes from works in pro-
gress are included.

DRA 1302 Acting IV 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1301)

This course deals with the specific demands which
verse plays place on actors. By working on scenes,
textual analysis of individual speeches, and reading
relevant criticism, students will become familiar with
different aspects of text analysis and the problems
inherent in acting verse. One paper will be required.
The course will concentrate on the works of Moliere
and Shakespeare.

DRA 1350 Problems in Direction 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1180)

Experimentation in theory related to the staging of
classical and modern drama. Analysis of plays in actual
production: casting, rehearsals, character interpreta-
tions. Each student is responsible for the production
of a one-act play.

DRA 1 370 Rehearsal and Performance 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of the ingtructor)
Oriented to allow the students to participate in public
performance through preparation and rehearsals in
areas of acting, directing, design, and stagemanaging.

DRA 1 400 Costuming II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1261 or permission of instructor)
Advanced study in textual interpretation and its appli-
cation to costume design. Conceptual and stylistic
development will be emphasized through assigned
projects in the various genres of the performing arts.

DRA 1410 Technical Production 4 Q.H.

(Since thiscourse will be the culmination ofthe design
student's background and experiences, the student
must already have completed all courses stipulated in
his/her chosen design concentration before taking
this particular course.)

An advanced course which allows the student the
opportunity to further explore his or her capabilities
through the practical application of acquired techni-
cal and aesthetic skills in an area related to the
student's desired specialization. Focusing on one sub-
stantial production or project responsibility, this spe-
cialized study will be designed and executed in close
supervision with the faculty member responsible for
the area of concentration.

DRA 1420 Advanced Drafting and Construction

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1209)

A specialized course in technical production tech-
niques. Drafting procedures necessary for the con-

version of designer's drawings into detailed rear
elevation and construction layouts will be covered, as
well as the development of section, isometric, and
oblique views. Through a series of practical and project
exercises, the various factors governing the construc-
tion and rigging of two- and three-dimensional scenery,
linear-motion, rotary-motion, and elevating systems
will be analyzed. Emphasis is placed on theatrical
problem solving with regard to safety, dependability,
and economy

DRA 1430 Lighting Design II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1226 and DRA 1209)
An intensive course in lighting design theory and
practice. Students are expected to design numerous
lighting plots, sections, instrument schedules, and
design concepts, for various types of productions
and spaces. Current professional techniques and
practices will be investigated and discussed.

DRA 1 500 Playwriting II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. DRA 1140)
Continuation of DRA 1 140.

DRA 1800, DRA 1801, DRA 1802, DRA 1803
Practicum in Play Production (each) 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. departmental permission)
Laboratory practice in technical theatre: scene building
and painting: performing backstage functions. To be
repeated for credit, up to four credits.

DRA 1810, DRA 1811, DRA 1812, DRA 1813
Junior-Senior Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For prerequisites and other details, see the section on
the Junior-Senior Honors Program on page 1 .

DRA 1820, DRA 1821, DRA 1822, DRA 1823
Directed Study (each) 4 Q.H.

DRA 1 840 Special Topics in Acting and

Directing 4 Q.H.

An in-depth examination of a subject of particular
significance to the field.

DRA 1 860 Special Topics in Theatrical Design

4Q.H.

An in-depth examination of a subject of particular
significance to the field.

DRA 1 890 Special Topics in Theatre History-
Dramatic Criticism 4 Q.H.

An in-depth examination of a subject of particular
significance to the field.

INT 1100 Introduction to Art, Drama, and Music

4Q.H.

Accounting / 1 83

listening assignments are supplemented by visits to
art galleries and attendance of concerts and theatri-
cal performances. (II)

INT 1 1 1 0 American Musical Theatre 4 Q.H.

This course traces the development of the American
musical from works such as "The Black Crook" to the

present. The role of musical theatre, both as enter-
tainment and as serious art form, is considered through
an examination of script, score, dance, and design.
Works by composers and lyricists such as Bernstein,
Rodgers and Hammerstein, the Gershwins, Weill,
Lerner and Loewe, and Cole Porter are studied.

Accounting

ACC 1111 Accounting Principles I 4 Q.H.

This first of a series of accounting courses assumes
students do not possess knowledge of the subject.
Both this course and ACC 1 1 1 2 are designed to help
provide an understanding of accounting issues and
objectives for proper interpretation and analysis of
financial data. Specific topics covered in this first
course are: 1) the nature, function, and environment
of accounting; 2) the basic accounting model; 3)
financial and analytical ratios; 4) the accounting cycle;
5) accounting for merchandising entities; and 6) the
control of cash and receivables.

ACC 1112 Accounting Principles II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1111)

The second of a series of accounting courses.
Students are introduced to financial and managerial
accounting decisions through class discussions, short
exercises, and demonstration problems. Specific
topics covered include: 1) control of inventory; 2)
acquisition, depreciation, and disposal of plant and
equipment; 3) paid-in capital related to sole propri-
etorships, partnerships, and corporations; 4) short-
and long-term debt financing; 5) the analysis and
interpretation of financial reporting; and 6) the state-
ment of changes in financial position.

ACC 1 1 48 Principles of Accounting 8 Q.H

This course covers the content of courses ACC 1111
and ACC 1112 and is primarily intended for transfer
students.

ACC 1210 Introduction to Accounting for the
Non-Business Major 4 Q.H.

(Not open to College of Business Administration
students)

Specifically for non-business majors, this course is
designed to help provide a fundamental knowledge of
accounting to students who do not expect to become
accountants but would like the opportunity to learn to
understand, interpret, and make use of accounting
data. The course surveys the foundations of account-
ing and the role it plays in the management of the profit
and nonprofit sectors of the American economy

ACC 1330 Cost Accounting for Management

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1112)

This course offers an examination of cost accounting
from a managerial viewpoint. The impact of quantita-
tive and behavioral aspects on budgets and cost
control is stressed. This course is designed specifi-
cally for management majors.

ACC 1331 Intermediate Accounting I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1 1 1 2 or equiv)
The principal foundation course for accountants
begins with a comprehensive review of basic account-
ing principles, operations, and financial statements.
Development of accounting theory is stressed in the
analysis of alternative treatments and procedures.
Specific areas receiving intensive treatment are cash,
accounts receivable, inventories, and current liabilities.

ACC 1 332 Intermediate Accounting II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1331)

This course is a continuation of the study of accounting
principles, concepts, and procedures. Specific topics
emphasized are long-term assets, depreciation, stock-
holders equity, and EPS.

ACC 1 339 Cost Accounting I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq: ACC 1112)

This course examines cost determination and use.
Special consideration is given to manufacturing
concerns. Specific coverage includes cost behavior,
relevant costs, performance evaluation, budgets, and
standard costs.

ACC 1 340 Cost Accounting II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1339)

This course is a continuation of ACC 1339 (Cost
Accounting I) and gives special attention to the use of
cost data in decision making, budget planning, and
the control process.

ACC 1 343 Intermediate Accounting III 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1332)

This course completes the study of basic accounting
concepts and covers special areas of concern to
modern accounting practice. Leases, pensions,
accounting changes, income tax accounting, changes
in financial position, price-level and current-value
accounting are studied.

ACC 1348 Accounting Theory and Practice

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1 343)

Objectives are to examine: 1) the theory and practice
of corporate financial reporting and some of the con-
troversial areas in accounting; 2) the pronouncements
and research studies of the authoritative institutions
of the profession relating to the practice of account-
ing; 3) the textual and periodical literature on account-
ing theory.

184/ Accounting

ACC 1349 Accounting Planning and Control

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1340)

This course provides an examination of the role of
management planning and control systems and
problems inherent in their design and use, and defines
the process of identifying factors in the design of
these systems.

ACC 1501 Auditing 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1343)

Designed for the student who plans to enter the public
accounting profession, this course examines audit
concepts, standards, and procedures, including the
auditor's legal and ethical responsibilities. Emphasis
is on concepts rather than procedures. Specific areas
covered are auditing standards, auditor's reports,
internal control, statistical sampling, EDR and legal
liability.

ACC 1 505 Internal Auditing 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

This course is designed to aid students in under-
standing how the internal auditor undertakes a review
and appraisal of operations. Study will focus on the
internal audit environment, preparation of long-range
programs, the performance of preliminary surveys,
flowcharting, the development of audit programs,
sampling, audit techniques, and reporting. The course
is case-study oriented.

ACC 1 51 1 i=ederal Income Taxes I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1343 or permission of instructor)
This course stresses basic understanding of the
federal income tax structure relating to individuals
rather than to corporations. Students are required to
complete several research cases directed at solving
various tax problems. Case studies introduce the
student to the current Internal Revenue Code, income
tax regulations, and cumulative bulletins. Tax court
cases and various private company publications are
discussed.

ACC 1 51 2 Federal Income Taxes II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1511)

This course is a continuation of ACC 151 1 (Federal
Income Taxes I), focusing on taxpayers other than
individuals and the treatment of those property trans-
fers subject to federal, gift, estate, and trust taxes. Tax
research is an important element of this course. A
major emphasis is given to tax planning considera-
tions, especially to gift and death tax consequences.

ACC 1521 Advanced Accounting Problems

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1343)

This course is an in-depth analysis of various ac-
counting topics for the student planning a career as a

professional accountant. Topics covered are govern-
ment and not-for-profit accounting; partnerships;
installment sales; consignments; segment and interim
reporting; foreign currency accounting; troubled-debt
restructurings; and liquidations, estates, and trusts.

ACC 1 522 Advanced Accounting for Business
Combinations 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1 343 or permission of instructor)
This course is a comprehensive analysis of the
accounting theory and practice associated with cor-
porate acquisitions and combinations. Topics include
methods of consolidation-elimination of profits on
intercompany transactions, purchase versus pooling
of interests, and accounting for good will. The course
is intended for the serious student preparing for a
career as a professional accountant.

ACC 1526 Management Accounting 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1349)

This course examines the role of the management
accountant. Topics include relation between financial
and managerial accounting, design and use of ac-
counting and control systems, measurement tech-
niques and uses, the role of behavior in accounting,
performance evaluation, and other topics of current
interest.

ACC 1 530 Accounting Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

This course examines the process of designing both
financial and managerial accounting systems. The
approach is conceptual, and the course considers
the use of computer technology in designing new
systems where computers are appropriate. The course
assumes an understanding of accounting processes
in both financial and managerial areas.

ACC 1531 Contemporary Accounting Problems

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1332)

A seminar designed to survey some of the important
problem areas currently facing the accounting pro-
fession. These areas will incorporate asset valuation,
price-level adjusted statements, environmental con-
siderations, income measurement, and governmental
intervention.

ACC 1 535 Computers in Accounting and Auditing

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1501 or ACC 1505)
This course examines the use of computers in ac-
counting and auditing. Topics include systems design
and applications in accounting, internal control of
computer-based systems, computer audit and control
guidelines, and EDP audit tools and techniques.

Entrepreneurship/ 185

Entrepreneurship

ENT 1330 Management of Smaller Enterprises

4Q.H.

This is a general management course that focuses
upon the strategies and operating problems of smaller,
already established business enterprises. The course
is designed for individuals who are considering
entrepreneurial careers or careers in management,
finance, or marketing within the smaller-company
environment. Discussion will explore the characteris-
tics and urgencies of problems that smaller compa-
nies are likely to encounter at different stages in their
evolving life cycle, from the postnatal period to the
more mature stage.

ENT 1344 Opportunity Analysis and Venture
Capital 4 Q.H.

This course is concerned with the essential tasks
performed prior to establishing a new venture. These
include finding a suitable business opportunity or
developing an idea.for a product or service; analyzing
the feasibility of the opportunity or idea; developing a
business plan; structuring the venture team; seeking
sources of seed capital; and forming a venture action
plan for beginning operations.

ENT 1352 New Venture Creation: A Career Choice

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing)

This course is designed to assist students interested
in small business in answering a number Qf important
questions through a systematic analysis of their
own potentials for entrepreneurial careers: What is
involved in starting my own business? What is my own
entrepreneurial orientation and commitment? What
managerial and behavioral skills do I need for
achievement? How can I plan for my personal and
entrepreneurial goals? Case discussions, self-assess-
ment, goal-setting exercises, guest speakers, and a
student-selected project are used.

ENT 1358 Small Business Institute Project

8 Q.H.

(Prereq. Junior standing; one entrepreneurship
course or permission of instructor)
The Small Business Institute Reld Project was brought
into existence with the cooperation of the Small
Business Administration (SBA) and some of its client
companies in Greater Boston. A student team is
expected to interact with a smaller company helping
management to analyze opportunities and problems
facing the business, and to develop practical recom-
mendations for the company's decision makers.
Students are expected to allocate approximately one
day per week to the project, including on-site work
with the company owner-managers with whom they
have been paired and to participate in related research,
report preparation, and presentation of results. This
real-world experience is blended with occasional
class meetings and frequent team meetings with a
faculty member to discuss the field work and to
explore alternatives. Interim progress reports and a
final report are presented to the client company SBA,
and the class.

ENT 1812 Honors: Risks and Rewards of
Entrepreneurship 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Honors participants or permission of instruc-
tor)

Anxiety and exhilaration run neck and neck through
the small business experience. The degree to which
these extremes of emotion occur has not been
thoroughly studied. So far, research has concentrated
on the backgrounds and attributes of entrepreneurs
rather than on the psychological and physiological
"fallout" from running their companies. The purpose
of this honors seminar will be to identify situations and
issues that can cause entrepreneurs stress, on the
one hand, and satisfaction, on the other.

Rnance and Insurance

RN 1201 Personal Rnance 4 Q.H.

(Not open to College of Business Administration
students) *

The course focuses on management of the total
personal estate: budgeting, savings, insurance, invest-
ments, borrowing, taxes. Social Security, pensions,
annuities, securities markets, mutual funds, and their
integration.

RN 1333 Rnancial Institutions and Markets 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

The course aims to provide students an understand-
ing of the financial environment faced by a firm as well
as the financial institutions serving the economy The
course discusses the forces that determine the
changes in money and capital markets and explores

the implications of changing financial environment for
the management of funds in a firm and/or financial
institution.

RN 1335 Managerial Rnance 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438)

The objective of the course is to provide students the
opportunity to gain knowledge of the advanced tools
and concepts used in the management of funds.
Topics include inventory and credit policies, risk,
capital budgeting, financial structure, cost of capital,
dividend policy and valuation of a firm. Overall financial
strategy and timing of its implementation are also
examined. Specialized topics-mergers and acquisi-
tions, financial failure, and financial policy for multi-
national firms— may be considered in the course.

1 86 / Finance and Insurance

RN 1346 Investment Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438 and MSC 1201)
This course offers a broad overview of the concepts,
practices, and procedures of investment management.
Areas covered include basic security types, security
market operations, security analysis (both fundamen-
tal and technical) and an introduction to portfolio
management.

FIN 1438 Introduction to Finance 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ACC 1112 and middler standing)
The objective of this course is to acquaint students
v\/ith basic processes, principles, tools, and concepts
of finance. Topics include financial analysis, financial
forecasting, profit planning, budgeting, working cap-
ital management, and capital budgeting. The course
also covers the basics of financial markets, institu-
tions, and sources of supply of different types of funds
available to a firm.

FIN 1503 Taxes and Financial Decisions 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 105 and middler standing)
In this course, the case method is used to discuss a
number of financial decisions that are greatly influ-
enced by tax considerations, the most important of
which are concerned with capital structure, dividend
policy acquisition terms, investment policies and liq-
uidations. The federal income tax receives primary
consideration, but state and foreign taxes are also
discussed.

FIN 1522 Seminar in Option Markets 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438 and FIN 1333)
While puts and calls have been traded for many years,
a market for listed options only appeared in 1973.
Trading options on exchanges made such activity
much easier and opened many more opportunities for
both speculation and the protection of security posi-
tions. The purpose of this seminar is to explain the
basic mechanics of this market, the characteristics of
puts and calls, the techniques that may be applied,
and current developments in the field. Students will be
required to do individual research related to current
methodology and concepts. Some knowledge of
money and capital markets, as well as corporate
finance, is necessary for those taking the course.

FIN 1 525 Seminar in Financial Futures 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438)

This is a seminar in commodity futures markets cen-
tered in the area of financial futures, with special
emphasis on interest rate futures. The course covers
the methods of trading, margins, hedging, spreading
futures contracts in treasury bills, commercial paper,
treasury bonds, treasury notes, GNMAs, etc. Students
prepare a seminar report on. some aspect of the
futures market.

FIN 1 526 Securities Markets 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438)

This course aims to analyze the operation of the
securities market. Striking a balance between de-
scriptions and analysis, the course provides students
the opportunity to examine in detail the operation and

function of investment bankers, broker-dealers, and
securities exchanges. There is a thorough study of the
mechanics of cash and margin accounts, trading
options, and regulations affecting securities markets.

FIN 1 528 Seminar in Finance Theory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438 and FIN 1385)
The course involves a discussion of the different
theories related to the financial policies of business
organizations and an analysis of the contributions of
various theorists in finance. It covers topics such as
debt capacity, capital budgeting under uncertainty,
cost of capital, dividend policy, and the capital asset
pricing model. The policy implications, limitations,
and underlying assumptions of various theories are
incorporated into the course.

RN 1531 Long-term Financial Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438 and FIN 1385)
This course focuses on several phases of long-term
finance. Particular attention is devoted to complex
cases dealing with capital budgeting, new financing,
and mechanisms (both public and private) used to
raise long-term funds.

FIN 1 540 Management of Financial Institutions

4Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438)

This course offers a broad study of the decision-
making problems faced by financial institutions such
as commercial banks, savings and investment insti-
tutions, and finance companies when viewed as com-
petitive, profit-seeking business entities. Topics include
the nature and scope of the capital markets confronting
institutions, specialized problems regarding the
sources and uses of funds of financial institutions, the
nature of competition, the regulation of financial insti-
tutions, and strategic policy planning of financial
institutions.

FIN 1 544 Bank Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438 and FIN 1323)
This course deals with the financial management of
commercial banks and thrift institutions. The prob-
lems of liquidity and investment management, loan
portfolio and capital management, and pricing prob-
lems associated with various sources and uses of
funds are analyzed in the context of changing eco-
nomic and regulatory environment for these institu-
tions. The course is conducted through lectures,
discussions, and cases.

FIN 1 550 Real Estate Finance: Analysis and
Investment 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438)

This course provides students with a comprehensive
overview of real estate finance. Factors affecting real
estate investment are emphasized. Specific topics
covered include: valuation (appraisal) market anal-
ysis development, ownership types, short-term finan-
cing, mortgage markets, the impact of inflation on real
estate investment, and finance and investment strate-
gies. The course is designed for students interested in
a general overview of real estate finance, as well as

Finance and Insurance / 1 87

those intending to pursue further studies in real estate.
Instruction is primarily through readings, lectures,
and case discussions.

FIN 1552 Entrepreneurial Decision Making in Real
Estate 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1 550)

This course provides an overview of property acquisi-
tion, development, and management from an entre-
preneurial perspective. Topics include planning,
financing, cost control, and management of con-
struction, marketing, and joint ventures. All major land
uses are considered. Instruction is primarily through
lectures and case discussions. Some class sessions
may be devoted to guest speakers from the real estate
community.

FIN 1 557 Real Estate Finance and Investment
Strategies 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1 550)

The objective of this course is to provide students the
opportunity to acquire know^ledge and skills for
decision making in the context of organizational real
estate investment strategies. Five general topical areas
are covered: 1 ) measurement of risk and yield on real
estate debt and equity investments, 2) comparison of
the risk and return in real estate investments with
other types of investments, 3) traditional and innova-
tive financing techniques, 4) management of a real
estate portfolio, and 5) development and implemen-
tation of real estate investment strategies. Instruction
is primarily through lectures, readings, and case
discussions.

FIN 1562 A Risk Management Approach to
Employee Benefit Programs 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438)

The concept of risk management is employed to
develop a framework for a systematic treatment of
employee benefit programs. The risks associated with
the employee are defined, methods used by an
employer to handle these risks are reviewed, and the
concept of cost minimization of employee benefit
programs is introduced. Private insurance. Blue
Cross/Blue Shield, and government programs are
viewed as alternative financing mechanisms of em-
ployee benefit programs, and the benefits and costs
of these institutional arrangements are discussed.

FIN 1566 A Risk Management Approach to
Property and Casualty Insurance 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438)

The concepts of risk, uncertainty, risk management,
and insurance are introduced. A comprehensive
analysis of property and casualty insurance markets
and products is presented from a buyer's perspective.
Principal emphasis is placed on defining and analyz-
ing alternative methods of treating risk in a business
enterprise. The course discusses different risk man-
agement strategies and analyzes practical situations.

FIN 1580 Personal Financial Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438)

The course places emphasis on the development of

personal financial management expertise based on
an integrated plan for personal choices in which
alternative courses of action are judged by their con-
tribution to the attainment of the decision maker's
particular set of economic objectives. The overall
personal economic plan is the consistent focus of the
course and unites such diverse topics as inflation and
investment selection, insurance, short- and long-run
hedges againstthe purchasing power risk, purchasing
assets, etc. The course is decision oriented and
attempts to expose students to alternative courses of
action and lead them toward a rational solution by
developing techniques of estimating the success
probabilities of alternative methods.

FIN 1 760 International Rnancial Management

4Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438)

This course introduces students to the international
financial environment. Subjects include balance of
payments, exchange rates, Eurocurrencies, foreign
capital markets, etc. The financial policies and prac-
tices of companies involved in multinational opera-
tions are considered. Specific topics include capital
budgeting; capitalization policies, the use of Euro-
currency and Eurobond markets, and foreign ex-
change risk management by the international firm.

FIN 1 770 Small Business Rnance 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. FIN 1438)

This course utilizes the basic processes, principles,
tools, and concepts of finance within the parameters
of a small business to develop a complete financial
plan that projects the future circular flow of funds by
analyzing and then integrating the impact of both
investment decisions (use of funds) and financial
decisions (source of funds).

FIN 1802 Honors: Modern Portfolio Management

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Honors participant or permission of instruc-
tor)

The course seeks to analyze the methods of selection,
revision, and performance measurement of asset port-
folios. The student will be exposed to the current and
most modern methods of asset portfolio building
used in business today The concept of an efficient
frontier of assets in the risk-return space will be
presented and evaluated. The efficient frontier theory
is used to identify the gains available from diversifica-
tion and to select those securities or assets that best
contribute to the goals of the portfolio. Included in the
course is a simulated equity fund management project.
An efficient portfolio-building software package is
available to the students to help them in their analysis.
Each student must initially select a number of equity
securities to satisfy the stated objectives of his or her
fund. At the end of the course the student must
prepare and present an annual report evaluating the
portfolio's construction and performance, with rec-
ommendations for revision. The course requires the
student to bring a core knowledge in the areas of
statistical analysis, accounting methods, and basic
finance theories.

188 / Human Resources Management

FIN 1803 Honors: Seminar in Rnance Theory

(Prereq. Participant in Honors Program only)
See Course Description for FIN 1528.

4Q.H.

Human Resources Management

HRM 1332 People and Productivity: Human
Resources Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1432)

This course is designed to help students develop
understanding of contemporary issues in human
resource management. Problems posed by changing
work patterns, labor force characteristics, union
activities, and government policies are examined.
Organizational experiments such as worker participa-
tion, job enlargement, and group incentives are
discussed and evaluated from a managerial per-
spective.

HRM 1340 Personnel Administration 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1431)

This course explores basic traditional personnel func-
tions, with an emphasis on the role of the personnel
specialist. Functions include recruitment, selection,
placement, training, and development of employees,
as well as reward systems such as money and promo-
tions. The recent challenge of new regulatory systems,
such as affirmative action and occupational safety
and health, on employment planning will be covered.

HRM 1345 Contemporary Labor Issues 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1431)

The course provides a study of current issues dealing
with labor in its broadest sense. Labor unions and
manpower institutions as well as the emerging devel-
opment and training problems motivated by un-
employment, poverty, and changing work patterns are
discussed. Recent legislation dealing with the employ-
ment relationship is reviewed.

HRM 1348 Reward Systems: Wage, Salary, and
Benefits Administration 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1431)

This course examines one of the major functions of
personnel administration— compensation manage-
ment—and its part in the overall personnel programs
of the organization. The analysis of reward systems as
supportive mechanisms of management and the for-
mulation of compensation policy and implementation
of compensation systems are developed through
simulation exercises and group projects, as well as
lectures and cases.

HRM 1349 Selection and Assessment of
Employees 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1432)

The course examines three influences of employee
selection and testing: first, the legal aspect of selection,
where the greatest uncertainty is found; second, the
influence of industrial psychology on selection and

decision-making techniques; and third, the area of
personnel practices itself, that is, the methods employ-
ers find effective in coping with legal requirements.
Basic issues and procedures such as EEO, decision
strategies, and the utility and evaluation of selection
and appraisal systems will be covered.

HRM 1431 Complex Organizations 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

The course examines the structure and dynamics of
the complex organization. Focus is on the design of
the organization and its basic subsystems (reward,
control, selection, development). Students have the
opportunity to explore how organizational structures
help shape human behavior. Emphasis is on under-
standing the interrelations among organizational struc-
tures, tasks, and individual characteristics within the
context of a changing environment

HRM 1432 Organization Behavior 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

This course explores the effects of individual, inter-
personal, group, and leadership factors on human
behavior. Managerial applications of behavioral and
social science concepts are also explored, including
job design, job satisfaction, performance appraisal,
supervision, career dynamics, and organizational
change. Emphasis is placed on helping the student
develop skills in dealing with the human side of
enterprise.

HRM 1 501 Organizational Structure and Process

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1432 and HRM 1431)
An examination of various schools of management
thought, including the classical, scientific manage-
ment, human relations, and contingency approaches
to management. This course also explores organi-
zational concepts developed from research on organ-
izations including: Interdependence, Uncertainty
Coordination and Differentiation-Integration. Readings
and research findings will be applied to case examples
of complex organizations.

HRM 1 504 Strategies of Organizational Changes

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1431)

This course focuses on three basic areas: (1) organ-
izations as stable systems that naturally resist both
planned and unplanned change; (2) organizations as
dynamic systems that continuously respond to both
internal and external pressures for change; and (3)
strategies and techniques for designing, implementing,
and managing change. The role of the change agent
will be discussed in this context.

Human Resources Management/ 189

HRM 1512 Motivation and Control 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1431)

This course provides an extensive analysis of various
theories of motivation, including Herzberg's two-fac-
tor theory, expectancy theory, learning theory, need
theory (h/lcClelland), and competence motivation. This
course also considers the behavioral implications of
various organizational systems of measuring and con-
trolling operations.

HRM 1515 Strategic Planning and Reward
Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1432)

A study of the process of strategic planning with an
emphasis on problems in planning system imple-
mentation. The importance of developing reward sys-
tems that recognize management performance in
strategic planning will be explored. Corporate plan-
ning and reward systems in both the United States
and Japan will be studied. Cases, readings, and a
term paper will be used.

HRM 1 51 9 Leadership 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1431)

This course offers a study of the leadership function in
a variety of organizational settings. Using a contingency
approach, this course explores a range of possible
leadership behaviors, relating the appropriateness of
a particular style to a number of situational factors.
Readings provide an opportunity to explore several
contingency theories of leadership; cases allow for
the application of these models; and videotaped role
playing and self-assessment techniques permit the
student to evaluate his/her own leadership style.

HRM 1 520 The Changing Workplace: An On-Site
View of Industrialization 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1431)

America, and New England in particular, is noted as
the place where the genius of industrial innovators
and managers brought the industrial revolution to its
first real flowering. This course deals in depth with the
interactions of technical, economic, social, and man-
agerial factors as they evolved in forming industrial
New England. Emphasis is on the nineteenth century
although forces will be traced from colonial New
England to the present. Focus is on the participants in
this dynamic free enterprise process— the managers
and workers— and the settings in which they worked
and lived. The seminar format includes on-site studies
of factory settings, mill reconstructions, museums,
and the communities in which developments took
place. The seminar also includes films, lectures, and
individual tutorials. Each student is required to com-
plete a research project.

HRM 1 539 Managing Careers 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1431)

This course examines the tools for both self-as-
sessment (investigating one's skills, abilities, needs,
values, and interests) and career exploration (deter-
mining the nature of and requirements for entering
and succeeding in various career fields). The goal of

the course is to help students develop an individualized
plan of action that summarizes a wide variety of data
indicating an individual's present status and career
goals, and the means by which to bridge the gap.

HRM 1542 Women in Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

This course explores contemporary worklife problems
for both men and women. Topics include: sex role
stereotyping-its origins and impact in organizational
settings; sexual harassment and affirmative action;
dual career couples and their implications for organ-
izational design; sex differences in leadership and
power

HRM 1 581 Managerial Skills Seminar 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1431)

This course offers a study of the nature of managerial
work focusing on three key managerial roles— inter-
personal, informational, and decisional. Behavioral
determinants of administrative effectiveness are ex-
amined with an emphasis on the practical implica-
tions of and personal orientations to those key man-
agerial roles.

HRM 1583 Seminar in Collective Bargaining

4Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1431)

The course focuses on the organization, negotiation,
and administration of collective-bargaining relations
between management and unions in different indus-
tries, services, and levels of government. Simulations
of actual bargaining and an arbitration exercise are
also a part of the course.

HRM 1597 4Q.H

(Prereq. HRM 1332 or HRM 1432)
This course examines the methods that managers use
to determine, evaluate, and improve performance. A
key focus is on performance appraisals as a man-
agement tool. Other topics covered include goal
setting, performance planning, and management-by-
objective (MBO).

HRM 1 760 International Labor Relations Systems

4Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1431)

This course analyzes the labor relations systems of
selected countries in comparison with that of the
United States. The political, cultural, and economic
forces that shaped these systems are also studied.
Special attention will be given to such international
institutions as multinational companies and the EEC.
There will be cases, readings, and projects assigned.

HRM 1762 International Human Resources
Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Junior standing)

This course covers basic issues in human resources
management relevant to managing in international
and cross-cultural environments. Topics include
selection and training of personnel for work in multi-
cultural environments, managing the international
employee in the United States and abroad, cross-
cultural communication, international environments.

190 / International Business Administration

special issues of concern to small business, and
change in multinational companies.

HRM 1811 Honors: Designing Innovative
Organizations 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Honors participant or permission of instruc-
tor)

This course focuses on how high-technology firms
must be designed and managed to perform effectively
and to develop and bring new products to market.
Students will be involved in: 1) the study of literature
pertaining to these issues; 2) the collection of data on
the above issues by interviewing members of high-
technology firms and administering questionnaires;
3) analysis of the data in an attempt to discover how
effective firms function; and 4) writing of a report
based on their study Students will thus be exposed to
the techniques and requirements of research, have an
opportunity to deal with executives and managers in
high-technology firms, and be asked to critically
evaluate new, as well as existing, literature on the
subject of organization design and theory

HRM 1818 Women in Managerial Careers 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Honors participants or permission of instruc-
tor)
This course offers an opportunity for both male and

female students to explore the barriers that block
women's advancement in management. Perspectives
which emphasize the interaction of the individual with
the organizational environment will be emphasized.
Specific topics include: mentor-protege relationships;
the fate of tokens; power through alliances; the trials
of multicommitment; the impact of socialization;
entrepreneurship and women. The course will culmi-
nate in a team research project and oral presentation.

HRM 1823 Human Resources Information Systems

4Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1332)

This course explores the conversion of computer
processing and data management systems methods
to personnel applications such as manpower plan-
ning, government report generation, report genera-
tion, skills inventory and career development, payroll,
and project planning. The basic techniques of using
HRIS to provide timely economical information for
managerial decision making are covered, including
systems analysis (e.g. understanding user objectives
and environment, data collection, data organization,
system design, testing, system implementation, and
evaluation).

International Business Administration

INB 1338 Introduction to International Business

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

This focuses on the cultural, economic, and political
aspects of domestic and foreign environments and
their effect on the international operations of busi-
ness firms. Topics covered include 1) the principles;
patterns, and potential of international trade and
investments; 2) the development of management strat-
egies for international businesses; and 3) the organ-
ization and management of the firm's international
operations.

INB 1352 Seminar in International Business

4Q.H.

(Prereq. INT 1338)

This course applies the concepts and skills acquired
in other international and domestic courses to the
solution of managerial problems. It focuses on the
task of solving significant managerial problems in
international and foreign cultural contexts. Students'
reports form a major part of this course and are
expected to concentrate either on a functional busi-
ness area related to international operations or on
analyses of market opportunities and methods of
entry in a foreign environment. Other instructional
vehicles include case analyses and discussions of
current issues.

INB 1501 Comparative International Management

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

The objective of this course is to help to develop the

student's conceptual and analytical abilities to: 1)

identify and analyze management systems in various
national settings and 2) understand the impact of
economic, social, political, and cultural variables on
management systems.

INB 1652 London Business Seminar 4 Q.H.

The special focus of this course is the development of
multinational business in Europe and its effect on the
economies of the EEC and the United States of
America. Additionally the course will compare and
contrast the marketing approaches of companies
within two seemingly similar trading environments:
the United Kingdom and the United States. Seminar
topics include: impact of international integration on
European business; effectiveness of multinational joint
ventures; multinational marketing management; UK/
USA comparative marketing strategies; growth and
power of the retailer; branding, own label, generics-
the battle for supremacy. Case studies in this seminar
are based on developing an international marketing
program.

INB 1731 Cultural Aspects of International
Business 4 Q.H.

Using a managerial perspective, this course will cover
issues that arise when a firm moves from its home
country to a host country that may have a different
national culture. Although it will usually take the per-
spective of the U.S.-based firm that operates abroad,
it will spend some time on what happens to other
national firms operating in the United States and in
third country environments. The way in which "corpo-
rate culture" evolves in the context of national culture
and the impact on managers will be a central issue.

Management/ 191

Management

MGT 1115 Introduction to Business 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on the business organization as
a system of interrelated functions and operations, the
interactions between the organization and its envi-
ronment, and the role of management in business
organizations.

MGT 1 345 Legal Aspects of Business 4 Q.H.

This course examines the legal aspects of business
transactions and business relationships involving con-
tracts; sales, bulk transfers, and secured transactions
under the Uniform Commercial Code; principal and
agency; and suretyship and guaranty.

MGT 1 446 Business and Society 4 Q.H.

{Prereq. HRtvl 1431 and junior standing)
This course offers an analysis of environmental
influences-economic, legal, technical, social, cultural,
and ethical-affecting the corporation. The focus is on
managerial decision making and relieving the tensions
generated by these external factors.

MGT 1 450 Business Policy 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRM 1431)

This course focuses on corporate strategy and its
elements, including an analysis of the company its
resources, opportunities, environment, and decision
makers. Emphasis is on decision making and imple-
mentation of strategy while operating a company in
the context of a business simulation.

MGT 1571 The Law of Business Organizations and
Commercial Paper 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MGT 1345)

This course is an introduction to the legal aspects of
the typical forms of business organizations, part-
nerships, corporations, and the rights, responsibili-
ties, and liabilities involved. The course also covers
the law governing commercial paper under the Uni-
form Commercial Code, and the Bankruptcy Reform
Act of 1978.

MGT 1 572 Law of Wills, Trusts, and Estates

4 Q.H.

Topics include requirements of valid will, claims of
and against estates; the administration of estates,
both formal and informal; essential elements for the
creation of a trust; kinds of trusts, including inter
vivos and testamentary trusts; the rights, responsi-
bilities, and liabilities of trustees; and the rights
of beneficiaries.

MGT 1 573 Bulk Sales and Bankruptcy 4 Q.H.

In examining bulk transfers, a detailed study is made
of the Uniform Commercial Code, Article 6; the need
of the transferor to give to the transferee a sworn list of
all his creditors; the giving of notice to the listed
creditors; the contents of the notice, what creditors
are protected; and the legal consequences of failure
to comply with the Code. The bankruptcy aspects of
the course deal with both voluntary and involuntary
bankrupts; the appointment and duties of the trustee;

provable and dischargeable debts; priority of debts;
discharge and acts that bar a discharge.

MGT 1 574 Law in Society 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

The course is designed to provide students the
opportunity to acquire a broad view of their legal
rights, obligations, and responsibilities in their rela-
tions with others and with the state. Includes study of
torts such as assault and battery trespass, negli-
gence, slander, libel, and deceit; and crimes such as
homicide, assault and battery, robbery arson, larceny,
and burglary.

MGT 1591 Independent Study 1 Q.H.

For a student who has received approval of a proposal
to undertake independent study in lieu of any course
required in the various concentrations. Each teaching
area considers proposals presented by students to its
Independent Studies Committee for evaluation and
approval. Every proposal requires a detailed outline
of the objectives and plan of study and must be
accompanied by a supporting statement from the
supervising faculty member under whose direction
the study will take place. A copy of the final report
prepared by the student will be presented to the
appropriate Independent Studies Committee. Further
information about the Independent Studies Program
can be obtained from area coordinators.

MGT 1 592 Independent Study 2 Q.H.

Same as MGT 1591

MGT 1 593 Independent Study 3 Q.H.

Same as MGT 1591

MGT 1594, MGT 1595, MGT 1596, MGT 1597
Independent Study 4 Q.H.

Same as MGT 1591

MGT 1 720 Labor Law 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

The purpose of this course is to help acquaint the
student with the many constitutional and legal prob-
lems involved in labor organizing, industrial relations,
labor negotiations, labor contract enforcement, and
dispute resolution. Cases are studied for the legal
principles underlying the common law, state and fed-
eral laws, and the constitutional questions of power
and authority. The Sherman Act, Clayton Act, Norris-
LaGuardia Act, and Labor Management Relations Act
are considered.

MGT 1 808 Honors: Seminar on the Management
of Innovation 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Honors participant or permission of instruc-
tor)

The management of technological innovation is of
critical importance to American companies as they
face increasing worldwide competition. Knowledge in
the area is advancing rapidly and incorporates work
from several disciplines, including strategy market-
ing, organizational behavior, and finance. This course

1 92 / Management

will be run as a research seminar Students will be
responsible for identifying relevant topics in tfie man-
agement of innovation and completing a research
study. Students can work either individually or in
small groups on the research topic they define.
Students will be required to submit a research pro-
posal, a progress report at mid-quarter, and a final
paper and presentation.

MGT 1 809 Honors: Public Policy in Private
Enterprise: An Evaluation of Government 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Honors participant or permission of instruc-
tor)

The course will address the major forms of regulation
from classic industry— specific regulation and anti-
trust to socially motivated regulation such as equal
employment opportunity and environmental protec-
tion. The goal of the course is to increase students'
understanding of the regulatory arena and to analyze
the regulatory function. The course will culminate in
an individual term research project and an oral pres-
entation.

MGT 1810 Honors: The Japanese Company: A
Study in Comparative Management , 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Honors participants or permission of instruc-
tor)

This course will compare the Japanese company with
the American company Study includes the historical
and political-social-economic contexts in which the
Japanese company operates. A research project
requiring library and field research is required. The
course probes the management practices of U.S.-
based companies owned and operated by Japanese
corporations, the results of American firms that have
tried to adopt a Japanese model for U.S. operations
and the reality and myth of "Japan, Inc."

MGT 1813 Honors: Regulation and Its Reform-
An Evaluation of Government Regulation of
Business Honors Course 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Honors participants or permission of instruc-
tor)

Why are airline fares behaving so erratically? What are
the potential effects on telephone prices and services
since the ATT breakup? What is the "bubble policy"
and how will it help the environment? These are just a
few of the questions that will be addressed in this
course through current readings and informal class
discussions. What should a student take away from
this course? Rrst, he or she should have an increased
understanding of regulatory theory and structure, but
more importantly he or she should begin to compre-
hend how strong governmental influences have af-
fected the present business environment and how the
government business relationship may change in
the future.

MGT 1814 Honors: Corporate Strategy 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Honors participants or permission of instruc-
tor)

This course will deal with establishing corporate strat-
egies and policies at the top level. Each of several
small teams of students will be expected to study a

corporation, its competitors, and its industry; describe
its strategic behavior; and suggest ways in which its
strategy could be improved. Drawing on his experi-
ence as a CEO, corporate director, and consultant,
the instructor will discuss key strategic issues with the
class and assist them in analyzing and meeting offi-
cials of the firms they choose to study. One term paper
and no examinations.

Also see course ENG 1381, Writing for the Profes-
sions: Business Administration.

MGT 1815 Honors: Managerial Implications of and
Research Opportunities in Business and Society

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Honor participants or permission of instruc-
tor)

This seminar will explore the managerial implications
of the shifting relationships between business, gov-
ernment, and society. As students become familiar
with these relationships through readings and infor-
mation supplied by guest speakers, they will be
required to develop their own group research project.
These projects will allow the students to examine the
relationships on a first-hand basis in a field setting.
Grading will be based on the research proposal, an
interim report, and the completed project.

MGT 1816 Honors: Designing and Managing
Effective Organization 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Honor participants or permission of instruc-
tor)

This course is designed to give students hands-on
experience in designing and managing an organi-
zation. The course will focus on the relationships
among the structure, tasks, and people in an orga-
nization by having the students design and operate an
organization. Students will also have an opportunity to
compare the organization they have created with other
business organizations.

MGT 1819 Honors: Seminar in Research 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MSC1 201)

This seminar focuses on the definition of research in
the context of the business environment, research
methodologies, and the student's attempt at research
through a term project. f\/lethodological issues include
the formulation of concepts, hypotheses, and theories;
the design of research projects; data collection; data
analysis; and report writing. The term project involves
investigation of a subject of interest to the student. The
projects are intended to serve as prototypes of honors
thesis.

MGT 1 820 Independent Study (Honors) 4 Q.H.

Directed study toward fulfillment of Honors Program
requirements. Open only to students who have been
accepted into the Honors Program. Procedures for
arranging the Honors Independent Study are the
same as those for MGT 1 594.

MGT 1821 Honors: The Computer Software
Industry-Strategy and Management 4 Q.H.

This course is designed to introduce participants to
the evolving structure and strategy of the computer

Marketing/ 193

software industry. Within the broad industry, the fast-
est-growing segments are custom systems and pack-
aged software. The course will begin by explaining
how environmental factors have led to the importance
of packaged software, and go on to provide cases and
readings that help the student to understand and
analyze management policies and problems in this
industry.

MGT 1 891 Honors Thesis in Progress 0 Q.H,

MGT 1 892 Honors Thesis 8 Q.H.

MGT 1 893 Honors Thesis in Progress 0 Q.H.

MGT 1 894 Honors Thesis 1 2 Q.H.

Marketing

4Q.H.

MKT1331 Marketing Management

(Prereq. MKT1435)

This course is designed to provide training in mar-
keting decision making. Case studies simulating actual
business settings are used to help students develop
analytical abilities and sharpen their communications
skills. Topics covered range from techniques used to
analyze a market to the development of a total market-
ing strategy (product policy pricing policy promotion
policy and distribution policy).

MKT 1 341 Marketing Research 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MKT 1331)

This course focuses on the survey research process
and the analysis of data using "canned" computer
programming routines. Among the topics covered
are: 1) problem definition, 2) research design, 3)
sampling techniques, 4) questionnaire development,
5) data collection methods, and 6) data analysis.
Students are expected to work on group projects
with participating firms. No previous computer exper-
ience required.

MKT 1 351 Competitive Strategy 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MKT 1331)

A capstone marketing course, required of all students
with a marketing concentration. The focus is on the
formulation of marketing strategy at a policy level and
its implementation in a dynamic environment.

MKT 1 435 introduction to Marketing 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

This course consists of lectures, readings and small-
group discussions on the role of marketing in con-
temporary society, in the business enterprises, and in
the nonprofit organization. Consideration is given to
the planning, operation, and evaluation of marketing
and promotional efforts necessary to the effective
marketing of consumer and industrial products and
services in both profit and nonprofit organizations.

MKT 1 501 Introduction to Retailing 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

This course explores the range of retail firms that
comprise the retailing industry, from large mass mer-
chandisers to small specialty outlets. The functions,
practices, and organizations of various store types are
examined. Current issues, career opportunities, the
environment of retailing and retailing's role in the
economy are among topics considered.

MKT 1503 Retail Merchandising and Control

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MKT 1 435 or permission of instructor)
This course examines the concepts and techniques
of store operations and merchandise management.
Topics such as calculating and planning markups
and markdowns, pricing, inventory control, stock turn,
open-to-buy profitability analysis, and expense con-
trol are considered.

MKT 1 507 Retail Strategies and Problems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MKT 1435; junior or senior standing or per-
mission of instructor)

This course considers strategic and policy decisions
of major retail enterprises engaged in food, apparel,
and general merchandise distribution. The evolution
of retail institutions is analyzed along with the char-
acteristics of and prospects for new store types.

MKT 1512 Marketing for Nonprofit Organizations

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

This course examines the unique characteristics of
marketing in public and nonprofit enterprises. It aims
to expand the scope of marketing management con-
cepts beyond the traditional setting of business. Par-
ticular attention is paid to the basic decision-making
differences between public and private firms. The
course involves case analysis, assigned readings,
and a group project.

MKT 1 51 5 Marketing in the Service Sector 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MKT 1435)

The course provides a basic treatment of methods
and techniques for marketing in the service sector,
which includes sports, recreation, public service,
banking, insurance, and hotels. In addition to the
principles covered, a number of descriptive studies
will be analyzed covering the application of such
marketing principles in key service areas.

MKT 1 523 Advertising Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MKT 1331)

This course focuses on the management of the
advertising function in relation to a firm's overall mar-
keting objectives. The course approaches the subject
from the perspective of the user of advertising (e.g.,
product manager, marketing manager). Case studies
and text material are used to help the student develop
decision-making skills.

194 / Management Science

MKT 1 531 Sales Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MKT1331)

This course is designed to help the student develop
decision-making skills necessary for both building
and maintaining an effective sales organization. Cases
and readings are used to examine the strategic and
operating problems of the sales manager Major topic
areas include the selling function, sales management
at the field level, and the sales executive.

MKT 1 536 Brand Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MKT 1331)

This course focuses upon the management and
development of brand strategies as well as the man-
agement of the product mix in the multi-product firm.
Topics include evaluating and planning new consumer
product introductions, identifying and screening new
product opportunities, evaluating market performance,
segmenting the product/market, and managing the
product line.

MKT 1 540 Marketing Channels 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MKT 1435 or permission of instructor and
junior or senior standing)

This course studies marketing structures and insti-
tutions: their evolution, functions, interrelations, and
the management of their role in the marketing process.

MKT 1 542 industrial Marketing 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MKT 1331)

This course examines the marketing of products where
business firms are the potential customers. Upper-
class elective, open to juniors and seniors.

MKT 1 545 New Product Development 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MGT 1450)

For most firms, coping with the problems of envi-
ronmental change through modification of the prod-
uct line is both vital and difficult. This seminar is
concerned primarily with the examination and anal-
ysis of the problems firms face in directing and
managing their new product development activities.

MKT 1 553 Foundations of Consumer Behavior

4Q.H.

(Prereq. MKT 1331)

This course is concerned with helping students
develop an understanding of consumer attitudes and
behavior processes as the basis of the design of
marketing problems. Consideration is given to eco-
nomic and behavioral models of consumer behavior
and to underlying behavioral theories and concepts.

MKT 1560 Marketing Information and Decision

4Q.H.

(Prereq. MKT 1331 or junior or senior standing or
permission of instructor)

This course considers state-of-the-art marketing
information systems and computer-based business
aids. Their applicability to various marketing man-
agement situations is explored. "Hands-on" experi-
ence is provided through the use of actual business
case studies.

MKT 1 573 Workshop in Negotiations 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Junior or senior standing)
The objective of this course is to aid students in
improving their understanding of the negotiations
process and their ability to plan and conduct negotia-
tions effectively Class activities involve readings,
lectures, and discussions, as well as numerous case
discussions and live and videotaped role-play negoti-
ation exercises.

MKT 1580 Quantitative Methods in Marketing

4Q.H.

(Prereq. MSC 1201)

This course focuses on statistical methods and tech-
niques commonly used in the analysis and interpre-
tation of survey and experimental data. "Canned"
computer programs will be used extensively to illus-
trate the applicability of the methods discussed. No
previous computer experience required.

MKT 1 760 International Marketing 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MKT 1435)

This course is designed to help familiarize the student
with those aspects of marketing that are unique to
international business within the framework of tra-
ditional functional areas of marketing. The focus is on
the environment and the modifications of marketing
concepts and practices necessitated by environmental
differences. Topics include cultural dynamics in inter-
national markets, political and legal environmental
constraints, educational and economic constraints,
international marketing research, international mar-
keting institutions, and marketing practices abroad.

MKT 1805 Honors: Marketing and Public Policy

4Q.H.

This course consists of an examination of major public
policy issues of concern to marketers. These issues
include advertising substantiation, unfair and decep-
tive advertising, product defects, advertising to child-
ren, advertising of alcoholic beverages and tobacco
products, and pricing practices. The course will draw
heavily on the past and present activities of the Federal
Trade Commission and will use staff reports, judges'
reports, commission decisions, as well as the evidence
provided by companies in response to FTC actions.

Management Science

MSC 1199 Introduction: Quantitative Methods in
Business 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1114)

A model is a simplified representation or abstraction

of reality. The focus of this course is on the repre-

sentation of systems or managerial problems in the
form of mathematical models and their application to
problem solving in business. Criteria for selecting an
appropriate model description are discussed and
specific techniques for development examined, in-

Management Science / 1 95

eluding linear programming, differential calculus, and
the use of descriptive statistics.

MSC 1 200 Business Statistics I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MSC1199)

Statistics is a methodology concerned with data col-
lection, analysis, and interpretation. Information gen-
erated by statistical methods is used for analyzing
decisions in the face of uncertainty. This course intro-
duces fundamental concepts and methodology of
probability, probability distribution, Bayesian revisions,
estimation, and hypothesis testing.

MSC 1 201 Business Statistics II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MSC 1 200)

Continuation of MSC 1 200. Topics include chi-square
tests, simple and multiple regression-correlation
analysis, and elementary concepts of decision theory

MSC 1226 Introduction to Data Processing 4 Q.H.

This course is designed to introduce the business
student to those aspects of modern data processing
techniques vital to his/her future job performance.
During the first part of the course the student will have
the opportunity to learn to program in the BASIC
language on the University's VAX 1 1 /780 time-sharing
system. The second part of the course deals with the
history of data processing, computer hardware and
software, and an overview of the creation and opera-
tion of management information systems.

MSC 1433 Quantitative Models in Business 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MSC 1201)

A model is a simplified representation or abstraction
of reality. The focus of this course is on the con-
struction of appropriate mathematical models for man-
agerial decision-making problems. Criteria for select-
ing various stochastic and deterministic models are
discussed. Specific topics included are decision trees,
decision analysis, linear programming, and simulation.

MSC 1441 Operations Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MSC 1201)

Operations Management is concerned with the pro-
ductive system of an enterprise whereby inputs of
technology materials, personnel, and information are
transformed into useful goods and/or services. The
principal objective of this course is to introduce the
student to the types of problems and issues encoun-
tered by the operations manager Various models and
techniques will be discussed, but the emphasis is on
problem formulation and managerial implications.

MSC 1501 Purchasing and Materials
Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MSC 1441)

Concerned with decisions related to the flow of
materials from supplier to point of use. Special
emphasis on problems related to purchasing, includ-
ing negotiation, value analysis, supplier selection, etc.
While greater emphasis is placed on materials man-
agement in manufacturing organizations, nonprofit
and nonmanufacturing concerns are also included.
Instructor applies latest research in field gleaned from
projects sponsored by the National Association of

Purchasing Management and the American Production
and Inventory Control Society.

MSC 1511 Operations Planning and Control

4Q.H.

(Prereq. MSC 1441)

This course focuses on the planning and control
necessary for an enterprise to respond to customer
demand. Specific topics include the design of the
planning and control system, inventory planning and
control, forecasting for operations planning, and
operations scheduling.

MSC 1523 Production Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MSC 1441)

A continuation of MSC 1 441 .

MSC 1553 Decision Analysis 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MSC 1201)

This course focuses on the analysis of decision mak-
ing with particular emphasis on realistic problems
under uncertainty. The course aims to help improve
the student's ability to make better decisions through
a careful consideration of alternative courses of action
and their consequences, relevant objectives, and the
element of risk. Topics include the basic components
of decision problems, the concepts of risk and utility,
decision trees, and value of information and multi-
criteria decision making.

MSC 1 562 End User Computing 4 Q.H.

An overview of the large and rapidly growing collec-
tion of software geared towards the needs of the
nontechnical end user Topical coverage will include
discussion of various software packages (such as
spread sheets, data bases, and graphics) for use on
both mainframe and personal computers.

MSC 1 564 High-Technology Operations
Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MSC 1441)

High-technology industries are usually characterized
by greater degrees of innovation and faster rates of
obsolescence of products and capital equipment than
other industries. In addition, they are supported by
manufacturing operations that are at the early phases
of the learning curve. This course deals with the
importance of these factors, and the application of the
tools and techniques of operations management to
firms operating in a high-technology environment. It is
recommended for students interested in careers in
high-technology manufacturing industries and also
for those who analyze the manufacturing potential of
high-technology firms, such as analysts for venture
capitalists, and consultants.

MSC 1571 Management Information Systems

4Q.H.

(Prereq. MSC 1427 and junior standing)
This course will examine the design, implementation
and operation of management information systems
(MIS), and those characteristics of MIS that have the
greatest impact on the effectiveness and efficiency of
business organizations. Emphasis will be placed on
computer-based systems that support managerial

1 96 / Transportation

decision making, planning, and control. The course
will include a computer project using a data base
management system.

MSC 1821 Honors: Business Data Analysis 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Honors participant or permission of instruc-
tor)

One activity that every organization has to face is
making decisions. Data analysis is a valuable input to
such decision making. This course v^^ill examine
various situations in decision making when data
analysis can be helpful. This will involve both short-
term and long-term forecasting problems. It will also
examine the issue of causal modeling through a
regression type of model.

MSC 1822 Honors: Decision Analysis with
Multiple Objectives 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Honors participant or permission of instruc-
tor)

This course examines normatively oriented ap-
proaches to decision making with multiple conflicting
objectives. Topics include the identification of deci-
sion criteria, courses of action and their conse-
quences, assessment of risk and uncertainty, mul-
tiattribute preference models and utility assessment
through tradeoff analysis, nondominated decision
alternatives, "satisficing," and other approaches. Dis-
cussions will include assigned case problems and a
term project to be completed by each student.

MSC 1823 Honors: Managerial Applications of
Artificial intelligence 4 Q.H.

Artificial intelligence is currently being brought into
the commercial limelight after twenty-five years of
basic research and application to proWems in the
fields of medicine, engineering, and the basic sci-
ences. This course focuses upon existing and ex-
pected managerial applications in a variety of in-
dustries. It will include readings from relevant litera-
ture, guest lecturer presentations, and site visits. In
addition, student teams will attempt to develop proto-
typical expert systems for specific managerial decision
making problems in actual field settings.

MSC 1824 Honors: Micro-Computer Models for
Operations Management 4 Q.H.

The course will focus on the application of and
experimentation with operations management models
developed for use on microcomputers. The topics
include: forecasting, inventory management, materials
requirements planning, project scheduling, resource
allocation in a capacity constrained operating system,
and, if time permits, one or two additional OM models.
The course will include an introduction to each model
followed by practical application using a case study
Each case is structured so as to require use of the
microcomputer to evaluate alternative solutions. It is
possible that, instead of case studies, student teams
apply two or more of the models to specific, existing
problems In industry.

Transportation

TRN 1333 Principles of Transportation 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ECN 1 105 and middler standing)
Topics include the political, social, and economic
functions of transportation; development and struc-
ture of the domestic transportation system; the nature
of government regulation and promotion of the several
modes.

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. TRN 1333)

This course provides an overview of the regulatory
process and its impact on the domestic transpor-
tation system; critical examination of topical policy
issues that confront carriers, shippers, and the agen-
cies of regulation.

TRN 1344 Physical Distribution Management

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Junior standing)

This course is concerned with movement, distribu-
tion, and control of raw material and finished goods
flows. Examination of the importance of inventory
control, scheduling, warehousing, and transportation
in the design and operation of distribution systems.

TRN 1353 Seminar in Transportation and
Distribution 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. TRN 1353 and TRN 1337)

This is a discussion- and research-oriented course

that focuses on a limited number of advanced trans-
portation and distribution topics. Included is inter-
action with business and government through indi-
vidual research on the topic chosen for presentation
by the student.
Also see course MGT 1594 for Independent Study

TRN 1514 Carrier Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. TRN 1333)

This course examines the transportation system from
the carrier's viewpoint; managerial response to a
heavily regulated and rapidly expanding environment;
focus on carrier decision making involving routes,
scheduling, financing, and pricing of services.

TRN 1 528 Urban Transportation 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on the movement of people and
freight in and around metropolitan areas. Study
includes a management approach to the planning,
implementation, and operation of mass transit systems.
Interrelations of transit with other urban programs, the
atito mode, and the government/public sector will be
discussed.

TRN 1 545 Air Transportation 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. TRN 1333)

The course offers a managerial perspective on eco-
nomics and regulation of aviation.The course probes
aspects of commercial aviation, passenger and cargo,
transportation, and key areas of general aviation.

Counseling Psychology, Rehabilitation, and Special Education / 197

TRN 1 721 Transportation Labor 4 Q.H.

(Prereq.TRN 1333)

This course focuses on the significance of the labor
component in the transportation industries. Attention
is devoted to trends in empioyee compensation, pro-
ductivity, and bargaining patterns. Also examined
are the role of government in this area and the impact
of transportation labor on shippers, carriers, and
consumers.

TRN 1 760 International Transportation and
Distribution Management 4 Q.H.

This course examines the present and future status of
United States and world ocean and air transportation
in international trade and development. The economic,
regulatory, financial, and operating characteristics of
these forms of carriage are examined w/ith primary
emphasis given to their impact on international trade
patterns. Other topics include government promotion,
subsidy and technological innovation.

Counseling Psychology, Rehabilitation, and Special Education

CRS 1030 Introduction to Emotional Disturbances
in Children 4 Q.H.

Review of emotional processes that interfere with
learning behavior and a study of approaches used to
deal with behavioral disorders. Emphasis is on class-
room management techniques, use of consultation,
and parent-teacher interaction.

CRS 1200 Introduction to Special Education

4Q.H.

A survey of the characteristics and the social, emo-
tional, and educational adjustment of special-needs
individuals. The effects of society's attitudes, the
individual's own attitude toward the handicap, and the
effect of the handicap itself are evaluated. Current
legislation will be reviewed.

CRS 1300 Introduction to Learning Disabilities

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CRS 1 200)

This course surveys behavioral characteristics of
children who present specific deficits in perceptual,
integrative, or expressive processes that impair learn-
ing efficiency Students are expected to work to
develop competencies in diagnosing curriculum mate-
rials and teaching methods.

CRS 1301 Diagnostics in Special Education

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CRS 1200 and CRS 1300)
Students should work to develop competence in 1)
observing, recording, and analyzing children's be-
havior and learning environments, including contin-
uous measurement and informal assessment of gen-
eral, specific, and behavioral learning needs; and 2)
techniques of formal assessment of general, specific,
and behavioral learning needs.

CRS 1302 Methods and Materials of Teaching in
Special Education 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CRS 1200, CRS 1300, CRS 1301, or senior
status)

Course instruction will focus on the following areas: 1 )
development and implementation of individualized
educational plans, including task analysis, adaptation
and selection of materials, strategies in applied class-
room management techniques; and 2) adaptation and
selection of materials and strategies in language arts,
mathematics, and perceptual-motor skills.

CRS 1304 Socio-Psycho Dynamics of Family Life

4Q.H.

An introduction to and survey of the internal and
external dynamics of family life. The significance of
such dynamics to the mental health of the special-
needs child will be examined. The approaches to
working with parents and the school-home relation-
ships, as well as the effects of disability on the family
are explored.

CRS 1305 Psychology of the Mentally Retarded

4 Q.H.

Analysis of the etiology, nature, and needs of the
retarded individual, emphasizing cognitive and psy-
chosocial development. Implications of these char-
acteristics for life-span management are explored in
conjunction with parental and community attitudes
and involvement.

CRS 1306 introduction to Rehabilitation 4 Q.H.

Overview of and orientation to the field of rehabili-
tation, including its historical development, psycho-
logical implications, and sociological dimensions.
Special attention is paid to rehabilitation of specific
disability groups such as the physically disabled,
emotionally disturbed, mentally retarded, alcoholic,
drug dependent, and public offender

CRS 1310 Intervention Strategies for the Human
Services 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 1 302; ED 1 1 02 and ED 1 1 03 or PSY 1 1 1 1
and PSY 1 1 1 2; SPC 1 338 or SPC 1 330; ED 1 301 or
ED 1317; PSY 1272; PSY 1373)
Introduction to the wide range of skills used in work-
ing with clients in the various helping professions,
e.g., counseling (individual and group), advocacy
rehabilitation, community organizing, income main-
tenance, etc. Taught primarily through role playing,
simulations, and interviews with practicing profes-
sionals; also readings, but no fieldwork requirement.
Intended as preparation for more specialized courses.
Required for Human Services majors but open to
other students with appropriate backgrounds.

CRS 1314 Introduction to Group Counseling

4Q.H.

This course provides a foundational exposure to the
theory and skills of group counseling as it is practiced
in various human service settings. Topics cover devel-

198 / Department of Education

opmental stages of counseling groups: approaches
to leadership style, and strategies for starting, main-
taining, and terminating the counseling group. The
course includes an opportunity for students to practice
rudimentary skills of leadership of counseling groups
and to become involved in focused group process
activities.

CRS 1311 Case Management: Diagnosis and
Treatment 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 1 00 or ED 1 1 00; ED 1 1 02-ED 1 1 03 or
PSY 1 1 1 1 -PSY 1112; SOC 1 240; ED 1 302)
The course offers an introduction to the basic theory
and skills of managing client's treatment programs in
a variety of institutional settings. Students receive
training to identify the components of a psychosocial
assessment, examine commonly used techniques of
planned service delivery and resource coordination,
and review the diverse entitlements that are available
to clients of diverse needs and backgrounds. Much of
the instruction will occur in a seminar-like format.

CRS 1312 Introduction to Family Systems
Counseling 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CRS 1313)

This course provides an introduction to the concepts
and skills of family systems therapy a counseling
orientation in which the family is the chosen social
unit of assessment and intervention for the client's
problem. The course covers major approaches within

communications and structural frameworks, empha-
sizing implications for normal family development
and interventions in dysfunctional systems, and
addresses theory and strategies for working with
marital and parenting subsystems. Course offers stu-
dents a beginning opportunity to experience the
manner in which their family affects their functioning
in various social systems with which they have pro-
fessional contact.

CRS 1313 Introduction to Counseling 4 Q.H.

This course presents an exposure to major theoretical
approaches to counseling. Students will receive
training and practice in listening skills and are
expected to develop facilitative responses. Classroom
work will combine didactic presentations and exper-
iential activities to assist students in understanding
and implementing a variety of counseling approaches.

CRS 1 800 Directed Study 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
This experience is provided for the student whose
unique academic needs or interests cannot be ad-
equately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of
the Department. Preparation: Approval of the super-
vising faculty member and of the Dean's Office of the
Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Pro-
fessions. Approval forms must be submitted to the
Dean's Office during the quarter prior to registration
for the Directed Study

Department of Education

ED 1 003 Reading/Study Skills I 4 Q.H.

Designed to provide instruction to students who dem-
onstrate a need to be more efficient in comprehending
and studying college textbooks and collateral reading
assignments. This course will concentrate on tech-
niques involved in understanding informative materi-
als and introduce students to the evaluation of
persuasive prose. In addition, suggestions will be
presented on such topics as how to listen to and take
summary notes on course lectures and how to set
study goals and priorities consistent with course
objectives.

ED 1 004 Reading/Study Skills II 4 Q.H.

This course is an extension of Reading/Study Skills I
and will expand upon the analysis and interpretation
of persuasive texts. Other topics emphasized include
reading imaginative prose for meaning and pleasure,
preparing for and taking examinations, and learning
to adjust reading speed and method to various
materials encountered in concurrent courses.

ED 1005 Practicum in Reading and Study Skills

4 Q.H.

This course is designed to give students in the
academic program. Project Ujima, comprehensive tools
to help them to master the "how to" of reading text-
books, notetaking, outlining, introductory research

skills, time management, studying skills, and other
techniques necessary for success in college. The skill
areas covered can be applied to other courses that
students may be taking.

ED 1 1 00 Education and Social Science 4 Q.H.

An interdisciplinary coursethatdrawsonanthropology,
psychology and sociology and exposes students to
some of the concepts, methods, and terminology of
these fields. Main themes are the evolution of human
nature, the influence of previous experience and
learning on the behavior of individuals and groups,
difficulties in achieving a full degree of humanity in a
technological society, and the potentially powerful
roles that "professional socializers" (teachers, clini-
cians, group leaders, etc.) can play in the lives of
students and clients.

ED 1 101 Education for the Future: A Creative and
Humanistic Approach 4 Q.H.

Students in this course will be given the opportunity to
gain a perspective on the array of conflicting learning
experiences that bombard their lives; to identify the
factors that influence what people learn and from
whom; to evaluate the potential effects of these
learnings. As a consequence, the students will be
encouraged to develop frames of reference through
which to examine their own roles in the education

Department of Education / 1 99

process. A creative and humanistic approach to
teaching is the basis for all the^ work in this course.

ED 1102 Human Development and Learning I

4Q.H.

Developmental processes from prenatal life up to
adolescence. Theories of learning and personality
with research and case material covering major
aspects of psychological development.

ED 1103 Human Development and Learning II

4Q.H.

Basic overview of the continuity of human develop-
ment in contemporary society, from the pre-adolescent
period through adolescence, adulthood, middle age,
and old age. Significant areas of growth, development,
and adjustment for each period are considered, includ-
ing social, sexual, personality, motivational, and cog-
nitive aspects. ED 1102 is not prerequisite for this
course.

ED 1104 Analysis of the Instructional Process

4Q.H.

(Requires a minimum of fifteen hours of related
prepracticum school experience in a school approved
by the course instructor)

Students examine conflicting theories about the nature
of teaching and learning. The effects of traditional and
innovative educational systems upon learners are
evaluated. Educational tools for describing, analyzing
and evaluating aspects of learning and teaching are
identified and their use by students is refined during
sequential field observations and class meetings.

ED 1105 Day Care and Nursery Schools: Social
and Cultural Origins 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 1 100 or equiv)

An exploration of the origins of the increased con-
temporary use of out-of-the-family child care arrange-
ments in the United States and in selected European
and Third World nations. Course topics include the
interrelation of industrialization, technology and family
functioning; contrasting varieties of child care centers
in operation today; and effects of the proliferation of
child care centers on other aspects of society, such
as neighborhood life, business, parents' lifestyles,
elementary school curricula, government spending,
and the job market in education and human services.
Three to four hours per week of fieldwork in a child
care setting are required of each student.

ED 1 1 06 Creative Expression in Children 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 1102)

Designed to assist students who are interested in
working with children in a variety of settings. Dis-
cussion focuses on the potentials of creative expres-
sion in interpersonal communication; the relation of
children's creative experiences to their cognitive,
emotional, and social development; and the oppor-
tunity to acquire the hands on experience and con-
fidence to work with various media available for cre-
ative expression.

ED 1 300 Education and Psychosocial
Development 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 1 100 or equiv.)

Theories and research on the socialization functions
of education. Topics covered include the relative
influence of early vs. post-childhood socialization
and the role of diverse educational experiences and
institutions in personality development.

ED 1301 Educational Applications of Social
Psychology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 11 02 or ED 11 03)
Focus is on theory and research in social psychology
especially relevant to education. Areas covered are
prejudice in the classroom; the school as a setting for
manifestation of authoritarian personality, attitude
organization and change in an educational environ-
ment; the class and the clique as "small groups," the
expression of need for achievement in various school
structures; related topics.

ED 1 302 The Human Services Professions 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 1 100, SOC 1 100, or equiv.)
Explores what a human service agency is, how it
comes into being, how it grows and changes. Atti-
tudes, values, skills, and knowledge of the human
services worker are analyzed, as are reasons why
people in modern society require human services
assistance. Human services are viewed from the eyes
of clients as well as society as a whole. Fieldwork in a
human service agency is a major course component,
as is a good deal of independent study Required for
all human services majors; open to other students on
space-available basis.

ED 1 303 Mental Health in Teaching 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 11 02 or ED 11 03)
Factors involved in the choice of teaching as a career
and psychological and occupational factors that con-
tribute to teacher happiness, dissatisfaction, adjust-
ment, and maladjustment. Examination of these factors
is a background against which to consider: 1) what
teachers can do to foster healthy personalities, 2) how
to deal with psychological forces in the classroom,
and 3) steps to strengthen the emotional development
of the normal child.

ED 1304 Language and Cognition: Educational
Implications 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 11 02 or ED 11 03)
Development of language and thought in the child:
concept learning, problem solving, and language
acquisition. Particular consideration given to the impli-
cations of current research and theory in these areas
for educational practice.

ED 1305 Cross-Cultural Studies of Child Rearing
and Education 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 1102 or ED 1103)
Child rearing and child life in contrasting cultures
around the world. Emphasis is on cognitive, emo-
tional, and behavioral outcomes of concern to Amer-
ican educators, human services workers, and parents.
Consideration is given to alternative patterns of child

200 / Department of Education

rearing possibly useful in modern society. Readings
focus primarily on ethnographic descriptions of par-
ticular cultures and psychological comparisons of
children from contrasting backgrounds.

ED 1306 Measurement and Evaluation 4 Q.H.

Emphasis in this course is on evaluation techniques
for use in the classroom and teaching-learning sit-
uations at all levels. The importance of establishing
behavioral objectives as a basis for evaluation also
will be emphasized. Considerable emphasis will be
placed on improving teacher-made (instructor-made)
tests, especially objective-type tests. Students will be
required to construct an objective test in their disci-
pline for an instructional unit. Other evaluation tech-
niques besides tests will be reviewed. Brief attention
will be given to standardized measurement instru-
ments of ability and achievement as they may be used
in the evaluation of pupil progress.

ED 1307 Introduction to Educational Statistics

4 Q.H.

Emphasizes descriptive statistics useful in the eval-
uation of educational and related professional activ-
ities. Topics ordinarily covered include statistical
notation, variability, probability, sampling techniques,
linear regression, correlation, t-tests, and chi-square
tests of significance. Examples of applications of
these techniques will be drawn, so far as possible,
from the fields for which students in the course are
preparing, and may vary from quarter to quarter

ED 1308 Education and Social Change 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 1 100 or equiv)

A sociological exploration of educational systems
as independent and dependent variables in social
change. Instances of planned educational change in
various countries and their implications for contem-
porary American society.

ED 1309 Organization and Politics of School
Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 11 00 or equiv)

The political sociology of school systems in the United
States. An analysis of the power and authority struc-
tures in contemporary education. , Who decides what
and how? Who controls the system? How are the
various interest groups organized? What are the mech-
anisms for conflict resolution? The relation between
professional and nonprofessional interest groups.

ED 1310 Class and Ethnic Relations in Education

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 1 1 00 or equiv)

The various ways in which the American class system
and patterns of ethnic group relations have affected,
and have been affected by, American education. The
limitations and potential of educational institutions
with respect to the resolution of intergroup conflicts
and the establishment of equal educational oppor-
tunities.

ED 1 31 1 Schools as Social Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 1 100 or equiv)

Analysis of schools as sociocultural subsystems within

the larger society. Functional interrelation between
student and school subcultures, status and role
systems, authority structures in American schools.

ED 1 31 2 Comparative Education 4 Q.H.

A comparison of the national school systems of
selected foreign countries with the school system in
the United States. Course content includes compar-
ative data in the fields of teaching, speech and hear-
ing, special education, and human services.

ED 1313 Current issues in American

Education 4 Q.H.

An analysis of the variety of current issues confront-
ing teachers, speech and hearing clinicians, special
education practitioners, and human services spe-
cialists. Attempts will be made to place these issues in
a historical context.

ED 1 31 4 Philosophy of Education 4 Q.H.

Objective is to help participants examine their own
purposes in relation to those of the school as an
institution. Course reading material will consist pri-
marily of philosophical writings on topics such as the
ethics of educational intervention, the delineation of
educational concepts, the educational messages of
long-range speculations and Utopias, and normative
assumptions underlying educational policies.

ED 1315 Seminar in Human Learning and
Motivation 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 11 02 or ED 11 03)
Survey and analysis of the literature on human learn-
ing and motivation. Emphasis on interaction between
human learning and motivation in the developmental
process and the classroom.

ED 1316 Seminar in Adolescent Psychology

4Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 1103)

In-depth examination of motivational, intellectual,
social, and emotional development of adolescents,
from end of pre-adolescence to beginning of young
adulthood. Special attention is given to current issues
such as drug use, sexual behavior, and vocational
choice. Each student is expected to examine a topic
of choice in some depth.

ED 1317 Seminar in Group Process 4 Q.H.

A study of the structure, dynamics, and function of
face-to-face groups to learn about goal achievement
and task orientation. The course operates mainly by
committee or group instrumentation. The serious stu-
dent should work to gain an understanding of the
function of informal relationships within formal organ-
izations, the various roles within groups, peer rela-
tionships, superior-subordinate relationships, author-
ity and intimacy, and the inclusion and exclusion
processes.

ED 1318 Seminar in Early Childhood Development

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 1102)

The theory and research regarding the cognitive,
personality, and social development of children from
birth to six years, with respect to the implications for

Department of Education / 201

early childhood education. Various existing programs
examined and new directions explored.

ED 1400 Fundamentals of Reading I 4 Q.H.

This is the introductory course in developmental
reading for prospective Early Childhood and Ele-
mentary teachers. Emphasis is on beginning reading
as it relates to the clinical environment. Areas of skill
development, such as word recognition and meaning
comprehension, are studied in detail, as are some
methods and techniques of testing and grouping.
Also included are an introduction to some reading
books and materials, methods of teaching, and the
psychology of learning to read.

ED 1401 Introduction to Reading 4 Q.H.

This introductory course for noneducation majors
examines reading as a psycholinguistic process. Pre-
cursor skills and abilities, word recognition, and com-
prehension are considered in light of the perceptual
and language functions which inform them. Relevant
research and theoretical models are presented. Atten-
tion is given to diagnosis and instruction of deficited
populations. Reading instruction as carried out in
most elementary schools today is examined from the
perspective of current knowledge about children's
linguistic and cognitive development. Methodology is
considered where appropriate.

ED 1402 Fundamentals of Reading II 6 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED1400)

A continuation and extension of Fundamentals of
Reading I. Study skills; speed and fluency develop-
ment areas. The tutorial work is extended and the
student is given further opportunity to achieve fa-
miliarity with books, materials, and methods.

ED 1403 Remedial Reading 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 1402)

For prospective teachers, this course may assist in
familiarizing the student with some of the most com-
monly known reading problems in the typical class-
room as well as in the Reading Clinic; analysis and
evaluation of the typical diagnoses of such problems
and corrective programs. Tutorial work with a retarded
reader, with each student keeping a log or journal of
work with a particular reading problem.

ED 1404 Linguistics and Reading 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 1402)

The course explores the nature of language and
relevant English language systems to help students
acquire a linguistic perspective on the reading proc-
ess and reading instruction. Pedagogical implications
are examined in light of current knowledge about
children's language acquisition and use. Early struc-
tural linguistic proposals for teaching reading are
evaluated, considering recent psycholinguistic models
of the reading process. Issues concerning the lan-
guage-different child are discussed.

ED 1405 Literature and Learning Materials for
Children and Young Adults 4 Q.H.

This course offers a comprehensive survey of the field
of children's literature and literature for young adults.

Although it is designed specifically for prospective
teachers (and, in fact, is required of all Early Child-
hood and Elementary Education majors), it may also
be taken as an elective by all students. Students will
survey and evaluate examples of contemporary chil-
dren's literature and other learning materials used in
preschool, elementary secondary and remedial pro-
grams. Covered in this course are such recurring
themes as: racism and sexism in children's books;
controversial books for young children; contempo-
rary illustrators; banned books, etc.

ED 1406 Elementary Education Curriculum I

4Q.H.

(Requires a minimum of twenty hours of related ex-
perience in a school approved by the course instructor)
Various patterns of organizing elementary school cur-
riculum are analyzed on the basis of the general
objectives of the public school system in the United
States. Students are expected to evaluate and to
organize units of work that can accommodate chil-
dren at different developmental levels. The integrated
approach to curriculum organization is emphasized
with language arts, music, and arts as central focus.

ED 1407 Elementary Education Curriculum II

4 Q.H.

Social studies curricula in use in elementary school
are described and evaluated. Criteria are developed
to select appropriate social studies content, skills,
and attitudinal objectives. Students are expected to
use these criteria to develop social studies experi-
ences that meet the developmental needs of learners
and shed light on the lives of individuals and groups
within different cultural settings.

ED 1408 Fundamentals of Math and Science I
(Emphasis/Math) 4 Q.H.

(Requires a minimum of twenty hours of related
experience in a school approved by the course instruc-
tor)

This is the first of two sequential courses in methods
and materials of mathematics and science teaching
for Early Childhood and Elementary Education majors.
This course provides the opportunities for University
students to explore various strategies and materials
of teaching mathematics in a manner that takes in
account the developmental stages of children.

ED 1 409 Fundamentals of Math and Science II
(Emphasis/Science) 4 Q.H.

This is the second of two courses in methods and
materials of mathematics and science teaching for
Early Childhood and Elementary Education majors.
This course offers the student the opportunity to
explore some limited but varied content areas in
science and to consider how these areas can be
taught to children.

ED 1410 Methods and Materials for Teaching
Adolescents and Adults I 4 Q.H.

Consideration of specific methods and materials
appropriate to teaching adolescents and adults to
develop in the students an understanding of the com-

202 / Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies

plexities of the materials and methodology of the
teaching-learning process, to encourage within stu-
dents attitudes conducive to and identified with good
tenets of teaching, to foster in the students acceptance
of the need to grow constantly and to be aware of the
continuing development of the learning-teaching
process.

ED 1411 Methods and Materials for Teaching
Adolescents and Adults II 4 Q.H.

This course is sectioned according to the various
subject areas of teaching techniques of organizing
and presenting lessons, developing teaching mate-
rials, using audiovisual equipment, developing and
implementing evaluation instruments, and selecting
appropriate materials within the field of interest.

ED 1412 Fundamentals of Curriculum
Development 4 Q.H.

An examination of how goals and objectives are
selected and priorities are determined. Methods for
designing educational programs to meet specified
goals and methods of evaluating educational out-
comes in terms of the goals of the program and
techniques for modifying programs in the light of such
performance.

ED 1413 Writing and the Teaching of Writing

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED1104)

A study of the logical and rhetorical bases of exposition
and argumentative writing; relationships of assump-
tions, assertions, and implications; the nature of proof
in the sciences, social sciences, and the humanities;
strategies of argumentation; the effective conse-
quences of word choice and sentence structure.

ED 1414 Current Issues in Teaching the Gifted
and Talented 4 Q.H.

Students will examine issues that affect the type and
quality of education available to the gifted and tal-
ented in the United States. Various approaches and
programs will be described and evaluated, and con-
clusions will be reached about their effectiveness.
Research findings on the needs of this segment of
the population of learners will be examined in order
to provide some criteria for future curriculum de-
velopment.

ED 1415 Teaching Reading to Adolescents and
Adults 4 Q.H.

For secondary education majors in the Boston Bouve
College of Human Development Professions who are
preparing for teaching in the junior or senior high
school. Emphasis is on language and symbolic proc-

ess, word recognition, and meaning comprehension,
and on methods and techniques of testing and
grouping.

ED 1416 Supervised Reld Placement: Early
Childhood 2 Q.H.

A University-arranged institutional placement to allow
students the opportunity to provide educational,
remedial, and/or custodial services to children gen-
erally of ages two through five. Opportunity will be
provided to analyze, develop, demonstrate, and eval-
uate skills and techniques in guiding the activities of
children in nursery schools, day care centers, and/or
kindergartens.

ED 1 41 7 Student Teaching and Seminar 8 Q.H.

(Prereq. Formal acceptance into and completion of
advanced professional sequence with minimum 2.0
q.p.a., both overall and in teaching major)
Full-time participation in a University-arranged and
-supervised school program designed to provide
opportunity for the analysis of learning and teaching
and for the demonstration, evaluation, and develop-
ment of teaching skills.

ED 1 800 Directed Study 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
This experience is provided for the student whose
unique academic needs or interests cannot be ad-
equately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of
the department. Preparation: Approval of the super-
vising faculty member and the Dean's Office of the
Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Pro-
fessions. Approval forms must be submitted to the
Dean's Office during the quarter prior to registration
for the Directed Study

ED 1 801 Directed Study II 4 Q.H.

For students who have completed ED 1800.

INT 1330 Field Experience in Human Services I

4 Q.H.

Human services students are required to fulfill two
fieldwork placements during the last two years of their
program. Each placement consists of 1 50 hours on
site. The type of placement varies according to the
student's interest. Field experiences are supervised
by University staff to maximize the student's learning
opportunity.

INT 1331 Field Experiences in Human

Services 11 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. INT 1330 and junior or senior status, per-
mission only)
Continuation of INT 1330.

Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies

HSL 1 1 00 Beginning Swimming 1 Q.H.

Instruction in basic swimming skills for non-swim-
mers, with emphasis on personal water safety.

1 Q.H.

HSL 1101 Intermediate Swimming

(Prereq. HSL 1 100 or equiv)

Instruction in basic and advanced swimming skills,

with emphasis on form and efficiency

Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies / 203

HSL 1 1 03 Water Polo 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 101 or equiv.)

Instruction in beginning water polo, with emphasis on

personal skill, offensive and defensive team play.

HSL 1 1 04 Advanced Life Saving 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 101 or equiv)

Instruction in Red Cross life-saving skills, techniques,

and theory. Red Cross certification is possible.

HSL 1 1 05 Water Safety Instructor 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1101, HSL 1104)
Instruction in techniques, theory, and teaching meth-
ods in swimming and life-saving courses. Red Cross
certification is possible.

HSL 11 06 Beginning Scuba 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 11 01 or equiv)

Instruction in basic skin-diving and scuba-diving skills,

with emphasis on personal safety

HSL 1 1 07 Small Crafts 1 Q.H.*

Introduction to basic skills in sailing.

HSL 1 109 Beginning Gymnastics I 1 Q.H.

A coeducational approach to knowledge of and basic
skills in floor exercise, vaulting, balance beam, par-
allel bars, uneven bars, high bar, and rings.

HSL 1110 Women's Gymnastics 11 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 1 09)

Focus is on knowledge and skill necessary in per-
forming the beginning compulsory routines on the
balance beam, floor exercise, uneven bars, and
vaulting.

HSL 1111 Women's Gymnastics III 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1110)

Skill and knowledge related to the performance of
optional routines in the four areas of competitive
women's gymnastics.

HSL 1 1 1 3 Men's Gymnastics III 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1122)

Skill and knowledge related to performance in optional
routines on the high bar, side horse, rings, floor
exercise, parallel bars, and vaulting horse.

HSL 1114 Badminton 1 Q.H.

Instruction in basic badminton strokes, concepts,
rules, strategies, and game play

HSL 1115 Intermediate/ Advanced Badminton

1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1114)

Instruction in badminton, including intermediate and
advanced skills, with emphasis on singles and dou-
bles match play and strategy

HSL 1116 Tennis 1 Q.H.

Instruction in basic tennis strokes, concepts, rules,
strategies, and game play

HSL 1117 Intermediate/Advanced Tennis 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 1 1 6 or equiv)
Instruction in tennis, including intermediate and
advanced skills, with emphasis on singles and doubles
match play and strategy

HSL 1118 Beginning Archery 1 Q.H.

Selected skills in target shooting and practical ex-
perience in archery games, novelty events, and con-
duct of tournaments.

HSL 1119 Beginning Bowling 1 Q.H.*

Focus is on development of knowledge and skill nec-
essary for competent performance in bowling at the
beginning level. Practice provided in nearby com-
mercial alleys.

HSL 1 1 20 Beginning Golf 1 Q.H.

Instruction in fundamental golf skills, knowledge of
clubs and their use, and golf etiquette.

HSL 1 1 21 Beginning Self-Defense 1 Q.H.

A survey of the principles and fundamental skills.
Instruction is geared to the beginning and interme-
diate levels.

HSL 1 1 22 Men's Gymnastics il 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1109)

Skill and knowledge related to the performance of

beginning compulsory routines on the high bar, side

horse, rings, floor exercise, parallel bars, and vaulting

horse.

HSL 1 1 23 Beginning Wrestling 1 Q.H.*

Beginning level of instruction in basic wrestling
maneuvers. Stress on fundamental breakdowns,
escapes, takedowns, rides, and pinning combinations.
Rules and scoring procedures discussed and mod-
ified matches conducted.

HSL 1124 Beginning Fencing 1 Q.H.

Instruction in basic foil fencing, including introduction
to competition.

HSL 1125 intermediate/ Advanced Foil Fencing

1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 124 or equiv)

Instruction in intermediate/advanced techniques of
foil fencing, with special emphasis on competition,
judging, and the use of electrical equipment.

HSL 1126 Karate 1 Q.H.

Fundamental techniques of unarmed combat for self-
defense using the punches, kicks, and blocks of Tae
Kwan Do/Karate.

HSL 1127 Karate II 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 1 26)

Continuation of HSL 1126, with progression to more
complex techniques and combinations of punches,
kicks, and blocks related to Tae Kwan Do/Karate.

HSL 1 1 28 Roller Skating 1 Q.H.

Instruction for beginners in recreational roller-skating
skills.

HSL 1 1 29 Beginning Ice Skating 1 Q.H.

Instruction for beginners in recreational ice-skating
skills.

HSL 1 1 30 Rgure Skating 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 129 or permission of instructor)
Instruction in beginning and intermediate figure-skat-
ing skills.

Lab fee required.

204 / Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies

HSL 1131 Yoga 1 Q.H.

Introduction to yoga skills and techniques for men
and women at the beginning level.

HSL 1 1 32 Weight Training 1 Q.H.

Introduction to the principles and use of resistive
exercises: isotonic exercise (weights), isometric
exercise, and the appropriateness of each.

HSL 1133 Physical Conditioning 1 Q.H.

Instruction in assessing one's personal physical fit-
ness level with emphasis placed on establishing a per-
sonal exercise regimen based upon scientific prin-
ciples of training. Special sections will be designated
which use different mediums of exercise, such as
aerobic dance techniques, running, and circuit training.

HSL 1 134 Aerobic Exercise and Dance 1 Q.H.

An introduction to fitness through aerobic exercise
and dancing.

HSL 1135 Yoga II 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. Yoga I or equiv)

Refinement of poses learned in Yoga I (Iyengar style).
Addition of more advanced standing and inverted
poses, balances, and back bends.

HSL 1 1 36 Beginning Handball 1 Q.H.

Knowledge and skills appropriate to handball at the
beginning level.

HSL 1137 Beginning Cross-Country Skiing 1 Q.H.

Instruction in the fundamental techniques of cross-
country skiing.

HSL 1138 Beginning Skiing 1 Q.H.

The course offers instruction in fundamental tech-
niques of downhill skiing.

HSL 1 1 39 Intermediate Skiing 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1138)

The course provides instruction in downhill skiing,
including intermediate and advanced techniques with
emphasis on skill development.

HSL 1140 Basketball 1 Q.H.

Knowledge and skills appropriate for performance in
basketball at the beginning level.

HSL 1141 Intermediate/Advanced Basketball

1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 11 40)

Knowledge and skills appropriate for performance in

basketball at the intermediate to advanced levels.

HSL 1142 Volleyball 1 Q.H.

Knowledge and skills appropriate for playing volley-
ball at the beginning level.

HSL 1 1 44 Field Hockey 1 Q.H.

Knowledge and skills appropriate for playing field
hockey at the beginning level.

HSL 1145 Football 1 Q.H.

Fundamental skills and knowledge appropriate for
beginning level performances in football.

HSL 1146 Softball ^ 1 Q.H.

Knowledge and skill appropriate for performing in
Softball at the beginning level.

HSL 1147 Baseball 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 146 or permission of instructor)
Knowledge and skill appropriate for baseball at the
intermediate and advanced levels.

HSL 11 48 Women's Lacrosse 1 Q.H.

Knowledge and skill appropriate for performance in
lacrosse at the beginning level.

HSL 1 149 Men's Lacrosse 1 Q.H.

Knowledge and skill appropriate for performance in
lacrosse at the beginning level.

HSL 11 50 Soccer 1 Q.H.

Knowledge and skill appropriate for performance in
soccer at the beginning level.

HSL 1151 Movement Education 1 Q.H.

Concepts and techniques in movement education
and exploration for elementary school educators.

HSL 1 1 52 Folk and Square Dance 1 Q.H.

Introduction to folk and square dance.

HSL 1 1 53 Modern Dance I 1 Q.H.

Introduction to modern dance technique and style.

HSL 1 1 54 Modern Dance II 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 1 53 or equiv)

A continuation of HSL 1 1 53 with progression to more

complex modern dance techniques and combinations.

HSL 1 1 55 Modern Dance III 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 1 54 or equiv)

A continuation of HSL 1 1 54 with progression into the

expressive and choreographic use of modern dance

techniques.

HSL 1156 Ballet I 1 Q.H.

Introduction to ballet fundamentals with emphasis on
alignment.

HSL 1157 Ballet II 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 1 56 or equiv)
A continuation of HSL 1156 with emphasis on de-
veloping lyrical style.

HSL 1158 Ballet III 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1165)

A continuation of HSL 1 1 57 with emphasis on expand-
ing the repertory of classical ballet movements.

HSL 11 59 Jazz Dance I 1 Q.H.

Introduction to the fundamentals of jazz dance with
emphasis on alignment.

HSL 1 1 60 Jazz Dance II 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 159 or equiv)
A continuation of HSL 1159 with emphasis on de-
veloping jazz dance style.

HSL 1 1 61 Jazz Dance III 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 160 or equiv)

A continuation of HSL 1160 with progression into
more complex dance techniques and longer com-
binations.

HSL 1 1 62 Rhythmic Analysis 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. Dance concentration or permission of in-
structor)

Analysis of rhythm a5 it applies to movement skills and
dance.

Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies / 205

HSL 1163 Ballroom Dance 1 Q.H.

An introduction to traditional and contemporary part-
ner dancing.

HSL 1165 Dance Improvisation 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 1 53, HSL 1 1 56, or HSL 1 1 59)
Practice in the use of dance as a medium for artistic
expression. Emphasis on the development of skill in
the use of improvisational techniques.

HSL 1167 Beginning Racquetball 1 Q.H.

Knowledge and skills appropriate for performance in
racquetball at the beginning level.

HSL 1 1 70 Adapted Physical Education I 1 Q.H.

Physical activity skills modified to meet the special
needs of students with conditions which prohibit
participation in regularly scheduled activity classes.
Content will be arranged by a faculty member assigned
by the department chairperson of Health, Sport, and
Leisure Studies.

HSL 1171 Beginning Boxing 1 Q.H.

Instrtiction in boxing at the beginning level; emphasis
on offensive and defensive techniques, scoring,
training, and officiating.

HSL 1172 Games and Activities for Children

2 Q.H.

Introduction to simple ball games, running and tag
games, self-testing activities, movement exploration,
and rhythms appropriate for children. Course content
appropriate for future parents, teachers, and youth
leaders.

HSL 1 1 73 Beginning Track and Reld 1 Q.H.

Instruction in the fundamental skills in the various
track and field events.

HSL 1174 Intermediate/ Advanced Track and Reld

1 Q.H.

(Prereq. 62.1 6L or equiv)

Instruction in intermediate/advanced techniques in
track and field events. Emphasis is placed on im-
provement of individual skills; techniques of offici-
ating are discussed.

HSL 1202 Recreational Sports Leadership 2 Q.H.

The exploration of teaching techniques involved in
team, dual, and individual sports. Methods, such as
the part-whole and whole-part, are presented and
investigated to establish relevance to each of the
sports areas under study Students are given the
opportunity to develop skills in planning units and
individual lessons. In addition, students are expected
to apply practical experience by teaching one lesson
in each of the sports areas studied.

HSL 1 205 Introduction to Winter Skills 1 Q.H.

Course investigates several winter sports, their origins
and history, current population demands, and future
trends. Various types of equipment and their use, as
well as special health and safety considerations for
winter sports, are discussed. Sports to be studied
include cross-country skiing, snowshoeing, skating,
tobogganing, and snowmobiling.

HSL 1209 Basic Rockclimbing and Rappelling

2 Q.H.*

A training program designed to introduce potential
rockclimbing leaders to all necessary facets of the
sport. While successful completion of the program
does not qualify a student to lead rockclimbing trips, it
may help students to gain a better perspective of both
the necessary skills and the leadership role in rock-
craft. The program consists of a weekend of practical
experience and two introductory discussion sessions
at Bouv6. Program areas include activities and infor-
mation regarding basic climbing and rapelling experi-
ence, knots, safety, delaying, equipment usage and
care, and leadership. The lab fee includes lodging,
meals, equipment use, and instruction.

HSL 1211 Analysis and Coaching of Softball

2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 11 46)

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coach-
ing intramural, interscholastic, and intercollegiate
Softball, including advanced skill analysis and man-
agement.

HSL 1212 Basic Canoeing 2 Q.H.

Instruction leading to an opportunity to qualify for Red
Cross basic canoeing certification. Classes are held
at the Warren Center and include theory and practical
experience.

HSI, 1220 Foundation of Leadership in Leisure
Service 4 Q.H.

The course offers study of the basic principles of
leadership relevant to the fundamentals of leadership
in leisure services. Subjects include leadership styles,
motivation, task sequencing, and evaluation.

HSL 1221 Introduction to Recreation and Leisure

3Q.H.

The course provides an overview of the recreation and
leisure service field with emphasis on history, scope,
rationale, setting, programs and services, basic trends
and issues, and future considerations. The course
explores the basic elements of the recreation and
leisure service field as they relate to society, the
leisure profession, and the individual.

HSL 1222 Leisure Awareness and Leadership
Camp 2 Q.H.**

One-week resident camp experience at the Warren
Center, which emphasizes experiential learning, skill
development, group processes and personal reflection.
The purpose of the Leisure Awareness and Leadership
Camp is to maintain the tradition upon which a
philosophical foundation of leisure awareness and
education is constructed. To be effective in a chal-
lenging recreation leadership role, one must first
become aware of what these concepts mean person-
ally and then concentrate on developing facilitation
knowledge and skills. LALC enables students to
become aware of their leadership potential in the
profession. Course is required and scheduled to be
taken at the conclusion of the freshman year

*Lab fee required.

**Resident fee required.

206 / Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies

HSL 1 223 Life/Career Planning 4 Q.H.

This course is designed to help students develop
life/career planning skills for use in pursuit of a career
in recreation and leisure studies. A variety of careers,
co-op job opportunities, and lifestyles of profession-
als in the field are explored. Students are given the
opportunity to assess their own interests, values,
needs, and skills, and to develop job-finding skills,
including resume writing and interviewing techniques.

HSL 1 250 Creative Dance I 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 1 54 or HSL 1 1 65)
Theory and practice of methods and materials in
teaching creative dance to elementary school chil-
dren. Examination of children's performance and
appropriate teaching techniques with off-campus
observation and experience. Designed to partially
satisfy pre-practicum requirements for teacher certi-
fication at K-9 grade level.

HSL 1251 Creative Dance II 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 11 54 or HSL 1 1 65)
Theory and practice of methods and materials in
teaching creative dance to secondary school youth.
Examination of performance and teaching techniques
with off-campus observation and experience. De-
signed to partially satisfy pre-practicum requirements
for teacher certification at 5-12 grade level.

HSL 1 252 Dance Composition I 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 11 54 or permission of instructor)
Analysis of the basic dance choreographic elements-
space, force, and time. Student solution of choreo-
graphic problems.

HSL 1253 Group Dynamics I 3 Q.H.*

An introduction to group dynamics through selected
activities, discussion, and living and working together.
A resident living experience for one week at the
Warren Center is an integral part of the course.

HSL 1254 First Aid 2 Q.H.

Emergency care procedures recommended for the
home, school, and community Emphasis on prac-
tices endorsed by the American Red Cross.

HSL 1255 Human Movement 3 Q.H.

An introduction to the nature and role of human
movement and the analysis of skillful movement per-
formance through participation and observation.
Introduction to the objectives, literature, and organi-
zation of the profession of physical education.

HSL 1 256 Life/Career Planning 3 Q.H.

An examination and exploration of careers in physical
education and related fields. The course provides an
opportunity for students to assess personal skills and
abilities, to research jobs of interest, and to practice
specific career-planning skills.

HSL 1257 History and Philosophy of Physical
Education 3 Q.H.

A survey of physical education from ancient times to
the present. The influence of major philosophical
positions upon the nature of physical education pro-
grams is analyzed.

*Lab fee required.

HSL 1 258 Elementary School Activities 3 Q.H.

Focus is on introductory knowledge and skills nec-
essary for teaching physical education to elementary-
school-aged children. Students are expected to learn
about children's performance and appropriate teach-
ing techniques through observation and actual expe-
rience in off-campus schools and learning centers.
Course is designed to satisfy partially the pre-prac-
ticum requirements for teacher certification at the K-9
level.*

*Teacher certification requirements available in 3
Dockser Hall.

HSL 1259 Secondary School Activities 3 Q.H.

Physical activity appropriate for secondary school
youth is studied in relation to their level of develop-
ment and interest. Students are expected to learn
about pupils' performance and appropriate teaching
techniques through observation and actual experi-
ence in off-campus schools and learning centers.
Course is designed to satisfy partially the pre-prac-
ticum requirements for teacher certification at the
grades 5-12 level.*

*Teacher certification requirements available in 3
Dockser Hall.

HSL 1260 Perceptual-Motor Development 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED 1102 and ED 1103; may be taken con-
currently)

Course offers a study of the development of motor
skills from birth through infancy early childhood,
adolescence, and adulthood, including skilled per-
formance of the aged. Age expectations for percep-
tual-motor behavior are considered, with a focus on a
functional adequacy in skilled performance.

HSL 1261 Anatomy and Physiology I 4 Q.H.

Gross anatomy and physiology of the human skeletal,
joint, nervous, and muscular systems.

HSL 1 264 Adapted Physical Education I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1606, HSL 1261)
Survey of characteristics and attitudes pertaining to
special-needs individuals, with particular emphasis
on the effects of their presence on current physical
activity programs. Observations of special-needs
programs are included. Course is designed to satisfy
partially pre-practicum requirements for teacher cer-
tification at the grade level K-12.

HSL 1 265 Early Childhood Development 4 Q.H.

A study of the development of fundamental motor
patterns (run, catch, kick, strike, jump, throw) from
ages 0 to 5 years, including perceptual-motor relations
operating in vision, audition, and proprioception.

HSL 1266 Physical Conditioning Programming

2Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1133 and 1132)
Students will learn how to design and deliver instruc-
tion related to physical conditioning of the body

HSL 1267 Methods and Materials in Teaching Folk,
Square, and Ballroom Dance 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 1 52 and 1134)

Theory and practice in the application of methods and

Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies / 207

materials for teaching folk, square, and ballroom
dance.

HSL 1268 Basic Athletic Training Laboratory

1 Q.H.

(Prereq. concurrent with HSL 1 605)
The biomechanical and anatomical principles as well
as indications and contraindications for application
of the various wrapping and strapping techniques
involved with athletic injuries will be discussed. The
indications for use and types of protective devices
(braces, splints, etc.) will also be presented. Labo-
ratory time for practical application and development
of skills will be utilized.

HSL 1272 Dance Composition II 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 1 60)

Analysis of the choreographic process including
content, form, technique, and projection. Student
solution of choreographic problems based upon literal
and nonliteral themes.

HSL 1 280 Foundations of Health Education 2 Q.H.

Provides opportunities for learners to investigate the
broad spectrum of career possibilities in community
and school health education and to ascertain their
potential roles in the field. Philosophy of health
education, the conceptual approach, and trends in
health education are considered.

HSL 1281 Current Issues in Health 4 Q.H.

Focus is on the development of high-level wellness.
Topics may include emotional health, nutrition, fit-
ness, sexuality, drug use, disease, consumer issues,
and environmental impacts. Emphasis is placed on
the needs of the participants.

HSL 1 283 Introduction to Safety 2 Q.H.

Introduces the principles and fundamentals of safety
education as they relate to people in their environ-
ment. Concerns safety as a social problem; considers
major accident areas, accident causes, and liability;
and analyzes possible solutions to accident problems.
HSL 1284 Instructional Resources 2 Q.H.

Introduction to the use of audiovisual media as
educational tools. Production of slide presentations,
transparencies, bulletin boards, displays, etc., is
included. Opportunities are provided for experiences
in operating selected equipment.

HSL 1 285 Health Concerns for Youth 4 Q.H.

Application of health concepts to assist youth in
reaching a higher level of wellness through preventive
measures. Significant health concerns are identified
and dealt with as they relate to health professionals,
teachers, and adults. Course is designed to satisfy
partially the prepracticum requirements for teacher
certification grade levels 5-12.

HSL 1286 Nutrition 4 Q.H.

This course offers the student the opportunity to learn
and evaluate nutrition information both as a consumer
and future educator The chemical, biological, and
physiological bases of nutrition are explained.

HSL 1 300 Swimming Analysis 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1101 or permission of instructor)
Instruction in theory, analysis techniques, and teach-
ing methods in swimming.

HSL 1301 Analysis and Coaching of Men's
Gymnastics 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1113)

Skill analysis and coaching of men's gymnastics, with
emphasis on appropriate teaching methods, new
trends, and judging.

HSL 1302 Analysis and Coaching of Badminton

2Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1115)

Analysis of performance and methods of teaching

and coaching in badminton.

HSL 1 303 Analysis and Coaching of Tennis 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 1 1 7)

Analysis of performance and methods of teaching in

tennis.

HSL 1304 Analysis and Coaching of Fencing

2Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 11 25)

Advanced skill analysis and coaching of fencing.

Special emphasis on current research and teaching

methods.

HSL 1 305 Analysis and Coaching of Golf 2 Q.H.*

(Prereq. HSL 1 120 or equiv)

Advanced skill analysis and coaching of golf. Special

emphasis on course play and teaching methods.

HSL 1306 Analysis and Coaching of Track/Field

2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 135 or equiv)
Advanced skill analysis and coaching techniques for
selected track and field events. Special emphasis is
placed on the analysis of common movement pat-
terns, teaching methods, and coaching techniques.

HSL 1307 AnaSysis and Coaching of Wrestling

2Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 1 23 or equiv)
Analysis of performance and techniques of teaching
selected wrestling skills are covered in detail. Ap-
plication of research to methodology is st.essed.

HSL 1308 Analysis and Coaching of Baseball

2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 11 47)

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coach-
ing interscholastic and intercollegiate baseball, in-
cluding advanced skill analysis, position and team
play, conditioning, practice organization, and team
management.

HSL 1309 Analysis and Coaching of Basketball

2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1140)

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coach-
ing interscholastic and intercollegiate basketball,
including advanced skill analysis, position and team
play conditioning, practice organization, and team
management.

Lab fee required.

208 / Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies

HSL 1310 Analysis and Coaching of Field Hockey

2Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL1144)

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coach-
ing intramural, interscholastic, and intercollegiate field
hockey, including advanced skill analysis, position
and team play conditioning, practice organization,
and team management.

HSL 1311 Analysis and Coaching of Football

2Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1145)

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coach-
ing interscholastic and intercollegiate football, in-
cluding advanced skill analysis, team conditioning,
offensive and defensive systems, practice organiza-
tion, team management, and coaching staff organi-
zation.

HSL 1312 Analysis and Coaching of Lacrosse

2Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 1 48 or HSL 1 1 49)
The basic techniques and responsibilities of coach-
ing intramural, interscholastic, and intercollegiate
lacrosse, including advanced skill analysis, position
and team play conditioning, practice organization,
and team management.

HSL 1313 Analysis and Coaching of Soccer

2Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 11 50)

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coach-
ing intramural, interscholastic, and intercollegiate
soccer, including advanced skill analysis, position
and team play conditioning, practice organization,
and team management.

HSL 1314 Movement Fundamentals 1 Q.H.

A course in posture and movement correctives. Focus
is on both intellectual and experiential know^ledge of
the body and its potential for change.

HSL 1315 Analysis and Coaching of Volleyball
(Men-Women) 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1142)

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coach-
ing intramural, interscholastic, and intercollegiate vol-
leyball, including advanced skill analysis, position
and team play conditioning, practice organization,
and team management.

HSL 1 31 6 Theory of Officiating 2 Q.H.

Knowledge and skills in the basic concepts of offi-
ciating individual and team sports.

HSL 1317 Sports Officiating: Team Sports 2 Q.H.

Theory practice, and techniques of officiating in team
sports such as basketball and volleyball.

HSL 1318 Sports Officiating: Individual Sports

2 Q.H.

Theory practice, and techniques of officiating indi-
vidual sports such as tennis and badminton.

HSL 1319 Analysis and Coaching of Softball

1Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1146)

Basic techniques and responsibilities of coaching
intramural, interscholastic, and intercollegiate softball,
including advanced skill analysis and management.

HSL 1320 Analysis and Coaching of Women's
Gymnastics 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1111)

Skill analysis and coaching of women's gymnastics,
with emphasis on appropriate teaching methods and
new trends.

HSL 1321 Modern Dance IV 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 1 55 or equiv)

A continuation of HSL 1 1 55 with emphasis upon the
application of modern dance technique and style in
the performance of modern dance repertory.

HSL 1322 Ballet IV 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 158 or equiv)
A continuation of HSL 1 1 58 with in-depth study of the
complicated variations derived from classical ballet.
Emphasis on line and expressive interpretation.

HSL 1 324 Jazz Dance IV 1 Q.H

(Prereq. HSL 1 161 or equiv)
A continuation of HSL 1161 with emphasis on style
and expressive interpretation. Progression into the
choreographic use of jazz dance.

HSL 1325, 1326, 1327 Dance Rehearsal and
Performance I, II, III • (each) 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
Designed in order that students may develop skill in
performance. Students may choreograph, stage, and
perform an original work or perform in the original
work of a guest or faculty choreographer

HSL 1 400 Group Dynamics 3 Q.H.

The study of human behavior in groups is approached
through lectures, reading, and structural group expe-
riences. Major areas of concentration include com-
munication, leadership, decision making, and eval-
uation of the group process.

HSL 1401 Program Planning in Recreation 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on examination of program con-
tent, leadership, administration, and facilities asso-
ciated with the effective delivery of leisure services
under the auspices of public, private, religious,
industrial, and voluntary agencies.

HSL 1 402 Leisure and Lifestyles 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on aspects contributing to life-
styles and the role of leisure. Specific lifestyles are
examined through readings and video-taped movies.
Students have the opportunity to examine the effect of
leisure on their present lifestyles and future aspirations.

HSL 1403 Concepts of Leisure:
Sociopsychological Perspectives 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on exploration of the various
sociopsychological perspectives of leisure and the
relations of mores, social structure, roles, values, and

Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies / 209

personality to leisure expression. Investigation of other
pertinent social and environmental factors that con-
tribute to the phenomenon of leisure is included.

HSL 1406 Internship Seminar 1 Q.H.

Course offers preparation for professional field as-
signment in a leisure service setting. Focus is on
identification and assessment of student career goals,
analysis of previous volunteer and/or employment
experience, professional involvement, and facilitation
of the internship placement process.

HSL 1407 Internship in Recreation and Leisure
Services 16 Q.H.

Professional field assignment in leisure service set-
tings designed to prepare students for professional
career choices. Supervision by faculty, conferences
with professional staff, and seminars. Ten-week in-
ternship.

HSL 1 40*8 Research Methods 4 Q.H.

Study of basic statistics, the use of experimental and
quasi-experimental design, sampling, instrumentation,
data collection, and analysis as applied in recreation
and leisure studies.

HSL 1409 Research Applications 4 Q.H.

The course examines the use of research methods in
selected professional applications ranging from the
ongoing research of departmental faculty to student-
originated studies.

HSL 1410 Senior Seminar in Contemporary
Issues and Trends in Recreation and Leisure

4Q.H.

The course offers examination and discussion of
contemporary issues and trends in the field of rec-
reation and leisure. Focus is on critical aspects of
leisure services: legislation, consumer advocacy pro-
fessional development, research, and innovations for
the improvement of service delivery.

HSL 1 420 Urban Recreation 4 Q.H.

The course provides an examination of the different
cultural and sociological patterns of various ethnic
groups who live in an urban setting. Various recre-
ational activities are suggested for each group. Other
pertinent recreational issues common to the urban
community are studied.

HSL 1421 Administration of Recreation and Parks

4 Q.H.

The course focuses on administration procedures of
tax-supported recreation and park operations. Con-
centration on legality commissions, area and facility
design, personnel policies, and problem solving related
to administration and management.

HSL 1422 Program Evaluation in Recreation

4 Q.H.

The course examines comprehensive systems for
evaluating program effectiveness as it relates to the
consumer of recreation services. Major emphasis
placed on developing an evaluation system for an
agency of the student choice. Case studies are drawn
from the public, nonprofit, and commercial sectors.

HSL 1423 Commercial Recreation Marketing

4Q.H.

Course offers an examination of commercial and
private sector recreation services. Case studies work-
shops, and practical problems are related to man-
aging leisure opportunities for resorts, country clubs,
theme parks, tourism, sports clubs, manufacturing
and merchandising, and industrial recreation.

HSL 1425 Leisure and the Community School

4Q.H.

The course provides exploration (through class lec-
tures, discussions, readings, and on-site visitations)
of the theoretical, operational, and motivating aspects
of the community school concept. An opportunity to
investigate the complex role played by leisure in the
community school.

HSL 1 426 Budget Analysis 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the study and use of analytical
techniques that can improve budgeting decisions.
Topics include cost-effectiveness and benefit-cost
analysis, efficiency measures, pricing, forecasting,
and present-value analysis for solution of capital and
operating budget problems in the nonprofit and com-
mercial recreation sectors.

HSL 1 427 Survey of Recreation Facilities 3 Q.H.

Study of fundamental management and administra-
tion concepts for a wide variety of outdoor areas and
facilities such as parks, beaches, ice rinks, marinas,
camps, and community centers.

HSL 1 440 School Camping 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1444 or permission of instructor)
Investigation of outdoor education as it applies to
school camp organization, administration, program
planning, and educational significance. Each student
is required to participate in a one-week supervised
practical experience at a designated school camp.

HSL 1441 Camp Administration 3 Q.H.

The course offers investigation of camp management
guidelines including site development, health and
safety hiring and staff training, public relations,
American Camping Association standards, legal reg-
ulations, organization within camps, programs, and
other selected administrative aspects.

HSL 1442 Leadership and Organization of
Wilderness Recreation 4 Q.H.

The course offers in-depth investigation of the lead-
ership, organization, planning, implementation, and
evaluation of outdoor pursuits. Particular emphasis is
placed on multiday experiences in remote or wil-
derness setting. An extended outdoor practicum in a
wilderness setting is required.

HSL 1443 Interpretation of Ecological and Social
History 4 Q.H.

The course examines the employment of site visita-
tions and problem-solving methods to investigate
human interaction with and manipulation of the phys-
ical, biological, and social environment. The course
provides the opportunity to acquire knowledge of
ecosystem aspects which can be applied to envi-

210 / Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies

ronmental interpretation and decision-making sec-
tors of ecosystem and recreation management.

HSL 1444 Environmental Education 4 Q.H.

The study of the philosophy and history of environ-
mental education in political, social, and educational
movements. Exploration of methods of developing,
teaching, and evaluating environmental education cur-
ricula applicable to schools, camps, parks, and envi-
ronmental centers.

HSL 1445 Seminar on Environmental Issues and
Legislation 4 Q.H.

The course offers study of the development of atti-
tudes toward the environmental and critical investi-
gation of the history of the environmental movement.
Investigation of current environmental issues and laws
affecting our ecosystem and lifestyles through inte-
grating theories from sociology ecology economics,
and politics. Exploration of degrees of ecological and
social constraints on future growth and definition of
alternative futures.

HSL 1446 Elements of Outdoor Recreation
Planning 4 Q.H.

The course offers exploration of the nature and sig-
nificance of the outdoor recreation experience and
how our natural resources can optimally meet peo-
ple's needs. Focus is on the elements of outdoor
recreation planning; identification, evaluation, as-
sessment, and implementation. Relation of social
groups, natural resources, and environmental con-
cerns to outdoor recreation planning are included.

HSL 1 460 Process of Aging 3 Q.H.

The course covers the study of phases of aging;
discussion of the physical, social, and emotional
changes and problems that face the aged; the study of
types of services offered to senior citizens, and the
sources of funds allocated to sponsor such services:
The role of recreation and leisure programming are
emphasized.

HSL 1461 Camping and Outdoor

Education for the Handicapped 3 Q.H.

Innovations in outdoor learning with an emphasis on
wellness, the American Indian, outdoor adventure
activities, and a holistic perspective on the individual
with a disability. Observations and practical appli-
cations are included.

HSL 1 462 Leisure Counseling 4 Q.H.

This course provides students an opportunity to
develop fundamental group counseling skills through
the use of specialized strategies and traditional verbal
counseling techniques. Major focus is on lifestyle
awareness counseling.

HSL 1463 Overview of Physical Disabilities

4Q.H.

The course offers a holistic and humanistic approach
to people with physical disabilities including ampu-
tations, traumatic conditions, sensory impairments,
neurological, orthopedic, and cardiovascular dis-
orders. Rehabilitation procedures and treatment,
adjunctive therapies, prosthetics, orthontics, assistive,
devices and techniques, and reentry into the com-

munity from the individual, familial, and societal per-
spectives are discussed.

HSL 1464 Program Planning in Therapeutic
Recreation 4 Q.H.

The course examines advanced planning of compre-
hensive therapeutic recreation services. Focus is on
systems approach to planning for individuals and
groups. Included are an intensive examination of the
philosophy of therapeutic recreation; the study of the
functional elements of activities, current legislation,
and standards for service delivery.

HSL 1465 Therapeutic Recreation with
Developmentally Disabled Persons 4 Q.H.

Course offers a review of major phases of normal
growth and development for the purpose of under-
standing the causes and impact of developmental
disabilities. Emphasizes role of play experiences in
achieving sequentialized skills and concepts, prac-
tices and procedures employed in program design.

HSL 1466 Foundations of Psychiatric Services

in Therapeutic Recreation 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of the instructor)
The course focuses on orientation to the foundations
of mental health and variables affecting mental ill-
ness; examination of various psychiatric disorders
and treatment modalities and the role of activity ther-
apy in the treatment of mental illness; review of con-
temporary trends in psychiatry that pertain to ther-
apeutic recreation.

HSL 1467 Social and Psychological impacts of
Illness and Disabilities 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1463)

Exploration of relevant issues related to disability
such as societal understanding of disability, handi-
capping conditions, adjustment, social networks, and
the therapeutic use of self through a mixture of lectures,
group discussion, guest speakers, and films. Exami-
nation of self in the role of change agents and care
providers.

HSL 1 500 Mental Health 4 Q.H.

An investigation of emotional health and well-being as
they relate to total health with emphasis on factors
that influence emotional behavior Various approaches
to emotional health in public school programs are
included.

HSL 1502 Communicable and Degenerative
Diseases 4 Q.H.

The disease immunity process, with emphasis on
prevalent communicable diseases in the United States
today and their transmission; chronic diseases, car-
diovascular diseases, cancer, diabetes, and other
constitutional and degenerative diseases and disor-
ders that affect the nation's health. Predominant themes
are personal health attitudes and behaviors. Personal
health responsibility is analyzed.

HSL 1503 Human Sexuality and Family Dynamics

4Q.H.

Sexuality from a physical, psychological, social, his-
torical, and cultural perspective; needs and concerns
about sexuality at various stages in life including a

Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies / 21 1

variety of approaches to sex education within schools,
community, and the family

HSL 1 504 Longevity and Aging 4 Q.H.

Study of the biological, psychological, and sociolog-
ical aspects of human aging. Consideration is given to
the importance of one's current lifestyle in relation to
the phenomenon of longevity and the quality of life.

HSL 1506 Evolving Patterns of Community Health
Education 4 Q.H.

Principles of community health, with emphasis on
contemporary local, national, and international or-
ganizations for meeting health problems; health care
delivery consumer health issues, environmental
health, community resources, and the role of health
education in the community.

HSL 1507 Seminar I 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. ED1306)

An introduction to research and scientific writing,
culminating in a research project in an area of special
interest, is included.

HSL 1508 Seminar II 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 507)

Discussion of current problems and new develop-
ments as they relate to health education in school and
in a variety of community settings.

HSL 1509 Organization and Administration of
Health Education Programs 4 Q.H.

Principles and methods of organization and admin-
istration of school and community health education
programs; ethics, personnel, budget, facility man-
agement, and priorities.

HSL 1 51 0 Health Counseling 4 Q.H.

The identification of physical, mental, emotional, and
social health problems; remedial procedures; and
counseling techniques to aid health educators to deal
more effectively with various health problems.

HSL 1 51 1 Independent Study I 1 Q.H.

HSL 1 51 2 Independent Study II 2 Q.H.

HSL 1 51 3 Independent Study III 3 Q.H.

HSL 1 51 4 Independent Study IV 4 Q.H.

Designed to provide the student with an opportunity
for concentrated planning and research. In-depth
study may be carried out in a topic area of health,
sport, or leisure. Outline of proposed study must be
submitted.

HSL 1 51 5 Public Health Administration 4 Q.H.

History and overview of public health agencies and
the organization of services for meeting public health
needs at the local, state, federal, and international
levels. Focus is on today's major health problems and
services.

HSL 1 51 6 Drug Use and Abuse 4 Q.H.

An exploration of the use and abuse of drugs in our
society, including prescription and OTC drugs, alcohol,
and smoking. Physiological, psychological, and socio-
logical effects of drugs on humans are explored.

HSL 1517 Death, Bereavement and Suicide 4 Q.H.

An interdisciplinary approach to the contemporary
issues involved in death and bereavement. Death is
examined from a lifecycle approach, including the
dynamics of grief and mourning. Suicide is examined
as it relates to self-concept and stress.

HSL 1 51 8 Community Health Assessment 4 Q.H.

Focus is on today's major community health prob-
lems, with an overview of the organization of services
and assessment of health needs at the local, state,
federal, and international levels.

HSL 1 520 Student Teaching 1 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1585; HSL 1285; ED 1104)
Observation and practical teaching experience in
public school health education programs. Supervi-
sion and evaluation by personnel, in cooperating
schools and by Boston-Bouve College of Human
Development Professions faculty; seminars. Course
is designed to satisfy partially the prepracticum
requirements for teacher certification at grade levels
5-12.

HSL 1 521 Reld Experience 1 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1 585)

Observation and practical field experience in selected
community health education settings. Supervision
and evaluation by personnel, in cooperating schools
and by Boston-Bouve College of Human Development
Professions faculty; seminars.

HSL 1585 Teaching Procedures/Curriculum in
Health Education in School and Community 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1285; ED 1104)
The prospective health educator is introduced to
health education curriculum, techniques of planning,
and pertinent methods and materials in school and
community health education. Course is designed to
satisfy partially the prepracticum requirements for
teacher certification at grade levels 5-12.

HSL 1 600 Psychology of Sport 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. PE. or permission of instructor)
The psychological analysis of behavioral patterns and
deviations of sports participants, including spectators
and coaches. Emphasis on emotions, motivation, com-
petition, and learning factors. Discussion of current
sports highlights.

HSL 1601 Sociology of Sport and Dance 2 Q.H.
(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
The study of sport and dance as social institutions,
including theories explaining the role of each in con-
temporary society and the part of each in evolving
societies.

HSL 1 602 Theory of Coaching 2 Q.H.

An analysis of learning principles, sociology and
psychology as applied to coaching individual, dual,
and team sports. Techniques and standards of squad
recruitment, organization, leadership, and coaching
ethics are presented.

HSL 1 603 Theory of Play 2 Q.H.

The nature of play and a study of cross-cultural
patterns of play An investigation of selected theories

212 / Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies

of play, including Huizinga, Caillois, Sutton-Smith,
and Lee.

HSL 1 604 Group Dynamics II 2 Q.H.*

(Prereq. HSL1253)

Exposure to outdoor activities typical of outdoor
adventure programs. Exposure to practices and phi-
losophies of Project Adventure, Outv^^ard Bound, and
national outdoor leadership schools, with an emphasis
on skills teaching. Resident experience required.

HSL 1 605 Basic Athletic Training 3 Q.H.

The training and conditioning procedures in athletic
programs; special emphasis on the prevention of
athletic injuries; roles of the trainer, athlete, coach,
and health service.

HSL 1 606 Perceptual-Motor Learning 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1111 or equivalent)
A focus on the way information processing is involved
in perceptual-motor learning and performance. Basic
research data are applied to learning and executing
skills in a variety of sports settings.

HSL 1 607 Measurement and Evaluation 4 Q.H.

Construction, use, selection and interpretation of
evaluative tools applicable to health, sport, and lei-
sure studies; elementary statistical methods.

HSL 1 608 Clinical Athletic Training 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1605)

The student athletic trainer's introduction to clinical
experience with an opportunity to practice the various
skills for evaluation and treatment of the injured athlete.

HSL 1 609 Advanced Athletic Training 4 Q.H

(Prereq. HSL 1605)

The advanced preparation and utilization of con-
ditioning programs and their administration for pre-
vention and care of injuries associated with competi-
tive athletics.

HSL 1 61 0 Anatomy and Physiology II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1261)

Gross anatomy and physiology of the human cardio-
vascular, respiratory, digestive, urinary, and endocrine
systems. Metabolism, calorimetry, and other applied
topics will also be covered.

HSL 1 61 1 Kinesiology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1261)

Science of human motion and anatomic and me-
chanical principles as they relate to an understanding
of skillful, efficient, and purposeful human motion.
The internal and external forces acting upon a human
body and the effects produced will be examined.

HSL 1 61 2 Physiology of Exercise 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1610)

Study of the immediate and long-range effects of
exercise upon the human body with emphasis on
the cardiovascular and respiratory systems, muscles,
and metabolism; physical fitness, body composition.

Lab fee required.

and selected components of motor performance-
assessment techniques and training principles.
Introduction to indirect open-circuit calorimetry and
EKG monitoring.

HSL 1613 Laboratory in Exercise Testing and
Prescription 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1612)

Practicum in assessment of functional cardiovascu-
lar, muscular strength, muscular endurance, flexibility
and body composition; prescription of exercise
programs used to improve the above functions: vol-
unteer work as an exercise test technician and
exercise leader in a fitness class.

HSL 1 61 4 Electrocardiography 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1612)

A study of basic and intermediate electrocardiog-
raphy including cardiac function, lead systems, rate,
rhythm, axis, infarction, ischemia, hypertrophy, effects
of cardiovascular drugs, and effects of exercise.

HSL 1 61 5 Critical Teaching Skills 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1258 or HSL 1259)
Course offers analysis of direct and indirect, verbal
and nonverbal teaching methods for classroom and
activity teaching, using techniques such as micro-
teaching, peer teaching, and simulation. Techniques
for measuring teacher behavior, such as interaction
analysis, are studied and analyzed. A laboratory
experience in an education setting is an essential
activity.!

HSL 1616 Curriculum Development 3 Q.H.

Course focuses on basic foundations of curriculum
development stressing fundamental principles and
guides to curriculum organization, format, and eval-
uation. Course material includes experience using
the taxonomies of education objectives and survey of
existing curricula and current curriculum trends.

HSL 1617 Administration of Physical Education

4Q.H.

The organization and administration of programs in
physical education, with emphasis on elementary and
secondary school programs.

HSL 1618 Exercise and Activities for the Older
Adult 4 Q.H.

Principles of physical activity and the organization of
physical activity programs for the elderly in public and
private agencies are studied. Research and practical
applications of theory are required. •

HSL 1 61 9 Adapted Physical Education II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1264)

Assessment, diagnostic, and prescriptive procedures
in special-needs physical education programs. Em-
phasis is on modification techniques and integration
of programming in accordance with legislative guide-
lines. Practicum experiences in special-needs set-
tings are included.

tDesigned to satisfy partially pre-practicum require-
ments for teacher certification.

Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies / 213

HSL 1 620 Comparative Physical Education 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL1257orED1312)
Analysis of systems of physical education and sport in
selected countries and their interrelations with the
larger cultural framework.

HSL 1621 Dance in Cultural Perspective 4 Q.H.

A survey of dance from ancient times to 1 900 with the
focus on the evolution of dance as a theatre art.

HSL 1622 Supervised Reld Experience 12 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior status in major or permission of
instructor)

Course offers assignment in a field setting related to
the student's area of concentration within the physical
education curriculum, including observation and per-
formance of professionally related skills under the
guidance of a cooperating field professional and a
college supervisor To be taken by physical education
majors who are not in a teacher certification program.

HSL 1623 Supervised Student Teaching
(Practicum) 12 Q.H.

Course provides a minimum of at least 300 clock
hours in an approved school, with clear instructional
responsibilities for at least half of the time and full
teaching responsibilities for a substantial period of
time under the guidance of a certified cooperating
teacher and college supervisor The assignment must
be at the level of teacher certification sought (K-9 or
5-1 2) and include coaching and/or intramural organ-
ization and supervision, evaluation conferences, and
seminars. Students can prepare themselves for Certif-
icate No. 30, Teacher of Physical Education, as granted
by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.t

HSL 1624 Student Athletic Training Internship

6Q.H.

(Permission of instructor)

This experience will give the senior student an
opportunity to gain additional field experience and
responsibility in athletic training at either a high school,
college, or professional setting. It will fulfill the clinical
internship requirement for graduation and will be in
conjunction with any other senior year experience
required by the specific majors.

HSL 1 625 Senior Seminar 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)

Designed for senior students to discuss pertinent new

topics and concepts in sports medicine.

HSL 1626 Therapeutic Reconditioning for Athletic
Training 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1627)

Principles and objectives inherent in the rehabilitation
process of athletic injuries. Basic rehabilitation fun-
damentals, as well as specific conditioning and
reconditioning techniques utilized will be discussed.

The student will be exposed to the different types of
exercise, as well as the different rehabilitative equip-
ment used in a rehabilitation program. Laboratory
experiences in the application of exercise programs
and use of equipment will be provided.

HSL 1627 Therapeutic Modalities for Athletic
Training 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1605)

Physical agents used in athletic training are presented
with regards to their physiological effects, where in the
healing process they may be used, and all indications
and contraindications for use. Laboratory experiences
in application of those physical agents will be utilized.

HSL 1 630 Aspects of Dance 3 Q.H.

An introduction to dance forms, functions, and styles.
Analysis of dance as an art and an overview of dance
professions. Lectures, lab, and attendance at per-
formances.

HSL 1 632 Dance in the Twentieth Century 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HSL 1621)

A survey of dance in the twentieth century. The focus
of the course is on the emergence and development
of modern dance and the impact of twentieth-century
choreographers upon the classical ballet tradition.
Slides and films will be used to illustrate the cho-
reographic innovations of artists such as Martha
Graham, Alwin Nikolais, Twyla Tharp, Fokine, Bal-
anchine, Bejart.

HSL 1 634 Laban Movement Analysis 2 Q.H.

Introduction to Laban's qualitative system of move-
ment description and behavior Emphasis is on the
study of effort, shape, and space harmony

HSL 1 863 TAC - Special Problems 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
Designed as directed study in analysis and coaching
of a sport or activity not offered by the department or
in special scheduling situations.

HSL 1 866 Special Problems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)

The course focuses on independent investigation in

an area of each student's interests. The investigation

will be supervised by an appointed faculty member

and will culminate in a formal written report.

HSL 1 866 Special Problems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)

The course focuses on independent investigation in

an area of each student's interests. The investigation

will be supervised by an appointed faculty member

and will culminate in a formal written report.t

tTeacher certification requirements available in 3
Dockser Hall.

214 /Physical Therapy

Physical Therapy

PTH 1114 Introduction to Physical Therapy 2 Q.H.

The course provides orientation to the field of physical
therapy and its role in the health professions; theory
and practice in applied body mechanics and basic
procedures related to patient management.

PTH 1115 Introduction to Physical Therapy 2 Q.H.

The course provides practice in the preparation of
patients and equipment for various treatment pro-
cedures. Theory demonstration and practice in heat,
light, and hydrotherapy.

PTH 1310 Clinical Gross Anatomy 6 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1254 and BIO 1255)
The course covers the structure and function of the
human body with particular emphasis on the skeletal,
muscular, nervous, and cardiovascular systems.
Clinical applications. Lecture and laboratory.

PTH 1315 Physiology for Physical Therapists 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1 254, BIO 1 255, and PTH 1 1 1 5)
The course covers neuromuscular, cardiovascular,
and respiratory physiology applied to physical ther-
apy.

PTH 1 320 Physical Therapy I 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1 255, PTH 1 1 1 5, and BIO 1 254)
Course offers theory, demonstrations, and practice in
massage integrated with other treatment procedures.
Case studies.

PTH 1 325 Clinical Medicine I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1254 and BIO 1255)
The course covers general medicine, laboratory
medicine, and pathology as related to conditions
commonly treated by physical therapists.

PTH 1330 Clinical Kinesiology 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. PTH 1 31 0 and PTH 1 31 5)
The course covers musculoskeletal function with
emphasis on the mechanical and physiological factors
involved. Clinical applications to normal and patho-
logical movements.

PTH 1 335 Physical Therapy II 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. PTH 1310, PTH 1315, and PTH 1320)
The course covers evaluation procedures: theory,
demonstration, practice, and planning.

PTH 1 340 Physical Therapy III 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PTH 1 114, PTH 1115, PTH 1310, PTH 1315,
PTH 1 320)

This course covers basic therapeutic exercise: the-
ory, demonstration practice, and planning.

PTH 1345 Clinical Medicine II 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. PTH 1310, PTH 1315, and PTH 1325)
Orthopedic conditions and their medical, surgical,
and physical therapy treatment.

PTH 1352 Psychosocial Aspects of Illness 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all prior profes-
sional courses)

The course examines interpersonal relationships
among patients, families, health professionals, and

society, with reference to the impact of and reaction to
illness.

PTH 1355 Physical Therapy IV 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. PTH 1315, PTH 1330, PTH 1335, PTH 1340,
and PTH 1345)

Course covers theory demonstration, and practice in
prosthetics, orthotics, and advanced functional training
of spinal-cord-injured patients.

PTH 1 360 Physical Therapy V 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all prior profes-
sional courses)

Theoretical basis and clinical application of the neu-
rophysiological approaches to treatment: Brunnstrom,
Rood, and proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation
techniques.

PTH 1 365 Neuroanatomy 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. PTH 1340)

Morphology and function of the human nervous sys-
tem. Abnormalities of structure and function of the
nervous system. Lecture and laboratory.

PTH 1370 Clinical Seminar 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all prior profes-
sional courses)

Selected topics related to clinical aspects in physical
therapy Interpersonal relationships, ethics, teaching-
learning process, communication, group dynamics,
medical-legal issues, sociocultural/socioeconomic
considerations, and clinical education information.

PTH 1 375 Physical Therapy VII 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. PTH 1335, PTH 1345, and PTH 1365)
The course covers theory, demonstration, and prac-
tice in electrical testing and treatment procedures.

PTH 1380 Supervised Clinical Education I 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all prior profes-
sional courses)

An introduction to clinical experience providing the
student with opportunities to practice various skills in
the evaluation and treatment of patients under super-
vision. Five weeks during Quarter 9 of the junior year
in Massachusetts.

PTH 1 385 Clinical Medicine III 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all prior profes-
sional courses)

The course focus is the pediatric and neurologic
aspects of physical therapy practice, including re-
view of symptoms and conditions and therapeutic
intervention.

PTH 1 390 Physical Therapy VI 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. PTH 1315, PTH 1330, PTH 1335, and PTH
1340)

Respiratory physical therapy; theory, demonstration,
and practice in the management of medical and sur-
gical chest conditions. Introduction to respiratory
mechanical equipment and cardiopulmonary resus-
citation.

'Including lab.

Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology / 21 5

PTH 1395 Physical Therapy V (PTH 1360
continued) 1 q.h.

(Prereq. PTH 1330, PTH 1335, PTH 1340, and PTH

1345)

Topics include neurodevelopmental treatment, neu-

rophysiological theory and clinical application of

facilitation and inhibition techniques to enhance motor

control as advocated by the Bobaths.

PTH 1 400 Administration 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PTH 1380)

Concepts in administration and management applied

to physical therapy (Seminar and discussion groups.)

PTH 1405 Research for Physical Therapy 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all prior profes-
sional courses)

The course covers introduction to research design,
basic statistics, analysis of scientific and medical
literature, and preparation of an independent research
proposal.

PTH 1 41 1 Physical Therapy VIII 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all prior profes-
sional courses)

The course incorporates analysis and comparison of
methods of physical therapy evaluation and treatment,
with an emphasis on therapeutic exercise, and treat-
ment planning for various problems with emphasis on
rationale and selection of treatment alternatives. Case
study format and case simulations are used. The
course meets for three lecture hours. The third is in
seminar format with small group discussions.

PTH 1415 Supervised Clinical Education II

OQ H.

(Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all prior profes-
sional courses)

Advanced clinical education providing the student
with further opportunities to practice various phases
of physical therapy under supervision in preparation
for assuming the role of a qualified physical therapist.
Assignments in Massachusetts and other states.
Twelve weeks during senior year Required for gradua-
tion from the physical therapy program.

PTH 1420 Physical Therapy in the Health Care
System 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. PTH 1370 and PTH 1380)
This course examines major issues impacting the
delivery of health care. Emphasis in on the role of the
physical therapist as a member of the health team.
Class discussion and seminar

PTH 1426 Psychological Issues of Elderly
Populations 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. PTH 1370 and PTH 1380)
The interaction of psychological, social and phys-
iological factors and their effect on the potential for
function of the elderly client are discussed in this
course.

PTH 1450 Investigative Studies 6 Q.H.

(Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all prior profes-
sional courses)

The course covers selected modules related to cur-
rent practice in physical therapy; completion of
research project on a volitional basis.

Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology

SLA 1100 Basic Manual Communication Systems

4Q.H.

Course focuses on the use of manual communication
systems in deaf education (Manual English, SEE, and
Signed English). Discussions will cover the goals and
assumptions underlying these systems, their relation
to American Sign Language and English, and the
application of these systems in educational and clin-
ical settings. Instruction is provided in introductory
level English Sign Language.

SLA 1101 Introduction to Speech and Hearing

4 Q.H.

Course offers an overview of disorders of speech and
hearing and their treatment, and a review of normal
speech and hearing development. Clinical observa-
tions of persons with speech, language, and hearing
disorders are required.

SLA 1200 Hearing Science 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SLA 1101)

Basic concepts related to the physics of sound are
presented, followed by an in-depth study of the
anatomy and physiology of the normal hearing mech-
anism. In addition, basic principles of psychophysics
of audition are discussed.

SLA 1201 Anatomy and Physiology of Vocal
Mechanisms 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SLA 1101)

Course offers an in-depth study of the static structure^
musculature, and physiology of the speech mecha-
nism. Current research in speech physiology is
emphasized.

SLA 1 300 Developmental Semantics and Syntax

4Q.H.

(Prereq. SLA 1101)

Course provides an analysis of the emerging semantic
and syntactical aspects of language in normal and
atypical children, with emphasis on discussion of
current theory and research in language acquisition.
Clinical observations of children with normal and
atypical language patterns are required.

SLA 1301 Phonetics and Developmental
Phonology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SLA 1 101 and SLA 1201)

Course offers a basic training in auditory recognition

and symbolization of phonemes and allophones in

major American dialects. Static and dynamic artic-

ulatory descriptions are stressed. Course also includes

a review of the developmental sequence of phonemic

acquisition.

216 / Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology

SLA 1302 Phonemic Disorders 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SLA 1201, SLA 1300, and SLA 1301)
Course provides a practical and theoretical exami-
nation of the phonemic disorders and their etiology;
diagnostic tools for evaluation and methods of treat-
ment. Clinical observations of persons w/ith phonemic
disorders are required.

SLA 1 303 Introduction to Audiology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SLA 1 200)

Course focuses on the basic techniques of audiometric
testing and hearing conservation, including a review/
of basic hearing sciences and a pre-practicum and
lab experience in hearing testing.

SLA 1 400 Speech Science 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SLA 1 101 and SLA 1200)
Course offers an examination of the basic sciences
involved in speech and audition, including in-depth
study of the analysis of sound and the acoustic com-
position of speech. Emphasis is placed on a review of
current theory and research in speech reception,
perception, and production.

SLA 1 401 Fluency Disorders 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SLA 1201)

Course offers a comprehensive study of the various

theories and symptomatologies of stuttering from the

earliest historical references through the nineteenth

and twentieth centuries. Clinical observations are

required.

SLA 1 402 Diagnostic Techniques 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SLA 1300, SLA 1301, SLA 1302)
Course offers a presentation and review of diagnostic
tests and procedures in speech-language pathology
Emphasis is on the parent interview; the oral exami-
nation; and the appraisal of phonemic, phonatory,
language, fluency and auditory disorders. Obser-
vations of diagnostic evaluations are required.

SLA 1 403 Orientation to Clinical Practices 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior status)

This is a pre-practicum course designed to introduce

students to the policies of ASHA; to offer exposure to

related health professions; to discuss the influence of
state and federal legislation upon the delivery of
speech-language and hearing services; to examine
the role of the clinical supervisor; and to practice
writing clinical goals and lesson plans.

SLA 1404 Introduction to Psychoacoustics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SLA 1 400 or SLA 1 200 or SLA 1 303)
This course explores the physics of sound and the
psychological aspects of hearing with an emphasis
on clinical applications. Topics include threshold,
loudness, pitch, adaption, and auditory localization.
The prerequisite may be waived only with permission
of the instructor

SLA 1500 Psychoacoustics Laboratory 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SLA 1404)

This course provides practical application of topics
discussed in SLA 1404. Students are required to
re-create some of the most interesting of the classical
psychoacoustics experiments. The prerequisite may
be waived only with permission of the instructor

SLA 1501 Clinical Practice and Seminar 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SLA 1403)

Course provides full-time participation in a University-
arranged and supervised school program designed
to provide the student with initial involvement in the
clinician-client relationship and an opportunity to
demonstrate, evaluate, and develop clinical skills.

SLA 1 800 Directed Study 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
This course is provided for the student whose unique
academic needs or interests cannot adequately be
satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of the
department. Preparation: Approval of the supervising
faculty member, chairperson, and the Dean's Office of
the Boston-Bouve College of Human Development
Professions. Approval forms must be submitted to the
Dean's Office during the quarter prior to registration
for the Directed Study

Pharmacy

Pharmacy/ 21 7

PAH 1135 Professional Dynamics in the Health
Care Delivery System 4 Q.H.

An examination of the evolution of the American health
care delivery system with emphasis on current aspects
of how health care is delivered, how it is financed,
where it is delivered, and who delivers it. Present and
future influences in health will be discussed. Introduc-
tion to unique and collective health professional roles
and responsibilities, humanistic/behavioral dimen-
sions of health care, professional organizations, and
professionalism.

PAH 1 202 Anatomy-Physiology I 5 Q.H*

(Prereq. CHM 1 1 22 and BIO 1 1 07)
This course covers structure and function of cells,
tissues, and organs, including the muscular, immune,
and nervous systems. The laboratory includes human
skeletal anatomy and cat dissection. Both the lecture
and laboratory sections of this course are oriented to
students in the health professions.

PAH 1 204 Anatomy-Physiology II 5 Q.H*

(Prereq. PAH 1202 or permission of instructor)
The course covers structure and function of the various
life-supportive systems not covered in the first quarter:
cardiovascular, endocrine, gastrointestinal, pulmonary
systems. Laboratory is devoted to basic principles
involved in understanding the functioning life systems
and cell function.

PAH 1280 Biochemistry 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1264, CHM 1265)
This introductory course in biochemistry deals with
the structures, functions, and metabolism of amino
acids, proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic
acids. Mechanisms of enzyme reactions, enzyme
kinetics, vitamins, biological oxidation reduction
reactions, and bioenergetics are discussed, as well as
various inborn errors of metabolism.

PCL 1 101 Drugs - Their Uses and Actions 4 Q.H.

Topics include background, classification, dose re-
sponses, untoward side effects, uses, and commer-
cial preparations of a broad series of drugs. (Not open
to pharmacy respiratory therapy or nursing majors).

PCL 1102 Poisons 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Nonpharmacy majors)
This course presents an organized classification of
chemicals (natural and synthetic) capable of potential
harm to humans and their environment. Included are
the effects, uses, treatments, and designs of poisons.

PCL 1301 Basic Pharmacology 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
This course provides students an opportunity to learn
the classification, mechanisms of action, and uses
of a broad spectrum of therapeutic agents. Dose
response and untoward side effects are emphasized.

PCL 1305 Pharmacodynamics 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1120, BIO 1255, CHM 1111, and CHM

1112)

This course provides introductory expositions of

pharmacologic principles, with the pharmacothera-

peutics of drug groups and individual drug substances

of particular importance in treatment and diagnosis of

disease.

PCL 1309 Pharmacology for the Respiratory Care
Practitioner 4 Q.H.

The course provides an orientation to pharmacology,
including the scope of pharmacology; definitions;
drug standards; drug legislation; names, sources,
and active constituents; and pharmaceutical prep-
arations of drugs relating to the respiratory-care
practitioner

PCL 1 41 0 Introduction to Pathology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PAH 1202 and PAH 1204)

The course focuses on basic concepts of pathology

for the pharmacy student, with emphasis on disease

processes and alterations of normal biochemical

mechanisms.

PCL 1 420 Pharmacology/Medicinal Chemistry II

6Q.H.

(Prereq. PMC 1418)

Continuation of PMC 1418. An interdisciplinary ap-
proach to the fundamental chemical and pharma-
cological principles of drug action. A discussion of
structure-activity relationship, absorption character-
istics, metabolic fate, pharmacodynamics, and ther-
apeutic application, principally of those drugs acting
at sympathetic and neuroeffector junctional sites.

PCL 1422 Pharmacology/Medicinal Chemistry III

6Q.H.

(Prereq. PCL 1420)

A continuation cf PCL 1 420 with special emphasis on
drugs affecting the hematopoietic systems, the kid-
neys, and the endocrine and reproductive systems.

PCL 1450 Pharmacology Laboratory I 1 Q.H.*

(Prereq. PMC 1418)

Drug actions are observed in intact animals. The
signs and symptoms are related to mechanisms of
drug action and the integration of physiological
systems. A major goal is the consolidation and inte-
gration of material previously presented in texts and
didactic courses.

PCL 1452 Pharmacology Laboratory II 1 Q.H.*

(Prereq. PCL 1450)

Basic principles of pharmacology and pharmacoki-
netics are observed, using diverse experimental model
systems. Drug action in these model systems demon-
strates how pharmacological knowledge is obtained.
PCL 1505 Drug Interactions 4 Q.H.

The basic chemical-physical, pharmacodynamics,
pharmacokinetic, physiological, and pathological
factors associated with drug interactions are studied.
The roles of these factors in the efficacy and safety of

Lab fee required.

21 8 /Pharmacy

therapeutic drug regimens involving major phar-
macological classes of drugs are discussed.
PCL 1801 Special Research Project
(Pharmacology) (each) 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. Permission ofinstructorand program director)
This is a course of directed study or research in
pharmacology/toxicology wherein the student may
undertake in-depth investigation of an area of special-
ized interest.

PCL 1802 Special Research Project
(Pharmacology) 4 Q.H.*

PCL 1803 Special Research Project
(Pharmacology) 4 Q.H.*

PCX 1230 Pharmaceutical Calculations 3 Q.H.

The course provides an introduction to the general
scope of pharmacy Emphasis is on systems of meas-
urement and basic arithmetic calculations as they
relate to the practice of pharmacy Additionally the
student is introduced to statistical analysis and essen-
tial mathematical concepts required for subsequent
courses in pharmaceutics.

PCT 1320 Pharmaceutics Laboratory 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. PCT 1350 or concurrent enrollment)
The course focuses on the application of the fun-
damental principles and techniques of pharmaceu-
tics to the laboratory preparation and use of various
pharmaceutical drug products.

PCT 1 340 Pharmaceutics I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1108, PHY 1203, OHM 1265, and PCT
1230)

The course focuses on the study of physiochemical
theories and principles and their application to phar-
maceutical systems. Topics include thermodynamics,
ionic equilibria, solubility, complexation, interfacial
phenomena, rheology coarse dispersions, diffusion,
membrane transport, and kinetics.

PCT 1 350 Pharmaceutics II 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. PCT 1340)

The course focuses on the application of the fun-
damental principles of physical pharmacy to the for-
mulation of pharmaceutical preparations. Emphasis
is on pharmaceutical dosage forms, including both
industrial formulation and extemporaneous com-
pounding.

PCT 1 440 Biopharmaceutics/Pharmacokinetics

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PAH 1204)

A class designed to acquaint students with bio-
pharmaceutics and basic pharmacokinetics. Topics
include dissolution, disintegration, general concept of
one-and two-compartment models; linear and non-
linear pharmacokinetics; drug kinetics after intra-
venous, intramuscular, or oral administration; practi-
cal methods of one-compartment model utilizing
urinary data; bioavailability; multiple-dosing kinetics;
and general approaches to dosage adjustment in
disease states.

PCT 1441 Pharmacokinetic Principles in Drug
Therapy 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PCT 1440)

The course covers the monitoring, development, and
modification of drug dosage regimens, and the phar-
macokinetic factors influencing the selection of these
regimens, for the various therapeutic categories of
drugs.

PCT 1801 Pharmaceutics Special Research
Project 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. Permission of instructor(s) and program
director)

A course of directed study or research in one of the
pharmaceutical sciences, wherein the student may
undertake in-depth investigation of an area of special-
ized interest.

PCT 1 802 Pharmaceutics Special Research
Projects (each) 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. Permission of instructor(s) and program
director)

A course of directed study or research in pharma-
ceutics, wherein the student may undertake in-depth
investigation of an area of specialized interest.

PCT 1803 Pharmaceutics Special Research
Project 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. Permission of instructor(s) and program
director)

A course of directed study or research in pharmaceu-
tics, wherein the student may undertake in-depth
investigation of an area of specialized interest.
PHP 1301 Pharmaceutical Jurisprudence 4 Q.H.
(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
The course offers a comprehensive analysis and inter-
pretation of laws relating to the practice of pharmacy
Federal and state food and drug laws, narcotics laws,
Medicare and Medicaid regulations, and state phar-
macy laws are discussed.

PHP 1 302 Pharmacy Administration I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
The course covers socioeconomic aspects of phar-
macy: the government's relation to the pharmaceuti-
cal industry trends in contemporary practice, third-
party payment plans, macroeconomic impact on the
industry and the interaction of current concepts in
pharmacy '

Lab fee required.

Pharmacy/ 21 9

PHP 1303 Interpersonal Skills for Health
Professionals 4 Q.H.

The course is designed to apply the skills of inter-
personal communication to situations encountered in
various health care settings. Students are provided
with an opportunity to learn to integrate specific tech-
nical competence with serious concern for personal,
social, and cultural factors in illness and health care.
Through the use of medical sociology literature, audio-
visual materials, case analyses, and personal reflec-
tion on actual patient encounters, the students are
provided with an opportunity to improve interpersonal
communication skills, and to help increase their under-
standing of practitioner-patient relationships, patient's
needs and responses in illness and treatment, and
professional behavior in practice settings.

PHP 1 304 Social Pharmacology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHP 1303 or consent of instructor)
An introductory study of drug-taking experiences
and behaviors. The course provides an overview of
theories and research findings which describe the
relationships between personal, social, and cultural
factors and drug taking, while comparing and con-
trasting the social approach with the pharmacological
paradigm of drug effects and the medical model of
drug- use. Through the use of readings, audiovisual
materials, and descriptions of personal experiences,
the student will examine the varieties of drug experi-
ences, patterns of and reasons for drug taking of all
types, and strategies for preventing drug use problems.

PHP 1305 Hospital Pharmacy Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing or permission of instructor)
The factors involved in the operations and manage-
ment of a hospital pharmacy within the context of the
total hospital structure.

PHP 1306 Community Pharmacy Management

4Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing or permission of instructor)
The course focuses on the management requirements
for establishing a community pharmacy A compara-
tive analysis of the prevailing types of organizations,
locations, leases, business organization, staffing, plant
layout and design, and financial factors.

PHP 1 307 Principles of Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
The course covers the fundamentals of business
organization with emphasis on the qualitative and
legal aspects of management. This course includes
an analysis of the marketing structure of the drug
trade, forces of organizations, personnel management,
and decision-making theory using nonqualitative data.

PHP 1308 Rnancial Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
The course examines the fundamentals of accounting
and finance with emphasis on their application to
retailing and community pharmacy management.
Accounting systems, analysis of financial statements,
budgets, cash flow, taxation, and finance are covered
in depth.

PHP 1309 Seminar in Community Pharmacy
Management 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
A discussion course on all phases of community
pharmacy operations with extensive utilization of the
case method of instruction.

PHP 1 401 Drug information and Evaluation 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. Fifth-year standing or permission of instruc-
tor)

An introduction to the principles and practice of drug
information. Material covered includes the levels of
practice, the availability of therapeutic reference
sources, the use of abstracting and indexing systems,
how to respond to drug information questions, and
basic statistical data required to help understand the
medical and pharmaceutical literature.

PHP 1 402 Parapharmaceuticals 2 Q.H.

Course focuses on the nature and application of
various surgical devices, appliances, bandages, and
hospital and sickroom supplies in patient care.

PHP 1 501 Pharmacy Externship 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Fifth-year standing)

A 520-hour (thirteen weeks x 40 hours/week) struc-
tured practicum in community pharmacy. The ex-
perience includes applied aspects of community
pharmacy management; medication dispensing; and
patient-oriented services such as prescription and
nonprescription medication, consultation, and patient-
profile monitoring.

PHP 1 502 Clinical Pharmacy Clerkship 1 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. PHP 1602)

Students are assigned to a clinical site for five full
days per week to observe patient response to med-
ication and to evaluate and advise on all factors that
may modify efficacy safety, and economy of therapy
Campus seminar involves student presentations on
current therapeutic topic.

PHP 1 503 Professional Practice Laboratory 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior standing or permission of instructor)
Compounding and dispensing medications. Empha-
sis is on patient counseling techniques and moni-
toring for appropriateness of therapy Prescription
compounding involves screening for incompatibilities.
Also includes an introduction to the preparation of
intravenous solutions.

PHP 1 601 Nonprescription Medication 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PCT 1440)

A course designed to provide an overall view of the
various types of "over-the-counter" medications. The
directions and precautions for proper use of these
preparations are discussed.

PHP 1602 Pharmacotherapeutics 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. PCL 1422 and PCL 1410)
The course covers discussion of common clinical
laboratory tests, major disease states, and drug
therapy for these conditions.

220 / Pharmacy

PHP 1603 Selected Topics in Clinical Pharmacy I

4Q.H.

(Prereq. PHP 1602 and permission of instructor)
Designed to help students increase their understand-
ing of selected diseases. Pathophysiology and diag-
nosis of the illness as well as drug therapy and its
relation to patient compliance and education. Pro-
vides greater depth than existing clinical pharmacy
courses.

PHP 1604 Selected Topics in Clinical Pharmacy II

4Q.H.

(Prereq. PHP 1602 and permission of instructor)
This is a course designed to help increase the stu-
dent's knowledge of selected disease entities. Topics
will include pathophysiology and diagnosis of the
illness as well as drug therapy and its relation to
patient compliance and education. It will be more in
depth than existing clinical pharmacy courses.

PHP 1801 Special Research Project 4 Q.H.

(Clinical Pharmacy)

(Prereq. Permission of instructor and program direc-
tor)

This is a course of directed study or research in
clinical pharmacy, wherein the student may under-
take in-depth investigation of an area of specialized
interest.

PHP 1802 Special Research Project 4 Q.H.

(Clinical Pharmacy)

(Prereq. Permission of instructor and program direc-
tor)

This is a course of directed study or research in
clinical pharmacy wherein the student may under-
take in-depth investigation of an area of specialized
interest.

PHP 1803 Special Research Project 4 Q.H.

(Pharmacy Administration)

(Prereq. Permission of instructor and program direc-
tor)

This is a course of directed study or research in
pharmacy administration, wherein the student may
undertake in-depth investigation of an area of special-
ized interest.

PHP 1804 Special Research Project 4 Q.H.

(Pharmacy Administration)

Prereq. Permission of instructor and program direc-
tor)

This is a course of directed study or research in
pharmacy administration, wherein the student may
undertake in-depth investigation of an area of special-
ized interest.

PMC 1418 Medicinal Chemistry/Pharmacology I

4Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1 107, CHM 1265, PAH 1202, PAH 1204)
Course offers an introduction to the principles of

pharmacology and medicinal chemistry applied to
the discovery of drugs and their therapeutic utility in
man; a detailed discussion of drugs affecting the
central nervous system, including therapeutic indi-
cations, adverse reactions, and mechanisms of action.

PMC 1 420 Antiinfectives 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1265, BIO 1106, BIO 1107, and PAH
1280)

A discussion of modern chemotherapeutic agents
used in the therapy of bacterial, viral, fungal, and
parasitic infections; emphasis on the selective tox-
icity, organic chemistry, and medicinal chemistry of
these agents. The course also offers an introduction
to microbiology and microbial disease and a series of
lectures on the development and use of vaccines.

PMC 1 440 Medicine Out of the Earth 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1 265, BIO 1 1 06 and BIO 1 1 07)
This course focuses on the historical use of plants as
drugs and their role in the development of modern
medicinal and pharmaceutical preparations. Intro-
duction to a variety of modern approaches to the
discovery of new drugs is included, with reference to
current research programs employing them. Films,
slides, and demonstrations illustrate the techniques
involved.

PMC 1450 Basics of Nuclear Pharmacy 4 Q.H.

This course comprises the study of the physics, chem-
istry, and pharmaceutical use of radiopharmaceuticals.
Methods for preparing and handling these drugs will
be discussed in a practical way as well as the ration-
ale for their use in diagnosis and therapy.

PMC 1801 Special Research Project (Medicinal
Chemistry) 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. Permission of instructor and program director)
Courses offer directed study or research in one of the
medicinal chemistry areas. Students may undertake
in-depth investigation of an area of specialized interest
including literature search and report.

PMC 1 802 Special Research Project (Medicinal
Chemistry) 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. Permissionofinstructorandprogramdirector)
Course offers directed study or research in one of the
medicinal chemistry areas. Students may undertake
in-depth investigation of an area of specialized interest
including literature search and report.

PMC 1 803 Special Research Project (Medicinal
Chemistry) 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. Permission of instructorandprogramdirector)
Course offers directed study or research in one of the
medicinal chemistry areas. Students may undertake
in-depth investigation of an area of specialized interest
including literature search and report.

*Lab fee required.

Toxicology/ 221

Toxicology

TOX 11 00 Toxicology Orientation 1 Q.H.

An introduction to toxicology as it relates to clinical,
environmental, and regulatory concerns. Includes re-
search principles, clinical toxicology of drugs, water
and air pollution concerns. An overview of the field
for toxicology and science majors.

TOX 1131 Laboratory Animal Science 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1 260, PAH 1 204, and/or permission of
instructor)

A comprehensive examination of the role of the lab-
oratory animal in biomedical research. Includes his-
torical and legislative aspects of animal research,
basic anatomy and physiology, genetics and nutri-
tion, physiological parameters, animal health and dis-
ease, and experimental protocols.

TOX 1300 Clinical Toxicology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PMC 1418)

The course focuses on principles of toxicology, in-
cluding FDA requirements relating to new drugs, en-
vironmental and other factors affecting the toxicity
of therapeutic agents, mechanisms of toxicity, and
clinical applications.

TOX 1301 Fundamental Principles of Systemic
Toxicology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PMC 1418)

Course offers a presentation of the principles of
toxicology with reference to mode of toxic damage
at the cellular and systemic levels. The course in-
cludes a discussion of the basic concepts used in
evaluation of toxicity and the basic mechanisms
through which toxic drug interactions are induced.

TOX 1 302 Chemical and Analytical Toxicology

4Q.H.

(Prereq. PMC 1418 and TOX 1301)

Course offers a presentation of the structure activity

approach to toxicology of chemical classes of com-
pounds. The methodology employed to evaluate the
safety of chemicals is presented.

TOX 1320 Toxicology Laboratory 1 Q.H.*

(Prereq. TOX 1301, TOX 1302, and a course in sta-
tistics)

Principles and experimental methods in toxicology
are presented. Animal handling, biochemical tech-
niques, and morphological demonstration of toxic
injury are included.

TOX 1321 Biochemical Toxicology 3 Q.H.*

(Prereq. TOX 1 300, TOX 1 301 , or TOX 1 302)
The objective of this course is 1) to introduce the
student to investigational methods for assessing tox-
icity, 2) to develop the student's ability to analyze and
interpret data generated in the lab and in the literature,
and 3) to develop technical report writing skills.
Rodents are used as a model for toxic insult. Hep-
atotoxicfty, neurotoxicity, teratogenicity, and other toxic
manifestations are examined at the whole animal,
whole tissue, and biochemical level.

TOX 1 801 Special Topics 4 Q.H.*

Selected areas of toxicology will be explored. These
may include research, seminars, comparative anal-
ysis of data, or faculty-guided programs.

TOX 1 802 Special Topics 4 Q.H.*

Selected areas of toxicology will be explored. These
may include research, seminars, comparative anal-
ysis of data, or faculty-guided programs.

TOX 1 803 Special Topics 4 Q.H.*

Selected areas of toxicology will be explored. These
may include research, seminars, comparative anal-
ysis of data, or faculty-guided programs.

*Lab fee required.

Health Professions
General Courses

HRA 1 31 0 Hospital Law 2 Q.H.

This course offers an analysis of the legal principles
relating to medical and paramedical practice within a
hospital environment. The common law and statutory
rights of the hospital, practitioner, and patient are
discussed.

HRA 1 320 Medical Terminology 4 Q.H.

The course offers a study of the language of medicine,
including prefixes, suffixes, roots, abbreviations, and
disease, operative, and drug terms. Also included are
terms related to all area specialties. The terms are
studied as they relate to a specific system of the body

HRA 1321 Basic Medical Terminology 2 Q.H.

This course provides a study of the language of
medicine and health care. Emphasis is on disease,
procedures, and symptomatic terms and their defi-

nitions, word construction, analysis, and application.
The student is provided an opportunity to acquire
working knowledge of medical terminology

HRA 1330 Foundations of Medical Science I

3Q.H.

The course covers major disease problems in our
society and modes of treatment. Included are dis-
cussion of organized care; diagnosis and treatment;
consideration of reproduction, birth, and pediatrics.

HRA 1340 Foundations of Medical Science II

3 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRA 1330)

A continuation of 1 330 covering heart, cancer, stroke,
blood and lymphatic diseases, accidents, and mus-
culoskeletal, respiratory, and gastro-intestinal dis-
eases.

222 / Medical Laboratory Science

Medical Laboratory Science

The Medical Laboratory professional courses are taught by University faculty, together with supportive clinical
faculty.

MLS 1101 Medical Laboratory Science
Orientation I 1 Q.H.

The course focuses on the history and development
of the medical laboratory science profession and
includes an introduction to medical terminology

MLS 1102 Medical Laboratory Science
Orientation II 1 Q.H.

Medical Laboratory Science Orientation II is a con-
tinuation of Medical Laboratory Science Orientation I
with the addition of a review of mathematics and
metric unit calculations.

MLS 1109 Foundations of Clinical Laboratory
Science 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Admission to physician assistant program or
permission by instructor)

Basic laboratory methods employed in primary care,
including urinalysis, gram staining, hematocrit, hemo-
globin, sedimentation rate, white cell count, and dif-
ferential.

MLS 1111 Basic Medical Laboratory Science
Urinalysis 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 07 and CHM 1 1 22)
Introductory course in basic medical laboratory sci-
ence covers principles and theories of renal physi-
ology, with laboratory emphasis on techniques for
chemical and microscopic detection of normal and
abnormal constituents.

MLS 1121 Basic MLS Hematology I 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 07 and CHM 1 1 22)
This introductory course in basic hematology pro-
cedures and principles covers hemoglobin, hema-
tocrit, white and red blood cell counts, and white cell
differentiation.

MLS 1 1 22 Basic MLS Hematology II 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1 1 21 or MLS 1 321 )
The course covers principles and procedures of hema-
tology, with emphasis on hematologic cell maturation
and morphology and basic hemostastis.

MLS 1131 Basic MLS Immunohematology-Serology

6Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 11 07, CHM 1122)
This course is a study of in vitro and in vivo inter-
actions between antigens on red blood cells and
corresponding antibodies and the proteins of the
complement system. Didactic and laboratory exer-
cises will emphasize immunohematology/blood bank-
ing and diagnostic immuno-serological techniques
currently used in clinical laboratory practice.

MLS 1141 Basic MLS Clinical Microbiology

6 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1 1 22, and BIO 1 1 07)
The course focuses on basic principles and tech-
niques of organism isolation, cultivation, and iden-
tification from clinical specimens. Elementary serologic
procedures are discussed.

MLS 1151 Basic MLS Clinical Chemistry and
Instrumentation 5 Q.H.*

(Prereq. MLS 1 1 1 1 or MLS 1311, CHM 1 221 )
The course covers principles of clinical chemistry
with application to procedures and techniques. Lab-
oratory emphasis on instrumental analysis of specific
clinical chemical specimens.

MLS 1 31 1 Basic MLS Urinalysis 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1 122 and BIO 1 107)
Introductory course in basic medical laboratory sci-
ence. Principles and theories of renal physiology with
laboratory emphasis on techniques for chemical and
microscopic detection of normal and abnormal uri-
nary tract constituents.

MLS 1 321 Basic MLS Hematology I 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1 1 22 and BIO 1 1 07)
Introductory course in basic hematology procedures
and principles: hemoglobin, hematocrit, white and
red blood cell counts, and white cell differentiation.

MLS 1322 Basic Medical Laboratory Science
Hematology II 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1121 or MLS 1321)

Principles and procedures of basic medical laboratory

hematology including basic hemostasis, are covered.

MLS 1323 Advanced Hemostasis Techniques

2 Q.H*

(Prereq. MLS 1122 or MLS 1322 or permission of

instructor)

Lecture/laboratory course in advanced hemostatic

techniques. Theory and methodology will be stressed,

along with interpretation of laboratory results.

MLS 1 324 Histochemistry 2 Q.H.*

(Prereq. MLS 1621 or MLS 4341 or permission of

instructor)

The histochemistry of hemic cells and techniques

used in diagnosis of hematological disorders are

covered.

MLS 1330 Basic MLS Immunohematology 2 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1107)

Basic principles in immunohematology and related,
techniques, with particular emphasis on those pro-
cedures used in blood banking, are covered.

MLS 1331 Basic MLS Clinical Immunology 3 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 1 07 and CHM 1 1 22|
Topics include basic principles of immunology with
laboratory emphasis on immunodiagnostic techniques
currently used in clinical laboratory practice.

MLS 1332 Basic MLS Immunohematology 3 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1107)

The course covers basic principles in immunohe-
matology with specific application to the A, B, O, and
Rh blood group systems, antibody detection, and
crossmatch design. Basic blood bank techniques to
include blood typing and crossmatching.

*Lab fee required.

Medical Laboratory Science / 223

MLS 1333 immunohematology 2 Q.H *

(Prereq. MLS 1330 or MLS 1332)
This course offers advanced studies in antigen-anti-
body detection and problem solving through immuno-
hematological tests. Discussion of related hematologic
disorders and the medical/legal aspects of blood
banking is included.

MLS 1341 Basic MLS Clinical Microbiology

4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. BIO 1 107 and CHM 1 122)
Basic principles and techniques or organism isola-
tion, cultivation, and identification from clinical spec-
imens are covered. Elementary serologic procedures
will be discussed.

MLS 1351 Basic MLS Clinical Chemistry and
Instrumentation 4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CHM 1221 and MLS 1111 or MLS 1311)
Principles, procedures, and techniques of basic clin-
ical chemistry and instrumentation.

MLS 1412 MLT Special Topics - Applied
Microscopy 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1101, MLS 1102, MLS 11 11, MLS 1121,
MLS 1122, MLS 1131, MLS 1141, MLS 1151, and
admission to AD-MLT Clinical Program)
Clinical practicum in applied urinalysis, parasitology,
and mycology at an affiliated hospital providing
MLT(ASCP) and CLT(NCA)-level instruction.

MLS 1423 MLT Applied Study in Hematology

2Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1101, MLS 1102, MLS 11 11, MLS 1121,
MLS 1122, MLS 1131, MLS 1141, MLS 1151, and
admission to AD-MLT Clinical Program)
Clinical practicum in hematology and coagulation at a
Northeastern University-affiliated hospital providing
MLT(ASCP) and CLT(NCA)-level instruction.

MLS 1432 MLT Applied Study in Blood Banking

2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1101, MLS 1102, MLS 1111, MLS 1121,
MLS 1122, MLS 1131, MLS 1141, MLS 1151, and
admission to AD-MLT Clinical Program)
Clinical practicum in blood banking at a Northeastern
University-affiliated hospital providing MLT(ASCP) and
CLT(NCA)-level instruction.

MLS 1442 MLT Applied Study in Clinical
Microbiology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1 101, MLS 1 102, MLS 1 1 1 1, MLS 1121,
MLS 1122, MLS 1131, MLS 1141, MLS 1151, and
admission to AD-MLT Clinical Program).
Clinical practicum in microbiology at a Northeastern
University-affiliated hospital providing MLT(ASCP) and
CLT(NCA)-level instruction.

MLS 1452 MLT Applied Study in Clinical
Chemistry 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1 101, MLS 1 102, MLS 1 1 1 1, MLS 1 121,
MLS 1122, MLS 1131, MLS 1141, MLS 1151, and
admission to AD-MLT Clinical Program)
Clinical practicum in clinical chemistry and urinalysis
at a Northeastern University-affiliated hospital pro-
viding MLT(ASCP) and CLT(NCA)-level instruction.

MLS 1 480 MLT Seminar I 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1101, MLS 1102, MLS 1111, MLS 1121,
MLS 1122, MLS 1131, MLS 1141, MLS 1151, and
admission to AD-MLT Clinical Program)
The course offers a basic introduction to correlation
of laboratory findings in hematology blood banking,
microbiology, and clinical chemistry with appropriate
referrals of laboratory information in working situa-
tion. Basic use of quality control.

MLS 1 523 Hematology MT Applied Study 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Acceptance of MT Clinical Program)
Clinical practicum in applied hematology at an affil-
iated hospital medical technology program, which
provides for MT(ASCP), CLS(NCA)-level instruction.

MLS 1532 Immunohematology MT Applied

Study 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. Acceptance to MT Clinical Program)
Clinical practicum in applied immunohematology
at an affiliated hospital medical technology pro-
gram, which provides for MT(ASCP), CLS(NCA)-level
instruction.

MLS 1544 Clinical Microbiology MT Applied Study

7Q.H.

(Prereq. Acceptance to MT Clinical Program)
Clinical practicum in applied microbiology at an
affiliated hospital medical technology program, which
provides for MT(ASCP), CLS(NCA)-level instruction.

MLS 1552 Clinical Chemistry MT Applied Study

7Q.H.

(Prereq. Acceptance to MT Clinical Program)
Clinical practicum in applied clinical chemistry at an
affiliated hospital medical technology program, which
provides for MT(ASCP), CLS(NCA)-level instruction.

MLS 1 621 Advanced Hematology I 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1 122 or permission of instructor)
Topics include physiology of blood cells and bone
marrow with a review of physiology of blood hemo-
poiesis; discussions of hematologic results as they
relate to normal, anemic, and leukemic conditions.

MLS 1622 Advanced Hematology II - Hemostastis

2Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1 1 22 or permission of instructor)
Advanced studies in hemostasis with emphasis on
factor identification and problem solving of hemo-
static problems.

MLS 1631 Advanced Immunohematology 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1332)

This course offers blood group systems, antibody
identification, and advanced immunohematologic
principles and procedures. Case studies will be pre-
sented.

MLS 1632 Immunology 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1260, BIO 1261 or permission of the

instructor)

Lecture: The lecture component will stress current

concepts of immune function such as the structure

and function of antigens and antibodies, the role of

Lab fee required.

224 / Health Record Administration

the major histocompatibility complex in cell-to-cell
interactions, and the regulation of the immune re-
sponse by suppressor cells. Topics discussed will be
related to such clinical conditions as organ trans-
plantation, cancer, and autoimmunity.
Laboratory: Experiments will be designed to intro-
duce students to 1) animal immunization and bleed-
ing techniques, 2) in vitro antigen assay methods, 3)
cell separation and characterization, and 4) the
preparation of monoclonal antibodies. The laboratory
section will also introduce students to various clinical
laboratory assays utilized to detect certain immu-
nodeficiencies.

MLS 1 642 Medical Parasitology 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1141)

Laboratory identification of significant human para-
sites. Life cycles related to mode of infestation, effect
on man, and diagnostic form.

MLS 1 643 Medical Mycology 3 Q.H.*

(Prereq. MLS 1341 or MLS 1141)

Laboratory identification of clinically significant fungi

with a discussion of modes and types of infections.

MLS 1645 Advanced Clinical Microbiology I

2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1 141 or permission of instructor)
Topics include host and microbial interactions in
disease produced by viruses, rickettsia, chlamydia,
mycoplasma, mycobacteria, and actinomyces, with
discussion of disease states and laboratory diagnostic
procedures.

MLS 1646 Advanced Clinical Microbiology II

2Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1 141 or permission of instructor)
Course covers host and microbial interactions in gas-
trointestinal, genitourinary, and respiratory tract infec-
tions; discussion of disease states and laboratory
diagnostic procedures.

MLS 1647 Advanced Clinical Microbiology III

2Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1141 or permission of instructor)
Topics include host and microbial interactions in
closed-space infections and in disease produced by
staphylococci and anaerobic organisms. Methods for
antibiotic susceptibility testing and principles of infec-
tious disease control are also included.

MLS 1651 Advanced Clinical Chemistry I 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1 151 or permission of instructor)
Course includes current methodologies and instru-

mentation used in clinical chemistry to evaluate hor-
monal conditions and drug level monitoring.

MLS 1 652 Advanced Clinical Chemistry II 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1 151 or permission of instructor)
Course includes metabolism of and procedures for
nucleic acids, amino acids, proteins, lipids, and car-
bohydrates.

MLS 1 653 Advanced Clinical Chemistry III 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1151 or MLS 1351 or permission of
instructor)

Course includes a discussion of laboratory proce-
dures used to evaluate acid-base balance, hepatic,
renal, and gastrointestinal systems as well as vitamin
and trace-metal blood levels.

MLS 1 661 Medical Laboratory Science Education

2 Q.H.

(Prereq. Completion of clinical program)
The course offers a survey of current topics in medical
laboratory science education: developing objectives,
methods of evaluation and certification, clinical in-
struction and evaluation, medical laboratory science
curricula, and use of media and other methods of
instruction.

MLS 1665 Medical Laboratory Management

2Q.H.

(Prereq. Completion of clinical program)
The course offers a survey of factors that relate to
effective laboratory administration: hospital organi-
zational structure, principles of management and
supervision, cost accounting, purchasing, inspection
guidelines, legal responsibilities, and personnel re-
lations.

MLS 1 680 MLS Special Topics 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. MLS 1111 through MLS 1 151)
Current topics in the clinical laboratory

MLS 1 681 MLS Senior Seminar 2 Q.H.

The course provides a review of current undergrad-
uate medical laboratory science topics.

MLS 1890 Undergraduate Research 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. Special permission)
The course examines special problems in laboratory
medicine involving individual research under the
direction of a faculty member.

MLS 1 891 MLS Current Concepts 1 Q.H.

Topics for this course are determined by recent
advances in medical laboratory science.

Lab fee required.

Health Record Administration

HRA 1100 Orientation to Medical Records I

1 Q.H.

This introductory seminar focuses on the issues,
activities, and opportunities in the medical record
profession.

HRA 1101 Orientation to Medical Records II

1 Q.H.

Continuation of seminar that introduces the medical
record profession. Focuses on the tools utilized by the
medical record professional.

Health Record Administration / 225

HRA 1410 Health Record Science I 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Two years of arts and sciences)
The course offers introduction to health records;
history of the medical record and medical record
forms. Included are a study of professional medical
record administrators and their relation to the health
facility, medical staff, and committees in the hospital.
Quantitative analysis of medical records.

HRA 1 420 Health Record Science II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRA 1410)

This course covers the numbering, filing, security, and
preservation of medical records; principles of law
related to patient care and medical records; emphasis
on the rules of privileged communications and the
release of information to agencies.

HRA 1 430 Health Record Science III 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRA 1420)

The course examines basic principles of compiling
statistics for hospital and other health institutions.
Topics include the preparation of the daily census and
discharge analysis; monthly annual, and special
reports; birth and death certificates; principles of
standardized nomenclature of diseases and opera-
tions and ICD-9-CM; and study of other indexes used
in medical record departments.

HRA 1440 Advanced Health Record Science IV

4Q.H.

(Prereq. HRA 1430)

This course covers advanced aspects of health/med-
ical record science. Special focus is on the man-
agement of record systems in ambulatory, long-term,
home care, and psychiatric settings.

HRA 1450 Applied Health Records Directed
Practice I 3 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRA 1 430)

Clinical practicum in medical record science in the

general hospital.

HRA 1460 Applied Health Records Directed
Practice II 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRA 1450)

Clinical practicum in medical record science in spe-
cialized health settings.

HRA 1470 Applied Health Records Science III

4Q.H.

Clinical practicum in health/medical records man-
agement in the health-care facility.

HRA 1 480 Clinical Seminar 2 Q.H.

Designed to integrate the didactic and the clinical
experience at an early stage, the course provides a
formal means by which students can share clinical
developments with each other It is designed to give
them an opportunity to improve their competency in
specific areas of medical record practice.

HRA 1510 Management of Health Record Services 1

4 Q.H.

This course focuses on the medical record depart-
ment within the health care setting. Lines of respon-
sitnlity and authority, medical staff and administrative
organization, hospital department functions and or-

ganization are examined, as are fundamental prin-
ciples and successful practices of office organization.
An opportunity is provided for the student to develop
the technical skills necessary to develop organization
charts, policies, job descriptions, and job procedures.

HRA 1 520 Management of Health Record
Services 2 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRA 1510)

This course focuses on the medical record depart-
ment within the health care setting. Budget and cost
control mechanisms, organized labor and collective
bargaining, office environment and layout, and the
impact of state and federal regulations on medical
record practices are examined. An opportunity is
provided for the student to develop the technical skills
necessary to plan and analyze budgets, to plan and
design office layouts, and to evaluate the impact of
regulations on particular medical record applications.

HRA 1530 Management of Health Record
Services 3 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRA 1 520)

This course focuses on the medical record depart-
ment within the health care setting. Orientation pro-
grams; training programs; in-service education; inter-
viewing, hiring, counseling, motivating, and disciplining
employees; and communication skills are examined.
An opportunity is provided for the student to develop
an orientation and training program, and in-service
presentation. Role-playing sessions and case studies
are used to develop skill in interviewing, hiring, coun-
seling, disciplining, and motivating employees. Em-
phasis is placed on verbal skills.

HRA 1 540 Quality Assurance 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRA 1430, HRA 1440; HRA 1320 or per-
mission of instructor)

This course is designed to provide the student with
the opportunity to gain knowledge of the issues and
problems involved in designing, implementing, and
maintaining quality assurance programs for health-
care facilities. An opportunity will also be provided for
the student to gain the technical skills necessary to
carry out all aspects of the audit process, emphasizing
the professional's role as facilitator to physicians and
other professional staff.

HRA 1 560 Seminar in Health Records 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior status)

Case study and discussion are used to integrate the

discrete skills and knowledge of the professional

curriculum into a meaningful whole by analysis of real

and hypothetical problems. Coordination between the

seminar and applied medical record science is

emphasized.

HRA 1570 The Health Record Professional:
Issues and Problems 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. Senior status)

This course provides the senior health record student
with information on a range of topics that are germane
to his/her professional role but that may not have
been included in other professional courses.

226 / Respiratory Therapy

HRA 1610 Introduction to Data Processing for the
Health Services 4 Q.H.

This is an introductory course designed to introduce
the student to the basic concepts of electronic data
processing. Topics considered include input, output,
storage, computation, and controls. The basic history
of automation is reviewed and the concept of com-
puter language is introduced, utilizing FORTRAN.
Simple problems are completed on an individual and
group basis.

HRA 1 620 Systems Analysis 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HRA 1 550)

This course is designed as an introduction to systems
analysis, its concepts, and techniques. Special appli-
cation to health record management is stressed
throughout the course.

HRA 1 630 Applied Health Statistics 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Basic statistics course)
Designed to provide the health record student v\/ith the
opportunity to learn to apply basic statistical tech-
niques to the gathering, analysis, and interpretation of
health care and medical record data, as w/ell as the
effective use of these tools in such areas as depart-
ment management and research studies. Agencies
involved in collecting statistical data w^ill be reviev\/ed,
with the types and sources of information they require;
the relation of statistics, epidemiology and medical
records will also be considered.

HRA 1640 Medical Computer Applications 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. EDP Course I)

This course covers utilization of electronic data proc-
essing in health care. Overview of current activities
and their impact on future trends in health record
management information will be discussed. The role
of the RRA as an information specialist will be con-
sidered.

HRA 1650 Health Record Education

This course is designed to prepare the health record
administration student to function as an in-service
educator Topics include needs assessment, teaching
techniques, and evaluation methodology.

HRA 1 800 Independent Study 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Permission of instructor)
This independent study project is designed to give
students an opportunity to explore in depth a subject
relevant to their interests. It is designed to give them
the opportunity to study a problem, present a pro-
posal, carry out a study or a course of action, and
prepare both written and oral presentation of their
activities.

HRA 1810 Special Topics i 2 Q.H.

The course provides specialized study in medical
records.

HRA 1 820 Special Topics II 2 Q.H.

The course provides specialized study in medical
records.

Respiratory Therapy

RTH 1111 Respiratory Therapy Seminar I 1 Q.H.

This is a survey course designed to introduce the
beginning respiratory therapy student to the role of
respiratory therapists in health-care delivery.

RTH 1112 Respiratory Therapy Seminar II 1 Q.H.

This is a survey course designed to introduce the
beginning student to therapeutic modalities of res-
piratory care.

RTH 1 1 1 3 Respiratory Therapy Seminar III 1 Q.H.

Continuation of RTH 1112, including introduction to
life-support systems.

RTH 1301 Professional Practice Laboratory I

1 Q.H.*

(Prereq. RTH 1331 concurrently)
This lab is designed to provide practice in basic care
skills through laboratory exercises and simulation of
patient-care situations.

RTH 1302 Professional Practice Laboratory 11

1 Q.H.*

(Prereq. RTH 1301, RTH 1332 concurrently)
The lab is designed to provide students with hands-on
experience in working with respiratory therapy equip-
ment. Simulated patient-management problems will
be set up in the lab to provide problem-solving
experience.

RTH 1320 Cardiopulmonary Physiology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Satisfactory completion of the first-year
courses)

The course is designed to provide a detailed intro-
duction to the clinical diagnostic procedures employed
in evaluating cardiopulmonary patients and descrip-
tion of the etiology patho-physiology diagnosis, and
treatment of major cardiopulmonary diseases.

RTH 1321 Cardiopulmonary Disease 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Satisfactory completion of the first-year
courses)

This course is designed to provide a detailed intro-
duction to the clinical diagnostic procedures employed
in evaluating cardiopulmonary patients and descrip-
tion of the etiology pathophysiology diagnosis, and
treatment of major cardiopulmonary diseases.

RTH 1331 Introduction to Patient Care 4 Q.H.

This course is designed to provide an opportunity for
the student to gain knowledge and understanding of
basic patient-care skills, including moving and posi-
tioning of patients, infection control, basic observation
and assessment skills, and familiarity with the tech-
niques of cardiopulmonary resuscitation. An oppor-

Lab fee required.

Respiratory Therapy / 227

tunity will also be provided for the development of the
student's interpersonal and communication sl<ills.

RTH 1332 Introduction to Respiratory Care 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1331 and pharmacology concurrently)
This course is basic to all other professional respi-
ratory therapy courses. Focus is on the theory and
application of medical gas administration and hu-
midity/aerosol therapy

RTH 1403 Professional Practice Laboratory III

1 Q.H.*

(Prereq. RTH 1302, RTH 1433 concurrently)
The lab is designed to provide students with hands-on
experience with respiratory therapy procedures. Simu-
lated patient-management problems will be set up in
the lab to provide problem-solving experience.

RTH 1404 Professional Practice Laboratory IV

1 Q.H.*

(Prereq. RTH 1403, RTH 1434 concurrently)
The lab is designed to provide students with an oppor-
tunity to acquire experience in working with respiratory
therapy life support equipment. Simulated critical
care problems will be set up in the lab to provide
problem-solving experience.

RTH 1 41 1 Clinical Practice I 6 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1332 completed and RTH 1433 con-
currently)

This is the first course designed to provide clinical
experience in hospitals. Focus is on respiratory care
for noncritical patients. Emphasis is placed on infection
control, medical gas administration, humidification of
medical gases, aerosol therapy chest physiotherapy
deep breathing treatments, and the administration of
aerosol medications.

RTH 1 41 2 Clinical Practice II 6 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1433 completed and RTH 1434

concurrently)

The course is designed to provide clinical experience

in hospitals. Emphasis is placed on respiratory care

for critical patients. Advanced respiratory care topics

such as airway care, mechanical ventilation, and

positive and expiratory pressure are reviewed.

RTH 1 41 4 Clinical Seminar I 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1411 concurrently)
The seminar is designed to discuss clinical topics and
respiratory-care problems encountered during clinical
practice in the hospitals.

RTH 1433 Respiratory Care for the Medical and
Surgical Patient 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1332)

This course is a continuation of the introduction to
respiratory therapy It is designed as the didactic
portion of beginning clinical experience on noncrit-
ical patients. Focus is placed on respiratory-care
problems following major surgery and those prob-
lems related to medical patients.

RTH 1434 Respiratory Care for the Critical Patient

4Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1433)

The course is the last in a sequence of three directly
related to the theory of respiratory therapy proce-
dures. It is designed as the didactic portion of clinical
experience on critical patients. Focus is placed on
respiratory-care problems encountered with patients
in intensive care units.

RTH 1435 Introduction to Perinatal/Pediatric
Respiratory Care 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1434)

This course is designed to provide the student with
the opportunity to acquire knowledge and under-
standing of human cardiopulmonary development
from the time of conception through childhood years.
Normal as well as abnormal manifestations of preg-
nancy labor, and the process of delivering are also
emphasized. Methods and techniques of assessment
and delivery of respiratory care will relate to the
pediatric patient's pathophysiology of cardiopulmon-
ary disease.

RTH 1 505 Cardiopulmonary Laboratory Practice

1 Q.H.*

(Prereq. RTH 1535 concurrently)
This course is designed as the laboratory portion of
Cardiopulmonary Laboratory Technology Focus is
placed on the techniques of pulmonary functions
testing, blood gas analysis, and cardiovascular test-
ing commonly done in the clinical setting.

RTH 1 51 1 Practicum In Critical Care 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1 574, RTH 1 578)
The course is designed to allow the student to select
an area of emphasis from among the following:
intensive care units, neonatal-pediatrics, or extracor-
poreal membrane oxygenation. During the practicum
courses students are provided with an opportunity to
work in their specialty areas.

RTH 1512 Practicum In Critical Care 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1511)

This is a continuation of RTH 1511.

RTH 1516 Advanced Clinical Seminar I 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1571 concurrently)
This course is designed to complement RTH 1571,
Advanced Life Support Systems I. Discussion of cur-
rent clinical problems related to life-support systems
will emphasize problems encountered in the hospital.

RTH 1517 Advanced Clinical Seminar II 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1572 concurrently)
This course is designed to complement a profes-
sional elective taken concurrently Discussion of cur-
rent clinical problems and research related to problems
encountered in the hospital.

RTH 1 51 8 Advanced Clinical Seminar III 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1511 concurrently)
Course is designed to complement RTH 1511, prac-
ticum in Critical Care. Discussion of current clinical
problems and research related to critical-care prob-
lems is emphasized.

Uab fee required.

228 / Respiratory Therapy

RTH 1519 Advanced Clinical Seminar IV 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1512 concurrently)
Continuation of RTH 1518. Complements RTH 1512,
practicum in Critical Care.
RTH 1535 Cardiopulmonary Laboratory
Techniques 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1 321 and permission of instructor)
This course is designed to provide the student with an
opportunity to gain knowledge and background in
principles, theory, and procedures encountered in a
clinical cardiopulmonary laboratory. Focus will be
placed on the physiological foundations of cardio-
pulmonary testing.

RTH 1571 Advanced Life Support Systems I

4Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1434)

Designed to introduce students to selected techniques

of advanced life support applied to the critically ill

patient.

RTH 1 572 Perfusion Technology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1571)

Designed to introduce students specializing in per-
fusion technology to the theory, principles, and con-
cepts of cardiovascular perfusion.

RTH 1574 Advanced Clinical Physiology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. PAH 1204 and permission of instructor)
This lecture course is designed to enrich the res-
piratory therapy students' program by providing them
with an opportunity for an in-depth exposure to med-
ical physiology based on the concept of the homeo-
static state and its application to the clinical setting.

RTH 1576 Neonatal Respiratory Care 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1 574)

The course is designed to provide the student with an
understanding of the methods and techniques of
respiratory therapy for neonatal patients. Emphasis is
placed on mechanical ventilation, newborn care, and
the respiratory distress syndrome.

RTH 1 578 Advanced Medical Monitoring 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1 574)

The course is designed to enrich the students' pro-
gram by providing them with an opportunity for an
in-depth exposure to the theory and application of
physiologic monitoring systems and their use in crit-
ical-care settings.

RTH 1631 Management of Respiratory Care
Departments 4 Q.H.

The major purpose of this course is to expose res-
piratory therapy students to the techniques, theories,
and tools of management which will enable them to
develop a workable management system for respi-
ratory care departments. The course is designed to
provide an overview and a basic conceptual under-
standing of the role and the task of managing. It will
deal with the functions, duties, and responsibilities of

managers, and the things managers must do. Theor-
etical considerations will be alternated with practical
applicants (cases, questions and exercises) to en-
hance learning.

RTH 1632 Methods and Materials of Teaching
Respiratory Therapy 4 Q.H.

A study of the systems approach to teaching res-
piratory therapy The course covers development of
instructional goals based on a needs assessment,
behavioral learning objectives, instructional strategies,
and evaluation instruments. Emphasis is placed on
the use of criterion-referenced measurement strate-
gies to evaluate mastery of clinical skills.

RTH 1 633 Student Teaching and Seminar 4 Q.H.

Part-time participation twelve hours per week in a
supervised respiratory therapy learning experience
designed to provide practice with didactic, laboratory
and clinical teaching. The students will have an oppor-
tunity to demonstrate, evaluate, and develop their
teaching skills. A one-hour seminar held weekly will
discuss problems encountered in the classroom, lab-
oratory and hospital.

RTH 1634 Rehabilitation of Children with
Respiratory Disorders 4 Q.H.

The course applies a broad definition of rehabilitation
to the life situations of children with respiratory dis-
orders. Students will have the opportunity to learn
specific skills that address the recognition and man-
agement of acute and chronic problems. Model sys-
tems of psychosocial as well as physical support
based on these skills will be developed. The course is
open to students in health or human service dis-
ciplines who have had clinical or field experience.

RTH 1635 Practicum in Pediatric Pulmonary
Rehabilitation 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1634 or permission of instructor; en-
rollment limited)

Counselorship under medical direction at a one-week
summer camp for children with severe pulmonary
disorders. Students will apply skills acquired in RTH
1634 in residential camp situation and respond to
medical or psychosocial problems in a manner con-
sistent with current methods in his/her discipline.
Group and individual discussions with the instructor
will clarify insights and experiences. Daily case reports
will document the learning process.

RTH 1801 Directed Independent Study I 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1 51 1 concurrently)
This is a course of directed study in a student's major
wherein in-depth investigation of a special interest
area is undertaken.

RTH 1 802 Directed Independent Study II 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. RTH 1512 concurrently)
This is a course of directed study in a student's major
wherein in-depth investigation of a special interest
area is undertaken.

Nursing/ 229

Nursing

NUR 1100 Introduction to Professional Nursing
and the Health Sector 4 Q.H.

The first course in nursing introduces the student to
concepts of health, the health care delivery system,
professional nursing and roles in nursing. A variety of
societal and environmental factors that affect the
health care system in general and nursing practice in
particular w/ill be examined.

NUR 1101 The Theoretical Basis for Nursing
Practice 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. NUR 1100)

This course introduces the philosophical and theo-
retical basis for the practice of nursing. Major nursing
theorists are surveyed. The role of theory and its use
in nursing practice is discussed. The concepts and
theories that constitute the conceptual framework of
the curriculum are emphasized. From the perspective
of adaptation theory as the organizing theme of the
curriculum, concepts essential for learning the pro-
fessional nursing practice role are introduced. Building
from the concepts about health and illness introduced
in NUR 1 1 00, the concepts client, human need, and
nursing process are explored. Communication as an
essential professional role behavior is emphasized.

NUR 1 1 02 Human Nutrition 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. NUR 1100)

The study of the science of nutrition provides the
student the opportunity to plan and select a nutri-
tionally adequate and prudent diet; recognize food
and nutrition misinformation; utilize objectivity v\/hen
working with individuals to meet their nutritional needs;
and recognize the importance of nutrition and its
relation to health. The course will examine the physio-
logical functions of the major nutrients and food
sources, as well as common areas of consumer
concern about nutrition.

NUR 1200 Nursing 6 Q.H.

(Prereq. NUR 1 1 00, NUR 1101, NUR 1 1 02, CHM 1111,
CHM 1112, BIO 1140, BIO 1141, BIO 1295)
Students will explore and begin to enact the profes-
sional role in a clinical setting. Implementation of
nursing process and psychomotor skill development
are given particular emphasis. Students provide basic
nursing care while strengthening their understanding
of nursing process through its application to individ-
uals. Nursing models will be discussed in terms of
their potential to add diversity to nursing approaches.
Lectures and assignments assist the student to utilize
and explain the scientific and conceptual basis for
nursing activities. Professional responsibility is ex-
plored in a legal and ethical framework with specific
attention to the students' individual role development.

NUR 1201 Nursing 6 Q.H.

(Prereq. NUR 1200, BIO 1190, BIO 1293)
Students will continue to enact the professional role in
a clinical setting. Physical assessment and patient
education are given particular emphasis. Students
provide basic nursing care and continue to strengthen

their understanding of nursing process. Lectures and
assignments assist the students to utilize and explain
the scientific and conceptual basis for nursing activi-
ties. Professional responsibility is explored in the
context of change and leadership.

NUR 1 300 Common Problems II 7 Q.H.

(Prereq. NUR 1201)

The nursing process is continued and implemented in
more complex situations. Assessment of client/ patient
status and nursing interventions are centered on indi-
viduals with pathophysiological and psychological
disturbances. Major content areas addressed are:
adaptation to inflammations, immunity, stresses or
pre- and post-operative experiences, and metabolic
responses related to alteration in health status. The
effects of the client/patient's altered status on family
members are explored. Students are introduced to
drug therapy and begin administration of medications.
Under faculty guidance, students develop a teaching
plan and nursing care analysis for selected clients.
Learning experiences are planned for students to
provide for continuity of patient care through collabo-
ration with clients, health team members, and appro-
priate community agencies.

NUR 1301 Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing

7 Q.H.

(Prereq. NUR 1300 or NUR 1302)
This course is designed to help students develop a
beginning knowledge of mental and emotional illness
through a basic understanding of the dynamics of
human behavior and beginning skills in therapeutic
intervention. The student is introduced to the con-
cepts of family and group therapy and crisis inter-
vention techniques.

NUR 1 302 Transition 9 Q.H.

(Prereq. CHM 1111=n1112, BIO 1140=n1141, BIO
1 293, BIO 1 295, PSY 1 1 1 1 =n1 1 1 2, BIO 1 1 20)
The first nursing course for registered nurse students
in the baccalaureate degree program introduces the
purposes and objective of this program and the phi-
losophy of baccalaureate education. It also broadens
students' perspectives of professional nursing and
provides opportunities to complement and validate,
through guided and independent study students'
knowledge of roles and role conflicts, the commu-
nication process, group dynamics, and the nursing
process.

NUR 1 400 Maternal and Child Nursing 9 Q.H.

(Prereq. PSY 1 241 , PCL 1 305, and NUR 1 300 or NUR
1302)

The focus of this course is on the application of the
nursing process in maintaining optimal health for
child-bearing and child-rearing families from various
cultural and social backgrounds. Opportunity is pro-
vided for students to apply nursing process with
clients at selected developmental stages and to assist
families in coping with stresses that interfere with
health. Learning experiences provided assist the
student in furthering personal and professional de-
velopment.

230 / Criminal Justice

NUR 1401 Medical-Surgical Nursing 9 Q.H.

(Prereq. NUR 1300, NUR 1301, PCL 1305)
Focus is placed on the effects of episodes of acute
illness on individuals, families, and society. Altera-
tions and adaptations in physiology characteristic of
acute episodes of illness and the nurse's role in
intervention are discussed. Content also includes
discussion of the impact of illness on patterns of
living, needs for health teaching, and continuity of
care. Guided clinical experiences are planned, with
emphasis on the use of the nursing process and the
development of those skills necessary to plan and
implement care for the adult who is in an acute care
setting.

NUR 1 500 Community Health Nursing 9 Q.H.

(Prereq. NUR 1 401 , NUR 1 400, PSY 1 242, SOC 1 1 00)
This course provides an opportunity for students to
increase their understanding of the variety of ways in
which families, groups, and communities organize to
meet the health and welfare needs of their members.
Particular attention is given to the role of the nurse in
planning with individuals, families, groups, and com-
munity agencies to meet recognized needs. Themes
occurring throughout the course include political
implications of health care delivery and current

research that affects family and group health and
community nursing. Values clarification and cultural
experience of nurse and client, are also explored.
Laboratory experience involves work with individuals,
families, and communities.

NUR 1501 Contemporary Issues in Nursing 5 Q.H.

(Prereq. NUR 1401, NUR 1400, SOA 1100)
This course provides the student with the opportunity
to examine the current body of nursing knowledge as
it is organized within the various conceptual models
of nursing. Student will also analyze contemporary
issues in nursing within the context of the historical
background of the profession and those forces which
influence it. Present and future roles of the profes-
sional nurse are discussed.

NUR 1502 Introduction to Research in Nursing

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. NUR 1401, NUR 1400, SOA 1100)
This course builds on students' prior exposure to
selected studies applied to nursing. Both qualitative
and quantitative research are discussed. The value of
each to the practice of nursing and the significance of
research in nursing to both practitioner and consumer
are emphasized.

Criminal Justice

CJ 1 1 01 Administration of Criminal Justice 4 Q.H.

This course surveys the contemporary criminal jus-
tice system from the initial contact with the offender
through prosecution, disposition, incarceration, and
release to the community. Emphasis is placed on
major systems of social control: police, corrections,
juvenile justice, mental health systems, and their pol-
icies and practices relative to the offender A balance
is maintained in providing legal, empirical, and socio-
logical materials.

CJ 1 1 1 0 Topics in History of Criminal Justice

4 Q.H.

The course provides a historic survey of the principles
of criminal justice in the ancient and medieval periods',
with emphasis upon the impact of religion and
philosophy

CJ 1 1 1 1 Topics in History of Criminal Justice

4Q.H.

A continuation of the historic survey with an exam-
ination of the effects of the Renaissance and the
Reformation, and the rise of nation states.

CJ 1112 Critical Issues in Criminal Justice and
Criminology 4 Q.H.

Introduces students to the major issues and ethical
considerations facing criminal justice and criminol-
ogy today There will be six to eight major critical,
moral, and ethical issues discussed. Core topics could
be (but are not confined to) the death penalty, abortion,
euthanasia, abolition of the insanity plea, victimless
crimes (prostitution, drug abuse, gambling), and gun

control. These issues will be presented in the format
of pros and cons and will involve student presenta-
tions or debates.

CJ 1113 Critical Issues in Criminal Justice
Administration 4 Q.H.

Provides a comprehensive understanding of the major
issues in the functional areas of law enforcement,
private security, prosecution, and courts. This course
is designed to stimulate and reflect the controversial
characteristics of many criminal justice operations.
Students are exposed to these debates through the
objective presentation of all sides of the issues.

CJ 1151 Introduction to Law and the Legal
Process 4 Q.H.

Provides an introduction to the law and the legal
system of the United States. It sets forth the fun-
damentals of our legal process and provides a sum-
mary description of both the private and public law
system. Its goal is to present an overview of the
traditional structure, as well as the basic principles of
law.

CJ 1201 Criminology 4 Q.H.

The course covers patterns and evolution of criminal
behavior, the social forces involved, and development
of the individual criminal; administration of criminal
justice — law, courts, police, prisons.

CJ 1251 Introduction to Criminal Law 4 Q.H.

The course deals with the area of criminal respon-
sibility some of its limitations, and certain modifi-
cations substantially affecting it. The course requires

Criminal Justice/ 231

an ability to express in writing both the knowledge of a
particular concept and the ability to identify it in a
complex fact pattern and discuss its implications and
ramifications.

CJ 1252 Criminal Due Process 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1251)

This is a required course focusing on a historical
evaluation of the Fourteenth Amendment and its use
in making rights prescribed under the Bill of Rights
applicable to the individual states. Also detailed in the
course are the inherent problems of the Fifth and Sixth
Amendments, including the effect of their implications
on such matters as police practices, illegal search
and seizure, and right to counsel. Students are
expected to be familiar with basic concepts as well as
changing interpretations so that they can cite cases
that may stand as precedents for conclusions they
draw.

CJ 1301 Introduction to Security 4 Q.H.

The course examines the organization and admin-
istration of security and loss prevention programs in
industry, business, and government. Emphasis is
placed on the protection of assets, personnel, and
facilities, and focuses on the relations between security
organizations and government agencies.

CJ 1 31 1 White-Collar Crime 4 Q.H.

Intends to give the student a basic understanding of
white-collar crime. The course will cover such topics
as: nature and extent of white-collar crime, the social-
psychologic makeup of white-collar crime-typologies,
present efforts directed toward controlling it, and
understanding the interagency and jurisdictional
problems and the benefits of cooperation.

CJ 1312 Organized Crime 4 Q.H.

Provides the student with an understanding of the
phenomenon labeled "organized crime." It is ap-
proached from the law enforcement perspective;
however, the general criminal justice implications are
stressed. The corruptive influences of the phenom-
enon are dealt with, as well as the overzealous
enforcement aspects which lead to violations of con-
stitutional safeguards. The nature of intelligence
activities and computerized information concerning
organized crime are explored, as well as the sensitive
privacy issues that are concerned. Problems of def-
inition, identification of participants, attainment of
public understanding and support, legal limitations in
dealing with the phenomenon, and the involvement of
otherwise reputable citizens as consumers or unwit-
ting allies are discussed. Strategies, both present and
proposed, for controlling or eliminating organized
crime are considered. Finally the relationship of this
phenomenon to "white-collar crime" is evaluated.

HCJ 1314 Security Management and Supervision

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HCJ 1301 or equivalent)
Deals with the roles and responsibilities of the security
manager Special attention is given to the respon-
sibilities of planning, organizing, staffing, directing,
controlling, representing, and innovating. The mana-

ger's responsibility in professionalizing security and
other relevant issues are also explored.

CJ 131 5 Security Design and Technology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1301 or equiv)

Acquaints students with options and applications of
today's scientific and technological products. An
attempt is made to prepare students in the area of
security planning and develop in them the managerial
skills needed to plan security systems using the state-
of-the-art modern-day technology

CJ 131 8 Terrorism 4 Q.H.

Attempts to give the student an understanding of what
terrorism is and why it has become so popular Topics
examined will include: the role of news media, political
consequences of terrorism, the military as a resource,
and the role of the hostage.

CJ 1401 Law Enforcement Administration and
Management 4 Q.H.

The course covers the principles of police organi-
zation, administration, and management, including
staff and line functions, chain of command, span of
control, selection of personnel, and promotional sys-
tems. Consideration is also given to special problems
such as strikes, natural and atomic disasters, narcotic
traffic, and vice control.

CJ 141 1 Police Operations 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1401)

The course offers a general survey of police oper-
ational procedures, including patrol, traffic, interro-
gations, and report writing. Role playing is used
extensively to demonstrate interviewing methods.

CJ 1421 Police-Community Relations 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1401, CJ 1411, and junior or senior
status)

The course covers police-public contact; uses of the
communications media in projecting the police image;
responsibilities of police in dealing effectively with
minority groups, civil rights, civil disorder, and public
protection. An exploration of the role and function of
the police in intergroup relations is also included.

CJ 1422 Human Factors in Policing 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1411)

This course focuses on the theory and practice of
human relations and conflict management necessary
for effective policing. It is recommended for those with
a career interest in policing.

CJ 1423 Criminal Justice Planning 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1452; a statistics course; and middler,
junior, or senior standing)

The course examines criminal justice planning theory
and methods. Emphasis is on the need for criminal
justice planning and the tools used in the planning
process. Students in small groups are expected to
prepare a sample criminal justice plan during the
term.

CJ 1424 Seminar in Law Enforcement 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1401, CJ 1411, and junior or senior

standing)

The course provides an opportunity for free discus-

232 / Criminal Justice

sion about the numerous problems facing the law
enforcement officer. Periodic oral and written reports
are required. Guest lecturers are invited to participate
in and lead discussion sessions. An effort is made to
have students formulate their own philosophy of law
enforcement prior to graduation.

CJ 1425 Police Discretion 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler, junior or senior standing)
This course examines the nature and impact of dis-
cretion as it relates to police decision making. Attention
is given to various forms of police discretion and ways
in which it can be structured, confined, and checked.
Students have the opportunity to examine and learn
to analyze sample police department policies and
study different formal and informal methods of devel-
oping policies. Students also study the relation of
discretion to controlling police behavior and police
corruption.

CJ 1451 Criminal Justice Research 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. MTH 1010 or equiv, and middler, junior, or
senior standing)

This is a survey course of methods for basic and
applied research in criminal justice, combining sta-
tistics and research methods. While providing mini-
mal research literacy, this course concentrates on
research application by stressing discussion of the
general role of research in the discipline and specific
contributions advanced by studies in the literature.

CJ 1452 Research Methods in Criminal Justice

4Q.H.

(Prereq. A statistics course and middler, junior, or
senior standing)

The course focuses on development of research
design of the kind most useful to criminal justice
problems; understanding some of the most important
issues and problems facing researchers in the field;
use of various data collection methods, including
observation, interviewing, questionnaire construction,
and scales for survey analysis; validity and reliability;
computer application in criminal justice.

CJ 1471 Criminalistics I: Criminal Investigation

4 Q.H.

The course focuses on criminal investigation dealing
with areas of investigation, case preparation, and
applied physiology

CJ 1472 Criminalistics III: Arson and Fire
Investigation 4 Q.H.

A course in the examination and behavior of fire.
Deals with fire-related phenomena such as convec-
tion, radiation, contact, and ignition and includes
consideration of arson, explosions, asphyxiation, and
combustibility. The course will also cover fireproofing
agents such as plastics, textiles, building materials,
and the chemistry of the halogens. Rnally some time
is given to areas of fire experimentation and the
potential for more sophisticated inquiry.

CJ 1473 Criminalistics II: Forensic Laboratory

4 Q.H.*

(Prereq. CJ 1471 and permission of instructor)
The course provides a survey of the elements of

microscopy, spectroscopy, and basic chemistry as
they apply to the study of firearms, hair, fibers, blood,
paint, tools, glass, documents, laundry marks, poi-
sons, and other materials that comprise physical
evidence.

CJ 1501 Evidence I 4Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1251, CJ 1252)

The goal of this course is to provide students the
opportunity to develop their understanding of the
manner in which legal issues and disputes are resolved
by trial. Study will focus on the manner in which the
trial system works and the reasoning behind the rules
governing its operation, including rules of evidence:
the mechanics of the adversary system, relevancy,
reliability, and rules of exclusion based upon policy
considerations other than relevancy and reliability.
Learning tools will include videotapes, mock trials,
observation of actual court trials, lectures, take-home
assignments, and exams.

CJ 1502 Evidence II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1501)

This course continues with reliability and rules of
exclusion, based upon policy considerations other
than relevancy and reliability as set forth in Part I.

CJ 1 51 1 Survey of Criminal Evidence 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1251, CJ 1252)

This survey course focuses upon the fundamentals of
criminal trial procedure and the rules of evidence as
they apply to the trial of a criminal case. Students are
required to read and brief criminal court cases.

CJ 1512 Seminar in Law and Criminal Justice

4Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1251, CJ 1252, and junior or senior

standing)

Specific topic to be announced.

CJ 1601 Survey of Correctional Systems 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1201)

The course offers an introduction to penology and
corrections, exploring the public reaction to convicted
offenders historically while concentrating on issues
and programs of contemporary corrections.

CJ 1 61 1 Theories in Penology 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 100 and CJ 1201)
The course offers a philosophical approach to the
development of punishment in the United States, as
examined in a historical context. Issues of justice
and morality are considered as they are manifested
in contemporary penal structure. Readings include
selections from eighteenth-, nineteenth-, and twen-
tieth-century novelists, philosophers, and crim-
inologists.

CJ 1612 The Administration of Juvenile Justice

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1100, CJ 1201)
Course work examines the juvenile court, its philos-
ophy procedure, and personnel. Focus is on the
discretionary processes by which juveniles are labeled

Lab fee required.

Military Science / 233

delinquent, dependent, and neglected. The roles
played by police, prosecution, defense, bench, and
social service workers are considered. Held visits are
arranged.

CJ 1613 Probation and Parole 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1601)

The course examines the nature and problems of

correctional field service, both adult and juvenile.

CJ 1614 Correctional Institutions 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1601)

The course offers an analysis of the organization and

administration of correctional institutions.

CJ 1615 Crime and Criminal Justice: A
Comparative View 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CJ 1 1 01 , SOC 1 1 00, or equiv)
The course examines the problems of crime and its
control from a comparative perspective. Countries
such as the Soviet Union, China, France, East and
West Germany Great Britain, Holland, Finland, and
Sweden are analyzed in terms of incidence and type
of deviance and crime, as well as in terms of their
approach to social control and the prevention of
crime. Points of divergence between these countries
and the United States will be examined, with regard to

their perceived causes of crime and their differing
approaches to rehabilitation and crime prevention.

CJ 1616 Women and the Criminal Justice System

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler, junior, senior standing)
This course is intended to introduce students to issues
relating to roles taken by women involved with the
criminal justice system and to the system's various
responses to women in these roles. Specific focus will
be directed toward women as victims of crime, as
offenders, and as practitioners.

CJ 1 61 7 The Female Offender 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 1 100 and CJ 1201)
The course addresses itself to the female at various
stages in the criminal justice system, from commis-
sion of a crime to parole. Both the juvenile and adult
offender are studied. The thrust of the course is a
critical analysis of existing theory and research on the
female offender, with emphasis on the socialization,
roles, and social participation of society at large.
The male offender is also considered at each level for
purposes of comparison.

CJ 1801, CJ 1802, CJ 1803, CJ 1804 Directed
Study (each) 4 Q.H.

Military Science

AIR 1 1 10 The Air Force Today 1 Q.H.

Examines the role of the U.S. Air Force in the con-
temporary world. Topics include background, mis-
sion, and organization of Air Force and functions of
U.S. strategic forces. Also, emphasis is placed on
development of written communicative skills.

AIR 1 1 1 1 Leadership Laboratory I 1 Q.H.

Introduction to the customs, traditions, and courte-
sies of the Air Force through guest speakers, sem-
inars, and a field trip to an Air Force base.

AIR 1 1 20 Air Force Today 1 Q.H.

Continues study of the contemporary Air Force by
examining general purpose forces, aerospace sup-
port forces, and the total force structure.

AIR 1 1 21 Leadership Laboratory II 1 Q.H.

Continues AIR 1111 with emphasis on the role and
responsibilities of an Air Force company grade officer

AIR 1 1 30 The Air Force Today 1 Q.H.

The third and final portion of the study of the con-
temporary Air Force of today This portion of the
course gives a more in-depth study of the total force
structure.

AIR 1 1 31 Leadership Laboratory ill 1 Q.H.

Continues AIR 1 121 with emphasison a more in-depth
study of the roles and responsibilities of Air Force
company grade officers.

AIR 1 21 0 The Development of Air Power 1 Q.H.

History of the development of air power from balloon
experiments up through World War II. Emphasis on

interrelation of technology doctrine, historical events.
Student participation and presentations are empha-
sized to enhance verbal communicative skills.

AIR 1 21 1 Leadership Laboratory IV 1 Q.H.

Emphasizes development of techniques used to direct
and inform. Students are assigned leadership and
management positions in the AIR 1111 programs
described above.

AIR 1220 The Development of Air Power 1 Q.H.

History of airpower since 1 946, with emphasis on the
U.S. Air Force. Includes the role of air forces in con-
flicts and the effect of space-age technology on air
power Also an examination of the employment of U.S.
air power in peaceful ways.

AIR 1221 Leadership Laboratory V 1 Q.H.

Continues AIR 1 21 1 . Adds a special program in prep-
aration for field training.

AIR 1310 Management and Leadership I 4 Q.H.

Management and leadership from the point of view of
the Air Force junior officer The individual motivational
and behavioral processes, leadership, communication,
and group dynamics are covered to provide a founda-
tion for the development of the junior officer's profes-
sional skills as an Air Force officer

AIR 131 1 Leadership Laboratory VI 1 Q.H.

Supervisory practice and exercise of leadership func-
tions in controlling and directing activities of the cadet
group. Development of leadership potential in a prac-
tical, supervised training laboratory

234 / Military Science

AIR 1320 Management and Leadership II 4 Q.H.

Continues AIR 1310 with special emphasis on the
basic managerial processes involving decision mak-
ing, utilization of analytical aid in planning, organizing,
and controlling in a changing environment. Organ-
izational and personal values, management of forces
in change, organizational power, politics, and mana-
gerial strategy and tactics are discussed within the
context of the military organization. Actual Air Force
cases are used to enhance the learning and commu-
nication processes.

AIR 1321 Leadership Laboratory VII 1 Q.H.

Continues AIR 1311. Emphasis on supervisory and
leadership skills. Emphasis on advantages of an Air
Force career

AIR 1410 The Military in American Society 4 Q.H.

Study of the military's role as an institution in a
democratic society. Topics: civil-military interaction
and the military as a profession. Emphasis on de-
veloping communicative skills through student pres-
entations.

AIR 1411 Leadership Laboratory VIII 1 Q.H.

Exercise of management functions in planning, super-
vising, and directing cadet group activities. Opportunity
to acquire proficiency in military leadership skills.

AIR 1420 U.S. National Security 4 Q.H.

Study of the role of the military in maintaining the
security of the United States. Examines the inter-
national environment, the background of defense
policy strategy and forms of conflict. Addresses
specific issues, including weapons acquisition, arms
control, nuclear deterrence, and the national military
decision-making process.

AIR 1421 Leadership Laboratory IX 1 Q.H.

Continues AIR 1 41 1 . Students prepare themselves for
professional duties.

ARM 1 1 00 Leadership Lab I 0 Q.H.

Introduction of first-year ROTC students to the basic
tenets of discipline and regimentation of the U.S.
Army Includes the basics of proper wear of military
clothing, proper rendering of military courtesies, mil-
itary customs and traditions, individual and group drill
and ceremonies, manual of arms for the Ml 6A1 rifle,
and physical fitness training. Attendance required for
all first-year cadets enrolled in an ROTC course.

ARM 1101 Introduction to the Army 1 .5 Q.H.

Introduction of first-year ROTC students to the basic
customs and traditions of the Army and ROTC, and the
benefits, obligations, and structures of both. The
course defines each Army branch (infantry, armor,
field artillery etc.) to include the branch mission and
nature of primary duties associated with an officer's
assignment to a particular branch. Rappelling, knot
tying, rope bridge building, and land navigation tech-
niques are taught and executed in a hands-on
environment.

ARM 1 1 02 Basic Leadership Skills 1 .5 Q.H.

Basic Leadership Skills is a modular training course
designed to teach leadership and management con-

cepts. There are four modules, each designed to
illustrate particular management skills: problem
analysis and decision-making, planning and organ-
izing, delegation and control, and interpersonal skills.
Realistic management simulations and structured
exercises are the primary methods used to teach
essential leadership skills.

ARM 1 1 03 Tactical Simulations 1 .5 Q.H.

Mission, organization, and composition of the basic
infantry rifle squad. Includes basic combat forma-
tions, movement techniques, unit capabilities, and
planning considerations. Uses the Dunn-Kempf war-
game in a series of practical exercises that apply
classroom instruction through use of a boardgame
and miniatures simulating the modern battlefield.

ARM 1 200 Leadership Lab II 0 Q.H.

Introduction and hands-on training for the second-
year ROTC cadets. Includes required basic military
skills, including nuclear, biological, and chemical pro-
tective training; selected weapons training; use of U.S.
Army communications equipment; land navigation;
orienteering; rappelling; and limited military vehicle
maintenance training. Attendance required for all
second-year ROTC cadets enrolled in an ROTC course.

ARM 1201 Marksmanship 1 Q.H.

Instruction and practical application in basic rifle
marksmanship techniques, safety, and range oper-
ation. The course will cover sanctioning bodies rules
for small-bore rifle competition firing, preparation for
competition firing, preparation for competition, and
intra-class competition.

ARM 1 202 Comparative Armies 1 .5 Q.H

An introduction to the roles and organization of the
U.S. Army Army Reserves and National Guard. Uti-
lizing these concepts as building blocks, an exami-
nation and comparison of armies currently impacting
on U.S. doctrine and tactics is undertaken. The Soviet,
Warsaw Pact, NATO, Isareli, and Third World forces
are integrated into the course structure through the
study and examination of current events inside and
outside the military establishment.

ARM 1 203 Methods of Instruction 1 .5 Q.H.

This course provides an introduction to the concept of
training management, including the fundamentals of
teaching, principles of learning, and the establishment
of training objectives. In addition, students will demon-
strate proper instructional techniques and lesson
plan preparation and conduct classroom instruction.
For the most part, specific emphasis is given to hands-
on student participation and performance-oriented
training.

ARM 1301 Land Navigation 2 Q.H.

Identify map symbols to natural and^manmade fea-
tures; identify/use military grid reference system;
measure straight line and read distance on a map;
measure and plot an azimuth; convert azimuth from
grid to magnetic grid; grid; locate an unknown point
using polar coordinates; locate an unknown point
using intersection; locate an unknown point using
resection; locate an unknown point using modified

Military Science / 235

resection; determine the evaluation of a specific point
on the map. Inspect a compass for accuracy; navigate
from one point on the ground to another

ARM 1302 Military Tactics and Training 2 Q.H.

Introduction to the fundamentals of offensive and
defensive combat at the squad and platoon levels.
Includes unit organizations and capabilities, tactical
planning, combat orders; utilizes practical exercises
placing the student in leadership roles in simulated
tactical environments. Additionally, students will learn
the proper method to conduct briefings, provide
training input, and prepare, conduct, and evaluate
training.

ARM 1303 Advanced Leadership Clinic 2 Q.H.

Classroom, programmed instruction, and practical
exercises (e.g., land navigation, physical condition-
ing, weapons familiarization, and leadership) designed
to prepare cadets for maximum individual perform-
ance at the six-week ROTC advanced camp. Fort
Devens, MA. This course is required for all cadets
attending advanced summer camp at Fort Bragg, NC.

ARM 1 305 Advanced Leadership Lab V 6 Q.H.

External leadership lab conducted at Fort Bragg, North
Carolina, during the summer quarter Intensive six-
week course includes application of leadership prin-
ciples in positions at varying levels of responsibility.
Supplemental instruction includes: physical condi-
tioning, counseling, senior-subordinate relations,
tactical doctrine, international laws of land warfare,
and approaches to problem solving. Course attended
by students from 1 23 colleges and universities from
Maine to Florida. All expenses are borne by the U.S.
Government, including a stipend of approximately five
hundred dollars.

ARM 1 400 Leadership Lab IV 0 Q.H.

Practical application of previously learned skills, tech-
niques, education, and experience by fourth-year
ROTC cadets by assisting ROTC cadre in the conduct
of ARM 1100, ARM 1200, and ARM 1300. Cadets
prepare and present instruction, manage constrained
resources, and supervise subordinates. Evaluation
is based on active-duty Army criteria. Attendance
required for all fourth-year ROTC cadets enrolled in
an ROTC course.

ARM 1401 Organizational and Communication
Skills 2 Q.H.

This course will examine the theory methods, and
principles for understanding and motivating human
behavior in organizations. The principles and dynam-
ics of leadership will be emphasized and directed
toward the development of leadership styles. Practical
applications will be made through the use of case
studies and group processes.

ARM 1 402 Military Law and Ethics 2 Q.H.

Examination of theissuesandresponsibilitiesimposed
by law on commanders and staff officers in two broad
areas: (1) The military criminal justice system and (2)
military administrative law. In the criminal law area, the
course presents in-depth analysis of the responsibili-
ties and duties of officers and noncommissioned

officers operating in the military justice system. Admin-
istrative law subjects focus on the legal basis for
command and on administrative due process, judicial
review of military activities, and other topical issues.
Students address and develop an understanding of
the need for ethical conduct and an awareness and
sensitivity to ethical issues.

ARM 1403 Leadership Seminar 2 Q.H.

Provides the senior ROTC cadet with need-to-know
information which facilitates his/her entry into active
duty. It also provides a forum for a study of personnel,
training, logistical, and installation support systems.
Personal finances are discussed as well as the officer
and noncommissioned officer evaluation systems.

NAV 1 1 00 Naval Science Lab 0 Q.H.

A period devoted to either drill instruction or to prac-
tical work to complement classroom instruction. This
course must be taken in each class quarter by all
NROTC students.

NAV 1 1 01 Introduction to Naval Science 3 Q.H.

A general introduction to the naval profession and to
concepts of seapower Instruction emphasizes the
mission, organization, and warfare components of the
U.S. Navy and Marine Corps. Included is an overview
of officer and enlisted ranks and rates, training and
education, and career patterns. The course also cov-
ers naval courtesy and customs, military justice, lead-
ership, and nomenclature. This course exposes the
student to the professional competencies required to
become a naval officer

NAV 1 1 02 Naval Ships Systems I 4 Q.H.

A detailed study of ship characteristics and types
including ship design, hydrodynamic forces, stability,
compartmentation, propulsion, electrical and auxil-
iary systems, interior communications, ship control,
and damage control. Included are basic concepts of
the theory and design of steam, gas turbine, and
nuclear propulsion. Also discussed are shipboard
safety and firefighting.

NAV 1201 Naval Ships Systems 11 4 Q.H.

This course outlines the theory and employment of
weapons systems. The student explores the proc-
esses of detection, evaluation, threat analysis, weapon
selection, delivery guidance, and explosives. Fire
control systems and major weapons types are dis-
cussed, including capabilities and limitations. The
physical aspects of radar and underwater sound are
described in detail. The facets of command, control,
and communications are explored as a means of
weapons system integration.

NAV 1 202 Seapower and Maritime Affairs 3 Q.H.

A survey of the U.S. naval history from the American
Revolution to the present with emphasis on major
developments. Included is an in-depth discussion of
the geopolitical theory of Mahan. The course also
treats present-day concerns in seapower and mar-
itime affairs, including the economic and political
issues of merchant marine commerce, the law of the
sea, the Russian navy and merchant marine, and a
comparison of U.S. and Soviet naval strengths.

236 / Cooperative Education

NAV 1301 Navigation and Naval Operations I

4Q.H.

An in-depth study of piloting and celestial navigation,
including theory, principles, and procedures. Students
learn piloting navigation, including the use of charts,
visual and electronic aids, and the theory and opera-
tion of magnetic and gyro compasses. Celestial navi-
gation is covered in depth, including the celestial
coordinate system, an introduction to spherical trigo-
nometry the theory and operation of the sextant, and
a step-by-step treatment of the sight reduction pro-
cess. Students develop practical skills in both piloting
and celestial navigation. Other topics discussed
include tides, currents, effects of wind and weather,
plotting, use of navigation instruments, types and
characteristics of electronic navigation systems, and
the day's work in navigation.

NAV 1302 Navigation and Naval Operations II

4Q.H

A study of the international and island rules of the
nautical road, relative-motion vector-analysis theory,
relative motion problems, formation tactics, and ship
employment. Also included is an introduction to naval
operations and operations analysis, ship behavior
and characteristics in maneuvering, applied aspects
of ship handling, and afloat communications.

NAV 1 31 0 Evolution of Warfare 4 Q.H.

This course traces historically the development of
warfare from the dawn of recorded history to the
present, focusing on the impact of major military
theorists, strategists, tacticians, and technological
developments. The student acquires a basic sense of
strategy develops an understanding of military alter-
natives, and sees the impact of historical precedent
on military thought and action.

NAV 1401 Leadership and Management I 3 Q.H.

A comprehensive advanced-level study of organi-
zational behavior and management in the context of
the naval organization. Topics include a survey of the
management functions of planning, organizing, and
controlling, an introduction to individual and group
behavior in organizations, and extensive study of moti-
vation and leadership. Major behavioral theories are
explored in detail. Practical applications are explored
by the use of experiential exercises, case studies, and
laboratory discussions. Other topics developed in-
clude decision making, communication, responsibili-
ty, authority, and accountability.

NAV 1402 Leadership and Management (\ 3 Q.H.

The study of naval junior officer responsibilities in
naval administration. The course exposes the student
to a study of counseling methods, military justice
administration, naval human resources management,
directives and correspondence, naval personnel
administration, material management and mainte-
nance, and supply systems. This capstone course in
the NROTC curriculum builds on and integrates the
professional competencies developed in prior course
work and professional training.

NAV 1 41 0 Amphibious Warfare 4 Q.H.

An historical survey of the development of amphib-
ious doctrine and the conduct of amphibious oper-
ations. Emphasis is placed on the evolution of amphi-
bious warfare in the twentieth century especially
during World War II. Present-day potential and limi-
tations on amphibious operations, including the rapid
deployment force concept, are explored.

Cooperative Education

COP 1130 Career Advisement for Criminal
Justice I 1 aH.

(Prereq. Criminal Justice freshmen only)
The first in a three-course sequence, taught by the
students' freshman adviser, aims to assist students in
adjusting to college life, developing college survival
skills, and becoming familiar with the broad range of
careers in the field of criminal justice. Classes are
augmented with individual meetings with the instruc-
tor/adviser

COP 1131 Career Advisement for Criminal
Justice II 1 Q.H.

»(Prereq. COP 11 30 or permission of freshman adviser)
Students are introduced to cooperative education
and its implications for career planning. Work and
personal values, interests, skills, and lifestyles are
examined in terms of their relation to career options
within the field of criminal justice.

COP 1132 Career Advisement for Criminal
Justice III 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. COP 1131)

The final course in the three-course sequence is
devoted to the preparation of a personal resume, an
introduction to interviewing techniques, and the set-
ting of short-jterm educational and vocational goals.
Students are required to research criminal justice
jobs using the career exploration system.

COP 1135 Professional Development for
Journalists 1 Q.H.

(Prereq. Journalism freshmen only)
The course contains current career information in the
field of journalism. It is designed to prepare journal-
ism students for the cooperative education experi-
ence as well as to introduce them to the academic
preparation necessary to pursue a successful career
in the journalist profession. The course teaches effec-

Interdisciplinary Courses / 237

tive resum6 writing, letters of application, and inter-
viewing techniques specifically geared to those who
intend to pursue a career in journalism.

COP 11 80 Career Decision l\1aking 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Freshmen or sophomores in any major or
permission of instructor)

A life/career planning course designed to meet the
needs and concerns of students who may be un-
decided or uncertain about their academic major or
career direction. Activity-oriented classes address
the needs of the group, as well as individual partic-
ipants, and emphasize self-assessment, career ex-
ploration, decision making, and goal setting.

COP 1 220 Working in the United States 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. International students only)
A career development course for international stu-
dents in their first-through-third years. The course is
designed to help international students compete more
effectively for cooperative education positions in the
United States and assist them in their cultural tran-
sition into the American work force. Topics include
work-oriented cross-cultural issues; the American
work ethic; skills development; resume writing; and
interviewing techniques.

COP 1 31 4 Life/Career Planning 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Juniors and seniors in any major, or per-
mission of instructor)

Highly participatory classes focus on career explo-
ration, self-assessment, job-search techniques, and
networking. Students are required to prepare a pro-
fessional resume, participate in videotaped mock inter-
views, research careers, and investigate graduate and
professional schools.

COP 1351 Placement Techniques 1 Q.H.

Career selection and development are discussed
concurrently with resume preparation, interviewing

techniques, and effective written communication to
facilitate the planning and implementation of a pro-
fessional career program.

COP 1353 Professional Development for
Education and Speech-Language Pathology and
Audiology 1 Q.H.

An examination of career management issues for
fourth year students. Topics include: work and per-
sonal values, current issues in the employment mar-
ket, planning for graduate study organizing and
conducting a job search, advanced resume prepara-
tion, and interviewing techniques.

COP 1356 Career Management in Physical
Therapy 1 Q.H.

Career management in physical therapy is examined
in view of professional development and career
opportunities; other discussions include resum6
preparation, communications, and the interview
process.

COP 1360 Nursing Career Management 4 Q.H.

The course provides the opportunity for the student to
explore traditional and nontraditional nursing careers
and education, the world of work, personal and work
values, lifestyle, and career management techniques
including skills identification, resume writing, sources
of career information, evaluating a potential employer,
assertiveness, and selected current issues relevant to
nursing careers.

COP 1365 Professional Development for Civil
Engineers 4 Q.H.

The course is designed to foster self-assessment
skills and to enhance personal and professional
growth, as well as to provide a forum for civil engi-
neering students to exchange views on current pro-
fessional issues and topics.

Interdisciplinary Courses

INT 1100 Introduction to Art, Drama, and Music

4Q.H.

INT 1 1 1 0 American Musical Theatre 4 Q.H.

This interdisciplinary course, offered by the depart-
ments of drama and music, traces the development of

the American musical from the Black Crook to A
Chorus Line. The role of musical theatre, both as
entertainment and as serious art form, is considered
through an examination of script, score, dance, and
design. Works by Bernstein, Rodgers and Hammer-
stein, the Gershwins, Weill, Lerner and Loewe, and
Cole Porter are studied.

INT 1 150 Introduction to Women's Studies: Image,
Myth and Reality 4 Q.H.

This is an introductory survey of the issues and meth-
odology involved in the interdisciplinary study of
women. Such a survey encompasses the historical,
political, economic, and social processes that have
created both the image and the reality of women in
society. Guest lecturers provide an overview of the
many different disciplinary approaches to the study of
women. This course is required for Women's Studies
minors and may be used as either a general elective

238 / Interdisciplinary Courses

or, depending upon the discipline of the coordinator,
to satisfy specific concentration requirements. (II)

INT 1151, 1152 Women's Studies: Seminars in
Research (each) 4 Q.H.

These interdisciplinary Women's Studies seminars
allow students to address problems in-depth by
researching a topic of particular interest. Careful
development of a research plan is encouraged, and
opportunities are provided for sharing work-in-prog-
ress and for exchanging findings. These courses
involve little in-class time, but much consultation with
appropriate faculty The final product of seminar work
and research is a major paper. Students in the Honors
program may substitute one quarter of honors regis-
tration for each seminar, but are still expected to
attend the formal sessions of the seminar. These
seminars are required for Women's Studies minors.

INT 1 1 61 Introduction to Irish Studies 4 Q.H.

Introduction to Irish Studies is offered from the per-
spective of a number of fields in one-week sequences:
art, business, drama, history literature, music, politics,
and sociology The purpose of the course is to intro-
duce students to the important forces that have helped
to shape contemporary Ireland and Irish-American
culture.

INT 1201 An Analysis of American Racism 4 Q.H.

This seminar in contemporary aspects of racism in
America discusses the cycle by which racism in our
institutions helps form our attitudes, and the manner
in which our attitudes, in turn, shape our institutions.
Emphasis is on the practical, day-to-day aspects of
racism, rather than the theoretical and historical.

INT 1 21 5 Into the Ocean World 4 Q.H.

This course is a comprehensive interdisciplinary
introduction to the oceans. The seas' complexity and
the far-reaching consequences of our interactions
with them demand an awareness of the many facets of
marine study The teaching team consists of spe-
cialists in the sciences, social sciences, humanities,
and arts, each with an interest in marine issues and a
commitment to bridging the gaps among disciplines.
The course themes are as broad as the oceans, but,
when appropriate, we focus on Boston harbor, a first
step into the ocean world for those of us in this area.

INT 1 21 6 A History of Seafaring 4 Q.H.

This course surveys maritime transportation, trade,
travel, exploration, and warfare from approximately
3500 B.C. to the end of the wooden boat era in the late
Nineteenth century. Prior to the widespread application
of steam power on land and sea in the nineteenth
century ships were the fastest, safest, and most eco-
nomical means of transporting large cargoes over
long distances. Literary and art history sources are
also introduced, along with several films on maritime
archaeology.

INT 1 21 7 Water, Water 4 Q.H.

This course is an interdisciplinary introduction to our
most precious resource. Water has affected our bod-
ies, our planet, our history and our culture. How we
manage it will shape our future. Because of increasing

demand, waste, and pollution, we are depleting-and
risk destroying— the limited supply of usable fresh
water This course will look at water through scientific,
historical, and cultural viewpoints, and survey contem-
porary water problems in all their dimensions-political,
economic, and technological. (VI)

INT 1320 Exploring the Humanities Through Film

4 Q.H.

The purpose of this interdisciplinary course is to
investigate the ways in which the methods of the
humanities can expand one's awareness of the
sources, statements, and meanings of popular films.
Students will see a series of movies and will analyze
and evaluate them in the light of readings, the various
approaches presented by faculty members from a
number of humanistic disciplines, and their own
experience.

INT 1330 Field Experience in Human Services I

4 Q.H.

Human services students are required to fulfill two
fieldwork placements during the last two years of their
program. Placement consists of 1 50 hours on site and
generally varies according to the student's interest.
Examples of placement sites include community
centers, nursing homes, vocational workshops, state
and federal agencies, programs for children, and
recreational facilities. Experiences are supervised by
University staff to maximize the students' learning
opportunities.

INT 1331 Field Experience in Human Services II

4 Q.H.

(Prereq. INT 1330 and Junior or Senior standing)
Acontinuationof INT1330.

INT 1333 Senior Seminar in Human Services

4Q.H.

This course is designed for seniors specializing in
human services. The course examines emerging roles
and career options within the human services field.
Study focuses on self-examination of attitudes and
values affecting delivery of services; exploration of
ethical issues and dilemmas relevant to human serv-
ices, grantsmanship and funding issues; staff su-
pervision and development within human services
agencies; and refinement of group leadership skills.

INT 1340 Cultural Aspects of International
Business 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. Middler standing)

Using a managerial perspective, this course will cover
issues that arise when a firm moves from its home
country to a host country that may have a different
national culture. Although it will usually take the per-
spective of the United States-based firm that operates
abroad, the course will spend some time on what
happens to other national firms operating in the United
States and in third-country environments. The way in
which "corporate culture" evolves, in the context of
national culture and the impact on managers, will be a
central issue.

Interdisciplinary Courses / 239

INT 1 345 The Olympics 4 Q.H.

The course examines the Olympics as a total insti-
tution. Analysis focuses on the history philosophy
economics, and politics of the games and how they
impact on nations throughout the world. Contemporary
problems focused on in this course range from race,
sex, and drug abuse, to the use of the Olympics as a
stage for international politics.

INT 1 346 Women in Sports 4 Q.H.

The course focuses on the changing relationship of
women and their experience in sport. Special ref-
erence to the history of women's participation (and
lack of it) in sport is presented, as well as, attention to
women in amateur and professional and collegiate
and precollegiate sports participation. The course will
detail these developments within the context of social
problems and current trends in American sports.

INT 1400 Professional Practices: Individual and
Social Dimensions 4 Q.H.

The course explores the dimensions and dilemmas of
freedom and responsibility confronting professional
people practicing within limits set by socioeconomic
conditions, clients, and other professionals. Case
histories are examined to illustrate the dilemmas pro-
fessionals face, the choices that are typically made,
and their consequences on the freedom of the practi-
tioner and on personal and professional integrity.

INT 1401 Health Professionals: Past, Present and
Future 4 Q.H.

This course focuses on the social history of the
modern health professions. The course explores long-
range patterns in the organization and regulation of
the health professions, beginning with the Middle
Ages and emphasizing the Jacksonian period, indus-
trialization, modern professional organizations, the
growing role of the state, responses of the health
professions, and the future of health care in the United
States under various corporate-government schemes
for reorganizations and "accountability".

INT 1420 Honors Seminar: Survey of the Social
Sciences 4 Q.H.

This course is designed to provide an introduction to
important ideas and scholarship in the social sci-
ences for honors students who have completed the
freshman year A two-week period will be devoted to
each of the following disciplines: economics, soci-
ology/anthropology political science, history and
psychology Topics vary from year to year, depending
on the faculty team that teaches the course.

INT 1421 Honors Seminar: Survey of the Natural
Sciences 4 Q.H.

This course is designed to provide an introduction
to important ideas and scholarship in the natural
sciences for honors students who have completed
the freshman year. A two-week period is devoted to
each of the following disciplines: chemistry, biology
earth science, mathematics, and physics. Topics vary
from year to year, depending on the faculty team that
teaches the course.

INT 1422 Honors Seminar: Survey of the
Humanities 4 Q.H.

This course is designed to provide an introduction
to important ideas and scholarship in the natural
sciences for honors students who have completed
the freshman year. A two-week period will be devoted
to each of the following disciplines: art, music, drama,
literature, and philosophy Topics vary from year to
year, depending on the faculty team that teaches the
course.

INT 1580 Physical Chemistry with Biological
Applications 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. BIO 1 236)

This course examines physiochemical principles as
they apply to biological processes. Topics include
chemical equilibria, reaction kinetics, basic ther-
modynamics, oxidation-reduction reactions, bioener-
getics, macromolecules in solution, and transport.
The approach is quantitative, and problem solving as
a tool for learning is emphasized. Basic assumptions
and limitations underlying principles are explained;
for the most part, however, rigorous derivations are
avoided. Applications to basic experimental tech-
niques in biochemistry are made by way of relevant
biochemical examples.

INT 2101 Toward Internationalism: Perspectives of
Intercultural Understanding 4 Q.H.

This course will introduce students to the explicit and
implicit assumptions which affect the way people
think, view themselves, and relate to one another
Through the use of literary political, philosophical
and religious works, and personal accounts, students
will be shown how individuals in various contexts
come to have different perceptions of how life should
be lived. Students will be asked to identify their own
assumptions and contrast them against those held in
parts of Asia, Africa, and Latin America. Patterns of
thinking and intellectual activity, value systems, group
dynamics, and the impact of ideology will be explored.
"Traditional" and "Modern" patterns will be compared.
Students will be introduced to the scope of cross-
cultural interaction with a focus on facilitating the
understanding and acceptance of differences across
lives. This course will be of particular interest to
students in professional schools who seek careers in
multicultural settings (urban areas in the United States)
or in the international setting.
The format of the course will include lectures, discus-
sions, videotapes, and a greater than average em-
phasis on experiential learning including role-play
and simulation. In particular, students will enact sit-
uations taken from other cultures and difficulties in
cross-cultural communication. Guest speakers from
various cultural contexts will be utilized to highlight
cross-cultural perspectives.

The following are the interdisciplinary Honors Sem-
inars which will be offered this year:

240 / Alternative Freshman-Year Program

INT 1823 Honors: Literature, Science, and Policy

4 Q.H.

The purpose of this course is to help students grasp
the interrelatedness of all discourse in a given his-
torical period. To accomplish its purpose, the course
will proceed through two phases. In the first of these,
the class will study the eighteenth-century model as a
case in point. Examples from various discourses will
be used. After a brief historical discussion of what
followed from this model, the class will move to the
second phase, testing conclusions developed from
the historical model on a contemporary case. The
case study will constitute the individual student's
single graded project for the quarter.

INT 1824 Honors: The Art and Science of Change
Ringing on Tower Bells 4 Q.H.

The objectives of this course are to learn to ring a
tower bell, weighing hundreds of pounds; first on its
own and then with other tower bells to changes, and to
learn the theory of change ringing. The course will
involve two practice hours per week at the Church of
the Advent or at Old North Church as well as class
time.

INT 1 825 Honors: The Brain 4 Q.H.

This seminar focuses on how the brain (human and
primate) governs behavior Topics include feeling,
perception, emotion, memory, and language, as seen
from a neurological point of view. Needed psychology
and physiology will be explained for the nonspecialist.
No prerequisites, but some familiarity with psycholo-
gy, human biology, or human physiology will be helpful.

Alternative Freshman-Year Program

The following courses will be offered in the Alternative Freshman-Year Program during the 1985/1986
academic year

ECN 41 00 Economics I 4 Q.H.

Topics include development of macr'oeconomic anal-
ysis; review of national income concepts; national
income determination fluctuation and grov\rth; role of
the banking system and the Federal Reserve System;
government expenditures and taxation; international
trade; and balance of international payments.

MGT 4110 Survey of Business and Management

4Q.H.

The course offers an introduction to the setting and
general structure of American business, the char-
acteristics of private enterprise, and the nature and
challenge of capitalism and other forms of economic
enterprise. The forms of business, the structure of
organization, and the functions of management are
discussed in the context of their influence on the
various forms of business. Through lecture and class
discussion the student is given an overview of the
methodologies used in planning, organizing, direct-
ing, and controlling the functions of production, mar-
keting, sales, pricing, and finance.

CI 4001 Integrated Language Skills

Development I 4 Q.H.

This course strives to improve a student's reading
comprehension and related study and language skills.
The course devotes time, discussion, and consid-
erable practice to meaning skills such as basic read-
ing comprehension and interpretation, including work
in critical reading and other interpretational acts
(inferences, understanding imagery, and symbolic
usage). Study skills, previewing, finding main ideas
and details, outlining and summarizing, continuous
interaction, and interaction of all the communications
i skills-reading, writing, listening, and speaking.

CI 4002 Integrated Language Skills

Development II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. CI4001)

ENG 401 3 Fundamentals of English I 4 Q.H.

An intensive introduction to the principles of effective
expository writing; emphasis on description, para-
graph construction, and organization; review of the
conventions of English usage, punctuation, and syn-
tax; essay assignments.

ENG 401 4 Fundamentals of English II 4 Q.H.

Intensive instruction in exposition, argument, and
academic essay writing; instruction in the writing of a
research paper; continued emphasis on the conven-
tions of English usage, punctuation, and syntax; essay
assignments.

HST 41 1 0 History of Civilization A 4 Q.H.

The major ideas and institutions of civilization from
ancient times to 1648.

HST 41 1 1 History of Civilization B 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. HST 41 10)

A continuation of HST 41 1 0, covering the period since

1648.

MTH 1000 Mathematical Preliminaries I 4 Q.H.

A review of precollege mathematics, primarily arith-
metic. Topics covered include operations with num-
bers, fractions, decimals, percents, and graphs (pic-
tographs, bar graphs, circle graphs, etc.), together
with applications of these skills and concepts. The
sequel of this course is MTH 1 01 0.

MTH 1010 Mathematical Preliminaries II 4 Q.H.

A survey of precollege algebra, including signed
numbers, exponents, multiplication of polynomials,
factoring, linear equations, graphing, and radicals.

Alternative Freshman-Year Program / 241

The course is intended for students whose back-
ground in precollege algebra is weak.

MTH 1113 College Mathematics for Business

4Q.H.

POL 41 03 Introduction to Politics 4 Q.H.

(Alternative Freshman Year)

An introduction to contemporary political science,
including consideration of basic concepts in political
analysis, the role of government institutions, political
representation, political ideologies, and the scope
and methods of political science.

POL 4104 Introduction to American Government

4 Q.H.

(Alternative Freshman Year)

An investigation of the American governmental and
political processes, constitutional institutions, politi-
cal behavior and liberties.

SOC 4010 Principles of Sociology I 4 Q.H.

An introduction to basicconceptsandtheories relating
to the study of humans as participants in group life.
Socialization, culture, social structure, primary
groups, family, social stratification, and population are
emphasized. .

SOC 401 1 Principles of Sociology II 4 Q.H.

(Prereq. SOC 4010)

A continuation of SOC 401 0, Principles of Sociology I,
with emphasis on critical analysis of American society
with particular attention to problems of social, politi-
cal, urban, and industrial change.

COP 4500 Self-Awareness and Career Exploration

2Q.H.

A life/career planning course designed to meet the
needs and concerns of Alternative Freshman-Year
students. Activity-oriented classes address the needs
of students who may be undecided or uncertain
about their academic major or career direction.
Emphasizing self-assessment, career exploration and
decision making, the course introduces the student to
cooperative education and its implications for career
planning. (Students completing this course will thereby
become ineligible for COP 1180, Career Decision
Making, since much of the course content is similar.)

242 /Academic Calendar

Academic Calendar 1985-86

September 1985

2
3-6

9-16

12
16
17
18-20

October 1985

November 1985

28-30

December 1985

9-13

16-January 3
January 1986

February 1986

March 1986

24-28

31 -April 5

Monday
Tuesday-
Friday
Monday-
Monday
Thursday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday-
Friday
Friday
Monday

Monday

Monday
Thursday-
Saturday

Monday-
Friday
Monday-
Friday

Wednesday
Monday

Tuesday

Wednesday
Monday

Monday

Monday-
Friday
Monday-
Saturday

Labor Day University closed.

Rnal examinations for Basic Colleges.

Division A vacation.

Fall commencement.

Freshman and transfer students' orientation and University registration.

Upperclass registration (Division A) 9:00 a.m.

Continuation of course advising, course registration, course drop/add

periods, orientation for college day programs.

Burlington Campus orientation and course registration.

Classes begin in Basic Colleges for fall quarter; 8:00 a.m.

Columbus Day University closed.

Veterans Day observed. University closed.
Thanksgiving Day recess.

Rnal examinations for Basic Colleges.
Christmas vacation.

New Year's Day. University closed.

Orientation and registration for new freshmen and transfers; registration

for continuing September freshmen and returning upperclass students.

Registration, orientation and course drop/add continues until

12:00 noon.

Classes begin in Basic Colleges for winter quarter; 8:00 a.m.

Martin Luther King, Jr.'s birthday University closed.

President's Day University closed.

Final examinations for Basic Colleges.

Division B vacation.

Academic Calendar /243

Academic Calendar 1985-86

April 1986

Monday

Tuesday

Wednesday

Monday

May 1986

Monday

June 1986

16-20

Monday-

Friday

17-21

Monday-

Saturday

Sunday

Monday

July 1986

Tuesday

Thursday

September 1986

Monday

2-5

Tuesday-

Friday

Thursday

15-22

Monday-

Monday

Orientation and registration for transfers and continuing freshmen and

returning upperclass students.

Registration, orientation, and course drop/add continues until

12:00 noon.

Classes begin in Basic Colleges for spring quarter; 8:00 a.m.

Patriots' Day University closed.

Memorial Day. University closed.

Final examinations for Basic Colleges (non-degree candidates).

Division A vacation.

Commencement.

Registration for Division B and D and January freshmen (Quarter 3).

Beginning of summer quarter Beginning of Division A work period.

Basic College classes begin for summer quarter; 8:00 a.m.
Independence Day. University closed.

Labor Day University closed.

Final examinations for Basic Colleges.

Fall commencement.
Division B vacation.

Beginning of 1 986-1 987 academic year. New student orientation week.
Registration and advising week for all returning upperclass students
and all new students.
Classes begin for Basic Colleges for fall quarter; 8:00 a.m.

Please note that the academic calendar, course schedule, and course content are subject to change or
revision at any time. The University community will be notified if such changes are necessary.

Northeastern University

1985-1986
Graduate Schools
Course Descriptions

Arts and Sciences
Business Administration
Boston-Bouve College

of Human Development Professions
Professional Accounting
Computer Science
Criminal Justice
Engineering
Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Northeastern University charges tuition for all courses taken above the normal
academic load.

The University reserves the right to make changes in the regulations and
courses announced in this bulletin.

Northeastern
University Publications
3.6.5

Contents

Course Descriptions

Arts and Sciences 1

Anthropology and Sociology 2

Social Anthropology (SOA) 2

Sociology (SOC) 3

Biology (BIO), (INT) 7

Chemistry (CHEM), (INT) 1 0

Economics (ECN) 13

English (ENG) 17

History (HST) 23

Law, Policy, and Society 26
(INT), (ECN), (LAW), (SOC)

Mathematics (MTH) 27

Physics (PHY) 30

Political Science (POL) 33

Psychology (PSY) 41

Business Administration 45

(ACC), (ENT), (FIN), (HRM), (INB)
(MEC), (MGT), (MKT), (MSC), (TRN)

Boston-Bouve College of Human

Development Professions 57

Counseling Psychology, Rehabilitation,

and Special Education (CRS) 58

Education (ED) 66
Health, Sport, and Leisure

Studies (HSL) 77

Physical Therapy (PTH) 81
Speech-Language Pathology and

Audiology (SLA) 82
Interdepartmental Courses

(INT), (HSL) 85

Institutes 86

Workshops 86

Professional Accounting 87

(ACC), (FIN), (HRM), (MEC).
(MGT), (MKT), (MSC)

Computer Science

(COM)

Criminal Justice

(CJ)

Engineering

101

Chemical Engineering (CHE) 102

Civil Engineering (CIV) 106

Interdisciplinary Transportation (INT) 1 1 4
Electrical and Computer Engineering

(ECE) 115

Biomedical (INT) 129

Industrial Engineering (IIS) 130

Mechanical Engineering (ME) 137

Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions

(PAH), (INT), (BIO), (HRM), (INT),
(MLS), (MTH), (PCL), (PCT), (PHP),
(PHY), (PMC), (RSC), (TOX)

147

Delivery of Services

The University assumes no liability, and hereby expressly negates the same, for failure
to provide or delay in providing educational or related services or facilities or for any
other failure or delay in performance arising out of or due to causes beyond the
reasonable control of the University, which causes include, without limitation, power,
failure, fire, strikes by University employees or others, damage by the elements and
acts of public authorities. The University will, however, exert reasonable efforts, when
in its judgment it is appropriate to do so, to provide comparable or substantially
equivalent services, facilities or performance, but its inability or failure to do so shall
not subject it to liability.

The Northeastern University catalog contains current information regarding the Uni-
versity calendar, admissions, degree requirements, fees, and regulations, and such
information is not intended to be and should not be relied upon as a statement of the
University's contractual undertakings.

Northeastern will do its best to make available to you the finest education, the most
stimulating atmosphere and the most congenial conditions it can provide. But the
quality and the rate of progress of your academic career is in large measure dependent
upon your own abilities, commitment, and effort. This is equally true with respect to
professional advancement upon completion of the degree or program in which you
are enrolled. The University cannot guarantee that you will obtain or succeed at any
particular job; that will depend upon your own skills, achievement, presentation and
other factors such as market conditions at that time. Similarly, in many professions
and occupations there are increasing requirements imposed by federal and state
statutes and regulatory agencies for certification or entry into a particular field. These
may change during the period of time when you are at Northeastern and they may
vary from state to state and from country to country. While the University stands ready
to help you find out about these requirements and changes, it is your responsibility
to initiate the inquiry because the University has no other way of knowing what your
expectations and understandings are.

In brief, the University is there to offer you educational opportunities and choices and
to assist you in finding the direction in which you want to steer your educational
experience, but you are a partner in this venture with an obligation and responsibility
to yourself.

Northeastern University's Antidiscrimination Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of equal opportunity for all students
and employees without regard to race, color, religion, sex, sexual preference, national
origin, or handicap or veteran status. The University prohibits discrimination in all
matters involving admission, registration, and all official relationships with students,
including evaluation of academic performance.

Equal Opportunity Employment Policy

Northeastern University is an equal opportunity employer. It is institutional policy that
there shall be no discrimination against any employee or applicant for employment
because of race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin, or handicap or veteran status.
Northeastern also prohibits discrimination against any employee regarding upgrading,
demotion or transfer, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation,
and selection for training. In addition. Northeastern adheres to Affirmative Action
guidelines in all recruitment endeavors.

Inquiries concerning our equal opportunity policies may be referred to the University
Title IX Coordinator/Compliance Officer for Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, Affirmative Action Office, Richards Hall. Telephone: 617-437-2133.

Accreditation Statement

Northeastern University is accredited by the New England Association of Schools and
Colleges, Inc., which accredits schools and colleges in the six New England states.
Accreditation by the Association indicates that the institution has been carefully eval-
uated and found to meet standards agreed upon by qualified educators.

Tuition rates, all fees, rules and regulations, courses and course content are subject
to revision by the President and the Board of Trustees at any time.

The following is a list of courses offered by the graduate schools of Arts and Sciences,
Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions, Business Administration,
Criminal Justice, Computer Science, Engineering, Pharmacy and Allied Health Profes-
sions, and Professional Accounting for the academic year 1985-1986.

To obtain course listings for the school of Law, please refer to the catalogue.

In order to register for courses outside one's graduate school, students must meet
the requirements of the school offering the course(s) as well as their home school.

Students may not register for any courses outside their school unless the appropriate
permit is presented at registration. Consult your graduate school office for details
concerning these procedures.

Arts and Sciences

2 / Arts and Sciences

Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

Anthropology and Sociology

All courses carry three quarter-hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

Social Anthropology

Many undergraduate courses in the SOA 300 and
400 series may be offered for graduate credit.
Students should check the current course
announcements to take advantage of these offerings.

SOA 3100 Theory 4 Q.H.

History of major contemporary orientations: evolu-
tionary approaches, culture area, cultural ecology,
functionalism, structuralism, and analysis of current
status of these and related theories.

SOA 3101 Human Origins 4 Q.H.

An examination of the data on fossil remains and on
contemporary primates which are essential for un-
derstanding human physical and behavioral evolution.

SOA 3102 Evolution of Society 4 Q.H.

The development of political and economic institu-
tions beginning with foraging societies and the sex-
ual division of labor: specialization, social stratifi-
cation and the emergence of civilization.

SOA 3120 Visual Anthropology

Explores the anthropologist's use of film to gather
information and analyze cultural subsystems. In ad-
dition to reading about and viewing films on partic-
ular populations, students are introduced to the field
through a laboratory aspect of the course involving
the use of tape and video equipment.

SOA 3121, SOA 3122 Fieldwork I, II 4 Q.H. each

Data collection through participant observation and
related anthropological methods. Data analysis and
reports. (Not offered in years in which SOC 3120
and SOC 3121 are offered.)

SOA 3135 Language and Communication

Human communication, including language. Theories
of the evolution of language and the application of
models derived from the study of language to other
aspects of behavior.

SOA 3145 Peasants

Institutions of peasant society. The structure of tra-
ditional civilizations and the interrelations between
urban and local communities: comparative and func-
tional analysis of the peasant community and the
dynamics of change from peasant to postpeasant
and industrialized societies.

SOA 31 55 Individual and Culture

Examination of current theory and method in the
study of the interplay between personality and cul-
ture. Contributions by various disciplines are
discussed.

4Q.H.

SOA 3156 Family in Evolutionary
Perspective

The emergence of family from prehuman patterns,
its biological and behavioral components, and its
cross-cultural variations examined from an evolu-
tionary perspective.

SOA 3185 Aggression

Concepts of aggression as they have been used in
evolutionary and comparative anthropological for-
mulations. Professional and popular publications in
anthropology, ethology, and psychology are analyzed.

SOA 3220 Culture and Mental illness

Discussions and analyses of the nature and meaning
of culture, the role of culture in personality formation,
culture and anxiety, anthropological approaches to
the normal and the "abnormal," and the question,
"Is mental illness psychological fact or cultural
fiction?"

SOA 3265 Anthropology of Religion

Nature and institutionalization of primitive, ancient,
and contemporary religions. Exploration of religious
concepts and movements in relation to social, reli-
gious, and political organization.

SOA 3275 The Anthropology of Music

The examination of music in a prehistoric and cross-
cultural perspective, with emphasis on ethnomusi-
cology and the comparison of Western and non-
Western musical culture. Functions and social con-
texts of musical composition and performance; the
ethnography of musical performance groups, the
analysis of music as a form of communication.

SOA 3300 Cultural Ecology

Examines human adaptation to environment and the
effect of different human adaptations on natural
systems.

SOA 3310 Social Change and Economic
Development

Selected studies of processes of transformation and
modernization in nonindustrial societies.

SOA 3345 Urban Ethnography

Selected problems in anthropological studies in ur-
ban societies.

SOA 3355 The Anthropology of Law and Conflict

Settling disputes in stateless societies; forms and
mechanisms of social control; law as an indicator of
cultural and social norms; the study of conflict res-
olution as an ethnographic tool. Some field research
and analysis is required.

Anthropology and Sociology / 3

SOA 3360 Economic Anthropology

Types of economic systems in simple societies: re-
ciprocal, redistributive, market exchange; economic
relations as part of social relations; land-tenure sys-
tems, credit systems, savings mechanisms. The tran-
sition from subsistence to cash econonrics.

SOA 3410, SOA 3411, SOA 3412, 3 Q.H. each
SOA 3413 Contemporary Issues in
Social Anthropology

Contemporary issues in the field of anthropology.
Supervised readings and written reports on special
programs.

SOA 3420 Kinship and Social Structure

A variety of kinship systems and their terminological
and structural components and the way in which their
systems articulate with other social institutions.

SOA 3425 Tribal Societies and Culture

The structures and institutions of bands, tribes, and
chiefdoms: comparative and functional studies of
tribal societies and the dynamics of change under
contact situations.

SOA 3440, SOA 3441 , SOA 3442, 3 Q.H each

SOA 3443, SOA 3444, SOA 3445

Ethnographic area courses (New World Indian, Afri-
can, Indian, Chinese, and others) are offered as re-
sources permit.

SOA 3600, SOA 3601, SOA 3602 3 Q.H. each
Seminar

Discussion of selected topics in the field of
anthropology.

SOA 3798 Master's Thesis Continuation 0 Q.H.

SOA 3800, SOA 3801, SOA 3802 Directed Study
in Social Anthropology Maximum: 9 Q.H.

Reading and empirical research in social and cultural
anthropology supervised by members of the anthro-
pological staff.

SOA 3810 Master's Paper in 6 Q.H.

Social Anthropology

Empirical or library research meeting the criteria for
publication in a professional journal. Supervision by
members of the department.

Sociology

Many undergraduate courses in the SOC 300 and
400 series may be offered for graduate credit. Stu-
dents should check the current course announce-
ments to take advantage of these offerings.

SOC 3100 Foundations of Social Theory I 4 Q.H.

The classic theorists (Durkheim, Weber, Marx, Sim-
mel, and others) are considered intensively.

SOC 3101 Foundations of Social Theory II 4 Q.H.

An intensive analysis of modern theorists from the
1 930s onward (Parsons, Merton, Levi-Strau£s, Goff-
man, Homans, Schutz, Garfinkel, Ricoeur, Lukacs,
Habermas, and others). The social and historical
context of theory construction is stressed.

SOC 3103 American Society

Study of the development of, and the changes in,
the institutional structure of American society in
comparison with certain other social systems.

SOC 3113 Introduction to Research 2 Q.H.

Methods

An introduction to methods of social research in-
cluding field study and participant observation tech-
niques, survey techniques, interviewing and ques-
tionnaire construction, sampling procedures,
experimental design, content analysis, and uses of
available data. Open only to law, policy and society
students.

SOC 3114 introduction to Quantitative 2 Q.H.

Research Methods

An introduction to quantitative techniques of analy-
sis. Students are expected to conduct individual re-
search projects. Open only to law, policy and society
students. Prereq.: SOC 311 3 or equivalent

SOC 311 5 Statistical Methods for 4 Q.H.

Sociologists

Detailed introduction to statistical methods relevant
to sociology. Topics include tabular analysis, non-
parametric statistics, analysis of variance, regression
analysis, path analysis, measures of association, es-
timation and univariate and multivariate hypothesis
testing. A knowledge of elementary statistical theory
is presumed.

SOC 3116 Introduction to Research 4 Q.H.

Methods

A survey of methods of social research including
field study and participant observation techniques,
survey techniques, interviewing and questionnaire
construction, sampling procedures, experimental de-
sign, content analysis, and use of available data.

SOC 3117 Quantitative Research Methods

Quantitative techniques of analysis. Students are ex-
pected to conduct individual research projects. Prep.:
SOC 3116 (or equivalent) or consent of the instructor.

SOC 3120, SOC 3121 Seminar in 4 Q.H. each
Qualitative Analysis I, II

Qualitative techniques of analysis. Social-structure
process and meaning in interacting groups. Each
student is expected to study a face-to-face group
by means of participant observation using symbolic
interaction concepts. (Not offered in years in which
SOA 3121 and SOA 3122 are offered.)

SOC 3125, SOC 3126, SOC 3127 1 Q.H. each
Proseminar

This course is suggested for entering students. The
focus is on issues related to graduate student life
and expectations, professional and career choices,
and works in progress. Students have an opportunity
to explore more informally, with each other and with
various faculty members, some of the important is-
sues in the profession.

4 / Arts and Sciences

SOC 3135 Issues in Social Psychology

Human behavior and theories of self from a socio-
logical and psychological perspective. Special con-
sideration of interpersonal relations, socialization, and
symbolic interaction.
SOC 3140 Sociology of Prejudice and
Discrimination

A study of the characteristics, causes, and conse-
quences of prejudice and discrimination, with par-
ticular reference to American society.

SOC 3147 Urban Sociology

Theories of the development of urban life. Compar-
isons betw^een preindustrial and industrialized urban
areas. Methods for the study of urban social struc-
ture and change. Evaluation of contemporary met-
ropolitan action programs.

SOC 3148 Boston Seminar

A case study in urban development, including the
evaluation of environmental and historical circum-
stances, demands for services, response to events,
programs. Basis for value systems of Yankees, eth-
nics, and cosmopolitans. Impact on downtown and
neighborhood relations. Metropolitan prospects.

SOC 3149 Metropolitan and Regional Issues

Comparative analyses of problems, policies, pro-
grams, and activities associated with metropolitan
and regional life. Includes assessment of values, in-
stitutions, networks, interest groups, decision mak-
ing, service delivery, growth and development, en-
vironment, equity, and integration. Case studies in
societal context.

SOC 3155 The Family

Social structure and social functions of the family
as a social institution. Relations between the family
and other institutions in society are examined com-
paratively and historically.

SOC 3160 Women, Men, and Social Change

The Industrial Revolution and the corresponding
changes in the labor force and patterns of domestic
life have altered the sexual division of labor In post-
industrial society new institutional forms are recasting
personal relations. The course examines these forces
of social change and their impact on sex roles.
SOC 3165 Sociology of Education
The structure and functioning of educational insti-
tutions. Student, faculty, and administrative perspec-
tives. Emphasis is placed on the role of education
in processes of socialization, social mobility, social
change, and social control.

SOC 3166 Sociology and Anthropology in 4 Q.H.
the Schools

(Listed as ED 3322 in the Boston Bouve Graduate
School catalog) The course offers a setting in which
current and prospective teachers of sociology and
anthropology at the precollege and community col-
lege levels have the opportunity to analyze curricula
in their fields and consider alternative rationales for
various approaches to teaching sociology and an-

thropology at these levels. Study also focuses on
the potential uses of sociological and anthropolog-
ical concepts in analyzing and solving educational
problems. Students are expected to present either
a course or unit they have prepared or a project
they have planned or conducted utilizing a sociolog-
ical or anthropological perspective.

SOC 3170 Intergroup Relations

The relations between various racial, national, cul-
tural, and religious groups with emphasis on histor-
ical development. Particular attention is paid to
American society with its specific problems of ad-
justment and assimilation.

SOC 3171 Race and Ethnic Relations: A World
Perspective

Cross-cultural analysis of race and ethnic relations

in Western and non-Western societies. Explanations

of race and ethnic relations in terms of contemporary

developments, world problems, and ideological

conflicts.

SOC 3175 Sociology of Work

The course is designed to examine the effects which

the social organization of work has on the lives of

workers as well as on the structure of society.

SOC 3176 Sociology of Occupations and
Professions

The relations between the occupations and profes-
sions and society. Special topics may include oc-
cupational stratification, professional group behavior,
recruitment and socialization of occupations and
professions, and political activism.

SOC 3185 Sociology of Deviant Behavior

Applications of sociological concepts and principles
to some problems of social disorganization in in-
dustrial societies. Analysis of such problems as su-
icide, prostitution, physical handicaps, unemploy-
ment, alcoholism, sexual deviance, and gambling.

SOC 3186, SOC 3187 Social Control i, II

Seminar in research, theories, and methods in the
sociology of social control.

SOC 3190 Sociology of Delinquency

Social and social psychological factors of delin-
quency and their implications for prevention, rehabili-
tation, and treatment.

SOC 3200 Sociology of Alcoholism

The course examines four general problem areas:
the conditions under which people categorize others
as alcoholics; the processes by which persons so
defined are assigned deviant status and assume ap-
propriate roles and self- images as alcoholics; the
development of drinking careers and their relation-
ship to deviant subcultures; and the social situations
in which people transform their deviant identities as
alcoholics. The course applies organizational anal-
ysis to the development and changing network of
alcoholism treatment services and tries to develop
some tentative generalizations on the social orga-
nization of alcoholism.

Anthropology and Sociology / 5

SOC 3205 Sociology of Crime and Justice

A sociological and legal analysis of the criminal jus-
tice system, concentrating on police and law en-
forcement; plea-bargaining; courtroom research and
trial strategies; sentencing; and prisoners' rights and
corrections. The relationship between race, social
class, and crime is also considered, as are the so-
ciological explanations of crime causation.

SOC 3206 Sociology of Law

Fundamentals of law. The concept of social contrpl.
Order and law. Consensus and conflict. Analysis of
the normative-formative influences of law. Mores and
morals. The concept of justice. Analysis of some
legal institutions.

SOC 3215 Sociology of Medicine

Social aspects of illness and medicine, historically
and cross-culturally. Illness and the medical profes-
sion in modern society and their structural settings:
the community, the hospital, the medical school. Re-
search studies in the field are examined critically
and problems for future research specified.

SOC 3225 Sociology of Aging

A critical examination of the field of social geron-
tology, the nature and roots of ageism and topics
such as elderly housing, life study, institutionaliza-
tion, health care, retirement, leisure, and senior power.

SOC 3226 Processes of Aging

Socioeconomic and social psychological conse-
quences of aging are examined from the perspective
of health-care providers. A major part of the course
focuses directly on the biological changes entailed
in aging and the appropriate medical management
of geriatric patients. Open to students expected to
provide health-care services to geriatric patients.

SOC 3240 Formal Organizations:
Administration and Structure

Analysis of the goals and functions of modern or-
ganizations. Aspects of bureaucratization are ex-
amined within business firms, public institutions, and
private associations.

SOC 3245 Sociology of Poverty

An analysis of sociological perspectives on causes
of poverty, public views on poverty, and institutional
responses to poverty. A concern with policy issues
and implementation of policies is emphasized. For
advanced students in the social sciences and in the
various human service schools in the University.

SOC 3275 Sociology of Art

Examination of the practices which lead to the pro-
duction of artistic meaning; the relationship of art to
society; the nature of artistic communities, their re-
lationship to patronage systems and art markets; the
manner in which these systems are rooted in par-
ticular social and historical contexts.

SOC 3276 Popular Culture

Both pluralist and mass culture theories are inade-
quate in explaining mass popular culture; therefore,
a primary objective of the course is to develop and

refine an efficient theoretical framework. Problems to
be addressed include the relationship between pop-
ular culture, high culture, and folk culture and the
genesis and role of the mass media in industrial
societies. The course also focuses on empirical re-
search in several forms of popular culture, including
sports, rock music, and science fiction novels. Or-
ganization and impact of market, stylistic shifts, and
the viability of criticism are examined.

SOC 3286 The Sociology of Science

Selected topics dealing with interactions between
science and society.

SOC 3300 Contemporary Sociological

Theories Analytic treatment of major contemporary
theories such as functionalism, conflict, neo-Marx-
ism, and others. Prep.: SOC 3100 and SOC 3101
(or equivalent) or consent of the instructor

SOC 3301 Recent Developments in Sociological
Theory

New horizons in theory and the relation of theory to
research. Topics to be selected and announced by
the instructor. Prep.: SOC 3100 and SOC 3101 (or
equivalent) or consent of the instructor

SOC 3302 Sociology of Knowledge

The relationship between the social base of a society
and its intellectual products. The viewpoints of au-
thors such as Marx, Weber, Mannheim, G.H. Mead,
the Neo-Marxians, and other modern schools are
considered. Prep.: SOC 3100 and SOC 3101 (or
equivalent), or consent of the instructor

SOC 3303 Economic Sociology

The role of economic factors in the social process.
Consideration is given to both classic economic the-
ory and its impact on classic social theory, and the
potential interrelations between modern economic
theory (especially model-building approaches) and
general sociological problems.

SOC 3304 Feminist Theory

Considers major trends in feminist theory since the
rise of the contemporary women's movement. It be-
gins with early theories, identified as Marxist-Fem-
inist, Socialist-Feminist, and Radical-Feminist, and
then considers important feminist issues: the origins
and universality of women's oppression, the repro-
duction of gender in the family (neo-Freudian feminist
and anthropological approaches), women's work un-
der capitalism, and sexuality.

SOC 3310, SOA 3311 Social and Cultural Change
S,A

Two-quarter course in conjunction with Anthropology.
Analysis of the changing patterns in social, eco-
nomic, and political institutions. Modern social trends
are discussed.

SOC 3320 Multiple Regression in Sociological
Analysis

This course focuses on techniques of sociological
analysis based on multiple regression, e.g., use of
coded variables, trend analysis, covariance analysis,

/ Arts and Sciences

model testing. Prep.: SOC 3117 and SOC 3115 (or
equivalents).

SOC 3321 Current Issues in Social Research

Selected topics in methods of social research are
examined. Prep.: SOC 3116 and SOC 3117 (or
equivalent) or consent of the instructor
SOC 3322, SOC 3323 Experimental Methods in
Social Research i, II

Experimental design and laboratory methods in so-
ciology. The small groups laboratory is treated as a
setting for testing sociological theory. The emphasis
is upon techniques and problems in the creation
and manipulation of social variables in the laboratory
situation, although the techniques of the natural ex-
periment are also considered.

SOC 3325 Sociology of Policy, Planning, and
Evaluation

A general introduction to the social, political, and
economic factors affecting policy formation and the
eventual success or failure of social programs in
• health, education, w/elfare, and urban planning. Stress
on evaluation of policy alternatives and planning
problems. For advanced students in the social sci-
ences and in the various human service schools of
the University.

SOC 3335 Seminar in Symbolic Interaction

The social psychology of groups as found in the
works of Mead, Becker, Blumer, Goffman, and others.

SOC 3336, SOC 3337, SOC 3338 Seminar on
Socialization I, II, III

I) Instructor review/s theories and findings in orga-
nizational socialization. II) Students are expected to
design studies in organizational socialization. Ill) Stu-
dents are required to present results of their studies.
Not open to first year students.

SOC 3345 Community Analysis

Ecological theories of human relations with the phys-
ical environment. Development of the concept of, and
discussion of methods for, community study. Com-
parison between rural communities and urban neigh-
borhoods. Discussion and evaluation of community
action programs.

SOC 3347 Seminar in Urban Social Policies

Social science theories and methods evaluated from
the perspectives of urban affairs. Consent of instructor

SOC 3355 Political Sociology

Sociological analysis of power relations and power
systems with special attention to the bases of polit-
ical power, processes of change in power, and the
part played by violence and revolutionary movements.

SOC 3357 Comparative Socialism

Analysis of twentieth century socialism from a com-
parative perspective. The variety of "socialisms" that
have developed in the Soviet bloc, China, Yugoslavia,
and Cuba, as well as Western social democracy
(Sweden) and Eurocommunism. Topics include po-

litical structure, class relations, industrial organiza-
tion, cultural formations, dynamics of change, and
democratization.

SOC 3360 Social Stratification

Theories of inequality between groups in historical
perspective, from classical to modern industrial times.
Discussion and evaluation of sociological research
in social stratification with regard to different social
and cultural groups.

SOC 3365 Social Movements

A study of various movements for social change from
all points of the political spectrum. Special attention
will be given to the structural context, as well as to
such processes of social movements as social base,
leadership, strategy, and organization.

SOC 3390, SOC 3391 Seminar in Social
Structure I, II

Seminar relating current theories and research in
sociology social psychology and social anthropology

SOC 3405 Theories of Criminology

Theories and philosophies underlying various cor-
rectional systems. Schools of thought in criminology
and penology. Theoretical approaches to the crime
and delinquency problem from the beginnings of
criminology to current thinking.

SOC 3410, SOC 3411, SOC 3412, 3 Q.H. each
SOC 3413 Contemporary Issues in Sociology

Contemporary issues in sociology. Supervised read-
ings and written reports on special problems.

SOC 3430 Latin American Societies

Study and analysis of selected Latin American so-
cieties with particular attention to such countries as
Cuba, Mexico, Peru, and Brazil. Emphasis on urban-
ization and industrialization, social and political
change.

SOC 3431 Middle East Area Study

Sociocultural analysis of the Middle East. Ecological,
structural, institutional, and normative factors in no-
madic, rural, and urban life. Comparative regional
analysis.

SOC 3470 Sociology of Religion

A sociological analysis of religious institutions and
experiences in their historical and contemporary
content. Religion context and political context are
considered.

SOC 3485 Computers and Society

Graduate seminar on the social impact of the com-
puter "revolution" on the contemporary world. Topics
include conditions of work, education, recreation,
privacy, the computer science profession, paradigms
of human thought, politics, and social change in the
world economy.

SOC 3600, SOC 3601, SOC 3602 3 Q.H. each
Seminar

Discussion of selected topics in the field of sociology.

Biology / 7

SOC 3603 Rhetoric in Sociology

Critical examination of the conventional forms of so-
ciological writings. How conventions differ by tfieo-
retical perspective and paradigm.

SOC 3615 Tutorial in Teaching 3 credits max.

Discussion of issues and problems in teaching. This
is a required course for all doctoral candidates and
should be taken during a quarter when the student
has major responsibility for designing and executing
a course in either sociology or anthropology. Open
to doctoral candidates only.

SOC 3620, SOC 3621, SOC 3622 1 Q.H. each
Doctoral Proseminar

This course is required of all doctoral candidates
and is designed to help socialize them for partici-
pation as professional sociologists and anthropolo-
gists. Topics discussed include the nature of intel-
lectualism and the functions of an intellectual in
society today, the university as a structure and as a
community of scholars, the nature of professional
organizations, teaching sociology and anthropology.

the organization of sociological and anthropological
research, ethics in the profession, the nature of ap-
plied sociological and anthropological work. The
course offers participants the opportunity to acquire
practical experience in self-presentation and giving
coiloquia. Prep.: SOC 3321 and SOC 3300 or SOC
3301 or SOC 3302 or consent of the instructor

SOC 3798 Master's Thesis Continuation 0 Q.H.

SOC 3799 Doctoral Dissertation 0 Q.H.

Continuation

SOC 3800, SOC 3801, SOC 3802 Max.: 9 Q.H.
Directed Study in Sociology

Reading and research under the direction of a faculty
member. Open to doctoral candidates only.

SOC 3810 Master's Paper in Sociology 6 Q.H

Empirical or library research meeting the criteria for
publication in a professional journal. Supervision by
members of ttie department.

SOC 3820 Doctoral Dissertation (No credit)

Biology

BIO 3509 Principles of Systematics 2 Q.H.

Presentation of theories and techniques employed in
systematics; rules according to the International
Codes of Zoological and Botanical Nomenclature.

BIO 3510 Environmental and Population 2 Q.H.
Biology

Physiochemical factors influencing and influenced by
organisms. Interaction among individual organisms
and among species. Students are expected to par-
ticipate in lectures and laboratories given for BIO
1211. Individual work on specialized aspects of
ecology is assigned. Prereq.: One year of general
biology, including plant and animal biology Open only
to graduate students completing deficiencies in en-
trance requirements.

BIO 351 1 Aquatic Ecology 3 Q.H.

Chemical, physical, and biotic features influencing
coastal, lake, and stream communities. Lectures.
Prereq.: BIO 1211 or BIO 3510 or equivalent.

BIO 3512 River Ecology Laboratory 3 Q.H.

Two four-hour sessions per week (combined lecture
and lab). Chemical determinations, measurement of
primary and secondary production, organismal iden-
tification in flowing waters of different types.

BIO 351 7 Lake Ecology Laboratory 3 Q.H.

Two four-hour sessions per week (combined lecture
and lab). Chemical determinations, measurement of
primary and secondary production, organismal iden-
tification in lakes of different types.

BIO 3518 Ecology of Salt Marshes 3 Q.H.

Survey of fauna and flora, environmental factors af-
fecting them, and current biological and social prob-

lems associated with salt marshes. This course will
meet for two lectures of one and one-half hours
each, and one full day of laboratory for six weeks
during the summer quarter. Prereq.: BIO 1211 or
BIO 3511 or equivalent.

BIO 3519 Ecology of Rocky Shores 4 Q.H.

Examination of current ecological concepts regard-
ing rocky intertidal and subtidal communities. The
influence of biotic and abiotic factors on composi-
tion, distribution, and diversity of plant and animal
spjecies is emphasized.

BIO 3520 Environmental Microbiology 4 Q.H.

The microbial environment and ecology of the cell.
Interactions between microbial populations, stress-
ing soil and fresh-water associations. Prereq.: BIO
1320 or equivalent.

BIO 3521 Food Microbiology 3 Q.H.

Microbiology of food with emphasis on pathogenic
types and their interactions with other groups indig-
enous to food. Food fermentations, food processing,
and environmental factors influencing growth and
development of microorganisms in food. Prereq.: BIO
1320 or equivalent

BIO 3522 Food Microbiology Laboratory 2 Q.H.

Detection, quantification, and isolation of microor-
ganisms and their products of significance in food
with emphasis on the pathogenic types. Prereq.: BIO
3521 (may be taken concurrently).

BIO 3527 Animal Virology 3 Q.H.

Physical and chemical properties of viruses, viral
replication, genetics, cytopathology and tumor vi-
ruses. Medical virology, including pathogenesis,

3/Arts and Sciences

clinical features, epidemiology, and immunization of
the common viral diseases. Prereq.: BIO 1320 or
equivalent.

BIO 3528 Animal Virology Laboratory 2 Q.H.

Cultivation and identification of viruses. Use of ani-
mals, eggs, and animal cell cultures for viral assays.
Prereq.: BIO 3527 (may be taken concurrently).
BIO 3530 Plant Nutrition and Metabolism 4 Q.H.

MineraJ nutrition, photosyntfiesis, metabolic patfi-
ways, and translocation in fiigher plants.

BIO 3531 Plant Growth and Reproduction 4 Q.H.

Plant hormones, growth, development, and physiol-
ogy of reproduction. Prereq.: BIO 3530.

BIO 3547 Biomechanics I, Theory 4 Q.H.

An introduction to engineering theory and tech-
niques as applied to the disciplines of morphology
evolution, and ecology Topics include material prop-
erties, structural elements and systems, and ele-
mentary fluid dynamics. Laboratory emphasizes bi-
ological materials in a mechanical sense, the physical
biology of flow/, and an examination of the funda-
mental principles of physical laws that affect living
organisms. Prereq.: Permission of instructor

BIO 3548 Biomechanics II, Applications 4 Q.H.

A forum for research in biomechanics in which stu-
dents are expected to develop and execute a re-
search project. In addition, current areas of biome-
chanical research will be reviewed and evaluated.
Prereq.: BIO 3547 and permission of instructor

BIO 3549 Physiology and Biomechanics 3 Q.H.
of Animal Activity

An integrated study of the physiological and bio-
mechanical systems that support locomotory activity
in animals. The first part is devoted to the structure
and function of skeletal muscle and to respiratory
and cardiovascular adaptations for activity. The re-
mainder integrates physiological and biomechanical
information related to flying, swimming, and terres-
trial locomotion. Prereq.: General physiology

BIO 3550 Cardiovascular Physiology 3 Q.H.

Physiology of blood cells, anemia, polycythemia im-
munity, and allergy Electrophysiology of the heart,
cardiac cycle, EKG, hemodynamics, capillary dynam-
ics, pulmonary circulation, cardiovascular reflexes,
cardiac output, and venous return. Cardiac failure,
coronary circulation, atherosclerosis, hypertension,
cerebral circulation, circulatory shock.

BIO 3551 Cardiovascular Physiology 1 Q.H.

Laboratory

Three hours of laboratory study per week. Prereq.:
BIO 3550.

BIO 3552 Osmotic and Ionic Regulation 2 Q.H.

Comparative physiology of regulation and transport
of water and the principle solutes in animals. Prin-
ciples and underlying mechanisms will be discussed,
as well as examples selected from a variety of phyla.
Prereq.: Basic physiology

BIO 3558 Vertebrate Endocrinology 3 Q.H.

Principles of hormonal regulation of physblogical
processes in vertebrates, mechanisms of hormone
action, neuroendocrine relationships.

BIO 3559 Animal Nutrition 2 Q.H.

Detailed consideration of organic and inorganic nu-
tritional requirements of humans and selected ani-
mals. Digestion, absorption, and metabolism of nu-
trient materials. Role of vitamins, minerals, and trace
elements in metabolism. Variation in nutritional needs
among normal individuals and in various physiolog-
ical and genetic pathologies. Evaluation of food ad-
ditives and of permissible levels of toxic materials
in food. Prereq.: Basic biochemistry or consent of
instructor

BIO 3560 Genetics and Developmental 2 Q.H.

Biology

Elaboration of the classic laws of heredity, including
cytogenetics and chemical basis of heredity. Se-
lected examples of the development of form and
function. Students are expected to participate in lec-
tures and laboratories given for BIO 1260 and are
assigned extra individual work. Prereq.: General bi-
ology Open only to graduate students completing
deficiencies in entrance requirements.

BIO 3561 Cell Physiology and 2 QH.

Biochemistry

Basic chemical and physical processes of cells re-
lated to their fine structure; oxidative and interme-
diary metabolism, photosynthesis, membrane phe-
nomena; movement; chemical and physical processes
of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. Students are ex-
pected to participate in lectures and laboratories
given for BIO 1261. Extra, individual work is as-
signed. Prereq.: General biology college physics, and
organic chemistry Only open to graduate students
completing deficiencies in entrance requirements.

BIO 3562 General Biochemistry 3 Q.H.

A survey of the field of biochemistry with emphasis
on protein structure, enzyme catalysis, bioenerget-
ics, chemistry and metabolism of carbohydrates, lip-
ids, amino acids, and nucleotides, and the synthesis
and function of macromolecules in the contact of
organelle development. Prereq.: Permission of in-
structor Required of all entering graduate students in
biochemistry, cell physiology and molecular biology
Students may be exempted by successfully completing
the final examination from a previous year's course.

BIO 3567 General Biochemistry 3 Q.H.

Laboratory

An intensive course intended to introduce the stu-
dent to modern research technique used in bio-
chemistry and molecular biology. Topics include pu-
rification and characterization of proteins, kinetic
properties of enzymes, isolation of high molecular
weight DNA, recombination of DNA molecules in vi-
tro, isolation of bacterial clones containing recom-
binant molecules, and in vitro mutagenesis. The
course includes two hours of lecture and six hours

Biology / 9

of laboratory, all in one day. Lectures will include a
discussion of safety and moral concerns raised by
uses of genetic engineering. Required of all entering
graduate students in biochemistry, cell physiology,
and molecular biology.

BIO 3569 Microbial Genetics 3 Q.H.

Principles and practical application of the genetics
of microorganisms. Genetic exchange in bacteria
mediated by bacteriophage and plasmids is empha-
sized. Several eukaryotic systems are also discussed.
Prereq.: BIO 1320 or equivalent.

BIO 3572 Biology of Meiofauna 2 Q.H.

Systematics and ecology of marine interstitial fauna.
Prereq.: Invertebrate zoology.

BIO 3577 Malacology 4 Q.H.

Functional morphology, em bryology sy stemati cs, a nd
ecology of the major groups of molluscs. Prereq.:
Invertebrate zoology.

BIO 3601 Biological Electron Microscopy 4 Q.H.

Techniques of electron microscopy applied to bio-
logical materials. Specimen preparation, fixation,
thin-sectioning, staining, operation of electron micro-
scope, photographic techniques, interpretation of
electron micrographs. Student seminars and project
required. Prereq. : Consent of the instructor

BIO 3607 Advanced Developmental Biology 3 Q.H.

Study of current concepts of animal and plant de-
velopment at the molecular and physiological levels.
Among topics of discussion are nucleic acid and
protein synthesis in development, metabolic activa-
tion at fertilization, regulation of the eukaryotic gen-
ome, control of cell differentiation, and molecular
communication between cells. Reading and interpre-
tation of the primary literature is stressed. Three
hours of lecture per week.

BIO 3608 Advanced Developmental 2 Q.H.

Biology Laboratory

Analysis of the fundamental problems of develop-
ment through experimental techniques. Culture of
vertebrate and invertebrate embryos, microsurgical
analysis of morphogenesis, biochemistry of devel-
opment, cell-cell interactions, and organ and tissue
culture are studied. Rve hours of laboratory per week.
Prereq.: BIO 3607 or consent of the instructor

BIO 3609 Cellular Aspects of Development 3 Q.H.

Study of animal and plant development at the cellular
level. Among discussion topics are cell-cell inter-
action, cell surface differentiation, differential cell
adhesion, genetic and epigenetic control or pattern
formation, and ultrastructural aspects of fertilization
and development. Reading and interpretation of the
primary literature are stressed. Three hours of lecture
per week.

BIO 3610 Human Ecology 4 Q.H.

Human tolerances for natural and unnatural environ-
mental factors and man's activities affecting these
factors. Man, food, and population dynamics.

BIO 361 7 Environmental Law 2 Q.H.

The scientific information required for implementation
of the legal and political aspects of environmental
management. The role of the scientist as an expert
witness. Scientific and legal predictability. Analyses
of suitable dynamic models and case law with the
goal of improving the results of legal, political, and
scientific decisions bearing upon remedial environ-
mental management. Prereq.: Biology core and first
course in physiology e.g., BIO 1258 and BIO 1259.

BIO 3620 Industrial Microbiology 3 Q.H.

t\/licroorganisms and methods employed in produc-
tion of products of economic and medical impor-
tance, decomposition of wastes, and control of de-
sirable and unwanted processes and biodeterioration.
Fermentation processes emphasized. Prereq.: BIO
1420 or equivalent, or consent of instructor

BIO 3621 Industrial Microbiology 2 Q.H.

Laboratory

Laboratory and discussion seminar sessions devoted
to the study of selected commercial processes.

BIO 3652 Comparative Neurobiology 3 Q.H.

A cellular approach to structure and function of the
nervous system. Topics to be covered include neu-
ronal anatomy, cellular properties of single neurons,
synaptic transmission, integration in nerve cells, nerve
networks, sensory systems, motor systems, sensory-
motor integration, specification of neuronal connec-
tivity, and phylogeny of nervous systems. Prereq.:
General (animal) physiology

BIO 3657 Neurophysiology Laboratory 2 Q.H.

Introduction to neurophysiological methods. Prereq.:
BIO 3652 (may be taken concurrently).

BIO 3661 Human Genetics 3 Q.H.

Application of basic genetic principles to the study
of variability in humans. Course focuses primarily on
cytogenetics, biochemical genetics, monogenetic,
and multifactorial inheritance and population ge-
netics. Topics of special interest include sex deter-
mination and differentiation, early embryology, twin-
ning, birth-defect etiology, prenatal diagnosis, and
genetic counseling. Prereq.: BIO 1260 or equivalent.

BIO 3667 Biochemistry Laboratory 3 Q.H.

Rotation I

Experience is gained in biochemical research by
spending six weeks in each of two laboratories dur-
ing the winter quarter. Required of all first-year grad-
uate students in biochemistry, cell physiology, and
molecular biology.

BIO 3668 Biochemistry Laboratory 3 Q.H.

Rotation II

A continuation of BIO 3667 during the spring quarter

BIO 3669 Biochemistry Laboratory 3 Q.H.

Rotation III

A continuation of BIO 3668 during the summer
quarter intended for students who have not yet cho-
sen a laboratory in which to carry out thesis work.
Not recommended except where necessary.

10/ Arts and Sciences

BIO 3670 Developmental Biology of 5 Q.H.

Marine Invertebrates

Descriptive and experimental studies of embryonic
and larval development of marine invertebrates. Lab-
oratory work includes observation and experimen-
tation using live material from a broad spectrum of
invertebrate phyla (Marine Science and Maritime'
Studies Center).

BIO 3672 Ichthyology 4 Q.H.

Natural history and systematics of fishes, with em-
phasis on marine species (Marine Science and Mar-
itime Studies Center). Prereq.: Comparative anatomy
or vertebrate zoology.

BIO 3690 Seminar 1 Q.H.

Various topics and recent developments in botany,
biochemistry, microbiology, molecular biology, phys-
iology, and zoology are covered in depth. Student
presentations are emphasized. To facilitate the plan-
ning of assignments, students are urged to contact
the instructor during the quarter before the seminar
is to be offered.

BIO 3691 Special Topics (credit variable)

in Biology

Special study of a selected topic under direction of
a faculty member, preliminary to submission and
approval of M.S. thesis proposal or M.S. literature
dissertation proposal. Topic and direction of study
to be arranged with the faculty member supervising
the study. Credits convertible to M.S. thesis or M.S.
dissertation.

BIO 3692 Special Investigations (credit variable)
in Biology

Studies of a topic not directly related to research
being pursued for a thesis or dissertation. May take
the form of a special course.

BIO 3697 M.S. Thesis (credit variable)

Research methods of some special field and their
application to a specific problem, under direction of
a graduate faculty member.

BIO 3698 M.S. Literature (credit variable)

Dissertation

An extensive literature research under the direction
of a graduate faculty member leading to a compre-

hensive written review of a significant biological
problem and an oral examination.

BIO 3699 Ph.D. Dissertation

Original research in depth, representing a significant
contribution of new biological knowledge, and a writ-
ten dissertation thereon, under the supervision of a
graduate faculty member.

BIO 3798 Master's Thesis Continuation 0 Q.H.

BIO 3799 Doctoral Dissertation 0 Q.H.

Continuation

INT 3101 Biochemistry I 2 Q.H.

Description of the components of biochemistry, in-
cluding the chemistry of carbohydrates, lipids, pros-
taglandins, steroid hormones, amino acids, polypep-
tides, proteins, purines, pyrimidines, nucleosides, and
nucleic acids Consideration of Henderson-Hassel-
balch expression, buffers, and importance of pKa.
Prereq.: two quarters of organic chemistry.

INT 31 02 Biochemistry II 2 Q.H.

Discussion of enzymes, enzyme kinetics, and mech-
anisms of enzyme reactions. An introduction to the
methods used to study intermediary metabolism, bio-
energetics, biological oxidation reduction reactions,
and the electron transport chain. A consideration is
made of carbohydrate metabolism, including the citric
acid cycle, the Embden-Meyerhoff pathway and the
pentose phosphate pathway Use of isotopes in bio-
chemistry and the role of high-energy phosphate
compounds are outlined. Prereq.: INT 3101.

INT 3103 Biochemistry III 2 Q.H.

Lipid metabolism is presented, including the' fatty
acid cycle, biosynthesis of fatty acids, and biological
formation of prostaglandins, cholesterol, and steroid
hormones. The metabolism of various amino acids
is considered, including the urea cycle, one-carbon
fragments, transamination reactions and aromatic
hydroxylations. Metabolism of nucleic acids and their
building blocks are discussed, as well as the genetic
basis of protein synthesis, genetic code, and mech-
anisms of control. Prereq.: INT 3102.

Chemistry

All courses carry two quarter-hours of credit unless
CHM 3231 Remedial Analytical Chemistry 1 Q.H.

A beginning course in analytical chemistry for those
thesis students whose background in the subject is
deemed inadequate. Prereq.: Permission of the de-
partmental faculty is required.

CHM 3271 Remedial Organic Chemistry I 1 Q.H.

A beginning course in organic chemistry for those
thesis students whose background in the subject is
deemed inadequate. Prereq.: Permission of the de-
partmental faculty is required.

otherwise specified.

CHM 3272 Remedial Organic Chemistry II 1 Q.H.

Continuation of CHM 3271. Prereq.: Permission of
the departmental faculty is required.

CHM 3273 Remedial Organic Chemistry III 1 Q.H.

Continuation of CHM 3272. Prereq.: Permission of
the departmental faculty is required.

CHM 3381 Remedial Physical Chemistry I 1 Q.H.

A beginning course in physical chemistry concen-
trating on chemical thermodynamics for those thesis

Chemistry / 1 1

students whose background in the subject is deemed
inadequate. Prep.: Permission of the departmental
faculty is required.

CHM 3382 Remedial Physical Chemistry II 1 Q.H.

Continuation of CHM 3381 concentrating on phase
equilibria, solutions, kinetic theory of gases, chem-
ical kinetics. Prep.: Permission of the departmental
faculty is required.

CHM 3383 Remedial Physical Chemistry III 1 Q.H.

A beginning course in physical chemistry concen-
trating on quantum chemistry, particles and waves,
Schroedinger wave mechanics for those thesis stu-
dents whose background in the subject is deemed
inadequate. Prep.: Permission of the departmental
faculty is required.

CHM 3401, CHM 3402, CHM 3403 Special Topics
in Chemistry: Chemistry and Society I, II, III

Special topics of current importance, including chemi-
cal aspects of the environment: pollution and its
determination, pesticides, carcinogenics, resources;
chemical aspects of energy conversion and storage:
fossil fuels and fuel analysis; nuclear reactors; stor-
age batteries; hydrogen production and storage; solar
energy photovoltaic cells and photochemistry; ener-
gy-related materials. Prereq.: Bachelor's degree in
science or engineering.

CHM 3420 Modern Methods of Analysis 2 Q.H.

Similar to CHM 3430, but without laboratory Prereq.:
Consent of instructor

CHM 3430 Modern Methods of Analysis 3 Q.H.

Training in a wide variety of modern methods of
instrumental analysis with extensive "hands-on" ex-
perience offered by a laboratory section. Areas cov-
ered include: data handling; spectroscopy (UV-visi-
ble, infrared, luminescence, atomic absorption, atomic
emission, mass spectrometry); separations (gas, thin-
layer, high performance liquid chromatography); elec-
trochemical methods (LCEC, amperometry oculo-
metry polarography etc.); computerized instrumen-
tation; hyphenated methods of trace organic/inorganic
analysis; forensic and clinical applications of modern
methods of analysis. (Restricted to students in the
Forensic Chemistry MS and PhD programs, Clinical
Chemistry MS and PhD programs, and others by spe-
cial arrangement.)

CHM 3431 Remedial Instrumental Analysis 1 an.

A beginning course in instrumental analysis for those
thesis students whose background in the subject is
deemed inadequate. Prereq.: Permission of the de-
partmental faculty is required.

CHM 3441 Remedial Inorganic Chemistry 1 Q.H.

A beginning course in inorganic chemistry for those
thesis students whose background in the subject is
deemed inadequate. Prereq.: Permission of the de-
partmental faculty is required.

CHM 3461 Remedial Identification of 1 Q.H.

Organic Compounds

A beginning course in the identification of organic
compounds dealing with the qualitative analysis of

organic compounds and mixtures, using physical
methods for those thesis students whose back-
ground in the subject is deemed inadequate. Prereq.:
Permission of the departmental faculty is required.

CHM 3501 Polymer Chemistry I

Introduction to polymers. Major emphasis on syn-
thesis. Step-reaction, chain- reaction, and ring-
opening polymerizations. Copolymerization. Three-
dimensional polymers and crosslinking. Prereq.: One
year of organic chemistry and one year of physical
chemistry.

CHM 3502 Polymer Chemistry II

Physical chemistry of polymers in solution and bulk.
Molecular characterization. Mechanical and physical
properties in the glassy, rubbery, viscous, and sem-
icrystalline states. Prereq.: CHt\A 3501.

CHM 3503 Polymer Chemistry III

Industrial practice, polymer processing, fibers, elas-
tomers, coatings, adhesives, and reinforced plastics.
Relationship of polymer structure to usage. Prereq.:
CHhA 3502.

CHM 3510 Special Projects (maximum: 4 Q.H.)
in Chemistry

Laboratory studies for non-thesis research. Prereq.:
Permission of the departmental faculty is required.

CHM 3521 Analytical Separations

Theory and practice of analytical separation tech-
niques. Emphasis is on fundamentals as they relate
to practice. Topics for examination are based mainly
on chromatographic processes including gas and
high speed liquid chromatography Other topics in-
clude zone refining, liquid-liquid extraction, and
electrophoresis.

CHM 3522 Advanced Analytical Separations.

Continuation of CHM 3521. Prereq.: CHf^ 3521.

CHM 3523 Electroanalytical Chemistry I

The theory, instrumentation and applications of equi-
librium and non-equilibrium techniques. A selection
will be made from among the following topics: po-
tentiometry, potentiometric titrations, voltammetry,
oculometry, chronopotentiometry and conductance
measurements.

CHM 3524 Electroanalytical Chemistry II

A continuation of CHM 3523 emphasizing recent
advances in electroanalytical instrumentation and
application. Topics to be covered include ion-selec-
tive electrodes, processes at electrode surfaces, and
novel voltammetric techniques. Prereq.: CHM 3523.

CHM 3525 Optical Methods of Analysis I

Theory and principles of molecular absorption and
emission processes, instrumentation for optical
methods of analysis, specific applications and ap-
proaches for use of optical methods. Specific topics
include: ultraviolet-visible, fluorescence/phospho-
rescence, infrared, Raman, refractometry interfero-
metry polarimetry circular dichroism, optical rota-
tory dispersion, light scattering for polymer analysis,
optical absorption/emission detectors for HPLC,

12 /Arts and Sciences

chemiluminescence, micellar enhancement in spec-
troscopy, and other special topics of recent devel-
opment and application.
CHM 3526 Optical Methods of Analysis II
Principles and applications of atomic spectroscopy.
A selection will be made from among the following
topics: atomic emission, atomic absorption, atomic
fluorescence, x-ray absorption, fluorescence and
diffraction, and electron spectroscopy. Prereq.: CHM
3525.

CHM 3527 Analytical and Organic Mass
Spectrometry

Theory and practice of mass spectrometry in chem-
ical analysis. Principles of formation of mass spectra
of organic compounds. Modern ancillary techniques
using mass spectrometric detectors. Prereq.: One
year of organic chemistry and instrumental analysis.

CHM 3529 Chemical Instrumentation I:
Measurements and Control

A lecture laboratory course illustrating the design of
electronic instruments used for chemical measure-
ments. Topics include circuit analysis, transducer
characteristics, circuits using basic semiconductor
devices, integrated circuits, signal amplification and
signal processing. Interfacing and interrelation of
circuits is emphasized.

CHM 3530 Chemical Instrumentation II:
Computer Interfacing

A lecture laboratory course illustrating the interface
to chemical instruments. Topics include digital logic,
computer architecture, data processing, A/D and D/
A conversions, and parallel and serial input/output.
Standard interfaces such as the 20 ma current loop,
RS-232C and the IEEE-488 GPIB are covered in
detail. Prereq.: CHM 3529.

CHM 3531, CHM 3532 Topics in Analytical
Chemistry I, II

Selected topics of current importance in analytical
chemistry. Prereq.: Consent of instructor

CHM 3541 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I

Application of basic quantum chemistry to inorganic
systems. Russell-Saunders and j-j coupling. Ster-
eochemistry of nontransition-metal compounds,
bonding and structure of electron-deficient systems.

CHM 3542 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II

Magnetic properties; electronic spectra and selec-
tion rules. Thermodynamic stability of coordination
compounds. Experimental techniques of inorganic
chemistry. Prereq.: CHM 3541.

CHM 3543 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry III

Crystal symmetry Introduction to theory of lokids;
semi-conductors and metals; non-stoichiometric
compounds; solid-state reactions. Application of mo-
lecular orbital theory Determination of electron dis-
tribution in transition metal compounds. Mossbauer
spectroscopy and advanced magneto-chemistry
Prereq.: CHM 3542 and CHM 3591.

CHM 3561, CHM 3562 Advanced Organic
Chemistry I, II

An intensive survey of organic reactions. Modern
concepts of structure and mechanism are used to
correlate factual material. Prereq.: One year of or-
ganic ctiemistry.

CHM 3563 Physical Organic Chemistry

Topics in basic physical organic chemistry: molec-
ular polarity, equilibrium and kinetics, reactivity and
structure, solvent effects, acid-base catalysis, orbital
symmetry, aromaticity. Prereq.: CHM 3562 or consent
of instructor

CHM 3564 Spectrometric Identification of
Organic Compounds

Interpretation of the ultraviolet, infrared, and nuclear
magnetic resonance spectra of organic compounds.
Prereq.: One year of organic chemistry.

CHM 3581 Chemical Thermodynamics I

First Law of Thermodynamics, Thermochemistry
Second and Third Laws, free energies, reaction end
phase equilibria. Prereq.: Consent of instructor

CHM 3582 Chemical Thermodynamics II

Partial molar properties, solutions, electrolytes. Sta-
tistical analogues of entropy and free energy, par-
tition functions. Prereq. :CHM 3581.

CHM 3583 Chemical Thermodynamics III

Statistical thermodynamics applied to gases, liquids,
and solids. Irreversible thermodynamics. Prereq.:
CHM 3582 and CHM 3592.

CHM 3591 Introductory Quantum Chemistry I

Introduction to quantum mechanics. Application to
simple systems. Perturbation theory and applica-
tions. Harmonic oscillator, rigid rotor and applica-
tions to microwave and infrared spectroscopy. Simple
atoms. Prereq.: One year of physical chemistry.

CHM 3592 Introductory Quantum Chemistry II

The variational method. The chemical bond. The LCAO
method. Group theory and applications. Molecules.
Woodward-Hoffman rules. Prereq.: CHM 3591.

CHM 3593 Introductory Quantum Chemistry III

Application of group theory and simple approximate
theories to conjugated molecules. The SCF method
and its application to atoms and molecules. Appli-
cations to molecular spectroscopy. Prep.: CHM 3592.

CHM 3594 Chemical Kinetics

Use of experimental data to deduce the rate law of
a reaction. Mechanisms deduced from rate laws. In-
fluence of experimental error on precision of rate
constants and activation energies. Collision- and
transition-state theories of reaction rates. Prereq.:
One year of physical chemistry.

CHM 3641 Coordination Chemistry

Solution phase properties of coordination com-
pounds. Experimental methods for the study of ther-
modynamics stability and kinetic lability. Kinetics and
mechanism of solvent exchange and substitution re-

Economics/ 13

actions at transition metal centers. Classification of
redox reaction mechanisms. Marcus theory. Pheno-
menological mechanisms. Prereq.: CHM 3543.

CHM 3642, CHM 3643, CHM 3644, CHM 3645
Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry I, II, III, IV

Advanced topics of importance in inorganic chem-
istry including advanced ligand field theory: crystal
field theory of ions in weak and strong fields. Mo-
lecular orbital theory of transition metal complexes.
Crystal structure determination in solids: crystallog-
raphy X-ray electron and neutron diffraction tech-
niques applied to inorganic, bio-inorganic and other
solids. Resonance spectroscopy in inorganic chem-
istry, including electron spin, nuclear magnetic, and
nuclear quadrupole resonance; and Mossbauer spec-
troscopy Solid-state chemistry: thermal, magnetic
and transport properties; phase transformations and
crystal defects; surface effects, material preparation
techniques. Prereq.: CHM 3542 arid consent of
instructor

CHM 3661, CHM 3662 Organic Stereochemistry
and Reaction Mechanisms I, II

Interrelations of the stereochemistry of organic mol-
ecules with their physical and chemical behavior.
Conformational analysis. The effects of spatial rela-
tionships on transition states, equilibria, and reaction
rates as an introduction to the study of organic
reaction mechanisms. Prereq.: CHM 3563.

CHM 3663, CHM 3664 Organic Reaction
Mechanisms and Organic Synthesis I, II

The fundamental factors influencing the courses of
organic reactions. Substitution reactions. Pericyclic
reactions. Synthetic methods as an introduction to
organic synthesis. Prereq.: CHM 3662 or concurrent
registration therein.

CHM 3671, CHM 3672, CHM 3673 Special Topics
in Organic Chemistry I, II, III

Selected topics of current importance in organic
chemistry. Prep.: CHM 3562 and consent of instructor

CHM 3681, CHM 3682, CHM 3683 Special Topics
in Physical Chemistry I, II, III

Advanced topics of importance in physical chemistry
including quantum chemistry: linear algebra and the

formulation of quantum theory Angular momentum.
Group theory. Small molecules. Time-dependent the-
ory and selected advanced topics. Statistical me-
chanics. Quantum statistics; electrons in metals,
photons, and phonons; superconductivity; fluctua-
tions, noise, and irreversible thermodynamics; trans-
port phenomena; phase transitions of high order.
Prereq.: Consent of instructor

CHM 3800, 3801, 3802, 3803 Seminar 1 Q.H.

Oral reports by the participants on current investi-
gations in chemistry. Prereq.: Enrollment in full-time
program.

CHM 381 0 Research for M.S. (Maximum: 1 4 Q.H.)

Original research, under supervision of a faculty
member, leading to a written thesis thereon or to
the establishment of doctoral candidacy.

CHM 3820 Research and Dissertation for Ph.D.

Original research in depth, representing a significant
contribution of new chemical knowledge, and a writ-
ten dissertation thereon, under the supervision of a
faculty member. Prereq.: Doctoral candidacy.

INT 3101 Biochemistry I

Discussion of the structures and chemistries of car-
bohydrates, proteins, lipids, nucleic acids, and se-
lected cofactors. Prereq.: One year organic chemistry.

INT 3102 Biochemistry II 2 Q.H.

Discussion of enzymes, enzyme kinetics, and mech-
anisms of enzyme reactions, of intermediary metab-
olism and of bioenergetics, biological oxidation-re-
duction reactions and the electron transport chain.
A consideration is made of carbohydrate metabolism
including the glycolytic pathway, the citric acid cycle
and the pentose phosphate pathway. Prereq.: INT
3101. Offered summer and winter quarters.

INT 3103 Biochemistry III

Continuation or intermediary metabolism from Bio-
chemistry II, including lipid, protein, and nucleic acid
metabolism, photosynthesis, and cell regulation.
Prereq.: Biochemistry II, INT 3102.

Economics

All courses carry three quarter-hours of credit unless otherwise specified. Courses indicating macroeconomics
theory as a prerequisite refer to ECN 3120 (for M.S. degree students) and ECN 3220 (for M.A. degree
students).

ECN 3010 Introduction to 0 Q.H.

Microeconomic Theory

Intensive coverage of basic micro theory. This course
is designed for M.A. degree students who need to
improve their background in micro theory and carries
no academic credit toward the M.A. or Ph.D.
programs.

ECN 3020 Introduction to 0 Q.H.

Macroeconomic Theory

Intensive coverage of basic macro theory. This course
is designed for M.A degree students who need to
improve their background in macro theory and car-
ries no academic credit toward the M.A. or Ph.D.
programs.

14/ Arts and Sciences

ECN 3030 Introduction to Mathematics 0 Q.H.
for Economists

This course helps acquaint students with matrix al-
gebra and elementary calculus necessary for quan-
titative economics: simultaneous linear systems; po-
lynomial, logarithmic, and exponential functions; and
elementary differential and integral calculus. This
course offers no credit toward a degree in economics.
ECN 3040 Introduction to Statistics 0 Q.H.

An introduction to statistical methods and techniques
used in economic analysis. Descriptive statistics,
time-series and index number problems, sampling
problems, introduction to probability theory and
hypothesis testing. This course is designed for M.A.
degree students who need to improve their back-
ground in basic statistics and carries no academic
credit toward the M.A. or Ph.D. programs.

ECN 3110 Introduction to Microeconomic Theory

The price mechanism, competitive and noncompe-
titive markets, accounting of the firm, production
analysis, consumption analysis, labor markets (wage
theory), income distribution, and welfare economics.
(4 cr for I^SEPP)

ECN 3120 Introduction to Macroeconomic Theory

National income definitions and measurements, Key-
nesian models, multipliers, growth models, invest-
ment, consumption and monetary theories. (4 cr
for r^SEPP)

ECN 3130 Introduction to Mathematics for
Economists

Seeks to acquaint the student with the algebra and
elementary calculus necessary for quantitative eco-
nomics: simultaneous linear systems; polynomial,
logarithmic, and exponential functions; and elemen-
tary differential and integral calculus. (3 en fort\ASEPP)

ECN 3140 Introduction to Statistics

ECN 3150 Microeconomic Policy 4 Q.H.

Planning Seminar

Cost efficiency and effectiveness, assessment of
externalities, shadow prices, benefit-cost analysis,
project implementation and evaluation, budget anal-
ysis, evaluation of public programs, role of private
and public sectors, relationship of projects and ma-
cro planning, use of analysis by policymakers. Prereq.:
ECN 3110, ECN 3140 co-requisite.

ECN 3151 Macroeconomic Policy 4 Q.H.

Planning Seminar

Role of public sector in the economy Socio-eco-
nomic objectives and public policies. National eco-
nomic planning and synthesis of models for growth
and development. Tools and techniques for economic
planniijg. Construction and utilization of input-output
tables. Planning and policy implementation and eval-
uation. Prereq.: ECN 3120, ECN 3140 co-requisite.

ECN 3152 Workshop in Economic Plannng and
Policy

Empirical work involving micro and macro planning
techniques, applying the latter to individual case
studies of a specific plan, program, or organization.
Students are expected to prepare and present a
research paper on a chosen case study, demon-
strating the ability to use planning techniques.
Prereq.: ECN 3150 and ECN 3151.

ECN 3210 Microeconomic Theory I 4 Q.H.

A non-math treatment of microeconomic theory at
the beginning graduate level. An investigation of the
conditions underlying consumer and producer equi-
librium under different objective functions and var-
ious market structures. Derivation of product demand
curves, supply curves, and factor demand curves for
alternative market structures in product and factor
markets are surveyed.

ECN 3220 Macroeconomic Theory I 4 Q.H.

Income and employment theory; classical Keynesian,
and post-Keynesian aggregate demand and supply
systems.

ECN 3240 Statistical Inference 4 Q.H.

A study of statistical methods and techniques. Prob-
ability theory and models, testing economic hypo-
theses, analysis of variance, ordinary least-squares
regression, t-statistics and f-statistics. Correlation
analysis. Prereq.: ECN 3040 or statistics examination.

ECN 3241 Econometrics I 4 Q.H.

Estimation of demand, supply, cost, and production
functions; applications of multivariate analysis of
economic data; identification; determination of trend,
oscillation, and periodic movements; autocorrelation
and correlogram analysis, trends in multiple regres-
sions. Prereq.: ECN 3240 or permission of instructor

ECN 3310 Case Studies in Applied Microeconomics

Topics in applied microeconomics. Case studies on
organizational decision making for such problems
as short-run and long-run forecasting of demand,
price policy, financing of investments, location of
plants, and response to government regulations and
taxation. Prereq.: ECN 3010 or ECN 3110.

ECN 3330 Economic Programming

Economic programming with emphasis on linear pro-
gramming, simulation and queuing theory with ap-
plications to the computer. Prereq.: ECN 3530.

ECN 3331 Accounting for Economists

An overview of private and public sector accounting
systems and techniques to assist students in devel-
oping the ability to use these techniques in obtaining
data and analyzing problems. Topics covered include
national income accounts, balance-of-payment ac-
counts, the private firm's balance sheet, income
statement and flow-of-funds statement. Other issues,
such as real vs. nominal magnitudes and deprecia-
tion techniques, are also covered.

ECN 3332 Computers in Economic Research

This course is designed to provide an introduction
to the use of computers in economic research. Top-

Economics / 1 5

ics to be covered include accessing the Northeast-
ern computer, descriptive statistics, regression anal-
ysis, matrix manipulation and FORTRAN programming.
This course will combine classroom lectures with
hands-on use of the computer While no previous
computer experience is required, a knowledge of
statistics (ECN 3040/3140) is expected.

ECN 3350 Economics of the Labor Market and
Labor Force I

Labor force measurement and determinants, wom-
en's changing role in the labor marl<et; micro-anal-
ysis of labor supply and demand, varieties of labor
markets and their functioning, minimum wages; wage
structures and differentials, labor allocation and mi-
gration; union impact on wage levels and structures;
macro- wage-employment determination, macrowage-
price problems, income policies. Applications to
developing and developed economies.

ECN 3351 Economics of the Labor Market and
Labor Force II

Unemployment and underemployment, technological
change and changing skill requirements; income dis-
tribution and poverty; human capital theories and
human resource development; employment and
training policies to raise personal earnings, income
maintenance programs. Topics discussed in relation
to developing and developed economies.

ECN 3352 Economics of Manpower Planning I

The role of manpower planning and its integration
with general development planning. Analysis and
evaluation of different techniques of manpower plan-
ning. Technological versus economic methods. Prac-
tice of manpower forecasting and data problems.
Skill training versus educational strategies. Models
of educational planning and their applications to dif-
ferent countries. Prereq.: Microeconomic theory.

ECN 3353 Economics of Manpower Planning II

Applications of manpower planning methods and
techniques to problems of national economic devel-
opment. Cost-benefit and cost-effectiveness of ed-
ucational and manpower programs. Special prob-
lems of health manpower, scientists, engineers, and
technicians. Evaluation of methods and prediction
used in national manpower plans. Prereq.: ECN 3352.

ECN 3354 Economics of Medical Care and Health
Manpower

The organization of medical care, the problems as-
sociated with various alternative delivery systems.
The utilization and availability of physicians and other
paramedical personnel, the growth and pressures
exerted by third- party payers; and consideration of
federal, state, and municipal participation in the de-
livery of quality medical care under various alter-
natives for national health insurance.

ECN 3355 Economics of Education

An examination of the contribution of education to
the process of economic growth and the way edu-
cation is produced and distributed. Special topics

include inequalities in returns to education; the role
of intelligence and class background in educational
success; and socializing role of education in
production.

ECN 3356 Local Labor Markets: Research
Methods and Problems

Analytical framework and empirical measures for de-
termining the nature and operation of state and local
labor markets. Varieties of local labor markets; use
of data from public agencies to examine such mar-
kets; composition of local labor force, sources of
local labor supply industrial and occupational mix,
local wage and salary structures, local income
distribution.

ECN 3357 Human Resources Planning at State
and Local Areas

Applied workshop in methods and techniques for
planning human resource programs at state and lo-
cal levels. Economic tools for state employment serv-
ices, prime sponsors, and other service deliverers
for designing, implementing, monitoring, and evalu-
ating employment and training programs. Use of sta-
tistical packages in human resources planning.

ECN 3358 Economics of Education and Training
Programs

Economic analysis of the relative effectiveness of
different education and training programs at the state
and local level. Implications of human capital theory;
methods for coordinating alternative programs and
determining their effectiveness. Rates of return, cost-
effectiveness, cost-benefit. Applications to policy and
program planning.

ECN 3359 Seminar in Human Resource
Development

Selected topics on the development and use of hu-
man resources. Prereq.: Consent of instructor

ECN 3360 Regional Economics

Delineating regions. Theories of location for firms,
industries, and people. Regional income accounting
systems and models of intra- and interregional in-
come determinants and impact analysis. Prereq.: Mi-
croeconomic tlieory.

ECN 3361 Externalities

Theoretical foundations for urban and regional eco-
nomics. Survey of economic theory related to exter-
nalities and welfare economics. Prereq.: ECN 3210
and consent of instaictor

ECN 3362 Economk:s of Crime

A discussion of the resource allocation problem as
it relates to criminal behavior and effective law en-
forcement. Evaluation of costs and benefits of alter-
native law enforcement policies. Criminal activity, in-
cluding organized crime, is analyzed in an economic
context.

ECN 3363 Urban Economic Systems

The economy of cities. Analysis of intrametropolitan
spatial relationships including residential location,
land, and housing markets. Prereq.: Microeconomic
tfieory.

16 /Arts and Sciences

ECN 3364 Urban Economic Development

Continuation of Urban Economic Systems. Problems
in urban economics including segregation, housing,
transportation, urban renewal, and related policy
issues.

ECN 3365 Economics of Urban Transportation
Urban agglomeration, economic activities, residential
concentration, and transportation network; urban and
suburban densities in relation to the central place,
capital budgeting; pricing; costs incidence and ex-
ternalities of various modes; cost-benefit analysis;
effects of transportation patterns on urban socio-
economic life; modal split and forecasting economic
requirements for integrated urban transport needs.

ECN 3366 Economics of Intercity Transportation

Investigates the rationale for intercity freight and
passenger movements within the framework of in-
terregional commodity flows. The choice of mode
once traffic volume has been determined. Study also
covers the economic and environmental impacts of
the choice of mode.

ECN 3369 Urban/Regional Economics Seminar

Selected topics in urban/regional economics. Prereq.:
Consent of instructor.

ECN 3370 Economic Development

A study of the prospects of economic growth in less
developed areas. [^Measurement and theories of eco-
nomic development. Role of human and natural re-
sources, education, technology, and capital forma-
tion in national, regional, and sectoral development.
Changes in institutions.

ECN 3371 Regional Development

Methodology and application of techniques for plan-
ning in multiregional systems. Empirical examples.

ECN 3372 Comparative Economic Development

Case studies of less developed countries at differing
stages of economic development.

ECN 3373 Development Rnance and Trade

Sources of investment finance in developing coun-
tries; role of taxation and tax structure reform; de-
velopment of financial institutions and capital mar-
kets; private and official finance from abroad and
debt-service problems; problems of monetary man-
agement and export instability.

ECN 3379 Development Planning Seminar

Political and economic plans. Survey of neoclassical
growth models. Input- output techniques in open and
closed models. Elements of linear programming; op-
timal decision techniques. Processes of implemen-
tation of planning; interaction of public and private
sectors. Guide to empirical applications. Prereq.: ECN
3120 or ECN 3220 and ECN 3370 or consent of
instructor

ECN 3380 Monetary Theory

A study of the relationships between money and
economic activity with emphasis upon various quan-
tity theory models and theories of the demand for
money and velocity. Prereq.: Macroeconomic tfieory.

ECN 3381 Monetary Policy

A study of the interrelationships betw/een aggregate
economic activity financial markets, and central
banking instruments, objectives, and policy

ECN 3384 Capital Markets

Primary sources of savings and demand for financial
assets; role of financial intermediaries; banking sys-
tem and government lending agencies. Demand for
funds and real investment—mortgage, corporate, and
government securities markets; interdependence of
rate structures. Flow-of-funds data in relation to na-
tional income accounts.

ECN 3389 Money, Credit, and Banking Seminar

Selected topics in the economics of money, credit
and banking. Prereq.: Consent of instructor

ECN 3390 Public Rnance Theory I: Public
Expenditures

Rscal functions and institutions of government; pub-
lic choice and fiscal politics, theory of public goods;
public expenditure analysis and evaluation; fiscal
federalism and relationships among governments at
different levels, including intergovernmental grants.
Prereq.: l^icroeconomic ttieory.

ECN 3391 Public Finance Theory II: Taxation

Fiscal functions of government; theory of public choice
and public goods; principles of taxation; problems
of tax structure and reform at the national and local
levels, tax incidence and equity; effects of taxation
on economic efficiency and growth; issues of public
debt and the deficit.

ECN 3392 Public Policy and Rnance

Techniques of fiscal policy, fiscal policy norms, pub-
lic sector debt; tax policy, federal tax reform; the
conflict between social implications of price stabi-
lization and full employment; public expenditure pol-
icy and the interrelation between monetary and fiscal
controls. Prereq.: Macroeconomic theory.

ECN 3399 Seminar in Publk: Finance

Selected topics in public finance.

ECN 3510 Microeconomic Theory II 4 Q.H.

Theory and problems of macro-dynamics, growth,
inflation cycles, and stabilization policy. Prereq.: ECN
3220 and consent of instructor

ECN 351 1 Economics and the Law 1 Q.H.

Topics in the application of microeconomic princi-
ples to the law, such as property rights, torts, con-
tract law, and the regulation of business. Limited to
Law, Policy, and Society students.

ECN 3520 Macroeconomic Theory II 4 Q.H.

Theory and problems of macro-dynamics, growth,
inflation, cycles, and stabilization policy. Prereq.: ECN
3220 and consent of instructor

ECN 3530 Mathematics for Economics 4 Q.H.

Application of matrix algebra and simple multivariate
calculus to economic analysis. Static organization
and dynamic analysis; difference and differential
equations. Examples from economic theory Prereq.:
ECN 3030 or mathematics examination.

English/ 17

ECN 3540 Econometrics II 4 Q.H.

Asymptotic and small sample properties of various
estimators; rank-order conditions for identification;
specification error and error in variables; remedies
for autocorrelation and multicollinearity; dummy var-
iables; distributed lags; forecasting and simulation;
non-linear estimation; alternative estimation tech-
nique (two-stage least squares, three-stage least
squares, maximum likelihood estimators, etc.) Prereq.:
ECN 3241.

ECN 3601 Doctoral Research Seminar I 4 Q.H.

Prereq.: 12 q.h. of field work and consent of instructor

ECN 3602 Doctoral Research Seminar II 4 Q.H.

Prereq.: ECN 3601.

ECN 3798 Master's Thesis Continuation 0 Q.H.

ECN 3799 Doctoral Dissertation 0 Q.H.

Continuation

ECN 3890 Master's Thesis (maximum 6 Q.H.)

Seminar

Thesis supervision by members of the department;
approval of graduate adviser required.

ECN 3895 Readings in Economics

Supervised reading in selected topics in economics.
For Master's students only. Prereq.: Consent of in-
structor; appro^l of graduate director

ECN 3896 Readings in Economics

Supervised reading in selected topics in economics.
For Doctoral students only. Prereq.: Consent of in-
structor and approval of graduate director

ECN 3899 Doctoral Dissertation (no credit)

Seminar

Prereq.: Approval of graduate adviser required.

English

All courses carry three quarter-hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

ENG 3300 Introduction to Literary Study

Materials and techniques of research. Writing a re-
search paper. Approaches to literary study with con-
sideration of both traditional and contemporary views.

ENG 3311 English Prose Style

The development of prose style in English (chiefly
expository), from the sixteenth century to the pres-
ent. Most major authors are represented, from Roger
Ascham to James Baldwin.

ENG 3312 Theory and Teaching of Writing

Designed for teachers or prospective teachers of
writing in college or the public schools, this course
examines several premises of writing instruction and
how they can provide successful classroom
practices.

ENG 3315 Theories of Criticism

An introduction to the study of modern and contem-
porary literary theory and criticism: "New Critical,"
Marxist, psychoanalytic, structuralist, poststructur-
alist, phenomenological, and others.

ENG 3316 Critical Schools

A seminar concentrating on one or several related
recent developments in literary theory and criticism
such as structuralism or poststructural criticism. The
subject of the seminar changes from year to year.

ENG 3317 Topics in Criticism

Examines such topics in critical theory as narrative,
cultural criticism, representation, reader response.

ENG 3321 Linguistics and Literary Study

Language viewed in its special function as literary
medium. Linguistic approach to style, metaphor, form,
and meaning. Representative works of major writers,
poetry and prose, studied for characteristic formal
properties. Discussion of contribution of linguistic
analysis to literary criticism and to a theory of
literature.

ENG 3322 Linguistics and the Art of Writing

Aspects of linguistics related to written forms of
communication. Both fictional and nonfictional prose
are represented. Topics in discourse analysis, textual
cohesion, point of view and its effect on syntactic
options, syntactic symbolism where syntax repli-
cates meaning. Such problems as language and
deception, speech and judgment, rhetoric and per-
suasion are also considered.

ENG 3323 Theatrical Styles

An examination of modern dramatic expression and
theory with particular attention to absurdist drama,
existentialist drama, and Brecht's theatre of
alienation.

ENG 3324 Perspectives on American Literature

An attempt to discover common themes and recur-
rent patterns in American literature through a close
reading of critics as various in their approach as
Lawrence, Parrington, Chase, Pearce, and Fiedler.

ENG 3325 Topics in Early American Literature

Focuses on the work of one writer, a group of writers,
or a theme or structure common to several writers-
Jonathan Edwards, the poets of the seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries, or typology, for example-in the
first two hundred years of American literature. Topics
change with time and demand.

ENG 3326 Topics in Twentieth-Century American
Literature

Varied topics deal with twentieth-century American
literature on a thematic, formal, generic, cultural, or
interdisciplinary basis. Among the large number of
possible topics are: Heroes and Antiheroes in Mod-
ern American Rction, Twentieth-Century American
Nature Poetry, Action Painting and the New York
School, Women in Twentieth-Century American Lit-
erature, Surrealism in Modern and Contemporary

18 /Arts and Sciences

American Poetry, The City in Twentieth-Century
American Literature, and Naturalism in the Modern
American Novel.

ENG 3327 Major American Novelist

Examines in detail the work of a major American
novelist and its historical context and cultural milieu;
the work, for example, of Herman Melville, Mark Twain,
Henry James, Willa Cather, Ernest Hemingway, or
Saul Bellow.

ENG 3328 IVIajor American Playwright

Examines in detail the work of a major American
playwright and its theatrical style and social impact;
the work, for example, of Eugene O'Neill, Tennessee
Williams, Arthur Miller, or Edward Albee.

ENG 3329 Major American Poet

Considers in depth the work of a single major figure.
Some likely subjects are: Whitman, Dickinson, Frost,
Eliot, Pound, Williams, Stevens, and Lowell.

ENG 3330 American Drama

Surveys American drama from its political beginnings
in the eighteenth century to the experimental variety
of the twentieth, from Royall Tyler and William Dunlap
to Eugene O'Neill and Imamu Amiri Baraka.

ENG 3331 Topics in American Literature

Varied topics deal with American literature on a the-
matic, formal, generic, cultural, or interdisciplinary
basis. Among the large number of possible topics
are: The Isolato in American Literature, Typology and
American Art, Written Women and Women Writers,
Realism in American Literature, Southern Literature,
Humor in American Literature, The Frontier in Amer-
ican Writing, Local Colorists, and "The Machine in
the Garden."

ENG 3348 Research Materials and Methods for
Technical Writing

This course will examine research sources in sci-
ence, technology and various professions. Such
sources include computer searches, on-line data,
corporate holdings, and specialized publications in
engineering, computer science, the sciences, medi-
cine, and business. Examples are the IEEE Trans-
actions, the New England Journal of Medicine, U.S.
Government publications, and the like. (An annotated
list of technical reference guides appears in Houp
and Pearsall's Reporting Technical Information.)
The course will also explore interviewing experts and
using nonprint media as resources in science, tech-
nology and business.

In addition to sources of scientific and technical
information, publications in the areas of technical
and business communication will be considered.
These include the /7CC Proceedings, Technical Com-
munication, and others, including bibliographies in
the area.

In addition, the course will examine style guides
particular to branches of technical and scientific
writing. These include U.S. Government Style hAanual
(1983), military documentation specifications, the
Chicago Manual of Style, and various corporate style

guides (Digital Equipment Corporation, IBM, General
Electric, and others).

ENG 3349 Workshop in Writing for Publication

This course will examine published articles in sci-
entific, technical, and professional journals and mag-
azines. The articles will be evaluated for content,
style, tone, format, and mechanical details. Students
will evaluate the article's success, its professional-
ism, its appropriateness and timeliness, and the
professional standards of the journal.
Concurrently students will research, write, and re-
vise an article for submission to a professional jour-
nal of their choice. Members of the class will review
and edit these articles before submission. The goal
of the course is to have an article accepted for
publication.

Technical editing approaches will be included in the
course as they are appropriate.
Throughout the quarter, area authors whose articles
appear in scientific and technical journals will be
asked to present guest lectures, discussing both
their field of expertise and their writing efforts. We
may be able to call on Alan Leitman, whose column
appears in Science 83, Tracy Kidder, author of Soul
of a New Machine and contributor to OMNI, and
various contributors to area publications such as
Computerworld and the New England Journal of
Medicine.

ENG 3350 Creative Writing I

Prose fiction.

ENG 3351 Creative Writing II

Poetry.

ENG 3352 Writing for the Professions

ENG 3353 Problems in Writing

This course examines writing problems in general
as well as those which are specific to professional
interests.

ENG 3354 Technical Writing

Technical writing assignments, including corre-
spondence, description, instructions, proposals, and
reports. Use of graphics, layout techniques, and vis-
ual aids. Emphasizes audience definition, editing, and
rewriting.

ENG 3355 Topics in Technical Writing

Writing assignments related to computers and the
computer industry. Preparation of operator's manual
and program documentation (instructions for running
a program in a programming language such as BASIC
or PASCAL). Course offers experience in editing and
revision and work with graphics and layout in pre-
paring assignments.

English/ 19

ENG 3358 Topics in Nonfiction Prose

This course will examine writings in nonfiction prose
in such areas as biography, history, science, and
technology. The content of the course will vary ac-
cording to the design of the instructor.
If the course is given as an elective primarily for
students in the Master of Technical and Professional
Writing program, it should include science writing
and writing about technology. Such a course could,
for example, be primarily historical, focusing on writ-
ers in the nineteenth century and before, including
Leonardo DaVinci, Galileo, Newton, Faraday, Darwin
and others. An alternate topic might be writing about
science and technology for the modern, educated
lay audience. Works might be examined for the im-
portance of the technological and scientific devel-
opments they cover, for their relation to views about
science and technology in modern America, and for
the authors' importance as stylists.

ENG 3359 Writing Workshop

This course is designed to provide advanced training
in varied forms of writing. In different years, the topics
could be such specialized areas as fiction, poetry,
professional writing, and writing for academic ad-
ministrators. In this course, intensive writing will be
expected by the student and extensive comment by
the professor.

ENG 3360 Writing Workshop

This course is designed to provide advanced training
in varied forms of writing. In different years, the topics
could be such specialized areas as fiction, poetry,
professional writing for academic administrators. In-
tensive writing will be expected by the student and
extensive comment by the professor.

ENG 3361 Topics in Literary Study

Varied topics will deal with literature on a thematic,
formal, or generic basis. Some possible topics might
be: Literature in the Jazz Age, The Tragic Hero, The
Poetry of Nature. Topics will vary from year to year.

ENG 3380 Prose Writing I

This is a course in the writing of various types of
nonfiction prose, including reviews, reports, biog-
raphy commentary research, personal narrative,
travel, and others developed by the participant in
consultation with the instructor. The course will focus
on concepts of content, point of view, organization,
style, and stages of composition.

ENG 3381 Prose Writing II

This course continues Prose Writing I. The goal of
the course is to reinforce writing theory and practice,
to introduce the professional concerns of writers,
and to prepare writing for possible publication. Par-
ticipants will refine techniques of composition and
will examine the rhetorical methods of description,
narration, exposition, and persuasion. The course will
review such writers' markets as newspapers, popular
magazines, and scholarly journals. When possible,
professional writers will be featured as guest
speakers.

ENG 3384 Rhetorical Theory

This course will trace the history of rhetoric and
examine the major contemporary theories in the field.
Consideration will begin with the classical rhetoric
of Aristotle, Plato, Cicero, and Quintilian and end
with the modern formulations of rhetoric by I.A. Rich-
ards, Philip Wheelwright, Alexander Bain, James Mof-
fett, and James Kinneavy.

Rhetoric will be examined in terms of traditional
modes of classifying discourse-description, narra-
tion, exposition, and persuasion— as well as modern
reclassifications— expressive, referential, literary, and
other modes. The course will also review rhetorical
strategies for invention in the composing process:
Burke's dramatistic method, Rohman's prewriting, and
Pike's tagmemics.

ENG 3385 Writing about Literature and Other
Disciplines

This course will examine some characteristic student
and professional writing in the humanities, sciences,
and social sciences.

The goal of the course is to help participants see
how students can use writing as a way of knowing
and learning, not just in the English class but, for
example, in the biology, history, or even mathematics
class as well.

This course will focus on selected readings from
relevant professional journals, popular magazines,
and textbooks. Participants will analyze the content,
style, and rhetorical method of these materials, as
well as review writing tasks common to the disciplines.

ENG 3386 Research in Composition

The goal of this course is to prepare publication of
research by providing a working knowledge of
sources, current scholarship, and standards of pub-
lication. To this end, the course will acquaint partic-
ipants with various bibliographies, journals, texts, and
monographs that constitute the important documents
of the field. Participants will use these documents to
pursue research topics in invention, structure and
form, modes of discourse, the composing process,
and pedagogy.

ENG 3387 Case Study Design

This course will prepare participants for research to
be conducted in Field Work during the academic
year at the home institution. Participants will examine
some published case studies of teaching and writ-
ings, and will explore relevant methods of data anal-
ysis, observation techniques, interview and ques-
tionnaire construction, sampling procedures, experi-
mental design, and writing protocol ana.ysis.

ENG 3388 Reld Work

During the academic year, participants will conduct
the independent research planned in Case Study
Design.

The resources available for this research at the home
institution will include the participants'individual
teaching practices, course or departmental curric-
ulum, the writing of their students and of students

20 / Arts and Sciences

in other classes, the practices of other teachers and
administrators, as well as published books, reports,
and articles on composition. They will collect, collate,
and interpret data according to the guidelines es-
tablished at the Institute. They will then prepare a
project in which they present their findings.

ENG 3389 Case Study Analysis

Participants who have prepared Field Work projects
will present their findings, draw their conclusions,
and discuss the implications of their research for
further study. Participants will be guided toward pos-
sible publication of their work in relevant composi-
tion journals.

This course concludes the Case Study Design, Field
Work, and Case Study Analysis sequence.

ENG 3400 English Grammar

Methods and analytic procedures (but not the for-
malism) of modern linguistics are used to justify and
support categories, distinctions, and structure used
to describe sentences. These categories, distinc-
tions, and structures will come mainly from the
framework of traditional grammar. However, the in-
consistencies and arbitrariness common in tradi-
tional grammar will be replaced by modern analyses,
informally presented.

ENG 3401 Semantics

The relation between language and behavior; the
concept of change, variety, and uniqueness; sym-
bols, levels of abstraction, habits of evaluation of
linguistic phenomena; representation of meaning in
language.

ENG 3402 History of the English Language

Topics include the development of the sound system
from Old English to the present; changes in the
inflectional system and corresponding developments
in sentence structure; processes of word formation
and shifts in meaning. Poetry, prose, and nonfictional
readings supplement the text.

ENG 3403 Topics in Linguistics

Subject to be announced.

ENG 3404 Language and Its Structure

Introduction to the study of language, the principles
and methods of linguistic description; the develop-
ment of the science of language, of descriptive and
generative linguistics. Emphasis on goals of modern
linguistic theory.

ENG 3405 Descriptive Linguistics

Intonation (stress, pitch, juncture); phonemics; mor-
phemes and morphology; syntactic devices; the pro-
cess of communication; variation in speech.

ENG 3406 Transformational and Generative
Grammar of English

Deep and surface structures and transformations
necessary to generate the latter; graphic represen-
tations of structure; deep-structure nature of adjec-
tives, pronouns, prepositions, auxiliaries, possess-
ives, comparison with traditional grammar.

ENG 3407 Children's Literature

A study of history and major forms of children's
literature in the English language. The course covers
such topics as folktales and folklore, novels, poetry,
and informational books and includes cultural and
sociological theories of childhood and adolescence.

ENG 3408 Literature and the Visual Arts

Examination of the complex relationships between
literature and visual arts. Consideration of such top-
ics as theoretical approaches to this relationship,
the work of painter-poets, verbal descriptions of art
(e.g., poems about paintings), works in which verbal
and visual art are integrated. The course is organized
by issues rather than historically. Each student is
expected to work on an individual project. Field trips
are included as part of the course.

ENG 3409 Literature and Psychology

An examination of theoretical positions and practical
problems in the relationships between literature and
psychology. Psychological interpretations of lyrics,
works of fiction, and dramas are examined. In ad-
dition to the selected essays on certain literary works,
several theoretical texts are studied.

ENG 3410 Short Fiction

The short stories of Sherwood Anderson and Ernest
Hemingway and their contribution to American
literature.

ENG 3411 Comic Drama

The Comic Spirit and its manifestations in dramatic
literature and performance. The nature and forms of
comic playwriting from Aristophanes to the present.
An examination of the theater's comic forms: farce,
comedy, satire, parody.

ENG 3412 Tragic Drama

This course considers important theories of tragedy
and certain plays in an effort to consider the relation,
if any, which exists between theory and practice of
the tragic genre.

ENG 3414 Satire

A theoretical study of satiric forms-Roman, renais-
sance and neoclassical verse satire, and later satiric
naratives. Writers surveyed can include Horace, Ju-
venal, Pope, Swift, Voltaire, Byron, Evelyn Waugh.

ENG 3415 Literary Impressionism

Intensive study of this theory of impressionism (with
some attention to music and painting as well as
literature) and its role in literary history. Readings
explore French, British, Scandinavian, and American
writers, especially Crane, Ford, Conrad, James,
Moore, Hemingway, and Faulkner.

ENG 3416 Twentieth-Century British Drama

The course explores the evolution of British drama
from Shaw to Tom Stoppard, giving particular atten-
tion to the influence of Ibsen and later European
dramatists; the Irish influence of Yeats, Synge, and
O'Casey; the traumas of two world wars; and the
steady growth in the variety and power of British

English / 21

dramatic productions. Among the writers to be stud-
ied, in addition to those already mentioned, are Ar-
thur Wing Pinero, John Galsworthy, D.H. Lawrence,
Samuel Beckett, James Osborne, Terrence Rattigan,
and Harold Pinter.

ENG 3417 Topics in Twentieth-Century European
Literature

Examination of such topics in continental literature
of the period as literary movements (e.g. surrealism,
modernism), major writers (e.g. Camus, Mann, Kafka),
or genres (e.g. short fiction, drama).

ENG 3418 Topics in Twentieth-Century Literature

Examinations of such topics in world literature as
regional literature (e.g. Latin-American writing, Jap-
anese fiction), or literary movements (e.g. post-mod-
ern fiction).

ENG 3419 Topics in Genre

Examines such topics in genre criticism as biog-
raphy, autobiography, epic poetry, lyric poetry.

ENG 3650 Classical Backgrounds

Readings in translation of Greek and Roman litera-
ture pertinent to the study of English and American
literature. Focus upon the development of genre and
theme.

ENG 3651 Chaucer's Troilus and Criseyde

A detailed examination of the poem.

ENG 3552 Chaucer's Canterbury Tales

Selected Canterbury Tales.

ENG 3553 Middle English Lyrics and Drama

A study of the epic and romance, concentrating on
the transformation of the epic to the courtly hero:
works to include in translation Beowulf, Chretin de
Troyes, the Niebelungenlied, and le Morte D'Arthur.

ENG 3554 Studies in Fourteenth-Century
Literature

Major works in non-Chaucerian Middle English in-
cluding Sir Gawain and The Green Knight.

ENG 3555 Tudor Poetry

Wyatt and Surrey, Sidney, Marlowe, Spenser, Shake-
speare: the poems of courtly love and the reaction
against it.

ENG 3556 Renaissance Drama

Twelve representative Elizabethan and Jacobean
comedies and tragedies.

ENG 3557 Shakespeare's Histories

The English history plays from Richard III to Richard
Y plus Titus Andronicus, Julius Caesar, and Troilus
and Cressida.

ENG 3558 Shakespeare's Tragedies

Eight plays from Richard II to Antony and Cleopatra.

ENG 3559 Shakespeare's Comedies

Eight plays from Comedy of Errors to The Tempest.

ENG 3560 Problems of Shakespearean
Interpretation

A study of various "problematic" plays; a general
knowledge of Shakespearean drama and the sonnets
is presumed.

ENG 3561 Seventeenth-Century Literature

Major prose and poetry of the seventeenth century,
excluding drama: Bacon, Hobbes, Browne, Bunyan,
Donne, Herbert, Johnson, Marvell, and others.

ENG 3562 Milton's Major Poetry

Milton's poetic and intellectual achievement is stud-
ied through analysis of his major works. Particular
emphasi^ is given to Paradise Lost as an expression
of Renaissance humanism and the culmination to the
epic tradition.

ENG 3563 Restoration and Early
Eighteenth-Century Literature

A critical study of neoclassical drama, poetry, and
criticism; Restoration drama, Dryden, Pope, Addison,
Steele, and Gay.

ENG 3564 Age of Johnson

Johnson, Boswell, and the Club: Burke, Goldsmith,
and Gibbon; poetry of Cowper, Gray, Burns, and
Smart.

ENG 3565 Topics in Augustan Literature

Subject to be announced.

ENG 3566 Eighteenth-Century Fiction

Novels by Defoe, Fielding, Richardson, Smollett,
Sterne, and Austen.

ENG 3567 individual Eighteenth-Century Novelist

Subject to be announced.

ENG 3568 Romantic Poetry

A survey of representative forms and works of the
major poets of the English Romantic Period (1798-
1 832): Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley,
and Keats. The poetry will be studied in the historical
and intellectual context of its time.

ENG 3569 Romantic Literature

A survey of representative forms and works of Eng-
lish Romantic prose-both fiction and nonfiction. Ex-
amples may be drawn from the fiction of Austen,
Hogg, Scott, and the Gothic novelists, as well as
from the nonfiction prose of Coleridge, De Quincey,
Hazlitt, Lamb, and Shelley. Other texts may be used
as needed to illustrate or amplify the ideas ex-
pressed in the prose.

ENG 3570 Topics in Romanticism

Romantic attitudes toward mankind in relation to self,
society, and the universe, and Romantic attitudes
toward the individual person as poet, with the impact
these attitudes have upon the form and thematic
substance of authentic and fictional autobiography
in poetry and prose. May include an intensive read-
ing of one major British writer whose attitudes,
themes, style, and philosophy are representative of
the Romantic Era (1794-1832).

ENG 3571 Victorian Literature

General survey touching upon major genres in Vic-
torian literature with emphasis on the transition from
the Victorian to the "modern," including such writers
as Carlyle, Ruskin, the Brontes, Swinburne, Pater,
Wilde.

22 / Arts and Sciences

ENG 3572 Victorian Poetry

A close study of Tennyson, Browning, Arnold; also
the pre-Raphaelite circle and the movement toward
modernism: D.G. Rossetti, Swinburne, G.M. Hopkins.

ENG 3573 Victorian Novel

Close study of major works by Dickens, Eliot, the
Brontes, Hardy.

ENG 3575 Topics in Victorian Literature

Subject to be announced.

ENG 3577 Twentieth-Century British Poetry

The poets covered in this course will be drawn from
among such names as Hardy, Yeats, Auden, Dylan
Thomas, Ted Hughes, Philip Larkin.

ENG 3580 Twentieth-Century British Rction

Major figures of the modern and the contemporary
periods: Conrad, Joyce, Cary, Beckett, Braine, Fowles,
Snow, Lawrence, Woolf, Murdoch, Lessing, Huxley.

ENG 3582 Topics in Irish Literature

Examination of such topics as the Irish Renaissance,
Irish short fiction, the Irish novel.

ENG 3583 Early American Literature

A survey of American literature during its first two
centuries, from the puritans to the Knickerbockers,
from William Bradford to James Fenimore Cooper.

ENG 3585 Topics in Nineteenth-Century American
Literature

Subject to be announced. Recent examples include:
Transcendentalism, the literature of the Civil War, the
literature of social reform.

ENG 3586 Nineteenth-Century American Prose,
1820-1865

This course will focus on the characteristics of the
Romantic movement and New England Transcenden-
talism as we find them in the works of the principal
prose writers of the period. The particular themes
and techniques of such writers as Poe, Hawthorne,
Melville, Emerson, and Thoreau will be determined
by close readings of their texts.

ENG 3587 Nineteenth-Century American Poetry

Subject to be announced.

ENG 3589 Nineteenth-Century American Prose,
1865-1900

This course deals primarily with the post-Civil War
novel in America, including the realistic and natur-
alistic movements, and such authors as Twain, How-
ells, and Henry James. It will also include some
notable nonfiction writers, such as Henry Adams and
William James.

ENG 3591 Modern American Poetry

Twentieth-century poets who have struggled to es-
tablish a tradition for American poetry and whose

examples have dominated poetry up to the present:
Robinson, Frost, Stevens, W.C. Williams, M. Moore,
Eliot, Pound, Crane, Cummings, and the Fugitives.

ENG 3592 Modern American Drama

Philosophic and aesthetic trends among such play-
wrights as O'Neill, Williams, Miller, Albee, Simon, and
others.

ENG 3593 Individual Modern American Poet

Subject to be announced.

ENG 3594 Contemporary American Prose

Concentrates on the novel in exploring developments
in American prose since 1 945. Among writers likely
to be considered are: Mailer, Bellow, Malamud, Barth,
Heller, Walker, Pynchon, Vonnegut, and Hawkes.

ENG 3595 Individual Modern American Novelist

An in-depth examination of the work of a major figure
in American fiction, focusing on the cultural context
out of which he or she emerges. Recent selections
for this course have been Hemingway, Fitzgerald,
Mailer, Faulkner, and Bellow.

ENG 3596 Individual American Writer

Subject to be announced.

ENG 3597 Contemporary American Poetry

Subject to be announced.

ENG 3598 Modern American Prose

Includes close examination of such prose forms as
the essay, short story, autobiography, biography, his-
tory, and novel. Writers may be selected with some
special purpose in view, but are generally repre-
sentative of the 1912-1950 period.

ENG 3600 Topics in Nineteenth-Century European
Literature

Examination of such topics in continental literature
of the period as literary movements (e.g. realism,
decadence), major writers (e.g. Balzac, Flaubert,
Dostoyevsky), or genres (e.g. novel, drama).

ENG 3601 Thesis

Six quarter-hours maximum; by arrangement.

ENG 3602 Independent Study

By arrangement.

ENG 3603 Independent Study-Certificate of
Advanced Graduate Study

By arrangement. Limited to students in the Certificate
of Advanced Graduate Study program.

ENG 3604 independent Project, Technical and
Professional Writing

Preparation of portfolio of technical and professional
writing done for final project. Limited to students in
Master of Technical and Professional Writing program.

History / 23

History

All courses carry three quarter-hours of credit except seminars, which carry four quarter-hours, and other
courses where noted.

HST 3241 Methodology

The objectives, methods, and resources of the
historian.

HST 3242 European Historiography

The development of historical writing from ancient
times to the present.

HST 3243 American Historians

The writing of American history by Americans, from
colonial times to the present, with emphasis on changes
in both form and substance.

HST 3301 Ancient Greece (Group I)

Selected topics in the history of ancient Greece.

HST 3302 Ancient Rome (Group I)

Selected topics in the history of Rome in the period
of the Republic or the Empire.

HST 3306 The Renaissance (Group I)

European political and cultural life from the thirteenth
to the seventeenth centuries, with attention to hu-
manism and to the rebirth of classicism in literature
and the arts.

HST 3307 The Reformation (Group I)

The development of the Christian Church from the
thirteenth to the seventeenth centuries, with attention
to the conflict between church and state, the impact
of the Renaissance, the rise of the Protestant sects,
and the wars of religion.

HST 3310 Intellectual History of Europe, 1688-
1789 (Group I)

The broad spectrum of eighteenth-century thought,
with emphasis on scientific, religious, and political
ideas.

HST 3311 Intellectual History of Europe, 1789-
1870 (Group I)

The great age of liberal and nationalistic thought.
Social problems created by industrialism and various
proposals to solve these problems are examined.

HST 3312 Intellectual History of Europe, 1870-
1950 (Group I)

The intellectual developments which have brought
Europe to its present position in world affairs. Topics
considered include theories of evolution, scientism,
radical socialism, and fascism.

HST 3315 Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-
1914 (Group I)

The foreign policies of the chief European powers,
with emphasis on changing alliances and alignments,
imperialistic rivalries, and efforts at international
cooperation.

HST 3318 Imperialism (Group I)

The rise and development of colonial empires with
emphasis on the 19th century. The nature of empire,
motives for imperial expansion, and the colonial
heritage.

HST 3320 Twentieth-Century Europe (Group I)

The political history of Europe since 1900, with at-
tention to World War I, the rise of communism and
fascism, the struggle for security in the western
democracies. World War II, and the Cold War.

HST 3322 Socialism and Revolution (Group I)

Studies in the history of socialism and revolution
from the early nineteenth-century Utopias to the New
Left of the 1 960s.

HST 3330 Britain, 1688-1815 (Group I)

Topics include constitutional evolution, political par-
ties, social and economic change, religious and in-
tellectual developments, cultural achievements, and
Scotland and Ireland.

HST 3331 Britain, 1815-1914 (Group I)

Aspects of nineteenth-century Britain, including re-
form of Parliament, liberalism and socialism, the
Irish question, imperialism, and Victorian ideas and
attitudes.

HST 3332 Britain since 1914 (Group I)

A social and political history with emphasis on the
manner in which incompetent leadership and futile
class struggle contributed to Britain's failure as a
world power.

HST 3339 The Modernization of Ireland (Group I)

Analysis of themes in the growrth and development
of modern Ireland. Topics examined include migra-
tion and its effects on a traditional society, the role
of religion in the assertion of national independence,
and modernization within the British nexus.

HST 3345 Hitler's Germany (Group I)

A study of the history of the Third Reich, including
an in-depth analysis of the process by which the
political motives and methods of the Nazis ultimately
won the support of the German people.

HST 3370 Family History (Group I or II)

An examination of the history of the family in Europe
and America from the ancien regime to the present
with attention to demographic issues and trends,
industrialization and the family, women's roles, child-
rearing practices, the changing nature of marriages
and divorce, and life cycle and aging.

HST 3380 Seminar in the Renaissance (Group I)

Research and writing concerning the Renaissance.

HST 3381 Seminar in the Reformation (Group I)

Research and writing concerning the Reformation.

HST 3382 Seminar in European Intellectual
History (Group I)

Research and writing on special topics in European
intellectual history.

HST 3383 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Europe
(Group I)

Research and writing in European history from 1 850
to 1900.

24 / Arts and Sciences

HST 3384 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Europe
(Group I)

A study of a selected controversy in contemporary
European history.

HST 3385 Seminar in European Social History
(Group I)

Focusing on Britain, France, and Germany in the
nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries and looking
at history "from below," this course examines com-
parative issues in European social history. Topics
include the nature of social protest, the rise of or-
ganized labor, and the impact of war and revolution
on the lives of ordinary people.

HST 3386 Seminar in Imperialism (Group I)

An inquiry into the motives underlying European ex-
pansion in the late nineteenth century.
HST 3387 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Britain
(Group I)

Selected topics for research and writing with special
emphasis on the social effects of industrialization.

HST 3388 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Britain
^Gro-p I)

Selected topics for research and writing.

HST 3389 Seminar in Modern France (Group I)

Research, writing, and collective analysis of several
themes in modern French social history since 1 789,
including the role of social class in revolutionary
protest, industrialization, technology and moderni-
zation, the rise of the working class and the devel-
opment of organized labor, the French peasantry in
an industrial society, the nature of the family, and
women's roles.

HST 3390 Seminar in Russian History (Group I)

A narrow period or special topic in Russian history.
The course presupposes ja basic knowledge of Rus-
sian history and requires ^tensive work on a research
paper.

HST 3397 Seminar in Comparative Labor History

Analysis of issues in the history of the European
labor movement, focusing on nineteenth and twen-
tieth century Britain, France, and Germany. Issues
include: the meaning of the concept of class in labor
history; labor movements and politics (working-class
conservatism and working-class radicalism): the
place of women in the working class and in the labor
movement; worker responses to mechanization, au-
tomation and scientific management in the twentieth
century.

HST 3399 Seminar in Approaches to Women's
History (Groups I, II, or III)

Study focuses on current issues in women's history
and the methods historians use to study women's
historical roles in the market place, work force, po-
litical arena, and domestic scene in Europe, Asia,
the United States, and Latin America. Emphasis is
on the importance of comparative and interdiscipli-
nary approaches to the history of women. The sem-
inar includes lectures and discussions with special-

ists using various approaches, assigned reading, and
an independent project.

HST 3404 Colonial America: The Seventeenth
Century (Group II)

Exploration of the New World, settlement of the Eng-
lish North American mainland colonies, and the ad-
aptation of European institutions and ideas to New
World conditions.

HST 3405 Colonial America: The Eighteenth
Century (Group II)

The expansion of the English colonies in the New
World, the development of political and social insti-
tutions, and the sources of friction with England to
1763.

HST 3407 The American Revolution (Group II)

Topics in the history of the American Revolution from
1763 to 1783.

HST 3410 Topics In American Reform (Group 11)

Selected studies of movements to change aspects
of American society.

HST 3413 Topics in the Civil War and
Reconstruction (Group II)

Analysis of key issues surrounding the events leading
up to the Civil War, the war itself, and the Recon-
struction period.

HST 3420 Public Life in Nineteenth-Century
America (Group II)

Analysis of public policy and policy making; govern-
mental structure, relations, and ideology; and elec-
toral systems, viewed in long-run perspective.

HST 3421 Political Change in Twentieth-Century
America (Group II)

Analysis of the growrth of governmental function and
structure, emphasizing the evolution and administra-
tion of leading policy concerns of the current cen-
tury, changes in federalism and intergovernmental
relations, and patterns of popular political partici-
pation and thinking.

HST 3423 The Age of Roosevelt (Group II)

An analysis of the foreign and domestic policies and
programs of the four Roosevelt administrations, set
within the context of the world-wide depression and
global war. Emphasis is on the range of recent inter-
pretations and analytic methods used in evaluating
the place of Roosevelt in American history.

HST 3434 American Social History,
1900-1950 (Group II)

The transformation of the naive and idealistic Amer-
ica of the early twentieth century to life in a world
in which technology has far outstripped man's mental
and moral capacity to cope with it.

HST 3440 African-American History I (Group II)

The history of African-Americans to 1 900, with em-
phasis on the role of black people in slavery and
freedom. -

HST 3441 African-American History II (Group II)

The history of African-Americans since 1900.

History / 25

HST 3442 New Perspectives on American Slavery
(Group II)

An in-depth examination of slavery in tlie Americas.
Special emphasis will be placed on the impact of
the slave trade; the development of slavery as an
institution; the impact of slavery on the black family;
the key role played by the black church; black re-
sistance to slavery; the historiography of slavery,
especially the two decades of reaction to the still-
controversial thesis of Stanley Elkins; and slavery
from a comparative perspective, contrasting slavery
in Latin America and the United States.

HST 3450 Boston as a City (Group II)

An in-depth examination of historic Boston from 1 822
to the present. Emphasis is on Boston's early growth
as a city, the Hub as a center of pre-Civil War reform,
the coming of the Irish, Boston as America's Athens,
the revolutionary shift from Yankee to Irish political
domination, the flamboyant era of James Michael
Curley, and the development of the "New Boston."

HST 3480 Seminar in American History (Group II)

Research and writing on selected aspects of Amer-
ican history.

HST 3481 Seminar in Colonial and Revolutionary
America (Group 11)

Research and writing on some topic in American
history prior to 1 789.

HST 3482 Seminar in American Governmental
History (Group II)

Concentrated attention to a particular problem or
theme in American governmental history, emphasiz-
ing individual student research and writing.

HST 3483 Seminar in American Urban History
(Group II)

The political, economic, and social history of Amer-
ica's major cities, with special emphasis on Boston's
last century.

HST 3484 Seminar in American Maritime History
(Group II)

Examination of selected aspects of American mari-
time history. Possible topics range from early explo-
ration to the age of nuclear propulsion and may
include merchant and naval aspects of the subject.

HST 3485 Seminar in African-American History
(Group II)

Research and writing on an aspect of African-Amer-
ican history.

HST 3486 Seminar in Recent American History
(Group II)

Special topics from the period 1 896 to the present
studied in detail. Students are expected to present
a research paper on a major person, action, or
movement.

HST 3501 History of Exploration (Group III)

A comprehensive survey of exploration from ancient
times to the present with emphasis on the motives
for exploration and their impact on the regions dis-
covered and on those doing the discovering.

HST 3503 Approaches to World History
(Group III)

An interdisciplinary examination of the study of civ-
ilization emphasizing various methodologies and the-
ories and testing them by studying specific historical
periods and cultures.

HST 3505 Canada and the United States
(Group III)

How and why a separate Canadian nation managed
to emerge despite decades of American political and
military threats. Examination also includes Canada's
subsequent response to growing cultural and eco-
nomic domination by the United States.

HST 3508 Modern Africa (Group III)

A topical approach to the history of Africa since
1850.

HST 3509 Pan-Africanism (Group III)

Black political thought in Africa and the Americas
during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries in the
context of modern nationalism and capitalism.

HST 3510 History of the Islamic Peoples
(Group III)

A study of the history, culture, and religion of the
followers of Muhammad from 600 to 1800.

HST 3512 Modern Middle East (Group III)

A study of the Middle East in the twentieth century.

HST 3523 Modern Japan (Group III)

The history of Japan since the fall of the Tokugawa,
emphasizing political and economic developments,
especially after World War II.

HST 3529 Communism in China (Group III)

A study of the Chinese Communist movement from
its origins in the 1 920s to the present.

HST 3531 Population in History (Group III)

An application of demographic theory to history.

HST 3533 Psycho-History (Group III)

An introduction to the concepts, scholarship, prob-
lems, and directions of psychohistorical studies.

HST 3540 Economic History of the Modern
Western World (Group III)

Topical analysis of the economic development of the
modern Western world.

HST 3601 Historical Administration (Group III)

The administration of historical agencies with atten-
tion to problems of finance and personnel and to the
legal-governmental environment in which agencies
operate.

HST 3602 Historical Societies and Archives
(Group III)

The varieties of historical societies (local, state, and
national) and the kinds of private (business, college,
church) and public (local, state, and national) ar-
chives; their activities and procedures; their similar-
ities and differences.

26 / Arts and Sciences

HST 3603 Historical Exhibits and Museums
(Group III)

Approaches, techniques, and special problems in
the presentation of history to the public through
exhibits, films, and other audiovisual and written me-
dia. Guest lecturers from the field present lectures,
and students have the opportunity to gain practical
experience.

HST 3605 Historical Editing (Group III)

A laboratory for the study and practice of historical
editing. Students are introduced to the major collec-
tions of edited papers and instructed in editing his-
torical documents. Each student is given an histor-
ical document to prepare for publication. Instruction
also covers the editing of history books and journals.

HST 3610 Industrial Archeology (Group III)

An introduction to the history, practice, and place of
industrial archeology. There will be examination of
techniques and procedures used to unearth the in-
dustrial past. Field trips to local industrial sites will
be taken.

HST 3611 Historic Preservation (Group III)

An introduction to historic preservation, with atten-
tion to the history, the philosophy, and the practical
problems of preservation.

HST 3620 Oral History (Group III)

The theory and practice of creating, processing, and
using primary source material obtained by taping
interviews with people whose role in history would
otherwise go unrecorded.

HST 3621 Genealogical Research: Methods and
Uses (Group III)

An analysis of the tools and sources available to
genealogists and historians with attention to histor-
ical applications of such data. Students will have
opportunity to use various records essential to the
writing of family history.

HST 3622 Local History Methodology (Group III)

An examination of the development and uses of local
history with special attention to the methodological
aspects of this burgeoning field. Publications of local

historical societies and museums will receive partic-
ular attention.

HST 3625 Media and History (Group III)

Students will have the opportunity to explore such
topics as the advantages and drawbacks of specific
media, the uses and abuses of media in research
and teaching, and the construction of media. Each
student is required to participate in a research proj-
ect involving the creation and/or evaluation of his-
torically valid films, slide tapes, and other materials.

HST 3805 Assigned Reading 1 Q.H.

Assigned reading under supervision of a faculty
member

HST 3806 Assigned Reading 2 Q.H.

Assigned reading under supervision of a faculty
member

HST 3807 Assigned Reading 3 Q.H.

Assigned reading under supervision of a faculty
member

HST 381 1 Thesis 3 Q.H.

Thesis supervision by members of the department.

HST 3812 Thesis 3 Q.H.

Thesis supervision by members of the department.

HST 3813 Thesis 3 Q.H.

Thesis supervision by members of the department.

HST 3821 Fieldwork in History I 4 Q.H.

Fieldwork offers students the opportunity to get prac-
tical experience in historical agencies (including
historical societies, archives, museums, exhibits, res-
torations, preservation projects, and the like). Stu-
dents are required to work in the agency eight to
ten hours a week for one quarter under the direction
of an agency supervisor and departmental adviser.

HST 3822 Fieldwork in History II 4 Q.H.

A second opportunity for students to acquire prac-
tical experience in an historical agency. The field-
work placement requires eight to ten hours a week
for one quarter under the direction of an agency
supervisor and a departmental adviser.

Law, Policy, and Society

Core Courses

ECN 3512 Introduction to (Economics, 3 Q.H.)
Microeconomic Theory

This course addresses the basic question of re-
source allocation within our society, a question cen-
tral to issues concerning the appropriate role of
government intervention in the private economy, the
efficiency and equity of public expenditure-regula-
tion programs, and the costs imposed on society by
various activities that are unregulated or uncon-
trolled. This course is restricted to students in the
Law, Policy and Society Program.

INT 3249, 3250 Law, (Interdisciplinary, 4 Q.H.)
Policy, and Society Survey

This course is intended to offer students the oppor-
tunity to form a foundation derived from several dis-
ciplines in the range of methodologies and perspec-
tives that are employed in the study of law and society.
Among topics to be examined are issues such as
normative vs. formative functions of law, social con-
trol vs. individual freedom, and legal bases of conflict
management in society. Although the course is co-
ordinated by one instructor, faculty affiliates of the
program participate in the course, permitting ap-
proaches and specific content to be presented by

Law, Policy, and Society/Mathematics / 27

and discussed from a variety of informed
perspectives.

LAW 2364 Legal Research and (Law, 1 Q.H.)

Bibliography

This course is open only to students in the Law,
Policy and Society Program. It is designed to intro-
duce them to the resources and the use of the Law
Library and the basic techniques of legal research.

SOC 3113 Introduction to (Sociology, 2 Q.H.)

Research Methods

An introduction to methods of social research in-
cluding field study and participant observation tech-

niques, survey techniques, interviewing and ques-
tionnaire construction, sampling procedures, ex-
perimental design, content analysis, and uses of
available data. Open only to Law, Policy and Society
students.

SOC 3114 Introduction to (Sociology, 2 Q.H.)

Quantitative Research Methods

An introduction to quantitative techniques of analy-
sis. Students are expected to conduct individual re-
search projects. Open only to Law, Policy and So-
ciety students. Prep.: SOC 3113 or its equivalent.

Mathematics

MTH 3020 Basics of Analysis 2 Q.H.

Topology of metric spaces; Riemann integration; se-
quences and series of functions. (Coincides with
undergraduate MTH 1312.) Prereq.: MTH 1311 or
equivalent.

MTH 3101 Analysis i (Real Analysis) 4 Q.H.

Real analysis: integration, differentiation, measure
theory. Prereq.: MTH 3020 or equivalent.

MTH 3102 Algebra I 4 Q.H.

Vector spaces, linear transformations and dimension.
Eigenvectors, eigenvalues, and Jordan normal form.
Determinants. Orthogonal and Hermitian matrices.
The material would be developed in conjunction with,
and supplemented by, applications selected from the
following areas (or others chosen by the instructor).
Rnite element method in PDE's and mechanical en-
gineering. Markov processes and generalizations from
operations research. Control theory.

MTH 3103 Analysis II (Complex Analysis) 4 Q.H.

Complex function theory: holomorphic and mero-
morphic functions, calculus of residues, conformal
mappings. Prereq.: MTH 3020 or equivalent.

MTH 3104 Algebra II (Groups & Rings) 4 Q.H.

Elementary Group Theory: definitions, computation
in the symmetric group, finite groups, abelian groups,
special groups. Elementary Ring Theory: definitions,
integral domains, prime and maximal ideals, mod-
ules. Unique factorization. Representation of groups
(group ring, characters). Applications: Fast Fourier
transforms, coding theory, etc.

MTH 3105 Topology I 4 Q.H.

First part: elements of point set topology, including
general topological spaces, compactness and con-
nectedness, products and quotients. Second part:
elements of algebraic topology, including homotopy,
fundamental group and homology theory. (Balance
of the two parts may vary with instructor.)

MTH 3106 Analysis III 4 Q.H.

(Functional Analysis)

Topological linear spaces, normed and Banach
spaces, linear functionals, weak topology linear op-
erators, Hilbert spaces. Prereq.: MTH 3101.

MTH 3107 Topology II 4 Q.H.

A continuation of MTH 31 05. Homology, cohomology,
duality on manifolds. Advanced topics in algebraic/
differential topology as time permits.

MTH 3222 Applied Statistics 4 Q.H.

Level to measurement, central tendency, dispersion,
relatedness and significance to differences, analysis
of data through correlation, regression, F-test, Chi
square tests, T-test, analysis of variance and analysis
of covariance. These analyses are accomplished us-
ing computer-based statistical subroutine packages.
Not for math graduate credit.

MTH 3224 Biostatistics 3 Q.H.

An introduction to the use of statistical techniques
as applied to problems in the life sciences. Topics
will include measures of central tendency and de-
viation, probability distributions, estimation and hy-
pothesis testing, correlation and regression analysis
and analysis of variance. Use of a computer statis-
tical package such as Minitab. (Not for math grad-
uate credit.)

MTH 3230 Introduction to Computer 2 Q.H.

Programming and Applications

This course is designed to introduce graduate stu-
dents in sciences, social sciences, and humanities
to computer programming and to the role of the
computer in solving problems in their areas of study.
Students will learn to write and run programs in the
language BASIC, and to use the computer for soft-
ware packages related to various fields of endeavor.
This course cannot be taken for credit by graduate
students in the Mathematics Department.

MTH 3231 Introduction to Computer 4 Q.H.

Programming and Applications

This course is intended for graduate students in
sciences, social sciences, and humanities who need
to understand how computers can help solve prob-
lems in their fields of study. After instruction in the
basics of computer programming and algorithm de-
velopment, students are introduced to examples of
the computers used in different areas of human en-
deavor. Students are required to write programs in
BASIC programming language and run them on a

28 / Arts and Sciences

computer. This course cannot be taken for credit by
graduate students in the Mathematics Department.

MTH 3234 PASCAL 3 Q.H.

An introduction to PASCAL, emphasizing writing
structured programs using loops, decision state-
ments, procedures and functions. Data type will in-
clude integer, real, char, boolean and one- and two-
dimensional arrays. Not for math graduate credit.

MTH 3302 Constructive Algebra 4 Q.H.

A constructive development of some of the old fa-
miliar areas of algebra: principal ideal domains, De-
dekind domains, factorial domains, Noetherian rings.

MTH 3303 Set Theory 4 Q.H.

First part: Informal study of sets, including detailed
discussion of the axiom of choice, well ordered sets,
and transfinite arithmetic. Second part: versions of
axiomatic set theory. The consistency of the contin-
uum hypothesis and the axiom of choice. As time
permits, the independence of the continuum hypoth-
esis and the axiom of choice.

MTH 3305, MTH 3306 Philosophy 4 Q.H. each
of Science and Mathematics I, II

Topics may vary from year to year. Past subjects
have included the foundations of statistical inference,
the structure of scientific theories, and analysis of
the conceptual structure of mathematics.

MTH 3311 Mathematical Logic 4 Q.H.

Prepositional calculus and quantificational logic; first
order theories and their models; formal arithmetic
and Godel's First and Second Incompleteness
Theorems.

MTH 3321 Algebra III (Fields) 4 Q.H.

Finite extensions of fields, automorphisms, structure
of finite fields, normal and separable extensions, Gal-
ois group, Fundamental Theorem of Galois Theory,
cyclotomic fields, solvability of equations by radicals.
Applications (e.g. coding theory).

MTH 3331 Homological Algebra 4 Q.H.

Basic properties of categories and functors; sums,
products, morphisms; Horn, Tensor product, and their
derived functors Ext and Tor; exact sequences, ho-
mology and co-homology; homological dimension and
co-dimension; applications to algebra and topology.

MTH 3332 Commutative Algebra 4 Q.H.

Prime ideals, localization, integral extensions; pri-
mary decomposition; Krull dimension; chain condi-
tions, Noetherian and Artinian modules: additional
topics from ring and module theory as time permits.

MTH 3341 Applied Mathematics I 4 Q.H.

Deterministic models in the physical and life sci-
ences. Regular and singular perturbation: dimen-
sional analysis; linear and nonlinear boundary layer
problems; WKB theory; multiple scale analysis; qual-
itative analysis in phase science; singular pertur-
bation of PDEs, asymptotic analysis.

MTH 3342 Applied Mathematics II 4 Q.H.

Introduction to dynamical systems, linear and non-
linear flows, closed orbits, asymptotic behavior and

stability. Prereq.: MTH 3020 or equivalent and un-
dergraduate differential equations.

MTH 3351 Ordinary Differential 4 Q.H.

Equations I

Existence and uniqueness of solutions, linear differ-
ential equations, nonlinear systems (stability, pertur-
bations of periodic solutions, Poincar6-BendJxson).
Prereq.: Undergraduate differential equations.

MTH 3353 Partial Differential Equations I 4 Q.H.

First-order quasilinear and general nonlinear equa-
tions: method of characteristics; second-order hy-
perbolic, elliptic, and parabolic equations: separation
of variables, potential theory, and Fourier transform.
Prereq.: Undergraduate differential equations.

MTH 3361 Numerical Analysis I 4 Q.H.

A rapid survey of the problems, issues, and tech-
niques of numerical analysis. Problems considered
include root finding, curve fitting, numerical integra-
tion, large linear systems of equations, ordinary dif-
ferential equations. Issues considered include trade-
offs, such as cost vs. precision and speed vs. space.
Some programming will be done. Prereq.: FORTRAN
or PASCAL.

MTH 3362 Numerical Analysis II 4 Q.H.

The numerical solution of partial differential equa-
tions, with emphasis on elliptic equations and the
finite element method. Prereq.: MTH 3361 or its
equivalent.

MTH 3371 Optimal Control Theory I 4 Q.H.

Linear and nonlinear control problems defined by
ordinary differential equations, relaxed controls, ex-
istence theorems, Pontryagin's maximum principle.

MTH 3373 Optimization 4 Q.H.

Convex sets, linear and nonlinear programming, zero-
sum games, dynamic programming, iterated methods.

MTH 3386 Lie Theory 4 Q.H.

Lie groups and Lie algebras. The exponential map.
Examples, basic structure theorems. Representation
theory. Applications. Additional topics vary with the
instructor and may include infinite-dimensional Lie
algebras, algebraic groups, finite groups of Lie type,
geometry and analysis of homogenous spaces.

MTH 3400 Foundations of Geometry 4 Q.H^

Topics are: (1) Spaces on which geometry is done:
Euclidean space, Riemann surfaces, differentiable
manifolds, algebraic varieties. (2) Maps between
manifolds: inverse and implicit Function theorems,
Sard's theorem, transversality, singularities. (3) In-
variants of manifolds and maps: degree and index.
(4) Morse Theory: the relationship between manifolds
and their differentiable functions. Application: clas-
sification of surfaces using Morse Theory. Prereq.:
Advanced calculus.

MTH 3411 Differential Geometry 4 Q.H.

Geometry of surfaces in the euclidean space, with
emphasis on the global aspects, using the technique
of tensor calculus. Elements of Riemannian geom-
etry, connections. Holonomy.

Mathematics / 29

MTH 3414 Geometry and Mechanics 4 Q.H.

Hamiltonian and Lagrangian systems. Manifolds, dif-
ferential forms, tensors and connections. Global
structure of variational problems in higher
dimensions.

MTH 3415 The Inverse Scattering 4 Q.H.

Transform

The Schrodinger spectral problem on the line. Non-
linear evolution equations solvable by the inverse
scattering transform. Soiitons. Backlund
transformations.

MTH 3431 Probability I 4 Q.H.

Introduction to probability; independent random var-
iables; types of convergence; laws of large numbers;
characteristic functions, central limit theorem.

MTH 3432 Probability II 4 Q.H.

Introduction to stochastic processes; random walk;
conditional expectatbns; Markov processes; multi-
variate normal distribution; Brownian motion.

MTH 3441 Statistics I 4 Q.H.

Parametric families of distributions; testing hypoth-
eses; likelihood ratio tests; estimation and maximum
likelihood, regression.

MTH 3443 Statistical Decision Theory 4 Q.H.

Subjective probability, utility. Bayesian approach to
decision problems, including estimation, testing hy-
potheses, and linear statistical models. Sequential
decisions. Admissibility.

MTH 3444 Analysis of Variance 4 Q.H.

One-sample and two-sample tests; one-way ANOVA;
factorial and nested designs; Cochran's theorem;
regression; analysis of covariance; simultaneous
confidence intervals.

MTH 3445 Topics in Statistics 4 Q.H.

Topics to be selected from multivariate statistics and
clustering; biostatistics; Stein's paradox and admis-
sibility, foundations; probabilistic and inferential as-
pects of reliability theory.

MTH 3448 Nonparametric Methods in 4 Q.H.

Statistics

This course presents methods for analyzing the data
which is not necessarily normal. Topics emphasized
include: comparing two treatments (the Wilcoxon test,
Kolmogorov-Smirnov test), comparison of several
treatments (the Kruskal-Wallis test), randomized
complete blocks, tests of randomness and indepen-
dence, asymptotic methods (the 6 method. Pitman
efficiency).

MTH 3450 Categorical Data Analysis 4 QH.

This course is primarily concerned with the analysis
of data in tables, that is, with cross-classified data.
Topics will include loglinear models (a generalization
of analysis of variance methods) and logistic regres-
sion. Homework problems will sometimes involve the
analysis of real data and will sometimes focus on
theoretical issues.

MTH 3460 Pattern Recognition 4 Q.H.

An introduction to the methods of pattern recogni-
tion: multivariate normal distribution, linear discrim-
inant analysis, logistic regression, tree structured
classification, cluster analysis, jackknifing and
bootstrapping, cross-validation. (This course is in-
tended for students interested in computer science
or applied statistics.)

MTH 3501 Data Structures 4 Q.H.

Basic structure for representing and manipulating
data in computer programming: arrays, lists, stacks,
queues, dequeues, trees, binary trees. Applications
to nonnumeric computations. Searching and sorting.
Students are required to write programs to imple-
ment these structures on a computer.

MTH 3502 Computer Organization and 4 Q.H.

Assembly Programming

Computer organization; hardware and software com-
ponents. Memory organization and addressing. Ma-
chine representation of data. Machine language and
assembly programming. Subroutines and macros.
Students are required to program several short ex-
ercises in assembly language and to undertake a
term project at the end of the course.

MTH 3503 Compilers 4 Q.H.

Study of compilers; finite automata and lexical anal-
ysis; syntax specification; parsing; syntax-directed
translation, symbol tables; run-time storage admin-
istration; error detection and recovery; code optim-
ization, code generation. Students work as a team
on a large programming project. Prereq.: knowledge
of assembly language programming and some knowl-
edge of data structures.

MTH 3514 Efficient Algorithms 4 Q.H.

We will discuss some of the recently discovered
algorithms for evaluation of polynomials, string
matching, generation of primes, roots of polynomials
over finite fields, hash coding and finite Fourier
Transform and its applications. Prereq.: MTH 3535.

MTH 3521 Theory of Automata and 4 Q.H.

Fk)rmal Language

Rnite-state machines and regular expressions, con-
text-free grammars. Parsing of context-free lan-
guages. Context-sensitive grammars, push-down
stores, stock machines, and linear-bounded auto-
mata. Turing machines, undecidability, description of
computation using list-structures, program ma-
chines, and programs.

MTH 3522 Artificial Intelligence 4 Q.H.

Analysis of current computer programs dealing with
problems such as theorem proving, chess playing,
general problem solvers, robotics, symbolic com-
putation, perceptions, self-reproducing automata,
and parallel machines. Prereq.: A course in data
structures.

MTH 3524 Discrete Mathematical Models 4 Q.H.

The course introduces the notion of mathematical
model, develops mathematical models relevant to

30 / Arts and Sciences

problems in psychology, sociology, environmental
science, political science, etc. The emphasis is on
the use of discrete mathematical tools such as graph
theory, Markov chains, game theory, etc.
MTH 3527 Combinatorics I (Enumeration) 4 Q.H.
Various techniques of enumerative combinatorics,
including binomial and multinominal theorems, prin-
ciple of inclusion-exclusion, recurrence relation,
generating functions. Stirling numbers. Special top-
ics such as distributions, partitions, and polycount-
ing theory are also covered. Topics in Matching The-
ory, including Hall's theorem. Marriage Problem and
Rado's Selection Principle.

MTH 3528 Combinatorics II 4 Q.H.

(Coding Theory & Block Designs)

Block designs, including t-designs, orthogonal Latin
Squares, difference sets and finite geometries. Al-
gebraic coding, including cyclic codes, Reed-Solo-
mon Codes, BOH Codes, and Reed-Muller codes.
Prereq.: MTH 3102.

MTH 3529 Graph Theory 4 Q.H.

Graphs and subgraphs; trees; connectivity; Euler
tours and Hamilton cycles; matchings, edge color-
ings; independent sets and cliques; vertex colorings;
planar graphs; directed graphs; networks, the cycle
space and bond space.

MTH 3530 Topics in Combinatorics 4 Q.H.

Topics in combinatorics will be offered in a different
subspecialty each time. Topics will be chosen from:
game theory, combinatorial geometry, measurement,
algebraic combinatorics, etc.,

MTH 3535 Algorithms and Complexity 4 Q.H.

Theory

Complexity of algorithms, kinds of complexity; in-
tractable problems, including NP-complete and NP-
hard problems; approximation algorithms and local
search; parallel processing and randomized
algorithms.

4 Q.H. per quarter

MTH 3801 Seminar:
Constructive Mathematics

MTH 3806 Readings in Algebra

4 Q.H. per quarter

MTH 3807 Seminar in Algebra

4 Q.H. per quarter

MTH 3811 Readings in Analysis

4 Q.H. per quarter

MTH 3812 Seminar in Analysis

4 Q.H. per quarter

MTH 3818 Seminar: Dynamical Systems

4 Q.H. per quarter

MTH 3821 Readings in Topology

4 Q.H. per quarter

MTH 3822 Seminar in Topology

4 Q.H. per quarter

MTH 3826 Readings in Statistics and Probability
4 Q.H. per quarter

MTH 3827 Seminar in Statistics

4 Q.H. per quarter

MTH 3836 Seminar in Combinatorics

4 Q.H. per quarter

The department offers an assortment of courses un-
der the general heading "Seminar" (MTH 3812-9).
At the outset of each quarter, times for organizational
meetings will be posted. Schedule and content are
negotiated at these meetings. Students and faculty
with interest in the specialty of the seminar are en-
couraged to attend the organizational meeting.

MTH 3850 Doctoral Dissertation

Students may take graduate courses in the Computer
Science College as required electives with permission
of their advisor

Physics

I. Introductory Courses

PHY 1305 Thermodynamics and Kinetic 3 Q.H.
Theory

Topics include first and second laws of thermody-
namics; entropy and equilibrium; thermodynamic po-
tentials; elementary kinetic theory; statistical me-
chanics and the statistical interpretation of entropy.
PHY 1413 Introduction to Nuclear Physics 3 Q.H.
Topics include nuclear structure; nuclear masses;
radioactivity-nuclear radiation; interaction of radia-
tion and matter; detectors; fission, nuclear forces;
elementary particles. Prpreq.: PHY 1303 or equiv.

PHY 1414 introduction to Solid State 3 Q.H.

Physics

This course offers a semiclassical treatment of the
thermal, magnetic, and electrical properties of crys-
talline solids. Topics include X-ray diffraction and the
reciprocal lattice; elasticity and lattice vibrations;
specific heat; properties of insulators; magnetism in
insulators and metals; introduction to the band the-
ory of metals; Prereq.: 1 PHY 1305 and PHY 1303
or equiv.

PHY 1415 Quantum Mechanics I 3 Q.H.

The first of a two-quarter sequence in quantum me-
chanics, this course focuses on observations of

Physics / 31

macroscopic and microscopic bodies, the uncer-
tainty principie-wave-particie duality; probability
amplitudes; Schrodinger wave theory; one-dimen-
sional problems. Prereq.: PHY 1303 or equiv.

PHY 1416 Quantum Mechanics II 3 Q.H

A continuation of PHY 1415, this course covers dis-
crete and continuous states; Schrodinger equation
in three dimensions; angular momentum; general
theory of quantum mechanics; applications. Prereq.:
PHY 1415.

PHY 3401 Radiation Physics 2 Q.H.

Introduction to atomic and nuclear physics for grad-
uate students in biology and pharmacy. Topics in-
clude quantum mechanics and atomic structure, nu-
clear structure, radioactivity, properties of nuclear
radiation, detection of radiation.

PHY 3402 Radiation Biology 2 Q.H.

The effects of radiation on biological systems and
the uses of radiation in medicine and biological re-
search. Topics selected from effects of radiation on
chemical reactions; effects of radiation on cells, or-
gans, and individuals; theories of radiation damage
and repair; imaging and tracer techniques using ra-
diopharmaceuticals; radiation safety and standards.
Prereq.: PHY 3401 or equiv.

PHY 3551, PHY 3552 Electronics for 4 Q.H.

Scientists I, II

PHY 3551 and PHY 3552 form a two-quarter se-
quence covering electronic techniques for experi-
ments research in many different fields of science.
Topics include principles of semiconductor devices;
analog techniques (amplification, feedback, integra-
tion), digital techniques (counting, multiplexing, logic);
design of electronic subsystems (analog-to-digital
converters, phase-sensitive detectors, data-logging
systems); understanding specifications of commer-
cial electronic equipment. Lab examples make use
of up-to-date integrated and discrete devices, such
as are currently used in the electronic industry.

II. Required Regular Courses
(offered every year)

PHY 3557 Graduate Advanced Laboratory 4 Q.H.

This course presents special projects in modern ex-
perimental physics, including electronic instrumen-
tation used in measuring physical quantities and use
of microprocessors. Prereq.: PHY 3551 and 3552 or
permission of instructor

PHY 3561 Graduate Project Laboratory 4 Q.H.

This course allows students to select and carry out
individual projects involving instrumentation and
computation. The projects involve the development
of some aspect of instrumentation and/or compu-
tation in an ongoing research project, and th© prep-
aration of a final report. The student will be super-
vised by the project leader and the course instructor.
Although the course carries 4 q.h. credit, it is taken
in successive winter and spring quarters. Prereq.:
Permission of instructor

PHY 3601, PHY 3602 Mathematical 4 Q.H.

Methods A, B

Calculus of variations. Euler-Lagrange equations.
Mathematical methods in physics. Topics from theory
of function of a complex variable. Analytic functions.
Taylor and Laurent series. Analytic continuation and
classification of functions. Calculus of residues.
Asymptotic series. Dispersion relations. Applications
to ordinary differential equations and the study of
special functions. Rnite and infinite dimensional vec-
tor spaces. Linear operators. Function spaces and
generalized Fourier expansions. Green's functions
and integral equations. Introduction to group theory.

PHY 3603 Classical Mechanics 4 Q.H.

Generalized coordinates and Lagrangian formulation
of mechanics, conservation laws. One-dimensional
and central force problems. Collision theory. Rigid
bodies. Hamiltonian formulation and the canonical
formalism. Continuous sytems and classical fields.

PHY 3611, PHY 3612, PHY 3613 3 Q.H.

Electromagnetic Theory A, B, C

Maxwell's equations. Static field and boundary value
problems, multipole expansion. Phenomenology of
dielectrics, conductors, and magnetic materials. Far-
aday's Law. Energy and momentum; Poynting vector;
Maxwell stress tensor. Plane waves, polarization. Re-
flection and refraction; diffraction. Relativity Radiation
from sources. Motion of charged particles in elec-
tromagnetic fields; magnetic mirrors, particle accel-
erators. Introduction to plasma physics; magneto-
hydrodynamics. Radiation from accelerated charges;
bremsstrahlung, synchrotron radiation. Scattering of
radiation; interaction of radiation with matter. Prereq.:
PHY 1403, PHY 3601 (concurrently).

PHY 3621, PHY 3622, PHY 3623 4 Q.H.

Quantum Theory A, B, C

Experimental basis of quantum theory. Schrodinger
equation and probability interpretation of wave me-
chanics. Uncertainty principle. Application to one-
dimensional problems, the harmonic oscillator, or-
bital angular momentum, and the central force prob-
lem. Quantum theory of scattering. Born approxi-
mation. Phase-shift analysis, introduction to S-matrix
theory. General formulation of quantum mechanics
in Hilbert space. Spin. Identical particles and sym-
metrization principle. Time-independent and time-de-
pendent perturbation theory. Semiclassical theory of
radiation and atomic spectra. Addition of angular
momentum. Wigner-Eckart theorem. Quantum theory
of radiation. Absorption, emission, and scattering of
photons. Prereq.: PHY 1415 or equiv.

PHY 3624 Advanced Quantum Theory 4 an.

Introduction to the formulation of a relativistic quan-
tum theory. Study of the Dirac equation and its Lor-
entz covariance. Plane-wave solution of the Dirac
equation, and projection operators. Bound-state so-
lutions of the Dirac equation in a Coulomb field and
the hydrogen atom. Parity, charge conjugation, and
time-reversal symmetries. Propagator theory. Prereq.:
PHY 3623.

32 / Arts and Sciences

PHY 3631 Statistical Physics A 3 Q.H.

The phenomenological theory of thermodynamics.
Fundamental relations and thermodynamic poten-
tials. Extremal principles of thermodynamics. Appli-
cations to simple systems. Stability conditions. Phase
transitions. Thermodynamics of electric and mag-
netic systems. Principles of irreversible thermody-
namics. Prereq.: PHY 3603 and PHY 3621
(concurrently).

PHY 3632, PHY 3633 Statistical 3 Q.H.

Physics B, C

The principles of statistical mechanics and statistical
thermodynamics. Density matrix. Theory of ensem-
bles. Derivation of the laws of thermodynamics.
Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein statistics. Application
to gases, liquids, and solids. Theory of phase tran-
sitions. Second-quantization formalism for interact-
ing systems. Cooperative phenomena. Prereq.: PHY
3631, PHY 3621.

PHY 3641 , PHY 3642 Solid State Physics 4 Q.H.

The course covers topics from Drude and Sommer-
field (or free electron) models of electrons in metals,
crystal structure, one-electron states in crystal lat-
tices, Bloch's Theorem, semiconductors and semi-
conducting devices, effects of electron-electron in-
teractions, lattice vibrations and the classical and
quantum theories of specific heat, optical properties
of solids, investigation of crystal structure and ex-
cited states of crystals by X-ray and neutron scat-
tering, simple transport theory based on the Boltz-
mann equation, magnetic properties of solids.

III. Advanced Electives

PHY 3643, PHY 3644, PHY 3645 4 Q.H.

Advanced Solid State Physics A, B, C

Selected advanced topics in the theory of solids to
be chosen each time by the interested students and
instructor. For example, theory of normal metals,
Hartree-Fock and Random phase approximations,
optical and transport properties, solid-state plasmas,
Raman spectroscopy, quasiparticles and collective
excitations, quantum solids, amorphous solids.
Prereq.: PHY 3633, PHY 3623, PHY 3642.

PHY 3653, PHY 3654, PHY 3655 Fields, 4 Q.H.
Particles, and Currents A, B, C

Introduction to a local field theory. Symmetries of
the Lagrangian and conservation laws. Lorentz group,
spin and helicity. P, C, and T. Klein-Gordon, Dirac,
vector meson, photon and non-Abelian gauge fields.
Gauge theories; Feynman path integral formulation.
The S-matrix and LSZ reduction formulae. Spectral
representations. Feynman diagrams. Green's func-
tions at large Euclidean momenta. Renormalization
and finiteness. Quantum chromodynamics. The re-
normalization group and asymptotic freedom. Spon-
taneous breaking and Higgs phenomenon. Glashow-
Salam-Weinberg unified theory of weak and electro-
magnetic interactions. Prereq.: PHY 3624

PHY 3661, PHY 3662, PHY 3663 4 Q.H.

Many-Body Theory A, B, C 4 Q.H.

Introduction to some many-body problems and the
required mathematical techniques. Theory of linear
response and correlation functions. Landau's theory
of Fermi liquids and applications to solids. Theory
of superconductivity and superfluidity. General the-
ory of Green's functions and diagrammatic tech-
niques. Prereq.: PHY 3633, PHY 3623, PHY 3642.

PHY 3671 Foundations of General 4 Q.H.

Relativity

The course discusses the physical basis underlying
relativity (the weak and strong principle of equiva-
lence), the role of the metric tensor as a carrier of
gravitational information, and the modification of the
Lorentz covariant field equations in the presence of
gravitation. An introduction to Riemannian geometry
is given, and the Einstein field equations and tests
of Einstein's theory are discussed. Prereq.: PHY 3672,
PHY 3603, PHY 3613, and PHY 3623.

PHY 3672 Relativistic Astrophysics and 4 4 Q.H.
Cosmology

The course deals with the equations for the relativ-
istic stellar system, white dwarfs, neutron stars and
properties of pulsars, gravitational collapse and black
holes, quantum radiation from black holes, super
heavy stars as possible quasar energy sources,
quantum effect in gravitational collapse, the metric
for cosmological systems, and the big bang theory.
Prereq.: PHY 3671 and PHY 3624.

PHY 3673 Quantum Gravity 4 QH.

The course deals with gravitation as a quantum field,
threshold properties of gravitational quantum S-ma-
trix, quantization leading to a set of Feynman rules,
calculations of simple tree diagrams, closed loop
infinities and the problem of renormalizability of
quantum gravity Prereq.: PHY 3672

PHY 3798 Master's Thesis Continuation 0 Q.H.

PHY 3799 Doctoral Dissertation 0 Q.H.

Continuation

PHY 3811, PHY 3812, PHY 3813 Reading 1 Q.H.
Course

PHY 3821, PHY 3822, PHY 3823 Reading 2 Q.H.
Course

PHY 3831, PHY 3832, PHY 3833 Reading 3 Q.H.
Course

PHY 3841, PHY 3842, PHY 3843 4 Q.H.

Reading course, or theoretical or experimental work
under individual faculty supervision. Prereq.: Consent
of faculty member

PHY 3895 Doctoral Dissertation

Experimental and theoretical work for Ph.D.
candidates.

Political Science / 33

Political Science

All courses carry three quarter-hours of credit unless otherwise specified. Most courses are seminars.

ECN 3111 Economics for Public Administrators

Introduction to basic economic concepts essential
to other courses in the program. This course is a
prerequisite for students lacking economic course
work at the baccalaureate level.

POL 3500 Scope and Methods of Political
Science

This course is designed as an in-depth examination
of the assumptions, principles, etc., that underlie
contemporary political science. As such, it invites
the student to consider the present practice of the
discipline in the light of its history and to critically
evaluate the discipline in the interest of a greater
understanding of nature and limits.

POL 3502 Seminar in American Government

This course analyzes the institutions of the national
government in the United States, focusing on the
executive, legislative, and judicial branches. Political
parties and pressure groups are also examined, as
is the American constitutional system. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3504 Political Psychology and Socialization

An examination of theories of political psychology,
opinion formation, and attitude change; of political
ideology; of processes of individual political devel-
opment and socialization; of effects on mass and
elite political behavior; of attitudinal differences and
differential socialization experiences; of individual
political behavior and the political system.

POL 3506 Politics and the Mass Media

Study of the role of mass media in the formation of
public opinion, with special attention given to media
usage in the electoral process.

POL 3508 Legislative Process

Study of Congress and of the influence of the Pres-
ident, administrative bureaucracy, parties, interest
groups, and public opinion on the development of
legislative policy. Comparisons are made with leg-
islative process in the states. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3510 Theories of American Political
Participation

This course focuses on political behavior at both the
national electorate level and at the level of legislative
roll-call voting, analyzing the relative impact of de-
mographic and attitudinal components as well as the
effect of constituency and partisan identification upon
legislative behavior.

POL 3512 American Constitutional Law I

Employing excerpts of U.S. Supreme Court decisions
and other primary legal materials, this course ex-
amines the constitutional rationale for judicial review;
various philosophical approaches to the exercise of
judicial power; and the scope of judicial authority to
settle questions challenging the legitimacy of gov-
ernmental actions in the American constitutional
system.

POL 3514 American Constitutional Law II

Using excerpts of primary legal materials, this course
builds upon the judicial doctrines developed in POL
3512 and specifically examines the constitutional
theories behind the growth of congressional prerog-
atives in economic and social affairs and expanding
presidential power in internal and foreign matters.
Prereq.: POL 3512 or consent of the instructor.

POL 3516 The Presidency

An analytic treatment of the constitutional and ex-
traconstitutional powers of the contemporary presi-
dent, an examination of the place and function of
the chief executive in the formulation and execution
of public policy. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3518 American Electoral Behavior

The theoretical and methodological assumptions of
election studies of the American political system are
analyzed and the substantive conclusions carefully
reviewed.

POL 3519 Campaigns and Elections

A study of campaign tactics and strategies. Field
Work required.

POL 3520 The Judiciary

Analysis of the role of the judiciary in the American
governmental process. Special attention is given to
those areas of constitutional law in which the courts'
decisions have a profound impact on the basic struc-
ture of American politics (apportionment, economic
regulation, federalism, etc.).

POL 3522 Political Parties, Pressure Groups, and
Public Policy

A study of the role of parties and pressure groups
in the policy-making process, trends in contempo-
rary party politics are examined as well as behavior
patterns of the American electorate.

POL 3524 Civil Rights

Examination of the doctrine of constitutionalism, il-
lustrated and amplified by a study of the substance
and process of the Bill of Rights as developed in
decisions of federal courts, and congressional
enactments.

POL 3526 Procedural Due Process

Utilizing excerpts from U.S. Supreme Court decisions
and other legal materials, this course examines the
philosophical and constitutional relationships be-
tween Amendments 4, 5, 6, and 8 and the Fourteenth
Amendment. The substance of the right to fair trial,
counsel, confrontation, protection against self-in-
crimination, and unreasonable searches and sei-
zures are among the many procedural rights ex-
amined through the decisions of the Roosevelt,
Vinson, Warren, and Burger Courts.

POL 3531 Models of Political Systems

A detailed examination and critique of current models
of political systems.

34 / Arts and Sciences

POL 3533 Eurocommunism

A study of the ideology and political behavior of the
communist parties of Italy, France, and Spain, with
emphasis on their independence of, and challenges
to, the domestic and foreign policies of the Soviet
Communist Party.

POL 3535 Parliamentary Democracy in Western
Europe

A comparative analysis of environment, vehicles of
popular participation, and formal structures and
reach of government in the parliamentary democra-
cies of western Europe. Special attention is given to
England, France and Germany.

POL 3537 Comparative Communism

A comparative analysis of environment, vehicles of
popular participation, and formal structures and
reach of government in the Soviet Union, the socialist
countries of eastern Europe, and China.

POL 3539 European Political Parties

A comparative cross-national study of political or-
ganization and behavior in England, France, and Ger-
many with emphasis on party leadership, strategy,
organization, and constituency as well as sociali-
zation, recruitment, and participation of voters.

POL 3541 European Legislative Systems

A comparative analysis of the legislatures in Britain,
France, and Germany with emphasis on patterns of
historical development, functions, internal organiza-
tions, and relations with the executive.

POL 3543 European National Executives

A comparative cross-national study of executive de-
cision making in England, France, and Germany with
emphasis on varying patterns of presidential and
cabinet authority as well as relationships with the
legislature.

POL 3545 Government and Politics in the Middle
East

This course examines the political and economic
structures of the Arab states and Israel as well as
inter-Arab politics and inter-state conflict in the area.

POL 3547 Government and Politics of North
Africa and the Middle East

Comparative analysis of the political systems and
foreign policies of African states north of the Sahara.
Also stressed is the relationship of this area with the
Middle East.

POL 3550 Government and Politics of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland

An analysis of government organization and political
behavior in the United Kingdom. Special attention is
given to executive-legislative relations, the political
party system, and the politics of Northern Ireland.

POL 3551 Seminar in International Relations

An in-depth analysis of the major actors, their goals,
and the means and strategies they utilize within the
international system.

POL 3552 International Political Economy

The course explores new directions in the field of
international political economy. Stress is laid on ap-
proaches to and trends within the field, such as 1 )
the intellectual and theoretical roots of international
political economy; 2) the management of collective
goods; 3) relations between advanced industrial
states; 4) relations between advanced industrial and
less industrial states; 5) relations between nonstate
and state actors.

POL 3553 Government and Politics in Germany

A study of political culture, federalism, and execu-
tive-legislative relations on the national level with a
view to appraising the quality and durability of the
present democratic system.

POL 3554 Government and Politics of France

A study of current governmental organization and
political behavior in France. Special attention is given
to the role of the presidency, executive-legislative
relations, and the political party system.

POL 3555 International Organization

This course focuses on issues of international po-
litical economy. The role of various international or-
ganizations in managing economic interdependence
is emphasized. Attention is given also to the role of
international administrators in the UN's search for a
new international economic order. Discussion of
nongovernmental organizations, such as multina-
tional corporations, is included.

POL 3556 China in Revolution

Addresses the problems faced by a revolutionary
China in forming new attitudes, instituting a revolu-
tionary political culture, and reconstructing and de-
veloping a country on the basis of a revolutionary
ideology. Illustration of the manner in which the party,
state, military, education, health, science, and med-
icine have been modified since 1949 to ensure the
continuation of a revolutionary polity.

POL 3557 Soviet-Chinese Relations

A chronological and topical analysis of the Soviet-
Chinese relationship since 1950 with special atten-
tion to the causes of rivalry and conflict in the 1 960s
and 1970s.

POL 3558 Asia and the Politics of Development

This course relates the theoretical literature on po-
litical development to the concrete attempts to de-
velop in Asia. Because of the diversity in levels and
types of political development in Asian states, each
student is encouraged to concentrate on one state
and explore different ideas about political develop-
ment as they relate to that state.

POL 3559 Governments and Politics of Latin
America

This course investigates contemporary Latin Amer-
ican politics with particular emphasis on revolution,
development strategies, and social change. Focus is
on three representative nations such as Mexico,
Chile, and Cuba.

Political Science / 35

POL 3560 Development Politics

The process of political development in the Third
World, including both internal and international is-
sues such as leadership patterns, the role of the
military and political parties, and underlying eco-
nomic and social factors.

POL 3561 Great Powers and the Middle East

An analysis of the changing nature of great power
and multinational involvement in the Middle East.

POL 3562 United States-Soviet Relations

The relations between the United States and the
Soviet Union from 1917 to the present. Topics
stressed are the "nonrecognition" period, the break-
down of the World War II "Grand Alliance," and the
nature of the present power conflict.

POL 3563 United States-Far Eastern Relations

American diplomacy in the Far East, with primary
concentration on relations with Japan since World
War II, with China, and with Southeast Asia.

POL 3564 China's Foreign Policy

A study of the Chinese government's relations with
the Third World socialist states and the West and its
behavior in the United Nations. Analyzes changing
policies toward international law, trade, tourism,
scholarly exchange, and foreign ventures in China.
Attention is given to policy objectives strategy, tac-
tics, and the method of decision making in the for-
eign policy apparatus.

POL 3565 Soviet Relations with Eastern Europe

An analysis of Soviet policy in Eastern Europe, es-
pecially Russian efforts after World War II to develop
communism and maintain a position of preeminence
in this region.

POL 3566 Chinese Politics

Concentrates on the objectives of the Chinese rev-
olution from 1911 to the present. Examines the po-
litical theory and institutions which have been es-
tablished to promote "permanent revolution" and
evaluates the nationality of Chinese communist pol-
icies in terms of Chinese goals. Concentrates on the
changes made in domestic, economic, legal, and
political policies since 1976.

POL 3567 Japanese Politics

Designed for students in both comparative politics
and in international relations, the course examines
the unique Japanese electoral system, political proc-
esses and organizations, political culture and so-
cialization, the role of business in politics, and Jap-
anese foreign policy.

POL 3568 Sub-Saharan African Politics

Comparative analysis of the political systems and
foreign policies of selected African states south of
the Sahara. Special attention is given to the Republic
of South Africa and its policy of apartheid.

POL 3569 Decision Making in U.S. Foreign Policy

Comprehensive analysis of the governmental mech-
anism and process for decision making in U.S. for-
eign policy. Case studies in decision making are
emphasized.

POL 3570 American Foreign Policy

Examination in depth of selected issues concerning
the role of the United States in world affairs since
1945.

POL 3572 Problems of World Order I

Emphasizes such topics as appraisal of diverse sys-
tems of public order, approaches of international law
and international organization to the problem of world
order, and the problem of world peace enforcement.

POL 3573 Problems of World Order 11

Political problems of world order are stressed. Rep-
resentative topics include arms control and disar-
mament, the limits of economic growrth, international
political economy, population problems, and re-
source distribution.

POL 3574 American National Security Policy

This course deals with United States national se-
curity policy in the post-World War II era. The focus
is on the evolution of U.S. nuclear and conventional
strategy and arms control efforts. Future military and
arms control options will also be considered.

POL 3575 Arab-Israeli Dispute

The Arab-Israeli confrontation has its own dynamics
and a character that has changed through the dec-
ades. This course analyzes its interaction with the
internal politics of the Arab states and Israel, pan-
Arab politics, and the role of the great powers in the
region.

POL 3578 Soviet Foreign Policy

A study of Soviet foreign policy since 1 964. Among
the topics discussed are detente in relations with
the United States; polycentrism in East Europe; in-
volvements and commitments in the Middle East and
Africa; and the dispute with China.

POL 3580 The United Nations

Selected topics on the nonpolitical work of the United
Nations: human rights; economic, social, health and
related problems; decolonization and the trusteeship
system.

POL 3581 International Peacekeeping

A detailed investigation of the origins, history, and
theory of interventionary peacekeeping, with refer-
ence to the documentation of the United Nations. An
assessment of this method of maintaining regional
stability and a projection of potential means of de-
veloping the method to broader applicability.

POL 3583 International Law

Examination of selected topics in international law
not covered in POL 3572 and POL 3573.

POL 3584 Regional Organizations

Regional organizations, such as EEC or OAU, are
studied to determine the capability of such organi-
zations to promote economic development and po-
litical influence.

POL 3585 The Atlantic Community

A topical analysis of European-American diplomacy
with particular stress upon security and economic

36 / Arts and Sciences

matters. Major consideration of the integration of
Europe, American responses, and the results of these
interactions for world political and economic stability.

POL 3586 Nationalism

The evolution and role of nationalism in both theory
and practice. Representative nationalistic movements
and theories are analyzed.

POL 3587 Politics of Revolution and Change

Analysis of the nature of political change with atten-
tion to both theory and practice. Topics discussed
are revolution, major trends in contemporary politics,
and the relationship between political change and
technological, scientific, or social change.

POL 3589 Terrorism, Violence and Politics

Analysis of the theory and practice of terror, vio-
lence, coercion, force, and threats in political life.

POL 3590 Crisis Politics In Democracies and
Dictatorships

Analysis of governmental response to crises and
emergencies. Consideration of such topics as war
powers, riot and rebellions, martial law, transfer of
regime, succession problems, economic crises,
presidential emergency powers, national security
powers, executive privilege, and impeachment.

POL 3591 Totalitarianism

An analysis of totalitarianism and dictatorship, in-
cluding study of historical background, fundamental
characteristics; theories of origin, nature, and sig-
nificance; and evaluation of techniques, ideologies,
policies, and instruments of power. Special attention
is given to the government and politics of the Soviet
Union.

POL 3593 Ancient and Medieval Political Thought

The development of political thought from Greek an-
tiquity to the end of the Middle Ages, utilizing both
historical and analytical approaches. Attention is also
paid to the cultural, social, and intellectual context
within which political theories develop.

POL 3594 Modern Political Thought

Examination of political thought from Machiavelli to
Marx.

POL 3595 Contemporary Political Theory

The main currents of political thought in the latter
half of the nineteenth and the twentieth centuries
with special emphasis on the relations between po-
litical theory philosophy and political science.

POL 3596 Marxism

Examination of the theory and practice of Marxism,
including its background and origins, and its sub-
sequent development.

POL 3597 Trends in American Political Thought

Examination of intellectual concepts and movements
that have informed and influenced American political
life, with emphasis upon those relating to the making
and execution of public policy. M.P.A elective.
POL 3600 Survey of Public Administration
Introduction to the literature and the major topics in
public administration with special attention given to

the interrelationships of politics and administration.
M.P.A. core course.

POL 3601 Public Personnel Administration

Technique, practice, and organization of personnel
functions in public administration, including recruit-
ment, compensation, training, discipline, and rela-
tions with employee organizations. M.P.A. core course.

POL 3602 Organization Theory and Management

An in-depth study of the major organization theories,
including the scientific basis for organization theory;
models and ideal types; decision making; application
of game theory, systems analysis. M.P.A. core course.

POL 3603 Public Rnance and Budgeting

Emphasizes the public budgeting function in its re-
lationship to other functions of public administration.
The subject is approached from a management per-
spective, and conflicting legislative and executive
finance and budgeting interests are examined. Also
included is an illustration of the budget cycle and
an examination of the mechanics of budget prepa-
ration. Attention 'is given to means for improving
budget decision making and administration through
quantitative and other methods. M.PA. core course.

POL 3604 Techniques of Policy Analysis

Focuses on the various techniques useful in analyz-
ing public policy issues. Case studies of specific
applications of such methods as modeling, simula-
tion, and survey research are examined. M.P.A.
elective.

POL 3605 Quantitative Techniques for Public
Administrators I

A consideration of the theory and process of ad-
ministrative study including philosophy of science,
quantitative and qualitative designs and methods of
problem solving, and drawing causal principles.
M.P.A. core course.

POL 3606 Quantitative Techniques for Public
Administrators II

The application of social science research and com-
puter programming to administrative problems, in-
cluding techniques for analysis of survey and other
data and practical methods of gathering, analyzing,
and presenting such data. M.P.A. core course.

POL 3607 Quantitative Techniques ill: Computer
Applications

A continuation of the study of quantitative tech-
niques, with particular emphasis on various com-
puter usages for public managers.

POL 3610 Methods of Economic Analysis for
Public Administrators

A central concern of this course is to introduce a
construct of public economy as a means for focus-
ing on contemporary issues facing public adminis-
trators. Both the concepts and applications of eco-
nomic analysis are presented to offer the student a
new analytical tool for evaluating public policy, im-
plementation, and impacts on the citizenry. M.P.A.
elective.

Political Science / 37

POL 361 1 Intergovernmental Relations

An institutional-behavioral analysis of the changing
relationship among the various levels of American
government-national, state, and local-relating the
pattern of change to the social and economic forces
which underlie it. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3613 Constitutional Law in Public
Administration

An introduction to American constitutional law and
the federal system using case materials and empha-
sizing principles of importance to public administra-
tors, including such constitutional concepts as sep-
aration of powers, judicial review, dual federalism,
legislative investigating power, executive impound-
ment, federal preemption, and the appointment and
removal power. M.P.A. elective.

POL 361 4 Administrative Ethics in Public
Management

An analysis of ethical problems in American public
administration including discussion of ethical dilem-
mas frequently faced by public managers. M.P.A.
elective.

POL 361 5 Development Administration

This course takes a "manager's-eye viev/' of the
formulation, implementation, evaluation and improve-
ment of development projects in less developed
countries. Topics include integrated rural develop-
ment, community participation, lower- and middle-
level management decentralization and management
training. M.P.A. elective.

POL 361 6 State Government

Appraisal of the problems of contemporary state
government in the United States. Particular emphasis
is given to the state government of Massachusetts.
Inidividual research is stressed. M.P.A. elective.

POL 361 7 Industrial Policy

Industrial Policy analyzes the problems and pros-
pects of advanced industrial economies. Focus is on
the role of state government in developing a strategy
to promote economic development and create jobs.
M.P.A. elective.

POL 3618 Problems in Urban Planning

An exploration of the resources available to the ur-
ban planner for policy implementation, including zon-
ing, subdivision regular action, and capita improve-
ment programs. Special emphasis is given to the
planning of individual sites. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3619 Techniques of Urban Planning

A study of the history and techniques of city plan-
ning, stressing the elements of planning. M.P.A.
elective.

POL 3620 Politics of State and Urban Planning

An investigation of the relationships of planning to
other governmental functions with stress on practical
processes, particularly at the municipal government
level. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3621 Problems of Urban Development

An examination of the role of government and politics
in the planning, programming, and administration of

regional and urban development in the United States.
Consideration is given to urban renewal; interurban
and interregional competition; interstate compacts;
public authorities; T.V.A., Appalachia, and New Eng-
land regional development; antipoverty programs; and
conflict between public and private interests. Indi-
vidual research is stressed. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3622 Urban Government

The contemporary crisis in urban government— prob-
lems of political independence, government finance
and administration, rapid growrth of suburban and
metropolitan areas, and decline and decay of the
core city are stressed. Particular emphasis is given
to the Boston metropolitan area. Individual research
is stressed. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3623 Transportation Policy

Examination of the role of politics, governmental
mechanisms, and public policy in the transportation
planning process. Particular attention is given to po-
litical interest groups and the manner in which they
affect transportation policy on the federal, state, and
local levels. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3624 Problems of Community Development

Examination of the role of government, politics, and
public policy in the urban process and related prob-
lems in the United States. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3625 Collective Bargaining in the Public
Sector.

Study of the mechanism for labor relations in federal,
state, and local government with its impact on the
public manager. Empahsis is placed upon collective
bargaining processes, tactics, and techniques. M.P.A.
elective

POL 3626 Grantsmanship

This course provides students the opportunity to
increase their knowledge of the federal grant system.
Emphasis is placed on developing the ability to write
effective grant proposals and on improving manage-
ment skills.

POL 3627 Management Information Systems

The course studies the life cycle of a management
system through its three phases: (1) study and de-
sign; (2) implementation; and (3) operation within the
target organization. Focus is on exploring the impact
which management information systems have and
may have in the future on governmental managers,
on their professional environment, and on the society
which they serve. Various government MIS will be
studied. The course requires no mathematical or
data-processing background. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3629 Computers and Public Administration

A general orientation to the computer, its uses and
operation, with particular attention to programming
analysis, preparation and coding, and use of com-
puter programs specifically written for governmental
applications. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3630 Health-Care Administration

An examination of the politics and administration of
health-services delivery systems, including a dis-

38 / Arts and Sciences

cussion of current topics in health-care administra-
tion and politics (e.g. national health insurance,
health-maintenance organizations, physician assis-
tants, citizen participation, administration decentrali-
zation) and an introduction to current developments
in policy evaluation methodology and health-serv-
ices research. M.PA. elective.

POL 3631 Urban Development

This course is designed to help students analyze
urban development issues and to learn how to be
effective in creating and implementing public devel-
opment policy and programs. We will explore sub-
sidies and taxes, housing, commercial and industrial
development, and job creation and training projects
in terms of their historical, political, economic, and
social dimensions. The emphasis is to learn to de-
velop a development program through the role-play-
ing method. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3632 Public Fiscal Management

A study of the interrelationships in public adminis-
tration between systems of finance and the achieve-
ment of program objectives. Emphasis is placed upon
those aspects of the budgetary process that bear
on fiscal policy and appropriations. M.P.A. core

POL 3634 Functions and Techniques of Public
Management

An introduction to problems in public management
and techniques for dealing with them including func-
tions of middle management, supervision, adminis-
tration of staff activities (e.g. planning, personnel,
budget), organization and methods, public relations,
managerial use of computer-based techniques, and
tactics and strategies of management. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3635 Environment and Energy Policy

Consideration of the legal, political, administrative,
and intergovernmental factors involved in the for-
mulation of public policy and the exercise of public
power in regulating the use of the environment. In-
dividual research is stressed. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3637 Comparative Public Administration

A comparative study of approaches to public admin-
istration in selected democratic governments in the
United States and Europe. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3639 Federal Administrative Law

Study of rule making, adjudication (formal and in-
formal), administrative finality and judicial review, ad-
ministrative procedure, scope of administrative pow-
ers, and enforcement techniques. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3640 Governmental Accounting

Examination of principles and procedures involved
in governmental accounting. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3641 Techniques of Program Evaluation

A review of the various methods used to assess
public policy including identification and categori-
zation of outcome, input and program operation var-
iables; types of research designs; and steps needed
to institute program change after completion of an
evaluation study. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3642 Management Planning and Decision
Making

A review of the growth of the planning approach to
public management and of its application in specific
agencies. Topics include organization of the man-
agement planning function, budget planning, and
methods of providing planning forecasts. M.P.A.
elective.

POL 3643 Organizational Psychology and Behavior

Examination of the literature, theories, and concepts
of administrative behavior as it has evolved with em-
phasis on the development of self-awareness and
the building of interpersonal skills. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3644 Public Policy Issues in Human Services

Discussion of the origins and development of the
Social Security Public Assistance Income Mainte-
nance and various health-care programs. The course
content focuses on controversial public policy is-
sues of retirement, survivors, disability insurance. Aid
to Families with Dependent Children, fvledicare, and
Medicaid, with the objective of helping students to
develop understanding of the push and pull of many
different viewpoints involved in public policy devel-
opment. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3645 Program Implementation

This course examines the implementation stage of
the policy process, specifically the implementation
of federally funded social programs by local govern-
ments. Topics include: intergovernmental fiscal con-
figuration; the capacity to implement; the politics of
implementation; implementation feasibility.

POL 3646 Position Management

An examination of the bases of position classification
at the state, federal, and local levels. After reviewing
the process of job analysis, the course examines
several classification schemes including the new fed-
eral factor benchmark system. Final topics include
wage and salary administration. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3647 Manpower Policy and Administration

Introduces the student to human resource policy and
management issues within a broader context of so-
cial policy. Includes an investigation of specific man-
power programs and current issues of importance
to the administrator. M.P.A elective.

POL 3649 Regulatory Administration

This seminar is designed to offer the public manager
a conceptual and historical overview of the devel-
opment of regulatory policy and mechanisms, fo-
cusing on issues at the public-private interface as
well as evaluating the practical implications of gov-
ernment intervention. Also included is an evaluation
of the political, economic, and administrative effects
of a nonregulatory vs. regulatory approach to public
management. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3650 Group Dynamics

Based upon an introductory understanding of or-
ganizational psychology and behavior, this seminar
focuses on the human problems public managers
face in their daily work. Using a group dynamics

Political Science / 39

format, each participant will have the opportunity to
integrate the literature in organizational psychology,
work issues, and personal growth concerns. M.P.A.
elective.

POL 3652 Civil Liberties in Public Administration

Discussion of First Amendment rights as they impact
upon the public sector. Referring to appropriate court
cases, topics include employee rights and obliga-
tions with respect to freedom of speech, freedom of
association, loyalty oaths, and professional certifi-
cation, as well as legislative powers. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3653 Survey Research for Public
Administration

Focuses on the entire survey research process from
ample selection to data analysis. Regression for time
series analysis and some computer applications are
discussed Prereqf. POL 3605

POL 3654 Computer Software for Public
Administrators

This course will be offered as an elective at least
once per year. The course will provide an introduc-
tion to several software packages for: statistics; man-
agement file construction and use, word processing,
and graphics. Prereq. POL 3605.

POL 3655 Politics and Administration in Cities and
Towns

An examination of the political and administrative
structures which influence the conduct of city and
town governments. Particular attention is given to the
dynamic relationships between these structures and
the implications for public policy-making. M.P.A.
elective.

POL 3656 Business-Government Relations '

This course extensively examines the relationship
between the United States government and the pri-
vate economy from a historical and a contemporary
perspective. A number of public policy areas in which
public and private actors interact will be analyzed.
Stabilization policy, regulation, antitrust, and social
welfare policy will be examined in the context of
alternative interpretations of the U.S. political econ-
omy. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3657 Organizational Analysis

A study of the structure and processes of organi-
zation essential for problem solving and for effecting
organizational change. Emphasis is placed upon the
application of social science theory and administra-
tive principles in administrative problem identification
and problem resolution. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3658 State and Local Rnance and Budgeting

This course explores the many channels that the
state budget must travel before it becomes a viable
document. The several ways by which the budget
can be affected before and after it is signed into law
are explored in depth. M.P.A elective.

POL 3659 Municipal Rnance

A discussion of the special problems of budgeting
and finance in local governments, including budget

preparation and presentation, debt management,
capital financing, and local taxation policy. M.P.A.
elective.

POL 3660 Development Planning

Development Ranning focuses on the dynamics and
activities of host-government, bilateral, and multilat-
eral organizations as they analyze and tackle such
problem areas as agriculture, education, health, pop-
ulation, and land reform in developing countries.
Specific attention is paid to the special role of public
administration in less developed countries. M.P.A
elective.

POL 3661 Municipal Law

Designed for the nonlawyer, this course reviews the
law of municipal corporations. Topics include general
powers and duties, charters, ordinances, administra-
tive rules and regulations, officers and employees,
tort liability, policy powers, planning and zoning, tax-
ation and borrowing, elections, and licenses and
permits. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3662 Comparative Urban Government and
Administration

This course analyzes decision-making structures and
processes in selected urban areas, including an ex-
amination of world organization trends and implica-
tions for administration and politics of cities; chang-
ing scopes, scale, participants, and organization of
urban politics; and selected issues such as urban
housing, finance, leadership, planning and goals.
M.P.A. elective.

POL 3663 Techniques of Public Budgeting

Introduction to the practical skills necessary for the
formulation, evaluation, and presentation of budget
data. Budgetary information (raw data) provided from
computer simulations and from state and local gov-
ernments is analyzed and adapted to various types
of budget formats. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3664 Contemporary Issues in Public Finance
and Budgeting

The study of public budgeting in the context of the
political, financial, and economic environment of
present-day government. A heavy focus on contem-
porary issues and events which affect budgetary
processes in the public sector is included. M.P.A
elective.

POL 3665 Women in Public Management

Analysis of the multiple roots of problems experi-
enced by women in public management positions
and solutions for alleviating such problems. Student
are expected to engage in experiential learning ex-
ercises in addition to academic work. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3666 Housing Crisis

This course surveys the housing problems associ-
ated with the poor, the elderly, and middle-class
citizens. It studies housing policies which have been
enacted on the national and local levels and as-
sesses the impact of these policies.

40 / Arts and Sciences

POL 3667 Equal Opportunity in Public
Administration

This course is designed to (1) examine barriers to
EEO, (2) help students develop an awareness of
issues surrounding the Affirmative Action Program
and particularly some of the historical perspectives
of discrimination against minorities end women; and
(3) offer instruction in techniques for developing a
meaningful equal opportunity program for public or-
ganizations. MP. A. elective.

POL 3668 Legal Issues in Public Personnel
Administration

A review and discussion of fact situations and evi-
dence which give rise to public employment litigation
with emphasis on civil rights and Equal Employment
Opportunities court actions. Class discussion in-
cludes the type of evidence used in litigation and
the types of defenses available to public employers.
M.P.A. elective.

POL 3669 Labor Relations in Public
Administration

Examination of various theoretical models for ana-
lyzing labor-relations structures and dynamics as
well as their historical development in the United
States. Where appropriate, attention is given to pri-
vate sector patterns for comparative analysis. Among
the topics treated are bargaining unit determinations,
management rights and the scope of bargaining, co-
alition bargaining, impasse-procedure options, con-
tract administration, affirmative action, civil-service
traditions, and public sector unions. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3670 Public Relations in Public Administration

Focuses on evaluating the public manager's role in
the process of communication with the public. Issues
of imagery and accountability as well as current
topics are evaluated. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3671 Social Welfare Policy and
Administration

The historical, political, social, and economic deter-
minants of the U.S. social welfare system are ex-
amined. Present policies and programs are analyzed
using a dynamic systems model. Practical experi-
ence from all levels of government is included. M.P.A.
elective.

POL 3673 Career Development

Designed to help students make career choices,
identify their own career stages, and better under-
stand their role as part of a work organization, with
the purpose of assisting students in career planning.
M.P.A. elective.

POL 3674 Federal, State and Local Rnancial
Relations

As state supervision of and assistance to local gov-
ernments in the area of financial administration is
becoming increasingly important, this course ex-
plores the relationships between the two levels of
government in the assessment and collection of
taxes, budgeting, debt management, and state aid.
In addition, the federal role and fiscal intergovern-
mental relations are evaluated. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3675 Health Policy and Politics

An analysis of health care policies, procedures, and
alternatives.

POL 3676 Practices in Self-Development in Public
Management

This course focuses upon practical aspects of public
management. Topics include time management, com-
munication (e.g., memorandum and report writing),
control processes, and conflict management.

POL 3677 Elder Services Policy and
Administration

This course investigates the historical, socio-eco-
nomic and philosophical determinants of the emerg-
ing elder services system. Present policies and pro-
grams are studied using various comparisons, case
studies, and dynamic models. Focus on contempo-
rary problems in the administration of elder care
delivery systems, funding sources, and future trends.

POL 3678 Federal Bureaucracy

Examination of dynamic and structural aspects of
the national government, with attention to the place
of the national administration in the federal system.
M.P.A. elective.

POL 3679 Case Studies in Developmental
Administration

Using the case-study method, students will simulate
actual management situations on the project level.
Open to those students who have completed Devel-
opment Administration (POL 361 5), or by permission
of the instructor. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3690 Topical Seminar

The program occasionally offers a special seminar
dealing with current important issues relevant to
public administration.

POL 3696 Politics of Finance and Budgeting

This course examines the political environment of
public budgeting from both historical and contem-
porary perspectives. Special attention will be given
to the relationship between executive and legislative
institutions at the federal, state and local levels. M.P.A.
elective.

POL 3697 Seminar in Public Personnel
Administration

Analysis of specified topics and issues in public
personnel administration with the purpose of pre-
senting material of current interest and allowing in-
depth research into specified areas where appro-
priate. Subject matter to be covered is described in
registration materials. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3698 Case Studies in Policy Analysis

This course provides the opportunity for detailed
analysis of key issues in public policy. Students will
complete oral and written analyses of case studies
that reflect these issues. Emphasis is placed on
developing the ability to utilize the relevant analytic
techniques in resolving the problems confronting
government. M.P.A elective.

Psychology / 41

POL 3699 Seminar in State and Urban
Administration

Analysis of specified topics and issues in state and
urban administration with the purpose of presenting
material of current interest and allowing in-depth
research into specified areas where appropriate.
Subject matter to be covered is described in reg-
istration materials. M.P.A. elective.

POL 3798 Master's Thesis Continuation

POL 3884 Assigned Reading 1 Q.H.

Assigned reading under supervision of a faculty
member

POL 3886 Assigned Reading 3 Q.H.

Assigned reading under the direction of a faculty
member.

POL 3890 Assigned Reading 6 Q.H.

Assigned reading under supervision of a faculty
member.

POL 3892 Internship Readings and Analysis

Academic credit directly related to an internship
assignment.

POL 3895 Thesis 6 Q.H.

Thesis supervision by individual members of the
department.

Psychology

All courses carry three quarter-hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

PSY 3111, PSY 3211, PSY 3311 Quantitative
Methods I, II, III

A survey of the quantitative methods used in exper-
imental psychology, emphasizing applications of
computer programming, theory of functions and re-
lations, curve fitting, probability functions, set theory,
and analysis of variance.

PSY 3113, PSY 3116, PSY 3118, PSY 3115
Proseminar I, II, III, IV 4 Q.H.

The departmental proseminar faculty lectures, stu-
dent presentations, and discussions of the experi-
mental literature in the following areas: learning, mo-
tivation, and behavioral analysis; sensation and
perception; neuropsychology, language and
cognition.

PSY 3119, 3219, 3319 Attention I, II, III

Seminars dealing with the topic of attention (selective
and general, e.g., arousal, attentiveness, etc.). Be-
havioral, cognitive and physiological aspects will be
discussed.

Learning and Behavioral Analysis

PSY 3121 Experimental Design in Applied
Research

Detailed study of experimental methods, emphasiz-
ing critical analysis of published research reports
and the implementation of the methods in service
settings. Students have the opportunity to learn and
evaluate observational measurement and data-col-
lection techniques. A feasible experimental design,
with graphed actual or hypothetical data, must be
written in the form of a scientific report.

PSY 3122, PSY 3222, PSY 3322, PSY 3422, PSY
3522 Applied Programming Seminar I, II, III, IV, V

Students are expected to design, test, and evaluate
instructional programs for teaching specific subject
matter for remedial application to behavior problems
and to test instructional theory. Supervision is pro-
vided by a weekly programming research and data
seminar in collaboration with the student's adviser.

PSY 3123 Programmed Learning

A review of the history and theoretical and experi-
mental bases of programmed instruction and error-
less learning. Emphasis is placed on the detailed
analysis of stimulus control— its measurement, and
ways to produce it.

PSY 3129 Mental Retardation Seminar

Interdisciplinary seminar taught by faculty from the
several Boston-area universities associated with the
University-affiliated facility. The role of each disci-
pline in the care and treatment of retarded people
is defined and coordinated with the functions of other
relevant disciplines. Specialties include communi-
cation disorders (Emerson College), dentistry (Tufts
University), medical disciplines (e.g., pediatrics, neu-
rology, orthopedics, genetics-Massachusetts Gen-
eral Hospital, Harvard Medical School), nursing (Bos-
ton University), nutrition (Framingham Teacher's
College), occupational therapy and physical therapy
(Sargent College of Boston University), social work
(Boston University and Simmons College), sociology
(Brandeis University), special education (Boston Uni-
versity), and psychology (Northeastern University).

PSY 3132, PSY 3232 Behavior Intervention I, II

Students are given instruction in behavioral interven-
tion techniques. Emphasis is placed on the func-
tional analysis of behavior.

PSY 3133, PSY 3233, PSY 3333 Advanced
Learning Seminars I, II, ill

These seminars cover contemporary research in op-
erant conditioning, with emphasis on relating the
techniques of behavioral analysis to problems of
reinforcement, motivation, comparative psychophys-
ics, and physiological psychology.

PSY 3143, PSY 3243 Learning Principles 4 Q.H.
and Applications I and II

An analysis of principles from behavioral learning
research and their application to the process of
behavior change for learning, remediation, and treat-
ment. Particular emphasis is on educational settings.

42 / Arts and Sciences

PSY 3229 Administration of Mental Retardation
Services

Presents comprehensive overview of general and
specialized services for retarded individuals from or-
ganizational end administrative points of view. Issues
in planning and initiating new programs, service de-
livery, staffing, and economics are covered. Visits to
varied types of facilities focus on administrative
concerns.

PSY 3321, PSY 3421, Systematic Inquiry in
Applied Research I, II

Each student is expected to collect a comprehensive
bibliography on a significant topic in applied behav-
ior research and complete a thorough review via
written and oral presentations. Emphasis is placed
on the integration and analysis of experimental find-
ings and theoretical foundations of the research area,
the critical evaluation of current research, and the
definition of potentially fruitful future work.

PSY 3649 Community Based Treatment 3 Q.H.
(Prereq. Permission)

The treatment of mentally retarded individuals in a
community setting.

PSY 3324 Behavior Change in Institutions

A review of successful projects which have been
carried out to provide effective remediation and re-
habilitation in institutions for the mentally retarded,
the juvenile delinquent, and the developing individual
(schools).

Sensation and Perception

PSY 3185 Electrophysiological Recording

Methods for recording electrophysiological activity
from the human subject including electroencepha-
lography auditory and visual-evoked potential re-
cording, electroretinography. Consideration of some
of the principal findings that have been obtained with
these methods and their importance for the inter-
pretation of a variety of psychological phenomena.

PSY 3188, PSY 3288, PSY 3388 Vision I, II, III

Seminars: classical and modern problems in vision.
Recent journal articles provide primary source ma-
terials for discussion. Consideration is given to prob-
lems of stimulus specification, retinal structure, pho-
tochemistry, and psychophysical measures of
sensitivity, color vision, and electrophysiology.

PSY 3189 Psychoacoustics

This seminar deals with the relationship between
sound and auditory perception. After five tutorial ses-
sions on the physics and laboratory generation of
sound, thresholds, masking, loudness, pitch, and
sound localization, students are expected to lead
discussions based on research papers in the psy-
choacoustic literature.

PSY 3289 Perception

A detailed consideration of research in such areas
as form, space, and pattern perception, recognition,
and the effects of set and motivation on perception.
Physiological concomitants of perceptual phenom-
ena are considered.

PSY 3418 Modern Psychophysics

A mathematical study of signal-detection theory; hu-
man and animal psychophysical methods; theory of
the ideal observer.

Neuropsychology

PSY 3127, PSY 3128 Neurological and Sensory
Impairments Seminars I, II

Etiology, assessment, and diagnosis, clinical char-
acteristics, and education of the mentally retarded
with visual, hearing, and motor deficits are studied.
In addition to discussion, experiences are provided
in evaluation and remedial programming, via the ap-
plication of operant techniques.

PSY 3145 Human Neuropsychology 1 3 Q.H.

This course in neuroscience addresses brain func-
tion and structure. Specific disorders seen in the
clinical population are related to disfunction of the
nervous system.

PSY 3151 Brain and Behavior I

An introduction to basic methods of physiological
psychology, including animal surgery, electrical stim-
ulation of the brain, electrophysiological recording,
and histological techniques. Students have the op-
portunity to gain experience in these methods by
carrying out a limited research project during the
semester. Enrollment limited to ten. Prereq.: Admis-
sion to doctoral candidacy or permission of instructor

PSY 31 55, PSY 3255 Sensory Psychophysiology I, II

Concentration on the anatomy and physiology of the
various sensory systems and correlation of these
data with psychophysical and perceptual concepts.
Laboratory work is included.

PSY 3159 Neurochemistry and Behavior

This seminar examines different experimental ap-
proaches to the problems involved in uncovering the
relationships between changes in brain activity and
changes in behavior produced by drugs. Discus-
sions center on current theorizing on the role of
early experience, environmental factors, biological
rhythms, and other facets in the determination of
drug-induced behavioral changes.

PSY 3225 Biological Bases of Mental Retardation

The course considers the relationship between bi-
ological malfunction, of the brain in particular, and
the defective learning ability and other behavioral
abnormalities which constitute mental retardation.
The aim is toward as comprehensive a survey as
time permits. Exercises include actual case pres-
entations as illustrative examples.

PSY 3251 Brain and Behavior II

Selected topics in the neurophysiology of percep-
tion, emotion, motivation, learning, and memory will
be pursued in depth, with emphasis upon a critical
evaluation of recent literature. Enrollment limited to
fifteen. Prereq.: Admission to doctoral candidacy or
permission of instructor

Psychology / 43

PSY 3355, PSY 3455, PSY 3555 Physiological and
Comparative Psychology I, II, III

Seminars: a shared background, key concepts, and
central issues in the field of physiological and com-
parative psychology.

Language and Cognition

PSY 3126 Child Language Development

Learning theory approaches to language acquisition
are contrasted with psycholinguistic and neurogenic
theories. Works of Skinner and Chomsky are ana-
lyzed, and implications for both normal and abnormal
language development are discussed.

PSY 3161, PSY 3261 Cognition and
Psycholinguistics I, II

Research in cognition and psycholinguistics.

PSY 3166 Psycholinguistics

Seminar. In-depth analysis of research methods and
findings in selected problems in the psychology of
language, including developmental, anthropological,
and experimental psycholinguistics.

PSY 3169 Seminar in the Structure of American
Sign Language

This seminar is designed to introduce students to
current issues in linguistic theory as well as to up-
date them on the specific literature on ASL research.
Focus is upon one particular area of linguistic theory
as it relates to current ASL research, e.g., phonology,
morphology, syntax, semantics, or discourse (varies
from year to year).

PSY 3264 Language Acquisition * 3 Q.H.

An overview of issues in language acquisition will
be integrated with in-depth discussions of selected
topics.

PSY 3269 Linguistic Theory and ASL: 3 Q.H.

Special Topics

(Prereq.: Introduction to ASL Linguistics or Intro-
duction to Linguistics)

This seminar will vary year to year. Each year we will
focus upon a particular body of literature related to
current linguistic theory and its relevance to ASL.
The course will involve extensive reading of current
articles and dissertations in linguistics in general and
in ASL Linguistics. Students will be expected to do
presentations during the course of the seminar.

Experimental Personality and
Social Psychology

PSY 3171, PSY 3271 Psychopathology I, II 4 Q.H.

A detailed consideration of the major forms of psy-
chopathology, including the neuroses (obsessional

states, hysteria, anxiety states, phobias), the psy-
choses (schizophrenia, mania, depression, paranoia),
psychosomatics, sociopathy, conduct disorders, or-
ganic disorders, and mental retardation.

PSY 3371 Social Psychology

Survey of theory and research in social psychology.
Topics covered include attitude and attitude change,
aggression, altruism, group processes, person per-
ception, and social cognition.

PSY 3477, PSY 3577, Personality Theory and
Research I, II

A survey of representative theoretical formulations
of the normal personality and its development, and
an examination of experimental evidence bearing
upon relevant concepts and assumptions (anxiety,
repression, aggression, cognitive styles).

Special Topics

PSY 3291 Research Laboratory 1 *Q.H.

Students and their faculty advisers discuss latx)ra-
tory projects, current literature, theory, and
applications.

PSY 3419 Special Topics in max. 9 Q.H.

Psychology

PSY 3521 MABA Research 0 Q.H.

Students enrolled in the M.A.B.A. program may sign
up for this course beginning in their third year to
indicate that they are continuing their research.
PSY 3549 Practicum 3 Q.H.

Supervised practicum experience emphasizing the
application of principles of psychology to human
behavior.

PSY 3798 Master's Thesis Continuation 0 Q.H.

Continuation of experimental work for the master's
degree requirement.

PSY 3799 Doctoral Dissertation 0 Q.H.

Continuation

Continuation of experimental and theoretical work
for Ph.D. candidates.

PSY 3891 Thesis 6 Q.H.

Experimental work for the master's degree
requirement.

PSY 3894 Dissertation 0 Q.H.

Experimental and theoretical work for Ph.D.
candidates.

Business Administration

46 / Business Administration

Graduate School of Business Administration

All courses carry four quarter-hours of credit unless
for summer, fall, winter, and spring quarter listings.
ACC 3781 Health Care Accounting and Control

This course examines hospital and other health or-
ganizations' managerial accounting requirements and
practices. Rate setting and reimbursement policies
and their effect on cash flow and the financial po-
sition of health institutions are also examined.
Prereq.: ACC 3813.

ACC 3811 Financial Accounting

An introduction to the accounting system and the
techniques of recording, summarizing, and reporting
the flow of financial information through the entity
concerned. The course presents an examination of
the information flow process plus the necessary
techniques for analysis and evaluation of the firm's
potential in the light of historical data. Prereq.: none.

ACC 3812 Management Accounting

An examination of the role of accounting in con-
trolling the operation of the business entity and the
relation of cost and volume to profits. Decision-mak-
ing techniques using accounting information are
stressed. The use of programmed budgets as a plan-
ning, motivating, coordinating, and control device is
emphasized. Prereq.: ACC 3811.

ACC 3813 Management Control Systems

The study of short and long-range programs and
their integration within the control mechanism; the
enhancement of goal setting, achievement, motiva-
tion, and evaluation. Primary emphasis is on the de-
centralized organization with multiple operation di-
visions. Prereq.: ACC 3812.

ACC 3903 Management Control in Nonprofit
Organizations

This course will utilize lectures, class discussions,
and case discussions to help students develop an
understanding and working knowledge of: the role
of the manager in the nonprofit control process; the
design and implementation of a new control system;
the management of a system which will adapt to
changing environments and organizational needs; the
characteristics of bureaucratic behavior and prob-
lems associated with implementing a control system
where it may not be desired or understood; and
methods of defining and relating the inputs and out-
puts of nonprofit organizations, including the use of
cost accounting, capital and progi^m budgeting,
personnel systems, and benefit/cost analysis. Prereq.:
ACC 3813.

ACC 3918 Corporate Financial Reporting and
Analysis I

An intensive investigation of contemporary financial
reporting problems. Conceptual and pragmatic is-
sues of income determination and financial disclo-
sure are discussed. Primary emphasis is placed on
interpretation and analysis of alternative accounting

otherwise indicated. Please see the current schedule

treatments. The perspectives of various financial
statement user groups are explored. Prereq.: ACC
3812.

ACC 3919 Corporate Financial Reporting and
Analysis II

Continued examination of the financial reporting en-
vironment. Analysis of the economic consequences
of complex transactions and related disclosures.
Survey of current reporting requirements and anal-
ysis of recent developments in financial reporting.
Prereq.: ACC 391 8.

ACC 3922 Auditing

An introduction to the function of the public ac-
countant. Matters of professional conduct and ethics,
legal liability generally accepted auditing standards,
internal control, statistical sampling, audit reports,
and the impact of electronic data processing on
auditing are covered. Although a conceptual ap-
proach is employed, auditing procedures as they
relate to specific areas are covered. Prereq.: ACC
1112.

ACC 3962 Tax Factors in Business Decisions I

A survey of the Internal Revenue Code and its im-
plications for choice of organizational form, corpo-
rate reorganizations and compensation policies.
Mergers and acquisitions and the management of
depreciable property are examined in the light of
decisions made by the Internal Revenue Service and
the tax courts. Emphasis is on tax planning and
research into corporate income tax problems that
affect business decisions. Prereq.: 15 q.h. of grad.
credit.

ACC 3963 Tax Factors in Business Decisions II

This course is designed to establish an in-depth
understanding of selected tax planning topics: de-
ferred compensation plans, mergers and acquisi-
tions, small business organization, and business
planning interaction with estate planning. Prereq.:
ACC 3962 or permission of instructor.

ENT 3922 Small Business Consulting

This course is designed to help students who have
completed courses in the major functional areas
achieve insights into the consulting sector of our
business society Special emphasis is placed upon
tools used in problem identification and in seeking
realistic solutions for the small business community.
Each student will be assigned to a team that will be
applying these skills with a small business in an
attempt to find solutions to a real, current problem.
A final written report and oral presentation is re-
quired for this consulting assignment. Prereq.: 15
q.ti. of grad. credit.

Business Administration / 47

ENT 3929 New Ventures: A Career Choice

Enables students to examine the nature of entrepre-
neurship and the appropriateness of self employment
for an individual. Focus is on the decision to own
and operate one's own business. Students have the
opportunity to examine the values, motivations, goals,
and life style required by the entrepreneurial role.
Guest speakers, cases, selected readings, and self-
assessment exercises help students identify the
congruency between their own interests and goals
and an entrepreneurial career. Also recommended
for prospective loan officers, investment bankers and
venture capitalists, CPA's, management consultants,
and others whose career activities may involve them
with entrepreneurs and managers of new ventures
or smaller companies. Prereq.: 15 q.h. ofgrad. credit.

ENT 3965 Management of Small Business
Enterprises

Explores the operating problems of managing small
enterprises. Case studies develop analytical ap-
proaches for appraising the risks and rewards of
potential grov^rth opportunities, as well as operating
problems. Problems range from locating, evaluating,
and financing a small company to the survival and
growth of an established business. Guest speakers
relate pertinent business experiences to in-class ac-
tivities. Prereq.: 15 q.h. of grad. credit.

ENT 3968 Management of New Enterprises

This course discusses the basic ingredients of small
business, including problems and pitfalls. There is
an orientation toward entrepreneurs including start-
ups and buy-outs. Topics include 1) business op-
portunities introduced through new ideas, product
development, licensing, inventions, patents, etc., and
2) organization, start and growth of a new business
on the acquisition of a going concern, including fund
raising and related regulations. Prereq.: 15 q.h. of
grad. credit.

FIN 3760 International Financial Management

Deals with the specific concepts, policies and tech-
niques for the financial management of the multi-
national firm are discussed in this course. Specific
topics include operations of the foreign exchange
markets, managing foreign exchange risk, sources
and instruments of international financing, foreign
direct investment and the management of political
risk, multinational capital budgeting, and financing
control systems for the multinational firm. Prereq.:
FIN 3812.

FIN 3770 Small Business Rnance

This course utilizes the basic processes, principles,
tools, and concepts of finances within the parameters
of a small business to develop a complete financial
plan. The main objective is to construct a compre-
hensive plan that projects the future circular flow of
funds by analyzing and then integrating the impact
of both investment decisions (use of funds) and fi-
nancial decisions (source of funds). Prereq.: FIN
3812.

FIN 3811 Rnancial Management I

This course and its required sequel, FIN 3812, pres-
ent concepts, practices, and procedures of financial
management, and offer training in analytical ap-
proaches helpful in making wise decisions affecting
the flow of funds available to an organization. Topics
include financial analysis and forecasting, domestic
and international working capital management, and
an introduction to security types and markets. In-
struction is primarily through readings and cases.
Prereq.: ACC 3812.

FIN 3812 Financial Management II

Through readings and cases, this course concen-
trates on long-term sources and uses of funds, in-
cluding capital budgeting techniques, dividend pol-
icies, and the concept of cost of capital. Risk and
return trade-offs are also studied. Broad topics of
overall financial strategy and timing are examined in
both a domestic and an international setting. Prereq.:
FIN 3811.

HN 3901 Financial Strategy

This course offers the opportunity to study several
important areas of financial management in greater
depth than is possible in the basic finance courses.
Emphasis is on strategies that financial managers
can pursue to maximize the value of their firms.
Instruction is primarily through reading and class-
room case discussions. Prereq.: FIN 3812.

FIN 3916 The Management of Financial Resources

A thorough analysis of capital budgeting techniques
and portfolio considerations is combined with an
assessment of factors affecting a firm's capital struc-
ture. Company assets and how they should be fi-
nanced are the central questions. The most recent
developments in financial management are explored.
Prereq.: FIN 3812.

FIN 3918 Working Capital Management

This course examines strategies of and analytical
approaches to managing current assets and current
liabilities. It explores corporate cash management
under changing money market conditions and dis-
cusses the use of interest rate futures and working
capital management in a multinational context.
Prereq.: FIN 3812.

FIN 3920 Real Estate Investment and Analysis

This course helps provide students with a compre-
hensive understanding of real estate finance. Factors
affecting real estate investment are emphasized.
Specific topics covered include: valuation (ap-
praisal), market analysis, development, taxation, own-
ership types, short-term financing, mortgage mar-
kets, and investment strategies. The course is
designed for students interested in a general over-
view of real estate finance, as well as those intending
to pursue a career in the real estate field. Prereq.:
FIN 3812 and MSC 3803.

FIN 3921 Investment Analysis

Focuses on the development of a sound investment
program, with attention to identification of investment

48 / Business Administration

principles, objectives, and risks. Emphasis is placed
on the techniques of analysis, evaluation of various
types of securities and the associated risks, the
operation of the securities markets, and the various
methods of portfolio management. Prereq.: FIN 3812.
FIN 3924 Mergers and Acquisitions
The environments that have recently given rise to a
large number of corporate mergers and the business
factors underlying these corporate combinations are
the focus of this course. The financial, managerial,
accounting, and legal factors affecting mergers are
examined. Students have an opportunity to learn how
to appraise a potential merger and structure a merger
on advantageous terms. Prereq.: FIN 3812.

FIN 3925 Investment Banking

Issues presented are associated with policy, strat-
egy, and administration of investment banking firms.
Topics include issuance of securities, the service
function of investment bankers, pricing a negotiated
issue of common stock or competitive bid issue, and
meeting the capital requirements of a securities firm.
Prereq.: FIN 3812.

FIN 392& Bank Management

Case studies and analyses are used to examine the
management policies of commercial banks. The fo-
cus is on the lending, investment, and liquidity man-
agement policies of these financial institutions and
on the current issues and problems they face.
Prereq.: FIN 3812.

FIN 3927 Portfolio Management

This course deals with portfolio construction, revi-
sion, and performance measurement. Portfolio con-
struction in an efficient capital market is highlighted.
Critical subjects to be explored are risk-return anal-
ysis, the effects of diversification on risk reduction,
and the costs of inflation, taxes, and transaction
costs on fixed income and equity security portfolios.
Financial models of capital asset pricing are exam-
ined as the basis for the analysis of portfolios from
the institutional investor's viewpoint. Prereq.: FIN
3921.

FIN 3928 Risk Management and Insurance

This course introduces the student to the concepts
of risk and risk bearing in the business firm. It ex-
amines risk identification and analysis, measurement
of loss possibilities, and the principal methods of
managing such contingencies. The focus of the
course is broad enough to include some nontradi-
tional areas, such as speculative risk and foreign
operations. Insurance is discussed in detail as a
major method of managing certain types of risks.
Particular emphasis is placed on aspects that di-
rectly relate to the financial management function,
such as insurance markets and products, selecting
insurers and insurer intermediaries, legal frameworks
involved in the transfer of risk to insurers, pricing of
insurance contracts, and principles followed by in-
surers in selecting risks. Prereq.: FIN 3812.

FIN 3932 Options Markets

This course provides students with a comprehensive
understanding of the options markets. Topics include
the structure of options markets and options con-
tracts, option pricing models, option trading strate-
gies, and the risks and opportunities of investment
in options. Prereq.: FIN 3812.
FIN 3935 Management of Financial Institutions
This course offers a broad study of the decision-
making problems faced by financial institutions such
as commercial banks, thrift institutions, pension
funds, insurance companies, and finance companies.
Topics include the nature and scope of the capital
markets confronting these institutions, specialized
problems regarding their sources and uses of funds,
the nature of the competition, regulatory constraints,
and strategic policy planning of the financial insti-
tutions. Prereq.: FIN 3812.

FIN 3936 Seminar in Rnance Theory

This seminar provides an intensive coverage of is-
sues in the theory of finance. A framework of con-
ceptual knowledge is built and the evidence to sup-
port the theory is examined. A survey of the current
literature, student research, and the presentation of
papers form important components of the seminar.
Prereq.: FIN 3812.

HRM 3760 Internatnnal Human Resource
Management

This course covers basic issues in human resources
management relevant to managing in international
and cross-cultural environments. Topics include se-
lection and training of personnel for work in multi-
cultural environments, managing the international
employee in the United States and abroad, cross-
cultural communication, international environments,
special issues of concern to small business, and
change in multinational companies. Prereq.: 15 q.h.
of grad. credit.

HRM 3784 Human Resource Management in
Health Organizations

Relates the traditional personnel (human resource
management) functions: service, audit and control;
the new functions: corporate policy formulation plan-
ning, advice and counsel, and innovation to the
unique problems of Health Care Organizations. To a
large extent union organization and negotiation ef-
forts, depicted in cases and mock negotiation ex-
ercises, focus on the conflicting issues between tra-
ditional personnel approaches, and the questioning
of management authority and rights by unions and
other regulatory policies and agencies. Prereq.: HRM
3815, HRM 3816.

HRM 3815, Behavioral Concepts and
HRM 3816 Organizational Behavk>r I

The first half of this two-course sequence examines
major concepts and findings of the behavioral sci-
ences which have particular pertinence to business
and administration. Systematic ways of understand-

Business Administration / 49

ing behavior are developed. Specific topics include
human development and motivation, interpersonal
perception and communication, and small groups
processes. The second half of the course sequence
relates these basic concepts to specific aspects of
behavior in formally constituted organizations. Su-
pervisory behavior is examined in the behavioral
context, as well as in relations between groups, in
efforts to develop ways of achieving collaboration.
Prereq.: none.

HRM 3817 Organizational Behavior II

The study of behavior in organizations is expanded
in order to understand and deal systematically with
the complex relationships found in larger organiza-
tions. An opportunity is provided to apply knowledge
about people in organizations to the improvement of
organizational systems and to the process of achiev-
ing changes in organizations. Prereq.: HRM 3816.

HRM 3905 Selection and Assessment

This course focuses on personnel recruitment, se-
lection, and assessment. Basic issues and proce-
dures such as realistic recruitment, the impact of
the EEOC, decision strategies, and utility will be
covered in detail. The basic tools examined will be
testing, interviewing, and application blanks. Read-
ings and outside projects will be used in a class
discussion/lecture format. Prereq.: none.

HRM 3913 Managing Power and Influence

Explores through cases, readings, and videotape the
complex issues involved in the use of power and
influence in organizations and how to manage these
issues in ways that are organizationally effective and
socially responsible. Topics include: a) the dynamics
of power within organizations; b) the methods by
which effective managers acquire and maintain power
to manage critical dependencies and uncertainties;
c) the important interdependency between power,
influence and trust in organizations; d) analysis and
action planning around one's own style of influence
and use of power; e) the effects of these issues
upon one's own career. Prereq.: HRM 3815, HRM
3816, and 15 q.h. of grad. credit.
HRM 3914 Management of Professionals
This course is designed to meet the need for im-
proving the managerial effectiveness of professionals
who will have increasing responsibility over the func-
tional activities within their organizations. Course ma-
terial will cover both micro concerns (i.e., individuals
and project groups) and macro issues (i.e., organi-
zational structure, design, and interfunctional rela-
tionships) including the following broad areas: su-
pervising and motivating professional employees;
dealing with professional obsolescence; career ori-
entations; differences between scientific and engi-
neering fields; effective conflict management; effec-
tive leadership in professional settings; technical
problem solving and decision making; managing
project teams; improving group processes; technical
conformity, critical roles in the innovation process;
effective technology transfer; the role of interper-

sonal, organizational, and architectural factors in ef-
fecting intra- and inter-organizational communication
and technical information flows; and organizational
diagnosis and change. Prereq.: HRM 3815, HRM
2816.

HRM 3923 Managing Careers

This course will explore the dynamics through which
the concerns, abilities, and experiences of individual
employees are juxtaposed with the demands and
requirements of various work environments. Students
will address issues of individual differences in career
orientation, entry and development problems of new
employees, career progression patterns and the or-
ganization's role in providing training, career support
systems, the management succession guidelines.
Prereq.: HRM 3816.

HRM 3924 Organizational Behavior in a Nonprofit
Environment

Human service organizations involved in health care,
welfare, and education are studied in reference to
recent behavioral theories and concepts dealing with
the internal and external complexities and interre-
lationships of large-scale organizations. Term proj-
ects are designd to conduct and analyze a problem
situation and develop plans for implementing change.
Readings, cases, and seminars. Prereq.: HRM 3816.
HRM 3930 Managing Performance: Evaluating
Employees at Work

This course will focus on the critical issues of per-
formance appraisal. Major attention will be given to
the process of identifying performance criteria, to
measurement techniques, and to the conduct of re-
view sessions for administrative and development
purposes. Students will be expected to acquire a
thorough working knowledge of state-of-the-art ap-
praisal techniques as well as ability to critically ana-
lyze and redesign deficient appraisal review systems.
Prereq.: HRM 3815 and HRM 3816 and 15 q.h. of
grad. credit.

HRM 3945 Training and Developing Human
Services

This course is aimed at those management gener-
alists and human resource specialists who are con-
cerned with maintaining organizational effectiveness
through upgrading of the basic skills and abilities of
a broad range of employees. The emphasis will be
on diagnosis of the organization to assess whether
training and development is needed, on techniques
to decide who needs training; on developing an
awareness of the many types of training methods
and their relative strengths and weaknesses for var-
ious groups of employees, and problem areas; and
on the design, implementation, and evaluation of
training programs. Prereq.: HRM 3815 and HRM
3816.

HRM 3951 Executive Development

An examination of the executive position in an or-
ganization and the required personal characteristics
and skills. The effects of cultural change and shifting
mores on motivation and management control, with

50 / Business Administration

their implications for developing appropriate orga-
nizational relationships, are examined. Report writing,
oral reports, and leading of group discussions are
dominant techniques. Student evaluation is encour-
aged. Prereq.: 15 q.h. of grad. credit.

HRM 3952 Interpersonal Dynamics

This course focuses on the human dilemmas which
managers face in a wide variety of interpersonal
relationships. The emphasis is upon interactions be-
tween individuals. The approach is humanistic and
pragmatic; interpersonal communication is the cen-
tral concept; case analysis and experiential learning
(role-play) are the key teaching methods. Prereq.: 15
q.h. of grad. credit.

HRM 3955 Compensation Management
Covers policies and techniques of wage and salary
administration. The course is practitioner-oriented
with students designing and implementing compen-
sation plans using case data. The course covers the
technical aspects of developing a successful com-
pensation program such as determining, weighing,
and measuring compensable factors; assigning a
total value to a job; grade collapsing procedures;
reviewing wage and salary surveys; synchronizing
internal with external salary structure; setting up
"within grade" rate ranges; developing individual and
group incentive compensation plans; developing
group membership rewards; estimating labor costs;
controlling and utilizing the compensation systems
and complying with government and union compen-
sation policy. Cases and readings will be used in a
lecture/class discussion format. Prereq.: 15 q.h. of
grad. credit.

HRM 3958 Human Development and the Work
Place

This course will explore the implications of recent
theories about stages of adult development for man-
aging people, careers, and organizations. Concepts
of adult mental health, normalcy, and individual and
organizational career planning. Techniques for deal-
ing with human resource problems, such as em-
ployee assistance programs, will be discussed.
Prereq.: HRhA 3815 and HRM 3816.

HRM 3962 Human Resources Planning

This course focuses on the formulation and imple-
mentation of human resources planning strategies
for organizations. It is concerned with such issues
as the changing demographics of the labor force,
forecasting manpower needs, the development of
managerial succession systems, career manage-
ment, performance appraisal, and compensation. Or-
ganizational needs assessment and job analysis will
be linked to the changing role of government regu-
lations and the human resource management func-
tion in corporations. Prereq.: HRM 3816 and 12 q.h.
of grad. credit.

HRM 3971 Personnel Management

Covers basic personnel functions: recruitment, se-
lection, placement, rewards, compensation, training,
and development of employees. Topics also include

the implications of new government regulatory sys-
tems such as equal opportunity, safety, and pen-
sions; the implementation of behavioral theories at
the workplace; and the partnership of specialists and
generalists in the overall management of an orga-
nization's human resources. Cases and readings will
be used in a lecture/class discussion format. Prereq.:
15 q.h. of grad. credit.

HRM 3972 Labor Relations

Review of U.S. labor history and traditional labor
policy, as well as implications of new regulatory sys-
tems on labor-management relations such as equal
opportunity and safety. Overview of collective bar-
gaining processes applied to emerging sectors of
union organization, including health care and edu-
cation. Lectures, cases, and readings. Prereq.: 15
q.h. of grad. credit.

HRM 3987 Leadership

This course studies the processes and responsibil-
ities of leadership in organizations. A contingency
approach is used which focuses on identifying dif-
ferent types of leadership behavior and on relating
particular leadership styles to situational factors. Text,
readings, and cases allow for application of the con-
cepts discussed and self-assessment techniques
follow the student to evaluate his or her own lead-
ership qualities. Prereq.: HRM 3815 and HRM 3816.

INB 3910 Managing the Multinational Enterprise

Deals with international operations at the multina-
tional enterprise; the interface between the firm and
the international business environment; current is-
sues in U.S. public policy affecting international busi-
ness competition with Japan and with LDCs. Prereq.:
MEC 3809.

INB 3911 Cultural Aspects of International
Business

Using a managerial perspective, this course will cover
issues that arise when a firm moves from its home
country to a host country that may have a different
national culture. Although it will usually take the per-
spective of the U.S.-based firm that operates abroad,
it will spend some time on what happens to other
national firms operating in the U.S. and in third coun-
try environments. The way in which "corporate cul-
ture" evolves in the context of national culture and
the impact on managers will be a central issue.
Prereq.: 15 q.h. of grad. credit.

MEC 3808 Managerial Economics I

Macroeconomics for business managera Acquaints
students with the general economic environment and
its impact on the firm. Topics include income and
employment theory; classical, Keynesian, and mon-
etarist aggregate demand and supply systems; money
and capital markets; fiscal and monetary policy.
Prereq.: none.

MEC 3809 Managerial Economics 11

Entails the application of microeconomic principles
to the business firm and its competitive environment.
Cases and readings are used to demonstrate the
practical application of economic models in the de-

Business Administration / 51

cision-making process. Specifically, the course cov-
ers demand analysis, production and cost analysis,
market structure, and pricing practices. Prereq.: MSC
3803.

MGT 3750 Writing for the Professions

This course examines the various forms of business
communications and offers practical experience in
writing business letters, memoranda, case studies,
proposals, and reports. When possible, speakers
from business and industry will be invited to address
the class on various problems encountered in man-
agement and executive level communications. Sev-
eral short (500-word) papers as well as one or two
longer reports will be required. Prereq.: none.

MGT 3751 MBA Writing Workshop

The workshop will focus on advanced, analytical
business writing rather than on basic writing skills.
It will not contain remedial work on basic English or
grammar. This intensive workshop consists of four
four-hour sessions and focuses on the writing nec-
essary for the persuasive presentation of business
decisions. Discussion of sample cases, lectures, ex-
ercises and demonstrations reinforce the elements
of writing necessary for effective communication.

MGT 3834 Policy: Environmental Analysis

This first of three policy courses focuses on the
environment in which strategy must be formulated
in profit and nonprofit organizations. Techniques of
environmental analysis are included, with particular
emphasis on the political-legal, economic, social,
and technological environments as they relate to and
influence the formulation of strategy. Prereq.: all other
required courses with the exception of ACC 3813,
HRM 3817, HRM 3835 and HRM 3836.

MGT 3835 Policy: The Formulation of Strategy

Building on the materials presented in MGT 3834,
this course examines strategy formulation. Particular
emphasis is on the process by which strategy is
formulated in actual business settings, including the
influence of personal values on strategy formulation,
who actually makes strategic decisions, what envi-
ronmental and internal information is required to make
strategic decisions, and what criteria are used to
make the decisions. The role of different management
levels in the process is considered. Prereq.: MGT
3834.

MGT 3836 Policy: The Implementation of Strategy

The third required policy course compares and con-
trasts the approaches to strategy implementation in
profit and nonprofit organizations. Topics include or-
ganizational structure and behavior, long-range plan-
ning, control and motivation systems, information
systems, and leadership. All topics are considered
within the systems framework of organizational strat-
egy. Prereq.: MGT 3835.

MGT 3915 Business and Professional Speaking

This course is designed to give the students an
opportunity to develop and deliver oral presentations
as they apply to various business settings — focus

is on formal as well as informal speaking situations.
Emphasis is placed on helping the student develop
skills in dealing with a variety of communication sit-
uations. Prereq.: 15 q.h. otgrad. credit.

MGT 3940 The Chief Executive Officer

Focuses upon the job perspective of the chief ex-
ecutive officer of business organizations. The central
element of the course is presentations by and dis-
cussions with chief executives of major companies
in the Greater Boston area. Additionally, there will
be case studies and other literature addressing the
job, problems, and opportunities of top managers.
Enrollment will be limited. Prereq.: 30 q.h. of grad.
credit.

MGT 3942 Management Consulting

This course focuses on the skills, knowledge, and
attitudes necessary for competence in the "art of
consulting." The analytical, human, organizational,
and administrative elements of consulting are dis-
cussed, as are the differences between internal and
external consultants. In addition, the course exam-
ines management consulting as an industry and as
a potential profession. This course is intended both
for future consultants and for managers who will be
using the services of professional consultants.
Prereq.: 15 q.h. of grad. credit.

MGT 3956 Strategic Planning

This course covers approaches to strategic planning.
Guided by a practitioner orientation, it will focus on
the techniques, the process, and the organization of
strategic planning. Case analyses of actual experi-
ences will give emphasis to strategic planning as an
activity to support mainstream strategic decision
making and control, although other purposes of stra-
tegic planning also will be considered. The course
is designed to be of very real and practical benefit
to those wishing to develop skills in designing, im-
plementing, evaluating, improving, and participating
in strategic planning activities, as well as to those
more generally desiring to develop further their "stra-
tegic thinking" capability.

MGT 3969 Government and Business

Analysis of the role of government as a regulating
force, as well as the nature and impact of govern-
ment fiscal, economic, and socioeconomic policies
on the conduct of business. The political and eco-
nomic philosophies behind greater government par-
ticipation in the economic structure of the nation as
indicated by public-utility, antitrust, labor, and so-
cioeconomic legislation. Prereq.: 15 q.h. of grad.
credit.

MGT 3970 Business and Society: Managing Social
Issues

An analysis of environmental influences — economic,
legal, technical, social, cultural, and ethical - af-
fecting the corporation. The focus is on reconciling
the strains generated by these external factors and
their impact on managerial decision making. Prereq.:
HRM 3816 and 12 q.h. of grad. credit.

52 / Business Administration

MGT 3982 Strategic Planning for Health
Organizations

This course examines the process of environmental
and institutional analysis for strategic planning de-
cisions in health institutions. The impact of these
decisions on organizational design, competitive po-
sition, and health organization performance is con-
sidered through an examination of recent case stud-
ies. Prereq.: MGT 3836.

MGT 3983 Decision Making in a Hospital Setting:
A Middle-Management Perspective
Operational problem solving with hospital consti-
tuencies (physicians, nurses, patients) is a demand-
ing responsibility that encompasses legal, ethical,
technological, and behavioral dimensions. The pri-
mary aim of the course is to demonstrate how de-
cisions are made in the hospital and how manage-
ment may effectively participate and shape the
structure and outcome of decision-making proc-
esses. Case examples will cover such areas as "do
not resuscitate orders," clinical decision making,
physician and nursing power and authority, consen-
sus development, and the like. The pragmatic prac-
titioner orientation of the course will also incorporate
experiential exercises and guest speakers. Prereq.:
15 q.h. of grad. credit.

MGT 3990 Business, Law, and Society I

An introduction to the theory and practice of the
Anglo-American legal systems, with emphasis on the
ways in which law, law/yers, and legal institutions
interact with the business environment in order to
promote and regulate commercial activities. After
exploring some of the major social theories con-
cerning the role of "law" in a market economy, we
examine leading judicial decisions involving such key
legal doctrines as freedom of contract, scope of
property rights, and strict tort liability with the ob-
jective of determining to what extent the Anglo-
American legal system can accommodate the needs
of a modern commercial society and predicting likely
directions of legal regulation of business. Prereq.: 15
q.h. of grad. credit.

MGT 3997 Special Studies in Business 1 Q.H.

Administration

A special tutorial arrangement between a student
and a faculty member for a guided reading, research,
laboratory, fieldwork, report, or teaching experience.
Recommended for graduate students who desire to
do advanced work or carry out special investigation
of a problem in business administration not specif-
ically covered in the curriculum. Students must pe-
tition the Committee on Graduate Study in Business
Administration for permission to register for this
course. Prereq.: 15 q.t). of grad. credit.

MGT 3998 Special Studies in Business 2 Q.H.
Administration

See MGT 3997 for course description.

MGT 3999 Special Studies in Business 3 Q.H.

Administration

See MGT 3997 for course description.

MKT 3760 international Marketing

The purpose of this course is to help students de-
velop understanding of: (1) the opportunities and
challenges facing the international marketing exec-
utive; (2) the decision making process in marketing
goods abroad; and (3) the environmental forces —
economic, cultural and political — affecting the mar-
keting process in the international marketplace. Lec-
tures, discussions, reports, and cases. Prereq.: MKT
3812.

MKT 38 11 Marketing Management I

The objectives of Marketing Management I and II are
twofold: (1) to present the student with a compre-
hensive examination of basic marketing functions,
institutions, and concepts; and (2) to help develop
the student's ability to analyze and make recom-
mendations about business problems that involve the
creation, distribution, and sale of goods and serv-
ices. Marketing Management I emphasizes the defi-
nition of marketing problems, demand analysis, con-
sumer analysis, and marketing research. Prereq.:
none.

MKT 3812 Marketing Management II

A continuation of Marketing Management I, with em-
phasis on the formulation and implementation of
marketing strategy. Emphasis is placed on product
policy, channels of distribution, pricing, advertising,
personal selling, and the development of integrated
marketing programs of action. Prereq.: MKT 3811.

MKT 3914 Consumer Behavior

Offers development of an understanding of consumer
attitudes and behavior processes. Various economic
and behavioral models of consumer behavior are
examined and evaluated as bases for the planning
and evaluation of marketing strategies. The methods
of instruction include text, readings, and project.
Prereq.: MKT 3812.

MKT 3916 Workshop in Negotiating

Objective is to help improve the students' under-
standing of the negotiations process and their ability
to plan and conduct negotiations effectively. Class
activities involve readings, lectures, and discussions
as well as numerous case discussions and live and
videotaped role-play negotiation exercises. Prereq.:
MKT 3812 and HRM 3816.

MKT 3920 Public Policy and Marketing

The purpose of this course is to acquaint students
with the public policy environment in which market-
ing managers operate and to develop the skills nec-
essary to function in that environment. More specif-
ically, the course will address some of the regulatory
and policy-making issues that confront managers in
marketing. To that end, students vyill analyze current
issues facing policy makers usin^ the same mate-
rials the policy makers rely upon. Students will ad-
vocate various positions on these issues, both in

Business Administration / 53

class discussions and written assignments. Prereq.:
MKT 3811.

MKT 3922 Brand Management

Emphasizes the process of new consumer product
development, the management and development of
product strategies, and management of the product
mix in the multiproduct firm. Topics include identi-
fication and screening of new product opportunities,
evaluation of product performance, segmenting the
product market, diversification and simplification of
the product line, and the management of innovation.
Prereq.: MKT 3812.

MKT 3926 Advertising Management

Management of the advertising function from the
perspective of users such as product managers.
Case studies and text materials explore the role of
advertising, target market identification, creative
strategies, media planning, and advertising evalua-
tion. Emphasis is placed upon the coordination of
advertising with other elements of the marketing mix
and overall corporate strategy. Prereq.: MKT 3812.

MKT 3931 Marketing Research I

Major methods of marketing research are discussed.
Emphasis is placed on research design issues —
sampling, data collection procedures, and question-
naire construction — rather than on data-analysis
procedures. Sources of error in surveys are also
examined in detail, along with the appropriate meth-
odological techniques designed to reduce their mag-
nitude. Surveys are evaluated in terms of their ability
to provide quality information. The course comple-
ments material presented in HRM 3963. Prereq.: MKT
3811 and MSC 3802.

MKT 3932 Marketing Research li

This course focuses on various statistical methods
of design and analysis in marketing research. Among
the topics discussed are nonparametric statistics,
experimental design, correlation and regression
analysis, multiple discriminant analysis, and factor
analysis. Canned statistical programming routines will
be used with actual survey data to illustrate the
application of the methods discussed. This course
may be taken independently of MKT 3931. Prereq.:
MKT 3811 and MSC 3802.

MKT 3934 New Product Development

The importance of new products to the survival and
prosperity of firms increases as product life cycles
become shorter; as technology, competition, and
consumer tastes change; and as operating costs
increase. For most firms, coping with the problems
of environmental change through modification of the
product line is vital and difficult. This course will
have as a primary concern the examination and anal-
ysis of some of the problems firms face in directing
and managing their new product development activ-
ities. Prereq.: MKT 3812.

MKT 3936 Retail Management

This course analyzes the evolution of retail institu-
tions and examines selected major strategy and pol-

icy problems of food, apparel, and general mer-
chandise retailers. Cases and issues are explored
from the viewpoint of the managements of super-
market, department store, specialty store, and dis-
count enterprises. Designed primarily for students
interested in retailing and those concerned about
the role of mass distributors and the marketing of
consumer goods. Prereq.: MKT 3812.

MKT 3940 Defense Marketing

This course will be conducted in a seminar format.
Emphasis will be placed upon defense marketing in
its totality, including analysis of participant roles,
contractual foundations, contractor performance, and
marketing activities. Topics include the overall de-
fense acquisitions process, market characteristics,
program management, procurement methods, sales
and negotiation techniques, and related marketing
management factors. Prereq.: MKT 3812.

MKT 3941 Industrial Marketing

The problems of industrial concerns in marketing
products and services to industrial, business, and
organizational customers. Emphasis is placed on de-
termining customers' needs and on developing pro-
grams to satisfy these needs. Topics include the
roles and responsibilities of the marketing executive
engaged in industrial distribution, advertising, and
research, as well as roles and responsibilities of
industrial salespeople, sales supervisors, and selling
agents. Prereq.: MKT 3812.

MKT 3945 Sales Management

Designed to help develop the decision-making skills
necessary to build and maintain an effective sales
organization. Cases and readings are used to ex-
amine the strategic and operating problems of the
sales manager. Major topics are: (1) the selling func-
tion, (2) sales management at the field level, (3) the
sales executive, and (4) sales and marketing man-
agement. Prereq.: MKT 3812.

MKT 3966 Marketing in the Service Sector

Deals with public and private profit and nonprofit
institutions which market services. Types of organi-
zations covered include insurance, transportation,
utilities, entertainment, health care, education, reli-
gious, sports, banking, artistic, and protective. Case
discussions, textbooks, and outside readings are
combined for a balanced approach for the devel-
opment of marketing skills. Service characteristics
are defined, classified, and analyzed from the per-
spective of their effect on marketing methods and
institutions. Prereq.: MKT 3812.

MKT 3978 Competitive Strategy

This course is the capstone course for graduate
students emphasizing the marketing area in their
studies. The course pulls together into a cohesive
whole the various functional, institutional, and stra-
tegic elements which comprise marketing and to
which the student has been exposed in his previous
course work. Prereq.: MKT 3812.

54 / Business Administration

MKT 3980 Marketing Information and Decision
Support Systems

This course is structured around the use of state-
of-the-art information systems and computer-based
decision aids in all areas of marketing management.
It does not cover the traditional areas of marketing
research. Hands-on experience with information sys-
tems and decision aids in the context of case studies
is emphasized. Prereq.: MKT 3811.
MSC 3531 Advanced Concepts in Information
Systems

This course considers a number of significant de-
velopments in information systems, and examines
their impact on present and future management. Top-
ical coverage may vary from quarter to quarter, but
will come from the following list: office automation,
software project management, fourth generation lan-
guages, expert systems, information centers, micro
computers, and data communications. Prereq.: MSC
3932.

MSC 3750 Competitive Decision Making

The objective of this course is to acquaint the stu-
dent with problems of decision making in competitive
and conflict situations - situations where the be-
havior of competitors or adversaries should effect
decisions, in addition to studying the basic theoret-
ical results in the relevant fields, students will par-
ticipate in numerous out-of-class negotiation exer-
cises in which real competitive business situations
are simulated. Through these exercises, students will
have the opportunity to gain experience in making
rapid, but calculated decisions in situations char-
acterized by high degree of uncertainty and sophis-
ticated competitors. Prereq.: 15 q.h. of grad. credit.

MSC 3780 Operations Management in the Health
Care System

Recommended for students whose career goals are
positions of responsibility in the management of the
health care system. Objectives are: (1) to help pro-
vide a basic understanding of operations manage-
ment problems existing in the health care system;
and (2) to develop decision-making ability to deal
effectively with these problems. Topics include the
fundamentals of management in the health care sys-
tem, organizational planning, operations planning and
control, utilization of resources, and policy consid-
erations in effective and efficient operation of the
health care system. Cases, readings, and field proj-
ect. Prereq.: MSC 3806.

MSC 3802 Quantitative Analysis I

Examines the process of statistical inference,
whereby the analyst is enabled to infer or draw con-
clusions about the parameters of a large data set
on a basis of sample statistics. Other topics include
the generation of subjective probabilities, the revision
of probabilities to incorporate new information, and
the incorporation of probabilities into the decision-
making framework. Prereq.: none.

MSC 3803 Quantitative Analysis II

Introduction to the theory and practice of manage-
ment science. Regression analysis, linear program-
ming, and simulation are discussed in text and case
material. Emphasis is on practical application of the
techniques. Issues of problem definition, model
building, relevant cost determination, solution gen-
eration, and implementation of results are consid-
ered. Prereq.: MSC 3802.

MSC 3805, Operations Management
MSC 3806 I, II

The objectives of this two-course sequence are (1)
to help develop an understanding pf the management
of operating systems, design, operation, control, eval-
uation, and modification; (2) to help increase the
student's decision-making capabilities in technical
areas; and (3) to help develop an appreciation for
the operations manager's job. Topics include design
of product and process, capacity planning, line bal-
ancing, work measurement, job evaluation, network
scheduling, production planning, inventory manage-
ment, production scheduling and control, and quality
-control. Operations Management I concentrates on
the design of the operating system; Operations Man-
agement II focuses on its operation and control.
Prereq.: (for MSC 3806) MSC 3803.

MSC 3909 Quality Planning and Analysis

Quality decisions take on strategic importance that
must be addressed at all stages in the design and
delivery of a product or service. This course ana-
lyzes the decisions that affect quality as a product
passes through four distinct but interrelated stages:
product design, process design, manufacturing, and
sales-service. Course material emphasizes how de-
cisions concerning quality influence the competitive
position of an organization. Recommended for stu-
dents who are interested in any phase of product
(service) delivery, such as new product design, mar-
keting, sales, manufacturing/operations, and stra-
tegic planning. Both text and case material will be
used. Prereq.: MSC 3806.

MSC 3911 Manufacturing Policy

Focuses on strategic operating decisions typically
addressed by the vice president of manufacturing
operations, such as capacity expansion, the impact
of new products and/or processes, product alloca-
tion to plants, and vertical integration. The emphasis
will be on how these decisions impact the compet-
itive position of a firm both now and in the future.
This emphasis helps the students understand the
totality of a top management situation where the
interactions between corporate and manufacturing
strategies are most evident. Learning materials in-
clude case studies, reference notes, and articles.
Recommended for students who currently are in, or
expect to be in, positions of major responsibility in
manufacturing/operations, and also for students who
must possess the qualifications to analyze the man-

Business Administration / 55

ufacturing capabilities of companies, such as those
in investment banking, finance, and consulting.
Prereq.: MSC 3806.

MSC 3913 Operations Management in the Service
Sector

Traditional courses in operations management usu-
ally deal with manufacturing, because the concepts
and techniques of operations management were
originally developed in manufacturing settings. How-
ever, as the service and nonprofit sectors of the
economy gain in importance, they have greater need
for the types of tools and techniques which manu-
facturing uses. This course explores the applicability
of operations management techniques in non-man-
ufacturing environments. Industries covered include
food service, health care, recreation, equipment
rental, retailing, banking, insurance, government
services, and airlines. Prereq.: MSC 3806.

MSC 3923 Ck)mputer Models for Management
Decision Making

This course is designed to assist students in learning
the use of the computer as a decision aid, rather
than simply for data processing. The objectives are
to enable students to recognize the features of var-
ious decision problems which make them candidates
for computer modeling, to specify the design of ap-
propriate management science models, and to real-
istically interpret the output from these models. De-
cision problems will be drawn primarily from the
production, finance, and marketing areas. Topical
coverage will be determined by the instructor and
will be drawn from areas such as the following: sim-
ulation, linear programming, queuins theory, risk
analysis, inventory models, portfolio theory, and Mar-
kov processes. Course material will include readings,
cases, and lectures. Students will use the computer
extensively in their case preparations. In some in-
stances, "canned" computer programs will be pro-
vided; at other times students may be required to
write their own models in languages such as BASIC
or IFPS. Prereq.: MSC 3932 and MSC 3803.

MSC 3928 Decision Support Systems

As the electronic data processing/management in-
formation systems field enters its second quarter
century, a number of important changes are rapidly
taking place: hardware prices are decreasing as
power is increasing, software for decision support
is finally maturing, and managers expjerienced in data
processing techniques are rising higher in many
organizations. This course is designed to acquaint
the MBA candidate with current and future trends in
decision support systems. Topical coverage will in-
clude: developments in hardware and software, de-
cision support systems, high-level planning lan-
guages, and the politics and problems of systems
implementation. Because this course is heavily di-
rected toward issues of man-machine interaction and
decision making, it is significantly narrower in scope
than either MSC 3932 or MSC 3933. This course
is usually conducted as a seminar, and registratic

is limited. Extensive classroom participation is re-
quired. Several years of full-time work experience is
high desirable, but not an absolute requirement.
Prereq.: MSC 3932 or MSC 3933.

MSC 3929 Business Forecasting

This course addresses forecasting problems of con-
cern to decision makers with the firm. Specifically,
the course entails short-run (weekly, monthly) fore-
casting using time-sharing methods such as regres-
sion, exponential smoothing, and other related tech-
niques. In addition, the course includes aggregate
industry and national economic forecasting with
longer time horizons. Prereq.: MSC 3802 arid MSC
3803.

MSC 3930 Models in Operations Research

This course focuses on modeling for selected busi-
ness applications using operations research/man-
agement science methodology. Emphasis will be on
proper modeling and problem solving using readily
available computer software. A few selected model-
ing techniques will be discussed in detail. Prereq.:
MSC 3802 arid MSC 3803.

MSC 3932 Introduction to Computer Applications

A business-oriented introduction to data processing
functions and systems. Introduction to the history,
terminology, technology, and economics of data
processing hardware and software. Management is-
sues in the design, selection, evaluation, and use of
computers and computer services. Individual famil-
iarization with elementary computer programming by
using time-shared computer facilities to solve simple
business-oriented exercise. Prereq.: none.

MSC 3933 Management Information Systems

This course deals in depth with the analysis, design,
implementation, and operation of modern manage-
ment information systems. Case studies are utilized
as the primary vehicle to illustrate all phases in the
creation and management of computer-based sys-
tems. The emphasis of the course is on management
issues rather than on computer technology or pro-
gramming. This course is designed to follow MSC
3932. Thus, it is the logical second computer course
that an MBA candidate might take. Prereq.: MSC
3932.

MSC 3934 High Technology Operations
Management

High technology industries are usually characterized
by greater degrees of innovation, faster rates of ob-
solescence of both products and capital equipment,
and manufacturing operations at the early phases of
the learning curve. These factors must be kept con-
stantly in focus for efficient operations. This course
discusses the importance of these factors, and the
application of the tools and techniques of operations
management to firms operating in a high technology
environment. Recommended for students interested
in careers in manufacturing in high technology in-
dustries, and also for those who would analyze the
manufacturing capabilities of firms vis-a-vis tech-

56 / Business Administration

nology, market and environment such as analysts for

venture capitalists and consultants. Prereq.: MSC

3806.

MSC 3936 Data Base Management Systems

This course provides a management-oriented intro-
duction to data base management systems (DBMS).
Topical coverage will include: rationale for the DBMS
approach, data base design, data models, DBMS
software tools, conversion to a data base environ-
ment, and the role of the data base administrator.
Students will be given the opportunity to use a DBMS
package, gain experience in data base design, use
a query language, and develop DBMS applications.
Prereq.: MSC 3932

MSC 3937 Simulation and Modeling

This course presents the technique of computer sim-
ulation from a management perspective. The stu-
dents will be given the opportunity to learn the fun-
damentals of programming and modeling discrete-
event digital simulations. Methodological issues such
as types of simulation languages (including GPSS
and SIMSCRIPT), random number generation, ex-
perimental design, and validation and verification will
be considered. A survey of common simulation stud-
ies will be presented. The student will work on proj-
ects designed to provide experience in performing
and evaluating various aspects of modern simulation
studies. Prereq.: MSC 3932 and MSC 3902.

MSC 3938 Systems Analysis and Design

This course covers the systems analysis and design
process from the point of view of both end user and
systems analyst. Topical coverage will include the-
systems life cycle, the "traditional" systems analysis
and design process, alternate strategies in imple-
menting systems, the iterative nature of systems
analysis and design, hardware and software evalu-
ation and selection, and control of backlog. Prereq.:
MSC 3932.

MSC 3939 Manufacturing Systems Software

The objective of this course is to preside the MBA
student with an understanding of available manufac-
turing software. Upon completion of this course, the
student should be prepared to participate in deci-
sion-making processes concerning manufacturing
systems software. Topical coverage will include
overview of manufacturing software, interfaces to
other applications, micro/mini/mainframe trade-
offs, cost of operations, and control of system
maintenance.
Prereq.: MSC 3932.

MSC 3940 Data Communications for Managers

A non-technical introduction to data telecommuni-
cations to improve management knowledge in the
many ways of handling data, both locally and re-
motely . Areas to be covered will include fiber optics,
microwave, infrared, networking, and switching. Stu-
dents will be given an opportunity to design a cen-
tralized computing system, a personal computer
cluster, and, finally, the ability for the personal com-
puters and the centralized computer to talk to each
other. Prereq.: MSC 3932.

MSC 3941 Contemporary Issues in Manufacturing
Management

This course considers recent significant develop-
ments in manufacturing technology and their man-
agerial implications. The course objectives are to
provide an understanding of modern manufacturing
systems and their associated operations manage-
ment problems, and to develop decision-making abil-
ity necessary for the effective management of such
systems. The topics covered include: automation,
group technology, just-in-time production and com-
puter integrated manufacturing. The course involves
lectures, readings, cases, and a field project. Prereq.:
MSC 3806.

MSC 3960 Operations Planning and Control

This course examines the scheduling and control of
resource allocations in operating systems. The sys-
tems range from high-volume assembly lines, to in-
termittent production systems to one-of-a-kind proj-
ects. Topics include: inventory planning and control,
aggregate planning and master scheduling, mate-
rials requirements planning and network analyses.
Both test and case materials are used. This course
would be valuable to anyone interested in a career
in operations management, industrial sales, pur-
chasing, and consulting. Prereq.: MSC 3806.

TRN 3903 Corporate Transportation and
Distribution Management

This course focuses on the design and management
of corporate transportation and distribution systems.
Emphasis is given to the analytical framework which
is employed in making complex distribution tradeoffs.
Attention is devoted to topics such as inventory con-
trol, location analysis, transportation planning, and
the integration of logistics planning with other func-
tional aspects of the organization. Prereq.: 15 q.h. of
grad. credit.

Boston-Bouve College of
Human Development Professions

58 / Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

Graduate School of Boston-Bouve College of
Human Development Professions

All courses carry four quarter-hours of credit unless otherwise indicated. Please see the current schedule
for summer, fall, winter, and spring quarter listings.

Counseling Psychology, Rehabilitation,
and Special Education

Special Education

CRS 3429 Development and Implementation of
Programs for the Severely Handicapped

Course work includes observation of severely hand-
icapped persons in the classroom and community;
demonstration of evaluation and assessment tech-
niques; and analysis of developmental, educational,
and rehabilitation plans for severely handicapped
persons. Prereq.: CRS 3412 Psychology of Individ-
uals with Special Needs.

CRS 3428 The Severely Handicapped

A review of handicapping conditions and consider-
ation of the implications of severe multiple handi-
caps. Students will develop a case study of a se-
verely handicapped person in conjunction with a
review of relevant literature. Prereq.: Permission of
the instructor

CRS 3801 Thesis

A research activity that may be selected by the
student in lieu of two courses (8 quarter hours), with
the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

CRS 3805 Institute in Special Education

(See general institute description on page 86.)

CRS 3808 Workshop in Special Education

(See general workshop description on page 86.)

CRS 3400 Alternatives for Mainstreaming
individuals with Special Needs

This course is for administrators, teachers, and spe-
cialists who are involved with mainstreaming individ-
uals with special needs. Alternatives in decision
making and program development, implementation,
and evaluation may be explored with members of
various disciplines who provide services for special
needs children.

CRS 3401 Educating Individuals with Learning
Disabilities

This course surveys behavioral and social-emotional
characteristics of individuals who manifest specific
defects in perceptual, integrative, or expressive
processes that impair learning. Current service de-
livery programs, individual learning styles, and re-
lated curriculum materials for elementary through
high school-aged, learning-disabled students are also
analyzed.

CRS 3404 Education of Individuals with
Behavioral Disorders

A study of the various theories, programs, and ap-
proaches dealing with emotional disturbance. Em-
phasis on the role of the educator as it relates to
the therapeutic management of individuals and
groups displaying problems in socio-emotional de-
velopment. Parent-teacher interaction is also
discussed.

CRS 3405 Group Dynamics

Emphasis on understanding group growth, behavior,
and action fundamental to developing solutions to the
complex developing of group life. Students are given
the opportunity to learn to-rexamine their strengths
and weaknesses, to examine group leadership styles,
to become alert to new ideas and actions, to discover
the pulse of a group, and to analyze reasons for one
group's productivity and another's nonproductivity.

CRS 3406 Mental Health

Study of conditions leading to optimal social ad-
justment. Consideration of the relationship between
the maturation process and mental health, possible
predeterminants of maladjustment, and factors which
encourage the attainment of emotional maturity. Spe-
cial emphasis is on the role of the school. Contri-
butions from the fields of psychiatry, psychology,
sociology, physiology, and medicine may be synthe-
sized and evaluation.

CRS 3407 Case Conferences: Individuals with
Special Needs

This course is conducted as a seminar in connection
with the student's practicum. Case presentations
by outstanding resource persons are thoroughly
examined and discussed. Students will also be ex-
pected to make their own case presentations to the
seminar. Prereq.: ED 3306 Abnormal Psychology and
CRS 3404 Education of Individuals with Behavior
Disorders.

CRS 3408 Socio- and Psychodynamics of
Family Life

Consideration is given to the internal and external
dynamics of family life and the significance of such
dynamics to the mental health of handicapped in-
dividuals and their families. Emphasis is on the im-
pact of disability on family functioning and Integra-

Counseling Psychology, Rehabilitation and Special Education / 59

tion. Approaches to working with parents of special
needs groups may be explored from psychodynamic,
social learning, and systems viewpoints.

CRS 3409 Seminar: Problems of the Behaviorally
Disordered

This course provides an intensive study of the spe-
cial problems of the behaviorally disordered child. It
gives seminar students the opportunity to proceed
in depth in areas of special interest. Special attention
focuses on problems presented by the autistic child,
the neurotic child, the child with character disorders,
the child with psychosomatic disorders, and the mul-
tihandicapped child. Prereq.: CRS 3424-CRS 3425
Etiology and Development of Special Needs.

CRS 3410 Review of Current Methodology and
Research in Learning Disorders

This advanced course is designed to help develop
the following competencies in relation to educating
learning-disordered individuals (early childhood
through adulthood): use of task analysis and learn-
ing style to develop comprehensive individual edu-
cation plans (refinement of skills developed in CRS
3409); use of current research to evaluate techniques
of intervention (e.g., behavior modification and drug
therapy for hyperactive children); review of current
research to evaluate assessment techniques (e.g.,
effectiveness of available tests for learning disorders;
ability to administer, score, and interpret tests useful
in identifying learning disabilities; use of prescriptive
techniques and materials for learning disabilities).
Selection of topics within competency areas may be
individualized for students, based on previous course
work and experience. Prereq.: CRS 3401 Educating
Individuals with Learning Disorders and ED 3342
Research Design in Education.

CRS 341 1 Development and Implementation of
Programs for Learning Disorders

This advanced course helps to develop required
skills for resource room and diagnostic-prescriptive
teachers and special needs consultants to the regular
classroom. Projects for the course include needs
assessment for various special needs programs, de-
velopment of a screening and diagnostic test battery
development of a diagnostic-prescriptive procedure
for a specific population, development of in-service
programs, development of a plan for educational group
management. Projects may be selected by students
according to their particular needs. Students in this
course should be experienced in working with indivi-
duals with special needs. Prereq.: CRS 3401 Educating
Individuals with Learning Disorders and CRS 3415
Assessment in Special Education, and CRS 3416
Diagnostic-Prescriptive Teaching.

CRS 3412 Psychology of individuals with Special

A study of the social and emotional adjustment of
the handicapped and of the psychological signifi-
cance of mental, sensory, and motor variations. The
effects of limitations imposed by attitudes of society,
the attitudes of individuals toward their handicaps.

and the effect of the handicap itself are evaluated.
Implications for educational programs are analyzed.
(This course should be among the first taken in the
Special Education sequence.)

CRS 3413 Evaluation and Education of the
Vocationally Handicapped

Designed to develop fundamentals skills in the eval-
uation and teaching of activities related to the vo-
cational development of disabled individuals. Work
sample and other techniques are used to assess
levels of skills. Focus is on activities such as home
management, use of tools, household repairs, basic
sewing, essentials of food preparation, and activities
of daily living (ADL). Visits may be made to sheltered
workshops and vocational adjustment centers.

CRS 3414 Rehabilitation and the Special
Education Teacher

This course is designed to deal with effective working
relationships between rehabilitation professionals and
special education teachers. Elementary and second-
ary school personnel concerned with children with
special needs will also find the course pertinent.
Consideration is given to current legislation (Mas-
sachusetts Chapter 766) and its implementation, the
teacher's role in rehabilitation, understanding of the
total rehabilitation process, and rehabilitation re-
sources available to school personnel.

CRS 3415 Assessment in Special Education

This field-based course offers students the oppor-
tunity to learn to administer selected norm-refer-
enced tests for special needs populations, determine
which tests will yield the most information in a variety
of case studies, and interpret data obtained from a
minimum of four norm-referenced test batteries.

CRS 3416 Diagnostic Prescriptive Teaching

Course instruction in this field-based course focuses
on the following broad areas: development and im-
plementation of individualized educational plans, in-
cluding tasks analysis, annual goals, and short-range
objectives; educational strategies and their appli-
cation in classroom management; adaptation and
selection of materials and strategies in various ac-
ademic areas; perceptual-motor skills; and social-
emotional interventions.

CRS 3417 Early Childhood Learning Problems:
Identification and Program Development

Informal and formal screening and assessment pro-
cedures suitable for an early childhood population
are evaluated. Students will be required to work with
young children in order to acquire experience with
screening and assessment techniques. The resulting
information may then be used to develop programs
to meet the needs of individual children. Prereq.: CRS
34 1 5 Assessment in Special Education.

CRS 3418 Special Education for Gifted Children

Identification, characteristics, and problems of gifted,
creative, and talented children and youth. Emphasis
on administrative and instructional adjustments
needed to provide for this group of exceptional
children.

60 / Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

CRS 3419 Fieldwork and Seminar with Special
Needs Children

CRS 3420 Student Teaching and (4 Q.H. each)
Seminar with Special Needs Children

The courses are scheduled to extend over a full year
in a series of experiences as observer, tutor, and
teacher. Students must make available approximately
250 hours or two days per week for two quarters
for fieldwork, then approximately another 250 hours
or four days per week for one quarter for student
teaching. Students who are employed and who can-
not devote full days to satisfy these requirements
must arrange to be available evenings, weekends,
and summers. Provision for attendance at biweekly
seminars must also be made. Seminars are for the
purpose of discussing with other students and pro-
fessors the relevant issues confronted by teachers
of special needs children. Outside speakers and pro-
grams may be arranged to extend this dialogue. The
adviser's written approval will be required before the
student can do field placement or student teaching.
The adviser's written approval is also required before
students can obtain a waiver of student teaching.

All students, regardless of past experience, cert-
ifications, or letters of approval, are expected to do
approximately 250 hours of fieldwork, set up and
supervised by the University.

CRS 3421 Fieldwork and Seminar

CRS 3422 Practicum in Special (4 Q.H. each)

Educatk>n

The practicum is designed to satisfy department
requirements for field experience and extended
practicum for SECP or other students who do not
need certification. It extends over a full year and
covers a series of experiences. Students must make
available a minimum of two days per week for the
first two quarters and five full days per week for the
third quarter. Application for field placement is made
two quarters prior to that for which fieldwork is
planned. Part-time students who are employed will
need to make provision for a full quarter of fieldwork,
five days per week, and for evening, weekend, or
summer assignments to satisfy the requirement for
field experience. Provision for attendance at semi-
nars must also be made.

CRS 3424, 3425 Etiotogy and (8 Q.H.)

Development of Special Needs

The first quarter (CRS 3424) concentrates on factors
which primarily affect deviations in cognitive, motoric,
and physical development. Understanding of these
factors will be used to discuss multi-disciplinary life-
management issues relating to Down's Syndrome,
cerebral palsy, and other common conditions.

The second quarter (CRS 3425) concentrates on
factors which primarily affect emotional development.
Psychobiological, psychodynamic, and learning the-
ory approaches may be discussed and related to
problems of lifespan management. Community pro-
grams in addition to the more traditional intervention
techniques are analyzed.

CRS 3426 Seminar in Mental Retardatkm

A study of research in the field and its implications
for teaching. Intervention strategies are studied and
evaluated.

CRS 3427 Seminar: Neuropsychology of Learning
and Behavk}r Disorders

Through critical review of the literature, varied neuro-
psychological interpretations of the nature of learning
and behavior disorders are analyzed and discussed.
Topics related to the function of the brain and its
relationship to behavior include biochemical and
physiological correlates, cognitive and perceptual
factors, genetic and maturational variables, hemi-
spheric specialization, and implications of drug
studies. Implications of the above for educating and
serving special needs individuals are useful to ad-
ministrators, teachers, counselors, reading special-
ists, school psychologists, and those in allied health
fields. Students will be expected to give a presen-
tation in an area of interest related to the seminar
topic. Prereq.: CRS 3401 Educating Individuals with
Learning Disorders, CRS 3424 Etiology and Devel-
opment of Special Needs, SLA 3604 Language Dis-
turbances in Children, and/or permission of instructor.

CRS 3800 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose
unique academic needs or interests cannot be ad-
equately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses
of the department. Not available to special students.
Prereq.: Approval of the chairperson of the department
and of the director of the graduate school. (Approval
forms must be submitted during the quarter prior to
registration for the Directed Study.)

Rehabilitation Administration

CRS 3437 Community Planning in Rehabiitation

What administrators need to know about community
planning to develop programs in their areas. Basic
principles of community planning, organization, and
dynamics, as well as interdisciplinary relations in
rehabilitation. Examples of community planning from
different rehabilitation agencies and the referral
process among these agencies will be studied.

CRS 3438 Federal-State Relatkms in
Rehabilitatk>n

The complex network of federal-state relations and
their implications for rehabilitation. Grant proce-
dures, matching formulas, public relations and RSA
directives, state and federal legislation pertinent to
rehabilitation.

CRS 3439 Social Welfare and Rehabilitatton

This course attempts to acquaint administrators,
counselors, and other human services personnel with
the broad field of social welfare. The course reviews
the historical background of the relationship between
vocational rehabilitation and social welfare and the
more recent developments in the relationship of these
fields.

Counseling Psychology, Rehabilitation and Special Education/ 61

CRS 3440 Program Evaluation in Rehabilitation

The emphasis in this course will be on administrative
research, program evaluation, grantsmanship, etc. In
addition, students will have the opportunity to develop
a research design on some aspect of rehabilitation
administration and carry out the necessary research
operations involved.

CRS 3442 Rscal Policy and Management I

An introduction to the concept of fiscal and mana-
gerial control. Areas to be covered may include ac-
counting and budgetary procedures, need surveys,
goal-setting practices, recruitment, staffing, training,
professional development, caseload management,
program planning, utilization of research, leadership
patterns, performance appraisal, and external rela-
tionships. Case method approach may be used in
classroom exercises.

CRS 3443 Administration of a Sheltered
Wbrkshop

Special problems of administering a sheltered work-
shop, such as community planning, work evaluation,
job training, labor relations, contracting, production,
and occupational placement.

CRS 3477 Evaluation of Deaf Rehabilitation
Clients

Methods and techniques of psychological and vo-
cational evaluation for deaf rehabilitation clients, in-
cluding evaluation of client biographical character-
istics, evaluation interview, and psychometric
assessment. Required of all students in Deafness
specialization of Rehabilitation Counseling program.
Prereq.: CRS 3501 Psychological Testing and SLA
3644 Foundations of Deaf Education.

CRS 3449 Psychological Problems of Disability

An advanced course in psychopathology as it relates
to the impact of disability on personality. In-depth
study of the moderately and severely handicapped
from the viewpoint of psychosocial factors, interper-
sonal relationships, and cognitive versus noncogni-
tive functioning in those with motor and sensory
disabilities, problems of dependency and motivation;
role of psychosomatic factors. Some discussion of
the role of treatment and rehabilitation.

CRS 3454 Rehabilitation of the Geriatric

This course presents a comprehensive treatment of
the problems, dimensions, and parameters involved
in the administration of the various services and
facilities for the rehabilitation of the geriatric. Special
emphasis is on the philosophy of rehabilitation ver-
sus disengagement.

CRS 3455 Critical Issues in Rehabilitation
Administration

This course is built around the exploration and in-
depth discussion of current issues which are highly
problematical to the field. Among these issues are
the breadth of the concept of disability, appropriate
training sequences for the various rehabilitation dis-
ciplines, resolution of conflict over role overlap among
disciplines, appropriate models for service delivery

systems. The most current and relevant research
may be brought to bear upon these areas, as well
as knowledge from the reservoir of experience of
instructors, visiting experts, and the student partic-
ipants themselves. Students will be exposed to the
issues as they exist in the profession and in the
community. A theoretically oriented frame of refer-
ence will be brought to bear upon problems when
feasible.

CRS 3801 Thesis

A research activity that may be selected by the
student in lieu of two courses (8 quarter hours), with
the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

CRS 3809 Doctoral Dissertation

Prereq.: Admission to candidacy in the Doctor of Ed-
ucation degree program.

CRS 3804 Institute in Rehabilitation
Administration

(See general institute description on page 86.)

CRS 3807 Workshop in Rehabilitation
Administration

(See general workshop description on page 86.)
CRS 3800 Directed Study

CRS 3433 Introduction to Rehabilitation

An overview of an orientation to the field of rehabil-
itation, including its historical development, legisla-
tive involvement, psychological implications, and so-
ciological dimensions. Emphasis is placed on co-
ordinating and integrating services as they related
to the field of rehabilitation as a community process.

CRS 3434 Principles of Medical Rehabilitation

The wide spectrum of disabilities that could profit
from rehabilitation, including orthopedic, neurologi-
cal, medical, surgical, and mental disabilities. The
course may also present basic principles of medical
rehabilitation that administrators should know. Psy-
chological aspects of disability also discussed.

CRS 3435 Program Development in Rehabilitation

This course deals with the use of the rehabilitation
model in program development for the physically
handicapped, mentally retarded, emotionally dis-
turbed, aging, welfare populations, youthful offenders,
culturally disadvantaged, and other special com-
munity groups. Emphasizes the administrative in-
volvement in developing and supporting the diag-
nostic, evaluative, counseling, and placement pro-
cedures used in such rehabilitative programs. Issues
involving clinical program planning may be explored.

62 / Boston-Bouv6 College of Human Development Professions

CRS 3436 Organization and Administrative Theory

The body of conceptual knowledge regarding or-
ganizational and administrative theory \n\\\ be ex-
amined. Formal and informal organizations, organi-
zations as social systems, status and role concepts,
leadership in organizations, power structure, rela-
tionships to authority, decision making, and com-
munication in and between organizations. An orga-
nizational analysis will be made of all the different
types of rehabilitation settings currently in use.

CRS 3441 Practtcum in Rehabilitation (8 Q.H.)

Students are usually assigned to a variety of reha-
bilitation agencies for their practicum experience.
Problem solving relevant to experiences encountered
in internship. A seminar may be regularly conducted
by a senior faculty member in conjunction with the
practicum experience. This seminar offers students
an opportunity to share their field-work experiences
and resolve problems in rehabilitation which are con-
nected with their field- placements. (Two sections of
this practicum are offered-one for those majoring
in Rehabilitation Administration and one for those
majoring in Rehabilitation Counseling.)

CRS 3444 Fiscal Policy and Management II

Understanding the fiscal management of the typical
rehabilitation setting, including basic rehabilitation
agency accounting, planned program budgeting, dis-
bursements, cost analysis, contracting, taxation,
forecasting, and funding. The implication of data
processing for fiscal management is covered in the
course. Special problems will be assigned during
the course.

CRS 3445 Legal Aspects of Rehabilitation and
Special Education

This course is designed to sensitize rehabilitation
administrators, special educators, rehabilitation
counselors, and other personnel to the impact of
legislative developments upon the field of rehabili-
tation and sfjecial education. Special emphasis is
placed on understanding the legal implications for
rehabilitation of the latest Vocational Rehabilitation
Administrative Amendments, workmen's compensa-
tion laws, eligibility determination criteria, and Social
Security Amendments. Latest federal and state spe-
cial education legislation is covered.

CRS 3446 Occupational Placement

A study of the dynamics of moving the rehabilitation
client into the world of work within the framework of
the specific community structure. Development of
facility in use of resource materials in occupational
information, job description and analysis, perform-
ance appraisal, training, and vocational assessment.
The personnel point of view of the handicapped in-
dividual is discussed and analyzed, and more effec-
tive placement practices developed.

CRS 3448 CAGS Rehabilitation Practicum

Students are usually assigned to rehabilitation agen-
cies, where they are expected to spend 250 clock
hours under appropriate supervision. A seminar with
regular faculty members is conducted twice each
quarter.

CRS 3450 Administrative Problems in
Rehabilitation

Seminar designed to analyze, in depth, critical issues
and selected rehabilitation problems. Operations and
systems research as applied to rehabilitation will be
highlighted. Students are offered the use of institute
research studies and studies available through social
and rehabilitation services, completed research, and
demonstrative projects.

CRS 3451 Essentials of Case Management and
Supervision

The relationship between case management and case-
work supervision. Topics are the dynamics of the
communication process, decision making, conflict,
resolution and compliance, management of resources
externa! to the organization, structural and functional
analysis of supervisory process, and caseload
management.

CRS 3452 Rehabilitation of the Alcoholic and
Drug Dependent

A study of comprehensive factors, including the na-
ture of etiology dynamics involved in alcohol and
drug dependency; techniques for evaluation; reha-
bilitation administration, planning, and treatment.

CRS 3453 Rehabilitation of the Penal Offender

The rehabilitation of the penal offender is examined
from an eclectic point of view. Psychodynamic ele-
ments are stressed, as well as social factors in the
etiology, evaluation, and treatment and rehabilitation
seminar planning and administration.

Counselor Education

CRS 3500 Foundations in Professional Psychology
and Human Services

The purpose of this course is to provide a philosophical
and theoretical background for beginning graduate
students in counseling. The course has three objec-
tives: 1) to sharpen the "self as instrument" through
study and discussion of established theories of helping
related to one's personal value system and through
self-exploration and increased self-understanding in
heretofore unexplored personal areas; 2) to introduce
students to the broad spectrum of professional helping
service areas with the intent of clarifying the students'
professional roles; and 3) to begin to promote the
development of a professional identity as a psycho-
logical helping professional.

CRS 3501 Psychological Testing

The principles and problems of psychological testing
as applied to the work of the counselor are discussed.
Consideration is given to technical concepts applica-
ble to the use, understanding, and interpretation of
test scores. Students have the opportunity to become
familiar with the most frequently used tests of intelli-
gence, aptitude, achievement, interest, and personali-
ty. Tests are evaluated for use in diagnosis and in
understanding human behavior, with emphasis on their
interpretation.

Counseling Psychology, Rehabilitation and Special Education / 63

CRS 3502 Vocational Development and
Occupational information

A dual-emphasis course dealing, first, with theories
about the ways in which individuals make decisions
concerning their choice of vocation; and second, with
the kind of data which are needed to assist people
with these decisions. These requisite data deal with
the relationship of social and economic change to
occupational trends, the classification and descrip-
tion of occupational fields, methods of collecting, eval-
uating, filing, and disseminating vocational informa-
tion, and the role of the counselor in fulfilling these
functions.

CRS 3503 Counseling Theory and Process

A course which normally is taken in the fall quarter,
concurrently with the beginning of Practicum. The
course will provide the student with a basic cognitive
understanding of several major theoretical approaches
to counseling. Classroom content will help students
to become familiar with a wide range of individual
counseling strategies, to develop listening, under-
standing, and communications skills, and to further
probe their own self-understanding as counselors.
These skills and understandings will be discussed
and simulated in the context of a variety of settings
with a variety of clients. Role playing, case material,
and audio and video materials will be utilized in the
instruction. This course may be selected by degree
candidates in other departments in any quarter except
the fall quarter

CRS 3504, 3505 Counseling Practicum I and II

The counseling practicum is a supervised counseling
experience extended over the academic year Regis-
tration for this course occurs only during the fall and
spring quarters. Emphasis in the fall will be on small-
group seminars dealing with counseling and other
related matters. The winter and spring quarters will
concentrate on the supervised counseling assignment.
Assignment to practicum settings will be made accord-
ing to the student's major area of concentration.
Students must make themselves available a minimum
of two days per week during the academic year
(October to June) for placement in a field setting.
Seminars will stress material germane to the student's
major and will meet a total of twenty-four times during
the year CRS 3504 must be successfully completed
prior to commencing CRS 3505. (For administrative
purposes, these practicum course numbers will apply
to each of the following specific practicum place-
ments: School Practicum (N-9, 5-12), Counseling
Psychology Career/Industrial, Student Personnel/
College Practicums.)

Part-time students must submit an application for
practicum (available from the department) by April 1 ,
for approval to enroll in the practicum the following fall
quarter Prereq.: CRS 3500 Foundations in Professional
Psychology and Human Services and CRS 3503 Coun-
seling Theory and Process, both of which maybe taken
concurrently with the beginning of practicum.

CRS 3507 Group Counseling

An introduction to theory, principles, and techniques
of counseling with groups of individuals at different
levels of development and for varying purposes. A
basic mode of approach may be to involve students in
a genuine group counseling experience in order to
understand the phenomenon of group experience.
Prereq.: CRS 3503 Counseling Theory and Process.

CRS 3508 The College Student and the Campus

The relationship between college students' behavior
and their environment is examined, with focus on
students' rights, their social-emotional developmen-
tal concerns, and their search for identity. The impact
of societal forces and nontraditiohal patterns of
learning on college curriculum options is examined,
and varying concerns of personnel services in dif-
ferent types of college climates, including the com-
munity college, are discussed. Current issues in higher
education are examined as they relate to services
offered to students.

CRS 351 3, 351 4 School Psychology (8 Q.H.)

Reldwork I and II

The first phase of a two-year sequence of supervised
fieldwork required for school psychologist certification.
Students are assigned a placement in an N-1 2 school
system working under the supervision of a certified
school psychologist. The activity of the fieldwork will
extend for two days a week across the academic year
from September to June. Students perform psycho-
logical evaluations and participate in other appropri-
ate activities. Seminars meet for twenty-four sessions
during the year to provide skill training and discuss
role functions. Students receive one hour of supervi-
sion per week from the field site supervisor Students
must submit an application for a fieldwork placement
by April 1 for approval for the cdurse which begins in
the following fall quarter

CRS 351 5, 351 6 School Psychology (8 Q.H.)

Fieldwork III, IV

The second phase of a two-year sequence leading to
eligibility for application for school psychologist certi-
fication. The student will be assigned typically to a
different N-1 2 grade placement than the first experi-
ence to provide a diversified experience. The place-
ment is for two days per week from September to
June. Seminars meet twenty-four times across the
academic year and consist of case presentations,
skill and strategy training, and discussions of case
management. Students work under and receive one
hour of supervision from their certified school psy-
chologist site supervisor Students must submit an
application for fieldwork by April 1 for approval to
enroll in the fieldwork course the following fall quarter
Prereq.: CRS 3513, 3514, School Psychology Field-
work I and II.

CRS 3517 Consultation Seminar

Offers a review of various consultation models, in-
cluding behavioral consultation, process consultation,
and systems consultation. Study also examines current

64 / Boston-Bouv6 College of Human Development Professions

research in the field of counseling consultation. Par-
ticular emphasis is placed on the development of a
personal consultation style and enhancement of con-
sultation skills.

CRS 3518 Career Counseling Seminar
Study focuses on three types of counseling expe-
riences: career-education program planning, lead-
ership of career-development groups, and vocational
counseling. Learning activities include case studies
and audiotapes of career counseling sessions, class
discussions of local problems and their solutions,
didactic instruction, and the implementation of an
actual career-education program relative to the stu-
dent's area of interest.
CRS 3525 Family and Parent Counseling
The focus of this course is on a conceptual under-
standing of family systems theory and its application
to and implications for family counseling. Structural,
communicative, and strategic approaches to marital,
parent, and family counseling are presented as the
family is studied as an interactional system, as a
seedbed of distress and health. Students have the
opportunity to become familiar with family assess-
ment, counseling skills, and strategies. Prereq.: CRS
3503 Counseling Theory and Process.

CRS 3526 Seminar in Student Personnel Work

Relevant topics and cases for personnel workers and
administrators in higher education will be discussed
and studied in depth. Particular emphasis is placed
upon the development of student personnel programs,
budget planning and development, and staff relation-
ships. The expertise of appropriate specialists is
utilized.

CRS 3527 Counseling Strategies for Children and
Adolescents

Intended primarily for students who will counsel in
school settings or other settings emphasizing work
with children and adolescents. A broad range of
approaches will be considered, including, but not
limited to, behavior modification, Gestalt, and Adler-
ian strategies. Special emphasis will be placed on the
development of strategies designed to help alleviate
typical school-related and developmental problems
such as nonachievement, decision making, negative
self-identity, and disruptive behavior Consideration
will also be given to the counselor's role as a consult-
ant to teachers, parents, and administrators in effecting
positive behavior change. Prereq.: CRS 3503 Counsel-
ing Theory and Process.

CRS 3528 Vocational Counseling Strategies

The individual's role expectations in the world ofwork
will be examined from a human development perspec-
tive, and a systematic program to foster self-awareness
will be set forth. Vocational counseling is viewed as
dealing with the entire individual, including his or her
values, underlying psychological needs and drives,
and the influence of the environment on his or her
level of development and career awareness. Other
topics to be developed in this course will include
counseling with females and nonachievers, the decline

of the work ethic, community resource development,
job placement, and information giving as a perceptual
process. The course is intended for a variety of client
populations from adolescence through adulthood.
Prereq.: CRS 3503 Counseling Theory and Process.

CRS 3529 Rehabilitation Counseling Strategies

Primary emphasis will beon the roles and functions of
the rehabilitation counselor, relevant issues in the
field, and an overview of the rehabilitation process.
Special problems and techniques of counseling with
the disabled (physical, mental, and behavioral dis-
orders) will be examined through case studies and
role playing. Discussion will also cover disability in
the context of social deviance and psychosocial
approaches to understanding human behavior, includ-
ing self-concept, social role theories, and rational-
behavioral approaches. Prereq.: CRS 3503 Counseling
Theory and Process. (This prerequisite is waived for
Rehabilitation Administration majors.)

CRS 3530 Psychobgical Counseling Strategies

Focuses on a variety of strategies designed toalleviate
problems of older adolescents and adults. Develop-
mental and perceptual Gestalt insight approaches
and behavioral approaches to counseling will be
analyzed for their effectiveness with a variety of psy-
chological problems. This course is primarily intended
for the student working with client populations in
mental health settings and college counseling centers.
Prereq.: CRS 3503 Counseling Theory and Process.

CRS 3531 Case Studies in Marriage and Family
Counseling

An advanced-level course for students with previous
experience or preparation in marriage and family
counseling. Skills to be emphasized may include 1)
the preparation of case studies of family and marriage
histories and current functioning; 2) the design of
service, counseling, and referral programs based upon
comprehensive studies of needs and resources; and
3) the practice of counseling strategies through role
playing, taped interviews, and progress reports of
current counseling activities. Prereq.: CRS 3525 Family
and Parent Counseling.

CRS 3532 Seminar in School Ps^hology

This course provides an intensive analysis of philo-
sophical, technical, and school administrative issues
contributing to the professional identity and con-
sultative function of the psychologist in an educa-
tional milieu. Simulations, case studies, and research
projects will be used to study these issues. Prereq.:
Permission of instructor

CRS 3533 Psychoeducational Prescriptions

Recommended for all school counseling majors and
required of all school psychology majors, this course
will provide training and supervision in synthesizing
data on a student's cognitive, affective, and inter-
personal needs with educational plans which 1) are
based directly on that data, 2) may be implemented in
the school setting, and 3) meet the 766, PL 94-142
criteria for such plans. Prereq.: Permission of Instructor.

Counseling Psychology, Rehabilitation and Special Education / 65

CRS 3534 Individual Intelligence Testing (6 Q.H.)

Preparation to administer, score, and interpret the
Stanford-Binet Intelligence Test, the Wechsler Adult
Intelligence Test, and the Wechsler Intelligence Scale
for Children. Consideration will be given to the the-
ories of intelligence upon which the tests are based
and the use of the tests in educational and clinic
settings. Students will be required to administer and
score thirty tests, including some from each of the
three tests included in the course. Prereq.: CRS 3501
Psychological Testing.

CRS 3535 Seminar in Contemporary Issues
in Counseling

Intensive study of a selected topic in counseling such
as counseling minorities, current research, sex coun-
seling, transactional analysis theory and practice, and
behavioral counseling. Course objectives will vary
according to the topic but may include a review of the
literature, skill building workshop, and action projects.
Prereq.: CRS 3538 Advanced Theories of Behavior
Change and/or permission of instructor

CRS 3536 Advanced Group Counseling

This course will be a continuation of the content
presented in Group Counseling, placing greater em-
phasis on developing skill in conducting group coun-
seling at a variety of age levels. Greater attention
will be given to relevant readings and research on
group process and methods for behavior modification.
Prereq.: CRS 3507 Group Counseling.

CRS 3537 Seminar in Counseling Supervision and
In-Service Education

Theory and practice of the supervisory process as it
applies to the evaluation of counselor effectiveness
and professional development. Theory readings, dis-
cussions, role playing, and a written plan for in-service
staff development are course requirements, but the
major activity of the course involves the use of audio
and videotapes of actual supervisory sessions con-
ducted by class members. Prereq.: Master's degree in
guidance or permission of the instructor

CRS 3538 Advanced Theories of Behavior
Change I

An advanced-level counseling course required of all
CAGS students and designed to provide greater depth
of cognitive understanding of three major approaches
to therapeutic practice, i.e., the behavioral, depth psy-
chological, and general systems viewpoints. Original
readings from selected principal theorists will be
required. The course will compare assumptions, goals,
and strategies of the theorists studied in order to build
a strong conceptual basis for a counseling eclecti-
cism from these analyses. Some of the theorists
studied may include Skinner, Wolpe, Bandura, von
Bertalauffy, Adier, Jung, and Rank. Prereq.: At least
two counseling courses emphasizing both theory and
process.

CRS 3539 Advanced Theories of Behavior Change II

This course addresses the fundamental methods for
constructively improving human behavior, as implicit
within the three generic approaches to psychological

theory construction, and provides an overview of
Ludwig von Bertalanffy's general systems concept of
psychology and its relations to allied sciences. The
course is based on a format of selected readings,
lectures, and student discussion. Prereq.: CRS 3538
Advanced Theories of Behavior Change I.

CRS 3540 Advanced Psychodiagnostics

This is an advanced-level course providing intensive
supervision in the clinical assessment of ego func-
tioning in children and adolescents. A rudimentary
knowledge of the theory and practice of psychodi-
agnosis is assumed. This course will enable students
to receive supervision on clinical evaluations on which
they are working. A heavy emphasis will be placed on
integrating data from a variety of sources and making
in-depth interpretations and appropriate recommen-
dations. Prereq.: CRS 3839 Psychodiagnosis with
Children and Adolescents.

CRS 3541 Psychodiagnostic Measures

This is an advanced-level course in the clinical assess-
ment of adults. The course places heavy emphasis on
differential diagnosis and personality description using
data from a variety of sources— interviewing, case
histories, and objective and projective testing. Some
of the tests typically studied in this course may include
the California Psychological Inventory, Minnesota
Multiphasic Personality Inventory, Bender-Gestalt and
Sentence Completion Tests, Wechsler Adult Intelli-
gence Scale, and Draw-A-Person Test. Students will
be required to administer and interpret psychological
test data and to report their findings in a psychologi-
cal report. Prereq.: CRS 3501 Psychological Testing.

CRS 3542, 3510 Advanced Field work (8 Q.H.)

Required of all CAGS students. Students may be
assigned a fieldwork placement consistent with their
major professional goals and/or the settings in which
they intend to work. The activity of the fieldwork may
extend across the academic year from September to
June and require a minimum of one and a half days
per week, or the equivalent, in the fieldwork setting.
Seminars will meet, subject to change, on alternate
weeks with additional individual supervision on cam-
pus. Supervision will also be provided in the field
setting. Both quarters must be completed before credit
will be given for the course. Prereq.: Counseling Prac-
ticum or the equivalent in experience.

CRS 3550 Philosophy of the Behavioral Sciences

Addresses such fundamental questions as 'What is
science? What are its essential methods of inquiry,
particularly as they pertain to the behavioral sciences?
What is the nature of knowledge gained through sci-
entific investigation, and are there limits to its useful-
ness?" Participants have the opportunity to examine
the natural and empirical sciences through exploring
theory fact propositions, hypothetical deductive/
inductive knowledge, laws, evidence, verification,
reductionism, and allied ideas. Prereq.: ED 3342
Research Design in Education and CRS 3539 Advanced
Theories of Behavior Change II.

66 / Boston-Bouv6 College of Human Development Professions

CRS 3801 Thesis

A research activity tfiat may be selected by the student
in lieu of two courses (8 quarter hours), with the
approval and recommendation of the adviser

CRS 3808 Doctoral Dissertation

Prereq.: Admission to candidacy in the Doctor of
Education degree program.

CRS 3800 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose
unique academic needs or interests cannot be ad-
equately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of
the department. Not available to special students.
Prereq. : Approval of tfie ctiairperson of the department
and of the director of the graduate school. (Approval
forms must be submitted during the quarter prior to
registration for the Directed Study.)

CRS 3803 Institute in Counselor Education

(See general institute description on page 86.)

CRS 3806 Workshop in Counselor Education

(See general workshop description on page 86.)

CRS 3808 Doctoral Dissertation

Prereq.: Admission to candidacy in the Doctor of
Education degree program.

CRS 3839 Psychodiagnosis with Children
and Adolescents

This is an advanced-level course in the theory and
practice of ego functioning in children and adoles-
cents. Heavy emphasis is placed on the case-study
method. A major goal of the course will be to conduct
a psychological assessment and report the findings
of this assessment in terms of cognitive, perceptual-
motor, affective, cognitive, and- social functioning.
Students will become familiar with several methods of
gathering assessment data. Prereq.: CRS 3501 Psy-
chological Testing and CRS 3534 Individual Intelligence
Testing.

Education

Foundations of Education

ED 3300 Psychology of Learning

The basic principles and conditions of acquisition,
retention, and transfer of learning. Suggested prereq.:
A course in psychology

ED 3301 Psychology of Thinking

A consideration of the processes involved in cog-
nitive organization and functioning. Topics will in-
clude language, concept formation, and problem
solving. Suggested prereq.: A course in psychology.
ED 3302 Psychobgy of Personality
A systematic consideration of the personality theo-
ries of Freud, Jung, Adier, Sullivan, Horney, Cattell,
Allport, Rogers, and other approaches, including the
psychosomatic of Alexander and the work of Reich.
Theories are considered in depth and examined for
ways that contribute to an understanding of dynamic
factors in personality formation. Theories and theo-
rists are compared for a greater understanding of
strengths and weaknesses. Social, cultural and phil-
osophic questions are discussed. Implications of
some of the ideas and theories for the therapeutic
process will also be considered. Suggested prereq.:
At least one and preferably more courses in
psychology

ED 3303 Theories of Developmental Psychotogy

The major developmental theories and related re-
search of Havighurst, Erickson, Piaget, and others.
Permission of instructor required.

ED 3304 Chiki Psychotogy

A review of the principles of child development from
birth to preadolescence. Particular emphasis will be
placed on intellectual, social, and emotional devel-
opment. The theoretical formulations of psychoanal-

ysis, social learning theory, and Piaget will be dis-
cussed in the context of relevant research in these
areas, as well as their educational implications.

ED 3305 Adolescent Psychotogy

Social, emotional, and intellectual development in the
adolescent years. Problems in family relationships
and in the adolescent's social environment as well
as his adjustment in school. Case history material.

ED 3306 Abnormal Psychotogy

An historical overview leads to contemporary views
on how human personality becomes disordered and
maladaptive. Principal emphasis is on the develop-
ment of psychopathology during the course of de-
velopment, including a perspective for viewing the
economy of psychological deviations. Neuroses,
transient states, character disorders, sexual devia-
tions, psychophysiological reactions, drug and al-
cohol addictions, and psychotic reactions, each with
a clinical picture, typical course, and outcomes are
considered. Some consideration is devoted to cur-
rent methods of diagnosis and treatment.

ED 3307 Adult Psychotogy

A comprehensive view of the three major areas of
adulthood (young adulthood, middle age, and old
age) in a context of research findings, academic
knowledge, and clinical needs.

ED 3308 Seminar in Child Devetopment

A seminar course with emphasis on discussion of
child development theories with special reference to
personality and cognitive development. Critical eval-
uation of research related to child development the-
ories with particular emphasis on recent trends, new
approaches, and relevance to educational theories

Education / 67

and practices. Prereq.: A course in child psychology
or human development.

ED 3309 Seminar in Adolescent Development

A seminar course with emphasis on discussion of
major problem areas facing the adolescent in our
society. Particular emphasis will be given to social
and emotional development. Included will be a survey
of research in such areas as psychoanalysis, social
learning, morality, and delinquency. Prereq.: A course
in adolescent psychology or human development.

ED 3310 Personality and Social Structure

Human behavior from a combined psychodynamic
and sociological point of view, with special emphasis
on socialization and the relations between the indi-
vidual and the collectivity. The integration of relevant
theories from psychology, sociology, and anthropol-
ogy. Suggested prereq.: A course in sociology, cul-
tural anthropology, or social psychology

ED 331 1 Sex Roles in Education

This course identifies and examines some of the
major issues related to sex roles in both the formal
and informal educational systems of our society. Top-
ics that will come under special scrutiny include
development of sex role patterns in the home and
preschool and through children's books, games, and
television programs; life for boys and girls in the
elementary and high school classroom; sex bias in
counseling and in vocational guidance and training;
changes in traditional family roles and occupation
hierarchies; assets and liabilities of coeducational
and single-sex education. The course may also allow
students, in small groups, to explore their own sex
role attitudes and the strategies they use to socialize
young people.

ED 3312 Communications Theory

An introduction to communications theory, covering
models of the communication process, attitude
changes, information, innovation, dissemination and
flow, communication modalities, and language
processing.

ED 3320 Sociology of Education

The functioning of educational institutions in their
social and cultural milieu will be examined from an-
thropological and sociological perspectives: the
school as a social system; influence of the stratifi-
cation system, youth cultures, and racial antago-
nisms upon the educational enterprise.

ED 3321 Educational Anthropology

Examination of schooling as a particular variety of
socialization, with special attention to characteristics
of societies that rely heavily on formal instruction,
contrasted with less deliberately patterned tech-
niques of child rearing. Readings will be mainly cross-
cultural, ethnographic, and historical.

ED 3324 Comparative Education

Introduction to education in other nations and ex-
ploration of its relationships with the political, eco-
nomic, social, and cultural milieu. Selected countries
in Western and Eastern Europe, South America, and
Africa will be considered.

ED 3325 History of Education

An opportunity to explore some of the historical
roots of contemporary educational theory and prac-
tice with a focus on selected aspects of educational
history from antiquity to the present. Also an op-
portunity to utilize knowledge gained for the devel-
opment of a personal educational position.

ED 3326 Topics in the Philosophy of Education

A study of the basic assumptions underlying state-
ments of educational content, process, and aims.
Materials to be subjected to philosophical analysis
are selected from educational and philosophic writ-
ings according to themes (e.g., authority and free-
dom, "growth" as an educational objective, the na-
ture of educational relationships). The themes dealt
with vary from quarter to quarter, depending on the
concerns and interests of students and instructor.
Brief lectures, mostly discussion.

ED 3327 Seminar in Contemporary Issues in
American Education

Discussion of selected issues in contemporary
American education such as school desegregation,
compensatory education, learning problems of the
disadvantaged, professionalization of teachers, etc.
Review of relevant research and opinions. The topic
or topics of the seminar for a particular quarter will
be announced in the registration materials distrib-
uted in advance of that quarter.

ED 3328 Education and Equality

An investigation into the reciprocal relationship be-
tween American educational institutions and the
equality-inequality dimension of American social
structure. Both the traditional view, which celebrates
the American public school as a triumph of equal-
itarianism, and the revisionist view, which emphasizes
inequalitarian consequences of American educa-
tional practice, will be discussed.

ED 3340 Introduction to Educational Statistics

Basic descriptive statistics for measurement and re-
search. Topics include use of statistical notation,
measures of central tendency and variability, prob-
ability and sampling techniques, theoretical distri-
butions, linear regression and correlation, and an
introduction to statistical inference. (This course, or
completion of a statistics proficiency examination, is
required for admission to ED 3342 Research Design
in Education.)

ED 3341 Intermediate Educational Statistics

Statistical inference of normal populations and dis-
crete data; estimation; testing of hypotheses; mul-
tiple correlation; analysis of variance and covariance;
contingency; the chi-square test and other nonpar-
ametric tests. Emphasis is given to application in
educational research. Prereq.: Successful completion
of the statistics proficiency examination; satisfactory
completion of ED 3340 Introduction to Educational
Statistics; or permission of instructor This course
must be completed prior to doctoral candidacy.

ED 3342 Research Design in Education

An introduction to scientific methods of research in
education and related fields. Stress will be placed

68 / Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

on critical reading and understanding of research
literature, formulating research hypothese,s, con-
structing a research proposal, and carrying out an
individual or group project. This course must be
included among the first six courses taken by each
student. Prep.: ED 3340 Introduction to Educational
Statistics or successful completion of the statistics
proficiency examination. (Students wishing to make
arrangements to take the proficiency examination
should call 437-3305.)
ED 3343 Advanced Research Design
This course focuses on methodologies for collecting,
interpreting, and evaluating data and deals with
biases encountered in the data-collection process.
Topics such as data collection and interpretation,
use of sampling, analysis of variance, covariance,
multiple regression, multivariate procedures, and ad-
vanced topics in scaling, semantic differential meth-
odology, questionnaire design, interview methodol-
ogy, and evaluative criteria will be featured. Students
enrolling for this course will design and complete a
proposal on this design for the conduct of a re-
search project. This project may be carried out as
part of research on either the master's or doctoral
level. Prereq.: ED 3341 Intermediate Educational Sta-
tistics or equivalent, or permission of instructor

ED 3344 Nonquantitatiwe Research Methods in
Education

Nonquantitative research methods in the human de-
velopment professions. Among the topics considered
are problem formulation, location and selection of
data, authenticity of sources, and analysis of data
by synthesis. Case-study approaches and style of
writing for research proposals are also discussed.
Prereq.: ED 3341 Intermediate Educational Statistics.

ED 3345 Nature and Theory of Psychological
and Educational Measurement

An examination of the logic of measurement and the
nature of human capacities, aptitudes, and abilities.
Characteristics of tests, ratings, questionnaires, and
similar instruments are reviewed with emphasis on
their reliability, validity, and utility. Item analysis pro-
cedures and test standardization are covered.

ED 3346, 3347 Independent (4 Q.H. each)

Research Seminars I and II

Focus is on the design, conduct, analysis, and re-
porting of data from an individual research project.
This project may be original or secondary, applied,
theoretical, or action research and must be sub-
stantially larger in scope than that accommodated
by Directed Study. Evaluation will be based on oral
and written interim reports in Seminar I and oral and
written final reports in Seminar II. This course will
serve as an option to the thesis requirement only for
students enrolled in the master's degree program in
Educational Research.

ED 3348 Research and Statistical Methods for
Administrators

A study of the application of the methods of research
and statistical techniques to problem solving, with
specific focus on the role of research in the admin-

istrative decision-making process. The course of
study may also focus on the various research de-
signs administrators may use in their positions, such
as the development of a program proposal for local,
state, or federal agencies. A specific topic of prac-
tical significance in administration is to be selected
by the student and a design for studying the topical
problem developed. Research relevant to the topic is
evaluated. Recommended prep.: Rudimentary knowl-
edge of research designs and techniques and an
elementary knowledge of basic statistical methods.

ED 3800 Directed Study

ED 3801 Thesis

A research activity that may be selected by the
student in lieu of two courses (8 quarter hours), with
the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

ED 3820 Workshop in Foundations of Education

(See general workshop description on page 86.)

ED 3828 Institute in Foundations of Education

(See general institute description on page 86.)

Curriculum and Instruction

ED 3400 Analysis of the instructional Process

A consideration of the rational basis for effective
teaching and the nature of the educational process.
Learning theory is related to the various strategies
and activities that can be implemented with a learn-
ing situation to meet the needs of the learners, in-
cluding those with special needs. Alternative ap-
proaches, research results, and theoretical
constructs are employed to help extend the pro-
spective teacher's concepts of the educational proc-
ess and the role of the teacher in it.

ED 3401 Fundamentals of Curriculum
Development

An examination of how goals and objectives are
selected and how priorities are determined. Methods
of designing educational programs to meet specified
goals and methods of evaluating educational out-
comes in terms of the goals of the program and
techniques for modifying programs in the light of
such performance.

ED 3402 Methods and Materials for Teaching
Children I

Teaching methods and learning materials used in
teaching children in a number of educational set-
tings. This course will help students establish ob-
jectives, plan and execute appropriate learning ex-
periences, and evaluate outcomes.

Education / 69

ED 3403 Methods and Materials for Teaching
Children II

A continuation of ED 3402. Prereq.: ED 3402 Meth-
ods and Materials for Teaching Children i.
ED 3404 Methods and Materials for Teaching
Adolescents and Adults I

Consideration of specific methods and materials ap-
propriate to teaching adolescents and adults to de-
velop in the students an understanding of the com-
plexities of the materials and methodology of the
teaching-learning process, to encourage within stu-
dents attitudes conducive to and identified with good
tenets of teaching, and to foster in the students
acceptance of the need to grow constantly and to
be aware of the continuing development of our
knowledge of the learning-teaching process.

ED 3405 Methods and Materials for Teaching
Adolescents and Adults II

This course provides for the specific subject areas
to be attended to. Topics covered include techniques
of organizing and presenting lessons, developing
teaching materials, using audiovisual equipment, de-
veloping and implementing evaluation instruments,
and selecting appropriate materials within each field
of interest. (15 hours of field work required.)

ED 3406 Procedures of Evaluation

Consideration is given to evaluation as a process
for the improvement of learning and instruction. The
course concerning itself with such topics as how to
measure and evaluate effective, psychomotor, and
cognitive dimensions of student growth; test con-
struction; collecting and administering standardized
tests; various bases of grading; and methods of re-
porting student progress.

ED 3407 Student Teaching with Related 8 Q.H.

Seminar

A University-arranged practicum of observation and
teaching in schools offering comprehensive pro-
grams within reasonable commuting distance of the
University. Participating on a full-time basis, the stu-
dent is expected to develop planning and commu-
nication abilities within his major field. Biweekly sem-
inars at the University provide additional opportunity
to analyze theory-practice relationships and to ex-
amine generic problems of teaching. Prereq.: Course
in child or adolescent psychology; successful com-
pletion of all course work in the nondegree program.
(Open only to students in the nondegree Curriculum
and Instruction program.)

ED 3408 The Evolution of Curriculum Theory and
Practice

Examination from a historical perspective of the cur-
riculum of the American school as an evolutionary
process resulting in part from conflict between sub-
ject-oriented and student-oriented curricula, tradi-
tionalists and revisionists, behaviorism and psycho-
dynamism, and the interplay of forces generated by
students, teachers, administrators, and other inter-
ested groups. Present curricula will be analyzed as

the outcomes of such influences and trends for fu-
ture developments will be hypothesized. Hence, the
course will also focus on the process of curriculum
development and the product of that development.
ED 3409 Seminar in Curriculum: Alternative
Designs

Identification and analysis of problems in curriculum
and instruction in light of the forces affecting the
curriculum with the student's area of specialization;
design and implementation of solutions to such
problems; evaluation and field testing, where feasi-
ble, of these solutions. Prereq.: ED 3408 The Evo-
lution of Curriculum Theory and Practice.

ED 3411 Seminar in Instruction: Alternative
Designs

Methods of inventing or adapting methods of teach-
ing to make them appropriate to the demands of the
curriculum, the needs of the students, the capabili-
ties of the teachers, the expectations of the com-
munity, and the resources of the school or college.
This course will help the student identify the criteria
by which instructional practices may be selected, by
which they may be evaluated, and by which they may
be developed. Instructional practices include meth-
ods of teaching, designing learning materials, group-
ing students, pacing, scheduling, and evaluating.
Students will have the opportunity to revise existing
resources and to create new resources for instruc-
tion in order to make the implementation of a specific
curriculum more effective. Prereq.: (except for stu-
dents in joint programs with a department in another
college): ED 3409 Seminar in Curriculum: Alternative
Designs (may be taken concurrently); Prep, for stu-
dents in joint programs with a department in another
college is ED 3400 Analysis of the Instructional Proc-
ess or equivalent.

ED 341 2, 341 3 Seminar in the State 8 Q.H.

of the Art and Field Project

Students will examine the current curricular and in-
structional issues in specific teaching areas or lev-
els, hypothesizing and projecting possible future di-
rections in curriculum and instruction in these areas;
integration of the results of these inquiries into co-
herent understandings of the state of the art in these
areas and the development of a special project to
be implemented by the students within the context
of their own teaching experiences. Seminars will be
held over a period of two quarters every other week.
Prereq.: Teaching experience.

ED 3414 Seminar in Supervision of
Instruction/Reading

This seminar examines the role of the supervisor and
consultant in organizing and implementing programs.
Aspects include organizational plans, staff supervi-
sion and development, working with parents, and
accommodating special needs children.

ED 3415 Seminar in Supervision of (8 Q.H.)

Instruction Practicum

Students apply the skills learned in the seminar to
a field setting. Student field work is supervised by

70 / Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

an on-site person and a professor. At periodic sem-
inars, projects are selected and discussed. Students
plan the projects and implement these in the field.
Students also plan and carry out a project evaluation.
ED 3420 The English- Language Arts Curriculum
The design and function of the English-language arts
curriculum; selected current issues as they impinge
upon the English language arts curriculum; the de-
sign and function of research in the English lan-
guage arts curriculum. Open to certified or experi-
enced teachers. Prereq.: Permission of instructor.

ED 3421 Literature in the English-Language Arts
Curriculum

The historical-social, psychological, personal, arche-
typal, textual, biographical, and philosophical-moral
aspects of literary study and their relation to the
chronological, thematic, and generic demands of the
literature program; the sources of interest in litera-
ture as they related to the young reader and their
implications for the English-language arts curricu-
lum; the interrelatedness of literature and other com-
ponents of the English-language arts curriculum.
Each student will identify and investigate an area of
individual interest. Prereq.: ED 3420 The Englisti-
language arts curriculum or permission of instructor

ED 3422 Writing in the English-Language Arts
Curriculum

The cognitive and effective bases of imaginative and
nonimaginative w/riting; the role of w/riting in the re-
lationship between self and object; modes of imag-
inative and nonimaginative writing appropriate to the
young writer; the impulse to expression in the young
writer and its implications for the English-language
arts curriculum; the interrelatedness of writing and
other components of the English-language arts cur-
riculum. Each student will identify and investigate an
area of individual interest. Prereq.: ED 3420 The
English-language arts curriculum or permission of
instructor

ED 3423 Language in the English-Language
Arts Curriculum

An examination of the multiple dimensions of lan-
guage study in the English-language arts curricu-
lum; the role of inquiry in the study of language and
its implications for the English-language arts curric-
ulum; theories of grammar and their relation to the
study of language in the English-language arts cur-
riculum; the interrelatedness of language and the
other components of the English-language arts cur-
riculum. Each student will identify and investigate an
area of individual interest. Prereq.: ED 3420 The
English-Language Arts Curriculum or permission of
instructor

ED 3424 Topics in English-Language Arts
Education

An investigation of a matter of immediate concern
to English-language arts education, but for which no
organized study is ordinarily available. Typical topics
include media in the English-language arts program,
behavioral objectives in the English-language arts

program, the English-language arts program for the
disadvantaged. Each year the seminar topic for that
year is announced prior to registration.

ED 3425 English as a Second Language I

First course in teaching ESL, introducing the basic
linguistic, cultural, and psychological concepts. Anal-
ysis of current approaches to teaching ESL locally
and internationally from the standpoint of diagnosis,
grouping, use of particular methods, and materials.
Observations of local ongoing ESL programs will be
included. Prereq.: ED 3453 Diagnosis and Remedia-
tion of Reading and Language Disabilities I or per-
mission of instructor

ED 3426 English as a Second Language II

Second course in the ESL sequence v/hich empha-
sizes innovative means in teaching ESL. Specific
projects according to student need and interest will
be developed; supervised clinical work. Prereq.: ED
3425 English as a Second Language I.

ED 3427 Literature and Materials Seminar

Literature for children, adolescents, and adults; the
sources of interest in literature as they relate to the
reader; the interrelatedness of literature and other
components of the language arts program; investi-
gation of materials available. Students will develop
projects related to their needs and interests.

ED 3430 History and the Social Studies in the
School Curriculum

Permits the student to explore some of the funda-
mental concepts of anthropology, sociology, eco-
nomics, political science, and history. Emphasis will
be given to the interrelatedness of disciplines and
to the extraction of operating principles from those
that aid in the analyses of social problems. As a
consequence of such analyses, the student should ~
be equipped to find a greater variety of conceptual
relationships with the historical social science field.
From there a framework for evolving courses of study
may be generated. Prereq.: Teaching experience or
certification.

ED 3431 Social Science Materials Seminar

A curriculum course wherein the knowledge previ-
ously acquired will be used to establish criteria for
the selection and development of curriculum mate-
rials. All materials of instruction will be viewed as
means of implementation of objectives relating to
specific social science concepts and skills. An effort
will be made to personalize and concretize abstract
phenomena and to demonstrate their impact on the
quality of human lives. Students will examine and
analyze prepared curricula and will be asked to de-
velop original materials that include provision for the
integration of a variety of thinking, reading, and social
skills. Prereq.: Teaching experience or certification.

ED 3432 Seminar in Current issues in the Social
Studies

A content approach to problems of political, eco-
nomic, and social significance which have contem-
porary relevance for teachers of the social sciences.

Education / 71

ED 3440 Remediation in Mathematics

An effective approach to the teaching of mathemat-
ics; diagnosis and remediation of difficulties, alter-
native teaching methods, techniques for the im-
provement of student skills and of student attitudes
tov^^ard mathematics.

ED 3442 Seminar in Mathematics Education

Students are expected to analyze a mathematics
learning problem, to investigate relevant research,
and to prepare materials embodying their own pro-
posed solutions. Prereq.: Permission of instructor.

ED 3444 Implementing Change in Science and
Mathematics Education

The planning, organization, and execution of in-serv-
ice experiences for teachers, related to all phases of
science and mathematics education from subject mat-
ter courses to curriculum planning to materials work-
shops. Prereq.: Teaching experience or certification.

ED 3450 Foundations of Developmental Reading

Reading and writing as the receiving and generating
of language; current developmental reading, writing,
and related language skills; selected research find-
ings bearing on relevant topics. (This course includes
ten hours of observation or other field experience.)

ED 3451 Language and Reading

Introductory course in linguistics with emphasis on
implications for reading and language instruction.
Topics include the nature of language, introduction
to the development of syntax, phonology and se-
mantics, English orthography, the grammar of child
language, and dialectology. Prereq.: ED 0450 Foun-
dations of Developmental Reading or consent of
instructor.

ED 3452 Current Issues in Reading and Language

Three or four topics of current interest in reading
and language education are investigated in depth
over a three- or four-week period each during the
quarter. Typical topics might include lectures and
reading on sexism in reading materials. Chapter 766
and its implications for reading and language edu-
cation, "back to basics," reading and language in
the open and alternative education program, prob-
lems of illiteracy, bilingual and bicultural education
and reading/language instruction.

ED 3453 Diagnosis and Remediation 6f Reading
and Language Disabilities I

Reading and language disabilities; causes and cor-
relates of disability; language differences; aspects
of measurement; diagnostic and corrective proce-
dures in reading, writing, and related language skills;
selected research findings bearing on relevant top-
ics. Prereq.: ED 3450 foundations of Developmental
Reading.

ED 3454 Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading
and Language Disabilities II

Second course in Fteading and Language Disabili-
ties, including an examination of selected models of
language processes; cognitive and effective dimen-
sions; problems in language pathology; and other

learning disabilities, including academic, perceptual-
motor, and neurological areas. Prereq.: ED 3453 Di-
agnosis and Remediation of Reading and Language
Disabilities I and ED 3457 Clinical Practicum in
Reading.

ED 3455 Teaching Reading in Junior and Senior
High School

Developmental or corrective reading programs at the
secondary level. Development of reading rate, com-
prehension, interpretation, and study skills in the
content areas.

ED 3456 Teaching Reading to the Deaf

Modern methods in use, such as the Rtzgerald Key
and the Natural Language Approach. Emphasis is
on using language in natural situations through lip
reading and writing, with later emphasis on the for-
mal presentation of language principles. Methods
used to develop reading experiences that focus on
content rather than mechanics are also covered as
well as considerations appropriate to the develop-
ment of a balanced reading program that provides
adequate motivation, a wide variety of rich materials,
a well-organized sequence of reading experiences,
and provisions for evaluation.
ED 3457 Clinical Practicum in Reading
Practicum in clinical experience, tutoring children
and adults with severe reading disabilities in the
Reading Clinic for a total of seventy hours under
close staff supervision. A one-hour seminar follows
each tutoring session for purposes of discussion
and case presentation. Diagnosis, lesson plans, daily
logs, complete case history, and final progress eval-
ution are required of each student. Prereq.: ED 3450
foundations of Developmental Reading.

ED 3458 Reld Practicum in Reading

Eighty-hour field practicum offers students the op-
portunity to apply consulting and remediation skills
in a school setting. Students may consult with teach-
ers on the implementation of developmental and cor-
rective reading and on reading in the content areas
and also may provide diagnostic and remediation to
pupils having special needs in reading. Prereq.: ED
3453 Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading and
Language Disabilities I and ED 3457 Clinical Practi-
cum in Reading.

ED 3461 Bilingual Education, Methods, and
Materials

An introductory course in the problems, programs,
and principles of bilingual/bicultural education. Em-
phasis will be on the current methods and materials
used in programs nationally and internationally. Cur-
ricular aspects of bilingual/bicultural programs will
be studied, as well as available research. Prereq.:
SOA 3135 Language and Communication, ENG 1118
Introduction to Linguistics, ENG 3404 Language and
Its Structure, ED 3451 Language and Reading, or SLA
3650 Social Dialectology.

72 / Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

ED 3462 Seminar: Ethnicity and Today's School
Curriculum

Students will briefly review aspects of the history and
culture of some ethnic groups to explore the unique
manner in which certain universal needs are mani-
fested. Prepared curricular materials, as well as au-
thentic literary, visual, and artifact materials, will be
analyzed, evaluated, and related to developed cri-
teria, goals, and potential curricular impact in pro-
jecting the aforementioned cross-cultural needs or
themes. Students will be asked to select, organize,
and, as necessary, develop independent materials
and strategies appropriate for classroom use. Efforts
will be made to categorize developed units of work
on various ethnic groups which appear to have sig-
nificant parallel dimensions according to predeter-
mined categories.

ED 3463 Urban Education: An Introduction to
Teaching in City Schools

An introductory course offering students an overview
of urban education, especially in the public schools.
The demography of city schools is studied as a basis
for identifying diverse special education needs of the
multicultural population, such as ESL, bilingual ed-
ucation, and BSD. Study includes an overview and
investigation of current curricular patterns related to
this area of education. Readings, guest speakers,
and first-hand observations of selected schools and
programs are included in the course content.

ED 3470 Teaching Adults: Methods and Materials

Designed to help prepare participants to instruct
adults in a variety of academic and nonacademic
settings, the course emphasizes the skills and knowl-
edge necessary to identify objectives, plan and ex-
ecute appropriate lesson plans in keeping with stu-
dents' requirements, develop curricula in a variety of
settings, and evaluate students' performance. Class
activities include the presentation of both theory and
application through selected case studies that ex-
emplify adult teaching in different environments. Par-
ticipants also have the opportunity to acquire the
necessary skills for developing individual models of
adult teaching behavior to suit various circumstances.

ED 3471 Methods and Materials in Adult Literacy

This course will introduce students to some current
diagnostic and instructional approaches to the func-
tionally and totally illiterate adult. Current methods
and materials will be analyzed and evaluated. Special
projects may include the development of informal
diagnostic instruments and/or instructional materials
for particular adult learners. An overview of national
and world literacy problems and programs will also
be offered.

ED 3482 Principles of Programmed Instruction

The development and current status of self-instruc-
tional devices. A survey of available programs and
teaching machines, including audiovisual machines,
with emphasis on the details of the construction and
evaluation of programs.

ED 3484 Selection and Utilization of Instructional
Material

This course deals with all aspects of instructional
media, surveying types, techniques, advantages, lim-
itations, sources, and methods of using materials
and equipment in specified areas. Emphasis is on
the selection of appropriate media (print and non-
print) to suit given learning objectives. Laboratory
experience in operation of equipment and the pro-
duction of instructional materials is provided.

ED 3486 Developing Multimedia Learning
Packages

During this course each student will produce a mul-
timedia (print and nonprint) instructional package for
individualized learning.

ED 3800 Directed Study

ED 3801 Thesis

A research activity that may be elected by the stu-
dent in lieu of two courses (8 quarter hours), with
the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

ED 3821 Workshop in Elementary Education

(See general workshop description on page 86.)

ED 3822 Workshop in Secondary Education

(See general workshop description on page 86.)

ED 3825 Institute in Elementary Education

(See general institute description on page 86.)

ED 3826 Institute in Secondary Education

(See general institute description on page 86.)

Educational Administration

ED 3500 Leadership in Educatk>n, Part I

Part I of a two-term core course designed to intro-
duce the student to concepts of formal organization.
This core, consisting of a two-part sequence, is
prerequisite to further study in the Department of
Educational Administration. Part I may provide the
student with an overview of formal organizations as
social systems, with emphasis given to the leader-
ship function. Relationships between individuals and
organizations are considered. Communications and
decision-making functions I are analyzed and
examined.

Education / 73

ED 3501 Leadership in Education, Part 11

Part II continues an emphasis on the leadership
function in organizations. It examines selected infor-
mal organization elements such as motivation, nor-
mative order, social power, conflict, conformity, and
creativity. Attention is given to processes of change
and innovation in organizations. Prereq.: ED 3500
must be completed before enrollment in ED 3501.

ED 3502 Instructional Leadership: Curriculum
Development and Supervision

This course views the responsibilities of administra-
tive personnel relating to the improvement of curric-
ular and instructional practices. Evaluative tech-
niques, inservice education, supervisory procedures,
and innovative programs are among the areas' of
consideration. Students may have the opportunity to
become engaged in supervisory projects individually
or in small teams. Prereq.: ED 3500 and ED 3501,
or permission of instructor

Certain of the following courses in Educational Admin-
istration may be open only to CAGS and doctoral
degree candidates or by special permission of the
department chairperson, granted prior to registration.

ED 3503 Current Issues in Educational
Administration

A seminar required of all students pursuing the CAGS.
Critical and contemporary issues which face admin-
istrators will be examined. The status of the admin-
istrator; federal, state, and local revenue sources;
accountability; teacher militancy; equal educational
opportunity; controls of schools; and urban educa-
tion problems are examples of topics that will be
analyzed.

ED 3504 Human Relations Skills for
Administrators

This course offers students the opportunity to ex-
amine methods of diagnosing problems and re-
sponding in management contexts; analyzing the
norms, influence patterns, roles, and control systems
of organizations; performing some of the critical skills
required in the leadership of human organizations;
and managing an intervention for the purpose of
solving an organizational problem. Prereq.: CRS 3405
Group Dynamics or equivalent.

ED 3505 The Process of Administration

A course required of all students pursuing the CAGS.
Case analysis and group activity will be utilized to
gain insight into such areas as the improvement of
organizational morale, professional job satisfaction,
and current issues of involvement and conflict. Stu-
dents will also examine alternative courses of action
to cope with problematical events confronting edu-
cational administrators.

ED 3506 Administration of Early Childhood
Education

This course will include the study of significant ele-
ments of administration unique to the planning, im-
plementation, and operation of an early childhood
education center. Areas of concern are funding
sources, intra-institutional relationships, patterns for

designing early childhood programs, onsite visita-
tions, modes of private governance, use of plant,
student and teacher placement, role of volunteers,
and related topics. Prereq.: ED 3500 and ED 3501.

ED 3507 Administration of the Elementary School

A survey of the operational tasks performed by the
elementary school administrator. Included will be
school-community relations, student personnel, staff
personnel, curriculum and instruction, physical fa-
cilities, finance and business management, and or-
ganizational structure. Prereq.: ED 3500, ED 3501,
or permission of instructor

ED 3508 Administration of the Secondary School

A survey of the operational tasks performed by the
secondary school administrator Included will be
school-community relations, student personnel, staff
personnel, curriculum and instruction, physical fa-
cilities, finance and business management, and or-
ganizational structure. Prereq.: ED 3500, ED 3501,
or permission of instructor
ED 3509 Administration of Two-Year Colleges
Emergence of the community college movement in
the United States, administrative structures and gov-
ernance, the role of faculty in planning, the student
population and related student personnel services
will be examined. Particular emphasis is placed upon
the identification and utilization of community re-
sources in curriculum development and the college's
total relationships with the community in which it
exists. The two-year technical institute and both
publicly and privately supported junior colleges will
be studied. Reld visits are an integral part of course
requirements.

ED 3510 Academic Administration in Higher
Education

Recruitment of properly qualified faculty and staff is
only one problem of the academic administrator. This
course will also consider the problems of pupil serv-
ices, admissions, athletics, curriculum development,
accreditation, instructional resources, registration and
scheduling, faculty organization, continuing educa-
tion, faculty rights and responsibilities, and personnel
policies.

ED 351 1 Administration of Cooperative Education

An examination of significant elements in the plan-
ning, implementation, and operation of a cooperative
education program. Areas of concern include agents
for institutional change, intrainstitutional relation-
ships, program costs and funding sources, cooper-
ative education calendars, development of cooper-
ative work assignments, relationships with cooperative
employers, and operational policies.
ED 3512 Administration of Adult and Continuing
Education

The historical development of adult and part-time
education, with attention to the present status and
trends for the future, will be studied, with emphasis
on the administration of these programs. A variety
of adult educational programs in schools, colleges,
junior colleges, religious agencies, social service or-
ganizations, business and industry, and professional

74 / Boston-Bouv6 College of Human Development Professions

organizations will be included, focusing on planning,
implementing, administering, financing, and evaluat-
ing such programs.
ED 351 3 Problems in Urban School
Administration

Tfiis course examines the problems of educational
administration in the complex city school system with
emphasis on solutions to educational problems
caused t>y the unique demographic characteristics
of the city.

ED 3514 Administration of Experiential Education
Programs

This course will focus on the planning, organizing,
budgeting, implementing, and evaluating of exper-
iential education programs, with particular emphasis
on work-related programs in a variety of countries.
An examination of the development and operation of
such programs as cooperative education, coopera-
tive work experience, external degree, "sandwich
courses," "enseignement en alternance," study serv-
ice, and other work/school arrangements wilt lead
to discussion of the administrative problems involved.
Additional topics may include off-campus learning,
administrative involvement in assessment, appropri-
ate supervision techniques, and the development of
a rationale for work in the curriculum.

ED 3515 The Administrator's Role in Supervision
and Evaluation

The course examines the leadership role as it relates
to supervision and evaluation. Through role playing,
case analysis, and the use of videotapes, students
have the opportunity to engage in activities typically
required of building or unit administrators. A variety
of supjervisory and evaluation techniques and for-
mats appropriate to both formative and summative
evaluations are presented for examination.

ED 3516 Administration and Supervision of
Special Education

Designed for advanced graduate students preparing
for administrative or supervisory positions in special
education programs. Facilities and curriculum ad-
justments, staff roles, methods and content for in-
service training, and the use of the team approach
are studied. Reld trips to observe and evaluate pro-
grams may be required.

ED 3517 Simulated Problems: Elementary School
Administration

The course is designed to place each student in a
simulated decision-making situation as a principal
or administrator of an elementary school. Back-
ground materials have been prepared which de-
scribe all aspects of a school system, including its
publics, its policies, its certified and noncertified staff
members, and its geographical and socioeconomic
makeup. These background data may be dissemi-
nated through motion pictures, film strips, and taped
interviews with influential people in the community,
as well as through written materials. Prereq.: ED
3500, ED 3501, or permission of instructor.

ED 351 8 Simulated Problems: Secondary School
Administration

The course is designed to place each student in a
simulated decision-making situation as a principal
or administrator of a secondary school. Background
materials have been prepared which describe ail
aspects of a school system, including its publics, its
policies, its certified and noncertified staff members,
and its geographical and socioeconomic makeup.
These background data may be disseminated through
motion pictures, film strips, and taped interviews with
influential people in the community, as well as through
written materials. Prereq.: ED 3500, ED 3501, or
permission of instructor

ED 3521 Problems in College Administration: A
Simulated Experience

This seminar is designed to place each student in
simulated decision-making situations as an admin-
istrator of a college or junior college. Background
materials have been prepared which describe many
aspects of a college, including its policies, the makeup
of its faculty and student body, its financial situation,
the community it serves, and its board of control.
Prereq.: ED 3528 Financial Management in Higher
Education or permission of instructor

ED 3522 Simulated Problems: Administration of
Occupational and Career Education

Each student is confronted with a series of simulated
decision-making situations such as those which are
usually faced by administrators of programs in the
area of occupational and career education. Read-
ings, audiovisual material, and class interactions con-
stitute the design of this course.

ED 3523 Seminar in Educational Administration

A culminating experience for students majoring in
school administration at the master's level. The stu-
dent is confronted with major issues facing the school
and its administrators. Emphasis is placed upon ap-
plying knowledge gained in previous administrative
courses to an understanding of contemporary edu-
cation problems. Prereq.: ED 3500, ED 3501, or
permission of instructor

ED 3524 Seminar in Occupational and Career
Education

Students will be confronted with a sampling of the
major issues facing administrators and supervisors
of occupational and career education programs in
their efforts to organize, promote, and operate such
programs. Emphasis will be placed on applying the
knowledge acquired in previous courses and other
program experiences to arrive at an understanding
of contemporary occupational and career education
problems and their solutions.

ED 3525 Personnel Administration

The purposes, patterns, and issues in personnel
administration are the major considerations of the
course. Study will include the skills, attitudes, and
knowledge which an institutional staff needs to have
and which are essential to the accomplishments of
organizational goals. Personnel administration pro-

Education/ 75

grams and problems will serve as the focus for the
course.

ED 3526 Educational Rnance

The study of school finance deals with the principles
and problems of financing education, and also con-
siders the basic concepts of economics relative to
the place of school finance in the field of public
finance. The sources and rationale for public support
of schools are examined. Selected state and federal
aid programs, capital outlay programs, current prac-
tices and issues of local support, and bond issue
campaigns are included in this study.

ED 3527 School Business Management

Practices and issues in the administration of school
business affairs are the major concerns of the course.
The role of the school business administrator and
the educational budget will be examined. Attention
will be paid to principles of budget preparation and
development, purchasing, supply management and
distribution, school accounting and data-processing
systems, auditing, financial reporting and manage-
ment of payroll, transportation programs, and school
food services, and the operation and maintenance
programs for the physical plants. In addition, each
student will be placed in a simulated decision-mak-
ing situation. Background materials have been pre-
pared describing aspects of a fictitious school sys-
tem, including its publics, policies, and other relevant
information. Each student may have the opportunity
to deal with matters typically faced by the school
business administrator.

ED 3528 Financial Management in Higher
Education

This course seeks to combine a knowledge of fund-
raising activities with the study of proper financial
management in higher educational institutions. The
problems of fund raising for both public and private,
two- and four-year institutions will be considered.
Modern techniques of budget preparation and con-
trol may include purchasing, school accounting, data
processing, providing benefits for faculty, financial
reporting, food services, housing, and operation and
maintenance of the physical plant.

ED 3529 School Plant Planning, Operation, and
Maintenance

This course seeks to have the student develop a
basic understanding of the processes involved in the
planning, maintenance, and operation of school
plants. Such items as educational specifications, the
process of school construction, techniques for pro-
viding clean, safe, and healthy environments for the
teaching-learning process, along with the selection,
assignment, and supervision of custodial and main-
tenance staff will be involved. Statutes or regulations
pertaining to these processes used by state and
local regulatory bodies will also be reviewed. Con-
sideration will be given to issues related to declining
enrollments and school closings.

ED 3530 Institutional Planning and Facilities

This course will consider the planning of new col-
leges as well as the expansion and maintenance of
existing ones. Systems analysis, needs surveys, and

development of educational specifications for college
facilities will constitute half of the course. The other
half will involve studying the operation and mainte-
nance of the physical plant, including provisions for
housing, safety, parking, communications, and health
service.

ED 3531 Systems Theory in Education

This course is required of all students pursuing the
CAGS. The course provides the student with an in-
troduction to general systems concepts and termi-
nology as well as the implications of systems theory
to leadership and administration. Topics include sys-
tems applications such as input/output analysis,
PERT, feedback monitoring and response, flowchart
logic, and the computer as a system. Consideration
is given to systems study as a method of planning
and evaluation.

ED 3532 Organizationa! Analysis

Open only to advanced graduate students, this
course will include examination of different ap-
proaches used to define traits or characteristics of
formal organization. Special emphasis will be placed
on the application of models, typologies, and
schemes to identify structural or procedural defi-
ciencies in bureaucratic social systems. Prereq.: Per-
mission of instructor.

ED 3534 School-Community Relations

This course includes the study and design of school-
community relations programs based on the princi-
ples and practices of the intercommunications be-
tween the school and its several publics. Selected
research findings relative to public relations pro-
grams in business, industry, and governmental agen-
cies will be reviewed in addition to those involving
educational systems. Stress will be placed on the
role of the administrator in the development of a
comprehensive program of school community rela-
tions to the administrative unit.

ED 3535 School Law

The student will be expected to develop a basic
understanding of federal and state laws that apply
to school systems, educational programs, and per-
sonnel, as well as of the legal prerogatives available
to the practicing administrator and the local boards
of education. This study will include consideration
of the constitutional, statutory, and common-law
foundations of educational systems and the school
administrator's role with respect to them.

ED 3536 Collective Negotiations in Education

This course is designed to provide prosp»ective ad-
ministrators and those already engaged in admin-
istration with knowledge of the collective negotiation
process and collective negotiation strategies and
tactics* Designed as a systems approach to collec-
tive negotiations, simulation exercises and cases will
be used to provide practical exercises for students.
When arrangements can be made, guest lecturers
experienced in collective negotiations will be invited
to the seminar.

E 3537 Program Planning and Workshop Design

Administrators who wish to be effective must know
the techniques for directing client-needs assess-

76 / Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

ment. This course presents a variety of strategies
designed to help students develop skill at assessing
client needs, followed by discussions regarding ways
in which these needs are translated into program/
workshop objectives. The administrator's role in pro-
gram and workshop design, with emphasis on man-
aging the learning activities, is demonstrated through
student involvement in administrative activities. At-
tention is devoted to the variety of settings in which
adult-education administrators work, including ed-
ucational institutions, business and industry, govern-
mental agencies, and human-service organizations.

ED 3538 Securing and Administering Grants in
Education

This course is designed to provide school adminis-
trators with knowledge of fund raising for educational
purposes and supervisory techniques for funded
programs. Designed as a systems approach to
grantsmanship, the course will emphasize the meth-
ods and techniques of fund raising, program plan-
ning, and proposal writing.

ED 3540 Typologies of Higher Education

A study of the types of higher educational institu-
tions, with emphasis on organizational structure,
modes of governance, and administration. The his-
tory of higher education, particularly the develop-
ment of colleges, universities, and junior colleges in
the United States, will be considered to provide per-
spective for the modern college administrator. Im-
portant issues and the problems they present for
administrators will provide the major focus of this
course.

ED 3541 Innovation and Change

A course required of all students pursuing the CAGS.
Major emphasis is upon administrative strategies in
effecting structural alterations, curricular organiza-
tion, and instructional techniques. The nature of these
alterations varies with the particular problems rele-
vant to the issues that receive consideration.
ED 3542 Politics and Educational Decision Making
This course examines federal, state, and local gov-
ernmental arrangements and political processes
which influence educational policies of school sys-
tems. Emphasis is given to the application of political
science concepts and research methods to educa-
tional policy-making processes and to the political
environment surrounding the educational
administrator.

ED 3543 Directed Reld Experiences in the
Administration of the Elementary School

Required of all master's candidates who major in
school administration. Study and discussion of ad-
ministrative functions may be coordinated with se-
lected field trips to administrative settings and with
guest lectures by practicing elementary school ad-
ministrators. These experiences usually involve visits
to such settings as an elementary school, a middle
school, a superintendent's office, a school committee
meeting, and appropriate federal and state agencies.
In addition, each student will be expected to partic-

ipate in an administrative field experience in an el-
ementary setting for a minimum of four hours per
week. Prereq.: ED 3500 or permission of instructor

ED 3544 Directed Field Experiences in the
Administration of the Secondary School

A companion course to ED 3543, required of all
master's candidates in school administration. Study
and discussion of administrative functions may be
coordinated with selected field trips to administrative
settings and with guest lectures by practicing sec-
ondary school administrators. These experiences are
aimed at educational agencies at the secondary level
and may include visits to a comprehensive high
school, a junior high school, a regional vocational-
technical school, a superintendent's office, a school
committee meeting, and appropriate federal and state
agencies. In addition, each student will be required
to participate in an administrative field experience in
a secondary school for a minimum of four hours
each week. Prereq.: ED 3500 or permission of in-
structor (ED 3544 may be a continuation of ED 3543
or may precede it.)

ED 3545 Administrative internship

This is an individualized offering involving supervised
observations, internships, externships, and seminars
in educational administration. It is designed to pro-
vide further practical experience in the student's
area of administrative preparation. The administrative
internship program must be worked out with the
adviser not later than the end of the second week
of the quarter preceding the quarter during which
the internship will take place.

ED 3546 Special Education Administrative
Internship

An individualized offering for students preparing for
administrative roles in areas of special education.
The course offers experiences in supervised obser-
vations, internships, externships, and seminars in
special education administration. The administrative
internship program must be worked out with the
student's adviser not later than the end of the second
week of the quarter preceding that in which the
internship is to take place.

ED 3800 Directed Study

ED 3801 Thesis

A research activity that may be selected by the
student in lieu of two courses (8 quarter hours), with
the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies / 77

ED 3806, 3807, 3808 Doctoral Seminar in
Leadership; Administration and Supervision
I, II, III

A series of three seminars required of all students
pursuing the Ed.D. degree. The dialogues in these
courses will used an interdisciplinary approach to
explore complex behavioral and structural interac-
tions found in formal organizations. Major emphasis
will be placed upon integrating theoretical concerns
with practical administrative functioning.

This sequence of seminars is viewed primarily as
a pooling of the results of extensive individual stu-
dent research and activities and is aimed at giving
the student an overview of all aspects of the insti-
tution he or she will be leading. (These seminars
open only to students who have been accepted to a
doctoral program.)

ED 3809 Doctoral Dissertation

Prereq.: Admission to candidacy in the Doctor of Ed-
ucation degree program.

ED 3823 Workshop in Administration

(See general workshop description on page 86.)

ED 3827 Institute in Educational Administration

(See general institute description on page 86.)

Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies

HSL 3500 Health Issues: Implications for
Education

An analysis of selected major health issues in health
education. Emphasis is on the importance of current
research findings to health education programs in a
variety of settings.

HSL 3501 School Health Education Curriculum

A study of selected curricula for school health pro-
grams, emphasizing the organization of curriculum
components into an effective approach to health pro-
motion and disease prevention in the school setting.
An attempt is made to relate course activities to the
needs of Massachusetts schools.

HSL 3502 Educational Strategies in Health
Education

An analysis of contemporary educational techniques,
concepts, and approaches of importance to the
health educator in a school, community health
agency, or medical setting, the use of educational
diagnosis in determining appropriate educational
strategies is emphasized as the major means of
preventing health problems and improving health
status. Health behavior models are presented as a
basis for educational diagnosis.

HSL 3503 Contemporary World Health

A survey of the state of the world's health, the prog-
ress which has been made in improving global health
status, and the difficulties yet to be overcome. The
importance of "partners in health," as opposed to
the solitary research worker, in reaching the current
health needs is emphasized. Study includes an ex-
amination of the contributions of WHO, UNESCO,
UNICEF, and FAO.

HSL 3504 Environmental Health

A review of the regional, national, and international
status of the environment and its impact upon indi-
vidual and community health. Major focus is on de-

veloping an understanding of the etiology of envi-
ronmental problems such as overpopulation, pollution
of air and water, radiation exposure, noise, and waste
disposal.

HSL 3505 Consumer Health

Analysis and evaluation of the concepts involved in
the careful selection of health products and services.
Areas for student exploration and study projects in-
clude decision making relative to the selection of
health products and services, evaluating advertising,
quackery, and protection against useless or dan-
gerous products through consumer organizations.

HSL 3506 Nutrition

A study of dietary nutrients and their influence on
the health status of individuals at various stages of
the life cycle. Prereq.: Anatomy and Physiology or
permission of instructor

HSL 3600 Administration of Physical Education
and Athletics

Physical education and athletics discussed as an
entity consistent with the current emphasis on unity,
economy, and equal opportunity. Modern practices
and principles of general administration applied to
problems of staffing, scheduling, budgeting, collec-
tive bargaining, personnel welfare, program devel-
opment, and public relations. All levels of education
and the broad spectrum of programs common to
physical education and athletics are considered.

HSL 3605 Problems in Contemporary Athletics for
Men and Women

Current problems, practices, and national issues
pertinent to the conduct of athletic competition. Na-
tional, state, and conference organizations are
studied.

78 / Boston-Bouv6 College of Human Development Professions

HSL 3606 Applied Evaluation in Curriculum and
Instruction

Application of current educational evaluation theory
to concepts of instruction and curriculum develop-
ment in physical education. Includes formative and
summative measures applied to the improvement of
instruction, assessment of process and product in
the educational program, interaction analysis. Prereq.:
HSL 3501 or HSL 3644.

HSL 3608 Advances in Instructbnal Concepts

Current practices in, and a search for new ap-
proaches to instruction in physical education. In-
cludes analysis of teaching and learning styles, avail-
able instructional technology and the implementa-
tion of instructional designs in physical education
classes.

HSL 3609 Physical Education for Students with
Special Needs

Study of the movement problems and characteristics
of special-needs populations. Assessment, planning,
instruction, and evaluation practices recommended
for work with special-needs students in physical ed-
ucation classes. Prereq.: Adapted Physical Educatior)
or permission of instructor

HSL 3610 Management of Adapted Movement
Performance Programs

Analysis of legal, behavioral, and environmental con-
cepts related to specialized physical education/mo-
tor development programs and investigation of na-
tional management systems. Prereq.: HSL 3609 or
HSL 3442 or equivalent graduate course.

HSL 3615 Anatomic Kinesiology

A study of the human musculoskeletal system and
its relationship to human movement patterns. Elec-
tromyography is used in assessing muscle-move-
ment relationships. Current electromyographic re-
search and techniques are investigated. Prereq.:
Kinesiology or permission of instructor

HSL 3616 Mechanical Analysis of Sport

Application of mechanics of motion to the analysis
of human motion. Emphasis is placed on cinematog-
raphy and film analysis procedures in teaching and
research. Prereq.: HSL 3615 Anatomic Kinesiology
or permission of instructor

HSL 361 7 Physical Fitness Appraisal and
Guidance

Physical fitness screening tests and procedures, de-
velopmental programs, fitness-producing activities,
and current trends in testing and research. Prereq.:
Exercise Physiology and tJleasurement and Evaluation
or permission of instructor

HSL 361 8 Exercise in Cardiovascular Health and
Disease

Acute and chronic effects of exercise upon the car-
diovascular, respiratory, metabolic, and muscular
systems. Principles of human performance assess-
ment and exercise prescription applied to adults in
exercise-based prevention, intervention, and post-
coronary programs. Prereq.: Exercise Physiology or
Advanced Physiology

HSL 3619 Electrocardiography

A study of basic and intermediate electrocardiog-
raphy, including cardiac function, lead systems, rate,
rhythm, axis, infarction, ischemia, hypertrophy, ef-
fects of cardiovascular drugs, and purposes and
principles of exercise testing. Prereq.: HSL 3618.

HSL 3620 Laboratory in Exercise Testing and
Prescription

Practicum in graded exercise testing, including de-
termination of EKG, blood pressure, pulmonary, and
metabolic response to exercise; pulmonary function
testing; assessment of body composition; and tests
of muscular strength, endurance, and flexibility; pre-
scription of exercise for persons in cardiopulmonary
prevention, intervention, and rehabilitation programs.
Students are expected to do fieldwork as exercise
technicians and leaders in prevention and/or reha-
bilitation programs. As part of the course require-
ments, each student must conduct a laboratory proj-
ect. Prereq.: HSL 3618 and HSL 3607 (HSL 3607
may be taken concurrently).

HSL 3621 Advanced Cardiovascular Physiology

A review of the current knowledge of cardiovascular
function relating the physiology of the circulatory
system in its normal, diseased, and stressed states.
The interaction between the components of the sys-
tem will be emphasized. Current research topics will
be covered. Prereq.: HSL 3618 Exercise in Cardio-
vascular Health and Disease.

HSL 3622 Cardiovascular Pharmacodynamics in
Exercise Physiology

A study of the current medications used in the treat-
ment of congestive heart failure, coronary artery dis-
ease, arrhythmias, angina, and hypertension; the ef-
fects of these medications during acute and chronic
exercise; and cardiac emergency medications.
Prereq.: HSL 3619 Electrocardiography and PTH 3500
Cardiopulmonary Pathophysiology

HSL 3625 Trauma Assessment and Treatment
in Sport

An investigation of injury pathology evaluative test-
ing, diagnosis, and appropriate treatment modalities.
Prereq.: Undergraduate Athletic Training or experience.

HSL 3626 Reconditioning in Sports Injury

Rehabilitation procedures and techniques appropriate
to the post-injury retraining of athletes. Prereq.:
Adapted Physical Education or permission of
instructor

HSL 3630 Perceptual-Motor Development

A survey of the development of movement control
from birth to maturity. Changes in motor performance
due to age, motor development expected at various
stages, and the interrelations of such factors as
grov\rth, social context, cultural expectation, motor
abilities, and sequential changes in motor control
are examined.

HSL 3631 Movement and the Learning Process

An examination of the scientific method as applied
to the learning and performance of motor skills. The
course surveys a range of theoretical positions and

Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies / 79

includes laboratory experiences as well as the inter-
pretation of motor-learning studies. Major variables
affecting motor learning and performance are ex-
amined from several theoretical standpoints. Prereq.:
HSL 3630 Perceptual-Motor Deyelopment or permis-
sion of instructor

HSL 3632 Early Childhood Motor Patterns

An examination of observational and experimental
aspects of developmental motor learning. The se-
quential development of motor skills and various fac-
tors contributing to motor control development, as
well as current issues in movement development, are
studied. Prereq.: l-iSL 3631 Movement and ttie Learn-
ing Process or permission of instructor

HSL 3640 Comparative Physical Education

Both past and present philosophies and practices
of national and international programs in physical
education are compared. Historical analysis is intro-
duced as a research technique.

HSL 3641 Philosophies in Physical Education and
Sport

An exploration of major philosophies, past and pres-
ent, and their influence on modern physical edu-
cation and sport. Students are expected to delineate
their personal philosophies, explore philosophical
analysis as a research technique, and review phil-
osophical research. Prereq.: Philosoptiy, Piiilosopliy
of Education, or permission of instructor

HSL 3642 Sociobgy of Sport

An analysis of the sociological principles and factors
operative in the interaction between sport and so-
ciety. Pertinent literature and research are reviewed.
Topics of discussion include the pervasiveness of
sport, social stratification, politics, economics, sport
and the mass media, race, women, violence, com-
petition, deviance, subcultures, and sport in the fu-
ture. Prereq.: General Psychology or permission of
instructor

HSL 3643 Psychology of Coaching and Sport

The psychodynamics of the athlete and the coach,
with particular reference to personality, maturation,
motivation, learning, emotions, and perception. Indi-
vidualized projects are required. Prereq.: General
Psychology or permission of instructor

HSL 3650 Planning and Developing Facilities for
Physical Education and Recreation

The principles, terminology, and standards for plan-
ning, constructing, and using indoor and outdoor
facilities for physical education and recreation. In-
tegrated planning among all municipal departments
is stressed.

HSL 3651 Supervision of Professional Personnel

Study of ways of effectively matching the needs of
individuals with those of the organization. Emphasis
on leadership, conflict resolution, and evaluation from
an organizational development perspective.

HSL 3652 Critical Thinking and Evaluation in
Physical Education and Recreation and Leisure
Studies

Investigation of the acquisition of knowledge in two
disciplines. Examination includes evaluating knowl-
edge and practice through experiences in decision
making, logical analysis, and critical thinking.

HSL 3653 Legal issues in Recreation (3 Q.H.)
and Sport

Analysis of recreation and sport from legal, social,
and economic standpoints. Emphasis on the impact
of law and legal principles on recreation and sport.

HSL 3655 Facilities and Operations (3 Q.H.)

Management

Study of the day-to-day work required of operating
managers in selected leisure industry settings. Par-
ticular emphasis is placed on how computer tech-
nology and human relations can best be used to
carry out the operations of an organization.

HSL 3894 Independent Study

Under the guidance and direction of a program ad-
viser, students have the opportunity to develop and
conduct projects related to their professional inter-
ests. Prereq.: written proposal and permission of pro-
gram adviser

HSL 3898, 3899 Seminar/Workshop

Special seminars or workshops in physical education
on topics of timely interest. Graduate credit may be
granted for successful completion of a workshop,
but credit may not be applied toward a degree pro-
gram without the program adviser's approval. A max-
imum of eight quarter hours earned in seminars or
workshops may be applied toward the degree.

HSL 3822, 3823 Seminar/Workshop

Special seminars or workshops in recreation and
leisure studies on topics of timely interest. Graduate
credit may be granted for successful completion of
a workshop, but credit may not be applied toward a
degree program without the program adviser's ap-
proval. A maximum of eight quarter hours earned in
seminars or workshops may be applied toward the
degree.

HSL 3410 Contemporary Theories of Recreation
and Sport

Historical and philosophical perspectives of recre-
ation, sport, and leisure. Special emphasis on change
over time and its implications for the leisure industry.

HSL 341 1 Program Evaluation in Recreation and
Leisure Services

Focuses on comprehensive systems for evaluating
program effectiveness as they relate to the consumer
of recreation and leisure services. Major emphasis
is placed on developing an evaluation system for an
agency of the student's choice. Case studies are
drawn from the public, nonprofit, and commercial
sectors. Required of all students in Recreation and
Leisure Studies.

80 / Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

HSL 3412 Seminar in Contemporary Issues and
Problems in Recreation and Leisure Services

Discussion of national and international issues, cur-
rent trends, and contemporary problems as they af-
fect recreation services. Required of all students in
Recreation and Leisure Studies. Prereq.: HSL 3410.

HSL 3420 Grantsmanship

A seminar in which the student has the opportunity
to develop a grant proposal for submission to a
funding source chosen by the student. Government
and foundation grant programs are explored.

HSL 3421 Budget Analysis

Capital and operating budgets are analyzed using
such techniques as cost-effectiveness and benefit-
cost analysis, forecasting, and present value analy-
sis. The concepts of depreciation, direct and indirect
costs, and service volume are studied as they relate
to pricing decisions. Focus is on improving manage-
ment decisions.

HSL 3422 Administration of Resident Camp
Programs

An in-depth study of staffing, sanitation, and health;
purchasing and storage of food, materials, equip-
ment, and supplies; kitchen management; insurance,
construction, and maintenance of buildings; and pro-
gram areas as they affect resident camping pro-
grams. A study of nationwide goals and trends in
the camping movement is included.

HSL 3423 Advanced Organization and
Administration of Recreation and Leisure Services

Patterns for the implementation of recreation and
leisure services by school systems, voluntary agen-
cies, national service organizations, municipal gov-
ernments, and state and federal agencies investi-
gated in depth.

HSL 3424 Programs in Recreation and Leisure
Services

An examination and evaluation of program content,
leadership, administration, and facilities in recreation
and leisure services sponsored under public, pri-
vate, religious, industrial, and voluntary auspices.

HSL 3425 Public Relations for Recreation and
Leisure Service Agencies

The central purpose of public relations is to influ-
ence public opinion. This course focuses on prac-
tical and ethical aspects of public relations for rec-
reation and leisure service agencies. Case studies
are drawn from the public, nonprofit, and commercial
sectors.

HSL 3426 Politics and Bureaucracy in Recreation
and Leisure Services

Practical problems faced by recreation professionals
in public service are investigated. Students study
relationships between elected officials, bureaucrats,
peers, subordinates, and supervisors in state and
local governments.

HSL 3427 Recreation and the Community School:
Concepts and Practices

The role of recreation studies as an integral part of
programming for the community school. An analysis
of the community school concept with regard to
philosophy, physical plant requirements, personnel,
finance, and community involvement.

HSL 3428 Leisure and Delinquent Behavior

Recreation studied as an intervention strategy to
prevent and rehabilitate delinquent behavior.

HSL 3441 Seminar on Programming in
Therapeutic Recreation

An overview of systems analysis and design tech-
niques and their application. Emphasis is on thera-
peutic recreation planning at the administrative level.
Prereq.: An undergraduate program planning course
in therapeutic recreation.

HSL 3442 Therapeutic Recreation Services for
Individuals with Disabilities

An introduction to the nature and scope of thera-
peutic recreation, including a review of its history
and recent advances in professionalization. The role
of service delivery in various settings and the major
issues confronting this professional specialization are
examined.

HSL 3443 Observations of Therapeutic Recreation
in Treatment Settings

Guided observation sessions under professional su-
pervision in various clinical settings. Group seminars
are held to familiarize students as to the role of the
rehabilitation team. Prereq.: HSL 3442 or permission
of the instructor

HSL 3450 European Mountaineering

An intense six-day course that covers the basic skills
of technical climbing. The course is conducted by
the International School of Mountaineering. English-
speaking guides extend all students to the utmost
of their abilities in various climbing situations: free
climbing;, ice climbing near Chamonix, France; arti-
ficial climbing; or mountain rescue. Climbing is done
in a voluntary, relaxed manner with the purpose of
learning to enjoy the mountains creatively and safely.

HSL 3451 European Backpacking and Orienteering

A practical course in the basics of safe mountain
living and travel on foot. Subjects covered include
group leadership, fauna and flora of the Alpine en-
vironment, mountain geology, mountain first aid, and
orienteering. Students have the opportunity to par-
ticipate in several day hikes in the vicinity of Leysin,
where scenic walking paths abound, and two ex-
tended back-packing trips in contrasting areas of
Switzerland. The European style of back-packing dif-
fers greatly from the traditional American practice of
tenting, employing Alpine huts and refuges.

HSL 3452 Comparative European Recreation

A presentation of recreation, European-style. Guest
lecturers, movies, group discussion, and field trips

Physical Therapy / 81

help to present the Western European approach to
recreation and sport. The critical contemporary is-
sues of facility construction, program structure and
development, government support, and treatment of
special populations are viewed through the European
perspective and compared to the American scene.
Among the topics included are recreation and tour-
ism in a mountain society, the European club system,
Swiss park construction, therapeutic recreation in
Switzerland, mountain rescue, and tourism as a part
of recreation. The outstanding recreation facilities of
Geneva are visited during the course. A written test
and paper are required.

HSL 3820 Practicum in Clinical Recreation

A minimum of seventy-five clock hours of supervised
professional experience, required of those students
who do not have a degree in Recreation and Leisure
Studies or sufficient professional work experience.
Students are assigned as interns to agencies or
institutions that offer services in the area of thera-
peutic recreation and rehabilitation, community and
municipal recreation, or commercial recreation. Credit
not applicable toward degree.

Physical Therapy

(2 Q.H.)

PTH 3510 Cardiac Rehabilitation
Programs Phases I and II

Survey of various cardiac rehabilitation programs,
their objectives, relevant medical considerations,
indications, and contraindications. Topics for exami-
nation include referrals, organizational structure, pro-
posal writing, liabilities, and insurance plans available
for these two phases of rehabilitation. Prereq.: PTH
3560 or permission of instructor.

PTH 3515 Pulmonary Rehabilitation

Programs (2 Q.H.)

Theory and practice of pulmonary therapy. Analysis
of treatment procedures utilized with medical and
surgical respiratory patients. Prereq.: PTH 3560 or
permission of instructor

PTH 3500 Cardiopulmonary Pathophysiology

Lecture and laboratory study of anatomy, physiology,
and pathophysiology for the cardiac and pulmonary
systems as applied to the dysfunction and rehabili-
tation of the cardiopulmonary patient. Prereq.: HSL
3618.

PTH 3505 Cardiopulmonary Diagnostic
Techniques

An overview of the various noninvasive and invasive
techniques for diagnostic purposes, including ex-
amination of these techniques as guidelines useful
in determining the extent of cardiopulmonary dam-
age, work capacity, and residual function. Tech-
niques studied include electrocardiography, systolic
time intervals, pulmonary function, laboratory test
findings, and gas analysis. Prereq.: PTH 3560, HSL
3618, or permission of instructor

PTH 3527 Medical and Surgical Conditions of
Cardiac and Pulmonary Patients

This course is designed to examine current medical
and surgical treatment of cardiac and pulmonary
anomalies and dysfunction. The acute and chronic
disorders which cause these dysfunctions, as well
as their etiologies, symptomatology, and treatment
will be investigated. The techniques of various sur-
gical procedures will be identified as well as the
preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative man-
agement of the patient. The role of the physical
therapist will also be extensively investigated. Prereq.:

h/linimum of one year in cardiopulmonary tlierapy, PTH
3560 Practicum in Physical Ttierapy I, or permission
of instructor

PTH 3530 Basic Applied Neuroanatomy

Study of the human nervous system from a functional
perspective, including analysis of components of the
nervous system as they related to common clinical
problems. Emphasis is placed upon the therapist's
role in recognizing and treating these problems.
Prereq.: Gross Human Anatomy or permission of
instructor

PTH 3535 Advanced Functional Neuroanatomy

Anatomy of the nervous system is studied from a
functional perspective. The course focuses on the
role of the cortex, basal ganglia, thalamus, and cer-
ebellum in regulation of tone control, sensation, and
posture. Current and classic literature will be used.
Prereq.: PTH 3530 Basic Applied Neuroanatomy.

PTH 3540 Advanced Topics in Neurodevelopment

Examination and interpretation of both classic and
current nonhuman and human research studies.
Seminar format. Prereq.: One year of clinical experi-
ence in neurology or PTH 3560 Practicum in Physical
Therapy I or permission of instructor

PTH 3545 Neuromuscular Physiology

Classic concepts of normal muscle and nerve struc-
ture and function. Clinical impacts of disease and
injury on neuromuscular morphology and physiology
are emphasized where appropriate. The course also
gives the student the opportunity to become familiar
with current theory that may be relevant to evaluation
and management courses offered in the program.

PTH 3550 Evaluation of the Neurologically
Impaired Adult

The course provides a framework for analyzing motor
dysfunction, based on the fundamental properties
underlying movement disorders. This framework is
then used to critique current evaluations of neuro-
logic disabilities and to develop a rationale for a
logical and comprehensive evaluation of the neuro-
logically impaired adult. Prereq.: PTH 3560 Practicum
in Physical Therapy I or equivalent or permission of
instructor.

82 / Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

PTH 3555 Treatment of the Neurologically
Impaired Adult

Treatment of the neurologically impaired adult is dis-
cussed from a historical perspective and from cur-
rent neurological and neurophysiologic knowledge.
Current techniques are critiqued from a clinical and
theoretical point of view. Topics include specific
treatment techniques as well as specific neurologic
disabilities. Prereq.: One year clinical experience in
physical therapy with background in treatment of neu-
rologic patient and PTH 3550.

PTH 3560 Practicum in Physical Therapy I

Practicum in supervised clinical practice within the
specified specialty area. Students are expected to
complete 240 hours of clinical experience in a health-
care setting. Required as a prerequisite in selected
courses for those students who do not have a mini-
mum of one year of clinical experience at the time of
registration for these courses.

PTH 3570 Evaluation of the Neurologically
Impaired Infant and Child

Clinical test and measurement background infor-
mation applied to advanced assessment and treat-
ment approach for the pediatric neurological patient
classically seen by the clinical specialist in neuro-
logical physical therapy. Prereq.: PTH 3540 Advanced
Topics in Neurodevelopment.

PTH 3575 Treatment of the Neurologically
Impaired Infant and Child

Advanced treatments for the pediatric patient with
neurological disorders are discussed and demon-
strated. Experimental learning for clinical practice is
included. Prereq.: PTH 3570 Evaluation of the Neu-
rologically Impaired Infant and Child.

PTH 3800 Independent Study

Under the guidance and direction of a program ad-
viser, students have the opportunity to develop and
conduct projects related to their professional inter-
ests. Prereq.: Written proposal and permission of pro-
gram adviser

Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology

SLA 3600 Neurological Bases of Communication

This course will provide the student the opportunity
to acquire a basic understanding of neuroanatomy
and neurophysiology as they relate to normal as-
pects of spjeech, hearing, and language.

SLA 3601 Advanced Study in Articulation
Disorders

An exploration into advanced theories of normal and
abnormal phonological development with emphasis
on distinctive theory and on phonetic theories of
speech production; direct application of theories to
diagnosis and treatment of various phonological dis-
orders. Prereq.: Undergraduate course in articulation
disorders and permission of instructor

SLA 3602 Differential Diagnosis in Speech and
Language Pathology

This course is designed to offer students the op-
portunity to learn formal and informal test proce-
dures. Prereq.: SLA 3603 Test Procedures in Speech
and Language or permission of instructor

SLA 3603 Test Procedures in Speech and
Language Pathology

The course is designed to offer students the oppor-
tunity to develop competence in administering and
interpreting a variety of tests used in diagnosing
communication disorders. Information relative to the
case history and interview, as well as to formal test
procedures and report writing, will be included.
Prereq.: Permission of instructor

SLA 3604 Language Disturbances in Children

This course will emphasize current theories in lan-
guage behavior and their practical application to the
assessment and remediation of language disturb-
ances in children. Lectures, discussions, and case

presentations may focus on the following issues: what
constitutes a language problem, what assessment
tools and therapeutic techniques are currently avail-
able, and what underlying principles are involved in
selecting and organizing the content of a remediation
program. Prereq.: SLA 3602 Differential Diagnosis in
Speech and Language Pathology, SLA 3603 Test Pro-
cedures in Speech^ and Language Pathology, or per-
mission of instructor

SLA 3605 Aphasia Rehabilitation

Emphasis on current attitudes toward therapy and
new methods, clinical methods of evaluation which
are preparatory to therapy, and observation of ther-
apeutic methods. Prereq.: SLA 3600 Neurological
Bases of Communication and permission of instructor

SLA 3606 Clinical Management in Stuttering

This course will emphasize diagnostic techniques, a
review of the current therapeutic approaches, con-
sideration of the individual's need in therapy, and
the process of behavioral and attitudinal change from
within a psychodynamic framework. Also to be con-
sidered are termination, referral, and group therapy.
Prereq.: Permission of instructor

SLA 3607 Seminar: Speech Science

Study focuses on current physiological, acoustical,
and perceptual data used to describe both normal
and disordered speaking populations. Research
techniques and instrumentation in the field of speech
science are also examined. The application of the-
oretical information from speech science to the di-
agnosis and treatment of communicative disorders
is discussed. Prereq.: SLA 3875 and SLA 3876 Ad-
vanced Clinical Practice I and IL

Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology / 83

SLA 3608 Seminar: Voice Disorders

Etiology, symptomatology, and disorder complexes
related to phonation. Special emphasis is placed on
the philosophy and methods used in the assessment
and treatment of voice disorders. Prereq.: SLA 3602
Differential Diagnosis in Speech and Language Pa-
thology and SLA 3603, Test Procedures in Speech
and Language Pathology.

SLA 3610 Audiology for Speech-Language
Pathologists

This course provides speech-language pathology
majors a review of standard procedures and an up-
date of contemporary issues in audiology. Study fo-
cuses on pathological disruption of the auditory sys-
tem and on assessment procedures currently applied
and their relationship to patient management and
treatment plans.

SLA 3620 Clinical Audiometry I

The use of pure tone and spjeech reception instru-
mentation in hearing evaluation; the interpretation of
results in the diagnosis of functional and organic
disorders. Lectures, demonstrations, observations,
and practicum. Prereq.: Introduction to Audiology and
consent of instructor

SLA 3621 Medical Perspective to Anatomical
Correlates in Audiology

This course provides the student with the opportunity
for hands-on experience with dissection of human
temporal bones as an approach to learning temporal
bone anatomy; physiology and neurology are
stressed. Students may become familiar with dissec-
tion techniques, use of dissecting microscope, and
will be required to observe actual surgical proce-
dures in a hospital. Prereq.: Permission of department
chairperson.

SLA 3622 Pathologies of the Ear

Lectures and observations in the organic and neu-
rological pathologies of the ear, e.g., otitis media,
Meniere's disease, and otosclerosis. Consideration
of approaches to treatment (medical setting). Prep.:
Permission of instructor

SLA 3623 Clinical Audiometry 11

Specialized techniques (Bekesy, EEG, site of lesion
battery, BSR, ENG); the results and interpretation in
the diagnosis of functional and organic hearing dis-
orders. Lectures, demonstrations, and observations.
Prereq.: Introduction to Audiology and Audiometry I
and permission of instructor

SLA 3624 Clinical Audiology

Physical characteristics of hearing aids and their
performance. Theoretical approach to selection and
fitting of hearing aids, and analysis of hearing aid
dispensing systems. Prereq.: Introduction to Audiol-
ogy and permission of instructor

SLA 3625 Psychosocial Aspects of
Communication Disorders

This course is concerned with the psychological,
educational, and social aspects of communication
disorders, particularly auditory impairment. Prereq.:
Permission of instructor

SLA 3626 Seminar in Audiology

Advanced study of the development of principles and
theories associated with modern procedures and
methods used in audiology. Prereq.: Permissbn of
instructor

SLA 3628 Psychoacoustics

This course offers the student the opportunity to
explore the relationship between acoustic stimuli and
psychological responses to sounds. Particular em-
phasis is placed on the similarities and differences
in the perception of normal hearing and among dif-
ferent types of impaired hearing. Major topics of
study include a general review of the physics of
sound, detection, discrimination, masking, binaural
hearing, and speech perception. Prereq.: Permission
of instructor

SLA 3629 Aural Rehabilitation

Various speechreading methods, auditory training
techniques, and materials. An integrated approach
to the treatment of the hearing handicapped.

SLA 3640 Cerebral Palsy

Neuromuscular involvements and concomitant lan-
guage and speech disorders; intellectual deficits,
psychological aspects, communicative disorders of
a cerebral palsied population; testing, placement,
and management of the cerebral palsied child with
emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach. Prereq.:
Permission of instructor

SLA 3641 Physiological Acoustics

Particular emphasis is placed on the biophysics of
the hearing mechanism, especially in terms of actual
clinical utility. Comparative anatomy and physiologi-
cal analysis are stressed. Prereq.: Introductory courses
in Speech and Hearing, and permission of instructor
SLA 3642 Seminar: Orofacial Anomalies
Etiology, symptomatology, and problems associated
with orofacial anomalies. Emphasis will be placed on
the speech, language, and hearing characteristics
and the assessment and treatment of persons with
orofacial anomalies. Psychological and social con-
siderations and analysis of the team habilitative effort
will be presented.

SLA 3643 Seminar in Speech Pathology

Individual research and/or critical review of the lit-
erature in some area of basic science, speech sound
learning, language, voice, fluency, or multiple dis-
orders, with special emphasis on the impact of deaf-
ness on psychosocial development. Class presenta-
tion of material and class discussion may be included.
Prereq.: Open to graduate students who have com-
pleted the equivalent of two quarters of graduate
work in Speech Pathology and have the instructor's
permission.

SLA 3645 Neuropathology

Application of functional neuroanatomy in compre-
hending the various disease processes involving the
nervous system; cerebrovascular disease tumors or
malformations, Parkinson's disease, multiple scle-
rosis, and others. Prereq.: Permission of instructor

84 / Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions

SLA 3647 Hearing Science Seminar

Individual research and/or critical review of the lit-
erature in the area of bone conduction of auditory
signals, evoked response and audiometry, imped-
ance and audiometry, cortical processing of auditory
input, and other related topics. Students w^ill be re-
sponsible for class presentations of researched ma-
terial. Prereq.: Permission of instructor.
SLA 3650 Medical Perspective to Anatomical
Correlates in Speech Pathology
This course vj\\\ provide the opportunity for hands-
on experience with dissection of human larynxes as
an approach to learning voice tract anatomy. Stu-
dents may become familiar with dissection tech-
niques, use of dissecting microscope, and may have
an opportunity to observe actual surgical proce-
dures in a hospital. Prereq.: Permission of department
chairperson.

SLA 3651 Social Dialectology: Theoretical and
Educational

This course focuses on the social and cultural influ-
ences on the language behavior and communication
needs of the culturally "different" child. It emphasizes
the interrelationship between linguistic structure and
social structure and its implications for clinical in-
tervention. Prereq.: Permission of instructor

SLA 3652 Behavior Modification: Operant
Procedures in Speech and Language Training

This course reviews principles and procedures of the
functional analysis of behavior and focuses upon the
application of behavioral theory and research to
speech, language, and hearing training. It empha-
sizes clinical investigation in the experimental anal-
ysis of behavior of communication disorders and
experiences in the application of experimental pro-
cedures in assessment and treatment programs.
Prereq.: Permission of instructor

SLA 3653 Seminar: Communication Disorders

This course provides an exploration into the devel-
opment of communication and communication dis-
orders, with focus on early conversational interac-
tion, children's discourse, and pragmatic intents.
Emphasis is placed on deficient social bases and
their effect on language performance as well as
trends for clinical procedures and intervention strat-
egies for language-disordered children. Communi-
cation is viewed as the ultimate goal of therapy.
Course participants are expected to complete a re-
search project on the development of communication
and child discourse and its application to clinical
assessment and intervention.

SLA 3690 Seminar in Normal Language
Acquisition

This seminar will assess current theories and de-
signs of studies of language acquisition and proc-
essing from infancy through adolescence. Special
problems in data collection and analysis in the var-
ious areas of child language will be discussed

through lectures, student presentations, and discus-
sions of current research. Methodology, data, and
results of current research and their significance to
theories of language acquisition will be critiqued
using video-taped and audio-taped data samples.
Each student will be expected to write a research
proposal to investigate a specific topic in language
acquisition.

SLA 3691 Sociolinguistics

This course will consist of basic sociolinguistic con-
cepts including dialectal variation and other forms
of language variation, attitudes toward language use
and the speech community; language needs of mul-
ticultural children in educational settings, consider-
ing cultural attitudes of teachers and types of learn-
ing situations available; and social and cultural
diversity and its effects on the individual's commu-
nicative competence. Also included will be methods
of sociolinguistic research that will lead to the stu-
dent designing a language study for application in:
discourse analysis; language in the classroom; so-
ciolinguistic effects on reading, writing, oral lan-
guage, and role relationships.

SLA 3698 Workshop in Speech Pathology and
Audiology

(See general workshop description on page 86.)

SLA 3699 Institute in Speech Pathology and
Audiology

(See general institute description on page 86.)

SLA 3800 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose
unique academic needs or interests cannot be ad-
equately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses
of the department. Not available to special students.
Prereq.: Approval of tfie cfiairperson of tfie department
and of the director of the graduate school. (Approval
forms must be submitted during the quarter prior to
registration of the Directed Study.)

SLA 3801 Thesis

A research activity that may be selected by the
student in lieu of two courses (8 quarter hours), with
the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

SLA 3875 Advanced Clinical Practice I (2 Q.H.)

A two-quarter sequence of supervised clinical ex-
perience in speech pathology and audiology de-
signed for beginning graduate students. Practicum
sites include the Northeastern University Hearing,
Language, and Speech Clinic; satellite clinics; and/
or educational settings. Students must be available
a minimum of two days per week during the aca-
demic year. This course also requires attendance at
on-campus seminar meetings held twice a month.
Prereq.: Permission of clinical staff.

SLA 3876 Advanced Cliiical Practice II (3 Q.H.)

A two-quarter sequence of supervised clinical prac-
ticum in speech pathology and audiology at the
Northeastern University Hearing, Language, and

Interdepartmental Courses / 85

Speech Clinic; medical settings; educational set-
tings; and rehabilitation centers. Practicum experi-
ence emphasizes advanced diagnostic and manage-
ment techniques stressing the application of theory
to practice. Students must be available a minimum
of two days per week during the academic year.
Prereq.: SLA 3875 Advanced Clinical Practice I and
permission of clinical staff.

SLA 3877 Advanced Clinical Practice ill (3 Q.H.)

A two-quarter sequence of supervised clinical prac-
ticum in speech pathology and audiology designed
for advanced graduate students. Practicum experi-
ence emphasizes problem-solving techniques rele-
vant to case management. Students must be avail-
able a minimum of two days per week during the
academic year. Prereq.: SLA 3876 Advanced Clinical
Practice II and permission of clinical staff.

Interdepartmental Courses _

INT 3500 Research Design and Methodology

Research methods and designs used in health ed-
ucation, physical education, physical therapy and
recreation education. Emphasis is placed on the de-
velopment of research techniques, including the
ability to define research problems; write hypotheses;
review and interpret literature; apply research designs;
organize, analyze, and present data; and draw rele-
vant conclusions. Prereq.: Statistics or permission of
instructor

INT 3540 Computer Applications for Nonprofit
Organizations

An introductory course which presents ways in which
generic software packages (database management,
spreadsheets, business graphics, and word proc-
essing) may be used to improve efficiency and ef-
fectiveness of individuals and organizations. Hard-
ware and software configurations are discussed.

INT 3549 Introduction to Computer Programming:
FORTRAN

A laboratory course designed to develop facility in
the use of a wide range of data-processing equip-
ment in educational research. Students will be intro-
duced to the basic principles of computer program-
ming, but emphasis will be placed on the applicability
and use of existing statistical programs.

INT 3550 Instruction in LOGO

Philosophy and programming in the LOGO language
form the primary emphases. Curriculum materials
are demonstrated showing the use of the LOGO
language in areas such as computer programming,
mathematics, and language arts. Current research
and applications of LOGO in the school curriculum
are presented. Creation of individual LOGO projects
in laboratory settings are required.

INT 3551 Instructional Programming in PASCAL

An introduction to computers and computer pro-
gramming using the language PASCAL. Tools such
as text editors are also discussed. Instructional ap-
plications are made where possible.

INT 3552 Computer Use for Educators (2 Q.H.)

Designed for educators with minimal computer ex-
perience, this course provides an introduction to
word processing, data processing and file manage-
ment. Functions of the operating system and the
physical hardware are discussed. The BASIC pro-
gramming language will be introduced. Students will
have extensive hands-on experience in class and
through accompanying supervised laboratories.

INT 3553 Word Processing for (2 Q.H.)

Educators

A variety of word processing software programs are
taught. Applications of word processing ranging from
simple one-page letters to documents and mail-
merge are considered in this course. Students will
have extensive hands-on experience with computers
in class and through accompanying supervised
laboratories.

INT 3554 Computers in Education

This course will focus on the use of computers both
as a teaching methodology and as an administrative
tool in education. The use of Computer Assisted
Instruction (CAI) will be introduced through the BASIC
programming language. A variety of microcomputer
software packages suitable for classroom and ad-
ministrative use will be tested in a laboratory setting.
Extensive hands-on experience with a number of
commercially available educational software pack-
ages is required. Strategies and methods for inte-
grating computing within the elementary and sec-
ondary curriculum are highlighted.

INT 3555 Introduction to Computer Use for
Professionals

Introduction to computer capabilities and limitations;
selection of hardware/software; use of a line editor;
introduction to system command language; and in-
troduction to data processing through a packaged
library program such as SPSS, BDMP, MINITAB or
IMSL

Boston-Bouv6 College of Human Development Professions

INT 3556 Educational Applications of DBMS

Several general purpose softw^are packages (data-
base, spreadsheet, and data analysis) and simula-
tions are used for working through such problems
as scheduling/facilities usage, recordkeeping and
general ledger/accounting, and survey/market
research.

INT 3557 Instruction in LOGO II

This course represents a second course in the LOGO
environment, emphasizing advanced concepts in
LOGO, including the use of list-processing in lan-
guage, music, physics, and mathematics. Prereq.:
INT 3550.

INT 3501 Thesis/Project I

Initiation of a scholarly investigation. Students are
required to submit a v\/ritten research proposal for
approval by a thesis/project committee and to pres-

ent an oral proposal at a college seminar. Prereq.:
ED 3340, INT 3500, completion of two courses in
area of concentration, and permission of program
adviser

INT 3502 Thesis/Project II

The investigation proposed in Thesis/Project I im-
plemented w/ith, and culminating in, an approved
written report in thesis form. Prereq.: INT 3501 The-
sisProject I.

INT 3503, 3504 Seminar/Workshop

Special seminars or workshops on interdepartmental
topics of timely interest. Graduate credit may be
granted for successful completion of a workshop,
but credit may not be applied toward a degree pro-
gram without the program adviser's approval. A max-
imum of eight quarter hours earned in seminars or
workshops may be applied toward the degree.

Institutes

ED 3828, ED 3825, ED 3826, ED 3827,
CRS 3803, SLA 3699, CRS 3805, CRS 3804,
HSL 3898, HSL 3822, PTH 3801

A department may offer a special institute in a spe-
cific field of interest from time to time. The institute
may be collaborative, offered by the several depart-
ments in the Boston-Bouve College of Human De-
velopment Professions, and will usually include a
special institute faculty drawn from resources out-
side the University, as well as from the Boston-Bouv6
faculty. The institute focuses on a specific area of
academic study and may be interdisciplinary in na-
ture; it involves total time commitments on the part
of participants in morning, afternoon, and evening
sessions, five or six days per week, for one to eight

weeks, depending upon the nature and scope of the
institute. Institutes are customarily designed for par-
ticipants who are currently employed in a common
field of work and wish to receive additional prepa-
ration in new methods, new materials, and new con-
tent areas. Graduate credit may be granted for suc-
cessful completion of an institute but may not be
applied toward a degree program at the University
without the approval of the departments in which
students are doing their major field of specialization
degree work. All institute participants must be de-
gree candidates in the graduate school or must
qualify, prior to registration, as special graduate stu-
dents. Prereq.: Permission of institute instructor

Workshops

ED 3820, ED 3821, ED 3822, ED 3823,
CRS 3806, SLA 3698, CRS 3808, CRS 3807,
HSL 3899, HSL 3823, PTH 3802

A department may offer a special workshop in a
specific field of interest from time to time. Emphasis
in the workshop is focused on the development of
instructional materials or the resolution of practical
problems with a single school or institutional setting.
Workshops may also be held for a group of potential
participants who are currently employed in a com-

mon field of work. Graduate credit may be granted
for successful completion of a workshop but may
not be applied toward a degree program at the Uni-
versity without the approval of the departments in
which students are doing their major field of spe-
cialization degree work. All workshop participants
must be degree candidates in the graduate school
or must qualify, prior to registration, as special grad-
uate students. Prereq.: Permission of wori^shop
instructor.

Professional Accounting

88 / Professional Accounting

Graduate School of Professional Accounting

ACC 3401 Accounting Problems I 5 Q.H.

An accelerated introduction to the basic accounting
process and the preparation of general-purpose fi-
nancial statement. Specific topics covered include
cash, investment, receivables, inventories, current li-
abilities, and present value concepts. Completion of
a self-instructed, programmed text on the basic ac-
counting concepts.

ACC 3402 Cost Accounting Theory and Problems

5 Q.H.

Specialized problems of cost accumulation and cost
behavior are analyzed. Specific topics covered in-
clude: cost-volume-profit analysis, standard costs
and budgeting, overhead analysis, and capital budg-
eting. Costs involved in managerial decision-making
are given special attention.

ACC 3404 Accounting Problems II 5 Q.H.

A continuation of ACC 3401 including coverage of
the following topics: plant, property and equipment,
depreciation, long-term liabilities, stockholders, eq-
uity, earnings per share, and accounting for income
taxes.

ACC 3405 Accounting Problems III 3 Q.H.

An examination of specialized accounting topics in-
cluding pensions, leases, accounting changes, state-
ment of changes in financial position, partnerships,
and government accounting.

ACC 3406 Advanced Accounting Problems 3 Q.H.

An examination of business combinations including
the purchase and pooling methods. Specific topics
covered include: intercompany profits, indirect and
reciprocal holdings, and foreign currency translations.

ACC 3407 Auditing Theory and Practice 5 Q.H.

An examination of auditing concepts, standards, and
procedures. Topics covered include: the legal and
ethical responsibilities of the auditor, statistical sam-
pling, auditing and EDP, audit reports, and audit
procedures. Emphasis is given to concepts and to
understanding the nature and objectives of the audit
process.

ACC 3408 Federal Income Tax Accounting 6 Q.H.

A comprehensive study of the Internal Revenue Code,
regulations, revenue rulings, and relevant cases. Em-
phasis is placed on taxation of individuals, corpo-
rations, partnerships, estates and trusts, tax-plan-
ning considerations, and tax research.

ACC 341 3 Contemporary Accounting 5 Q.H.

Theory

An examination of current issues and trends in ac-
counting that are of greatest concern to the accounting
profession. The concepts and developments of the
accounting profession. The concepts and develop-
ments of the theoretical aspects of accounting are
explored. Authoritative pronouncements of various
accounting organizations are examined.

FIN 3414 Management of Financial 5 Q.H.

Resources

The financial management of corporations and the
principles governing the effective management of
capital. The various sources of funds— short-, inter-
mediate-, and long-term— are discussed in detail, us-
ing selected cases for illustrative purposes. Rnancial
institutions such as the Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC), and the securities markets are
also studied.

HRM 3403 Organizational Behavior 5 Q.H.

An examination of behavior in business organiza-
tions. Hov^rever, this knowledge is also applicable to
nonprofit organizations such as schools, government
agencies, and hospitals, including community groups,
and social clubs. Students are given an opportunity
to acquire knowledge of behavior and develop skill
in dealing with it, and as they hope to affect and
change it.

MEC 3412 Managerial Economics 5 Q.H.

Quantitative Approach)

Decision-making under conditions of uncertainty:
allocation of scarce resources, utilizing linear pro-
gramming models, determination of the value of a
marginal unit of a scarce resource (concept of shadow
price), sensitivity analysis, examination of the most
frequently encountered sampling distributions, deter-
mination of optimal decision rules, and economic
models for estimating demand-and-cost relationship.

MGT 3415 Business Law 5 Q.H.

Contracts, partnerships, corporations, agency, com-
mercial paper, sales, and other topics essential for
professional development in the business and legal
environment.

MGT 341 6 Business Policy in a Societal 5 Q.H.
Setting

Cases focus on business decisions confronting man-
agement. Examines policy decisions and their impact
on various sectors of society, such as stockholders,
customers, suppliers, the public and government.

MKT 341 0 Marketing 5 Q.H.

Introdution to managing the marketing activities of
an organization. Examination of the basic marketing
management systems: marketing research, the mar-
keting organizational system, and the marketing plan-
ning and control system. Topics include customer/
client analysis, market research, product/service
planning, pricing, communications, advertising and
sales promotion, distribution management, and the
development of strategies. Course relies mainly on
case study discussions of actual marketing decisions,
supplemented by lectures and readings.

MSC 3409 Operations Management 4 Q.H.

An introductory, graduate-level course emphasizing
the organization and management of productive sys-

Professional Accounting / 89

tems. The goal is to provide an introduction to the
nature and types of organizations and management
techniques used to control operations. The three
major types of productive systems, which are flow,
job, and project, are offered, focusing on standards,
capacity, scheduling, inventory, and control.

MSC 341 1 Information Systems 4 Q.H.

A nontechnical introduction to computers and infor-
mation systems, focusing on issues relevant to audit
and control. The first portion of the course delves
into basic computer .and information-systems con-
cepts, including computer hardware, software, and
systems development. Following this aspect, empha-
sis is placed on managing, planning, and controlling
the computer resource, security and privacy issues,

and computer auditing. Students will be expected to
have become familiar with elementary computer pro-
gramming and the use of Northeastern's time-shar-
ing terminals.

MSC 3420 Computer Programming: An
Introduction 0 Q.H.

The information systems course (MSC 341 1), sched-
uled for the spring quarter, presumes that students
will have acquired an understanding of the art of
computer programming, which uses the language
referred to as BASIC. This noncredit course is de-
signed to provide the necessary background for stu-
dents having inadequate preparation. Offered on a
pass-fail basis, the course may be waived by per-
mission of the instructor.

Computer Science

92 / Computer Science

Graduate School of Computer Science

COM 3200 Computer Architecture 4 Q.H.

Organization of machines and computations. Com-
puter System capacity. Processors. Control units.
Memories and memory hierarchies. Interconnection
networks. Different computer architectures are stud-
ied by examining the corresponding languages and
assemblers.

COM 3205 Software Design and 4 Q.H.

Development

Students work in groups to organize, manage and
implement a large scale programming project. Topics
considered are: software planning; software metho-
dologies, e.g., functional decomposition, data flow
design, data structure design, programming calcu-
lus; several large examples of program design; soft-
ware testing and reliability. Prereq.: COM 1201 or
equivalent.

COM 3315 Database Management 4 Q.H.

Systems i

Concepts and structures necessary to design and
implement a DBMS application. Introduction to da-
tabase concepts. Database modeling. Hierarchical,
network and relational models. Data definition and
manipulation languages. Design theory for relational
models. Query optimization. Integrity, security, re-
covery and concurrency in database systems.
Prereq.: MTH 3510, COM 1310. COM 1315 or
equivalent.

COM 3316 Database Management 4 Q.H.

Systems II

Specification, design and implementation of a simple
DMBS. Practical database design issues and meth-
odology. Discussion of conceptual implementation
and physical design. Techniques to evaluate design
alternatives and tradeoffs. Analysis of primary and
secondary access methods for performance of da-
tabase operations and for storage space. Prereq.:
COM 3315.

COM 3336 Operating Systems 4 Q.H.

Design and implementation of an operating system.
Algorithms for concurrent processes, deadlock res-
olution, process management, performance evalua-
tion and monitoring. Students work on a project im-
plementing a small operating system or extending
an existing one. Prereq.: An undergraduate operating
systems or systems programming course.
COM 3350 Ttieory of Computation 4 Q.H.

Formal models of computation including Turing ma-
chines and partial recursive functions; Turing-decid-
ability and unsolvable problems. Computational
complexity, the class P and NP, some NP-complete
problems. Prereq.: COM 1350 or equivalent.
COM 3355 Compiler Construction I 4 Q.H.

Advanced concepts and principles of compiler de-
sign including an overview of compiler structures.
Topics also cover: syntax-directed compilation,
translation and interpretation, the relation betweeri

syntax and semantics, the relation between high level
programming languages and compilers, between fi-
nite state machines and lexical analysis, between
context-free languages, parsing trees and the syn-
tactic specification of programming languages and
some parsing techniques such as shift-reduce pars-
ing, operator-precedencer parsing, top-down parsing
and predictive parsers. Selected current research
papers and articles are used as references.

COM 3356 Compiler Construction II 4 Q.H.

Further investigations of compiler construction in-
cluding principles of syntax-directed translation,
simple SDTS and top-down transducers, simple post-
fix SDTS and bottom-up transducers. Topics like bot-
tom-up parsing, LR(k), LALR parsing, code genera-
tion, symbol table structures, error detection and
recovery and code optimization are also discussed.
Selected current papers and articles are used for
discussion.

COM 3370 Advanced Computer Graphics 4 Q.H.

Selected advanced topics in computer graphics
chosen from the following list: area fill algorithms,
the aliasing problem in line drawing, 3 dimensional
graphics, geometric transforms, hidden surface algor-
ithms, curve and surface approximation techniques,
solid primitives, color and shading, approaches to
obtaining realistic images. Prereq.: An introductory
course in computer graphics.

COM 3390 Analysis of Algorithms 4 Q.H.

Design and analysis of fast algorithms. Topics are
chosen from: 1) Advanced data structures: repre-
senting partitions, union-find algorithms, priority
queues; 2) Graph algorithms: biconnectivity, maxi-
mum flow, shortest path, matching, minimum span-
ning tree; 3) Algebraic problems: Matrix multiplica-
tion, polynomial multiplication, string matching, linear
programming; 4) Probabilistic algorithms: tests for
primality, factoring polynomials and integers. Prereq.:
COM 1201, COM 1390, MTH 1409 or MTH 1410, MTH
1301 or MTH 3102 or equivalent.

COM 3420 Knowledge Representation 4 Q.H.

and Inferencing

Knowledge representation, acquisition and utiliza-
tion. Frames, scripts, conceptual dependency. For-
ward and backward chaining, unification and reso-
lution, non-monotonic reasoning. Rote learning,
learning by analogy, consistency checking. Prereq.:
COM 1410 or equivalent.

COM 3430 Expert Systems 4 Q.H.

Architectures used in the design of expert systems.
Survey of current systems. Use of system building
tools such as ROSE. Nature of expertise in a do-
main. Symbols, search, reasoning. Production sys-
tems. Prereq.: COM 1410 or equivalent.

COM 3440 Natural Language Processing 4 Q.K

Essentials of natural language understanding and
production. Focus is on semantic and pragmatic

Computer Science / 93

issues rather than syntactic or phonological. Ele-
ments in the design of NL human-computer inter-
faces. Dialog control. Lexical-semantic relations, se-
mantic primitives, and the structure of text. Prereq.:
COM 3420

COM 3450 Syntactic Pattern Recognition 4 Q.H.

Introduction to syntactic pattern recognition and
comparison with the classical discriminant ap-
proach. A survey of various syntactic pattern rec-
ognition techniques, such as picture descriptive lan-
guages (PDL), formal grammars, array grammars,
tessellation structures, sequential/parallel matrix
grammars, and histogram approaches. Syntax anal-
ysis as a recognition procedure. Grammatical infer-
ence for syntactic pattern recognition. Applications
of syntactic pattern recognition to selected problems
in industry, the military, and business, including ro-
botics. Prereq.: COM 1350 or equivalent.

CX)M 3460 Intelligent Computer-Assisted 4 Q.H.
Instruction

The notion of course material independent of teach-
ing procedures. Problems and comments individual-
ized for each student. System tutor w^ith reactive
learning environments. Examples for SCHOLAR and
GUIDON. Group development of intelligent instrtjc-
tional systems. Prereq.: COM 3420.

COM 3510 Computer Communication Networks:
Design & Performance 4 Q.H.

A study of interacting computers. Topics include:
elementary queueing theory, connectivity theory, data
link and transport protocols, slot rings, token rings
and CSMA, routing algorithms, performance analysis
of networks. Additional topics may be chosen from
models of networks or of network protocols, error
detection and correction, applications protocols such
as virtual terminal or file transfer protocols. Prereq.:
COM 1201, MTH 1387, MTH 1409 or MTH 1410

COM 3520 Cryptography and Computer 4 Q.H.
Security

Design and use of cryptographic systems and cryp-
tanalytic attacks; a history of cryptographic systems
and the mathematics behind them; shift register se-
quences; random number generators; DES; public
key systems and their applications. Prereq.: COM
1350, MTH 1387, MTH 1409 or MTH 1410, MTH
1390 or equivalent.

COM 3560 Distributed Database Systems 4 Q.H.

A consideration of the problems and opportunities
inherent in distributed data bases on a network of
computer systems. Includes file allocation, directory
systems, deadlock detection and prevention syn-
chronization, query optimization, and fault tolerance.
Prereq.: COM 3316, COM 3510

COM 3570 Office Automation 4 Q.H.

The structure and impact of telecommunications and
distributed processing on management information
systems and decision support systems. Electronic
mail systems, teleconferencing, and videotex. Micro-
computer networks, network software, and operating
systems. Prereq.: COM 3510.

COM 3580 Principles of Interactive 4 Q.H.

Systems Design

Principles for optimal design of interactive systems
such as text editors, programming environments, au-
tomated banking systems and commercial products
for nontechnical users such as decision support
systems, word processors, piersonal computers, etc.
User characteristics which impact systems design.
Impact of current technologies such as touch
screens, mice and other pointing devices, sophisti-
cated graphics, data integration, etc., on interaction
style. Survey of styles of interaction including menus,
command languages, forms fill-in. Object-oriented
vs. application-oriented interfaces. Optimizing de-
sign tradeoffs.

COM 3585 Methods in Interactive 4 Q.H.

Systems Design

Survey of the research and methodology in the de-
sign of interactive systems. Introduction to experi-
mental methodologies applied in the study of styles
of interaction: field studies, controlled laboratory ex-
periments, protocol analysis. Survey and critique of
research on various aspects of interaction such as
dialogue style, filing and retrieval mechanisms, com-
mand languages, menu design, input devices, mes-
sage and error handling and screen layout. Prereq.:
COM 3580.

COM 3630 Concurrent Programming 4 QH.

The logical problems that arise in concurrency and
their machine implementations. Mutual exclusion,
message passing, deadlock, monitors, kernels, and
applications to operating systems. Prereq.: COM 3336.

COM 3640 Pardlel Computation 4 Q.H.

Algorithms and theories for parallel computation on
fixed-connection networks and on concurrent sys-
tems having a fixed number of processors. Included
are algorithms for sorting, priority queues, graph
algorithms, matrix multiplication, and FFT. Students
use a network of micros to implement some of these
algorithms. Applications to VLSI design may be in-
cluded. Prereqf..- COM 3336, COM 3390.

COM 3800 Readings in Computer Science 4 Q.H.

Selected readings under the supervision of a faculty
member. Prereq.: Core courses and permission of
instructor

COM 3810 Special Topics in Computer Science

Faculty will lecture on current topics in computer
science. Topics will vary from quarter to quarter. May
be taken up to three times for credit, with changes
in topics. Prereq.: Core courses or penvission of
instructor

COM 3820 Computer Science Master's Thesis

May be repeated for credit Prereq.: Agreement of a
thesis advisor

COM 3830 Computer Science Master's Project

May be repeated for credit. Prereq.: Agreement of a
project supervisor

94 / Computer Science

COM 3840 Seminar in Computer Science

Students will read and present various survey and
research papers in Computer Science. Faculty su-
pervisor and topics will vary from quarter to quarter.
May be repeated for credit. Prereq.: Core courses or
permission of instructor

Criminal Justice

96 / Criminal Justice

Graduate School of Criminal Justice

The following course descriptions, listed numerically by area of concentration, are representative of the
courses offered in the graduate Criminal Justice program. As it is not possible to offer all courses each year,
students are urged to consult the most current announcement of course offerings for specific information
regarding available courses in any given quarter. All courses described here carry three quarter-hours of
credit.

CJ 3201 The Criminal Justice Process

An analysis of the criminal justice process from crime
prevention and arrest to release after incarceration,
emphasizing a legal, sociological, and policy ap-
proach to criminal justice. The philosophies, prac-
tices, procedures, and issues of agencies involved
in criminal justice are reviewed. Critical attention is
also given to different approaches to crime control.

CJ 3202 Theories of Criminology

Focuses on the use of scientific methods in the study
and analysis of regularities, uniformities, patterns,
and causal factors related to crime, the criminal, and
social reactions to both. Critical contributions to the
study of crime, criminals, and the treatment of of-
fenders are analyzed as they emerge from writings
in such disciplines as biology, psychology, psychia-
try, endocrinology, law, sociology, and anthropology.

CJ 3203 Criminal Law

The fundamental principles and concepts of criminal
law in the United States. This course focuses on the
relationship of the individual to the state and includes
an examination of the general framework of criminal
law.

CJ 3204 Statistical Analysis I

Introduction to probability and statistics. Topics to
be covered include measures of central tendency
and dispersion; probability and the binomial, Poisson,
exponential, and normal distributions; sampling dis-
tributions and hypothesis testing; and correlation
and regression.

CJ 3205 Evaluation Methods in Criminal Justice

Focuses on some of the nontechnical, yet crucial,
research issues including ethical problems, the de-
sign, procedures, and politics of evaluation research
in criminal justice, as well as funding sources and
the generation and administration of grants and con-
tracts. Students are expected to participate in eval-
uation exercises and to prepare proposal narratives
and budgets.

CJ 3251 Criminal Justice Planning and
Development

An examination of planning techniques and their im-
pact on criminal justice program development, cur-
rently and for the future. An analysis of policy and
decision making pertaining to criminal justice or-
ganizations and agencies is developed as is the ex-
tent of planning for crime control at local, state,
regional, and national levels. The peculiar nature of
urban problems in relation to planning is also re-
viewed, involving identifying problem areas in the
field of criminal justice, diagnosing their causes, and

formulating solutions. In addition, the course exam-
ines alternative strategies and mobilization of re-
sources necessary to effect change in the system.

CJ 3252 Criminal Justice Management

Examines the theory of management and applied
skills in the field of management. Strong emphasis
will be put upon the development of systems skills
in getting people to work together to achieve a com-
mon objective. Students will be given the opportunity
to develop their skills in applying the concepts of
planning, managing, motivating, and controlling in a
management environment. The major emphasis in the
course will be upon the development of knowledge
and skills in the area of situational analysis and
problem solving in applying both systems theory and
functional theory.

CJ 3253 Personnel and Labor Relations in
Criminal Justice

This course helps to provide the student with basic
skills in personnel management, selection, and
placement. It is also intended to help students de-
velop an understanding of the social psychology of
organizations concerned with law enforcement, the
courts, or corrections, and to help them develop
familiarity with critical issues in labor relations and
collective bargaining.

CJ 3254 Budget and Financing in Criminal Justice

The principles and practices of budgeting in the
various functional areas of criminal justice. Rnancial
operations are dealt with in depth, including such
matters as obtaining resources through budget de-
velopment and presentation. Distinctions between
capital budgets and expense budgets and among
zero budgeting, line-item budgeting, and program
budgeting are drawn. Important financial concerns
such as cost effectiveness, management by objec-
tives, and critical path method (CPM) are discussed.
Special attention is given to budget projections as
planning tools for obtaining grants, as well as a
means of facilitating needed change within the pres-
ent structures of criminal justice agencies. The utility
of budgets as evaluative mechanisms is stressed;
and the role of budgeting in the financial control of
organizations is discussed.

CJ 3301 Administration of Private Security

A comprehensive overview of private security theo-
ries, operations, and practices, with special empha-
sis on the administration and management of se-
curity. The philosophical background, history, and
current role of private security are explored, as well
as the role and status of the security manager in
threat assessment, risk prevention, and the protec-

Criminal Justice / 97

tion of assets. Functional-area security systems, law,
science and technology for security, and issues,
standards, goals, and challenges for the future are
dealt with in the course. Security systems are con-
sidered, particularly as these "open" systems related
to criminal justice and the environment. The security
manager is conceived of as the prime mover toward
professionalization and improved management and
administration of security operations, and as the ad-
vocate of contemporary organizational theories em-
bracing research and the systems approach.

CJ 3302 Law and Private Security

The legal factors that affect security operations and
administration and the value of legal counsel on such
factors. These factors include the pertinent aspects
of torts, agency, civil rights, contracts, trade secrets,
patents and copyrights, insurance, and regulatory
issues.

CJ 3303 Technological Security Systems

Considers security applications of the latest scien-
tific and technological advances and the impact of
new product developments on prevention and pro-
tection, detection, and prosecution. Students will ex-
amine the state of the art of security products and
are invited to plan, implement, maintain, and evaluate
highly sophisticated security systems.

CJ 3304 Human Factors in Security

An analysis of topics and strategies for security
administration. Executive development, ethical is-
sues, stress management, conflict management, cri-
sis management, intra-organizational relations, com-
munity agency relations, promoting security
awareness, staff development, and effective security
personnel and product interface are addressed.

CJ 3351 Theories of Law and Society

An introduction to theories, issues, and research
related to law and legal institutions, placing law in
the context of social control systems, raising basic
issues about the nature of law, and focusing on the
relationship between law and social values. The
course also considers the nature of law, law and
social change, the sociology of the legal profession,
and criminal law in action. Attention is given to the
formulation of criminal law and discrimination in the
formulation and practice of criminal law.

CJ 3352 Statistical Analysis II

A continuation of Statistical Analysis I. Multiple
regression and its extensions, discriminant analysis,
factor analysis, analysis of variance, and the analysis
of contingency tables are discussed. Prereq.: HCJ
'204.

CJ 3353 Research Methods in Criminal Justice

A survey of methodological approaches to criminal
justice research. Various research strategies, includ-
ing sample surveys, observation, historical research,
experiments, and evaluation, are discussed and high-
lighted with examples from the literature. Also re-
viewed are various sources of criminal justice data
with assessments of their reliability and validity. Var-

ious data analytic strategies, including tabular anal-
ysis and nonparametric methods, are emphasized
within the context of computer assignments.

CJ 3354 Criminal Behavior Systems

This course examines offender and offense patterns
within nine general crime categories: (1) violent per-
sonal, (2) conventional property, (3) public order, (4)
political, against the government, (5) political, tiy the
government, (6) occupational, (7) "organized," (8)
professional, and (9) sexual. The course is intended
to serve as a detailed introductory survey to help
familiarize graduate students with a broad range of
crime types and criminal behavior systems as well
as some of their classic and contemporary analyses.

CJ 3511 Theories of Delinquency

Examines critically the major theoretical explana-
tions of juvenile delinquency. Theoretical approaches
include social disorganization, subcultural theory,
strain, control theory, labeling and conflict theory. In
addition, current data on the nature and distribution
of delinquency are discussed, and findings from em-
pirical research are highlighted.

CJ 3512 Penology and Corrections

The meaning and efficacy of punishment, the history
of imprisonment, the structure of prisons, the effec-
tiveness of treatment, the rights of prisoners, and
sentencing policy are discussed.

CJ 3513 Victimology

Critically examines theories and research regarding
victims of crime. Special attention is devoted to an
analysis of National Crime Survey victimization data.
Also concepts such as fear of crime, victim vulner-
ability, and victim culpability are discussed. In ad-
dition, implications of victim-oriented research for
the administration of justice are assessed, as are
current programs offering victim services such as
restitution and compensation. Future trends in theory,
research, and public policy are analyzed.

CJ 3514 Police Functions in Democratic Society

An examination of the sociopolitical context within
which American police departments developed in the
nineteenth century as well as the changing forces
that shape modern departments. Considers the im-
plications of democratic institutions and traditions
for policing in America. The organization of several
different kinds of departments are contrasted, and
the implications of these different types of depart-
ments for police performance are examined. The
rigors of police work, together with the social-psy-
chological adjustments that officers at different ranks
make, is also considered.

CJ 3515 Women and the Criminal Justice System

An examination of the roles of women in the criminal
justice system. The course focuses on women as
offenders, as victims, and as agents of social control;
on both theory and practice, and on both historical
and contemporary issues.

98 / Criminal Justice

CJ 351 6 Court Management and Administration

The organization and structure of the courts, includ-
ing the problems, policies, and practices of the crim-
inal court system. Particular emphasis is placed on
the lower criminal court. Issues in court management,
including personnel problems, scheduling, role of
juries and witnesses, use of planning and manage-
ment techniques, and court reform, are reviewed.

CJ 351 7 Terrorism

Divided into two sections, the first part of which
examines the sociology of terrorism, including fund-
ing, intelligence gathering, weapons and tactics, in-
formers, and countermeasures. Special attention is
also given to the media which report the news, yet
seem often perilously close to inciting further terror.
The "terrorist personality," the literary depiction of
terrorism, and the doctrine of systematic terrorism,
as well as its current interpretations and common
patterns, motives, and aims, are also examined.

The second part concentrates on identifying tech-
nologies of counterterrorism, discussing incident
management needs, and recommending ways to
lessen the risk of nationally disruptive acts. The
course attempts to challenge accepted assumptions
and to forecast changes in terrorist activities that
may affect tomorrow's headlines.

CJ 351 8 Issues in Juvenile Justice

A critical analysis of the policies and practices of
agencies involved in processing young people
through the juvenile justice system. Specific attention
is devoted to police practices, detention, intake, di-
version, adjudication, and disposition of juveniles
within the justice system. In addition, the course
focuses on the historical development of the juvenile
justice system and assesses current trends and pro-
posals for reform.

CJ 3519 Organized Crime

The course approaches organized crime from a law
enforcement perspective, stressing, however, the
general criminal justice implications. The corruptive
influences of organized crime are dealt with, as well
as aspects of overzealous enforcement that may lead
to violations of constitutional safeguards. The scope
of intelligence activities and the role of computerized
information concerning organized crime are explored
with special attention given to sensitive privacy is-
sues involved. Problems of definition, organizational
structure, operating methods, participant identifica-
tion, and legal limitations are discussed. The effect
of so called "victimless crime" status in enhancing
the economic viability and public tolerance of or-
ganized crime is also considered, and present strat-
egies suggested for the control or elimination of this
pervasive phenomenon. Finally, the relationship of
organized crime to the continuing increase of both
"street" and "white collar" crime is assessed.
CJ 3520 Conflict Management
An examination of problems in conflict management,
including concepts and definitions of social conflict
and comparisons between functional and dysfunc-

tional conflict. Inquiries into representative conflict
management strategies and techniques are made,
affording the opportunity to relate general theory and
research results to practical situations of criminal
conflict management. The course generally relies on
a variety of heuristic techniques, including scenarios,
role playing, and the use of audiovisual media.

CJ 3521 Probation and Parole

An examination of the nature, objectives, means, and
problems of probation and parole administration and
management.

CJ 3523 Law Enforcement and the Community

This course examines the nature, problems, and
present procedures associated with police-com-
munity relations in order to develop more efficient
and effective policing. The course utilizes the lecture-
forum technique with assigned readings, group dis-
cussions, and project development and critiquing.

CJ 3524 Theories of Punishment

An overview of theories and issues in punishment
with a focus on topics of contemporary interest as
well as the historical roots of current approaches.
Trends and fashions in both the theory and the form
of punishment are considered. Reading materials are
drawn from a variety of fields, including philosophy,
politics, literature, law, and empirical criminal justice.

CJ 3503 Criminal Evidence

An introduction to the field of criminal evidence. Stu-
dents are expected to read and brief cases and must
be prepared to discuss them in class. The readings,
class lectures, and discussions help familiarize stu-
dents with the various procedures and rules related
to the trial of a criminal case.

CJ 3505 Juvenile Law and Children's Rights

An examination of the legal relationship between the
juvenile offender and the state. The course covers
case and statutory law, as well as constitutional due-
process standards in juvenile proceedings. Areas
covered include jurisdiction, prejudicial process,
waiver of jurisdiction adjudication, disposition, and
postdispositional issues, including right to treatment.

CJ 3506 Criminal Procedures

Constitutional issues of the administration of criminal
justice. Topics to be considered include selected
provisions of the United States Constitution, with
particular emphasis on Amendments 4, 5, 6, and 1 4,
and on questions of electronic surveillance, right to
counsel, line-up, bails, and right to speedy trial.

CJ 3508 Quantitative Models in Criminal Justice

Quantitative frontiers in the field of criminal justice
as well as the methodological contributions of allied
fields are examined: in particular, such approaches
as reliability models of recidivism, stochastic models
of criminal behavior, econometric models of the crim-
inal justice system, and deterrence models are ad-
dressed. An extensive coverage of published and
unpublished literature is central to the course.

Criminal Justice / 99

CJ 3509 Crime Measurement

The amount, distribution, and pattern of criminal be-
havior in the United States are examined via official
crime statistics including the Uniform Crime Reports,
victimization surveys, and self-report studies. Alter-
native measures including indices of seriousness of
various offenses are review/ed. Attention is also de-
voted to historical studies of the nature and extent
of criminal behavior. Finally, problems and prospects
regarding accurate measures of crime and crime
correlates are discussed.

CJ 3510 Computer Applications in Criminal
Justice

An introduction to the computer and its applicability
to criminal justice, research, and operations. Topics
covered include command language, file creation and
editing, data storage modes, introductory FOFTTRAN,
simulation, graphics, and word processing. Course
requirements include a series of computer assign-
ments concerning criminal data and problems.

CJ 3525 Correctional Administration

An intensive coverage of the many problems and
dilemmas which confront the correctional organiza-
tion. Topics for discussion include such issues as
basic problems of correctional organization, orga-
nizational development and analysis, management by
objectives, planning and budgeting systems, man-
agement style and personnel development, special
problems of jails and houses of corrections, insti-
tutional programs, classifications, correctional policy,
and the future of imprisonment.

CJ 3527 Community Corrections

This course examines the concepts of community
corrections, utilizing historical, philosophical, and
pragmatic perspectives and including an analysis of
the alternatives to imprisonment or institutionaliza-
tion. For course purposes, community-based pro-
grams are defined as programs aimed at reducing
the occurrence of criminal and delinquent behavior
through prevention, rehabilitation, reintegration, and/
or diversionary services in noninstitutional settings
which make maximum use of existing and potential
community resources.

CJ 3529 Comparative Criminology

Crime and its control from the comparative perspec-
tive, viewed both historically and contemporaneously.
The development of Roman legal institutions, the
emergence of common law and other legal systems
(the civil law and the socialist legal system), and the
emergence of American legal institutions in the nine-
teenth century are all examined. The crime problems

in developing societies (India, nineteenth-century Eu-
rope and America) are contrasted with those in de-
veloped societies (modern Europe and America), and
the impact of a world economic system on the two
is explored. The advantages of comparative analysis
are developed.

CJ 3531 White Collar Crime

This course is designed to examine critically the cur-
rent theoretical, research, and public policy issues
regarding white collar crime. The first part examines
definitions of white collar crime as well as various
typologies of white collar crime activity. The nature,
extent and consequences of white collar crime in the
United States will also be assessed. Finally explan-
ations for the commission of these offenses will be
discussed. The second part uses case studies to
explore in more detail white collar crime. For example,
cases of employee theft, corporate crime, governmen-
tal deviance, industrial espionage, and computer
crime will be presented and discussed. The third
part focuses on controlling white collar crime. The
problems of traditional criminal justice systems in
controlling white collar crime will be examined and
the prospects of alternative systems of control-civic
law, private security, public opinion-will be assessed.

CJ 3801, CJ 3802 Directed Study I and II

An independent study offers the student the oppor-
tunity to bring individual, concentrated attention to
a particular topic as arranged and agreed upon in
advance by a faculty member and the student. This
option is generally recommended when the student
desires a more intensive analysis of a particular
subject. The independent study has the advantage
of allowing students flexibility in learning and devel-
oping their own academic programs.

CJ 3803, CJ 3804 Internship I and II

Field instruction in a criminal justice agency where
instruction may be offered through administrative,
research, teaching and/or related activites. Students
have the opportunity to apply theoretical concepts
in a practical, applied fashion by observing and con-
tributing to the daily activities of operating agencies
and organizations.

CJ 3805 Master's Thesis

Students electing to write a Master's thesis must
select a thesis topic with the advice of a faculty
member and receive approval of the thesis topic from
the graduate director.

Engineering

102 /Engineering

Graduate School of Engineering

Chemical Engineering

Each course description includes information on the expected quarter in which classes are usually offered.
The quarters listed are presented here for planning purposes; however, the Graduate School of Engineering
cannot guarantee that all courses will be offered. Students must refer to the Graduate School of Engineering
Quarterly Course Offering sheets to determine what courses are actually offered in any given quarter and at
what day and time.

CHE 3300 Chemical Engineering 4 Q.H.

Mathematics (formerly 04.802)
Fall Quarter, Alternating Years

Formulation and solution of problems involving ad-
vanced calculus as they arise in chemical engineering
situations. Methods covered will de ordinary differen-
tial equations, series solutions, complex variables.
Laplace transforms, partial differential equations, and
matrix operations. Emphasis will be placed on methods
for formulating the problems. It will be assumed that
the student has been exposed to some of these topics
in appropriate mathematics courses. Prereq.: BS
degree in Chemical Engineering including mathema-
tical analysis.

CHE 3301 Chemical Engineering 2 aH.

Mathematics

Fall Quarter, As Announced

CHE 3301 and CHE 3302 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3300, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3302 Chemical Engineering 2 Q.H.

Mathematics II
Winter Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3301. Prereq.: CHE 3301.

CHE 331 0 Chemical Engineering 4 Q.H.

Thermodynamics I (formerly 04.81 1 )
Winter Quarter, Alternating Years

Classical thermodynamics as a method of approach
to the analysis of processes of interest to chemical
engineers. A study of phase equilibria involving the
various states of matter; prediction and correlation
of physical, chemical, and transport properties of
gases and liquids; elementary concepts of quantum
and statistical mechanics to interpret the empirical
properties of classical thermodynamics. Fundamen-
tal principles are reviewed to the extent needed.
Prereq.: BS degree in Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3311 Chemical Engineering 2 Q.H.

Thermodynamics i
Winter Quarter

CHE 331 1 and CHE 3312 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3310, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3312 Chemical Engineering 2 Q.H.

Thermodynamics II
Spring Quarter

Continuation of CHE 331 1 . Prereq.: CHE 3311.

CHE 3320 Separation Process 4 Q.H.

(formerly 04.978)

Spring Quarter, Alternating Years

Calculation and design methods used in processes
involving mass transfer Topics covered include vapor
liquid equilibria for binary and multicomponent sys-
tems, multicomponent distillation, absorption and
extraction. Emphasis is placed on methods and tech-
niques which are common to many separation pro-
cesses. Prereq.: BS degree in Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3321 Separation Processes I 2 Q.H.

Winter Quarter

CHE 3321 and CHE 3322 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3320, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3322 Separation Processes 2 Q.H.

Spring Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3321. Prereq.: CHE 3321.

CHE 3330 Chemical Process Control 4 Q.H.

(formerly 04.829)

Fall Quarter, Alternating Years

Review of classical control techniques; state variable
representation and analysis of continuous control
systems in chemical engineering, including controll-
ability, observability, and stability. Multivariable con-
trol problems in chemical engineering; introduction
to optimal control. Digital simulation included where
appropriate. Prereq.: Graduate standing in Chemical
Engineering or permission.

CHE 3331 Chemical Process Control I 2 Q.H.

Fall Quarter, As Announced

CHE 3331 and CHE 3332 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3330, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3332 Chemical Process Control II 2 Q.H.
Winter Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3331. Prereq.: CHE 3331.

CHE 3340 Heterogeneous Catalysis 4 Q.H.

(formerly 04.890)

Winter Quarter, Alternating Years

Experimental methods required for determining the
surface area and pore structure of catalyst carriers
are discussed. These structural characteristics are
utilized to estimate mass and heat transport rates
within porous catalyst in order to determine their
effectiveness with respect to chemical reaction.

Chemical Engineering / 103

Mechanisms for chemical poisoning of catalysts are
also analyzed. Reactions of practical interest are
used to illustrate the applications of heterogeneous
catalysis to modern chemical processing problems.
Prereq.: BS degree in Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3341 Heterogeneous Catalysis I 2 Q.H.

Winter Quarter

CHE 3341 and CHE 3342 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3340, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3342 Heterogeneous Catalysis II 2 Q.H.

Spring Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3341. Prereq.: CHE 3341.

CHE 3350 Chemical Process Heat Transfer 4 Q.H.

(formerly 04.973)

Spring Quarter, Alternating Years

Empirical methods and calculations used to design
heat transfer equipment for the chemical process
industries. Review of basic heat transfer principles.
Shell-and-tube calculations for liquid and/or vapor
phase heat transfer. Direct contact and other special
heat exchanger applications. Prereq.: BS degree in
Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3351 Chemical Process Heat 2 QH.

Transfer I
Winter Quarter

CHE 3351 and CHE 3352 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3350, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3352 Chemical Process Heat 2 Q.H.

Transfer II
Spring Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3351. Prereq.: CHE 3351.

CHE 3400 Advance Chemical Engineering 4 Q.H.
Calculations (formerly 04.801)
As Announced

Fundamental process principles leading to an un-
derstanding of the stoichiometric principles of chem-
ical process plants. The study of complex material
and energy balances is undertaken with the view to
apply these principles to actual large chemical plant
conditions. Prereq.: BS degree in Chemical Engineering
including differential equations.

CHE 3401 Advanced Chemical 2 Q.H.

Engineering Calculations I
As Announced

CHE 3401 and CHE 3402 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3400, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3402 Advanced Chemical 2 Q.H.

Engineering Calculations II
As Announced

Continuation of CHE 3401. Prereq.: CHE 3401.

CHE 3410 Numerical Techniques in 4 Q.H.

Chemical Engineering(formerly 04.803)
Fall Quarter, As Announced

Digital computer applications to chemical engineer-
ing problems. Topics covered include location of roots

of linear and nonlinear equations, numerical integra-
tion, and curve-fitting techniques with emphasis on
the numerical solution of ordinary and partial differ-
ential equations and to the subject of linear algebra.
Prereq.: BS degree in Chemical Engineering.

CHE 341 1 Numerical Techniques in 2 Q.H.

Chemical Engineering I
Fall Quarter, As Announced

CHE 3411 and CHE 3412 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as- CHE 3410, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3412 Numerical Techniques in 2 Q.H.

Chemical Engineering
Winter Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3411. Prereq.: CHE 3411.

CHE 3430 Chemical Data Estimation 2 Q.H.

(formerly 04.832)
As Announced

Methods of obtaining physical and thermodynamic
properties of chemical compounds and systems
without resorting to laboratory investigation. Latest
empirical relationships and physical and thermody-
namics laws are introduced to obtain data for plant
design and other chemical and engineering uses.
Prereq.: BS degree.

CHE 3450 Analytical and Numerical 4 Q.H.

Techniques (formerly 04.835)
As Announced

For students interested in solving comprehensive
problems using computer methods. Problems solved
in the course will be based on the interest of the
students and staff and will be individual. Prereq.:
BS degree and knowledge of digital computer
programming.

CHE 3500 Transport Phenomena 4 Q.H.

(formerly 04.823)

Winter Quarter, As Announced

Momentum rate conservation equations for steady-
state fluid flow in two-dimensional boundary layers
are presented and solved to obtain the fluid velocity
profiles. These results are utilized in the consider-
ation of heat and mass transfer phenomena at a
fluid-solid interface. The development of surface re-
newal theory is presented and applied to the de-
scription of heat and mass transfer phenomena.
Prereq.: BS degree in Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3501 Transport Phenomena I 2 Q.H.

Winter Quarter

CHE 3501 and CHE 3502 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3500, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3502 Transport Phenomena II 2 Q.H.

Spring Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3501. Prereq.: CHE 3501.

104 / Engineering

CHE 3510 Modeling and Simulation of 4 Q.H.

Chemical Process (formerly 04.837)
Winter Quarter, Alternating Years

Use of special purpose and general purpose com-
puter programs in solving the steady-state material
and energy balances of chemical processes. Course
includes related background material which may be
applied to these computer programs such as con-
vergence acceleration for calculations involving re-
cycle streams, tearing recycle streams for iteration
on minimum number of streams and minimum num-
ber of parameters, and algorithms for design variable
selection. Prereq.: Graduate standing in Chemical
Engineering.

CHE 3511 Modeling and Simulation of 2 Q.H.

Chemical Process I
Winter Quarter

CHE 351 1 and CHE 351 2 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3510, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3512 Modeling and Simulation of 2 Q.H.

Chemical Process II
Spring Quarter

Continuation of CHE 351 1. Prereq.: CHE 3511.

CHE 3520 Computer Process Control 4 Q.H.

(formerly 04.830)

Winter Quarter, Alternating Years

Computer control hardware and software. Z-trans-
form, pulse transfer functions, and data holds. Open
and closed-loop response and design of sampled-
data systems. Computer control algorithms. Digital
simulation of sampled data systems. Prereq.: Grad-
uate standing in Chemical Engineering or permission.

CHE 3521 Computer Process Control I 2 Q.H.
Winter Quarter

CHE 3521 and CHE 3522 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3520, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3522 Computer Process Control II 2 Q.H.
Spring Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3521. Prereq.: CHE 3521.

CHE 3530 Advanced Management 4 Q.H.

Techniques in the Chemical Industry

(formerly 04.840)

Fall Quarter, Alternating Years

fvlanagement techniques applied to the chemical in-
dustry. Special attention to management of research
organizations and to management of engineering
services, such as design, computer, and related ac-
tivities. Prereq.: Graduate standing.

CHE 3531 Advanced Management 2 O.H.

Techniques in the Chemical Industry I
Fall Quarter, As Announced

CHE 3531 and CHE 3532 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3530, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3532 Advanced Management 2 ah.

Techniques in the Chemical Industry II
Winter Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3531. Prereq.: CHE 3531.

CHE 3540 Advanced Process Design 4 Q.H.

Concepts (formerly 04.845)
Spring Quarter, Alternating Years

This course stresses techniques and approaches
used in the development of new or improved proc-
esses. Topics include establishment of process
bases, use of process simulators in design, optimi-
zation and evaluation of alternatives, and preliminary
equipment design and cost estimating techniques.
Prereq.: BS degree in Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3541 Advanced Process Design 2 Q.H.

Concepts I

Fall Quarter, As Announced

CHE 3541 and CHE 3542 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3540, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3542 Advanced Process Design 2 Q.H.

Concepts II
Winter Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3541. Prereq.: CHE 3541.

CHE 3543 Advanced Rant Design 2 Q.H.

Concepts II
Spring Quarter

f\/lodern approaches to plant design: computer-ori-
ented design, analysis and simulation of chemical
processes, use of strategy decision making in de-
sign, advanced scheduling and planning techniques.
Prereq.: BS degree in Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3560 Fluid Mechanics 4 Q.H.

(formerly 04.974)

Fall Quarter, Alternating Years

Discussion of statics, kinematics, and stress con-
cepts associated with fluids. Formation of the gen-
eral equations of motion with application to laminar
and turbulent flow. Topics on boundary layer theory
and compressible flow are included. Prereq.: BS de-
gree in Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3561 Fluid Mechanics I 2 Q.H.

Fall Quarter, As Announced

CHE 3561 and CHE 3562 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3560, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3562 Fluid Mechanics II 2 Q.H.

Winter Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3561. Prereq.: CHE 3561.

CHE 3600 Polymer Science 4 Q.H.

(formerly 04.870)

Fall Quarter, Alternating Years

Basic concepts of polymers, thermodynamics of pol-
ymer solutions and measurement of molecular weight.
Physical and chemical testing of polymers. Crystal-
linity in polymers and rheology of polymers. Physical

Chemical Engineering / 105

and chemical properties of polymers. Mechanisms
and conditions for polymerization of polymers in-
cluding step-reaction, addition and copolymeriza-
tion. Discussion of carbon-chain polymers, fibers
and fiber technology. Prereq.: BS degree in Chemical
Engineering or Chemistry.

CHE 3601 Polymer Science I 2 Q.H.

Fall Quarter, As Announced

CHE 3601 and CHE 3602 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3600, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3602 Polymer Science II 2 Q.H.

Winter Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3601. Prereq.: CIHE 3601.

CHE 3620 Principles of Polymerization 4 Q.H.

(formerly 04.872)

Fall Quarter, Alternating Years

Introduction to polymers and polymer properties.
Mechanisms of polymerization including step poly-
merization, radical-chain polymerization, emulsion
polymerization, ionic-chain polymerization, chain co-
polymerization and ring-opening polymerization.
Stereo chemistry of polymerization and synthetic re-
actions of polymers. Applications to reactor design
of industrially important polymers. Prereq.: Graduate
standing in Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3621 Principles of Polymerization I 2 Q.H.
Fall Quarter

CHE 3621 and CHE 3622 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3620, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3622 Principles of Polymerizations II 2 Q.H.
Winter Quarter, As Announced

Continuation of CHE 3621. Prereq.: CHE 3621.

CHE 3630 Chemical Process Pollution 4 Q.H.

Control (formerly 04.850)
Spring Quarter, Alternating Years

Provides chemical engineering students with basic
fundamentals for handling environmental problems
in the chemical process industries. Water quality
requirements and industrial waste characteristics;
wastewater treatment processes applicable to en-
vironmental engineering; biological treatment proc-
esses and equipment; comprehensive design prob-
lems involving biological and tertiary treatment; the
economics of water treatment and reuse. Prereq.:
Graduate standing in Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3631 Chemical Process Pollution 2 Q.H.

Control I
Winter Quarter

CHE 3631 and CHE 3632 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3630, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3632 Chemical Process Pollution 2 Q.H.

Control II
Spring Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3631. Prereq.: CHE 3631.

CHE 3660 Solar Energy Thermal 2 Q.H.

Processes (formerly 04.862)
Fall Quarter

Covers fundamental thermal processes involved in
obtaining useful heat from flat-plate solar collectors.
The components required in an active solar energy
collection system are analyzed, and the economics
of the system are considered. Prereq.: BS degree.

CHE 3663 Fundamentals of Polymer 4 Q.H.

Processing (formerly 04.871)
Winter Quarter, Alternating Years

Transport properties of polymer solutions and pol-
ymer melts. Modeling and design of polymer proc-
essing equipment. Flow models for processes in-
volving heat, mass, and/or momentum transfer.
Analysis of flow stability and elastic phenomena. Ap-
plications to the design of equipment for extrusion,
calendering, coating, fiber spinning, tubular film
blowing, injection molding and mixing. Prereq.: Grad-
uate standing in Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3664 Fundamentals of Polymer 2 Q.H.

Processing I
Winter Quarter

CHE 3664 and CHE 3665 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3663, but in
two 2QH courses.

CHE 3665 Fundamentals of Polymer 2 Q.H.

Processing II
Spring Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3664. Prereq.: CHE 3664.

CHE 3670 Special Topics in Chemical 4 Q.H.

Engineering (formerly 04.899)
As Announced

Topics of interest to the staff member conducting
this class are presented for advanced study A stu-
dent may not take more than one Special Topics
course with any one instructor Prereq.: Permission
of department staff.

CHE 3671 Kinetics of Chemical Processes 2 Q.H.

(formerly 04.891)

Spring Quarter, Alternating Years

The theoretical foundations for the analysis of ele-
mentary chemical reaction rates, such as collision
theory, particle dynamics, and transition state theory
are presented. Consideration is given to the theory
of monomolecular reactions and the effect of solvent
and electrostatic forces on liquid phase reaction
rates. Homogeneous catalysis and selected free-en-
ergy correlations are covered. Prereq.: BS degree in
Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3672 Kinetics of Chemical 2 Q.H.

Processes I
Winter Quarter

CHE 3672 and CHE 3673 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as CHE 3671, but in
two 2QH courses.

106 /Engineering

CHE 3673 Kinetics of Chemical 2 Q.H.

Processes II
Spring Quarter

Continuation of CHE 3672. Prereq.: CHE 3672.

CHE 3680 Corrosion Fundamentals 2 Q.H.

(formerly 04.821)
As Announced

Economic factors, basic theories, types, behaviors of
specific systems, and protection against corrosion
are studied. Wherever possible, engineering appli-
cations of the principles are emphasized. Prereq.: BS
degree.

CHE 3690 Seminar (formerly 04.990) 2 Q.H.

Any Quarter

Topics of an advanced nature are presented by staff,
outside speakers, and students in the graduate pro-
gram. This course must be attended by all master's
degree candidates. Prereq.: Graduate standing in
Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3796 DEng Continuation 0 Q.H.

Any Quarter

CHE 3798 Masters Thesis Continuation 0 Q.H.
(formerly 04.9X1)
Any Quarter

CHE 3799 PhD Continuation 0 Q.H.

(formerly 04.9X4)
Any Quarter

CHE 3860 Thesis (Master's Degree) 10 Q.H.

(formerly 04.991)

Any Quarter ^

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted un-
der the supervision of the department. Prereq.: Grad-
uate Standing in Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3861 Thesis (Master's Degree) 4 Q.H.

Any Quarter

CHE 3862 Thesis (Master's Degree) 2 Q.H.

Any Quarter

CHE 3880 Thesis (PhD Degree) 0 Q.H.

(formerly 04.995)
Any Quarter

Theoretical and experimental work conducted under
the supervision of the department. Prereq.: Admis-
sion to doctoral program in Chemical Engineering.

CHE 3885 Thesis (DEng Degree) 0 Q.H.

(formerly 04.996)
Any Quarter

Theoretical and experimental work conducted under
the supervision of the department. Prereq.: Admis-
sion to program in Chemical Engineering.

Civil Engineering

Each course description includes information on the expected quarter in which classes are usually offered.
The quarters listed are presented here for planning purposes; however, the Graduate School of Engineering
cannot guarantee that all courses will be offered. Students must refer to the Graduate School of Engineering
Quarterly Course Offering sheet to determine what courses are actually offered in any given quarter and at
what day and time.

problems. Examples are drawn from structural me-
chanics. Prereq.: Admission to the Graduate School
of Engineering.

CIV 3131 Engineering Statistics I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01 .91 6)
Fall Quarter

The basic elements of probability theory and Statis-
tics and their use via the solution of various civil
engineering problems encountered in fluid mechan-
ics, construction management, structures, transpor-
tation. Probability of events, random variables and
distributions, derived distributions, expectation, com-
mon probability models. Prereq.: Undergraduate
calculus.

CIV 3132 Engineering Statistics II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.917)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of CIV 3131. Includes parameter esti-
mation, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, and
linear statistical models. Prereq.: CIV 3131.

CIV 3141 Numerical Methods in Qvil 2 Q.H.

Engineering I (formerly 01.888)
Fall Quarter

Introduction, errors in numerical analysis. Solution
of nonlinear algebraic equations by direct and iter-
ative methods. Introduction to matrix eigenvalue

CIV 3142 Numerical Methods in Civil 2 Q.H.

Engineering II (formerly 01.889)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of CIV 3141. Approximation of func-
tions: interpolation, and least squares curve fitting;
orthogonal polynomials. Numerical differentiation and
integration. Solution of ordinary and partial differ-
ential equations, and integral equations; discrete
methods of solution of initial and boundary-value
problems. Examples are drawn from structural me-
chanics, geotechnical engineering, hydrology and
hydraulics. Prereq.: CIV 31 41.

CIV 3151 Environmental Impact 2 Q.H.

Statement Process I (formerly 01.865)
Fall Quarter

This course provides a pragmatic introduction to the
legal/regulatory framework that determines the con-
tent and format of environmental documents and
presents an overview of the techniques used to iden-
tify and evaluate environmental impacts. Prereq.: Ad-
mission to Graduate School of Engineering.

Civil Engineering / 107

CIV 3152 Environmental Impact 2 Q.H.

Statement Process II (formerly 01.866)
Winter Quarter

This course supplements the information on proce-
dures and analysis encompassed in CIV 3151 by
setting forth state-of-the-art techniques for quanti-
fication of environmental effects and development of
measures to mitigate identified adverse impacts.
Prereq.: CIV 3151.

CIV 31 55 Technology Assessment 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.988)
Winter Quarter

Classical views of technology. History and definition
of technology assessment. Individual, environmental
and societal impacts of technologies. Technological
externalities. Risks and the determination of safety.
Policy options for dealing v\/ith technological prob-
lems. Case studies. Prereq.: Admission to the Grad-
uate School of Engineering and consent of instructor

CIV 31 61 System Analysis I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.807)
Fall Quarter

Application of linear optimization models to various
civil engineering problems: the simplex method, sen-
sitivity analysis, transportation problem, tranship-
ment problem, shortest path problem. Prereq.: Ad-
mission to Graduate School of Engineering.

CIV 3162 Systems Analysis II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.808)
Winter Quarter

Further application of systems analysis techniques
to civil engineering problems: dynamic programming,
linear regression, model estimation, queuing theory,
project evaluation. Prereq.: CIV 3162 and CIV 3131;
to be taken concurrently with CIV 3 1 32.

CIV 3163 Systems Analysis III 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.809)
Spring Quarter

Further application of techniques and approaches
presented in CIV 3161 and CIV 3162. New topics
to be presented include integer programming, non-
linear programming, simulation, decision analysis.
Other topics may be added according to interest, as
time allows. Aim will be to help prepare students to
complete a term project employing numerous tech-
niques of systems analysis. Prereq.: CIV 3163.

CIV 3231 Construction Management I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.821)
Fall Quarter

This course treats cost estimating, including a de-
scription of computerized cost estimating systems;
duration estimating, considering work analysis tech-
niques; value engineering as a concept and its effect
on the construction industry; and specifications, in-
cluding the use and importance of computerized
Specification Writing Systems. Prereq.: Admission to
Graduate School of Engineering.

CIV 3232 Construction Management II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.822)
Winter Quarter

This course contains treatment of the application of
scheduling methods to the control of construction
activities including resource allocation, quality con-
trol, cash flow progress reporting, and the effects of
change orders. Prereq.: CIV 3231.

CIV 3237 Construction Mettiods and 2 Q.H.

Equipment I (formerly 01 .830)
^11 Quarter

This course treats typical approaches to construc-
tion in a selection of application areas such as steel
and concrete structures, hydraulic and port facilities,
horizontal construction and the like. Prereq.: Admis-
sion to Graduate School of Engineering.

CIV 3238 Construction Methods and 2 Q.H.

Equipment II (formerly 01.831)
Winter Quarter

This course is a continuation of CIV 3237, treating
additional areas of construction. Prereq.: CIV 3237.

av 3241 Legal Aspects of Gvil 2 Q.H.

Engineering (formerly 01.832)
Fall Quarter

A presentation of United States and international
legal systems and theories necessary for the com-
prehension of business and contractual liabilities,
rights and obligations in the engineering field. Prereq.:
Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering.

CIV 3242 Legal Aspects of Civil 2 Q.H.

Engineering II (formerly 01.833)
Winter Quarter

This course deals with the description and evaluation
of various types of construction contracts, proce-
dures and formats for submitting bids, filing claims,
and legal steps to avoid liabilities, utilizing the prin-
ciples learned in CIV 3241. Prereq.: CIV 3241.

CIV 3245 Construction Seminar 2 QH. '

(formerly 01 .827)
Spring Quarter

This course is a reading and discussion course cen-
tering on recent research publications in Construc-
tion Engineering. Prereq.: Limited to Construction
Management Program majors; to be taken in final spring
quarter

CIV 3310 Environmental Chemistry I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.920)
Fall Quarter

A review of basic chemistry is followed by a discus-
sion of the equilibrium chemistry of homogeneous
and heterogeneous systems with applications in en-
vironmental engineering. The physical and chemical
properties of water are studied, as are acidity, al-
kalinity, hardness, and water softening. Topics in re-
ceiving water quality and disinfection are included.
Prereq.: Two quarters of general chemistry.

108 / Engineering

CIV 3311 Environmental Chemistry II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.921)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of CIV 3310, including the basic prin-
ciples of chemical thermodynamics, electrochemis-
try, kinetics, organic chemistry, biochemistry, and
nuclear chemistry as they relate to environmental
engineering. Colloidal chemistry and coagulation are
discussed as are fun lamental water quality param-
eters such as BOD, COD, and TOC. Prereq.: CIV
3310; to be taken concurrently with CIV 3325.

CIV 3312 Environmental Chemistry I 4 Q.H.

and II (formerly 01.923)
Fall Quarter

This course embodies the material in CIV 3310 and
CIV 3311 . Prereq.: Two quarters of general chemistry.

CIV 3315 Water and Wastewater 2 Q.H.

Treatment I (formerly 01.910)
Fall Quarter

Water quality water impurities and effects, the theory
and practice of water treatment, and the elements
of design of water treatment works including intake
facilities, wells, coagulation, sedimentation, filtration,
softening, iron and manganese removal, disinfection
and fluoridation. Prereq.: Undergraduate fluid me-
chanics and CIV 3311.

CIV 3316 Water and Wastewater 2 Q.H.

Treatment II (formerly 01.911)
Winter Quarter

Waste characteristics, the theory and practice of
wastewater treatment and disposal, and the elements
of design of primary and secondary treatment works,
including screening, grit removal, sedimentation, bi-
ological treatment processes, sludge digestion and
disposal, stabilization ponds, and disinfection. Prereq.:
CIV 3315.

CIV 3317 Water and Wastewater 2 Q.H.

Treatment III (formerly 01.912)
Winter and Spring Quarters

Desalination, advanced wastewater treatment, land
treatment, effluent disposal and reuse, small alter-
native wastewater systems, and other special prob-
lems in water and wastewater characteristics and
treatment, including corrosion control, and applica-
tion and storage of chemicals. Prereq.: CIV 3316 or
CIV 3318.

CIV 3318 Water and Wastewater 4 Q.H.

Treatment I and II (formerly 01.914)
Fall Quarter

This course embodies the material in CIV 3315 and
CIV 331 6. Prereq.: Undergraduate fluid mechanics; to
be taken concurrently with CIV 3312.

CIV 3320 Environmental Microbiology 2 aH.

(formerly 01.922)

Winter and Spring Quarters

A study of microbiology with emphasis on environ-
mental engineering applications. The course in-
cludes cell structure, nutrition, morphology growth,
reproduction, and metabolism of microorganisms of

environmental significance. Effects of environmental
factors including inhibition, killing, and natural hab-
itats are discussed. In addition, anaerobic digestion
and eutrophication are covered. Prereq.: CIV 3311;
to be taken concurrently with CIV 3326.

CIV 3325 Environmental Analysis I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.930)
Winter Quarter

A laboratory course for the analytical evaluation of
environmental conditions. Included are coagulation
studies, chlorine demand determination, and the use
of colorimetric spectroscopy. Interpretation of ana-
lytical results for practical applications is also
stressed. Prereq.: CIV 3310; to be taken concurrently
with CVI 3311.

CIV 3326 Environmental Analysis II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.931)
Spring Quarter

Laboratory analyses are continued with emphasis on
the chemical and biological analyses associated with
wastewater treatment methods. Nitrogen determi-
nations are included. Gas chromatography and
atomic absorption spectroscopy are used for trace
analyses of organics and metals. Prereq.: to be taken
concurrently with CIV 3312.

CIV 3327 Environmental Analysis I and II 4 QM.
(formerly 01.933)
Fall Quarter

This course embodies the material in CIV 3325 and
CIV 3326. Prereq.: to be taken concurrently with CIV
3312.

CIV 3341 Industrial Waste Disposal 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.913)

Fall and Spring Quarter

Evaluation of industrial waste problems and devel-
opment of process design for the required treatment
facilities; study of various manufacturing processes
and their wastewater problems; industrial waste sur-
vey techniques; characteristics of industrial wastes;
evaluation of hazardous materials; waste reduction
methods; physical, chemical, biological and ad-
vanced treatment methods; industrial wastewaters
and disposal and treatment of industrial solids and
liquids. Prereq.: CIV 3311 and CIV 3317.

CIV 3343 Unit Operations in 2 Q.H.

Environmental Engineering I (formerly 01.935)
Winter Quarter

Laboratory scale unit operations illustrating the
physical, chemical and biological principles involved
in water and wastewater treatment. The aim is to
obtain criteria for system design. Topics include dis-
infection, water softening, sedimentation, chemical
coagulation, and ion exchange. Prereq.: CIV 3317
and CIV 3326.

CIV 3344 Unit Operations in 2 Q.H.

Environmental Engineering II (formerly 01 .936)
Spring Quarter

Continuation of CIV 3343. Topics include biode-
gradability studies using activated sludge, fixed-film

Civil Engineering / 109

reactors, anaerobic digestion, vacuum filtration, and
chemical-physical processes involved in wastewater
treatment. A comprehensive evaluation of each unit
process is required in a report from each student.
Prereq.: CIV 3343.

CIV 3345 Unit Operations in 4 Q.H.

Environmental Engineering I and II (formerly
01.938)
Spring Quarter

This course embodies the material in CIV 3343 and
CIV 3344. Prereq.: CIV 3317 and CIV 3326 or CIV
3327.

CIV 3348 Stream Sanitation 2 aH.

(formerly 01.954)
Winter Quarter

Analysis of the fate and effects of discharge of con-
servative and nonconservative pollutants in surface
receiving waters and groundwaters. Topics include
BOD and oxygen relationships in streams, eutrophi-
cation and general water quality improvement tech-
niques. Prereq.: CIV 3310.

CIV 3351 Open Channel Flow I 2 QH.

(formerly 01.902)
Fall Quarter

Open channel flow classification; energy and mo-
mentum principles; uniform flow calculations; design
of channels for uniform flow; channel transitions;
gradually varied flow; surface profile computations;
spatially varied flow. Prereq.: Undergraduate fluid me-
chanics and hydraulic engineering.

CIV 3352 Open Channel Flow II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.903)
Winter Quarter

Rapidly varied flow, hydraulic jump and its applica-
tions; flow through nonprismatic channel sections;
flow in channels of nonlinear alignment, wave action;
unsteady flow, dynamic equations; wave propaga-
tion; flood routing in rivers. Prereq.: CIV 3351.

CIV 3355 Hydrology I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.908)
Winter Quarter

Elements of the hydrologic cycle, precipitation, evap-
oration, streamflow, groundwater; water balance
equation for watersheds; streamflow hydrographs, unit
hydrographs, hydrographs of overland flow; relation
between precipitation and runoff; hydrologic and
hydraulic routings, linear reservoirs routing. Prereq.:
CIV 3131 and undergraduate fluid mechanics and
hydraulic engineering.

CIV 3356 Hydrology II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.909)
Spring Quarter

Deterministic hydrologic models; probability in hy-
drology; stochastic hydrology, generation of data,
Markov chain series; flobd forecasting; applications
of hydrology and design considerations. Prereq.: CIV
3132 and CIV 3355.

CIV 3358 Flow Through Porous Media 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.924)

Fall Quarter, Alternate Years

Groundwater uses; properties of porous media; in-
filtration, saturated and unsaturated zones, soil water
interactions; types of aquifers; Darcy's law, Dupuit-
Forchemier's assumption, groundwater flow equa-
tions, steady and unsteady cases; steady state see-
page problems, method of flow nets; dispersion of
groundwater, quality and contamination of ground-
water. Prereq.: Undergraduate fluid mechanics and
hydraulic engineering.

CIV 3360 Groundwater and Seepage 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.925)

Winter Quarter, Alternate Years

Hydraulics of wells, steady and transient flow equa-
tions, pumping tests, multiple well systems, methods
of images; superposition, leaky aquifers, salt-water
intrusion, static equilibrium and hydrodynamic equi-
librium, control of saline water intrusion; numerical
and experimental methods, physical models, analog
models, finite difference solution, introduction to the
method of finite elements. Prereq.: CIV 3358.

CIV 3363 Hydraulic Structures I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.963)

Fall Quarter, Alternate Years

Fteservoirs, characteristics, capacity, sedimentation,
waves and floods; forces on dams; types of dams;
gravity dams; earth dams; arch dams; cofferdams;
turbines. Prereq.: Admission to Graduate School of
Engineering.

CIV 3364 Hydraulic Structures II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.964)

Winter Quarter, Alternate Years

Intake structures; outlet structures, spillways; tun-
nels; canals; offshore protection. Prereq.: CIV 3363.

CIV 3367 Water Resources Planning 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.965)

Spring Quarter, Alternate Years

The nature of water resources projects (sociopoliti-
cal, legal); water resources planning objectives (eco-
nomic, cost, benefit); problems in water resources
engineering (development, design, operational, re-
capitulation); introduction to linear and dynamic pro-
gramming; simulation methods; case studies. Prereq.:
CIV 3141 and CIV 3355.

CIV 3370 Air Pollution Engineering 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.950)
Winter Quarter

Theory and practice related to engineering manage-
ment of air resources; applications of models for the
atmospheric dispersion of pollutants; analysis of
control systems for gaseous and particulate emis-
sions utilizing dry collection, wet collection, absorp-
tion, and catalytic processes. Discussion of source
control evaluation and air quality standards. Course
CIV 3374 is recommended. Prereq.: Admission to
Graduate School.

110 /Engineering

CIV 3372 Air Sampling and Analysis 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.955)
Spring Quarter

A laboratory course in air pollution measurements
utilizing physical, chemical and instrumental meth-
ods and calibration and use of sampling equipment
for gaseous and particulate pollutants. Identification
and quantitive measurements of pollutants are per-
formed utilizing microscopy, spectrophotometer/, gas
chromatography, and atomic absorption spectros-
copy. Prereq.: CIV 3370.

CIV 3374 Air Pollution Science 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.957)
Fall Quarter

Biological and chemical aspects of air pollution with
emphasis on the toxicological aspects of the envi-
ronment, physiological effects of aerosols, analysis
of organic and inorganic constituents of the atmos-
phere and rationale for establishment of air quality
criteria and standards. Note; This course is open to
non-engineering as well as to engineering graduate
students. Prereq.: Consent of the department and
instructor.

CIV 3376 Industrial Hygiene 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.952)
Winter Quarter

Characterization and control of industrial problems
associated with noise, heat and ventilation. Physical
and biological aspects of environmental stress are
discussed. Emphasis is placed on the application of
engineering principles to the design of control sys-
tems. Evaluation procedures for control effectiveness
are reviewed. Prereq.: Admission to Graduate School
■ of Engineering.

CIV 3378 Environmental Planning and 2 Q.H.

Management (formerly 01.980)
Fall Quarter

Planning and operation, and management of specific
environmental systems, such as collection systems;
solids separators, combined systems control, sewer
flushing, deposition loadings with least-squared ap-
plications, and case studies in optimal design of
treatment plants with variable input. Prereq.: Admis-
sion to Graduate School of Engineering.

CIV 3380 Environmental Protection 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.985)
Spring Quarter

Environmental quality and its effects on health, com-
fort, aesthetics, balance of ecosystems and renew-
able resources; interaction of the water-land-air com-
plex, vector control, food protection, ionizing radiation,
other radiation, and the energies of heat and sound.
Prereq.: Admission to Graduate School of Engineering.
CIV 3384 Solid Waste Management 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.945)
Fall Quarter

Basic solid waste management for engineering and
science students covering storage, collection prac-
tices, sanitary landfill principles, incineration prac-

tices and reclamation possibilities. Prereq.: Admis-
sion to Graduate School of Engineering.

CIV 3386 Hazardous Waste Practices 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.946) ,

Spring Quarter

An investigation of hazardous waste management
practices including: identification, storage, transport,
treatment processes, incineration, recycling, reuse,
chemical landfills and groundwater contamination.
Prereq.: CIV 3311 or CIV 3312.

av 3388 Design of Environmental 2 Q.H.

Systems I (formerly 01.971)
Winter Quarter

Examination of analysis and design of environmental
control systems using computer-based models as a
tool. Development of components of a treatment sys-
tem model applicable to simulate process using ac-
cepted mathematical relationships. Optimization of
various combinations of systems on the basis of econ-
omics and/or performance. Development of sensitivity
tests for fluctuation in such items as labor or power
units costs. Prereq.: CIV 3317 and general knowledge
of a computer language (BASIC or FORTRAN).

CIV 3389 Design of Environmental 2 Q.H.

Systems II (formerly 01.972)
Spring Quarter

Fundamental design concepts of complete systems
for environmental control, including water treatment;
wastewater disposal, air quality control, and solid
waste disposal; evaluation of economic alternatives
for environmental quality control; discussion of ac-
tual engineering reports and designs will include
considerations of the logic and conclusions. Prereq.:
CIV 3388.

CIV 3392 Seminar-Environmental 2 Q.H.

Engineering (formerly 01 .994)
Fall Quarter

Discussion by professional engineers and scientists,
faculty, and graduate students on subjects in the
area of environmental engineering and science. Open
to alt students actively working on either a Master's
Report or Thesis. Prereq:: Consent of the instructor.

CIV 3410 Soil Mechanics I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.871)
Fall Quarter

Phase relationships and index properties, permea-
bility, capillarity, effective stress concept, porous me-
dia flow, stress distribution, stress path concept, 1 -
D settlement analysis. Prereq.: Undergraduate course
in soil mechanics.

CIV 3411 Soil Mechanics II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.872)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of CIV 3410. Consolidation theory, 3-
D settlement analysis, shear strength properties of
soils, stress path analysis. Prereq.: CIV 3410.

Civil Engineering / 11 1

CIV 3412 Soil Mechanics III 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.873)
Spring Quarter

Continuation of CIV 341 1. Stability of open cuts and
natural slopes; numerical analysis and computer ap-
plications to stability, seepage, consolidation, and
deformation problems, laboratory testing; field in-
strumentation; special topics. Prereq.: CIV 3411 or
CIV 3413.

CIV 3413 Soil Mechanics I and II 4 Q.H.

(formerly 01.877)
Fall Quarter

Embodies the material in CIV 3410 and CIV 3411.
Prereq.: Undergraduate course in soil mechanics.

CIV 3420 Foundation Engineering I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.874)

Fall Quarter, Alternate Years

Lateral earth pressure theory; retaining wall design;
anchored bulkheads; braced cofferdams, dewater-
ing, observational approach to design. Prereq.: CIV
3411.

CIV 3421 Foundation Engineering II 2 QH.

(formerly 01.875)

Winter Quarter, Alternate Years

Bearing capacity, design of shallow foundations, site
improvement (preloading, deep densification), case
studies of foundation performance. Prereq.: CIV 3420.

CIV 3422 Foundation Engineering III 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.876)

Spring Quarter, Alternate Years

Pile foundations, caissons, selection of foundation
scheme; case studies. Prereq.: CIV 3421.

CIV 3423 Foundation Engineering I and II 4 Q.H.
(formerly 01.878)
Spring Quarter

Embodies the course content offered in CIV 3420
and CIV 3421. Prereq.: CIV 3411 or CIV 3413.

CIV 3430 Soil-Structure Interaction 4QH

(formerly 01.870) Winter Quarter

Introduction to pile foundations; t)eam on elastic foun-
dations; deformations of axially and laterally loaded
single piles and pile groups using available computer
software; pile load tests; case histories. Prereq.: CIV
3411 or CIV 341 3.

CIV 3440 Experimental Soi Mechanics 4 Q.H.

(formerly 01.879)
Spring Quarter

Laboratory evaluation of engineering properties of
soils with emphasis on permeability, compressibility
and strength. Introduction to model analysis of static
and dynamic behavior of soils. Prereq.: CIV 3411 or
CIV 3413.

CIV 3450 Engineering Geology 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.882)

Fall Quarter, Alternate Years

Review of minerals, selected topics in historical and
structural geology related to engineering geology;
origin and occurrence of various rock types, geo-
logic structures, faulting and joint systems; weath-

ering of rock and weathering products, glaciation,
geologic mapping and environmental aspects.
Prereq.: Undergraduate course in geology.

CIV 3460 Rock Mechanics I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.884)

Winter Quarter, Alternate Years

Interrelationship with other disciplines; index prop-
erties; classification systems; laboratory tests; state
of stress and stress distribution. Prereq.: CIV 3450.

CIV 3461 Rock Mechanics II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.885)

Spring Quarter, Alternate Years

Behavior of rock under combined stresses; pore
pressure effects; failure theories; in-situ deformation
modulus and shear strength characteristics; field
testing. Prereq.: CIV 3460.

CIV 3470 Soil Dynamtes I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.886)
Fall Quarter

Dynamic response analysis of one-degree-of-free-
dom systems, characteristics of earthquakes and
resulting ground motions, response spectra, stress-
strain behavior of soils during dynamic and repeated
loading, laboratory and field determinations, wave
propagation through elastic media, effect of local soil
condition upon earthquake ground motions. Prereq.:
Admission to the Geotechnical Engineering Program.

CIV 3471 Soil Dynamics II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.887)
Winter Quarter

Dynamic response analysis of a single mass, multi-
degree-of-freedom systems; machine foundation de-
sign and analysis; soil-structure interaction, ground
vibrations, sources and control; shear strength dur-
ing repeated loading, liquefication; dynamic analysis
of retaining structures and slopes. Prereq.: CIV 3470.

CIV 3480 Seismic Design 2 QH.

(formerly 01.850)
Spring Quarter

Earthquake considerations in building design proc-
ess, dynamic analysis of multidegree-of-freedom
elastic systems subjected to earthquake motions and
cyclically applied forces, inelastic dynamic response
analysis. Seismic provisions of building codes; soil-
structure interaction. Prereq.: CIV 3470.

CIV 3485 Selected Topk:s in Earthquake 2 Q.H.
Engineering (formerly 01.851)
Spring Quarter

Seismic hazard and seismic risk analysis; seismic
design decision analysis; lifeline earthquake engi-
neering; pipelines, liquid storage tanks, water distri-
bution systems; earthquake analysis of earth dams
and slop)es; dynamic analysis of retaining walls and
offshore facilities; dynamically loaded piles. Prereq.:
CIV 3470.

CIV 3510 Advaiced Structural 2 Q.H,

Mechanics I (formerly 01.841)
Fall Quarter

Analysis of force equilibrium (stress), deformation
deplacement (strain), and forcedeformation (Hooke's

112 /Engineering

Law) for an elastic solid; compatibility; governing
equations for complete and approximate elasticity
solution. Plane stress solution for narrow rectangular
beams. Torsion, Saint Venant's theory, membrane
analogy, rectangular sections, thin open and closed
sections. Introduction to bending of thin plates.
Prereq.: Undergraduate structural mechanics and
structural analysis.

CIV 351 1 Advanced Structural 2 Q.H.

Mechanics II (formerly 01.842)
Winter Quarter

Consistent models for the mechanics of simple
structural elements: axial, bending, plane stress, and
the like. Equilibrium, geometry of deformation, and
force/deformation as the governing relations of all
structural elements. Work and energy principles: vir-
tual displacement, virtual forces, minimum potential
energy minimum complementary energy, introduc-
tion to variational ideas, Rayleigh-Ritz method.
Prereq.: CIV 3510.

CIV 3512 Advanced Structural 4 Q.H.

Mechanics I and II (formerly 01.847)
Fall Quarter

This course embodies the material in CIV 3510 and
CIV 3511. However, more emphasis will be placed
on variational principles. Prereq.: Undergraduate
structural mechanics and structural analysis.

CIV 3520 Engineering Materials I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.824)
Winter Quarter

Mechanical, microstructural, physical and chemical
properties of cements and concretes and their roles
in structures, pavements, bridge decks, repair and
rehabilitation will be covered. Different concretes
such as expansive cement concrete, sulfate-resist-
ant concrete, sulfur concrete and fiber-reinforced
concrete will be introduced. Prereq.: Admission to
Graduate School.

CIV 3521 Engineering Materials II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.825)
Spring Quarter

Topics include the elastic, plastic and viscoelastic
properties of solids and composites; introduction to
fracture mechanics and fatigue. Prereq.: Admission
to Graduate School.

CIV 3525 Stability (formerly 01.859) 2 Q.H.

Spring Quarter

Prediction of the buckling loads in columns, behavior
of beam columns, use of numerical methods to com-
pute the buckling loads of nonprismatic members,
buckling of plates. Prereq.: CIV 3510 and CIV 3511.

CIV 3530 Rnite-Element Analysis of 2 Q.H.

Structures I (formerly 01.843)
Spring Quarter

Introduction to finite-element method for structural
analysis. Overview of direct stiffness method. For-
mulation of element stiffness matrices by direct use
of elasticity relations and by energy methods for
simple elements; axial, bending, plane stress, and

plane strain; transformation of coordinate systems;
lumping work equivalent loads; bounds on the error
solution. Plate bending. Use of finite-element com-
puter programs. Prereq.: CIV 3511.

CIV 3531 Finite-Element Analysis of 2 Q.H.

Structures II (formerly 01.844)
Fall Quarter

Additional applications of the finite-element method.
Prereq.: CIV 3530.

CIV 3532 Finite-Element Analysis of 4 Q.H.

Structures I and II (formerly 01 .856)
Winter Quarter

Embodies the course content offered in CIV 3530
and CIV 3531. Prereq.: CIV 3512 or CIV 3511.

CIV 3535 Advanced Structural Analysis 4 Q.H.
(formerly 01.845)
Fall Quarter

Offered days. Formulation and solution of structural
problems with primary application to member sys-
tems (trusses, frames, curved members), matrix for-
mulation of flexibility and stiffness methods: geo-
metrically nonlinear behavior. Prereq.: Admission to
the Graduate School of Engineering.

CIV 3540 Optimization in Structural 4 Q.H.

Engineering (formerly 01.852)
Spring Quarter

Unconstrained and constrained optimization; Kuhn-
Tucker condition: Sequential Unconstrained Minimi-
zation Technique (SUMT); design sensitivity analysis;
Gradient Projection Method (GRP). Although problem
formulation is quite general, emphasis will be on the
practical structural application where the displace-
ment (stiffness) method is used as part of the struc-
tural-synthesis^ algorithm. Knowledge of FORTRAN
assumed. Prereq.: CIV 3535.

CIV 3545 Structural Dynamics 4 Q.H.

(formerly 01.857)
Fall Quarter

Single degree of freedom structural systems, free
vibration, forced vibration, Duhmel integral, time step
integration, multidegree-of-freedom structural sys-
tems, model analysis, damping, response spectra,
nonlinear systems, earthquake ground motions.
Prereq.: concurrently with CIV 3535.

CIV 3550 Numerical Methods in 4 an.

Engineering Analysis (formerly 01.890)
Winter Quarter

Finite elements and finite differences methods for
analysis of linear and nonlinear problems in solid,
structural, and fluid mechanics. Computer-based nu-
merical solutions in statics and dynamics (model
analysis and direct integration). Eigensolution algo-
rithms. Applications: forced vibration analysis, earth-
quakes, offshore, structural analysis. Prereq.: CIV
3535 and CIV 3545.

Civil Engineering / 113

CIV 3560 Concrete Structures I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.853)
Fall Quarter

Fundamentals of prestressing; design of prestressed
concrete beams for flexure and shear; design of end
blocks; load balancing method for the analysis of
indeterminate prestressed structures; column de-
sign. Prereq.: Undergraduate Reinforced Concrete
Design and Structural Analysis.

CIV 3561 Concrete Structures II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.854)
Winter Quarter

Design of two-way slabs by the equivalent frame
method; yield line theory; prestressing of slabs; the
strip method; and introduction to folded plate design.
Prereq.: Undergraduate Reinforced Concrete Design
and Structural Analysis.

CIV 3562 Concrete Structures III 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.855)
Spring Quarter

Additional topics of folded plate design, design of
thin shelled structures including hyperbolic para-
boloids and shells of revolution. Prereq.: CIV 3561.

CIV 3570 Advanced Steel Design I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.861)
Fall Quarter

An advanced course in elastic design in structural
steel. Design problems involving braced and rigid
frame structures subject to gravity, wind and seismic
loads are considered. Prereq.: Undergraduate Steel
Design and Structural Analysis.

CIV 3571 Advanced Steel Design II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.862)
Winter Quarter

An advanced course in analysis and design in struc-
tural steel with emphasis on plastic behavior includ-
ing rigid frame buildings and braced multistory frame
buildings. Prereq.: Undergraduate Steel Design and
Structural Analysis.

CIV 3572 Advanced Steel Design III 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.863)
Spring Quarter

Advanced problems in elastic and plastic design of
structural steel. Topics include curved girders, cable
supported structures, fatigue considerations, and
composite sections with steel deck. Prereq.: Under-
graduate Steel Design and Structural Analysis.

CIV 3580 Computer-Aided Structural 4 Q.H.

Design (formerly 01.848)
Winter Quarter

General characteristics of computer aided design
software, development of software for the solution of
typical structural steel and reinforced concrete de-
sign problems. Prereq.: CIV 3535.

CIV 3585 Marine Structures 4 Q.H.

(formerly 01.846)
Spring Quarter

This course covers the behavior of marine structures
from the materials and structural analysis/design

considerations. The first part covers the behaviors
and properties of different materials in the marine
environment. The second part covers the analysis/
design aspects of these structures subjected to dif-
ferent environmental forces such as ice and ship
impacts, wind and earthquakes. Prereq.: CIV 3550
and CIV 3520.

CIV 3610 Urban Public Transportation 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.811)
Fall Quarter

Analysis and planning of public transportation sys-
tems, including bus, subway, commuter rail, and par-
atransit; performance prediction; service evaluation
and efficiency control measure; demand prediction;
institutional and economic issues. Prereq.: Admission
to Graduate Scfiool.

CIV 3620 Traffic Flow Theory I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.813)
Winter Quarter

Statistical methods in traffic flow theory, probability
models, hypothesis testing and its use, queuing the-
ory, and simulation techniques. Prereq.: Appropriate
courses in calculus and statistics and permission of
instructor

CIV 3621 Traffic Flow Theory II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.814)
Spring Quarter

Continuation of CIV 3620. Deterministic methods in
traffic flow theory, car following models, various
methods of determination of capacity and level of
service, computer applications. Prereq.: CIV 3620.

CIV 3630 Traffic Engineering 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.817)
Spring Quarter

Measurement of traffic characteristics and system
performance; theory of traffic flow and analytical
techniques; systems hardware design and evalua-
tion; current concerns of energy, environmental, and
urban amenity impacts; computer applications and
institutional characteristics. Prereq.: Admission to
Graduate School.

CIV 3635 Transportation Engineering 2 Q.H.

(formerly 01.820)
Winter Quarter

Description and evaluation of different modes of
transportation existing and proposed; their perform-
ance and cost characteristics; design, performance,
and selection criteria for vehicles and roadbeds.
Prereq.: Admission to Graduate School.

CIV 3640 Theory and Practice of 2 Q.H.

Transportation Planning I (formerly 01 .835)
Fall Quarter

Establishments of goals, objectives and criteria; the
current planning framework; examination of perform-
ance characteristics of transportation systems, in-
cluding public and private modes on land, water,
and airways. Prereq.: Admission to Graduate School.

114 /Engineering

CIV 3641 Theory and Practice of 2 Q.H.

Transportation Planning 11 (formerly 01.836)
Fall Quarter

Continuation of CIV 3640. Transportation demand
modeling from regional economic analysis to traffic
and public transportation network assignment; tech-
nical and economic evaluation; current issues, in-
cluding environmental assessment, transportation
systems management, citizen participation, and plan-
ning in developing countries. Prereq.: CIV 3640 to
' be taken previously or concurrently.

CIV 3650 Urban Transportation Analysis i 2 Q.H.
(formerly 01.815)
Winter Quarter

Principles of analysis of urban transportation sys-
tems including travel demand equilibrium, perform-
ance and evaluation techniques using aggregate and
disaggregate methods. Prereq.: CIV 3641 and ap-
propriate graduate statistics courses.

CIV 3651 Urban Transportation Analysis II 2 Q.H.
(formerly 01.816)
Spring Quarter

Continuation of CIV 3650. Conceptualization, for-
mulation, application, and evaluation of mathematical
models utilized in urban transportation systems anal-
ysis; case studies of representative analyses. The
objective of this course is to help prepare students
to conceptualize, formulate, apply and evaluate ap-
propriate mathematical modeling techniques in
transportation. Prereq.: CIV 3650.

CIV 3798 Master's Thesis Continuation 0 Q.H.
(formerly 01.9X1)
Any Quarter

CIV 3799 PhD Continuation
(formerly 01.9X4)
Any Quarter

0Q.H.

2Q.H.

CIV 3830 Special Topic in Civil
Engineering (formerly 01.992)
Fall, Winter, Spring Quarter

Topics of interest to the staff member conducting
this course are presented for advanced study. The

course is initiated by the appropriate discipline com-
mittee and approved by the department. Prereq.:
Consent of the instructor

CIV 3835 Special Project in CivH 2 Q.H.

Engineering (formerly 01.995)
Any Quarter

An individual effort in an area selected by student
and adviser and approved by the Departmental Dis-
cipline Committee resulting in a definitive report.
Prereq.: Permission of the department.

CIV 3850 Master's Report 4 Q.H.

(formerly 01.993)
Any Quarter

An individual effort consisting of laboratory and/or
literature investigation and analysis or advanced de-
sign of a project in an area of civil engineering
selected by student and adviser resulting in a defin-
itive report. Prereq.: Permission of the Civil Engi-
neering Department.

CIV 3851 Master's Report
Any Quarter

2Q.H.

8 Q.H.

CIV 3860 Master's Thesis
(formerly 01.991)
Any Quarter

Analytical and/or experimental research conducted
by arrangement w/ith and under the supervision of
the department. Prereq.: Permissbn of the Civil En-
gineering Department.

CIV 3861 Master's Thesis
Any Quarter

4Q.H.

2Q.H.

CIV 3862 Master's Thesis
Any Quarter

CIV 3870 PhD Thesis (formerly 01.997) 2 Q.H.
Any Quarter

Open to full-time doctoral students only. Prereq.: Ad-
mission to doctoral program in Civil Engineering.

Interdisciplinary Transportation

OINT 3798 Master's Thesis Continuation
Any Quarter

0 Q.H.

2Q.H.

OINT 3835 Special Project in
Transportation (formerly 93.818)
Any Quarter

An individual effort in an area selected by student
and adviser resulting in a definite report. Prereq.:
Permission of the Civil Engineering Department.

OINT 3850 Master's Report in 4 Q.H.

Transportation (formerly 93.819)
Any Quarter

An individual effort consisting of laboratory and/or
literature investigation and analysis or advanced de-

sign of a project in an area of transportation selected
by student and adviser resulting in a definitive report.
Prereq.: Permission of the Civil Engineering
Department.

OINT 3860 Master's Thesis in 8 Q.H.

Transportation (formerly 93.820)
Any Quarter

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted by
arrangement with and under the supervision of the
department. Prereq.: Permission of the Civil Engi-
neering Department.

Electrical and Computer Engineering / 1 15

Electrical and Computer Engineering

ECE 3100 Introduction to Circuits and 4 Q.H.

Systems (formerly 03.846)
Fall Quarter

The circuit elements (R, L and C) are introduced.
Kirchoff's laws, Tellegan and Thevenin's theorem.
Mesh and nodal analysis. Development of system
function approach, Laplace and Fourier transform
theory applied to circuit analysis. Sinusoidal steady-
state, n-port network theory, and power and energy
concepts. Prereq.: Admission to Graduate School

ECE 3101 Introduction to Electronics 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.847)
Winter Quarter

Characteristics of the theoretical physical junction.
The Ebers-Moll model for bipolar junction transistors,
characteristics of bipolar and field-effect devices,
basic digital inverters and logic gates and various
logic families. Use of transistors in the design of
analog circuits. Biasing, linearized incremental
models, load lines, signal flowgraphs, frequency re-
sponse and gain calculation for single and cascaded
stages. Prereq.: ECE 3100 or equivalent.

ECE 31 02 Introduction to Electromagnetic 4 Q.H.
Field Theory (formerly 03.848)
Spring Quarter

Definition of scalar and vector fields; vector calculus;
concepts of gradient, divergence, curl and the "del"
ofjerator; free-space electrostatics; the generaliza-
tion of the Maxwell equations to the case of time-
varying fields; Faraday induction law, wave equations
and the place wave solution. Prereq.: ECE 3100 or
equivalent.

ECE 3103 Introduction to Digital 4 Q.H.

Computers (formerly 03.849)
Fall Quarter

Basic components of digital systems and methods
for their analysis and design, combinational and se-
quential circuits, integrated circuit logic families and
functional building blocks, registers, counters, de-
coders, multiplexers and memories. Data represen-
tation and coding techniques. Central processor al-
ternatives; instruction formats, addressing modes,
bus structures, arithmetic units, timing analysis and
stacks. Algorithms for arithmetic operations with var-
ious data representations. Prereq.: Admission to
Graduate School.

ECE 3104 introduction to Communications 4 Q.H.
(formerly 03.850)
Spring Quarter

Review of system theory, convolution, Fourier series,
Fourier integral, signal analysis, Fourier methods,
correlation functions, density functions, power spec-
tra, amplitude modulation, frequency modulation,

phase modulation, sampling theory and digital mod-
ulation techniques. Prereq.: ECE 3108 or equivalent.

ECE 3105 Introduction to System 2 Q.H.

Software I
Fall Quarter

A knowledge of PASCAL is helpful but not required
for this course. Programming style considerations,
software testing and software reliability. Data struc-
tures, including stacks, queues, linked lists, trees and
graphs. The course emphasizes the use of PASCAL
to implement typical system software routines that
use the above data structures. Miscellaneous topics
also discussed are modern system software consid-
erations for multiprocessor, array processor and
graphic processor systems. Prereq.: Admission to
Graduate School.

ECE 31 06 Introduction to Systems 2 Q.H.

Software II
Winter Quarter

An analysis of absolute and relocatable program
translators. The topics covered are assemblers, dis-
assemblers, macroassemblers, linkers, an overview
of compilers, interpreters, simulators and emulators.
For a typical lab assignment, the student will design
and implement an absolute assembler for a very
simplified instruction set. Prereq.: ECE 3105.

ECE 3107 Introduction to System 2 Q.H.

Software III
Spring Quarter

An analysis of operating system structure and con-
cepts. Memory management, fragmentation, paging,
virtual memory, job and process scheduling, I/O
management, file management. Operating system
concepts for multiuser systems. Critical variables,
race conditions, Dekkeer's algorithm, some sample
multiuser routines. For a typical lab assignment, the
student will write simulated paged memory manage-
ment and process scheduling routines. Prereq.: ECE
3106.

ECE 3108 Introduction to Signals and 4 Q.H.

Systems

Winter Quarter

Description and analysis of continuous and discrete
signals and systems. Properties of systems. The in-
put-output relationship of linear time-invariant sys-
tems. Discrete and continuous Fourier series and
Fourier transforms. Laplace and z-transforms. Ele-
ments of filtering and sampling. Prereq.: ECE 3100
or equivalent.

116 / Engineering

ECE 3120 Power Circuit Analysis I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.925)
Fall Quarter

Fundamental concepts of single-phase and poly-
phase power systems; definitions of terms; use of
per unit quantities; equivalent circuits of symmetrical
3-phase systems; introduction of symmetrical com-
ponents; short circuits on systems with a single
power source. Prereq.: BSEE or ECE 3100 and ECE
3102.

ECE 3130 Electrical Machinery Theory i 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.940)
Fall Quarter

Review of magnetic circuit concepts and electro-
mechanical energy-conversion principles; steady-
state analysis of transformers, synchronous ma-
chines, and induction machines. Prereq.: BSEE or
ECE 3100 and ECE 3102.

ECE 3200 Mathematical Methods in 2 Q.H.

Computer Science (formerly 03.8A1 )
Fall Quarter

Algebraic concepts relevant to computer science; sets,
relations, mapping, orderings, algebraic systems.
Boolean algebras, groups, rings, finite fields, intro-
duction to vector spaces and linear algebras over
finite fields. Prereq.: Admission to Graduate School.

ECE 321 1 Mathematical Methods in 4 Q.H.

Electrical Engineering I (formerly 03.823)
Fall and Winter Quarters

Linear algebraic equations; Gauss algorithm; linear
operators in an n-dimensional vector space over in-
finite and finite fields; characteristic value problem,
minimal polynomial; functions of a matrix; equiva-
lence, congruence, and similarity transformation,
canonical forms; polynomial matrices; Smith normal
form; determinantal divisors; invariant polynomials,
elementary divisors; companion and Jordan canon-
ical matrices; decomposition of a vector space into
invariant subspaces with respect to a linear operator.
Prereq.: Admission to Graduate School.

ECE 321 2 Mathematical Methods in 2 Q.H.

Electrical Engineering l-A
Fall and Winter Quarters

ECE 3212 and ECE 3213 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3211, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3213 Mathematical Methods in 2 Q.H.

Electrical Engineering l-B
Winter and Spring Quarters

Continuation of ECE 3212. Prereq.: ECE 3212.
ECE 3221 Linear Systems Analysis 4 Q.H

(formerly 03.827)
Fall and Winter Quarters

Introduction to the state variable theory of continu-
ous and discrete linear systems. Standard canonical
representations. The concept of state and the rep-
resentation of interconnected systems. Linear spaces.
The state equations and their solution. Stability. In-

troduction to the general control problem in terms
of controllability and observability. Prereq.: ECE 3211,
ECE 3108 or equivalent.

ECE 3222 Linear Systems Analysis A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.825)

Fall and Winter Quarters

ECE 3222 and ECE 3223 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3221, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3223 Linear Systems Analysis B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.826)

Winter and Spring Quarters

Continuation of ECE 3222. Prereq.: ECE 3222.

ECE 3231 Mathematical Methods in 4 Q.H.

Electrical Engineering II
Summer Quarter

Complex variable theory; mapping by functions, def-
inite and indefinite integrals, Cauchy integral formula,
Laurent series, the residue theorem and branch
points. Application of complex variable theory to
Fourier theory, Hilbert transforms, and conformal
transformations in the analysis of linear systems and
in electrostatics; the Schwarz-Christoffel transfor-
mation, Ftoisson's integral formula and concept of
analytical continuation. Prereq.: Admission to Grad-
uate School.

ECE 3232 Mathematical Methods in 2 Q.H.

Electrical Engineering ll-A (formerly 03.8C1)
Summer Quarter

ECE 3232 and ECE 3233 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3231, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3233 Mathematical Methods in 2 Q.H.

Electrical Engineering ll-B (formerly 03.8C2)
Summer Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3232. Prereq.: ECE 3232

ECE 3241 Applied Probability and 4 Q.H.

Stochastic Processes (formerly 03.902)
Fall and Winter Quarters

Introductory probability, sample space and random
variables, examples of discrete and continuous prob-
ability distribution functions, averages, moments and
characteristic function, multivariate distributions,
change of variables and functions of variables, cen-
tral limit theorem, description of stochastic vectors.
General concepts of stochastic processes, station-
arity and ergodicity, stochastic continuity and differ-
entiation, the Gaussian process, linear systems with
stochastic inputs, correlation functions and power
spectra, matched filtering, stochastic orthogonality
and linear mean-square estimation filtering and pre-
diction. Prereq.: ECE 3108 or equivalent.

ECE 3242 Applied Probability and 2 Q.H.

Stochastic Processes A (formerly 03.900)
Fall and Winter Quarters

ECE 3242 and ECE 3243 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3241, but in
two 2QH courses.

Electrical and Computer Engineering / 1 17

ECE 3243 Applied Probability and 2 Q.H.

Stochastic Processes B (formerly 03.901)
Winter and Spring Quarters

Continuation of ECE 3242. Prereq.: ECE 3242.

ECE 3302 Power Circuit Analysis II 2 QH.

(formerly 03.926)
Winter Quarter

This course is a continuation of ECE 3120 Power
Circuit Analysis I. Sequence impedances of various
power-system elements are considered from an ap-
plication point of view; unsymmetrical faults on oth-
erwise symmetrical 3-phase systems; open conduc-
tors and asymmetrical connections and loadings;
analysis of simultaneous faults on 3-phase systems.
Prereq.: ECE 3120.

ECE 3303 Power Circuit Analysis III 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.927)
Spring Quarter

This course is a continuation of ECE 3302, Power
Circuit Analysis II. Introduction of Clarke components
and applications in analysis of asymmetrical systems
and faults; application of Clarke components to the
solution of surge phenomena problems; transmission
line theory; fundamentals of systems stability. Prereq.:
ECE 3302.

ECE 3304 Solid State AC and DC Motor 2 Q.H.

Control Systems (formerly 03.929)
Winter Quarter

The application of solid-state devices to the control
of AC and DC electrical machinery including recti-
fiers, inverters, choppers and cyclo-converters, as
applied to drive systems in industry and transpor-
tation. The course will emphasize a case method
approach. Prereq.: BSEE or ECE 3100 and ECE 3101.

ECE 3305 Computers in Power Systems I 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.935)
Fall Quarter

Techniques used in solving power system problems
with the digital computer. Matrix formulations are
examined, followed by a detailed treatment of the
short-circuit problem, including balanced and un-
balanced faults. Various iterative techniques are
studied for the solution of the power-flow problem.
Prereq.: BSEE or ECE 3120.

ECE 3306 Computers in Power Systems II 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.936)
Winter Quarter

Practical considerations of solving large scale net-
works are discussed. Network reductions, distribu-
tion factors and contingency analysis techniques are
developed. Digital models for regulated generators,
fixed and load tap changing transformers and HVDC
transmission lines are examined. Computer methods
for economic dispatch, loss coefficients and appli-
cation of pumped hydro are developed. Prereq.: ECE
3305.

ECE 3308 Electrical Machinery Theory II 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.941)
Winter Quarter

Mathematical description of a synchronous machine;
per-unit representation; steady-state theory and
transient performance; flux distribution and satura-
tion in synchronous machines. Prereq.: ECE 3130.

ECE 3309 Electrical Machinery Theory III 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.942)
Spring Quarter

Review of transient behavior of synchronous ma-
chines; stability studies and excitation systems; syn-
chronous machine modeling; generator protection;
trends in development of large generators. Prereq.:
ECE 3308.

ECE 3311 Software Engineering I 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.896)
Fall Quarter

An introduction to basic concepts in software en-
gineering principles is given. Techniques of struc-
tured software design and testing are discussed
along with issues of program reliability and com-
plexibility. Management techniques are touched upon
and a case study of a typical large software problem
is undertaken. Prereq.: ECE 3105, 3106, 3107 or
equivalent, and a knowledge of a high-level program-
ming language.

ECE 3312 Software Engineering l-A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.893)

Fall and Winter Quarters

ECE 3312 and ECE 3313 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3311, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3313 Software Engineering l-B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.894)

Winter and Spring Quarters

Continuation of ECE 3312. Prereq.: ECE 3312.

ECE 3314 Software Engineering II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.895)
Spring Quarter

Focus turns away from the general issues of the first
two courses in this sequence and toward a very
specific issue, modular design of software. Issues of
stepwise refinement and top-down design are ex-
plored in depth, and organizational/data-flow issues
are considered. Prereq.: ECE 3311.

ECE 3321 Digital Signal Processing 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.8T9)
Winter Quarter

Theory and practice of modern signal processing
techniques. Characteristics of discrete signals and
systems; sampling and A/D conversion; difference
equations; convolution; the z-transform, the Fourier
transform and the discrete Fourier transform; fast
Fourier transform algorithms; chirp z-transform al-
gorithm; digital filter realizations; design techniques
for IIP and FIR digital filters; computer programs for
filter design; quantization effects in digital signal
processing. Prereq.: ECE 3221.

118 /Engineering

ECE 3322 Digital Signal Processing A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.8T7)

Fall and Winter Quarters

ECE 3322 and ECE 3323 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3321, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3323 Digital Signal Processing B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.8T8)

Winter and Spring Quarters

Continuation of ECE 3322. Prereq.: ECE 3322.

ECE 3325 Numerical Methods and 4 Q.H.

Computer Applications I (formerly 03.8T0)
Winter Quarter

Survey of numerical methods applied to engineering
and scientific problems with emphasis on machine
implementation and problem solving; roundoff errors
and cumulative errors; difference and summation
calculus; roots of polynomials and nonlinear func-
tions; orthogonal functions including polynomical,
least squares, and Chebyshev approximation of func-
tions; systems of algebraic equations, matrix nota-
tion, and machine implementation; inversion of mat-
rices including iterative methods; sparse matrix
techniques. Interpolation; numeric quadrature; nu-
meric integration of ordinary differential equations
including predictor-corrector methods; stiff dynamic
equations, partial differential equations, approxima-
tions, boundary value problems. Prereq.: Admission
to Graduate School and a working knowledge of
FORTRAN.

ECE 3326 Numerical Methods and 2 Q.H.

Computer Applications l-A (formerly 03.8T1)
Fall and Winter Quarters

ECE 3326 and ECE 3327 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3325, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3327 Numerical Methods and 2 Q.H.

Computers Applications l-B (formerly 03.8T2)
Winter and Spring Quarters

Continuation of ECE 3326. Prereq.: ECE 3326.

ECE 3328 Numerical Methods and 4 Q.H.

Computer Applications II (formerly 03.8T3)
Spring Quarter

Spectral analysis, including fast Fourier transforms,
Hilbert transforms, convolution, and correlation tech-
niques. Optimization, including dynamic program-
ming and steepest descent techniques. PERT and
linear programming. Other selected topics. Prereq.:
ECE 3325 or ECE 3327.

ECE 3331 Linear Active Circuits 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.842)
Winter Quarter

Active compound circuits with emphasis on IC circuit
topologies are developed as an extension of known
discrete active device characteristics. Use is made
of modern circuit theory techniques, including flow-
graphs, matrices, Blackman's formulation for feed-
back and frequency response in terms of natural
frequencies to determine compound circuit limita-

tions. Models of IC operational amplifiers, instrumen-
tation amplifiers, voltage comparators, and the like
are developed and analyzed. Advantages and limi-
tations of these IC active circuits are investigated.
IC operational amplifiers, advantages and limitations
including dynamic range, overload characteristics,
and slow rate. Gain-bandwidth and speed charac-
teristics are investigated for large and small signal
conditions. Feedback, stability, and compensation in
closed-loop systems and effects of feedback on
impedance levels are explored. Applications for an-
alog signal processing and conditioning, i.e., active
filter design, summing, integration and coefficient
amplifiers are investigated. Limitations caused by
shot and thermal noise, definition of noise figure, and
noise models are taken up. Prereq.: ECE 3101 or
equivalent.

ECE 3332 Linear Active Circuits A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.840)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3332 and ECE 3333 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3331, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3333 Linear Active Circuits B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.841)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3332. Prereq.: ECE 3332.

ECE 3341 Electromagnetic Theory 4 QH.

(formerly 03.877)
Fall Quarter

Maxwell's equations and related electromagnetic laws
and relations; basic properties of matter; electro-
magnetic potentials; the scalar and vector Poisson,
D'Alembert, and Helmholtz equations; Green's func-
tions; both mathematical and physical aspects of the
theory and their relation to engineering applications.
Basic radiation phenomenon including retarded po-
tentials, radiation from moving charges, electromag-
netic energy, and energy-related theorems. Prereq.:
ECE 3102 or equivalent.

ECE 3342 Electromagnetic Theory A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.875)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3342 and ECE 3343 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3341, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3343 Electromagnetic Theory B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.876)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3342. Prereq.: ECE 3342.

ECE 3344 Advanced Electromagnetic 4 Q.H.

Theory (formerly 03.87G)
Winter Quarter

More advanced topics in electromagnetic theory in-
cluding: waveguides, antennas, diffraction, and scat-
tering; approximation techniques for obtaining useful
solutions of field theory problems including integral
equation, perturbation, and variational techniques.
Special relativity and relativistic electrodynamics.

Electrical and Computer Engineering / 1 19

Radiation from moving charges. Statistical concepts
and propagation in random media. Prereq.:ECE3341.

ECE 3345 Advanced Electromagnetic 2 Q.H.

Theory A (formerly 03.878)
Winter Quarter

ECE 3345 and ECE 3346 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3344, but in
two 2QH courses.

2 Q.H.

ECE 3346 Advanced Electromagnetic
Theory B (formerly 03.879)
Spring Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3345. Prereq.: ECE 3345.

ECE 3347 Computational Methods in 4 Q.H.

Electromagnetics (formerly 03.8H7)
Spring Quarter

Modern numerical methods are presented for solving
problems in transmission, radiation, and scattering
of electromagnetic waves. Individual topics will be
discussed from both the viewpoint of understanding
the relevant theory and the associated numerical
technique. Integral equations will be introduced along
with solutions by the method of moments. Applica-
tions will be given related to wire structures. Clas-
sical scattering from two-dimensional structures will
be considered from the viewpoint of basic functions
and edge effects. Scattering from more general shapes
will proceed from the geometrical theory of diffraction.
As time permits, computational methods in inverse
scattering, target recognition, and transient radiation
problems will be considered. Prereq.: ECE 3341.

ECE 3348 Computational Methods in 2 Q.H.

Electromagnetics A (formerly 03.8H5)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3348 and ECE 3349 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3347, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3349 Computational Methods in 2 Q.H.

Electromagnetics B (formerly 03.8H6)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3348. Prereq.: ECE 3348.

ECE 3351 Digital Communications 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.9C3)
Winter Quarter

Deals with the theoretical and practical aspects of
digital communications in the presence of channel
distortion and additive noise. Topics covered include
the basic binary and M-ary modulation techniques,
namely, PSK, PAM, FSK, orthogonal and biorthogonal
signals, and their performance in an additive Gaus-
sian noise channel; signal waveforms constructed
from binary block and convolutional codes; hard-
decision decoding and soft-decision decoding of
coded signal waveforms; performance of coded wav-
eforms in an additive white Gaussian noise channel.
Signal design techniques for band-limited channels;
Nyquist criteria; effect of channel amplitude and de-
lay distortion on digital signals; discussion of several
adaptive equalization algorithms for combating inter-

symbol interference; maximum likelihood sequence
estimation and the Viterbi algorithm; the character-
ization of fading multipath channels; diversity reception
techniques; coding for fading channels. Prereq.:
ECE 3241 and ECE 3104 or equivalent.

ECE 3352 Digital Communications A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.9C1)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3352 and ECE 3353 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3351, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3353 Digital Communications B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.9C2)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3352. Prereq.: ECE 3352.

ECE 3361 Detection and Estimation 4 Q.H.

Theory (formerly 03.909)
Winter Quarter

This course presents the classical theory of detec-
tion and estimation of signals in noise with emphasis
on computer implementation of the theory Particular
topics include: hypothesis testing criteria; coherent
detection of M-ary signals; diversity receiver; cal-
culation of error probabilities. Detection in colored
noise; parameter estimation using Bayes, maximum-
likelihood, a maximum land posteriori criteria; ap-
plications in pattern recognition and radar. Prereq.:
ECE 3241.

ECE 3362 Detection and Estimation 2 Q.H.

Theory A (formerly 03.906)
Winter Quarter

ECE 3362 and ECE 3363 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3361, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3363 Detection and Estimation 2 Q.H.

Theory B (formerly 03.907)
Spring Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3362. Prereq.: ECE 3362.

ECE 3371 Linear Optimal Control Theory 4 Q.H,
(formerly 03.9A8)
Spring Quarter

Introduction to linear optimal control systems. The
optimal linear regulator and matrix ricatti equation,
tracking problems, steady state and transient anal-
ysis, sensitivity, effects of uncertainty. Optimal linear
state reconstruction, optimal linear output feedback,
computer implementation of linear optimal control.
Prereq.: ECE 3221.

ECE 3372 Linear Optimal Control 2 Q.H.

Theory A (formerly 03.9A6)
Winter Quarter

ECE 3372 and ECE 3373 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3371, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3373 Linear Optimal Control 2 Q.H.

Theory B (formerly 03.9A7)
Spring Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3372. Prereq.: ECE 3372.

120/ Engineering

ECE 3381 Classical Control Theory 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.959)
Fall Quarter

Classical analysis techniques for continuous and
sampled-data control systems. Discussion of stabil-
ity criteria; application of root-locus and Bode meth-
ods for complementary time and frequency-domain
analysis. Computer simulation of typical control sys-
tems will be emphasized. A review of cascade and
feedback compensation techniques with the use of
classical criteria for design of continuous and sam-
pled-data control systems. Consideration of the mul-
tiple-input problem. A survey of pole-zero synthesis
methods, and comparison with other techniques.
Computer simulation of design examples. Prereq.:
ECE 3221.

ECE 3382 Classical Control Theory A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.957)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3382 and ECE 3383 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3381, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3383 Classical Control Theory B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.958)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3382. Prereq.: ECE 3382.

ECE 3384 Characteristics and l\Aodels of 4 aH.
Solid State Devices I (formerly 03.8G0)
Winter Quarter

This course is designed to develop insight into the
operation of a broad range of semiconductor de-
vices. Important topics in the physics of semicon-
ductors to provide the background necessary for
device analysis are discussed. Analysis of funda-
mental building-block units of which devices are
made including PN junction, the Ohmic contact and
the Schottky barrier Each is examined under rea-
sonable extremes of bias and temperature to estab-
lish the electrical behavior expected from such el-
ementary units. Detailed analysis of bipolar transistor,
metal-oxide-semiconductor interface, its influence on
the behavior of real junctions, and the various real-
izations of the field-effect transistor Prereq.: BSEE
or ECE 3101 and ECE 3102.

ECE 3385 Characteristics and Models of 2 Q.H.
Solid State Devices l-A (formerly 03.8G1)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3385 and ECE 3386 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3384, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3386 Characteristics and Models of 2 Q.H.
Solid State Devices l-B (formerly 03.8G2)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3385. Prereq.: ECE 3385.

ECE 3387 Characteristics and Models of 2 Q.H.
Solid State Devices II (formerly 03.8G3)
Spring Quarter

A detailed analysis of the performance of FETs will
permit a critical comparison of field effect and bi-

polar transistors. Solid state microwave devices; de-
vices that are both unique to microwave applications
and the relevant low-frequency elements which re-
quire somewhat different analysis at microwave fre-
quencies. An examination of noise in semiconductor
devices. Prereq.: ECE 3384.

ECE 3391 Digital Computer Architecture 4 Q.H.
(formerly 03.979)
Fall Quarter

This course is directed toward the design of a com-
plete computer in register transfer language. Anal-
ysis and synthesis of combinational and sequential
circuits. Organization and detailed logic design of an
elementary digital computer. Other topics may in-
clude buss organization, interfacing with asynchron-
ous peripherals, digital logic families, hardware/soft-
ware tradeoffs, address modes, and memory
hierarchies. Prereq.: ECE 3103 or equivalent.

ECE 3392 Digital Computer Architecture A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.972)

Fall and Winter Quarters

ECE 3392 and ECE 3393 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3391, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3393 Digital Computer Architecture B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.973)

Winter and Spring Quarters

Continuation of ECE 3392. Prereq.: ECE 3392

ECE 3394 Micropro^amming 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.974)
Spring Quarter

Topics in microprogramming and emulation including
microprogramming concepts and techniques; micro-
programming design approach using register trans-
fer notation and precedence graphs; micropro-
grammed computers, bit-slice microprogramming,
microprogramming a specific machine for emulation
using a microprogramming language and its simu-
lator; current trends in microprogramming languages
and support tools. Prereq.: ECE 3391

ECE 3395 Elements of VLSI Design 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.8E6)
Spring Quarter

MOS devices and circuits, fabrication of integrated
systems, design rules, subsystems design examples,
implementation of integrated systems designs. Prereq.:
ECE 3331.

ECE 3396 Elements of VLSI Design A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.8E4)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3396 and ECE 3397 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3395, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3397 Elements of VLSI Design B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.8E5)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3396. Prereq.: ECE 3396.

Electrical and Computer Engineering / 121

ECE 3412 Power System Planning 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.931)
Spring Quarter

Engineering and economic considerations underly-
ing the planning and development of modern inter-
connected power systems. Consideration of overall
planning strategies involved in economic comparison
of alternative development schemes. Prereq.: ECE
3120.

ECE 3415 Power Systems Protection 2 QH.

(formerly 03.932)
Winter Quarter

Consideration of protection Applied to generation,
transmission, and distribution. Investigation of the
characteristics and operating principles of various
methods of protective relaying; analysis of current
techniques pertaining to system protection. Prereq.:
ECE 3303.

ECE 3416 Power System Transients 2 aH.

(formerly 03.933)
Fall Quarter

Transients in power systems due to system switching,
lightning, or faults. Traveling-wave phenomena; in-
sulation coordination; overvoltages due to disturb-
ances on the system; surge protection. Prereq.: ECE
3303.

ECE 3423 Special Topics in Power 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.944)
Spring Quarter

Directed reading and discussion of topics of special
interest in the power field. Series of lectures by guest
speakers from industry on topics of particular interest
to the power student. Prereq.: Permission of Instructor

ECE 3424 Power System Dynamics 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.945)
Spring Quarter

Transient system models; small and large scale os-
cillations; solution of swing equation for single and
multigenerator cases; load frequency and voltage
controllers and transient stability. Prereq.: ECE 3303.

ECE 3430 Studies in Electric Power 2 Q.H.

Transmission II (formerly 03.955)
Fall Quarter

Elements in the design of AC overhead transmission
lines; thermal limitation, series and shunt compen-
sation, environmental effects; consideration of trans-
position, induced effects, and insulation level. Un-
derground alternatives to overhead lines. Elements
of distribution. Prereq.: ECE 3303.

ECE 3431 Studies in Electric Power 2 Q.H.

Transmission II (formerly 03.956)
Winter Quarter

Fundamental concepts of high voltage DC power
transmission; rectifier and inverter performance; reg-
ulation; protection; reactive power and filter require-
ments; practical arrangement of DC lines; the impact
of a DC line on overall power system operation.
Prereq.: ECE 3303.

ECE 3440 Microprocessor-Based Design 4 Q.H.
(formerly 03.8F3)
Spring Quarter

The role of the microcomputer in integrated/firm-
ware/software/systems is explored. Techniques such
as interfacing and regulation by microcomputer are
examined, relative to both architectural and firmware
requirements. Special purpose modular hardwafe is
examined, and techniques of top-down modular soft-
ware design are introduced. Prereq.: ECE 3391.

ECE 3441 Microprocessor-Based Design A 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.8F1)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3441 and ECE 3442 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3440, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3442 Microprocessor-Based Design B 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.8F2)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3441. Prereq.: ECE 3441.

ECE 3443 Theory of Computation 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.8F0)
Spring Quarter

This course deals with basic abstract models of
computation. Topics include Turing machines, pri-
mitive recursive functions, recursive systems of
equations and abstract families of algorithms. Un-
solvable problems are examined, along with the Re-
cursion Theorem. Prereq.: ECE 3200.

ECE 3444 Theory of Computation A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.985)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3444 and ECE 3445 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3443, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3445 Theory of Computation B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.986)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3444. Prereq.: ECE 3444.

ECE 3447 Switching Theory I 4 QH.

(formerly 03.966)
Spring Quarter

Logical design of combinational switching circuits,
including minimization and decomposition of switch-
ing functions; multiple output networks; symmetric
networks; threshold logic, fault detection. Logic de-
sign of sequential switching circuits including finite-
state machine model; iterative networks; capabilities
and limitations of finite-state machines; state equiv-
alence; synthesis of asynchronous sequential cir-
cuits; state assignment problem and partition theory;
machine decomposition. Logical design of sequential
switching circuits, including the finite-state machine
model; iterative networks; capabilities and limitations
of finite-state machines; state equivalence; synthesis
of asynchronous sequential circuits; state assign-
ment problem and partition theory; machine decom-
position. Prereq.: ECE 3200.

122 / Engineering

ECE 3448 Switching Theory l-A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.967)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3448 and ECE 3449 cover the same material

with the same prerequisites as ECE 3447, but in

two 2QH courses.

ECE 3449 Switching Theory l-B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.968)

Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3448. Prereq.: ECE 3448.

ECE 3450 Switching Theory II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.969)
Spring Quarter

Selected topics from the theory of finite automata,
including such topics as machine experiments; in-
formation lossless machines; linear sequential ma-
chines; finite-state recognizers. Prereq.: ECE 3447.

ECE 3451 Combinatorial Methods and 4 Q.H.

Optimization Techniques (formerly 03.888)
Winter Quarter

An introductory course in applied combinatorial
mathematics which treats selected topics in enu-
merative analysis. Particular subjects include per-
mutations, combinations, generating functions, re-
currence relations, and the principle of inclusion and
exclusion. Polya's theory of counting; selected topics
in optimization techniques, which include transport
networks, matching theory, linear programming, and
an introduction to dynamic programming. Prereq.:
ECE 3200.

ECE 3452 Combinatorial Methods and 2 Q.H.

Optimization Techniques A (formerly 03.898)
Winter Quarter

ECE 3452 and ECE 3453 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3451, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3453 Combinatorial Methods and 2 Q.H.

Optimization Techniques B (formerly 03.899)
Spring Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3452. Prereq.: ECE 3452.

ECE 3454 Graph Theory 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.837)
Spring Quarter

Fundamentals of graph theory, including blocks,
trees, connectivity, partitions, traversability, line
graphs, factorization, coverings, planarity, matrices,
digraphs, and enumeration problems. Selected ap-
plications of graph theory in such fields as network
theory, switching theory, and computer science.
Prereq.: ECE 3211.

ECE 3460 Special Topics in Computer 2 Q.H.

Engineering (formerly 03.988)
Spring Quarter

Aspects of computer engineering not covered in other
courses. The subject matter may change from year
to year.

ECE 3463 Robotic Sensors 4 Q.H.

Winter Quarter

The main theme of this course is acquisition and
processing of information for robot control. The sub-
ject is divided into two parts along the functional
use of sensory information. Internal sensors, which
monitor the state of the robot system (joint load,
balance, kinesthesis, temperature, etc.) are analyzed
first. The external sensors, which allow the system
to interact with the environment are the second major
topic of the course. These include proximity, ran-
gefinding and vision. Topics for study will be chosen
from the following areas: low level vision, 3-D vision,
real time image understanding, theory of shape, the-
ory of motion, etc. The objective of the course is to
analyze the pertinence of different sensory modali-
ties to endow the next generation of robots with
"intelligent" behavior. Students will be required to
participate in the w/eekly research reviews. Each stu-
dent will have to complete a design project by. sim-
ulating relevent problems in LISP environment.
Prereq.: Permission of Instructor

ECE 3464 Robotic Sensors A 2 Q.H.

Fall Quarter

ECE 3464 and ECE 3465 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3463, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3465 Robotic Sensors B 2 Q.H.

Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3464. Prereq.: ECE 3464.

ECE 3466 Intelligent Robots 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.874)
Spring Quarter

The course focuses on studies of intelligent inter-
actions between robots and their environments. An
important issue is the implementation of a goal di-
rected behavior with emphasis on sensory driven
locomotion and manipulation. "Robot as an Intelli-
gent Agent" is the general topic under which these
concepts are introduced during the first three weeks
of the course. The second major topic deals with
attempts to constrain the problem of machine per-
ception from an engineering point of view. Finally,
the high level concepts such as learning, knowledge
representation, adaptation and self-organization are
discussed in the context of artificial intelligence.
Prereq.: ECE 3463.

ECE 3467 Intelligent Robots A 2 Q.H.

Winter Quarter

ECE 3467 and ECE 3468 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3466, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3468 Intelligent Robots B 2 Q.H.

Spring Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3467. Prereq.: ECE 3467.

Electrical and Computer Engineering / 123

ECE 3469 Fault-Tolerant Computers 4 Q.H.

Winter Quarter

Concepts of computer systems structures and spec-
ifications; software and hardware interactions; failure
and reliability; errors and faults. Study of different
types of faults; fault prevention and fault tolerance;
redundancy management; reliability and availability.
Comparisons of existing fault-tolerant computer ar-
chitectures such as SIFT, FTMP, Tandem 16, and
Stratus/32. Techniques of error detection and error
recovery. Mechanisms for damage confinement and
damage assessment. Study of software fault toler-
ance techniques such as recovery block scheme,
deadline mechanism, and N-version programming
scheme. Prereq.: ECE 3391.

ECE 3470 Fault-Tolerant Computers A 2 Q.H.

Winter Quarter

ECE 3470 and ECE 3471 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3469, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3471 Fault-Tolerant Computers B 2 Q.H.

Spring Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3470. Prereq.: ECE 3470.

ECE 3501 Spectral Estimation Techniques 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.8U1)
Spring Quarter

Estimation of power spectra; the periodogram; mod-
ified periodogram; parametric methods for estimation
of the power spectrum; autoregressive models; the
Levinson algorithm; maximum entropy method and
the Burg algorithm; moving average and autoregres-
sive-moving average models; maximum likelihood
methods; applications of methods in communica-
tions; speech processing and seismic signal proc-
essing. Prereq.: ECE 3321

ECE 3502 Special Topics in Digital 2 Q.H.

Signal Processing-Fast Algorithms
(formerly 03.8U4)
Spring Quarter

Fast algorithms for implementation of digital filters
and discrete Fourier transforms: FFT, convolution al-
gorithm, Number Theoretic Transforms (NTT), filter-
ing computation, and polynominal transforms. Prereq.:
ECE 3321.

ECE 3503 Two-Dimensional Digital 2 Q.H.

Signal Processing (formerly 03.8U7)
Winter Quarter

This course is concerned with two-dimensional dig-
ital signal processing which is finding wide appli-
cations in many diversified areas. Covers 2-D shift
invariant systems along with their stability, the 2-D
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and its FFT imple-
mentation, and 2-D digital filter design and imple-
mentation. Prereq.: ECE 3321.

ECE 3504 Digital Processing of Speech 2 Q.H.
Signals (formerly 03.9B1)
^11 Quarter

Models of spjeech production, waveform coding of
speech, transform coding of speech and speaker
recognition systems. Prereq.: ECE 3321.

ECE 3505 Digital Image Processing 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.9D3)
Spring Quarter

An introduction to the generation and processing of
digital images. The course emphasizes the random-
vector nature of digital images and uses linear sys-
tem theory, matrices, and probability theory to de-
velop the various topics. These include the genera-
tion of a digital image from the source, through the
optical system, to the detector; sampling and quan-
tization of the optical signal; and the enhancement
techniques such as histogram mapping, contrast
boosting, and edge sharpening. Image restoration by
Weiner filtering, maximum entropy estimation, sin-
gular value decomposition, and spatially varying fil-
ters, image coding with Huffman codes, DPCM,
Transform (Walsh, KL, discrete cosine) coding, run-
length encoding, adaptive optics, feature analysis,
and hardware for a typical digital image processing
system. Prereq.: ECE 3321.

ECE 3506 Digital Image Processing A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.9D1)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3506 and ECE 3507 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3505, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3507 Digital Image Processing B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.9D2)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3506. Prereq.: ECE 3506.

ECE 3511 Data Communications Networks 4 Q.H.
(formerly 03.8F6)
Spring Quarter

Elements of computer-communication networks; net-
work topology and design; elements of protocols,
routing and network control; queuing and congestion
control; description and comparison of several ex-
isting computer networks. Prereq.: ECE 3241.

ECE 3512 Data Communications Network A2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.8F4)
Winter Quarter

ECE 3512 and ECE 3513 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3511, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3513 Data Communications Network B2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.8F5)
Spring Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3512. Prereq.: ECE 3512.

ECE 3514 Error Correcting Codes 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.9A0)
Spring Quarter

Error correcting codes and their decoding tech-
niques which show promise for applications in digital
communication, control and computer systems. Em-
phasis in placed on the linear block codes based
on algebraic structures; cyclic codes for random
error correction (B-C-H codes) and burst error cor-
rection. Convolutional codes and decoding including
the Viterbi algorithm, arithmetic codes. Combination

124 / Engineering

of codes. Coding for ranging and synchronization.

Prereq.: ECE 3211.

ECE 3515 Error Correcting Codes A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.9A1)

Winter Quarter

ECE 3515 and ECE 3516 cover the same material

with the same prerequisites as ECE 3514, but in

two 2QH courses.

ECE 351 6 Error Correcting Codes B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.9A2)

Spring Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3515. Prereq.: ECE 3515.

ECE 351 7 Inltormation Theory 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.903)
Spring Quarter

Deals principally with three aspects of information
theory; the statistical description of sources and
probabilitstic measure of their information contents,
the determination of channel capacity; and the fun-
damental coding theorems. Prereq.: ECE 3211 and
ECE 3351.

ECE 3520 Special Topics in 2 Q.H.

Communication Theory (formerly 03.908)
Spring Quarter

Current aspects of communication theory not cov-
ered in previous courses. Subject matter may change
from year to year.

ECE 3523 Communication Systems 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.870)
Fall Quarter

Primarily concerned with radio communication sys-
tems as used in terrestrial and space communication
applications. Antenna gain, space loss, cosmic and
atmospheric noise, and receiver noise are consid-
ered as factors influencing the signal-to-noise ratio
in space and satellite repeater systems. Contem-
porary systems are discussed from the standpoint
of signal spectrum, noise power and message am-
biguity as exhibited at the output of the intermediate
frequency receiver. The theoretical aspects of am-
plitude and angle modulation systems are introduced
and extended to cover multiplex systems; signal-to-
noise ratio analysis of frequency multiplex systems;
time division multiplex systems. Coverage of digital
systems will include sampling, aliasing, and PCM/
FM. Bit stream organization for transmission will be
considered. A PCM encoder will be discussed as a
means of matching the bit stream to the bandwidth.
Illustrative examples will be drawn from contempo-
rary communications systems used on balloons,
rockets, and satellite repeaters. Prereq.: ECE 3241
and ECE 3104 or equivalent.

ECE 3524 Communication Systems A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.871)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3524 and ECE 3525 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3523, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3525 Communication Systems B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.872)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3524. Prereq.: ECE 3524.

ECE 3527 Nonlinear Systems I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.910)

Fall Quarter, As Announced

Operators and functionals. Functional power series
representation of nonlinear systems. Functional rep-
resentation of the response of a nonlinear system
when its input is either a constant, a sinusoid, or a
transient. System transforms. Applications to the
analysis and synthesis of nonlinear systems in terms
of functional power series. Prereq.: ECE 3241 and
ECE 3221.

ECE 3528 Nonlinear Systems II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.911)

Winter Quarter, As Announced

Nonlinear systems with random inputs. Functional
representation of the response of a nonlinear system
when its input is a random process. Orthogonal sys-
tems of functionals. Representation and analysis of
nonlinear systems in terms of orthogonal systems of
functionals. The optimum nonlinear filter, predictor,
and general operator. Special classes of nonlinear
systems. Determination of optimum nonlinear sys-
tems for generalized error criteria. Prereq.: ECE 3527.

ECE 3529 Nonlinear Systems III 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.912)

Spring Quarter, As Announced

Functional analysis of systems characterized by non-
linear differential equations. Operator approach to
system theory and its relationship to differential
equation representations. The methods of iteration
in nonlinear theory and its application to feedback
systems. Prereq.: ECE 3528.

ECE 3530 Three-Dimensional Picture 2 Q.H.

Processing (formerly 03.887)
Spring Quarter

The application of computer, optical, and analytic
methods in abstracting geometrical information from
pictures. Pictorial presentation of data trains into
multidimensional pictures. Methods will be studied
for reconstructing three-dimensional objects from
two-dimensional pictures. Applications will be in the
areas of X-ray analysis, radar target identification,
microscopy, and sensory perception. Students will
have the chance to pursue individual projects during
the term. Prereq.: ECE 3321.

ECE 3540 Digital Control Systems 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.8D6)
Spring Quarter

Analysis of linear discrete-time dynamic systems;
discretization of continuous systems; sampling and
aliasing. Design of digital control systems using
transform techniques by discrete equivalent and di-
rect design methods; root locus. Bode and Nyquist
diagrams and Nichols charts. Multivariant digital con-
trol using state-space methods; pole placement, ob-

Electrical and Computer Engineering / 125

server, and regulator design. Controller implemen-
tation issues: digital filter realizations, nonlinear
effects due to quantization, roundoff, deadband, limit
cycles. Selection of the sampling rate. Prereq.: ECE
3221.

ECE 3541 Digital Control Systems A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.8D4)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3541 and ECE 3542 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3540, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3542 Digital Control Systems B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.8D5)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3541. Prereq.: ECE 3541.

ECE 3543 Stochastic Control Theory 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.965)
Fall Quarter

Statistical models for random signals; representation
of dynamic systems excited by stochastic inputs.
Optimal filtering, prediction and smoothing for dis-
crete and continuous systems. Observer theory and
feedback of estimated states for effective closed-
loop control in a noisy environment. Estimation the-
ory for dynamic systems based on Bayesian and
maximum likelihood methods. The system identifi-
cation problem. Implementation of numerical algo-
rithms for parameter identification and adaptive con-
trol. Prereq.: ECE 3241 arid ECE 3371.

ECE 3544 Stochastic Control Theory A 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.963)
Winter Quarter

ECE 3544 and ECE 3545 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3543, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3545 Stochastic Control Theory B 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.964)
Spring Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3544. Prereq.: ECE 3544.

ECE 3560 Acoustics I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.817)
Fall Quarter

The wave theory of sound. Radiation, reflection, and
transmission phenomena. Distributed system analo-
gies, and sound measurements. Prereq.: ECE 3341.

ECE 3561 Acoustics II ' 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.818)
Winter Quarter

Speech and hearing, microphones and loudspeak-
ers, guided waves, room acoustics. Environmental
acoustics. Prereq.: ECE 3560.

ECE 3562 Acoustics III 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.819)
Winter Quarter

Scattering and diffraction. Effects of viscosity and
heat conduction. Finite amplitude and shock waves.
Introduction to underwater sound. Prereq.: ECE 3561.

ECE 3564 Radar Systems I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.865)
Fall Quarter

Emphasis on the systems aspects of radar engi-
neering. Topics covered include basic theory of ra-
dar detection, measurement of range, angle, and
Doppler shift; classes of radar systems; types of
radar noise; components of a radar system; matched
filters and correlation receivers as applied to radar
systems; fundamental ideas of radar system analysis.
Prereq.: ECE 3241.

ECE 3565 Radar Systems II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.866)
Winter Quarter

In-depth study of search radar theory; maximum
likelihood estimation approach to measurement of
radar target parameters; resolution and ambiguity
functions applied to radar; radar parameter uncer-
tainty principles. Prereq.: ECE 3564.

ECE 3566 Radar Systems III 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.867)
Spring Quarter

Advanced topics in radar systems engineering. Top-
ics to be covered include; design considerations for
multistatic radar systems, synthetic aperture radars;
tracking systems; radar waveform synthesis; multi-
function array radar techniques and selected topics
in radar sensing techniques and devices. Prereq.:
ECE 3565.

ECE 3568 Microwave Engineering 2 Q.H.

Principles I (formerly 03.880)
Fall Quarter

Review of electromagnetic theory concepts directly
applicable to analysis of microwave devices and sys-
tems. Theory of transmission lines and waveguides.
Prereq.: ECE 3341.

ECE 3569 Microwave Engineering 2 Q.H.

Principles II (formerly 03.881)
Winter Quarter

Circuit theory for waveguide systems. Impedance
matching and transformation. Passive microwave de-
vices. Cavity resonators. Prereq.: ECE 3568.

ECE 3570 Microwave Engineering 2 Q.H.

Principles III (formerly 03.882)
Spring Quarter

Advanced topics in microwave theory. Topics to be
covered include: propagation in anisotropic media;
nonreciprocol and ferrite devices; beam-wave inter-
actions; coupled mode theory; traveling wave de-
vices; periodically loaded lines; couplers; polarizers;
phase shifters; attenuators; microwave filter synthe-
sis; microwave systems considerations. Prereq.: ECE
3569.

ECE 3572 Fourier Optics I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.916)
Winter Quarter

This two-quarter sequence covers: optical diffraction
and imaging problems as linear systems; necessary

126 / Engineering

tools of Fourier analysis and linear systems analysis
which occur when solving the scalar wave equation;
waves and their properties; reflection, refraction, po-
larization, and propagation of waves; foundations of
scalar diffraction theory-including Fresnel and
Fraunhofer diffraction, interferometry, division of am-
plitude, division of wavefront, interferometric instru-
mentation, Fourier transforming, image properties of
lenses, coherent and incoherent imaging; and ad-
vanced topics in the application of communication
theory to optical problems, transfer and spread func-
tions, spatial filtering, and holography. Prereq.: ECE
3581.

ECE 3573 Fourier Optics II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.917)
Spring Quarter
Continuation of ECE 3572. Prereq.: ECE 3572.

ECE 3574 Fourier Optics III 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.983)
Fall Quarter

This course covers current topics of interest in Four-
ier optics and optical instrumentation. Application of
coherence phenomena to optical instrumentation
such as microdensitometers, microscopes, viewers,
cameras, spectraphotometric and interferometric in-
struments; applications of holography optical data
processing and computing, holographic memories,
optical modulation, noise and its effects on data
collection, synthetic aperture optics and medical ap-
plication of laser optics. Prereq.: ECE 3573.

ECE 3576 Lasers I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.806)
Fall Quarter

Review of basic optical principles and atomic phys-
ics; introduction to optical coherence; models for
the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with mat-
ter; a general description of lasers is given. Prereq.:
ECE 3341.

ECE 3577 Lasers II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.807)
Winter Quarter

Laser threshold and rate equations; elementary re-
sonator theory and fabrication; giant pulse operation;
specific solid-state, liquid, and gas lasers; and laser
systems. Prereq.: ECE 3576.

ECE 3578 Lasers III 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.808)
Spring Quarter

Applications of lasers and laser systems for a variety
of engineering and basic science disciplines; spe-
cific laser optoelectronic devices. Prereq.: ECE 3577.

ECE 3580 Electro-Optics I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.914)
Spring Quarter

Survey of the basic concepts necessary for under-
standing and evaluating the optics involved in elec-
tro-optical systems. The optical system as a linear
system; matrix methods; diffraction and interference;
imaging and aberrations. Prereq.: Bachelor of Sci-
ence Degree in Engineering or P/jys/cs.

ECE 3581 Electro-Optics II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.91 5)
Fall Quarter

Survey of the basic concepts necessary for under-
standing electro-optical devices. Wave propagation
in isotropic and non-isotropic media; optics of crys-
tals; polarization; optical resonators; guided waves;
modulators and detectors; thin-film optics. Prereq.:
ECE 3580.

ECE 3583 Optical Properties of Matter I 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.921)
Fall Quarter

Optics of crystals; classification and effects of crys-
tal symmetry on optical properties; classical de-
scription of wave propagation in crystals; applica-
tions of the theory to modulation, pulse generation,
nonlinear optics. Prereq.: Bachelor of Science Degree
in Engineering or Physics.

ECE 3584 Optical Properties of Matter II 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.922)
Winter Quarter

Introduction to electro-optical and magneto-optical
effects in material media; linear and nonlinear optical
materials; elasto-optic and acousto-optical mate-
rials; polarization and propagation effects; modula-
tion. Prereq.: ECE 3583.

ECE 3585 Optical Properties of Matter III 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.923)
Spring Quarter

Thin films and optical fibers; multilayer filters; di-
chroics; integrated optics. Prereq.: ECE 3584.

ECE 3587 Principles of Optical Detection I 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.981)
Winter Quarter

Laws governing radiation and radiometry; properties
of real radiation sources; detailed description of de-
tection devices (image forming and signal generat-
ing); noise; contrast and MTF; detection systems
(imaging devices and ranging devices); electro-op-
tical detector systems analysis. Prereq.: Bachelor of
Science Degree in Engineering or Physics.

ECE 3588 Principles of Optical Detection II 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.982)
Spring Quarter

Review of detector parameters; statistics of detector
noise; practical considerations in real detectors; de-
tection, resolution and recognition of signals; het-
erodyne detection and parametric amplification; sub-
nanosecond pulse detection calibration of electro-
optical detectors; detectors as system components.
Prereq.: ECE 3587.

ECE 3589 Optical Storage and Display 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.913)
Spring Quarter

Survey of materials and methods for the storage and
display of information. Topics included are: photo-
graphic film, holograms, storage tubes, magneto-op-
tical films, photochromic materials, electro-optical
crystals, evaporated thin films and liquid crystals.
Prereq.: Bachelor of Science in Engineering or Physics.

Electrical and Computer Engineering / 127

ECE 3590 Optical Instrumentation Design 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.980)
Fall Quarter

An introduction to the design of optical instrumen-
tation. Principles and basic concepts of optical sys-
tems. In sequence the topics are: introduction, me-
chanical shock and vibration, kinematic designs;
application of third-order aberrations, simple optical
ray tracing, optical testing, tolerances, optical instru-
mentation, philosophy, functional design, design for
quantity production, quality assurance, "special or-
der" design, industrial design, examples and exer-
cises. Prereq.: Bachelor of Science in Engineering or
Ptiysics.

ECE 3591 Spectroscopic Instrumentation 2 Q.H.
(formerly 03.984)
Winter Quarter

Survey of optical instrumentation employed in anal-
ysis and control situations; modern methods of
spectrometry and interferometry; optimization of an-
alytical systems; topics in electron spectroscopy, X-
ray spectroscopy, microw/ave spectroscopy, and re-
lated fields. Prereq.: ECE 3581.

ECE 3592 Remote Sensing 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.886)

Spring Quarter, As Announced

The application of electromagnetic radiating for sen-
sing the environment, subsurface geophysical explo-
ration, and identifying remote objects. Basic goals
are concerned with understanding the relevant elec-
tromagnetics in relation to the particular sensing
system. Both time and frequency-domain sensing
systems will be covered. As time permits, the appli-
cation of pattern recognition methods to electro-
magnetic sensing will be discussed. Prereq.: ECE
3341 or ECE 3343.

ECE 3593 Plasma Engineering • 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.800)

Fall Quarter, As Announced

Behavior, diagnostics, and generation of plasma and
gas discharges; emphasis on the engineering and
experimental point of view rather than on a rigorous
theoretical treatment. Current literature on a variety
of plasma engineering applications will be introduced
throughout the course. First-quarter topics include:
dynamics of charged particles in static electric and
magnetic fields, E and M wave-plasma interactions,
infinite and finite media, elastic and inelastic collisions.
Prereq.: ECE 3341.

ECE 3594 Plasma Theory 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.803)

Winter Quarter, As Announced

Plasma electrodynamics and linear response theory
Fluid and Vlasov descriptions of plasmas with and
without magnetic fields. Despersion and damping of
collective modes. Beam-plasma linear instabilities
and application to shock-wave structures. Plasma
electrodynamics and nonlinear response theory.
Fluctuation-Dissipation theorems. Sum rules. New
approaches to strongly correlated plasmas: equation
of state, liquid-solid phase transitions, dispersion

and damping of collective modes. Role of strongly
correlated plasmas in laser- and heavy-particle
beam-inertial confinement schemes in thermonu-
clear fusion. Prereq.: ECE 3341.

ECE 3595 Plasma Theory A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.801)

Winter Quarter, As Announced

ECE 3595 and ECE 3596 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3594, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3596 Plasma Theory B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.802)

Spring Quarter, As Announced

Continuation of ECE 3595. Prereq.: ECE 3595.

ECE 3597 Thermonuclear Fusion 2 Q.H.

Energetics I (formerly 03.810)
Fall Quarter, As Announced

Application of the concepts developed in ECE 3593
and ECE 3595 to the problem of thermonuclear
plasmas. Emphasis will be on magnetic confinement
schemes. Both open (mirror machines) and closed
(torroidal confinement machines) systems will be
discussed.

ECE 3598 Thermonuclear Fusion 2 Q.H.

Energetics I

(formerly 03.811)

Winter Quarter, As Announced

Continuation of magnetic confinement schemes.
Trapped particle instabilities and anomolous trans-
port effects will be discussed. Introduction to interfial
confinement (laser fusion).

ECE 3599 Thermonuclear Fusion 2 Q.H.

Energetics III

(formerly 03.812)

Spring Quarter, As Announced

Introduction to microinstabilities associated with laser
fusion devices. Introduction to computer modeling of
plasmas. Discussion of recent advances in thermo-
nuclear plasma generation by relativistic electron
beams. Prereq.: ECE 3598.

ECE 3610 Electronics of Analog Signal 4 Q.H.
Processing (formerly 03.8E3)
Spring Quarter, As Announced

Analog signal acquisition and processing utilizing
state of the art devices and circuit techniques such
as adaptive filters in sampled data systems, CZTs
for spectral analysis, correlated double sampling for
improved S/N ratios and solid-state imaging systems.
Linear and nonlinear processing with MOS, bipolar
and CTDs such as CCDs and SAWs. Attention given
to analog vs. digital approaches for implementation
of similar applications, i.e., bandwidth requirements,
throughput, accuracy, cost, etc. Prereq.: ECE 3331
and ECE 3384.

ECE 361 1 Electronics of Analog Signal 2 Q.H.
Processing A (formerly 03.8E1)
Fall Quarter, As Announced

ECE 3611 and ECE 3612 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3610, but in
two 2QH courses.

128/ Engineering

ECE 3612 Electronics of Analog Signal 2 Q.H.
Processing B (formerly 03.8E2)
Winter Quarter, As Announced

Continuation of ECE 3611. Prereq.: ECE 3611.

ECE 3613 UHF and Microwave Circuits 4 Q.H.
and Systems (formerly 03.8H3)
Spring Quarter, As Announced

Brief review of waveguides, cavities, and striplines
and their common descriptors. Some practical com-
ponents of the microwave circuit including couplers,
circulators, isolators, bends and tees. Scattering pa-
rameter descriptors. Microwave and UHF sources
and amplifiers including both vacuurrf and solid-state
devices. Frequency multiplication. Mixers. Parametric
oscillators and amplifiers. Hybrid and monolithic mi-
crowave integrated circuits. Prereq.: ECE 3341 and
ECE 3384.

ECE 3614 UHF and Microwave Circuits 2 Q.H.
and Systems A (formerly 03.8H1)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3614 and ECE 3615 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3613, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 361 5 UHF and Microwave Circuits 2 Q.H.
and Systems B (formerly 03.8H3)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3614. Prereq.: ECE 3614.

ECE 3616 Modern Active Circuit 4 Q.H.

Synthesis and Design (formerly 03.845)
Fall Quarter

Feedback systems, including multiloop amplifier de-
sign; techniques will be applied to integrated circuit
realizations of basic active networks. Basic methods
of active network synthesis are introduced through
three commonly used approaches: feedback ampli-
fier, negative impedance converter, and gyrator;
structures of Sallen and Key, Kuh, Linvill, Yanagisawa,
Rohrer, Kinariwals, Sepress, and Calahan; consid-
eration of the practical realization of NICs ,and gy-
rators, standard decomposition methods and sen-
sitivity; work of Sandberg, Larky, Newcomb, Daniels,
Horowitz, and Thomas. Prereq.: ECE 3331.

ECE 3617 Modern Active Circuits 2 Q.H.

Synthesis and Design A (formerly 03.843)
Fall Quarter

ECE 3617 and ECE 3618 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3616, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3618 Modern Active Circuits 2 Q.H.

Synthesis and Design B (formerly 03.845)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3617. Prereq.: ECE 3617.

ECE 3619 Network Synthesis 4 Q.H.

(formerly 03.832)
Fall Quarter

Matrix circuit analysis including m-port parameter
systems. Positive-real functions. Energy functions.
Driving-point synthesis techniques for LC, RC, and
RL networks. Driving-point synthesis of RLC net-

works. Properties of two-port networks. Two-port
synthesis, including the parallel ladder realization.
Lattice synthesis. Prereq.: BSEE or ECE 3100 and
ECE 3101.

ECE 3620 Network Synthesis A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.831)
Winter Quarter

ECE 3620 and ECE 3621 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3619, but in
two 2QH courses.

ECE 3621 Network Synthesis B 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.832)
Spring Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3620. Prereq.: ECE 3620.

ECE 3622 Special Topics in Electronics- 2 Q.H.
Analog MOS LSI Circuits (formerly 03.862)
Spring Quarter

This course covers selected topics of practical im-
portance in the design of analog MOS integrated
circuits. Principal topics are: NMOS & CMOS tech-
nology and devices; MOS transistor analog switch;
digital-analog converters; comparators; analog -
digital converters; sampled analog filtering concepts;
switched— capacitor filters. Prereq.: ECE 3331 and
ECE 3384.

ECE 3623 Gate Array Design 4 Q.H.

Fall Quarter

This course covers the design, simulation, verifica-
tion, and implementation of a CMOS gate array. It
begins with a description of the VAX-based gate
array design and logic simulator tools. The students
will be given design examples of digital logic circuits
which will be entered, verified, and simulated. A de-
scription of the GE CMOS Macrocell Circuit Library
and an introduction to TEGAS Logic Simulator will
be included. After the completion of this course, the
GE Microelectronics Center, at Research Triangle
Park, North Carolina, will fabricate the chosen stu-
dent gate array design projects which can then be
tested and evaluated. Prereq.: ECE 3331.

ECE 3624 Gate Array Design-A 2 Q.H.

Winter Quarter

ECE 3624 and ECE 3625 cover the same material
with the same prerequisites as ECE 3623, but in
two 2 OH courses.

ECE 3625 Gate Array Design-B 2 Q.H.

Spring Quarter

Continuation of ECE 3624. Prereq.: ECE 3624.

ECE 3797 Engineer Degree Continuatnn 0 Q.H.
(formerly 03.9Z3)
Any Quarter

Candidates to sign up for thesis continuation if their
thesis is not completed after they have registered
for 3 consecutive quarters or 10 QH of EE degree
thesis. Continuous registration is required until the
candidate graduates.

ECE 3798 Master's Thesis Continuation
(formerly 03.9X1)
Any Quarter

OQ.H.

Biomedical / 129

ECE 3799 PhD Continuation 0 Q.H.

(formerly 03.9X4)
Any Quarter

ECE 3860 Master's Thesis 8 Q.H.

(formerly 03.995)
Any Quarter

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted un-
der the auspices of the department. Prereq.: Bach-
elor of Science degree in Engineering or Science.

ECE 3861 Master's Thesis 4 Q.H.

Any Quarter

ECE 3862 Master's Thesis 2 Q.H.

Any Quarter

ECE 3870 Engineer Degree Thesis 4 or 8 Q.H.
(formerly 03.9Z2)
Any Quarter

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted un-
der the auspices of the department. Minimum of 4
QH, maximum of 8 QH allowed per quarter. Prereq.:
Admission to Engineer Degree Program.

ECE 3871 Engineer Degree Thesis 4 Q.H.

Any Quarter

ECE 3872 Engineer Degree Thesis 2 Q.H.

Any Quarter

ECE 3880 Doctoral Thesis 0 Q.H.

(formerly 03.996)
Any Quarter

Theoretical and/or experimental work conducted un-
der the auspices of the department. Prereq.: Passing
of PhD Qualifying Exam.

ECE 3887 Master's Seminar I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 03.990)
Any Quarter

A library survey of a selected topic in the general
field of electrical engineering with an oral presen-
tation based on this survey. Participation in the de-
partmental seminar program of guest lectures.
Prereq.: Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering
or Science.

ECE 3888 Master's Seminar 11 2 QH.

(formerly 03.991)
Any Quarter

The preparation of a research paper suitable for
publication in a professional journal, plus an oral
presentation of this report. Prereq.: ECE 3887.

ECE 3889 Doctoral Seminar 0 Q.H.

(formerly 03.993)
Any Quarter

This requirement will be satisfied by the student pre-
senting a seminar to the Electrical Engineering De-
partment on a subject related to his/her PhD thesis.
The thesis supervisor will coordinate the seminar.
Prereq.: Passing of PhD Qualifying Exam.

ECE 3892 Doctoral Reading 0 Q.H.

(formerly 03.997)
Any Quarter

Material approved by the candidate's adviser. (Only
S or F grades will be assigned for this course.)
Prereq.: Passing of PhD Qualifying Exam.

ECE 3893 Special Problems in 2 or 4 Q.H.

Electrical Engineering (formerly 03.998)
Any Quarter

Theoretical or experimental work under individual
faculty supervision. Prereq.: Consent of Department
Chairman.

ECE 3894 Engineer's Degree Reading
(formerly 03.9Z1)

To be taken upon completion of 30 QH of satisfac-
tory course work. No credits toward course require-
ments are given. Minimum of 4 QH, maximum of 8
QH allowed per quarter.

ECE 3895 Engineer's Degree Reading 8 Q.H.

Any Quarter

ECE 3896 Special Problems in
Electrical Engineering
Any Quarter

4Q.H.

Biomedical

OINT 3250 Engineering and Medicine I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 93.901)
Fall Quarter

The intersection of technology with medicine; his-
torical development of bioengineering profession; its
impact on society; study of activities embraced by
the profession today; educational, training, and ca-
reer opportunities in clinical, biomedical, and medical
engineering for individuals at the BS, MS, and PhD
levels; future goals of engineering in biology and
medicine; and issues basic to the relationship be-
tween new medical technology and the efficiency and
effectiveness of the health care system. Prereq.:
Bachelor of Science in Engineering or allied field.

OINT 3251 Biomedical Applications of 2 Q.H.

Heat and Mass Transfer (formerly 93.911)
Winter Quarter

Bioheat equation; thermal transport in living systems,
thermal properties; thermal techniques in the meas-
urement of blood flow; applications of heat transfer
in medicine including hyperthermia for cancer ther-
apy, hypothermia for tissue and organ preservation
and cryosurgery, thermal sources for implantable
artificial heart; and thermography in cancer detec-
tion. Prereq.: Bachelor of Science in Engineering or
allied field.

130 / Engineering

OINT 3252 Selected Topics in 2 Q.H.

Bioengineering (formerly 93.912)
Spring Quarter

Study of biomedical engineering appropriate to top-
ics selected from fields of biomaterials, nuclear med-
icine, radiation diagnosis and therapy, biological

transport processes, artificial organs, rehabilitation
engineering, and microprocessor based clinical in-
struments. Introduction to medical technology as-
sessment. Prereq.: OINT 3250 or permission of
instructor

Industrial Engineering

IIS 3101 Industrial Accounting for 2 Q.H.

Engineers

IIS 3102 Introduction to Human Factors 2 Q.H.

Engineering

A survey of the principal topics and areas of con-
centration in the field. Includes introductory concepts
of sensory physiology and sensory performance;
basic motor capabilities and limitations; concepts of
the human as a processor of information; and methods
of gathering human performance data. Normally the
first course in the human factors areas for students
without behavioral science background. Prereq.:
IIS 3113 or permission of instructor

IIS 3103 Basic Operations Research 4 Q.H.

An introduction to the theory and use of determin-
istic and stochastic models to represent industrial
operations. Models included are those of linear pro-
gramming, dynamic programming, inventory control,
waiting lines, and Markov Chains. Prereq.: IIS 3113.

IIS 31 06 Elements of Structured 2 Q.H.

Programming

An introductory course to the principles and tech-
niques of top down structured programming. The host
language is PASCAL and topics covered include as-
signment statements, logical expressions, control
statements, data structures, recursion and pointers.

IIS 31 1 1 Principles of COBOL 2 Q.H.

Fundamentals of computer programming in COBOL.
Topics include elementary computer functioning, pro-
gram organization, input/output operations, arithmetic
and data-handling verbs, and program logic develop-
ment through the use of flow charts. Storage and
manipulation of large data files on magnetic tape are
introduced. No prior computer experience is required.

IIS 3112 Quantitative Methods for 4 Q.H.

Information Systems

An introduction to the theory and use of determin-
istic and stochastic models in the context of com-
puter and information systems. Models included are
linear programming, dynamic programming, Monte
Carlo simulation, Gant and Pert charts, multicriteria
decision analysis and waiting lines. Class examples
will emphasize applications in a computer and in-
formation systems environment.

IIS 3113 Basic Probability and Statistics 4 Q.H.

Fundamental concepts of probability. Events, sample
space, discrete and continuous random variables.
Density functions, mass functions, cumulative prob-
ability distributions, and moments generating func-
tions. Expectation of random variables. Common
discrete and continuous probability distributions
including binomial, poisson, geometric, uniform, ex-
ponential, and normal. Multivariate probability distri-
butions, covariance and independence of random
variables. Sampling and descriptive statistics. Para-
meter estimation, confidence intervals, and hypothesis
testing.

IIS 3114 Industrial Engineering Economy 4 Q.H.

Introduction of basic accounting principles and pro-
cedures; use of accounting data as a management
tool; a practical covering of basic cost accounting
procedures related to materials, labor, and manu-
facturing expense cost control; job order, process,
and standard cost systems. Economic analysis in
formulating business policies and selecting alter-
natives from possible engineering solutions to in-
dustrial problems, present worth, annual cost, and
rate-of-return techniques using discrete compound
interest calculations.

IIS 3115 Modula-2 for Engineers 4 Q.H.

Syntax and basic data structures of the Modula-2
language. Modules, procedures, and visibility control.
Data structures, including enumerations, arrays, rec-
ords, sets, and pointers. Sequential and screen-ori-
ented input/output, recursion, concurrency and low-
level facilities.

Industrial Engineering / 131

IIS 3116 Assembly Language 4 Q.H.

The study of microcomputer programming in assem-
bly language with emphasis on structured program-
ming techniques, interrupts, and input/output devices.
Microprocessor programming model, instruction set,
and addressing modes. Microcomputer system archi-
tecture, system resources, interrupt processing, input/
output interfaces. Prereq.: Higher level language.

IIS 3117 Intensive Modula-2 2 Q.H.

Syntax and basic data structures of the Modula-2
language are covered. Modules and visibility control;
overview of records, sets and pointers; sequential
and screen oriented input/output, recursion, con-
currency and low level facilities are included. Prereq.:
Structured programming language.

IIS 3200 Organizational Perspectives and 4 Q.H.
Project Management

A survey of business organization, management and
operation, including business responsibility to its
employees, its product, the customer and the envi-
ronment in which it operates. Planning, forecasting,
and budgeting; the financial markets; investing and
speculating will be covered, as well as the interaction
of politics, government and government controls on
the industrial enterprise.

IIS 3201 Analysis of the Industrial 2 Q.H.

Enterprise I

Same material as IIS 3200 offered as two 2 QH
courses. Prereq.: IIS 3201.

IIS 3202 Analysis of the Industrial 2 Q.H.

Enterprise II

Same material as IIS 3200 offered as two 2 QH
courses. Prereq.: IIS 3201.

IIS 3204 Engineering/Organizational 4 Q.H.

Psychology

An analysis of the purpose and functioning of or-
ganizations as the basic networks for achieving goals
through coordination of effort, communication, and
responsibility. The approach will emphasize the role
and function of engineering organizations and will
be based on modern behavioral science concepts.
The course covers the application of psychology to
industry relative to human relations, group dynamics,
tests and measurements, personnel practices, train-
ing, and motivation.

IIS 3205 Industrial Organizations 2 Q.H.

IIS 3206 Industrial Psychology for 2 Q.H.

Engineers

Same material as IIS 3204 offered as two 2 QH
courses. Prereq.: IIS 3205.

IIS 3207 Rnancial Management 4 QH.

Study of the issues and processes of short-term
financing on industrial firms; financial analysis of
cases, supplemented by readings to develop famil-
iarity with sources and uses of working capital as
well as the goals and problems involved in its man-
agement. Also covered is the analysis necessary for
such long-term financial decisions as issuance of

Stock or bonds; contracting of leases or loans, and
financing of a new enterprise; mergers, capital budg-
eting, the cost of capital, and the valuation of a
business. Prereq.: IIS 3101 or IIS 3114 and IIS 3201
or equivalent.

IIS 3208 Financial Management I 2 Q.H.

Prereq.: IIS 3101 or IIS 3114 and IIS 3201 or
equivalent.

IIS 3209 Rnancial Management II 2 Q.H.

Same material as IIS 3207 offered as two 2 QH
courses. Prereq.: IIS 3208.

IIS 3214 Engineering Communications 2 Q.H.

Exploration of practice in the preparation and pres-
entation, both written and oral, of the results of en-
gineering projects and programs as a basis for busi-
ness decisions; including formal reports, progress
summaries, memoranda, and technical papers. The
effective use of various media and audiovisual aids
based on both audience and material.

IIS 3216 Advanced Engineering Economy 2 Q.H.

Principal emphasis on the practical application of
the techniques studied in basic engineering econ-
omy; problems of implementation through class dis-
cussion of cases and student projects; recent ad-
vances in the techniques of engineering economy,
especially those relating to the consideration of un-
certainties.Prereq.; IIS 3114.

IIS 3217 Engineering Project Management 4 Q.H.

The optimization of schedules utilizing pertinent soft-
ware tools such as the linear programming and proj-
ect management packages will be undertaken. Other
graphics software used to draw project diagrams
such as Gantt charts, PERT diagrams, manpower
loading charts, and funding charts will be included.
Determination of the critical path and comparison of
actual performance with the planned schedule will
be covered. The systems life cycle will be consid-
ered. Needs analysis, requirements definition, prelim-
inary design, detailed design, and implementation will
be addressed in the context of project management.

IIS 3218 Planning and Managing 4 Q.H.

Information Systems Development

The computer system developmental life cycle. In-
teractions between the system and the organization.
Design parameters and tradeoffs. Planning for ex-
ternalities. Individual and organizational aspects of
human decision making. Systems approach to plan-
ning, management, and control of effective informa-
tion systems development. The course will be based
on extensive use of case studies and will include
some guest speakers. Prereq.: IIS 3615.

IIS 321 9 Cost Accounting and Industrial 4 Q.H.
Budgeting

Cost accounting procedures are studied and eval-
uated in terms of being considered by the engineer
for cost determination of alternative engineering pro-
posals and for input into various budgeting plans
which the engineer may become involved with. An
introduction to the essentials of fixed and variable

132 /Engineering

budgeting for production, inventory, sales, cash,
capital, and cost-volume profit analysis will be pro-
vided. Prereq.: IIS 3114.

IIS 3220 Development of Engineering 4 Q.H.

Personnel

The science and art of managing creative people
employed in research, developmental, and engineer-
ing activities are considered with a view to under-
standing the problems encountered by such people
and their managers in the course of their profes-
sional work. Attention is devoted to such behavioral
theories and their applications in the practice of
management. Emphasis is placed on each student's
experiences as professionals or managers in diverse
industrial settings.

IIS 3302 Advanced Work Design 2 Q.H.

Basic philosophies of work design; implementation
of work design concepts with case studies; study
and analysis of models such as work sampling, se-
quence or flow of work models; repetitive and nonre-
petitive work models, and work measurement models
such as standard data; human factors in measuring
operator performance; regression analysis ap-
proaches; emphasis on development of professional,
analytical, and managerial skills and abilities at a
systems level. Prereq.: Bachelor of Science degree in
Engineering or Science.

IIS 3303 Product Design and Value 2 Q.H.

Analysis

Study of design parameters and their effect on de-
velopment, manufacturing and procurement; func-
tional analysis of components and systems; complete
projects and case studies are integrated in the course.

IIS 3304 Production Analysis 4 Q.H.

Study of advanced problem-solving techniques in
the areas of method and measurement, layout and
facilities planning, material handling and manufac-
turing process. Case studies and a course project
in a local concern illustrate the concepts presented.

IIS 3305 Case Studies in Industrial 2 Q.H.

Engineering

Formulation of problems and analysis of situations
on topics such as work measurement, line balancing,
plant layout, regression analysis, wage and salary
administration, management information systems and
network analysis. Class discussion and written anal-
ysis of a variety of cases are included. Prereq.: IIS
3304.

IIS 3306 Network Planning and Control 2 Q.H.

Applications of stochastic networks to project man-
agement, scheduling, inventory, reliability, quality
control and other industrial applications; review of
PEFiT and its inadequacies, to the development of
stochastic flow-graphs and networks; solving for the
mean task times and variances using moment-gen-
erating functions; setting up the model for computer
simulation using GERT. Prereq.: IIS 3506 or IIS 3523.

IIS 3307 Introduction to Microprocessors 2 Q.H.

A first course in microprocessor computing, covers
hex codes for assembly language. Basics of archi-
tecture model, programming model and addressing
modes. Instruction set for a typical machine. Pro-
gramming techniques and details for a 6502 pro-
cessor Hands-on laboratory experimentation with
typical interfacing problems. Case studies in the area
of developing applications. Laboratory experimen-
tation in a staffed facility Prereq.: Compiler level
language.

IIS 3308 Microcomputer Applications 2 Q.H.

System architecture of several microcomputers in-
cluding: microprocessor, bus design, multichip op-
erations and current trends in processors (8, 16,
and 32 BIT). Interfacing problems and hardware to
include: sensors, actuators, A/D, D/A converters, data
transmission and parallel/serial I/O. Real time pro-
gramming with case studies. Network and distributed
processing. Also included are development tech-
niques and current state-of-the-art trends. Prereq.:
IIS 3307 or permission.

IIS 3309 Computer Mettiods in 2 Q.H.

Manufacturing

In-depth coverage of the use of computers in se-
lected areas of manufacturing systems design is
presented. Possible topic areas are numerical con-
trol, MRP, process planning and control, and other
important applications of computers to manufactur-
ing systems. Prereq.: IIS 3311 or permission.

IIS 3310 Manufacturing Methods and 4 Q.H.

Processes

Material covered includes the structures of polymers
(thermoplastic, thermosetting and glasses). Manu-
facturing processes for polymers including thermo-
forming are included. Structure of metals, the man-
ufacturing processes for metal forming are presented.
Alloys and welding and brazing are also included.

IIS 3311 Computer-Aided Manufacturing 4 Q.H.

A first course (overview) of computer aided-manu-
facturing. Covers the areas that encompass the term
CAM: group technology, material requirements plan-
ning, part coding and classification, numerical con-
trol, part programming and management systems.
Broad coverage of each of the areas is given to
allow the student to gain an appreciation of the
automated factory. Prereq.: Compiler level language.

IIS 3312 Forecasting and Inventory 4 Q.H.

Control

Econometric methods of forecasting the demand for
industrial products; emphasis on techniques appli-
cable to individual companies and the total demand.
The principal tool used is the mathematical model
of the causal factors with special attention to deter-
mining the reliability of the model. The design and
operation of inventory systems from a scientific man-
agement point of view, including both required theory
and practical aspects. Subjects include inventory
control models and techniques, production planning,
and control models and methods. Prereq.: IIS 3523.

Industrial Engineering / 133

IIS 3400 Human Factors Engineers 4 Q.H.

The course covers sensory motor and work environ-
ment considerations. Topics include the design of
equipment and systems for human use, with the
application of engineering psychology; visual and
auditory presentation of information; human infor-
mation processing and skilled task performance. The
course examines the human as a work-performing,
heat-generating physiological engine, and the im-
plied restrictions on the equipment and workplace
to provide occupational safety and effective man/
machine performance. Prereq.: IIS 3102.

IIS 3401 Human Factors-Sensory Motor 2 Q.H.

Prereq.: IIS 3102

IIS 3402 Human Factors-Work 2 Q.H.

Environment

Same material as IIS 3400 offered as two 2 QH
courses. Prereq.: IIS 3102.

IIS 3403 Occupational Health and Safety 4 Q.H.
Winter Quarter

Topics include safety responsibilities of management
and employees; recognition of chemical, electrical,
and mechanical hazards; principles of machine
guarding; accident investigation and cost aniaysis;
record keeping requirements under OSHA Act of 1 970;
safety programs and inspections; safety training;
toxology first aid and medical services; fire prevention
and control methods; occupational diseases and per-
sonnel protective equipment.

IIS 3404 Introduction to Occupational 2 Q.H. each
Health and Safety and

IIS 3405 Technical Aspects of Health and Safety

Same material as IIS 3403 offered as two 2 QH
courses. Prereq.: IIS 3404.

IIS 3406 Man-Computer Interaction 2 Q.H.

Design and evaluation of the man-computer interface
in on-line information systems; formatting of visual
displays and auditory outputs, techniques to facilitate
operator inputs, pacing and control of the interactive
sequence, operator training, task analysis and per-
formance testing. Student projects in areas of novel
application. Prereq.: IIS 3401.

IIS 3407 Human Factors Engineering- 2 Q.H.

Data Base

Prereq.: IIS 3509.

IIS 3408 Human Factors Engineering- 2 Q.H.

Application Methods

Same material as IIS 3410 offered as two 2 QH
courses. Prereq.: IIS 3102.

IIS 3409 Topics in Physiology and 2 Q.H.

Biomedical Engineering

Introduction to specific areas relating to human
structure and function, and to the use of engineering
techniques for medical diagnosis and therapy Areas
considered include blood and blood components,
the cardiovascular system, the kidney and urinary
systems and respiratory systems. The course will be
taught on a seminar basis. Students will be required

to do literature research under the guidance of the
instructor Prereq.: Permission of instructor

IIS 3410 Advanced Human Factors 4 Q.H.

Engineering

The study of methods and techniques used to obtain
and interpret human performance data. Includes ex-
amination of experimental methods and problems
peculiar to experimentation with human subjects;
unobtrusive measures, and nonreactive techniques;
survey design and implementation; systematic ob-
servation techniques. Also covered are systems
analysis and man/machine systems; function and task
analysis; task allocation; support equipment and
training design; error analysis; occupational safety;
preconstruction; periodic and accident/critical inci-
dent analytic techniques. Prereq.: IIS 3509 and IIS
3400.

IIS 3500 Principles of Dynamic Systems 4 aH.

Introduction to modeling of social systems, empha-
sizing the study of feedback structures and their
behavior; mechanisms underlying growth, stagnation
and cyclical fluctuation; formulation of models of
industrial, economic, social, and ecological systems;
study of the effects of delays, multiple feedback loops,
and nonlinearities. The aim is to build an intuitive
foundation for simulation studies of complex systems
and obtain exercise in model conceptualization.

IIS 3501 Principles of Dynamic 2 Q.H. each

Systems I and

IIS 3502 Principles of DynamicSystems II

Same material as IIS 3500 offered as two 2 QH
courses. Prereq.: IIS 3501.

IIS 3503 Simulation Methodology and 4 Q.H.

Applications

Course covers when, where, and how to use discrete
event simulation techniques. Topics include model
design, development, and validation; tactical and
strategic planning considerations in the use of the
model; input data reduction; alternative programming
languages for implementing models; efficiency in
running simulations, and statistical reliability in the
design and analysis of simulation experiments. Sev-
eral special purpose simulation languages are dis-
cussed, e.g., SIMSCRIPT GPSS, and SIM AN. Prereq.:
IIS 3506 or IIS 3523 and compiler-level language.

HS 3506 Statistics 4 Q.H.

Basic tools of statistical inference are covered. These
include limit theorems; point and interval estimators
and properties of estimators; Bayes Hypothesis and
hypothesis testing; one- and two-sided tests; power
curve; nonparametric tests; statistical models for
predication and analysis of random phenomena; mul-
tiple regression analysis; correlation; design and
analysis of simple experiments. Prereq.: IIS 3113.

IIS 3509 Design of Experiments 4 Q.H.

Theory and application of experimental design tech-
niques such as modeling and statistics which can
optimize resources and improve decision making risks.
This course will cover experiments with single and

134 / Engineering

multiple factors of interest and consider experiments
with high order experimental restrictions. Some addi-
tional analyses techniques will also be covered.
Prereq.: IIS 3506.

IIS 351 2 Queuing Theory and Its 2 Q.H.

Applications

A development of the theory of queues with empha-
sis on-practical applications, using the latest tech-
niques of Markovian state-transition diagrams to sim-
plify the mathematic model; study of models based
on random arrivals and departures including expo-
nential and Eriang service distributions, single and
multiple services, series and parallel systems, finite
and infinite queues; applications to staffing, inventory
control, reliability, maintenance and scheduling.
Prereq.: IIS 3103.

IIS 351 4 Advanced Operations Research 4 Q.H.
Important families of mathematical programming
problems and optimization methods will be covered:
The revised simplex algorithm and the decomposi-
tion principle for large size multidivisional problems.
Generalized networks, including the transshipment,
shortest route, maximal flow and the minimal span-
ning tree problems. The cutting plane and the branch
and bound algorithm for binary and mixed integer
programming problems. Introduction to nonlinear
programming including unconstrained optimization
and the Kuhn-Tucker conditions. Prereq.: IIS 3103.

IIS 3517 Statistical Decision Theory 2 Q.H.

Use of Bayesian statistical inference to arrive at de-
cisions when stochastic variables are interacting;
relationship to game theory; decision making over
time in a sequence; important expected values and
distributions; relationship of Bayesian decision the-
ory to classical statistical inference. Prereq.: IIS 3506
or IIS 3523.

IIS 3518 Advanced Quality Control 2 Q.H.

Mathematical methods of quality control; develop-
ment of the process control charts for sampling by
variables and by attributes; development of accept-
ance test procedures; development of life-testing
plans; cost aspects of quality-control decisions.
Prereq.: IIS 3506 or IIS 3523.

IIS 3519 Reliability Theory in Design 2 Q.H.

An introduction to the mathematical theory of the
reliability of non-maintained systems and their ap-
plication in the design of hardware and equipments
in general; application of active and standby redun-
dancy in systems; reliability predictions; stress-de-
noting techniques; availability concepts; design re-
views and managerial control. Prereq.: IIS 3506 or
IIS 3523.

IIS 3521 Reliability Analysis of Complex 2 an.

Systems

A f\^arkovian-chain state-transition diagram approach
to reliability modeling of non-maintained and main-
tained systems which permits analytic steady-state
and dynamic solutions of both the stationary and
non-stationary models; setting up the matrix-equations

for solution by computer; controlling the numerical
oscillations and accuracy of the results. Prereq.: IIS
3519.

IIS 3522 Systems Engineering Design 4 Q.H.

and Analysis

The course covers principles of systems modeling
and analysis using continuous simulation techniques.
Topics include differential equations as system mo-
dels; Laplace transformations; numerical approxima-
tion techniques; stability; steady-state error; control
actions; alternative modeling scheme; and validation
of system models via continuous simulation tech-
niques. Emphasis is placed on concepts from the
production and service-oriented industries. Prereq.:
Compiler-level language.

IIS 3523 Applied Statistics 4 Q.H.

Development of complete statistical models for the
predication and analysis of random phenomena. Top-
ics include goodness of fit and nonparametric tests;
analysis of variance; simple and multiple regression.
Introduction to the design of experiments, quality
control, decision analysis, reliability, and risk as-
sessment. Prereq.: IIS 3113.

IIS 3524 Advanced Operations Research 4 Q.H.
Topics

Nonlinear programming including gradient methods,
separable, quadratic and geometric programming.
Introduction to multicriteria decision analysis includ-
ing the generation of nondominated solution set, goal
programming, and continuous and discrete solution
methods. Prereq.: IIS 3103.

IIS 3525 Introduction to Reliability 4 Q.H.

Analysis and Risk Assessment

Introduction to probability theory, classical and
Bayesian statistics useful for reliability analysis of
large, complex systems. The course covers Bayesian
probability encoding of experience data; principles
of the methods or risk assessment and reliability
analyses including fault trees, decision trees, and
reliability block diagrams. Practical applications to
industrial operations— e.g., nuclear and chemical
plants, military systems, large processing plants-are
treated.

IIS 3526 Advanced Reliability Analysis, 4 Q.H.

Risk Assessment, and Maintenance

Extended application and use of reliability and prob-
abilistic risk analysis methods. Methods for common
cause/dependent failure analysis, human reliability
analysis, and treatment of uncertainties. Bayesian
statistics applied to data analysis and discrete prob-
ability distribution (DPD) arithmetic for propagation
of uncertainty. Time-dependent reliability analysis,
Markov models, availability, and maintenance theory.
Replacement and maintenance strategy development.
The role of maintenance in improving systems reli-
ability, performance, and productivity. The Deming
method of quality control. Case studies in industrial
system. Prereq.: IIS 3525.

Industrial Engineering / 135

IIS 3600 Basic Computer Systems 2 Q.H.

Technology

Introduction to computer systems and assembly lan-
guage programming using a language such as VAX
MACRO. Topics include: machine language, and as-
semblers. Input/output device control. Students are
required to prepare and test several programs.
Prereq.: Compiler level language.

IIS 3601 Compiler Design 4 Q.H.

An introduction to data structures, including stacks
and trees. The nature of compiling and interpreting,
string manipulation, and code generation. The writing
of a compiler in assembly language of a BASIC-like
source language will be started. The compiler design
work is completed as a term project. Prereq.: IIS
3600 or IIS 3116.

IIS 3604 Data Structures and 4 Q.H.

Introduction to Data Base Management

Treats the topics of computer files, file organization
and processing, list and tree organization, and main-
tenance controls, for quality, protection, and security.
Introduction to data base systems and their rise in
corporations. Review of basic data storage concepts.
Evolution and grov\rth of data bases. Data organi-
zation, file creation, and management, using hashing,
threaded lists, tree structures. Distributed data bases.
Data base software, directory maintenance, types of
data base languages, query languages. Data base
management systems. Data base administration.
Prereq.: IIS 3615 or equivalent.

lis 3607 Operating Systems and 4 Q.H.

Systems Software

A study of the components of operating systems,
including resource allocation management, multi-
tasking, scheduling, and I/O. Major software ele-
ments of a computer system are considered, includ-
ing loaders, linkers, assemblers, compilers, and
interpreters. Prereq.: IIS 3604 or IIS 3600.

IIS 3610 Computer Architecture 4 Q.H.

This course embodies how modern computers are
designed and organized from a number of levels
including the fundamental circuits memory control,
and I/O, as well as how alternative designs and archi-
tecture affect and are affected by software. Topics
to be covered include: elementary digital circuits,
including registers, multiplexers, and circuits used
in arithmetic operations, control, and I/O; memory
organization; microprogramming; busses and I/O
channels; example architectures, including PDP 11,
IBM 360/370, and a typical microprocessor; multi-
tasking; virtual systems. Prereq.: IIS 3600.

IIS 3613 Principles of Software Design 2 Q.H.

Techniques for solving complex computer program-
ming tasks include run-time structures in program-
ming languages; communication, linking, and sharing
of programs and data; interface design; program
documentation; maintenance modification; testing
and debugging. Current topics in program design
such as readability, data abstraction, step-wise re-
finement and structured programming are also cov-
ered. Prereq.: IIS 3607.

IIS 3614 Basic Information System 2 Q.H.

Technology '

Introduction to the hardware and software which sup-
port computer-based management information sys-
tems, design, development, and operation. Topics
include CPU instruction cycle; data conversion and
data entry devices; secondary memory types; output
and display devices; machine-oriented and high-level
computer languages. Objective of the course is to
develop capability in specifying software and equip-
ment configuration appropriate to support a given
set of management informational needs.

IIS 361 5 Analysis and Design of 4 Q.H.

Computer Information Systems

Introduction to computer information systems anal-
ysis and design techniques and the hardware and
software which support such systems. Topics cov-
ered include: techniques for determining information
requirements for MIS/DSSs; development of the
functional systems design; computer system design
considerations such as the CPU, main memory op-
erating systems functions, computer languages, in-
put devices, secondary memory file organization,
data-base management systems, data communica-
tions, data security, and output and display devices.
The main objective of the course is to develop ca-
pability in the skeletal design of a computer system
to support a given set of management needs.

IIS 3616 MIS: Planning and Managing 4 Q.H.

the Contributions to the Decision Process

Phases of MIS design and development are exam-
ined from a planning and control viewpoint. Tech-
niques are presented for conceptual identification of
a continuing stream of information system candidate
projects, for achieving a user-oriented assessment
of cost/benefit potential, and for control of the design
and implementation effort. Case study discussions
are used extensively to apply principles to realistic
situations.

IIS 3617 Management Information 2 Q.H.

Systems

The development of a conceptual framework which
emphasizes support to management decision mak-
ing. Relevant cognitive and organizational character-
istics of human decision making are integrated into
a systems analysis approach to development of ef-
fective information systems. Case study discussions
are used extensively to apply principles to realistic
situations. Prereq.: IIS 3614 or IIS 3615.

IIS 3618 MIS: Planning, Control and 2 Q.H.

Development

136 /Engineering

IIS 3620 Computerized Financial 2 Q.H.

Control Systems

Considers on-line systems for financial and inventory
control from the technological, legal, and social point
of view. The focus of the course is on electronic
funds transfer (EFT) and point of sale (POS) termi-
nals and associated computing equipment for inter-
bank and consumer banking transactions, debit card
transactions, and retail management information sys-
tems to control cash and inventory. The current tech-
nological status and societal implications of EFT and
POS terminals are discussed. Prereq.: IIS 3614 or
IIS 3615.

IIS 3621 Information Systems and Society 2 Q.H.
Discussion of the role computer systems play in
modern society. The beneficial use of computers in
commercial and industrial enterprises is considered
and contrasted w/ith the potential for infringement of
individual privacy rights. Sufficient technical material
on computer hardware, software, and data commu-
nications is discussed to permit assessment of sys-
tem feasibility. Relevant major legislation is related
to current practice in use of computer systems.

IIS 3622 Information Systems in a 4 Q.H.

Microcomputer Environment

Explores the role of microcomputers, networks of
microcomputers, and larger machines in providing
decision-aiding information. Topics include elements
of office automation, local area networks, data com-
munications, and micro- and minicomputer-based
decision-support software. Emphasis is placed on
the application of software packages to case prob-
lems. Specific IBM software includes Knowledgeman,
Superwriter, Lotus 1-2-3, dBase II, and Number
Cruncher On the VAX1 1/780, exposure to Runoff,
INGRES, and DATATRIEVE will be provided. Prereq.
IIS 361 4 or equivalent.

IIS 3623 File Processing 2 Q.H.

Processing of -sequential, indexed-sequential, and
direct/relative data files on tape and disk; record
blocking, searching, sorting, and merging opera-
tions; random access techniques; introduction to
data base management concepts, and if time permits
an introduction to RPG. Prereq.: Knowledge of COBOL
programming.

IIS 3624 Software Engineering I 4 Q.H.

An introduction to software design techniques (soft-
ware design methodology, programming methodol-
ogy, software maintenance, software testing). Special
emphasis on modular design. Modular design using
Modula-2. Prereq.: IIS 3115 or IIS 3117.

IIS 3625 Software Engineering II 4 Q.H.

An examination of software engineering principles
through case studies of large software projects. The
case studies serve as testbeds for software testing
tools such as file comparators, program debuggers,
and interactive debuggers. Prereq.: IIS 3624.

IIS 3626 Networks and 4 Q.H.

Telecommunications

Network goals and applications; architecture, topol-
ogies, and protocols; layered communications pro-
tocol design; layer functions, interlayer interfaces,
and peer processes; performance measures; data
communication techniques; wide area and local net-
works; channel interfaces and access schemes;
workstations and server nodes; distributed systems;
internetworking.

IIS 3627 Software Economics 4 Q.H.

An examination of the COCOMO model (Constructive
Cost Model) in the software life cycle will be in-
cluded. Cost effectiveness analysis, multiple-goal de-
cision analysis, figures of merit and marginal analysis
techinques will be covered. Prereq.: IIS 3624.

IIS 3650 Engineering Analysis Utilizing 2 Q.H.

Data Processing

Application of computers and major high-level com-
puter languages to the solution of engineering prob-
lems. FORTRAN and GPSS are employed in appli-
cations drawn from production and service-oriented
industries to illustrate topics such as generation of
random numbers, inventory simulation models, file
search and sorting techniques, and root-finding al-
gorithms. The software packages SPSS and MPOS
are introduced. Prereq.: Compiler level language.

IIS 3651 Software Engineering Project 8 Q.H.

Individual work under faculty supervision. Prereq.: IIS
3624, IIS 3625, and permission of instructor.

IIS 3797 Engineer Degree Continuation 0 Q.H.

IIS 3798 Master's Thesis Continuation 0 Q.H.

IIS 3799 PhD Continuation 0 Q.H.

IIS 3801 Special Project in Industrial 2 Q.H.

Engineering

Individual work under faculty supervision. Prereq.:
Permission of instructor.

IIS 3802 Special Project in Industrial
Engineering

Same as IIS 3801.

4 Q.H.

2 Q.H.

IIS 3803 Independent Study in
Operations Research
Any Quarter

Special topics in Operations Research by arrange-
ment with a faculty member.

IIS 3804 Special Topics 4 Q.H.

Special topics in IE and IS. Prereq.: Permission of
instructor

IIS 3805 Special Topics 2 Q.H.

Special topics in IE and IS. Prereq.: Permission of
instructor

IIS 3806 Seminar in Industrial 2 Q.H.

Engineering

Discussion and presentations of thesis-related top-
ics by students, presentations and discussions by

Mechanical Engineering / 137

faculty and eminent people in the field on timely
industrial engineering topics. Field trips and visita-
tions included where appropriate. Prereq.: Permis-
sion of instructor.

IIS 3863 Thesis (Master's Degree) 8 Q.H.

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted un-
der the auspices of the Department. Prereq.: Consent
of adviser.

IIS 3861 Thesis (l\^aster's Degree) 4 Q.H.

Same as IIS 3863.

IIS 3862 Thesis (Master's Degree) 2 Q.H.

Same as IIS 3863.

IIS 3870 Industrial Engineer Degree 10 Q.H.

Project

Undertaken with the approval of the candidate's ad-
viser and the Department Graduate Committee.

IIS 3871 Industrial Engineer Degree 4 Q.H.

Project

Same as IIS 3870.

IIS 3872 Industrial Engineer Degree

Same as IIS 3870.

IIS 3873 Industrial Engineer Degree
Project

Same as IIS 3870.

2 Q.H.

8 Q.H.

10 Q.H.

IIS 3880 Doctoral Thesis

Doctoral thesis research conducted under adviser-
ship of the doctoral student's dissertation committee.

IIS 3881 Doctoral Thesis

Same as IIS 3880.

IIS 3882 Doctoral Thesis

Same as IIS 3880.

IIS 3883 Doctoral Thesis

Same as IIS 3880.

4 Q.H.
2 Q.H.
8 Q.H.

Mechanical Engineering

ME 3100 Mathematical Methods for

4 Q.H.

Mechanical Engineers (formerly 02.825)
Fall Quarter

Embodies the material in ME 3101 and ME 3102.
Prereq.: Admission to ttie Graduate School of
Engineering.

ME 3101 Mathematical Methods for 2 Q.H.

Mechanical Engineers I (formerly 02.826)
Fall Quarter

Bessel and Legendre functions: boundary-value
problems and series of orthogonal functions. Partial
differential equations and applications to heat trans-
fer, fluid flow, vibrations and wave propagation. Prereq.:
Admission to tlie Graduate School of Engineering.

ME 31 02 Mathematical Methods for 2 Q.H.

Mechanical Engineers II (formerly 02.827)
Winter Quarter

Vector analysis; divergence theorem; functions of a
complex variable; Laurent series and singular points;
residues and contour integration; applications. Prereq.:
Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering.

ME 31 20 Theory of Elasticity 4 Q.H.

(formerly 02.807)
Fall Quarter

Embodies the material in ME 3121 and ME 3122.
Prereq.: Admission to the Graduate School of
Engineering.

ME 3121 Theory to Elasticity I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.804)
Fall Quarter

Analysis of Cartesian tensors using indicial notation.
Stress and strain concepts; point stress and strain;
relation to tensor concepts. Governing equations for
the determination of stress and displacement distri-
butions in a solid body. Exact solutions of the gov-
erning equations for elastic solids. Prereq.: Admis-
sion to the Graduate School of Engineeering.

ME 3122 Theory of Elasticity II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.805)
Winter Quarter

Plane stress and strain problems in rectangular and
polar coordinates including thermal stress. Relation
of elasticity theory to strength of materials. Torsion
of prismatic and axially symmetric bars. Bending of
thin flat rectangular and circular plates. Prereq.: ME
3121.

ME 3140 Advanced Dynamics 4 Q.H.

Fall Quarter

Embodies the material in ME 3141 and ME 3142.
Prereq.: Admission to the Graduate School of
Engineering.

ME 3141 Advanced Dynamics I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.847)
Fall Quarter

Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies. Modeling
and application of fundamental laws of motion. Dy-

138 /Engineering

namic response of lumped parameter systems.
Prereq.: Admission to the Graduate Scliool of
Engineering.

ME 3142 Advanced Dynamics II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.848)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ME 3141. Lagrange's equations. Ap-
plications in two and three dimensions. Prereq.: ME
3141.

ME 3200 General Thermodynamics 4 Q.H.

(formerly 02.903)
Winter Quarter

Fundamentals of equilibrium thermodynamics will be
examined. Topics include: work, energy, heat, tem-
perature, available energy, entropy, first and second
laws of thermodynamics, simple systems, closed and
open systems, availability loss and irreversibility, heat
engines, multicomponent systems, mixtures of gases,
chemical reactions and chemical equilibrium. Equiv-
alent to courses ME 3201 and ME 3202. Prereq.:
Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering.

ME 3201 General Thermodynamics I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.901)
Fall Quarter

ME 3201 and ME 3202 present the same material
contained in ME 3200 but in two 2QH courses. Prereq.:
Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering.

ME 3202 General Thermodynamics II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.902)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ME 3201. Prereq.: (JIE 3201.

ME 321 0 Essentials of Fluid Dynamics 4 Q.H.

(formerly 02.821)
Fall Quarter

This is a fundamental course in fluid dynamics de-
signed to prepare the student for more advanced
courses in the thermofluids curriculum while provid-
ing a strong background in fluid mechanics. Topics
to be covered may include: Cartesian tensors; dif-
ferential and integral formulation of the equations of
conservation of mass, momentum and energy; mo-
lecular and continuum transport phenomena; The
Navier-Stokes equations; Vorticity; inviscid, incom-
pressible flow, the velocity potential and Bernoulli's
equation; viscous incompressible flow; the stream
function; some exact solutions; energy equation in-
cluding heat conduction and viscous dissipation. This
material is also covered in the two 2QH courses ME
321 1 and ME 3212. Prereq.: Admission to the Grad-
uate School of Engineering.

ME 3211 Essentials of Ruid Dynamics I 2 Q.H.
(formerly 02.819)
Fall Quarter

ME 3211 and ME 3212 present the same material
with the same prerequisites as ME 3210, but in two
2QH courses. Prereq.: Admission to the Graduate
School of Engineering.
i

ME 3212 Essentials of Fluid Dynamics II 2 Q.H.
(formerly 02.820)
Winter Quarter

Continuation ME 321 1. Prereq.: ME 3211.

ME 3250 Advanced Physical Metallurgy I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.953)

Fall Quarter, Odd Years

The kinetics of phase transformations in metals. Top-
ics include kinetic theory, empirical kinetics, diffusion
in metals, nucleation, diffusional growth, martensitic
transformations. Prereq.: A recent introductory ma-
terial science course.

ME 3251 Advanced Physical Metallurgy II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.954)

Winter Quarter, Odd Years

Dislocation theory; including such topics as dislo-
cation stress fields, self-energy, velocity, interactions
mechanisms, image forces, and theories of yielding.
Prereq.: A recent introductory material science course.

ME 3260 Thermodynamics of Materials I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.960)

Fall Quarter, Odd Years

Basic metallurgical thermodynamics encompassing
first, second, and third laws, entropy, enthalpy, and
free energy. Prereq.: Engineering materials.

ME 3261 Thermodynamics of Materials II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.961)

Winter Quarter, Odd Years

Continuation of ME 3260 with emphasis on solu-
tions, activity, activity coefficients, the phase rule and
applications to some metallurgical problems. Prereq.:
ME 3260.

ME 3270 Material Science and 2 Q.H.

Engineering I (formerly 02.970)
Fall Quarter, Even Years

Principles underlying the structure and properties of
solid materials. The relationships of these principles
to the properties and to applications in structures
and devices. Both macroscopic-phenomenological
and electronic-molecular approaches will be used.
Materials will include metals and alloys, semicon-
ductors, and dielectrics. Typical subjects are atomic
and electronic structures, ordering, nucleation, crys-
tal growth, and thermal properties. Prereq.: A recent
introductory material science course.

ME 3271 Material Science and 2 Q.H.

Engineering II (formerly 02.971)
Winter Quarter, Even Years

Continuation of ME 3270 into additional topics such
as electric, magnetic, and optical properties; appli-
cations of solid-state phenomena to achieve func-
tions embodied in transducers, filters, amplifiers, en-
ergy converters, and so forth. Prereq.: ME 3270.

ME 3341 Power Generating Systems I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.935)
Fall Quarter

Power generating systems that employ fossil, nuclear,
and heat recovery boilers operating in conjunction

Mechanical Engineering / 139

with steam and organic Rankine cycles are exam-
ined. The steady-state and transient operation of
each power-generating system is studied from both
an analytical and conceptual point of view. The effect
that site conditions, fuel quality, plant loading sched-
ule and environmental regulations have on system
design, performance and operation is presented.
Prereq.: ME 3200 or equivalent, or may be taken con-
currently with permission of instructor

ME 3342 Power Generating Systems II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.936)
Winter Quarter

An extension of ME 3341. The same type of ex-
amination is conducted of systems incorporating gas,
hydraulic, and wind turbines, solar and fuel cells,
energy storage, combined cycles, and cogenerating
systems. The objective of Power Generating Systems
I and II is to develop the skills needed to conduct
sound technical evaluations of the power generating
systems being built today. Prereq.: ME 3341.

ME 3343 Power Generation Economics 2 Q.H.
and Planning (formerly 02.938)
Spring Quarter

Current and constant-dollar power generation costs
are examined. Life-cycle economic analysis, such as
revenue requirements, discounted cash flow, internal
rate of return, and payback analyses are presented.
The planning methodologies used by electric utilities
and private industry to evaluate and select power
generating systems are presented. Prereq.: ME 3342.

ME 3351 Solar Thermal Engineering I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.855)
Fall Quarter, Odd Years

A model is developed for the hourly direct and diffuse
radiation under a cover of scattered clouds and the
transmission and absorption of this radiation by pas-
sive and active systems. The design of air heating
systems and the storage of the collected energy by
a pebble-bed are considered, as well as elements
of heat exchanger design. A study of the economics
of a domestic water and/or space heating system is
made using f-chart analysis. Prereq.: CHE 3659,
Solar Energy Thermal Processes or equivalent
background.

ME 3352 Solar Thermal Engineering II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.856)

Winter Quarter, Odd Years

The design and analysis of several solar thermal
systems are considered, such as: LiBr-l-l20 absorp-
tion cooling units, heat pumps, compound parabolic
collectors, and the heat pipe type of solar collector.
Prereq.: ME 3351.

ME 3361 Turbomachinery Design I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.930)
Fall Quarter

Preliminary design methods and analytical tools ap-
plicable to turbomachinery in general, including ve-
locity diagram selection and limitations of diffusion,
are presented. Design criteria and performance
characteristics at design and off-design operating

conditions are discussed for several important types
of turbomachinery Axial flow compressors and tur-
bines (gas and steam) are studied in some depth,
including topics such as compressor surge, turbine
blade cooling, and steam wetness effects. Centrifu-
gal compressors, radial inflow turbines, pumps, fans,
and water turbines are also studied. Turbomachinery
mechanical design limitations are discussed. The use
of empirical data on blade cascade performance in
blade selection is examined. Numerical methods of
analyzing two-and three-dimensional flows in turbo-
machinery (e.g., conformal transformation and stream-
line curvature) are presented. Two in-depth design
projects (one per quarter) are assigned. Prereq.:
Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering, and
undergraduate preparation in fluid mechanics and
thermodynamics.

ME 3362 Turbomachinery Design II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.931)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ME 3361. Prereq. :ME 3361.

ME 3380 Fundamentals of Instrumentation 2 Q.H.
(formerly 02.853)
Fall Quarter

Theoretical principles underlying the design and
operation of instruments for measurement and/or
control. Analysis of stimulus-response relations. In-
dustrial instruments for measurement and control,
including those based on pneumatic and electrical
systems. Prereq.: Bachelor of Science degree.

ME 3381 Industrial Process Control 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.854)
Winter Quarter

Fundamental principles involved in automatic control
of industrial processes. Economic considerations.
Application of control instruments to obtain auto-
matic control of temperature, pressure, fluid flow,
liquid level, humidity, PH. Prereq.: ME 3380.

ME 3386 Nuclear Engineering I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.942)

Fall Quarter, Even Years

Topics include: growth of nuclear power industry;
study of nuclear physics emphasizing atomic and
nuclear structure, radioactive decay and nuclear re-
actions with particular attention to fission and fusion;
radiation health physics; principles of shielding; nu-
clear instrumentation; production and application of
radioisotopes; neutron interactions and slowing down
theory; neutron activation analysis. (Not open to stu-
dents who have completed ME 1541 and ME 1542).
Prereq.: Admission to the Graduate School of-
Engineering.

ME 3387 Nuclear Engineering II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.943)

Winter Quarter, Even Years

Comparison of thermal, fast, and breeder reactors;
four factor formula and the neutron diffusion equa-
tion; one-group, modified one-group, two-group and
multi-group theory; bare and reflected thermal re-
actors; energy production and distribution within

140 /Engineering

core; flux shaping; transient reactor behavior and
control; factors affecting reactivity including temper-
ature, pressure, void formation, fission product ac-
cumulation, fuel depletion and fuel breeding; Xenon
buildup after shutdown. (Not open to students who
have completed ME 1541 and ME 1542). Prereq.:
ME 3386.

ME 3388 Nuclear Engineering III 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.944)
Spring Quarter, Even Years

Reactor design considerations; interrelationship of
reactor physics, control, engineering, materials, safety,
and fuel cycle management; reactor types; radiation
damage and reactor materials; nuclear fuels; reactor
heat transfer; economics of nuclear power; environ-
mental effects. (Not open to students who have com-
pleted ME 1541 and ME 1542). Prereq.: ME 3387.

ME 3401 Advanced Math Methods for 2 Q.H.

Mechanical Engineers I (formerly 02.828)
Spring Quarter, Even Years

Matrices and linear equations. Variational calculus
and applications. Approximate methods of engi-
neering analysis. Selected topics of current interest.
Prereq.: ME 3101 and ME 3102.

ME 3402 Advanced Math Methods for 2 Q.H.

Mechanical Engineers II
Spring Quarter

Integral transforms; asymptotic expansion; regular
and singular perturbation methods. Examples drawn
from solid mechanics, vibration, and fluid mechanics.
Prereq.: ME 3101 and ME 3102.

ME 3410 Numerical Methods in 4 Q.H.

Mechanical Engineering

All Winter Quarters, Fall Quarter, Even Years

Numerical methods applied to problems in mechan-
ical engineering. Solution of linear and nonlinear sys-
tems of equations, interpolation, numerical differen-
tiation and integration, numerical solution of ordinary
differential equations; explicit and implicit methods,
multistep methods, predictor-corrector methods.
Numerical solution of partial differential equations
with emphasis on parabolic and elliptic problems
occurring in mechanical engineering. This material
is also covered in the two 2QH courses ME 3411
and ME 341 2. Prereq.: ME 3100.

ME 3411 Numerical Methods in 2 Q.H.

Mechanical Engineering I
As Announced

ME 3411 and ME 3412 present the same material
with the same prerequisites as ME 3410, but in two
2QH courses.

ME 3412 Numerical Methods in
Mechanical Engineering II
As Announced

Continuation of ME 341 1. Prereq.: ME 3411.

2 Q.H.

ME 3420 Mechanics of Inelastic Solids 4 Q.H.
Spring Quarter

Constitutive relations governing inelastic solids. Yield
surface; plastic stress-strain relations; Prandtl-Reuss
equations. Viscoelastic stress-strain relations in-
cluding the Maxwell and Voigt models. Viscoplastic-
ity. Prereq. :ME 3122. Not available to students who
have taken ME 3421.

ME 3421 Introduction to Plasticity 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.809)

Winter Quarter, Even Years

Basic experimental information. Review of stress and
strain tensors. Elastic stress-strain relations. Yield
surface. Plastic stress-strain relations. Prandtl-Reuss
equations. Simple applications. Prereq.: ME 3121.

ME 3423 Advanced Theory of Elasticity 2 Q.H.
(formerly 02.806)
Spring Quarter

Approximate solutions for stress and displacement
distributions in elastic solids; discrete solutions us-
ing finite difference and finite element methods; en-
ergy principles and the calculus of variations; use
of energy principles to obtain approximate contin-
uous solutions. Prereq.: ME 3122, Theory of Elasticity
II.

ME 3432 Engineering Fracture 2 Q.H.

Mechanics (formerly 02.838)
Fall Quarter, Odd Years

Fundamentals of brittle fracture; theoretical strength,
micro/macro fracture characteristic, Inglis-Griffith
theory, applicability of same. Linear elastic fracture
mechanics; Orewan/lrwin extension to metals, effec-
tive surface tension and relation to fracture tough-
ness, plastic zone size correction; geometry effects
on fracture toughness; plane strain/plane stress
fracture toughness, thickness effects. Prereq.: ME
3122.

ME 3433 Engineering Fracture 2 Q.H.

Mechanics (formerly 02.839)
Winter Quarter, Odd Years

Experimental determination of fracture toughness;
slow crack growrth "pop in," arrest, R-G curves, com-
pliance techniques for determining elastic energy
release note. Alternate fracture toughness concepts;
resistance curve, crack opening displacement, the J
integral. Application of fracture mechanics to fatigue.
Design methods to minimize risks of catastrophic
failure will be emphasized. Prereq.: ME 3432.

ME 3434 Engineering Fracture 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.829)

Spring Quarter, Odd Years

Application of fracture mechanics to fatigue, strain
energy density criteria for fracture, arrest criteria.
"Work of Fracture" specimen. Application of fracture
mechanics to structural analysis. Effect of anisotropy
in fracture mechanics. Fracture dynamics, dynamic
fracture toughness, strain rate effects. Microsecond

Mechanical Engineering / 141

fracture phenomenon and criteria, spall, Butcher-
Tuler criterion, NAG model. Residual strength, design
approaches will be emphasized. Prereq.: ME 3433.

ME 3440 Advanced Mechanics of 4 Q.H.

Materials (formerly 02.812)
Winter Quarter

Embodies the material in ME 3441 and ME 3442.
Prereq.: Admission to the Graduate School of
Engineering.

ME 3441 Advanced Mechanics of 2 Q.H.

Materials I (formerly 02.810)
Fall Quarter

Review of fundamental stress and deformation con-
cepts; strain energy density; introduction to energy
methods with application to beams, frames and rings;
Ritz method. Prereq.: Admission to the Graduate
School of Engineering.

ME 3442 Advanced Mechanics of 2 Q.H.

Materials II (formerly 02.811)
Winter Quarter

Beams on elastic foundations. Concept of stability
as applied to one and two degree-of-freedom sys-
tems. Buckling of bars, frames and rings. Prereq.:
ME 3441.

ME 3443 Advanced Mechanics of 2 Q.H.

Materials III (formerly 02.813)
Spring Quarter, Even Years

Selected topics in advanced mechanics; will vary
with current interest. Prereq.: ME 3442, Advanced
Mechanics of Materials II or consent of the instructor

ME 3446 Theory of Shells 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.815)

Spring Quarter, Odd Years

Membrane theory of shells. Analysis of cylindrical
shells. General theory of thin elastic shells. Shells
of revolution. Prereq.: ME 3122.

ME 3455 Mechanics of Composite 2 Q.H.

Materials (formerly 02.816)
Winter Quarter, Odd Years

Constitutive equations for anisotropic laminated com-
posite materials, and application to the structural
response of beams and plates. Bending and bucKnrig
of symmetric and nonsymmetric laminates. Prereq.:
ME 3121.

ME 3465 Automatic Control Engineering A 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.849)

Fall Quarter, Even Years

Concepts of feedback control; formulation of equa-
tions, transfer functions, and block diagrams repre-
senting components and systems; linearization; La-
place transformation; stability. Prereq.: Admission to
the Graduate School of Engineering.

ME 3466 Automatic Control Engineering I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.850)

Winter Quarter, Even Years

Study of control action; analysis and design by use
of root-locus and frequency-domain techniques.
Prereq.: ME 3465 or permission of instructor

ME 3467 Automatic Control Engineering II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.851)

Spring Quarter, Even Years

Further consideration of linear systems including com-
pensation methods and multiple-input. Techniques
for the treatment of nonlinear systems. Prereq.:
ME 3466.

ME 3468 Robot Mechanics and Control 4 Q.H.
Spring Quarter

Kinematics and dynamics of robot manipulators are
the focus of the first part of the course. Kinematics
cover the development of kinematic equations of ma-
nipulators, the inverse kinematic problems, and mo-
tion trajectories. Dynamics of manipulators for the
purpose of control are covered employing Lagran-
gian mechanics. The second part of the course fo-
cuses on the control and programming of robot ma-
nipulators. Steady state errors and calculations of
servo parameters are covered. High level program-
ming languages are discussed. Prereq.: ME 3142.

ME 3470 Vibration Theory and 4 Q.H.

Applications (formerly 02.844)
Winter Quarter

Embodies the material in ME 3472 and ME 3473.
Prereqf.; ME 3142 or ME 3471.

ME 3471 Vibration Theory and 2 Q.H.

Applications A (formerly 02.841)
As Announced

Modeling of vibratory systems; one-degree-of-free-
dom systems (determination of equations of motion
using free-body and energy methods); forced and
free vibrations through two degrees of freedom.
Prereq.: Admission to the Graduate School of
Engineering.

ME 3472 Vibration Theory and 2 Q.H.

Applications I (formerly 02.842)
Fall Quarter, Odd Years

Laplace transformation techniques; phase-plane
diagrams; multiple-degree-of-freedom systems; free
and forced vibrations with and without damping.
Prereq.: ME 3471 or ME 3142.

ME 3473 Vibration Theory and 2 Q.H.

Applications II (formerly 02.843)
Winter Quarter, Odd Years

Systems with distributed mass and stiffness. Exten-
sional, torsional and flexural vibrations of bars.
Prereq.: ME 3472.

ME 3474 Vibration Theory and 2 Q.H.

Applications III (formerly 02.846)
As Announced

Selected topics of current interest in vibrations.
Prereq.: ME 3473.

ME 3475 Random Vibration 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.845)

Spring Quarter, Odd Years

Description of stochastic processes. Impulse re-
sponse and frequency response of linear time-in-
variant dynamic systems. Correlations and spectra
of stationary response. Crossing rates, peaks and

142 / Engineering

envelopes. Failure under random loading. Poisson
pulse processes. Measurement, identification, and
response problems. Coherence. Space-time corre-
lations and cross-spectra. Digital data processing.
Application to vehicles and structures subjected to
wide-band excitation. Prereq.: ME 3473.

ME 3480 The Finite Element Method 4 Q.H.

(formerly 02.949)
Spring Quarter

Embodies the material in ME 3481 and ME 3482.
Prereq.: ME 3101 arid ME 3102 or corisent of the
instructor

ME 3481 Finite Element Analysis 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.840)
Fall Quarter

Introduction to the finite element method. Variational
formulations; simple interpolation functions and ele-
ment stiffness matrices. Triangular and rectangular
elements. Assembly technique and constraining of
resulting equations. Elementary applications. Prereq.:
ME 3101 and ME 3102 or consent of the instructor

ME 3482 Advanced Finite Element 2 Q.H.

Method I (formerly 02.947)
Winter Quarter

Isoparametric element formulation of higher-order
and three-dimensional elements. Rayleigh-Ritz and
Galerkin formulations. Applications of finite element
theory to mechanical engineering problems in the
areas of solid mechanics, heat transfer, and fluid
mechanics. The use of a finite element general pur-
pose commercial package is included. Prereq.: ME
3481.

ME 3483 Advanced Finite Element 2 Q.H.

Method II (formerly 02.948)
Spring Quarter, Even Years

The dynamic finite element formulation with explicit
and implicit time integration schemes for transient
analysis. Solution methods for finite element equilib-
rium equations, including material and geometrical
nonlinearities. The general structure of computer
procedures and codes. Influence of computer-aided
design technology. Use of an in-house general pur-
pose commercial code is included. Prereq.: ME 3482.

ME 3500 Computer-Aided Graphics and 4 Q.H.

Design

Winter Quarter

Basic aspects of interactive computer graphics are
covered. Topics include hardware and software con-
cepts, design principles for the user-computer in-
terface, geometrical transformation, display architec-
ture, and data structures. Algorithms for removing
hidden edges and surfaces, shading models, and
intensity and colors are also covered. The second
part of the course deals with the concepts of com-
putational and numerical geometry and design of
curves and surfaces. Solid modeling techniques are
presented. Discussions of in-house computer-aided
graphics and design packages are included. Prereq.:
Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering and
programming experience.

ME 3540 Heat Conduction and Thermal 4 Q.H.

Radiation (formerly 02.910 and 02.913)
Winter Quarter

Formulation of steady and unsteady state one- and
multidimensional heat conduction problems. Solution
techniques for linear problems including the method
of separation of variables, caplace transforms and
integral transforms. Approximate analytical methods.
Phase change problems. Nonlinear problems. Nature
cf thermal radiation. Blackbody and radiation from
a blackbody Radiation from a nonblack surface ele-
ment. Radiative exchange among surfaces separated
bya nonparticipating medium. Interaction of radiation
with other modes of heat transfer in nonparticipating
media. Numerical techniques in heat transfer are
covered in ME 3410. Engineering. This material is
also covered in the two 2QH courses ME 3541 and
ME 3542. Prereq. :ME31 00 and undergraduate course
in heat transfer

ME 3541 Heat Conduction and Thermal 2 Q.H.
Radiation I (formerly 02.910)
Fall Quarter

ME 3541 and ME 3542 present the same material
with same prerequisites as ME 3540, but in two
2QH courses.

ME 3542 Heat Conduction and Thermal 2 Q.H.
Radiation II (formerly 02.913)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ME 3541. Prereq.: ME 3541.

ME 3544 Convective Heat Transfer 4 QH.

(formerly 02.911)

Winter Quarter, Even Years; Fall Quarter, Odd

Years

Fundamental equations of convective heat transfer.
Heat transfer in incompressible external laminar
boundary layers. Integral boundary layer equations.
Laminar forced convection in internal flows. Turbulent
forced convection in internal and external flows.
Analogies between heat and momentum transfer; the
Reynolds, Taylor and Martinelli analogies. Natural
convection. Heat transfer in high-speed flow. Tran-
sient forced convection. Convection and radiation in
nonparticipating media. This material is also covered
in the two 2QH courses ME 3545 and ME 3546.
Prereq.: ME 3100, ME 3210 and an undergraduate
course in Heat Transfer

ME 3545 Convective Heat Transfer I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.911)
As Announced

ME 3545 and ME 3546 present the same material
with the same prerequisites as ME 3544, but in two
2QH courses.

ME 3546 Convective Heat Transfer II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.911)
As Announced

Continuation of ME 3545. Prereq.: ME 3545.

ME 3548 Radiative Transfer 4 aH.

Spring Quarter

Electromagnetic background. Fundamentals of ra-
diation in absorbing, emitting and scattering media.

Mechanical Engineering / 143

Equation of radiative transfer. Approximate methods
in the solution of the equation of radiative transfer.
Singular-eigenfunction expansion technique. Pure
radiative transfer in participating media. Interaction
of radiation with conduction and/or convection. The
Monte Carlo technique. This material is also covered
in the two 2QH courses ME 3549 and ME 3550.
Prereq.: ME 3540.

ME 3549 Radiative Transfer I 2 Q.H.

As Announced

ME 3549 and ME 3550 present the same material
with the same prerequisites as ME 3548, but in two
2QH courses.

ME 3550 Radiative Transfer II 2 Q.H.

As Announced

Continuation of ME 3549. Prereq.: ME 3549.

ME 3552 Two Phase Flow 4 Q.H.

Winter, Odd Years

This course is aimed at the understanding of the
basic concepts of heat and mass transfer associated
with phase change and multiphase flows. Some of
the specific subjects to be discussed are: boiling
heat transfer (nucleate boiling, film boiling and bub-
ble dynamics); evaporation and condensation; liquid-
gas two phase flow and gas-solid and liquid-solid
two phase flows. This material is also covered in the
two 2QH course ME 3553 and ME 3554. Prereq.:
ME 3100 (or equivalent) and undergraduate heat
transfer

ME 3553 Two Phase Flow I 2 Q.H.

As Announced

ME 3553 and ME 3554 present the same material
as ME 3552 with the same prerequisites but in two
2QH courses.

ME 3554 Two Phase Flow II 2 Q.H.

As Announced

Continuation of ME 3553. Prereq.: ME 3553.

ME 3556 Heat Transfer Processes in 4 Q.H.

Microelectronic Devices
Spring Quarter

The course will discuss and develop state-of-the art
methods used to predict the heat transfer rates from
microelectronic devices and packages and to sim-
ulate transport phenomena in manufacturing proc-
esses associated with microelectronic devices. Top-
ics will be selected from the current literature and
may include use of latent heat reservoirs, boiling jet
impingement cooling, control volume approaches to
extended surfaces, calculation of thermal contact
conductances and natural convection in enclosures.
Simulation of laser-assisted thermophoretic depo-
sition and laser cladding processes will also be de-
veloped. This material is also contained in the two
2QH courses ME 3557 and ME 3558. Prereq.: ME
3100 (or equivalent) and undergraduate heat transfer
or consent of instructor

ME 3557 Heat Transfer Processes in 2 Q.H.

Microelectronic Devices I
As Announced

ME 3557 and ME 3558 provide the same material
as ME 3556 with the same prerequisites, but in two
2QH course.

ME 3558 Heat Transfer Processes in 2 Q.H.

Microelectronic Devices 11
As Announced

Continuation of ME 3557. Prereq.: ME 3557.

ME 3560 Viscous Flow 4 Q.H.

Spring Quarter

Review of conservation of mass, momentum, and en-
ergy for compressible viscous flow. Discussion of the
mathematical character of the basic equations and
analysis of some exact solutions. Investigation of low
Reynolds number flow. Exact and approximate ap-
proaches to laminar boundary layers in high Rey-
nolds number flows. Stability of laminar flows and
the transition to turbulence. Treatment of incom-
pressible turbulent mean flow; internal and external
flows. Extensions to compressible boundary layers.
This material is also covered in the two 2QH courses
ME 3561 and ME 3562. Prereq.: ME 3100 and ME
3210.

ME 3561 Viscous Flow I 2 Q.H.

As Announced

ME 3561 and ME 3562 present the same material
with the same prerequisites as ME 3560, but in two
2QH courses.

2 Q.H.

ME 3562 Viscous Flow II
As Announced

Continuation of ME 3561. Prereq.: ME 3561.

ME 3564 Gas Dynamics 4 Q.H.

(formerly 02.823 and 02.824)
Spring Quarter, Even Years

The consequences of fluid compressibility are stud-
ied. Shock waves and the theory of characteristics
are discussed with specific consideration given to
two-dimensional steady flows and one-dimensional
unsteady flows. Additional topics may include axially
symmetric steady flow, small perturbation theory,
similiarity rules, the hodograph method, or some
aspects of physical acoustics. This material is also
contained in the two 2QH courses ME 3565 and ME
3566. Prereq.: ME 3210.

ME 3565 Gas Dynamics I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.823)
As Announced

ME 3565 and ME 3566 present the same material
with the same prerequisites as ME 3564, but in two
2QH courses. Prereq.: ME 3210.

ME 3566 Gas Dynamics II
(formerly 02.824)
As Announced

Continuation of ME 3565. Prereq.: ME 3565.

2 Q.H.

144 / Engineering

ME 3568 Computational Fluid Dynamics 4 Q.H.

with Heat Transfer

All Spring Quarters, Fall Quarter, Odd Years

Rnite difference methods for solving partial differ-
ential equations with particular emphasis on the
equations of fluid dynamics and convective heat trans-
fer. Integral methods for boundary layers and their
coupling to potential flow solutions. Use of coordinate
transformations and body-oriented coordinate sys-
tems. Application of superposition techniques in con-
vective heat transfer problems. This material is also
covered in the two 2QH courses ME 3569 and ME
3570. Prereq.: ME 3210 and ME 3410.
ME 3569 Computational Fluid Dynamics 2 Q.H.
with Heat Transfer I 2 Q.H.

As Announced

ME 3569 and ME 3570 present the same material
with the same prerequisites as ME 3568, but in two
2QH courses.

ME 3570 Computational Fluid Dynamics 2 Q.H.
with Heat Transfer II
As Announced

Continuation of ME 3569. Prereq.: ME 3569.

ME 3580 Statistical Thermodynamics 4 Q.H.

(formerly 02.904)

Spring Quarter, Odd Years

This is an introductory course in statistical ther-
modynamics for mechanical engineers designed to
provide insight into the laws of classical thermody-
namics and the behavior of substances. Topics to
be covered include: introduction to probability; el-
ementary kinetic theory of an ideal gas, including
the distribution of molecular velocities and the mean
free path treatment of transport properties; classical
statistics of independent particles, equipartition of
energy, the partition function and laws of thermo-
dynamics; some results from quantum mechanics,
quantum statistics of independent particles; appli-
cations to gases; introduction to ensembles and sys-
tems of interacting particles. This material is also
contained in the two 2QH courses ME 3581 and ME
3582. Prereq.: ME 3100 and ME 3200 or equivalent.

ME 3581 Statistical Themodynamics I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.904)
As Announced

ME 3581 and ME 3582 present the same material
with the same prerequisites as ME 3580, but in two
2QH courses.

ME 3582 Statistical Thermodynamics II 2 Q.H.
(formerly 02.904)
As Announced

Continuation of ME 3581. Prereq.: ME 3581.

ME 3584 Fundamentals of Combustion 4 Q.H.

(formerly 02.927)

Spring Quarter, Even Years

Comprehensive treatment of the problems involved
in the combustion of liquid, gaseous, and solid fuels
in both laminar and turbulent flow. The fundamentals
of chemical kinetics will be discussed. The equations

for the transport of mass, momentum, and energy
with chemically reacting gases will be examined.
Topics will include diffusion and premixed flames,
combustion of droplets and sprays, and gasification
and combustion of coal. This material is also pre-
sented in the two 2QH courses ME 3585 and ME
3586. Prereq.: ME 3200.

ME 3585 Fundamentals of Combustion I 2 Q.H.
(formerly 02.927)
As Announced

ME 3585 and ME 3586 present the same material
as ME 3584, with same prerequisites, but in two
2QH courses.

ME 3586 Fundamentals of Combustion II 2 Q.H.
(formerly 02.927)
As Announced

Continuation of ME 3585. Prereq.: ME 3585.

ME 3600 Advanced Physical Metallurgy III 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.956)

Spring Quarter, Odd Years

Mechanical behavior of metals. Application of dis-
location theory to micro-plasticity, strain hardening,
strengthening mechanisms and creep. Prereq.: ME
3251.

ME 3601 Thermodynamics of Materials III 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.963)

Spring Quarter, Odd Years

The application of metallurgical thermodynamics to
various process metallurgical problems, i.e., gas-solid
systems, etc., plus kinetics of reactions and dynamic
systems analysis. Prereq.: ME 3260 or ME 3261.

ME 3602 Materials Science and 2 Q.H.

Engineering ill (formerly 02.972)
Spring Quarter, Even Years

Continuation of ME 3271 plus a discussion of var-
ious special topics that will vary from year to year.
Examples are: metastable phases and thin films.
Prereq.: ME 3271.

ME 3603 Corrosion 2 Q.H.

As Announced

This course will commence with the study of the
thermodynamics of corrosion and corrosion reac-
tions both in aqueous and non-aqueous environ-
ments. Topics will include thermodynamics, kinetics,
and the effects of environment and physical metal-
lurgy. Applications will be made to automotive de-
sign, and exterior and interior structures. Prereq.:
Admission to the Graduate School of Engineering.

ME 3604 Oxidation 2 Q.H.

As Announced

This course will begin with the study of the ther-
modynamics of oxidation and the effect of environ-
ment on rates of oxidation. Topics will include ther-
modynamics, kinetics, mechanisms, and effect of
environment. Ferrous and nonferrous metals as well
as polymers will be assessed. Prereq.: Admission to
the Graduate School of Engineering.

Mechanical Engineering / 145

ME 3605 Electronic Materials I 2 Q.H.

Fall Quarter, Odd Years

Generic techniques for fabrication and processing,
and the resulting structure-property relationships,
are presented for materials utilized in electronics.
Typically included are: bulk single crystals, thin films,
metals, semiconductors, and insulators. Prereq.: ME
3271.

ME 3606 Electronic Material II 2 Q.H.

Winter, Odd Years

Continuation of ME 3605. Prereq.: ME 3605.

ME 3610 introduction to Diffraction 2 Q.H.

Methods in Material Science (formerly 02.975)
Fall Quarter

General principles of the diffraction by materials of
short wave length radiations; (such as x-ray, elec-
trons, and thermal neutrons) are studied with em-
phasis on the understanding of the similarities and
differences of the different radiations when applied
to the study of the structures of crystalline and non-
crystalline materials. Prereq.: A recent introductory
material science course.

ME 361 1 Diffraction Methods in Material 2 Q.H.
Science (formerly 02.976)
Winter Quarter

Continuation of ME 3610 with emphasis on the ex-
perimental methods and applications. This includes:
choice of radiation, introduction to instrumentation,
sample preparation, methods of detection and re-
cording of the diffracted radiation, analysis, interpre-
tation and use of the results. Prereq.: ME 3610.

ME 3612 Microstructure Analysis I 2 Q.H.

Fall Quarter, Even Years

Discussion of the principles of scanning and trans-
mission electron microscopy Image interpretation in
transmission electron microscopy with emphasis on
the study of the relationships between microstruc-
ture and properties of materials. Application of ki-
nematical and dynamical theories of electron dif-
fraction to quantitative analysis of point defects,
dislocations, precipitates and grain boundaries etc.
Laboratory demonstration of TEM and SEM opera-
tion. Prereq.: Admission to ttie Graduate Scliool of
Engineering.

ME 3613 Microstructure Analysis II 2 Q.H.

Winter, Even Years

Continuation of ME 3612. Prereq.: ME 3612.

ME 3620 Powder Metallurgy 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.985)

Spring Quarter, Even Years

Powder characteristics and methods of manufacture.
Powder pressing: packing, interparticle bonding, ef-
fects of pressure. Principles of sintering. Character-
istics and properties of products made from pow-
dered materials. Prereq.: A recent introductory material
science course.

ME 3625 Physical Ceramics I 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.965)

Fall Quarter, Even Years

Introduction to ceramic fabrication processes. Char-
acteristics of vitreous and crystalline solids, struc-
tural imperfections, and atomic mobility. Phase equi-
libria, nucleation, crystal grov\rth, solid-state reactions,
non-equilibrium phases, and effects on the resulting
microstructure of ceramics. Prereq.: A recent intro-
ductory material science course, physical chemistry,
or solid state physics.

ME 3626 Physical Ceramics II 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.966)

Winter Quarter, Even Years

Discussion of effects of composition and microstruc-
ture on the thermal, mechanical, optical, electrical,
and magnetic properties of ceramic materials.
Prereq.: ME 3625.

ME 3630 The Structure and Properties 2 Q.H.

of Polymeric Materials I (formerly 02.958)
Fall Quarter, Even Years

Introduction to the organic chemistry of polymers,
effect of chemical composition on structure, melting
point and glass transition temperature, polymer char-
acterization and degradation, thermodynamics of
polymers. Prereq.: Undergraduate material science
course.

ME 3631 The Structure and Properties 2 Q.H.

of Polymeric Materials II (formerly 02.959)
Winter Quarter, Even Years

Rheology and mechanical behavior of polymers,
analysis and testing, effects of processing on struc-
ture and physical properties, industrial polymers, resin
base composites. Prereq.: ME 3630.

ME 3640 Computer Modeling of Materials 2 Q.H.

Processing

Fall Quarter, Even Years

This course focuses on the use of numerical meth-
ods for modeling a variety of materials processes,
e.g. melting, oxidation, reduction, the blast furnace,
the cupola, rolling, extrusion. Prereq.: Admission to
the Graduate School of Engineering.

ME 3641 Computer Modeling of Materials 2 Q.H.

Properties

Winter Quarter, Even Years

Various mathematical techniques and computer
methods will be used to develop models that de-
scribe the changes in a material's chemical, me-
chanical, and physical properties as the chemical
composition and metallurgical variables are changed.
Prereq.: Admission to the Graduate School of
Engineering.

ME 3797 Engineer Degree ContinuationO Q.H.

Any Quarter

ME 3798 Master's Degree Continuation 0 Q.H.

(formerly 02.9X1)
Any Quarter

146 /Engineering

ME 3799 PhD Continuation 0 Q.H.

Any Quarter

IME 3850 Special Problems in Mechanical 2 Q.H.

Engineering (formerly 02.992)

Any Quarter

Theoretical or experimental work under individual

faculty supervision. Prereq.: Consent of department

faculty.

ME 3853 Special Topics in Mechanical 2 Q.H.

Engineering (formerly 02.993)

Any Quarter

Topics of interest to the staff member conducting

this class are presented for advanced study. Prereq.:

Permission of department faculty.

ME 3856 Doctoral Reading 2 Q.H.

(formerly 02.994)
Any Quarter

Material approved by the candidate's adviser (only
S or F grades will be assigned for this course).
Prereq.: Passing of PhD qualifying exam.

ME 3860 Thesis and Seminar (Master of 8 Q.H.
Science Degree) (formerly 02.990, 02.991, and
02.998)
Any Quarter

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted un-
der the direction of the faculty in fulfillment of the
requirements for the degree. First-year students must
attend a graduate seminar which will introduce the
student to the methods of choosing a research topic,
conducting research, and preparing a research re-
port. Successful completion of the seminar is re-
quired. Prereq.: Admission to ttie Graduate School of
Engineering.

ME 3861 Thesis (Master of Science 4 Q.H.

Degree)

Any Quarter

ME 3862 Thesis (Master of Science 2 Q.H.

Degree)

Any Quarter

ME 3863 Seminar (Master of Science 0 Q.H.

Degree) (formerly 02.990, 02.998)
Any Quarter

First year students must attend a graduate seminar
which will introduce the student to the methods of
choosing a research topic, conducting research, and
preparing a research report. Successful completion
of the seminar is required. Prereq.: Admission to the
Graduate School.

ME 3870 Thesis (Mechanical Engineer 1 0 Q.H.
Degree) (formerly 02.996)
Any Quarter

Analytical and/or experimental work conducted un-
der the auspices of the department. Open to day
students only. Prereq.: Admission to the Mechanical
Engineer Degree Program.

ME 3871 Thesis (Mechanical Engineer 4 Q.H.

Degree)

Any Quarter

ME 3872 Thesis (Mechanical Engineer 2 Q.H.

Degree)

Any Quarter

ME 3880 Dissertation (PhD Degree) 0 Q.H.

(formerly 02.995)
Any Quarter

Theoretical and experimental work conducted under
the supervision of the department. Open to day stu-
dents only. Prereq.: Admission to the Doctoral Pro-
gram in t^echanical Engineering.

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

148 / Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions

HRM 3815, HRM 3816 Behavioral 6 Q.H.

Concepts and Organizational Behavior I

Major concepts and findings of the behavioral sci-
ences with particular pertinence to business and
administration, including systematic ways of under-
standing behavior. Specific topics include human de-
velopment and motivation, interpersonal perception
and communication, and small groups processes.
The second half of the course sequence relates
these basic concepts to specific aspects of behavior
in formally constituted organizations. Supervisory
behavior is examined in the behavioral context, as
well as in relations between groups, in efforts to
develop ways of achieving collaboration. Prereq.: Per-
mission from the Graduate School of Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions.

INT 31 01 Biochemistry I 2 Q.H.

Description of the biochemical components of the
cell including carbohydrates, lipids, prostaglandins,
steroid hormones, amino acids, polypeptides, pro-
teins, purines, pyrimidines, nucleosides, nucleic acids,
and vitamins. Consideration of Henderson-Hassel-
balch equation, buffers, and importance of pKa.
Prereq.: Two quarters of organic chemistry.

INT 3102 Biochemistry II 2 Q.H.

Discussion of enzymes, enzyme kinetics, and mech-
anisms of enzyme reactions. An introduction to the
methods used for intermediary metabolism, bioe-
nergetics, biological oxidation-reduction reactions,
and the electron transport chain. A consideration is
made of carbohydrate metabolism, including the cit-
ric acid cycle, the Embden-Meyerhoff pathway, and
the pentose phosphate pathway. Use of isotopes in
biochemistry and the role of high-energy phosphate
compounds are outlined. Prereq.: INT 3101.

INT 31 03 Biochemistry III 2 Q.H.

Lipid metabolism is presented, including the fatty acid
cycle, the biosynthesis of fatty acids, and the bio-
logical formation of the prostaglandins, cholesterol,
and steroid hormones. The metabolism of the various
amino acids is considered, including the area cycle,
one-carbon fragments, transamination reactions, and
aromatic hydroxylations. Metabolism of nucleic acids
and their building blocks are discussed, as well as
the genetic basis of protein synthesis, the genetic
code, and the mechanisms of control. Prereq.: INT
3102.

INT 3201 Applications of Mass 2 Q.H.

Spectrometry

A comprehensive examination of the principles gov-
erning the fragmentation and ionization of organic
molecules, the interpretation of mass spectra, and
discussion of applications of mass spectrometry to
the solution of selected problems in the fields of
chemistry, biochemistry, and forensic sciences. Pre-
req.: 1 year of organic chemistry, basic physics, physical
organic chemistry desirable but not essential.

MLS 3301 Functions of the Human 2 Q.H.

Systems

Physiology of the nervous, endocrine, muscular, car-
diovascular, respiratory, urogenital and digestive sys-
tems. Prereq.: Chemistry, biology.

MLS 3302 Pathophysiology I 2 Q.H.

Disease processes as appropriate and inappropriate
variants of normal physiological functions. A detailed
examination of certain important and illustrative dis-
eases rather than a survey or catalogue of diseases
in general. Prereq.: hAammalian physiology; knowledge
of biochemistry is helpful.

MLS 3303 Pathophysiology II 2 Q.H.

A continuation of MLS 3302 Pathophysiology I.
Prereq.: MLS 3302.

MLS 3304 Cellular Pathology 3 Q.H.

Topics include cell aging and cell death mechanisms;
reactions of cells to injury; the effects of ischemia,
oxides of nitrogen, ozone, carbon tetrachloride, mer-
cury, cadmium and polyhalogenated aromatic com-
pounds; storage diseases; immune injury and theories
of carcinogenesis. Lectures are based on recent
review and current research articles. Prereq.: Chem-
istry, biology; biochemistry and cell biology helpful.

MLS 3306 Biometrics 2 Q.H.

Statistical methods applied to biomedical samples
and analysis of biomedical research data. Prereq.:
None.

MLS 3310 Principles of Medical 2 Q.H.

Endocrinology

Endocrine-related clinical abnormalities with empha-
sis placed on the relationship of clinical laboratory
measurement to biochemical dysfunctions of the en-
docrine system. Prereq.: Biochemistry.

MLS 3321 Hematology l-Disorders of 2 Q.H.

the Erythrocytes

A detailed examination of the physiology and pa-
thology of red blood cells and hemoglobin. Prereq.:
Some knowledge of basic hematology is essential,
and familiarity with general mammalian biochemistry
is strongly recommended.

MLS 3322 Hematology ll-Disorders of 2 Q.H.
the Leukocytes

The pathophysiology of white cell disorders. Clinical
and laboratory correlations of leukemias, myelopro-
liferative and lymphoproliferative disorders, infec-
tions, and inherited leukocyte anomalies. Prereq.: Un-
dergraduate biochemistry

MLS 3323 Hematology Ill-Coagulation 2 Q.H.

Clinical and laboratory correlations of coagulation
disorders. The use of factor analysis in diagnosis of
coagulation disorders. Prereq.: Undergraduate bio-
chemistry, hematology course, or experience.

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions / 149

MLS 3331 Genetic and Immunologic 1 Q.H.

Aspects of Blood Group Identification

Lectures dealing with immune response, physical
chemistry of immunohematological tests, immunolog-
ical diseases, tests for detection and identification
of antibodies and antigens, principles of human ge-
netics, blood group genetics, and population and
family studies. Conducted at the New England Dea-
coness Hospital Blood Bank Training Center. Prereq.:
MLS 1631 and permission of instructor.

MLS 3332 Principles and Foundations 2 Q.H.

of the Blood Group Systems

Lectures and experience with the human blood group
systems, their antigens and antibodies, genetic in-
heritance and interactions, frequencies, mutants and
alterations by disease states, and blood group test-
ing. Conducted at the New England Deaconess Hos-
pital Blood Bank Training Center. Prereq.: MLS 3331,
MLS 3531 and permission of the instructor

MLS 3333 The Design and Problems of 1 Q.H.

Compatibility Testing

Lectures and experience with the design and pur-
pose of compatibility testing; factors complicating
compatibility procedure; techniques employed in
compatibility testing; leukocyte, platelet, and tissue
compatibility; and special crossmatch and transfu-
sion procedures. Conducted at the New England
Deaconess Hospital Blood Bank Training Center.
Prereq.: MLS 3331, MLS 3531, MLS 3332, MLS 3532
and permission of the instructor

MLS 3334 Principles of Hematology and 3 Q.H.
Coagulation Related to Transfusion

Lectures and laboratory experience dealing with:
hemoglobins; iron metabolism; blood formation; blood
volume functions of circulating cells; anemias; leu-
kemias and lymphomas; coagulation theories, factors,
and disorders. Conducted at the New England
Deaconess Hospital Blood Bank Training Center.
Prereq.: Permission of the instructor

MLS 3335 Transfusion Therapy 2 Q.H.

Lectures dealing with selection of blood donors,
phlebotomy and pheresis procedures, processing
requirements, donor reaction, blood components,
physical characteristics of stored blood, indications
for transfusion, transfusion reaction, therapeutic
phlebotomy and pheresis, autologous transfusions,
pediatric transfusions, massive blood replacement,
extracorporeal perfusion, cardiopulmonary bypass,
and dialysis. Conducted at the New England Dea-
coness Hospital Blood Bank Training Center Prereq.:
MLS 1631 and permission of instructor

MLS 3336 Immunohematology 2 Q.H.

Administration

Lectures and experience dealing with standards for
blood banks and transfusion services (federal, state,
AABB); requirements for state, FDA, and NIH (BOB)
licensing; the American Blood Commission; inspec-
tion and accreditation donor procurement; interbank
blood exchange; organization of blood bank and
transfusion service; medical and legal aspects of

transfusion practice; design of physical facilities;
evaluation, selection and maintenance of equipment;
evaluation and selection of supplies and reagents;
preparation; labeling requirements; quality control
systems; proficiency testing programs; record keep-
ing; computer principles, use of computer facilities;
operations of donor facilities and blood bank labo-
ratories. Conducted at the New England Deaconess
Hospital Blood Bank Training Center. Prereq.: MLS
1631 and permission of instructor

MLS 3338 Immunobiology 2 Q.H.

Topics of current interest in immunobiology, such as
organ transplantation, immune tolerance, auto-immune
diseases, and the immunology of cancer. Prereq.:
Consent of instructor

MLS 3339 Immunopathdogy 2 Q.H.

The course presents the basic elements for the un-
derstanding of clinical immunology and immunopath-
ology. Following a brief review of the components
and function of the immune system, the material
covered will take into account the current literature
relating to the disorders of the complement system,
the biologic mechanisms of immunologically induced
tissue injury (hypersensitivity reactions), the classi-
fication and characterization of immunodeficiency
states, (including acquired immunodeficiency syn-
drome-AIDS), the modes of induction and diagnos-
tic categorization of autoimmune disorders and the
immunological features of cancer. Prereq.: MLS 3338.

MLS 3341 Advanced Clinical 3 Q.H.

Microbiology I

This course focuses on those aspects of clinical
microbiology that are of significance in the under-
standing of the infectious process, its diagnosis and
chemotherapy. It emphasizes the mechanisms of dis-
ease production, host defenses, and characteristics
of infectious agents that contribute to the diagnosis.
Specific topics include infections of the upper res-
piratory tract, bacterial endocarditis, infectious diar-
rhea and anaerobic infections, sexually transmitted
diseases, nosocomial infections, and basic princi-
ples of antimicrobial susceptibility testing.

MLS 3342 Advanced Clinical 3 Q.H.

Microbiology II

Major emphasis of this course is on current topics
in infectious diseases. Specific discussions include
autoimmune disease syndrome, antibiotic-induced
diarrhea, toxic shock syndrome, legionellosis, rapid
methods of diagnosis and problems associated with
antimicrobial susceptibility testing (tolerance syn-
ergism, antagonism, and determination of drug levels
in body fluids). Prereq.: MLS 3341.

MLS 3345 Epidemiology 2 Q.H.

Basic concepts of epidemiology, causes of disease,
factors contributed by agents, the human host, and
the environment. Acquisition and evaluation of data.
Relationship of person, time, and place. Case studies
and problems. Prereq.: Consent of instructor

150 / Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

MLS 3351 Interpretive Clinical Chemistry 2 Q.H.

Discussions of variables affecting results to be con-
sidered when interpreting patient chemistry values.
This knowledge is pertinent to the iaboratorian in
determining the validity of performing a particular
assay on a specimen collected or stored under cer-
tain conditions as well as determining the feasibility
of obtained results for particular patient conditions.
The course also includes the typical value patterns
seen in various pathological conditions to provide
background material on frequently encountered
pathological variation. Prereq.: Biochemistry and clin-
ical laboratory experience.

MLS 3361 Health Science Education I 3 Q.H.

An overview of various aspects of education in the
health-related professions to include: design and
use of behavioral objectives; evaluation tools (both
clinical and didactic); and a survey of various teach-
ing methods. Current journal literature will supple-
ment lecture material. Prereq.: Health Professions
major

MLS 3362 Health Science Education II 3 Q.H.

Various types of learning packages or self-instruc-
tional aids are examined. With the aid of lecture
material and independent assignment, each student
will design and produce a 1 5-minute autotutorial and
will present it to the class for critique. Current journal
literature will also be used. Prereq.: MLS 3361.

MLS 3365 Medical Laboratory 3 Q.H.

Management I

This course was developed to provide an opportunity
for medical technologists to prepare themselves for
managerial responsibilities. Participants are intro-
duced to basic skills and knowledge appropriate to
the administration of a medical laboratory rather than
specialized functional techniques. The basic objec-
tives of the concentration are: to confront the student
with appropriate learning experiences; to increase
skills and knowledge in basic disciplines underlying
administrative practice; and to develop judgment and
skills in problem analysis and decision making in
organizations, tvlajor topics to be discussed include
supervision; operations; organizatioris; productivity;
human behavior; communications; personnel man-
agement. Prereq.: Medical laboratory experience or
consent of instructor

MLS 3531 Genetic and Immunologic^ 1 Q.H.

Aspects of Blood Group Identification Laboratory

Laboratory experience dealing with immune response,
physical chemistry of immunohematological tests,
immunological diseases, tests for detection and iden-
tification of antibodies and antigens, principles of
human genetics, blood group genetics, and population
and family studies. Conducted at the New England
Deaconess Hospital Blood Bank Training Center
Prereq.: MLS 1631 and permission of instructor

MLS 3532 Principles and Foundations of 2 Q.H.
the Blood Group Systems Laboratory

Laboratory experiences with the human blood sys-
tems, their antigens and antibodies, genetic inherit-
ance and interactions, frequencies, mutants and al-
terations by disease states, and blood group testing.
Conducted at the New England Deaconess Hospital
Blood Bank Training Center. Prereq.: MLS 3331. MLS
3531 and permission of the instructor

MLS 3533 The Design and Problems 2 Q.H.

of Compatibility Testing Laboratory

Laboratory experience with the design and purpose of
compatibility testing; factors complicating compatibil-
ity procedures; techniques employed in compatibility
testing; leukocyte, platelet and tissue compatibility;
and special crossmatch and transfusion procedures.
Conducted at the New England Deaconess Hospital
Blood Bank Training Center Prereq.: MLS 3331, MLS
3531, MLS 3332, MLS 3532 and permission of the
instructor

MLS 3535 Transfusion Therapy 2 Q.H.

Laboratory

Laboratory experience with selection of blood donors,
phlebotomy and pheresis procedures, processing
requirements, donor reaction, blood components,
physical characteristics of stored blood, indications
for transfusion, transfusion reactions, therapeutic
phlebotomy and pheresis, autologous transfusions,
cardiopulmonary bypass, and dialysis. Conducted at
the New England Deaconess Hospital Blood Bank
Training Center Prereq.: MLS 1631 and permission
of instructor

MLS 3536 Immunohematology 2 Q.H.

Administration Laboratory

Laboratory experience dealing with standards for
blood banks and transfusion services (federal, state,
AABB); requirements for state, FDA, and NIH (BOB)
licensing; the American Blood Commission; inspec-
tion and accreditation donor procurement; interbank
blood exchange; organization of blood bank and
transfusion service; medical and legal aspects of
transfusion practice; design and physical facilities;
evaluation, selection, and maintenance of equipment;
evaluation and selection of supplies and reagents;
preparation; labeling requirements; quality control
systems; proficiency testing programs; record keep-
ing; computer principles, use of computer facilities;
operations of donor facilities; and blood bank lab-
oratories. Conducted at the New England Deaconess
Hospital Blood Bank Training Center. Prereq.: MLS
1631 and permission of instructor

MLS 3538 Immunobiology Laboratory 2 Q.H.

Students are required to undertake individual re-
search projects relating to topics covered in lecture.
Prereq.: None.

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions / 151

MLS 3601 Seminar 1 Q.H.

Topics to be announced quarterly. Staff.

MLS 3801 Graduate Research Report I 2 Q.H.

Research of a special topic in medical laboratory
science, involving individual research, is undertaken
and reported under the direction of a faculty mem-
ber. Prereq.: Written permission of instructor

MLS 3802 Graduate Research Report II 2 Q.H.

Students should register twice (4 Q.H.). Continuation
of MLS 3801. Prereq.: M/.S 3801.

MLS 3821 MLS Thesis 2 Q.H.

Students should register three times (6 Q.H.). Prereq.:
Written permission of instructor

MSC 3932 Introduction to Computer 3 Q.H.

Applications

A business-oriented introduction to data processing
functions and systems. Introduction to the history,
terminology technology and economics of data man-
agement issues in the design, selection, evaluation,
and use of computers and computer services. Indivi-
dual familiarization w/ith elementary computer pro-
gramming by using either batch or time-shared com-
puter facilities to solve simple business-oriented
exercises. When feasible, a visit to a data processing
center is conducted. Prereq.: Permission from the
Graduate Scfiool of Pfiarmacy and Allied Health
Professions.

MTH 3221 Biostatistics 2 Q.H.

Methods of statistical inference with applications to
biology and the medical sciences.

PA 31 01 Clinical Neurology 4 Q.H.

Clinical application of neuroanatomy and neuro-
physiology Students will have the opportunity to de-
velop an understanding of the normal functioning of
the nervous system as well as to develop a clinical
approach to the assessment management of a va-
riety of nervous system disorders and disease states.
Prereq.: PA 1125. PA 1139.

PA 3102 Principles of 4 Q.H.

Electrocardiography

Principles of electrophysiology and its application to
electrocardiographic tracing. Students receive in-
struction in recognizing arrhythmias, rate and axis
determination, conduction abnormalities, character-
istic changes seen in myocardial infarction, and is-
chemia, as well as drug and metabolic effect mani-
fested on the electrocardiogram. Prereq.: PA 1136,
PA 1337, PA 1125, PA 1139.

PA 3103 Rehabilitation Medicine 4 Q.H.

Techniques of effective planning and decision mak-
ing for patients with multiple chronic problems. The
purposes, techniques, and potential of rehabilitation
medicine are also discussed. Prereq.: PA 1336, PA
1337, PA 1338, PA 1358.

PAH 3201 Drug Literature Evaluation 2 Q.H.

Principles and practice of drug information, literature
retrieval, and evaluation of the pharmacy and medical
literature. Prereq.: Admission to Pharm.D. program.

PAH 3211, PAH 3212, and 2 Q.H. each

PAH 3213 Pharmacotherapeutics I, II, III

A three-quarter sequence in advanced contempo-
rary therapeutics of disease. Topics parallel material
presented in Principles of Medicine sequence.
Prereq.: Admission to Pharm.D. program.

PAH 3221 Psychosocial Aspects of 1 Q.H.

Health Care— Seminar '

Psychological and social concerns that determine
patient behavior and impact on health care. Prereq.:
Admission to Pharm.D. program.

PAH 3231 Pharmacokinetics in Drug 3 Q.H.

Therapy

The application of basic and practical clinical phar-
macokinetic techniques to patient care. Topics par-
allel material presented in Principles of Medicine
sequence. Prereq.: Admission to Pharm.D. program.

PAH 3301 Introductory Clerkship I 1 Q.H.

Initial assignment to clinical site. Student rotates
through the various clinical laboratories to obtain
working knowledge of the role of the clinical labo-
ratory and the data it generates in the management
of disease. Emphasis in microbiology, clinical chem-
istry and hematology areas. Meets approximately four
hours/week. Prereq.: Admission to Pharm.D. program.

PAH 3311, PAH 3312, PAH 3313,
PAH 3314 Clerkship I, II, III, IV

4 Q.H., 5 Q.H., 5 Q.H., 5 Q.H.

A four-quarter sequence of advanced clinical clerk-
ship rotations in patient care at various affiliated
clinical sites. Students participate in "rounding" ac-
tivities with medical and other health professionals
and have the opportunity to provide drug information
in the therapeutic decision-making process. The em-
phasis in these rotations is on helping students de-
velop skills and familiarity with the application of
drugs in the clinical setting as well as the usual
progression of disease. Rotations include internal
medicine, ambulatory care, and elective experiences.
Involves approximately 40 hrs/week. Prereq.: Admis-
sion to Pharm.D. program.

PAH 3321 Patient Assessment 2 Q.H.

General principles of history taking and physical
examination. Emphasis is on organ systems of par-
ticular importance to the clinical pharmacist in mon-
itoring drug response. Prereq.: Admission to Pharm.D.
program.

PAH 401 Health Policy Analysis and 3 Q.H.

Evaluation

Principles of policy analysis applied to health care
issues and institutions. Mechanisms of regulatory
and economic incentives and constraints will be ex-
amined. Applications of benefit-cost and cost-effec-
tiveness analysis to the evaluation of health programs.

PAH 402 Health Policy Seminar I 1 Q.H.

Analysis of recent health policy literature. Students
will be expected to evaluate and critique published
articles and lead a seminar session. Prereq.: PAH
401.

152 / Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

PAH 403 Health Policy Seminar II 1 Q.H.

Continuation of Health Policy Seminar I. Prereq.: PAH
3402.

PAH 404 Health Policy Seminar III 1 Q.H.

Continuation of Health Policy Seminar II. Prereq.: PAH
3403.

PAH 501 Health Care Delivery 3 Q.H.

Principal components of the health care delivery sys-
tem with emphasis on its social, political, and eco-
nomic evolution and development. Future trends and
their implications w/ill be discussed.
PAH 502 Professional Dynamics in 3 Q.H.

Health Care

Skills and techniques used in developing leadership
attributes and in working effectively with individuals
and groups in the health care environment. Emphasis
is placed on presenting differing, successful ap-
proaches for both leadership and interaction in the
ambulatory, institutional, professional, legislative, and
regulatory health care setting.

PAH 503 Health Research Methodology 3 Q.H.

Interpretation, analysis, and evaluation of research
methods used in the literature of health care. Intro-
duction to experimental designs and hypothesis test-
ing. Projects in developing research methodology for
prototype research studies in health care.

PAH 3601, PAH 3602 Seminar I, II 1 Q.H. each

A two-quarter sequence covering topics of relevance
to the clinical pharmacy practitioner. Principles of
effective communication and teaching are discussed.
Students are expected to make oral presentations
covering various therapeutic and related subjects as
well as the progress of their investigational projects.
Prereq.: Admission to the Pharm.D. program.

PAH 3801, PAH 3802 2 Q.H. each

Investigational Project I, II

Students have the opportunity to demonstrate their
ability to identify a problem within the domain of
clinical pharmacy, formulate a hypothesis, develop
methods to collect and interpret the data in order
to test the hypothesis, and report the investigation
in writing using a thesis format. (Note "Investigational
Component of Pharm.D. Program.") Prereq.: Admis-
sion to Pharm.D. program.

PCL 3101 Concepts in Pharmacology 2 Q.H.

In-depth coverage of the fundamental principles of
pharmacology The course covers pharmacodynam-
ics, including dose-effect relationships and drug-
receptor interactions. Pharmacokinetic concepts, in-
cluding absorption, distribution, and elimination will
be presented as well as common pathways of drug
metabolism. Other topics to be discussed include
pharmacogenetics, drug resistance, tolerance, and
physical dependence. An overview of experimental
and clinical drug evaluation in humans will be pre-
sented. The course is intended as a necessary pre-
requisite for succeeding courses in pharmacology
and toxicology Prereq.: Admission to a graduate de-
partment or approval of the instructor

PCL 3121 Experimental Pharmacology 2 Q.H.

Prereq.: PCL 3101 or consent of instructor

PCL 3131 Receptor Pharmacology 2 Q.H.

Receptors for drug substances and for endogenous
ligands are reviewed in a format that combines lec-
ture presentations and discussion. Considerable em-
phasis is placed on the evaluation of current liter-
ature. The course covers: techniques available to
study receptors; various models for receptor-ligand
interaction; stereochemical aspects of receptor in-
teractions; receptor-mediated coupling mechanisms;
evaluation of several specific receptor systems.
Prereq.: f^LS 3301, PCL 3101. INT 3101, INT 3102,
INT 3103 or permission of the instructor

PCL 3141 Pharmacology of Drug 2 Q.H.

Dependence

An intensive survey of the major drug classes sub-
ject to misuse and addiction. Lectures emphasize
general concepts of tolerance and dependence, the
general pharmacology of prototypes of abused drugs,
patterns and consequences of abuse in humans, and
recent research advances. Selected research papers
are critically examined to stimulate quantitative phar-
macologic thinking. Prereq.: PCL 3101.

PCL 3151 Pharmacological Basis of 3 Q.H.

Therapeutics I

A detailed survey of the chemical and pharmacolo-
gical basis of the major classes and the following
characteristics of a prototype agent from each class:
indication; adverse reactions; contraindications;
structure-activity relationship; metabolism; mechan-
ics of action; clinically significant. Reading assign-
ments cover animal models relevant to therapeutic
screening and/or testing and the appropriate design
of clinical trials. Prereq.: PCL 3101.

PCL 3152 Pharmacological Basis of 3 Q.H.

Therapeutics II

Continuation of PCL 3151. Prereq.: PCL 3151.

PCL 3161 Drug Metabolism 2 Q.H.

Presentation of the current principles and methods
for studying the metabolic transformation and phys-
iological disposition of drug& and other chemicals
of pharmacological and toxicological interest. The
chemistry of Phase I and Phase II reactions from a
mechanistic and empirical viewpoint is covered. The
role of structure, bonding, molecular configuration,
substitution, and related physiochemical factors in
the enzymatic reaction is assessed. The effects of
enzyme induction and other factors such as species,
sex, and age on the extent of metabolism are ex-
plored. Prereq.: PCL 3101 or permission of instructor

PCL 3301 Pathology 2 Q.H.

The student is introduced to the study of the nature
of disease, emphasizing the general mechanisms
and pathogenesis. Of paramount importance is the
effect of disease on the human body. The language
of disease is stressed. Basic principles of disease
processes and more common special diseases are

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions / 1 53

extensively covered. A research paper may be as-
signed at the discretion of the instructor. Prereq.:
anatomy and physiology.

PCL 3601 Pharmacology Seminar 1 Q.H.

Prereq.: PCL 3101.

PCL 3801 Pharmacologic Methods I 3 Q.H.

Students carry out experiments in the laboratory of
a pharmacology or toxicology faculty member. The
experiments serve to demonstrate the techniques
utilized in that lab to study a pharmacologic question.
Prereq.: Ph.D. students only

PCL 3802 Pharmacologic Methods II 3 Q.H.

Continuation of PCL 3801. Prereq.: PCL 3801.

PCL 3811 Research Report in 2 Q.H.

Pharmacology I

A selected research project is undertaken by the
student under the direction of a faculty member.
Prereq.: PCL 3101.

PCL 3812 Research Report in 2 Q.H.

Pharmacology II

A continuation of PCL 3811. Prereq.: PCL 3811.

PCL 3821 Pharmacology Thesis 2 Q.H.

Students should register three times (6 Q.H.). Prereq.
Written permission from Program Director

PCT 3101 Introduction to 3 Q.H.

Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics

A course designed primarily to allow students to
remedy deficiencies in biopharmaceutics and phar-
macokinetics. Topics include general concepts of one
and two compartment models; linear and nonlinear
pharmacokinetics; drug kinetics after intravenous,
intramuscular, or oral administration; practical me-
thods of compartmental models utilizing plasma and/
or urinary data; multiple dosing kinetics; bioavail-
ability and bioequivalence of drug products; and effect
of renal impairment on drug kinetics. Prereq.: Per-
mission of instructor

PCT 3111 Clinical Pharmacokinetics 2 Q.H.

Emphasis is placed upon applying various pharma-
cokinetic techniques to estimating dosage regi-
ments, evaluating drug therapy, consulting on drug
selection, and assessing bioavailability and bioequi-
valence data. Prereq.: A background in biopharma-
ceutics or consent of instructor

PCT 3112 Pharmacokinetics 3 Q.H.

A class designed to acquaint graduate students with
the theoretical compartmental analysis in pharma-
cokinetics. Topics include derivation and treatment
of general equations for linear and nonlinear mam-
millary models. Use of Laplace transform, transfer
functions, general partial fraction theorem, and input-
disposition functions in pharmacokinetics. Practical
methods used to kinetically analyze the absorption,
distribution, and elimination of drugs are empha-
sized. Computer methods, physiological models, and
stochastic compartmental systems are explored.
Prereq.: MTH 1245, MJH 1246, graduate standing
and permission of instructor

PHP 3101 Hospital Pharmacy 3 Q.H.

Administration I

An overview of hospital pharmacy services and an
introduction to areas of the hospital that either re-
quire or relate to pharmacy services. Inven tory,
purchasing, and pricing are analyzed both qualita-
tively and quantitatively. The administrative aspects
of materials management, ambulatory care, phar-
macy and therapeutics committee, investigational
drugs, and pharmacy laws are explored. Prereq.:
HRM3815, HRM 3816.

PHP 3102 Hospital Pharmacy 3 Q.H.

Administration II

Management of a department's personnel and finan-
cial resources. Management skills, development of
new departmental program, personnel administration
and organization are covered, as well as budget
preparation, analysis and control, and hospital reim-
bursement. Prereq.: PHP 3101.

PHP 31 21 Health Care Administration I 3 Q.H.

The socioeconomics and statistics of health care,
including governmental programs, legislative trends,
third-party insurance and welfare programs, and other
areas that may affect the management of the modern
institutional pharmacy Prereq.: Admission to the hos-
pital pharmacy program or consent of instructor

PHP 3131 Computer Applications in 3 Q.H.

Hospital Pharmacy

An extensive review of past, present, and future ap-
plications of data-processing systems to institutional
pharmacy. Systems design, evaluation, and proposal
development to administrators are discussed with
emphasis on the interface between the pharmacy
staff, computer systems, and the hospital drug dis-
tribution process. Prereq.: 49.932.

PHP 3141 Legal Aspects/Federal 2 Q.H.

Legislation in Pharmacy

An analysis of the federal and state laws relating to
the distribution of drugs in the institution. Included
are common-law liabilities such as malpractice and
other frequently encountered problems. Prereq.: Ad-
mission to hospital pharmacy program.

PHP 31 61 Human Relations in 2 Q.H.

Health Care

A study of personnel psychology, organizational
structure, wage and performance incentives, employee
evaluations, and policy in relation to accepted per-
sonnel concepts and procedures. Prereq.: Admission
to hospital pharmacy program or consent of instructor

PHP 3165 Special Topics in Hospital 2 Q.H.

Pharmacy

Selected topics of interest to pharmacy or the health
community in general.

PHP 3201 Clinical Pharmacy 3 Q.H.

The patient-oriented aspects of the application of
therapeutic agents to hospital patients. An in-depth
study of the relation of therapeutic regimens to lab-

1 54 / Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

oratory tests and drug interactions. The role of the
hospital pharmacist as an active member of the health-
care team dealing directly with inpatients and out-
patients. Prereq.: Admission to hospital pharmacy
program or consent of instructor
PHP 321 1 Contemporary Therapeutics I 3 Q.H.

Recent developments in current therapeutic ap-
proaches and their rationale in the treatment of car-
diovascular, neurological, gastrointestinal, musculos-
keletal, and metabolic diseases of a noninfectious
nature. Therapy related to aging and selected genetic
diseases. Prereq.: PHP 3201.
PHP 3212 Contemporary Therapeutics II 3 Q.H.
Current concepts of infectious diseases and the ra-
tionale for the chemotherapeutic treatment of these
conditions. Diseases of the blood and blood-forming
organs, neoplastic disease, and diseases related to
deficiency states. Prereq.: PHP 3201.

PHP 3231 Drug Monitoring 3 Q.H.

The process by which drugs are monitored to de-
termine their effectiveness, safety, prevention of ia-
trogenic factors, drug-drug interactions, and matters
affecting patient compliance with a therapeutic reg-
imen. The utilization of this information in improving
patient care. Prereq.: PHP 3201.

PHP 3241 Sterile Products 3 Q.H.

Theory principles, methods, and techniques in pre-
paring sterile, pyrogen- and particu late-free prod-
ucts. Equipment and laboratory design required for
manufacturing different types of sterile products and
the practical considerations essential for their pro-
duction. Prereq.: Permission of instructor

PHP 3601 Seminar on Hospital Pharmacy 2 Q.H.

Seminar on current developments or specific prob-
lems in hospital pharmacy that have been studied
in-depth by students with guidance from the grad-
uate faculty. The student presentations may be al-
ternated with guest speakers on topics of current
interest. Student participation in the discussions is
an essential objective of the course. Prereq.: Admis-
sion to hospital pharmacy program.

PHP 3801 Hospital Pharmacy Thesis 2 Q.H.

Students should register three times (6 Q.H.).
Prereq.: Written permission of instructor

PHY 3401 Radiation Physics 2 Q.H.

An introduction to the nucleus and modes of spon-
taneous radioactive transformation. The isotopic
abundance of the elements, naturally occurring ra-
dioelements and decay series, the kinetics of decay
and the relationship between mass and energy The
nature of the emitted radiation and its interaction with
matter. Prereq.: Undergraduate physics.
PHY 3402 Radioblology 2 Q.H.

The biological effects of ionizing radiation. Included
are a discussion of elementary target theory, radia-
tion chemistry, effects on macro-molecules, cellular
and chromosomal effects, recovery processes, and
the acute and long-term effects of radiation with
emphasis on humans, as well as a discussion of

environmental sources of radiation and the charac-
teristics of internal and external human exposure.
Prereq.: PHY 3401.

PMC 3101 Chemistry of CNS 3 Q.H.

Depressants

Presentation and discussion of the chemistry, struc-
ture-activity relationships, and mechanism of action
of general anesthetics, hypnotics and sedatives, an-
tiepileptics, analgesics, tranquilizers, and muscle re-
laxants. A consideration of the mechanics of drug
design and methods of modification is undertaken.
Prereq.: PMC 3105 or permission of inst ructor

PMC 3102 Chemistry of Autonomic 3 Q.H.

Drugs

A discussion of drugs acting on the central nervous
system, with special emphasis on the action mech-
anism of the chemical mediators of the peripheral
nervous system. The role of the agents affecting this
system-adrenergic and cholinergic and reversible
and irreversible inhibitors of these systems-is dis-
cussed in relation to their chemical structure and
biological activity. Prereq.: PMC 3105 or permission
of instructor

PMC 3103 Chemistry of Anti-infectives 3 Q.H.

A study of various chemotherapeutic agents em-
ployed in the treatment of infectious diseases. In-
cluded are: the sulfonamides, antibiotics, antivirals;
antitubercular, antifungal, and antimalarial agents.
Special emphasis is on structure-activity relation-
ships, mechanisms of action, and modern research
in each area. Prereq.: PMC 3105 or permission of
instructor

PMC 3104 Chemistry of Cancer 3 Q.H.

Chemotherapy

Recent developments in new approaches to both
carcinogenesis and to the treatment of cancer are
emphasized, including alkylating agents, anti-metab-
olites, hormones, miscellaneous compounds, and
combinations of the above with radiation and im-
munology. Possible mechanisms of carcinogenesis
and chemotherapeutic action explored. Prereq.: PMC
3105 or permission of instructor

PMC 31 05 Principles of Medicinal 3 Q.H.

Chemistry

This course presents basic underlying chemical
principles which account for the properties of drugs
and an understanding of drug action. Among the
principles relating biologic activity to molecular
structure that will be discussed are stereochemical
properties of the molecules, the ionization constants,
the aqueous and lipid solubility, the ability of the
molecules to provide bond, and the ability of mole-
cules to assume different structural conformations
on forming these bonds. Prereq.: Biochemistry and
organic chemistry.

PMC 3161 Phytochemistry 3 Q.H.

The important classes of chemical compounds pro-
duced by plants from the standpoint of their bio-
genetic origin, detection, isolation, and characteri-
zation. Application of these techniques to research

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions / 1 55

in pharmacy, medicine, economics, botany, taxon-
omy. Introduction to the literature of plant chemistry.
Prereq.: Two quarters of organic chemistry and two
quarters of biology.

PMC 3171 Heterocyclic Drugs in 3 Q.H.

Medicinal Chemistry

The application of the combined principles of me-
dicinal and heterocyclic chemistry to the synthesis
of pharmaceutically useful compounds. The empha-
sis of the material presented will be upon a critical
evaluation of the literature methods and rationale.
Prereq.: Advanced Organic Chemistry I or permission
of instructor

PMC 3301 Clinical Chemistry and 3 Q.H.

Biochemistry Analysis

The broad range of analytes, reagents, and tech-
niques in clinical chemistry and biochemistry are
presented. Examples of analytes are: proteins (e.g.,
plasma proteins, receptors), DNA (e.g., prenatal di-
agnosis), hormones, neurotransmitters, drugs, car-
cinogen-DNA adducts, and viruses; of reagents are
monoclonal antibodies, enzymes, DNA probes, avi-
din-biotin, and radioisotopes; and of techniques are
immunoassays, antibody kinetics and specificity, lu-
minescence assays, blotting assays, chemical mod-
ification of biomolecules, and methods for biomole-
cule purification. Prereq.: INT 3101 or permission of
instructor

PMC 3501 Identification and Isolation of 4 Q.H.
Natural Products and Organic Medicinals

A laboratory course in the identification of various
types of plant constitutents that have medicinal/phar-
maceutical use, and the isolation and characteriza-
tion of known and/or unknown chemical compounds
from selected plant samples. Prereq.: At least one
year of organic chemistry and some background in
plant chemistry, e.g., PI\AC 1440 or PMC 3161, or by
permission of instructor

PMC 351 1 Advanced Drug Synthesis 4 Q.H

Application of synthetic and analytical techniques to
the formation of new drugs. Prereq.: Two quarters of
organic chemistry with laboratory.

PMC 3601 Medicinal Chemistry Seminar 2 Q.H.

Reports and discussions involving current journal
articles and research in medicinal chemistry. Prereq.:
PI^C 3101-PhJIC 3141.

PMC 3641 Biomedical Science 2 Q.H.

Colloquium

Presentations on current research in biomedical sci-
ence and related areas. Included will be the theo-
retical basis of the problem as well as experimental
results obtained. Prereq.: Ph.D. candidate.

PMC 3642 Biomedical Science 0 Q.H.

Colloquium Continuation

Prereq.: PhAC 3641

PMC 3651, PMC 3652 Seminar 2 Q.H. each

and Report in Clinical Chemistry I, II

Reports and discussions of current journal articles
in clinical chemistry. Prereq.: PI^C 3301.

PMC 3799 Doctoral Dissertation 0 Q.H.

Continuation

Continuation of PMC 381 1 Doctoral Dissertation which
must be taken three times before registering for this
course. Prereq.: PMC 381 1.

PMC 3801 Medicinal Chemistry Thesis 2-6 Q.H.

Prereq.: Written permission of instructor

PMC 381 1 Ph.D. Dissertation 0 Q.H.

Prereq.: Written permission of instructor

RSC 31 01 Nuclear Medicine I: 3 Q.H.

Instrumentation

An introduction to nuclear detection techniques by
both lecture and laboratory demonstration. Various
systems are considered, including scintillation, ioni-
zation, gas, and solid-state detectors. Basic principles
of spectrometry with an emphasis on sodium iodide
detectors will be studied. Prereq.: PHY 3401.

RSC 31 02 Nuclear Medicine II: 3 Q.H.

Instrumentation

A study of the application of nuclear detection tech-
niques in the physical aspects of nuclear medicine.
Current clinical instrumentation including gamma
cameras and scanners, probes, and whole body
counters, as well as future developments such as
the solid-state and the multiwire proportional cam-
eras, and postron and tomographic imaging devices.
Principles of collimation are studied with each sys-
tem. The application of computers in nuclear medi-
cine. This course includes both lecture and labora-
tory demonstration and is a companion course to
RSC 31 01. Prereq.. PHV 3407 and RSC 3707.

RSC 3104 Nuclear Medicine: 2 Q.H.

Radiopharmaceutical Laboratory

Demonstrations and discussions of the preparation
and quality control of radiopharmaceuticals derived
from reactor, accelerator, and generator-produced
radionuclides. Assay techniques for radiochemical,
radionuclide, and chemical purity. Regulatory impli-
cations in the handling and dispensing of radioactive
drugs. Prereq.: RSC 3102.

RSC 3131 Clinical Aspects of Nuclear 2 Q.H.

Medicine

The current practice of diagnostic nuclear medicine
in large medical centers and small community hos-
pitals. The effect of pathology in the distribution of
radiopharmaceuticals will be considered on an organ
and disease basis and illustrated with actual patient
findings. The techniques employed in imaging the
various organs and body compartments will be pre-
sented. Factors influencing the decision to perform
a diagnostic nuclear medicine procedure and the
choice of the agent to be employed will be dis-
cussed. Prereq.: RSC 3102.
RSC 3201 Radiopharmaceutical 3 Q.H.

Chemistry

This course discusses the application of chemistry
to the design and synthesis of radiodiagnostic agents.
The properties of the radionuclides and their biolog-
ical carriers as they relate to their uses in nuclear

156 / Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

medicine will be presented. Prereq.: PMC 3105 or

permission of instructor.

RSC 3301 Radioisotopes in Biological 2 Q.H.

Systems

Methodology of radioactive nuclides and application
of these isotopes to biology and medicine, with spe-
cial emphasis on their use in clinical analysis. Prereq.:
Permission of instructor

RSC 3601 Seminar and Research 3 Q.H.

Report in Radiopharmaceutical Science

This course provides an opportunity for the students
to familiarize themselves with literature sources and
the latest developments in radiopharmaceutical sci-
ence. A written and oral presentation will be required
in a particular area as evidence of an ability to
organize and evaluate published material. Prereq.:
RSC 3102.

RSC 3801 Radiopharmacy Internship 2 Q.H.

Designed as a practical on-site introduction to the
use of radiopharmaceutics in the clinical environ-
ment, this course offers students an opportunity to
participate in various functions of a radiopharmacy,
including ordering, preparing, dispensing, and dis-
persing radiodiagnostics; manufacturing non-routine
agents; maintaining quality control procedures; and
keeping records. This course is considered a labo-
ratory course, and arrangements for enrollment are
usually made on an individual basis with the site of
the radiopharmacy subject to approval by the in-
structor. Offered during all quarters, registration takes
place during the fall quarter only. Prereq.: RSC 3104.

RSC 3811 Radiopharmaceutical 2 Q.H.

Research Report I

A selected research project is undertaken by the
student under the direction of a faculty member.
Prereq.: Written permission of instructor

TOX 3101 Concepts in Toxicology I 3 Q.H.

An overview of toxicology describing the elements
of method and approach that identify the science.
Special emphasis is placed on the systemic site of
action of toxicants. The intent of this part of the
course is to help provide answers to two questions:
1) What kinds of injury are produced in specific
organs or systems by toxic agents? 2) What are the
agents that produce these effects? Prereq.: PCL
3101.

TOX 3102 Concepts in Toxicology II 3 Q.H.

Continuation of Concepts in Toxicology I. Prereq.:
TOX 3101.

TOX 3121 Environmental Toxicology 3 Q.H.

The problems of toxic disturbances and distortions
of our biosphere are discussed. When appropriate,
the mechanism of action of toxic agents and the basis
of their selectivity will be examined. Toxic agents are
grouped by chemical or use characteristics such as
pesticides, food additives, metals, social poisons,
chemical carcinogens, teratogens, and mutagens.
This course will attempt to provide perspective for
the nontoxicologist to the application of the results
of toxicologic investigation and a better understanding
of those chemicals which, in ever-increasing amounts,
threaten health, comfort, or quality of life. Prereq.:
Admission to a graduate department or approval of the
instructor

TOX 3501 Toxicology Lab 4 Q.H.

Companion to the undergraduate course TOX 1 320
Toxicology Lab. In addition to the lab work for TOX
1320, graduate students are expected to complete
special projects assigned by their adviser. Prereq.:
Permission of instructor

Physician Assistants

The Physician Assistants is a post-baccalaureate certificate program. Those interested in enrolling must get
the permission of the director of the Physician Assistant Program.

MLS 1109 Foundations of Medical Laboratory
Science 3 q.h.

Basic laboratory methods employed in primary care,
including urinalysis, gram staining, hematocrit, hemo-
globin, sedimentation rate, white-cell count, and dif-
ferential. Laboratory practice is included. Prereq.: PA
students only.

PA 1 1 20 Roles, Rules, and Resources for
Physician Assistants 2 Q.H.

The role of physician assistants, including the man-
ner in which they interact with other health profes-
sionals, as well as the way in which their role is
perceived by others. This course is also organized
to help students gain an understanding of the law
as it relates to physician assistants' actions and to
help them develop the ability to make referrals to
common community resources.

PA 1125 Human Anatomy 2 Q.H.

The basic structure of the human body, highlighting
those features which are of clinical importance. Em-
phasis is on the gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, res-
piratory, neurological, and musculoskeletal systems.

PA 1 1 34 Physical Diagnosis 5 Q.H.

Techniques of obtaining and presenting an accurate
history; performing a competent and thorough phys-
ical examination; and synthesizing the results of the
history, physical, and laboratory findings to arrive at
an accurate evaluation of the patient. Discussion,
demonstrations, and patient workups are used to
assist students in building these skills.

PA 1139 Medical Physiology 6 Q.H.

A systematic approach to human physiology, offering
in-depth study of gastrointestinal function, respira-

Physician Assistants / 1 57

tory mechanics, endocrine function, cardiovascular
dynamics, and renal and electrolyte function.

PA 1321 Patient Education and 2 Q.H.

Counseling

An opportunity to acquire the knowledge necessary
for educating and counseling patients. Course ma-
terials include a demonstration of ways in which to
evaluate patients' needs and readiness to learn, as
well as the use of common teaching techniques for
issues such as chronic disease management, os-
tomies, diabetes, heart disease, nutrition counseling,
and sex education. Prereq.: PA 1335.

PA 1322 Medical Care and Current 2 Q.H.

Social Problems

The principal components of the health care delivery
system, with emphasis on services, organization, and
funding. Selected social problems are used to dem-
onstrate the operation of the medical care system.

PA 1 323 Principles and Concepts of 3 Q.H.

Emergency Medicine

An introduction to the principles of life-support tech-
niques. Emphasis is placed on the initial manage-
ment of acute medical and traumatic conditions in
hospital and prehospital situations. Students are in-
structed in basic cardiopulmonary resuscitation
techniques. Prereq. : Successful completion of Quarter
I of ttie physician assistant program.

PA 1324 Clinical Nutrition 3 Q.H.

The physiological function of essential nutrients; the
need for individual nutrients and their food sources;
food fads and food additives; the role of nutrition in
heart disease, diabetes, common gastrointestinal
disorders, obesity, and hypertension.

PA 1 335 Principles of Interviewing 2 Q.H

Various methods of interviewing patients. Emphasis
is placed on establishing a relationship and under-
standing the effects of cultural background and psy-
chosocial problems on the patient's response to ill-
ness, goal setting, personality types, and death and
dying.

PA 1336 Pathophysiok>gy and Medicine I 3 Q.H.

A systems approach to the principles of disease pro-
cesses in people. Topics include physiology, patho-
physiology the natural history of disease, diagnostic
procedure, and therapeutic measures. Hematology
and cardiology problems are usually covered in this
portion of the course.

PA 1 337 Pathophysiology and Medicine II 3 Q.H.

Continuation of course from previous quarter. Pul-
monary, gastroenterology, immunology, and rheu-
matology problems are usually covered in this por-
tion of the course. Prereq.: PA 1336, PA 1125, PA
1139.

PA 1338 Pathophysiology and Medicine III 3 Q.H.

Continuation of course from previous quarter. Renal,
endocrine, oncology, infectious disease, and sexually
transmitted disease problems are usually covered in
this portion of the course. Prereq.: PA 1336, PA
1337. PA 1125, PA 1139.

PA 1340 Introduction to Clinical 4 Q.H.

Rotations

Clinical rotations, expectations, and requirements for
students about to enter their clinical year. Some
review of history taking and physical examination
skills is conducted, and students are instructed in
various clinical procedures.

PA 1341 Applied Study in Emergency 4 Q.H.

Medicine

During this rotation, the student has the opportunity
to become familiar with the problems encountered
in an emergency room. The student is responsible
for taking medical histories and performing physical
examinations on acute as well as nonemergent pa-
tients and presenting these to the medical preceptor.
When appropriate, the necessary diagnostic and
therapeutic measures are taken. Through didactic
sessions at the clinical site as well as clinical train-
ing, the student may also be exposed to the emer-
gency management and treatment of conditions such
as trauma, shock, burns, asthma, poisoning, allergic
reactions, seizures, and respiratory failure. Prereq.:
Successful completion of first year of Pfiysician As-
sistant Program.

PA 1342 Applied Study in Medicine 4 Q.H.

During this in-hospital rotation, the student is given
the opportunity to take and record histories and
perform physical examinations. Attending medical
rounds and conferences, performing diagnostic pro-
cedures, presenting case write-ups, recording prog-
ress notes, and working under the supervision of a
doctor of medicine provide the opportunity to be-
come versed in the assessment and management of
a variety of medical problems. Emphasis is placed
on the skills of collecting, assessing, and presenting
patient data for physician review; ordering appro-
priate laboratory and diagnostic studies; counseling
patients in therapeutic procedures; and helping to
coordinate the contributions of other health profes-
sionals in the management of the patient. Prereq.:
Successful completion of first year of Physician As-
sistant Program.

PA 1343 Applied Study in Pediatrics 4 Q.H.

During the pediatric rotation, the student may de-
velop familiarity with outpatient pediatric problems
through training in clinics and private pediatric of-
fices. Emphasis during this training is on caring for
the child from birth through adolescence. Students
are given the opportunity to take histories and per-
form pediatric physical examinations. Diagnosis and
management of common childhood illnesses and
evaluation of the variations of growrth and develop-
ment are also stressed. Students have the oppor-
tunity to develop skills with which to counsel parents
on immunizations, child visits, parameters of growth
and development, common psychosocial problems,
nutrition, and accident and poisoning prevention.
Students may also have the chance to learn how to
administer immunizations and, when possible, to do
audio and visual screening. Prereq.: Successful com-
pletion of first year of Physician Assistant Program.

158 / Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

PA 1344 Applied Study in Psychiatry 4 Q.H.

The student is offered exposure to a wide variety of
psychiatric problems. Clinical settings include wards,
clinics, and multiservice centers. Students are ex-
pected to perform mental status exams and to do
cognitive testing. Emphasis is on recognizing various
types of psychiatric problems that require referral to
a specialist and managing those problems that can
be handled by the nonspecialist. Rotations may also
assist students in furthering their understanding of
effective patient interactions and the psychiatric
components of health, disease, and disability. Prereq.:
Successful completion of first year of Ptiysician As-
sistant Program.

PA 1345 Applied Study in Obstetrics 4 Q.H.

and Gynecology

This rotation provides students the opportunity to
become involved with obstetric and gynecological
services provided by teaching hospitals in the Bos-
ton area. The emphasis in obstetrics is on pre- and
post-natal care, monitoring a woman in labor, as-
sisting in deliveries, and developing the skill nec-
essary to deliver a child in an emergency situation.
Students have the opportunity to take obstetrical
histories and perform obstetrical examinations. While
rotating through gynecology, the student is expected
to learn how to assess and manage a variety of
common gynecological problems and to counsel pa-
tients on family planning. Prereq.: Successful com-
pletion of first year of Physician Assistant Program.

PA 1346 Applied Study in Primary Care 4 Q.H.

Students on primary care rotations are offered ex-
posure to aspects of general medical and family
practice with emphasis placed on personalized care
of well and sick patients. Patient education, coun-
seling, and integration of community services, as well
as medical diagnosis and management, are consid-
ered a major part of this rotation. Prereq.: Successful
completion of first year of Ptiysician Assistant Program.

PA 1347 Principles of Obstetrics and 3 Q.H.

Gynecology

The anatomy and physiology of human reproduction;
normal conception, pregnancy, and delivery; prob-
lems in conception; the management of pre- and
post-natal periods; and the care and resuscitation
of the newborn. Emphasis is on the causes, signs,
and treatment of common gynecological problems,
including the significance of early cancer detection.
Different methods of contraception, the effectiveness
of each method, and the contraindication, if any, are
covered. The course also covers the medical indi-
cations for abortion and the appropriateness of the
various methods of pregnancy termination. Prereq.:
PA 1125, PA 1336, PA 1139.

PA 1 348 Principles of Orthopedics 3 Q.H.

Common orthopedic problems, including those of the
hand, knee, shoulder, and back. Special problems
of acute trauma and the management of uncompli-
cated orthopedic cases are examined. Instruction
also focuses on the techniques of completing an

adequate patient history and physical examination
of the orthopedic patient. Prereq.: PA 1125, PA 1336,
PA 1337, PA 1139.

PA 1349 Principles of Pediatrics It 3 Q.H.

Continuation of course from previous quarter. Prereq.:
PA 1353.

PA 1350 Principles of Primary Care 3 Q.H.

Management

The approach to and management of the patient in
a primary care setting. Specific diseases and med-
ical conditions common to primary care practice will
be discussed, including low back pain, anxiety, fa-
tigue and weight loss, chest pain, gastrointestinal
problems, upper respiratory infections, obesity, and
dermatologic complaints. Attention is given to psy-
chosocial aspects of disease as well as aspects of
prevention. Students are expected to have a sound
basis in pathophysiology and medicine. Prereq.: PA

1336, PA 1337, PA 1338.

PA 3102 Principles of 4 Q.H.

Electrocardiography

Principles of electrophysiology and its application to
electrocardiographic tracing. Students receive in-
struction in recognizing arrhythmias, rate and axis
determination, conduction abnormalities, character-
istic changes seen in myocardial infarction and is-
chemia, as well as drug and metabolic effect mani-
fested on the electrocardiogram.

PA 3103 Rehabilitation Medicine 4 Q.H.

1337, PA 1338, PA 1134, PA 1139.

PA 1353 Principles of Pediatrics i 3 Q.H.

Physiological and psychological fundamentals of child
development. Emphasis is on the major common pe-
diatric illnesses, their signs, symptoms, and treat-
ment regimens; various types of medications used
in pediatrics, their indication and dosage in relation
to specific disorders; and the management of pedia-
tric emergencies such as cardiac arrest, anaphy-
laxis, convulsions, coma, and high fevers. Prereq.: PA
1125, PA 1134, PA 1136, PA 1139.

PA 1354 Principles of Psychiatry 3 Q.H.

An opportunity to understand how to work with pa-
tients and families exhibiting psychiatric problems.
Topics include psychological growth and develop-
ment, the effect of social milieu on behavior, the
psychological bases of drug and alcohol abuse, and
the dynamics of psychosomatic problems.

PA 1355 Principles and Concepts of 3 Q.H.

Surgical Intervention in Disease Processes

Major and minor surgical conditions, with emphasis
on indications for surgical intervention and pre- and
post-operative management in both the ambulatory
and inpatient settings. Prereq.: PA 1336, PA 1337,
PA 1125.

Physician Assistants / 1 59

PA 1356 Basic Diagnostic Radiology 2 Q.H.

An introduction to the underlying principles, use, and
interpretation of radiographs pertinent to primary care
medicine.

PA 1357 Cancer Prevention 3 Q.H.

Principles of primary and secondary prevention of
cancer. Included in the course is information on
biostatistics, cancer as a public health problem, and
cancer epidemiology. Prereq.: PA 1336, PA 1337,
PA 1338, PA 1139.

PLA 1358 Medical Therapeutics 3 Q.H.

A case-study format that involves students in plan-
ning the management of common disease states.
Used to help students understand the clinical use of
common therapeutic agents. Prereq.: PA 1336, PA
1337, PA 1338, PA 1139.

PA 1 359 Applied Study in Surgery 4 Q.H.

During this rotation students participate in a variety
of surgical patient care responsibilities under the
supervision of a surgical resident and/or staff sur-
geon. The emphasis of the rotation is on general
surgery, but the students have an opportunity for
varying exposure to other surgical specialties and
sub-specialties. Students assist in the initial assess-
ment of the surgical patient, including obtaining an
accurate medical history and performing a physical
examination. As members of the surgical team, the
students are involved in pre-operative management,
including patient education and any procedures nec-
essary to prepare the patient for surgery. Students
assist the surgeon in the operating room when ap-
propriate and have the opportunity to become fa-
miliar with operating room procedures and equip-
ment. Students are also involved in the post-operative
evaluation and management of the patient. Students
will have the opportunity to attend surgical grand
rounds and other surgically oriented educational
meetings when available at their rotation sites. Prereq.:
Successful completion of first year of Physician
Assistant Program.

PA 1 360 Applied Study in Outpatient 4 QH.

Medicine

During this rotation the students participate in pro-
viding health care to the outpatient adult patient
under the supervision of a physician specialist in
internal medicine. The students will have the oppor-
tunity to become involved in the initial assessment
and management of adults with a medical complaint
as well as the ongoing assessment and management

of patients with established diagnoses. It is antici-
pated that the student will be exposed to many of
the common problems encountered in medical prac-
tice, such as hypertension, diabetes, and heart dis-
ease. The emphasis is on the assessment and man-
agement of both acute and chronic medical problems.
Prereq. : Successful completion of first year of Physician
Assistant Program.

PA 1 361 Applied Study Elective 4 Q.H.

This full time clinical rotation provides the student
with an opportunity to obtain additional exposure to
an area of clinical medicine in which the student has
a special interest. Students may choose additional
experience in an area covered by required rotations
or select a subspecialty such as dermatology, or-
thopedics, cardiology geriatrics, etc. All elective ro-
tations are reviewed and must be approved by the
clinical coordinator Prereq.: Successful completion
of first year of Physician Assistant Program.

PA 31 01 Clinical Neurology 4 Q.H.

The clinical application of neuroanatomy and neu-
rophysiology. Students wiji have the opportunity to
develop an understanding of the normal functioning
of the nervous system as well as to develop a clinical
approach to the assessment and management of a
variety of nervous system disorders and disease states.

PCL 1301 Basic Pharmacology 3 Q.H.

The classification, mechanisms of action, and uses
of a broad spectrum of therapeutic agents. Dose
response, side effects, and adverse reactions are
emphasized. Prereq.: PA students only

PHL 3265 Issues in Medical Ethics 4 Q.H.

Designed to help familiarize students with various
philosophical perspectives in medical ethics, includ-
ing historical, classical, ethical, and contemporary
philosophies related to issues such as abortion, truth
telling, genetic control, and the allocation of scarce
medical resources. Euthanasia and paternalism are
among topics discussed during the course.

SOC 3226 The Aging Process 3 Q.H.

Socioeconomic and social-psychological conse-
quences of aging from the perspective of health care
providers. A major part of the course focuses directly
on the biological changes entailed in aging and the
appropriate medical management of geriatric patients.
Open to students expected to provide health care
services to geriatric patients.

Academic Calendar 1 985-

September 1985

Monday
Tuesday-
Friday
Tuesday-
Wednesday
Thursday
Monday-
Saturday
Monday

2
3-6

10-11

12
9-14

16-19

October 1985

November 1985

11
26

28-December 1

December 1985

2-5

9-13

16-January 1

January 1986

February 1986

March 1986

10-13

24-28

31 -April 5

April 1986

May 1986

Monday-
Thursday
Monday

Monday

Monday
Tuesday

Thursday-
Sunday

Monday-
Thursday
Monday-
Friday
Monday-
Wednesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Wednesday

Monday

Tuesday

Monday-
Thursday
Monday-
Friday
Monday-
Saturday

Monday
Monday

Labor Day. University closed.

Final examinations for Graduate Schools!

Fall 1985 registration-Burlington 1:00-3:00, 5:30-

8:00

Fall commencement.

Vacation period.

Beginning of 1 985-86 academic year.

Fall 1985 registration-Boston 1:00-8:00

Graduate classes begin.

Columbus Day. University closed.

Veterans Day observed. University closed.

Winter 1986 registration-Burlington 1:00-3:00,

5:30-8:00

Thanksgiving Day recess.

Winter 1986 registration-Boston 1:00-3:00,5:30-8:00
Final examinations for Graduate Schools.
Christmas vacation.

New Year's Day. University closed.

Graduate classes begin.

Martin Luther King, Jr.'s birthday. University closed.

Presidents' Day. University closed.

Spring 1986 registration-Burlington 1:00-3:00,

5:30-8:00

Spring 1986 registration-Boston 1:00-3:00, 5:30-

6:00

Final examinations for Graduate Sphools.

Vacation period.

Graduate classes begin.
Patriots' Day. University closed.

Monday Memorial Day. University closed.

June 1986

9-10

11-12

16-20

22
23-28

Monday-
Tuesday
Wednesday-
Thursday
Monday-
Friday
Sunday
Monday-
Saturday
Monday

July 1986

4 Thursday

September 1986

I Monday

I I Thursday
15-27 Monday-
Saturday

29 Monday

Summer 1986 registration-Burlington 1:00-3:00,

5:30-8:00

Summer 1986 registration-Boston 5:30-8:00

Final examinations for Graduate Schools.

Commencement.
Vacation period.

Graduate classes begin.

Independence Day. University closed.

Labor Day. University closed.
Fall commencement
Vacation period.

Beginning of 1 986-87 academic year.

Calendar dates are subject to ctiange. The University community will be notified if such changes
necessary.

NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES DUPL

Ul:i!:lilliilliilli

I 3 9358 01114448 9

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "[Course catalog]"

See other formats